This is a modern-English version of The History of Java, v. 1-2, originally written by Raffles, Thomas Stamford, Sir.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.
The cover image was made by the transcriber and is available in the public domain.
THE
HISTORY
OF
JAVA.
BY THE LATE
BY THE END
SIR THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES, F.R.S.
SIR THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES, F.R.S.
FORMERLY LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR OF THAT ISLAND AND ITS DEPENDENCIES, AND PRESIDENT OF THE SOCIETY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES AT BATAVIA.
FORMERLY LIEUTENANT GOVERNOR OF THAT ISLAND AND ITS DEPENDENCIES, AND PRESIDENT OF THE SOCIETY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES IN BATAVIA.
IN TWO VOLUMES.
IN TWO VOLUMES.
VOL. I.
VOL. 1.
SECOND EDITION.
2nd Edition.
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE-STREET.
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.
MDCCCXXX.
1830.
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINTERS,
ST. JOHN'S SQUARE, LONDON.
[Vol I Pg iii]
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINTERS,
ST. JOHN'S SQUARE, LONDON.
[Vol I Pg iii]
TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS
THE PRINCE REGENT.
SIR,
SIR,
The gracious permission which I have received to dedicate these volumes to your Royal Highness, affords me an opportunity of interesting your Royal Highness in favour of the amiable and ingenuous people whose country they describe. The high respect they entertain for British valour and justice, and the lively gratitude they retain for the generous system of British Legislation, will, I am sure, give them a strong claim upon your Royal Highness's good opinion.[Vol I Pg iv]
The kind permission I've received to dedicate these volumes to your Royal Highness allows me to engage your Royal Highness in support of the kind and honest people from the country described in these pages. Their deep respect for British bravery and fairness, along with their heartfelt gratitude for the generous British laws, I’m sure will earn them a solid place in your Royal Highness's good opinion.[Vol I Pg iv]
To uphold the weak, to put down lawless force, to lighten the chain of the slave, to sustain the honour of the British arms and British good faith; to promote the arts, sciences, and literature, to establish humane institutions, are duties of government which have been most conspicuously performed during your Royal Highness's regency. For a period of nearly five years, in which I have had the honour, as a servant of the East India Company, to preside over a mild and simple people, it has been my pride and my ambition to make known to them the justice and benevolence of my Prince, whose intentions towards them I could only fulfil by acting up to the principles of the Authority which I represented, and by doing every thing in my power to make them happy.
To support the weak, to put an end to lawlessness, to ease the burden on the enslaved, to uphold the honor of British forces and British integrity; to advance the arts, sciences, and literature, and to establish compassionate institutions are responsibilities of the government that have been particularly evident during your Royal Highness's regency. For nearly five years, during which I've had the privilege, as a servant of the East India Company, to lead a gentle and straightforward community, it has been my pride and ambition to show them the justice and kindness of my Prince, whose intentions toward them I could only fulfill by adhering to the principles of the Authority I represented and by doing everything in my power to make them happy.
To those who judge that the right to express their sentiments requires no more than sincerity, or that their praise is of a value to overbalance the disrespect of offering it, I shall leave the usual language of dedications. Conscious that the assurances of respect and of loyal attach[Vol I Pg v]ment can never be offered to your Royal Highness by the humblest British subject, without meeting a gracious reception,
To those who think that the right to express their feelings only needs to be genuine, or that their compliments outweigh any disrespect in giving them, I will skip the typical dedication language. Knowing that the expressions of respect and loyalty can never be given to your Royal Highness by even the most humble British subject without being met with a warm reception,
I have the honour to be,
I'm honored to be,
With profound veneration and respect,
With deep admiration and respect,
SIR,
Dear Sir,
YOUR ROYAL HIGHNESS'S
YOUR ROYAL HIGHNESS
Most faithful and most dutiful servant,
Most loyal and devoted servant,
THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES.
THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES.
London, June 1, 1817.
[Vol I Pg vi]
London, June 1, 1817. [Vol I Pg vi]
PREFACE
As it is possible that, in the many severe strictures passed, in the course of this work, upon the Dutch Administration in Java, some of the observations may, for want of a careful restriction in the words employed, appear to extend to the Dutch nation and character generally, I think it proper explicitly to declare, that such observations are intended exclusively to apply to the Colonial Government and its Officers. The orders of the Dutch Government in Holland to the Authorities at Batavia, as far as my information extends, breathe a spirit of liberality and benevolence; and I have reason to believe, that the tyranny and rapacity of its colonial officers, created no less indignation in Holland than in other countries of Europe.
As it’s possible that, in the many strong criticisms made throughout this work regarding the Dutch Administration in Java, some comments might, due to a lack of careful wording, seem to apply to the Dutch nation and its character as a whole, I want to clearly state that these comments are intended solely for the Colonial Government and its officials. The orders from the Dutch Government in Holland to the Authorities at Batavia, based on what I know, reflect a spirit of openness and kindness; and I have reason to believe that the oppression and greed of its colonial officers sparked just as much outrage in Holland as in other European countries.
For such, and all other inaccuracies, as well as for the defects of style and arrangement which may appear in this work, an apology is necessary; and in the circumstances under which it has been prepared, it is hoped that an admissible one will be found. While in the active discharge of the severe and responsible duties of an extensive government, it was not in my power to devote much time to the subject: the most that I could do, was to encourage the exertions of others, and to collect in a crude state such new or interesting matter as fell under my personal observation. I quitted Java in the month of March in last year: in the twelve months that have since elapsed, illness during the voyage to Europe and subsequently, added to the demands on my time arising out of my late office, and the duties of private friendship after an absence of many years, have made great encroachments; but engaged as I am in public life, and about to proceed to a distant quarter of the globe, I have been induced, by the interest which the subject of these volumes has excited, and the precarious state of my health, rather to rely on the indulgence of the public than on the attainment of leisure, for which I must wait certainly long and, possibly, in vain.
For any mistakes or issues in this work, including problems with style and organization, I apologize. Given the circumstances under which it was created, I hope this apology is acceptable. While I was actively fulfilling the demanding and significant responsibilities of a large government, I couldn't dedicate much time to this topic. The best I could do was encourage others' efforts and gather any new or interesting information that caught my attention. I left Java in March of last year. In the twelve months since then, illness during my journey to Europe, combined with the demands of my previous role and the responsibilities of reestablishing personal friendships after many years away, have taken up a lot of my time. However, being involved in public life and preparing to travel to a far part of the world, I've decided, due to the interest this subject has generated and my uncertain health, to lean on the public's understanding rather than waiting for a time when I can have the leisure to work on it, which may take a long time and, possibly, may never happen.
Most sincerely and deeply do I regret, that this task did not fall into hands more able to do it justice. There was one[1], dear to me in private friendship and esteem, who, had he lived, was of all men best calculated to have supplied those deficiencies which will be apparent in the very imperfect work now presented to the Public. From his profound acquaintance with eastern languages and Indian history, from the unceasing activity of his great talents, his other prodigious [Vol I Pg viii]acquirements, his extensive views, and his confident hope of illustrating national migrations from the scenes which he was approaching, much might have been expected; but just as he reached those shores on which he hoped to slake his ardent thirst for knowledge, he fell a victim to excessive exertion, deeply deplored by all, and by none more truly than myself.
I sincerely regret that this task didn’t fall into the hands of someone more capable of doing it justice. There was one[1], who was dear to me as a friend and someone I held in high regard, and had he lived, he would have been the best person to fill in the gaps that are evident in this very imperfect work now presented to the public. Given his deep knowledge of Eastern languages and Indian history, his endless drive and remarkable talents, his many other outstanding skills, his broad perspective, and his strong desire to shed light on national migrations from the places he was about to explore, there was much to be expected. But just as he arrived at the shores where he hoped to satisfy his intense thirst for knowledge, he became a victim of overexertion, which is mourned by everyone, and by none more sincerely than by me.
My acknowledgments are due to the Right Honourable Sir Joseph Banks, Bart., the venerable President of the Royal Society, for his kindness and encouragement; and particularly so to Mr. Charles Wilkins, Librarian to the East-India Company, as well as to Mr. William Marsden, for many suggestions, of which I regret that I have not been enabled to avail myself so much as I could wish, in consequence of the haste with which the work has been got up. I am also indebted to Mr. Thomas Murdoch, not only for access to his valuable library, but for illustrations from Portuguese authors, which the reader will find in the Introduction and Appendix.
My thanks go to the Right Honourable Sir Joseph Banks, Bart., the respected President of the Royal Society, for his support and encouragement; and especially to Mr. Charles Wilkins, Librarian of the East India Company, as well as to Mr. William Marsden, for many helpful suggestions, although I regret that I haven't been able to use them as much as I would have liked due to the rush with which this work was prepared. I also owe my gratitude to Mr. Thomas Murdoch, not only for granting me access to his valuable library but also for providing illustrations from Portuguese authors, which the reader will find in the Introduction and Appendix.
For all that relates to the Natural History of Java, I am indebted to the communications of Dr. Thomas Horsfield. Though sufficient for my purpose, it forms but a scanty portion of the result of his long and diligent researches on this subject. Of this, however, I am happy to say, that the Public will shortly be able to judge for themselves.[Vol I Pg ix]
For everything related to the Natural History of Java, I am grateful for the insights from Dr. Thomas Horsfield. While it meets my needs, it represents only a small fraction of his extensive and dedicated research on this topic. However, I'm pleased to report that the public will soon be able to form their own opinions. [Vol I Pg ix]
In sketching the state of the Dutch East-India Company, and the measures adopted by the Dutch government respecting Java, subsequently to the year 1780, I have availed myself of much very valuable information communicated to me by Mr. H. W. Muntinghe, President of the Supreme Court of Justice at Batavia; and as, in the course of this work, I have often been obliged to condemn the principles and conduct of the Dutch colonists, I am anxious to acknowledge the distinguished merit of this excellent magistrate, and that of Mr. J. C. Cranssen, President of the Bench of Schepenen, both selected by the late Earl of Minto to be members of the British Council in Java.
In describing the situation of the Dutch East India Company and the actions taken by the Dutch government regarding Java after 1780, I've used a lot of valuable information provided to me by Mr. H.W. Muntinghe, President of the Supreme Court of Justice in Batavia. Since I've often had to criticize the principles and actions of the Dutch colonists throughout this work, I want to acknowledge the outstanding contributions of this excellent magistrate, along with Mr. J.C. Cranssen, President of the Bench of Schepenen, both of whom were appointed by the late Earl of Minto to serve on the British Council in Java.
The English came to Java as friends. Holland had ceased to be an independent nation, and for the time there could be but two parties, the one English, the other French. The emissaries of the late ruler of France had perverted the minds of the majority: many were doubtful on which side they should rally. At this critical juncture these two gentlemen declared for England and the ancient order of things; and to the influence of their decision and conduct is to be ascribed, not only the cordiality and good understanding which soon prevailed between the English and Dutch, but in a great measure also that general tranquillity of the country, without which the re-transfer[Vol I Pg x] of it to the rule of its former masters might have been impracticable.
The English arrived in Java as allies. Holland was no longer an independent nation, and there were really only two sides: the English and the French. The representatives of the former French ruler had influenced most people, creating uncertainty about which side to support. At this crucial moment, these two men chose to back England and the old way of doing things; their decision and actions led not only to the friendly relations and understanding that quickly developed between the English and the Dutch but also largely contributed to the overall peace in the country, which was essential for the return[Vol I Pg x] to the rule of its previous masters to be feasible.
Of the wisdom and benevolence which determined the late Earl of Minto to place two members of the Dutch nation at the Board of the British Council in Java, it is unnecessary to speak. The measure was in the same spirit which uniformly actuated that enlightened and virtuous statesman, my revered patron and ever lamented friend. The selection of the two gentlemen whom I have mentioned, was no less advantageous. To their countrymen it was peculiarly so, and I am happy to have this opportunity of publicly expressing my acknowledgments to them for the good counsel, firm support, and unwearied exertions, by which they were distinguished while members of the Board.
Of the wisdom and kindness that led the late Earl of Minto to appoint two members of the Dutch community to the Board of the British Council in Java, there's no need to elaborate. This decision was consistent with the values that always guided that enlightened and honorable statesman, my respected patron and dearly missed friend. The choice of the two gentlemen I mentioned was equally beneficial. It was especially so for their fellow countrymen, and I'm grateful for the chance to publicly thank them for the valuable advice, strong support, and tireless efforts they showed while serving on the Board.
ORTHOGRAPHY.
The principles of Orthography, recommended by Sir William Jones, and adopted by the Asiatic Society at Calcutta, have been adopted in this work, with some slight modifications. The consonants preserve the same sounds generally as the same letters in the English alphabet: the vowels are used as in Italian. To avoid confusion, the emphatic syllables are alone accented, and the inherent vowel a has invariably been adopted.
The rules of spelling recommended by Sir William Jones and accepted by the Asiatic Society in Calcutta have been used in this work, with a few minor changes. The consonants generally keep the same sounds as the same letters in the English alphabet, while the vowels are used like they are in Italian. To prevent confusion, only the emphasized syllables are marked with an accent, and the inherent vowel a has consistently been used.
FOOTNOTES:
[1] Dr. J. C. Leyden, the bard of Tiviotdale, who accompanied the expedition to Batavia in 1811, and expired in my arms a few days after the landing of the troops.[Vol I Pg xi]
[1] Dr. J.C. Leyden, the poet from Tiviotdale, who joined the expedition to Batavia in 1811, passed away in my arms just a few days after the troops landed.[Vol I Pg xi]
ADVERTISEMENT BY THE EDITOR.
In reprinting the History of Java in its present form, the Editor feels it necessary to say a few words. Though the first edition of this work has been honored with extraordinary success, and has long been exhausted, so that copies have become rare, yet Sir Stamford Raffles always considered it as a hasty production, requiring great alteration and improvement; and if it had pleased God to prolong his course of usefulness in this world, he would have bestowed upon it those corrections and additions which he thought it required.
In reprinting the History of Java in its current form, the Editor feels it's important to share a few thoughts. Although the first edition of this work achieved remarkable success and has long been out of print, making copies quite rare, Sir Stamford Raffles always viewed it as a rushed effort that needed significant changes and enhancements. If it had been God's will for him to continue his valuable work in this world, he would have made the corrections and additions that he believed were necessary.
The present Editor has only ventured to add a few short notes which she found prepared by Sir Stamford, and to omit, according to his intention, the larger part of the comparative vocabularies, retaining only a hundred words in each language.
The current Editor has only added a few brief notes that she found prepared by Sir Stamford, and has left out, as he intended, most of the comparative vocabularies, keeping only a hundred words in each language.
The additional plates were prepared some years ago, for a second quarto edition: they are now published, with those belonging to the first edition, in a separate quarto volume, detached entirely from the present work.[Vol I Pg xii]
The extra plates were created a few years back for a second quarto edition: they're now being published, along with those from the first edition, in a separate quarto volume, completely independent from this work.[Vol I Pg xii]
For the drawings from which the engravings of the antiquities are made, Sir Stamford was indebted to Lieut.-Colonel Baker, of the East India Company's service; and the present Editor is happy to have this opportunity of acknowledging the obligation, as well as her thanks, for many kind intentions to aid her in reprinting this history.
For the drawings that the engravings of the antiquities are based on, Sir Stamford was grateful to Lieut.-Colonel Baker, who served in the East India Company; and the current Editor is pleased to take this chance to acknowledge this debt, as well as to express her appreciation for the many generous offers to help her in reprinting this history.
On the subject of the plates which originally accompanied the quarto edition, Sir Stamford stated in the Preface to that edition, p. ix, as follows: "The plates which accompany this work, not otherwise distinguished, are from the graver, and many of the designs from the pencil of Mr. William Daniell, who has devoted his undivided attention in forming a proper conception of his subject, and spared neither time nor exertion in the execution."
On the topic of the plates that originally came with the quarto edition, Sir Stamford mentioned in the Preface to that edition, p. ix, as follows: "The plates included in this work, unless noted otherwise, are from the engraver, with many of the designs created by Mr. William Daniell, who dedicated his full attention to understanding his subject and put in a lot of time and effort in the execution."
The Editor has only to add, that the size of the map of Java rendered it impossible to unite it with the present edition of the History, it is therefore added to the engravings; and it is also prepared for separate circulation.
The Editor just wants to mention that the size of the map of Java made it impossible to include it in this edition of the History, so it has been added to the engravings; it is also available for individual distribution.
SOPHIA RAFFLES.
SOPHIA RAFFLES.
High Wood,
Dec. 31, 1829.
[Vol I Pg xiii]
High Wood,
Dec. 31, 1829.
[Vol I Pg xiii]
INTRODUCTION.
The first arrival of the Portuguese in the Eastern Islands was in the year 1510, when Alphonzo de Albuquerque first visited Sumatra. In the following year, Albuquerque conquered the city of Malacca, and sent to announce that event to those countries and islands which had traded thither, inviting them to continue their intercourse, and promising them protection and encouragement[2]. To Java and the Moluccas he sent Antonio de Abrew, having, however, previously prepared the way by a Moor or Mahomedan, of the name of Nakoda Ismael, who was trading in a merchant vessel. Antonio de Abrew sailed on his mission with three vessels, and took with him several Javans and Malayus who had been accustomed to trade with Malacca. The first port on Java at which he arrived was the city of Agacai[3], and from thence he sailed to Amboina, one of the Moluccas, where[4] he set up his padroes, or pillars of discovery and possession, as he had done at every port at which he had touched. One of the vessels was lost in a storm, but the people were saved and [Vol I Pg xiv]carried by Abrew to a port in Banda to which vessels then resorted for trade, and whither it was that the Javan vessels used to go for cloves, nutmegs, and mace, which were carried to that port by the natives of the Moluccas in their own vessels.
The Portuguese first arrived in the Eastern Islands in 1510, when Alphonzo de Albuquerque visited Sumatra. The following year, Albuquerque conquered the city of Malacca and sent word to the countries and islands that had traded there, inviting them to continue their trade and promising protection and support[2]. He sent Antonio de Abrew to Java and the Moluccas, having previously paved the way with a Moor or Muslim named Nakoda Ismael, who was trading on a merchant ship. Antonio de Abrew set out on his mission with three ships and brought along several Javanese and Malays who were used to trading with Malacca. The first port in Java he reached was the city of Agacai[3], and from there he sailed to Amboina, one of the Moluccas, where[4] he set up his padroes, or pillars of discovery and possession, as he had done at every port he had visited. One of the ships was lost in a storm, but the crew was rescued and taken by Abrew to a port in Banda, which was a popular trading spot at the time, and where Javanese ships used to go for cloves, nutmegs, and mace, brought there by the natives of the Moluccas in their own vessels.
Nakoda Ismael returning from the Moluccas with a cargo of nutmegs, his vessel was wrecked on the coast of Java, near Tuban. The cargo of the Nakoda's vessel having been saved, Joam Lopez Alvrin was sent (A. D. 1513) by the governor of Malacca with four vessels to receive it. Alvrin was well received in all the ports of Java where he touched, but particularly at Sidayu belonging to Páteh Unrug, a prince who had been defeated at Malacca by Fernan Peres.
Nakoda Ismael was returning from the Moluccas with a load of nutmeg when his ship crashed on the coast of Java, near Tuban. The cargo from the Nakoda's ship was saved, and Joam Lopez Alvrin was sent (A. D. 1513) by the governor of Malacca with four ships to collect it. Alvrin was welcomed in all the ports of Java where he stopped, especially in Sidayu, which belonged to Páteh Unrug, a prince who had been defeated at Malacca by Fernan Peres.
The straits of Sínga púra[5] being infested by the cruisers of the former king of Malacca, who had been expelled from his dominions by the Portuguese in 1511, the straits of Sában were the usual route of the Portuguese vessels from Malacca to the Spice Islands, and in this voyage they generally touched at the ports of Java.
The straits of Sínga púra[5] were overrun by the ships of the former king of Malacca, who had been driven out by the Portuguese in 1511. The straits of Sában were the regular route for Portuguese ships traveling from Malacca to the Spice Islands, and they usually stopped at the ports of Java during this journey.
About the year 1520 or 1521, Antonio de Britto, with six vessels under his command, bound to the Moluccas, touched first at Túban and proceeded afterwards to Agacai, where he remained seventeen days, during which time he sent a boat to the island of Madúra, for the purpose of exploring it; but the men landing incautiously were surprised and made prisoners, and were not ransomed without much difficulty, and the friendly intervention of the governor of Agacai.
About the year 1520 or 1521, Antonio de Britto, commanding six ships headed for the Moluccas, first stopped at Túban and then moved on to Agacai, where he stayed for seventeen days. During that time, he sent a boat to the island of Madúra to explore it; however, the crew landed carelessly and was caught off guard, taken prisoner, and they were only released with great difficulty through the help of the governor of Agacai.
Antonio de Britto had scarcely accomplished the ransom of his men, when he was joined by Don Garcia Henriquez with four vessels bound to Banda for spices, and at the same time a Javan vessel arrived from Banda. This vessel had been furnished with a pass from the Spaniards, under Fernan de Megalhaen, who having passed by the straits which bear[Vol I Pg xv] his name, had arrived at the Spice Islands. This was the first intelligence which the Portuguese received of Megalhaen's discovery of the route round the southern extremity of the American continent, and they were the more mortified at it, as he had left his own country in disgust, and was then in the service of Spain[6].[Vol I Pg xvi]
Antonio de Britto had barely finished securing the ransom for his men when he was joined by Don Garcia Henriquez, who came with four ships heading to Banda for spices. At the same time, a Javanese ship arrived from Banda. This ship had been given a pass from the Spaniards under Fernan de Megalhaen, who had navigated the straits named after him and reached the Spice Islands. This was the first news the Portuguese had about Megalhaen’s discovery of the route around the southern tip of the American continent, and they felt even more disappointed by it since he had left his homeland in frustration and was now serving Spain.[Vol I Pg xv][6].[Vol I Pg xvi]
The first voyage made by the Dutch was in 1595, in which year their first fleet, under the command of Houtman (who [Vol I Pg xvii]had been previously employed by the Portuguese in the East India service), sailed direct to Bantam. At this period th[Vol I Pg xviii]e Portuguese were at war with the king of Bantam, to whom Houtman offered assistance, in return for which he obtained [Vol I Pg xix]permission to build a factory at Bantam, which was the first settlement formed by the Dutch in the East Indies.
The first voyage made by the Dutch was in 1595, when their first fleet, led by Houtman (who had previously worked for the Portuguese in East India), sailed straight to Bantam. During this time, the Portuguese were at war with the king of Bantam, and Houtman offered support to him. In exchange, he received permission to establish a factory in Bantam, which became the first Dutch settlement in the East Indies.
Following the example of the Dutch, the English East India Company, immediately after their incorporation by [Vol I Pg xxi]Queen Elizabeth in 1601, fitted out a fleet of four ships, the command of which was entrusted to Captain Lancaster, who [Vol I Pg xxii]sailed from London in 1602, first to Acheen (Aché) on Sumatra, where he procured part of his cargo, and entered into a treaty with the king, of which a copy is yet in existence. From Acheen he went to Bantam, and settled a factory there, which was the first possession of the English in the East Indies. Captain Lancaster brought home a letter from the king of Bantam to Queen Elizabeth in 1602, which is still in the state paper office.
Following the example of the Dutch, the English East India Company, right after being established by [Vol I Pg xxi]Queen Elizabeth in 1601, outfitted a fleet of four ships. Captain Lancaster was put in charge, and he [Vol I Pg xxii]set sail from London in 1602, first heading to Acheen (Aché) on Sumatra, where he secured part of his cargo and signed a treaty with the king, a copy of which still exists. From Acheen, he traveled to Bantam and established a trading post there, marking the first English possession in the East Indies. Captain Lancaster returned with a letter from the king of Bantam to Queen Elizabeth in 1602, which is still held in the state paper office.
In 1610, the first Dutch governor general, Bolt, arrived at Bantam, and finding the situation of his countrymen in that province not favourable to the establishment of a permanent settlement, removed to Jákatra. On the 4th of March, 1621, the name of Batavia was conferred upon the new establishment of the Dutch in Jákatra, which from that period became the capital of their East Indian empire.
In 1610, the first Dutch governor-general, Bolt, arrived in Bantam and, finding the situation for his fellow countrymen in that province not ideal for setting up a permanent settlement, moved to Jákatra. On March 4, 1621, the name Batavia was given to the new Dutch settlement in Jákatra, which from then on became the capital of their East Indian empire.
In 1683, the English, who had hitherto maintained a successful rivalry with the Dutch, withdrew their establishment from Bantam.
In 1683, the English, who had previously kept a successful rivalry with the Dutch, pulled their operations out of Bantam.
In the year 1811, Holland having become a province of [Vol I Pg xxiii]France, the French flag was hoisted at Batavia; and on the 11th September, in the same year, the British government was declared supreme on Java, by a proclamation of that date signed by the Earl of Minto, Governor General of Bengal. On the 17th of the same month, a capitulation was entered into, by which all the dependencies fell into the hands of Great Britain.
In 1811, Holland became a province of [Vol I Pg xxiii] France, and the French flag was raised in Batavia. On September 11th of the same year, the British government was declared the ruling authority in Java through a proclamation signed by the Earl of Minto, Governor General of Bengal. On the 17th of that month, an agreement was reached, resulting in all the territories falling into British control.
On the 13th August, 1814, a convention was entered into by viscount Castlereagh, on the part of his Britannic Majesty, restoring to the Dutch the whole of their former possessions in the Eastern Islands; and on the 19th August, 1816, the flag of the Netherlands was again hoisted at Batavia.
On August 13, 1814, a treaty was signed by Viscount Castlereagh, representing his Britannic Majesty, to give the Dutch back all of their previous territories in the Eastern Islands. Then, on August 19, 1816, the flag of the Netherlands was once again raised in Batavia.
Without adverting to the political importance to Great Britain of the conquest of Java, or to the great commercial advantages which both countries might eventually have derived from its remaining in our hands, I shall merely notice that the loss of it was no immediate or positive evil to the Dutch. For many years prior to the British expedition, Holland had derived little or no advantage from the nominal sovereignty which she continued to exercise over its internal affairs. All trade and intercourse between Java and Europe was interrupted and nearly destroyed; it added nothing to the commercial wealth or the naval means of the mother country: the controul of the latter over the agents she employed had proportionally diminished; she continued to send out governors, counsellors, and commissioners, but she gained from their inquiries little information on the causes of her failure, and no aid from their exertions in improving her resources, or retarding the approach of ruin. The colony became a burden on the mother country instead of assisting her, and the Company which had so long governed it being ruined, threw the load of its debts and obligations on the rest of the nation.
Without mentioning the political importance of Java's conquest to Great Britain, or the significant commercial benefits both countries could have gained from it staying under our control, I will simply point out that losing it wasn't an immediate or severe blow to the Dutch. For many years before the British expedition, Holland had gained little to no benefit from the nominal sovereignty it maintained over the island’s internal affairs. Trade and communication between Java and Europe were cut off and almost eliminated; it contributed nothing to the commercial wealth or naval capabilities of the mother country. The control it had over the agents it employed had also significantly decreased; while it continued to send governors, advisors, and commissioners, it received little insight from their reports on the reasons for its failures and no help in improving its resources or delaying its decline. The colony became a burden to the mother country instead of a support, and the Company that had long been in charge of it fell into ruin, passing the weight of its debts and obligations onto the rest of the nation.
It might have been some consolation for the loss of immediate profit, or the contraction of immediate debt, to know, that such unfavourable circumstances were merely temporary;[Vol I Pg xxiv] that they arose out of a state of political relations which affected internal improvement, and that the resources of the colony were progressively increasing, and would become available when peace or political changes should allow trade to flow in its former channels. Whether the Dutch could not indulge such prospects, or whether the system on which the internal government of their eastern dominion was conducted was in itself ruinous under any circumstances, a view of the financial and commercial state of Java before the conquest, and of the causes which led to the losses and dissolution of the Dutch East India Company, will assist the reader in determining.
It might have been somewhat comforting for the loss of immediate profit, or the reduction of immediate debt, to understand that these unfavorable circumstances were only temporary;[Vol I Pg xxiv] that they came from a situation of political relations affecting internal development, and that the colony's resources were steadily growing, which would become accessible once peace or political changes allowed trade to resume as it once did. Whether the Dutch could not entertain such hopes, or whether the way their eastern territories were governed was inherently damaging, a look at the financial and commercial situation of Java before the conquest, along with the reasons for the losses and dissolution of the Dutch East India Company, will help the reader figure it out.
In tracing these causes, it is hardly necessary to go further back than the period of the Company's history immediately preceding the war of 1780. The accidental calamities of that war brought it to the brink of ruin, and its importance in the past transactions of the country being borne in mind, a general concern existed in Holland for its preservation, and for the restoration and maintenance of its credit. With the view of affording it the most effective and beneficial assistance, inquiries were set on foot, not only to discover some temporary means of relief, but to provide a more permanent remedy for threatened decline. It is impossible to ascertain what might have been the result of the measures which were then in contemplation, as the convulsed state of Europe, and especially of Holland, subsequently to this period, left no room for their operation, and did not even admit of making the experiment of their efficiency. The free intercourse of the mother country with her colonies was interrupted; the trade was thrown into the hands of neutrals; several possessions were lost for the want of due protection, and those which remained were left to support or defend themselves in the best way they could, without any assistance or reinforcement from home.
In looking into these causes, it’s hardly necessary to go back further than the period right before the war of 1780. The unfortunate events of that war nearly led to its downfall, and considering its significance in the country’s past, there was a widespread concern in Holland about its survival and the restoration and maintenance of its credit. To provide the most effective and helpful support, investigations were launched, not just to find temporary relief, but to create a more lasting solution for the looming decline. It’s impossible to determine what the outcome of the measures being considered at that time might have been, as the upheaval across Europe, especially in Holland, afterward left no opportunity for their implementation, and didn’t even allow for testing their effectiveness. The direct trade between the mother country and her colonies was disrupted; the commerce fell into the hands of neutral parties; several territories were lost due to lack of proper protection, and those that remained had to fend for themselves in whatever way they could, without any help or reinforcements from home.
For ten years preceding the year 1780, the average annual sales of the Company amounted to upwards of twenty millions[Vol I Pg xxv] of guilders, which was considerably more than in former years, and the prices of the different articles were nearly the same as they had been from the years 1648 to 1657, when the sales only amounted on an average to about eight millions a year; it was therefore clear, that the decline of the Company was not to be attributed to the decrease of trade.
For the ten years leading up to 1780, the Company's average annual sales exceeded twenty million[Vol I Pg xxv] guilders, which was significantly higher than in previous years. The prices of various goods remained almost the same as they had been from 1648 to 1657, when average sales were about eight million a year. It was therefore evident that the Company's decline was not due to a drop in trade.
On an examination of the Indian books, it was found, that from the year 1613 to 1696, the profits in India, though moderate, had always kept equal pace with the profits in Europe.
On looking at the Indian records, it was discovered that from 1613 to 1696, the profits in India, while modest, consistently kept up with the profits in Europe.
From 1613 | To 1653. | To 1663. | To 1673. | To 1683. | To 1693. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Guilders. | Guilders. | Guilders. | Guilders. | Guilders. | |
The total profits were | 101,704,417 | 142,663,776 | 206,072,335 | 259,250,969 | 322,735,312 |
Expences | 76,177,755 | 117,616,961 | 161,271,745 | 212,282,020 | 274,416,306 |
Nett Profits | 25,526,662 | 25,046,315 | 44,330,590 | 46,968,949 | 48,319,506 |
Thus, on an average of forty years till 1653, the annual profits were about | 640,000 | guilders a year; | ||
Of fifty years | to 1663 | about | 500,000 | do. |
Of sixty do. | to 1673 | 750,000 | do. | |
Of seventy do | to 1683 | 670,000 | do. | |
Of eighty do | to 1693 | 600,000 | do. |
In the year 1696, the nett profit from the same year (1613) amounted to only 40,206,789 guilders, being full eight millions less than it had been in 1693, only three years preceding; and the average nett annual profit from 1613 was reduced to 484,371 guilders. But from 1697 to 1779, comprehending a like period of eighty-three years, the losses were so exorbitant as to overbalance and absorb, not only the contemporary, but all the preceding profits in Europe, and even a large amount[Vol I Pg xxvi] of fictitious profit stimulated to screen the government in India.
In 1696, the net profit from 1613 was only 40,206,789 guilders, which was a full eight million less than it had been in 1693, just three years earlier; and the average net annual profit from 1613 dropped to 484,371 guilders. However, from 1697 to 1779, spanning the same period of eighty-three years, the losses were so massive that they outweighed and consumed not only the current profits but also all previous profits in Europe, along with a significant amount of fake profit created to cover up the government's issues in India.[Vol I Pg xxvi]
The nett amount of profits calculated from 1613, amounted
The net amount of profits calculated from 1613 amounted
Guilders. | ||
---|---|---|
In 1697 | to only | 38,696,527 |
In 1703 | 31,674,645 | |
In 1713 | 16,805,598 | |
In 1723 | 4,838,925 | |
In 1724 | 1,037,777 |
In 1730 there was already a total loss of 7,737,610, and in the year 1779 this loss amounted to 84,985,425.
In 1730, there was already a total loss of 7,737,610, and by 1779, this loss had reached 84,985,425.
The Company used to send yearly to India, before the commencement of the war of 1780, twenty ships of about nine hundred tons each, and eight or ten of about eight hundred tons each, which, to the number of twenty-two or twenty-three, returned with cargoes: four from China, three from Ceylon, three from Bengal, one from Coromandel, and twelve or thirteen from Batavia. They annually exported to India provisions and other articles of trade to the amount of two millions six or eight thousand florins, and in cash from four to six millions, and sold yearly to an amount generally of twenty or twenty-one millions; and it was estimated that the Indian trade maintained, directly and indirectly, all the external commerce of Holland, employing a capital of about two hundred and sixty millions of florins.
The Company used to send twenty ships of around nine hundred tons each and eight or ten ships of about eight hundred tons each to India every year before the war started in 1780. In total, twenty-two or twenty-three ships returned with cargoes: four from China, three from Ceylon, three from Bengal, one from Coromandel, and twelve or thirteen from Batavia. They exported provisions and other trade goods to India worth about two million six or eight thousand florins, and in cash, they brought in four to six million florins, selling an annual total generally around twenty or twenty-one million florins. It was estimated that the Indian trade supported all of Holland's external commerce, directly and indirectly, employing a capital of about two hundred and sixty million florins.
From the inquiries of a commission appointed by the government of Holland, in the year 1780, to ascertain the real state of the Company's finances, and to report how far the nation would be warranted in giving its further support to the credit of an institution which had so rapidly declined, it appeared that in 1789, the arrears of the Company amounted to seventy-four millions of florins, and that this amount had since increased to eighty-four or eighty-five millions, of which sum no less than 67,707,583 florins had been advanced by the nation.[Vol I Pg xxvii]
From the inquiries of a commission appointed by the Dutch government in 1780 to determine the true state of the Company's finances and to report how far the nation could justify providing additional support to an institution that had declined so quickly, it was found that in 1789, the Company's debts reached seventy-four million florins. This amount had since increased to eighty-four or eighty-five million, of which no less than 67,707,583 florins had been provided by the nation.[Vol I Pg xxvii]
The Commissioners, however, being of opinion, that the affairs of the Company were not irretrievable, recommended a further loan of seven millions of florins.
The Commissioners, however, believed that the Company's situation was not hopeless and recommended an additional loan of seven million florins.
A meritorious servant of the Company, Mr. C. Tetsingh, had offered to the Commissioners a memorial, in which he proposed that the Company should abandon the trade to private merchants under certain restrictions; but on this proposal the Commissioners stated that they were not then prepared to offer an opinion.
A worthy servant of the Company, Mr. C. Tetsingh, submitted a memorial to the Commissioners, suggesting that the Company should allow private merchants to handle trade under specific conditions; however, the Commissioners indicated that they were not ready to give their opinion on this proposal at that time.
This Commission, in reporting upon the manner in which the Company's affairs had been managed in India, declared that "they could not conceal the deep impression which the same had made upon their minds, and that they could not fix their thoughts upon it, without being affected with sentiments of horror and detestation...." "When," said they, "we take a view of our chief possession and establishment, and when we attend to the real situation of the internal trade of India, the still increasing and exorbitant rate of the expenses, the incessant want of cash, the mass of paper money in circulation, the unrestrained peculations and faithlessness of many of the Company's servants, the consequent clandestine trade of foreign nations, the perfidy of the native princes, the weakness and connivance of the Indian government, the excessive expenses in the military department and for the public defence; in a word, when we take a view of all this collectively, we should almost despair of being able to fulfil our task, if some persons of great talents and ability among the directors had not stepped forward to devise means by which, if not to eradicate, at least to stop the further progress of corruption, and to prevent the total ruin of the Company."
This Commission, while reporting on how the Company's operations were managed in India, stated that "they could not hide the strong impression it had left on them, and that they could not think about it without feeling horror and disgust...." "When," they said, "we look at our main possessions and establishments, and when we consider the true state of India's internal trade, the constantly rising and excessive costs, the ongoing shortage of cash, the large amount of paper money in circulation, the unchecked theft and dishonesty of many of the Company's employees, the resulting illegal trade by foreign nations, the betrayal of the native rulers, the weakness and complicity of the Indian government, the high expenses in the military sector and for public defense; in short, when we look at all this together, we would almost despair of being able to fulfill our duty if some highly talented and capable individuals among the directors had not stepped up to find ways to at least halt, if not eliminate, the spread of corruption and prevent the complete downfall of the Company."
The improvements proposed by the directors extended to every branch of the administration abroad. They proposed, first, with regard to the Cape of Good Hope, the yearly arrears of which settlement had latterly amounted to a million and a half of florins, that the same should be reduced to one[Vol I Pg xxviii] half of that sum. With regard to the further eastern possessions, the measures proposed for consideration were chiefly the following.
The improvements suggested by the directors applied to every part of the administration overseas. They first proposed that regarding the Cape of Good Hope, where the yearly backlog had recently reached one and a half million florins, it should be reduced to three-quarters of that amount.[Vol I Pg xxviii] Concerning the further eastern territories, the main measures put forward for discussion were the following.
To confine the Company's future trade to opium, spices, pepper, Japan copper, tin, and sugar, as far as the European and Japan markets would require. To abandon the trade to Western India to the Company's servants and free merchants, under payment of a certain recognition. To abandon several factories in that quarter, and to reduce the rest to mere residencies. To make considerable reductions in the establishment on the coast of Malabar and in Bengal. To reduce the establishments on the coast of Coromandel to three factories. To abandon the establishments on the West coast of Sumatra, and to leave it open to a free trade. To diminish the expenses at Ceylon by a reduction of the military force, and by every other possible means to animate the cultivation and importation of rice into that settlement. To open a free trade and navigation to Bengal and Coromandel, under the superintendence of the Company, on paying a certain recognition. To encourage, by every means, the cultivation of rice in the easternmost possessions, and especially at Amboina and Banda, for the sake of preventing the inducements of a clandestine trade, which the importation of rice to those places might afford. To abandon several small factories to the eastward. To adopt a plan for the trade of Malacca proposed by Governor De Bruem. To introduce a general reduction of establishment at Batavia and elsewhere. To introduce new regulations with regard to the sale of opium at Batavia. To improve the Company's revenue, by a tax upon salaries and a duty upon collateral successions. And finally, to send out commissioners to India, with full powers to introduce a general reform in the administration.
To limit the Company's future trade to opium, spices, pepper, copper from Japan, tin, and sugar, based on the demands of the European and Japan markets. To leave the trade in Western India to the Company's employees and independent merchants, with a fee for recognition. To close several factories in that area and reduce the others to simple residences. To make significant cuts to operations on the Malabar coast and in Bengal. To limit the facilities on the Coromandel coast to three factories. To close the facilities on the West coast of Sumatra and allow free trade there. To lower costs in Ceylon by reducing the military presence and using all possible methods to boost rice farming and importation into that settlement. To establish free trade and navigation to Bengal and Coromandel under the Company's supervision, with a fee for recognition. To encourage rice cultivation in the easternmost territories, especially in Amboina and Banda, to prevent the appeal of a black market driven by rice imports. To close several small factories to the east. To implement a trade plan for Malacca proposed by Governor De Bruem. To initiate a general reduction of operations in Batavia and elsewhere. To introduce new rules regarding the sale of opium in Batavia. To enhance the Company's revenue through a salary tax and a duty on inheritances. And finally, to send commissioners to India with full authority to implement comprehensive reforms in the administration.
In a memorial subsequently submitted by the Commissioners, which formed the basis of all the measures recommended and adopted at this time, for the better administration of affairs in India, after shewing that, from the year 1770 to[Vol I Pg xxix] 1780, the Company had on the whole of its trade and establishments on the coast of Coromandel, Bengal, Malabar, Surat, and the western coast of Sumatra, averaged a profit of only 119,554 florins a year, they recommended the introduction at Batavia of a public sale of the spices, Japan copper, and sugar, wanted for the consumption of Western India, and the establishment of a recognition of ten per cent. on the piece goods from Bengal, and of fifteen per cent. on the piece goods from Coromandel. Under such a plan of free trade, they calculated that, after the diminution of the Company's establishments in Western India, and the abolition of several small forts and factories to the eastward, it was highly probable that the administration in India would, in future, cover its own expenses, and thereby save the Company from utter ruin.
In a memorial later submitted by the Commissioners, which formed the foundation for all the measures recommended and adopted at this time for better managing affairs in India, they pointed out that from 1770 to[Vol I Pg xxix] 1780, the Company averaged a profit of only 119,554 florins per year from its trade and establishments on the coasts of Coromandel, Bengal, Malabar, Surat, and the western coast of Sumatra. They recommended introducing a public sale of spices, Japan copper, and sugar at Batavia for consumption in Western India, as well as a recognition of ten percent on piece goods from Bengal and fifteen percent on piece goods from Coromandel. With this plan for free trade, they estimated that after reducing the Company’s establishments in Western India and closing several small forts and factories to the east, it was very likely that the administration in India would be able to cover its own expenses and prevent the Company from facing complete ruin.
It was on these calculations that the Commissioners appointed by the States of Holland founded their hopes of the future relief of the Company, and with these prospects they closed their report, the care and future fate of the Company devolving from that time chiefly on the Commissioners appointed at their recommendation to proceed to India, in order to carry into effect, on the spot, the reforms proposed. Of these new Commissioners, Mr. Nederburg, then first advocate to the Company, was appointed the chief.
It was based on these calculations that the Commissioners appointed by the States of Holland pinned their hopes for the future support of the Company. With these expectations, they wrapped up their report, passing the responsibility and future direction of the Company mainly to the Commissioners chosen at their suggestion to go to India, to implement the proposed reforms directly. Among these new Commissioners, Mr. Nederburg, who was then the Company’s chief advocate, was appointed as the leader.
The Indian Commissioners sailed from Europe in the year 1791. At the Cape of Good Hope they made such changes and reforms as may be said to have fully effected the object of their commission. The importance, however, of the Cape being comparatively small, it is not necessary to enter into any detail of the measures adopted there. The more momentous part of their trust was undoubtedly to be discharged in India, where they arrived in 1793.
The Indian Commissioners set sail from Europe in 1791. At the Cape of Good Hope, they made various changes and reforms that can be considered as achieving the main goal of their mission. However, since the significance of the Cape was relatively minor, it's not necessary to discuss the measures taken there in detail. The more critical aspect of their responsibility was definitely to be carried out in India, where they arrived in 1793.
If the talents of these Commissioners were to be estimated by the benefits which resulted from their labours, we may safely pronounce them to have been incompetent to the task they had undertaken; but such a criterion cannot with any[Vol I Pg xxx] justice be applied. A continuance of peace with Great Britain was of course reckoned upon in all their calculations, and war with that power broke out almost immediately afterwards.
If we were to judge the abilities of these Commissioners based on the outcomes of their work, we could easily say they weren't up to the job they took on; however, this kind of judgment isn't fair. They naturally expected to maintain peace with Great Britain in all their plans, but war with that nation broke out almost right afterward.[Vol I Pg xxx]
With regard to the abandonment of several forts and factories to the eastward, to which their attention had been particularly directed, the result of their deliberation and inquiry was, that the continuance of the Company's establishment on Celebes was indispensable for the protection of the Moluccas; that at Timor reductions had been made, in consequence of which the revenues covered the expenses; that after mature investigation the Japan trade was shewn to yield a nett profit of 200,000 florins; that with regard to the West Coast of Sumatra the revenues had been made to exceed the expenses, and the pepper collected in that neighbourhood left still some profit to the Company.
With respect to the abandonment of several forts and factories to the east, which they had focused on, their discussions and investigations led to the conclusion that keeping the Company's presence in Celebes was essential for protecting the Moluccas. In Timor, adjustments had been made, resulting in revenues that covered expenses. After thorough research, it was shown that the Japan trade generated a net profit of 200,000 florins. Regarding the West Coast of Sumatra, revenues had surpassed expenses, and the pepper harvested in that area still provided some profit to the Company.
With respect to the institution of public sales at Batavia for Japan copper, spices, and sugar, on the introduction of which it was supposed the establishments in Western India might be for the most part reduced, they were of opinion, after deliberating with the Council of India, and after a personal inquiry into the actual state of the private trade at Batavia, that chiefly for the want of an adequate means among the purchasers such sales were entirely impracticable, and that it would therefore be preferable, after making some partial reductions in the expense, to continue the establishment in Bengal and the coast of Coromandel, but that Cochin on the Malabar coast might, perhaps, be advantageously abandoned[7].
Regarding the public sales in Batavia for Japanese copper, spices, and sugar—introducing which it was believed would largely reduce the operations in Western India—the opinion was formed, after discussions with the Council of India and a personal investigation into the current state of private trade in Batavia, that these sales were completely impractical mainly due to a lack of sufficient means among the buyers. Therefore, it seemed better to continue the establishments in Bengal and along the Coromandel coast, after implementing some minor cost reductions, while potentially abandoning Cochin on the Malabar coast.[7]
To determine the mode in which the trade with India should in future be conducted, these Commissioners assumed a general calculation of the receipts and disbursements which would occur at home and abroad, on the supposition that the Company should, in future, navigate with hired vessels only,[Vol I Pg xxxi] and that all marine establishments should be abolished. The result of this calculation was in abstract as follows. The estimate may be considered as affording an interesting view of the hopes and prospects which were at that time entertained of the resources of the Eastern Islands.
To figure out how trade with India should be handled in the future, these Commissioners made a broad estimate of the income and expenses that would happen both at home and overseas, based on the idea that the Company would only use hired ships from now on,[Vol I Pg xxxi] and that all marine operations should be eliminated. The outcome of this estimate was as follows in general terms. This estimate gives an interesting perspective on the expectations and potential that were believed at that time regarding the resources of the Eastern Islands.
The whole estimate was framed on the principles of monopoly, and with a view to an increase of the trade on the one hand, and a reduction of expenses on the other. The quantity of coffee stated at eighteen million pounds, was calculated upon the produce which might be expected after two years. In the calculation of the quantity of pepper, an augmentation of 1,500,000 pounds beyond the produce of the preceding year was anticipated, from the encouragement given to the growth of that article in Bantam and other parts of Java. With regard to the sugar, calculated at 8,000,000 of pounds for the home cargoes, it is stated, that the actual deliveries
The entire estimate was based on monopoly principles, aiming to boost trade on one side and cut costs on the other. The coffee estimate of eighteen million pounds was projected based on what could be expected after two years. For the quantity of pepper, an increase of 1,500,000 pounds beyond last year's production was expected, due to the support given to growing that product in Bantam and other areas of Java. As for sugar, estimated at 8,000,000 pounds for domestic shipments, it was noted that the actual deliveries
From Batavia at that time amounted to | 6,000,000 | lbs. |
From Chéribon | 500,000 | |
From other ports in Java | 1,000,000 | |
7,500,000 | lbs. | |
Supposing therefore the home cargoes | 8,000,000 | lbs. |
The demand for Surat | 3,500,000 | |
For Japan | 900,000 | |
For the consumption of the Company's own establishments | 200,000 | |
The quantity required would be | 12,600,000 | lbs. |
Or 5,100,000 pounds more than the actual produce. The whole of that quantity, however, the Commissioners felt confident might be produced in three years, by encouraging the manufacture in the Eastern Districts of Java. Among the retrenchments was a tax upon the salaries of all civil servants, which reduced the average salary of each to the sum of fifteen Spanish dollars per month.[Vol I Pg xxxii]
Or 5,100,000 pounds more than the actual output. The Commissioners were confident that this entire amount could be produced within three years by promoting manufacturing in the Eastern Districts of Java. Among the cutbacks was a tax on the salaries of all civil servants, which lowered the average salary to fifteen Spanish dollars per month.[Vol I Pg xxxii]
RECEIPTS. | DISBURSEMENTS. | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Florins. | Florins. | ||||||||
Public Duties | 2,350,000 | For the Surplus Expenses at the Cape of Good Hope | 150,000 | ||||||
Freight on Company's vessels | 50,000 | For the same in Bengal | 33,120 | ||||||
Additional public revenues | 400,000 | For the same at Surat | 40,000 | ||||||
Profits on Trade in India:— | For the Military Expenses in India | 2,571,314 | |||||||
Profit on opium | 1,250,000 | For Salaries to Civil Servants | 1,000,000 | ||||||
Ditto on 12,880 pikuls tin, at 26 rix-dollars per pikul | 228,000 | For Ammunition, &c., | 100,000 | ||||||
Ditto on | 5,000 | lbs. Mace | 43,000 | For Fortifications and Repairs | 400,000 | ||||
Ditto on | 15,000 | lbs. Nutmegs | 90,000 | For Sloops and minor Vessel | 200,000 | ||||
Ditto on | 120,000 | lbs. Cloves | 420,000 | For Hospital Expenses | 100,000 | ||||
Ditto on | 730,000 | lbs. Japan Copper | 292,000 | On Account of Confiscations | 18,000 | ||||
Total on Spices and Copper | 845,000 | For Presents to Native Princes | 32,000 | ||||||
At Surat:— | Interest on Sums lent in India | 100,000 | |||||||
On Sugar | 190,000 | For Stores and Goods shipped in India | 200,000 | ||||||
On Camphor | 10,000 | For eventual Losses | 100,000 | ||||||
On Tin | 18,000 | For the Purchase of the Produce in India | 4,519,400 | ||||||
218,000 | For Insurance at five per cent. on the Money sent to India | 212,700 | |||||||
In Japan, on divers Europe and Indian articles | 76,000 | For Freight on Returns of Homeward-bound Cargoes | 3,300,000 | ||||||
2,617,000 | Insurance and Risk of the Sea in India | 200,000 | |||||||
And for Sundries at the coast of Coromandel | 33,000 | For Freight of Tonnage in India | 699,030 | ||||||
2,650,000 | For Freight for 2,320 Men, to complete the Military and Civil Establishment in India | 219,240 | |||||||
For the produce of the Indian Returns in Europe:— | For the Passage home of 450 men | 28,350 | |||||||
Coffee, 18,000,000 lbs., deduct Wastage, &c. is 16,000,000 lbs. at 8½ stivers per lb. | 6,813,281 | Bounty Money to 2,020 military men | 303,000 | ||||||
Pepper, 3,765,000 lbs., deducting Wastage, &c. is 3,263,789 lbs. at 12 stivers per lb. | 1,958,273 | Premiums to 300 civil servants | 60,000 | ||||||
Tin, 530,000 lbs. deducting Wastage, &c. is 490,913 lbs. at 40 florins per cwt. | 196,365 | Recognition to the Admiralty | 360,000[Vol I Pg xxxiii] | ||||||
Cotton Yarn, 60,000 lbs., or nett 57,000 lbs., at 35 stivers per lb. | 99,750 | Contribution to the same | 500,000 | ||||||
Indigo, 30,750 lbs. deducting Wastage, &c. is 27,645 lbs. at 80 stivers per lb. | 110,580 | Total Expenses of the Company's Establishments at home | 1,000,000 | ||||||
Sugar, 8,000,000 lbs. deducting Wastage, &c. is 7,068,000 lbs. at 10 stivers per lb. | 1,767,000 | Yearly Interest to be paid | 4,758,000 | ||||||
Saltpetre, 1,650,000 lbs. deducting Wastage, &c. is 1,285,350 lbs. at 30 florins per cwt. is | 385,605 | Dividends at 12½ per cent. to the Holders of Stock | 831,000 | ||||||
Sappan Wood, 600,000 lbs. or nett 513,000 lbs. at 12 florins per cwt. | 61,560 | 22,035,154 | |||||||
Cowries, 160,000 lbs. or nett 101,460 lbs. at 8 stivers per lb. | 40,584 | Balance | 1,052,379 | ||||||
Camphor, 64,000 lbs. or nett 56,344 lbs. at 23 stivers per lb. | 65,025 | | | |||||||
Cardamons, Java, 22,000 lbs. or nett 18,810 lbs. at 20 stivers per lb. | 18,810 | | | |||||||
Tamarinds, 115,000 lbs. | 43,700 | | | |||||||
Arrack, 140 leagers | 46,000 | | | |||||||
Cinnamon, 400,000 lbs. at 5 florins per lb. | 2,000,000 | | | |||||||
Cloves, 250,000 lbs. at 65 stivers per lb. | 812,500 | | | |||||||
Mace, 110,000 lbs. | 937,500 | | | |||||||
Nutmegs, 320,000 lbs. | 561,000 | | | |||||||
Bengal Piece Goods | 970,000 | | | |||||||
Surat do. do. | 550,000 | | | |||||||
17,437,533 | | | ||||||||
For Freight and Recognition on Private Trade | 200,000 | | | |||||||
Total | Florins | 23,087,533 | Total | Florins | 23,087,533 |
These Commissioners seemed to entertain no very favourable ideas of the benefits which would arise to private trade from the license it already enjoyed. As a measure much more beneficial to the general trade of Europe and to the Company, they proposed, in lieu of it, to throw open to individuals, under certain restrictions, the trade and navigation from Europe to Bengal and Coromandel.
These Commissioners didn't seem to have a very positive view of the benefits that private trade would gain from the license it already had. They proposed that, as a measure that would be much more advantageous for overall trade in Europe and for the Company, they should instead open up the trade and navigation from Europe to Bengal and Coromandel to individuals, with certain restrictions.
Thus we see these Commissioners sent out with the view of introducing something like free trade on Java, coming to a resolution to take away from it even the little private trade which it had previously been allowed to enjoy.
Thus we see these Commissioners sent out to introduce something like free trade on Java, coming to a decision to eliminate even the small private trade that had previously been permitted.
The Company's trade with continental India had already been so much encroached upon by foreigners, that it was judged expedient no longer to exclude the Dutch free trader from his share in the spoil; but it was hoped, by increased strictness, to preserve entire to the Company the exclusive trade in spices, Javan coffee, pepper as far as it was the produce of her own possessions, Japan copper, the opium which was consumed in Java and in the Moluccas, and Javan sugar.
The Company's trade with mainland India had already been heavily invaded by outsiders, so it was decided that it was no longer practical to keep the Dutch free trader from getting his share. However, they hoped that by being more strict, they could still keep exclusive control over the trade in spices, Javan coffee, pepper from their own territories, Japan copper, the opium consumed in Java and the Moluccas, and Javan sugar.
The trade of the Dutch Company has thus been brought to the period, when its monopoly was proposed to be almost exclusively confined to Java and the Eastern Islands, including Japan. The causes which operated to destroy the Dutch influence on the continent of India, are too well known to require any particular description.
The trade of the Dutch Company has now reached the point where its monopoly was suggested to be mostly limited to Java and the Eastern Islands, including Japan. The reasons that led to the decline of Dutch influence on the Indian continent are too well known to need any detailed explanation.
The Dutch had long maintained a decisive superiority, as well on the continent of Asia, as among the Indian islands, until the active exertions of their competitors in trade succeeded in undermining and overturning their monopoly; and as it was natural their weak side should suffer first, it was on the continent, where their establishments were far removed from the chief seat of government, and where they had not been able to insure to themselves those exclusive privileges from the princes of the country which they had exacted from the weaker princes of the Eastern Islands, that other nations,[Vol I Pg xxxv] chiefly the French and English, first endeavoured to introduce themselves.
The Dutch had long held a strong advantage, both in Asia and among the Indian islands, until their trading competitors managed to weaken and disrupt their monopoly. Naturally, their most vulnerable spots were the first to be affected; this was the continent, where their settlements were far from the main government and where they couldn’t secure the same exclusive privileges from local rulers that they had imposed on the weaker leaders of the Eastern Islands. It was here that other nations, mainly the French and English, first tried to establish their presence.[Vol I Pg xxxv]
After reciprocal jealousies had for some time prevented both nations from making any considerable progress, a successful war at last turned the scale entirely in favour of the English, whose influence, from that period, has been paramount in continental India, and the Dutch East India Company was no longer able to enforce its system of exclusive trade there.
After mutual jealousy kept both nations from making much progress for a while, a successful war finally tipped the balance in favor of the English, whose influence has since been dominant in continental India, and the Dutch East India Company could no longer maintain its exclusive trade there.
Without inquiring into the practicability of realizing the flattering estimate made out by the Indian Commissioners, or the policy which dictated a still more rigorous monopoly of the produce of the Eastern Islands, it ought to be remarked, although it seems never to have been adverted to by the Commissioners, whose calculations and plans were exclusively of a commercial nature, that the original situation of the Company as a mere mercantile body, looking out for trade and not dominion, had undergone a material alteration, by the acquisition it had made from the middle of the last century of considerable territorial possessions, especially on the island of Java.
Without questioning the feasibility of the flattering estimate made by the Indian Commissioners, or the strategy that led to an even stricter monopoly on the products of the Eastern Islands, it's worth noting—though it seems the Commissioners never considered it—that the Company's original role as just a trading entity focused on commerce rather than control had significantly changed. This shift occurred due to the substantial territorial gains it made starting in the mid-18th century, especially on the island of Java.
To use the words of one of the most enlightened men who now adorns his country, and is prepared to give energy to a better state of things[8], "these territorial acquisitions became to the Company a source of new relations. In consequence of them, new rights were acquired and obligations of a novel kind were contracted, as well with regard to the territories themselves as the population upon them. The nature of these rights and duties might have been deemed worth inquiry; and as all these territorial acquisitions were made by a delegated authority derived from the government at home, it was further worthy of investigation how far the government itself was entitled to a direct share in the acquisitions made, and how far it was bound to controul [Vol I Pg xxxvi]and superintend the exercise of those duties which were newly contracted. A consideration of these points would have led to the important question, how far, on a renewal of the Company's charter, it would be requisite to alter and modify its conditions according to existing circumstances, and especially how far it would have been expedient, in future, to leave the Company the exclusive trade, and at the same time the uncontrolled sovereignty over the same country."
To quote one of the most insightful leaders in our country today, who is ready to bring energy to a better future[8], "these territorial gains became a source of new relationships for the Company. As a result, new rights were earned and unique obligations were formed, both concerning the territories themselves and the people living there. The nature of these rights and responsibilities could have been worth examining; and since all these territorial gains were made through an authority delegated by the government back home, it was also important to investigate how much the government itself was entitled to a direct share of these gains, and how much it was required to control[Vol I Pg xxxvi] and oversee the exercise of these newly contracted duties. Considering these issues would have brought up the crucial question of how necessary it would be to alter and adjust the Company's charter under changing circumstances, particularly regarding whether it would be wise to continue granting the Company exclusive trade rights and, at the same time, unrestricted sovereignty over the same territory."
But however natural it may be, at the present moment, to consider questions of this kind, it was perhaps at that time beyond the common course of human thought to entertain doubts on the subject. From an honourable regard for ancient institutions, the mercantile system of the Company was still considered with reverence and respect; it had been at all times the boast and pride of the nation; the services which the Company had rendered to the state in its earlier days, and the immense benefits which the government had been enabled, by its means, to spread among the community at large, had rendered the East India Company and all its privileges, objects of peculiar care and tenderness. The rights of sovereignty which the Company afterwards acquired, were obtained by degrees and almost imperceptibly. Every acquisition of the kind had been considered, at the time, merely as the means of increasing its mercantile profits, and all its territorial rights were looked upon as subservient to its mercantile system.
But even though it seems natural right now to think about questions like this, back then, it was probably unusual for people to have doubts on the matter. Out of a respectful regard for old institutions, the Company’s mercantile system was still held in high esteem. It had always been a source of pride for the nation; the Company’s contributions to the state in its early days and the significant benefits it brought to the government had made the East India Company and all its privileges subjects of special care and consideration. The rights of sovereignty that the Company later gained were acquired gradually and almost unnoticed. Each acquisition was seen at the time as just a way to boost its commercial profits, and all its territorial rights were viewed as secondary to its mercantile goals.
In consequence of these ideas, after the whole of the northern and eastern coast of Java had been added to the Company's territorial dominions, by a cession in the year 1749, no step seems to have been taken for improving these acquisitions, by any direct use of the supremacy obtained. Some contracts were instituted with the native chiefs, for delivering gratis, or at the lowest possible price, such articles as would serve the Company's investments at home; but[Vol I Pg xxxvii] taxation, the levy of produce, and the management of police and justice in the inferior courts, were left to the care and conscience of the natives themselves.
As a result of these ideas, after the entire northern and eastern coast of Java was added to the Company’s territorial possessions through a cession in 1749, no action seems to have been taken to improve these acquisitions by directly using the authority gained. Some agreements were made with the local chiefs to provide goods for free or at the lowest possible price that would benefit the Company’s investments back home; however, taxation, the collection of produce, and the overseeing of police and justice in the lower courts were left to the responsibility and integrity of the locals themselves.
Arguments in favour of this system may perhaps be drawn from the respect due to the native usages and institutions, and from a supposed want of power, on the part of the Company, to assume any direct controul over the native population. But whatever influence these ideas may have had on the conduct of the Company, it may be affirmed that an European government, aiming only to see right and justice administered to every class of the population, might and ought to have maintained all the native usages and institutions, not inconsistent with those principles; and that the power, for want of which it withheld its interference, would have been supplied and confirmed by the act of exercising the power which it possessed, and by the resources it might have been the means of drawing from the country.
Arguments in favor of this system might come from the respect for local customs and institutions, and from a perceived lack of power on the part of the Company to take direct control over the native population. However, no matter the influence these ideas may have had on the Company's actions, it can be stated that a European government, focused on administering fairness and justice to all segments of the population, could and should have upheld all local customs and institutions that aligned with those principles. The power that was supposedly lacking for its intervention would have been established and reinforced by the act of exercising the authority it already had, as well as by the resources it could have leveraged from the country.
Considering, therefore, the propensity inherent in every native authority to abuse its influence, and to render it oppressive to the population at large; the ascendancy of Europeans in general, even over the class of native chieftains; the scantiness of many of the establishments proposed in the plan of the Indian Commissioners; the manifest inadequacy of the remuneration of the civil servants which it recommended, and the narrow scale on which all expenses were calculated; no very durable benefits could have been reasonably expected from it. The discretionary power being left in the hands of the native chieftains, the whole of the lower class of the population would have remained at their disposal; the ascendancy of the European servants would have subjected both to peculations, which the insufficiency of their salaries would constantly have tempted them to practice; the administration of justice not meeting with a proper remuneration would have been ineffectual, perhaps corrupt; the reduction of the[Vol I Pg xxxviii] military establishment would have left the possessions an easy prey to the first invader; and the original sources of the Company's revenues in India remaining the same, it seems probable, that in a short time, the same scenes which had hitherto met with so much reprobation, would have been acted over again, and to a still more disgraceful extent.
Considering the tendency of every local authority to misuse its power and make life difficult for the general population; the dominance of Europeans over local leaders; the limited resources suggested by the Indian Commissioners' plans; the clear inadequacy of pay for civil servants; and the tight budget for all expenses; it’s unlikely that any lasting benefits could have been expected. With discretionary power given to local leaders, the lower class would still be under their control; European officials would also be prone to corruption, driven by inadequate salaries; justice administration would likely be ineffective, possibly corrupt; shrinking the military would make the territory vulnerable to invaders; and since the original sources of the Company's income in India remained unchanged, it seems likely that we would soon see a repeat of the same disreputable events, perhaps in an even more shameful way.
But of whatever merit might have been the plans suggested by the Commissioners in India on the 4th July, 1795, the calamities which had already befallen the mother country were followed by an event, which it seems the Commissioners had hardly dared to suspect, and which, in every case, would have frustrated all their designs. This was the dissolution of the Company, in consequence of a resolution taken to that effect on the 24th December, by the body then representing the government of the United States of Holland.
But no matter how good the plans proposed by the Commissioners in India on July 4, 1795 might have been, the disasters that had already affected the mother country were soon followed by an event that the Commissioners probably hardly imagined, and which, in any case, would have derailed all their efforts. This was the dissolution of the Company, due to a decision made on December 24 by the group then representing the government of the United States of Holland.
New views of policy were of course suggested by this important change. In the year 1800 there appeared a small volume, entitled "A Description of Java and of its principal Productions, shewing the Advantages to be derived therefrom under a better Administration, by Mr. Dirk Van Hogendorp," in which the writer, after observing that the true state of Java and its importance to the mother country had hitherto been little known, or at least that no correct ideas had yet been formed in Holland with regard to its value, fertility, population, and advantageous situation for trade, establishes,
New perspectives on policy were clearly proposed by this significant change. In 1800, a small book titled "A Description of Java and of its Principal Productions, Showing the Advantages to be Gained Under Better Administration" by Mr. Dirk Van Hogendorp was published. In it, the author notes that the true condition of Java and its significance to the mother country had previously been poorly understood, or at least that no accurate perceptions had been established in Holland regarding its value, fertility, population, and strategic location for trade.
"1. That the system on which the trade in India had hitherto been conducted and the possessions administered, was no longer good under present circumstances, but contained in itself the seeds of decline and ruin.
"1. The system that had been used for trade in India and for managing its possessions was no longer effective in the current situation and had within it the beginnings of decline and failure."
"2. That the exclusive trade was in its nature injurious, and naturally caused the ruin of the colonies.
"2. That the exclusive trade was harmful by nature and ultimately led to the downfall of the colonies."
"3. That under a different system, those colonies would flourish, and yield much greater advantages than ever.[Vol I Pg xxxix]
"3. That under a different system, those colonies would thrive and provide much greater benefits than ever.[Vol I Pg xxxix]
"4. That a revenue, founded on the principles of freedom of trade, property in the soil, and equality of imposts, could be easily introduced.
"4. That a revenue based on the principles of free trade, private property, and equal taxation could be easily established."
"5. And finally, that all the benefits which would thereby accrue to the mother country, from the territorial revenue, the duties on trade, the industry and wealth for which that trade would furnish employment, and the treasures which the distribution of produce throughout Europe must bring into the mother country, would greatly exceed the highest advantages that could be calculated upon, even under the most favourable prospects, by the means of the fallen Company or a continuation of its former system."
"5. And finally, all the benefits that would come to the mother country from the revenue generated by the territory, the trade duties, the jobs and wealth created by that trade, and the riches brought into the mother country from distributing products throughout Europe would far exceed the best outcomes that could be expected, even in the most favorable scenarios, from the collapsed Company or a continuation of its previous system."
Many parts of this pamphlet abound in violence and invective, and others are too highly coloured; but with these exceptions, it may be safely asserted that it contains a more correct view of the state of society, and of the resources of the country, than any paper which had preceded it, and the author is most justly entitled to all the credit of having chalked out to his countrymen the road to honour and prosperity, in the future administration of the Dutch East-Indian colonies.
Many sections of this pamphlet are filled with violence and harsh criticism, while others are exaggerated; however, aside from these issues, it can confidently be said that it offers a more accurate depiction of the society's condition and the country's resources than any previous publication. The author rightfully deserves all the credit for guiding his fellow countrymen toward a path of honor and prosperity in the future management of the Dutch East-Indian colonies.
Having, in the course of the foregoing sketch of the decline and fall of the Dutch East-India Company, exhibited a statement of these resources, under the mercantile system of the Company, it may be interesting also to state what, in the opinion of Mr. Hogendorp, the island of Java alone was capable of affording eventually, under a system founded on the principles of property in the soil, freedom of cultivation and trade, and the impartial administration of justice according to equal rights. "When the exclusive and oppressive trade of the Company, the forced deliveries, the feudal services, in short, the whole system of feudal government, is done away with, and when the effects of this important revolution are felt in the certain increase of cultivation and trade, then," observes Mr. Hogendorp, "the limits of pro[Vol I Pg xl]bability will by no means be exceeded, in estimating the aggregate of the revenues of Java, in progress of time, at twelve millions of rix-dollars, or twenty-four millions of guilders, annually."
In the discussion about the decline and fall of the Dutch East India Company, we’ve reviewed its resources under the Company’s mercantile system. It’s also worth noting what Mr. Hogendorp believes the island of Java could eventually provide under a system based on property rights, freedom to farm and trade, and fair justice for all. "Once the Company’s exclusive and oppressive trade practices, forced deliveries, feudal obligations, and the entire feudal governance system are eliminated, and the impacts of this significant change are felt through a definite increase in farming and trade, then," Mr. Hogendorp points out, "the potential revenue from Java could very realistically be estimated over time at twelve million rix-dollars or twenty-four million guilders annually."
This statement, calculated with reference to the comparative produce of the West India Islands, has been generally considered by the colonists as exhibiting a very exaggerated view, of what the island could, under any circumstances, afford, and by many as too wild a speculation to deserve attention; but to this it should be added, that the plan on which it was founded, viz. an entire change in the internal management of the country, was considered as equally wild and romantic by those who declaimed the loudest against the possibility of these advantages accruing, and that notwithstanding the doubts then entertained of its practicability, that measure has been actually carried into effect, without producing any one of the consequences depicted by the advocates of the old system, and as far as a judgment can yet be formed, with all the advantages anticipated by Mr. Hogendorp.
This statement, which is based on the comparative output of the West India Islands, has generally been viewed by the colonists as an exaggerated assessment of what the island could produce under any circumstances, and by many as too far-fetched to warrant attention. However, it should be noted that the plan it was based on—namely a complete overhaul of the country’s internal management—was also seen as equally wild and unrealistic by those who argued the loudest against the possibility of these benefits materializing. Despite the skepticism about its feasibility at the time, this plan has actually been implemented without resulting in any of the negative outcomes predicted by supporters of the old system, and as far as we can currently assess, it has brought all the benefits that Mr. Hogendorp anticipated.
It is not surprising to find, that the enlightened views of this writer were never acted upon, when we find it asserted by a commission, who sat at the Hague in 1803, composed of the highest, and perhaps best qualified persons in the state of Holland, and of which he was himself a member (of course a dissenting one), that "it appeared to them to have been admitted generally, and without contradiction, that according to ancient regulations, of which the first institution was lost even among the Javans themselves, the manner in which that people are used to live rests on principles, with which a free and unlimited disposition of the ground and its productions is absolutely inconsistent; that they were, for their parts, convinced that such a change could not be effected, without causing a general fermentation among all classes of people; that though, in this case, violent mea[Vol I Pg xli]sures might suppress an insurrection, they would rather advise to bid an eternal farewell to Java, than to resort to such means; that if they adverted to the question in a commercial point of view, the same uncertainty, the same dangers presented themselves. These arose from the natural disinclination of the Javan to work, which has been observed by many eminent persons; the danger of new monopolies, which would fall heavier upon the common people than the present forced deliveries; the exorbitant charges to support a great number of native chiefs and priests, who are at present provided for and ought to be supported; an undoubted deficiency in the revenues, and a considerable expenditure during the first years, without the probability of a remedy. All this," say they, "seems to forebode a neglect of the cultivation; and after long and laborious researches, we are compelled to lay it down as a general principle, that property, of the soil among the common Javans, and the abolition of public services, cannot be adopted as the basis of an improvement, of which the internal management of Java would be susceptible. The contingents and forced deliveries ought therefore to be continued and received on account of the state, which has succeeded to the prerogatives of the former Company[9]."
It’s not surprising that the enlightened ideas of this writer were never put into action, especially when a commission that met in The Hague in 1803, made up of some of the highest and most qualified individuals in the state of Holland, which he was a part of (though he disagreed), stated that "it seemed to them to be generally accepted, without dispute, that according to ancient regulations—whose origins are even lost to the Javanese themselves—the way this people lives is based on principles that are completely incompatible with a free and unrestricted ownership of land and its resources. They were convinced that implementing such a change would inevitably lead to widespread unrest among all social classes; and while they acknowledged that violent measures could quell a rebellion, they would prefer to say goodbye to Java forever rather than resort to such methods. From a commercial perspective, the same uncertainties and dangers arise. These stem from the natural unwillingness of the Javanese to work, a phenomenon noted by many respected individuals; the threat of new monopolies that would burden ordinary people more than the current forced deliveries; the exorbitant expenses required to support the numerous native chiefs and priests who are currently provided for and need sustaining; a clear shortfall in revenue, and significant spending in the initial years, without a likely solution. All of this," they state, "seems to indicate a neglect of cultivation, and after extensive research, we must conclude as a general principle that property rights to the land among the common Javanese, as well as the abolition of public services, cannot serve as a foundation for improvements in the internal management of Java. Therefore, the contingents and forced deliveries should continue to be maintained and collected for the state, which has inherited the privileges of the former Company."
Marshal Daendels, who was recalled from the government of Java only a few months before the British conquest, and who was by far the most active and energetic governor who had for a long time been at the head of the colony, has written an account of his own administration, of the state in which he found the island, of the measures he proposed and executed, of the improvements which he projected or carried into effect, of the revenues that might be expected, and of the expenditure[Vol I Pg xlii] that the public service required. Although he enters into some free and bold strictures on the conduct of the Commissioners, the estimates they formed, and the policy they recommended, he does not seem himself to have avoided many of the faults which rendered their policy objectionable, or to have entertained any hope of establishing a more liberal system. Forced services and contingents, and all the tyranny which they render necessary, still constituted the greatest part of the ways and means of the colonial treasury, and the grand source of profits for the Company.
Marshal Daendels, who was called back from governing Java just a few months before the British takeover, and who was by far the most active and energetic governor in a long time, wrote an account of his administration, detailing the condition he found the island in, the measures he proposed and implemented, the improvements he planned or executed, the expected revenues, and the expenses that public services needed.[Vol I Pg xlii] Although he makes some bold critiques of the Commissioners' actions, their estimates, and the policies they suggested, he doesn’t seem to have avoided many of the same mistakes that made their policies questionable, nor does he appear to have had any hope of creating a more progressive system. Forced labor and contingents, along with all the tyranny that comes with them, still made up the bulk of the colonial treasury's resources and was the main source of profits for the Company.
The difficulties he had to struggle with, and the peculiar habits and character formed by his profession, seem to have determined his proceedings, more than any matured scheme of general administration, or any deliberate principles of government. He thus describes the situation of the colony on his arrival: "A powerful enemy threatened us by sea, and the Javan princes, acquiring audacity in proportion as they saw proofs of our weakness, thought the moment had arrived for prescribing the law to their former superiors. The very existence of our dominions on Java was thus in the greatest danger. Our internal resources of finance were exhausted, while a stagnation of trade, caused by the blockade of our shores, cut off all hopes of procuring assistance from without. In the midst of such disastrous circumstances, and the failure of so many attempts to introduce reform, and to maintain the dignity of government, I found it necessary to place myself above the usual formalities, and to disregard every law, but that which enjoined the preservation of the colony entrusted to my management. The verbal order which I received, at my departure from Holland, had this for its object, and the approbation bestowed upon my attempts to carry it into execution, encouraged me in the course of proceeding which I had began."
The challenges he faced and the unique habits and character shaped by his job seemed to dictate his actions more than any well-thought-out plan of general administration or any deliberate principles of governance. He describes the state of the colony upon his arrival: "A powerful enemy threatened us by sea, and the Javan princes, gaining confidence as they witnessed our weakness, believed the time had come to dictate terms to their former superiors. The very existence of our territories in Java was thus in serious jeopardy. Our internal financial resources were depleted, while a stagnation of trade—caused by the blockade of our shores—cut off any hopes of external support. In the midst of such disastrous circumstances, and after so many failed attempts to implement reform and uphold the dignity of governance, I found it necessary to rise above the usual formalities and to ignore every law except the one that mandated the preservation of the colony entrusted to my management. The verbal order I received when I left Holland had this as its aim, and the approval given to my efforts to carry it out encouraged me in the course I had begun."
The situation in which the Marshal found the colony is justly drawn; but the result of his operations, and the condi[Vol I Pg xliii]tion in which he left the government to his successor, are described in colours by far too flattering. His partiality for his own work, and the consciousness of having made great exertions to accomplish it, seems to have influenced his mind too easily, in convincing him of the advantage and success of the measures he had adopted. "In spite," says he, "of all the obstacles I encountered, I obtained the following results. I made the general government the centre of authority, from which every inferior authority descended in a determined proportion, with a definite responsibility and a salutary controul. Into all the local and subordinate administrations, clearness and simplicity were introduced; agriculture was encouraged, protected, and extended; general industry was promoted; the administration of justice and of the police was put on a sure footing; the means of defence were increased as much as possible; many works were undertaken, both for the service of government and other useful ends; new roads were made and old ones improved; the condition of all the inhabitants, as well native as European, was ameliorated, and every cause of misunderstanding removed; the relations of the colonial government with the courts of the native princes were regulated on principles, conformable to the dignity, and conducive to the interests of the former; and, in fine, the revenues of the colony were so augmented, that after every deduction for internal expenditure, they will furnish a surplus of five millions, free of all charge, as a nett return to Holland."
The situation in which the Marshal found the colony is accurately depicted; however, the outcome of his actions and the condition in which he left the government for his successor are described in a much too favorable light. His bias towards his own work and the awareness of his significant efforts appear to have swayed his judgment too easily, leading him to believe in the effectiveness and success of the measures he implemented. "Despite," he states, "all the obstacles I faced, I achieved the following results. I established the general government as the center of authority, from which every lower authority derived in a clear hierarchy, with specific responsibilities and effective oversight. I introduced clarity and simplicity into all local and subordinate administrations; I encouraged, protected, and expanded agriculture; I promoted general industry; I ensured a stable administration of justice and police; I maximized defense capabilities; numerous projects were initiated for both government services and other beneficial purposes; new roads were built and existing ones improved; the living conditions of all inhabitants, both native and European, were improved, and every source of conflict was resolved; the relationship between the colonial government and the courts of the native princes was established based on principles that respected the former's dignity and served their interests; and, ultimately, the colony's revenues were increased to the extent that, after covering internal expenses, they will provide a surplus of five million, free of all charges, as a net return to Holland."
Marshal Daendels, in his memoir, sufficiently showed the fallacy contained in the report of the Commissioners, concerning the estimated revenue and profits of the Company. Instead of the receipt of 1,250,000 florins, accruing from the profit of the sale of opium (as marked in the table which I have transcribed), he assures us that not one farthing was actually obtained. Many of the conclusions of the Commissioners, concerning the temper of the inhabitants, the[Vol I Pg xliv] nature of the soil of particular districts, and the general resources of the island, he satisfactorily proved to be founded on erroneous information or mistake; and it is only to be regretted, that he did not carry the same spirit of impartiality into the formation of his own reports, which he requires in those of his predecessors, or anticipates from his successors, an examination equally rigorous, and a measure of justice equally strict as that to which they were subjected. Had this been the case, we should not have been offered such financial results as make the revenue of the island amount to 10,789,000 rix-dollars, and its expenditure only 5,790,000, leaving a balance of five millions of profit. It may be interesting to compare his estimate with the table already exhibited.[Vol I Pg xlv]
Marshal Daendels, in his memoir, clearly demonstrated the errors in the Commissioners' report regarding the estimated revenue and profits of the Company. Instead of the expected 1,250,000 florins from opium sales (as shown in the table I transcribed), he confirms that not a single farthing was actually made. He effectively proved that many of the Commissioners' conclusions about the behavior of the locals, the type of soil in certain areas, and the overall resources of the island were based on incorrect information or mistakes; it's unfortunate that he didn't apply the same level of fairness to his own reports that he demands from those of his predecessors and expects from his successors, a scrutiny as rigorous and a standard of fairness as strict as what they faced. If he had, we wouldn't have seen such financial results that claim the island's revenue is 10,789,000 rix-dollars and its expenditure only 5,790,000, leaving a profit balance of five million. Comparing his estimates with the previously presented table might be insightful.
ESTIMATED RECEIPTS. | ESTIMATED EXPENDITURE. | ||
---|---|---|---|
Rix-dollars. | Rix-dollars. | ||
Rent of land | 2,000,000 | Civil appointments | 1,000,000 |
Produce of land unfarmed | 500,000 | Land forces | 1,227,000 |
Sale of opium[10] | 1,120,000 | Manufactory of powder, foundery of balls, and arsenals | 180,000 |
Money | 360,000 | Hospitals | 80,000 |
Coffee, 300,000 pikuls, at 20 rix-dollars | 4,500,000 | Marine | 250,000 |
Pepper, 30,000 pikuls | 160,000 | Fortifications, &c. | 200,000 |
Tin, 35,000 pikuls | 400,000 | New works | 400,000 |
Japan Copper, 25,000 pikuls | 250,000 | Justice and police | 150,000 |
Spices | 1,000,000 | Transports and freights | 300,000 |
Forests | 250,000 | Transport of Company's servants, recruits, &c. from Europe | 300,000 |
Sale of rice | 250,000 | Purchase of native articles | 300,000 |
Package | 100,000 | ||
Interest | 400,000 | ||
Unforeseen charges | 903,000 | ||
5,790,000 | |||
10,790,000 | Which being subtracted from | 10,790,000 | |
Leaves a nett profit, Rix-dollars |
5,000,000 |
FOOTNOTES:
[3] Probably Grésik.
Probably Grésik.
[6] The following is the description of Java from Jono de Barros, Decada 4, book 1, chap. 12.
[6] The following is the description of Java from Jono de Barros, Decada 4, book 1, chap. 12.
"Before we treat of the expedition of Francisco de Sa, it is proper to state the occasion of the expedition, and how that was connected with the treaty of peace and friendship which, by order of Jorge de Albuquerque, governor of Malacca, Henriquez Lerne concluded with the King of Sunda, on account of the pepper produce in that kingdom.
"Before we discuss Francisco de Sa's expedition, it's important to outline the reasons for the expedition and how it was linked to the treaty of peace and friendship that Henriquez Lerne finalized with the King of Sunda at the direction of Jorge de Albuquerque, the governor of Malacca, due to the pepper production in that kingdom."
"We must, therefore, first give an account of the voyage of Henriquez Lerne. The kingdom of Sunda being one of those of the island of Java, it will be best to begin with a general description of that island, that what follows may be understood.
"We must, therefore, first explain the journey of Henriquez Lerne. The kingdom of Sunda is one of the regions on the island of Java, so it’s best to start with a general description of the island, so the following can be understood."
"The land of Java we consider as two islands, whose position is from east to west, and nearly in the same parallel, in seven or eight degrees of south latitude. The total length of the two islands, according to the best authorities, is about one hundred and eighty leagues, although perhaps this is rather exaggerated.
"The land of Java is made up of two islands that stretch from east to west, almost aligned along the same latitude, situated in seven or eight degrees south of the equator. The total length of these two islands, according to the most reliable sources, is about one hundred and eighty leagues, although this might be a bit of an overstatement."
"The Javans themselves do not divide the land into two islands, but consider the whole length as constituting only one; and on the west, where it approaches Sumatra, there is a channel of ten or twelve leagues wide, through which all the navigation of eastern and western India used to pass, previous to the founding of Malacca.
"The Javanese themselves don't see the land as two islands but think of it as one long stretch. On the west side, where it is close to Sumatra, there's a channel about ten to twelve leagues wide, which all the trade routes of eastern and western India used to travel before Malacca was established."
"A chain of very high mountains runs along the whole length of Java. Their distance from the northern coast is about twenty-five leagues. How far they are from the southern shore is not certainly known, though the natives say about as far as from the northern.
"A range of very tall mountains stretches along the entire length of Java. They're about twenty-five leagues away from the northern coast. It's not exactly known how far they are from the southern shore, but the locals say it's about the same distance as from the north."
"Sunda, of which we are now to treat, is situated at about one-third of the total length of Java from the west end. The natives of Sunda consider themselves as separated from Java by a river, called Chiamo or Chenan, little known to our navigators; so that the natives, in dissecting Java, speak of it as separated by this river Chiamo from the island of Sunda on the west, and on the east by a strait from the island of Báli; as having Madura on the north, and on the south an undiscovered sea; and they think that whoever shall proceed beyond those straits, will be hurried away by strong currents, so as never to be able to return, and for this reason they never attempt to navigate it, in the same manner as the Moors on the eastern coast of Africa do not venture to pass the Cape of Currents."
Sunda, which we are going to discuss now, is located about one-third of the way along the total length of Java from the west end. The people of Sunda see themselves as separated from Java by a river called Chiamo or Chenan, which is not well known to our navigators. Thus, the locals refer to Java as being separated by this river Chiamo from the island of Sunda to the west, and to the east by a strait from the island of Bali; with Madura to the north and an unexplored sea to the south. They believe that anyone who tries to go beyond those straits will be swept away by strong currents, making it impossible to return, which is why they never try to navigate it, just as the Moors on the eastern coast of Africa stay away from the Cape of Currents.
The following is the substance of a note inserted in Jono de Barros, Decadas, p. 76-77, vol. 4, part 1st, 8vo. Lisbon 1777.
The following is the content of a note included in Jono de Barros, Decadas, p. 76-77, vol. 4, part 1st, 8vo. Lisbon 1777.
"The island of Java is divided into many kingdoms along the northern coast; and beginning to the eastward, those of which we have any account are—Paneruca, Ovalle, Agasai, Paniao (whose king resides in the interior, and has a supremacy over those just mentioned), Beredam, Sodaio, Tubam, Cajoam, Japara (the capital of this kingdom is called Cheronhama, three leagues from the sea coast, near to which Japara is situated), Damo, Margam, and Matarem.
"The island of Java is divided into several kingdoms along the northern coast, starting from the east. The ones we know about include: Paneruca, Ovalle, Agasai, Paniao (whose king lives inland and has authority over the previously mentioned kingdoms), Beredam, Sodaio, Tubam, Cajoam, Japara (the capital of this kingdom is called Cheronhama, located three leagues from the coast, near Japara), Damo, Margam, and Matarem.
"In the mountainous interior live a numerous class of chiefs, called Gunos: they are a savage race, and eat human flesh. The first inhabitants were Siamese, who about the year 800 of the Christian era, on their passage from Siam to Macassar were driven by a great storm on the island of Báli. Their junk being wrecked they escaped in their boat, and arrived at Java, until that period undiscovered; but which, on account of its size and fertility was immediately peopled by Passara, son of the king of Siam: and the city of Passaraan, called after his own name, was founded at a very good seaport, and this was the first settlement on the island.
"In the mountainous interior lives a large group of chiefs, called Gunos: they are a fierce people and eat human flesh. The original inhabitants were Siamese, who around the year 800 AD, while traveling from Siam to Macassar, were caught in a huge storm and ended up on the island of Báli. Their boat was wrecked, but they managed to escape in a smaller vessel and reached Java, which had been undiscovered until then; however, due to its size and fertile land, it was quickly populated by Passara, the son of the king of Siam: and the city of Passaraan, named after him, was established at a prime seaport, marking the first settlement on the island."
"The Javans are proud, brave, and treacherous, and so vindictive, that for any slight offence (and they consider as the most unpardonable the touching their forehead with your hand) they declare amok to revenge it. They navigate much to every part of the Eastern Archipelago, and say that formerly they used to navigate the ocean as far as the island of Madagascar (St. Laurence).
The Javans are proud, brave, and deceitful, and so vengeful that for any minor offense (they view touching their forehead with your hand as the most unforgivable) they declare amok to seek revenge. They travel extensively throughout the Eastern Archipelago and claim that in the past, they navigated the ocean all the way to the island of Madagascar (St. Laurence).
"The city of Bintam, or Banta, which is in the middle of the opening of the straits of Sunda, stands in the centre of a large bay, which from point to point may be about three leagues wide, the bottom good, and the depth of water from two to six fathoms. A river of sufficient depth for junks and galleys, falls into this bay, and divides the town into two parts. On one side of the town there is a fort, built of sun-dried bricks: the walls are about seven palms thick, the bulwarks of wood, well furnished with artillery.
The city of Bintam, or Banta, located at the entrance of the Sunda Strait, sits in the center of a large bay that is roughly three leagues wide from one point to another. The seabed is good, with water depths ranging from two to six fathoms. A river deep enough for junks and galleys flows into this bay, splitting the town into two halves. On one side of the town, there's a fort made of sun-dried bricks; the walls are about seven palms thick, and the wooden bulwarks are well-equipped with artillery.
"The island of Sunda is more mountainous than Java. It has six good sea-ports: Chiamo, at the extremity of the island; Chacatara, or Caravam; Tangaram, Cheginde, Pandang, and Bintam, which have a great traffic, on account of the trade carried on, not only with Java, but with Malacca and Sumatra.
"The island of Sunda is more mountainous than Java. It has six good seaports: Chiamo at the far end of the island; Chacatara or Caravam; Tangaram, Cheginde, Pandang, and Bintam, which have a lot of activity due to trade, not just with Java, but also with Malacca and Sumatra."
"The principal city of this kingdom is called Daro, situated a little towards the interior, and we are assured that when Henriquez Lerne first visited it, this town had upwards of fifty thousand inhabitants, and that the kingdom had upwards of one hundred thousand fighting men.
The main city of this kingdom is called Daro, located a bit inland, and we are told that when Henriquez Lerne first came here, the town had more than fifty thousand residents, and the kingdom had over one hundred thousand soldiers.
"The soil is very rich. An inferior gold, of six carats, is found. There is abundance of butcher's meat, game and provisions, and tamarinds which serve the natives for vinegar. The inhabitants are not very warlike, much addicted to their idolatries, and hate the Mahomedans, and particularly since they were conquered by the Sangue Páti Dama.
"The soil is very fertile. There's poor quality gold, about six carats, found here. There’s plenty of meat, game, and food supplies, as well as tamarinds that the locals use as vinegar. The people aren’t very aggressive, are deeply devoted to their idols, and have a dislike for Muslims, especially since they were conquered by the Sangue Páti Dama."
"Here four or five thousand slaves may be purchased, on account of the numerous population, and its being lawful for the father to sell the children. The women are handsome, and those of the nobles chaste, which is not the case with those of the lower classes. There are monasteries or convents for the women, into which the nobles put their daughters, when they cannot match them in marriage according to their wishes. The married women, when their husbands die, must, as a point of honour, die with them, and if they should be afraid of death they are put into the convents.
"Here, you can buy four or five thousand slaves due to the large population and the fact that fathers can sell their children. The women are attractive, and the noblewomen are virtuous, which isn't true for those from lower classes. There are monasteries or convents for women, where nobles send their daughters when they can't find suitable marriages for them. When married women lose their husbands, they are expected to honor their memory by dying with them, and if they fear death, they are admitted to the convents."
"The kingdom descends from father to son, and not from uncle to nephew, (son of the sister), as among the Malabars and other infidels in India.
"The kingdom passes down from father to son, not from uncle to nephew (sister's son), like it does among the Malabars and other non-believers in India."
"They are fond of rich arms, ornamented with gold and inlaid work. Their krises are gilt, and also the point of their lances. Many other particulars might be added (but we reserve them for our geography[11]), concerning the productions of this island, in which upwards of thirty thousand quintals of pepper are collected annually."
"They love lavish weapons, decorated with gold and intricate designs. Their krises are gilded, as are the tips of their lances. There are many other details we could mention (but we'll save those for our geography[11]), about the products of this island, where over thirty thousand quintals of pepper are harvested each year."
Decad. iv. Chapter 13.
Decad. IV. Chapter 13.
"In the year 1522, Jorge Albuquerque, governor of Malacca, equipped a vessel to carry Henriquez Lerne, with a competent suite and certain presents, to the king Samiam above mentioned, for the purpose of establishing a commercial intercourse. Lerne was well received by the king, who was fully sensible of the importance of such a connection, in the war in which he was then engaged with the Moors (Mahomedans); and, therefore, he requested that, for the protection of the trade, the king of Portugal should erect a fortress, and that he would load as many ships as he chose with pepper, in return for such merchandise as the country required. And further, he (the king) obliged himself, as a pledge of his friendship, to give him annually a thousand bags of pepper, from the day on which the building of the fortress should commence.
"In 1522, Jorge Albuquerque, the governor of Malacca, sent a ship to take Henriquez Lerne, along with a proper entourage and some gifts, to the previously mentioned King Samiam, to establish trade relations. Lerne was warmly welcomed by the king, who understood how important this connection was, especially as he was engaged in a conflict with the Moors (Muslims). Therefore, the king asked that the king of Portugal build a fortress to protect trade, and in exchange, he would allow as many ships as he wanted to load up on pepper, in return for goods that were needed from his country. Additionally, he promised that as a sign of his friendship, he would provide a thousand bags of pepper each year starting from the day construction of the fortress began."
"These things being concluded and presents exchanged, Lerne returned to Malacca, where he was well received by Albuquerque, who immediately communicated the result to the king of Portugal, who approved of all that had been done.
"Once these matters were settled and gifts were exchanged, Lerne went back to Malacca, where he was warmly welcomed by Albuquerque, who quickly reported the outcome to the king of Portugal, who approved everything that had been done."
"Francisco de Sá was in consequence dispatched with six vessels (the names of which and of their commanders are enumerated), with which he called at Malacca, and accompanied the expedition against Bintam (then in the possession of the expelled king of Malacca), on leaving which he was overtaken by a dreadful storm, and one of his vessels, commanded by Dironte Coelho, reached the port of Calapa (where the fort was to be built), where she was driven on shore, and all the crew perished by the hands of the Moors (Mahomedans), who were then masters of the country, having a few days before taken the town from the native king, who had concluded the treaty with the King of Portugal, and given him the site on which to erect the fortress.
"Francisco de Sá was then sent out with six ships (which are named along with their captains) to visit Malacca and join the expedition against Bintam (at that time controlled by the ousted king of Malacca). After leaving there, he was caught in a terrible storm, and one of his ships, led by Dironte Coelho, made it to the port of Calapa (where the fort was to be built). Unfortunately, the ship was driven ashore, and the entire crew was killed by the Moors (Muslims), who were in control of the area after recently taking the town from the native king, who had made a pact with the King of Portugal and provided him with the land to build the fortress."
"But although the intended establishment on Java was thus frustrated, the Portuguese continued to have intercourse with that island, at which they frequently touched on their voyage to and from the Moluccas."
"But even though the planned settlement in Java was interrupted, the Portuguese kept up their interactions with that island, which they often visited during their trips to and from the Moluccas."
Decad. iv. Book i. Chapter 14.
Decad. iv. Book i. Chapter 14.
"In August, 1626, Antonio de Britto, on his return from Ternati to Malacca, touched at the port of Paneruca, where he found his countryman, Jono de Moreno, who had twenty Malay junks under his command. From thence he proceeded to the town of Tagasam, whose inhabitants were at war with the Portuguese, and had captured a junk laden with cloves, which he had dispatched to Malacca, and they even attempted to take the vessel in which he himself was, which occasioned his quitting that place, having however first captured a junk laden with provisions."
"In August 1626, Antonio de Britto, returning from Ternati to Malacca, stopped at the port of Paneruca, where he met his fellow countryman, Jono de Moreno, who was in charge of twenty Malay junks. From there, he went on to the town of Tagasam, whose residents were fighting against the Portuguese and had seized a junk full of cloves, which they sent to Malacca. They even tried to take the ship he was on, which prompted him to leave that place, but not before capturing a junk loaded with supplies."
Decad. iv. Book i. Chapter 17.
Decad. iv. Book i. Chapter 17.
"In July, 1528, Don Garcia Henriquez appears to have touched at the port of Paneruca, (Panarukan) for the purpose of taking in provisions on his way to Malacca; and it also appears, that the king or chief of Paneruca sent ambassadors to the Portuguese governor of Malacca in the same year 1528."
"In July 1528, Don Garcia Henriquez seems to have stopped at the port of Paneruca (Panarukan) to stock up on supplies on his way to Malacca; it also seems that the king or chief of Paneruca sent ambassadors to the Portuguese governor of Malacca in the same year, 1528."
The following is the substance of a description of Java from the Decada of Diego de Couto.—Decad. iv. Book iii. Chapter i.
The following is the substance of a description of Java from the Decada of Diego de Couto.—Decad. iv. Book iii. Chapter i.
Couto describes the wreck of a Portuguese vessel, and the destruction of her crew by the Moors, who had just become masters of the kingdom of Sunda, in nearly the same words as Barros. He then proceeds to state, that Francis de Sá ran before the storm along the coast of Java, and collected his scattered vessels in the port of Paneruca, and gives a general description of Java in nearly the following words.
Couto describes the wreck of a Portuguese ship and the destruction of her crew by the Moors, who had recently taken control of the kingdom of Sunda, using almost the same wording as Barros. He then goes on to say that Francis de Sá sailed ahead of the storm along the coast of Java and gathered his scattered ships in the port of Paneruca, providing a general description of Java in nearly the following words.
"But it will be proper to give a concise description of this country, and to shew which were the Greater and the Lesser Java of Marco Polo, and clear up the confusion which has prevailed among modern geographers on this subject.
"But it will be appropriate to provide a brief overview of this country, and to show which areas were known as Greater and Lesser Java according to Marco Polo, and to clarify the confusion that has existed among modern geographers regarding this topic."
"The figure of the island of Java resembles a hog couched on its fore legs, with its snout to the channel of Balaberao, and its hind legs towards the mouth of the Straits of Sunda, which is much frequented by our ships. This island lies directly east and west; its length about one hundred and sixty, and its breadth about seventy leagues.
"The shape of the island of Java looks like a pig resting on its front legs, with its nose facing the channel of Balaberao, and its back legs toward the entrance of the Straits of Sunda, which our ships often visit. This island runs directly east and west; it’s about one hundred and sixty leagues long and about seventy leagues wide."
"The southern coast (hog's back) is not frequented by us, and its bays and ports are not known; but the northern coast (hog's belly) is much frequented, and has many good ports: and although there are many shoals, yet the channels and the anchorages are so well known, that but few disasters happen.
"The southern coast (hog's back) isn't visited by us, and we don't know its bays and ports; however, the northern coast (hog's belly) is quite popular and has many good ports. Even though there are many shallow areas, the channels and anchorages are so well known that only a few accidents occur."
"There are many kingdoms along the maritime parts, some of them subordinate to the others; and beginning at the east (head of the hog), we will set down the names of such as are known: Ovalle, Paneruca, Agasai, Sodayo, Paniao (whose sovereign resides thirty leagues inland, and is a kind of emperor over these and others hereafter mentioned), Tabao, Berdoao, Cajoao, Japara (whose principal city or town is called Cerinhama, three leagues inland, while Japara is situated on the sea shore), Damo, Margao, Banta, Sunda, Andreguir (where there is much pepper, which is exported by a river called Jande). In the mountainous interior there are many kings, called Gunos; they live among rugged mountains, are savage and brutal, and many of them eat human flesh."
There are many kingdoms along the coast, some of them subordinate to others; starting from the east (the head of the hog), we will list the names of those that are known: Ovalle, Paneruca, Agasai, Sodayo, Paniao (whose ruler lives thirty leagues inland and is a kind of emperor over these and others mentioned later), Tabao, Berdoao, Cajoao, Japara (whose main city or town is called Cerinhama, located three leagues inland, while Japara is on the coast), Damo, Margao, Banta, Sunda, Andreguir (where there is a lot of pepper that is exported via a river called Jande). In the mountainous interior, there are many kings known as Gunos; they live among rough mountains, are wild and brutal, and many of them practice cannibalism.
"These mountains are exceedingly high, and some of them emit flames like the island of Ternati. Every one of these kingdoms which we have named has a language of its own; yet they mutually understand each other, as we do the Spaniards and Galicians.
"These mountains are really high, and some of them spew flames like the island of Ternati. Each of these kingdoms we’ve mentioned has its own language; still, they can understand each other, just like we can with the Spaniards and Galicians."
"The kingdom of Sunda is thriving and abundant; it lies between Java and Sumatra, having between it and the latter the Straits of Sunda. Many islands lie along the coast of this kingdom within the Straits, for nearly the space of forty leagues, which in the widest are about twenty-five, and in others only twelve leagues broad. Banta is about the middle distance. All the islands are well timbered, but have little water. A small one, called Macar, at the entrance of the Straits, is said to have much gold.
"The kingdom of Sunda is thriving and plentiful; it is situated between Java and Sumatra, with the Straits of Sunda separating it from the latter. There are many islands along the coast of this kingdom within the Straits, stretching nearly forty leagues, with the widest part being about twenty-five leagues and the narrowest only twelve leagues across. Banta is roughly in the middle. All the islands are densely forested but have limited water sources. A small island called Macar, at the entrance to the Straits, is rumored to be rich in gold."
"The principal ports of the kingdom of Sunda are Banta, Aché, Chacatara (or, by another name, Caravao), to which every year resort about twenty Sommas, which are a kind of vessel belonging to Chienhec (Cochin China), out of the maritime provinces of China, to load pepper. For this kingdom produces eight thousand bahars, which are equal to thirty thousand quintals of pepper annually.
"The main ports of the kingdom of Sunda are Banta, Aché, and Chacatara (also known as Caravao), where about twenty Sommas, a type of boat from Chienhec (Cochin China), arrive each year to pick up pepper. This kingdom produces eight thousand bahars, which is equivalent to thirty thousand quintals of pepper each year."
"Bantam is situated in six degrees of south latitude, in the middle of a fine bay, which is three leagues from point to point. The town in length, stretching landward, is eight hundred and fifty fathoms, and the seaport extends about four hundred. A river capable of admitting junks and galleys, flows through the middle of the town: a small branch of this river admits boats and small craft.
"Bantam is located six degrees south of the equator, in the center of a beautiful bay that measures three leagues from one end to the other. The town stretches eight hundred and fifty fathoms inland, and the seaport covers roughly four hundred fathoms. A river that can accommodate junks and galleys runs through the middle of the town, and a small branch of this river allows for smaller boats and crafts."
"There is a brick fort, the walls of which are seven palms thick, with wooden bulwarks, armed with two tiers of artillery. The anchorage is good; in some places a muddy, in others a sandy bottom, the depth from two to six fathoms.
"There is a brick fort with walls that are seven palms thick, equipped with wooden barriers and armed with two levels of cannons. The anchorage is decent; in some spots, the bottom is muddy, while in others, it's sandy, with depths ranging from two to six fathoms."
"The King, Don John, conceiving that if he had a fortress in this situation he should be master of the Straits, and of all the pepper of those kingdoms, recommended it strongly to the lord admiral to have a fort built by Francisco de Sa; and even now it would be perhaps still more important as well for the purpose of defending the entrance against the English and the Turks, as for the general security of the trade and commerce of those parts, which is the principal value of India. And it was the opinion of our forefathers, that if the king possessed three fortresses, one in this situation, one on Acheen head, and one on the coast of Pegu, the navigation of the east would in a manner be locked by these keys, and the king would be lord of all its riches; and they gave many reasons in support of their opinions, which we forbear to repeat, and return to Java.
"The King, Don John, believed that if he had a fortress in this location, he would control the Straits and all the pepper from those kingdoms. He strongly advised the lord admiral to have a fort built by Francisco de Sa. Even now, it would probably be even more crucial for defending the entrance against the English and the Turks, as well as for the overall security of trade and commerce in those areas, which is the main value of India. Our ancestors thought that if the king had three fortresses—one in this location, one at Acheen head, and one on the coast of Pegu—the navigation of the East would essentially be secured by these keys, and the king would control all its wealth. They provided many reasons to support their views, which we will refrain from repeating, and we will return to Java."
"The island of Java is abundantly furnished with every thing necessary to human life; so much so, that from it Malacca, Acheen, and other neighbouring countries, derive their supplies.
"The island of Java has everything necessary for human life; so much so that neighboring countries like Malacca and Acheen rely on it for their supplies."
"The natives, who are called Jaos (Javans), are so proud that they think all mankind their inferiors; so that, if a Javan were passing along the street, and saw a native of any other country standing on any hillock or place raised higher than the ground on which he was walking, if such person did not immediately come down until he should have passed, the Javan would kill him, for he will permit no person to stand above him; nor would a Javan carry any weight or burthen on his head, even if they should threaten him with death.
"The locals, known as Jaos (Javans), are so proud that they believe everyone else is beneath them. So if a Javan is walking down the street and sees someone from another country standing on any elevated spot, if that person doesn’t immediately come down until the Javan has passed, the Javan would kill them, because they won't allow anyone to stand above them. A Javan also wouldn’t carry anything on their head, even if they were threatened with death."
"They are a brave and determined race of men, and for any slight offence will run amok to be revenged; and even if they are run through and through with a lance, they will advance until they close with their adversary.
"They are a courageous and resolute group of people, and for the smallest offense, they'll go amok to seek revenge; and even if they are pierced multiple times with a lance, they will keep advancing until they confront their opponent."
"The men are expert navigators, in which they claim priority of all others; although many give the honour to the Chinese, insisting that they preceded the Javans. But it is certain that the Javans have sailed to the Cape of Good Hope, and have had intercourse with the island of Madagascar on the off side, where there are many people of a brown colour, and a mixed Javan race, who descend from them."
"The men are skilled navigators, and they assert that they were the first among everyone else; however, many attribute that honor to the Chinese, arguing that they came before the Javanese. But it is clear that the Javanese have sailed to the Cape of Good Hope and have interacted with the island of Madagascar on the opposite side, where there are many people with a brown complexion and a mixed Javanese heritage who descend from them."
Then follows the refutation of a ridiculous story told by Nicolas Couti, the Venetian, about a tree that produced a rod of gold in its pith, at which some well informed Javans, of whom Couti inquired, laughed very heartily.
Then comes the rebuttal of a silly story told by Nicolas Couti, the Venetian, about a tree that grew a golden rod in its core, which some knowledgeable Javanese, whom Couti asked, found very amusing.
"Marco Polo mentions the greater and the lesser Java. We are of opinion, that the Java of which we are treating is the lesser, and that the island of Sumatra is the greater Java; for he says that the greater Java is two thousand miles in circumference, and that the north star is not visible, and that it has eight kingdoms, Taleh, Basma, Camara, Dragojao, Lambri Farafur, from which it is very clear that he means Sumatra, for it has nearly the dimensions which he assigns it. The north pole is not visible, as this island lies under the equinoctial line, which is not the case with any of the islands situated to the northward, on all of which the north star is seen: and it is still more evident from the names of the kingdoms, for there cannot be a doubt that Camara is the same as Camatra (the ç being soft like s). Dragojao (which is pronounced Dragojang) or Andreguir, and Lambri, still retain their names on that island."
"Marco Polo talks about Greater Java and Lesser Java. We believe that the Java he refers to is the Lesser Java, and that the island of Sumatra is the Greater Java; because he states that Greater Java has a circumference of two thousand miles, that the North Star isn’t visible there, and that it has eight kingdoms: Taleh, Basma, Camara, Dragojao, Lambri Farafur. This clearly indicates he means Sumatra, as it closely matches the size he describes. The North Pole isn’t visible since this island is located on the equator, unlike any of the islands to the north, where the North Star can be seen. It’s even more evident from the name of the kingdoms; there’s no doubt that Camara is the same as Camatra (with the c pronounced like an s). Dragojao (pronounced Dragojang) or Andreguir, and Lambri, still have their names on that island."
[8] Mr. Muntinghe.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Mr. Muntinghe.
[9] Report of a Committee appointed to investigate East India affairs made to the Government of the Batavian Republic, dated 31st of August 1803, consisting of Messrs. Murman, Sic, Ponloe, Verbuell, D. Van Hogendorp, Nederburgh, and Voute.
[9] Report from a committee appointed to look into East India matters made to the Government of the Batavian Republic, dated August 31, 1803, consisting of Messrs. Murman, Sic, Ponloe, Verbuell, D. Van Hogendorp, Nederburgh, and Voute.
[10] In a note on this source of revenue, Marshal Daendels says that he is sensible of the evils arising from the use of this drug, but that the Javans are so addicted to it, that no prospect of success could be entertained from any project for reducing its consumption. Yet even while he is making this observation, he tells us that the Commissioners fixed the sale at 1,200 chests, and that he in his estimate has only taken it at 800. It was afterwards reduced to less than 300 chests, without any fear of disturbance or any danger of illicit trade.
[10] In a note about this source of income, Marshal Daendels acknowledges the problems caused by this drug, but points out that the Javanese are so hooked on it that there's no realistic chance of any successful efforts to decrease its use. Still, while making this statement, he mentions that the Commissioners set the sales limit at 1,200 chests, and he only considered 800 in his estimate. Later, it was cut down to less than 300 chests, with no concerns about disruptions or risks of illegal trade.
[11] Barros often alludes to his Treatise on Geography, in which he had described particularly all the countries mentioned in his Decadas; but it never was published, having been left in an imperfect state at his death.[Vol I Pg xlvii]
[11] Barros frequently references his Treatise on Geography, where he detailed all the countries mentioned in his Decadas; however, it was never published and remained unfinished at the time of his death.[Vol I Pg xlvii]
CONTENTS
OF
VOLUME I.
PAGE | |
---|---|
Dedication | iii |
Introduction | vii |
Intro | xiii |
CHAPTER I. | |
Geographical Situation of Java—Name—Extent and Form—Divisions—Harbours—Mountains and Volcanos—Rivers and Lakes—General appearance of the Country—Mineralogical Constitution—Seasons and Climate—Metals—Minerals—Soil—Vegetable and Animal Kingdoms | 1 |
CHAPTER II. | |
Origin of the Natives—Javans compared with the Maláyus and Búgis—Comparative Progress of the three Races—Foreign Influence—Persons of the Natives—Manners—Population—Inequality of it accounted for—Population Tables—Increase of Population—Foreign Settlers—Chinese—Búgis—Maláyus—Moors—Arabs—Slaves—Gradations of rank among the Javans—Their Habitations, Dress, and Food | 62 |
CHAPTER III. | |
Importance of Agriculture to Java—Soil—State of the Peasantry—Price of Rice—Subsistence of the Peasantry—Dwellings—Agricultural Stock—Implements of Farming—Seasons—Different kinds of Land—Rice Cultivation—Maize, &c.—Sugar—Coffee—Pepper—Indigo—Cotton—Tobacco—Tenure of landed Property | 117 |
CHAPTER IV. | |
Manufactures—Handicrafts—Bricks—Thatch—Mats—Cotton Cloths—Dyes—Tanning—Ropes—Metals—Boat and Ship-building—Paper—Salt—Saltpetre Works—Gunpowder, &c.—Felling and transporting of Teak Timber—Fisheries | 182[Vol I Pg xlviii] |
CHAPTER V. | |
Commerce—Advantageous Situation of Java for Commercial Intercourse—Importance of Batavia in particular—Native Trade—Roads and Inland Carriage—Markets—Influence of the Chinese—Coasting Trade—Exports and Imports—Trade with the Archipelago—China—Kamtschatka—Western India—Europe, &c.—Dutch Commercial Regulations—State of the Eastern Islands—Advantages which they possess—Causes of the Depression of the Nations and Tribes which inhabit them—Japan Trade | 210 |
CHAPTER VI. | |
Character of the Inhabitants of Java—Difference between the Súndas and the Javans—The Lower Orders—The Chiefs—Nature of the Native Government—Different Officers of State—Judicial Establishments and Institutions—Laws, and how administered—Police Institutions and Regulations—Military Establishments—Revenue | 272 |
CHAPTER VII. | |
Ceremonies of the Court—Deference paid to superior Rank—Regalia—Processions—Pomp—Rank and Titles—Ambassadors—Ceremonies attending Births, Marriages, and Funerals—Account of the People called Kálang, and of the Inhabitants of the Téng'ger Mountains—The Bedui—Festivals—Amusements—The Drama—Wáyangs—The Dance—Tournaments—The Chase—Tiger Fights—Combat of Criminals with Tigers—Bull Fights, &c.—Games of Skill and Chance—Other Customs and Usages | 343 |
CHAPTER VIII. | |
Language—Little known to Europeans—Different Languages or Dialects—Those of Súnda, Madúra, and Báli, compared with that of Java Proper—The polite Language, or Language of Honour—The Kawi, or Sacred and Classic Language—Numerals—Chandra Sangkala—Literature—Compositions in the Kawi Language, and in the modern Javan—Influence of Hindu Literature—Introduction of Arabic Literature—Poetry—The Brata Yudha, a Poem—Music—Painting—Sculpture—Architecture—Arithmetic—Astronomy | 396 |
AN ACCOUNT
A PROFILE
OF THE
OF THE
ISLAND OF JAVA.
Java Island.
CHAPTER I.
Geographical Situation of Java—Name—Extent and Form—Divisions—Harbours—Mountains and Volcanos—Rivers and Lakes—General Appearance of the Country—Mineralogical Constitution—Seasons and Climate—Metals—Minerals—Soil—Vegetable and Animal Kingdoms.
Geographical Location of Java—Name—Size and Shape—Regions—Ports—Mountains and Volcanoes—Rivers and Lakes—Overall Look of the Country—Mineral Composition—Seasons and Climate—Metals—Minerals—Soil—Plant and Animal Life.
The country known to Europeans under the name of Java, or Java Major, and to the natives under those of Tána (the land) Jáwa, or Núsa (the island) Jáwa, is one of the largest of what modern geographers call the Sunda Islands. It is sometimes considered one of the Malayan Islands, and forms a part of that division of the Oriental Archipelago which it has been lately proposed to designate as the Asiatic Isles. It extends eastward, with a slight deviation to the south, from 105° 11´ to 114° 33´ of longitude east of Greenwich, and lies between the latitudes 5° 52´ and 8° 46´ south. On the south and west it is washed by the Indian Ocean; on the north-west by a channel called the Straits of Súnda, which separates it from Sumatra, at a distance in one point of only fourteen miles; and on the south-east by the Straits of Báli, only two miles wide, which divide it from the island of that name. These islands, and others stretching eastward, form with Java a gentle curve of more than two thousand geographical miles, which with less regularity is continued from[Vol I Pg 2] Acheen to Pegu on one side, and from Tímor to Papúa, or New Guinea, on the other: they constitute on the west and south, as do Bánka, Bíliton, the great islands of Borneo and Celebes, and the Moluccas on the north, the barriers of the Javan Seas and the Malayan Archipelago. From the eastern peninsula of India, Java is distant about one hundred and forty leagues, from Borneo about fifty-six, and from New Holland two hundred.
The country known to Europeans as Java, or Java Major, and to the locals as Tána (the land) Jáwa, or Núsa (the island) Jáwa, is one of the largest of what modern geographers refer to as the Sunda Islands. It is sometimes categorized as one of the Malayan Islands and is part of the region of the Oriental Archipelago that has recently been proposed to be called the Asiatic Isles. It stretches eastward, with a slight shift to the south, from 105° 11´ to 114° 33´ longitude east of Greenwich, and lies between the latitudes 5° 52´ and 8° 46´ south. To the south and west, it is bordered by the Indian Ocean; to the northwest by a channel known as the Straits of Súnda, which separates it from Sumatra, with one point being only fourteen miles apart; and to the southeast by the Straits of Báli, just two miles wide, which separates it from the island of that name. These islands, along with others extending eastward, form a gentle curve of over two thousand geographical miles, which, with less consistency, continues from[Vol I Pg 2] Acheen to Pegu on one side, and from Tímor to Papúa, or New Guinea, on the other: they create boundaries on the west and south, as do Bánka, Bíliton, the major islands of Borneo and Celebes, and the Moluccas to the north, that define the Javan Seas and the Malayan Archipelago. Java is about one hundred and forty leagues away from the eastern peninsula of India, fifty-six leagues from Borneo, and two hundred leagues from New Holland.
To what cause the island is indebted for its present name of Java[12] (or Jáwa as it is pronounced by the natives) is uncertain. Among the traditions of the country (which are more particularly mentioned in another place) there is one, which relates, that it was so termed by the first colonists from the continent of India, in consequence of the discovery of a certain grain, called jáwa-wut,[13] on which the inhabitants are supposed to have subsisted at that early period, and that it had been known previously only under the term of Núsa hára-hára or Núsa kêndang, meaning the island of wild uncultivated waste, or in which the hills run in ridges.
To what cause the island is indebted for its current name of Java[12] (or Jáwa as pronounced by the locals) is unclear. Among the traditions of the country (which are discussed in more detail elsewhere), there's one that says it was named by the first colonists from the continent of India after they discovered a certain grain called jáwa-wut,[13] which the inhabitants are thought to have relied on for sustenance at that time, and that it had previously been known only as Núsa hára-hára or Núsa kêndang, meaning the island of wild, uncultivated land, or where the hills run in ridges.
In the tenth chapter of Genesis we are told, that "the isles of the Gentiles were divided in their lands; every one after his tongue, after their families, in the nations:" and in the twenty-seventh chapter of Ezekiel we find among the rich merchants, those of Javan "who traded the persons of men, and vessels of brass, to the market of Tyre, and who going to and fro, occupied in her fairs, brought bright iron, cassia, and calamus." But we shall leave it to others to trace the connection between the Javan of Holy Writ and the Java of modern times. It appears, that the Arabs, who had widely extended their commercial intercourse, and established their [Vol I Pg 3]religious faith over the greatest portion of the Indian Archipelago, long before the Europeans had navigated round the Cape of Good Hope, designate the whole of the nations and tribes which inhabit those regions by the general term of the people of Jawi, as in the following passage taken from one of their religious tracts:—"The people of Jawi do not observe with strictness the rule laid down for keeping the fast, inasmuch as they eat before the sun sets, while the Arabs continue the fast until that luminary has sunk below the horizon." Jawa or Jawi is also the name by which Borneo, Java, Sumatra, the Malayan Peninsula, and the islands lying amongst them, are known among the nations of Celebes, who apply the Búgis diminutive Jawa-Jawáka, or Java minor, to the Moluccas, Ámbon, Bánda, Tímor, and Éndé. Jabadios Insulæ, from Jaba, and dib, div or dio, has been employed in the largest sense by Europeans, and it is probable this was once generally the case among the Asiatics, with the terms Java, Jawa, Jawi, and Jaba,[14] which, as the appellations of [Vol I Pg 4]people inhabiting the countries beyond the continent or distant, some have derived from the word jaù, of very general acceptation in eastern languages, and meaning beyond, distant.[15]
In the tenth chapter of Genesis, it says, "the islands of the Gentiles were divided among their lands; each according to their language, by their families, in the nations." Then in the twenty-seventh chapter of Ezekiel, we see among the wealthy merchants those from Javan "who traded in human beings and brass goods at the market of Tyre, and who, going to and fro, engaging in her fairs, brought back bright iron, cassia, and calamus." However, we’ll leave it to others to explore the link between the Javan of the Scriptures and the Java of today. It appears that the Arabs, who expanded their trade widely and spread their religious beliefs across most of the Indian Archipelago long before Europeans navigated around the Cape of Good Hope, refer to all the nations and tribes inhabiting those regions as the people of Jawi, as illustrated in a passage from one of their religious texts:—"The people of Jawi do not strictly follow the fasting rules since they eat before sunset, while the Arabs continue fasting until the sun dips below the horizon." Jawa or Jawi is also the name used by the people of Celebes for Borneo, Java, Sumatra, the Malayan Peninsula, and the surrounding islands, who refer to the Moluccas, Ámbon, Bánda, Tímor, and Éndé as Jawa-Jawáka, meaning Java minor. Jabadios Insulæ, derived from Jaba and dib, div, or dio, has been used in the broadest sense by Europeans, and it’s likely this was once common among Asians too. The terms Java, Jawa, Jawi, and Jaba have been understood by some as referring to people living in lands beyond the continent or afar, with roots potentially from the word jaù, which is widely recognized in Eastern languages and means beyond or distant.
It is, perhaps, in consequence of these names having embraced the whole, or at least several of the islands collectively, that the accounts given by Marco Polo, and other early European voyagers, of particular islands, as Java Major and Java Minor, are so inconsistent with one another. The country described by Marco Polo as Java Minor, seems, beyond doubt, to have been the eastern coast of Sumatra; but that expression, "or Little Java," is now applied exclusively to Báli, as "Great Java" is to the island we are now describing. It is on the latter only, if we except what has been observed of the names given to the Archipelago generally by the natives of Celebes, that the islanders themselves apply the name of Jawa, in any of its forms, to their own country. It has there even a still more confined application, being generally limited to the eastern districts of the island, which may be considered as Java proper, in contra-distinction to the western districts, which are for the most part inhabited by a people called Súnda, from whom the Straits and Isles of Sunda have been named by Europeans.
It’s likely that the reason these names cover all or at least several of the islands together is why the accounts by Marco Polo and other early European travelers about specific islands, like Java Major and Java Minor, are so inconsistent. The area Marco Polo described as Java Minor definitely seems to refer to the eastern coast of Sumatra, but that term, “or Little Java,” is now specifically used for Báli, while “Great Java” refers to the island we’re discussing. The name Jawa in any of its forms is used by the islanders themselves only on this latter island, except for what’s been noted about the names given to the Archipelago generally by the people of Celebes. In fact, its use is even more restricted, typically referring only to the eastern parts of the island, which can be considered Java proper, in contrast to the western areas mostly inhabited by a group called Súnda, after whom the Straits and Islands of Sunda are named by Europeans.
Whether Sumatra, Java, or any other island of the Archipelago, or the whole or several of them collectively, may not have formed the Taprobane of the ancients, is perhaps still an undecided question, notwithstanding the claims to this distinction which have of late years been rather admitted than proved in favour of Ceylon. The most striking fact detailed in the accounts which have reached us of this ancient country, and one which, from its nature, is least likely to have been[Vol I Pg 5] disfigured or perverted by the misrepresentations or prejudices of travellers, is, that it was bisected in nearly equal portions by the equinoctial line, and that to the southward of it the polar star was not visible. How can this statement be evaded, or in any way applied to Ceylon? Major Wilford seems inclined to consider Taprobane as derived from the Sanscrit words tapa (penance) and vana (forest or grove), a derivation equally favorable to the claims of the Javans, tapa and wana, or wono, having the like signification in their language; and if, as there is reason to believe, an extensive intercourse subsisted in very remote times between Western India and these islands, where was there a country that could more invite the retreat of holy men, than the evergreen islands which rise in endless clusters on the smooth seas of the Malayan Archipelago, where the elevation and tranquillity of devotion are fostered by all that is majestic and lovely in nature?
Whether Sumatra, Java, or any other island of the Archipelago, or any combination of them, formed the ancient Taprobane is still an open question. Despite claims that lean more towards Ceylon in recent years, these claims haven't been fully proven. The most notable detail from the accounts we've received about this ancient land, which is the least likely to be distorted by travelers' biases, is that it was almost evenly split by the equator, and that the polar star was not visible to the south of it. How can this information be ignored or incorrectly attributed to Ceylon? Major Wilford seems to think that Taprobane comes from the Sanskrit words tapa (meaning penance) and vana (forest or grove), which also supports the claims of the Javanese. In their language, tapa and wana or wono have similar meanings. If, as it is believed, there was extensive interaction between Western India and these islands in ancient times, then where else would a country more attract holy men seeking refuge than the lush evergreen islands that rise in endless clusters in the serene waters of the Malayan Archipelago, where the beauty and majesty of nature support peaceful devotion?
Although in Sumatra no traces of their residence have yet been discovered, except in the language and customs of the people; on Java, which is almost contiguous to it, it is abundantly attested by monuments still existing in stone and brass. In few countries, with which we are yet acquainted, are more extensive ruins to be found of temples dedicated to an ancient worship. If tradition may be trusted, every mountain had its tapa, or recluse, and the whole energies and resources of the country would appear to have been applied to the construction of those noble edifices, the ruins of which still strike the spectator with astonishment and veneration.
Although no evidence of their presence has been found in Sumatra, except in the language and customs of the people, Java, which is almost adjacent, has many monuments that still exist in stone and brass. In few countries we know of are there more extensive ruins of temples dedicated to an ancient worship. If we can trust tradition, every mountain had its tapa, or recluse, and it seems that the entire energy and resources of the country were devoted to building those grand structures, the ruins of which still amaze and inspire respect in those who see them.
That these splendid and magnificent piles were erected under the superintendance of a foreign people, more skilled in the arts than the rude and simple natives of the islands, can scarcely be doubted; and that they were sacred to the rites of the Hindu religion, according to some persuasion or other, is equally clear, from the numerous images of deities and attributes by which they are adorned, many of which are still preserved in their original state. Further investigation may perhaps establish Java and Sumatra, or rather the Malayan ports (in which general term we may include all the islands containing the Malayan Ports) as not only the Taprobane or Tapavana of the ancients, but also the Sacred Isles of the Hindus.[Vol I Pg 6]
That these impressive and grand structures were built under the guidance of a foreign group, who were more skilled in the arts than the rough and simple locals of the islands, is hardly debatable. It's also clear that they were dedicated to the practices of the Hindu religion, according to one belief or another, due to the many images of deities and symbols with which they are decorated, many of which are still preserved in their original condition. Further research might establish Java and Sumatra, or rather the Malay ports (a term that includes all the islands with Malay Ports), as not just the Taprobane or Tapavana of ancient times, but also the Sacred Isles of the Hindus.[Vol I Pg 6]
The map of Java which accompanies this work has been drawn principally from actual surveys, many of which were made by order of the British Government on the island. The first map of Java which was presented to the public, and from which nearly all those, which have subsequently been engraved, are copies, was published by Valentyn,[16] and consists of seven sheets. As, at that period, little more was known of the island by the Dutch than some parts of the coast, the country in the immediate vicinity of their capital, with perhaps the province of Bantam, the author had no materials for making a map of the whole island, which could pretend to much authority or value. Most of the land in the immediate vicinity of Batavia having been sold to Europeans, was of necessity surveyed, in order to ascertain the different boundaries; but it was only a short time before the arrival of Marshal Daendels, in 1808, that any steps appear to have been taken by the local authorities, to procure correct statistical and topographical information of the other more important districts of the island. Something to this effect was done during the administration of Mr. Engelhard, late Governor of the North-east Coast, but it was only during the government of the Marshal that these objects were pursued with much energy or success.
The map of Java that comes with this work has mainly been created from actual surveys, many of which were commissioned by the British Government on the island. The first public map of Java, which most subsequent engravings are based on, was published by Valentyn,[16] and consists of seven sheets. At that time, the Dutch knew very little about the island beyond some coastal areas, the land near their capital, and maybe the province of Bantam, so the author had no resources to create a comprehensive map of the entire island that could claim much authority or value. Most of the land around Batavia had been sold to Europeans, so it was necessary to survey it to determine the different boundaries; however, it wasn't until shortly before Marshal Daendels arrived in 1808 that local authorities seemed to take any steps to gather accurate statistical and topographical information about the other significant regions of the island. Some progress was made during the administration of Mr. Engelhard, the former Governor of the North-east Coast, but it was only under the Marshal's government that these efforts were pursued with real energy or success.
At the period of the arrival of the English, topographical surveys of Semárang and several of the eastern districts had been completed; and although somewhat deficient in accuracy of measurement and neatness of execution, yet as they appeared sufficiently correct for many valuable purposes, and as the Government was anxious to obtain, without loss of time, a better acquaintance with the geography of the country, it was determined to make some sacrifice of accuracy to the considerations of economy and expedition, and to survey the other districts upon the same plan. While these surveys were in progress, the territorial interest which the European government obtained in the central provinces, induced them to turn their attention to the improvements of which the Solo River might be susceptible. This river, the most considerable in[Vol I Pg 7] the island, passes through Súra-kérta, the capital of the Susuhúnan, or (as he is termed by Europeans) Emperor of Java, and discharges itself into the sea near Grésik. An actual survey was accordingly made by a British officer of experience, particularly instructed to ascertain how far it might be practicable to improve its navigation by the aid of artificial cuts and dams.
At the time the English arrived, topographical surveys of Semárang and several eastern districts had been completed. While they were somewhat lacking in measurement accuracy and neatness of execution, they were considered sufficiently correct for many valuable purposes. Since the Government was eager to gain a better understanding of the country’s geography without delay, it was decided to prioritize economy and speed over perfect accuracy and to survey the other districts using the same method. While these surveys were underway, the territorial interest that the European government gained in the central provinces led them to focus on the improvements that could be made to the Solo River. This river, the largest on the island, flows through Súra-kérta, the capital of the Susuhúnan (or Emperor of Java, as Europeans call him) and empties into the sea near Grésik. Consequently, a detailed survey was conducted by an experienced British officer specifically tasked with determining the feasibility of improving the river's navigation with artificial cuts and dams.
A greater object soon called for more extensive measures. When it was determined to introduce an entirely new system of internal management, by the abolition of feudal service, and the establishment of a more permanent property in the soil, it was deemed essential that a detailed survey should be made of the different districts successively, in which the new system was to be introduced. This was intended to form the basis of a general agricultural survey of the country, then about to be made. In several of these districts this detailed survey has been completed; and, with the exception of the provinces still under native jurisdiction, and called Native Provinces, nearly the whole of the land on Java, not in a state of absolute forest, has been measured with more or less accuracy. Of the native provinces but a very small part has been actually surveyed; with regard to the rest, the materials from which the present map is taken, were principally obtained from observation made during occasional routes through them. The southern division of Bantam being principally forest, has not been actually surveyed; neither has the island of Madura been yet surveyed by Europeans: the eastern part of it was measured by the natives, and it was principally upon their authority that the map now presented of that island was drawn. The best charts of both the north and south coast have been consulted. The three harbours of Wyn Coops Bay, Cheláchap, and Pachítan, on the latter, are laid down from actual survey, as well as the entrance to the harbour of Surabáya. On the whole, therefore, although the map now engraved is far from perfect, and of course suffers from the reduction necessary to adapt it to the rest of the work, it is presumed that it will aid the reader in most of the geographical objects to which this volume will refer, and that its superiority over those that have previously appeared is such as to justify its publication.[Vol I Pg 8]
A more significant issue soon required broader actions. When it was decided to implement a completely new internal management system, abolishing feudal service and establishing more permanent land ownership, it was considered necessary to conduct a detailed survey of the various districts where the new system was to be introduced. This was meant to serve as the foundation for a nationwide agricultural survey that was about to take place. In several of these districts, the detailed survey has been completed; and, except for the provinces still governed by local authorities, known as Native Provinces, nearly all the land in Java that isn't completely forested has been measured with varying degrees of accuracy. Only a small portion of the native provinces has been actually surveyed; for the rest, the information used to create the current map largely came from observations made during occasional trips through those areas. The southern part of Bantam is mostly forested and hasn't been surveyed, nor has the island of Madura been surveyed by Europeans: the eastern part was measured by the locals, and the current map of that island is mainly based on their accounts. The best charts of both the northern and southern coasts have been referenced. The three harbors of Wyn Coops Bay, Cheláchap, and Pachítan on the southern coast are depicted from actual surveys, as well as the entrance to the harbor of Surabáya. Overall, while the map currently engraved is far from perfect and obviously suffers from the scale reduction required to fit in with the rest of the work, it is believed that it will help the reader with most of the geographical topics this volume will cover and that its quality compared to previous maps justifies its publication.[Vol I Pg 8]
The length of Java, in a straight line drawn between its extreme points, (Java Head, and the south-east point of the island) is five hundred and seventy-five geographical, equal to six hundred and sixty-six statute miles: its breadth varies from one hundred and seventeen geographical, or one hundred and thirty-five and a half statute miles (between the south-west point of Pachítan bay and the north point of Japára) to forty-eight geographical or fifty-six statute miles, (between the mouth of the Seráyu river and the Marabáya, five degrees east of Tegál);[17] and it is estimated to contain an area of about fifty thousand statute miles.
The length of Java, measured in a straight line between its farthest points (Java Head and the southeast point of the island), is five hundred and seventy-five geographical miles, which is about six hundred and sixty-six statute miles. Its width ranges from one hundred and seventeen geographical miles, or one hundred and thirty-five and a half statute miles (between the southwest point of Pachítan bay and the north point of Japára), to forty-eight geographical miles or fifty-six statute miles (between the mouth of the Seráyu river and the Marabáya, five degrees east of Tegál);[17] and it is estimated to cover an area of about fifty thousand statute miles.
Numerous small islands are scattered in its immediate vicinity, particularly along the northern coast, and contribute, with the projecting points and headlands inclosing the different bays, to form harbours of various capacities. The most important of these islands is that of Madúra, which is separated from the main land of Java by a strait in one part not more than a mile broad, and serves to form the important harbour of Surabáya. This island has the appearance of being a continuation of the main land of Java, and having been long subjected to the same political authority, has generally formed one of the provinces of the Javan empire. In length Madúra is about seventy-nine geographical, or ninety-one and a half statute miles; and its narrowest part is about twenty-seven geographical, or thirty-one and a quarter statute miles. The small islands lying to the east of it are considered as its dependencies.
Numerous small islands are scattered nearby, especially along the northern coast, and together with the jutting points and headlands that enclose the various bays, they create harbors of different sizes. The most important of these islands is Madúra, which is separated from the main island of Java by a strait that is only about a mile wide in some places, and it helps form the significant harbor of Surabáya. This island looks like a continuation of Java's mainland, and having long been under the same political authority, it has usually been one of the provinces of the Javan empire. In length, Madúra measures about seventy-nine geographical miles or ninety-one and a half statute miles; its narrowest point is around twenty-seven geographical miles or thirty-one and a quarter statute miles. The small islands to the east are considered its dependencies.
The form of Java is chiefly remarkable for the rectangularity of its outline, which is such that the island might be divided into five or six parts, each a rectangular parallelogram drawn by an unsteady hand. Its western and northern coasts abound with bays and inlets. The outline of Madúra is more regular, especially on the northern coast.
The shape of Java is mainly notable for its rectangular outline, which could be split into five or six sections, each one a rectangular parallelogram drawn by an unsteady hand. Its western and northern shores are filled with bays and inlets. The outline of Madúra is more even, especially along the northern coast.
The coast from Bantam to the river Chi-mánok, about two degrees in length on the north, is nearly parallel to that which extends from Wyn Coops Bay to a point about twenty miles[Vol I Pg 9] west of Núsa kambúng'an, the breadth throughout being about seventy-eight geographical miles; and from the same point to the river Manchíngan, a distance of about one degree and three-quarters, the coast is nearly parallel to that which lies between Chéribon and Semárang, the breadth throughout being about fifty-seven geographical miles. From the west point of Japára to point Pángka on the north, distant from it about two degrees, and along the corresponding coast on the south, the average breadth is seventy-three geographical miles; and from Surabáya to the north-east point of the island, distant about one degree and a half, and along the south coast opposite to it, the average breadth is forty-five geographical miles.
The coast from Bantam to the river Chi-mánok, which is about two degrees long in the north, runs almost parallel to the stretch from Wyn Coops Bay to a point around twenty miles[Vol I Pg 9] west of Núsa kambúng'an. The width is about seventy-eight geographical miles throughout; from that same point to the river Manchíngan, covering around one degree and three-quarters, the coast parallels the area between Chéribon and Semárang, with a consistent width of about fifty-seven geographical miles. From the west point of Japára to point Pángka in the north, which is about two degrees away, and along the corresponding coast to the south, the average width is seventy-three geographical miles. From Surabáya to the northeastern point of the island, approximately one and a half degrees away, the average width along the opposite south coast is forty-five geographical miles.
At the time when Europeans first visited Java, the whole of the island acknowledged the supremacy of one sovereign: but there was a period in its history when it was nearly equally divided under the independent administration of two powers, one established in the eastern, and the other in the western districts; and as there is a marked distinction between the descendants of these two nations, the most general division of the country is still into the western and eastern districts, to the latter of which alone the term Java is applied by the natives. They are separated by the river Losári, which forms the boundary between Chéribon and Brébes: and all the western, the northern, with a few of the inland districts and the Island of Madúra, are under the immediate authority and administration of the European government. The rest of the island remains subject to the native princes, and on that account is designated on the map and elsewhere, with more regard to convenience than correctness of language, as the Native Provinces.
When Europeans first arrived in Java, the entire island was under the rule of one sovereign. However, there was a time in its history when it was almost evenly split between two independent powers, one in the eastern region and the other in the western region. There is a clear difference between the descendants of these two nations, and the country is typically divided into western and eastern districts. Only the eastern part is referred to as Java by the locals. They are separated by the river Losári, which acts as the boundary between Chéribon and Brébes. The western part, along with the northern area and some of the inland districts, as well as the Island of Madúra, are directly governed by the European authorities. The rest of the island is under the control of the native princes and is therefore labeled on maps and elsewhere as the Native Provinces, more for convenience than for accurate terminology.
The provinces under European authority have latterly been divided into fifteen residencies, or separate administrations, exclusive of the seat of government, which, as they will be frequently referred to in the course of this work, it may be convenient to notice in this place.
The provinces under European control have recently been divided into fifteen residencies, or separate administrations, not including the seat of government, which will be mentioned often throughout this work, so it’s useful to point it out here.
Commencing from the west, the province, or as it is usually termed, the kingdom of Bantam (properly Bántan) occupies the first place. This extensive province forms a large portion of the island. It is washed on three sides by the sea. At the[Vol I Pg 10] east it joins with the environs and highlands of Batavia and the district of Chi-ánjur, and on the west it is bounded by the Straits of Sunda; and in this quarter comprises dependant islands scattered along its shore, and the two harbours of Mew and Merák, which, with other bays, deeply indent the coast. Bantam, the native capital of this province, has been latterly deserted by the European establishment for Sírang (commonly called Ceram), an elevated and healthy station about seven miles further inland.
Starting from the west, the province, often called the kingdom of Bantam (properly Bántan), is the first in line. This large province covers a significant part of the island. It is surrounded by the sea on three sides. To the east, it connects with the areas and highlands of Batavia and the district of Chi-ánjur, while to the west it borders the Straits of Sunda. This region includes dependent islands along its coast and the two harbors of Mew and Merák, which, along with other bays, create deep inlets along the shoreline. Bantam, the native capital of this province, has recently been abandoned by the European establishment in favor of Sírang (commonly known as Ceram), a higher and healthier location about seven miles further inland.
Next in succession towards the east is the division of Batavia, which comprises what formerly constituted the native province of Jákatra or Jokárta. The northern part of this division, towards the coast, includes the city of Batavia, populous and important on account of its excellent roads for shipping, its advantageous position for European commerce, and as being the long established seat of the Dutch government, but less fertile and healthy than the more eastern provinces of the island.
Next in line to the east is the area known as Batavia, which includes what was once the native province of Jákatra or Jokárta. The northern section of this area, near the coast, contains the city of Batavia, which is populous and significant due to its great shipping routes, its strategic location for European trade, and its long-standing role as the center of Dutch government, although it is not as fertile or healthy as the more eastern provinces of the island.
South and east of the division of Batavia and its environs lie what are termed by Europeans the Preanger (Priáng'en) Regencies,[18] the central and southern districts of which, stretching from Bantam to Chéribon, are extremely mountainous. This extensive portion of the island, which now includes a large part of Chéribon, consists of the districts of Kráwang, Chiásem, Pamanúkan, Kándang-aúr, and Dramáyu or Indramáyu, along the northern coast, and of the inland and southern districts of Chi-ánjur, Bándung, Súmedang, Lim-báng'an, and Súka-púra; the southern coast, from the boundary of Bantam to that of Chéribon, being included within the subdivisions of Chi-ánjur, and Súka-púra.
South and east of the Batavia division and its surroundings lie what Europeans call the Preanger (Priáng'en) Regencies,[18] whose central and southern areas, stretching from Bantam to Chéribon, are very mountainous. This large section of the island, now covering much of Chéribon, includes the districts of Kráwang, Chiásem, Pamanúkan, Kándang-aúr, and Dramáyu or Indramáyu along the northern coast, as well as the inland and southern districts of Chi-ánjur, Bándung, Súmedang, Lim-báng'an, and Súka-púra. The southern coast, from the Bantam border to the Chéribon border, is included within the subdivisions of Chi-ánjur and Súka-púra.
To the eastward of these districts, and crossing the island from north to south, is the province of Chéribon, divided into ten principal districts. To the south is the island of Núsa-kambáng'an which forms the harbour of Cheláchap.
To the east of these areas, and running across the island from north to south, is the province of Chéribon, which is split into ten main districts. To the south lies the island of Núsa-kambáng'an, which serves as the harbor for Cheláchap.
East of Chéribon, as before noticed, it is only the northern and some of the inland districts, that are immediately subject[Vol I Pg 11] to the European authority. These, during the British government of the island, were comprised under the administrations of Tegúl, Pakalúng'an, Semárang, Japára, and Rembáng, which under the Dutch East-India Company constituted what was termed the government of the North-east Coast, the seat of which was at Semárang; and of Grésik, Surabáya, Pasúrúan, Bisúki, and Banyuwángi, which, with Bankálang and Súmenap on Madúra, constituted, under the same authority, the division of the Oost Hook, or East Point of the island, of which Surabáya was the principal station. Inland of Semárang and Pakalúngan, and bounded by those divisions, and by the provinces of the native princes, is situated the rich and fertile district of Kedú, which, with the more eastern districts of Grobogan, Wirosári, Blóra, Jípang, Jápan, and Wírasaba, stretching inland from Semárang to Surabáya, were ceded to the British government in the year 1812.
East of Chéribon, as mentioned earlier, it's only the northern and some inland areas that are directly under European control. During British rule of the island, these regions included the administrations of Tegúl, Pakalúng'an, Semárang, Japára, and Rembáng, which were part of the territory known as the North-east Coast, centered in Semárang. Additionally, Grésik, Surabáya, Pasúrúan, Bisúki, and Banyuwángi, along with Bankálang and Súmenap on Madúra, made up the Oost Hook or East Point of the island, where Surabáya served as the main hub. Inland from Semárang and Pakalúngan, surrounded by these divisions and the provinces ruled by local princes, lies the rich and fertile region of Kedú. Along with the eastern areas of Grobogan, Wirosári, Blóra, Jípang, Jápan, and Wírasaba, which stretch inland from Semárang to Surabáya, they were ceded to the British government in 1812.
The capitals of all the northern districts bear the same name with the districts themselves, and are generally situated on small rivers at no great distance from the sea.
The capitals of all the northern districts have the same name as the districts themselves and are usually located on small rivers not far from the sea.
The Native Provinces are divided between two native sovereigns: the Susuhúnan, or Emperor of Java, who resides at Súra-kérta,[19] on the Solo River; and the Sultan, who resides at Yúg'ya-kérta,[20] near the south coast, in the province of Matárem. These provinces comprise several of the richest districts of the island, among which are Bányumas, Rómo, Bágalen, and Matárem, to the west; and Mádion, Jagarága, Sukawáti, Pranarága, Kértasána, Blítar, and Kedíri, to the east; and with the exception of the small district of Pachítan, which has been recently ceded to the European government, occupy the whole of the southern coast from Chéribon to [Vol I Pg 12]Málang, a distance of not less than two hundred and fifty miles, and form about a fourth part of the whole island.
The Native States are split between two native leaders: the Susuhúnan, or Emperor of Java, living in Súra-kérta,[19] on the Solo River, and the Sultan, who lives in Yúg'ya-kérta,[20] close to the southern coast in the province of Matárem. These provinces are some of the wealthiest areas of the island, including Bányumas, Rómo, Bágalen, and Matárem to the west, and Mádion, Jagarága, Sukawáti, Pranarága, Kértasána, Blítar, and Kedíri to the east. With the exception of the small area of Pachítan, which has recently been given to the European government, these provinces cover the entire southern coastline from Chéribon to [Vol I Pg 12]Málang, stretching at least two hundred and fifty miles and making up about a quarter of the entire island.
The districts near the coasts are generally separated from each other by rivers; those in the interior often by ranges of hills and mountains. The districts are again divided, each subdivision including numerous villages.
The districts close to the coasts are usually divided from each other by rivers; those in the interior are often separated by hills and mountains. The districts are further divided, with each subdivision containing many villages.
The principal harbour of the island is that of Surabáya in the eastern districts, formed by the approaching extremities of Java and Madúra. It is broad and spacious, secure against the violence of the sea and wind, and may be rendered impregnable to any hostile attack.
The main harbor of the island is Surabáya in the eastern region, created by the jutting ends of Java and Madúra. It's wide and open, safe from the harshness of the sea and wind, and can be made impenetrable to any enemy attack.
The next in importance is that of Batavia, more properly, perhaps, called the roads of Batavia, which are sheltered by several islands lying in the outer part of the bay. These roads, however, not admitting of any means of permanent defence from the attack of a superior naval force, the Dutch government, during the late war, were induced to fortify the small harbour of Merák Bay, on the north-west coast of Bantam.
The next most important location is Batavia, more accurately referred to as the Batavia roads, which are protected by several islands located in the outer bay. However, since these roads can't provide any permanent defense against a stronger naval force, the Dutch government was prompted during the recent war to fortify the small harbor of Merák Bay, on the northwest coast of Bantam.
Along the northern coast, there are perhaps other positions which admit of being improved into convenient harbours; but where the whole coast affords excellent anchorage at nearly all seasons of the year, and where vessels of any burthen can approach all the principal stations, at a convenient distance for the barter of their merchandize, the purposes of commerce are in that respect already sufficiently provided for. The sea being usually smooth, and the weather moderate, the native vessels and small craft always find sufficient shelter at the change of the monsoon, by running under some of the numerous islands scattered along this coast, or passing up the rivers, which, though in general difficult of entrance on account of their bars, are for the most part navigable to such vessels, as far up as the maritime capitals, through which they run.
Along the northern coast, there may be other spots that can be developed into convenient harbors; however, since the entire coast provides excellent anchorage almost all year round, and ships of any size can easily access all the main trading points to exchange their goods, the needs of commerce are already well met in that regard. The sea is usually calm, and the weather is mild, allowing local vessels and small boats to find adequate shelter as the monsoon changes by either seeking refuge near the many islands dotted along the coast or navigating up the rivers. Although these rivers can be tricky to enter due to their bars, they are generally navigable for such vessels all the way to the coastal cities they flow through.
The south coast, on account of its exposure to the open ocean, the consequent high swell or surf which breaks on it, and its general want of good anchorage, is seldom visited by shipping. But even here harbours may be found; and those of Cheláchap and Pachítan might, no doubt, be frequented with safety, were it considered desirable to attract commercial adventurers to this side of the island.[Vol I Pg 13]
The south coast, because it faces the open ocean, experiences strong waves that crash on it and generally lacks good anchorage, is rarely visited by ships. However, there are still harbors here; the ones at Cheláchap and Pachítan could certainly be used safely if there was interest in drawing commercial explorers to this side of the island.[Vol I Pg 13]
Passing from the coast to the interior of the country, the stranger cannot fail to be struck with the bold outline and prominent features of its scenery. An uninterrupted series or range of large mountains, varying in their elevation above the sea from five to eleven, and even twelve thousand feet,[21] and exhibiting, by their round base or pointed tops, their volcanic origin, extend through the whole length of the island.
Passing from the coast to the interior of the country, one can't help but notice the striking outline and prominent features of the scenery. A continuous range of large mountains, rising from five to eleven, and even twelve thousand feet above sea level,[21] shows their volcanic origin through their rounded bases or pointed peaks, stretching across the entire island.
The first of this series, commencing from the westward, is in Bantam. This mountain (Gûnung-kárang), though of moderate elevation compared with others on the island,[22] is seen at a considerable distance from sea, and is a well known landmark to mariners. It lies due south of the town of Bantam, at a considerable distance from the sea.
The first in this series, starting from the west, is in Bantam. This mountain (Gûnung-kárang), while not as tall as others on the island,[22] is visible from far out at sea and is a well-known landmark for sailors. It is located directly south of the town of Bantam, quite a distance from the ocean.
The next mountain of the series is the Salák, the eastern foot of which is connected with the Gedé or Panarang'o, situated about fifty miles south of Batavia. These two mountains are seen from the roads of Batavia, and, from the appearance they exhibit, are usually termed by mariners the Blue Mountains.
The next mountain in the series is the Salák, whose eastern base is linked to the Gedé or Panarang'o, located about fifty miles south of Batavia. These two mountains are visible from the roads in Batavia and are commonly referred to by sailors as the Blue Mountains due to their appearance.
From the eastern part of the Gedé, the volcanic series separates into two independent branches, one of which inclines to the south; the other proceeds almost due east, slightly verging to the north. The former breaks into an irregular transverse range, which extends across the island, till it approaches the northern branch, from whence the general series is continued in an easterly direction as far as the mountain Sindóro, the western of the two mountains known by mariners as the Two Brothers. The mountain Súmbing, or Sindári (the second of The Brothers), is somewhat further to the south.
From the eastern part of the Gedé, the volcanic series splits into two separate branches. One branch tilts southward, while the other goes almost directly east, with a slight turn to the north. The first branch forms an irregular transverse range that stretches across the island until it approaches the northern branch. From there, the overall series continues eastward all the way to the mountain Sindóro, which is the western of the two mountains known by sailors as the Two Brothers. The mountain Súmbing, or Sindári (the second of The Brothers), is situated a bit further south.
At a short distance from the eastern foot of the mountain Súmbing are three large volcanos, in a direction almost north and south, dividing the large series transversely; these are the mountains Ung'árang, Merbábu, and Merápi. The next volcano, in an eastern direction, is that of Japára, which [Vol I Pg 14]deviates more than any other from the regular series, and forms a peculiar peninsular appendage to the island. The series is then continued in an easterly course from the Merápi as far as the mountain Telágawúrung, which is in contact with the ocean at the eastern end of the island.
At a short distance from the eastern base of the mountain Súmbing are three large volcanoes, running almost north and south, dividing the extensive series across; these are the mountains Ung'árang, Merbábu, and Merápi. The next volcano, to the east, is Japára, which [Vol I Pg 14] deviates more than any other from the regular series and forms a unique peninsular extension to the island. The series continues in an easterly direction from Merápi all the way to the mountain Telágawúrung, which borders the ocean at the eastern end of the island.
The several large mountains comprised in this series, and which are in number thirty-eight, though different from each other in external figure, agree in the general attribute of volcanos, having a broad base gradually verging towards the summit in the form of a cone.
The thirty-eight large mountains in this series, while differing in shape, share the common characteristic of being volcanoes, with a wide base that gradually narrows to a point at the top, resembling a cone.
They all rise from a plain but little elevated above the level of the sea, and each must, with very few exceptions, be considered as a separate mountain, raised by a cause independent of that which produced the others. Most of them have been formed at a very remote period, and are covered by the vegetation of many ages; but the indications and remains of their former irruptions are numerous and unequivocal. The craters of several are completely extinct; those of others contain small apertures, which continually discharge sulphureous vapours or smoke. Many of them have had irruptions during late years.[23][Vol I Pg 15]
They all rise from a plain that's slightly elevated above sea level, and each one, with very few exceptions, should be seen as a separate mountain, formed by a cause different from the others. Most of them were created a very long time ago and are covered with vegetation from many ages; however, the signs and remnants of their past eruptions are numerous and clear. The craters of several are completely dormant; others have small openings that constantly release sulfurous vapors or smoke. Many of them have erupted in recent years.[23][Vol I Pg 15]
Besides the mountains of the larger series above described, there are extensive ranges of mountains of an inferior elevation, [Vol I Pg 16]sometimes connected with the larger series, and sometimes independent of them, which are also for the most part [Vol I Pg 17]volcanic. Numerous ridges of hills traverse the country in various directions, and the surface of the island in general, [Vol I Pg 18]independently of these more striking features, is in most parts undulating and uneven, except on the sea coast.
Besides the larger mountain ranges mentioned earlier, there are many extensive mountain ranges at a lower elevation, [Vol I Pg 16]sometimes connected to the larger ranges and sometimes independent of them, which are mostly [Vol I Pg 17]volcanic. Numerous hills crisscross the land in different directions, and the overall surface of the island, [Vol I Pg 18]aside from these more prominent features, is mainly rolling and uneven, except along the coastline.
[Vol I Pg 19] A country which abounds in mountains is seldom deficient in rivers; accordingly, no region is perhaps better watered. Java is singularly favoured in the number of its streams. The size of the island does not admit of the formation of large rivers, but there are probably fifty, that in the wet season, bear down rafts charged with timber and other rough produce of the country, and not less than five or six at all times navigable to the distance of some miles from the coast. It [Vol I Pg 20]would be vain to attempt numbering those which are precious to the agriculturist; they are many hundreds, if not thousands.
[Vol I Pg 19] A country rich in mountains usually has plenty of rivers; therefore, no area is likely better supplied with water. Java is especially fortunate when it comes to the number of its streams. The size of the island doesn't allow for large rivers, but there are probably around fifty that, during the rainy season, carry rafts loaded with timber and other raw products from the region. At any time, at least five or six are navigable for several miles from the coast. It [Vol I Pg 20] would be pointless to try to count those that are important to farmers; there are many hundreds, if not thousands.
The largest, and most important river on the island, is that of Sólo, or as it is termed by the natives, Beng'áwan (the great) Sólo, which takes its rise in the district of Kadáwang, and after collecting the waters of the surrounding hills, becomes a stream of considerable depth and breadth at Súra-kérta, where it is further increased by the waters collected from the adjacent districts. Its general course from the capital is in an east-north-easterly direction, till it discharges itself by two principal outlets into the sea, near Grésik and Sidáyu. After leaving Matárem, it traverses the provinces of Sukawáti, Jagarága, Mádion, Jípang, Blóra, Túban, Sidáyu, and Grésik.
The largest and most important river on the island is the Sólo, also known by the locals as Beng'áwan (the great) Sólo. It originates in the Kadáwang district and, after gathering water from the surrounding hills, it becomes a stream of significant depth and width at Súra-kérta, where it is further fed by water from nearby areas. Its general course from the capital runs in an east-north-easterly direction until it flows into the sea through two main outlets near Grésik and Sidáyu. After leaving Matárem, it passes through the provinces of Sukawáti, Jagarága, Mádion, Jípang, Blóra, Túban, Sidáyu, and Grésik.
At Awi, near the boundary of Mádion and Jagarága, on the eastern side of the river, a large branch from the south-eastern provinces, commonly called the river of Mádion, unites itself with that of Sólo, and from hence its course, which in various places has been rapid, and in a few places impeded with rocks, is calm, regular, and steady to its discharge. It has been estimated, that the extent of the windings of this river is not less than three hundred and fifty-six English miles, from Súra-kérta to Grésik, which in the chart only gives a straight line of one hundred and forty English miles, and during its whole course no serious impediment appears to its navigation.
At Awi, close to the border of Mádion and Jagarága, on the eastern side of the river, a large stream from the southeastern provinces, often referred to as the river of Mádion, merges with that of Sólo. From this point, its flow, which has been fast in some areas and blocked by rocks in a few others, becomes calm, consistent, and steady until it reaches its endpoint. It’s estimated that the total length of the river's twists and turns is at least three hundred and fifty-six English miles, stretching from Súra-kérta to Grésik, while the chart only shows a straight line of one hundred and forty English miles, and throughout its entire journey, there doesn’t seem to be any significant obstacles to navigation.
This river is of great importance to the inland trade of many of the eastern provinces. During the rainy season, boats of considerable size convey the produce of an extensive tract of country to the sea; and, except during the months of August, September, and October, and in seasons uncommonly dry, it bears down boats of middling or small size during the whole year, from a considerable distance above Súra-kérta. The boats employed in the navigation of the river are of very different sizes, and of a peculiar construction: they are very long in proportion to their breadth, have flat bottoms, and draw very little water. Those generally used in conveying the produce from one village to another in the vicinity of Súra-kérta, carry only a few tons, and have a temporary covering of straw mats, or kájang; others, more carefully constructed, have a regular roof of planks and a chamber or cabin which can be closed, and convey from fifty to one[Vol I Pg 21] hundred tons. These are generally used by individuals in their adventures to Grésik and Surabáya. The largest, which are the property of the prince, load nearly two hundred tons. They are employed in transporting the produce of several of the interior provinces, consisting chiefly of pepper and coffee, to Grésik, and return laden with salt and foreign merchandize for the consumption of the interior. They require a considerable depth of water, and can only pass when the river is swollen by continued rains. They mostly depart from Súra-kérta in the month of January. Their course down the river is rapid: they generally arrive at Grésik in eight days; but they can perform but one voyage in a season, as they require nearly four months to work up the stream.
This river is really important for the inland trade in many of the eastern provinces. During the rainy season, fairly large boats transport goods from a vast area of land to the sea; and except for August, September, and October, or during unusually dry times, it carries boats of medium or small size throughout the year from quite a distance above Súra-kérta. The boats used for navigating the river come in various sizes and unique designs: they are long relative to their width, have flat bottoms, and draw very little water. The boats typically used to carry goods between villages near Súra-kérta usually hold only a few tons and have a temporary covering made of straw mats or kájang; others, built more carefully, feature a solid roof made of planks and a cabin that can be closed, holding between fifty and one[Vol I Pg 21] hundred tons. These are usually operated by individuals on their journeys to Grésik and Surabáya. The largest boats, owned by the prince, can carry nearly two hundred tons. They are used to transport the produce from several of the interior provinces, mainly consisting of pepper and coffee, to Grésik, and return loaded with salt and imported goods for the interior's consumption. They need a considerable depth of water and can only navigate when the river is swollen from consistent rains. Most of them leave Súra-kérta in January. Their journey down the river is swift: they typically reach Grésik in eight days; however, they can only make one trip per season, as it takes nearly four months to travel back upstream.
The river of Surabáya, the second in magnitude of the whole island, rises near Bátu, in the vicinity of the southern hills of the mountain Arjúna. It is near its source called Káli-brántas. Near the capital of Málang it receives two streams from the eastward. There it first takes its course through the most southern provinces of the island, when winding round the mountain Káwi it returns again to the north, receiving near its curvature numerous augmentations from the southern ridge of mountains. The chief of these is the Lésti, a considerable river coming from the east, which joins it near the boundary of Málang and Seríng'at. Continuing its course in a northern direction, it traverses the provinces of Rówo and Kedíri, being joined on the way by the river Rówo: here it attains its utmost magnitude, and is distinguished by the name of Beng'áwan Kedíri. From the capital of this district to its mouths, it is navigable for boats of very considerable size, and its course is steady and uninterrupted. Having crossed the district of Wirasába and Jápan, it enters that of Surabáya. It discharges itself into the ocean by five outlets, which form as many separate rivers. The first of them, taking an easterly course, is called the river Púnong: then follow those of Tang'goláng'ing, Sído-kéri, Kedóng, and lastly of Wóno-króno, which again subdividing sends off the branch which passes Surabáya.
The river of Surabáya, the second largest on the whole island, starts near Bátu, close to the southern hills of Arjúna mountain. Its source is known as Káli-brántas. Near the capital of Málang, it gets two streams from the east. From there, it flows through the southern provinces of the island, and as it curves around Káwi mountain, it heads back north, picking up numerous tributaries from the southern mountain range. The main one is the Lésti, a significant river coming from the east, which joins it near the border of Málang and Seríng'at. Continuing north, it flows through the provinces of Rówo and Kedíri, being joined along the way by the river Rówo: here it reaches its greatest size and is known as Beng'áwan Kedíri. From the capital of this district to its mouth, it is navigable for quite large boats, and its flow is steady and uninterrupted. After passing through the districts of Wirasába and Jápan, it enters Surabáya. It empties into the ocean through five outlets, forming five separate rivers. The first, flowing east, is called the river Púnong; then there are Tang'goláng'ing, Sído-kéri, Kedóng, and finally Wóno-króno, which further splits off a branch that flows past Surabáya.
Several smaller rivers, which fall into the sea between Semárang and Lásem, are highly important for the conveyance of teak timber from the central forests to the coast; and the[Vol I Pg 22] waters from some of them being directed into canals, particularly through the low district of Demák, tend considerably to increase the inland navigation of the country.
Several smaller rivers that flow into the sea between Semárang and Lásem are very important for transporting teak timber from the central forests to the coast. The[Vol I Pg 22] water from some of these rivers is directed into canals, especially through the low area of Demák, which significantly boosts the inland navigation of the region.
In the western districts, the principal rivers which discharge themselves into the sea on the northern coast are the Chikándi, which forms the present boundary between Bantam and the environs of Batavia; the Chi-dáni, which discharges itself below Táng'ran; the Chi-tárom, which falls into the sea below Kráwang; and the Chi-mánok, which forms the present boundary between Dramáyu and Chéribon. The principal rivers which discharge themselves by the south coast are the Chi-mandíri, which falls into the sea at Palábuan-rátu, or Wyn Coops Bay; the Chi-tándui, which disembogues near Núsa-kambáng'an; and the Seráyu, which taking its rise in the mountain Díeng or Práhu, traverses the rich districts of Bányumas, and falls into the sea a short distance to the east of Cheláchap; but these rivers, though of considerable depth, are choked up at their mouths by heavy banks or bars, and in consequence of the heavy surf which constantly breaks on the southern coast, are dangerous at their entrance.
In the western regions, the main rivers that flow into the sea along the northern coast are the Chikándi, which marks the current boundary between Bantam and the areas around Batavia; the Chi-dáni, which flows out below Táng'ran; the Chi-tárom, which enters the sea below Kráwang; and the Chi-mánok, which forms the current boundary between Dramáyu and Chéribon. The main rivers that flow into the southern coast are the Chi-mandíri, which empties into the sea at Palábuan-rátu, or Wyn Coops Bay; the Chi-tándui, which flows out near Núsa-kambáng'an; and the Seráyu, which originates in the Díeng or Práhu mountains, runs through the fertile regions of Bányumas, and flows into the sea just east of Cheláchap; however, these rivers, despite being relatively deep, are blocked at their mouths by steep banks or bars, and due to the strong surf that constantly crashes on the southern coast, are hazardous at their entrances.
Along the northern coast, almost every district has its principal river, and most of them are navigable up to the maritime capitals for native vessels of considerable burthen; but they all have the disadvantage of being partially blocked up at their discharge by extensive bars and mud banks, an evil which is extending with the increase of agriculture, by reason of the quantify of soil necessarily washed down in the process of irrigating the land for the rice cultivation. Most of them require the application of jetties or piers to deepen the passages at their entrance.
Along the northern coast, almost every region has its main river, and most of them can be navigated up to the coastal capitals by substantial local vessels; however, they all have the drawback of being partly obstructed at their mouths by large sandbars and mudbanks. This issue is growing worse as agriculture expands because of the amount of soil that gets washed away while irrigating the land for rice farming. Most of these rivers need jetties or piers to deepen the entrances.
There are no lakes of any considerable size on Java, for that name cannot be given to the ráwas, or swamps, which though swelled to a considerable size in the wet season, are for the rest of the year either dried up or choked by vegetation. Of this description are two extensive tracts; one inland of Japára, usually termed by the Dutch the Binnen Zee, or inland sea; and another in the district of Semárang. In Báglen also (one of the native provinces on the southern side of the island) there is a lake which supplies the neighbouring[Vol I Pg 23] country with fish, and along the coast of which a traffic is carried on in boats.
There are no lakes of any significant size on Java, because the term can’t be applied to the ráwas, or swamps, which, although they expand considerably during the wet season, are either dry or overgrown with plants for most of the year. There are two large areas of this type: one inland of Japára, commonly referred to by the Dutch as the Binnen Zee, or inland sea; and another in the Semárang district. Additionally, in Báglen (one of the native provinces on the southern side of the island) there is a lake that provides fish to the surrounding[Vol I Pg 23] area, and along its coast, there is boat traffic.
Extensive swamps are also found in some parts of the native provinces, and in the mountainous districts of the Súnda country. Several very beautiful lakes, of small dimensions, are discovered among the hills, and some of them can evidently be shown to have been formed of the craters of extinct volcanos.
Extensive swamps are also found in some areas of the native provinces, and in the mountainous regions of the Súnda country. Several beautiful small lakes are located among the hills, and some of them can clearly be identified as having formed from the craters of extinct volcanoes.
The general aspect of Java on the northern coast is low, in many places swampy and overgrown with mangrove trees and bushes, particularly towards the west. The southern coast, on the contrary, consists almost entirely of a series of rocks and cliffs, which rise perpendicularly to a considerable height. In the interior, stupendous mountains stretch longitudinally throughout the island, while others of an inferior elevation, and innumerable ranges of hills running in various directions, serve to form and confine plains and valleys of various elevations and extent. On the northern side, the ascent is in general very gradual, from the sea-coast to the immediate base of the mountains; particularly in the western parts of the island, where it has the greatest breadth, and where the mountains are situated far inland. In approaching the mountains, which lie at the back of Batavia, there is a gradual but almost imperceptible acclivity for about forty miles. In other parts, where the mountains and hills approach nearer to the coast, the ascent is of course more abrupt, as may be observed in the vicinity of Semárang.
The overall appearance of Java's northern coast is low and often swampy, with many areas covered in mangrove trees and bushes, especially towards the west. In contrast, the southern coast is mostly made up of steep rocks and cliffs that rise vertically to significant heights. Inland, there are impressive mountains that stretch across the island, along with lower mountains and countless hills that run in different directions, creating and enclosing plains and valleys of varying heights and sizes. On the northern side, the climb from the sea to the base of the mountains is generally gradual, particularly in the western part of the island where it is widest, and the mountains are set far back. As you get closer to the mountains behind Batavia, there’s a gradual but almost unnoticeable rise that continues for about forty miles. In other areas, where the mountains and hills come closer to the coast, the ascent is steeper, as can be seen near Semárang.
Although the northern coast is in many parts flat and uninteresting, the interior and southern provinces, from the mountainous character of the country, may be reckoned amongst the most romantic and highly diversified in the world; uniting all the rich and magnificent scenery, which waving forests, never-failing streams, and constant verdure can present, heightened by a pure atmosphere and the glowing tints of a tropical sun.
Although the northern coast is mostly flat and dull in many areas, the interior and southern provinces, due to the mountainous nature of the landscape, can be considered among the most romantic and diverse in the world. They showcase a wealth of stunning scenery, featuring lush forests, reliable streams, and constant greenery, all enhanced by a clear atmosphere and the vibrant colors of a tropical sun.
The largest of the elevated plains are; in the west, that of Bándung, formed between the two ranges of volcanos which branch off from the foot of the mountain Gedé; and in the east, those usually termed the plains of Sólo and Kedíri, which extend along the central districts from the Merápi to Kedíri and the site of the ancient capital of Mejapáhit. These are of con[Vol I Pg 24]siderable magnitude, and with the exception of the valley of Kedú and the province of Bányumas, through which the beautiful river of Seráyu bends its winding and romantic course, are perhaps the richest parts of the island. The low-lands, however, are not without their claims to that distinction; especially the flats of Demák, once an extensive swamp, and the Delta of Surabáya. Large tracts, particularly in the mountainous ranges of the western districts, still remain in a state of nature, or where the ground has been once cleared of forest, are now overrun with long and rank grass. In the central and eastern districts, the country is comparatively well clothed with cultivation.
The largest of the elevated plains are; in the west, that of Bándung, formed between the two ranges of volcanos that branch off from the foot of the mountain Gedé; and in the east, those commonly referred to as the plains of Sólo and Kedíri, which stretch along the central areas from Merápi to Kedíri and the site of the ancient capital of Mejapáhit. These are quite large, and except for the valley of Kedú and the province of Bányumas, through which the beautiful river Seráyu winds its way, they are likely the richest parts of the island. However, the lowlands also have their claims to that title, especially the flats of Demák, which was once a vast swamp, and the Delta of Surabáya. Large areas, particularly in the mountainous regions of the western districts, still remain untouched by development, or where the land was once cleared of forest, are now covered in tall and wild grass. In the central and eastern districts, the land is relatively well cultivated.
Quitting the low coast of the north, in many parts unhealthy, the traveller can hardly advance five miles inland without feeling a sensible improvement in the atmosphere and climate. As he proceeds, at every step he breathes a purer air and surveys a brighter scene. At length he reaches the highlands. Here the boldest forms of nature are tempered by the rural arts of man: stupendous mountains clothed with abundant harvest, impetuous cataracts tamed to the peasant's will. Here is perpetual verdure; here are tints of the brightest hue. In the hottest season, the air retains its freshness; in the driest, the innumerable rills and rivulets preserve much of their water. This the mountain farmer directs in endless conduits and canals to irrigate the land, which he has laid out in terraces for its reception; it then descends to the plains, and spreads fertility wherever it flows, till at last, by numerous outlets, it discharges itself into the sea.
Leaving the unhealthy low coastline of the north, travelers can hardly get five miles inland without noticing a clear improvement in the air and climate. As they move forward, each step brings them fresher air and more vibrant scenery. Eventually, they reach the highlands. Here, the dramatic features of nature blend with the agricultural efforts of people: massive mountains covered in rich crops, powerful waterfalls tamed to meet the needs of farmers. There's constant greenery and vibrant colors all around. Even in the hottest season, the air stays cool; and during the driest times, the countless streams and little rivers still carry plenty of water. The mountain farmer channels this water through endless ditches and canals to irrigate the terraced fields. It then flows down to the plains, spreading fertility wherever it goes, eventually draining into the sea through various outlets.
Almost all the mountains or volcanos, in the large series before noticed, are found on examination to have the same general constitution: they are striped vertically by sharp ridges, which, as they approach the foot of the mountain, take a more winding course. These ridges alternate with valleys, whose sides are of a very various declivity. Large rocks of basaltes occasionally project, and in several instances the valleys form the beds of rivers towards the tops of the volcanos; in the rainy season they all convey large volumes of water.
Almost all the mountains or volcanoes in the large series mentioned earlier, when examined, have the same general structure: they are marked by sharp ridges that run vertically, which become more winding as they near the base of the mountain. These ridges alternate with valleys that have varying slopes. Large basalt rocks sometimes stick out, and in several cases, the valleys serve as riverbeds toward the peaks of the volcanoes; during the rainy season, they all carry large amounts of water.
Next in importance to this extensive series of primary mountains, there are various ridges of smaller mountains,[Vol I Pg 25] or hills, extending in different directions, with nearly an equal degree of elevation; sometimes originating from or connected with the primary volcanos, sometimes forming independent ranges, and arising separately and at a distance from the great series. These, which have been termed secondary mountains, though evidently of a volcanic nature, differ in many particulars of their constitution from those of the larger series. They generally extend in long narrow ridges, with but a moderate elevation, and their sides are less regularly composed of the vertical ridges above mentioned. In most cases, a stratified structure and submarine origin may be discovered. They are generally covered with large rocks of basaltes; and in some instances they consist of wacken and hornblende, which is found along their base in immense piles.
Next in importance to this extensive series of primary mountains, there are various ridges of smaller mountains, [Vol I Pg 25] or hills, that extend in different directions, all with a similar level of elevation. Sometimes they originate from, or are connected to, the primary volcanoes, while other times they form independent ranges, arising separately and distantly from the main series. These have been called secondary mountains, and although they are clearly volcanic in nature, they differ in many ways from the larger mountains. They typically stretch in long, narrow ridges with moderate elevation, and their sides are less regularly formed compared to the vertical ridges mentioned earlier. In most cases, you can see a layered structure and a submarine origin. They are usually covered with large basalt rocks, and in some instances, they consist of wacken and hornblende, which are found in massive piles along their base.
Hills of calcareous constitution, with only a moderate degree of elevation, occur in smaller ridges, often with a flat or tabular top; or in steep rocks and eminences. These are sometimes found in the centre of the island, covering the volcanic districts, but much more frequently near the northern and southern shores.
Hills made of limestone, with only a moderate height, appear in smaller ridges, often having a flat or table-like top; or in steep cliffs and high points. These are sometimes found in the center of the island, covering the volcanic areas, but they are much more common near the northern and southern coasts.
Hills of a mixed nature, partly calcareous and partly volcanic, are also found. The southern coast of the island consists almost entirely of them, rising in many places to the perpendicular height of eighty or one hundred feet, and sometimes much higher. These, as they branch inward and approach the central or higher districts, gradually disappear, and give place to the volcanic series, or alternate with huge masses of basaltic hornblende, that appears to assume a regular stratification. At the base of these, or in the beds of the rivers which proceed from them, are frequently found various silicious stones, as common flints, prase, hornstone, jasper, porphyry, agate, cornelian, &c.
Hills of mixed types, some made of limestone and others of volcanic rock, can also be found. The southern coast of the island is mostly made up of these hills, which reach vertical heights of eighty to one hundred feet in many places, and sometimes even higher. As they extend inward and approach the central or elevated areas, they gradually fade away and give way to volcanic formations or alternate with large masses of basaltic hornblende that appear to have a regular layering. At the base of these formations, or in the riverbeds that flow from them, you can often find different types of siliceous stones, such as common flint, prase, hornstone, jasper, porphyry, agate, carnelian, etc.
Alluvial districts, evidently of recent origin, are noticed in several parts of the island. These are formed from the sediment and near the discharge of large rivers, and at the borders of the calcareous ridges, which are in many instances partially covered by them: their boundary can easily be traced, and most of them are still in a state of constant progression. Among other phenomena are mineral wells of various temperature and impregnation; wells of naphtha, or petroleum;[Vol I Pg 26] and rivers arising, in a few instances, from the craters of volcanos, impregnated with sulphureous acid[24].[Vol I Pg 27]
Alluvial areas, clearly formed more recently, can be found in several parts of the island. These areas are made up of sediment near where large rivers flow out and at the edges of the limestone ridges, which in many cases are partially covered by them: their boundaries can be easily identified, and most are still constantly changing. Among other features are mineral wells with varying temperatures and compositions; wells of naphtha, or petroleum;[Vol I Pg 26] and rivers that, in a few cases, originate from volcanic craters, saturated with sulfuric acid[24].[Vol I Pg 27]
From these, and all other investigations yet made, the constitution of Java appears to be exclusively volcanic. From [Vol I Pg 28]the vast Asiatic chain of mountains, one branch of which terminates in Ceylon, proceeds another, which traversing Arakan, Pegu, and the Malayan peninsula, extends to Sumatra, Bánka, and Bíliton, where it may be said to disappear. On Java no granite has been discovered. In its constitution, as in its direction, it may be considered as the first of a series of volcanic islands, which extend nearly eastward from the Straits of Sunda for about twenty-five degrees.
From these and all other investigations conducted so far, it seems that Java's structure is entirely volcanic. From [Vol I Pg 28], the vast mountain range of Asia, one branch ends in Ceylon, while another runs through Arakan, Pegu, and the Malay Peninsula, reaching Sumatra, Bánka, and Bíliton, where it appears to vanish. No granite has been found on Java. In terms of its structure and orientation, it can be seen as the first in a line of volcanic islands that stretch nearly eastward from the Sunda Strait for about twenty-five degrees.
At what period the island assumed its present shape, or whether it was once joined to Sumatra and Báli, is matter for conjecture. The violent convulsions which these islands have so often suffered, justify a conclusion that the face of the country has been frequently changed, and tradition mentions the periods when Java was separated from those islands;[25] [Vol I Pg 29]but the essential difference which has been found in the mineralogical constitution of Java and Sumatra, would seem to indicate a different origin, and to support the opinion that those two islands were never united. Whether, at a period more remote, the whole Archipelago formed part of the continent of Asia, and was divided from it and shattered into islands; whether they were originally distinct from the main land, or whether they were formed at the same time, or subsequently, are questions we cannot resolve. Yet, when we reflect on the violence of those dreadful phenomena[26] which [Vol I Pg 30]have occurred in our own times in the smaller islands of the volcanic series, and view this range, as it is now presented to [Vol I Pg 31]us on the map of the world, a conjecture might perhaps be hazarded, that the whole may have once formed but the [Vol I Pg 32]southern side of one large island or continent, within which much of the main land has fallen in, and subsequently disappeared on the influx of the sea.
At what point the island took on its current shape, or whether it was once connected to Sumatra and Báli, is up for speculation. The intense upheavals these islands have frequently experienced suggest that the landscape has often changed, and history refers to the times when Java was cut off from those islands;[25] [Vol I Pg 29]but the significant differences found in the mineral composition of Java and Sumatra imply they may have different origins, supporting the idea that those two islands were never linked. Whether, at an even earlier time, the entire Archipelago was part of the Asian continent, and was separated and broken into islands; whether they were originally separate from the mainland, or formed at the same time, or later, are questions we can't answer. Yet, when we consider the intensity of those terrible events[26] that [Vol I Pg 30]have occurred in recent times in the smaller volcanic islands, and view this range as it currently appears on the world map, one might speculate that it all may have once been part of the [Vol I Pg 32]southern side of a large island or continent, within which much of the land has collapsed and later vanished due to the rising sea.
[Vol I Pg 33] The constitution of the island is unfavourable to metals. All the examinations hitherto made confirm this assertion, and it may be laid down as a general position, that no metals occur, in such a quantity, or with such richness of ore, as to reward the operations of the miner. The only notice we have of the existence of gold or silver is contained in the first volume of the Transactions of the Batavian Society; and the attempts on the mountain of Párang, in 1723, and on the Mégeméndung, in 1744, were soon abandoned. Iron pyrites is found in small quantity in several districts, as well as red-ochre; which, however, often contains so little iron, as scarcely to serve for the common purpose of paint. The existence of mercury in the low lands of Démak, where it is distributed in minute particles through the clay of the rice-grounds bounding one of the principal rivers of that district, has not been considered as an indication of a mine, or of the ores of that metal.
[Vol I Pg 33] The island's makeup isn't good for metals. All the investigations so far back this up, and it can be stated as a general rule that no metals appear in sufficient quantities or richness of ore to justify mining efforts. The only mention we have of gold or silver comes from the first volume of the Transactions of the Batavian Society; and the attempts to mine on the mountain of Párang in 1723 and on Mégeméndung in 1744 were quickly given up. Iron pyrites is found in small amounts in several areas, as well as red-ochre, which often contains so little iron that it hardly serves for regular paint. The presence of mercury in the lowlands of Démak, where it's spread in tiny particles through the clay of the rice fields along one of the main rivers in that area, has not been seen as a sign of a mine or of that metal's ores.
No diamonds are found, nor other precious stones, but many minerals of the schorl, quartz, potstone, feldspar, and trap kind. They mostly exist in mountains of secondary elevation, towards the southern shores of the island, sometimes in extensive veins; but separate fragments are carried down by the rivers, and found far from their original deposition. Prase is found in very extensive veins; hornstone is also abundant in particular situations, as well as flint, chalcedony, hyalite, common jasper, jasper-agate, obsidian, and porphyry.
No diamonds or other precious stones are found here, but there are many minerals like schorl, quartz, potstone, feldspar, and trap. They mostly occur in mountains of secondary elevation toward the southern shores of the island, sometimes in large veins. However, separate fragments are carried down by rivers and found far from where they were originally deposited. Prase is found in very large veins; hornstone is also plentiful in certain areas, along with flint, chalcedony, hyalite, common jasper, jasper-agate, obsidian, and porphyry.
The soil in Java is for the most part rich, and remarkable for its depth; probably owing to the exclusively volcanic constitution [Vol I Pg 34]of the country, and the constant accession of new mould, which is washed down the side of its numerous mountains. It has the character of being in a high degree richer than the ordinary soil of the Malayan countries in general, particularly of Sumatra and the Malayan peninsula. The best soil resembles the richest garden-mould of Europe; and whenever it can be exposed to the inundation necessary for the rice crop, requires no manure, and will bear without impoverishment, one heavy and one light crop in the year: the poorest, with this advantage, will yield a liberal return to the husbandman. In an island of such extent and variety of surface, the soil is necessarily various, but its general character is that of extraordinary fertility. The red and very light soil of the western districts is generally considered inferior to the dark brown and stiffer soil which prevails in the eastern. The best soil is usually found near the beds of rivers, in the valleys, and on the slopes of the largest mountains: the worst on the ranges of low calcareous hills, which run through different parts of the island.
The soil in Java is mostly rich and noteworthy for its depth, likely due to the entirely volcanic nature of the land and the continuous addition of new soil washed down from its many mountains. It is known to be much richer than the typical soil found in other Malayan countries, especially in Sumatra and the Malayan peninsula. The best soil resembles the richest garden soil in Europe; when it can be flooded for rice growing, it doesn't need any fertilizer and can produce a heavy crop and a lighter one each year without losing its quality. Even the poorest soil has this advantage, yielding a good return for farmers. With such a large and diverse island, the soil types vary, but overall, it is characterized by exceptional fertility. The red and very light soil in the western areas is generally seen as inferior to the dark brown and denser soil that is more common in the east. The best soil is usually found near riverbeds, in valleys, and on the slopes of the largest mountains, while the worst is found on the low, lime-rich hills scattered throughout the island.
The seasons, in all the countries situated within about ten degrees of the equator, agree in this: that as one eternal summer prevails, they are not distinguished as hot and cold, but as wet and dry. On Java the seasons depend upon the periodical winds. The period of the setting in of these winds is not determined within a few weeks; but generally the westerly winds, which are always attended with rain, are felt in October, become more steady in November and December, and gradually subside, till in March or April they are succeeded by the easterly winds and fair weather, which continue for the remaining half year. The heaviest rains are in the months of December and January, and the driest weather is in July and August; at which latter period, also, the nights are coldest and the days hottest. The weather is most unsettled when the season is changing, particularly at the first setting in of the westerly winds: but those violent storms and hurricanes, which are so often felt in the West Indies and in higher latitudes, are here unknown. With the exception of a few days at these periods, or when the westerly winds are at their height, vessels of any description may ride in safety in most of the bays along the northern coast of the island; and on shore, the wind is never so violent as to do damage. Thunder-storms are, however, frequent, and the[Vol I Pg 35] lightning is extremely vivid. In the vicinity of the hills, and elsewhere during the dry season, seldom a day passes without thunder and lightning; and although these grand exhibitions of nature cause less consternation in general within the tropics than beyond them, it cannot be denied that they are destructive of many lives. Earthquakes are to be expected in a volcanic country, and are frequent in the vicinity of the volcanos; but the European towns have never sustained any serious injury from them.
The seasons in countries located about ten degrees from the equator are similar in that they experience one continuous summer and are categorized as wet and dry rather than hot and cold. In Java, the seasons are influenced by the seasonal winds. The arrival of these winds isn’t precisely predictable but generally, the westerly winds, which bring rain, start in October, become more consistent in November and December, and gradually ease up until they are replaced by the easterly winds and clear weather around March or April, which last for the other half of the year. The heaviest rainfall occurs in December and January, while the driest conditions are in July and August; during this time, nights are the coldest and days are the hottest. The weather is most unpredictable during the transition between seasons, especially when the westerly winds first set in; however, violent storms and hurricanes that often hit the West Indies and higher latitudes are absent here. Except for a few days during these periods or when the westerly winds are strongest, ships of any type can safely anchor in most of the bays along the northern coast of the island, and on land, the winds never reach damaging levels. Thunderstorms are quite common, and the lightning can be very intense. Near the hills and during the dry season, it's rare for a day to pass without thunder and lightning; although these dramatic displays of nature are less alarming in the tropics than elsewhere, they undeniably claim many lives. Earthquakes are expected in volcanic regions and are frequent near the volcanoes; however, European towns have never experienced serious damage from them.
During the rainy season there are many days free from showers. The mornings are generally clear, and although the rains sometimes continue without intermission for several days, and frequently fall in torrents, they are not marked on Java by that decided character, either of permanence or violence, which distinguishes the periodical rains of the continent of India; neither is the dry season distinguished by that excessive aridity which attends the hot seasons of that country. Even in July and August, the atmosphere is refreshed by occasional showers, and the landscape is at all times of the year covered with the brightest verdure. The thermometer of Fahrenheit has been known to rise along the northern coast as high as 90° about three in the afternoon, and even higher, particularly in the large and low capitals of Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya; but from observations made during a course of some years at Batavia, and published under the authority of the Dutch government, it has been found usually to range between 70 and 74° in the evenings and mornings, and to stand about 83° at noon. By similar observations at Semárang, the same thermometer, placed in a spacious and open apartment, has averaged 87½° at noon.
During the rainy season, there are many days without rain. Mornings are usually clear, and while the rain can sometimes go on for several days without stopping, and often falls heavily, it doesn't have the persistent or violent nature that characterizes the seasonal rains of mainland India. The dry season also isn't marked by the extreme dryness found during the hot seasons in that country. Even in July and August, the atmosphere is refreshed by occasional showers, and the landscape is always lush and green. The Fahrenheit thermometer has recorded temperatures as high as 90°F around three in the afternoon along the northern coast, and even higher, especially in the large low cities of Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya. However, data collected over several years in Batavia, published by the Dutch government, typically shows temperatures ranging from 70°F to 74°F in the mornings and evenings, and about 83°F at noon. Similar observations in Semárang indicate that the thermometer, placed in a spacious and open room, averages 87½°F at noon.
At a distance inland of not more than thirty or forty miles, where the ascent is gradual, and of fifteen or twenty or less where it is rapid, the thermometer falls from five to ten degrees lower. At Chi-serúa, situated about 40 miles inland of Batavia, and Chi-pánas, about twelve miles further, on the opposite slope of the mountain Gedé, the thermometer ranges generally between 60 and 70°. In the morning, at six o'clock, it is sometimes as low as 57°; and in the afternoon, at three, its usual height is from 67 to 70°, but seldom rising to 72°. On some of the hills inland of Semárang, on which Europeans frequently reside during the dry season, at an elevation of about four[Vol I Pg 36] thousand feet, the thermometer is frequently seen as low as 45°, and generally, in the clear season, ranges from 50 to 62°, and on the summit of one of the mountains (Sindóro) it has been observed as low as 27°[27]. Ice, as thick as a Spanish dollar, has been found; and hoar-frost, denominated bóhon úpas, or the poisonous dew, has been observed on the trees and vegetation of some of the higher regions.
At a distance of no more than thirty or forty miles inland, where the rise is gradual, and fifteen or twenty miles or less where it’s steep, the temperature drops by five to ten degrees. At Chi-serúa, located about 40 miles from Batavia, and Chi-pánas, about twelve miles further on the opposite side of the mountain Gedé, temperatures generally range between 60 and 70°. In the morning, at six o'clock, it can sometimes drop to as low as 57°; and in the afternoon, around three, it typically reaches between 67 and 70°, but rarely goes above 72°. On some hills inland from Semárang, where Europeans often stay during the dry season at an elevation of about four[Vol I Pg 36] thousand feet, temperatures can be seen as low as 45°, and generally during the clear season, they range from 50 to 62°. At the peak of one of the mountains (Sindóro), it has been recorded as low as 27°[27]. Ice as thick as a Spanish dollar has been found, and hoar-frost, known as bóhon úpas, or the poisonous dew, has been seen on the trees and plants in some of the higher areas.
By its insular situation, the climate of Java enjoys the benefit of land and sea breezes, which in its least favoured parts subdue the fierceness of the tropical rays, while the great elevation of its interior affords the rare advantage, that from the sea-shore up to the tops of the mountains, there is, almost from one end of the island to the other, a regular diminution of the temperature, at the rate of two or three degrees of Fahrenheit for every ten miles.
By its isolated location, Java's climate benefits from land and sea breezes, which, even in its least favorable areas, soften the intensity of the tropical sun. The high elevation of its interior offers the unique advantage that from the coastline up to the mountain peaks, there is a consistent decrease in temperature—about two or three degrees Fahrenheit for every ten miles across the island.
The general inference which has been drawn by professional men, from the experience which the occupation of Java by the British has afforded, is, that with the exception of the town of Batavia, and some parts of the northern coast, the island of Java stands on a level, in point of salubrity, with the healthiest parts of British India, or of any tropical country in the world.
The overall conclusion that professionals have drawn from the experience of the British occupation of Java is that, except for the city of Batavia and some areas along the northern coast, the island of Java is as healthy as the best parts of British India or any tropical country in the world.
The principal stations of the British army, composed of Europeans and Sepoys, were at Weltevreden, within three miles of the town of Batavia, and at Semárang and Surabáya, spots certainly less favourable to health than the rest of the island taken generally; but detachments from it have occasionally done duty in every district of the island.
The main bases of the British army, made up of Europeans and Sepoys, were at Weltevreden, just three miles from the town of Batavia, as well as at Semárang and Surabáya. These places were definitely not as healthy as other areas of the island overall, but units from there have sometimes served in every region of the island.
The tables included in the Appendix[28], will shew, that notwithstanding the troops laboured under many disadvantages and privations, in point of accommodation, &c. to which they would not have been subjected in a more permanent settlement, and that they were otherwise exposed to diseases unconnected with those of the climate, the average casualties were not excessive. From the 1st November, 1813, to the same month in 1814, the average number of troops is stated to have been 7,470, the deaths 504, making a proportion of 1 to 14-8: the average number of sick in the same period was 862, making [Vol I Pg 37]a proportion of sick to well as 1 to 8. From the beginning of November 1814 to the same month in 1815, out of an average number of troops stationed in different parts of the island, in corps and detachments, amounting to 7,487, there were 252 deaths, 63 of which were caused by fever, 123 by dysentery, and 65 by other diseases, making an average number of deaths of 21 per month, or in the proportion of one death to thirty men in the year, a proportion not exceeding that of some of the healthiest possessions in temperate climates.
The tables included in the Appendix[28] show that, despite the troops facing several challenges and hardships in terms of living conditions, etc., which they wouldn’t have experienced in a more stable settlement, and being exposed to diseases unrelated to the climate, the average casualties were not too high. From November 1, 1813, to the same month in 1814, the average number of troops is reported to have been 7,470, with 504 deaths, resulting in a ratio of 1 to 14.8. The average number of sick during this time was 862, leading to a ratio of sick to healthy of 1 to 8. From November 1814 to November 1815, out of an average of 7,487 troops stationed in various parts of the island, there were 252 deaths, with 63 caused by fever, 123 by dysentery, and 65 by other diseases, resulting in an average of 21 deaths per month, or a rate of one death for every thirty men over the year, a rate comparable to some of the healthiest areas in temperate climates.
To this general result may be added the comparative casualties in his Majesty's 78th regiment, during the period of its being stationed in India and Java. This regiment has occasionally been cantoned at each of the principal stations, and has remained on the island from the first conquest of Java. By the table will be seen the number of rank and file of which this regiment consisted at different periods, since 1797 to 1815, and the number of casualties in the same periods. It might not be proper to select the years in which it landed on the continent of India or on Java; but those in which it was stationed in either country may be brought together, as fit subjects for comparison. By calculation, upon the data of the table, it will appear, that from December 1800 to December 1801, the deaths were to the number of troops as 1 to about 20½; in 1801-2, as 1 to 12; in 1803-4, as 1 to 5¼; in 1804-5, as 1 to 8½; in 1805, as 1 to about 20; in 1806-7, as 1 to 28 nearly; in 1807-8, as 1 to 24½; in 1809-10, as 1 to about 23; in 1811-12, as 1 to 3¾; in 1813-14, as 1 to 6; and in 1814-15, as 1 to about 20 nearly. The places at which the regiment was stationed at these different periods will be seen by the table; and the cause of the unusual mortality that prevailed in 1811-12, and which exceeds any of the years on the continent, will be found in an extract from the letter of Dr. Currie, the surgeon, inclosing the return. The mortality in the last year was as 1 to 20 in the regiment, and among the whole troops, according to the data above, as 1 to about 30; a low estimate for climates, whose characters stand higher for salubrity than that of Java.
To this overall finding, we can add the comparative casualties in His Majesty's 78th regiment during its time stationed in India and Java. This regiment has occasionally been stationed at each of the main locations and has been on the island since Java was first conquered. The table shows the number of soldiers in this regiment at various times from 1797 to 1815, along with the number of casualties during those periods. While it might not be appropriate to pick the years when it arrived in India or Java, we can compare the years it was stationed in either country. Based on the data in the table, it appears that from December 1800 to December 1801, the death rate was about 1 in every 20½ soldiers; in 1801-2, it was 1 in 12; in 1803-4, it was 1 in 5¼; in 1804-5, it was 1 in 8½; in 1805, it was about 1 in 20; in 1806-7, it was nearly 1 in 28; in 1807-8, it was 1 in 24½; in 1809-10, it was about 1 in 23; in 1811-12, it was 1 in 3¾; in 1813-14, it was 1 in 6; and in 1814-15, it was about 1 in 20. The locations where the regiment was stationed during these different times can be seen in the table, and the reason for the unusually high mortality rate in 1811-12, which was higher than any year on the continent, can be found in an excerpt from Dr. Currie's letter, the surgeon, which included the report. The mortality rate in the last year was 1 in 20 in the regiment, and among all the troops, according to the data above, it was about 1 in 30; a low estimate for climates known to be healthier than Java.
That the climate of Java, in general, is congenial to the human frame, at least to that of an Asiatic, is corroborated by the great extent of its native population, compared with that of the surrounding islands, notwithstanding the checks which[Vol I Pg 38] it experienced both from the native princes and the European government; and the convincing proof which the records of the British army now afford, are perhaps sufficient to remove the unfavourable impression which existed against the climate of the island, as affecting Europeans.
The climate of Java is generally suited to the human body, especially for Asians, which is supported by the large native population compared to nearby islands, despite the challenges posed by local rulers and European governance. Additionally, the evidence from the British army's records may be enough to change the negative perception of the island's climate as harmful to Europeans.
At the same time, however, that Java has to boast this general character of high salubrity, comparatively with other tropical climates, it is not to be denied that there are some spots upon it which are decidedly unhealthy. These are to be found along the low swampy marshes of the northern coast, which are mostly recent encroachments upon the sea: the principal of these is Batavia, the long established capital of the Dutch eastern empire.
At the same time, while Java has to highlight its generally healthy climate compared to other tropical regions, it's undeniable that there are some areas that are definitely unhealthy. These spots are located along the low, swampy marshes of the northern coast, mostly recent extensions into the sea; the main one is Batavia, the long-standing capital of the Dutch East Indies.
The climate of this city has ever been considered as one of the most baneful in the world. It has even been designated the storehouse of disease; with how much justice, is too woefully demonstrated by the writings of those visitors who have survived its perils, and the records of the Dutch East-India Company itself. If we may credit Raynal,[29] there perished between the years 1714 and 1776, in the hospitals of Batavia, above eighty-seven thousand sailors and soldiers. From the table, No. 1, imperfect as it is, on account of the loss of many of the registers at the period of the British conquest, it will be seen what a large proportion the deaths bore to the whole population; and from the table, No. 2, of the same Appendix, discovered among the Dutch records, it appears further, that the total amount of deaths in this city, from the year 1730 to the year 1752, was in twenty-two years more than a million of souls.
The climate of this city has always been regarded as one of the most harmful in the world. It has even been called the storehouse of diseases; how true this is is sadly shown by the accounts of those visitors who have survived its dangers, as well as the records from the Dutch East India Company itself. If we can trust Raynal,[29] he reported that between 1714 and 1776, over eighty-seven thousand sailors and soldiers died in the hospitals of Batavia. From table No. 1, which is incomplete due to the loss of many records during the British conquest, we can see how high the death toll was compared to the overall population; and from table No. 2 in the same Appendix, found among the Dutch records, it further appears that the total number of deaths in this city from 1730 to 1752 was over a million souls in twenty-two years.
To those who are acquainted with the manner in which the affairs of the Dutch East-India Company were managed abroad, there will perhaps be no difficulty in laying rather at the door of the colonists, than of the nation, the crime of maintaining a commercial monopoly, at such a dreadful expence of lives as resulted from confining the European population within the narrow walls of this unhealthy city. That the sacrifice was made for that object, or to speak more correctly, under that pretext, for the private interests of the[Vol I Pg 39] colonists who were entrusted with its details, can scarcely be doubted. From the moment the walls of the city were demolished, the draw-bridges let down, and free egress and ingress to and from the country was permitted, the population began to migrate to a more healthy spot, and they had not to go above one or two miles beyond the precincts before they found themselves in a different climate. But this indulgence, as it gave the inhabitants a purer air, so it gave them a clearer insight into the resources of the country, and notions of a freer commerce, which, of all things, it was the object of the local government and its officers to limit or suppress.
To those who are familiar with how the Dutch East India Company managed its operations abroad, it may be easier to hold the colonists accountable rather than the nation for maintaining a commercial monopoly at such a terrible cost to lives, due to confining the European population within the cramped walls of this unhealthy city. There is little doubt that this sacrifice was made for that purpose, or more accurately, under that pretense, for the private interests of the[Vol I Pg 39] colonists who were in charge of its management. From the moment the city walls were torn down, the drawbridges were lowered, and people were allowed free entry and exit to and from the country, the population started to move to a healthier area. They didn't have to go more than one or two miles outside the city limits before they found themselves in a different climate. However, this freedom, while providing the residents with cleaner air, also opened their eyes to the country’s resources and the idea of freer trade, which was exactly what the local government and its officials aimed to limit or suppress.
Necessity might have first determined the choice of the spot for the European capital; but a perseverance in the policy of confining the European population within its walls, after so many direful warnings of its insalubrity, cannot but lead to the inference, that either the monopoly of the trade was considered a greater object to the nation than the lives of the inhabitants, or that the more liberal views of the government were defeated by the weakness or corruption of its agents.
Necessity might have initially influenced the selection of the location for the European capital; however, the continued policy of keeping the European population confined within its walls, despite numerous serious warnings about its unhealthiness, suggests that either the control of trade was seen as more important to the nation than the lives of the residents, or that the government's more progressive ideas were undermined by the ineffectiveness or dishonesty of its representatives.
Of the vegetable and animal kingdoms, as of the mineral, we shall content ourselves with such an account as may be necessary to convey to the reader a general notion of the nature of the country and its resources, referring the man of science to the intended publication of Dr. Thomas Horsfield, a gentleman whose sole attention has, for the last seven years, been directed to the natural history of Java.
Of the plant and animal kingdoms, as well as the mineral kingdom, we'll provide enough information to give the reader a general idea of the country's nature and resources, directing those interested in the details to the upcoming publication by Dr. Thomas Horsfield, a gentleman who has dedicated the last seven years to studying the natural history of Java.
Java is distinguished not only by the abundance of its vegetation, but by its extraordinary variety. Upwards of a thousand plants are already contained in the herb-area of Dr. Horsfield, of which a large proportion are new to the naturalist. Between the tops of the mountains and the sea-shore, Java may be considered as possessing at least six distinct climates, each furnishing a copious indigenous botany, while the productions of every region in the world may find a congenial spot somewhere in the island.
Java is notable not just for its rich vegetation but also for its incredible diversity. More than a thousand plants are already included in Dr. Horsfield's herbarium, many of which are new to botanists. From the mountains to the shoreline, Java can be seen as having at least six different climates, each offering a wealth of native plant species, and you'll find that plants from all over the world can thrive in various locations on the island.
Vegetable productions, which contribute to the food and sustenance of man, are found in great variety. Of these the most important is rice, which forms the staple grain of the country, and of which there are upwards of a hundred[Vol I Pg 40] varieties. Maize, or Indian corn, ranks next, and is principally cultivated in the higher regions, or in those tracts where the soil is unfavourable to the rice cultivation. The bean, or káchang, of which there are many varieties, is an important article of food. Of the sugar-cane, which is used by the natives only in its raw state, they distinguish eight varieties, an account of which, as well as of the cultivation of coffee, pepper, indigo, tobacco, &c. will be found in the chapter on agriculture. Aniseed, múngsi, cummin-seed, márícha (black pepper), chábi jáwa (long pepper), kumúkus (cubebs), socha dolichos, and mendéking, plants of considerable importance, may be considered as indigenous to the island, and are collected for various uses in diet and medicine.
Vegetable production plays a crucial role in providing food and sustenance for people and comes in a wide range of varieties. The most significant among these is rice, which is the staple grain of the country, and there are over a hundred[Vol I Pg 40] varieties. Next is maize, or Indian corn, mainly grown in higher regions or areas where the soil isn't suitable for rice farming. The bean, or káchang, which has many varieties, is an important food source. Natives categorize eight varieties of sugar-cane, which they mainly consume in its raw form. More details about this and the cultivation of coffee, pepper, indigo, tobacco, etc., can be found in the chapter on agriculture. Aniseed, múngsi, cumin seed, márícha (black pepper), chábi jáwa (long pepper), kumúkus (cubebs), socha dolichos, and mendéking are plants of significant importance that are considered native to the island and are gathered for various dietary and medicinal uses.
Besides the cocoa-nut and other productions more generally known, there are many trees growing spontaneously, of which the seeds and kernels are used as food; the principal of these are the peté, jéngkol, and kómlandíngan, several species of the mimosa, and the púchang and kamíri. The bread-fruit tree grows on Java, and is of the same species (although inferior in quality) with that of the South Sea Islands: but the fruit is comparatively very little esteemed or employed as an article of food.
Besides coconuts and other more commonly known products, there are many trees growing naturally that provide seeds and nuts used for food. The main ones are the peté, jéngkol, and kómlandíngan, several species of mimosa, and the púchang and kamíri. The breadfruit tree grows in Java and belongs to the same species (although it's of lower quality) as those found in the South Sea Islands, but the fruit is relatively undervalued and not often used as a food source.
Of tuberous roots, besides those furnished from the principal genera, convolvulus, dioscorea, and arum, are those from the bangkwang (dolichos bulbosus), the roots of which are much esteemed by the natives, and the kéntang jáwa (ocymum tuberosum) or Java potatoe. Most of the numerous varieties of the convolvulus and dioscorea, which furnish food for the natives, have been enumerated in one of the first volumes of the Batavian Transactions. The jatropha manihot, called úwi blanda, or wúdo, has been propagated through all parts of Java, and is found growing in the hedges.
Of tuberous roots, in addition to those from the main types like convolvulus, dioscorea, and arum, there are also those from the bangkwang (dolichos bulbosus), which are highly valued by the locals, and the kęntang jáwa (ocymum tuberosum) or Java potato. Most of the various types of convolvulus and dioscorea that provide food for the locals have been listed in one of the earlier volumes of the Batavian Transactions. The jatropha manihot, known as úwi blanda or wúdo, has spread throughout Java and can be found growing in the hedges.
The true sago of Amboina and the Eastern Islands, is found only solitary in a few low and marshy situations, and the preparation of it from the pith of the tree is not known to the inhabitants of Java: the leaves only are employed for covering houses; but from the áren, or sagurus rumphii, which grows abundantly in every part of the island, and on account of its variously extensive uses, ranks next in importance to the cocoa-nut, a substance is prepared, similar in all respects[Vol I Pg 41] to the true sago of the Eastern Islands. The tops of various trees of the palm kind, which are sought after in other parts of the East as food, are, on account of the abundance of rice and other esculent vegetables, but little regarded in Java; but the young shoots of many varieties of the bambu are used in the diet of the natives. Wheat and potatoes, with almost every species of European vegetables, are cultivated with success. Of the oil-giving plants a particular account will be given when describing the agriculture of the country.
The real sago from Amboina and the Eastern Islands is found only in a few low and marshy areas, and the locals in Java don't know how to prepare it from the tree's pith; they only use the leaves for roofing houses. However, from the áren, or sagurus rumphii, which grows widely across the island and is so useful that it ranks just after the coconut, a substance is made that is similar in every way[Vol I Pg 41] to the genuine sago from the Eastern Islands. The tops of various palm trees, which are considered food in other parts of the East, are not much valued in Java due to the abundance of rice and other edible plants. Still, the young shoots of many types of bambu are part of the native diet. Wheat and potatoes, along with nearly every kind of European vegetable, are successfully grown. A detailed account of oil-producing plants will be provided when discussing the country’s agriculture.
Java, in common with the Malayan islands in general, abounds in indigenous fruits. "No region of the earth," observes Mr. Marsden, "can boast an equal abundance and variety of indigenous fruits." The mangústin, which on account of its acknowledged pre-eminence amongst Indian fruits, has been termed the pride of these countries; the durian, or dúren, to which the natives of these islands are so passionately attached; the rámbutan, the lánseh or lánseb, with an extensive variety of the jack, the mango, the plantain, the guava, the pine-apple, the papaw, the custard-apple, the pomegranate, and almost every species of fruit which grows within the tropics, are here found in the greatest variety. The tamarind tree is general. The island also produces many kinds of oranges, citrons, lemons, and in particular the pumplemous (known in Bengal under the name of the Batavian lembu, or lime, and in the West Indies as the shaddock), besides the sáwu, klédung, pachítan, and a variety of others, not generally known to Europeans, but well calculated for the table. Of the mango, at least forty varieties are enumerated; the wild raspberry, which is found in the higher regions, is not destitute of flavour; one kind, in particular, with dark violet-coloured fruit, approaches in taste to the European species. In some of the mountainous tracts are to be found peaches, Chinese pears, and some other fruits imported from Japan, the Cape of Good Hope, and China.
Java, like the Malayan islands in general, is full of native fruits. "No region on earth," notes Mr. Marsden, "can claim an equal abundance and variety of native fruits." The mangústin, which is recognized as the best among Indian fruits, is often called the pride of these countries; the durian or dúren, to which the locals are deeply attached; the rámbutan, the lánseh or lánseb, along with a wide variety of jackfruit, mango, plantain, guava, pineapple, papaya, custard apple, pomegranate, and nearly every type of fruit that grows in the tropics can be found here in great diversity. The tamarind tree is common. The island also produces many types of oranges, citrons, lemons, and especially the pumplemous (known in Bengal as the Batavian lembu, or lime, and in the West Indies as the shaddock), in addition to the sáwu, klédung, pachítan, and many others not widely known to Europeans but great for dining. There are at least forty varieties of mango listed; the wild raspberry, found in the higher regions, is flavorful; one type, in particular, with dark violet fruit, tastes similar to the European variety. In some mountainous areas, you can find peaches, Chinese pears, and other fruits imported from Japan, the Cape of Good Hope, and China.
Among innumerable flowers which bloom in perpetual succession throughout the year, and impregnate the air of these countries with their fragrance, those of the champáka, tán-jong, meláti, kanáng'a and nágasári, hold the first rank; they are used by the natives in the ornament of their persons, and are remarkable for their fragrance. The myrtle and rose[Vol I Pg 42] are found in the gardens of Europeans. A great variety of ornamental trees and shrubs, many of them overlooked in the catalogues of Rhumphius and Van Rheede, have been noticed, as deserving cultivation for their utility as well as beauty.
Among countless flowers that bloom continuously throughout the year and fill the air in these regions with their scents, the champáka, tán-jong, meláti, kanáng'a, and nágasári stand out; they are used by the locals to decorate themselves and are known for their lovely fragrance. The myrtle and rose[Vol I Pg 42] can be found in European gardens. A wide range of ornamental trees and shrubs, many of which are overlooked in Rhumphius and Van Rheede's catalogs, have been noted as worthy of cultivation for their practicality as well as their beauty.
The medicinal plants of Java have been described in an account published in the Batavian Transactions: among these are many which are employed in the daily practice of the natives, of which a large proportion have not been subjects of investigation or experiment by Europeans, and others which had not previously been botanically described or classed. In a country hitherto imperfectly explored, and abounding in profuse vegetation, it was natural to calculate on the discovery of many useful medicinal plants; and among upwards of sixty, described, for the first time, by Dr. Horsfield, he particularly notices several, as likely to become most valuable articles in general medicinal practice.
The medicinal plants of Java have been detailed in a report published in the Batavian Transactions. Many of these plants are commonly used by the locals, with a significant number not yet studied or tested by Europeans, while others were never previously categorized or described botanically. In a country that has been only partially explored and is rich in diverse plant life, it was expected that many useful medicinal plants would be discovered. Among more than sixty plants, first described by Dr. Horsfield, he specifically highlights several that could become valuable additions to general medicinal practice.
Besides abundance of coir, termed sepét by the natives, prepared from the fibres which surround the cocoa-nut, and gamuti (called duk), prepared from those of the áren tree, both of which are well known, another species of palm, the gebáng, also yields valuable ropes, the fibre of which is obtained from the large petioles or stalks of the leaves by pounding and beating. Intelligent natives assert, that ropes prepared from these are particularly valuable, exceeding in strength all other kinds of equal size. The fibres and ropes are called bas. The cotton shrub (gossypium herbaceum) is universal; and hemp, though its uses are unknown to the Javans, is found in the gardens of foreign settlers. Besides these, the island affords various kinds of vegetables, the fibrous bark of which is made into thread, rope, cloth, &c.; but they are never cultivated, and when required for use are collected in their wild state. The general denomination, in the Javan language, of the internal bark of all vegetables which can be manufactured into cords, thread, &c. is lúlub. This being freed, by beating or maceration, from the adhering particles of the exterior bark, yields the fibrous substance, which is twisted by the most simple process, commonly by the hands alone. The trees which afford the lúlub are the wáru, which is very abundant, and is manufactured into ropes for all common domestic pur[Vol I Pg 43]poses; the melínju, the bark of which is called bágu; and the béndo, which affords ropes of superior strength and durability.
Besides the abundance of coir, called sepét by the locals, made from the fibers that surround the coconut, and gamuti (known as duk), made from those of the áren tree, both of which are well-known, another type of palm, the gebáng, also produces valuable ropes. The fiber is obtained from the large petioles or stalks of the leaves through pounding and beating. Smart locals claim that ropes made from these fibers are especially strong, surpassing all other types of the same size. The fibers and ropes are called bas. The cotton shrub (gossypium herbaceum) is common everywhere, and hemp, although its uses are unfamiliar to the Javanese, is found in the gardens of foreign settlers. In addition, the island offers various kinds of vegetables, whose fibrous bark is used to make thread, rope, cloth, etc.; however, they are never cultivated and are collected in their wild state when needed. The general term in the Javanese language for the inner bark of all plants that can be made into cords, thread, etc. is lúlub. This is processed through beating or soaking to remove the attached pieces of the outer bark, yielding the fibrous material, which is twisted using a very simple method, usually just by hand. The trees that provide lúlub include the abundant wáru, which is made into ropes for everyday domestic use; the melínju, whose bark is called bágu; and the béndo, which produces ropes that are stronger and more durable.
Of the bambusa, the pring-ápus, the stem of which may be considered arborescent, furnishes the cheapest ropes. These are made with great expedition, being split into thin strips, which are twisted on the spot into cords fit for all common purposes, although they are serviceable only for a few days. They are uniformly used, in travelling, for securing baggage, &c. Among shrubs principally employed for these purposes are the werúng, urís-urísan, dalúmpang, che-plákan and glúgo; among plants, the widúri and rámi; the fibres of the latter afford very strong and durable cords, which are chiefly employed for nets or lines, and used in fishing: they greatly resemble the sunn of western India, and would probably be found to answer the same purpose, as well in furnishing the bags called in India gunny-bags, for the transportation of goods, as for the manufacture of paper in Europe. This remark applies also to the lúlub of several of the other shrubs mentioned. Several species of písang or plantain yield the materials for ropes and cords of various fineness, according to the methods employed in preparing them. In the Manilla Islands, cables are made from these fibres; and in the first volume of the Batavian Transactions a mode is described of preparing from them a substance resembling cotton. The leaves of the 'nanas, or pine-apple, contain also abundance of useful fibres, which are easily separated in a bundle, after scraping off the coriaceous substance. It is very fine, and the separate fibres are employed by the natives in sewing without any preparation; but it may also be spun, and is made into a kind of stuff resembling silk, gauze, &c.
Of the bamboo, the pring-ápus, which has a tree-like stem, provides the cheapest ropes. These can be made very quickly by being split into thin strips and twisted on the spot into cords suitable for all common uses, even though they only last a few days. They're commonly used for securing luggage while traveling, etc. Among the shrubs mostly used for these purposes are the werúng, urís-urísan, dalúmpang, che-plákan, and glúgo; among plants, the widúri and rámi; the fibers of the latter provide very strong and durable cords that are mainly used for nets or lines in fishing: they closely resemble the jute from western India, and would likely serve a similar purpose, providing materials for the bags known in India as gunny-bags for transporting goods, as well as for producing paper in Europe. This observation also applies to the lúlub from several of the other shrubs mentioned. Various species of písang or plantain yield materials for ropes and cords of different thicknesses, depending on the methods used in processing them. In the Manila Islands, cables are made from these fibers; and the first volume of the Batavian Transactions describes a method of preparing a substance from them that resembles cotton. The leaves of the nanas or pineapple also contain plenty of useful fibers, which can be easily separated in a bundle after scraping off the tough outer layer. They are very fine, and the individual fibers are used by the locals for sewing without any preparation; however, they can also be spun into a fabric that resembles silk or gauze, etc.
Mats are made from several species of pandanus, from a kind of grass called méndong, and from the leaves of various palms, particularly the gebáng. The latter affords the most common kinds, coarser and less durable than the others, as well as bags (straw sacks) resembling very coarse mats.
Mats are made from several types of pandanus, a type of grass called méndong, and the leaves of different palms, especially the gebáng. The latter provides the most common types, which are coarser and not as durable as the others, as well as bags (straw sacks) that look like very coarse mats.
The paper in common use with the Javans is manufactured from the glúgo, (morus papyrifera.)
The paper commonly used by the Javanese is made from the glúgo (morus papyrifera).
A variety of vegetable substances are used in dyeing: the principal of which, however, are the tom, or indigo, which is[Vol I Pg 44] extensively cultivated throughout the island; and the wong-kúdu, which affords a lasting scarlet. A black dye is obtained from the bark of several exotic trees, united with the rind of the mangústin fruit. A yellow dye is also obtained from an exotic wood, heightened by the addition of the bark of the nángka tree, and a variety of the mango.
A variety of plant materials are used in dyeing. The main ones are the tom, or indigo, which is[Vol I Pg 44] widely cultivated across the island, and the wong-kúdu, which produces a vibrant scarlet. A black dye comes from the bark of several exotic trees mixed with the rind of the mangústin fruit. A yellow dye is also created from a type of exotic wood, enhanced by adding the bark of the nángka tree and a variety of mango.
Extensive forests of the játi, or teak of India[30], are found in almost all the eastern provinces; but the most valuable and important are in the central districts, situated inland, between Semárang and Sidáyu, and particularly in the districts of Blóra, Jípang, and Padáng'an.
Extensive forests of the játi, or Indian teak[30], are found in nearly all the eastern provinces; however, the most valuable and important ones are in the central areas, located inland, between Semárang and Sidáyu, especially in the districts of Blóra, Jípang, and Padáng'an.
Of the teak tree there is but one species known, the tectona grandis of Linnæus, the tekka of Van Rheede, and the jatus of Rhumphius. Its natural history has been already fully detailed, and all the kinds generally enumerated are merely varieties. These are usually distinguished among the natives of Java by names derived from the quality and colour of the wood. The principal are the játi kápur, the chalky teak, and a kind varying in colour, and on account of its excellence termed játi súng'gu, or the true teak. The former is the most common: its wood is of a whitish hue, and it sometimes contains calcareous concretions in nodules or streaks. This sort[Vol I Pg 45] is chiefly employed for common domestic purposes, and though inferior in quality to many others, from its abundance and comparative cheapness, is perhaps the most generally useful. The játi súng'gu is harder, closer, and more ponderous, and particularly selected for ship-building. The colour of the wood is of different shades, from light to intense brown, with a cast of violet verging sometimes to red or black. If the stem is covered with spines, or rather pointed scales, it is called játi dúri, but in its texture and quality it agrees with the játi súnge'gu. Besides these the natives distinguish, as játi gémbol, those excrescences or protuberances which are produced from a variety of the játi, furnishing materials for handsome cabinet-work.
There's only one known species of teak tree, the *tectona grandis* described by Linnaeus, known as tekka by Van Rheede and jatus by Rhumphius. Its natural history has already been thoroughly covered, and all the types listed are simply variations. The locals in Java typically name them based on the quality and color of the wood. The main types are *játi kápur*, the chalky teak, and a variant that's highly regarded and called *játi súng'gu*, or true teak. The former is the more common type: its wood has a whitish tint and sometimes features calcareous lumps or streaks. This variety is mainly used for everyday domestic purposes, and while it’s of lower quality than others, its abundance and affordability make it quite useful. The *játi súng'gu* is harder, denser, and heavier, making it particularly sought after for shipbuilding. The wood color varies from light to deep brown, sometimes with hints of violet, red, or black. If the trunk has spines or pointed scales, it's called *játi dúri*, but in texture and quality, it is similar to *játi súng'gu*. Additionally, the locals refer to *játi gémbol* those bumps or protrusions that come from a variety of the *játi*, which provide materials for beautiful cabinet-making.
The teak tree on Java grows at a moderate elevation above the level of the ocean. It is generally conceived, that the timber afforded by forests growing on a soil of which the basis is limestone, and the surface uneven, gravelly, or rocky, is the hardest, the freest from chalky concretions, and in all respects the best; but in laying out a teak plantation, a soil consisting in a great proportion of black vegetable mould, is always selected for the purpose of obtaining a rapid growth. The teak tree is slender and erect. It shoots up with considerable vigour and rapidity, but its expansion is slow. Like all other trees affording useful timber of a close grain, it is many years in arriving at maturity. Under favourable circumstances, a growth of from twenty to twenty-five years affords a tree having about twelve inches diameter at the base. It requires at least a century to attain its perfection, but for common purposes, it is usually felled when between thirty and fifty years old[31].
The teak tree on Java grows at a moderate height above sea level. It's generally believed that timber from forests that grow in soil with a limestone base and uneven, gravelly, or rocky surfaces is the hardest, least likely to have chalky deposits, and overall the best. However, when establishing a teak plantation, soil with a significant amount of black organic matter is typically chosen to promote rapid growth. The teak tree is tall and straight. It grows with considerable strength and speed, but its width increases slowly. Like other trees that produce valuable timber with a fine grain, it takes many years to reach maturity. Under good conditions, after twenty to twenty-five years, a teak tree can reach about twelve inches in diameter at the base. It needs at least a hundred years to reach its full potential, but for general use, it's usually harvested when it's between thirty and fifty years old[31].
Notwithstanding the extent to which cultivation has been[Vol I Pg 46] carried in many districts of the island, large portions of its surface are still covered with primeval forests, affording excellent timber of various descriptions. Besides the teak, there are several kinds of wood or timber employed for various domestic purposes, as the súren (the tuna of Bengal), of which the wood is very light, stronger and more durable than all other kinds of similar weight produced on the island: as the grain is not fine, it is not employed in making furniture, but it is useful for chests, trunks, carriages, &c.; its colour is red, and its odour somewhat resembling that of the cedar. Its weight is probably inferior to that of the larch.—The wúngú or ketángi is often used instead of teak: the grain is somewhat finer: when in full blossom it is perhaps the most beautiful tree existing.—The wádang or báyur, a light and tolerably durable wood, is employed for masts and spars of small vessels; but the surface must be well covered with resinous substances to prevent its splitting.—The gintúngan is employed in the same manner, but grows to a larger size; the colour of the wood and bark is red.—The lampéan or lában is light but durable, and affords materials for the handles of the spears or pikes borne by the natives.—The nángka abounds in several districts where teak is not found, and is almost exclusively used in the construction of houses, and other domestic purposes: the wood is more close and ponderous than the súren, which it otherwise resembles; it takes a tolerable polish, and is sometimes employed for furniture. The colour is yellow; but it is made to receive a brownish hue, by the application of the young teak-leaves in polishing: its bark is used as a yellow dye.—The lúren resembles the nángka, but is generally of rare occurrence, though in some tracts it furnishes the only timber: its use in the neighbouring islands, particularly on Sumatra, is well known.—The kusámbi is uncommonly heavy, hard, and close: it supplies anchors for small vessels, blocks, pestles, and numerous similar utensils.—The sáwur is a very beautiful and useful wood; the colour resembles that of mahogany, but the grain is closer, and it is more ponderous: its chief use is for handles of tools for carpenters and other artificers, for machinery, especially for the teeth of the wheels of mills, and other purposes where a hard and durable wood is required. On account of its scarcity, it is uniformly cut down on Java before[Vol I Pg 47] it arrives at the necessary size for cabinet-work. Forests of it grow on the hills of Báli, opposite the Javan shore, whence it is brought over by boat-loads for sale.
Despite how much farming has been done[Vol I Pg 46] in many areas of the island, large parts are still covered with ancient forests that provide excellent timber of various types. In addition to teak, there are several other kinds of wood used for different household purposes, like the súren (the tuna of Bengal), which is very light, stronger, and more durable than all other woods of similar weight available on the island. Its grain isn’t very fine, so it isn't used for making furniture, but it’s useful for chests, trunks, wagons, etc. It’s red in color and has an aroma somewhat similar to cedar. Its weight is likely less than that of larch. The wúngú or ketángi is often used instead of teak; the grain is a bit finer, and when fully in bloom, it may be the most beautiful tree around. The wádang or báyur is a light and fairly durable wood used for masts and spars of small vessels, but its surface needs to be well coated with resinous substances to prevent splitting. The gintúngan is used similarly but grows larger; both its wood and bark are red. The lampéan or lában is light but durable and provides material for the handles of the spears or pikes carried by locals. The nángka is common in several regions where teak isn’t found and is almost exclusively used for building houses and other domestic purposes. The wood is denser and heavier than súren, which it otherwise resembles; it polishes reasonably well and is sometimes used for furniture. It’s yellow in color, but can take on a brownish tint when polished with young teak leaves; its bark is used as a yellow dye. The lúren is similar to nángka but is generally rare, although in some areas, it is the only timber available; its use in nearby islands, especially Sumatra, is well known. The kusámbi is unusually heavy, hard, and dense; it provides materials for anchors for small vessels, blocks, pestles, and many similar tools. The sáwur is a very attractive and useful wood; its color is similar to mahogany, but the grain is tighter and it’s heavier. Its main use is for handles of tools for carpenters and other craftsmen, for machinery, especially for the teeth of mill wheels, and other applications where a hard and durable wood is needed. Due to its scarcity, it’s consistently cut down on Java before[Vol I Pg 47] it reaches the necessary size for cabinet-making. Forests of it grow on the hills of Báli, across from the Javan shore, from which it is transported by boat-loads for sale.
The pílang is a very hard wood, and employed in the eastern districts, instead of lignum-vitæ, for the construction of ships'-blocks, &c.—The pung is equally hard, and uniformly employed by the natives for pegs in constructing their prahus.—The wáli kúkun is equal to the kusámbi in weight, and exceeds it in hardness: it is employed for anchors, naves of wheels, machinery, &c.—The tang'gulun is a hard wood of a close grain, and employed by turners for various small works.—The kelúmpit is a very large tree: sections are employed by the natives for cart wheels.—The járan is a white wood taking the tool easily: the natives prefer it to all others for the construction of their saddles, which consist principally of wood.—The demólo affords a light wood, which is made into planks, and employed where durability is not much required.—The wood of the kedáwung is whitish and moderately hard.—The lában is a yellowish and hard wood: it is employed for the handles of axes and various utensils.—The jánglot is considered by the natives as the toughest wood produced in the island, and is always employed for bows when procurable: the tree is of a moderate size.—The béndo is a light wood, useful for canoes.—The séntul is a light close-grained wood, and easily worked: it resembles the súren.
The pílang is a very tough wood and is used in the eastern regions, instead of lignum-vitae, for making ship blocks, etc. The pung is just as hard and is commonly used by locals for pegs in building their prahus. The wáli kúkun weighs as much as the kusámbi but is harder; it's used for anchors, wheel hubs, machinery, etc. The tang'gulun is a hard wood with a tight grain, which turners use for various small projects. The kelúmpit is a very large tree; the locals use its sections for cart wheels. The járan is a white wood that is easy to work with; locals prefer it for building their saddles, primarily made of wood. The demólo provides a light wood that is turned into planks and used where durability isn't a major concern. The wood of the kedáwung is whitish and moderately hard. The lában is a yellowish and hard wood used for axe handles and various utensils. The jánglot is regarded by locals as the toughest wood on the island, and it’s always used for bows when available; the tree is of moderate size. The béndo is a light wood useful for canoes. The séntul is a light, close-grained wood that's easy to work with; it resembles the súren.
For household furniture, cabinet-ware, &c. are employed—the sóno kling of the Maláyus, the colour of which is a deep brown, inclining to black:—the sóno kómbang, which has some resemblance to the lingua wood of the Moluccas:—the war'm-lot, dark brown; and próno-sodo, resembling the walnut, both scarce:—the wer'n, of a brown colour, of a close substance and light, abundant in some districts:—the mentáus and júmberit, the wood of which is white and fine-grained, uniformly used for inlaying:—the randu kúning, yellowish and close-grained:—and the íng'as, of a brownish red colour, and very brittle.
For household furniture, various types of wood are used—the sóno kling from the Maláyus, which is a deep brown, almost black; the sóno kómbang, similar to the lingua wood from the Moluccas; the war'm-lot, which is dark brown; and the próno-sodo, resembling walnut, both of which are rare; the wer'n, a brown wood that is dense yet light, common in some areas; the mentáus and júmberit, white and finely grained, typically used for inlaying; the randu kúning, yellowish and tightly grained; and the íng'as, a brownish-red and very brittle wood.
For the hilts and sheaths of krîses, the natives make use of the timóko, of which the black and white variegated fragments are called pélet. These are of various kinds.—The arúman,[Vol I Pg 48] variegated white and black, is also employed for canes, handles, and spears, &c. and is very heavy.—The tiké, yellowish, closed and marble,—the mángu,—the áti áti,—the kráminan,—the púrwo-kúning and several others, are employed for the same purposes.—The kamúning is of a brownish colour and very fine grain:—the tayúman resembles the last and is very much esteemed:—the wúni stelágo affords a reddish wood.
For the handles and sheaths of krises, the locals use timóko, with the black and white mixed pieces known as pélet. These come in various types. The arúman, a white and black variegated type, is also used for canes, handles, spears, etc., and is quite heavy. The tiké is yellowish, closed, and marbled; the mángu; the áti áti; the kráminan; the púrwo-kúning, and several others are used for similar purposes. The kamúning is a brownish color with a very fine grain, while the tayúman resembles it and is highly valued. The wúni stelágo provides a reddish wood.
Among the most extensively useful productions ought not to be forgotten the bámbu, or príng, which abounds on Java, and seems, from the greater luxuriance and variety by which it is here distinguished, to find the soil and climate more congenial to its growth than those of any other country. It blossoms in different parts of the island. The rattans (rótan) of Java are on the whole inferior to those of Sumatra and Borneo: the improved state of cultivation is unfavourable to their growth and propagation.
Among the most useful products we shouldn't forget is the bamboo, or príng, which is abundant in Java. It seems that the soil and climate here are more suitable for its growth than in any other country, as it shows greater vitality and variety. It blooms in different areas of the island. The rattan (rótan) found in Java is generally of lower quality compared to that from Sumatra and Borneo because the advanced farming practices aren't beneficial for its growth and reproduction.
Many woods afford excellent fuel. The charcoal prepared from the kusámbi is equal perhaps to that of any other wood with which we are acquainted, and is universally preferred in cooking, and in the other branches of domestic economy. Charcoal, for gunpowder, is uniformly prepared from the celtis orientalis, called áng'grung.
Many types of wood make great fuel. The charcoal made from the kusámbi is probably as good as any other wood we know, and it's the most popular choice for cooking and other household uses. For making gunpowder, charcoal is always made from the celtis orientalis, known as áng'grung.
Among the useful trees must be noticed: the soap-tree, of which the fruit is used to a very great extent in washing linen:—the kasémak, from the bark of which is made a varnish for umbrellas:—the sámpang, from the resin of which the natives prepare a shining varnish for the wooden sheaths of krîses:—the cotton-tree, from which a silky wool is obtained for stuffing pillows and beds:—the wax-tree, which, though scarce on Java, grows abundantly on some parts of Madúra: (the kernel, by expression, produces an oil, which some time after becomes hard and bears a resemblance to wax; it may be burnt in lamps or converted into candles, and affords an agreeable odour): the bendúd, a shrub producing the substance of which the elastic gum, commonly called Indian-rubber, is prepared. The art of preparing it in this form is however unknown in Java. Torches are made of it, for the use of those who search for birds' nests in the rocks, and it serves for winding round the stick employed to strike musical instruments, as the gong, &c. to soften[Vol I Pg 49] the sound. The mínyak káwon or niátu is a very useful tree, which grows solitary in all, and abundantly in some parts of the island, and produces a kind of tallow.
Among the useful trees, we should mention: the soap tree, whose fruit is widely used for washing linen; the kasémak, from whose bark a varnish for umbrellas is made; the sámpang, from the resin of which the locals create a shiny varnish for the wooden covers of krîses; the cotton tree, which provides a silky wool for stuffing pillows and mattresses; the wax tree, which is rare in Java but grows abundantly in some areas of Madúra (the kernel produces an oil that later hardens and resembles wax; it can be burned in lamps or made into candles, giving off a pleasant scent); the bendúd, a shrub that produces the elastic gum commonly known as Indian rubber. However, the art of preparing it in this form is unknown in Java. It is used to make torches for those searching for bird nests in the cliffs and is wrapped around the sticks used to strike musical instruments like the gong, to soften the sound. The mínyak káwon or niátu is another very useful tree, growing solitary in all regions and abundantly in some parts of the island, and it produces a kind of tallow.
Dámar, or resin, is distinguished by the inhabitants of these countries into two kinds: dámar-bátu or séla, and dámar-puti, comprising numerous varieties obtained from different trees. None of these are, however, produced on Java. Besides the rásamála, which is very limited as to its place of growth, the Canáram, and a peculiar resin employed by the natives for varnishing the wooden sheaths of their krîses, called sámpang, few odoriferous resins are found. The camphor-tree, which abounds on Sumatra and Borneo, is unknown on Java. The wood oil, distinguished among the Malays by the name of krúwing (which in Java is applied to all resinous or oily substances employed in the construction of vessels), is not a native of Java, but it grows abundantly on Banka and Sumatra.
Dámar, or resin, is categorized by the people of these countries into two types: dámar-bátu or séla, and dámar-puti, which consists of various types sourced from different trees. However, none of these are found on Java. Aside from the rásamála, which has a very limited growing area, the Canáram, and a unique resin used by locals for varnishing the wooden sheaths of their krîses, known as sámpang, there are few fragrant resins available. The camphor tree, which is plentiful on Sumatra and Borneo, is not found on Java. The wood oil, referred to among the Malays as krúwing (a term used in Java for all resinous or oily substances used in boat construction), does not originate from Java but grows abundantly on Banka and Sumatra.
None of what are called the finer kinds of spices, namely, the nutmeg, clove, and cinnamon, are indigenous to Java; but the few trees which have been planted in the gardens of Europeans have thriven well: and, from the nature of the soil and climate, there seems little doubt that the nutmeg and clove, in particular, might be extensively cultivated throughout the island, did it suit the policy of the European government to admit of their general introduction.
None of the so-called finer spices, like nutmeg, clove, and cinnamon, are native to Java; however, the few trees that have been planted in European gardens have grown quite well. Given the soil and climate, it’s clear that nutmeg and clove, in particular, could be widely cultivated across the island if it aligned with the European government’s policies to allow their broader introduction.
The vine was once extensively cultivated in some of the eastern provinces of the island, in which the soil and climate appear well calculated for its growth; but an apprehension, on the part of the Dutch East-India Company, that its cultivation on Java might interfere with the wine trade of the Cape of Good Hope, induced them to discourage it, and the preparation of wine from the grape was strictly prohibited. Lieutenant-Colonel Mackenzie, when noticing the vast quantities of ashes thrown up from the different volcanos, makes the following observation on the eastern part of Java. "The soil of the country is evidently enriched by the ashes and earth emitted by these eruptions, and there is reason to conclude, what persons well acquainted with the south of Europe assert, that the vines of Italy and the Cape would thrive in perfection, in a soil and climate so well adapted to them."[Vol I Pg 50]
The vine was once widely grown in some regions of the eastern part of the island, where the soil and climate seem perfect for its growth. However, the Dutch East India Company was worried that growing it in Java would hurt the wine trade from the Cape of Good Hope, so they discouraged it, and making wine from the grape was strictly banned. Lieutenant-Colonel Mackenzie, while observing the large amounts of ash produced by various volcanoes, made the following remark about the eastern part of Java: “The soil of the country is clearly enriched by the ash and earth from these eruptions, and there's good reason to believe, as people familiar with southern Europe claim, that the vines of Italy and the Cape would thrive perfectly in such a suitable soil and climate.”[Vol I Pg 50]
Among the vegetable productions of Java, none has excited more interest than the celebrated úpas, or poison-tree. Mr. Marsden, in his history of Sumatra[32], has referred to various concurring authorities, in refutation of the very extraordinary tales told of this tree; and, in this general account of the productions of Java, it may perhaps be sufficient to refer the reader to the particulars contained in the subjoined note[33].[Vol I Pg 51]
Among the vegetable products of Java, none has generated more interest than the famous úpas, or poison-tree. Mr. Marsden, in his history of Sumatra[32], has mentioned various sources to dispute the quite extraordinary stories told about this tree; and in this general overview of Java's products, it might be enough to point the reader to the details found in the note below[33].[Vol I Pg 51]
Of the useful or domestic quadrupeds it may be observed, that neither the elephant nor the camel is a native of Java: [Vol I Pg 52]the former is rarely imported, the latter unknown. Neither the ass nor mule is found; but the island has a fine breed of [Vol I Pg 53]small horses (járan), strong, fleet, and well made. A still finer breed is imported from Bíma, on the neighbouring [Vol I Pg 54]island of Sumbáwa, which by competent judges has been said to resemble the Arab in every respect except size. They [Vol I Pg 55]seldom exceed thirteen hands, and in general are below this standard.
Of the useful or domestic four-legged animals, it's worth noting that neither the elephant nor the camel is native to Java: [Vol I Pg 52]the elephant is rarely imported, while the camel is unknown. The donkey and mule are also absent; however, the island boasts a strong breed of [Vol I Pg 53]small horses (járan), which are strong, fast, and well-formed. An even finer breed is brought in from Bíma, on the nearby [Vol I Pg 54]island of Sumbáwa, which knowledgeable judges say resemble the Arab horse in every aspect except size. They [Vol I Pg 55]rarely exceed thirteen hands, and generally are smaller than that.
[Vol I Pg 56] The bull and cow (sápi or lémbu) are general, but much more so in the central and eastern districts than in the western. The breed has been greatly improved by the species introduced from continental India. But the animal of most essential and general use in the agriculture of the country is the buffalo (kábu, maísa, or múnding), a particular account of which will appear in the chapter on Agriculture. Goats (wedús) are numerous and of a small size: sheep (called here European goats) are scarce and small. As in other sultry climates, the latter have a coarse woollen coat, which is employed for stuffing saddles, pillows, &c. but it is in so little request that the inhabitants are rarely at the trouble of shearing for it. The hog (chéleng) is reared principally among the Chinese.
[Vol I Pg 56] The bull and cow (sápi or lémbu) are common animals, especially in the central and eastern parts of the region compared to the west. The breed has been significantly improved by the species brought in from continental India. However, the most important and widely used animal in the country’s agriculture is the buffalo (kábu, maísa, or múnding), which will be discussed in detail in the chapter on Agriculture. Goats (wedús) are plentiful and small, while sheep (referred to here as European goats) are rare and also small. In other hot climates, sheep have a coarse wool coat that is used for stuffing saddles, pillows, etc., but it's so little valued that people hardly bother to shear them. Pigs (chéleng) are mainly raised by the Chinese community.
Of beasts of prey may be enumerated several species of the tiger, as the máchan lóreng (felis tigris), máchan gogor (a variety), máchan tútul (probably the small leopard of Pennant), máchan kombang and kúwuk, the smallest kind, called tiger-cats. The jackal, and several varieties of the wild-dog; as the ásu wáwar, ásu ájag, or ásu kíki; and among other wild quadrupeds, the rhinoceros, and bánteng, or wild Javan ox, the wild-hog and the stag: the last, as well as the rib-faced and axis deer, is tamed and fattened for food. The aggregate number of mammalia on Java have been estimated at about fifty. The habits and manners of the larger animals, the tiger, leopard, black tiger, rhinoceros and stag, and two species of deer, the varieties of the wild-hog, &c. are sufficiently known; but the bánteng, or Javan ox, the Javan buffalo, the varieties of the wild-dog, those of the weasel and squirrel, and most of the other smaller quadrupeds, still present curious subjects for the study of the naturalist. Next to the rhinoceros, which [Vol I Pg 57]sometimes (though rarely at present) injures plantations, the wild-hogs are the most destructive animals. They are often poisoned (or intoxicated, according to the quantity they consume) by the kálák kámbing, or by the remains from the preparation of brom. The practice of suspending rags impregnated with urine, at small distances around the plantations, is universal over the whole island. These animals are said to have so violent an aversion to this odour, that even this "feeble barrier" is useful in preserving the plantations.
Several species of predatory animals include various types of tigers, such as the máchan lóreng (felis tigris), máchan gogor (a variety), máchan tútul (likely the small leopard of Pennant), máchan kombang, and kúwuk, the smallest kind known as tiger-cats. There are also jackals and several variations of wild dogs, including ásu wáwar, ásu ájag, or ásu kíki; as well as other wild mammals like the rhinoceros and bánteng, or wild Javan ox, along with wild boars and deer. Both the deer, along with rib-faced and axis deer, can be domesticated and fattened for consumption. The total number of mammals in Java is estimated to be around fifty. The behaviors and characteristics of larger animals like the tiger, leopard, black tiger, rhinoceros, stag, and two deer species, as well as various wild hog types, are fairly well understood; however, the bánteng, or Javan ox, Javan buffalo, different types of wild dogs, weasels, squirrels, and most other smaller mammals still offer intriguing topics for naturalists to explore. Aside from the rhinoceros, which sometimes (though rarely now) damages farms, wild hogs are the most damaging animals. They are often poisoned (or get intoxicated based on how much they eat) by kálák kámbing or by leftovers from making brom. Hanging rags soaked in urine at short intervals around the farms is a common practice across the island. These animals reportedly have such a strong dislike for this smell that even this "weak barrier" effectively helps protect the farms.
Musk, called dedes, is procured from the rasé.
Musk, referred to as dedes, is obtained from the rasé.
Although the same qualities are ascribed to them here as in other countries, bezoars are comparatively scarce in Java; and those occasionally found in the maritime capitals are uniformly brought from other countries. The hog-deer and Nicobar pigeon are not natives; and although wild-hogs, in which bezoars are said to be found, are very abundant, they are never examined or approached by the natives. Every extraordinary concretion, calculus, ossification, &c. found in any part of an animal, is called mustíka, which corresponds to the bezoar of the Arabs, Persians, &c. A concretion of feathers found in the stomach of a fowl is called mustíka áyam, and is carefully preserved. A stony concretion, discovered accidentally by the rattling of a human skull exposed for many years to the action of the sun, has been denominated mustíka órang, and the most salutary virtues ascribed to it. Analogous to the bezoars, must be considered the horns of the rhinoceros, whose virtues are highly prized.
Although the same qualities are attributed to them here as in other countries, bezoars are relatively rare in Java; and those that are occasionally found in the coastal cities are always imported from other countries. The hog-deer and Nicobar pigeon are not native species; and while wild hogs, which are said to contain bezoars, are quite abundant, the locals never examine or approach them. Any unusual concretion, calculus, ossification, etc., found in any part of an animal is called mustíka, which corresponds to the bezoar of the Arabs, Persians, etc. A concretion of feathers found in the stomach of a bird is known as mustíka áyam, and it is carefully preserved. A stone-like concretion that was accidentally found by shaking a human skull that had been exposed to the sun for many years is referred to as mustíka órang, and it is believed to have many healing properties. The horns of the rhinoceros, which are similarly valued, should be considered analogous to bezoars.
Among the domestic fowls, or poultry, are the turkey, which is comparatively scarce, and chiefly raised for the tables of Europeans; the goose, which is very common near all the establishments of Europeans; the bébek, or duck, abundant in every part of the island; the common fowl and pigeons. Among the birds of prey, the eagle is not found; but there are several varieties of the falcon, of which the jóko wuru is the largest; also the carrion crow and the owl. Of the parrot kind, two only, the bétet and selíndit, are found on Java. The peacock (merák), is very common in large forests. The number of distinct species of birds has been estimated not greatly to exceed two hundred, of which upwards of one hundred and seventy have been described, and are already con[Vol I Pg 58]tained in the collections made on account of the English East India Company.
Among the domestic birds, or poultry, there’s the turkey, which is relatively rare and mainly raised for European tables; the goose, which is quite common near European settlements; the bébek, or duck, found all over the island; and the common chicken and pigeons. Among birds of prey, eagles are absent, but there are several types of falcons, with the jóko wuru being the largest; there are also carrion crows and owls. In the parrot family, only two species, the bétet and selíndit, are present in Java. The peacock (merák) is quite common in large forests. The total number of distinct bird species is estimated to be just over two hundred, with more than one hundred seventy described and already included in the collections made for the English East India Company.
The dorsal feathers of the white heron, and the vent feathers of the sándang láwé, are employed, as substitutes for ostrich feathers, by the natives, for plumes, &c. It is very rarely that the feathers of geese, &c. are employed for beds or pillows, the silky cotton of the kápok being preferred on account of its coolness. For ornamenting the arrows of the natives, the feathers of some of the falcon tribe are chiefly employed.
The back feathers of the white heron and the under feathers of the sándang láwé are used as substitutes for ostrich feathers by the locals for plumes and other purposes. It's quite rare for goose feathers, etc., to be used for beds or pillows; instead, the silky cotton from the kápok tree is favored for its coolness. To decorate their arrows, the natives primarily use feathers from certain types of falcons.
Among the interesting subjects which still remain open for search, are the habits and constitution of the hirundo esculenta, the small swallow which forms the edible nests, annually exported in large quantities from Java and the Eastern Islands for the Chinese market. These birds not only abound among the cliffs and caverns of the south coast of the island, but inhabit the fissures and caverns of several of the mountains and hills in the interior of the country. From every observation which has been made on Java, it has been inferred, that the mucilaginous substance, of which the nests are formed, is not, as has been generally supposed, obtained from the ocean. The birds, it is true, generally inhabit the caverns in the vicinity of the sea, as agreeing best with their habits, and affording them the most convenient retreats for attaching their nests to; but several caverns are found inland, at a distance of forty or fifty miles from the sea, containing nests similar to those on the shore. From many of their retreats along the southern coast, they have been observed to take their flight in an inland direction, towards the pools, lakes, and extensive marshes covered with stagnant water, as affording them abundance of their food, which consists of flies, mosquitoes, gnats, and small insects of every description. The sea that washes the foot of the cliffs, where they most abound, is almost always in a state of the most violent agitation, and affords none of those substances which have been supposed to constitute the food of the esculent swallow. Another species of swallow on this island forms a nest, in which grass or moss, &c. are merely agglutinated by a substance, exactly similar to that of which exclusively the edible nests consist. This substance, from whatever part of these regions the nests be derived, is essentially uniform, differing only in the colour, according to the relative[Vol I Pg 59] age of the nests. It exhibits none of those diversities which might be expected, if it were collected casually (like the mud employed by the martin, and the materials commonly employed in nest-making), and applied to the rocks. If it consisted of the substances usually supposed, it would be putrescent and diversified.
Among the interesting topics still open for exploration are the habits and characteristics of the hirundo esculenta, the small swallow that builds the edible nests, which are exported in large amounts from Java and the Eastern Islands to the Chinese market every year. These birds are not only found among the cliffs and caves along the island’s south coast but also inhabit the cracks and caves of several mountains and hills in the interior of the country. Based on all the observations made on Java, it has been concluded that the gelatinous material used to construct the nests is not, as has been commonly believed, sourced from the ocean. While the birds typically nest in caves near the sea, which fit their habits best and provide convenient places to attach their nests, there are several inland caves located 40 to 50 miles from the sea that contain nests similar to those found on the shore. These birds have been seen flying inland from many of their coastal retreats toward pools, lakes, and extensive marshes filled with stagnant water, where they find plenty of food, consisting of flies, mosquitoes, gnats, and small insects of all kinds. The sea that washes the base of the cliffs, where they are most abundant, is almost always extremely turbulent and does not provide any of the substances thought to be the food of the edible swallow. Another species of swallow on this island builds a nest where grass or moss is merely bonded by a substance that is exactly the same as that which the edible nests are made of. This material, regardless of where in these regions the nests come from, is fundamentally consistent, differing only in color based on the relative age of the nests. It shows none of the variations one might expect if it were collected randomly (like the mud used by the martin and common nest-building materials) and stuck to the rocks. If it consisted of the substances usually supposed, it would be decayed and diverse.
Dr. Horsfield thinks that it is an animal elaboration, perhaps a kind of secretion; but to determine its nature accurately, it should be carefully analyzed, the anatomy of the bird should be investigated, and its character and habits watched.
Dr. Horsfield believes that it’s a special animal feature, possibly a type of secretion; however, to accurately determine what it is, it needs to be thoroughly analyzed, the bird’s anatomy should be examined, and its behaviors and habits should be observed.
The kayman of the Dutch, the boáya of the Malays, and the bóyo or bájul of the Javans, which abounds along the shores and in the principal rivers of the island, resembles more the crocodile of Egypt than that of the Ganges, or the American alligator. The character of the lacerta crocodiles, as given in the Systema Naturæ, applies to the Javan crocodile, with this difference, that in the latter the two crests of the tail coalesce towards the extremity, in which respect it agrees with that of the Ganges; but its head and jaws are broad, and rounded. In its manners, habits, and destructive qualities, it resembles the largest animals of this genus. Next to the crocodile in size is the béwak of the Malays, or menyáwak or selíra of the Javans. It sometimes attains the length of six or seven feet, and lives near the banks of rivers and marshes. Its character agrees with those of the lacerta monitor. It is erroneously denominated the guana by Europeans. The eggs of this animal, as well as of the crocodile, are eaten by the natives, and the fat is collected for medical purposes. A small lizard, the búnglon of the Javans, is erroneously called the chameleon, in consequence of the property of changing its colour. It has the specific characters of the guana, but is much smaller, seldom exceeding eighteen or twenty inches in length. There are various other lizards.
The kayman of the Dutch, the boáya of the Malays, and the bóyo or bájul of the Javans, found along the coast and in the main rivers of the island, looks more like the crocodile from Egypt than the one from the Ganges or the American alligator. The characteristics of the lacerta crocodiles, as described in the Systema Naturæ, apply to the Javan crocodile, with one exception: in the latter, the two ridges of the tail merge toward the end, which it shares with the Ganges crocodile; however, its head and jaws are broad and rounded. In terms of behavior, habits, and destructive traits, it is similar to the largest animals of this family. The next largest is the béwak of the Malays, or menyáwak or selíra of the Javans. It can sometimes reach lengths of six or seven feet and lives near riverbanks and marshes. Its characteristics align with those of the lacerta monitor. Europeans incorrectly call it the guana. The natives eat the eggs of this animal, as well as those of the crocodile, and they collect the fat for medicinal purposes. A small lizard known as the búnglon of the Javans is wrongly referred to as a chameleon because of its ability to change color. It has the specific traits of the guana but is much smaller, typically not exceeding eighteen or twenty inches in length. There are various other lizards.
Two varieties of the turtle, pényu and pényu kombang, are found in the seas surrounding Java. Both yield the substance called tortoise-shell, but they are seldom taken of sufficient size to render it valuable: the flesh is excellent. Another kind, of which the species is unknown, renders a thicker shell. Kúro is the name of the common land-tortoise, which is found very abundantly in particular districts.[Vol I Pg 60]
Two types of turtles, pényu and pényu kombang, are found in the waters around Java. Both provide the material known as tortoise-shell, but they are rarely large enough to be valuable; however, the meat is delicious. Another type, whose species isn't known, produces a thicker shell. Kúro is the name for the common land tortoise, which is quite abundant in certain areas.[Vol I Pg 60]
Besides the rana esculenta, green frog (kódok íjù of the Javans) which is frequently eaten, and the kódok benju, there is the common toad, kódok, and the bánkong and kíntel. The frog-fish (rana paradosa), or a variety of it, is also found on the island, and has been exhibited in the same supposed metamorphosis as in other countries. No noxious quality of any of these animals is here known.
Besides the edible green frog (kódok íjù of the Javans), which is commonly consumed, and the kódok benju, there's also the common toad, kódok, along with bánkong and kíntel. The frog-fish (rana paradosa), or a variation of it, can also be found on the island and has been shown to undergo the same supposed metamorphosis as in other countries. There are no known harmful qualities associated with any of these animals here.
It is uncertain whether the boa constrictor be found on Java. The serpent usually called the úlar sáwa is a species of coluber, and has been described in one of the volumes of the Batavian Transactions; but several other species are found which arrive at a very large size. One of them, the úlar lánang, is very much dreaded by the natives, and said to be poisonous. Of the úlar sáwa there are several varieties, one of which, úlar sáwa máchan, is most beautifully variegated. Upwards of twenty serpents are enumerated as poisonous. The úlar lámpe is found at or near the discharge of large rivers into the ocean, and is more abundant in some districts than in others. This is greatly dreaded by the natives; its bite however is rarely mortal, and the effects are comparatively slow, death seldom occurring within twenty-four hours from the time of its infliction. No remedies which deserve notice are known by the natives: charms and superstitious applications are generally resorted to. The most remarkable serpent is the úlar kádut, or kárang. The úlar lánang, and some of the varieties úlar sáwa are slender, and possess considerable agility. According to the account of the natives, they frequently ascend trees, and suspending themselves by the extremity of their tail, seize upon small animals passing below; but the true úlar sáwa of the Eastern Javans is slow, thick, and unwieldy. Nothing which could illustrate its supposed power of fascination has been noticed.
It's uncertain whether the boa constrictor can be found on Java. The snake commonly referred to as the úlar sáwa is a type of coluber and has been detailed in one of the volumes of the Batavian Transactions; however, several other species are found that grow to a very large size. One of them, the úlar lánang, is greatly feared by the locals and is said to be poisonous. There are several varieties of the úlar sáwa, one of which, the úlar sáwa máchan, is beautifully patterned. More than twenty snakes are listed as poisonous. The úlar lámpe is found at or near where large rivers meet the ocean and is more common in certain areas than others. This snake is highly feared by the locals; although its bite is rarely fatal, the effects are comparatively slow, with death seldom occurring within twenty-four hours of being bitten. The locals are unaware of any effective remedies; they typically turn to charms and superstitious treatments. The most notable snake is the úlar kádut, or kárang. The úlar lánang and some varieties of úlar sáwa are slender and quite agile. According to local accounts, they often climb trees and hang by their tails to catch small animals passing below; however, the true úlar sáwa from Eastern Java is slow, thick, and clumsy. Nothing has been observed that could demonstrate its supposed ability to mesmerize.
Of the fish most commonly used for food by the natives, many of which are excellent and abundant, thirty-four species of river fish, seven found chiefly in pools or stagnant waters, and sixteen sea fish, are already enumerated by Dr. Horsfield. The classes of amphibia and pisces, doubtless, afford many new subjects for investigation. Valentyn enumerates five hundred and twenty-eight uncommon kinds of fish found in the waters of the Eastern Islands.[Vol I Pg 61]
Of the fish that natives typically eat, many are both great and plentiful. Dr. Horsfield has already listed thirty-four species of river fish, seven mainly found in pools or still waters, and sixteen types of sea fish. The categories of amphibians and fish certainly offer many new topics for research. Valentyn lists five hundred twenty-eight rare kinds of fish found in the waters of the Eastern Islands.[Vol I Pg 61]
Honey and wax are produced by three species of bees, inhabiting the largest forests, but they are both collected in very inconsiderable quantities. Bees are occasionally domesticated by the Arabs and Indians near the large settlements, but never by the natives. Silk-worms were once introduced by the Dutch near Batavia, but attention to them did not extend among the natives. The chrysalis of the large atlas affords a coarse silk, which is however not collected for use. To the fruit, several insects, and to the corn while in the ear, a peculiar species, generally known by the name of wálang-sángít, are most destructive. The latter has in some years destroyed the growth of whole districts, and occasioned partial scarcity. The natives attempt, in some instances, to extirpate it by burning chaff and brimstone in the fields. There are scorpions and centipedes, but their bite is considered of little consequence: the natives generally apply a cataplasm of onions to the wound. The class of insects affords many new objects; specimens of most of the genus papilio, and many of other genera have already been collected.
Honey and wax are made by three types of bees that live in the largest forests, but they are gathered in very small amounts. Bees are sometimes kept by Arabs and Indians near big settlements, but not by the locals. Silk worms were once brought by the Dutch near Batavia, but the locals didn't pay much attention to them. The chrysalis of the large atlas butterfly produces a coarse silk, but it isn’t collected for use. Several insects are particularly harmful to fruit, and a specific species, commonly known as wálang-sángít, is very damaging to corn while it's on the ear. In some years, it has wiped out entire areas and caused local food shortages. In some cases, the locals try to get rid of it by burning chaff and sulfur in the fields. There are scorpions and centipedes, but their bites are not considered serious; the locals usually treat the wound with a paste made from onions. The insect population offers many new subjects for study; specimens from most of the genus papilio and many from other genera have already been collected.
Java does not afford the same opportunities for beautiful collections of shells as the Moluccas, Papua, and other Islands. Along the northern coast, few shells are found of beauty or variety, and the corallines have mostly lost their integrity by attrition; but the extensive bays in the southern shore contain many of these objects in a state of beauty and perfection.
Java doesn't offer the same chances for stunning collections of shells as the Moluccas, Papua, and other Islands. Along the northern coast, there are few shells that are beautiful or diverse, and the coral has mostly lost its quality due to wear; however, the large bays along the southern shore hold many of these objects in a condition of beauty and perfection.
FOOTNOTES:
[12] The primitive Athenians were called Iones or Iaones (Herodotus, lib. i. &c.) This name is thought to have been given to them from Javan, which bears a great resemblance to Ιάων. This Javan was the fourth son of Japheth, and is said to have come into Greece after the confusion of Babel, and seated himself in Attica; and this report receives no small confirmation from the divine writings, where the name of Javan is in several places put for Greece. See Daniel x. 20. xi. 2. where the vulgar translations render it not Javan, as in the original, but Græcia. The Athenians afterwards named Asia the less Ionia.—Potter's Archæologia Græca.
[12] The early Athenians were called Iones or Iaones (Herodotus, lib. i. &c.) This name is believed to have come from Javan, which closely resembles Ιάων. This Javan was the fourth son of Japheth and is said to have arrived in Greece after the Tower of Babel incident, settling in Attica. This claim is supported by scriptures, where the name Javan is used in several instances to refer to Greece. See Daniel x. 20. xi. 2, where most translations render it as Greece instead of Javan, as in the original text. The Athenians later referred to Asia Minor as Ionia.—Potter's Archæologia Græca.
[13] Panicum Italicum.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Italian millet.
[14] The term Zapagé or Zabaja seems also to have been a corruption from Jawa, and to have been used with the same latitude, according to the following notices by Major Wilford. "There was a constant intercourse, both by sea and land, between the kingdom of Magad'hi and China, on the authority of Chinese history; and they traded to an island and kingdom, called Founan, to the eastward of Siam, during the third and fourth centuries. This was probably a Malay kingdom; but we cannot ascertain its situation. It seems that the Malay emperors and kings, as those of Zapagi and Founan, did what they could to introduce trade and learning into their dominions, but their exertions proved ineffectual; at least they were not attended with much success; and their subjects soon relapsed into their former mode of life." ... "There are two countries called Maharaja, which are often confounded together; the first, at the bottom of the Green Sea, including Bengal and all the countries on the banks of the Ganges; the second comprehended the peninsula of Malacca, and some of the adjacent islands in the seas of China. In these countries the emperor, or king, always assumed the title of Maharaja, even until this day. Their country, in general, was called Zapagé or Zabaja, which is a corruption from Java or Jaba, as it was called in the west, and was also the name of Sumatra, according to Ptolemy, who calls it Jaba-diu, and to Marco Polo. In the peninsula of Malacca was the famous emporium of Zaba: Zubaja, in Sanscrit, would signify then Zaba. The empire of Zabajé was thus called, probably, from its metropolis, Zaba, as well as the principal islands near it. Zaba was a principal emporium even as early as the time of Ptolemy. It remained so till the time of the two Mussulman travellers of Renaudot, and probably much longer. It is now called Batu Sabor, upon the river Jehor, which is as large as the Euphrates, according to these travellers; who add, that the town of Calabar, on the coast of Coromandel, and ten days to the south of Madras, belonged to the Maharaja of Zabaje. The wars of this Maharaja with the king of Alkoner or countries near Cape Comorin, are mentioned by the two Mussulman travellers in the ninth century, and it seems that, at that time, the Malayan empire was in its greatest splendor."—Asiatic Researches, vol. ix.
[14] The terms Zapagé or Zabaja appear to be variations of Jawa, used in a similar way, based on the observations of Major Wilford. "There was ongoing trade, both by land and sea, between the kingdom of Magad'hi and China, according to Chinese records; they traded with an island and kingdom called Founan, located east of Siam, during the third and fourth centuries. This was likely a Malay kingdom, but we can't pinpoint its exact location. It seems that the Malay emperors and kings, including those of Zapagi and Founan, did what they could to promote trade and education in their territories, but their efforts were largely unsuccessful; their subjects soon returned to their previous ways of life." ... "There are two regions known as Maharaja, which are often mixed up; the first is at the northern end of the Green Sea, covering Bengal and all the areas along the Ganges River; the second includes the Malay Peninsula and some nearby islands in the South China Sea. In these regions, the emperor or king has always taken the title of Maharaja, even to this day. The general name for their country was Zapagé or Zabaja, which is derived from Java or Jaba, as it was referred to in the west, and was also the name used for Sumatra, according to Ptolemy, who referred to it as Jaba-diu, and by Marco Polo. The Malay Peninsula was home to the famous trading hub of Zaba: Zubaja, in Sanskrit, meant Zaba. The empire of Zabajé was likely named after its capital, Zaba, as well as the main islands nearby. Zaba was a key trading center even during Ptolemy's time and remained so until the accounts of two Muslim travelers, and possibly even longer. It is now called Batu Sabor, located on the Jehor River, which is as wide as the Euphrates, according to these travelers, who also mention that the town of Calabar on the Coromandel coast, ten days south of Madras, was part of the Maharaja of Zabaje's territory. The wars of this Maharaja with the king of Alkoner or related regions near Cape Comorin are noted by the two Muslim travelers in the ninth century, and it seems that at that time, the Malay empire was at its peak."—Asiatic Researches, vol. ix.
[15] Others again have derived the term Jawa from Yava, which in Sanscrit means barley, whence Java has occasionally been termed the land of barley.
[15] Others have suggested that the term Jawa comes from Yava, which means barley in Sanskrit, which is why Java is sometimes referred to as the land of barley.
[17] The breadth is a few miles less between Cheribon and the south coast, occasioned by the deep bay of Cheláchap, and also in the eastern termination of the island beyond Surabáya, where it only averages forty-five geographical miles.
[17] The distance is a few miles shorter between Cheribon and the south coast, due to the deep bay of Cheláchap, and also at the eastern end of the island past Surabáya, where it averages only about forty-five geographical miles.
[19] Súra-kérta or Sura-kérta di ning'rat, is the name given to the seat of empire; but as the capital was only removed to its present site about the middle of the last century, it is still frequently called Solo, the name of the village in or near which this capital was established.
[19] Súra-kérta or Sura-kérta di ning'rat refers to the seat of the empire; however, since the capital was only relocated to its current location around the middle of the last century, it is still often referred to as Solo, which is the name of the village near where this capital was established.
[20] This capital is indifferently turned Yokya, Jokya, Juju, 'Ng'yug'ya, or Yug'ya-kerta, and is the Djojo-Carta, according to the Dutch orthography. The turn Yug'ya has been selected, on account of its nearer approximation to the supposed derivation of the word from the Na-yud-ya of the Ramayan.
[20] This capital is sometimes referred to as Yokya, Jokya, Juju, 'Ng'yug'ya, or Yug'ya-kerta, and is known as Djojo-Carta in Dutch spelling. The term Yug'ya has been chosen because it closely resembles the supposed origin of the word from Na-yud-ya in the Ramayan.
[21] The height of the mountain Arjúna, in the eastern part of the island, has been determined at 10,614 feet above the level of the sea; and this mountain is by no means so lofty as those of Semíru and Tegál, the exact height of which has not yet been ascertained.
[21] The height of the mountain Arjúna, located in the eastern part of the island, has been measured at 10,614 feet above sea level; and this mountain is definitely not as tall as those of Semíru and Tegál, whose exact heights have not yet been determined.
[23] To the above general observations, which are made on the authority of Dr. Horsfield, it may not be uninteresting to subjoin a more particular account of two or three of the volcanos which have been examined by that gentleman; those of Tánkuban-Prahu, Papandáyang, and Gúntur are, therefore, extracted from a paper published by Dr. Horsfield in the Batavian Transactions.
[23] In addition to the general observations based on Dr. Horsfield's authority, it might be interesting to include a more detailed account of two or three volcanos that he examined. Therefore, I have included information about Tánkuban-Prahu, Papandáyang, and Gúntur from a paper published by Dr. Horsfield in the Batavian Transactions.
"Tankuban-Prahu.—This mountain (which has derived its name from its appearance at a distance, resembling a prahu, or boat, turned upside down) forms a vast truncated cone. Its base extends to a very great distance, and it belongs to the largest mountains of the island, forming one of its most interesting volcanos. Although it has had no violent eruption for many ages, as is evident from the progress of vegetation, and from the depth of black mould which covers its sides, its interior has continued in a state of uninterrupted activity.
"Tankuban-Prahu.—This mountain (named for its shape, which looks like an upside-down prahu, or boat, from a distance) is a large, flat-topped cone. Its base stretches out over a considerable area, making it one of the largest mountains on the island and one of its most fascinating volcanoes. While it hasn't had a major eruption in a long time, as shown by the thick vegetation and deep black soil covering its slopes, the inside has remained continuously active."
"The crater is one of the largest, perhaps the largest, of the island. It has, in general, the shape of a funnel; but its sides are very irregular. The brim, or margin, which bounds it at the top, has also different degrees of elevation, rising and descending along the whole course of its circumference. The perpendicular depth at the side, where I descended (in the south), is at least two hundred and fifty feet: in the west the margin rises considerably higher. The regular circumference of the crater I estimate one English mile and nearly an half. The south side of the interior crater, near the top, is very steep. I found it impossible to descend, without the assistance of ropes tied to the shrubs at the margin. It consists here of small fragments of lava. About one-third of its depth it becomes more oblique or inclining, and the lower part consists of large piles of rocks, through which the descending streams of water have excavated a winding channel. The east side descends gradually about one-half of the depth, where it is terminated abruptly by a perpendicular pile of large rocks, which continues to the bottom. The north side is more gradually shelving than the others, and is partly covered with vegetation. The west side is one perpendicular pile of rocks. The nucleus of the mountain consists of large masses of basaltes, in which the volcanic opening is situated; and the sides exhibit piles and strata of this stone in every possible variety of configuration. In some places the rocks have the appearance of a regular wall, which is suddenly diversified by large fragments suspended apparently by a small base, and threatening to fall down every instant. Sometimes they rise in an oblique manner, and appear to have been disposed by art. But I shall not attempt a minute description of the disposition of the rocks and the strata which form the internal walls of the crater, which, without an accurate drawing, would be tedious and scarcely intelligible. The surface of the rocks which line the interior of the crater is completely calcined, generally of a white colour, sometimes inclining to grey or yellow. In many places small fragments of lava adhere to and cover the rocks of basalt: these are of different sizes, and of great variety of form and colour; but the most are calcined or burnt, or the surface like the rocks themselves. The different sides of the internal crater are excavated in many places, by furrows made by the descending water, which penetrate to a considerable depth, and expose more completely the interior basaltic composition. The bottom of the crater has a diameter of three hundred yards, but is not completely regular; its form depends on the gradual meeting of the sides below. Its surface is much diversified: it is strewed, like the sides, with immense blocks of basalt, the interstices between which are excavated, in a similar manner, by the streams of the descending water.
"The crater is one of the largest, possibly the largest, on the island. It generally has the shape of a funnel, but its sides are quite irregular. The edge, or rim, at the top varies in height, rising and falling all around. The vertical depth on the side where I went down (in the south) is at least two hundred and fifty feet, while the margin rises significantly higher in the west. I estimate the overall circumference of the crater to be about one English mile and nearly a half. The interior south side near the top is very steep; I found it impossible to descend without ropes tied to the shrubs at the edge. Here, it consists of small chunks of lava. About one-third down, it becomes more sloped, and the lower part is made up of large piles of rocks, which water flowing down has carved into a winding channel. The east side slopes gently for about half the depth, where it ends abruptly in a vertical stack of large rocks that continues to the bottom. The north side is more gently sloping than the others and is partly covered in vegetation. The west side is a sheer pile of rocks. The core of the mountain is made up of large masses of basalt, where the volcanic opening is found; the sides show various piles and layers of this stone in all kinds of configurations. In some areas, the rocks look like a regular wall, suddenly interrupted by large fragments that seem to be precariously balanced on a small base, ready to fall at any moment. Sometimes they rise at an angle, appearing to be arranged by human hands. However, I won’t attempt a detailed description of the arrangement of the rocks and layers that make up the inner walls of the crater, as it would be tedious and hard to understand without an accurate drawing. The surfaces of the rocks lining the crater’s interior are fully calcined, generally white, sometimes leaning towards grey or yellow. In many spots, small pieces of lava cling to and cover the basalt rocks; these come in various sizes and shapes, but most are burned or have surfaces like the rocks themselves. The different sides of the inner crater have been worn down in many places by furrows from the flowing water, which dig deep and reveal the basalt composition more clearly. The bottom of the crater is about three hundred yards in diameter but isn’t perfectly regular; its shape depends on how the sides converge below. Its surface is quite varied: like the sides, it is scattered with enormous basalt blocks, with gaps between them that have also been shaped by the flowing water."
"Near the centre, somewhat inclining to the west side, it contains an irregular oval lake, or collection of water, whose greatest diameter is nearly one hundred yards: it dilates into several branches. The water is white, and exhibits truly the appearance of a lake of milk, boiling with a perpetual discharge of large bubbles, which rise with greatest force from the eastern side. The heat is 112° of Fahrenheit's scale: the apparent boiling arises from a constant development of fixed air. The water has a sulphureous odour; its taste is astringent, somewhat saline. Shaken in a bottle it explodes its fixed air with great violence. The sides of the lake, to some distance, are lined by a white aluminous earth, most impalpably fine, and very loose, on which account it is very difficult to approach the water. In attempting to examine its temperature, and to collect for analysis, I sunk into the earth to a considerable distance, and found it necessary to dispose large fragments of basaltes before I was able to pass over it. This earth consists of the clay (alumine) of the lavas dissolved by the sulphureous steams on the bottom of the crater; it is of the purest kind, and divided to a degree minute almost beyond conception. Large quantities have been several times thrown out of the ancient craters of the island. One eruption of this substance occurred in the year 1761 from the mountain Gedé: it was considered as an eruption of ashes.
"Near the center, slightly leaning towards the west side, there is an irregular oval lake, or body of water, with a maximum diameter of nearly one hundred yards: it branches out in several directions. The water is white and truly looks like a boiling lake of milk, constantly releasing large bubbles that rise most vigorously from the eastern side. The temperature is 112°F: the apparent boiling is due to a constant release of carbon dioxide. The water has a sulfurous smell; its taste is astringent and somewhat salty. When shaken in a bottle, it violently releases its carbon dioxide. The edges of the lake, extending some distance, are covered with a very fine and loose white aluminous earth, making it quite challenging to get close to the water. In trying to check its temperature and gather samples for analysis, I sank into the ground considerably and had to place large pieces of basalt before I could step on it. This earth consists of clay (alumina) washed out from the lavas by the sulfurous vapors at the bottom of the crater; it is extremely pure and ground to an almost inconceivable fineness. Large amounts have been ejected several times from the ancient craters of the island. One eruption of this material occurred in 1761 from Mount Gedé, which was regarded as an ash eruption."
"I was witness to a similar eruption, which occurred from the mountain of Klut, in the month of June last year. The earth very much resembled ashes, and was so impalpably fine and light, that the common breeze of the monsoon carried it from this mountain, situated in the longitude of Surabáya, to Batavia and farther westward. It possessed the properties of the purest clay, and being mixed with water became viscid and ductile. It can easily be formed into vessels, and if procurable in large quantities, might usefully be employed in the arts. All its properties indicated sufficiently that it was the alumine of the lavas, divided in an extreme degree by the causes above-mentioned. The Javanese are not wholly unacquainted with the properties of this earth. It is a custom amongst silversmiths to collect the ashes thrown out by similar eruptions, for the purpose of making moulds for the finest works.
"I witnessed a similar eruption from the mountain of Klut in June last year. The earth looked just like ashes, so incredibly fine and light that the regular monsoon breeze blew it from this mountain, located near Surabáya, all the way to Batavia and even farther west. It had the characteristics of the purest clay and mixed with water, it became sticky and moldable. It can easily be shaped into vessels, and if it were available in large amounts, it could be useful in various trades. All its properties clearly indicated that it was the alumina of the lavas, broken down to an extreme degree by the previously mentioned causes. The Javanese are somewhat aware of the properties of this earth. It's common practice among silversmiths to collect the ashes produced by similar eruptions to make moulds for their finest creations."
"Towards the eastern extremity of the lake are the remaining outlets of the subterraneous fires: they consist of several apertures, from which an uninterrupted discharge of sulphureous vapours takes place. Two of these are larger than the rest; they are several feet distant from each other. The apertures are of an irregular oblong form, and covered with crystals of impure sulphur, which form from the discharged vapours, and adhere to those incrustations of the aluminous earth which have formed themselves in a great variety of configurations (hollows, tubes, &c.) near the apertures. The vapours rush out with incredible force, with violent subterraneous noises, resembling the boiling of an immense cauldron in the bowels of the mountain: their colour is white, like the concentrated vapours of boiling water. The apertures cannot be approached without the greatest danger, as their true extent cannot be discovered: they are surrounded by incrustations of sulphur adhering to delicate laminæ of the aluminous earth, which are extremely brittle. The greatest diameter of the large opening is nearly twelve inches.
"At the eastern edge of the lake are the remaining outlets of the underground fires: they consist of several openings that continuously release sulfurous vapors. Two of these are larger than the others and are several feet apart. The openings are irregularly shaped and are coated with crystals of impure sulfur that form from the released vapors, sticking to the crusts of the aluminous earth that have taken on various shapes (like hollows, tubes, etc.) near the openings. The vapors burst forth with incredible force, accompanied by loud subterranean noises that sound like a massive cauldron boiling deep within the mountain: they are white, similar to the concentrated vapors of boiling water. The openings are extremely dangerous to approach, as their true size cannot be determined: they are surrounded by sulfur crusts clinging to fragile layers of aluminous earth, which are very brittle. The largest diameter of the main opening is almost twelve inches."
"To give an adequate description of the interior of this crater would furnish matter for an able pen: the force of the impression is increased, perhaps, by the recollection of the danger which has been overcome in descending to the bottom. Every thing here contributes to fill the mind with the most awful satisfaction. It doubtless is one of the most grand and terrific scenes which nature affords; and, in the present instance, the extent of the crater, as well as the remains of the former explosions, afforded a view and enjoyment which is not in my power to describe.
"Describing the inside of this crater properly would require a skilled writer: the impact is heightened, perhaps, by remembering the danger faced in getting to the bottom. Everything here adds to a mix of fear and awe. It’s definitely one of the most impressive and terrifying sights that nature has to offer; and, in this case, the size of the crater, along with the remnants of past explosions, provided a view and experience that I can’t fully put into words."
"Papandayang.—The Papandáyang, situated on the western part of the district of Cheribon, in the province of Suka-pura, was formerly one of the largest volcanos of the island; but the greatest part of it was swallowed up in the earth, after a short but very severe combustion, in the year 1772. The account which has remained of this event asserts, that near midnight, between the 11th and 12th of August, there was observed about the mountain an uncommonly luminous cloud, by which it appeared to be completely enveloped. The inhabitants, as well about the foot as on the declivities of the mountain, alarmed by this appearance, betook themselves to flight; but before they could all save themselves, the mountain began to give way, and the greatest part of it actually fell in and disappeared in the earth. At the same time, a tremendous noise was heard, resembling the discharge of the heaviest cannon. Immense quantities of volcanic substances, which were thrown out at the same time and spread in every direction, propagated the effects of the explosion through the space of many miles.
"Papandayang.—The Papandáyang, located in the western part of the Cheribon district in the province of Suka-pura, was once one of the largest volcanoes on the island. However, most of it was swallowed by the earth after a brief but intense eruption in 1772. Reports from that event indicate that around midnight, between August 11th and 12th, an unusually bright cloud surrounded the mountain, making it look completely engulfed. The residents living at the base and along the slopes of the mountain, alarmed by this sight, fled in panic. But before they could all escape, the mountain started to collapse, and most of it actually fell in and vanished into the ground. At the same time, a deafening noise was heard, similar to the sound of heavy cannon fire. Huge amounts of volcanic material were expelled and scattered in all directions, spreading the effects of the explosion over many miles."
"It is estimated, that an extent of ground, of the mountain itself and its immediate environs, fifteen miles long and full six broad, was by this commotion swallowed up in the bowels of the earth. Several persons, sent to examine the condition of the neighbourhood, made report, that they found it impossible to approach the mountain, on account of the heat of the substances which covered its circumference, and which were piled on each other to the height of three feet; although this was the 24th of September, and thus full six weeks after the catastrophe. It is also mentioned, that forty villages, partly swallowed up by the ground and partly covered by the substances thrown out, were destroyed on this occasion, and that 2,957 of the inhabitants perished. A proportionate number of cattle was also destroyed, and most of the plantations of cotton, indigo, and coffee, in the adjacent districts, were buried under the volcanic matter. The effects of this explosion are still very apparent on the remains of this volcano; but I defer an account of it, till I have had an opportunity of making a more minute examination.
"It is estimated that an area of ground on the mountain itself and its nearby surroundings, fifteen miles long and six miles wide, was swallowed up by this eruption. Several people sent to check the condition of the area reported that it was impossible to approach the mountain due to the heat of the materials covering its border, which were piled up to three feet high, even though this was on September 24th, a full six weeks after the disaster. It is also noted that forty villages were either completely swallowed by the ground or covered by the debris ejected, resulting in the destruction of these communities and the loss of 2,957 inhabitants. A significant number of cattle were also lost, and most cotton, indigo, and coffee plantations in the surrounding areas were buried under volcanic ash. The effects of this explosion are still very evident on the remains of this volcano; however, I will hold off on a detailed account until I have the chance to conduct a more thorough examination."
"Guntur.—The whole of the eastern part of this mountain is completely naked, and exposes to view, in a striking manner, the course of the lavas of the latter eruptions: the top is a regular cone, and covered with loose fragments of lava. I shall give a very concise abstract of the observations on the mountain, and on the different streams of lava which have lately flowed from its crater. I could distinctly trace, from the base of the conical top to the roots of the mountain, five different eruptions. The latest stream of lava which I examined (the mountain has since had a later eruption) was thrown out in 1800. Its course along the top cannot be distinctly observed, being completely covered with sand and small fragments of lava, which generally rise towards the end of an eruption. At the place where the stream first appeared distinctly, it was about five yards broad and completely even on the surface: having proceeded about twenty yards further it gradually widened, and was formed into a connected stream, higher in the middle, the sides tapering or inclining towards the top, forming a ridge with a pointed or sharp back. As the stream arrived at the foot of the mountain, it spread more and more, and pursued its course to the eastward, about six hundred yards over the adjacent country. Its greatest breadth, from north to south, is about one hundred and sixty yards, and it terminates abruptly by a rounded margin, consisting of large blocks of lava piled upon each other, nearly perpendicularly, to the height of fifteen to twenty feet.
"Guntur.—The entire eastern side of this mountain is completely bare, revealing in a striking way the path of the lava from the recent eruptions: the summit forms a regular cone and is covered with loose lava fragments. I will provide a brief summary of the observations made about the mountain and the different lava flows that have recently come from its crater. I could clearly identify five distinct eruptions from the base of the conical peak down to the base of the mountain. The most recent lava flow I examined (the mountain has since erupted again) occurred in 1800. The path along the top is difficult to see because it is completely covered with sand and small lava fragments, which usually accumulate towards the end of an eruption. At the point where the stream first became visible, it was about five yards wide and completely flat on the surface. After about twenty yards, it gradually widened into a continuous stream, higher in the center with the sides sloping towards the top, forming a ridge with a pointed or sharp crest. As the stream reached the bottom of the mountain, it spread out further, continuing eastward for about six hundred yards over the surrounding land. Its widest point, from north to south, is around one hundred and sixty yards, and it ends abruptly with a rounded edge made up of large blocks of lava stacked on top of one another, nearly vertical, reaching heights of fifteen to twenty feet."
"This stream of lava, like all the others of later date which I have examined on the island, does not consist of a connected mass of fluid lava, united like a stream of melted metal; at least on the surface where it is exposed to view. It is made up of separate masses, which have an irregular (generally oblong or cubical) shape, and lie upon each other as 'loose disjointed clods,' in an immense variety of disposition. In some of these fragments I think I could observe a tendency to assume the regular basaltic figure. During its course down the steeps of the mountain, the stream, as has been observed, forms the long connected ridge (which has been described above, in the account of the volcanos, as generally covering the sides); but having arrived at the foot and spread more at large, these lumps of lava dispose themselves, in some instances, in plains, bounded by deep vallies: now they rise to a considerable height, and form a steep perpendicular eminence; then again they are piled upon each other more gradually, and appear rising by steps and divisions. But to give an accurate description of the arrangement of these fragments of lava would be unnecessarily prolix, and would require, to be clearly understood, a good drawing. In different places, the sulphureous vapours have forced their way through the interstices of the blocks of lava. The sides of their outlets (whose form is very irregular) is covered with a white calcareous crust; and the heat is so great, that small pieces of paper thrown into them are immediately singed.
"This stream of lava, like all the others I've looked at on the island, isn't a continuous flow of molten lava, all blended together like a stream of melted metal; at least not on the surface where it can be seen. It's made up of separate chunks, which have an irregular shape (usually elongated or cubical) and rest on top of each other like 'loose, disjointed clods,' arranged in an incredibly varied way. In some of these pieces, I think I can see a tendency to form the regular basaltic shape. As it flows down the mountain, the stream creates a long connected ridge (which was described earlier in the account of the volcanoes as generally covering the sides); but when it reaches the bottom and spreads out more, these lumps of lava sometimes settle into plains, bordered by deep valleys: at times they rise to a significant height, forming a steep vertical cliff; other times, they pile up more gradually, appearing to rise in steps and levels. However, describing the precise arrangement of these lava fragments would be unnecessarily detailed, and to really understand it, you'd need a good drawing. In various places, sulfurous vapors have pushed through the gaps between the lava blocks. The sides of these openings (which are very irregular in shape) are coated with a white calcareous crust; and the heat is so intense that small pieces of paper tossed into them are immediately burned."
"This stream of lava is bounded on the north by another, of the same nature and disposition, thrown out of the mountain (according to an estimate made from the commencement and progress of vegetation upon it) about thirty years ago. In its course along the sides of the mountain it forms the same pointed ridges above described. It affords a plain demonstration of the manner in which the surface of lava is decomposed and rendered fit for vegetation. A third district of lava bounds the new stream first described in the south: it is more extensive than the others, and consists of several distinct regions, probably thrown out during one eruption (which appears to have been more violent than the others), but in successive periods shortly following each other. It extends farther to the eastward than the others, and covers a great portion of the foot of the mountain. Vegetation has already made considerable progress upon it: in the vallies between the separate streams of lava are found not only plants but also small shrubs. At one place, near the termination of this stream, the lava is piled up in two irregular ridges to the height of twenty feet; and at a small distance from its eastern extremity, in a spot which has escaped the effects of the later eruptions, and is covered by pleasant wood, are three different hot wells, within the circumference of a quarter of a mile. In the south, this district of lava is bounded by a recent stream, which appears to have been thrown out in 1800, by the same eruption which produced the first mentioned stream. It differs from the others only in the colour of its lava, which has a reddish hue: it is less considerable in extent than any of the others, and cannot be traced far from the foot of the mountain. The fifth stream of lava which I examined is still farther towards the south, and is one of the oldest which have been discharged from the eastern part of the crater. Near the foot of the mountain, vegetation has made greater progress than in any of the other districts of lava.
This stream of lava is bordered on the north by another one, similar in nature and characteristics, which erupted from the mountain (according to an estimate based on the start and progress of vegetation on it) about thirty years ago. As it moves along the mountain's sides, it creates the same pointed ridges described earlier. It clearly shows how the surface of lava breaks down and becomes suitable for plants. A third lava area marks the southern boundary of the new stream mentioned first: it is larger than the others and consists of several distinct sections, likely ejected during one eruption (which seems to have been more intense than the others) but in successive intervals shortly after one another. It stretches farther east than the others and covers a large part of the mountain's foothill. Plants have already made significant progress on it: in the valleys between the separate lava flows, there are not only plants but also small shrubs. At one point, near the end of this stream, the lava is stacked in two uneven ridges reaching twenty feet high; and not far from its eastern tip, in an area unaffected by the later eruptions and covered by pleasant woods, there are three different hot springs within a quarter-mile radius. To the south, this lava area is marked by a recent stream that seems to have emerged in 1800 from the same eruption that created the first mentioned stream. It differs from the others only in the color of its lava, which has a reddish tint; it's less extensive than the rest and can't be traced far from the mountain's base. The fifth lava stream I looked at is even farther south and is one of the oldest that have come from the eastern part of the crater. Near the mountain's base, vegetation has thrived more than in any of the other lava areas.
"The colour of the recent lava of this mountain is jet-black or grey: one of the streams only has a reddish colour. Its texture is very loose, and its fracture very porous. The smaller fragments have much the appearance of the scoriæ of a blacksmith's forge: on being thrown against each other, they emit a sound like two bricks coming into contact. The interior crater of this mountain, as it has remained after the eruption of 1800, is less interesting than the others which I have examined. Its shape is somewhat oval, the greatest diameter being about one hundred yards: its depth is not very considerable. Its structure, in general, is similar to that of Tankuban-prahu. It has one remaining aperture, which discharges with great force hot sulphureous vapours."
"The recent lava from this mountain is jet-black or gray, with one stream showing a reddish hue. Its texture is very loose, and it's quite porous. The smaller pieces resemble the scoria from a blacksmith's forge; when they hit each other, they make a sound like two bricks clashing. The interior crater of this mountain, left after the eruption of 1800, is less interesting than the others I've looked at. It’s somewhat oval, with the widest part being about one hundred yards across, and its depth isn't very significant. Overall, its structure is similar to that of Tankuban-prahu. There’s one opening left, which forcefully releases hot sulfurous vapors."
Batavian Transactions, vol. ix.
Batavian Transactions, vol. 9.
[24] Mineral wells, of various qualities, are found in almost every part of the island. As an instance of the hot wells, the following account of those found in Cheribon is selected. "At the village of Bongas (situated about ten miles to the north-east of Karang-Sambong) I directed my route to the large mountain, in order to examine part of the hills along its foot, called the hills of Pana-wangan, and several hot wells which are found near their borders. On approaching these hills, after a very gentle acclivity covered entirely by calcareous stones, I very soon came to the spot of the hot wells. They are found on a gently inclining plain, about one hundred yards in circumference. This plain is perfectly white; and on approaching it, it is perceived at some distance by a sulphureous vapour, arising from the whole neighbourhood. The water springs from several apertures, but their temperatures are not equal; the hottest indicates the degree of one hundred and thirty of Fahrenheit's scale. They all contain a very large quantity of calcareous earth in solution and suspension, which coming into contact with the air, immediately separates, and adheres to the surrounding objects, or is precipitated to the ground. The branches of the shrubs in the vicinity are all enveloped by a stalactical incrustation. The water from the different wells gently descending the white calcareous plain, is collected in a rivulet below. A large number of calcareous rocks are found in the vicinity of the plains; some are covered with elegant crystals of calcareous spar, others have a coralline appearance, and some have the fracture of alabaster. On proceeding up the hills, immense irregular blocks of calcareous rocks are found strewed about in the valleys. About one hundred yards above this district are several wells of naphtha, or petroleum. It rises in small plashes of water, about twelve or eighteen inches in diameter, upon which it drives its black specks, emitting the peculiar odour of the petroleum. The earth in the circumference of these plashes is strongly impregnated with this oil: it is very tough, and from that immediately bounding apertures, the naphtha flows out on its being pressed; some portions exactly resemble asphaltum. A considerable space of ground is occupied by these wells. The stones are all calcareous. A few hundred yards above this spot, the borders of the hills become very steep. I examined them to some extent. They are composed exclusively of calcareous stones. Several extensive stalactitic caves are found at no great distance above the wells; they exhibit the usual appearances of calcareous caves and vaults. The process of incrustation is continually going on. In some places, deep perforations extend into the heart of the hills."—Essay on the Mineralogy of Java, by Dr. Horsfield. Bat. Trans. vol. ix.
[24] Mineral springs of various qualities can be found all over the island. As an example of the hot springs, here’s a description of those in Cheribon. "At the village of Bongas (located about ten miles northeast of Karang-Sambong), I headed toward the large mountain to explore part of the hills along its base, known as the hills of Pana-wangan, and several hot springs located near them. As I approached these hills, I noticed a gentle slope completely covered in limestone stones, and soon reached the hot springs. They are situated on a gently sloping plain about one hundred yards in circumference. This plain is completely white; from a distance, it’s noticeable due to the sulfuric vapor rising from the area. The water emerges from several openings, but their temperatures vary; the hottest water measures one hundred and thirty degrees on the Fahrenheit scale. All the springs contain a large amount of dissolved and suspended calcium carbonate, which, when it comes in contact with the air, quickly separates, sticking to nearby objects or settling to the ground. The branches of surrounding shrubs are covered in a stalactitic crust. Water from the different springs flows down the white limestone plain and collects in a small stream below. Numerous limestone rocks are found near the plains; some are adorned with beautiful crystals of calcite, others have a coralline look, and a few resemble alabaster in texture. As I moved up the hills, I found large irregular blocks of limestone scattered in the valleys. About one hundred yards above this area, there are several wells of naphtha or petroleum. It appears in small pools of water about twelve to eighteen inches in diameter, stirring up its dark specks and giving off the distinct smell of petroleum. The soil around these pools is heavily saturated with the oil: it's very thick, and when pressed, the naphtha flows from the nearby openings; some parts look just like asphalt. These wells cover a considerable area. The stones in the vicinity are all limestone. A few hundred yards above this site, the hills become quite steep. I investigated them to some degree. They are made up entirely of limestone. Several large stalactitic caves can be found not far above the wells, showcasing the usual features of limestone caves and vaults. The process of mineral deposition is continuously occurring. In some areas, deep tunnels extend into the core of the hills."—Essay on the Mineralogy of Java, by Dr. Horsfield. Bat. Trans. vol. ix.
Among other objects of curiosity, which can only be illustrated by particular description, are the explosions of mud, situated between the district of Grobogan on the west, and of Blora and Jipang on the east. By the natives they are termed Blédeg, and are described by Dr. Horsfield as salt wells.
Among other interesting things, which can only be explained in detail, are the mud eruptions located between the Grobogan area to the west and the Blora and Jipang areas to the east. The locals call them Blédeg, and Dr. Horsfield describes them as salt wells.
"These salt wells," he observes, "are dispersed through a district of country several miles in circumference, the base of which, like that of other parts of the island which furnish mineral and other saline waters, is limestone. They are of considerable number, and force themselves upwards, through apertures in the rocks, with some violence and ebullition. The waters are strongly impregnated with sea-salt, and yield upon evaporation very good salt for culinary purposes. (In quantity not less than two hundred tons in the year.)
"These salt wells," he notes, "are spread out over an area several miles wide, with a base similar to other parts of the island that provide mineral and saline waters, which is limestone. There are quite a few of them, and they push upwards through openings in the rocks with some force and bubbling. The waters are heavily mixed with sea salt and produce very good culinary salt upon evaporation. (In total, no less than two hundred tons a year.)"
"About the centre of this limestone district, is found an extraordinary volcanic phenomenon. On approaching it from a distance, it is first discovered by a large volume of smoke rising and disappearing at intervals of a few seconds, resembling the vapours arising from a violent surf: a dull noise is heard, like that of distant thunder. Having advanced so near, that the vision was no longer impeded by the smoke, a large hemispherical mass was observed, consisting of black earth, mixed with water, about sixteen feet in diameter, rising to the height of twenty or thirty feet in a perfectly regular manner, and as it were pushed up, by a force beneath; which suddenly exploded with a dull noise, and scattered about a volume of black mud in every direction. After an interval of two or three, or sometimes four or five seconds, the hemispherical body of mud or earth rose and exploded again. In the same manner this volcanic ebullition goes on without interruption, throwing up a globular body of mud, and dispersing it with violence through the neighbouring plain. The spot where the ebullition occurs is nearly circular and perfectly level, it is covered only with the earthy particles impregnated with salt water, which are thrown up from below; the circumference may be estimated at about half an English mile. In order to conduct the salt water to the circumference, small passages, or gutters, are made in the loose muddy earth, which lead it to the borders, where it is collected in holes dug in the ground for the purpose of evaporation.
"At the center of this limestone area, there's an incredible volcanic phenomenon. When you approach it from a distance, you first notice a large plume of smoke rising and disappearing every few seconds, resembling the steam that comes from rough ocean waves: a low rumbling sound is heard, similar to distant thunder. Once you get close enough to see clearly through the smoke, you can observe a large rounded mass, made up of black earth mixed with water, about sixteen feet in diameter, rising to a height of twenty or thirty feet in a perfectly uniform manner, as if pushed up by a force from below; then it suddenly erupts with a dull noise, scattering a cloud of black mud in every direction. After a pause of two to three, or sometimes four or five seconds, the rounded mass of mud or earth rises and erupts again. This volcanic activity continues without interruption, launching a globular mass of mud and violently spreading it across the surrounding plain. The area where this activity occurs is nearly circular and completely flat, covered only with earthy particles soaked in salt water that are ejected from below; the circumference is roughly half a mile. To direct the salt water to the edge, small channels or gutters are created in the loose muddy earth, guiding it to the edges where it is collected in holes dug for evaporation."
"A strong, pungent, sulphureous smell, somewhat resembling that of earth-oil, is perceived on standing near the explosion; and the mud recently thrown up possesses a degree of heat greater than that of the surrounding atmosphere. During the rainy season these explosions are more violent, the mud is thrown up much higher, and the noise is heard at a greater distance.
A strong, sharp, sulfur-like smell, similar to that of oil from the earth, can be detected when standing near the explosion; and the mud that has just been erupted is warmer than the surrounding air. During the rainy season, these explosions are more intense, the mud is ejected much higher, and the sound can be heard from farther away.
"This volcanic phenomenon is situated near the centre of the large plain which interrupts the large series of volcanos; and owes its origin to the general cause of the numerous volcanic eruptions which occur on the island." Batavian Trans. vol. ix.
"This volcanic phenomenon is located near the center of the vast plain that breaks up the long chain of volcanoes, and it originates from the same underlying reasons behind the many volcanic eruptions on the island." Batavian Trans. vol. ix.
"These salt wells, as Dr. Horsfield terms them, and other phenomena connected with them, appear to be precisely of the same description as the mud volcano at Macalouba, in Sicily, and the eruptions described by Pallas, at Tainan and Kercha (the boundary of Europe to the south-east of Little Tartary) and no doubt owe their origin to similar causes—the extrication of gas, as well described by Dallas, in his Translation of the History of Volcanos, by the Abbé Ordinaire," page 249. All the phenomenon described in this work, as well in Sicily as at Tainan and Kercha, are to be found in Java, where, on the hypothesis of the Abbé, "the vitriolic acid liberating a great quantity of fixed air from the salts with which this argillaceous and limy mass is impregnated, is observed escaping copiously, by a general bubbling on the surface of the plain, when the substances are sufficiently diluted by rain," &c.
"These salt wells, as Dr. Horsfield calls them, along with other related phenomena, seem to be exactly like the mud volcano at Macalouba in Sicily, and the eruptions noted by Pallas at Tainan and Kercha (the southeastern boundary of Little Tartary). They likely originate from similar causes—the release of gas, as Dallas described in his Translation of the History of Volcanos by the Abbé Ordinaire," page 249. All the phenomena mentioned in this work, both in Sicily and at Tainan and Kercha, can also be found in Java, where, based on the Abbé's theory, "the vitriolic acid releases a large amount of fixed air from the salts that saturate this clay and lime-rich material, which can be seen bubbling up on the surface of the plain when the substances are sufficiently diluted by rain," &c.
On the hypothesis of the Abbé it may, therefore, be doubted whether the assertion "that the Blédegs owe their origin to the general cause of the numerous volcanos on the island, is correct." Pallas conceives that the phenomenon at Kercha and Tainan may be explained by supposing a deep coal mine to have been for ages on fire, that the sea broke in upon it, that the water was turned into steam, and that the expansion occasioned thereby, and the struggle of the different gases to get free, force the upper surface, &c. but there seems no necessity for admitting the action of fire; the mud he describes is only luke-warm, this is precisely the case in Java.
On the Abbé's hypothesis, it's questionable whether the claim that the Blédegs originated from the many volcanoes on the island is accurate. Pallas believes that the phenomena at Kercha and Tainan can be explained by the assumption that a deep coal mine has been burning for ages, that the sea broke in on it, causing the water to turn into steam, and that the resulting expansion, along with the various gases trying to escape, forces the upper surface, etc. However, there doesn't seem to be any need to include the action of fire; the mud he describes is only luke-warm, which is exactly what happens in Java.
It is remarkable that in Java, as in Sicily, in the vicinity of these phenomena, "the country around is of calcareous earth; briny springs and salt mines are found in the neighbourhood; some beds of oil of petroleum are also observed floating on adjacent stagnant waters."
It’s striking that in Java, just like in Sicily, near these phenomena, "the land around consists of limestone soil; salty springs and salt mines are found nearby; some patches of petroleum oil are also seen floating on nearby still waters."
[25] The tradition is as follows:—"It is related, that in former times the islands of Sumatra, Java, Bali, and Sumbawa were united, and afterwards separated into nine different parts; and it is also said, that when three thousand rainy seasons have passed away, they will be reunited."
[25] The story goes like this: "In the past, the islands of Sumatra, Java, Bali, and Sumbawa were one, but later they split into nine different parts; it’s also said that after three thousand rainy seasons, they will come together again."
The separation of the lands of Palembang (Sumatra) and Java took place in the Javan year | 1114 |
The separation of the lands of Bali and Balembangan on Java in | 1204 |
The separation of the lands of Giling Trawangán and Bali in | 1260 |
The separation of the island of Selo-Parang and Sumbawa in | 1280 |
See Chronological Table, under the head "History of Java." |
[26] In order to give the reader some idea of the tremendous violence with which nature sometimes distinguishes the operations of the volcano in these regions, and enable him to form some conjecture, from the occurrences of recent experience, of the effects they may have produced in past ages, a short account of the extraordinary and wide-spread phenomena that accompanied the eruption of the Tomboro mountain, in the island of Sumbawa, in April 1815, may not be uninteresting. Almost every one is acquainted with the intermitting convulsions of Etna and Vesuvius, as they appear in the descriptions of the poet and the authentic accounts of the naturalist, but the most extraordinary of them can bear no comparison, in point of duration and force, with that of Tomboro. This eruption extended perceptible evidences of its existence over the whole of the Molucca islands, over Java, a considerable portion of Celebes, Sumatra, and Borneo, to a circumference of a thousand statute miles from its centre, by tremulous motions, and the report of explosions; while within the range of its more immediate activity, embracing a space of three hundred miles around it, it produced the most astonishing effects, and excited the most alarming apprehensions. On Java, at the distance of three hundred miles, it seemed to be awfully present. The sky was overcast at noon-day with clouds of ashes, the sun was enveloped in an atmosphere, whose "palpable" density he was unable to penetrate; showers of ashes covered the houses, the streets, and the fields to the depth of several inches; and amid this darkness explosions were heard at intervals, like the report of artillery or the noise of distant thunder. So fully did the resemblance of the noises to the report of cannon impress the minds of some officers, that from an apprehension of pirates on the coast vessels were dispatched to afford relief. Superstition, on the other hand, on the minds of the natives, was busily at work, and attributed the reports to an artillery of a different description to that of pirates. All conceived that the effects experienced might be caused by eruptions of some of the numerous volcanos on the island; but no one could have conjectured that the showers of ashes which darkened the air, and covered the ground of the eastern districts of Java, could have proceeded from a mountain in Sumbawa, at the distance of several hundred miles. Conceiving that it might be interesting and curious to preserve an authentic and detailed account of the information that could be gained of this wonderful phenomenon, while the event was still recent and fully remembered, I directed a circular to the different Residents, requiring them to transmit to the Government a statement of the facts and circumstances connected with it, which occurred within their own knowledge. From their replies, the narrative drawn up by Mr. Assey, and printed in the ninth volume of the Batavian Transactions, was collected; the following is an extract from that paper:—
[26] To give readers a sense of the intense violence that nature can sometimes unleash during volcanic eruptions in these areas, and to help them speculate, based on recent events, about the possible effects of such eruptions in the past, a brief account of the remarkable and widespread phenomena that accompanied the eruption of Mount Tambora on the island of Sumbawa in April 1815 might be of interest. Most people are familiar with the intermittent eruptions of Etna and Vesuvius as depicted in poetry and scientific reports, but none of these eruptions can compare in duration and intensity to that of Tambora. This eruption had noticeable effects felt across the entire Molucca Islands, Java, a large part of Celebes, Sumatra, and Borneo, covering a circumference of a thousand statute miles from its center, manifesting through tremors and the sound of explosions; within its immediate area, spanning three hundred miles around it, it caused astonishing effects and great alarm. On Java, three hundred miles away, the eruption seemed terrifyingly real. The sky was filled at noon with ash clouds, the sun was enveloped in an atmosphere so thick that its light couldn’t break through; ash showers covered homes, streets, and fields with several inches of ash; and amidst this gloom, explosions were heard at intervals, resembling cannon fire or distant thunder. The similarity of these sounds to cannon fire made some officers fear pirates along the coast, prompting them to send ships for assistance. Meanwhile, locals were influenced by superstition, attributing the sounds to a different kind of artillery than pirates. Everyone believed that the effects they were experiencing could be due to eruptions of some of the many volcanoes on the island; however, no one could have imagined that the ash clouds darkening the sky and blanketing the eastern districts of Java could originate from a mountain in Sumbawa, hundreds of miles away. Thinking it might be interesting and valuable to maintain an authentic and detailed record of the insights gained about this remarkable event while it was still fresh in people's minds, I sent out a circular to the various Residents, asking them to report to the Government any facts and circumstances they knew related to it. From their responses, the narrative compiled by Mr. Assey, published in the ninth volume of the Batavian Transactions, was formed; here is an extract from that paper:—
"The first explosions were heard on this island (Java) in the evening of the 5th of April: they were noticed in every quarter, and continued at intervals until the following day. The noise was, in the first instance, universally attributed to distant cannon: so much so, that a detachment of troops was marched from Djocjocarta, under the apprehension that a neighbouring post had been attacked; and along the coast boats were in two instances dispatched in quest of supposed ships in distress. On the following morning, however, a slight fall of ashes removed all doubt as to the cause of the sound; and it is worthy of remark, that as the eruption continued, the sound appeared to be so close, that in each district it seemed near at hand, and was generally attributed to an eruption either from the mountains Merapi, Klut, or Bromo. From the 6th the sun became obscured; it had every where the appearance of being enveloped in a fog. The weather was sultry and the atmosphere close, and still the sun seemed shorn of its rays, and the general stillness and pressure of the atmosphere seemed to forebode an earthquake. This lasted several days. The explosions continued occasionally, but less violently, and less frequently than at first. Volcanic ashes also began to fall, but in small quantities, and so slightly as to be hardly perceptible in the western district. This appearance of the atmosphere continued, with little variation, until the 10th of April; and till then it does not appear that the volcano attracted much observation, or was considered of greater importance than those which have occasionally burst forth in Java. But on the evening of the 10th, the eruptions were heard more loud and more frequent; from Cheribon eastward the air became darkened by the quantity of falling ashes; the sun was nearly darkened; and in some situations, particularly at Solo and Rembang, many said that they felt a tremulous motion of the earth. It was universally remarked in the more eastern districts, that the explosions were tremendous, continuing frequently during the 11th, and of such violence as to shake the houses perceptibly. An unusual thick darkness was remarked all the following night, and the greater part of the next day. At Solo candles were lighted at 4 p. m. of the 12th; at Mágelan in Kédu, objects could not be seen at three hundred yards distance. At Grésik, and other districts more eastward, it was dark as night in the greater part of the 12th April, and this saturated state of the atmosphere lessened as the cloud of ashes passed along and discharged itself on its way. Thus the ashes that were eight inches deep at Bányuwángi were but two in depth at Súmenap, and less in Grésik, and the sun does not seem to have been actually obscured in any district west of Semárang.
The first explosions were heard on this island (Java) in the evening of April 5th. They were noticed everywhere and continued at intervals until the next day. At first, everyone thought the noise came from distant cannons; so much so that a group of troops was sent from Djocjocarta, fearing that a nearby post was under attack. Along the coast, boats were even sent out a couple of times to search for supposed distressed ships. However, the next morning, a light fall of ashes cleared up any doubt about the cause of the sound. Interestingly, as the eruption continued, the noise seemed so close that each area felt it was nearby, and it was generally believed to be an eruption from the mountains Merapi, Klut, or Bromo. Starting on the 6th, the sun became obscured, appearing as if it was shrouded in fog. The weather was hot and the atmosphere felt heavy, yet the sun seemed to lack its usual brightness, and the general stillness and pressure in the atmosphere hinted at a possible earthquake. This lasted for several days. The explosions continued sporadically, but they were less intense and less frequent than at first. Volcanic ashes began to fall, though in small amounts and were barely noticeable in the western district. This hazy atmosphere persisted with little change until April 10th, and until then, it seems the volcano didn't draw much attention and wasn't deemed more significant than those that occasionally erupted in Java. But on the evening of the 10th, the eruptions became louder and more frequent; from Cheribon eastward, the air darkened with falling ashes; the sun was nearly blocked out, and in some places, especially at Solo and Rembang, many reported feeling a slight shaking of the earth. In the eastern districts, it was widely noted that the explosions were intense, continuing frequently throughout the 11th and shaking the houses noticeably. An unusual thick darkness lasted throughout the next night and most of the following day. In Solo, candles were lit at 4 p.m. on the 12th; at Mágelan in Kédu, things couldn't be seen from three hundred yards away. In Grésik and other districts further east, it was as dark as night for a large part of April 12th, and this heavy atmosphere began to clear as the cloud of ashes moved along and dispersed. Thus, the ashes that were eight inches deep at Bányuwángi were only two inches deep at Súmenap, and even less in Grésik, while the sun didn't seem to be obscured at all in any area west of Semárang.
"All reports concur in stating, that so violent and extensive an eruption has not happened within the memory of the oldest inhabitant, nor within tradition. They speak of similar effects, in a lesser degree, when an eruption took place from the volcano of Karang Asam in Bali, about seven years ago, and it was at first supposed that this mountain was the seat of the eruption. The Balinese on Java attributed the event to a recent dispute between the two Rajahs of Bali Baliling, which terminated in the death of the younger Rajah by order of his brother.
"All reports agree that such a violent and widespread eruption hasn’t happened in the memory of the oldest resident or in any tradition. They mention similar effects, to a lesser extent, when an eruption occurred at the volcano of Karang Asam in Bali about seven years ago, and initially, it was thought that this mountain was the source of the eruption. The Balinese on Java linked the event to a recent conflict between the two Rajahs of Bali Baliling, which ended with the younger Rajah being killed by his brother’s orders."
"The haziness and heat of the atmosphere, and occasional fall of volcanic ashes, continued until the 14th, and in some parts of the island until the 17th of April. They were cleared away universally by a heavy fall of rain, after which the atmosphere became clear and more cool; and it would seem that this seasonable relief prevented much injury to the crops, and removed an appearance of epidemic disease which was beginning to prevail. This was especially the case at Batavia, where, for two or three days preceding the rain, many persons were attacked with fever. As it was, however, no material injury was felt beyond the districts of Banyuwángi. The cultivators every where took precaution to shake off the ashes from the growing paddy as they fell, and the timely rain removed an apprehension very generally entertained, that insects would have been generated by the long continuance of the ashes at the root of the plant. In Rembang, where the rain did not fall till the 17th, and the ashes had been considerable, the crops were somewhat injured; but in Banyuwángi, the part of the island on which the cloud of ashes spent its force, the injury was more extensive. A large quantity of paddy was totally destroyed, and all the plantations more or less injured. One hundred and twenty-six horses and eighty-six head of cattle also perished, chiefly for want of forage, during a month from the time of the eruption.
"The haze and heat in the atmosphere, along with occasional volcanic ash falls, continued until the 14th, and in some parts of the island until the 17th of April. A heavy downpour of rain cleared everything up, making the air cooler and fresher; it seemed that this timely relief saved many crops and eliminated a potential outbreak of disease that was starting to spread. This was particularly true in Batavia, where, for two or three days before the rain, many people were suffering from fevers. Fortunately, there was no significant damage beyond the Banyuwángi area. Farmers everywhere made sure to shake the ash off their growing rice as it fell, and the rain eased fears that the persistent ash might cause pests to thrive at the roots. In Rembang, where it didn't rain until the 17th and the ash was considerable, the crops were somewhat affected; however, in Banyuwángi, where the ash cloud was strongest, the damage was much worse. A large amount of rice was completely destroyed, and all the plantations were somewhat harmed. One hundred and twenty-six horses and eighty-six cattle also died, mostly due to lack of food, a month after the eruption."
"From Sumbawa to the part of Sumatra where the sound was noticed, is about nine hundred and seventy geographical miles in a direct line. From Sumbawa to Ternate is a distance of about seven hundred and twenty miles. The distance also to which the cloud of ashes was carried, so quickly as to produce utter darkness, was clearly pointed out to have been the island of Celebes and the districts of Grésik on Java: the former is two hundred and seventeen nautical miles distant from the seat of the volcano; the latter, in a direct line, more than three hundred geographical miles."
"From Sumbawa to the part of Sumatra where the sound was heard, it's about nine hundred seventy geographical miles in a straight line. The distance from Sumbawa to Ternate is around seven hundred twenty miles. The reach of the ash cloud, which moved so quickly that it caused total darkness, was clearly indicated to be the island of Celebes and the areas of Grésik on Java: the former is two hundred seventeen nautical miles from the volcano, while the latter is more than three hundred geographical miles in a straight line."
The following is an extract from the reports of Lieutenant Owen Phillips, dated at Bima on the island of Sumbawa. "On my trip towards the western part of the island, I passed through nearly the whole of Dompo and a considerable part of Bima. The extreme misery to which the inhabitants have been reduced is shocking to behold. There were still on the road-side the remains of several corpses, and the marks of where many others had been interred: the villages almost entirely deserted and the houses fallen down, the surviving inhabitants having dispersed in search of food. The Rajah of Sang'ir came to wait on me at Dompo, on the 3d instant. The suffering of the people there appears, from his account, to be still greater than in Dompo. The famine has been so severe that even one of his own daughters died from hunger. I presented him with three coyangs of rice in your name, for which he appeared most truly thankful.
The following is an extract from the reports of Lieutenant Owen Phillips, dated at Bima on the island of Sumbawa. "On my trip to the western part of the island, I traveled through nearly all of Dompo and a significant part of Bima. The extreme suffering that the residents have been reduced to is shocking to see. There were still remnants of several corpses by the roadside, and the signs of where many others had been buried: the villages were almost completely deserted, and the houses had collapsed, with the remaining inhabitants scattering to search for food. The Rajah of Sang'ir came to see me in Dompo on the 3rd. According to him, the suffering of the people there seems to be even worse than in Dompo. The famine has been so severe that one of his own daughters even died from hunger. I gave him three coyangs of rice in your name, and he seemed genuinely grateful for it."
"As the Rajah was himself a spectator of the late eruption, the following account which he gave me is perhaps more to be depended upon than any other I can possibly obtain. About 7 p. m. on the 10th of April, three distinct columns of flame burst forth near the top of the Tomboro mountain (all of them apparently within the verge of the crater), and after ascending separately to a very great height, their tops united in the air in a troubled confused manner. In a short time, the whole mountain next Sang'ir appeared like a body of liquid fire, extending itself in every direction. The fire and columns of flame continued to rage with unabated fury, until the darkness caused by the quantity of falling matter obscured it at about 8 p. m. Stones, at this time, fell very thick at Sang'ir; some of them as large as two fists, but generally not larger than walnuts. Between 9 and 10 p. m. ashes began to fall, and soon after a violent whirlwind ensued, which blew down nearly every house in the village of Sang'ir, carrying the ataps, or roofs, and light parts away with it. In the part of Sang'ir adjoining Tomboro its effects were much more violent, tearing up by the roots the largest trees and carrying them into the air, together with men, horses, cattle, and whatever else came within its influence. (This will account for the immense number of floating trees seen at sea). The sea rose nearly twelve feet higher than it had ever been known to do before, and completely spoiled the only small spots of rice land in Sang'ir, sweeping away houses and every thing within its reach. The whirlwind lasted about an hour. No explosions were heard till the whirlwind had ceased, at about 11 a. m. From midnight till the evening of the 11th, they continued without intermission; after that time their violence moderated, and they were only heard at intervals, but the explosions did not cease entirely until the 15th of July. Of the whole villages of Tomboro, Tempo containing about forty inhabitants is the only one remaining. In Pekáté no vestige of a house is left: twenty-six of the people, who were at Sumbawa at the time, are the whole of the population who have escaped. From the most particular inquiries I have been able to make, there were certainly not fewer than twelve thousand individuals in Tomboro and Pekáté at the time of the eruption, of whom only five or six survive. The trees and herbage of every description, along the whole of the north and west sides of the peninsula, have been completely destroyed, with the exception of a high point of land near the spot where the village of Tomboro stood."
"As the Rajah witnessed the recent eruption, the account he shared with me is likely more reliable than any other I could find. Around 7 p.m. on April 10th, three distinct columns of flame erupted near the top of Mount Tomboro (all seemingly within the crater’s edge), and after rising separately to a great height, their tops merged together in a chaotic way. Soon, the entire mountain near Sang'ir looked like a sea of liquid fire, spreading in every direction. The flames and columns of fire continued to rage until darkness, caused by the falling debris, obscured it around 8 p.m. At that time, stones began to fall heavily in Sang'ir; some were as big as two fists, but most were about the size of walnuts. Between 9 and 10 p.m., ash started to fall, followed by a violent whirlwind that destroyed nearly every house in the village of Sang'ir, carrying off the roofs and lighter materials. In the part of Sang'ir next to Tomboro, the destruction was even more severe, uprooting large trees and sweeping them into the air along with people, horses, cattle, and anything else in its path. (This explains the large number of floating trees spotted at sea.) The sea rose nearly twelve feet higher than ever recorded and completely ruined the only small rice fields in Sang'ir, washing away houses and everything nearby. The whirlwind lasted about an hour. No explosions were heard until after the whirlwind ended, around 11 p.m. From midnight until the evening of the 11th, explosions continued without pause; after that, they became less intense and were only heard intermittently, but they didn’t stop entirely until July 15th. Of all the villages in Tomboro, only Tempo, with about forty inhabitants, remains. In Pekáté, no trace of a house is left; only twenty-six people, who were in Sumbawa at the time, have survived. According to my thorough inquiries, there were definitely no fewer than twelve thousand individuals in Tomboro and Pekáté at the time of the eruption, of whom only five or six are still alive. The trees and vegetation of all kinds along the entire north and west sides of the peninsula have been utterly destroyed, except for a high point of land near where the village of Tomboro once stood."
[28] See Appendix A.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Appendix A.
[29] Raynal, vol i. page 293.
[30] It is remarkable that the teak tree, which, as far as our information yet extends, is not to be found on the peninsula of Malacca, or on Sumatra or the adjacent islands, should grow in abundance on Java and several of the islands which lie east of it: as on Madúra and its dependent islands, Báli, Sumbáwa, and others. Sumbáwa produces a considerable quantity. The whole of the hills on the north-east part of that island under Bíma are covered with it; but from the constant demand for the timber, the trees are seldom allowed to grow to more than a foot in diameter, except in the forests exclusively appropriated to the use of the sovereign. In Dómpo, which occupies the central division of the same island, the teak cannot be used by any but the sovereign, and the trees are in consequence allowed to attain their full size. The timber is here uncommonly fine, and by the natives considered superior to that of Java; but the forests being surrounded by steep hills, and the population but scanty, it cannot be transported to the sea-coast without great labour and expense. On Celebes the teak tree is only known in a few spots. The principal forest is in the district of Mario; and this does not appear to be indigenous, as the natives assert that the seed from which the forest has grown, was brought from Java about eighty years ago by one of the sovereigns of Tanété.
[30] It’s interesting that the teak tree, which we currently know isn’t found on the Malacca Peninsula, Sumatra, or the nearby islands, grows in abundance on Java and several islands to the east, like Madúra and its surrounding islands, Báli, Sumbáwa, and others. Sumbáwa produces a significant amount. The entire northeastern hills of that island near Bíma are covered with it; however, due to the constant demand for the timber, the trees rarely grow larger than a foot in diameter, unless they’re in forests reserved solely for the sovereign’s use. In Dómpo, located in the central part of the same island, only the sovereign can use the teak, allowing the trees to grow to their full size. The timber here is exceptionally fine, and the locals consider it superior to that of Java; however, the forests are surrounded by steep hills, and with a sparse population, transporting it to the coast is very labor-intensive and costly. On Celebes, teak trees are only found in a few locations. The main forest is in the Mario district, and it doesn’t seem to be native, as the locals claim the seeds that started the forest were brought from Java about eighty years ago by one of the rulers of Tanété.
[31] The Dutch, apprehensive of a failure in the usual supply of teak timber, have long been in the habit of forming extensive plantations of this tree; but whether from a sufficient period not having yet elapsed for the trial, or that the plantations are generally made in soils and situations ill calculated for the purpose, experience, as far as it has yet gone, has shown, that the trees which are left to the operations of nature, attain to greater perfection, even in a comparatively barren soil, unfit for any other cultivation, than those which are with great care and trouble reared in a fertile land. Their wood is more firm, more durable, and of a less chalky substance than that of the latter.
[31] The Dutch, concerned about a potential shortage of teak timber, have been creating large plantations of this tree for a long time. However, whether it's because not enough time has passed for proper assessment, or because the plantations are usually located in soils and conditions that aren't ideal, evidence so far indicates that trees left to grow naturally reach a higher quality, even in relatively poor soil unsuitable for other crops, compared to those carefully cultivated in fertile land. Their wood is stronger, more durable, and less chalky than that of the latter.
[32] Page 176, third edit.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Page 176, 3rd edition.
[33] Although a serious refutation of the gross imposition practised on the people of Europe, by the romance of Foersch on the subject of the upas, or celebrated poison-tree of Java, may at this day be in a great measure superfluous, as the world has long ceased to be the dupe of his story, and as regular series of experiments have been instituted, both in France and in England, to ascertain the nature and potency of the poison; yet it may not be altogether displeasing to the reader to see in this place an authentic account of the poison, as drawn out by Dr. Horsfield at my request, and published in the seventh volume of the Batavian Transactions. Almost every one has heard of its fabulous history, which, from its extravagant nature, its susceptibility of poetical ornament, its alliance with the cruelties of a despotic government, and the sparkling genius of Darwin, whose purpose it answered to adopt and personify it as a malignant spirit (in his Lives of the Plants), has obtained almost equal currency with the wonders of the Lerna Hydra, the Chimera, or any other of the classic fictions of antiquity.
[33] While a thorough debunking of the blatant deception imposed on the people of Europe by Foersch's tale about the upas, or the infamous poison tree of Java, might seem largely unnecessary today—since the world has long moved past being fooled by his narrative, and systematic experiments have been conducted in both France and England to determine the nature and potency of the poison—it may still be worthwhile for readers to see an accurate account of the poison, as provided by Dr. Horsfield at my request and published in the seventh volume of the Batavian Transactions. Almost everyone is familiar with its mythical history, which, due to its outrageous nature, its potential for poetic embellishment, its connection to the harshness of an oppressive government, and the brilliant creativity of Darwin, who chose to adopt and personify it as a malicious spirit (in his Lives of the Plants), has gained nearly as much recognition as the wonders of the Lernaean Hydra, the Chimera, or any other classic myths from antiquity.
"Although the account published by Foersch, in so far as relates to the situation of the poison-tree, to its effects on the surrounding country, and to the application said to have been made of the upas on criminals in different parts of the island, as well as the description of the poisonous substance itself, and its mode of collection, has been demonstrated to be an extravagant forgery,—the existence of a tree on Java, from the sap of which a poison is prepared, equal in fatality, when thrown into the circulation, to the strongest animal poisons hitherto known, is a fact which is at present my object to establish and illustrate. The tree which produces this poison is the anchar, and grows in the eastern extremity of the island. The work of Rhumphius contains a long account of the upas, under the denomination of arbor toxicaria. The tree does not grow on Amboyna, and his description was made from the information he obtained from Makasar. His figure was drawn from a branch of what is called the male-tree, sent to him from the same place, and establishes the identity of the poison-tree of Makasar, and the other Eastern Islands, with the anchar of Java. The simple sap of the arbor toxicaria (according to Rhumphius) is harmless, and requires the addition of several substances, of the affinity of ginger, to render it active and mortal. In so far it agrees with the anchar, which, in its simple state, is supposed to be inert, and before being employed as a poison, is subjected to a preparation which will be described after the history of the tree. Besides the true poison-tree, the upas of the Eastern Islands, and the anchar of the Javans, this island produces a shrub, which, as far as observations have hitherto been made, is peculiar to the same, and, by a different mode of preparation, furnishes a poison far exceeding the upas in violence. Its name is chetik, and its specific description will succeed to that of the anchar: the genus has not yet been discovered or described.
"Although the account published by Foersch regarding the poison tree, its effects on the surrounding area, and its reported use on criminals in various parts of the island, as well as the description of the poisonous substance itself and how it is collected, has been proven to be a made-up story, the existence of a tree in Java, from whose sap a poison is made that is just as deadly, when introduced into the bloodstream, as the strongest known animal poisons, is a fact that I aim to establish and explain. The tree that produces this poison is called the anchar, and it grows on the eastern end of the island. Rhumphius’s work contains a lengthy description of the upas, referred to as arbor toxicaria. This tree does not grow on Amboyna, and his description was based on information he received from Makasar. His illustration was created from a branch of what is known as the male tree, sent to him from that area, confirming the connection between the poison tree of Makasar and other Eastern Islands with the anchar of Java. According to Rhumphius, the sap of the arbor toxicaria is harmless and needs several substances related to ginger added to make it effective and deadly. This aligns with the anchar, which in its raw form is thought to be inactive and must undergo a preparation before it can be used as poison, which I will describe after discussing the history of the tree. In addition to the true poison tree, the upas of the Eastern Islands, and the anchar of the Javans, this island also produces a shrub that, based on current observations, is unique to this area and, through a different preparation method, produces a poison that is far more potent than the upas. Its name is chetik, and its specific description will follow that of the anchar; the genus has not yet been discovered or described."
"Description of the Anchar.—The anchar belongs to the twenty-first class of Linnæus, the monoecia. The male and female flowers are produced in catkins (amenta) on the same branch, at no great distance from each other: the female flowers are in general above the male. The characters of the genus are:—Male flower; calix, consisting of several scales, which are imbricate. Corol; none. Stamens; filaments many, very short, covered with scales at the receptacle. The receptacle, on which the filaments are placed, has a conical form, abrupt, somewhat rounded above.—Female flower; catkins, ovate. Calix; consisting of a number of scales (generally more than in the male), containing one flower. Corol; none. Pistil; germ single, ovate. Styles; two, long, slender, and spreading. Stigmas; single and acute. Seed-vessel; an oblong drupe, covered with the calix. Seed; an ovate nut, with one cell.
"Description of the Anchar.—The anchar is part of the twenty-first class of Linnæus, known as monoecia. Both male and female flowers grow in catkins (amenta) on the same branch, generally close to each other, with female flowers typically positioned above male ones. The characteristics of the genus are:—Male flower; a calix made up of several overlapping scales. Corol; none. Stamens; many very short filaments, covered with scales at the receptacle. The receptacle, where the filaments are attached, has a conical shape, abrupt and slightly rounded at the top.—Woman flower; catkins shaped like ovals. Calix; made up of more scales (usually more than in the male), containing one flower. Corol; none. Pistil; a single, oval germ. Styles; two, long, thin, and spreading. Stigmas; single and pointed. Seed vessel; an elongated drupe, covered by the calix. Seed; an oval nut with one chamber."
"Specific Description.—The anchar is one of the largest trees in the forests of Java. The stem is cylindrical, perpendicular, and rises completely naked to the height of sixty, seventy, or eighty feet. Near the surface of the ground it spreads obliquely, dividing into numerous broad appendages or wings, much like the canarium commune (the canary-tree), and several other of our large forest trees. It is covered with a whitish bark, slightly bursting in longitudinal furrows. Near the ground this bark is, in old trees, more than half an inch thick, and upon being wounded yields plentifully the milky juice from which the celebrated poison is prepared. A puncture or incision being made into the tree, the juice or sap appears oozing out of a yellowish colour (somewhat frothy) from old, paler or nearly white from young trees; exposed to the air, its surface becomes brown. The consistence very much resembles milk: it is more thick and viscid. This sap is contained in the true bark (or cortex), which, when punctured, yields a considerable quantity, so that in a short time a cup-full may be collected from a large tree. The inner bark (or liber) is of a close fibrous texture, like that of the morus papyrifera, and when separated from the other bark, and cleansed from the adhering particles, resembles a coarse piece of linen. It has been worked into ropes, which are very strong; and the poorer class of people employ the inner bark of the younger trees, which is more easily prepared, for the purpose of making a coarse stuff which they wear in working in the fields. But it requires much bruising, washing, and a long immersion, before it can be used, and when it appears completely purified, persons wearing this dress being exposed to rain, are affected with an intolerable itching, which renders their flimsy covering insupportable. It will appear from the account of the manner in which the poison is prepared, that the deleterious quality exists in the gum; a small portion of which still adhering, produces, when exposed to wet, this irritating effect: and it is singular, that this property of the prepared bark is known to the Javans in all places where the tree grows, while the preparation of a poison from its juice, which produces a mortal effect when introduced into the body by pointed weapons, is an exclusive art of the inhabitants of the eastern extremity of the island. The stem of the anchar having arrived at the above-mentioned height, sends off a few stout branches, which spreading nearly horizontally with several irregular curves, divide into smaller branches, and form a hemispherical, not very regular, crown. Previous to the season of flowering, about the beginning of June, the tree sheds its leaves, which reappear when the male flowers have completed the office of fecundation. It delights in a fertile, not very elevated, soil, and is only found in the largest forests. One of the experiments to be related below was made with the upas prepared by myself. In the collection of the juice I had some difficulty in inducing the inhabitants to assist me; they feared a cutaneous eruption and inflammation, resembling (according to the account they gave of it) that produced by the ingas of this island, the rhus vernix of Japan, and the rhus radicans of North America. The anchar, like the trees in its neighbourhood, is on all sides surrounded by shrubs and plants: in no instance have I observed the ground naked or barren in its immediate circumference. The largest tree I met with in Balambangan, was so closely environed by the common trees and shrubs of the forest in which it grew, that it was with difficulty I could approach it. Several vines and climbing shrubs, in complete health and vigour, adhered to it, and ascended to nearly half its height; and, at the time I visited the tree and collected the juice, I was forcibly struck with the egregious misrepresentation of Foersch. Several young trees spontaneously sprung from seeds that had fallen from the parent, put me in mind of a line in Darwin's Botanic Garden:—
"Specific Description.—The anchar is one of the biggest trees in the forests of Java. Its trunk is cylindrical, straight, and can reach heights of sixty, seventy, or eighty feet without any branches. Near the ground, it spreads out sideways, branching into many wide appendages or wings, similar to the canarium commune (the canary tree) and other large forest trees. It has a whitish bark that splits slightly into long grooves. For older trees, this bark is over half an inch thick at the base, and when it’s damaged, it releases a lot of milky sap, which is used to make the well-known poison. When you puncture or cut the tree, the sap flows out in a yellowish color (a bit frothy) from old trees and paler or nearly white from young ones; when exposed to air, it turns brown. The consistency is much like milk, but thicker and stickier. This sap is found in the true bark (or cortex), which, when punctured, can yield a significant amount, allowing for a cup-full to be collected from a large tree in a short time. The inner bark (or liber) has a tightly woven fibrous texture like that of the morus papyrifera, and when it is separated from the outer bark and cleaned, it looks like a coarse piece of linen. It has been made into very strong ropes, and poorer people use the inner bark from younger trees, which is easier to process, to create a rough fabric for working in the fields. However, it requires a lot of bruising, washing, and soaking before it can be used, and once it's completely purified, those wearing this fabric can suffer from unbearable itching when exposed to rain, making their thin covering unbearable. The way the poison is made indicates that the harmful quality exists in the gum; a small amount left behind can cause this irritating effect when it gets wet. Interestingly, the people of Java know about this property of the prepared bark wherever the tree grows, while the preparation of the poison from its sap, which has lethal effects when introduced into the body through sharp weapons, is a specialized skill of the inhabitants of the eastern tip of the island. Once the anchar tree reaches the aforementioned height, it produces a few sturdy branches that spread out almost horizontally with various irregular curves, dividing into smaller branches that form a somewhat hemispherical crown that isn’t very regular. Before flowering season, around the beginning of June, the tree sheds its leaves, which come back after the male flowers have finished fertilizing. It thrives in rich, moderately elevated soil and is found only in the largest forests. One of the experiments I will describe later was conducted with the upas I prepared myself. Collecting the sap was challenging because the locals were reluctant to help; they were afraid of skin eruptions and inflammation that they said resembled those caused by the ingas of this island, the rhus vernix from Japan, and the rhus radicans from North America. The anchar, like the surrounding trees, is always surrounded by shrubs and plants; I’ve never seen the ground bare or barren immediately around it. The largest anchar tree I found in Balambangan was so surrounded by common forest trees and shrubs that it was hard for me to get close. Several healthy vines and climbing shrubs clung to it and climbed up to nearly half its height; at the time I visited the tree and collected the sap, I was struck by the obvious misrepresentation by Foersch. Several young trees sprouted spontaneously from seeds that had fallen from the parent tree, reminding me of a line in Darwin's Botanic Garden:—"
'Chain'd at his root two scion-demons dwell;'
'Chained at his root, two scion-demons live;'
while in recalling his beautiful description of the upas, my vicinity to the tree gave me reason to rejoice that it was founded in fiction.
while recalling his beautiful description of the upas, being close to the tree made me glad it was just a fictional creation.
"Description of the Chetik.—The fructification of the chetik is still unknown: after all possible research in the district where it grows, I have not been able to find it in a flowering state. It is a large winding shrub. The root extends creeping a considerable distance parallel to the surface, sending off small fibres at different curves, while the main root strikes perpendicularly into the ground. The stem, which in general is shrubby, sometimes acquires the size of a small tree. The poison is prepared from the bark of the root. The chetik grows only in close, shady, almost inaccessible forests, in a deep, black, fertile vegetable mould. It is very rarely met with even in the wildernesses of Balambangan.
"Chetik description.—We still don't know how the chetik reproduces. Despite extensive research in its growing area, I haven’t been able to find it in bloom. It’s a large, twisting shrub. The root spreads out along the surface for quite a distance, sending off small fibers in different directions, while the main root goes straight down into the ground. The stem, which is usually bushy, can sometimes grow to the size of a small tree. The poison is made from the bark of the root. The chetik only grows in dense, shady, and hard-to-reach forests with rich, black, fertile soil. It’s very rarely found even in the wilds of Balambangan."
"Preparation of the Poison from the Anchar.—This process was performed for me by an old Javan, who was celebrated for his superior skill in preparing the poison: about eight ounces of the juice of the anchar, which had been collected the preceding evening in the usual manner, and been preserved in the joint of a bambu, was carefully strained into a bowl. The sap of the following substances, which had been finely grated and bruised, was carefully expressed and poured into it, viz. arum (nampu), kempferia galanga (kenchur), anomum (bengli) a variety of zerumbed, common onion and garlic, of each about half a drachm. The same quantity of finely powdered black pepper was then added, and the mixture stirred. The preparer now took an entire fruit of capsicum fruticosum or Guinea pepper, and having opened it, he carefully separated a single seed, and placed it on the fluid in the middle of the bowl. It immediately began to reel round rapidly, now forming a regular circle, then darting towards the margin of the vessel, with a perceptible commotion on the surface of the liquor, which continued about one minute. Being completely at rest, the same quantity of pepper was again added, and another seed of the capsicum laid on as before. A similar commotion took place in the fluid, but in a less degree, and the seed was carried round with diminished rapidity. The addition of the same quantity of pepper was repeated a third time, when a seed of the capsicum being carefully placed in the centre of the fluid, remained quiet, forming a regular circle about itself in the fluid, resembling the halo of the moon. This is considered as a sign that the preparation of the poison is complete.
"Preparation of the Poison from the Anchar.—An old Javanese man, known for his exceptional skill in making the poison, performed this process for me. He carefully strained about eight ounces of anchar juice, which had been collected the night before and kept in a bamboo joint, into a bowl. Then, he expressed the sap of finely grated and bruised substances including arum (nampu), kempferia galanga (kenchur), anomum (bengli), a type of zerumbed, and common onion and garlic—each about half a drachm. Next, he added the same amount of finely powdered black pepper and mixed it. The preparer then took an entire fruit of capsicum fruticosum or Guinea pepper, opened it, and carefully placed a single seed in the middle of the bowl. The seed immediately started to spin rapidly, first forming a perfect circle, then darting towards the edges of the container, causing noticeable ripples on the liquid's surface, which lasted about a minute. Once it was completely still, he added the same amount of pepper again and placed another seed from the capsicum in the same way. This caused a similar reaction in the liquid, though to a lesser extent, with the seed moving around more slowly. He repeated the addition of the same amount of pepper for the third time, and when a capsicum seed was carefully placed in the center of the mixture, it remained still, creating a perfect circular shape around itself in the fluid, resembling the halo of the moon. This is taken as a sign that the poison preparation is complete."
"Preparation of the Poison from the Chetik.—The bark of the root is carefully separated and cleared of all the adherent earth, a proportionate quantity of water is poured on, and it is boiled about an hour, when the fluid is carefully filtered through a white cloth; it is then exposed to the fire again, and boiled down to nearly the consistence of an extract; in this state it much resembles a thick syrup. The following spices, having been prepared as above described, are added in the same proportion as to the anchar, viz. kempferia galanga (kenchur), (súnti), anomum zingéber (shai), common onion, garlic, and black pepper. The expressed juice of these is poured into the vessel, which is once more exposed to the fire for a few minutes, when the preparation is complete. The upas of both kinds must be preserved in very close vessels."
"Making Poison from the Chetik.—The bark of the root is carefully removed and cleaned of all dirt, a specific amount of water is added, and it's boiled for about an hour. The liquid is then carefully filtered through a white cloth; after that, it's put back on the fire and boiled down until it reaches a thick, syrup-like consistency. Once in this state, it resembles a thick syrup. The following spices, prepared as described earlier, are added in the same amount as the anchar: kempferia galanga (kenchur), (súnti), anomum zingéber (shai), common onion, garlic, and black pepper. The juice of these spices is poured into the vessel, which is heated for a few more minutes until the preparation is done. The upas of both types must be stored in very airtight containers."
Dr. H. then details the particulars of twenty experiments made on different animals with these poisons, as well in their simple state as procured from the bark, powerfully prepared in the manner as above stated, in which the violence of the poison was manifested; and concludes with some general observations, from which the following are extracted:
Dr. H. then describes the specifics of twenty experiments conducted on various animals using these poisons, both in their pure form and as extracted from the bark, rigorously prepared as mentioned earlier, where the potency of the poison was evident; and wraps up with some general remarks, from which the following are excerpted:
"The operation of the two different poisons on the animal system is essentially different. The first seventeen experiments were made with the anchar. The rapidity of its effect depends in a great degree upon the size of the vessel wounded, and on the quantity of poison carried into the circulation. In the first experiment, it induced death in twenty-six minutes: in the second, which was made with the sap collected at Púgar, in thirteen minutes. The poison from different parts of the island has been found nearly equal in activity. The common train of symptoms is; a trembling and shivering of the extremities, restlessness, erection of the hair, discharges from the bowels, drooping and faintness, slight spasms and convulsions, hasty breathing, an increased flow of saliva, spasmodic contractions of the pectoral and abdominal muscles, retching, vomiting, excrementitious vomiting, frothy vomiting, great agony, laborious breathing, repeated convulsions, and death. The effects are nearly the same on quadrupeds, in whatever part of the body the wound is made. It sometimes acts with so much force, that not all the symptoms enumerated are observed. In these cases, after the premonitory symptoms (tremors, twitchings, faintness, an increased flow of saliva), the convulsions come on suddenly, and are quickly followed by death. The upas appears to affect quadrupeds with nearly equal force, proportionate in some degree to their size and disposition. To dogs it proved mortal in most experiments within an hour; a mouse died in ten minutes; a monkey in seven; a cat in fifteen; a buffalo, one of the largest quadrupeds of the island, died in two hours and ten minutes.
The way the two different poisons affect the animal body is fundamentally different. The first seventeen tests were done with the anchar. The speed of its effect largely depends on the size of the wound and the amount of poison that enters the bloodstream. In the first test, it caused death in twenty-six minutes; in the second, using sap collected at Púgar, it took only thirteen minutes. The poison from various parts of the island has been found to have similar levels of potency. The usual symptoms include trembling and shivering in the limbs, restlessness, raised hair, bowel discharges, weakness and lethargy, mild spasms and convulsions, rapid breathing, increased saliva production, muscle spasms in the chest and abdomen, retching, vomiting, bloody vomiting, foamy vomiting, severe pain, difficult breathing, repeated convulsions, and death. The effects are almost identical in quadrupeds, regardless of where the wound is inflicted. Sometimes it's so powerful that not all the symptoms are present. In these cases, after initial signs (tremors, twitching, weakness, increased saliva), the convulsions occur suddenly and are quickly followed by death. The upas appears to affect quadrupeds with almost equal intensity, somewhat proportional to their size and temperament. Most tests showed that dogs usually died within an hour; a mouse died in ten minutes; a monkey in seven; a cat in fifteen; and a buffalo, one of the largest land animals on the island, passed away in two hours and ten minutes.
"If the simple or unprepared sap is mixed with the extract of tobacco, instead of the spices mentioned, it is rendered equally, perhaps more, active. Even the pure juice, unmixed and unprepared, appears to act with a force equal to that which has undergone the preparative process. Birds are very differently affected by this poison. Fowls have a peculiar capacity to resist its effects: a fowl died in twenty-four hours after the wound; others have recovered after being partially affected.
"If the plain or unrefined sap is mixed with tobacco extract, instead of the mentioned spices, it becomes just as potent, if not more so. Even the pure juice, untouched and unrefined, seems to work with a strength comparable to that which has gone through the preparative process. Birds react very differently to this poison. Chickens have a unique ability to withstand its effects: one chicken died within twenty-four hours after the injury, while others have managed to recover after being somewhat affected."
"The eighteenth and succeeding experiments were made with the poison prepared from the chetik. Its operation is far more violent and rapid than that of the anchar, and it affects the animal system in a different manner. While the anchar operates chiefly on the stomach, alimentary canal, the respiration and circulation, the chetik is determined to the brain and nervous system: a relative comparison of the appearances on dissection, demonstrates in a striking manner the peculiar operation of each. A general view of the effects of the chetik on quadrupeds is given in these experiments. After the previous symptoms of faintness, drowsiness, and slight convulsions, it acts by a sudden impulse, which like a violent apoplexy prostrates at once the whole nervous system. In two of these experiments this sudden effect took place in the sixth minute after the wound, in another in the seventh minute: the animals suddenly started, fell down head foremost, and continued in convulsions until death ensued. This poison affects fowls in a much more violent manner than that of the anchar. They are first affected by a heat and itching of the breast and wings, which they shew by violently pecking those parts; this is followed by a loose discharge from the bowels, when they are seized with tremors and fluttering of the wings, which having continued a short time, they fall down head foremost, and continue convulsed till death. In some instances, particularly young fowls, the poison acts with great rapidity; death has frequently occurred within the space of a minute after a puncture with a poisoned dart.
"The eighteenth and later experiments were conducted using the poison derived from the chetik. Its effects are much more intense and quicker than those of the anchar, and it impacts the animal system in a different way. While the anchar primarily targets the stomach, digestive tract, respiration, and circulation, the chetik is focused on the brain and nervous system. A comparative examination of the dissection results clearly shows the distinct effects of each poison. These experiments provide an overview of the chetik's impact on quadrupeds. After initial signs of faintness, drowsiness, and slight convulsions, it causes a sudden and severe reaction, akin to a violent stroke, that immediately overwhelms the entire nervous system. In two of these experiments, this dramatic effect occurred within six minutes after the injury, and in another case, it happened within seven minutes: the animals suddenly jolted, collapsed headfirst, and continued convulsing until death followed. This poison has a much more intense effect on birds than the anchar. They first experience a burning sensation and itching on their chest and wings, which they respond to by pecking those areas vigorously. This is soon followed by a loose bowel movement, after which they experience tremors and flapping wings. After a brief period, they fall headfirst and remain in convulsions until death. In some cases, particularly with young birds, the poison acts very quickly; death has often occurred within a minute after being struck with a poisoned dart."
"Taken into the stomach of quadrupeds, the chetik acts as a most violent poison; but it requires about thrice the period to produce the same effect which a wound produces. But the stomach of fowls can resist its operation. Having mixed about double the quantity generally adhering to a dart with the food of a fowl, it consumed it without shewing any marks of indisposition. The poison of the anchar does by no means act as violently on quadrupeds as that of the chetik. I have given it to a dog: it produced at first nearly the same symptoms as a puncture; oppression of the head, twitchings, faintness, laborious respiration, violent contraction of the pectoral and abdominal muscles, &c. which continued nearly two hours; but after the complete evacuation of the stomach by vomiting, the animal gradually recovered.
"Taken into the stomach of four-legged animals, the chetik acts as a very strong poison; however, it takes about three times longer to produce the same effect as a wound. The stomach of birds can resist its effects. When I mixed about double the amount that usually sticks to a dart with a bird's food, it consumed it without showing any signs of illness. The poison from the anchar does not act as violently on four-legged animals as the chetik does. I gave it to a dog: it initially caused nearly the same symptoms as a wound; pressure in the head, twitching, weakness, difficulty breathing, and severe contraction of the chest and abdominal muscles, etc., which lasted for almost two hours; but after the dog completely emptied its stomach by vomiting, it gradually recovered."
"I have but little to add concerning the operation of the anchar on the human system. The only credible information on this subject is contained in the work of Rhumphius, who had an opportunity of personally observing the effect of the poisoned darts and arrows as they were used by the natives of Makasar, in their attack on Amboyna about the year 1650. They were also employed by the inhabitants of Celebes in their former wars with the Dutch. Speaking of their operation he says, 'the poison touching the warm blood, it is instantly carried through the whole body, so that it may be felt in all the veins, and causes an excessive burning, particularly in the head, which is followed by fainting and death.' This poison (according to the same author) possesses different degrees of virulence, according to its age and state of preservation. The most powerful is called upas raja, and its effects are considered as incurable; the other kinds are distributed among the soldiers on going to war. After having proved mortal to many of the Dutch soldiers in Amboyna and Makasar, they finally discovered an almost infallible remedy in the root of the radix toxicaria of Rhumphius, which, if timely applied, counteracted, by its violent emetic effect, the force of the upas. An intelligent Javan of Banyuwangi informed me, that a number of years ago an inhabitant of that district was wounded in a clandestine manner, by an arrow thrown from a blow-pipe, in the fore-arm, near the articulation of the elbow. In about fifteen minutes he became drowsy; after which he was seized with vomiting, became delirious, and in less than half an hour he died. From the experiments above related, we may form an analogous estimate of its probable effects on man." Batavian Transactions, vol. vii.[Vol I Pg 62]
"I have very little more to say about how the anchar functions in the human body. The only reliable information on this topic comes from Rhumphius, who had the chance to personally observe the impact of the poisoned darts and arrows used by the natives of Makasar during their attack on Amboyna around 1650. These weapons were also used by the people of Celebes in their earlier conflicts with the Dutch. He notes that 'when the poison comes into contact with warm blood, it is quickly spread throughout the body, causing an intense burning sensation, especially in the head, which leads to fainting and death.' This poison (according to the same author) has varying levels of potency, depending on its age and how it's stored. The most powerful type is called upas raja, and its effects are deemed incurable; the other types are given to soldiers before they go to war. After causing many deaths among Dutch soldiers in Amboyna and Makasar, they ultimately found an almost foolproof remedy in the root of the radix toxicaria, as noted by Rhumphius. If applied in time, it countered the effects of the upas due to its strong emetic properties. A knowledgeable Javanese man from Banyuwangi told me that several years ago, a person from that area was secretly shot in the forearm near the elbow by an arrow from a blowpipe. About fifteen minutes later, he became drowsy; then he started vomiting, became delirious, and died in less than half an hour. From the experiments described above, we can gather a rough idea of its likely effects on humans." Batavian Transactions, vol. vii.[Vol I Pg 62]
CHAPTER II.
Origin of the Natives—Javans compared with Maláyus and Búgis—Comparative Progress of the three Races—Foreign Influence—Persons of the Natives—Manners—Population—Inequality of it accounted for—Population Tables—Increase of Population—Foreign Settlers—Chinese—Búgis—Maláyus—Moors—Arabs—Slaves—Gradations of Rank among the Javans—Their Habitations, Dress, and Food.
Origin of the Natives — Javans compared with Malays and Bugis — Comparative Progress of the three Races — Foreign Influence — Profiles of the Natives — Customs — Population — Reasons for Population Disparity — Population Statistics — Population Growth — Foreign Settlers — Chinese — Bugis — Malays — Moors — Arabs — Slaves — Social Hierarchy among the Javans — Their Homes, Clothing, and Food.
The inhabitants of Java seem to owe their origin to the same stock, from which most of the islands lying to the south of the eastern Peninsula of Asia appear to have been first peopled. This stock is evidently Tartar, and has, by its numerous and wide-spreading branches, not only extended itself over the Indian Archipelago, but over the neighbouring Continent. "To judge from external appearance, that is to say, from shape, size, and feature," observes Dr. Francis Buchanan, in his Notices on the Birman Empire[34], "there is one very extensive nation that inhabits the east of Asia. It includes the eastern and western Tartars of the Chinese authors, the Calmucs, the Chinese, the Japanese, and other tribes inhabiting what is called the Peninsula of India beyond the Ganges, and the islands to the south and east of this, as far at least as New Guinea."—"This nation," adds the same author, "may be distinguished by a short, squat, robust, fleshy stature, and by features highly different from those of an European. The face is somewhat in shape of a lozenge, the forehead and chin being sharpened, whilst at the cheek bones it is very broad. The eyebrows, or superciliary ridges, in this nation, project very little, and the eyes are very narrow, and placed rather obliquely in the head, the external angles being the highest. The nose is very small, but has not, like that of the negro, the appearance of being flattened, and the apertures of the nostrils, which in the [Vol I Pg 63]European are linear and parallel, in them are nearly circular and divergent, for the septum narium being much thickest towards the face, places them entirely out of the parallel line. The mouths of this nation are in general well shaped; their hair is harsh, lank, and black. Those of them that live even in the highest climates do not obtain the deep hue of the negro or Hindu; nor do such of them as live in the coldest climates acquire the clear bloom of the European."
The people of Java seem to come from the same heritage as those from most islands south of the eastern part of the Asian Peninsula. This heritage is clearly Tartar, and through its many branches, it has spread not only across the Indian Archipelago but also onto the nearby mainland. "Based on physical appearance, meaning shape, size, and features," Dr. Francis Buchanan notes in his *Notices on the Birman Empire*[34], "there is a large nation that lives in the east of Asia. This includes the eastern and western Tartars mentioned by Chinese authors, the Calmucs, the Chinese, the Japanese, and other groups living in what is known as the Indian Peninsula beyond the Ganges, as well as the islands to the south and east of this area, at least as far as New Guinea."—"This nation," the same author further explains, "can be identified by a short, stout, muscular build, and features that are quite different from those of Europeans. The shape of the face is somewhat lozenge-like, with a pointed forehead and chin, while it is very broad at the cheekbones. The eyebrows, or brow ridges, in this nation, protrude very little, and the eyes are narrow and positioned somewhat obliquely in the face, with the outer corners being the highest. The nose is very small, but unlike the noses of Africans, it does not appear flattened, and the nostrils, which in Europeans are linear and parallel, are almost circular and diverge in this group, due to the septum being much thicker toward the face, placing them completely out of alignment. Generally, the mouths of this nation are well-shaped; their hair is coarse, straight, and black. Those who live in even the warmest climates do not develop the dark complexion of Africans or Indians; nor do those in the coldest climates gain the clear complexion of Europeans."
But although the Javans are to be included under this general description, it does not follow that they bear an exact, or very striking resemblance, in person and feature, to the Chinese or Japanese, nor even that they are liable to be confounded with the Birmans or Siamese. From the former, indeed, they are far removed by many obvious characteristics; and though more nearly resembling the latter, they possess many peculiarities, which mark them out to the most careless observer as a race distinct and separate for ages, though still retaining general traces of a common origin. As we approach the limits of savage life, and recur to that inartificial, unimproved state of society, in which the primitive divergence may be supposed to have taken place, we shall find the points of resemblance increased, and the proofs of a common descent multiplied. The less civilized of the tribes inhabiting the islands, approach so nearly, in physical appearance, to that portion of the inhabitants of the Peninsula, which has felt least of the Chinese influence on the one side, and of the Birman and Siamese on the other, and exhibit so striking an affinity in their usages and customs, as to warrant the hypothesis that the tide of population originally flowed towards the islands, from that quarter of the Continent lying between Siam and China. But at what era this migration commenced; whether, in the first instance, it was purely accidental and subsequently gradual; or whether, originally, it was undertaken from design, and accelerated, at any particular periods, by political convulsions on the Continent, we cannot at present determine with any certainty, as we have no data on which to rely with confidence. It is probable, however, that the islands were peopled at a very remote period, and long before the Birman and Siamese nations rose into notice.[Vol I Pg 64]
But while the Javanese can be included in this general description, it doesn't mean they look exactly like, or bear a striking resemblance to, the Chinese or Japanese, nor that they can easily be confused with the Birmans or Siamese. In fact, they are quite different from the former in many obvious ways; and although they resemble the latter more closely, they have many unique traits that clearly identify them as a distinct group with a separate history, even though they still share some general characteristics of a common ancestry. As we explore the more primitive way of life and think back to the simpler, unrefined state of society where these initial differences may have originated, we will find increasing similarities and more evidence of a shared lineage. The less developed tribes living on the islands closely resemble those parts of the Peninsula that have been least influenced by the Chinese on one side and by the Birmans and Siamese on the other, and they show such a strong connection in their practices and customs that it supports the idea that the migration of people originally flowed from that area of the continent between Siam and China towards the islands. However, we cannot determine with certainty when this migration started; whether it was initially a random occurrence that happened slowly over time, or if it began with intention and was accelerated at certain times due to political upheavals on the continent, as we currently lack the data to be confident about it. It’s likely that the islands were populated a very long time ago, well before the Birmans and Siamese nations became prominent.[Vol I Pg 64]
Whatever opinion may be formed on the identity of the tribes inhabiting these Islands and the neighbouring Peninsula, the striking resemblance in person, feature, language, and customs, which prevails throughout the whole Archipelago, justifies the conclusion, that its original population issued from the same source, and that the peculiarities which distinguish the different nations and communities into which it is at present distributed, are the result of a long separation, local circumstances, and the intercourse of foreign traders, emigrants, or settlers.
Whatever opinion one may have about the identity of the tribes living on these Islands and the nearby Peninsula, the noticeable similarities in appearance, features, language, and customs found throughout the entire Archipelago support the conclusion that its original population came from the same source. The differences that now define the various nations and communities it is currently divided into are the result of long-term separation, local conditions, and interactions with foreign traders, emigrants, or settlers.
Excluding the Philippines, as distant from the scene of our present observations, it may be noticed, that of the three chief nations in these islands, occupying respectively Java, Sumatra, and Celebes, the first has, especially by its moral habits, by its superior civilization and improvements, obtained a broader and more marked characteristic than the others. Both the Malayan and Búgis nations are maritime and commercial, devoted to speculations of gain, animated by a spirit of adventure, and accustomed to distant and hazardous enterprises; while the Javans, on the contrary, are an agricultural race, attached to the soil, of quiet habits and contented dispositions, almost entirely unacquainted with navigation and foreign trade, and little inclined to engage in either. This difference of character may perhaps be accounted for, by the great superiority of the soil of Java to that of the other two islands.
Excluding the Philippines, which are far from the focus of our current observations, it’s notable that among the three main nations in these islands—Java, Sumatra, and Celebes—Java stands out particularly due to its moral habits, advanced civilization, and improvements. The Malay and Búgis nations are both maritime and commercial, driven by profit motives, fueled by a spirit of adventure, and accustomed to risky ventures in distant places. In contrast, the Javanese are an agricultural people, connected to the land, with quiet lifestyles and content dispositions, mostly unfamiliar with navigation and foreign trade, and generally disinclined to partake in either. This difference in character may be attributed to the greater fertility of Java’s soil compared to that of the other two islands.
It is to be regretted, that our information on the state and progress of society in these islands is scanty, as Europeans only became acquainted with them when they were on their decline. The Malayan empire, which once extended over all Sumatra[35], and the capital of which is still nominally at Menáng-kábaù on that island, had long been dismembered; but its colonies were found established on the coasts of the Peninsula and throughout the Islands, as far east as the Moluccas. The Mahometan institutions had considerably obliterated their ancient character, and had not only obstructed their improvement, but had accelerated their decline. Traditional history concurs with existing monuments, in proving them to have [Vol I Pg 65]formerly made considerable advances in those arts, to which their industry and ingenuity were particularly directed, and they still bear marks of that higher state of civilization which they once enjoyed.
It's unfortunate that our knowledge about the state and development of society in these islands is limited, as Europeans only learned about them when they were already in decline. The Malayan empire, which once covered all of Sumatra[35], with its capital still nominally at Menáng-kábaù on that island, had long been broken apart; however, its colonies were established along the coasts of the Peninsula and throughout the Islands, stretching as far east as the Moluccas. The Muslim institutions significantly erased their ancient identity, not only hindering their progress but also speeding up their decline. Traditional history aligns with existing monuments, demonstrating that they had previously made significant advancements in the arts they were particularly skilled in, and they still show signs of the higher level of civilization they once possessed.
What the Malayan empire was on Sumatra, in the western part of the Archipelago, that of Guah or Mengkásar, was on Celebes in the east; but the people of this latter nation, whom we may generally designate by the name of Búgis, had not been equally influenced by foreign settlers nor exposed to the inroads of the Arab missionaries, and they consequently maintained their ancient worship and their native institutions for a longer period. Like the Maláyus, they sent forth numerous colonies, and at one period extended the success of their arms as far west as Acheen on Sumatra, and Kéddah on the Malayan peninsula, and in almost every part of the Archipelago, Malayan and Búgis settlers and establishments are to be found.
What the Malayan empire was on Sumatra, in the western part of the Archipelago, the empire of Guah or Mengkásar was on Celebes in the east; however, the people of this latter nation, whom we can generally call Búgis, had not been as strongly affected by foreign settlers nor faced the incursions of Arab missionaries, so they managed to hold on to their ancient beliefs and native traditions for a longer time. Like the Maláyus, they established many colonies and at one point expanded their military success as far west as Acheen on Sumatra and Kéddah on the Malayan peninsula, and in nearly every part of the Archipelago, you can find Malayan and Búgis settlers and establishments.
The Javans, on the contrary, being an agricultural people, are seldom met with out of their native island. At one period of their history, indeed, their power seems to have been exerted in acquiring or perpetuating foreign dominion, and they seem to have sent out colonies to Borneo, the Peninsula, Sumatra, and probably Celebes: but when Europeans became acquainted with them, their external influence appears to have been contracted, and their sovereignty nearly confined within the limits of Java itself. Their foreign establishments thus receiving from them no protection, and deriving no advantage from nominal obedience, declared their independence: and, having but little communication with the mother-country, soon became assimilated to the character, and merged into the body of the Malayan nation.
The Javanese, on the other hand, are an agricultural people and are rarely found outside their home island. At one point in their history, they seemed to focus on gaining or maintaining foreign control and may have established colonies in Borneo, the Peninsula, Sumatra, and possibly Celebes. However, by the time Europeans encountered them, their external influence appeared to have diminished, and their sovereignty was mostly limited to Java itself. Since their overseas territories received no protection from them and got no real benefit from nominal obedience, they declared their independence. With little communication with the mother country, they quickly adapted to local customs and blended into the Malayan nation.
The comparative advancement of these three nations in the arts of civilized life, seems to be directly as the fertility of the soil they occupied, or the inducements they held out to foreign intercourse; and inversely, as the indulgence of their own roving, adventurous spirit, and piratical habits. The arts never fix their roots but in a crowded population, and a crowded population is generally created only on a fertile territory. Egypt, from the fertility of soil and the consequent density of its population, led the way in science and refinement among ancient nations; while the sterile tracts conti[Vol I Pg 66]guous to that favoured land have been inhabited, from primeval times, by dispersed tribes of unimproved barbarians. In like manner, Java having become populous from its natural fertility, and having, by its wealth and the salubrity of its climate, invited the visits of more enlightened strangers, soon made great progress in arts and knowledge; while the Búgis, being more deficient in these advantages, have been left considerably behind in the race of improvement. They may lay claim, however, to the most originality of character.
The progress of these three nations in civilized life seems to be directly related to the fertility of the land they occupied and the opportunities they offered for foreign trade. Conversely, it is inversely related to their own wandering, adventurous spirit and pirate-like tendencies. The arts only take root in densely populated areas, which are usually created on fertile land. Egypt, due to its fertile soil and resulting dense population, led the way in science and culture among ancient nations; whereas the barren lands surrounding that favored region have been home, since ancient times, to scattered tribes of unrefined barbarians. Similarly, Java has become populated due to its natural fertility and, with its wealth and healthy climate attracting visits from more educated outsiders, it quickly advanced in arts and knowledge. Meanwhile, the Búgis, lacking these advantages, have fallen behind in the race for improvement. However, they can claim to have the most originality in character.
It will be the object of another part of this work, to trace the source of that foreign influence, to which these three nations are principally indebted for their civilization: here, therefore, it may not be necessary to advert to the circumstance further, than by generally observing, that from western Asia they received the rudiments and impulse of improvement; an inference abundantly justified by the extensive remains of the arts, institutions, and languages of that country, which are still to be found throughout the Archipelago.
It will be the goal of another section of this work to track the source of the foreign influence that these three nations rely on for their civilization. Here, it's enough to generally note that they received the basics and motivation for improvement from western Asia. This conclusion is well-supported by the many remnants of the arts, institutions, and languages from that region, which are still present throughout the Archipelago.
The inhabitants of Java and Madúra are in stature rather below the middle size, though not so short as the Búgis and many of the other islanders. They are, upon the whole, well shaped, though less remarkably so than the Maláyus, and erect in their figures. Their limbs are slender, and the wrists and ankles particularly small. In general, they allow the body to retain its natural shape. The only exceptions to this observation are, an attempt to prevent the growth, or to reduce the size of the waist, by compressing it into the narrowest limits; and the practice still more injurious to female elegance, of drawing too tightly that part of the dress which covers the bosom. Deformity is very rare among them. The forehead is high, the eyebrows well marked and distant from the eyes, which are somewhat Chinese, or rather Tartar, in the formation of the inner angle. The colour of the eye is dark; the nose small and somewhat flat, but less so than that of the islanders in general. The mouth is well formed, but the lips are large, and their beauty generally injured by the practice of filing and dyeing the teeth black, and by the use of tobacco, sári, &c. The cheek-bones are usually prominent; the beard very scanty; the hair of the head generally lank and black, but sometimes waving in curls, and partially tinged with a deep reddish brown colour. The countenance is mild, placid[Vol I Pg 67] and thoughtful, and easily expresses respect, gaiety, earnestness, indifference, bashfulness, or anxiety.
The people of Java and Madúra are generally shorter than average, though not as short as the Búgis and many other islanders. Overall, they are well-proportioned, but not as strikingly so as the Maláyus, and they stand upright. Their limbs are slender, with particularly small wrists and ankles. Usually, they let their bodies maintain their natural shape. The only exceptions to this are that they attempt to minimize the waist size by tightly compressing it and the even more harmful practice among women of pulling the part of their clothing that covers the chest too tight. Deformity is quite rare among them. They have high foreheads, well-defined eyebrows set far apart from their eyes, which have a somewhat Chinese or Tartar appearance at the inner corners. Their eyes are dark, their noses are small and somewhat flat, though not as much as those of other islanders. Their mouths are well-shaped, but they have full lips, which lose some of their beauty due to practices like filing and dyeing the teeth black and using tobacco, sári, etc. They usually have prominent cheekbones, sparse beards, and their hair is typically straight and black, but sometimes it has soft waves and a deep reddish-brown tint. Their faces are gentle, calm, and reflective, easily showing respect, joy, seriousness, indifference, shyness, or concern.[Vol I Pg 67]
In complexion, the Javans, as well as the other eastern islanders, may be considered rather as a yellow than a copper-coloured or black race. Their standard of beauty, in this respect, is "a virgin-gold colour:" except perhaps in some few districts in the mountainous parts of the country, where a ruddy tinge is occasioned by the climate, they want the degree of red requisite to give them a copperish hue. It may be observed, however, that they are generally darker than the tribes of the neighbouring islands; especially the inhabitants of the eastern districts, who may indeed be considered as having more delicate features, and bearing a more distinct impression of Indian colonization, than those of the Western or Súnda districts. The Súndas exhibit many features of a mountainous race. They are shorter, stouter, hardier, and more active men, than the inhabitants of the coast and eastern districts. In some respects they resemble the Madurese, who display a more martial and independent air, and move with a bolder carriage than the natives of Java. A considerable difference exists in person and features between the higher and lower classes; more indeed than seems attributable to difference of employment and treatment. The features and limbs of the chiefs are more delicate, and approach more nearly to those of the inhabitants of Western India, while those of the common people retain more marked traces of the stock from which the islands were originally peopled. In colour there are many different shades in different families and different districts, some being much darker than others. Among many of the chiefs a strong mixture of the Chinese is clearly discernible: the Arab features are seldom found, except among the priests, and some few families of the highest rank.
In terms of skin tone, the Javanese, like other islanders from the East, are generally seen as more yellow than copper-colored or black. Their ideal beauty standard is described as "a virgin-gold color." Except for a few areas in the mountainous regions where the climate gives a reddish tint, they lack the red tones that would give them a coppery appearance. It's worth noting that they tend to be darker than the tribes from neighboring islands, particularly those from the eastern regions, who are often thought to have more refined features and a clearer influence from Indian colonization compared to those from the Western or Súnda regions. The Súndas display many traits typical of a mountain-dwelling race. They are shorter, sturdier, tougher, and more energetic than people living in coastal and eastern areas. In some ways, they are similar to the Madurese, who carry a more martial and independent demeanor and have a bolder presence than the natives of Java. There is a notable difference in appearance and features between the upper and lower classes, more so than what can be explained by differences in work and treatment. The chiefs have more delicate features and are more akin to those of people from Western India, whereas the common folk show more distinct signs of the original population that settled the islands. There are many variations in skin tone across different families and regions, with some being significantly darker than others. Among many of the chiefs, a strong Chinese influence is clearly visible; Arab features are rarely found, except among the priests and a few families of the highest rank.
The women, in general, are not so good-looking as the men: and to Europeans many of them, particularly when advanced in years, appear hideously ugly. But among the lower orders, much of this deficiency of personal comeliness is doubtless to be attributed to the severe duties which they have to perform in the field, to the hardships they have to undergo in carrying oppressive burdens, and to exposure in a sultry climate. On the neighbouring island of Báli, where the condition of the[Vol I Pg 68] women among the peasantry does not appear by any means so oppressed and degraded, they exhibit considerable personal beauty; and even on Java, the higher orders of them being kept within-doors, have a very decided superiority in this respect.
The women, in general, aren't as attractive as the men, and to Europeans, many of them, especially as they get older, seem really unattractive. However, among the lower classes, a lot of this lack of looks is probably due to the hard work they have to do in the fields, the tough conditions of carrying heavy loads, and the exposure to a hot climate. On the nearby island of Báli, where the status of the women among the peasantry doesn't seem as oppressed and degraded, they show quite a bit of personal beauty; and even in Java, the women from higher classes, who mostly stay indoors, have a noticeable advantage in this regard.
In manners the Javans are easy and courteous, and respectful even to timidity; they have a great sense of propriety, and are never rude or abrupt. In their deportment they are pliant and graceful, the people of condition carrying with them a considerable air of fashion, and receiving the gaze of the curious without being at all disconcerted. In their delivery they are in general very circumspect and even slow, though not deficient in animation when necessary.
In terms of behavior, the Javanese are polite and courteous, showing respect to the point of being shy; they have a strong sense of propriety and are never rude or abrupt. They carry themselves in a flexible and graceful manner, with those of higher social status exuding a noticeable sense of style, handling the attention from onlookers with ease. When they speak, they tend to be careful and even a bit slow, though they can be lively when the situation calls for it.
Here, as on Sumatra, there are certain mountainous districts, in which the people are subject to those large wens in the throat, termed in Europe goitres. The cause is generally ascribed by the natives to the quality of the water; but there seems good ground for concluding, that it is rather to be traced to the atmosphere. In proof of this it may be mentioned, that there is a village near the foot of the Teng'gar mountains, in the eastern part of the island, where every family is afflicted by this malady, while in another village, situated at a greater elevation, and through which the stream descends which serves for the use of both, there exists no such deformity. These wens are considered hereditary in some families, and seem thus independent of situation. A branch of the family of the present Adipáti of Bándung is subject to them, and it is remarkable that they prevail chiefly among the women in that family. They neither produce positive suffering nor occasion early death, and may be considered rather as deformities than diseases. It is never attempted to remove them.
Here, as on Sumatra, there are certain mountainous areas where people are affected by large lumps in their throats, known in Europe as goiters. The locals usually attribute this to the quality of the water; however, it seems more likely that it's related to the atmosphere. For evidence, there’s a village at the base of the Teng'gar mountains in the eastern part of the island where every family suffers from this condition, while another village located at a higher elevation, through which the same stream flows, has no such deformity. These lumps are seen as hereditary in some families and seem to be independent of location. A branch of the current Adipáti of Bándung has them, and it's notable that they are mainly found among the women in that family. They do not cause significant pain or lead to early death, and can be viewed more as physical deformities rather than diseases. There’s never any attempt to remove them.
The population of Java is very unequally distributed, whether we consider the fertility or the extent of the districts over which it is spread. The great mass of it lies in the eastern and native districts, as will be perceived from the annexed tables.
The population of Java is distributed very unevenly, whether we look at the fertility or the size of the areas it covers. The majority of it is concentrated in the eastern and native regions, as you can see from the attached tables.
The table No. I., is compiled from materials collected by a committee appointed on the first establishment of the British government, to enquire and report on the state of the country. It will be found to illustrate, in some degree, the proportionate numbers of the different ranks and classes of society in the island. Beyond this, however, it cannot be depended upon, as the returns of which it is an abstract were made at a period[Vol I Pg 69] when the Dutch system of administration provisionally remained in force; and every new enquiry into the state of the country being at that time considered by the people as a prelude to some new tax or oppression, it became an object with them to conceal the full extent of the population: accordingly it was found to differ essentially in amount from the results of information subsequently obtained on the introduction of the detailed land-revenue settlement, when an agreement with each individual cultivator becoming necessary to the security of his possession, he seldom failed to satisfy the necessary enquiries. The table No. II., here exhibited, at least as far as regards the European provinces, may therefore be considered as faithful a view of the population of the country as could be expected, and as such, notwithstanding the inaccuracies to which all such accounts are liable, it is presented with some confidence to the public.
The table No. I. is created from information gathered by a committee established when the British government first came into power, to investigate and report on the state of the country. It somewhat illustrates the relative numbers of the different ranks and classes in society on the island. However, it shouldn't be fully relied upon since the data it summarizes were collected at a time[Vol I Pg 69] when the Dutch administration was still temporarily in place; and any new investigation into the state of the country then was seen by the people as a precursor to new taxes or oppression, leading them to downplay the true extent of the population. Consequently, the numbers differ significantly from later information obtained when a detailed land-revenue settlement was introduced, which required a direct agreement with each individual farmer to ensure the security of their land, making them more forthcoming with the necessary information. The table No. II. presented here, particularly concerning the European provinces, can therefore be regarded as a reliable representation of the country’s population, and despite the inaccuracies inherent in all such accounts, it is confidently shared with the public.
It was formed in the following manner. A detailed account of the peasantry of each village was first taken, containing the name of each male inhabitant, with other particulars, and from the aggregate of these village lists a general statement was constructed of the inhabitants of each subdivision and district. An abstract was again drawn up from these provincial accounts, exhibiting the state of each residency in which the districts were respectively included, and the totals of these last, collected into one tabular view, constitute the present abstract. The labour of this detailed survey was considerable, for as each individual cultivator was to receive a lease corresponding with the register taken, it was necessary that the land he rented should be carefully measured and assessed[36].[Vol I Pg 70]
It was created in the following way. A thorough account of the local farmers in each village was first compiled, listing the name of each male resident along with additional details. From these village lists, a general statement of the residents in each subdivision and district was put together. An abstract was then created from these provincial accounts, showing the status of each area where the districts were located, and the totals from these sections, gathered into one table, make up the current abstract. The effort involved in this detailed survey was substantial because since each individual farmer was to receive a lease based on the record taken, it was essential for the land he rented to be accurately measured and evaluated[36].[Vol I Pg 70]
DIVISIONS. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | NATIVES. | CHINESE, &c. | Square statute Miles. | Estimated Population to a square Mile. | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Natives. | Males. | Females. | Total Chinese, &c. | Males. | Females. | ||||||
JAVA European Provinces. |
|||||||||||
Bantam | 231,604 | 106,100 | 125,504 | 230,976 | 111,988 | 118,988 | 628 | 352 | 276 | 3,428 | 67½ |
Batavia and its Environs | 332,015 | 180,768 | 151,247 | 279,621 | 151,064 | 128,557 | 52,394 | 29,704 | 22,690 | 2,411 | 169⅓ |
Buitenzorg | 76,312 | 38,926 | 37,386 | 73,679 | 37,334 | 36,345 | 2,633 | 1,591 | 1,042 | ||
Priángen Regencies | 243,628 | 120,649 | 122,979 | 243,268 | 120,289 | 122,979 | 180 | 86 | 94 | 10,002 | 24⅓ |
Chéribon | 216,001 | 105,451 | 110,550 | 213,658 | 99,837 | 113,821 | 2,343 | 1,193 | 1,150 | 1,334 | 162 |
Tégal | 178,415 | 81,539 | 96,876 | 175,446 | 80,208 | 95,238 | 2,004 | 915 | 1,089 | 1,297 | 137⅓ |
Pakalúng'an | 115,442 | 53,187 | 62,255 | 113,396 | 52,007 | 61,389 | 2,046 | 1,180 | 866 | 607 | 190⅙ |
Semárang | 327,610 | 165,009 | 162,601 | 305,910 | 154,161 | 151,749 | 1,700 | 848 | 852 | 1,166 | 281 |
Kedú | 197,310 | 97,744 | 99,566 | 196,171 | 97,167 | 99,004 | 1,139 | 577 | 562 | 826 | 238¾ |
Grobógan and Jípang | 66,522 | 31,693 | 34,829 | 66,109 | 31,423 | 34,686 | 403 | 223 | 180 | 1,219 | 54⅓ |
Japára and Jawána | 103,290 | 55,124 | 48,166 | 101,000 | 54,000 | 47,000 | 2,290 | 1,124 | 1,166 | 1,025 | 100⅔ |
Rémbang | 158,530 | 75,204 | 83,326 | 154,639 | 73,373 | 81,266 | 3,891 | 1,831 | 2,060 | 1,400 | 113 |
Grésik | 115,442 | 58,981 | 56,461 | 115,078 | 58,807 | 56,271 | 364 | 174 | 190 | 778 | 148 |
Surabáya | 154,512 | 77,260 | 77,252 | 152,025 | 76,038 | 75,987 | 2,047 | 1,010 | 1,037 | 1,218 | 126¾ |
Pasúruan | 108,812 | 54,177 | 54,635 | 107,752 | 53,665 | 54,087 | 1,070 | 522 | 548 | 1,952 | 58⅛ |
Probolíng'go | 104,359 | 50,503 | 53,856 | 102,927 | 49,797 | 53,130 | 1,430 | 706 | 724 | 2,854 | 36½ |
Banyuwángi | 8,873 | 4,463 | 4,410 | 8,554 | 4,297 | 4,257 | 319 | 166 | 153 | 1,274 | 7 |
Native Provinces. | |||||||||||
Súra-kérta | 972,727 | 471,505 | 501,222 | 970,292 | 470,220 | 500,072 | 2,435 | 1,285 | 1,150 | 11,313 | 147½ |
Yúgya-kérta[37] | 685,207 | 332,241 | 352,966 | 683,005 | 331,141 | 351,864 | 2,202 | 1,201 | 1,001 | ||
MADURA. | |||||||||||
Bankálang and Pamakásan | 95,235 | 47,466 | 47,769 | 90,848 | 45,194 | 45,654 | 4,395 | 2,280 | 2,115 | 892 | 106¾ |
Súmenap | 123,424 | 60,190 | 63,234 | 114,896 | 55,826 | 59,070 | 8,528 | 4,364 | 4,164 | 728[38] | 146 |
Grand Total | 4,615,270 | 2,268,180 | 2,347,090 | 4,499,250 | 2,207,836 | 2,291,414 | 94,441 | 51,332 | 43,109 | 45,794 | Average Population rather exceeding 100 to a square mile |
Mem.—The Population of the principal European capitals included in the above, is estimated as follows:— | |||||||||||
Batavia and its immediate Suburbs | 60,000 | ||||||||||
Semárang | 20,000 | ||||||||||
Surabáya | 25,000 | ||||||||||
The population of Súra-kérta, the principal Native capital, is estimated at 105,000. | |||||||||||
That of Yúgya-kérta at somewhat less. |
By the last table, it appears that in some districts the population is in the ratio of two hundred and eighty-one to a square mile, while in others it is not more than twenty-four and three quarters: in the districts of Banyuwángí it is even as low as seven. The soil in the eastern districts is generally considered superior to that in the western, and this circumstance, added to the superior facilities which they afford to commerce, may serve to account for their original selection as the chief seat of the native government, and consequently for their denser population at an early period.
By the last table, it seems that in some areas, the population density is about two hundred eighty-one people per square mile, while in others, it's only around twenty-four and three-quarters. In the districts of Banyuwángí, it’s even as low as seven. Generally, the soil in the eastern districts is considered better than in the west, and this, combined with the better trade opportunities, might explain why they were originally chosen as the main seat of the local government, leading to a higher population there early on.
This disproportion was also promoted by the policy of the Dutch Company. The Dutch first established themselves in the western division, and having no confidence in the natives, endeavoured to drive them from the vicinity of Batavia, with the view of establishing round their metropolis an extensive and desert barrier. The forced services and forced deliveries, which extended wherever Dutch influence could be felt, and of which more will be said hereafter, contributed to impoverish, and thereby to depopulate the country. The drain also of the surrounding districts, to supply the place of the multitudes who perished by the unhealthy climate of Batavia, must have been enormous; and if to these we add the checks to population, which were created over Bantam, the Priáng'en Regencies, and Chéribon, in the pepper and coffee cultivation, of the nature of which an account will be given when treating of the agriculture of the country, we need go no further to account for the existing disproportion. It was only about sixty years ago that the Dutch government first obtained a decided influence in the eastern districts, and from that moment, the provinces subjected to its authority ceased to improve, and extensive emigrations took place into the dominions of the native princes. Such were the effects of this desolating system, that the population of the province of Banyuwángi, which in 1750 is said to have amounted to upwards of eighty thousand souls, was in 1811 reduced to eight thousand.
This imbalance was also encouraged by the policies of the Dutch Company. The Dutch initially focused on the western region, and lacking trust in the locals, tried to push them away from the area around Batavia to create a large, empty buffer around their capital. The forced labor and required deliveries, which spread wherever Dutch influence reached, and which will be further discussed later, helped to impoverish and depopulate the region. The drain on surrounding areas to replace the many who died from Batavia's unhealthy climate must have been huge; and if we consider the barriers to population growth created in Bantam, the Priáng'en Regencies, and Chéribon due to the cultivation of pepper and coffee—details of which will be provided in the section on agriculture—we can easily see the reasons for the current imbalance. It was only about sixty years ago that the Dutch government gained a significant influence in the eastern districts, and from that point on, the provinces under its control stopped improving, leading to large-scale emigrations to the lands of local rulers. The consequences of this destructive system were such that the population of the province of Banyuwángi, which was reportedly over eighty thousand in 1750, was reduced to just eight thousand by 1811.
The Priáng'en Regencies, from their inland situation and mountainous character, may probably have at all times been less closely peopled than other parts of the island, and their insufficient population would furnish no proofs of the oppressions of government, did we not observe extensive tracts, nay[Vol I Pg 72] whole districts, exhibiting the traces of former cultivation, now lying waste and overgrown with long rank grass. Chéribon and Bantam have shared the same fate. These provinces, according to authentic accounts, were at the period of the first establishment of the European government, among the richest and most populous of the island. In 1811 they were found in a state of extreme poverty, affording little or no revenue, and distracted by all the aggravated miseries of continued insurrections.
The Priáng'en Regencies, because of their inland location and mountainous terrain, have likely always been less populated than other areas of the island. Their low population wouldn't prove the government's oppression unless we noticed vast areas, even entire districts, showing signs of former farming that are now abandoned and overrun with tall, wild grass. Chéribon and Bantam have experienced the same decline. These provinces, according to credible reports, were among the richest and most populated parts of the island when the European government first established itself. In 1811, they were found in a dire state of poverty, generating little to no revenue and suffering from the ongoing hardships of persistent uprisings.
If we look at Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay, the capitals of the British government in India: if we look at the great cities of every nation in Europe; nay, if we even confine ourselves to the capitals of the native princes on Java, we shall find that population has always accumulated in their vicinity. And why was not this the case with the Dutch capital? The climate alone will not explain it. Bad government was the principal cause; a system of policy which secured neither person nor property—selfish, jealous, vexatious, and tyrannical. It is no less true than remarkable, that wherever the Dutch influence has prevailed in the Eastern Seas, depopulation has followed. The Moluccas particularly have suffered at least as much as any part of Java, and the population of those Islands, reduced as it is, has been equally oppressed and degraded.
If we look at Kolkata, Chennai, and Mumbai, the capitals of the British government in India; if we consider the major cities of every nation in Europe; or even if we focus on the capitals of the local rulers in Java, we can see that population has always grown in those areas. So why wasn’t this the case with the Dutch capital? The climate alone isn’t enough to explain it. Poor governance was the main reason; a policy that provided no security for people or property—selfish, jealous, troublesome, and tyrannical. It’s both true and striking that wherever Dutch influence has been strong in the Eastern Seas, a decline in population has followed. The Moluccas, in particular, have suffered at least as much as any region in Java, and the population there, despite being diminished, has faced the same oppression and degradation.
It was fortunate for the interests of humanity, and for the importance of Java, that the native governments were less oppressive than the sway of their European conquerors, and that their states afforded a retreat from a more desolating tyranny. It has been ascertained, that, on the first establishment of the Dutch in the eastern part of the Island, the inhabitants of whole districts at once migrated into the native provinces. Every new act of rigour, every unexpected exaction, occasioned a further migration, and cultivation was transferred to tracts which had previously scarcely a family on them. This state of things continued down to the latest date of the Dutch government. During the administration of Marshal Daendels, in the years 1808, 1809, and 1810, nearly all the inhabitants of the province of Demák, one of the richest in the eastern districts, fled into the native provinces; and when an order was given for the rigid enforcement of the coffee[Vol I Pg 73] monopoly, every district suffered in its population, in proportion to the extent of service levied upon it. Of the sacrifice of lives by thousands and tens of thousands, to fill the ranks of the Dutch native army, and to construct roads and public works, we shall speak more at large hereafter.
It was a stroke of luck for humanity and the significance of Java that the local governments were less oppressive than their European conquerors, providing a refuge from a harsher tyranny. It has been determined that when the Dutch first established themselves in the eastern part of the island, entire districts’ residents migrated into the native provinces. Each new act of harshness or unexpected demand led to further migrations, and farming shifted to areas that had hardly any residents before. This situation persisted until the end of Dutch rule. During Marshal Daendels' administration in 1808, 1809, and 1810, nearly all the inhabitants of the province of Demák, one of the wealthiest in the eastern districts, fled to the native provinces; and when an order was issued for strict enforcement of the coffee[Vol I Pg 73] monopoly, each district’s population suffered in proportion to the demands placed on it. We will discuss the thousands of lives sacrificed to fill the ranks of the Dutch native army and to build roads and public works in more detail later.
The total population of Java and Madúra appears from the Table No. II., to amount to 4,615,270, of which about four millions and a half may be considered as the indigenous population of the country, and the rest as foreign settlers. Itinerants, who are principally found along the coast in the different maritime and commercial capitals, are not included; neither is the nautical population, which cannot be estimated at less than 30,000 souls; so that the whole population of these two islands may, perhaps, be taken in round numbers at not much less than five millions. Of these not less than three millions are in the provinces immediately subject to European authority, and upwards of a million and a half in the provinces of the native princes.
The total population of Java and Madura, as shown in Table No. II, is 4,615,270, with about four and a half million considered the indigenous population of the country, while the rest are foreign settlers. Itinerants, mainly found along the coast in various maritime and commercial capitals, aren't included, nor is the nautical population, which is estimated to be at least 30,000 people. So, the overall population of these two islands could be roughly around five million. Of this, no less than three million are in the provinces directly under European control, and more than a million and a half are in the provinces ruled by native princes.
While the British were in possession of Java, there is reason to believe that the population of the Island was rapidly increasing; that of the provinces immediately under the European authority was certainly augmented by the return of numerous families from emigration: but previously to that period, no such authentic registers were kept as might enable us to ascertain with precision the variations in the number of the inhabitants during the Dutch government.
While the British controlled Java, there is reason to believe that the island's population was growing quickly; the provinces directly under European rule definitely saw an increase due to many families returning from emigration. However, before that time, no reliable records were kept that would allow us to accurately determine the changes in the population during Dutch rule.
Nothing can more completely shew the vague and defective information formerly attainable on this subject, than the loose and contradictory statements published by those who took most pains to be well informed, and who felt it their duty to collect all the light that could be attained. In some accounts which have met the public eye, the population of Java is placed on a level with that of the most powerful European states, and assumed as high as thirty millions, while in others, where one would expect more accuracy[39], it is rated at only a million. The most respectable authorities[40] state the population about a century ago at three millions; but the slightest reflection will convince us, that such an estimate must have proceeded upon [Vol I Pg 74]data merely conjectural, for from our knowledge of the Dutch maxims of administration we may safely say, that until very lately, they never thought it an object to prosecute statistic enquiries, and that if ever they had done so, under the old system, they could have obtained no results deserving of confidence or credit.
Nothing illustrates the unclear and incomplete information that used to be available on this topic better than the inconsistent and conflicting statements published by those who tried hard to stay informed and felt obligated to gather all the knowledge they could find. In some reports that have been publicized, the population of Java is compared to that of the most powerful European countries, suggesting it could be as high as thirty million, while in other accounts, where more accuracy would be expected[39], it is estimated at only a million. The most reputable sources[40] report that the population around a century ago was about three million; however, a little reflection will show us that such an estimate must have been based on merely speculative data, for based on our understanding of the Dutch administrative principles, we can confidently say that until very recently, they never saw it as a priority to pursue statistical inquiries, and even if they had done so under the old system, they would have been unable to achieve results worthy of trust or credibility.
About the year 1750, a certain number of families were assigned by the stipulations of a treaty to one of the native princes[41]; and on his death, about thirty years afterwards, when an account was taken of this population, it appeared that the number of families had nearly doubled. But this increase cannot be taken as the average increase of the Island, for at this period the native provinces received a considerable accession to their numbers, in consequence of the emigrations from the Dutch territories.
About the year 1750, a number of families were assigned by the terms of a treaty to one of the native princes[41]; and when he died, around thirty years later, a count of the population showed that the number of families had nearly doubled. However, this increase cannot be considered the average growth of the Island, since during this time, the native provinces gained a significant boost in population due to emigrations from the Dutch territories.
If any inference can be drawn from this and other corresponding circumstances, it would seem, that notwithstanding the drains on the existing race, and the preventive checks to an increase, which were experienced during the latter years of the Dutch administration, the island was actually more populous in 1811, when it was surrendered to the British, than in 1750, when at the termination of a destructive war, the Dutch acquired the greatest portion of it from the natives.
If we can take anything from this and similar situations, it looks like, despite the strains on the current population and the measures taken to limit growth during the final years of Dutch rule, the island was actually more populated in 1811, when it was handed over to the British, than it was in 1750, when the Dutch gained most of it from the natives after a devastating war.
To support the opinion of an increase within the last half century (which is every where asserted) we have the assurance, that during that period the greatest internal tranquillity prevailed in the provinces subject to native administration; that no years of scarcity and famine were experienced, and that the island was blessed with genial seasons and abundance of subsistence. But to place in the opposite scale, we have the government oppressions to which we formerly alluded, and which one would suppose sufficient to counteract the natural tendency of these advantages. As demonstrative of the strength of that principle of population, which could even maintain its stationary amount in conflict with political drains and discouragements, it may be proper to mention cursorily a few of them. Great demands were, at all times, made on the peasantry of the island, to recruit the ranks of the Dutch army, and to supply[Vol I Pg 75] the many other wants of the public service; the severities and consequent mortality to which the troops were liable, may be calculated, from the reluctance of the unfortunate wretches, selected as victims of military conscription, to engage in the duties of a military life. Confined in unhealthy garrisons, exposed to unnecessary hardships and privations, extraordinary casualties took place among them, and frequent new levies became necessary, while the anticipation of danger and suffering produced an aversion to the service, which was only aggravated by the subsequent measures of cruelty and oppression. The conscripts raised in the provinces were usually sent to the metropolis by water; and though the distance be but short between any two points of the island, a mortality, similar to that of a slave-ship in the middle passage, took place on board these receptacles of reluctant recruits. They were generally confined in the stocks till their arrival at Batavia, and it is calculated that for every man that entered the army and performed the duties of a soldier, several lives were lost. Besides the supply of the army, one half of the male population of the country was constantly held in readiness for other public services; and thus a great portion of the effective hands were taken from their families, and detained at a distance from home, in labours which broke their spirit and exhausted their strength. During the administration of Marshal Daendels, it has been calculated that the construction of public roads alone, destroyed the lives of at least ten thousand workmen. The transport of government stores, and the capricious requisitions of government agents of all classes, perpetually harassed, and frequently carried off numbers of the people. If to these drains we add the waste of life occasioned by insurrections, which tyranny and impolicy excited and fomented in Chéribon, the blighting effects of the coffee monopoly, and forced services in the Priáng'en Regencies, and the still more desolating operation of the policy pursued and consequent anarchy produced in the province of Bantam, we shall have some idea of the depopulating causes that existed under the Dutch administration, and the force of that tendency to increase, which could overcome obstacles so powerful.
To back up the claim that there has been an increase over the last fifty years (a point that’s widely stated), we have the evidence that during this time, the provinces under native administration experienced significant internal peace; there were no years of shortages or famine, and the island enjoyed good seasons and plenty of food. However, on the flip side, we must consider the government oppression we mentioned earlier, which one would think would be enough to offset these natural advantages. To illustrate the resilience of the population, which managed to maintain its numbers despite political pressures and discouragements, we should briefly note a few examples. There were always heavy demands placed on the island’s peasantry to fill the ranks of the Dutch army and to meet various public service needs; the harsh realities and resulting deaths among the troops can be gauged by the unwillingness of the unfortunate individuals chosen for military conscription to take on the burdens of military life. Confined in unhealthy garrisons and subjected to unnecessary hardships and deprivations, extraordinary casualties occurred, necessitating frequent new drafts, while the anticipated danger and suffering led to a strong aversion to military service, exacerbated by later acts of cruelty and oppression. The conscripts from the provinces were typically transported to the capital by boat; although the distance between any two spots on the island is short, the mortality rate on these ships was comparable to that of a slave ship during the Middle Passage. They were generally kept in stocks until they reached Batavia, and it’s estimated that for every man who entered the army and fulfilled his duties as a soldier, several lives were lost. In addition to supplying the army, half of the male population was always on standby for other public services, meaning a significant portion of the workforce was taken from their families and kept away from home, engaged in labor that broke their spirits and drained their energy. During Marshal Daendels' administration, it’s estimated that the construction of public roads alone cost the lives of at least ten thousand workers. The transport of government supplies and the arbitrary demands of government agents of all kinds constantly stressed and often removed many people from their communities. If we also consider the loss of life caused by uprisings, prompted and encouraged by tyranny and poor policy in Chéribon, the damaging effects of the coffee monopoly, the forced labor in the Priáng'en Regencies, and the even more destructive policies and resulting chaos in the province of Bantam, we can gain some perspective on the depopulating factors present under Dutch rule and the resilient population growth that managed to overcome such powerful obstacles.
Most of these drains and checks were removed during the short period of British administration; but it is to be regretted[Vol I Pg 76] (so far as accurate data on this subject would be desirable) that there was not time to learn satisfactorily the result of a different system, or to institute the proper registers, by which alone questions of population can be determined. The only document of that kind, to which I can venture to refer as authentic, is a statement of the births and deaths that occurred in the given general population of the Priáng'en Regencies for one year. From this account it would appear, that even in these Regencies, where, if we except Batavia, the checks to population are allowed to be greater than elsewhere, the births were to the total existing population as 1 to 39, and the deaths as 1 to 40 very nearly; that the births exceed the deaths by 618, or about 1 in 40, in a population of 232,000, and that, at that rate, the population would double itself in three hundred and seventy-five years. A slow increase, certainly, compared with England, where the births, in the three years ending 1800, were to the persons alive as 1 in 36, and the deaths as 1 to 49, and where, consequently, the nation would double itself in one hundred and sixty years (or taking the enumeration of 1811 as more correct, where the population would be doubled in eighty years): but not much slower than that of France, where, according to the statements of numbers in 1700 and 1790, about three hundred years would be required to double the inhabitants. It has been estimated that the population in some more favourable districts would double itself in fifty years. One inference cannot fail to be drawn from the register to which I have referred; that the births and deaths, though they nearly approach each other, are low, compared with the existing numbers; and that, consequently, the climate is healthy, and the marriages not very prolific, as far as this district is concerned.
Most of these controls and checks were removed during the brief period of British rule; however, it’s unfortunate[Vol I Pg 76] (since accurate data on this topic would be valuable) that there wasn't enough time to fully understand the effects of a different system or to set up the correct registers to determine population questions. The only reliable document I can refer to is a report on births and deaths that occurred within the general population of the Priáng'en Regencies for one year. According to this report, even in these Regencies, where, aside from Batavia, the population checks are said to be higher than in other areas, the number of births to the total population was about 1 in 39, and deaths were roughly 1 in 40; births exceeded deaths by 618, or about 1 in 40, in a population of 232,000, suggesting that at this rate, the population would double in three hundred and seventy-five years. This is certainly a slow increase compared to England, where in the three years ending 1800, the births were to the living population as 1 in 36, and deaths as 1 in 49, leading to the nation doubling in one hundred and sixty years (or, based on the 1811 survey, doubling in eighty years); but it's not much slower than in France, where, according to population data from 1700 and 1790, it would take about three hundred years to double the population. It has been estimated that in some more favorable areas, the population could double in fifty years. One clear inference from the register I've mentioned is that while births and deaths are nearly balanced, they are low compared to the existing numbers; this indicates that the climate is healthy and that marriages are not very fruitful in this district.
In the absence of authentic documents, which would have enabled us to resolve many interesting questions regarding the population, such as the number of children to a marriage, the ordinary length of life, the proportion of children that die in infancy and at the other stages of life, the ratio between the births and deaths, and the consequent rate of increase, the effect of polygamy and multiplied divorces, the comparative healthiness of the towns and the villages, and several others,—I shall state a few observations on some of these heads, and a[Vol I Pg 77] few facts tending to shew, that under a better system of government, or by the removal of a few of the checks that previously existed, Java might, in a short time, be expected to be better peopled.
In the absence of genuine documents that could help us answer many interesting questions about the population, like the number of children per marriage, average lifespan, the proportion of children who die in infancy and at other stages, the balance between births and deaths, and the resulting growth rate, as well as the impact of polygamy and multiple divorces, the relative healthiness of towns versus villages, and several others—I’ll share a few observations on some of these topics, along with some facts that suggest that with a better system of government or by removing some of the previous restrictions, Java could expect to be more populated in a short time.
The soil is in general extremely fertile, and can be brought to yield its produce with little labour. Many of the best spots still remain uncultivated, and several districts are almost desert and neglected, which might be the seats of a crowded and happy peasantry. In many places, the land does not require to be cleared, as in America, from the overgrown vegetation of primeval forests, but offers its services to the husbandman, almost free from every obstruction to his immediate labours. The agricultural life in which the mass of the people are engaged, is on Java, as in every other country, the most favourable to health. It not only favours the longevity of the existing race, but conduces to its more rapid renewal, by leading to early marriages and a numerous progeny. The term of life is not much shorter than in the best climates of Europe. A very considerable number of persons of both sexes attain the advanced age of seventy or eighty, and some even live to one hundred and upwards; nearly the same proportion survive forty and fifty, as in other genial climates.
The soil is generally very fertile and can produce crops with minimal effort. Many of the best areas remain uncultivated, and several regions are nearly barren and overlooked, which could support a thriving and happy farming community. In many places, the land doesn't need to be cleared like it does in America, where dense forests are overgrown, but instead readily offers itself to farmers, almost free of any barriers to their work. The agricultural lifestyle that most people engage in on Java, as in other countries, is the healthiest option. It not only promotes the longevity of the current population but also encourages faster renewal through early marriages and larger families. The average lifespan is not much shorter than in the best climates of Europe. A significant number of both men and women reach the ages of seventy or eighty, and some even live to be one hundred or older; nearly the same proportion survive to forty and fifty as in other temperate climates.
While life is thus healthy and prolonged, there are no restraints upon the formation of family connexions, by the scarcity of subsistence or the labour of supporting children. Both sexes arrive at maturity very early, and the customs of the country, as well as the nature of the climate, impel them to marry young; the males at sixteen, and the females at thirteen or fourteen years of age: though frequently the women form connexions at nine or ten, and, as Montesquieu expresses it, "infancy and marriage go together." The conveniences which the married couple require are few and easily procured. The impulse of nature is seldom checked by the experience of present deficiencies, or the fear of future poverty. Subsistence is procured without difficulty, and comforts are not wanting. Children, who are for a very short period a burden to their parents, become early the means of assistance and the source of wealth. To the peasant who labours his field with his own hand, and who has more land than he can bring into cultivation, they grow up into a species of valuable property, a real[Vol I Pg 78] treasure; while, during their infancy and the season of helplessness, they take little from the fruits of his industry but bare subsistence.
While life is healthy and long, there are no limits on forming family connections due to a lack of resources or the burden of raising children. Both genders reach adulthood very early, and the customs of the country, along with the climate, encourage them to marry young—males at sixteen and females at thirteen or fourteen years old. However, it’s common for women to form relationships at nine or ten, and as Montesquieu puts it, "infancy and marriage go together." The necessities for married couples are few and easily obtained. Natural impulses are rarely held back by current shortages or fear of future poverty. Food is easily available, and comfort is present. Children, who are only a burden for a short time, quickly become a source of help and wealth. For the peasant who works his fields with his own hands and has more land than he can cultivate, they develop into a type of valuable asset, a real[Vol I Pg 78] treasure; while in their early years of dependency, they take little from the fruits of his labor apart from basic sustenance.
Their education costs him little or nothing; scarcely any clothing is required, his hut needs very little enlargement, and no beds are used. Many of them die in infancy from the small-pox and other distempers, but never from scanty food or criminal neglect of parents. The women of all classes suckle their children, till we ascend to the wives of the regents and of the sovereign, who employ nurses.
Their education costs him very little, if anything at all; they hardly need any clothing, his hut requires very little extra space, and no beds are used. Many of them die in infancy from smallpox and other illnesses, but never from lack of food or neglect by their parents. Women from all social classes breastfeed their children, except for the wives of regents and the sovereign, who hire nurses.
Though women soon arrive at maturity, and enter early into the married state, they continue to bear children to an advanced age, and it is no uncommon thing to see a grandmother still making addition to her family. Great families are however rare. Though there are some women who have borne thirteen or fourteen children, the average is rather low than otherwise. A chácha, or family, is generally less numerous than in Europe, both from the circumstance that the young men and women more early leave the houses of their parents to form establishments for themselves, and from an injudicious mode of labouring among women of the lower ranks. Miscarriages among the latter are frequently caused by over-straining themselves in carrying excessive burdens, and performing oppressive field-work, during pregnancy. The average number of persons in a family does not exceed four, or four and a half. As the labour of the women is almost equally productive with that of the men, female children become as much objects of solicitude with their parents as male: they are nursed with the same care, and viewed with the same pride and tenderness. In no class of society are children of either sex considered as an incumbrance, or the addition to a family as a misfortune; marriage is therefore almost universal. An unmarried man past twenty is seldom to be met with, and an old maid is considered a curiosity. Neither custom, law, or religion, enjoins celibacy on the priesthood, or any other order of the community, and by none of them is it practised. Although no strictness of principle, nor strong sense of moral restraint, prevails in the intercourse of the sexes, prostitution is not common, except in the capitals.
Though women quickly reach maturity and often marry young, they continue to have children well into their later years, and it’s not uncommon to see a grandmother adding to her family. However, large families are rare. While some women have had thirteen or fourteen children, the average is relatively low. A chácha, or family, is usually smaller than in Europe, mainly because young men and women leave their parents' homes earlier to start their own families, and due to the poor working conditions for women of lower social classes. Miscarriages among these women often happen because they overexert themselves by carrying heavy loads and doing hard fieldwork during pregnancy. The average family size is about four or four and a half people. Since women's labor is almost as productive as men's, parents treat their daughters as important as their sons; they are cared for and cherished equally. In no social class are children considered a burden or the addition of a child seen as unfortunate; therefore, marriage is nearly universal. It’s rare to find an unmarried man over twenty, and an old maid is seen as a curiosity. Neither custom, law, nor religion requires celibacy for priests or anyone else in the community, and it's not practiced by any of them. Although there isn’t strict moral principle or strong restraint in the interactions between the sexes, prostitution is uncommon except in the capitals.
As the Javans are a quiet domestic people, little given to[Vol I Pg 79] adventure, disinclined to foreign enterprise, not easily roused to violence or bloodshed, and little disposed to irregularities of any kind, there are but few families left destitute in consequence of hazards incurred or crimes committed by their natural protectors. The character of blood-thirsty revenge, which has been attributed to all the inhabitants of the Indian Archipelago, by no means applies to the people of Java; and though, in all cases where justice is badly administered or absolutely perverted, people may be expected to enforce their rights or redress their grievances, rather by their own passions than by an appeal to the magistrate, comparatively few lives are lost on the island by personal affrays or private feuds.
As the Javanese are a calm and home-oriented people, not really inclined towards adventure, unmotivated by foreign ventures, and not easily provoked to violence or bloodshed, there are very few families left in poverty due to the risks taken or crimes committed by their natural protectors. The stereotype of blood-thirsty revenge that has been assigned to all the inhabitants of the Indonesian Archipelago does not apply to the people of Java; although in situations where justice is poorly administered or completely perverted, people may be expected to pursue their rights or address their grievances more through their own emotions than by turning to the authorities, relatively few lives are lost on the island due to personal conflicts or private feuds.
Such are a few of the circumstances that would appear to have encouraged an increase of population on Java. They furnish no precise data on which to estimate its rapidity, or to calculate the period within which it would be doubled, but they allow us, if tranquillity and good government were enjoyed, to anticipate a gradual progress in the augmentation of inhabitants, and the improvements of the soil for a long course of time. Suppose the quantity of land in cultivation to be to the land still in a state of nature as one to seven, which is probably near the truth, and that, in the ordinary circumstances of the country, the population would double itself in a century, it might go on increasing for three hundred years to come. Afterwards the immense tracts of unoccupied or thinly peopled territories on Sumatra, Borneo, and the numerous islands scattered over the Archipelago, may be ready to receive colonies, arts, and civilization from the metropolis of the Indian seas. Commercial intercourse, friendly relations, or political institutions, may bind these dispersed communities in one great insular commonwealth. Its trade and navigation might connect the centre of this great empire with Japan, China, and the south-western countries of Asia. New Holland, which the adventurous Búgis already frequent, and which is not so far distant from Java as Russia is from England, might be included in the circle, and colonies of Javans settled on the north, might meet with the British spreading from the south, over that immense and now uncultivated region. If we could indulge ourselves in such reveries with propriety, we might contemplate the present semi-bar[Vol I Pg 80]barous condition, ignorance, and poverty of these innumerable islands, exchanged for a state of refinement, prosperity, and happiness.
Here are some of the factors that seem to have encouraged population growth on Java. They don't provide exact data to estimate how quickly the population is increasing or to calculate when it will double, but they suggest that if there is peace and good governance, we can expect a steady increase in the number of inhabitants and improvements to the land over time. Let's assume the amount of land being farmed is one part to seven parts still in its natural state, which is probably close to the reality. If, under normal conditions, the population doubles every hundred years, it could keep growing for the next three hundred years. After that, the vast areas of unoccupied or sparsely populated land on Sumatra, Borneo, and the many islands throughout the Archipelago could be ready to welcome communities, arts, and civilization from the core of the Indian Ocean. Trade, friendly relationships, or political structures could unite these scattered communities into a large island commonwealth. Its commerce and shipping might connect this vast empire with Japan, China, and the countries in Southeast Asia. New Holland, which the adventurous Búgis are already visiting and which is not much farther from Java than Russia is from England, could be included in this network, allowing Javanese colonies in the north to meet British settlers coming from the south across that enormous and currently uncultivated area. If we could entertain such ideas appropriately, we might envision the current semi-barbaric conditions, ignorance, and poverty of these countless islands transformed into a state of sophistication, prosperity, and happiness.
I formerly alluded to the oppressions of government, as the principal checks to the increase of population on Java. There are many others, such as the small-pox, and other diseases, which are common to that country with the rest of the world. From the scattered state of the population, any contagious distemper, such as the small-pox, was formerly less destructive on Java, than in countries where the inhabitants are more crowded into large towns, and it is hoped that, from the establishment for vaccine inoculation which the British government erected, and endeavoured to render permanent, its ravages may, in time, be entirely arrested. The diseases most peculiar to the country, and most dangerous at all ages, are fevers and dysenteries: epidemics are rare. There are two moral causes which, on their first mention, will strike every one as powerfully calculated to counteract the principle of population: I mean the facility of obtaining divorces, and the practice of polygamy. A greater weight should not, however, be given them than they deserve after a consideration of all the circumstances. It is true, that separations often take place on the slightest grounds, and new connexions are formed with equal frivolity and caprice; but in whatever light morality would view this practice, and however detrimental it would be to population in a different state of society, by leaving the children of the marriage so dissolved to neglect and want, it has no such consequences on Java. Considering the age at which marriages are usually contracted, the choice of the parties cannot be always expected to be considerate or judicious. It may be observed also that the women, although they do not appear old at twenty, as Montesquieu remarks, certainly sooner lose that influence over their husbands, which depends upon their beauty and personal attractions, than they do in colder climates. In addition to this, there is little moral restraint among many classes of the community, and the religious maxims and indulgences acted upon by the priesthood, in regulating matrimonial sanctions, have no tendency to produce constancy, or to repress inclination. Dissolutions of marriage are, therefore, very frequent, and obtained upon the[Vol I Pg 81] slightest pretences; but, as children are always valuable, and as there is very little trouble in rearing or providing for them, no change of mate, in either party, leads to their abandonment or neglect. Indeed, the ease of supporting children, which renders the practice less detrimental to the increase of population, may be one of the principal causes why it is generally followed and so little checked. No professed prostitution or promiscuous intercourse is the consequence of this weakness of the nuptial tie. It is rather brittle than loose; it is easily dissolved, but while it remains it generally insures fidelity.
I previously mentioned how government oppression is a major barrier to population growth in Java. There are many other factors, like smallpox and other diseases common in this country and around the world. Due to the scattered nature of the population, contagious diseases like smallpox were historically less destructive in Java than in countries where people live in densely populated cities. However, with the establishment of a permanent vaccination program by the British government, there is hope that its impact may eventually be reduced significantly. The diseases that are most specific to the area and pose the greatest risk at all ages are fevers and dysentery; epidemics are rare. There are two social factors that, when first mentioned, seem to strongly counteract population growth: the ease of getting a divorce and the practice of polygamy. However, we shouldn’t give too much weight to these factors without considering all the circumstances. It is true that separations often happen for trivial reasons, and new relationships form just as randomly and capriciously. Yet, regardless of how morality views these practices, and even if they could harm population growth in a different society by leaving the children of dissolved marriages neglected and impoverished, this is not the case in Java. Given the age at which people typically marry, their choices may not always be thoughtful or wise. Additionally, while women in Java may not seem old at twenty, as Montesquieu points out, they quickly lose the influence over their husbands that comes from beauty and physical attraction, more so than in colder climates. Many social classes lack moral restraint, and the religious principles enforced by clergy regarding marriage do not encourage loyalty or suppress desire. Consequently, divorces are quite common and can be obtained for minimal reasons. However, children are always valued, and since there is very little effort involved in raising or taking care of them, changing partners does not lead to their abandonment or neglect. In fact, the ease of supporting children that makes this practice less harmful to population growth may be a key reason it is widely followed and rarely questioned. There is no organized prostitution or casual sex resulting from the fragility of marriage; rather, it is more breakable than loose. Marriages can be easily dissolved, but while they exist, they mostly ensure fidelity.
Polygamy, though in all cases it must be injurious to population and happiness, so far as it goes, is permitted on Java, as in other Mahomedan countries, by religion and law, but not practiced to any great extent. Perhaps the ease of obtaining matrimonial separations, by admitting of successive changes of wives, diminishes the desire of possessing more than one at a time.
Polygamy, while it can be harmful to both population and happiness, is allowed in Java, as in other Muslim countries, by both religion and law, but it isn't practiced widely. Maybe the simplicity of getting a divorce, which allows for changing wives over time, reduces the desire to have more than one spouse at once.
It is plain, likewise, that whatever be the law, the great body of the people must have only one wife; and that, where there is nearly an equality of number between the sexes, inequality of wealth or power alone can create an unequal distribution of women. On Java, accordingly, only the chiefs and the sovereign marry more than one wife. All the chiefs, from the regents downwards, can only, by the custom of the country, have two; the sovereign alone has four. The regents, however, have generally three or four concubines, and the sovereign eight or ten. Some of the chiefs have an extraordinary number of children; the late Regent of Túban is reputed to have been the father of no fewer than sixty-eight. Such appropriations of numerous women as wives or concubines, were owing to the political power of native authorities over the inferior classes; and as, by the new system, that power is destroyed, the evil may to a certain extent be checked. If we were to depend upon the statement of a writer whom Montesquieu refers to, that in Bantam there were ten women to one man, we should be led to conclude with him, that here was a case particularly favourable to polygamy, and that such an institution was here an appointment of nature, intended for the multiplication of the species, rather than an abuse contributing to check it. There is not the least foundation, however, for the[Vol I Pg 82] report. The proportion of males and females born in Bantam, and over the whole of Java, is nearly the same as in Europe, and as we find generally to exist, wherever accurate statements can be obtained. From the information collected in a very careful surrey of one part of the very province in question, the preponderance seemed to be on the side of male children to an extraordinary degree; the male children being about forty-two thousand, and the females only thirty-five thousand five hundred. There were formerly, it is true, great drains on the male population, to which I have before alluded, and which, in the advanced stages of life, might turn the balance on the other side; but as they were never so destructive as to render polygamy a political institution, so that institution was not carried to such an extent, as to render it a peculiar obstacle to the progress of population. Upon the whole, we may conclude that in Java, under a mild government, there is a great tendency to an increase in the number of inhabitants, and to the consequent improvement and importance of the island.
It is clear that regardless of the law, most people should have only one wife; and when the numbers of men and women are about equal, differences in wealth or power can cause an unequal distribution of women. In Java, only chiefs and the ruler have more than one wife. By the customs of the land, all chiefs, from regents and below, can only have two wives; only the ruler has four. However, regents usually have three or four concubines, while the ruler has eight to ten. Some chiefs have an astonishing number of children; the late Regent of Túban is said to have had no fewer than sixty-eight children. The large number of women taken as wives or concubines was due to the political power of local authorities over lower classes, and since that power is diminished under the new system, this issue may be somewhat alleviated. If we rely on a writer referenced by Montesquieu who claimed there were ten women for every man in Bantam, we would conclude, as he did, that this situation favored polygamy and that such an institution was a natural arrangement for increasing the population rather than a hindrance. However, there is no basis for that report. The ratio of males to females born in Bantam, and throughout Java, is nearly the same as in Europe and is generally consistent wherever accurate data is available. Information gathered from a thorough survey of one region in that province indicated an extraordinary surplus of male children; there were about forty-two thousand boys and only thirty-five thousand five hundred girls. True, there were significant declines in the male population, which I have mentioned before, and these could shift the balance in later life; but they were never so severe as to make polygamy a necessary political practice, nor was it implemented to such an extent that it became a major obstacle to population growth. Overall, we can conclude that in Java, under a benevolent government, there is a strong potential for population growth and, consequently, for the advancement and significance of the island.
Besides the natives, whose numbers, circumstances, and character I have slightly mentioned, there is on Java a rapidly increasing race of foreigners, who have emigrated from the different surrounding countries. The most numerous and important class of these is the Chinese, who already do not fall far short of a hundred thousand; and who, with a system of free trade and free cultivation, would soon accumulate tenfold, by natural increase within the island, and gradual accessions of new settlers from home. They reside principally in the three capitals of Batavia, Samárang, and Surabáya, but they are to be found in all the smaller capitals, and scattered over most parts of the country. A great proportion of them are descended from families who have been many generations on the island. Additions are gradually making to their numbers. They arrive at Batavia from China, to the amount of a thousand and more annually, in Chinese junks, carrying three, four, and five hundred each, without money or resources; but, by dint of their industry, soon acquire comparative opulence. There are no women on Java who come directly from China; but as the Chinese often marry the daughters of their countrymen by Javan women, there results a numerous mixed race, which is often scarcely distinguishable from the native Chinese. The Chinese[Vol I Pg 83] on their arrival generally marry a Javan woman, or purchase a slave from the other islands. The progeny from this connexion, or what may be termed the cross breed between the Chinese and Javans, are called in the Dutch accounts pernákans. Many return to China annually in the junks, but by no means in the same numbers as they arrive.
Besides the locals, whose numbers, situation, and traits I have briefly mentioned, there is a rapidly growing community of foreigners in Java who have migrated from the surrounding countries. The largest and most significant group among them is the Chinese, who are now nearly a hundred thousand strong; with a system of free trade and free farming, their population would quickly multiply by ten due to natural growth on the island and a steady influx of new settlers from their homeland. They primarily live in the three main cities of Batavia, Samárang, and Surabáya, but can also be found in smaller cities and throughout various parts of the country. A large number of them are descendants of families that have lived on the island for many generations. Their numbers are gradually increasing. They arrive in Batavia from China in junks, with over a thousand coming each year, each carrying three to five hundred individuals, often without money or resources; but through hard work, they soon attain relative wealth. There are no women who come directly from China, but since the Chinese often marry the daughters of their fellow countrymen and Javanese women, a sizable mixed-race population develops that is frequently hard to distinguish from native Chinese. Upon arrival, the Chinese usually marry a Javanese woman or buy a slave from other islands. The offspring from this union, or what can be called the mixed breed of Chinese and Javanese, are referred to in Dutch records as pernákans. Many return to China each year on the junks, but certainly not in the same numbers as those who arrive.
The Chinese, in all matters of inheritance and minor affairs, are governed by their own laws, administered by their own chiefs, a captain and several lieutenants being appointed by government for each society of them. They are distinct from the natives, and are in a high degree more intelligent, more laborious, and more luxurious. They are the life and soul of the commerce of the country. In the native provinces they are still farmers of the revenue, having formerly been so throughout the island.
The Chinese manage their inheritance and smaller issues according to their own laws, which are overseen by their own leaders, including a captain and several lieutenants appointed by the government for each community. They are separate from the locals and are significantly more intelligent, hardworking, and affluent. They are the backbone of the country’s commerce. In the native provinces, they still act as tax farmers, having done so across the island in the past.
Although still numerous, they are considered to have much decreased since the civil war in 1742, during which not only a large proportion of the Chinese population was massacred by the Dutch in the town of Batavia, but a decree of extermination was proclaimed against them throughout the island.
Although they are still numerous, their numbers are seen as having significantly decreased since the civil war in 1742, during which a large portion of the Chinese population was killed by the Dutch in the town of Batavia, and a decree for extermination was declared against them across the island.
The natives of the Coromandel and Malabar coast, who reside on Java, are usually termed Moors. They appear to be the remnant of a once extensive class of settlers; but their numbers have considerably decreased, since the establishment of the Dutch monopoly, and the absolute extinction of the native trade with India, which we have reason to believe was once very extensive. Trading vessels, in considerable numbers, still continue to proceed from the Coromandel coast to Sumatra, Penang, and Malacca, but they no longer frequent Java.
The people from the Coromandel and Malabar coast who live in Java are commonly referred to as Moors. They seem to be what's left of a once large group of settlers; however, their population has significantly declined since the Dutch monopoly was established, along with the complete end of the local trade with India, which we believe used to be quite thriving. Trading ships, in substantial numbers, still travel from the Coromandel coast to Sumatra, Penang, and Malacca, but they no longer visit Java.
Búgis and Maláyus are established in all the maritime capitals of Java. They have their own quarter of the town allotted to them, in the same manner as the Chinese, and are subject to the immediate authority of their respective captains.
Búgis and Maláyus are present in all the major port cities of Java. They have their own designated area in town, similar to the Chinese, and are under the direct control of their respective leaders.
Among the Arabs are many merchants, but the majority are priests. Their principal resort is Grésik, the spot where Mahomedanism was first extensively planted on Java. They are seldom of genuine Arab birth, but mostly a mixed race, between the Arabs and the natives of the islands.
Among the Arabs, there are many merchants, but most of them are priests. Their main place of business is Grésik, the location where Islam was first widely established in Java. They are rarely of pure Arab descent; instead, they are mostly of mixed heritage, a blend of Arabs and the island's native people.
There is another class of inhabitants, either foreigners them[Vol I Pg 84]selves, or the immediate descendants of foreigners, whose peculiar situation and considerable numbers entitle them to some notice in the general sketch of the population: I mean the class of slaves. The native Javans are never reduced to this condition; or if they should happen to be seized and sold by pirates, a satisfactory proof of their origin would be sufficient to procure their enfranchisement. The slave merchants have therefore been under the necessity of resorting to the neighbouring islands for a supply, and the greatest number have been procured from Báli and Celebes. The total amount may be estimated at about thirty thousand. According to the returns obtained in 1814, it appeared that the following were the numbers in the principal divisions of the island.
There is another group of people, either foreigners themselves[Vol I Pg 84] or the immediate descendants of foreigners, whose unique situation and significant numbers deserve some attention in the general overview of the population: I am referring to the class of slaves. Native Javanese are never placed in this condition; or if they are captured and sold by pirates, providing clear proof of their origin would be enough to secure their freedom. Slave traders have therefore had to rely on nearby islands for a supply, with the majority coming from Báli and Celebes. The total number is estimated to be around thirty thousand. According to records from 1814, it appeared that the following were the numbers in the main divisions of the island.
At Batavia and its environs | 18,972 |
In the Semárang division | 4,488 |
In the Surabáya division | 3,682 |
Total | 27,142 |
These slaves are the property of the Europeans and Chinese alone: the native chiefs never require the services of slaves, or engage in the traffic of slavery. The Mahomedan laws, which regulate their civil condition, and permit this abomination in all its extent, are modified by the milder prejudices and more humane temper of the country. The Dutch, who, like us, valued themselves on their political liberty, are here the great promoters of civil servitude, and carried with them into their eastern empire, the Roman law regarding slavery in all its extent and rigour. But although they adopted principles that admitted of the most cruel and wanton treatment of slaves, I would not be understood to say, that they carried these principles into common practice. The contrary was almost universally the case, and the condition of slaves on Java, where they were employed principally in domestic offices, formed a complete contrast to the state of those employed in the West India plantations. It is remarked by Montesquieu, that "in despotic countries, the condition of a slave is hardly more burdensome than that of a subject," and such has been the case in Java. The grounds on which the Dutch justified the[Vol I Pg 85] practice of making slaves, was not that they could not command the services of the natives with a sway sufficiently absolute, and that they were compelled to seek, beyond the limits of the island, for unfortunate agents to perform what the natives shewed a reluctance to undertake, but that they found the class of foreigners more adroit and docile than the Javans in the conduct of household affairs, and that having reduced them to the state of property, they remained in the family for life, and saved the trouble of a new training.
These slaves are the property of Europeans and Chinese only: the local chiefs don’t require the services of slaves or engage in the slave trade. The Islamic laws, which govern their civil status and allow this disgrace in all its forms, are softened by the kinder beliefs and more humane attitude of the region. The Dutch, who, like us, prided themselves on their political freedom, are the main supporters of civil servitude here, and they brought with them into their eastern empire the Roman law regarding slavery in all its strictness and severity. However, even though they embraced principles that allowed for the most cruel and reckless treatment of slaves, I don't mean to suggest that these principles were commonly practiced. In fact, the opposite was usually true, and the situation of slaves in Java, where they mainly worked in domestic roles, was entirely different from that of those employed on the plantations in the West Indies. Montesquieu notes that "in despotic countries, the condition of a slave is hardly more burdensome than that of a subject," and this has been true in Java. The rationale the Dutch offered for the practice of enslaving people wasn't that they couldn't compel the natives to work under a sufficiently authoritative rule, forcing them to look outside the island for unwilling workers, but rather that they found foreigners to be more skillful and compliant than the Javanese in handling household tasks, and that by reducing them to property, they remained in the household for life, saving the effort of retraining.
Upon the conquest of the island by the British in 1811, the condition of this class of its subjects excited the attention of government; and though we could not, consistently with those rights of property which were admitted by the laws that we professed to administer, emancipate them at once from servitude, we enacted regulations, as far as we were authorized, to ameliorate their present lot, and lead to their ultimate freedom. Steps were immediately taken to check further importation, and as soon as it was known that the horrid traffic in slaves was declared a felony by the British parliament, it was not permitted for an instant to disgrace a region to which the British authority extended. The folly and perfect uselessness of slavery on Java has been often pointed out by Dutch commissioners and Dutch authors[42].[Vol I Pg 86]
Upon the British takeover of the island in 1811, the situation of this group of people caught the government's attention. Although we couldn't immediately free them from servitude due to property rights recognized by the laws we claimed to uphold, we implemented regulations, as far as we were able, to improve their current conditions and work towards their eventual freedom. Steps were quickly taken to stop further importation, and once it was announced that the dreadful slave trade was made a felony by the British parliament, it was not allowed for even a moment to tarnish a region under British rule. The foolishness and complete ineffectiveness of slavery in Java has frequently been pointed out by Dutch commissioners and authors.[42].[Vol I Pg 86]
Having thus attempted a brief description of the different classes of the Asiatic population of the island, I shall proceed [Vol I Pg 87]to a short detail of the habitations, dress, food, and domestic economy of the natives; but, in order to enable the reader to [Vol I Pg 88]understand some of the terms in the tables, and likewise in the subsequent observations, it may not be improper simply to state the names and titles expressive of the different gradations of rank, leaving a more particular account of the power and authority with which they are connected to another opportunity. The sovereign, who is either called Susuhúnan, Susúnan, or Sultan, is the fountain of honour and the source of all distinction. His family are called Pang'érans, his queen Rátu, the heir apparent Pangéran adipáti, and the prime minister Ráden adipáti. Governors of provinces, called by the Dutch Regents, are styled by the natives Bopátis, Tumúngungs, or Ang'abéis; and are ranked among the chief nobility of the country. All the inferior chiefs, including those termed Rádens, Mántris, Demángs, Lúras, and others, except the heads of villages, termed Kúwus, Búkuls, Patíng'gis, &c., who are elected by the common people out of their own number for the performance of specific duties, may be considered as petite noblesse.
Having provided a brief overview of the different groups in the Asian population of the island, I will now move on to a short description of their homes, clothing, food, and daily life. To help the reader understand some terms used in the tables and the following observations, it would be helpful to outline the names and titles that reflect different levels of rank, reserving a more detailed discussion of their power and authority for another time. The ruler, known as Susuhúnan, Susúnan, or Sultan, is the source of honor and distinction. His family members are called Pang'érans, his queen is referred to as Rátu, the heir apparent is known as Pangéran adipáti, and the prime minister is called Ráden adipáti. Governors of provinces, referred to as Regents by the Dutch, are known by the locals as Bopátis, Tumúngungs, or Ang'abéis; they are considered part of the country's elite nobility. All lower chiefs, including those titled Rádens, Mántris, Demángs, Lúras, and others, except for the village heads called Kúwus, Búkuls, Patíng'gis, etc., who are chosen by the common people from their own ranks for specific duties, can be regarded as petite noblesse.
The cottage or hut of the peasant, called úmah limásan, may be estimated to cost, in its first construction, from two to four rupees, or from five to ten shillings English money. It is invariably built on the ground, as on continental India, and in this respect differs from similar structures in the surrounding islands. The sleeping places, however, are generally a little elevated above the level of the floor, and accord in simplicity with the other parts of the dwelling. The sides or walls are generally formed of bámbus, flattened and plaited together: partitions, if any, are constructed of the same materials, and the roof is either thatched with long grass, with the leaves of the nipa, or with a kind of bámbu sirap. The form and size of these cottages, as well as the materials employed in their [Vol I Pg 89]construction, vary in the different districts of the island, and with the different circumstances of the individuals. In the eastern districts, where the population is most dense and the land most highly cultivated, a greater scarcity is felt of the requisite materials than in the western, and the dwellings of the peasantry are consequently smaller and slighter. In the latter, the frame-work of the cottages is generally made of timber, instead of bámbus, and the interior of them, as well as the front veranda, is raised about two feet from the ground. The accommodations consist of a room partitioned off for the heads of the family, and an open apartment on the opposite side for the children: there is no window either made or requisite. The light is admitted through the door alone; nor is this deficiency productive of any inconvenience in a climate, where all domestic operations can be carried on in the open air, and where shade from the sun, rather than shelter from the weather, is required. The women perform their usual occupations of spinning or weaving on an elevated veranda in front, where they are protected from the rays of a vertical sun by an extended projection of the pitch of the roof. In some of the mountainous districts, where the rains descend with most violence, the inhabitants provide against their effects, by constructing their roofs of bámbus split into halves, and applied to each other by their alternate concave and convex surfaces, all along the pitch of the roof, from the top down to the walls. On the whole, it may be affirmed that the habitations of the peasantry of Java, even those constructed in the most unfavourable situations and inhabited by the lowest of the people, admit of a considerable degree of comfort and convenience, and far exceed, in those respects, what falls to the lot of the peasant in most parts of continental India.
The peasant's cottage or hut, called úmah limásan, is estimated to cost between two to four rupees, or five to ten shillings in English money, when built for the first time. It is always built on the ground, like in mainland India, which sets it apart from similar buildings in the neighboring islands. The sleeping areas are usually a bit raised above the floor level, maintaining a simple style that matches the rest of the house. The walls are generally made of flattened and woven bámbus: any partitions are made from the same materials, and the roof is thatched with long grass, nipa leaves, or a type of bámbu sirap. The shape and size of these cottages, as well as the materials used in their [Vol I Pg 89] construction, vary across different regions of the island and depending on individual circumstances. In the eastern areas, where the population is denser and the land is more cultivated, there is a greater shortage of essential materials than in the west, leading to smaller and lighter peasant homes. In the west, the cottages are typically framed with timber instead of bámbus, and both the interior and the front porch are raised about two feet off the ground. The layout includes a room for the heads of the family and an open area for the children on the opposite side, with no windows being made or needed. Light comes in only through the door, but this lack of windows doesn't create any issues in a climate where domestic activities can be done outside and where shade from the sun is more important than shelter from rain. The women carry out their usual spinning or weaving on a raised porch in front, shielded from the direct sun by an overhanging roof. In some mountainous regions, where rains can be very heavy, the people protect against this by using split bámbus for their roofs, arranged with alternating concave and convex surfaces along the slope of the roof from top to bottom. Overall, it's clear that the homes of the peasantry in Java, even those in the least favorable conditions and inhabited by the poorest people, provide a significant level of comfort and convenience, much more so than what peasants experience in most parts of mainland India.
The class of dwellings inhabited by the petty chiefs are termed úmah chébluk or úmah jóglo. These are distinguished by having eight slopes or roofs, four superior and four secondary. Their value is from seven to eight dollars, or from thirty-five to forty shillings.
The type of homes where the minor chiefs live are called úmah chébluk or úmah jóglo. They are characterized by having eight slopes or roofs, with four main ones and four smaller ones. Their worth ranges from seven to eight dollars, or thirty-five to forty shillings.
The largest class of houses, or those in which the chiefs and nobles reside, are termed úmah túmpang, and are of the same form as the preceding; they are generally distinguished from them by their greater size, which varies with the means and[Vol I Pg 90] rank of the possessor, and usually contain five or six rooms. The supports and beams are of wood. The value of such a habitation, calculated to answer the circumstances of an ordinary chief of the rank of a Páteh, or assistant to the governor of a province, may be about fifty or sixty dollars, or from ten to fifteen pounds sterling.
The largest type of houses, where the chiefs and nobles live, are called úmah túmpang. They are similar in shape to the previous ones but are generally larger, with size depending on the resources and[Vol I Pg 90] status of the owner. These houses typically have five or six rooms. The supports and beams are made of wood. The value of such a home, designed to meet the needs of an ordinary chief with the rank of a Páteh, or an assistant to the governor of a province, is about fifty or sixty dollars, or ten to fifteen pounds sterling.
In the European provinces, the size and comfort of these dwellings have of late been very essentially contracted, by the rigid enforcement of the monopoly of the teak forests, which were formerly open to the natives of all classes.
In the European provinces, the size and comfort of these homes have recently been significantly reduced due to the strict enforcement of the teak forest monopoly, which was previously accessible to locals of all backgrounds.
Brick dwellings, which are sometimes, though rarely, occupied by the natives, are termed úmah gedóng. This kind of building is for the most part occupied by the Chinese, who invariably construct a building of brick and mortar whenever they possess the means. The Chinese kámpongs may always be thus distinguished from those of the natives.
Brick houses, which are occasionally, but not often, lived in by the locals, are called úmah gedóng. Most of the time, these buildings are occupied by the Chinese, who always build with brick and mortar whenever they can afford it. The Chinese kámpongs can always be identified this way, distinguishing them from those of the locals.
The cottages, which I have already described, are never found detached or solitary: they always unite to form villages of greater or less extent, according to the fertility of the neighbouring plain, abundance of a stream, or other accidental circumstances. In some provinces, the usual number of inhabitants in a village is about two hundred, in others less than fifty. In the first establishment or formation of a village on new ground, the intended settlers take care to provide themselves with sufficient garden ground round their huts for their stock, and to supply the ordinary wants of their families. The produce of this plantation is the exclusive property of the peasant, and exempted from contribution or burden; and such is their number and extent in some regencies (as in Kedú for instance), that they constitute perhaps a tenth part of the area of the whole district. The spot surrounding his simple habitation, the cottager considers his peculiar patrimony, and cultivates with peculiar care. He labours to plant and to rear in it those vegetables that may be most useful to his family, and those shrubs and trees which may at once yield him their fruit and their shade: nor does he waste his efforts on a thankless soil. The cottages, or the assemblage of huts, that compose the village, become thus completely screened from the rays of a scorching sun, and are so buried amid the foliage of a luxuriant vegetation, that at a small distance no appearance of a[Vol I Pg 91] human dwelling can be discovered, and the residence of a numerous society appears only a verdant grove or a clump of ever-greens. Nothing can exceed the beauty or the interest, which such detached masses of verdure, scattered over the face of the country, and indicating each the abode of a collection of happy peasantry, add to scenery otherwise rich, whether viewed on the sides of the mountains, in the narrow vales, or on the extensive plains. In the last case, before the grain is planted, and during the season of irrigation, when the rice fields are inundated, they appear like so many small Islands, rising out of the water. As the young plant advances, their deep rich foliage contrasts pleasingly with its lighter tints; and when the full-eared grain, with a luxuriance that exceeds an European harvest, invests the earth with its richest yellow, they give a variety to the prospect, and afford a most refreshing relief to the eye. The clumps of trees, with which art attempts to diversify and adorn the most skilfully arranged park, can bear no comparison with them in rural beauty or picturesque effect.
The cottages I've already described are never found alone or isolated; they always come together to form villages of varying size, depending on the fertility of the surrounding land, the abundance of nearby streams, or other random factors. In some areas, the average number of people in a village is around two hundred, while in others, it's less than fifty. When a village is first established on new land, the settlers make sure to secure enough garden space around their huts for their livestock and to meet their family's basic needs. The produce from this garden belongs solely to the peasant and is free from any taxes or burdens; in some regions (like Kedú, for example), these gardens can take up about a tenth of the total area of the district. The area around his simple home is considered the cottager's personal property, and he tends to it with special care. He works hard to grow the vegetables that will be most beneficial to his family and plants shrubs and trees that provide both fruit and shade; he doesn’t waste his efforts on unproductive soil. The cottages or clusters of huts that make up the village are completely shaded from the harsh sun and are so surrounded by lush vegetation that from a distance, you can barely see a human dwelling, and what looks like a large community appears merely as a green grove or a cluster of evergreens. The beauty and interest of these green patches, dotted throughout the countryside and marking the homes of happy peasants, enhance the scenery, whether observed on mountain slopes, in narrow valleys, or across broad plains. In the plains, before the grains are planted and during the irrigation season when the rice fields are flooded, they look like small islands emerging from the water. As the young plants grow, their rich green foliage creates a nice contrast with the lighter shades; and when the fully grown grain, more abundant than in European harvests, blankets the ground with its vibrant yellow, the villages add variety to the view and offer a refreshing sight for the eyes. The clusters of trees that landscaping tries to use to enhance and beautify the most carefully designed parks can’t compare to the rural beauty or picturesque effect of these villages.
As the population increases, the extent of individual appropriations is sometimes contracted; but when there is sufficient untenanted ground in the neighbourhood, a new village is thrown out at some distance, which during its infancy remains under the charge, and on the responsibility of the parent village. In time, however, it obtains a constitution of its own, and in its turn becomes the parent of others. These dependent villages are in the eastern districts termed dúku, and in the western or Súnda districts chántilan.
As the population grows, the amount of land individuals can claim is sometimes limited; however, when there is enough unoccupied land nearby, a new village is established at a distance, which initially remains under the supervision and responsibility of the original village. Over time, though, it develops its own governance and eventually becomes the source of new villages. These dependent villages are called dúku in the eastern districts and chántilan in the western or Súnda districts.
Every village forms a community within itself, having each its village officers and priest, whose habitations are as superior to those of others as their functions are more exalted. To complete the establishment in most large villages, a temple is appropriated for religious worship. Here is found that simple form of patriarchal administration, which so forcibly strikes the imagination of the civilized inhabitants of this quarter of the world, and which has so long been the theme of interest and curiosity of those who have visited the Indian continent.
Every village creates its own community, with each having its own local leaders and priest, whose homes are considered better than those of others due to their higher roles. To complete the structure in most large villages, a temple is designated for religious worship. Here, you can see that straightforward type of community leadership that strongly captures the attention of the people living in this part of the world, and which has been a source of fascination and curiosity for those who have traveled to the Indian subcontinent.
In the larger villages, or chief towns of the subdivisions, in which the Kápala chútag, or division-officer, resides, a square place, corresponding with the álun álun of the capital, is re[Vol I Pg 92]served; and, in like manner, the mosque is found to occupy one side, and the dwelling of the chief another. The villages, whether large or small, are fenced in by strong hedges of bámbu, and other quick growing plants. All the large towns and capitals are formed on the same principle, each hut and dwelling being surrounded by a garden exclusively attached to it. In this respect, they are but large villages, although usually divided into separate jurisdictions. A newly-formed village contains but a few families, while in the capitals the population often amounts to several thousand souls. Súra-kérta, the capital of the chief native government, though its population is estimated to exceed one hundred thousand, may be termed an assemblage or group of numerous villages, rather than what in European countries would be called a town or city.
In the larger villages or main towns of the subdivisions where the Kápala chútag, or division-officer, lives, a square area, similar to the álun álun of the capital, is reserved; and, likewise, the mosque is located on one side, with the chief's house on another. The villages, whether big or small, are surrounded by strong hedges made of bámbu and other fast-growing plants. All the large towns and capitals follow the same layout, with each hut and home bordered by its own garden. In this way, they are essentially large villages, even though they are usually divided into different jurisdictions. A newly-established village has just a few families, while the capitals can have populations that reach several thousand people. Súra-kérta, the capital of the chief native government, though its population is estimated to be over one hundred thousand, can be seen as a collection of many villages rather than what we would typically consider a town or city in Europe.
In the larger towns, however, and in the capitals, considerable attention is paid to the due preservation of broad streets or roads crossing in different directions. The inland capitals in the Súnda districts are distinguished by an extreme neatness and regularity in this respect; and although both these, and the greater native capitals at Sólo and Yúgy'a-kérta, may have been laid out principally at the suggestion of Europeans, it may be observed, that the same conveniences are also to be found in the extensive capital of Banyúmas, the planning of which must be ascribed entirely to the natives.
In the bigger towns, especially the capitals, a lot of emphasis is placed on keeping the wide streets or roads that intersect in various directions well-maintained. The inland capitals in the Súnda regions are known for their exceptional cleanliness and organization in this regard; and while both these and the larger native capitals in Sólo and Yúgy'a-kérta might have been designed mainly with European input, it's worth noting that similar conveniences are also present in the large capital of Banyúmas, which was entirely planned by the locals.
The dwelling or palace of the prince is distinguished by the terms kadáton or kráton, being contractions, the former probably from ka-datu-nan, and the latter from ka-ratu-nan, the place of the Dátu or Rátu (prince). Those of the Regents or Bopátis (nobles entrusted with the government of provinces), are styled dálam; a term which is applied to the inmost hall or chamber of both buildings; and by which also, particularly in the Súnda districts, the chiefs themselves are often distinguished.
The residence or palace of the prince is referred to as kadáton or kráton, which are shortened forms, likely with the former coming from ka-datu-nan and the latter from ka-ratu-nan, meaning the place of the Dátu or Rátu (prince). The homes of the Regents or Bopátis (nobles responsible for governing provinces) are called dálam; this term also refers to the innermost hall or chamber of both types of buildings and is often used to identify the chiefs themselves, especially in the Súnda regions.
The kráton, or palace of the prince, is an extensive square, surrounded by a high wall, without which there is generally a moat or ditch. In the front, and also sometimes in the rear, an extensive open square is reserved, surrounded by a railing, which is termed the álun álun. On the wall of the kráton, which may be considered as the rampart of a citadel, are usually planted cannon; and within it, the space is divided[Vol I Pg 93] by various smaller walls, which intersect each other, and form squares and compartments, each having a particular designation, and answering a specific purpose; separate quarters being assigned within the walls to all the families who may be considered as attached to the person of the sovereign, or that of the princes. The circumference of the wall of the kráton of Yúgy'a-kérta is not less than three miles; and it was estimated that, at the period of the assault in 1812, it did not contain fewer than from ten to fifteen thousand people. That of Súra-kérta is neither so extensive, nor so well built. After crossing the álun álun, or square in front of the kráton, the principal entrance is by a flight of steps, at the top of which it is usual for the new sovereign to be invested with his authority, and on which he is seated on those occasions in which he shews himself in public. This is termed the setingel, from seti-ingel, the high ground. On these occasions, the Pang'érans and nobles are ranged below. Proceeding into the interior of the building, and after descending a flight of steps, we find the next principal gateway or entrance is called the brójo nólo. After passing another court, the next gateway is termed kámandúngan; and beyond this again is the last passage, distinguished by the term s'rimenánti. Still farther on, in the centre of a square, is the hall, mendópo or bángsal, of the prince. On one side of the square are two small mendópos, or open sheds, called bángsal peng'ápit, where the Pang'érans assemble to wait the appearance of the sovereign in the principal mendópo; and on the opposite side is the dwelling, or úmah tumpang, of the prince, termed próbo yókso. The bángsal, or mendópo, is a large open hall, supported by a double row of pillars, and covered with shingles, the interior being richly decorated with paint and gilding. The ceiling of the mendópo of Yúgy'a-kérta is remarkable for its splendour and richness, being composed according to that peculiar style of architecture frequently observed throughout Java, in which several squares, of gradually decreasing sizes, are arranged one above and within the other; a style which is general among the Hindus, and strongly marks the architecture of the Burmans and Siamese.
The kráton, or prince's palace, is a large square area surrounded by a tall wall, usually with a moat or ditch outside. In the front and sometimes at the back, there’s a spacious open square called the álun álun, surrounded by a railing. On the kráton's wall, which is like the rampart of a fortress, cannons are typically placed. Inside, the area is divided by smaller walls that intersect to create squares and compartments, each with its own name and purpose; separate living quarters are allocated within the walls for families associated with the sovereign or princes. The circumference of the wall of the kráton of Yúgy'a-kérta is about three miles, and at the time of the attack in 1812, it was estimated to hold between ten to fifteen thousand people. The kráton of Súra-kérta is neither as large nor as well constructed. After crossing the álun álun, the main entrance is accessed via a set of steps, where the new sovereign is usually granted authority and appears in public. This area is known as the setingel, derived from seti-ingel, meaning high ground. During these moments, the Pang'érans and nobles gather below. Moving inside, after descending more steps, we reach the next main entrance called the brójo nólo. After passing through another courtyard, the next entrance is the kámandúngan; beyond that is the last passage, referred to as s'rimenánti. Further along, in the center of a square, is the hall, mendópo or bángsal, of the prince. On one side of the square are two small mendópos, or open shelters, known as bángsal peng'ápit, where the Pang'érans gather to wait for the sovereign’s appearance in the main mendópo; on the opposite side is the residence of the prince, called úmah tumpang, known as próbo yókso. The bángsal or mendópo is a large open hall supported by two rows of pillars and covered with shingles, with an interior richly adorned with paint and gold. The ceiling of the mendópo of Yúgy'a-kérta is notable for its splendor, showcasing a distinctive architectural style commonly seen throughout Java, where several squares of decreasing sizes are arranged within each other; a style that is prevalent among Hindus and strongly characterizes the architecture of the Burmans and Siamese.
In the centre of the álun álun, and in front of the setingel, are two wáringen trees (the Indian fig or banyan), called[Vol I Pg 94] wáring'en kúrung, which have been considered as the sign or mark of the royal residence from the earliest date of Javan history.
In the center of the álun álun, in front of the setingel, are two wáringen trees (the Indian fig or banyan), known as wáring'en kúrung, which have been seen as the symbol of the royal residence since the earliest days of Javan history.
In the dwellings of the nobles and governors of provinces, the same form and order, with some slight modifications, are observed. These have likewise the álun álun front. The outer entrance corresponding with the setíngel of the kráton is however with them denominated the láwang sekéting, the second pasádong, and the third régol, within which is the mendópo, or dálam. The mosque forms one side of the álun álun.
In the homes of the nobles and provincial governors, the same layout and structure are followed, with a few minor adjustments. They also feature the álun álun front. The main entrance, which corresponds to the setíngel of the kráton, is referred to as the láwang sekéting in their case, while the second pasádong and the third régol are inside, leading to the mendópo or dálam. The mosque is situated on one side of the álun álun.
The furniture of the houses or huts of the lower orders is very simple, and consists of but few articles. Their bed, as with the Sumatrans, is a fine mat with a number of pillows, having some party-coloured cloths generally extended over the head, in the form of a canopy or valance. They neither use tables nor chairs, but their meals are brought on large brass or wooden waiters, with smaller vessels of brass or china-ware for the different articles served up. They sit cross-legged, and, in common with other Mahomedans, only use the right hand at their meals. They usually take up their food between the finger and thumb, and throw it into their month. Spoons are used only for liquids, and knives and forks very rarely, if at all.
The furniture in the homes or huts of lower-class people is quite basic and consists of just a few items. Their bed, similar to that of the Sumatrans, is a fine mat with several pillows, usually covered with colorful cloths draped overhead like a canopy or valance. They don’t use tables or chairs; instead, their meals are served on large brass or wooden trays, with smaller dishes made of brass or china for different foods. They sit cross-legged and, like other Muslims, only eat with their right hand. They typically pick up their food between their thumb and finger and put it into their mouth. Spoons are used mainly for liquids, and knives and forks are very rarely, if ever, used.
In the dwellings of the higher classes, the articles of furniture are more numerous and expensive. Raised beds, with many pillows piled one above the other, and mats and carpets, are common in all; but, in the European provinces, many of the rooms of the chiefs are furnished with looking-glasses, chairs, tables, &c. Most of these were at first introduced for the accommodation of European visitors, but are now gradually becoming luxuries, in which the chiefs take delight.
In the homes of the upper class, furniture is more abundant and costly. Raised beds with multiple pillows stacked high, along with mats and carpets, are standard in all homes; however, in the European provinces, many of the chiefs' rooms are equipped with mirrors, chairs, tables, etc. Most of these items were initially brought in for the convenience of European visitors, but are now slowly becoming luxuries that the chiefs enjoy.
They are partial to illuminations, and, on days of festivity, ornament the grounds adjacent to their dwellings with much taste and design, by working the young shoots of the cocoa-nut, the bámbu, and various flowers, in festoons and other contrivances. The canopy or valance over the table, bed, or other place selected for any particular purpose, is universal. This canopy is generally of chintz, from Western India.
They love decorations, and on festive days, they beautify the areas around their homes with great style and creativity by using the young shoots of coconut, bamboo, and various flowers to create garlands and other arrangements. The canopy or valance over tables, beds, or any chosen place for a specific purpose is common. This canopy is usually made of chintz from Western India.
In all the provinces under the European government, the[Vol I Pg 95] chiefs have several rooms fitted up in the European style, for the accommodation of the officers of government, and none of them hesitate to sit down at table with their visitors, and join in the entertainment.
In all the provinces governed by Europeans, the[Vol I Pg 95] chiefs have several rooms designed in a European style for the comfort of government officials, and they don’t hesitate to sit down at the table with their guests and participate in the festivities.
The natives of Java are in general better clothed than those of Western India. In many provinces of the interior, and in the elevated parts of the island, warm clothing is indispensable. They are for the most part clothed from the produce of their own soil and labour; but there are parts of their dress which they willingly derive from foreign countries. Blue cloths and chintzes, in particular, have always formed an extensive article of importation from Western India; and the chiefs consume considerable quantities of broadcloths, velvet, and other fabrics, in the jackets, pantaloons, and other articles of dress, in imitation of Europeans. Persons of condition are particular in being what they conceive well-dressed. A sloven is an object of ridicule; and, in point of expensive attire, they may be considered as restricted only by their means. Although the general character of the native costume is preserved, they seemed inclined to adopt many of the more convenient parts of the European dress; and, in proof of their having but few prejudices on this score, it may be observed, that, on occasions when the population of the country has been called out in the Native Provinces, the assemblage of the provincials presented themselves habited, many of them in cocked hats and stockings of Europeans, forming a most grotesque appearance. By the institutions of the country, a particular kind of dress is assigned to each different rank; and there are some patterns of cloth, the use of which is prohibited, except to the royal family: but these sumptuary laws are for the most part obsolete in the European provinces, and gradually becoming so in those of the native princes, particularly since those princes have engaged by treaty to discontinue their enforcement. There are also distinctions of rank expressed by the different modes of wearing the krîs, which will be treated of hereafter.
The people of Java generally dress better than those in Western India. In many inland areas and the higher parts of the island, warm clothing is essential. Most of their clothing is made from local materials and labor, but they also happily get some parts of their outfits from other countries. Blue fabrics and chintzes, in particular, have always been widely imported from Western India; and the leaders use a lot of broadcloth, velvet, and other materials for jackets, pants, and other clothes, mimicking European styles. People of status pay a lot of attention to what they think looks good. Someone who's messy is laughed at, and when it comes to extravagant clothes, they are mostly limited only by what they can afford. While they mainly keep their traditional outfits, they seem eager to adopt many of the more practical aspects of European clothing. For example, during events when the local population has been mobilized in the Native Provinces, many of the attendees showed up wearing cocked hats and European stockings, creating a very comical sight. The country has specific dress codes for different ranks, and certain cloth patterns are only allowed for the royal family. However, these dress regulations are mostly outdated in the European regions and are gradually fading in the areas of the native princes, especially since these princes have agreed by treaty to stop enforcing them. There are also rank distinctions shown through different styles of wearing the krîs, which will be discussed later.
It is part of the domestic economy, that the women of the family should provide the men with the cloths necessary for their apparel, and from the first consort of the sovereign to the wife of the lowest peasant, the same rule is observed. In every cottage there is a spinning-wheel and loom, and in all[Vol I Pg 96] ranks a man is accustomed to pride himself on the beauty of a cloth woven either by his wife, mistress, or daughter.
It is a part of the household economy that women in the family provide men with the clothing they need. This rule applies from the first lady of the kingdom to the wife of the lowest peasant. Every cottage has a spinning wheel and loom, and across all social classes, a man takes pride in the beauty of fabric woven by his wife, partner, or daughter.
The principal article of dress, common to all classes in the Archipelago, is the cloth or sárong, which has been described by Mr. Marsden to be "not unlike a Scots highlander's plaid in appearance, being a piece of party-coloured cloth, about six or eight feet long and three or four feet wide, sewed together at the ends, forming, as some writers have described it, a wide sack without a bottom." With the Maláyus, the sárong is either worn slung over the shoulders as a sash, or tucked round the waist and descending to the ankles, so as to enclose the legs like a petticoat. The patterns in use among the Maláyus or Búgis are universally Tartan; but besides these, the Javans pride themselves in a great variety of others, the common people only wearing the Tartan pattern, while others prefer the Javan bátek or painted cloths. On occasions of state they wear, in lieu of the sárong or járit[43] (the ordinary cloth of the country, which differs from the sárong in not being united at the ends), a cloth termed dódot, which is made either of cotton or silk and much larger. This is worn in the same way; but from its size, and the manner of its being tucked up, it falls in a kind of drapery, which is peculiar to Java.
The main piece of clothing that everyone in the Archipelago wears is the cloth or sárong. Mr. Marsden described it as "similar to a Scots highlander's plaid in appearance, being a piece of colorful cloth about six or eight feet long and three or four feet wide, sewn together at the ends to form, as some writers have said, a wide sack without a bottom." With the Maláyus, the sárong is either worn draped over the shoulders like a sash or wrapped around the waist, reaching down to the ankles, effectively enclosing the legs like a petticoat. The patterns favored by the Maláyus or Búgis are typically Tartan; however, the Javans take pride in a wide variety of other designs. Common folks usually wear the Tartan pattern, while others opt for Javan bátek or painted fabrics. During formal occasions, they wear, instead of the sárong or járit[43] (which is the ordinary cloth of the country that isn't joined at the ends), a larger piece called dódot, made from either cotton or silk. It's worn the same way, but due to its size and the way it's tucked up, it creates a kind of drapery that's unique to Java.
The men of the lowest class generally wear a pair of coarse short drawers, reaching towards the knee, with the járit or cloth folded round the waist, and descending below the knees like a short petticoat. This cloth is always tucked up close round the waist, while the labourer is at work or moving abroad, but loosened, and allowed to descend to its full length, when in the presence of a superior. It is fastened round the waist by a narrow waistband or belt (sábuk). In general, the Javans are also provided with a jacket (kalámbi), having short sleeves reaching to the elbows. This is either white, or more frequently of light and dark blue stripes. A handkerchief or the (íkat) is always folded round the head. With the Maláyus this handkerchief is generally of the Tartan pattern, but among the Javans it is of the bátek cloth, and put on more in the manner of a turban than the handkerchief of a Maláyu is: the crown of the head is covered with it, and the ends are tucked[Vol I Pg 97] in. While abroad, they generally wear over it a large hat of leaves or of the split and plaited bambu, which shelters them like an umbrella from the sun and rain. A coarse handkerchief is usually tucked into the waistband, or a small bag is suspended from it, containing tobacco, síri, &c. The kris or dagger, which is universally worn by all classes, completes the dress. To that of the labourer, according to the work he may be employed upon, is superadded a large knife or hatchet for cutting wood, brushwood, or grass.
The men from the lowest class typically wear a pair of rough shorts that reach to the knee, along with a piece of cloth called the járit wrapped around the waist, which falls below the knees like a short skirt. This cloth is usually tucked tightly around the waist while the worker is on the job or out and about, but it's loosened and allowed to hang down fully in the presence of someone of higher status. It's secured around the waist with a narrow waistband or belt called sábuk. Generally, the Javans also wear a jacket (kalámbi) with short sleeves that go to the elbows. This jacket is either white or, more commonly, has light and dark blue stripes. A handkerchief or íkat is always wrapped around their heads. For the Maláyus, this handkerchief is usually in a Tartan pattern, while among the Javans, it’s made of bátek cloth and tied on more like a turban than a handkerchief is for a Maláyu: it covers the top of the head, and the ends are tucked in. When outside, they typically wear a large hat made from leaves or woven bamboo over it, providing shade like an umbrella from the sun and rain. A rough handkerchief is often tucked into the waistband, or a small bag hangs from it, containing tobacco, síri, etc. The kris or dagger, which everyone wears, completes the outfit. For laborers, depending on their work, they also carry a large knife or hatchet for cutting wood, brush, or grass.
The women, in like manner, wear the cloth tucked round their loins, and descending in the form of a petticoat as low as the ankles. It is folded somewhat differently from the cloth worn by the men, and never tucked up as with them. The waistband or girdle by which they fasten it, is termed údat. Round the body, passed above the bosom and close under the arms, descending to the waistband, is rolled a body cloth called kémban. They also commonly wear a loose gown reaching to the knees, with long sleeves buttoning at the wrists. This gown is almost invariably blue, never being of any variegated pattern, and as well as the jacket of the men is usually termed kalámbi. The women do not wear any handkerchief on their head, which is ornamented by their hair fastened up in a glung or knot, and by an appendage of large studs, either of buffalo horn or brass, which they use for ear-rings. Both men and women, even of the lowest class, wear rings on their fingers. Those worn by the men are either of iron, brass, or copper; those of the women of brass or copper only. The value of a man's dress, as above described, may be estimated at about five rupees, twelve and sixpence; and that of the women at about six rupees, or fifteen shillings.
The women similarly wear cloth wrapped around their waists, hanging down like a petticoat to their ankles. It’s folded a bit differently from the cloth the men wear, and it’s never tucked up like theirs. The waistband or girdle that keeps it in place is called údat. Around the body, above the chest and just below the arms, they wear a body cloth called kémban. They also commonly have a loose gown that reaches their knees, with long sleeves that button at the wrists. This gown is almost always blue and never has a mixed pattern, similar to the men’s jacket, which is usually referred to as kalámbi. Women don’t wear a handkerchief on their heads; instead, their hair is styled up in a glung or knot, and they adorn themselves with large studs, either made of buffalo horn or brass, used as earrings. Both men and women, even those from the lowest class, wear rings on their fingers. The men’s rings are usually made of iron, brass, or copper, while the women’s rings are made only of brass or copper. The value of a man's attire, as described above, is about five rupees and twelve and sixpence, while the women’s attire is worth around six rupees or fifteen shillings.
The children of the lower orders go naked, from the age of fifteen or eighteen months to six or seven years; but the children of persons of condition always wear the járit round their loins, together with a jacket.
The children from lower classes go without clothes from about fifteen or eighteen months to six or seven years old; however, the children of higher-status individuals always wear the járit around their waist, along with a jacket.
The higher orders wear a járit, of about seven or eight cubits long and about three cubits wide, which with the men is folded once round the loins, and allowed to descend to the ankles in the form of a petticoat, but so as to admit of the leg being occasionally exposed when set forward in the act of walking.[Vol I Pg 98] The part which is folded in front commonly hangs somewhat lower than the rest of the garment. The sábuk or waistband is generally of silk of the chíndi or patólé pattern. When at leisure within-doors, the men usually wear a loose cotton gown descending as low as the knees; but when abroad, or in attendance on public service, they for the most part wear a jacket of broad cloth, silk, or velvet if procurable, frequently edged with lace and ornamented with filagree buttons. This jacket is called síkapan (from sikap ready) as it intimates, when worn, that the party is ready for duty. The jacket used by the Regents or chiefs of provinces, and other officers of distinction, closely resembles the old Friesland jacket, as worn about two centuries ago, and is probably modified, if not entirely taken from it. Under the jacket the men always wear a vest, usually of fine white cloth, with a single row of filagree buttons, buttoning close to the body and at the neck like a shirt. If the party is upon a journey or without doors in the sun, the túdang or shade, which is usually of broad cloth or velvet, is fixed over the face, having much the appearance of a large jockey cap. The petty chiefs, particularly in the western districts, instead of this shade wear a large hat, in the form of a wash-hand bason reversed, made of split bambu of various colours, and highly varnished to throw off the rain. This is fastened by a string under the chin, in the same manner as the hat of the common people.
The higher-ups wear a járit, about seven or eight cubits long and three cubits wide, which they wrap around their waists and let hang down to their ankles like a petticoat, but it allows for the leg to be shown when taking a step forward while walking.[Vol I Pg 98] The part folded in the front usually hangs lower than the rest of the garment. The sábuk or waistband is typically made of silk in the chíndi or patólé pattern. When they're at home and relaxing, men usually wear a loose cotton gown that goes down to their knees; however, when out or on public duty, they mostly wear a jacket made of broadcloth, silk, or velvet if available, often trimmed with lace and decorated with filigree buttons. This jacket is called síkapan (from sikap, meaning ready) because it indicates that the wearer is ready for duty. The jacket worn by the Regents, provincial chiefs, and other distinguished officials closely resembles the old Friesland jacket from about two centuries ago and is likely adapted, if not entirely derived, from it. Underneath the jacket, men always wear a vest, usually made of fine white cloth, with a single row of filigree buttons, fastened closely to the body and at the neck like a shirt. When on a journey or outside in the sun, they wear a túdang or shade, typically made of broadcloth or velvet, positioned over the face and resembling a large jockey cap. The minor chiefs, particularly in the western areas, wear instead a large hat shaped like an inverted washbasin, made of split bamboo in various colors and highly polished to repel rain. This is secured with a string under the chin, similar to the hats worn by common people.
The dress of the women of the higher classes does not in fashion differ essentially from that of the lower orders, but the articles are of finer texture and better quality, and gold studs and rings, ornamented with coloured and precious stones, are substituted for those of copper and brass. Both men and women of condition wear sandals, shoes, or slippers in the house; and in the European districts, the Regent and other chiefs, when in attendance on the public officers, on journeys or otherwise, usually superadd to the native dress tight cloth or nankeen pantaloons, with boots and spurs, according to the European fashion.
The dresses of high-class women aren't very different in style from those of the lower classes, but they're made from finer materials and higher quality. Gold studs and rings decorated with colorful and precious stones replace those made from copper and brass. Both men and women of status wear sandals, shoes, or slippers at home. In European areas, the Regent and other leaders typically add tight clothing or nankeen pants, along with boots and spurs, to their traditional attire when attending public officials, traveling, or on other occasions, following European fashion.
It is difficult to estimate with precision the value of the dress of the higher orders. That of an ordinary petty chief and his wife costs about fifty Spanish dollars, or between[Vol I Pg 99] twelve and thirteen pounds sterling, including the siri box, which is a necessary appendage. The siri box of the man is termed epok, that of the woman chepúri.
It’s hard to accurately determine the value of the clothing from the higher classes. An ordinary minor chief and his wife spend about fifty Spanish dollars, which is around[Vol I Pg 99] twelve to thirteen pounds sterling, and this includes the siri box, which is an essential accessory. The man’s siri box is called epok, while the woman’s is referred to as chepúri.
Neither men nor women cut their hair, but allow it to grow to its natural length: in this they differ from the Maláyus and Búgis, who always wear it short. The men, except on particular occasions, gather it up on the crown of the head, twist it round, and fasten it by means of a semicircular tortoise-shell comb fixed in front; but among the higher classes, it is considered a mark of the greatest respect to let it flow in curls in the presence of a superior. The princes and chiefs at the native courts usually confine it on the neck, and allow it to descend down the back in large curls; but in Chéribon and the Súnda districts, the chiefs, on occasions of ceremony, let their locks flow in curls and ringlets loose over their shoulders. The women confine their hair by gathering and twisting it into one large glúng or knot at the back of the head, in the manner of performing which there are several modes, distinguished by as many names. The short down encircling the forehead is sometimes cut or shaved, to give the brow a better defined appearance, when the hair is combed back, and on particular occasions the fine hair in the same place, which is too short to be combed back and gathered in the knot, is turned in small curls like a fringe. All classes, both of men and women, apply oils to their hair. The women frequently use scents in dressing it, and on state days ornament it with a great variety of flowers, diamond-headed pins, and other jewellery. Both sexes perfume their persons with different species of fragrant oils, as the láng'a chandána (sandal-wood oil), láng'a kanáng'a, láng'a gáru, láng'a gandapúra, and láng'a jerú, and adorn the skin with a variety of powders called bóré; as the bóré kúning (yellow powder), bóré érang (black), boré sárí, and boré k'lambak. To these may be added the general use of musk, termed by them dédes. In the houses of the higher orders, dúpa or incense of benjamin, and other odoriferous gums, is generally burnt.
Neither men nor women cut their hair; they let it grow to its natural length. This sets them apart from the Maláyus and Búgis, who always keep theirs short. Men typically gather their hair on top of their heads, twist it, and secure it with a semicircular tortoise-shell comb placed at the front, except on special occasions. Among the upper classes, it's seen as a great show of respect to let their hair flow in curls when in the presence of someone of higher status. Princes and chiefs at native courts usually keep their hair gathered at the neck, letting it cascade down their backs in large curls. However, in Chéribon and the Súnda districts, chiefs sometimes let their hair drop in curls and ringlets over their shoulders on ceremonial occasions. Women gather and twist their hair into a single large glúng or knot at the back of their heads, using various styles known by distinct names. The short hair around the forehead is sometimes cut or shaved to create a more defined brow when the hair is slicked back. On special occasions, the fine hair in that area, which is too short to be styled back into the knot, is curled into a fringe. All men and women apply oils to their hair, and women often use scented products when styling, adding a wide variety of flowers, diamond-tipped pins, and other jewelry on special days. Both genders perfume their bodies with different fragrant oils, such as láng'a chandána (sandalwood oil), láng'a kanáng'a, láng'a gáru, láng'a gandapúra, and láng'a jerú, and they adorn their skin with various powders called bóré, including bóré kúning (yellow powder), bóré érang (black), boré sárí, and boré k'lambak. They also commonly use musk, referred to as dédes. In the homes of the upper classes, dúpa or incense made from benzoin and other aromatic resins is often burned.
The priests generally dress in white, and imitate the turbans of the Arabs.
The priests usually wear white and copy the turbans of the Arabs.
Such is the ordinary costume of the bulk of the population, as it is usually seen in all that part of the island peculiarly[Vol I Pg 100] called Java. In the western or Súnda districts, the common people are by no means so well supplied with articles of dress as in the eastern. They are often seen with little or no covering, beyond a piece of very coarse cloth tied round the waist. The Regents or chiefs of provinces in these districts generally wear, when on public duty with the officers of the European government, a velvet cap ornamented with gold lace, differing in fashion in each province, but usually calculated to shade the face from the direct rays of the sun. In the eastern districts the chiefs, on similar occasions, wear the cap called kúluk, which will be more particularly mentioned as part of the court dress.
This is the typical clothing for most of the population, especially in the region of the island known as Java. In the western or Súnda areas, the common people are not as well equipped with clothing as those in the east. They are often seen with little or no covering, other than a rough piece of cloth tied around their waist. The Regents or local leaders in these areas usually wear a velvet cap decorated with gold lace when performing public duties alongside European government officials. The style of the cap varies by province but is typically designed to shield the face from direct sunlight. In the eastern districts, the leaders wear a cap called kúluk on similar occasions, which will be described in more detail as part of the court attire.
Besides what may be thus termed the ordinary dress, two grand distinctions are noticed in the costume of the Javans: these are the war dress and the court dress. The former consists of chelána or pantaloons, buttoned from the hip down to the ankles; the kátok, short kilt or petticoat of coloured silk or fine cotton, descending just below the knee; and the ámben or girth, rolled tightly round the body seven or eight times, like a military sash, and securing the whole body from below the arms to the hips: this is made either of silk or very fine cotton. Over this is drawn a tight vest without buttons, termed sángsang, and over this again the ordinary vest or kótan with buttons, buttoning close round the body and neck, the síkapan or jacket being worn over the whole. The túdung, or shade for the face, is usually worn on this occasion, as well as shoes or sandals. The ang'ger or sword belt, which goes round the waist, also forms an essential part of the war dress, in which the pedáng or sword is suspended on the left side. Three kríses are usually worn in the waist on these occasions, one on each side and the other behind. These consist of the krís which the wearer particularly calls his own, the krís which has descended to him from his ancestors, and the krís which he may have received on his marriage from his wife's father. The latter is often placed on the left side for immediate use. This dress is worn in going into the field of battle, on which occasion it is the custom to appear in the richest attire their means admit, and to wear the rings and the other valuable jewels or trinkets which they possess.
Besides the regular outfit, two major types of clothing are recognized among the Javanese: war dress and court dress. The war dress consists of chelána or pantaloons, buttoned from the hips down to the ankles; the kátok, a short kilt or petticoat made of colorful silk or fine cotton, which falls just below the knee; and the ámben or sash, which is wrapped tightly around the body seven or eight times, like a military belt, securing everything from below the arms to the hips. This sash is made of silk or very fine cotton. Over this, a fitted vest without buttons, called sángsang, is worn, followed by the regular vest or kótan, which buttons closely around the body and neck, with the síkapan or jacket worn over it all. The túdung, or face shade, is usually worn on this occasion, along with shoes or sandals. The ang'ger or sword belt, which goes around the waist, is also a crucial part of the war dress, with the pedáng or sword hanging on the left side. Typically, three kríses are worn at the waist on these occasions: one on each side and one at the back. These include the krís that the wearer considers his own, the krís passed down from his ancestors, and the krís given to him on his marriage by his father-in-law. The latter is often placed on the left side for easy access. This outfit is worn in preparation for battle, during which it is customary to wear the finest clothing they can afford, along with any rings and valuable jewelry or trinkets they possess.
In the court or full dress, the shoulders, arms, and body,[Vol I Pg 101] down to the waist, are entirely bare; the drapery descending from the loins downwards, chelána, and what may be worn on the head, being the only covering. When a subject, whatever be his rank or family, approaches his prince, he must wear chelána or pantaloons of coloured silk or of fine cotton, without buttons; and instead of the járit or ordinary cloth, he must wear the dódot, a cloth which is of nearly double the dimensions. This is put on, however, nearly in the same manner as the járit, but so as not to descend on the right side further than just below the knee, while on the left it falls in a rich drapery, until it touches the ground in a point. The sábuk or waistband must be of gold lace, the fringed ends of which usually hang down a few inches, and the party must only wear one krís, which is tucked in the waistband on the right side behind, while on the left he wears a weapon, or rather implement, called a wédung, in the shape of a chopper, together with a small knife, indicative of his readiness to cut down trees and grass at the order of his sovereign. On his head he must wear a peculiar kind of cap (kuluk), said to have been introduced by the Sultan Pájang in imitation of the scull-cap of the Arabs; it is made of cloth, and either white or light blue, stiffened with rich starch: on more ordinary occasions, and generally, except in full dress, the chiefs prefer a cap of the same form made of black velvet, ornamented with gold, and sometimes a diamond on the crown. The part of the body which is left uncovered is generally rubbed over with white or yellow powder. The sovereign himself is usually habited in the same manner on state occasions, his body and arms being covered with a bright yellow powder. When women approach the sovereign, besides having their hair ornamented with diamonds and flowers, they must wear a sémbong or sash round the waist, which generally is of yellow silk with red at the two ends. It is brought once round the body from behind, and the long ends are allowed to descend towards the ground, one over each hip.
In formal settings, the shoulders, arms, and torso down to the waist are completely bare; the drapery hanging from the waist down, chelána, and anything worn on the head are the only coverings. When anyone, regardless of rank or background, approaches their prince, they must wear chelána or pants made of colored silk or fine cotton, without buttons; instead of the usual járit, they must wear the dódot, which is nearly twice the size. The dódot is put on similarly to the járit, but it shouldn't hang lower than just below the knee on the right side; on the left, it drapes richly down to a point on the ground. The sábuk or waistband must be made of gold lace, with fringed ends that typically hang down a few inches. The individual should wear only one krís, tucked in the waistband on the right side at the back, while on the left side, they carry a tool called a wédung, shaped like a chopper, along with a small knife, signaling readiness to cut trees and grass at the command of their ruler. On their head, they must wear a special type of cap (kuluk), said to have been introduced by Sultan Pájang to mimic the Arab skullcap; it's made of cloth, either white or light blue, stiffened with rich starch. On less formal occasions, chiefs usually prefer a similar cap made of black velvet adorned with gold and sometimes a diamond on the crown. The exposed skin is often dusted with white or yellow powder. The sovereign dresses similarly on state occasions, with their body and arms covered in bright yellow powder. When women approach the sovereign, in addition to adorning their hair with diamonds and flowers, they must wear a sémbong or sash around their waist, typically in yellow silk with red ends. It wraps around the body from behind, with long ends cascading down, one over each hip.
Since the loss of the makóta, or golden crown of Majapáhit, which disappeared on the banishment of Susúnan Mangkúrat, both the Susúnan and Sultan, on public occasions, when they have to meet the European authorities, wear a velvet hat or cap of a particular fashion, somewhat different at each[Vol I Pg 102] court; that of the Susúnan resembling what is distinguished by the term of the Madúra hat in consequence of its being still worn by the Madúra family, and that of the Sultan having a golden garúda affixed at the back, and two wings of gold extending from behind the ears. They both wear breeches, stockings, and buckles, after the European fashion.
Since the loss of the makóta, or golden crown of Majapáhit, which vanished when Susúnan Mangkúrat was exiled, both the Susúnan and Sultan wear a velvet hat or cap of a specific style on formal occasions when meeting European officials. Each court has its own variation; the Susúnan’s hat resembles the Madúra hat, as it is still worn by the Madúra family, while the Sultan’s hat has a golden garúda attached to the back, with two golden wings extending from behind the ears. They both wear breeches, stockings, and buckles in the European style.
The jámang or golden plate, which was worn over the forehead, as well as a variety of golden ornaments round the neck and arms, and which formerly formed the most splendid part of the costume, are now disused; except at marriages, or in dramatic or other entertainments, when the ancient costume of the country is exhibited in all its rich and gorgeous variety.
The jámang or golden plate worn on the forehead, along with various golden jewelry for the neck and arms, used to be the most impressive part of the outfit, but now it's rarely worn—only during weddings, or in plays and other performances, when the traditional costume of the country is showcased in all its beautiful and vibrant variety.
The following picture of a Javan beauty, taken from one of the most popular poems of the country, will serve better than any description of mine, to place before the reader the standard of female elegance and perfection in the island, and to convey an accurate idea of the personal decorations on nuptial occasions, in dances and dramatic exhibitions; it will at the same time afford a representation of what may be considered to have formed the full dress of a female of distinction, before the innovations of Mahometanism and the partial introduction of the European fashions. The extravagant genius of eastern poetry may perhaps be best employed in portraying such fantastic images, or celebrating such extraordinary tastes.
The following image of a Javan beauty, taken from one of the most popular poems in the country, will do a better job than any description I could provide in showcasing the standard of female elegance and perfection on the island. It will give a clear idea of the personal adornments during weddings, dances, and dramatic performances. At the same time, it represents what can be considered the full attire of a distinguished woman before the changes brought by Islam and the partial influence of European fashion. The extravagant creativity of Eastern poetry might be best used to depict such vivid images or to celebrate such unique tastes.
"Her face was fair and bright as the moon, and it expressed all that was lovely. The beauty of Ráden Pútri far excelled even that of the widadári Déwi Ráti: she shone bright even in the dark, and she was without defect or blemish.
"Her face was fair and bright like the moon, showing all that was beautiful. The beauty of Ráden Pútri surpassed even that of widadári Déwi Ráti: she radiated light even in the dark, and she was flawless."
"So clear and striking was her brightness, that it flashed to the sky as she was gazed at: the lustre of the sun was even dimmed in her presence, for she seemed to have stolen from him his refulgence. So much did she excel in beauty, that it is impossible to describe it.
"So clear and striking was her brightness that it flashed to the sky as she was looked at: the shine of the sun was even dimmed in her presence, for she seemed to have stolen his glow. She excelled in beauty to such an extent that it's impossible to describe it."
"Her shape and form were nothing wanting, and her hair when loosened hung down to her feet, waving in dark curls: the short front hairs were turned with regularity as a fringe, her forehead resembling the chendána stone. Her eyebrows were like two leaves of the ímbo tree; the outer angle of the eye acute and slightly extended; the ball of the eye full, and the upper eyelash slightly curling upwards.[Vol I Pg 103]
"Her shape and figure were perfect, and her hair, when it was down, cascaded to her feet in dark waves. The short front strands framed her face perfectly, and her forehead was smooth like the chendána stone. Her eyebrows resembled two leaves from the ímbo tree; the outer corners of her eyes were sharply defined and slightly elongated; her eyes were full and her upper eyelashes had a slight upward curl.[Vol I Pg 103]
"Tears seemed floating in her eye, but started not. Her nose was sharp and pointed; her teeth black as the kómbang; her lips the colour of the newly cut mangústin shell. Her teeth regular and brilliant; her cheeks in shape like the fruit of the dúren; the lower part of the cheek slightly protruding. Her ears in beauty like the giánti flowers, and her neck like unto the young and graceful gádung leaf.
"Tears seemed to be welling up in her eyes, but didn’t fall. Her nose was sharp and pointed; her teeth as black as the kómbang; her lips the color of a freshly cut mangústin shell. Her teeth were even and brilliant; her cheeks shaped like the fruit of the dúren, with the lower part slightly sticking out. Her ears were as beautiful as the giánti flowers, and her neck resembled the young and graceful gádung leaf."
"Her shoulders even, like the balance of golden scales; her chest open and full; her breasts like ivory, perfectly round and inclining to each other. Her arms ductile as a bow; her fingers long and pliant, and tapering like thorns of the forest. Her nails like pearls; her skin bright yellow; her waist formed like the pátram when drawn from its sheath; her hips as the reversed límas leaf.
"Her shoulders straight, like the balance of golden scales; her chest open and full; her breasts like ivory, perfectly round and leaning towards each other. Her arms flexible as a bow; her fingers long and adaptable, tapering like the thorns of a forest. Her nails like pearls; her skin a bright yellow; her waist shaped like the pátram when pulled from its sheath; her hips resembling the reversed límas leaf."
"Like unto the púdak flower when hanging down its head, was the shape of her leg; her foot flat with the ground; her gait gentle and majestic like that of the elephant. Thus beautiful in person, she was clothed with a chíndi patóla of a green colour, fastened round the waist with a golden lúlut or cestus: her outer garment being of the méga mendúng (dark clouded) pattern. Her kémban (upper garment) was of the pattern jing'gomosi, edged with lace of gold; on her finger she wore a ring, the production of the sea, and her ear-rings were of the pattern nóto bróngto.
"Like the púdak flower that droops its head, her leg had a similar shape; her foot was flat against the ground, and her walk was gentle and graceful, like an elephant's. Beautiful in appearance, she wore a green chíndi patóla tied around her waist with a golden lúlut or belt; her outer garment was in a méga mendúng (dark clouded) pattern. Her kémban (upper garment) featured the jing'gomosi pattern, trimmed with lace of gold; she had a ring on her finger made from the sea, and her earrings were styled in the nóto bróngto pattern."
"On the front of the ear-studs were displayed the beauties of the segára múnchar pattern (emeralds encircled by rubies and diamonds), and she bound up her hair in the first fashion, fastening it with the glúng (knot) bobokóran, and decorating it with the green chámpaca flower, and also with the gámbir, meláti, and mínor flowers; and in the centre of it she fixed a golden pin, with a red jewel on the top, and a golden flower ornamented with emeralds. Her necklace was composed of seven kinds of precious stones, and most brilliant to behold; and she was highly perfumed, without it being possible to discover from whence the scent was produced.
"On the front of the earrings were the stunning beauties of the segára múnchar pattern (emeralds surrounded by rubies and diamonds), and she styled her hair in the first way, securing it with the glúng (knot) bobokóran, and adorning it with the green chámpaca flower, along with gámbir, meláti, and mínor flowers; and at the center, she placed a golden pin topped with a red gem, and a golden flower decorated with emeralds. Her necklace was made up of seven different precious stones, which were incredibly brilliant; and she was heavily perfumed, with no way to tell where the fragrance came from."
"Her jámang (tiara or head ornament) was of the fashion sódo sáler and richly chased; her bracelets were of the pattern glang-kána, and suited the jámang. Thus was the[Vol I Pg 104] beauty of her person heightened and adorned by the splendour of her dress."
"Her jámang (tiara or head ornament) was stylish, sódo sáler, and beautifully detailed; her bracelets had the glang-kána design, matching the jámang. This way, the[Vol I Pg 104] beauty of her figure was enhanced and complemented by the elegance of her outfit."
To this we may add, from one of the popular versions of the work called Jáya Langkárá the notions which the Javans have of the virtues, beauties, and dress, that should adorn a young man of family.
To this, we can add, from one of the popular versions of the work called Jáya Langkárá, the ideas that the Javanese have about the virtues, attractiveness, and clothing that should embellish a young man from a good family.
"In a youth of noble birth there are seven points which should strike the observer, and these are indispensable. In the first place, he should be of good descent; in the second, he should possess understanding; in the third, he should know how to conduct himself. In the fourth place, he recollects what he learns in the sástras; in the fifth, his views must be enlarged; in the sixth, he must be religious; in the seventh, he must exert the qualifications he possesses unhesitatingly. These are the seven points which must strike the immediate attention of the observer.
"In a young person of noble birth, there are seven key traits that should catch your eye, and these are essential. First, they should come from a good family; second, they should have intelligence; third, they should know how to behave. Fourth, they should remember what they learn from the sástras; fifth, their perspective should be broad; sixth, they should have a sense of spirituality; and seventh, they must confidently apply their skills. These are the seven traits that should immediately grab the observer's attention."
"In his heart and mind he must be quiet and tranquil. He should be able to repress his inclinations, and to be silent when necessary: never should he on any account tell a falsehood. He should not think long concerning property, neither should he fear death: in his devotions he should be free from pride, and he should relieve the distressed.
"In his heart and mind, he must be calm and peaceful. He should be able to control his urges and remain silent when needed; he should never tell a lie, no matter the circumstances. He shouldn’t dwell on material possessions, nor should he fear death. In his prayers, he should be humble, and he should help those in need."
"It should be observed by all, that whatever he undertakes is quickly executed. He should quietly penetrate other men's thoughts and intentions; his inquiries should be discreet, intelligent, and active. Whenever he meets with an able man, he should attach himself to him as a friend, and never leave him till he has drawn all his knowledge from him; and in whatever he does, his actions should be rather what is generally approved, than the result of his mere will.
"It should be noted by everyone that whatever he takes on is done quickly. He should thoughtfully understand other people's thoughts and intentions; his questions should be thoughtful, smart, and proactive. Whenever he encounters a capable person, he should befriend them and not leave until he has learned everything he can from them; and in whatever he does, his actions should align more with what is widely accepted than just his own desires."
"As long as he lives he must continue to thirst after more knowledge; and he must constantly guard his own conduct, that men may not say it is bad. His recollection should be clear and distinct, his speech mild and gentle; so that people's hearts may be softened, and possessing these qualifications his dependants may praise him.
"As long as he lives, he must keep seeking more knowledge, and he needs to be careful about his behavior so people won't think it's bad. His memory should be sharp and clear, and he should speak kindly and gently, so that people’s hearts are warmed. With these qualities, those around him will admire him."
"His appearance and stature should not be deficient. The light of his countenance should be sweet, like that of Batára[Vol I Pg 105] Asmára (the god of love) when he descends to the earth. When men look upon him, they should be struck with the idea, 'how great would he not be in war!' In the form of his body no part should be ill shaped. His skin should be like unto virgin gold before it has undergone the process of fire; his head rather large; his hair straight and long. His eyes watery and ready to overflow; his brows like the ímbo leaf; his eyelash like the tánjung flower; his nose sharp and prominent, with but little hair above the upper lip; his lips like the newly cut mangústin shell; his teeth as if painted, shining and black like the kómbang; his breast and shoulders wide.
"His look and height should be impressive. The light in his face should be pleasant, like that of Batára[Vol I Pg 105] Asmára (the god of love) when he comes down to earth. When people see him, they should think, 'How amazing would he be in battle!' His body should be perfectly shaped. His skin should be like virgin gold before it's been touched by fire; he should have a rather large head, with straight, long hair. His eyes should be watery and on the verge of overflowing; his eyebrows like the ímbo leaf; his eyelashes like the tánjung flower; his nose sharp and prominent, with just a bit of hair on his upper lip; his lips resembling the newly cut mangústin shell; his teeth bright and shiny, black like the kómbang; his chest and shoulders broad."
"A bright circle should irradiate his face and breast, and he should stand unrivalled. Whatever he says should make an impression on all who hear him, and his speech should be playful and agreeable.
A bright circle should light up his face and chest, and he should stand unmatched. Everything he says should leave an impact on everyone who hears him, and his speech should be fun and pleasant.
"He should wear the chelána chíndi, with a dark green dódot of the pattern gádong-eng'úkup; his sash of golden lace. His krís should have the sheath of the sátrían fashion, and the handle should be that of túng'gáksmi. The súmping (an imitation of flowers or leaves which hang over the ear) should be of gold, and of the fashion súreng páti (brave to death); and on his right thumb (palgúna) he should at the same time wear a golden ring."
"He should wear the chelána chíndi, with a dark green dódot in the gádong-eng'úkup pattern; his sash should be made of golden lace. His krís should have the sheath in the sátrían style, and the handle should be like túng'gáksmi. The súmping (a decorative piece resembling flowers or leaves that hangs over the ear) should be made of gold, in the súreng páti (brave to death) style; and on his right thumb (palgúna), he should wear a golden ring."
In common with the Sumatrans, and other inhabitants of the Archipelago and southern part of the peninsula, both sexes of all ranks have the custom of filing and blackening the teeth, it being considered as disgraceful to allow them to remain "white like a dog's." The operation is performed when the children are about eight or nine years of age, and is a very painful one. The object is to make the front teeth concave, and by filing away the enamel, to render them better adapted for receiving the black dye. This extraordinary and barbarous custom tends to destroy the teeth at an early age, and with the use of tobacco, síri, and lime, which are continually chewed, generally greatly disfigures the mouth. The Javans, however, do not file away the teeth so much as is usual with some of the other islanders; nor do they set them in gold, as is the case with the Sumatrans. Neither do they distend the[Vol I Pg 106] lobe of the ear, to that enormous extent practised on Báli and elsewhere, and which is observed in the representations of Búdh. This has been discontinued since the introduction of Mahomedanism.
In line with the Sumatrans and other people from the Archipelago and the southern part of the peninsula, both men and women of all social classes have the custom of filing and blackening their teeth, as it is seen as shameful to let them remain "white like a dog's." This practice is done when children are about eight or nine years old and is quite painful. The goal is to make the front teeth concave and to prepare them for better absorption of the black dye by filing away the enamel. This unusual and harsh custom often leads to the early decay of the teeth, and when combined with the constant chewing of tobacco, síri, and lime, it greatly disfigures the mouth. However, the Javans don’t file their teeth as extensively as some other islanders do, nor do they set their teeth in gold like the Sumatrans. They also do not stretch the [Vol I Pg 106] lobe of the ear to the extreme extent practiced in Báli and elsewhere, which is seen in depictions of Búdh. This practice has stopped since the rise of Mahomedanism.
Compared with the western Asiatics, the Javans have but few prejudices regarding food. They are Mahomedans, and consequently abstain rigidly from swine's flesh, and commonly from inebriating liquors; and some few families, from the remains of a superstition which has descended to them from their Hindu ancestors, will not eat of the flesh of the bull or cow; but with these exceptions, there are few articles which come amiss to them. They live principally upon vegetable food, and rice is on Java, what it is throughout Asia, the chief article of subsistence; but fish, flesh, and fowl are likewise daily served up at their meals, according to the circumstances of the parties. With fish they are abundantly supplied; and what cannot be consumed while fresh, is salted, or dried, and conveyed into the inland provinces. They do not eat of the turtle or other amphibious animals, but none of the fish known to Europeans are objected to by them. The flesh of the buffalo, the ox, the deer, the goat, and various kinds of poultry, are daily exposed for sale in their markets, and are of very general consumption. The flesh of the horse is also highly esteemed by the common people; but the killing of horses for food is generally prohibited, except when maimed or diseased. The hide of the buffalo is cut into slices, soaked, and fried as a favourite dish. The flesh of the deer, dried and smoked, is well known throughout the Malayan Archipelago, under the term dinding, and is an article in high request on Java.
Compared to the people of Western Asia, the Javanese have few food prejudices. They are Muslims, so they strictly avoid pork and usually refrain from alcoholic beverages. A few families, carrying over a superstition from their Hindu ancestors, won't eat beef, but aside from that, they are open to most foods. Their diet mainly consists of plant-based foods, and rice is, on Java, what it is across Asia—the staple food. However, fish, meat, and poultry are also served regularly, depending on circumstances. They have plenty of fish, and anything that can't be eaten fresh is salted, dried, and sent to the inland areas. They do not eat turtles or other amphibians, but they have no objections to any of the fish known to Europeans. Buffalo, ox, deer, goat, and various types of poultry are commonly found in their markets and are widely consumed. Horse meat is also popular among the common people, but slaughtering horses for food is generally not allowed unless they are injured or sick. Buffalo hide is sliced, soaked, and fried as a popular dish. Dried and smoked deer meat, known throughout the Malay Archipelago as dinding, is highly sought after in Java.
The dairy forms no part of domestic economy of Java, neither milk itself, nor any preparation from it, being prized or used by the natives: a circumstance very remarkable, considering that they were undoubtedly Hindus at one period of their history; and that, if so essential an article of food had once been introduced, it is probable it would always have been cherished. No good reason seems to be assigned for their indifference to milk; except perhaps the essential one, that the cows of Java afford but a very scanty supply of that secretion. The udder of a Javan cow is sometimes not larger than that of a sheep,[Vol I Pg 107] and seems to afford but a bare subsistence for the calf; yet the buffalo gives a larger quantity, and butter or ghee might equally be prepared from it. The cows of the Indian breed are distinguished by a hump between the shoulders and a larger udder; and it has been found that the secretion of milk can be increased, as it is observed that where particular care has been taken by Europeans even of the Javan cows, they have in a short time afforded double the usual quantity. It has been conjectured, that on the introduction of the Indian breed by the Hindu colonists, the use of milk was forbidden, in order that the number of cattle might more rapidly increase; but the Javans have no tradition to this effect. It is however remarkable, that an absolute aversion to this aliment exists on that part of the continent of Asia, in which many popular usages are found similar to those of the east insular nations. In a recent publication it is stated of the people between Siam and China, who are not, by the bye, very nice in what they eat, "qu'ils ne se permettent pas le lait des animaux, et qu'ils ont pour cette boisson la répugnance que peut inspirer la boisson du sang. Cette répugnance va même jusqu'à exclure du nombre de ses alimens le beurre et le fromage[44]."
The dairy industry plays no role in the domestic life of Java, as neither milk nor any dairy products are valued or used by the locals. This is quite surprising, considering that they were undoubtedly Hindus at one point in their history; if such a vital food source had been introduced, it likely would have been cherished. There doesn’t seem to be any good reason for their indifference to milk, except perhaps the key fact that Javan cows produce only a very limited supply of it. The udder of a Javan cow is sometimes no larger than that of a sheep, providing just enough milk for its calf. However, buffaloes produce a larger quantity of milk, and butter or ghee could also be made from it. Indian breed cows have a distinctive hump between their shoulders and a larger udder, and it has been noted that the milk yield can be increased; when Europeans took care of Javan cows, they produced twice the usual amount in a short time. It has been speculated that when the Indian breed was introduced by Hindu colonists, the consumption of milk was prohibited to help the cattle population grow faster, but the Javanese have no traditions supporting this claim. Interestingly, there is a notable aversion to this food source in a part of Asia where many customs are similar to those of island nations in the East. A recent publication mentions the people between Siam and China, who aren’t particularly picky about their food: “they do not allow themselves to have animal milk, and they have the same repulsion for this drink as one might feel for drinking blood. This aversion even extends to excluding butter and cheese from their diet.”
Salt is obtained in abundance throughout every part of the island, but being manufactured on the coast, is proportionally higher in price in the inland districts. The sugar used by the natives is not prepared from the sugar-cane, but from the áren and other palms. It is manufactured by the simple process of boiling down the tári, or liquor which exudes from these trees, which are tapped for the purpose.
Salt is plentiful all over the island, but since it's produced on the coast, it tends to be more expensive in the inland areas. The sugar that the locals use doesn't come from sugarcane; instead, it's made from the áren and other palms. It’s produced through the straightforward method of boiling down the tári, the liquid that flows from these tapped trees.
None of the palms of Java furnish the worms which are employed for food in other eastern countries, but similar worms are found in various kinds of rótan, sólak, &c. which are considered as dainties, not only by the natives, but by the Chinese and by some Europeans: they are called géndon. Worms of various species, but all equally esteemed as articles of food, are found in the teak and other trees. White ants, in their different states, are one of the most common articles of food in particular districts: they are collected in different ways, and sold generally in the public markets. Their extensive[Vol I Pg 108] nests are opened to take out the chrysalis; or they are watched, and swarms of the perfect insect are conducted into basins or trays containing a little water, where they soon perish: they are called láron.
None of the palm trees in Java provide the worms that are eaten in other Eastern countries, but similar worms can be found in various types of rótan, sólak, etc., which are considered delicacies not only by the locals but also by the Chinese and some Europeans: they are called géndon. Different species of worms, all equally valued as food, can be found in teak and other trees. Termites, in their various life stages, are one of the most common food sources in certain areas: they are collected in different ways and generally sold in public markets. Their large nests are opened to extract the chrysalis, or they are monitored, and swarms of the mature insects are guided into bowls or trays with a little water, where they soon die: they are called láron.
The cooking utensils are, as might be supposed, of the most simple kind, and either of coarse pottery or copper. Rice, after several poundings in a trough or mortar, is generally dressed by steam, though not unfrequently boiled in a small quantity of water. In the former case, it is remarkable for its whiteness and consistency when dressed; and in this state it is publicly exposed for sale in the markets and along the high roads. Indian corn is usually roasted in the ear, and offered for sale in the same manner. Other aliments are for the most part prepared in the manner of curry, termed by the Maláyus gulai: of these they have almost an endless variety, distinguished according to the principal ingredients. Besides what may be considered as the principal dishes, they excel in a variety of preparations of pastry and sweetmeats (particularly of the kétan), of which many are by no means unpleasant to an European palate. They are fond of colouring their pastry, as well as other articles of their food. They occasionally make their rice yellow and brown, and even turn their boiled eggs red for variety.
The cooking tools are, as you might expect, very basic, made of either rough pottery or copper. Rice, after being pounded several times in a trough or mortar, is usually cooked by steaming, though it’s sometimes boiled with a little bit of water. When steamed, it’s notable for its whiteness and texture, and it’s sold publicly in markets and along main roads. Corn is typically roasted in the husk and sold the same way. Other foods are mostly prepared like curry, known by the Malays as gulai, and there are almost countless varieties based on the main ingredients. In addition to the main dishes, they also excel in various types of pastries and sweets (especially kétan), many of which are quite enjoyable to European tastes. They like to dye their pastries and other foods, sometimes coloring their rice yellow and brown, and even turning their boiled eggs red for variety.
Black pepper, as among the Maláyus, is scarcely ever used, on account of its supposed heating quality. The most common seasoning employed to give a relish to their insipid food, is the lombok; triturated with salt, it is called sámbel, both by the Maláyus and Javans, and this condiment is indispensable and universal. It is of different kinds, according to the substances added to increase or diversify its strength or pungency; the most common addition is trási, denominated by the Maláyus, bláchang. The name lálab is given to various leaves and kernels, mostly eaten raw with rice and sámbel: many of these substances possess a pungency and odour intolerable to Europeans. If several vegetables are mixed together, and prepared by boiling, they constitute what is called jang'an, or greens for the table, of which there are several distinctions. The various legumes are of great importance in the diet of the natives. Padomóro, pin'dang, and semúr, are dishes to which the flesh of the buffalo or fowls is[Vol I Pg 109] added, and which resemble the Indian curry. Rújak is prepared from unripe mangos and other fruits, which, being grated, receive the addition of capsicum and other spices, and thus constitutes a favourite dish with the natives, though very disagreeable to Europeans.
Black pepper, like among the Maláyus, is rarely used because of its supposed heating properties. The most common seasoning used to add flavor to their bland food is the lombok; when ground with salt, it’s known as sámbel, and both the Maláyus and Javans consider this condiment essential and universal. There are different types, depending on what is added to enhance or vary its strength or spiciness; the most common addition is trási, referred to by the Maláyus as bláchang. The term lálab is used for various leaves and seeds, mostly eaten raw with rice and sámbel: many of these ingredients have a spiciness and odor that Europeans find intolerable. When several vegetables are mixed together and boiled, they make what is called jang'an, or table greens, which come in several varieties. The various legumes are very important in the native diet. Padomóro, pin'dang, and semúr are dishes made with buffalo or poultry meat [Vol I Pg 109] added, resembling Indian curry. Rújak is made from unripe mangos and other fruits, which are grated and mixed with capsicum and other spices, making it a favorite dish among the locals, though very unpleasant for Europeans.
The Chinese prepare from the gédelé a species of soy, somewhat inferior to that brought from Japan. The káchang-iju is highly useful as a general article of diet, and is a good substitute for various legumes, which form the common nourishment of the continental Indians: it contains much farinaceous matter. Trási or bláchang is prepared in many situations along the northern coast, but is mostly required for the consumption of the interior. It is prepared from prawns or shrimps, and extensive fisheries for the purpose are established in many parts of the coast. The shrimps being taken, are strewed with salt, and exposed to the sun till dry; they are then pounded in wooden mortars, dressed, and formed into masses resembling large cheeses: in this state they constitute an article of trade, and are distributed through the country. The putrescent fluid remaining after the expression strongly impregnated with the odour of the shrimps, is evaporated to the consistence of a jelly, and affords a favourite sauce called pétis. An inferior kind of trási is prepared from small fish, and, when made into the form of small balls, is called blények. Trási blúro is of a reddish colour, and much esteemed at the native capitals. Another kind of pétis is prepared from the flesh of the buffalo, chiefly in the interior districts.
The Chinese make a type of soy from the gédelé, which is somewhat lower quality than that imported from Japan. The káchang-iju is very useful as a staple food and serves as a good substitute for various legumes, which are the main source of nutrition for the continental Indians; it has a lot of starchy content. Trási or bláchang is made in many areas along the northern coast, but is mainly used in the interior. It’s made from prawns or shrimps, and there are large fisheries set up for this purpose in many coastal areas. The caught shrimps are salted and left out in the sun to dry; then they are ground in wooden mortars, seasoned, and shaped into large cheese-like blocks: in this form, they are traded and distributed throughout the country. The leftover liquid, which smells strongly of shrimp, is boiled down to a jelly-like consistency and is used to make a popular sauce called pétis. A lesser quality of trási is made from small fish, and when shaped into small balls, it’s called blények. Trási blúro is reddish in color and highly valued in native capitals. Another version of pétis is made from buffalo meat, mostly in the interior regions.
Salted eggs are also an important article in the diet of the Javans. The eggs of ducks being most abundant, are chiefly preserved in this way. The eggs are enveloped in a thick covering made of a mixture of salt and ashes in equal parts, or salt and pounded bricks, and being wrapped each in a large leaf, they are placed on one another in a tub, or large earthen vessel. In ten days they are fit for use; but they are generally kept longer in the mixture, and, being thoroughly impregnated with salt, can be kept many months. In some districts, the eggs of the Muscovy duck are particularly employed for the purpose.
Salted eggs are also a key part of the Javanese diet. The eggs from ducks, which are the most plentiful, are typically preserved this way. The eggs are coated in a thick mixture of salt and ashes or salt and crushed bricks, and each one is wrapped in a large leaf before being stacked in a tub or a big earthen container. After about ten days, they’re ready to eat, but they’re usually left in the mixture for longer. Once they’ve soaked up enough salt, they can be stored for several months. In some areas, Muscovy duck eggs are specifically used for this.
In preparing their food, the Javans may be considered[Vol I Pg 110] to observe the same degree of cleanliness which is usual with Asiatics in general; and in point of indulgence of appetite, they may be, perhaps, placed about midway between the abstemious Hindu and the unscrupulous Chinese. In a country where vegetation is luxuriant, and cultivation is already considerably advanced, it follows that there must be an abundant supply for a people who subsist principally on vegetable productions; and it may be asserted, that, except where the manifest oppressions of government, or the effects of civil discord, for the moment deprive the labourer of his just reward, there are few countries where the mass of the population are so well fed as on Java. There are few of the natives who cannot obtain their káti, or pound and a quarter of rice a day, with fish, greens, and salt, if not other articles, to season their meal. Where rice is less abundant, its place is supplied by maize or Indian corn, or the variety of beans which are cultivated; and even should a family be driven into the woods, they would still be able to obtain a bare subsistence from the numerous nutritious roots, shoots, and leaves, with which the forests abound. Famine is unknown; and although partial failures of the crop may occur, they are seldom so extensive as to be generally felt by the whole community. Thus abundantly supplied, the Javans seem by no means inclined to reject the bounties of Providence: they are always willing to partake of a hearty meal, and seldom have occasion to make a scanty one. Yet among them a glutton is a term of reproach, and to be notoriously fond of good living is sufficient to attach this epithet to any one.
In preparing their food, the Javanese may be considered[Vol I Pg 110] to maintain the same level of cleanliness that is typical among Asiatics in general. In terms of eating habits, they might be placed somewhere between the moderate Hindu and the unrestricted Chinese. In a country where the vegetation is lush and farming is well developed, it's clear that there’s a plentiful supply for a population that mainly relies on plant-based foods. It's safe to say that, except where the government's oppression or civil unrest temporarily denies workers their fair due, there are few places where the general population is as well-fed as in Java. Most locals can get their káti, or a pound and a quarter of rice per day, along with fish, greens, and salt, if not other items to flavor their meal. Where rice is less available, it is replaced by maize or Indian corn, or the variety of beans that are grown; and even if a family has to retreat into the woods, they would still be able to find basic sustenance from the many nutritious roots, shoots, and leaves found in the forests. Famine is unheard of; and while there may be occasional crop failures, they are rarely widespread enough to affect the entire community. With such ample resources, the Javanese don’t seem inclined to refuse the blessings of nature: they are always eager to enjoy a generous meal and rarely find themselves with a sparse one. Yet among them, being called a glutton is an insult, and being known for a love of good food is enough to earn that label.
The Javans, except where respect to Europeans dictates a different practice, eat their meals off the ground. A mat kept for the purpose is laid on the floor, which, when the meal is over, is again carefully rolled up, with the same regularity as the table-cloth in Europe; and a plate of rice being served up to each person present, the whole family or party sit down to partake of the meal in a social manner. A principal dish, containing the sámbel, jángan, or other more highly seasoned preparation, is then handed round, or placed in the centre of the company, from which each person adds what he thinks proper to the allowance of rice before him.
The Javanese, except when showing respect to Europeans dictates a different practice, eat their meals off the ground. A mat specifically for this purpose is laid on the floor and, when the meal is over, is rolled up with the same care as a tablecloth in Europe. Each person is served a plate of rice, and the whole family or group sits down to enjoy the meal together. A main dish, containing the sámbel, jángan, or another highly seasoned preparation, is then passed around or placed in the center of the group, from which each person adds what they think is appropriate to their serving of rice.
Water is the principal and almost exclusive beverage, and,[Vol I Pg 111] among people of condition, it is invariably boiled first, and generally drunk warm. Some are in the habit of flavouring the water with cinnamon and other spices; but tea, when it can be procured, is drunk by all classes at intervals during the day.
Water is the main and almost only drink, and,[Vol I Pg 111] for well-off people, it’s always boiled first and usually served warm. Some people like to add cinnamon and other spices to their water; however, tea, when available, is consumed by everyone throughout the day.
On occasions of festivals and parties, when many of the chiefs are assembled, the dishes are extremely numerous and crowded; and hospitality being a virtue which the Javans carry almost to an excess, due care is taken that the dependants and retainers are also duly provided for. These, particularly in the highlands of the Súnda districts, where the people are furthest removed from foreign intercourse, and the native manners are consequently better preserved, are arranged in rows at intervals, according to their respective ranks; the first in order sitting at the bottom of the hall, and the lowest at some distance without, where each is carefully supplied with a bountiful proportion of the feast: thus exhibiting, in the mountainous districts of Java, an example of rude hospitality, and union of the different gradations of society in the same company, similar to that which prevailed in the Highlands of Scotland some centuries ago, where, it is said, "those of inferior description were, nevertheless, considered as guests, and had their share, both of the entertainment and of the good cheer of the day."
During festivals and parties, when many chiefs gather, the variety of dishes is huge and plentiful; hospitality is a virtue the Javanese take almost to an extreme, ensuring that all dependents and attendants are well taken care of. In the highlands of the Súnda districts, where people are least influenced by foreign cultures and native customs are better preserved, these guests are organized in rows according to their ranks. The highest-ranked sit at the front of the hall, while the lowest sit a good distance outside, each receiving a generous portion of the feast. This shows, in the mountainous regions of Java, a form of hearty hospitality and a mingling of different social classes in the same gathering, reminiscent of practices in the Scottish Highlands centuries ago, where it was said, "those of inferior status were still regarded as guests and shared in both the festivities and the day's bounty."
It is at these parties that the chiefs sometimes indulge in intoxicating liquors, but the practice is not general; and the use of wine, which has been introduced among them by the Dutch, is in most instances rather resorted to from respect to Europeans, than from any attachment to the bottle.
It’s at these parties that the chiefs occasionally enjoy alcoholic drinks, but this isn't common; and the use of wine, which the Dutch introduced to them, is mostly done out of respect for Europeans rather than any love for drinking.
The Javans have universally two meals in the day; one just before noon, and one between seven and eight o'clock in the evening: the former, which is the principal meal, corresponding with the European dinner, and distinguished by the term mángán-áwan, or the day meal; the latter, termed mángán wéngé, or evening meal. They have no regular meal corresponding with the European breakfast; but those who go abroad early in the morning, usually partake of a basin of coffee and some rice cakes before they quit their homes, or purchase something of the kind at one of the numerous wárongs, or stalls, which line the public roads, and are to the common people as so many coffee or eating-houses would be[Vol I Pg 112] to the European; rice, coffee, cakes, boiled rice, soups, ready dressed meats and vegetables, being at all times exposed in them. What is thus taken by the Javans in the morning to break the fast, is considered as a whet, and termed sarap.
The Javanese typically have two meals a day: one just before noon and another between seven and eight in the evening. The first meal, which is the main one and similar to the European dinner, is called mángán-áwan, or the day meal. The evening meal is referred to as mángán wéngé. They don’t have a regular meal that corresponds to the European breakfast, but those who head out early in the morning usually grab a bowl of coffee and some rice cakes before leaving home, or they buy something similar at one of the many wárongs, or stalls, that line the public roads, which serve as coffee shops or eateries for the local people. Rice, coffee, cakes, boiled rice, soups, and pre-cooked meats and vegetables are always available there. What the Javanese eat in the morning to break their fast is regarded as a snack and is called sarap.[Vol I Pg 112]
By the custom of the country, good food and lodging are ordered to be provided for all strangers and travellers arriving at a village; and in no country are the rights of hospitality more strictly enjoined by institutions, or more conscientiously and religiously observed by custom and practice. "It is not sufficient," say the Javan institutions, "that a man should place good food before his guest; he is bound to do more: he should render the meal palatable by kind words and treatment, to soothe him after his journey, and to make his heart glad while he partakes of the refreshment." This is called bójo krómo, or real hospitality.
By the custom of the country, good food and accommodation are provided for all strangers and travelers arriving in a village; and in no country are the rights of hospitality more strictly enforced by institutions, or more sincerely and devoutly observed by custom and practice. "It is not enough," say the Javan institutions, "that a person should present good food to his guest; he must do more: he should make the meal enjoyable with kind words and treatment, to comfort him after his journey and to bring him joy while he enjoys the refreshment." This is called bójo krómo, or true hospitality.
The chewing of betel-leaf (síri), and the areka-nut (pínang), as well as of tobacco (tambáko), and gámbir, is common to all classes. The síri and pínang are used much in the same manner as by the natives of India in general. These stimulants are considered nearly as essential to their comfort, as salt is among Europeans. The commonest labourer contrives to procure at least tobacco, and generally síri; and if he cannot afford a síri box, a small supply will be usually found in the corner of his handkerchief. Cardamums and cloves compose part of the articles in the síri box of a person of condition.
The chewing of betel leaf (síri), areca nut (pínang), tobacco (tambáko), and gámbir is common among all social classes. The síri and pínang are used similarly to how they are by the natives of India in general. These stimulants are seen as almost as essential to their comfort as salt is to Europeans. Even the most common laborer manages to get at least tobacco, and usually síri; if he can't afford a síri box, he typically has a small supply tucked away in the corner of his handkerchief. Cardamom and cloves are included in the síri box of someone of higher status.
The inhabitants of Java, as a nation, must be accounted sober; although Europeans, in order to serve their own purposes, by inducing some of the chiefs to drink wine to excess, have succeeded, to a certain extent, in corrupting the habits of some individuals in this respect. Two kinds of fermented liquor are however prepared by the Javans, called bádek and bróm: the former from rice; the latter almost exclusively from kétan or glutinous rice. In making bádek, the rice previously boiled is stewed with a ferment called rági, consisting of onions, black pepper, and capsicum, and mixed up into small cakes, which are daily sold in the markets. After frequent stirring, the mixture is rolled into balls, which are piled upon each other in a high earthen vessel, and when fermentation has commenced the bádek exudes and is collected at the[Vol I Pg 113] bottom. The remaining rice, strongly impregnated with the odour of fermentation, has a sweetish taste, and is daily offered for sale in the markets as a dainty, under the name of tapé. Bádek is, in comparison with bróm, a simple liquor, producing only slight intoxication: it is often administered to children to dislodge worms from the intestines. In making bróm, the kétan is boiled in large quantities, and being stewed with rági, remains exposed in open tubs till fermentation takes place, when the liquor is poured off into close earthen vessels. It is generally buried in the earth for several months, by which the process of fermentation is checked and the strength of the liquor increased: sometimes it is concentrated by boiling. The colour is brown, red, or yellow, according to the kind of kétan employed. Bróm, which has been preserved for several years, is highly esteemed among the natives, constituting a powerful spirit, which causes violent intoxication followed by severe head-ache in persons not accustomed to its use. The substance that remains after separation is a deadly poison to fowls, dogs, and various other animals. Arrack is prepared by distillation: an inferior kind, made in a more simple and economical manner, is called chiu. Both are prepared by the Chinese, and a particular account of the method employed will be found under another head[45]. A kind of small beer is made at Súra-kérta in a mode similar to the European process of brewing, by exciting fermentation in a solution of Javan sugar, with several spices and the leaves of the pári instead of hops. When fresh, the liquor is sprightly, and not unpleasant to the taste; but it cannot be preserved longer than four or five days.
The people of Java, as a nation, are generally considered to be sober. However, Europeans have influenced some local leaders to drink excessively for their own benefit, which has somewhat corrupted the drinking habits of certain individuals. The Javanese make two types of fermented drinks, called bádek and bróm: the former is made from rice, while the latter is primarily made from kétan or glutinous rice. To prepare bádek, cooked rice is stewed with a ferment called rági, which includes onions, black pepper, and capsicum, then formed into small cakes that are sold in the markets daily. After being stirred frequently, the mixture is rolled into balls and stacked in a tall earthen vessel. When fermentation starts, the bádek drips out and is collected at the bottom. The leftover rice, heavily infused with the scent of fermentation, has a sweet taste and is sold in the markets as a delicacy called tapé. Compared to bróm, bádek is a much milder drink that causes only slight intoxication and is often given to children to help remove intestinal worms. To prepare bróm, large quantities of kétan are boiled and then stewed with rági, remaining in open tubs until fermentation occurs. Once fermented, the liquid is poured into sealed earthen vessels. It's usually buried underground for several months to slow down fermentation and increase the liquor's strength, and sometimes it is boiled to concentrate it. The color varies from brown to red to yellow, depending on the variety of kétan used. Bróm that has been aged for several years is highly valued by the locals, as it produces a strong spirit that can cause intense intoxication and severe headaches for those unaccustomed to it. The residue left over after the liquid is separated is poisonous to birds, dogs, and various other animals. Arrack is produced through distillation, while a lower-quality version made in a simpler and more cost-effective way is called chiu. Both are made by the Chinese, and more details about the preparation can be found under another head[45]. A type of small beer is made in Súra-kérta using a method similar to European brewing, by fermenting a solution of Javanese sugar mixed with various spices and the leaves of the pári instead of hops. When fresh, the drink is lively and quite pleasant, but it can't be stored for more than four or five days.
The use of opium, it must be confessed and lamented, has struck deep into the habits, and extended its malignant influence to the morals of the people, and is likely to perpetuate its power in degrading their character and enervating their energies, as long as the European government, overlooking every consideration of policy and humanity, shall allow a paltry addition to their finances to outweigh all regard to the ultimate happiness and prosperity of the country. It is either eaten in its crude state as mánta, or smoked as mádat or chándu. In the preparation of mádat, the crude opium is boiled down[Vol I Pg 114] with the leaves of tobacco, síri, or the like, and used in a sticky or somewhat liquid state. In chándu, the opium is merely boiled down without any admixture, to a still thicker consistency, and rolled into small balls or pills, in which state, when dry, they are inserted into bámbus, and thus smoked. The crude opium is eaten principally by the people in the interior of the country, in the provinces of the native princes: the opium prepared for smoking is used along the coast, and generally in the other islands of the Archipelago; it is prepared by the Chinese. The use of opium, however, though carried to a considerable extent, is still reckoned disgraceful, and persons addicted to it are looked upon as abandoned characters, and despised accordingly. The effects of this poison on the human frame are so well described by the Dutch commissioners who sat at the Hague in 1803, and who much to their honour declared, "that no consideration of pecuniary advantage ought to weigh with the European government in allowing its use," that together with the opinion of Mr. Hogendorp, who concurred with them, I shall insert their statement here. The wish to do justice to authorities, whose views were so creditable to their country and their own character, and the importance of their opinion to an extensive population, will plead an apology for the length of the extract which I now present.
The use of opium, it must be acknowledged and lamented, has deeply affected people's habits and spread its harmful influence to their morals. It is likely to continue degrading their character and draining their energy as long as the European government, ignoring all considerations of policy and humanity, allows a trivial boost to their finances to outweigh any concern for the long-term happiness and prosperity of the country. It is either consumed in its raw form as mánta, or smoked as mádat or chándu. In the preparation of mádat, crude opium is boiled down with tobacco leaves, síri, or similar substances, resulting in a sticky or somewhat liquid form. In chándu, the opium is boiled down without any additives to a thicker consistency and then rolled into small balls or pills, which are used for smoking in bámbus after drying. The crude opium is mainly consumed by people in the interior regions of the country, in the provinces ruled by native princes; the opium prepared for smoking is used along the coast and in various other islands of the Archipelago, prepared by the Chinese. However, despite its widespread use, opium is still considered disgraceful, and those addicted to it are seen as morally lost and despised. The effects of this poison on the human body are well described by the Dutch commissioners who met at the Hague in 1803, and who, to their credit, stated, "that no consideration of financial benefit should influence the European government in permitting its use." Along with the views of Mr. Hogendorp, who agreed with them, I will include their declaration here. The desire to honor authorities whose perspectives reflect well on their country and their own integrity, along with the significance of their opinion for a large population, justifies the length of the extract I present now.
"The opium trade," observe the Commissioners, "requires likewise attention. The English in Bengal have assumed an exclusive right to collect the same, and they dispose of a considerable number of chests containing that article annually at Calcutta by public auction. It is much in demand on the Malay coast, at Sumatra, Java, and all the islands towards the east and north, and particularly in China, although the use thereof is confined to the lower classes. The effect which it produces on the constitution is different, and depends on the quantity that is taken, or on other circumstances. If used with moderation, it causes a pleasant, yet always somewhat intoxicating sensation, which absorbs all care and anxiety. If a large quantity is taken, it produces a kind of madness, of which the effects are dreadful, especially when the mind is troubled by jealousy, or inflamed with a desire of vengeance or other violent passions. At all times it leaves a slow poison, which undermines the[Vol I Pg 115] faculty of the soul and the constitution of the body, and renders a person unfit for all kind of labour and an image of the brute creation. The use of opium is so much more dangerous, because a person who is once addicted to it can never leave it off. To satisfy that inclination, he will sacrifice every thing, his own welfare, the subsistence of his wife and children, and neglect his work. Poverty is the natural consequence, and then it becomes indifferent to him by what means he may content his insatiable desire after opium; so that, at last, he no longer respects either the property or life of his fellow-creature.
"The opium trade," the Commissioners note, "also needs attention. The English in Bengal have taken exclusive control over its collection, and they sell a significant number of chests containing this product every year at public auction in Calcutta. It's highly sought after on the Malay coast, in Sumatra, Java, and all the islands to the east and north, particularly in China, although its use is limited to the lower classes. The effects it has on the body vary depending on the amount consumed or other factors. When used in moderation, it creates a pleasant, though somewhat intoxicating feeling that eases all worries and anxieties. However, taking a large amount leads to a kind of madness with terrifying consequences, especially when the mind is plagued by jealousy or consumed by violent passions seeking revenge. At all times, it acts as a slow poison, damaging both the soul and body, rendering a person unable to work and akin to an animal. The dangers of opium are heightened because once someone becomes addicted, they can never truly quit. To fulfill that craving, they will sacrifice everything, including their own well-being and the survival of their spouse and children, neglecting their responsibilities. The natural consequence is poverty, and then they become indifferent to how they satisfy their unquenchable desire for opium, ultimately losing respect for both the property and life of others."
"If here we were to follow the dictates of our own heart only, and what moral doctrine and humanity prescribe, no law, however severe, could be contrived, which we would not propose, to prevent at least that in future, no subjects of this Republic, or of the Asiatic possessions of the state, should be disgraced by trading in that abominable poison. Yet we consider this as absolutely impracticable at present with respect to those places not subject to the state. Opium is one of the most profitable articles of eastern commerce: as such it is considered by our merchants; and if the navigation to those parts is opened to them (which the interest of the state forcibly urges), it is impossible to oppose trading in the same. In this situation of affairs, therefore, we are rather to advise, that general leave be given to import opium at Malacca, and to allow the exportation from thence to Borneo and all the eastern parts not in the possession of the state."
"If we were to only follow our hearts and what moral teachings and humanity demand, no law, no matter how strict, could be created that we wouldn’t suggest to ensure that in the future, no citizens of this Republic, or of the state’s Asian territories, would be shamed by trading in that terrible poison. However, we believe this is completely impractical right now concerning places not under the state’s control. Opium is one of the most profitable goods in eastern trade; our merchants view it this way. If trade routes to those regions are opened up to them (which is strongly encouraged by the state’s interests), it would be impossible to ban trading in it. Given this situation, we would suggest that general permission be granted to import opium at Malacca and to allow its export from there to Borneo and all eastern regions not controlled by the state."
"Opium," says Mr. Hogendorp, "is a slow though certain poison, which the Company, in order to gain money, sells to the poor Javans. Any one who is once enslaved to it, cannot, it is true, give it up without great difficulty; and if its use were entirely prohibited, some few persons would probably die for want of it, who would otherwise languish on a little longer: but how many would by that means be saved for the future. Most of the crimes, particularly murders, that are now committed, may be imputed to opium as the original cause.
"Opium," Mr. Hogendorp says, "is a slow but sure poison that the Company sells to the poor Javanese to make money. Once someone becomes addicted to it, they can't give it up easily; if its use were completely banned, a few people might die from withdrawal, while others would just hang on a little longer. But think of how many lives could be saved in the long run. Most of the crimes, especially murders, happening now can be traced back to opium as the root cause."
"Large sums of money are every year carried out of the country in exchange for it, and enrich our competitors, the[Vol I Pg 116] English. Much of it is smuggled into the interior, which adds to the evil. In short, the trade in opium is one of the most injurious and most shameful things which disgrace the present government of India. It is therefore necessary at once, and entirely, to abolish the trade and importation of opium, and to prohibit the same, under the severest penalties that the law permits, since it is a poison. The smuggling of it will then become almost impracticable, and the health, and even the lives of thousands, will be preserved. The money alone which will remain in the country in lieu of it, is more valuable as being in circulation, than the profit which the Company now derives from the sale of it.
Large amounts of money are taken out of the country every year in exchange for it, enriching our competitors, the[Vol I Pg 116] English. Much of it is smuggled inland, which adds to the problem. In short, the opium trade is one of the most harmful and shameful issues that shames the current government of India. It is therefore essential to completely abolish the trade and importation of opium immediately, and to ban it under the strictest penalties allowed by law, as it is a poison. Smuggling it will then become nearly impossible, and the health, and even the lives, of thousands will be saved. The money that remains in the country instead is more valuable as it circulates than the profit the Company currently makes from its sale.
"This measure will excite no discontent among the Javans, for the princes and regents, with very few exceptions, do not consume any opium, but, as well as the most respectable of their subjects, look upon it as disgraceful. The use of opium is even adduced as an accusation of bad conduct, and considered as sufficient cause for the removal or banishment of a petty chief."
"This decision won't cause any dissatisfaction among the Javanese, since the princes and regents, with very few exceptions, don't use opium. Like the most respected members of their community, they view it as shameful. Using opium is even seen as a sign of poor behavior and can be enough reason to remove or exile a minor chief."
FOOTNOTES:
[35] See Marsden's Sumatra.
[36] The Javan mode of taking account of population is by the number of chácha, or "families," as it is usually rendered, though the word strictly means "enumeration." When the sovereign assigns lands, it is not usual for him to express the extent of land, but the number of chácha attached to it. But as the population of the land so granted varies, the original expression becomes inaccurate. In the native provinces, the number of cháchas reckoned is almost invariably less than the number actually existing, a clear proof, if the original census was correct, that in those provinces population has increased. An account of the number of cháchas was taken some few years back by the Sultan of Yúgya-kérta, with a view to a new distribution of the lands; but the measure was very unpopular, and no accurate results were obtained. The Dutch relied entirely upon this loose system of enumeration.
[36] The Javan way of counting the population is by the number of chácha, or "families," as it's often translated, although the word actually means "enumeration." When the ruler allocates land, he usually doesn't specify the size of the land but the number of chácha associated with it. However, since the population of the granted land changes, this initial description becomes misleading. In the native provinces, the number of cháchas counted is almost always less than the actual number present, which clearly indicates that if the original census was accurate, the population in those areas has grown. A census of the cháchas was conducted a few years ago by the Sultan of Yúgya-kérta, aiming for a new allocation of land; however, this attempt was very unpopular, and no reliable results were achieved. The Dutch completely depended on this informal counting method.
[40] Valentyn.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Valentyn.
[42] It is remarked in the text, that the condition of the slaves on Java is very different from that of the same class in the West Indies. The former are employed rather as administering to the luxuries than the necessities of their proprietors; and, with few exceptions, exclusively for domestic purposes. There are some who having taught their slaves when young to embroider, or exercise some useful handicraft or trade, obtain a livelihood by means of their services, and some few employ their slaves on their estates, or let them out to hire; but the general condition of the slaves is that of domestic servants.
[42] The text notes that the situation of slaves in Java is quite different from that of slaves in the West Indies. The former are mainly used to cater to the luxuries rather than the basic needs of their owners, and, with a few exceptions, they work only for domestic purposes. Some owners teach their slaves skills like embroidery or other useful trades when they are young, which allows them to make a living off their services, and a few even put their slaves to work on their estates or rent them out. However, the overall situation for slaves is that of domestic servants.
The regulations and colonial statutes respecting slavery seem to have been framed on the principles of humanity, and with attention to the genius of the Christian religion; yet, in consequence of the supplementary force of the Roman law in the Dutch system of legislature, there appeared to be one capital defect in the code, viz. that a slave was considered as a real property, incapable of personal rights, from which consideration the ill-treatment of a master towards his slave was not so much estimated on the principle of personal injury, as that of a proprietor abusing his own property; and although a slave, under such a system, might obtain a portion of property for himself with the consent of his master, his possession was always precarious, and depended on the discretion of his proprietor (in the same manner as a peculium adventitium with the Romans), becoming only the unlimited property of the slave, if the master allowed him to keep it after his emancipation.
The laws and colonial regulations regarding slavery seem to have been created with a sense of humanity and consideration for the principles of Christianity. However, due to the influence of Roman law within the Dutch legal system, there was a major flaw in the code: a slave was treated as personal property, lacking personal rights. Because of this, how a master treated his slave was viewed more as a matter of property abuse rather than personal injury. Even though a slave could acquire some property for themselves with their master's permission, their ownership was always insecure and relied on the master's discretion (similar to the Roman concept of peculium adventitium), becoming the slave's full property only if the master allowed them to keep it after being freed.
It was conceived, that considering the civil law only as a supplement to the positive law, continued in force on Java under the proclamation of the Earl of Minto of 11th September 1811, the code respecting slavery might, together with the other parts of legislation, be amended and established, on principles more consistent with humanity and good sense, by a declaration, that slaves in future should not be considered as objects of real property, but as objects possessing personal rights, and bound only to unlimited service; and that, in consequence thereof, slaves should never be transferred from one master to another, without their own consent given before witnesses or a notary. That a master should possess no other power over his slave, than to exact service in an equitable manner; that he should inflict no corporal chastisement on him after he had attained a certain age, nor beyond such a degree as would be given to his children or common apprentices; that all personal wrongs done to a slave, either by his master or by others, should be estimated by the common rules of personal injuries, and not by the principle of a proprietor abusing his own property; that the punishment for murder committed by a master on his slave, should be the same as that of murder committed on a free person; that every slave should have a right to acquire property of his own, by his private industry or labour, or by the bounty of others; that this property should never be removeable at the discretion of the master; that by this property the slave should always have a right to redeem his liberty, after having continued with his master for the term of seven years, and on paying the sum which, on estimation, subject to the approval of the magistrate, should at the time be thought an adequate equivalent for his personal services.
It was believed that since civil law was only seen as a supplement to the positive law, which remained in effect in Java following the proclamation of the Earl of Minto on September 11, 1811, the code regarding slavery could be revised and established in a way that aligns more with humanity and common sense. This would involve declaring that from now on, slaves should not be viewed as property but as individuals with personal rights, obligated only to provide unlimited service. Consequently, slaves should never be transferred between masters without their consent, given in front of witnesses or a notary. A master would have no authority over a slave beyond requiring equitable service; they should not impose physical punishment once the slave reached a certain age, nor exceed the level of discipline given to their children or regular apprentices. Any personal wrongs inflicted on a slave by the master or others should be assessed according to standard personal injury laws, rather than the principle of a property owner mistreating their own property. The penalty for a master murdering a slave should match that of a murder committed against a free person. Every slave should have the right to acquire personal property through their own labor or by the generosity of others; this property should not be taken away at the master's discretion. Additionally, this property should allow the slave to buy back their freedom after serving the master for seven years, upon payment of an amount deemed fair for their personal services, subject to the magistrate's approval.
These fundamental alterations in the code were submitted by the local government to a higher authority, at a period when the principal proprietors evinced a concurrence in the measure; but the provisional tenure of the government, and the expectation of the early transfer of the island to the crown, induced a delay, until the re-establishment of Holland as a kingdom precluded the adoption of so essential a change.
These basic changes to the code were sent by the local government to a higher authority at a time when the main property owners agreed with the measure; however, the temporary status of the government and the belief that the island would soon be transferred to the crown caused a delay until Holland was re-established as a kingdom, which made such an important change impossible.
The excuse offered by the colonists for the origin and continuance of slavery on Java is, that on the first establishment of the Dutch in the Eastern Islands, there did not exist, as in Western India, a class of people calculated for domestic service; that they had, in consequence, to create a class of domestic servants, in doing which they adopted the plan of rearing children in their families from other countries, in preference to those in their immediate neighbourhood, who, from their connexions and the habits of their relatives, could never be depended upon. Whether necessity dictated this system in the earlier periods of the Dutch establishment, or not, is at least doubtful; but it is certain that this necessity no longer exists, nor is there the shadow of an excuse for continuing on Java this odious traffic and condition. The Javans, during the residence of the British on Java, have been found perfectly trustworthy, faithful, and industrious; and the demand was alone wanting in this, as in most cases, to create a sufficient supply of competent domestics. The continuance of the traffic for one day longer serves but to lower the European in the eyes of the native, who, gratified with the measures adopted by the British government in its suppression, stands himself pure of the foul sin. To the credit of the Javan character, and the honour of the individual, it should be known, that when the proclamation of the British government was published, requiring the registration of all slaves, and declaring that such as were not registered by a certain day should be entitled to their emancipation, the Panámbahan of Súmenap, who had inherited in his family domestic slaves to the number of not less than fifty, proudly said, "Then I will not register my slaves—they shall be free: hitherto they have been kept such, because it was the custom, and the Dutch liked to be attended by slaves when they visited the palace; but as that is not the case with the British, they shall cease to be slaves: for long have I felt shame, and my blood has run cold, when I have reflected on what I once saw at Batavia and Semárang, where human beings were exposed for public sale, placed on a table, and examined like sheep and oxen."
The reason given by the colonists for the start and continuation of slavery in Java is that when the Dutch first settled in the Eastern Islands, there wasn’t a class of people suitable for domestic service like there was in Western India. As a result, they felt the need to create a class of domestic servants by raising children from other countries in their households, instead of those in their immediate surroundings, who couldn’t be relied on due to their family ties and habits. Whether this system was truly necessary during the early days of Dutch rule is debatable, but it’s clear that this necessity no longer exists, and there’s no justification for continuing this cruel practice in Java. The Javanese, during the British presence, proved to be trustworthy, loyal, and hardworking; what was lacking was simply the demand to create a sufficient number of skilled domestic workers. Allowing this traffic to continue even one more day only diminishes the respect Europeans hold in the eyes of the locals, who, feeling satisfied with the British government's actions in halting this trade, see themselves as free from this terrible sin. It should be noted, for the sake of Javan dignity and individual honor, that when the British government announced that all slaves had to be registered and those not registered by a certain date would gain their freedom, the Panámbahan of Súmenap, who had over fifty domestic slaves in his family, proudly declared, "Then I won’t register my slaves—they shall be free: until now they have been kept as such because it was the custom, and the Dutch liked having slaves when they visited the palace; but since that isn’t the case with the British, they will no longer be slaves: I have long felt ashamed, and my blood has run cold when I think of what I saw in Batavia and Semárang, where people were put up for public sale, displayed on tables and examined like sheep and cattle."
The short administration of the British government on Java has fortunately given rise to another class of domestic servants. The numerous officers of the army, and others whose funds did not admit, or whose temporary residence did not require a permanent establishment of servants, for the most part usually took Javans into their service; and though these might in the first instance, not be so well acquainted with European habits, as slaves who had been brought up from their infancy in Dutch families, yet they gradually improved, and were, in the end, for the most part very generally preferred. Let not, therefore, necessity be again urged as a plea for continuing the traffic.
The brief rule of the British government in Java has thankfully led to the emergence of a new type of domestic worker. Many army officers and others, whose finances didn't allow for, or whose short-term stay didn't necessitate, hiring permanent staff, predominantly employed Javans. Although these workers might not have initially been as familiar with European customs as slaves raised from childhood in Dutch households, they gradually adapted and eventually became quite favored. Therefore, let’s not use necessity as an excuse to continue the trade.
The measures actually adopted by the British government may be summed up in a few words. The importation was, in the first instance, restricted within a limited age, and the duty on importation doubled. An annual registry of all slaves above a certain age was taken, and slaves not registered within a certain time declared free. A fee of one Spanish dollar was demanded for the registry of each slave, the amount of which constituted a fund for the relief of widows and orphans. On the promulgation of the act of the British legislature, declaring the further traffic in slaves to be felony, that act, with all its provisions, was at once made a colonial law. Masters were precluded from sending their slaves to be confined in jail at their pleasure, as had hitherto been the case, and all committals were required to be made through the magistrates, in the same manner as in the case of other offenders.
The measures actually taken by the British government can be summarized in a few words. Initially, the importation was restricted to a limited age range, and the import duty was doubled. An annual registry of all slaves above a certain age was created, and slaves not registered within a specific timeframe were declared free. A fee of one Spanish dollar was required for the registration of each slave, which contributed to a fund for the support of widows and orphans. When the British legislature enacted the law making further slave trade a felony, that law, along with all its provisions, was immediately adopted as colonial law. Masters were no longer allowed to send their slaves to be imprisoned at will, as had been the practice before, and all imprisonments had to go through the magistrates, just like other offenders.
These general regulations, with the more rigid enforcement of the prohibition of further importations, and of such parts of the code of regulations for ameliorating the condition of the slaves as had become obsolete, were all to which the local government felt itself competent; but it gave its sanction to an institution set on foot by the English, and joined in by many of the Dutch inhabitants, which took for its basis the principles of the African Institution, and directed its immediate care to a provision for the numerous slaves restored to liberty.
These general regulations, along with the stricter enforcement of the ban on further imports and the outdated parts of the regulations meant to improve the conditions for slaves, were all that the local government felt capable of handling. However, it approved an initiative started by the English and joined by many Dutch residents, which was based on the principles of the African Institution, and focused on providing for the many freed slaves.
[45] Chapter IV. Manufactures.[Vol I Pg 117]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Chapter IV. Manufacturing.[Vol I Pg 117]
CHAPTER III.
Importance of Agriculture to Java—Soil—State of the Peasantry—Price of Rice—Subsistence of the Peasantry—Dwelling—Agricultural Stock—Implements of Farming—Seasons—Different Kinds of Land—Rice Cultivation—Maize, &c.—Sugar—Coffee—Pepper—Indigo—Cotton—Tobacco—Tenure of Landed Property.
Importance of Agriculture to Java—Soil—Condition of the Peasantry—Price of Rice—Livelihood of the Peasantry—Housing—Farming Stock—Farming Tools—Seasons—Various Types of Land—Rice Farming—Maize, etc.—Sugar—Coffee—Pepper—Indigo—Cotton—Tobacco—Land Ownership.
The island of Java is a great agricultural country; its soil is the grand source of its wealth. In its cultivation the inhabitants exert their chief industry, and upon its produce they rely, not only for their subsistence, but the few articles of foreign luxury or convenience which they purchase. The Javans are a nation of husbandmen, and exhibit that simple structure of society incident to such a stage of its progress. To the crop the mechanic looks immediately for his wages, the soldier for his pay, the magistrate for his salary, the priest for his stipend (or jákat), and the government for its tribute. The wealth of a province or village is measured by the extent and fertility of its land, its facilities for rice irrigation, and the number of its buffaloes.
The island of Java is a major agricultural region; its soil is the main source of its wealth. The locals put most of their efforts into farming, relying on its produce not only for their survival but also for the few luxury or convenience items they buy from abroad. The Javanese are primarily farmers, displaying a simple social structure that comes with this stage of development. The mechanic looks to the crops for his wages, the soldier for his pay, the magistrate for his salary, the priest for his stipend (or jákat), and the government for its taxes. The wealth of a province or village is measured by the size and fertility of its land, its irrigation systems for rice, and the number of buffaloes it has.
When government wishes to raise supplies from particular districts, it does not enquire how many rupees or dollars it can yield in taxes, but what contribution of rice or maize it can furnish, and the impost is assessed accordingly: the officer of revenue becomes a surveyor of land or a measurer of produce, and the fruits of the harvest are brought immediately into the ways and means of the treasury. When a chief gives his assistance in the police or the magistracy, he is paid by so much village land, or the rent of so much land realized in produce; and a native prince has no other means of pensioning a favourite or rewarding a useful servant. "Be it known to the high officers of my palace, to my Bopátis (regents),[Vol I Pg 118] and to my Mántris (petite noblesse)," says a Javan patent of nobility granted by Sultan Hamángku Búana, "that I have given this letter to my servant to raise him from the earth, bestowing upon him, for his subsistence, lands to the amount of eleven hundred cháchas, the labour of eleven hundred men." By the population returns, and by the number of leases granted under the late settlement, it appears, that sometimes there is not more than a tenth part of the inhabitants employed in any other branch of industry. Out of a population of 243,268 in the Priáng'en regencies, 209,125 are stated as employed in agriculture. In Surabáya, the proportion of householders who are cultivators, is to the rest of the inhabitants as 32,618 to 634; in Semárang, as 58,206 to 21,404; in Rembang it is as 103,230 to 55,300; and in other districts there are considerable variations: but it rarely happens, that the people employed in trade, in manufactures, in handicrafts, or other avocations, amount to a half of those engaged in agriculture, or a third of the whole population. The proportion, on an average, may be stated as three and a half or four to one. In England, it is well known, the ratio is reversed, its agricultural population being to its general population as one to three or two and a half. By the surveys lately made under the orders of the British government, we are enabled to describe the processes of Javan agriculture, and to state its results with more accuracy and in greater detail, than can be attained on many subjects of superior public interest. If we avail ourselves of these means pretty largely, it is not so much in the hope of increasing the stock of agricultural knowledge, as of assisting the reader to form an estimate of the character, habits, wants, and resources of the Javan.
When the government wants to collect supplies from specific areas, it doesn't ask how much money in taxes it can generate, but rather what amount of rice or corn it can provide, and the tax is set accordingly: the revenue officer acts as a land surveyor or a crop measurer, and the harvest's yield goes directly into the treasury's budget. When a chief contributes to law enforcement or the judiciary, he is compensated with a portion of village land or the rent from a certain amount of land collected in crops; a native prince has no other way to provide a pension for a favorite or reward a loyal servant. "Let it be known to the high officials of my court, to my Bopátis (regents),[Vol I Pg 118] and to my Mántris (petite noblesse)," says a Javanese nobility letter issued by Sultan Hamángku Búana, "that I have given this document to my servant to elevate him from the ground, granting him, for his sustenance, lands equivalent to eleven hundred cháchas, the labor of eleven hundred men." Based on population statistics and the number of leases issued during the recent settlement, it appears that often no more than one-tenth of the population is engaged in any other type of employment. Out of a population of 243,268 in the Priáng'en regencies, 209,125 are reported to be working in agriculture. In Surabáya, the ratio of householders who are farmers to the rest of the inhabitants is 32,618 to 634; in Semárang, it's 58,206 to 21,404; in Rembang, it is 103,230 to 55,300; and in other areas there are notable differences: however, it is rare for the number of people engaged in trade, manufacturing, crafts, or other occupations to reach half of those in agriculture, or a third of the total population. On average, this ratio can be estimated at three and a half or four to one. In England, the reverse is true, with the agricultural population being about one to three or two and a half compared to the overall population. Thanks to recent surveys conducted under British government directives, we can explain Javan agricultural practices and present its outcomes more accurately and in greater detail than many other topics of higher public interest. If we make use of this information extensively, it’s not just to increase agricultural knowledge, but to help the reader assess the character, habits, needs, and resources of the Javanese people.
The soil of Java, though in many parts much neglected, is remarkable for the abundance and variety of its productions. With very little care or exertion on the part of the cultivator, it yields all that the wants of the island demand, and is capable of supplying resources far above any thing that the indolence or ignorance of the people, either oppressed under the despotism of their own sovereigns, or harassed by the rapacity of strangers, have yet permitted them to enjoy. Lying under a tropical sun, it produces, as before observed, all[Vol I Pg 119] the fruits of a tropical climate; while, in many districts, its mountains and eminences make up for the difference of latitude, and give it, though only a few degrees from the line, all the advantages of temperate regions. The bámbu, the cocoa-nut tree, the sugar-cane, the cotton tree, and the coffee plant, here flourish in the greatest luxuriance, and yield products of the best quality. Rice, the great staple of subsistence, covers the slopes of mountains and the low fields, and gives a return of thirty, forty, or fifty fold; while maize, or even wheat and rye, and the other plants of Europe, may be cultivated to advantage on high and inland situations. Such is the fertility of the soil, that in some places after yielding two, and sometimes three crops in the year, it is not necessary even to change the culture. Water, which is so much wanted, and which is seldom found in requisite abundance in tropical regions, here flows in the greatest plenty. The cultivator who has prepared his sáwah, or rice field, within its reach, diverts part of it from its channel, spreads it out into numerous canals of irrigation, and thus procures from it, under a scorching sun, the verdure of the rainy season, and in due time a plentiful harvest. Nothing can be conceived more beautiful to the eye, or more gratifying to the imagination, than the prospect of the rich variety of hill and dale, of rich plantations and fruit trees or forests, of natural streams and artificial currents, which presents itself to the eye in several of the eastern and middle provinces, at some distance from the coast. In some parts of Kedú, Banyumás, Semárang, Pasúruan, and Málang, it is difficult to say whether the admirer of landscape, or the cultivator of the ground, will be most gratified by the view. The whole country, as seen from mountains of considerable elevation, appears a rich, diversified, and well watered garden, animated with villages, interspersed with the most luxuriant fields, and covered with the freshest verdure.
The soil of Java, while neglected in many areas, is notable for its abundance and variety. With minimal effort from the farmers, it produces everything the island needs and has the potential to provide resources far beyond what the laziness or lack of knowledge of the people—either burdened by their own rulers or exploited by outsiders—have allowed them to enjoy. Under the tropical sun, it grows, as mentioned earlier, all the fruits typical of a tropical climate; in many regions, its mountains and hills compensate for the difference in latitude, giving it, despite being just a few degrees from the equator, all the benefits of temperate climates. The bamboo, coconut tree, sugar cane, cotton tree, and coffee plant thrive here abundantly, yielding products of the highest quality. Rice, the main staple, blankets the mountainsides and lowlands, producing yields of thirty, forty, or even fifty times the amount sown; while corn, or even wheat and rye, along with other European crops, can be successfully grown in higher and more inland areas. The fertility of the soil is such that in some locations, after producing two or sometimes three harvests a year, there’s no need to even change the crops. Water, which is often scarce in tropical regions, flows abundantly here. A farmer who has prepared his rice field within reach of the water can divert some of it from its natural channel, spreading it out into multiple irrigation canals, thus allowing him to achieve the lushness of the rainy season and a plentiful harvest, even under a blazing sun. There’s nothing more beautiful for the eyes or more rewarding for the imagination than the vista of rich hills and valleys, lush plantations and fruit trees or forests, natural rivers and man-made canals visible from various points in the eastern and central provinces, not too far from the coast. In some areas of Kedú, Banyumás, Semárang, Pasúruan, and Málang, it's hard to determine whether the landscape admirer or the farmer would be more pleased by the view. From the heights of significant mountains, the entire region appears as a rich, diverse, and well-watered garden, dotted with villages, interwoven with the most fertile fields, and covered in vivid greenery.
Over far the greater part, seven-eighths of the island, the soil is either entirely neglected or badly cultivated, and the population scanty. It is by the produce of the remaining eighth that the whole of the nation is supported; and it is probable that, if it were all under cultivation, no area of land of the same extent, in any other quarter of the globe, could exceed it, either in quantity, variety, or value of its vegetable[Vol I Pg 120] productions. The kind of husbandry in different districts (as shall be mentioned afterwards more particularly) depends upon the nature and elevation of the ground, and the facilities for natural or artificial irrigation. The best lands are those situated in the vallies of the higher districts, or on the slopes of mountains, and on the plains stretching from them, as such lands are continually enriched with accessions of new earth washed down from the hills by the periodical rains. The poorest soil is that found on the ranges of low hills, termed kéndang, extending along many districts, and particularly in the southern division of the island; but in no part is it so sterile or ungrateful, as not to afford a liberal return for the labour bestowed upon its cultivation, especially if a supply of water can be by any means directed upon it.
For the most part, seven-eighths of the island is either completely neglected or poorly farmed, and the population is sparse. The entire nation relies on the produce from the remaining one-eighth, and it’s likely that if all that land was farmed, no similar area anywhere else in the world could match it in terms of quantity, variety, or value of its crop[Vol I Pg 120] yields. The type of farming in different regions (which will be discussed in more detail later) depends on the land’s characteristics, elevation, and the options for natural or artificial irrigation. The best land is found in the valleys of the higher regions, on the slopes of mountains, and on the plains that extend from them, as these areas are continuously replenished with new soil washed down from the hills during the rainy season. The poorest soil is located on the ranges of low hills, called kéndang, that stretch across many areas, particularly in the southern part of the island; however, even the least fertile land can yield a generous return for the effort put into cultivating it, especially if water can be supplied to it in any way.
But when nature does much for a country, its inhabitants are sometimes contented to do little, and, satisfied with its common gifts, neglect to improve them into the means of dignity or comfort. The peasantry of Java, easily procuring the necessaries of life, seldom aim at improvement of their condition. Rice is the principal food of all classes of the people, and the great staple of their agriculture. Of this necessary article, it is calculated that a labourer can, in ordinary circumstances, earn from four to five kátis a day; and a káti being equivalent to one pound and a quarter avoirdupois, is reckoned a sufficient allowance for the daily subsistence of an adult in these regions. The labour of the women on Java is estimated almost as highly as that of the men, and thus a married couple can maintain eight or ten persons; and as a family seldom exceeds half that number, they have commonly half of their earnings applicable for the purchase of little comforts, for implements of agriculture, for clothing and lodging. The two last articles cannot be expensive in a country where the children generally go naked, and where the simplest structure possible is sufficient to afford the requisite protection against the elements.
But when nature provides a lot for a country, its people sometimes feel content doing very little, and, happy with what’s readily available, they overlook the opportunity to improve their circumstances for a better quality of life. The farmers in Java, who can easily get the basics of life, often don’t aspire to enhance their situation. Rice is the main food for everyone, and it's the cornerstone of their agriculture. It's estimated that a laborer can earn about four to five kátis a day; with one káti being roughly one pound and a quarter, this amount is considered enough to sustain an adult in these areas. The work of women in Java is valued almost as much as that of men, allowing a married couple to support eight or ten people; since a family rarely exceeds half that size, they typically have half their earnings available for small comforts, farming tools, clothing, and shelter. The last two necessities aren't too pricey in a country where children usually go without clothes, and where the simplest type of shelter offers adequate protection against the weather.
The price of rice, which thus becomes of importance to the labourer, varies in different parts of the island, according to the fertility of the district where it is produced, its situation with regard to a market, or its distance from one of the numerous provincial capitals. As the means of transport, by which the[Vol I Pg 121] abundance of one district might be conveyed to supply the deficiencies of another, and to equalize the distribution of the general stock, are few and laborious, this variation of price is sometimes very considerable: even in the same district there are great variations, according to the nature of the crop. In the Native Provinces, a píkul (weighing 133⅓ lbs. English) sometimes sells below the fourth part of a Spanish dollar, and at other times for more than two Spanish dollars; but in common years, and at an average over the whole island, including the capital, the estimate may be taken at thirty Spanish dollars the kóyan of thirty píkuls, or three thousand kútis. A kúti of rice, according to this estimate, may be sold to the consumer, after allowing a sufficient profit to the retail merchant, for much less than a penny.
The price of rice, which is important to the laborer, varies in different parts of the island based on the fertility of the area where it’s grown, its proximity to a market, or its distance from one of the many provincial capitals. Since the transport options, which would allow the abundance of one area to be sent to cover shortages in another and balance the overall supply, are limited and difficult, this price variation can be quite significant. Even within the same area, there can be large differences in price depending on the type of crop. In the Native Provinces, a píkul (weighing 133⅓ lbs. English) can sometimes sell for less than a quarter of a Spanish dollar, and at other times for over two Spanish dollars; but in typical years, and on average across the whole island, including the capital, you can estimate around thirty Spanish dollars for a kóyan of thirty píkuls, or three thousand kútis. A kúti of rice, based on this estimate, can be sold to the consumer, after accounting for a reasonable profit for the retail merchant, for much less than a penny.
But though the price of this common article of subsistence may be of some consequence to the Javan labourer, when he wants to make any purchase with his surplus portion, he is rendered independent of the fluctuations of the market for his necessary food, by the mode in which he procures it. He is generally the cultivator of the soil; and while he admits that law of custom, which assigns to the superior a certain share of the produce, he claims an equal right himself to the remainder, which is generally sufficient to support himself and his family: and he sometimes finds in this law of custom, sanctioned by the interest of both parties, a security in the possession of his lands, and a barrier against the arbitrary exactions of his chief, which could scarcely be expected under the capricious despotism of a Mahomedan government. In addition to this reserved share, he raises on his own account, if he is industrious, within what may be termed the cottage farm, all the vegetables, fruit, and poultry requisite for his own consumption. His wife invariably manufactures the slight articles of clothing, which, in such a climate, the common people are in the habit of wearing. What can be spared of the fruits of their joint industry from the supply of their immediate wants, is carried to market, and exchanged for a little salt fish, dried meat, or for other trifling comforts, hoarded as a store for the purchase of an ox or a buffalo, or expended in procuring materials for repairing the hut and mending the implements of husbandry.[Vol I Pg 122]
But even though the cost of this basic food item matters to the Javan worker when he wants to buy something with his extra earnings, he is shielded from market fluctuations for his essential food due to how he gets it. He usually cultivates the land himself; and while he follows the custom that gives a share of the harvest to his superior, he asserts his right to the rest, which is typically enough to support him and his family. Sometimes, this custom, backed by both parties' interests, gives him security in owning his land and protection against the arbitrary demands of his chief, which would be hard to find under the unpredictable rule of a Muslim government. Besides this allocated share, he also grows, if he is hardworking, all the vegetables, fruits, and poultry he needs for his own use on what might be called a cottage farm. His wife consistently makes the basic clothing items that the common people typically wear in such a climate. Any surplus from their combined efforts that isn’t needed for immediate needs is taken to market, swapped for a bit of salted fish, dried meat, or other small comforts, saved to eventually buy an ox or a buffalo, or spent on materials to fix the hut and repair farming tools.[Vol I Pg 122]
The farming stock of the cultivator is as limited as his wants are few and his cottage inartificial: it usually consists of a pair of buffaloes or oxen, and a few rude implements of husbandry. There is a small proportion of sheep and goats on the island; but, with the exception of poultry, no kind of live stock is reared exclusively either for the butcher or the dairy. By the returns made in 1813 of the stock and cattle of the provinces under the British government, containing a population of nearly two millions and a half, it was found that there were only about five thousand sheep and twenty-four thousand goats. The number of buffaloes, by the same return, and in the same space, was stated at 402,054, and of oxen at 122,691. Horses abound in the island, but are principally employed about the capitals, and not in husbandry, further than in the transport of produce from one district to another.
The farming resources of the farmer are as limited as his needs are few and his home simple: it typically consists of a pair of buffaloes or oxen and a few basic farming tools. There’s a small number of sheep and goats on the island; however, with the exception of poultry, no livestock is raised exclusively for meat or milk. According to records from 1813 on the livestock of the provinces governed by the British, which had a population of nearly two and a half million, there were only about five thousand sheep and twenty-four thousand goats. The same records showed that there were 402,054 buffaloes and 122,691 oxen in the same area. Horses are abundant on the island, but they are mainly used in the capitals and not for farming, aside from transporting produce from one area to another.
The buffalo and ox are used for ploughing. The former is of a smaller size than the buffalo of Sumatra and the Peninsula, though larger than that of Bengal and of the islands lying eastward of Java. It is a strong tractable animal, capable of long and continued exertion, but it cannot bear the heat of the mid-day sun. It is shy of Europeans, but submits to be managed by the smallest child of the family in which it is domesticated. The buffalo is either black or white: the former is larger and generally considered superior. In the Súnda, or western and mountainous districts, nine out of ten are white, which is not at all the case in the low countries; no essential difference in the breed has been discovered to be connected with this remarkable distinction of colour. The usual price of a buffalo in the western districts is about twenty-four rupees for the black, and twenty rupees for the white; in the eastern districts the price varies from twelve to sixteen rupees. The Súnda term for a buffalo is múnding; the Javan, máisa and kébo: and in compliment to Laléan, the prince who is supposed to have introduced cultivation into the Súnda districts, that prince and his successors on the Súnda throne are distinguished by the appellation Múnding or Máisa. The name of the individual sovereigns enters into a compound with these general terms for the dynasty, and they are called Máisa-laléan, Múnding-sári, and so of others. [Vol I Pg 123]
The buffalo and ox are used for plowing. The former is smaller than the buffalo from Sumatra and the Peninsula, but larger than those from Bengal and the islands east of Java. It's a strong, manageable animal that can work for long periods, but it can't handle the heat of the midday sun. It is shy around Europeans but can be easily handled by the youngest child in the family that owns it. Buffaloes come in black or white; the black ones are larger and usually seen as better. In the Súnda, or the western mountainous regions, about nine out of ten buffaloes are white, which is not true for the lowland areas; no major differences in breed have been found that explain this striking difference in color. The typical price for a buffalo in the western regions is around twenty-four rupees for black and twenty rupees for white; in the eastern regions, prices range from twelve to sixteen rupees. The term for buffalo in Súnda is múnding; in Javanese, it's máisa and kébo: and in honor of Laléan, the prince believed to have introduced farming to the Súnda regions, he and his successors on the Súnda throne are referred to as Múnding or Máisa. The names of individual sovereigns are combined with these general terms for the dynasty, resulting in names like Máisa-laléan, Múnding-sári, and others. [Vol I Pg 123]
The ox of Java derives its origin from the Indian breed. Two varieties are common: that which is called the Javan ox has considerably degenerated; the other, which is termed the Bengal or Surat ox, is distinguished by a lump on the shoulder, and retains in his superior strength other traces of his origin. The bull after castration is used as a beast of burden, for the draught, and sometimes for the stall. Cows are chiefly employed in husbandry, and are particularly useful to the poorer class; but in the sáwah and the extensive inundated plantations of the low districts of the island, the superior bulk and strength of the buffalo is indispensable. Eastward of Pasúruan, however, the lands are ploughed by oxen and cows exclusively. The wild breed, termed bánténg, is found principally in the forests of that quarter and in Báli, although it occurs also in other parts; a remarkable change takes place in the appearance of this animal after castration, the colour in a few months invariably becoming red.
The ox of Java comes from the Indian breed. There are two common types: the one called the Javan ox has significantly degenerated; the other, known as the Bengal or Surat ox, is recognizable by a lump on its shoulder and still shows some signs of its strong origins. After being castrated, the bull is used as a pack animal, for pulling carts, and sometimes for working in stables. Cows are mainly used in farming and are especially valuable to poorer communities; however, in the sáwah and the large flooded plantations of the lowlands on the island, the larger size and strength of the buffalo are essential. To the east of Pasúruan, though, the fields are worked solely by oxen and cows. The wild breed, called bánténg, is mainly found in the forests of that region and in Báli, although it can be found in other areas too; a striking change occurs in this animal's appearance after castration, with its color inevitably becoming red within a few months.
The cows on Java, as well as throughout the Archipelago, remarkably degenerate from those properties, for which, in a state of domestication, they are chiefly prized in other quarters of the world, and afford little or no milk beyond what is barely sufficient for the nourishment of the calf: but the draught ox does not partake of a similar change, and in the central and eastern districts, particularly where the pasture is good, becomes a strong active animal. The degenerate domestic cows are sometimes driven into the forests, to couple with the wild bánténg, for the sake of improving the breed. A single pair of oxen, or buffaloes, is found sufficient for the yoke both of the plough and harrow; and these form by far the most expensive part of the cultivator's stock. The price of a draught ox, in the central and eastern districts, in which they are more generally used in agriculture, varies from eight to sixteen rupees, or from twenty to forty shillings English, and a cow may be purchased for about the same price. Either from the luxuriance of the pasture, the greater care of the husbandmen, or a more equal climate, both the buffalo and the ox are usually in better condition on Java than in many parts of India: indeed, those miserable half-starved looking animals, with which some of the provinces of Bengal abound, are never seen in this island, except, perhaps, occasionally, in[Vol I Pg 124] some of the few herds belonging to Europeans, in the vicinity of Batavia.
The cows on Java and throughout the Archipelago are surprisingly different from the traits that make them highly valued in other parts of the world when domesticated; they provide little to no milk beyond what's just enough to feed the calf. However, draught oxen remain unchanged, and in the central and eastern regions, especially where grass is plentiful, they become strong, active animals. Occasionally, the lesser domestic cows are taken into the forests to mate with the wild bánténg in hopes of improving their breed. Usually, a single pair of oxen or buffaloes is enough for both the plow and the harrow, and they represent by far the most costly part of a farmer's stock. The price of a draught ox in the central and eastern areas, where they are commonly used in farming, ranges from eight to sixteen rupees, or twenty to forty British shillings, and a cow is typically sold for about the same amount. Due to the richness of the grass, better management by the farmers, or a more temperate climate, both buffalo and ox are generally better off on Java than in many areas of India. In fact, the pitiful, half-starved looking animals that are prevalent in some provinces of Bengal are rarely seen on this island, except maybe occasionally in[Vol I Pg 124] a few herds owned by Europeans near Batavia.
Buffaloes, however, more than other domestic animals, are subject to an epidemic disease, the symptoms and nature of which have not been hitherto carefully noted, or satisfactorily explained. It prevails throughout the whole island, and generally re-appears after an interval of three, four, or five years: it makes great ravages in the stock of the peasantry, and is checked in its progress by no remedies which have hitherto been discovered or applied: it is of an infectious nature, and excites great alarm when it appears: it bears different names in different parts of the island. As the bull and cow are not liable to this disease; and as, in addition to this advantage, they are less expensive in their original purchase, they are preferred by many of the natives.
Buffaloes, more than other farm animals, are prone to an infectious disease whose symptoms and nature haven't been thoroughly documented or clearly explained. This disease is widespread across the island and tends to come back every three, four, or five years. It causes significant damage to the livestock of farmers and hasn't been effectively controlled by any remedies discovered so far. It creates a lot of fear when it shows up and is called different names in various parts of the island. Since bulls and cows don’t get this disease and are also cheaper to buy, many locals prefer them.
For draught, the buffalo and cow are employed; and for burden, the horse (particularly mares) and the ox. In level districts, and in good roads, the use of the latter is preferred. The usual burden of a horse is rather less than three hundred weight, and that of an ox rather more than four; but in mountainous districts, and where the roads are neglected, one half of this weight is considered as a sufficient, if not an excessive load.
For pulling, buffalo and cows are used; and for carrying, horses (especially mares) and oxen. In flat areas with good roads, oxen are the preferred choice. A typical load for a horse is a bit less than 300 pounds, while an ox can carry just over 400 pounds; however, in mountainous regions and where the roads are poor, half of these weights is seen as a reasonable, if not too heavy, load.
The comparatively higher price of cattle on Java than in Bengal has been accounted for from the demand for them as food, and the absence of extensive commons on which to feed them.
The higher price of cattle in Java compared to Bengal is attributed to the demand for them as food and the lack of large common areas where they can graze.
When implements of husbandry are mentioned in British agriculture, many expensive instruments, and complicated machinery suggest themselves to those acquainted with its practical details. From the preparation of the ground for receiving the seed, till the grain comes into the hands of the miller, labour is economized and produce increased, by many ingenious processes and artful contrivances, of which a Javan could form no conception. He could form no idea of the fabrication or advantages of our different kinds of ploughs; of our swing ploughs, our wheel ploughs, and our two-furrow ploughs; of our grubbers, cultivators, and other instruments for pulverizing the soil; of our threshing and winnowing machines, and other inventions. A plough of the simplest[Vol I Pg 125] construction, a harrow, or rather rake, and sometimes a roller, with a páchul, or hoe, which answers the purpose of a spade; an árit, which serves as a knife or small hatchet; and the áni áni, a peculiar instrument used by the reapers, are all the implements employed by him in husbandry; and the total cost of the whole does not exceed three or four rupees, or from seven to ten shillings.
When talking about farming tools in British agriculture, a lot of expensive instruments and complicated machinery come to mind for those familiar with its practical aspects. From preparing the land for planting seeds to when the grain reaches the miller, labor is streamlined and yield is boosted through many clever processes and devices, which someone from Java wouldn't understand at all. They wouldn’t grasp the design or benefits of our various types of plows, like swing plows, wheel plows, and two-furrow plows; our grubbers, cultivators, and other tools for breaking up the soil; or our threshing and winnowing machines and other inventions. A plow of the simplest construction, a harrow (or a rake), and sometimes a roller, along with a páchul (or hoe) that acts like a spade; an árit that serves as a knife or small hatchet; and the áni áni, a special tool used by the reapers—these are all the tools used by them in farming, and the total cost for everything doesn't go over three or four rupees, or about seven to ten shillings.
The plough (walúku), in general use for the irrigated land, consists of three parts, the body, beam, and handle. It is generally made of teak wood, where that material can be provided, or otherwise of the most durable that can be found: the yoke only is of bámbu. Simple as it is, it appears, both in its construction and durability, superior to the plough of Bengal, as described by Mr. Colebrooke, from which it differs, in having a board cut out of the piece which forms the body, for throwing the earth aside. The point of the body, or sock, is tipped with iron, which in some districts is cast for the purpose. There is another kind, of more simple construction, in use for dry and mountain cultivation: this is termed brújul, and consists of but two parts. Both kinds are so light, that when the ploughman has performed his morning's work, he throws the plough over his shoulder, and without feeling any inconvenience or fatigue, returns with it to his cottage. For gardens, and for small fields adjoining the villages, the small lúku chína, or Chinese plough, is used with one buffalo: the cost for a good plough seldom exceeds a rupee and a half. The harrow (gáru), which is rather a large rake having only a single rough row of teeth, costs about the same sum, and is in like manner made of teak where procurable; except the handle, beam, and yoke, which are of bámbu. When used, the person who guides it generally sits upon it, to give it the necessary pressure for levelling or pulverizing the soil.
The plow (walúku), commonly used for irrigated land, has three parts: the body, beam, and handle. It's usually made from teak wood, if available, or from the most durable material found; only the yoke is made of bámbu. Despite its simplicity, it seems to be superior in both construction and durability to the plow from Bengal, as described by Mr. Colebrooke, since it has a board cut from the body for pushing the soil to the side. The point of the body, or sock, is tipped with iron, which in some areas is specially cast for this purpose. There's another type that is simpler and used for dry and hilly cultivation: this one is called brújul and consists of just two parts. Both types are so lightweight that after finishing his morning work, the plowman can easily toss the plow over his shoulder and return to his cottage without any discomfort or fatigue. For gardens and small fields near villages, a small lúku chína, or Chinese plow, is used with one buffalo, and a good plow typically costs no more than a rupee and a half. The harrow (gáru), which is more like a large rake with a single rough row of teeth, costs roughly the same and is similarly made of teak when available, except for the handle, beam, and yoke, which are made of bámbu. When in use, the person guiding it usually sits on it to apply the necessary pressure for leveling or breaking up the soil.
The páchul is a large hoe, which in Java serves every purpose of the spade in Europe, and is consequently, next to the plough, the most important implement in Javan husbandry. The head is of wood tipped with iron; and the handle, which is about two feet and a half long, frequently has a slight curve, which renders it more convenient for use: its price is about half a rupee. The árit, or weeding knife, costs about eight pence; and the áni áni, with which the grain is reaped,[Vol I Pg 126] about three pence. The latter is a small instrument of peculiar shape. The reaper holds it in a particular manner, and crops off with it each separate ear, along with a few inches of the straw. This mode of reaping has been immemorially practised and is universally followed. Some of the most intelligent people being questioned respecting the origin of this operose process, answered, that it was reported to have been established in ancient times as a s'lámat, or grateful acknowledgment for an abundant harvest; that when his field was covered with the bounty of Ceres, no reaper could refuse her this acknowledgment; and that the religious discharge of this obligation was guarded by the belief, that if he ceased to offer this tribute of his labour at the season of harvest, the field would not continue to yield him the same abundant return.
The páchul is a large hoe that serves the same purpose as a spade in Europe, making it, after the plough, the most important tool in Javan agriculture. The head is made of wood with an iron tip, and the handle is about two and a half feet long, often with a slight curve for easier use. It costs about half a rupee. The árit, or weeding knife, is priced at about eight pence, while the áni áni, used for reaping grain, costs about three pence. The latter is a small, uniquely shaped tool that the reaper holds in a specific way to cut each ear of grain along with a few inches of straw. This method of reaping has been practiced for ages and is widely adopted. When some of the more knowledgeable people were asked about the origins of this labor-intensive method, they responded that it has been said to have been established in ancient times as a s'lámat, or a grateful acknowledgment for a bountiful harvest. It was believed that when a field was full of Ceres's bounty, no reaper could refuse this acknowledgment, and that failing to offer this tribute during harvest time would mean the field would not continue to give the same abundant yield.
The lands are ploughed, harrowed, and weeded by the men, who also conduct the whole process of irrigation; but the labour of transplanting, reaping, and (where cattle are not used for the purpose) of transporting the different crops from the field to the village, or from the village to the market, devolves upon the women.
The men plow, till, and clear the fields, and they also manage all the irrigation. However, the women are responsible for transplanting, harvesting, and, when animals aren't used, moving the various crops from the fields to the village or from the village to the market.
Besides the two general divisions of the year, marked out by nature in the great changes of the earth and the atmosphere, there are other periodical distinctions, depending on less obvious or more irregular phenomena. These variations have been ascertained by a reference to the course of the heavenly bodies, or the calculations of the wúku, which are described in another part of this work. It is the office of the village priest to keep this reckoning, and to apprize the cultivators when the term approaches for the commencement of the different operations of husbandry. Of these minor seasons of the year, the first, commencing after the rice harvest which falls in August or September, lasts forty-one days. During this season the leaves fall from the trees, vegetation is interrupted, and the only field labour performed is the burning of grass and vegetables, as a preparation of the tégal or gágas. In the second season, which lasts twenty-five days, vegetation again resumes its vigour. The third, which lasts twenty-four days, is considered the most proper for planting sweet potatoes, yams, and such other vegetables as usually form the second crop; the wild flowers of the forest are now in blossom;[Vol I Pg 127] and the period of what is termed dry cultivation commences. The fourth, which lasts also twenty-four days, is the natural season for the pairing of wild animals: high winds now prevail, the rains descend, and the rivers begin to rise. During the fifth, which lasts twenty-six days, the implements of husbandry are prepared, and the water-courses examined and renewed: this is the commencement of the wet cultivation. In the sixth season the ploughing of the sáwahs and sowing of the bíbít for the great rice crop takes place: this season lasts forty-one days. In the seventh, which also lasts forty-one days, pári is transplanted into fields, and the courses of the water properly directed. In the eighth, which lasts twenty-six days, the plants shoot above the water and begin to blossom. In the ninth season, which consists of twenty-five days, the ears of the grain form. In the tenth, also consisting of twenty-five days, they ripen and turn yellow. The eleventh, which lasts twenty-six days, is the period for reaping; and in the twelfth, which consists of forty-one days, the harvest is completed, the produce gathered in, and that dry clear weather prevails, in which the days are the hottest and the nights the coldest of the whole year. The accurate assignment of the number of days by the natives themselves to the different operations of husbandry, affords such complete information on this interesting subject, that any further account would be superfluous. It may, however, be proper to observe, that the periods above described chiefly refer to the progress of the principal rice crop, as influenced by the annual rains; but there are many lands rendered quite independent of these rains, by the vicinity of streams which afford a plentiful supply of water at all times of the year. In many favoured situations, it is even common to observe at one view the rice fields in almost every stage of their cultivation; in one, women engaged in planting the newly prepared soil, and in another, the reapers employed in collecting the fruits of the harvest.
Besides the two main seasons of the year, defined by nature through significant changes in the earth and atmosphere, there are other periodic distinctions based on less obvious or more irregular phenomena. These variations have been identified by observing the movements of celestial bodies or through the calculations of the wúku, which are explained elsewhere in this work. It’s the duty of the village priest to keep track of this information and inform the farmers when it’s time to begin various agricultural activities. Of these minor seasons, the first one begins after the rice harvest, which occurs in August or September, and lasts for forty-one days. During this season, the leaves fall from the trees, plant growth slows down, and the only field work done is burning grass and other plants to prepare the tégal or gágas. The second season lasts twenty-five days and sees plants starting to grow again. The third season lasts twenty-four days and is considered the best time for planting sweet potatoes, yams, and other vegetables that typically make up the second crop; wildflowers in the forest bloom during this time, and the period known as dry cultivation begins. The fourth season, also lasting twenty-four days, is the natural time for wild animals to mate; strong winds occur, rain falls, and rivers begin to rise. In the fifth season, which lasts twenty-six days, farming tools are prepared, and waterways are checked and restored, marking the start of wet cultivation. The sixth season involves plowing the sáwahs and sowing bíbít for the major rice crop and lasts for forty-one days. The seventh season also lasts forty-one days and is when pári is transplanted into the fields, and water flow is carefully managed. In the eighth season, lasting twenty-six days, the plants grow above the water and begin to flower. The ninth season, which lasts twenty-five days, is when the grain heads start to form. In the tenth season, also lasting twenty-five days, the grains ripen and turn yellow. The eleventh season, which lasts twenty-six days, is the time for harvesting, and in the twelfth season, lasting forty-one days, the harvest is finished, the produce is collected, and the dry clear weather occurs, with the hottest days and the coldest nights of the entire year. The precise assignment of days by the locals to various farming activities provides such detailed information on this fascinating subject that any further explanation would be unnecessary. However, it’s worth noting that the periods mentioned primarily relate to the main rice crop, influenced by the annual rains. Yet, many areas are quite independent of these rains because of nearby streams that provide a consistent water supply year-round. In many favorable locations, it’s common to see rice fields at nearly every stage of cultivation at once—some women planting in freshly prepared soil while elsewhere, reapers are busy gathering the harvest.
Lands in Java are classed under two general divisions; lands which are capable of being inundated directly from streams or rivers, and lands which are not so. The former are termed sáwah, the latter tégal or gága. It is on the sáwahs that the great rice cultivation is carried on; and these[Vol I Pg 128] admit of a subdivision, according to the manner in which the land is irrigated. Those which can be irrigated at pleasure from adjacent springs or rivers, are considered as the proper sáwah; those which depend on the periodical rains for the whole or principal part of the water by which they are fertilized, are termed sáwah tádahan. The former are by far the most valuable, and lands of this description admit of two heavy crops annually, without regard to any particular time of the year: the fields seldom exceed forty or sixty feet in breadth, and the water is retained in them by means of a small embankment of about a foot in height. On the slopes of the mountains, where this mode of cultivation is chiefly found, these fields are carried gradually above each other in so many terraces, for the purpose of irrigation, the water admitted in the upper terrace inundating each of them in its descent. The tégal lands are appropriated to the culture of less important crops, such as the mountain rice, Indian corn, &c.
Lands in Java are categorized into two main types: lands that can be directly flooded by streams or rivers and lands that cannot. The first type is called sáwah, and the second type is known as tégal or gága. The major rice cultivation occurs on the sáwahs, which can be further divided based on how the land is irrigated. Those that can be irrigated at will from nearby springs or rivers are considered the proper sáwah; those that rely on seasonal rains for most or all of their water are named sáwah tádahan. The first type is significantly more valuable and can produce two heavy crops each year, regardless of the season. The fields typically measure no more than forty or sixty feet wide, and water is held in them by a small embankment about a foot high. On the slopes of the mountains, where this farming method is mostly found, these fields are arranged in terraces to facilitate irrigation, with water from the upper terrace spilling down to flood each lower one. The tégal lands are used for growing less important crops, such as mountain rice, corn, etc.
The vast superiority of the sáwah, or wet cultivation, over that of tégal, or dry, is shewn in their relative produce, and may be still further illustrated by a comparison of the rents which the two descriptions of land are calculated to afford. The quantity of tégal land, or land fit for maize, as compared with that of sáwah land, varies in different districts. In Chéribon, the tégal land, by the late survey, amounted only to 2,511, while the sáwan exceeded 16,000. In Tégal the proportions were even more widely varied, the number of jungs of the former to the latter being as 891 to 11,445. In Surabáya they were as 1,356 to 17,397; in Kedú and Besúki they were nearly equal, being respectively as 8,295 to 10,757, and as 6,369 to 7,862.
The significant advantage of sáwah, or wet farming, over tégal, or dry farming, is evident in their respective yields, and can be further illustrated by comparing the rents that these two types of land can generate. The amount of tégal land suitable for maize varies across different regions. In Chéribon, the latest survey recorded only 2,511 acres of tégal land, while sáwah land surpassed 16,000 acres. In Tégal, the disparity was even greater, with the ratio of tégal to sáwah being 891 to 11,445. In Surabáya, the ratio was 1,356 to 17,397; in Kedú and Besúki, they were nearly equal at 8,295 to 10,757, and 6,369 to 7,862, respectively.
The succession of crops, next to the facility of irrigation, depends upon the quality of the soil, which in the native provinces is divided by the cultivators into three principal kinds, tána ládu, tána línchad, and tána pásir. The first is the best, consisting of rich vegetable mould, and a certain proportion of sand, and exists chiefly near the banks of large rivers; the second is almost pure clay, and is found in the central plains; and the third is alluvial, and covers the maritime districts. The term pádas péréng is applied to the oblique tracts enriched[Vol I Pg 129] with a fertile mould, which form the acclivities of hills, and from which the water readily disappears. Tána ládu will bear a constant succession of crops. Tána línchad yields only a single annual crop of rice: during the rainy season the soil constitutes a stiff mud, in which the plants find the requisite moisture and display all their luxuriance; when it is afterwards exposed to the rays of the sun, it bursts into extensive fissures, which admitting the scorching heat by which they were produced, become detrimental to every species of vegetation.
The rotation of crops, along with the ease of irrigation, relies on the quality of the soil, which in the local regions is categorized by farmers into three main types: tána ládu, tána línchad, and tána pásir. The first type is the best, made up of rich organic material and a certain amount of sand, and is primarily found near the banks of large rivers. The second type is almost pure clay and is located in the central plains, while the third type is alluvial and covers the coastal areas. The term pádas péréng refers to the sloped areas enriched with fertile soil that form the hillsides, from which water drains quickly. Tána ládu can support a continuous rotation of crops. Tána línchad produces only one annual rice crop: during the rainy season, the soil turns into a thick mud that provides the necessary moisture for the plants to thrive; however, once it’s exposed to the sun, it cracks into large fissures, which let in the intense heat and harm all types of vegetation.
Besides the annual crop of rice which is raised on the sáwah lands, a variety of plants are raised upon them as a second or light crop within the same year. Among these are several species of káchang or bean, the cotton plant, the indigo, and a variety of cucumbers, &c. But the more generally useful and profitable vegetables require nearly the same period as the rice, and only yield their increase once in a season: they mostly grow in situations, on which the supply of water can be regulated, and a continued inundation prevented. Among the most important are the gúdé, káchang pénden, or káchang chína, káchang íju, kédéle, jágung or Indian corn, jágung chántel, jáwa-wút, jáli, wíjen, járak or palma christi, térong, and kéntang jáwa.
Besides the yearly rice crop grown on the sáwah fields, various plants are cultivated as a secondary or lighter crop within the same year. These include several types of káchang or beans, cotton, indigo, and different kinds of cucumbers, etc. However, the more commonly useful and profitable vegetables take almost the same amount of time to grow as the rice and only produce once a season: they generally thrive in areas where water supply can be managed, preventing persistent flooding. Among the most significant are gúdé, káchang pénden or káchang chína, káchang íju, kédéle, jágung or Indian corn, jágung chántel, jáwa-wút, jáli, wíjen, járak or palma christi, térong, and kéntang jáwa.
In tégal lands of high situations a particular method of planting is sometimes practiced, which produces a result similar to a succession of crops. Together with the rice are deposited the seeds of other vegetables, which arrive at maturity at different periods, chiefly after the rice harvest. The most common and useful among these is cotton; and, in some tracts, great quantities of this valuable product is thus obtained, without any exclusive allotment of the soil. Next to this are various leguminous and other plants, which do not interfere with the rice. No less than six or eight kinds of vegetables are sometimes in this manner seen to shoot up promiscuously in a single field.
In tégal lands at high altitudes, there's a specific planting method that's sometimes used, resulting in a crop rotation effect. Along with the rice, seeds of other vegetables are sown, which mature at different times, mainly after the rice is harvested. The most common and valuable of these is cotton; in some areas, large amounts of this important crop are produced without dedicating specific plots of land. Following cotton, there are various leguminous and other plants that do not interfere with the rice. It’s not unusual to see six or eight types of vegetables growing together in one field this way.
Rice, however, as has been repeatedly observed, is the grand staple of Javan, as well as Indian cultivation, and to this every other species of husbandry is subordinate. The adjacent islands and states of Sumatra, Malacca, Borneo, Celebes, and the Moluccas, have always in a great measure[Vol I Pg 130] depended on the Javan cultivator for their supply, and the Dutch were in the habit of transporting an annual quantity of between six and eight thousand tons to Ceylon, to Coromandel, to the Cape, and their other settlements. Even at the low rate at which it generally sells, a revenue of near four million of rupees, or about half a million sterling, has been estimated as the government portion of its annual produce.
Rice, as has been repeatedly noted, is the primary crop of Java and Indian agriculture, with everything else in farming being secondary to it. The nearby islands and regions of Sumatra, Malacca, Borneo, Celebes, and the Moluccas have largely relied on Javan farmers for their rice supply. The Dutch used to ship an annual amount between six and eight thousand tons to Ceylon, Coromandel, the Cape, and their other settlements. Even at the low prices it usually fetches, it's estimated that the government's share of the annual output brings in nearly four million rupees, or about half a million pounds.
According to the modes of cultivation by which it has been reared, this grain is called pári sáwah, or pári gága; corresponding, with some exceptions, to the pádi sáwah, and pádi ládang of Sumatra. In the western, and particularly the Súnda districts, the term gága is changed for típar, the term gága, in these districts, being only occasionally applied to the grain which is cultivated on newly cleared mountainous spots.
According to how it's grown, this grain is called pári sáwah or pári gága; it mostly corresponds to the pádi sáwah and pádi ládang of Sumatra, with some exceptions. In the western regions, especially in the Súnda areas, the term gága is replaced with típar, and gága is only occasionally used for the grain that is grown on newly cleared mountainous land.
The lowland and the mountain rice, or more correctly speaking, the rice raised in dry lands and the rice raised in lands subjected to inundation, are varieties of the same species (the oriza sativa of Linnæus) although both of them are permanent: but the rice planted on the mountainous or dry ground does not thrive on irrigated lands; nor, on the contrary, does the sáwah rice succeed on lands beyond the reach of irrigation. The mountain rice is supposed to contain in the same bulk more nourishment than the other, and is more palatable; but its use is limited to the less populous districts of the island, the greater proportion of the inhabitants depending exclusively on the produce of the sáwahs, or wet cultivation, for their support.
The lowland and mountain rice, or more accurately, the rice grown in dry areas and the rice grown in flooded areas, are varieties of the same species (the oriza sativa of Linnæus), even though both are permanent. However, rice planted in mountainous or dry soil doesn't do well in irrigated lands; similarly, the sáwah rice doesn't thrive in areas without irrigation. Mountain rice is thought to have more nutrients in the same volume and is tastier, but its use is limited to less populated areas of the island, as most residents rely solely on the produce of the sáwahs, or wet cultivation, for their sustenance.
Stavorinus asserts, that the mountain rice is not so good as that of the low lands. Mr. Marsden informs us, on the contrary, that the former brings the higher price, and is considered of superior quality, being whiter, heartier, and better flavoured grain, keeping better, and increasing more in boiling. "The rice of the low lands," he says, "is more prolific from the seed, and subject to less risk in the culture; and on these accounts, rather than from its superior quality, is in more common use than the former." In general, the weightiest and whitest grain is preferred; a preference mentioned by Bontius, who includes in the character of the best rice its whiteness, its clearness of colour, and its preponderating weight, bulk for bulk. Dr. Horsfield con[Vol I Pg 131]ceives that Stavorinus formed his opinion in the low northern maritime districts of Java, and Mr. Marsden from a more extensive observation. Many intelligent natives state, that they prefer the mountain rice when they can procure it, on account of its whiteness, strength, and flavour; and that they are only limited in its use, by the impossibility of raising as much of it as can satisfy the general demand, all the mountain or dry rice not being sufficient to feed one-tenth of the population. In less populous countries, as in many parts of Sumatra, the inhabitants can easily subsist the whole of their numbers exclusively on mountain rice, or that produced on ládangs, which are fields reclaimed from ancient forests for the first time, and from which only one crop is demanded. The grain here, as in the mountain rice of Java, is highly flavoured and nutritious; but in countries where the population is crowded, where a scanty crop will not suffice, and where a continued supply of new land cannot be obtained, the peasantry must apply their labour to such grounds as admit of uninterrupted cultivation, and renew their annual fertility by periodical inundations, even although the produce is not so highly prized.
Stavorinus claims that mountain rice isn't as good as rice from the lowlands. However, Mr. Marsden argues the opposite, saying that mountain rice fetches a higher price and is seen as better quality. It's whiter, heartier, and more flavorful, stays fresh longer, and expands more when cooked. He notes, "Lowland rice produces more seeds and is easier to grow, which is why it's more commonly used, rather than because of its superior quality." Generally, people prefer the heaviest and whitest grains, a preference highlighted by Bontius, who describes the best rice as having whiteness, clarity, and greater weight compared to others. Dr. Horsfield believes Stavorinus formed his opinion based on the low northern coastal areas of Java, while Mr. Marsden took a broader perspective. Many knowledgeable locals say they prefer mountain rice when possible due to its whiteness, strength, and taste, and they face limitations in its use only because not enough can be produced to meet demand, with all the mountain or dry rice unable to feed even one-tenth of the population. In less populated areas like many parts of Sumatra, residents can easily sustain their entire population on mountain rice or rice grown in ládangs, which are fields cleared from ancient forests for the first time and only yield one crop. The grain here, like the mountain rice from Java, is flavorful and nutritious; but in densely populated regions, where a small harvest won't suffice and new land isn't readily available, the local farmers must focus their efforts on land that can be cultivated steadily, replenishing its annual fertility through periodic flooding, even if the yield isn't as highly valued.
In the sáwahs of Java the fields are previously ploughed, inundated, and laboured by animals and hoeing, until the mould is converted into a semifluid mire: they then are considered fit to receive the young plants. No manure is ever used. Oil-cakes (búngkil), which are by some writers supposed to be used for this purpose generally, are only employed in the gardens about Batavia. One of the chief characteristics of the soil on Java, is an exemption from the necessity of requiring manure: on the sáwah lands, the annual inundation of the land is sufficient to renovate its vigour, and to permit constant cropping for a succession of years, without any observable impoverishment.
In the sáwahs of Java, the fields are plowed, flooded, and worked by animals and hoes until the soil turns into a semi-fluid mud. At that point, they are ready to receive the young plants. No manure is ever used. Oil-cakes (búngkil), which some writers claim are generally used for this purpose, are only used in the gardens around Batavia. One of the main characteristics of the soil in Java is that it doesn’t need manure. On the sáwah lands, the annual flooding is enough to refresh the soil's strength, allowing for continuous cropping for several years without any noticeable depletion.
In the cultivation of the sáwahs, the plants are uniformly transplanted or removed from their first situation. In those of tégal or gága, they grow to maturity on the same spot where the seed was originally deposited, whether this be on high mountainous districts, or on low lands, the distinction of sáwah and gága depending exclusively not upon the situa[Vol I Pg 132]tion of the field, but in the mode of culture, whether wet or dry.
In the cultivation of the sáwahs, the plants are consistently transplanted or taken from their original location. In the case of tégal or gága, they grow to maturity in the same place where the seed was first planted, whether that's in high mountainous areas or in lowlands. The distinction between sáwah and gága is not based on the location of the field, but rather on the method of cultivation, whether it's wet or dry.
In raising rice in the sáwahs, inundation is indispensable till it is nearly ripe. The seed is first sown on a bed prepared for the purpose, about one month before the season for transplanting it, and the plant is during that time termed bíbit. Two methods are in use. According to the first, called úrit, the ears of pári are carefully disposed on the soft mud of the seed bed; in the second, called ng'éber, the separated seeds are thrown after the manner of broadcast in Europe. In by far the greatest portions of the island, the ground is prepared, the seed sown, and the plant removed, during the course of the rainy season, or between the months of November and March. In situations where a constant supply of water can be obtained from springs, rivulets, or rivers, two crops are produced in the course of twelve or fourteen months; but the advantage of double cropping, which exhausts the soil without allowing it time to recover, has been considered as very questionable. If in some situations commanding a supply of water, the earth is allowed to rest after the preceding harvest, during the latter end of the rainy season, and the transplantation made in the months of June and July, it generally yields more profitable crops than the common method of working the sáwah. This, which is termed gádu by the natives, has been recommended by the experience of European planters.
In cultivating rice in the sáwahs, flooding is essential until it's almost ready for harvest. The seeds are first sown on a specially prepared bed about a month before transplanting season, and during this time, the plants are known as bíbit. There are two methods used. The first, called úrit, involves carefully placing the ears of pári on the soft mud of the seed bed; the second method, called ng'éber, involves broadcasting the separated seeds like in Europe. In most parts of the island, the ground is prepared, seeds are sown, and plants are transplanted during the rainy season, which falls between November and March. In areas where there's a steady supply of water from springs, streams, or rivers, it’s possible to grow two crops within twelve to fourteen months. However, the benefits of double cropping are questioned as it depletes the soil without giving it time to recover. In some places with a good water supply, if the soil is allowed to rest after the last harvest and transplantation occurs in June and July, it typically yields more profitable crops than the usual method of working the sáwah. This method, known as gádu by the locals, has been endorsed by the experience of European farmers.
Irrigation is exclusively effected by conducting the water of rivers and rivulets from the more or less elevated spots in the vicinity, and in this respect, differs materially in its process from that of Bengal, for although considerable labour and ingenuity are exercised in detaining, regulating, and distributing the supply, by means of dams, called bandáng'ans, no machinery whatever is employed in raising water for agricultural purposes in any part of the island.
Irrigation is solely achieved by channeling water from nearby rivers and streams that are higher up. This process is quite different from that in Bengal, where a lot of effort and creativity goes into holding back, managing, and distributing the water supply using structures called bandáng'ans. However, no machinery is used to lift water for farming anywhere on the island.
The rice grown on sáwahs, is of two kinds, pári génja and pári dálam. In the former, the harvest takes place four months after the transplantation; in the latter, six months. Pári génja having the advantage of a quicker growth, is therefore often planted when the rainy season is far advanced.[Vol I Pg 133] Pári dálam is more prolific, and yields a grain of superior quality, comprising those varieties in which the ears are longer and more compound. The varieties of each kind are distinct and permanent.
The rice grown in sáwahs comes in two types: pári génja and pári dálam. In pári génja, the harvest happens four months after transplanting, while pári dálam takes six months. Because pári génja grows faster, it's often planted later in the rainy season.[Vol I Pg 133] Pári dálam produces more grain and yields higher quality grains, featuring varieties with longer and more complex ears. Each type has its distinct and permanent varieties.
The subvarieties are very numerous, amounting, with those of kétan, to more than a hundred. Kétan is a distinct variety, with very glutinous seeds, seldom employed as an article of food, except in confections, cakes, and the like. Of the varieties of the pári génsha, mentik and anchar bántap are preferred. Of the pári dálam, those of krentúlan and súka nándi are most esteemed, being remarkably well flavoured and fit for keeping. S'lámat jáwa yields also rice of good quality. The bearded kinds of pári are always preferred for keeping, as the grains do not readily fall off. Near Súra-kérta, the principal native capital, close to the site of the former capital Kérta-súra, there is a peculiar tract inundated by water from a fountain at Píng'gíng, which is said to produce a grain of very superior flavour, from which the table of the Susuhúnan is supplied. Súka nándi is the kind uniformly preferred for these plantations.
The subvarieties are numerous, totaling over a hundred when including the kétan. Kétan is a separate variety with very sticky seeds, rarely used as a food item except in sweets, cakes, and similar treats. Among the varieties of pári génsha, mentik and anchar bántap are the favorites. For pári dálam, krentúlan and súka nándi are highly regarded for their excellent flavor and durability. S'lámat jáwa also produces good-quality rice. The bearded types of pári are always preferred for storage since the grains don’t easily fall off. Near Súra-kérta, the main native capital, close to the former capital Kérta-súra, there's an unusual area flooded by water from a spring at Píng'gíng, which is said to yield grain of exceptionally good flavor, providing for the table of the Susuhúnan. Súka nándi is the consistently favored type for these plantations.
For pári gága, whether in high or low situations, the ground is prepared by ploughing and harrowing, and the seed is planted after the manner called setting in some parts of England. The holes are made by pointed sticks, called pónchos, and into each hole two seeds are thrown. Only careless husbandmen, or those who cannot procure the requisite assistance in their labour, sow by broadcast. In high situations the earth is prepared before the rains commence: the seed is sown in the months of September or October, and the harvest takes place in January and February following. Gágas of low situations are planted about a month after the harvest of the sáwah is got in, and frequently receive temporary supplies of water from a neighbouring rivulet. In high situations, to which water cannot be carried, they are sufficiently moistened by the first rains of the season. During their growth, they receive several hoeings from the careful husbandman.
For pári gága, whether in high or low areas, the ground is prepared by plowing and harrowing, and the seeds are planted in a way called setting in some parts of England. The holes are made with pointed sticks, called pónchos, and into each hole, two seeds are placed. Only careless farmers, or those who can't get the necessary help with their labor, plant by broadcasting. In high areas, the soil is prepared before the rains start: the seeds are sown in September or October, and the harvest occurs in January and February after that. Gágas in low areas are planted about a month after the sáwah harvest is collected and often receive temporary watering from a nearby stream. In high areas, where water can’t be brought, they get enough moisture from the first rains of the season. Throughout their growth, they receive several hoeings from the diligent farmer.
As the grain ripens, an elevated shed is frequently erected in the centre of a plantation, within which a child on the watch touches, from time to time, a series of cords extending[Vol I Pg 134] from the shed to the extremities of the field, like the radii of a circle, and by this cheap contrivance, and an occasional shout, prevents the ravages of birds, which would otherwise prove highly injurious to the crops. These little elevated sheds in the interior, and particularly in the district of Bányumás, are very neatly constructed of matting.
As the grain ripens, a raised shed is often built in the middle of a field, where a child keeps watch and occasionally pulls a set of cords leading[Vol I Pg 134] from the shed to the edges of the field, like the spokes of a wheel. With this simple setup and the occasional shout, they help scare away birds that could otherwise seriously damage the crops. These small raised sheds, especially in the area of Bányumás, are made very neatly from matting.
The reapers are uniformly paid, by receiving a portion of the crop which they have reaped: this varies in different parts of the island, from the sixth to the eighth part, depending on the abundance or scarcity of hands; when the harvest is general through a district, one-fifth or one-fourth is demanded by the reaper. In opposition to so exorbitant a claim, the influence of the great is sometimes exerted, and the labourer is obliged to be content with a tenth or a twelfth.
The reapers are paid the same way, getting a share of the crop they’ve harvested: this share varies across the island, from one-sixth to one-eighth, depending on how many workers are available. When the harvest is abundant in an area, the reaper demands one-fifth or one-fourth. To counter such a high demand, the powerful sometimes step in, and the worker is forced to settle for one-tenth or one-twelfth.
The grain is separated from the husk by pounding several times repeated. The first operation is generally performed in wooden troughs, in the villages near which it grows, and before it is brought to market. The pári being thus converted into bras or rice, afterwards receives repeated poundings, according to the condition or taste of the consumer.
The grain is separated from the husk by repeatedly pounding it. The first step is usually done in wooden troughs in the villages where it grows, before it's sold in the market. The pári is turned into bras or rice, which is then pounded repeatedly based on the preferences or taste of the consumer.
With the exception of the rice raised in sáwahs, all other produce is cultivated on dry grounds, either on the sáwah fields during the dry season, or on tégal land, at all times exclusively appropriated to dry cultivation. The principal article next to rice, as affording food to man, is maize or Indian corn, termed jágung. It is general in every district of Java, but is more particularly an object of attention on Madúra, where, for want of mountain streams, the lands do not in general admit of irrigation. In the more populous parts of Java, likewise, where the sáwahs do not afford a sufficient supply of rice, the inhabitants have lately had recourse to the cultivation of maize. It is now rapidly increasing in those low ranges of hills, which, on account of the poverty of the soil, had hitherto been neglected, and is becoming more and more a favourite article of food. In the more eastern districts, it is procured from the inhabitants of Madúra in exchange for rice. It is generally roasted in the ear, and in that state is exposed while hot for public sale; but it is never reduced to flour, or stored for any considerable time.
Except for the rice grown in sáwahs, all other crops are grown on dry land, either in the sáwah fields during the dry season or on tégal land that is exclusively used for dry farming. The main food source after rice is maize, or Indian corn, called jágung. It's common throughout Java, but it is especially important in Madúra, where the lack of mountain streams generally means the land isn't suitable for irrigation. In the more populated areas of Java, where the sáwahs don’t provide enough rice, people have recently turned to growing maize. It's now quickly increasing in those low hilly areas that were previously overlooked because of poor soil, and it’s becoming a more popular food choice. In the eastern districts, it is traded with the people of Madúra in exchange for rice. It's usually sold roasted on the cob while hot but is never made into flour or stored for long periods.
The zea maize, or common jágung, is a hardy plant, and[Vol I Pg 135] grows on any soil. In common with every other production of Java it thrives there most luxuriantly; nor is there any reason to believe, that the Javan soil is less adapted to it than that of Spanish America, where Humboldt estimates its produce at a hundred and fifty fold. It is planted in fertile low lands in rotation with rice, and in high situations without intermission, often forming in the latter the chief, if not the only, support of the inhabitants. There are three different kinds, distinguished from each other by their respective periods of ripening. The first kind requires seven months, and is a large rich grain; the second takes only three, and is of inferior quality; and the third, which seems valuable only on account of its rapid growth, ripens in forty days, but has a poor small grain. They may be planted at all seasons of the year; and of the two inferior kinds, several crops are often raised from the same ground within the year.
The zea maize, or common jágung, is a tough plant that[Vol I Pg 135] grows in any type of soil. Like every other crop in Java, it thrives there abundantly; there's no reason to think that Javan soil is less suitable for it than the soil in Spanish America, where Humboldt estimates its yield at one hundred and fifty times the seed. It’s grown in fertile lowlands in rotation with rice and in higher areas continuously, often being the main, if not the only, source of support for the local people. There are three different types, each distinguished by their ripening times. The first type takes seven months to mature and has large, rich grains; the second type matures in just three months and is of lower quality; and the third, which seems valuable mainly for its quick growth, ripens in forty days but has small, poor grains. They can be planted at any time of the year, and for the two lower-quality types, multiple crops can often be grown from the same land within a year.
Of other cerealia, the jágung chántel is raised very partially in particular districts, at no great distance from the capitals of the interior, and mostly for the purpose of preparing from it, by fermentation, a liquor sometimes drunk by the natives; as a general article of food it cannot be enumerated. The jáwa-wút and jáli are still more confined in their use; although the natives have a tradition, that on the first arrival of the Indian colonists on Java, the former was the only grain found on the island: it yields a pleasant pulp, and is made into several articles of confectionary. As a principal article of food, or a substitute for rice, Indian corn can alone be considered.
Of other cereals, the jágung chántel is grown only in certain regions, not too far from the inland capitals, mainly to make a fermented drink that locals sometimes enjoy; it’s not commonly used as a staple food. The jáwa-wút and jáli are even more limited in their use; however, locals have a story that when the Indian colonists first arrived in Java, the former was the only grain on the island: it produces a tasty pulp and is used to make various sweets. As a main food source or a rice substitute, only Indian corn really fits the bill.
In times of scarcity, the natives make use of various kinds of the plantain (musa), also the yam (ubi of the Malays, and uwi of the Javans), the sweet potatoe, katélo (convolvulus batatas), the varieties of which are described in one of the early volumes of the Batavian Transactions, and a number of leguminous vegetables, the various kinds of beans (káchang), together with a species of grass with minute yellow seeds, called túton, which in ancient times is said to have formed a principal article of food, and the dried leaves of some other plants; but, happily, these times seldom occur, and the use of the jágung chántel and jáwa-wút, as well as of the various roots and leguminous vegetables to which I have alluded, is too limited to produce any sensible effects on the inhabitants.[Vol I Pg 136] Those natives who make use of the Indian corn exclusively, inhabit the highest districts, where the purity of the atmosphere counteracts any injury which their health might otherwise sustain from the want of rice.
In times of scarcity, the locals use different types of plantain (musa), as well as yam (ubi from the Malays and uwi from the Javans), sweet potatoes, katélo (convolvulus batatas), which are detailed in one of the early volumes of the Batavian Transactions, and several types of legumes, including beans (káchang), along with a type of grass that has tiny yellow seeds, known as túton, which was once a main food source. They also use dried leaves from other plants. Fortunately, times of scarcity are rare, and the consumption of jágung chántel and jáwa-wút, as well as the various roots and legumes I mentioned, is too limited to significantly impact the local people.[Vol I Pg 136] The locals who rely solely on Indian corn live in the highest regions, where the clean air helps to mitigate any health issues that might arise from not having rice.
From the áren (sagurus rumphii), which grows abundantly in many parts of Java, a substance is prepared, similar in all respects to the true sago of the Eastern Islands. It is particularly useful in times of scarcity, when large numbers of these valuable trees are felled, for the purpose of collecting the pith. The sap yields an excellent sugar of a dark colour, in common use with the natives. The wine or túwak (toddy) prepared from it is superior to that obtained from most other palms.
From the áren (sagurus rumphii), which grows widely in many parts of Java, a substance is made that is just like the true sago from the Eastern Islands. It's especially helpful during times of scarcity when many of these valuable trees are cut down to gather the pith. The sap produces a great quality dark sugar that's commonly used by the locals. The wine or túwak (toddy) made from it is better than that made from most other palms.
A very agreeable pulp is prepared from the pith of this tree, pounded with water, and exposed one night to spontaneous evaporation: it is eaten with palm sugar, and found by no means unpleasant by Europeans. The tuberous roots of a species of curcuma, tému láwak, grated and infused in water, yields a similar pulp. Both are denominated pátí, and daily offered for sale along the roads and in the interior.
A very pleasant pulp is made from the pith of this tree, mashed with water, and left out overnight to evaporate on its own. It is eaten with palm sugar and is considered quite enjoyable by Europeans. The tuberous roots of a species of curcuma, tému láwak, grated and soaked in water, produce a similar pulp. Both are called pátí, and are sold daily along the roads and in the countryside.
All the varieties of the cocoa-tree, noticed on Sumatra, are to be found on Java, where its quicker and more luxuriant growth is accounted for by the superiority of soil. The principal varieties of the cocoa-nut are enumerated in one of the early volumes of the Batavian Transactions.
All the different types of cocoa trees found in Sumatra can also be found in Java, where they grow faster and thicker due to the better soil. The main types of coconuts are listed in one of the early volumes of the Batavian Transactions.
Of the oil-giving plants there are many. The káchang góring of the Malay countries, or, as it is indifferently termed by the Javans, káchang chína, pénden, or tána, is cultivated almost exclusively for the purpose of obtaining its oil, near the capitals of the principal districts, both central and maritime. It requires a very strong soil for its support, and as the cultivation is profitable, the lands which produce it yield high rents. It is never employed as an article of food by itself; but what remains of it after the oil is expressed, forms an ingredient for the seasoning of rice, in one of the common dishes of the natives. The oil is obtained by grinding the seeds between two grooved cylinders, and then separating it either by expression or boiling. The former is chiefly used by the Chinese, and yields as a refuse the oil-cakes, which I formerly observed were employed as manure in some of the gardens near Batavia. Where these cylinders are not in use, the fol[Vol I Pg 137]lowing mode is adopted: the nut having been taken from the ground, is dried by exposure to the sun for a few days; after which the kernel is extracted, and reduced, by successive beatings in the Javan lésung or mortar, to a grain sufficiently small to pass through a sieve; it is then boiled by steam, and having been allowed to cool for twenty-four hours, is put into a basket, and in that state placed between two oblong planks, which, being joined together at one extremity, are forced to meet at the other, on the principle of a lemon-squeezer. The oil exuding from the interstices of the basket is caught on an ox's hide, placed below to convey it to an earthen receiver.
There are many plants that produce oil. The káchang góring from the Malay regions, which is also called káchang chína, pénden, or tána by the Javanese, is mostly grown for its oil near the capitals of major districts, both central and coastal. It needs very fertile soil to thrive, and since it's profitable, the lands that produce it command high rents. It’s not eaten on its own, but the leftover material after the oil is extracted is used as an ingredient to season rice in one of the locals’ common dishes. The oil is extracted by grinding the seeds between two grooved cylinders, then separating it either by pressing or boiling. The Chinese mainly use the pressing method, which produces oil-cakes that I noticed were used as fertilizer in some gardens near Batavia. When those cylinders aren't available, the following method is used: after the nut is harvested, it is sun-dried for a few days; then the kernel is extracted and ground down through repeated pounding in the Javan lésung or mortar until it’s small enough to pass through a sieve; next, it’s steamed, allowed to cool for twenty-four hours, and placed in a basket, which is then squeezed between two long boards, secured at one end and forced together at the other like a lemon squeezer. The oil that seeps out from the basket collects on an oxhide placed underneath, directing it to an earthen vessel.
The járak, or palma christi, is cultivated in nearly the same manner as maize, and thrives on similar soils: from this plant is obtained most of the oil for burning in lamps. In extracting the oil from this as well as from the cocoa-nut, various processes are employed, most of which tend to accelerate the rancidity of the oil. A pure cold drawn oil is not known. In the cocoa-nut, if the oil is obtained by expression, the broken nuts from which it is made are exposed till putrefaction commences. In other cases they are grated, and water being poured upon them, the parts mixed with it form sánten, a white milky fluid, which is evaporated till the oil alone remains. As this process requires much time and fuel, a more economical method is often resorted to: the milky fluid is left exposed for a night, when the oily parts rise to the top, and being separated from the water are purified by a very short boiling.
The járak, or palma christi, is grown almost the same way as corn, and does well in similar soils: most of the oil used for lamps comes from this plant. Different methods are used to extract the oil from both this and the coconut, but many of these methods can make the oil go bad faster. A completely pure cold-pressed oil is not available. When extracting oil from the coconut using pressure, the broken nuts are left out until they start to rot. In other situations, the nuts are grated and mixed with water, creating sánten, a white milky liquid, which is then evaporated until only the oil is left. Because this process takes a lot of time and fuel, a more efficient method is often used: the milky liquid is left out overnight so the oily parts rise to the top, and then they are separated from the water and quickly boiled to purify them.
Of the sugar-cane, or according to the native term, tébu (the name by which it is designated, not only on Java, but throughout the Archipelago), there are several varieties. The dark purple cane, which displays the greatest luxuriance, and shoots to the length of ten feet, is the most highly prized. By the Javans the sugar-cane is only cultivated to be eaten in an unprepared state, as a nourishing sweetmeat. They are unacquainted with any artificial method of expressing from it the saccharine juice, and, consequently, with the first material part of the process by which it is manufactured into sugar. Satisfied with the nourishment or gratification which they procure from the plant as nature presents it, they leave[Vol I Pg 138] the complicated process to be conducted exclusively by the Chinese.
Of sugar cane, or as the locals call it, tébu (the term used not only in Java but throughout the Archipelago), there are several varieties. The dark purple cane, which grows the most abundantly and can reach lengths of ten feet, is the most valued. The Javanese only grow sugar cane to eat it raw as a nutritious snack. They don't know any artificial methods to extract the sugary juice from it, and as a result, they are unaware of the initial steps involved in making sugar. Happy with the nourishment or enjoyment they get from the plant in its natural state, they leave the complicated process entirely to the Chinese.[Vol I Pg 138]
The cane, as in the West Indies, is propagated by cuttings of about a foot and a half long, which are inserted in the ground in an upright direction, previously to the setting in of the rains. The Chinese occasionally use oil-cake for enriching the lands; but where the plant is only raised for consumption in its fresh state, no manure whatever is thought requisite; and a good soil, without such preparation, will yield three or four crops in succession.
The cane, like in the West Indies, is grown from cuttings about a foot and a half long, which are planted upright in the ground before the rainy season starts. The Chinese sometimes use oil-cake to enrich the soil; however, when the plant is primarily grown for fresh consumption, no fertilizer is considered necessary. Good soil, without any additional preparation, can produce three or four crops in a row.
The cane is extensively cultivated for the juice in the vicinity of Batavia, where there are numerous manufactories, principally owned by the Chinese. It is also cultivated for this purpose in considerable tracts at Júpara and Pasúruan, and partially in other districts of the eastern provinces, where mills are established for expressing it. Previous to the disturbances in Chéribon, sugar likewise was manufactured in that district in considerable quantities, and furnished an important article of export.
The sugar cane is widely grown for its juice around Batavia, where many factories, mostly owned by the Chinese, are located. It's also cultivated for this purpose in large areas at Júpara and Pasúruan, and to some extent in other areas of the eastern provinces, where mills are set up to extract it. Before the unrest in Chéribon, sugar was also produced there in large amounts, making it an important export product.
The coffee-plant, which is only known on Java by its European appellation, and its intimate connexion with European despotism, was first introduced by the Dutch early in the eighteenth century, and has since formed one of the articles of their exclusive monopoly. The labour by which it is planted, and its produce collected, is included among the oppressions or forced services of the natives, and the delivery of it into the government stores, among the forced deliveries at inadequate rates. Previously to the year 1808, the cultivation of coffee was principally confined to the Súnda districts. There were but comparatively few plantations in the eastern districts, and the produce which they were capable of yielding did not amount to one-tenth part of the whole; but, under the administration of Marshal Daendels, this shrub usurped the soil destined for yielding the subsistence of the people; every other kind of cultivation was made subservient to it, and the withering effects of a government monopoly extended their influence indiscriminately throughout every province of the Island.
The coffee plant, which is only known in Java by its European name and its close connection to European oppression, was first brought in by the Dutch in the early eighteenth century and has since been part of their exclusive monopoly. The labor involved in planting it and collecting its harvest is among the forced services imposed on the locals, and handing it over to government stores is one of the compulsory deliveries at unfair prices. Before 1808, coffee cultivation was mainly limited to the Súnda regions. There were only a few plantations in the eastern areas, and their production accounted for less than one-tenth of the total; however, under Marshal Daendels' rule, this plant took over the land meant for feeding the people, and every other kind of farming was made subordinate to it, with the damaging effects of a government monopoly spreading indiscriminately across every province of the Island.
In the Súnda districts, each family was obliged to take[Vol I Pg 139] care of one thousand coffee plants; and in the eastern districts, where new and extensive plantations were now to be formed, on soils and in situations in many instances by no means favourable to the cultivation, five hundred plants was the prescribed allotment. No negligence could be practised in the execution of this duty: the whole operations of planting, cleaning, and collecting, continued to be conducted under the immediate superintendance of European officers, who selected the spot on which new gardens were to be laid out, took care that they were preserved from weeds and rank grass, and received the produce into store when gathered.
In the Súnda districts, each family was required to take care of one thousand coffee plants; and in the eastern districts, where new and larger plantations were being established on land that wasn’t always suitable for farming, the allotted amount was five hundred plants. No one could be careless in carrying out this responsibility: all the planting, cleaning, and harvesting was overseen by European officers, who chose the locations for new gardens, ensured they were kept free of weeds and tall grass, and stored the harvested produce.
A black mould intermixed with sand, is considered the best soil for the coffee plant. In selecting a situation for the gardens, the steep declivities of mountains, where the plant would be endangered either by the too powerful heat of the sun or an entire want of it, or where torrents in the rainy season might wash away the rich earth necessary for its growth, are avoided. The best situation for them is usually considered to be in the vales along the foot of the high mountains, or on the gentle declivities of the low range of hills, with which the principal mountains are usually skirted; and it is found that, cæteris paribus, the greater is the elevation of the garden, the longer is the period of its productiveness, and the finer is the berry.
A black soil mixed with sand is considered the best for coffee plants. When choosing a location for the gardens, avoid steep mountain slopes where the plants could be harmed by either intense sunlight or a complete lack of it, or where heavy rains might wash away the rich soil they need to grow. The ideal spots are usually thought to be in the valleys at the base of the tall mountains or on the gentle slopes of the lower hills that typically surround the main mountains. It’s found that, cæteris paribus, the higher the garden’s elevation, the longer it stays productive and the better the berries are.
Having selected a proper spot for the garden, the first operation is to clear the ground of trees, shrubs, and the rank grass or reeds, the latter of which, termed galúga, are often found in these situations, and generally indicate a rich soil. In clearing the ground, it is the practise to collect together into heaps, and burn the trees, roots, and other rubbish found on it, the ashes of which serve to enrich the soil: when the trees are very large, the heavy labour of rooting them up is avoided, and the trunks being cut about five feet from the ground, are left in that state to rot, and in their gradual decay still further to enrich the land. As soon as the ground is thus cleared, it is levelled by three or four ploughings at short intervals, and laid out to receive the plants. A fence is planted round them, about twelve feet from their outer row, generally of the júrak, or palma christi, intermixed with either the dádap, or the silk cotton tree; and, in low situations, out[Vol I Pg 140]side of this a ditch is dug to carry off the water. These operations commence in August or September, and by the time the ground is in perfect readiness for planting, the heavy rains are nearly over. It then only remains to select the young plants, and prepare the dádap which is intended to shade them.
Having chosen a suitable spot for the garden, the first step is to clear the area of trees, shrubs, and the thick grass or reeds, which are often found in these places and usually indicate fertile soil. In the clearing process, it's common to gather everything—trees, roots, and other debris—into piles and burn them; the ashes help enrich the soil. When the trees are quite large, instead of uprooting them, they are cut about five feet above the ground and left to decay, enriching the land as they break down. Once the area is cleared, it is leveled with three or four rounds of plowing at short intervals, preparing it for planting. A fence is put up around the plants, about twelve feet from the outer row, typically made of the júrak or palma christi, mixed with either the dádap or the silk cotton tree. In low areas, a ditch is dug outside this fence to drain off water. These tasks usually begin in August or September, and by the time the ground is ready for planting, the heavy rains are almost finished. All that remains is to choose the young plants and prepare the dádap that will provide them with shade.
Of the dádap tree there are three kinds; the seráp, dóri, and wáru: but the first is preferred on account of the greater shade it affords. It is propagated by cuttings, and in selecting them for the coffee plantations, care is had that they are taken from trees at least two or three years old, and that they be three or four feet long, of which one foot at least must be buried in the ground. After the dádaps are planted, holes are dug, from a foot and a half to two feet deep, for the reception of the coffee plant, which is then removed from the seed place or nursery, and transplanted into the gardens.
Of the dádap tree, there are three types: the seráp, dóri, and wáru. However, the seráp is preferred because it provides more shade. It’s grown from cuttings, and when selecting them for coffee plantations, care is taken to choose cuttings from trees that are at least two or three years old, with lengths of three to four feet, making sure that at least one foot is buried in the ground. After the dádaps are planted, holes are dug that are one and a half to two feet deep to accommodate the coffee plants, which are then removed from the seed beds or nursery and transplanted into the gardens.
In coffee gardens of four or five years old, are found quantities of young plants, that have sprung up spontaneously from the ripe berries dropping off the trees, and when these can be obtained about fourteen inches long, of a strong healthy stem, large leaves, and without branches, they are preferred to others: but as the plants thus procured are seldom found in sufficient quantities, nurseries for rearing them are formed as follows: When the berries are allowed to remain on the shrub after maturity, they become black and dry: in this state they are plucked, and sown in seed beds lightly covered with earth: as soon as two small leaves appear, the plants are taken from the bed, and transplanted, about a foot asunder, under the cover of sheds prepared for that purpose; in about eighteen months, these plants are fit for removing into the garden or plantation where they are destined to yield their fruit. In taking the young plant up, the greatest care is necessary not to injure the roots, especially the tap root, and with this view it is generally removed with as much earth attached to it as possible. This precaution has the additional advantage of not too suddenly bringing the plant in contact with a new soil.
In coffee gardens that are four or five years old, you can find a lot of young plants that have grown naturally from the ripe berries falling off the trees. When you can get these plants to be about fourteen inches tall, with a strong healthy stem and big leaves but no branches, they're preferred over others. However, since these naturally sprouted plants are often hard to come by in large numbers, nurseries for growing them are set up like this: When the berries are left on the shrub after they ripen, they turn black and dry out. In this condition, they are picked and sown in seed beds lightly covered with soil. Once two small leaves appear, the plants are taken from the bed and transplanted about a foot apart, under sheds prepared for this purpose. After about eighteen months, these plants are ready to be moved to the garden or plantation where they will produce fruit. When taking up a young plant, it’s important to be very careful not to damage the roots, especially the tap root. To avoid this, it's usually removed with as much soil as possible still attached to it. This method also helps prevent the plant from facing a drastic change when moved to a new soil.
The plantations are generally laid out in squares. The distance between each plant varies according to the fertility of the soil: in a soil not considered fertile, a distance of six feet[Vol I Pg 141] is preserved, and in each interval is a dádap tree for the purpose of affording shade; but in a rich soil, where the plant grows more luxuriantly, fewer dádaps are necessary, and the plants are placed at a greater distance from each other.
The plantations are usually set up in squares. The space between each plant depends on how fertile the soil is: in soil that isn't very fertile, a distance of six feet[Vol I Pg 141] is kept, and in each gap, there's a dádap tree to provide shade; however, in rich soil, where the plants grow more abundantly, fewer dádaps are needed, and the plants are spaced farther apart.
On Java a certain degree of shade seems necessary to the health of the coffee-plant, especially in low situations and during its early age; and the dádap is found better calculated for affording this protection than any other shrub in the country. It is a common saying, that where the dádap flourishes, there also will flourish the coffee: but they are not always constant or necessary companions; for in high lands many of the most flourishing gardens are to be observed with very few dádaps. The coffee tree yields fruit for a period of twenty years, yet in the low lands it seldom attains a greater age than nine or ten years (during six or seven of which only it may be said to bear), and the fruit is comparatively large and tasteless.
On Java, a certain amount of shade seems essential for the health of the coffee plant, especially in lower areas and during its early growth; the dádap is found to be better suited for providing this protection than any other shrub in the region. It’s commonly said that where the dádap thrives, coffee will also thrive. However, they aren't always found together; in higher elevations, many of the most productive gardens can be seen with very few dádaps. The coffee tree produces fruit for about twenty years, but in lowland areas, it rarely lives longer than nine or ten years (of which it only truly bears fruit for six or seven), and the fruit is relatively large but lacks flavor.
About the end of the rainy season, such coffee plants and dádaps as have not thriven are replaced by others, and the plantations cleaned: this latter operation, in gardens well kept, is generally performed three or four times in the year: but the tree is never cut or pruned, and is universally allowed to grow in all its native luxuriance. In this state, it often in favoured situations attains the height of sixteen feet, and plants of not less than eight inches broad have frequently been procured from the trunk. The general average produce of a coffee-tree is not estimated at much more than a káti, or a pound and a quarter English, notwithstanding some yield from twenty to thirty kátis.
About the end of the rainy season, coffee plants and dádaps that haven't thrived are replaced by new ones, and the plantations are cleaned up: this cleaning process, in well-maintained gardens, usually happens three or four times a year. However, the tree is never cut or pruned and is generally allowed to grow in its natural fullness. In this state, it can often reach heights of sixteen feet in favorable locations, and trunks have been found that are at least eight inches wide. The typical yield of a coffee tree is estimated to be around a káti, or just over a pound and a quarter, although some trees can produce between twenty to thirty kátis.
There does not appear to be any fixed or certain season for the coffee to arrive at maturity. In the Súnda districts the gathering usually commences in June or July, and it is not till April that the whole crop is delivered into store. The season, however, generally gives what is termed three crops; of which the first is but small, the second the most abundant, and the third, being what is left to ripen, may be considered rather as a gleaning. When the berries become of a dark crimson colour, they are plucked one by one, with the assistance of a light bámbu ladder or stage, great care being taken not to shake off the blossoms which are still on the tree, or to[Vol I Pg 142] pluck the unripe fruit. The women and children usually collect the crop, while the husband is elsewhere engaged in harder labour. Attached to every principal village, near which there are coffee plantations of any extent, there is a drying-house, to which the newly gathered coffee is brought: it is there placed on hurdles, about four feet from the floor, under which a slow wood fire is kept up during the night. The roof of the drying-house is opened in the mornings and evenings, to admit the air, and the berries are frequently stirred to prevent fermentation. As the heat of the sun is considered prejudicial, the roof of the house is closed during the day. This operation is repeated till the husk is quite dry. The berries dried in this way are small, and of a sea green or greyish colour, and are supposed to acquire a peculiar flavour from the smoke, although it does not appear that any particular kind of wood is used for fuel. When dried in the sun, the bean becomes of a pale bleached colour, is larger, specifically lighter, and more insipid to the taste than the former. The most common mode of freeing the bean from the husk is, to pound the berries when dry in a bag of buffalo's hide, great care being taken not to bruise the bean. A mill of simple construction is sometimes used, but is not found to answer so well. The coffee being then separated from the husk, is put into bags or baskets, and kept on raised platforms till the season of delivery, when it is carried down to the storehouse, sometimes by men, but generally on the backs of buffaloes and mares, in strings of fifteen hundred or two thousand at a time.
There doesn't seem to be a specific season for coffee to fully mature. In the Súnda regions, gathering usually starts in June or July, and it's not until April that the entire crop is stored. However, this season typically results in what’s called three crops: the first is small, the second is the most plentiful, and the third, which consists of what's left to ripen, can be considered more of a final collection. When the berries turn a dark crimson color, they are picked one by one with the help of a light bámbu ladder, taking great care not to shake off any blossoms still on the tree or to pick any unripe fruit. Women and children usually gather the crop while their husbands are busy with more strenuous work. Every main village that has any significant coffee plantations has a drying house nearby where the newly gathered coffee is taken. It’s laid out on platforms about four feet off the ground, and a slow wood fire is kept going underneath during the night. In the mornings and evenings, the roof of the drying house is opened to let in air, and the berries are regularly stirred to prevent fermentation. Since too much sun can harm the coffee, the roof is closed during the day. This process is repeated until the husk is completely dry. The berries dried this way are small and have a sea green or grayish color, and they’re thought to pick up a unique flavor from the smoke, even though it seems no specific type of wood is used for fuel. When dried in the sun, the beans turn a pale color, are larger, lighter, and generally more bland than those dried over the fire. The most common method for removing the husk is pounding the dry berries in a buffalo hide bag, being careful not to crush the beans. A simple mill is sometimes used, but it isn’t as effective. Once the coffee is separated from the husk, it’s placed into bags or baskets and kept on raised platforms until delivery season, when it’s transported to the storehouse—sometimes by men, but usually on the backs of buffaloes and mares, in groups of fifteen hundred to two thousand at a time.
In the Súnda districts there have been, for many years past, three principal depôts for receiving the coffee from the cultivators; viz. at Buitenzorg, Chikàn, and Karang-sámbang. From Buitenzorg it is either sent direct to Batavia by land in carts, or by the way of Linkong, whence it is forwarded in boats by the river Chi-dáni. From Chikàn the coffee is sent in boats down the river Chi-táram, and thence along the sea-coast to Batavia. From Karang-sámbang it is sent down the river Chi-mánok to Indra-máyu, where it is received into extensive warehouses, and whence it is now generally exported for the European market.
In the Súnda districts, there have been, for many years, three main depots for receiving coffee from the farmers: at Buitenzorg, Chikàn, and Karang-sámbang. From Buitenzorg, it is either sent directly to Batavia by land in trucks or via Linkong, where it is then forwarded by boats down the river Chi-dáni. From Chikàn, the coffee is sent in boats down the river Chi-táram, and then along the coast to Batavia. From Karang-sámbang, it is sent down the river Chi-mánok to Indra-máyu, where it is received into large warehouses, and from there it is now typically exported to the European market.
Under this system, the Súnda districts were estimated to[Vol I Pg 143] afford an annual produce of one hundred thousand píkuls of one hundred and thirty-three pounds and a quarter each, and it was calculated that the young plantations in the eastern districts, when they should come into bearing, would produce an equal quantity; but in this latter quarter, many of the gardens had been fixed on ill-judged spots, and the inhabitants were averse to the new and additional burden which this cultivation imposed upon their labour. Had the system, therefore, even been persevered in, and enforced by a despotic authority, it is questionable, whether the quantity anticipated in the above estimate, or even one half of it, would have been obtained from the eastern districts. The Súndas living in an inland and mountainous country, and having been long accustomed to the hardship of the coffee culture, are less sensible of its pressure than the rest of their countrymen: time and habit have reconciled them to what was at first revolting, and what must always be considered as unjust; their modes of life, their arts, their domestic economy, and other social habits, have all adapted themselves to a species of labour, which was at first forced upon them; and a state of servitude, which the philosopher would lament as a degradation, is scarcely felt to be a grievance by them. Instances, however, are not wanting, in which the usual measure of exaction having been surpassed, they have been awakened to a sense of their wretchedness. A government of colonial monopolists, eager only for profit, and heedless of the sources from which it was derived, sometimes subjected its native subjects to distresses and privations, the recital of which would shock the ear of humanity. Suffice it to say, that the coffee culture in the Súnda districts has sometimes been so severely exacted, that together with the other constant and heavy demands made by the European authority on the labour of the country, they deprived the unfortunate peasants of the time necessary to rear food for their support. Many have thus perished by famine, while others have fled to the crags of the mountains, where raising a scanty subsistence in patches of gánga, or oftener dependent for it upon the roots of the forest, they congratulated themselves on their escape from the reach of their oppressors. Many of these people, with their descendants, remain in these haunts to the present time: in their annual migrations from hill to[Vol I Pg 144] hill, they frequently pass over the richest lands, which still remain uncultivated and invite their return; but they prefer their wild independence and precarious subsistence, to the horrors of being again subjected to forced services and forced deliveries at inadequate rates.
Under this system, the Súnda districts were estimated to[Vol I Pg 143] produce an annual yield of one hundred thousand píkuls of one hundred and thirty-three pounds and a quarter each. It was predicted that the young plantations in the eastern districts, once they began to bear fruit, would produce a similar amount. However, in that last area, many of the gardens were situated in poorly chosen spots, and the residents were reluctant to take on the extra burden this cultivation placed on their work. Even if the system had been continued and enforced by an authoritarian regime, it's doubtful that the expected amount in the estimate, or even half of it, would have been achieved in the eastern districts. The Súndas, living in an inland and mountainous region and having long adapted to the challenges of coffee farming, felt the pressure of it less than the rest of their countrymen. Over time, they became accustomed to what was initially oppressive, which should always be regarded as unjust; their lifestyle, skills, domestic practices, and other social habits adjusted to a type of labor that was imposed on them. The state of servitude, which a philosopher might lament as degrading, is hardly seen as a grievance by them. There have been instances, however, where the usual demands placed on them exceeded reasonable limits, awakening them to their misery. A government of colonial monopolists, driven solely by profit and indifferent to its sources, sometimes subjected its native people to hardships and deprivations that would shock anyone compassionate. It's enough to say that the coffee farming in the Súnda districts was so rigorously enforced that, along with the other constant and heavy demands from European authorities on local labor, it took away the unfortunate peasants' time needed to grow food for their survival. Many have perished from hunger, while others have fled to the mountain cliffs, where they scrape by with a meager existence in small patches of gánga, or often rely on wild roots, feeling relieved to be out of the reach of their oppressors. Many of these individuals and their descendants continue to reside in these remote areas to this day: during their annual migrations from one hill to[Vol I Pg 144] another, they often pass over the richest lands, which remain uncultivated and beckon their return. Yet, they prefer their wild independence and uncertain livelihood to the horrors of being subjected once more to forced labor and unfair deliveries at inadequate rates.
It is difficult to say what was the recompense received by the cultivator previous to the year 1808. The complicated system of accounts which then prevailed, seemed only calculated to blind the government, and to allow the European commissary to derive an income of from eighty to one hundred thousand dollars (25,000l. per annum), at the expence of the authorities by whom he was employed, and the natives whom he oppressed. This, in common with most of the establishments on the island, underwent a revision in the time of Marshal Daendels; and it was then directed, that the cultivators should receive on delivery at the storehouses, three rix-dollars copper for each mountain píkul of two hundred and twenty-five pounds Dutch, being little more than one dollar per hundred weight, or one half-penny per pound. This same coffee was sometimes sold at Batavia, within fifty miles of the spot where it was raised, at twenty Spanish dollars the hundred weight, and has seldom been known to bring in the European market less than eleven pence the pound. This, however, was deemed a liberal payment by the Dutch, though in some cases it had been transported over sixty miles of an almost impassable country, where two men are required to carry a hundred-weight of coffee, on their shoulders, at an expence of labour which one would suppose at least equal to this remuneration.
It’s hard to know what the farmer was paid before 1808. The complicated accounting system in place back then seemed designed to confuse the government and allowed the European commissioner to make between eighty and one hundred thousand dollars (25,000l. a year) at the expense of the authorities who hired him and the local people he exploited. This, like most operations on the island, was reviewed during Marshal Daendels' time; it was then decided that farmers would receive three copper rix-dollars for each mountain píkul of two hundred and twenty-five pounds Dutch when they delivered their goods to the warehouses, which is just over a dollar per hundredweight or half a penny per pound. This same coffee was sometimes sold in Batavia, only fifty miles from where it was grown, for twenty Spanish dollars per hundredweight, and it’s rarely been seen selling for less than eleven pence per pound in the European market. However, the Dutch considered this a generous payment, even though in some cases the coffee had traveled over sixty miles through nearly impassable terrain, where it took two men to carry a hundredweight of coffee on their shoulders, a labor expense that one would think should at least match this payment.
Under the administration of the British government, the free cultivation of coffee, in common with that of all other articles, was permitted to the inhabitants of Bantam, Chéribon, and all the eastern districts; and at the time when the island was again ceded to the Dutch, arrangements were in progress for extending the same provision throughout the Súnda districts, under a conviction, that the quantity produced would not be less under a system of free cultivation and free trade, than under a system in which it was found necessary, as one of the first acts of European authority, to compel the native princes to direct "the total annihilation of the coffee culture within their[Vol I Pg 145] dominions," and to secure by treaty with them the destruction and confiscation of all coffee found in the hands of the natives[46]. A considerable portion of the peasantry, as already observed, have long been accustomed to the cultivation, and it is owing to their skill and experience, as much as to any direct superintendence or interference of the European officers (who generally derive their information from the native chiefs, and have little more to do, than occasionally to ride through the garden with a pompous suite, keep the accounts, and examine the coffee as it is received), that the coffee has so long been furnished for the European market; the experience obtained in the eastern districts, during the last three years, proves at least that coercive measures are unnecessary. There are many parts of Java, particularly the Príang'en regencies, where the soil is peculiarly and eminently adapted to the cultivation; and although it is difficult yet awhile to fix the exact rate at which the coffee might be produced under a free system, it may be calculated to be raised for exportation at about forty shillings per hundred weight.
Under the British government's rule, the residents of Bantam, Chéribon, and all the eastern regions were allowed to freely cultivate coffee, just like any other crops. By the time the island was handed back to the Dutch, plans were underway to expand this free cultivation policy across the Súnda districts, with a belief that the production volume would match that of a system where the native leaders had to be forced, as one of the first acts of European control, to compel "the total destruction of coffee cultivation within their[Vol I Pg 145] territories," and to secure through treaties the elimination and seizure of all coffee in the hands of the locals[46]. Many farmers, as previously noted, have long been familiar with coffee farming, and their expertise and experience are just as important as any direct supervision or involvement of the European officials (who typically get their information from the native rulers and usually only have to ride through the fields with a large entourage, manage the records, and inspect the coffee upon delivery), which is why coffee has consistently been supplied for the European market. Recent experience in the eastern districts over the last three years shows that forced measures are unnecessary. There are several areas in Java, especially the Príang'en regencies, where the soil is particularly suited for cultivation. While it’s still a bit challenging to determine the precise production rate under a free system, it can be estimated that coffee could be produced for export at about forty shillings per hundredweight.
Of the quality of the Javan coffee, in comparison with that of other countries, it may be observed, that during the last years, it has invariably maintained its price in the European market in competition with that of Bourbon, and rather exceeded it, both of them being higher than the produce of the West Indies. During the last years of the British administration on Java, and after the opening of the European market again afforded a demand, about eleven millions of young coffee shrubs were planted out in new gardens.
Of the quality of Javan coffee compared to other countries, it can be noted that in recent years, it has consistently kept its price in the European market, competing with Bourbon coffee and even surpassing it, both of which are priced higher than coffee from the West Indies. In the last years of British rule in Java, and after the reopening of the European market which created demand, about eleven million young coffee plants were planted in new gardens.
Pepper, which at one time formed the principal export from Java, has for some time ceased to be cultivated to any considerable extent. It was principally raised in Bantam, and the dependencies of that province in the southern part of Sumatra; and in the flourishing state of the monopoly, these districts furnished the Dutch with the chief supply for the European market.
Pepper, which used to be the main export from Java, has not been grown to any significant degree for some time now. It was mainly produced in Bantam and the surrounding areas in the southern part of Sumatra. During the height of the monopoly, these regions provided the Dutch with the majority of their supply for the European market.
But the system by which it was procured was too oppressive and unprincipled in its nature, and too impolitic in its provisions, to admit of long duration. It was calculated to[Vol I Pg 146] destroy the energies of the country, and with them, the source from whence the fruits of this monopoly proceeded. In the year 1811, accordingly, neither Bantam nor its dependencies furnished the European government with one pound of this article.
But the way it was obtained was too harsh and unethical, and the rules were too unwise to last long. It was meant to[Vol I Pg 146] wipe out the country’s energy, taking away the source from which the benefits of this monopoly came. In 1811, neither Bantam nor its territories provided the European government with a single pound of this product.
That pepper may be produced on Java, and supplied at a rate equally moderate with that at which other productions requiring similar care are furnished, cannot admit of a doubt, and this reasonable price may be estimated at about six or seven Spanish dollars (thirty to thirty-five shillings) the píkul. The plant grows luxuriantly in most soils, and when once reared requires infinitely less care and labour than coffee. The cultivation of it on Sumatra and Prince of Wales' Island having been so accurately and minutely described by Mr. Marsden and Dr. Hunter, it would be unnecessary here to detail the system followed on Java, as it is in most points the same. The only peculiarity regarding it which may deserve notice is, that on this island the plant is allowed to grow to a much greater size, entwining itself round the cotton trees, frequently to the height of fifty and sixty feet.
That pepper can be grown on Java and supplied at a price that's just as reasonable as other similar products is beyond question, and this reasonable price can be estimated at about six or seven Spanish dollars (thirty to thirty-five shillings) per píkul. The plant thrives in most soils, and once established, requires far less care and labor than coffee. Since Mr. Marsden and Dr. Hunter have thoroughly described the cultivation of it on Sumatra and Prince of Wales' Island, there's no need to go into detail about the methods used on Java, as they are largely the same. The only notable difference is that on this island, the plant is allowed to grow much larger, wrapping itself around the cotton trees, often reaching heights of fifty to sixty feet.
Indigo, called tom by the Javans, and by the Súndas tárum, is general, and raised in most parts of the island. The indigo prepared by the natives is of an indifferent quality, and in a semifluid state, and contains much quick-lime; but that prepared by Europeans is of very superior quality.
Indigo, referred to as tom by the Javans and Súndas tárum by others, is common and grown in many areas of the island. The indigo made by the locals is of mediocre quality, has a semi-fluid consistency, and contains a lot of quicklime; however, the indigo produced by Europeans is of much higher quality.
An inferior variety, denominated tom-ménir, having smaller seeds, and being of quicker growth, is usually planted as a second crop in sáwahs, on which one rice crop has been raised. In these situations, the plant rises to the height of about three feet and a half. It is then cut, and the cuttings are repeated three, or even four times, till the ground is again required for the annual rice crop. But the superior plant, when cultivated on tégal lands, and on a naturally rich soil, not impoverished by a previous heavy crop, rises in height above five feet, and grows with the greatest luxuriance. The plants intended for seeds are raised in favoured spots on the ridges of the rice fields in the neighbourhood of the villages, and the seed of one district is frequently exchanged for that of another. That of the rich mountainous districts being esteemed of best quality, is occasionally introduced into the[Vol I Pg 147] low lands, and is thought necessary to prevent that degeneration, which would be the consequence of cultivating for a long time the same plant upon the same soil. In the province of Matárem, where indigo is most extensively cultivated, it is sold in the market in bundles, as low as eight-pence the píkul weight; but in the vicinity of Semárang, and in districts where it is not produced in great abundance, it bears an advance upon this price of fifty per cent.
An inferior type, called tom-ménir, has smaller seeds and grows faster. It's usually planted as a second crop in sáwahs after the first rice crop has been harvested. In these areas, the plant grows to about three and a half feet tall. Then, it's cut, and the cutting process is repeated three or even four times until the ground is needed again for the annual rice crop. However, the superior plant, when grown on tégal land with naturally rich soil that hasn't been depleted by a heavy previous crop, can reach over five feet in height and grows very lushly. The plants meant for seeds are grown in favored spots on the ridges of rice fields near the villages, and the seeds from one area are often swapped for those from another. Seeds from the rich mountainous areas are considered the best quality and are sometimes introduced into the[Vol I Pg 147]lowlands to prevent degeneration that could occur from growing the same plant in the same soil for a long time. In the province of Matárem, where indigo is widely grown, it sells for as low as eight pence per píkul in the market. But near Semárang and in areas where it isn't as plentiful, the price can go up by fifty percent.
The climate, soil, and state of society on Java, seem to offer peculiar advantages to the extensive cultivation of this plant; and under the direction of skilful manufacturers, the dye stuff might form a most valuable and important export for the European market. The periodical draughts and inundations, which confine the cultivation and manufacture in the Bengal provinces to a few months in the year, are unknown in Java, where the plant might, in favoured situations, be cultivated nearly throughout the whole year, and where at least it would be secure of a prolonged period of that kind of weather, necessary for the cutting. The soil is superior, and a command of water affords facilities seldom to be met with elsewhere; while, from the tenure on which the cultivators hold their land, and the state of society among them, advances on account of the ensuing crop, which in Bengal form so ruinous a part of an indigo concern, are here unnecessary, and would be uncalled for.
The climate, soil, and social conditions in Java seem to provide unique advantages for the large-scale cultivation of this plant. With skilled manufacturers at the helm, the dye could become a highly valuable export for the European market. Unlike in the Bengal provinces, where seasonal droughts and floods limit cultivation and production to just a few months a year, Java offers a more stable climate that allows for nearly year-round cultivation, especially in favorable locations. There, the weather necessary for harvesting can be relied upon for longer periods. The soil is superior, and access to water provides opportunities rarely found elsewhere. Furthermore, due to the way land is owned by local farmers and their societal structure, it's unnecessary to secure advances for future crops, which in Bengal can be a disastrous burden on indigo production.
The dye (níla blue) is prepared by the natives in a liquid state, by infusing the leaves with a quantity of lime: in this state it forms by far the principal dye of the country. Besides the quantity of it consumed within the island, it is sometimes exported to neighbouring countries by native traders, and sold at the rate of from a dollar and a half to three dollars the píkul, according as the plant may be in abundance or otherwise.
The dye (níla blue) is made by the locals in liquid form by soaking the leaves with some lime. In this state, it is the main dye used in the country. Aside from the amount consumed on the island, it is occasionally exported to nearby countries by local traders and sold for between a dollar and a half to three dollars per píkul, depending on how plentiful the plant is at the time.
It is impossible to form any idea of the rate at which this species of dye can reasonably be manufactured for the European market, from the prices paid by the Dutch, both because the article was one of those classed by them under the head of forced deliveries, and because the regents, who were entrusted with its exclusive management, not fully under[Vol I Pg 148]standing the process of making it, conducted it always in a very expensive way, and were frequently exposed to entire failures.
It's impossible to determine how much of this type of dye can realistically be produced for the European market based on the prices the Dutch paid. This is because the dye was considered a forced delivery and the regents, who were given exclusive control over it, didn't fully understand how to make it. As a result, they always handled the process in a very costly manner and often faced total failures.
The cotton of the country, distinguished by the name of kápas jáwa, is a variety of the gossypium herbaceum; but it is inferior to that generally cultivated on the Indian continent, which is also found on Java, and called by the Javans kápas múri. The plant of the former differs from the latter, in having a smaller stem, and in yielding a material, both of coarser fibre and in less quantity. There is a third variety, with a subarborescent stem, called kápas táhon, which is very scarce. Trials remain to be made, to determine how far the culture of the Indian cotton might be extended, so as to supersede the Javan cotton. The inferior kind, which forms the principal, and indeed with the mass of the people the only material for clothing, is cultivated in almost every part of the island. The soil, however, is not considered as universally favourable to its growth: many of the low lands, consisting of a clay, which bursts in the dry season, are unfit for it; and on several of the more fertile districts, where the plant itself flourishes, little cotton is obtained from it: the declivities of the hills, in which the mountain rice is raised, yield in general the best and most abundant supply. At present, scarcely a sufficient quantity is produced on the island to employ the female part of the inhabitants; and one district often depends upon another for the principal part of what it uses. The cotton of Bányumás is exported to Bágalen, to Tégal, and the western parts of Matárem, where it is manufactured; the environs of Wong'go, Adi-langú, and other places towards the southern hills, supply both the capitals in the interior; Kediri, Pranárága, and the vicinity, likewise furnish considerable quantities for other parts of the island. In the Súnda districts, the principal supply is received from the east and west Jámpang. The culture of cotton, and the manufacture of yarn, are in some degree promoted by an ancient custom, which imposes on every householder or village a certain contingent of cotton yarn for the sovereign, or for the person who holds the land on his account: this custom is called panyúmpleng. The chiefs on Java, and particularly on Báli, frequently wear a[Vol I Pg 149] skein of cotton yarn entwined round the handle of the kris; a custom which sufficiently indicates the respect paid to this species of cultivation.
The cotton found in the country, known as kápas jáwa, is a type of gossypium herbaceum, but it's not as good as the cotton typically grown on the Indian continent, which is also present in Java and called kápas múri by the locals. The plant of the former has a smaller stem and produces a material that is coarser and in smaller quantities. There is a third type, with a bushy stem, referred to as kápas táhon, which is quite rare. Further trials need to be conducted to see how much the cultivation of Indian cotton could replace Javan cotton. The inferior kind, which is the primary and often the only fabric used for clothing by most people, is grown in nearly every part of the island. However, not all soil is considered suitable for its growth: many low-lying areas with clay that cracks during the dry season are inappropriate, and in some of the fertile regions where the plant does well, only a little cotton is harvested. Generally, the slopes of the hills where mountain rice is grown provide the best and largest yields. Currently, the island barely produces enough cotton to employ the female population, and one area often relies on another for the bulk of what it consumes. Cotton from Bányumás is exported to Bágalen, Tégal, and the western parts of Matárem, where it is processed; the areas around Wong'go, Adi-langú, and others towards the southern hills supply both the inland capitals; Kediri, Pranárága, and nearby regions also provide significant amounts for other parts of the island. In the Súnda districts, the main supply comes from the eastern and western Jámpang. The cultivation of cotton and the production of yarn are somewhat encouraged by an ancient practice that requires each householder or village to contribute a portion of cotton yarn for the ruler or the landholder: this is referred to as panyúmpleng. The leaders in Java, especially in Báli, often wear a[Vol I Pg 149] skein of cotton yarn wrapped around the handle of the kris, a custom that clearly shows the respect given to this type of agriculture.
The Javan cotton is a hardy plant, which grows to about the height of a foot and a half. It is generally planted on the sáwahs after the reaping of the rice crop, and yields the cotton in less than three months. The Indian cotton grows to a larger size, and produces a material of an infinitely superior quality; but it is more delicate in its nature, must be watched with greater care, and requires a month longer to attain to maturity. Cotton cultivated on tégal, or dry land, is considered as generally better than that raised as a second crop on sáwah; and this mode of cultivation has been adduced as the cause of the superiority ascribed to the cotton of Bâli, and other more eastern islands.
The Javan cotton is a tough plant that grows to about a foot and a half tall. It’s usually planted in the sáwahs after the rice harvest and produces cotton in under three months. Indian cotton grows larger and produces a much higher quality material, but it's more delicate, requires more careful attention, and takes about a month longer to mature. Cotton grown on tégal, or dry land, is generally considered better than that grown as a second crop on sáwah; this method of cultivation has been cited as the reason for the superior quality of cotton from Bâli and other more eastern islands.
Tobacco,[47] termed by the natives tombáku, or sáta, is an article of very general cultivation, but is only extensively raised for exportation in the central districts of Kedú and Bányumás: as it requires a soil of the richest mould, but at the same time not subject to inundations, these districts hold out peculiar advantages to the tobacco-planter, not to be found on the low lands. For internal consumption, small quantities are raised in convenient spots every where; but the most eastern districts and Madúra are principally supplied from Púgar. Bantam receives its supply from Bányumás, by means of native traders from Pakalúngan visiting that port in small craft. The produce of Kedú is conveyed by men to Semárang, the great port of exportation.
Tobacco,[47] referred to by the locals as tombáku or sáta, is widely grown, but is primarily cultivated for export in the central regions of Kedú and Bányumás. It requires the richest soil that isn’t prone to flooding, which gives these areas unique advantages for tobacco farming that lowland regions don't offer. For local use, small amounts are grown in various suitable locations, but the most eastern areas and Madúra mainly get their supply from Púgar. Bantam gets its tobacco from Bányumás through local traders from Pakalúngan who use small boats to visit the port. The tobacco from Kedú is transported by people to Semárang, the main export port.
In Kedu it forms, after rice, by far the most important article of cultivation; and, in consequence of the fitness of the soil, the plant grows to the height of from eight to ten feet, on lands not previously dressed or manured, with a luxuriance[Vol I Pg 150] seldom witnessed in India. Cultivated here alternately with rice, only one crop of either is obtained within the year; but after the harvest of the rice, or the gathering of the tobacco-leaves, the land is allowed to remain fallow, till the season again arrives for preparing it to receive the other. The young plant is not raised within the district, but procured from the high lands in the vicinity; principally from the district of Káli-béber, on the slope of the mountain Díeng or Práhu, where it is raised and sold by the hundred to the cultivators of the adjoining districts. The transplantation takes place in the month of June, and the plant is at its full growth in October.
In Kedu, it is the second most important crop after rice. Thanks to the suitable soil, the plant can grow to heights of eight to ten feet in fields that haven’t been tilled or fertilized, showing a lushness rarely seen in India. It’s grown in rotation with rice, so only one crop of either is harvested each year. After the rice is harvested or the tobacco leaves are gathered, the land is left fallow until it’s time to prepare for the next crop. The young plants aren't grown locally; they are sourced from the nearby highlands, primarily from the Káli-béber district on the slope of Díeng or Práhu mountains, where they are grown and sold in bulk to farmers in neighboring areas. Transplanting occurs in June, and the plants reach full growth by October.
Wheat has been introduced by the Europeans, and cultivated with success to the extent required by the European population. It thrives in many parts of the interior of the country: it is sown in May, and reaped in October; and, where the cultivation has been left to the Javans, the grain has been sold at the rate of about seven rupees the píkul.
Wheat was brought in by the Europeans and successfully grown to meet the needs of the European population. It flourishes in many regions of the country's interior: it's planted in May and harvested in October; and where the Javanese have taken over the farming, the grain has been sold for about seven rupees per píkul.
Potatoes have been cultivated during the last forty years, in elevated situations, near all the principal European establishments, and are reckoned of a quality superior to those ordinarily procured in Bengal or China. Few of the natives, however, have as yet adopted them as a common article of food. Besides potatoes, most of the common culinary vegetables of Europe are raised in the gardens of the Europeans and Chinese. It must be confessed, however, that they degenerate, if perpetuated on the soil without change; and that their abundance and quality depends, in a great measure, on the supplies of fresh seed imported from Europe, the Cape, or other quarters.
Potatoes have been grown for the last forty years in high-altitude areas near all the main European settlements and are considered to be of better quality than those typically found in Bengal or China. However, few locals have adopted them as a regular food source. In addition to potatoes, most common cooking vegetables from Europe are cultivated in the gardens of Europeans and Chinese. It must be noted, though, that they lose quality if grown in the same soil without any changes, and their availability and quality largely depend on fresh seeds imported from Europe, the Cape, or other regions.
Having now given an account of the different kinds of produce raised within the island, and the arts of husbandry practised by the natives, I shall conclude this short sketch of Javan agriculture by an account of the tenure of landed property, the rights of the proprietor and tenant, the proportion of the produce paid for rent, the division of farms among the inhabitants of villages, and the causes that have obstructed or promoted agricultural improvements.
Having explained the various types of produce grown on the island and the farming techniques used by the locals, I will finish this brief overview of Javan agriculture with a discussion on land ownership, the rights of landowners and tenants, the share of the produce given as rent, how farms are divided among village residents, and the factors that have either hindered or encouraged agricultural advancements.
The relative situation, rank, and privileges of the village farmer and the native chief in Java, correspond in most in[Vol I Pg 151]stances, with those of the Ryot and Zemindar of Bengal; but the more frequent and more immediate interference of the sovereign, in the former case, with any tendency to established usage or prescriptive claim, has left no room for that difference of opinion, concerning proprietary right, which exercised the ingenuity of the highest authorities in the latter. In Bengal, before the introduction of the permanent revenue settlement, there were usages, institutions, and established modes of proceeding with regard to landed estates, that rendered it doubtful in which of the three parties more immediately interested, the proprietary right should finally and lawfully be settled. The claim of the Ryot to retain the land which he cultivated, so long as he paid the stipulated contribution, seemed to raise his character above that of an ordinary tenant removeable at pleasure, or at the conclusion of a stipulated term. The situation of the Zemindar, as the actual receiver of the rents, standing between the sovereign and the cultivator, although merely for the purpose of paying them over with certain deductions to the sovereign, and his frequently transmitting the office with its emoluments to his children, although held only during pleasure, gave his character some affinity to that of an European landholder. And lastly, the sovereign himself, who ultimately received the rents, and regulated them at his pleasure, and removed both Zemindar and Ryot, in case of negligence or disobedience, was arrayed with the most essential attributes of proprietary right, or at least exercised a power that could render any opposite claims nugatory. Thus the Ryot, the Zemindar, and the Sovereign, had each his pretensions to the character of landholder. After much cautious inquiry and deliberate discussion on the part of our Indian government, the claims of the Zemindars, rather perhaps from considerations of policy than a clear conviction of their superior right, were preferred. In Java, however, except in the cases of a few alienated lands and in the Súnda districts, of which more will be said hereafter, no such pretensions are heard of, as those which were advocated on the part of the Zemindars of western India; although inquiries to ascertain the equitable and legitimate rights of all classes of the people, were known to be in progress, and a plan was declared to be in contemplation for their permanent adjustment. From every[Vol I Pg 152] inquiry that was instituted under the British government, and every fact that was presented to the view of its officers, it appeared that, in the greatest part of the island, in the eastern and middle districts, and in short in those provinces where rent to any considerable amount was attainable, there existed no proprietary right between that of the sovereign and that of the cultivator, that the government was the only landholder.
The relative situation, status, and privileges of the village farmer and the native chief in Java mostly resemble those of the Ryot and Zemindar in Bengal; however, the more frequent and immediate involvement of the sovereign in Java with any push towards established customs or claims has left no space for the disagreements over ownership rights that challenged the top authorities in Bengal. Before the permanent revenue settlement in Bengal, there were practices, institutions, and established procedures concerning land estates that made it uncertain where the proprietary right should ultimately and lawfully rest among the three parties most affected. The Ryot's claim to keep the land he farmed, as long as he paid the agreed contribution, seemed to elevate his status beyond that of an ordinary tenant who could be removed at will or once a fixed term ended. The Zemindar, as the actual collector of rents, stood between the sovereign and the cultivator; although his role was merely to pass on the payments with certain deductions to the sovereign, and his frequent passing down of the position and its benefits to his children, even though it was held at the pleasure of the sovereign, gave him some resemblance to a European landowner. Finally, the sovereign, who ultimately collected the rents, regulated them as he wished, and could remove both the Zemindar and the Ryot for negligence or disobedience, wielded the most critical attributes of ownership rights or at least held a power that could nullify opposing claims. Thus, the Ryot, the Zemindar, and the Sovereign each had their claims to be considered landholders. After much careful inquiry and discussion by our Indian government, the claims of the Zemindars were favored, likely more from strategic considerations than from a clear belief in their superior rights. In contrast, in Java, except for a few alienated lands and the Súnda districts, which will be discussed later, no such claims similar to those made by the Zemindars in western India were heard; although efforts to determine the fair and legitimate rights of all classes of people were known to be underway, and a plan for their permanent adjustment was said to be in the works. From every inquiry carried out under the British government and every fact presented to its officials, it became clear that, for the most part of the island, especially in the eastern and middle districts where significant rent was achievable, there was no proprietary right existing between the sovereign and the cultivator; the government was the sole landholder.
There are lands, indeed, which contribute nothing to the state, some on which the cultivator pays no rent whatever, and others of which the rent remains in the hands of his immediate superior; but the manner in which individuals acquire, and the tenure by which they hold such lands, form illustrations and proofs of the proprietary right of the sovereign. As his resources arise almost entirely from the share of produce which he exacts, and as he considers himself invested with an absolute dominion over that share, he burthens certain villages or estates with the salaries of particular officers, allots others for the support of his relatives or favourites, or grants them for the benefit of particular charitable or religious institutions; in the same manner as, before the Consolidation Act in this country, the interest of particular loans were fixed upon the produce of specific imposts. Here the alienation shews the original right: the sovereign renounces the demand to which he was entitled; he makes no claim upon the farmer for a share of the crop himself, but orders it to be paid over to those whom he thus appoints in his place, so far as the gift extends. With the exception of the Súnda districts, as already stated, and a comparatively inconsiderable portion of land thus alienated on different conditions, the proprietary right to the soil in Java vests universally in the government, whether exercised by native princes or by colonial authority, and that permanent and hereditary interest in it so necessary to its improvement, those individual rights of property which are created by the laws and protected by the government, are unknown. With these exceptions, neither law nor usage authorizes the oldest occupant of land in Java to consider the ground which he has reclaimed from waste, or the farm on which he has exerted all his industry, as his own, by such a tenure as will enable him, and his successors for ever, to reap the fruits of his labour. He can have[Vol I Pg 153] gained no title, even to a definite term of occupancy, but from the capricious servant of a capricious despot, who himself is not legally bound by his engagement, and whose successor is not even morally bound by it.
There are definitely areas that contribute nothing to the state. Some landowners pay no rent at all, while others see their rent go directly to their immediate superior. However, the way people acquire and hold onto these lands illustrates and proves the sovereign's property rights. Since the sovereign relies almost entirely on the share of produce he takes, and views himself as having complete control over that share, he burdens certain villages or estates with the salaries of specific officials, allocates others for the support of family or favorites, or grants them for the benefit of certain charitable or religious institutions. This is similar to how, before the Consolidation Act in this country, specific loans were tied to the revenue from certain taxes. In this case, the transfer of rights demonstrates the original claim: the sovereign relinquishes the demand he had; he does not demand a share of the crop directly from the farmer but instructs that it be paid to those he designates in his place, to the extent that the gift applies. Aside from the Súnda districts, as previously mentioned, and a relatively small amount of land that has been transferred under various conditions, the government holds the universal property rights to the soil in Java, whether exercised by local princes or colonial authorities. The long-term and hereditary interest in the land, which is essential for its improvement, and the individual property rights created and protected by law, do not exist here. With these exceptions, neither law nor custom lets the oldest occupant of land in Java regard the land they’ve reclaimed from wasteland, or the farm where they’ve invested all their efforts, as truly theirs in a way that allows them and their descendants to forever benefit from their labor. They have gained no formal claim, even for a limited period of occupancy, other than from the unpredictable servant of an unpredictable ruler, who is not legally bound by his promises, and whose successor is not even morally obligated to honor them.
As a matter of convenience, the same cultivator may continue to occupy the same portion of land for life, and his children, after his decease, may inherit the ground which he cultivated, paying the dues to which he was liable. The head of a village, whether called Búkul, Peting'gi, or Lúrah, may be continued in the collection of the village rents for life, and may be succeeded in office by his heirs; the superior officer, or Demáng, with whom he accounts, may likewise hold his situation for a long period, and transmit it to his family; but none of them can stand in the possession against the will of their immediate superior, or of the sovereign, by any claim of law or custom.
For convenience, the same farmer can continue to use the same piece of land for life, and after he passes away, his children can inherit the land he farmed, while paying the dues he was responsible for. The head of a village, whether called Búkul, Peting'gi, or Lúrah, can continue to collect village rents for life and can be succeeded in the role by his heirs. The superior officer, or Demáng, with whom he reports, can also hold his position for an extended time and pass it down to his family; however, none of them can claim possession against the wishes of their direct superior or the sovereign, based on any legal or customary claim.
Little of the revenue collected from the occupants is transmitted to the government treasury; the greatest part of that which is raised, and which, in other countries, would come into the hands of government, for subsequent distribution among its servants and the support of its various establishments, is intercepted in its progress by those to whom the sovereign immediately assigns it. The officers of police, of justice, of the prince's household, and, in short, public servants of all classes, from the prime minister down to the lowest menial, are paid with appropriations of the rent of land.
Little of the revenue collected from the occupants makes it to the government treasury; most of what is raised, which in other countries would go to the government for further distribution among its employees and the support of its various services, is intercepted along the way by those to whom the sovereign directly allocates it. Police officers, judicial officials, members of the prince's household, and, in short, public servants of all kinds, from the prime minister to the lowest worker, are paid with portions of the land rent.
To this general principle of Javan law and usage, that the government is the only landholder, there are exceptions, as I mentioned before, in some districts of the island. These are chiefly in the districts inhabited by the Súndas, who occupy the mountainous and woody country in the western division of the island. Among them, private property in the soil is generally established; the cultivator can transmit his possession to his children: among them, it can be subdivided, without any interference on the part of a superior; the possessor can sell his interest in it to others, and transfer it by gift or covenant. He pays to his chief a certain proportion of the produce, in the same manner as the other inhabitants of Java; because, in a country without trade or manufactures,[Vol I Pg 154] labour or produce is the only shape in which he can contribute to support the necessary establishments of the community. So long as he advances this tribute, which is one-tenth or one-fifth of the gross produce, he has an independent right to the occupancy of his land, and the enjoyment of the remainder. The reason why the landed tenure of these districts differs, in so important a particular, from that of the most extensive and valuable part of the island, may perhaps be explained from their nature, without resorting to any original difference in the laws of property, or the maxims of government. Where the population is small in proportion to the extent of soil, and much land remains unoccupied, the best only will become the subject of demand and appropriation. The latter alone is valuable, because it yields great returns for little labour, and therefore offers inducements to engage in its cultivation, in spite of many artificial disadvantages: it alone can afford a desirable surplus, after maintaining the hands that call for its fertility, and consequently tempts power to reserve unalienated the right to this surplus. On the other hand, when waste ground is to be reclaimed, when forests or jungle are to be cleared, or when a sterile and ungrateful spot is to be cultivated, the government have less interest in reserving the surplus, and must offer superior inducements of immunity, permanency, or exemption, to lead to cultivation. On this principle, the tenure of land in the Súnda districts, and on some parts of the coast, may be accounted for. It may be concluded, that many of these lands were reclaimed from waste by the present occupiers or their immediate predecessors, and their rights to possess them, which is similar to that which the discoverer of an unappropriated field, forest, or mine would have, by nature, to as many of their products as he could realize by his labours, has not been crushed or interfered with by the sovereign; a forbearance, probably, more to be attributed to motives of prudence than to the restraint of law. Nearly coincident with this conclusion is the supposition which assumes, that before the introduction of the Mahomedan system, and the encroachments of despotic sovereigns, all the lands on the island were considered as the property of those who cultivated them; but that, as the value of the most fertile spots became more appa[Vol I Pg 155]rent, while the labour which had been originally expended in clearing them, and constituted the title to their original occupancy, was gradually forgotten, the government found inducements and facilities to increase its demands, and thus became possessed of the rights of some by violence, while it rendered those of all unworthy of being preserved. The land tenures of the Súnda districts, according to this hypothesis, are only wrecks of the general system, which have been protected against encroachment, because they did not so powerfully invite rapacity. Whatever truth there may be in this opinion, the fact is undoubted, that in the mountainous and less fertile districts of Java, and in the island of Báli, where the Mahomedan sway has not yet extended, individual proprietary right in the soil is fully established, while in that portion of Java where the Mahomedan rule has been most felt, and where proprietary right amounts to the greatest value, it vests almost exclusively in the sovereign.
To this general principle of Javan law and custom, that the government is the only landholder, there are exceptions, as I mentioned earlier, in some areas of the island. These exceptions are mainly found in the districts inhabited by the Súndas, who live in the mountainous and forested regions in the western part of the island. Here, private property in the land is usually recognized; the cultivator can pass on their possession to their children. The land can be divided without any interference from a superior authority; the holder can sell their interest to others or transfer it as a gift or through an agreement. They pay their chief a certain percentage of the produce, just like the other inhabitants of Java; because, in a land without trade or industry, labor or produce is the only way they can contribute to supporting the essential needs of the community. As long as they pay this tribute, which is one-tenth or one-fifth of the gross produce, they have an independent right to occupy their land and enjoy the remaining yield. The reason why land ownership in these areas is so different from that of the larger and more valuable parts of the island might be explained by their characteristics, without needing to rely on any fundamental differences in property laws or government principles. Where the population is low relative to the vast land available, and much land remains unused, only the best land will be demanded and claimed. This land is valuable because it provides good returns for little effort, encouraging its cultivation despite various artificial disadvantages; it alone can offer a desirable surplus after supporting those who work to make it productive, thus tempting the power to keep the right to this surplus unalienated. On the other hand, when it comes to reclaiming wasteland, clearing forests or jungles, or cultivating barren land, the government has less interest in holding the surplus and must provide significant incentives for cultivation, such as exemption or permanence. This principle helps explain land tenure in the Súnda districts and some coastal areas. It can be concluded that many of these lands were reclaimed from wasteland by the current occupiers or their immediate predecessors, and their rights to possess them, which are similar to what someone who discovers unclaimed land, woods, or mines would have to as much of its products as they could harvest through their labor, have not been suppressed or challenged by the sovereign; this forbearance is likely driven more by practical considerations than legal constraints. Closely related to this conclusion is the assumption that before the introduction of the Muslim system and the encroachments of dictatorial rulers, all the lands on the island were viewed as belonging to those who worked them; however, as the value of the most fertile areas became clearer, and the original labor spent in clearing them that justified their possession was gradually forgotten, the government found ways and reasons to increase its demands, thus acquiring the rights of some by force while rendering the rights of all insufficient to protect. According to this theory, the land tenures in the Súnda districts are merely remnants of the overarching system, which have been defended against encroachment because they did not strongly attract greed. Regardless of the validity of this view, it is undeniable that in the mountainous and less fertile regions of Java, and on the island of Báli, where Muslim control has not yet spread, individual ownership rights in the land are fully recognized, while in those parts of Java where Muslim rule has had the most influence, and where land ownership commands the greatest value, it is almost entirely held by the sovereign.
The situation, however, of the cultivator in the Sunda districts, who is a proprietor, is not much more eligible than that of the tenant of the government: he may, it is true, alienate or transfer his lands, but while he retains them, he is liable to imposts almost as great as they can bear; and when he transfers them, he can therefore expect little for surrendering to another the privilege of reaping from his own soil, what is only the average recompense of labour expended on the estate of another. The Revenue Instructions, therefore, bearing date the 11th February 1814, and transmitted from the local government to the officers intrusted with the charge of the several provinces subject to its authority, lay down the following general position: "The nature of the landed tenure throughout the island is now thoroughly understood. Generally speaking, no proprietary right in the soil is vested in any between the actual cultivator and the sovereign; the intermediate classes, who may have at any time enjoyed the revenues of villages or districts, being deemed merely the executive officers of government, who received these revenues from the gift of their lord, and who depended on his will alone for their tenure. Of this actual proprietary right there can be no doubt that the investiture rested solely in the sovereign; but it is equally certain, that the[Vol I Pg 156] first clearers of the land entitled themselves, as a just reward, to such a real property in the ground they thus in a manner created, that while a due tribute of a certain share of its produce was granted to the sovereign power for the protection it extended, the government, in return, was equally bound not to disturb them or their heirs in its possession. This disposal of the government share was thus, therefore, all that could justly depend on the will of the ruling authority; and consequently, the numerous gifts of land made in various periods by the several sovereigns, have in no way affected the rights of the actual cultivators. All that government could alienate was merely its own revenue or share of the produce. This subject has come fully under discussion, and the above result, as regarding this island, has been quite satisfactorily established." It is remarked, in a subsequent paragraph of the same instructions, "that there have been, it is known, in many parts of the country, grants from the sovereign of lands in perpetuity, which are regularly inheritable, and relative to which the original documents still exist. Of these, some have been made for religious purposes, others as rewards or provision for relatives or the higher nobility. These alienations, as far as it was justly in the power of the sovereign to make, must certainly be held sacred; but their extent should be clearly defined, that the rights of others be not compromised by them. The government share, when granted, will not be reclaimed; but the rights of the cultivator must not be affected by these grants. Such proprietors of revenue, as they may be termed, shall in short be allowed to act, with regard to the cultivators on their estates, as government acts towards those on its own lands, that is, they shall receive a fixed share of the produce, but whilst that is duly delivered, they shall neither exact more nor remove any individual from his land." It is remarked by Major Yule, the British resident, in his Report on Bantam, that there, "all property in the soil is vested exclusively in the hands of the sovereign power; but in consequence of its having been long customary to confer grants of land upon the different branches of the royal family, and other chiefs and favourites about court, a very small portion was left without some claimant[Vol I Pg 157] or other. The púsákas granted to the relations of the Sultan were considered as real property, and sometimes descended to the heirs of the family, and at others were alienated from it by private sale. To effect a transfer of this nature, the previous sanction of the Sultan was necessary, after which the party waited on the high priest, or Mangku-bumi, who made the necessary inquiries, and delivered the title deeds to the purchaser, in which were specified the situation, extent, boundaries, and price of the land sold. A register of sales was kept by the priests, the purchaser paying the fees; and it rarely occurred that lands sold in this manner were ever resumed by the crown, without some adequate compensation being made to the purchaser. Púsákas given to chiefs for services performed, were recoverable again at pleasure, and always reverted to the crown on the demise of the chief to whom they had been granted: in all other respects, the same privileges were annexed to them as to the former. The holders of púsáka lands were very seldom the occupants; they generally remained about the court, and on the approach of the rice harvest deputed agents to collect their share of the crop. They do not let their lands for specific periods. The cultivators are liable to be turned out at pleasure, and when ejected, have no claims to compensation for improvements made while in possession, such as water-courses, or plantations of fruit trees made by themselves or their parents."
The situation for landowners in the Sunda regions isn’t much better than that of government tenants. While they can sell or transfer their land, as long as they own it, they face taxes that are nearly as high as they can manage. When they do transfer it, they can expect very little in return for giving up their right to harvest from their own land, receiving only the average pay for working on someone else's estate. The Revenue Instructions dated February 11, 1814, sent from the local government to the officers overseeing the different provinces under its authority, put forward this general principle: "The nature of land ownership across the island is now well understood. Generally, no ownership rights in the soil exist between the actual cultivator and the sovereign; those who may have collected taxes from villages or districts in the past are seen merely as government officials who received this revenue as a gift from their lord, relying only on his will for their rights. It's clear that true ownership rests solely with the sovereign, but it’s also certain that the first people to clear the land justly earned real property rights for the ground they cultivated. While a reasonable tribute of some of its produce is owed to the sovereign in exchange for protection, the government is likewise obligated not to disrupt the cultivators or their heirs in their possession. The government’s share was ultimately the only thing that could depend entirely on the ruling authority's discretion; thus, numerous land grants made by various sovereigns over the years haven’t diminished the rights of the actual cultivators. What the government could transfer was only its own share of the revenue. This matter has been thoroughly discussed, and these conclusions about the island have been well established." It’s noted in a later part of the same instructions, "It’s known that in many areas, the sovereign has granted land in perpetuity, which can be inherited and for which original documents still exist. Some of these were granted for religious reasons, while others were for rewards or provisions for relatives or high-ranking nobility. These transfers, as far as the sovereign justly had the power to make, should certainly be respected, but their scope should be clearly defined to avoid infringing on the rights of others. When government shares are granted, they will not be reclaimed; however, the cultivator's rights must not be impacted by these grants. Such revenue owners, as they might be called, should be allowed to interact with the cultivators on their lands just as the government does with those on its lands: they will receive a fixed share of the produce, and as long as that share is delivered, they cannot demand more or evict anyone from their land." Major Yule, the British resident, noted in his Report on Bantam that there, "all land ownership is exclusively held by the sovereign. However, since it’s been customary for a long time to grant land to various branches of the royal family, as well as other chiefs and favorites at court, very little land remains unclaimed. The púsákas given to the Sultan’s relatives were considered real property and sometimes were passed down to heirs, while at other times they were sold. To transfer this type of property, prior approval from the Sultan was required, after which the buyer went to the high priest, or Mangku-bumi, who conducted the necessary inquiries and provided the title deeds to the buyer, specifying the location, size, boundaries, and sale price of the land. A sales register was maintained by the priests, with the buyer covering the fees; it was rare for lands sold this way to be reclaimed by the crown without compensation to the buyer. Púsákas given to chiefs for their service could be recovered at will and would revert to the crown upon the death of the chief who received them, but otherwise, they enjoyed the same privileges as the previous ones. Those holding púsáka lands seldom actually farmed them; they typically stayed at court, sending agents during the rice harvest to collect their share of the crop. They didn’t lease their lands for fixed terms. The cultivators could be removed at any time, and when evicted, had no right to compensation for any improvements they made while occupying the land, such as irrigation systems or fruit tree plantations created by them or their families."
"We must make a distinction," say the Dutch Commissioners appointed to investigate this subject in 1811, "between the Príangén regencies, the province of Chéribon, and the eastern districts. Throughout the whole extent of the Príangen regencies exists a pretended property on uncultivated lands, on which no person can settle without the consent of the inhabitants of that désa, or village. In the sáwah fields, or cultivated lands, every inhabitant, from the Regent down to the lowest rank, has a share, and may act with it in what manner he pleases, either sell, let, or otherwise dispose of it, and loses that right only by leaving the village in a clandestine manner.
"We need to make a distinction," say the Dutch Commissioners appointed to investigate this subject in 1811, "between the Príangén regencies, the province of Chéribon, and the eastern districts. Throughout the entire area of the Príangen regencies, there is a claimed ownership of uncultivated lands, on which no one can settle without the agreement of the inhabitants of that désa, or village. In the sáwah fields, or cultivated lands, every resident, from the Regent down to the lowest rank, has a share and can manage it as they wish, whether to sell, rent, or otherwise dispose of it, and they lose that right only by leaving the village secretly."
"In the province of Chéribon, according to the ancient[Vol I Pg 158] constitution, each district and désa, like the Príangen regencies, has its own lands; with the difference, however, that whilst those regencies are considered as belonging to villages and individuals, here the villages and lands are altogether the pretended property of the chiefs, or of the relations or favourites of the Sultans, who even might dispose of the same, with one exception, however, of that part allotted to the common people. Sometimes the Sultans themselves were owners of désas and chiefs of the same; in which case the inhabitants were better treated than in the former instances. If an individual thought himself wronged by the chief, who either sold, hired out, or otherwise disposed of his lands, he took his revenge, not on that chief, but on the person who held possession of the property. To corroborate this statement it may be mentioned, that the lands in the district of Chéribon were for the most part farmed out to Chinese, who increased their extortions in proportion as the chief raised his farm or rent, and thus almost deprived the common people of all their means.
"In the province of Chéribon, according to the ancient[Vol I Pg 158] constitution, each district and désa, like the Príangen regencies, has its own lands; however, the difference is that while those regencies are seen as belonging to villages and individuals, here the villages and lands are claimed as the property of the chiefs, or their relatives or favorites, often of the Sultans, who could even decide what to do with them, except for the part set aside for the common people. Sometimes the Sultans themselves owned désas and were chiefs of those areas; in those cases, the inhabitants were treated better than in others. If someone felt wronged by the chief, who either sold, rented out, or otherwise managed their lands, they sought revenge, not against that chief, but against the person who held the property. To support this claim, it's worth mentioning that the lands in the district of Chéribon were mostly leased to Chinese, who raised their extortions in line with the increases in rent from the chief, almost leaving the common people with nothing."
"On the north-east coast of the eastern districts, no person can be called a proprietor of rice fields or other lands: the whole country belongs to government, and in this light do all the Regents consider it. The rice fields of a regency are divided among the whole of the population: in the division the chiefs have a share, according to their rank, occupations, or taxes they are paying.
"On the northeast coast of the eastern regions, no one can be considered the owner of rice fields or any other land: the entire area is owned by the government, and that’s how all the Regents view it. The rice fields in a regency are shared among the entire population: in this division, the chiefs receive a portion based on their rank, jobs, or the taxes they pay."
"The chief enjoys his lands as long as he holds his station; the common people for a year only, when it falls to the share of another inhabitant of the désa, or village, that all may reap a benefit from it in turn. The ideas of the Javans concerning tenures, thus appear to be of three kinds: in the Súnda division they consist in allotting to the villages of uncultivated, and to individual persons of certain portions in the cultivated or sáwah fields: in Chéribon, the sultans and chiefs, as well as the common people, assert pretensions to similar allotments: in the eastern districts, on the contrary, nobody pretends to the possession of land; every one is satisfied with the regulation laid down, but if a man's share is withheld, he is apt to emigrate. No person considers himself bound to servitude. The Javans, however,[Vol I Pg 159] in the Príang'en regencies, in Chéribon, and in the eastern districts, pretend to have an unquestionable right to all the fruit trees and síri plants, at or near their kámpung or désa."
"The chief enjoys his land as long as he remains in his position; the common people have it for just one year, after which it goes to another resident of the désa or village, so everyone can benefit from it in turn. The Javanese notions of land tenure seem to fall into three categories: in the Súnda region, land is assigned to villages that are uncultivated, and to individual residents that have portions of the cultivated or sáwah fields; in Chéribon, both sultans and chiefs, along with the common people, claim similar rights to land. In the eastern areas, however, nobody claims ownership; everyone is fine with the established rules, but if someone’s share is denied, they are likely to move away. No one sees themselves as bound to servitude. Nevertheless, the Javanese in the Príang'en regencies, in Chéribon, and the eastern districts, claim an undeniable right to all the fruit trees and síri plants at or near their kámpung or désa."
"There is not," says Mr. Knops, another of the Dutch Commissioners, "a single Javan, who supposes that the soil is the property of the Regent, but they all seem to be sensible that it belongs to government, usually called the sovereign among them; considering the Regent as a subject like themselves, who holds his district and authority from the sovereign. His idea of property is modified by the three kinds of subjects to which it is applied: rice fields, gâgas, and fruit trees. A Javan has no rice fields he can call his own; those of which he had the use last year will be exchanged next year for others. They circulate (as in the regency of Semárang) from one person to another, and if any one were excluded, he would infallibly emigrate. It is different with the gágas, or lands where dry rice is cultivated: the cultivator who clears such lands from trees or brushwood, and reclaims them from a wilderness, considers himself as proprietor of the same, and expects to reap its fruits without diminution or deduction. With regard to fruit trees, the Javan cultivator claims those he has planted as his legal property, without any imposts: if a chief were to trespass against this right, the village would soon be deserted. The Javan, however, has not, in my opinion, any real idea of property even in his fruit trees, but usage passes with him for a law. All dispositions made by the chief, not contrary to custom or the ádat, are considered as legal, and likewise all that would contribute to ease the people, by lessening or reducing the capitation tax, the contingent, the feudal services, in short all the charges imposed upon them. A different system would be contrary to custom. Whatever favours the people is legal, whatever oppresses them is an infraction of the custom."
"There isn't," says Mr. Knops, another of the Dutch Commissioners, "a single Javanese who thinks that the land belongs to the Regent; instead, they all seem to understand that it belongs to the government, usually referred to as the sovereign among them. They see the Regent as a subject like themselves, who holds his district and authority from the sovereign. His idea of property is shaped by the three types of lands it applies to: rice fields, gâgas, and fruit trees. A Javanese doesn't own any rice fields; the fields he used last year will be traded for different ones next year. They move around (like in the regency of Semárang), from one person to another, and if anyone were to be excluded, they would inevitably leave. It's different with the gágas, or the areas where dry rice is grown: the farmer who clears such land from trees or brush and reclaims it from wilderness considers themselves the owner, expecting to harvest its produce without any cuts or deductions. As for fruit trees, the Javanese farmer claims the ones they’ve planted as their legal property, free from taxes: if a chief were to violate this right, the village would quickly be abandoned. However, in my opinion, the Javanese doesn't have a true concept of ownership, even in their fruit trees; custom is law for them. All actions taken by the chief that don't go against custom or the ádat are seen as legal, as well as anything that eases the burden on the people by lowering or reducing taxes, levies, or feudal duties—in short, all the costs imposed on them. A different system would go against custom. Anything that benefits the people is legal, while anything that oppresses them is a violation of custom."
The tenure of land in the native provinces is the same generally as in the eastern districts. Thus stands the question with regard to the proprietary right to the soil in Java; but it is of more consequence in an agricultural point of view, and consequently more to my present purpose, to inquire how that[Vol I Pg 160] right is generally exercised, than in whom it resides. Though the cultivator had no legal title to his lands, there might still be such a prevalent usage in favour of his perpetual occupancy, as would secure him in the enjoyment of his possession, and enable him to reap the fruits of his industry equally with the protection of his positive law.
The ownership of land in the native provinces is generally the same as in the eastern districts. Therefore, the question about who owns the land in Java is important; however, it’s more relevant from an agricultural standpoint, and thus more pertinent to my current focus, to look at how that[Vol I Pg 160] ownership is typically exercised rather than who actually holds it. Even if the farmer has no legal claim to the land, a strong tradition of their lasting occupation might still guarantee them the right to enjoy their property and benefit from their hard work, similar to the protection offered by formal laws.
But unfortunately for the prosperity of the people, this was far from being generally the case. The cultivator had little security for continued occupancy, but the power, on his part, of enduring unlimited oppression without removing from under it, or the interest of his immediate superior in retaining a useful slave; and as he could not expect to reap in safety the fruits of his industry, beyond the bare supply of his necessities, he carried that industry no farther than his necessities demanded. The sovereign knew little about the state of his tenantry or the conduct of his agents, and viewed the former only as instruments to create the resources, which the latter were employed to collect or administer. All his care was to procure as much from the produce of the soil and industry of his subjects as possible, and the complaints of the people, who suffered under the exactions of these chiefs, were intercepted on their way to the throne, and perhaps would have been disregarded had they reached it. The sovereign delegates his authority over a province of greater or less extent, to a high officer called Adipáti, Tumúng'gung, or Ang'ebái, who is himself paid by the rent of certain portions of land, and is responsible for the revenues of the districts over which he is appointed. He, in his turn, elects an officer, called Demáng or Mántridésa, to administer the subdivisions or districts of the province, to appoint the chiefs, and to collect the rents of several villages. The village chief, Búkul, Lúrah, or whatever designation he bears in the different parts of the island, thus appointed by his immediate superior, is placed in the administration of the village, required to collect the government share of the crop from the cultivator, and to account for it to the Demáng. In some provinces, the village elects its own chief, called Petíng'gi, who exercises similar functions with the Búkul appointed by government, as will be afterwards more particularly observed in the account of the native administration. As all the officers of government, of whatever rank, are[Vol I Pg 161] paid their salaries in the produce of the land, the Búkuls and the Demángs become responsible for the share of the appropriations of villages to this account, as much as if it went into the government treasury. They are themselves paid by the reservation of a certain share of what they collect, and of course are always ready to please their employers, and to increase their own emoluments, by enforcing every practicable exaction. Every officer has unlimited power over those below him, and is himself subject to the capricious will of the sovereign or his minister. When the Regent makes any new or exorbitant demand upon those whom he immediately superintends, they must exact it with an increased degree of rigor over the chiefs of villages, who are thus, in their turn, forced to press upon the cultivator, with the accumulated weight of various gradations of despotism.
But unfortunately for the people’s prosperity, this was far from the reality for most. The farmer had little security for staying on the land, relying only on his ability to endure endless oppression without leaving or on the interest of his immediate superior in keeping a useful laborer. Since he couldn't expect to safely enjoy the profits of his hard work, except for barely meeting his basic needs, he only worked as much as his necessities required. The ruler knew little about the condition of his tenants or how his agents acted, seeing the tenants only as tools to generate resources, which the agents were there to collect or manage. His main focus was to extract as much as possible from the land and the work of his subjects, while the grievances of the people suffering under these chiefs were often intercepted before reaching the throne and likely would have been ignored even if they did. The ruler delegates authority over a region of varying size to a high official called Adipáti, Tumúng'gung, or Ang'ebái, who is compensated through the rents of certain pieces of land and is responsible for the revenues of the areas he oversees. He, in turn, chooses an officer, called Demáng or Mántridésa, to manage the subdivisions or districts of the province, appoint chiefs, and collect rents from various villages. The village chief, known as Búkul, Lúrah, or whatever title he has in different parts of the island, is appointed by his direct superior and is responsible for village administration, tasked with collecting the government’s share of the crop from farmers and reporting it to the Demáng. In some provinces, the village selects its own chief, called Petíng'gi, who carries out similar duties as the government-appointed Búkul, as will be discussed later regarding native administration. Since all government officials, regardless of rank, receive their salaries in land produce, the Búkuls and Demángs are accountable for the share of village appropriations just as if it went into the government treasury. They are themselves paid by keeping a portion of what they collect, which makes them eager to satisfy their superiors and boost their own earnings by enforcing every possible demand. Each official holds unlimited power over those beneath them and is subject to the unpredictable whims of the ruler or his minister. When the Regent imposes new or excessive demands on those he directly manages, they must enforce it with increased intensity on the village chiefs, who in turn are pressured to extract more from the farmers, bearing the cumulative burden of various layers of tyranny.
The Búkul, or the Petíng'gi is the immediate head of the village, and however much his authority is modified in particular districts, has always extensive powers. To the cultivators, he appears in the character of the real landholder, as they have no occasion to look beyond him to the superior, by whom he is controlled. He distributes the lands to the different cultivators on such shares, and in such conditions, as he pleases, or as custom warrants, assesses the rents they have to pay, allots them their village duties, measures the produce of their fields, and receives the government proportion. He sometimes himself cultivates a small portion of land, and in so far is regarded only as a tenant, like the rest of the villagers. He is accountable for all the collections he realizes, with the reservation of a fifth part for his trouble, which share must be viewed merely as the emoluments of office, and not as the rent of the landlord, or the profits of a farmer. He sometimes holds his situation immediately of the sovereign, or by the election of the cultivators; but more generally from the intermediate agent of government, whom I have mentioned above, to whom he is accountable for his receipts. By his superior he may be removed at pleasure; although the local knowledge and accumulated means, which are the consequence of the possession of office, generally insure its duration to his person for a considerable period, or as long as his superior himself retains his power. [Vol I Pg 162]
The Búkul, or the Petíng'gi, is the main leader of the village, and while his authority may vary in different areas, he always has significant power. To the farmers, he seems like the actual landowner since they don’t need to look beyond him to understand the higher authority that oversees him. He distributes lands to various farmers based on his discretion or customary practices, sets the rents they have to pay, assigns their village tasks, measures the produce from their fields, and collects the government share. Sometimes, he cultivates a small portion of land himself, and in that case, he is seen as just another tenant, like the other villagers. He is responsible for all the collections he makes, keeping one-fifth for his efforts, which should be viewed as the benefits of his role, not as the landlord's rent or a farmer's profit. He may be appointed directly by the sovereign or elected by the farmers, but usually, he gets his position from the intermediary government agent mentioned earlier, to whom he must report his income. His superior can remove him at any time; however, the local knowledge and resources he gains from holding office typically ensure he keeps his position for a long time, or as long as his superior remains in power. [Vol I Pg 162]
The lands which he superintends and apportions range from six or seven to double that number of jungs, or from forty or fifty to an hundred acres English, and these are divided among the inhabitants of his village, generally varying from about two acres to half an acre each. That this minute division of land takes place, may be shewn from the surveys made under the British government in the eastern provinces, which nearly resemble those under the dominion of the native princes, and consequently may be taken as indicating the general state of the island. The inhabitants in the agricultural districts of the residency of Surabáya amount in all to 129,938: these compose 33,141 families, of which 32,618 belong to the class of cultivators, and 523 belonging to other professions pay only a ground rent for their houses. The area of the province contains about twelve hundred square miles, or 34,955 jungs, about 20,000 only of which are cultivated, so as to become of any consequence in the division of lands among the villages, the number of which amount to 2,770. By a calculation founded on these data, it would appear, that each village averages about twelve families, that a family falls considerably short of the average of four, and that a little more than seven jungs are allotted to a village. In Kedú the population amounts to 197,310, the number of villages to 3879, and the quantity of cultivated land to 19,052 jungs; so that in this province there are about five jungs attached to a village; and a village is inhabited by fifty-one souls, or about twelve or thirteen families. In Grésik, the number of villages amount to 1396, the quantity of cultivated land to 17,018 jungs, and the population to 115,442 souls. In Probalíng'o and Besúki, the numbers are—of inhabitants, 104,359; of villages, 827; of cultivated land, 13,432 jungs. In these two last the proportions vary, the number of jungs to a village in the former being more than twelve, and of inhabitants more than eighty, or about twenty families; and in the latter, the proportion is more than one hundred and twenty souls to a village possessed of more than sixteen jungs of land. It would be superfluous to state any more examples. In different parts of the island, there are variations within certain limits; but the quantity of land occupied by one cultivator seldom exceeds a báhu, (or the quarter of a jung), although the quantity occupied[Vol I Pg 163] by a village, as will be seen by the above instances, varies from five to sixteen, according to the extent of the population.
The lands that he manages and allocates range from six or seven to twice that number of jungs, or from forty or fifty to one hundred acres in English measurements. These are divided among the residents of his village, typically ranging from about two acres to half an acre each. This detailed division of land is supported by surveys conducted under British authority in the eastern provinces, which closely resemble those governed by native rulers, thus serving as an indicator of the island's overall condition. In the agricultural areas of the residency of Surabáya, the total population is 129,938, made up of 33,141 families, with 32,618 involved in farming, while 523 in other professions pay only a ground rent for their houses. The province covers about twelve hundred square miles, or 34,955 jungs, of which only about 20,000 are cultivated to a degree that matters for land division among the villages, totaling 2,770. Based on these figures, it suggests that each village has an average of about twelve families, that a family is significantly below the average of four members, and that a little over seven jungs are assigned to a village. In Kedú, the population totals 197,310, with 3,879 villages and 19,052 jungs of cultivated land; thus, in this province, there are about five jungs per village, with an average of fifty-one residents or about twelve or thirteen families per village. In Grésik, there are 1,396 villages, 17,018 jungs of cultivated land, and a population of 115,442. In Probalíng'o and Besúki, the statistics are 104,359 inhabitants, 827 villages, and 13,432 jungs of cultivated land. In the former, the average is more than twelve jungs per village and over eighty inhabitants, or around twenty families; in the latter, the average exceeds one hundred and twenty residents per village with more than sixteen jungs of land. It’s unnecessary to provide more examples. Across different regions of the island, there are variations within certain limits; however, the amount of land one cultivator occupies rarely exceeds a báhu (a quarter of a jung), although the land a village occupies can range from five to sixteen jungs, depending on the population size.
The land allotted to each separate cultivator is managed by himself exclusively; and the practice of labouring in common, which is usual among the inhabitants of the same village on continental India, is here unknown. Every one, generally speaking, has his own field, his own plough, his own buffaloes or oxen; prepares his farm with his own hand, or the assistance of his family at seed-time, and reaps it by the same means at harvest. By the recent surveys, when every thing concerning the wealth and the resources of the country became the subject of inquiry, and means were employed to obtain the most accurate information, it was ascertained, that the number of buffaloes on that part of the island to which these surveys extended, was nearly in the proportion of one to a family, or a pair to two families; and that, including the yokes of oxen, which are to those of buffaloes as one to three, this proportion would be very much exceeded. In some provinces, more exclusively devoted to grain cultivation, the number of ploughs, and of course oxen or buffaloes, nearly amounts to one to a family. In other cases, where they fall much short of this proportion, a considerable part of the inhabitants must be engaged in labours unconnected with agriculture, or the cultivators must be engaged in rearing produce, where the assistance of those animals is not required. Thus in Japára and Jawána, where the number of inhabitants is 103,290, or about twenty-six thousand families, the number of ploughs amount to 20,730, and of buffaloes to 43,511; while in the Batavian Regencies, where the coffee culture employs a considerable part of the inhabitants, the number of families is about sixty thousand, and of ploughs only 17,366. The lands on Java are so minutely divided among the inhabitants of the villages, that each receives just as much as can maintain his family and employ his individual industry.
The land assigned to each farmer is managed solely by them; the common farming practice seen among villagers in mainland India is not found here. Generally, each person has their own field, their own plow, and their own buffaloes or oxen. They prepare their land with their own hands or with help from their family during planting season and harvest it in the same way. Recent surveys aimed at gathering detailed information on the wealth and resources of the area revealed that the number of buffaloes in the surveyed regions of the island was nearly one per family, or a pair for every two families. Including the yoke of oxen, which are three times as numerous as buffaloes, this proportion is greatly exceeded. In some areas focused on grain farming, the number of plows—which means the number of oxen or buffaloes—almost equals one per family. In cases where the number falls short, many inhabitants must be working in non-agricultural jobs, or the farmers might be growing crops that don't require the use of those animals. For example, in Japára and Jawána, with a total of 103,290 residents—about twenty-six thousand families—there are 20,730 plows and 43,511 buffaloes. Meanwhile, in the Batavian Regencies, where coffee cultivation employs a sizable portion of the population, there are about sixty thousand families and only 17,366 plows. The land in Java is so finely divided among village residents that each person receives just enough to support their family and fully utilize their individual labor.
I only gave what life needed and nothing extra:
His closest friends, innocence and health; "And his greatest treasure is the lack of knowledge about wealth."
But situated as the Javan peasantry are, there is but little inducement to invest capital in agriculture, and much labour must be unprofitably wasted: as property is insecure, there can be no desire of accumulation; as food is easily procured, there can be no necessity for vigorous labour. There exists, as a consequence of this state of nature and of the laws, few examples of great affluence or abject distress among the peasantry; no rich men, and no common beggars. Under the native governments and the Regents of the Dutch Company, there were no written leases or engagements binding for a term of years; nor could such contracts well be expected to be formed with an officer, who held his own place by so unstable a tenure as the will of a despot. The cultivator bargained with the Búkul or Petíng'gi for a season or for two crops, had his land measured off by the latter, and paid a stipulated portion of the produce either in money or in kind. When the crop had arrived at maturity, the cultivator, if his engagement was for so much of the produce in kind, cut down his own share, and left that of the landlord on the ground.
But given the situation of the Javan peasantry, there’s little incentive to invest money in farming, and a lot of work is wasted without reward. Because property is not secure, there's no motivation to accumulate wealth; since food is easy to get, there’s no need for hard work. As a result of this natural and legal condition, there are few examples of either great wealth or extreme poverty among the peasants; no rich people, and no common beggars. Under the native governments and the Regents of the Dutch Company, there were no written leases or contracts binding for a set number of years; nor could such agreements be expected from an official who held his position so precariously, depending on a despot's whims. The farmer negotiated with the Búkul or Petíng'gi for a season or for two crops, had his land measured by them, and paid a predetermined share of the harvest either in cash or in goods. When the crop was ready, if his agreement was for a portion of the harvest in kind, the farmer would harvest his share and leave the landlord's share in the field.
The proportion of the crop paid as rent varied with the kind of land, or produce, and the labour employed by the cultivator. In the sáwah lands, the share demanded by the landlord rarely exceeded one-half, and might fall as low as one-fourth, according as the quality of the soil was good or bad, or the labour employed in irrigating or otherwise preparing it was greater or less. In tégal lands, the rent paid varied from one-third to one-fifth of the produce; a diminution to be attributed to the uncertainty of the crop, and the necessity of employing more labour to realize an equal produce than on the other species of cultivation. In cases where there was a second crop of less value than the principal rice or maize crop, no additional demand was made upon the additional grain reaped by the farmer.
The percentage of the crop given as rent depended on the type of land, the produce, and the labor used by the farmer. In the sáwah lands, the landlord rarely demanded more than half of the harvest and could ask for as little as one-fourth, depending on the soil quality or the amount of labor needed for irrigation or other preparations. In tégal lands, the rent ranged from one-third to one-fifth of the produce; this decrease was due to the unpredictability of the crop and the need for more labor to achieve the same yield as with other cultivation types. In cases where there was a second crop that was less valuable than the main rice or maize crop, no extra demand was made on the additional grain harvested by the farmer.
If such rates had been equitably fixed, after a deliberate estimate of the proportion between the labour of the cultivator and his produce, and if from the best kind of sáwah no more than the half had been required, with a scale of rents diminishing as labour increased or the soil deteriorated, the peasant could have had no reason to complain of the exactions[Vol I Pg 165] of government A jung of the best sáwah lands will produce between forty and fifty ámats of pári, each ámat weighing about one thousand pounds. Suppose a cultivator occupied a quarter of a jung of such land, he would reap ten ámats, or ten thousand pounds of pári, and allowing a half for the government deduction, would still retain five thousand pounds, which is equal to about eight quarters of wheat. The best sáwah lands return about forty-fold; sáwah lands of the second quality yield from thirty to forty ámats the jung; and they are considered of inferior quality when they yield less than thirty. From these last, two-fifths or one-third was required as the landlord's share. Tégal lands were assessed at one-third, one fourth, or one-fifth of their produce, according to their quality, and their produce in value is about a fourth of sáwah lands of the same relative degree in the scale. In Bengal, according to Mr. Colebrooke's excellent account of its husbandry, "the landlord's proportion of the crop was one-half, two-fifths, and a third, according to the difference of circumstances." The value in money of a crop of rice grown on a jung of the best land under the wet cultivation, may amount to one hundred and sixty Spanish dollars; and on a báhu (the space occupied by an individual cultivator), forty dollars. I formerly stated the price of the implements of husbandry, the price of buffaloes or oxen, the expence of building a house, and providing it with the necessary furniture. The whole farming stock of a villager may be purchased for about fifteen or sixteen dollars, or for little more than a third part of the produce of his land in one year. The price of labour, the price of cattle and of grain, as well as the fertility of the soil, varies in different parts of the island; but, in general, it may be laid down as an indisputable proposition, that from the natural bounty of the soil, the peasantry might derive all the means of subsistence and comfort, without any great exertion of ingenuity, or any severity of toil, if their government made no greater demand than the shares stated above.
If these rates had been fairly set, after a careful assessment of the balance between the farmer's labor and his yields, and if only half of the best kind of sáwah was required, with rent decreasing as labor increased or soil quality declined, the peasant wouldn’t have any reason to complain about the government's demands[Vol I Pg 165]. A jung of the best sáwah lands can produce between forty and fifty ámats of pári, with each ámat weighing about one thousand pounds. If a farmer cultivated a quarter of a jung of such land, he would harvest ten ámats, or ten thousand pounds of pári, and even after the government's half deduction, he would still keep five thousand pounds, which is roughly equal to eight quarters of wheat. The best sáwah lands yield about forty times their produce; sáwah lands of the second quality yield between thirty and forty ámats per jung; they are considered lower quality if they produce less than thirty. From these lower-quality lands, two-fifths or one-third was taken as the landlord's share. Tégal lands were assessed at one-third, one-fourth, or one-fifth of their produce, depending on quality, and their yield is about one-fourth the value of sáwah lands of the same quality. In Bengal, according to Mr. Colebrooke's excellent account of its agriculture, "the landlord's share of the crop was one-half, two-fifths, and one-third, based on differing circumstances." The monetary value of a rice crop grown on a jung of the best wet-cultivated land can reach one hundred sixty Spanish dollars; on a báhu (the area occupied by an individual farmer), it is forty dollars. I previously mentioned the cost of farming tools, buffaloes or oxen, the expense of building a house, and furnishing it with what’s necessary. The complete farming equipment of a villager can be bought for around fifteen or sixteen dollars, or just over a third of his annual land produce. The prices for labor, cattle, and grain, as well as soil fertility, vary across different parts of the island; however, it can generally be stated that, thanks to the natural generosity of the land, the peasantry could achieve all their needs for living and comfort without much creative effort or harsh labor, provided their government made no greater demands than those mentioned above.
But besides the rent which the cultivator paid for his land, he was liable to many more grievous burdens. The great objection to a tax levied on land, and consisting in a certain share of its produce, arises from the effect that it has in ob[Vol I Pg 166]structing improvements; but there were other imposts and contributions exacted from the peasantry, which were positively and immediately oppressive. A ground-rent for houses, called pachúmplang, was prevalent over many parts of the island, amounting in the provinces subject to the native princes, to one-sixth or seventh of a dollar for each dwelling or cottage. The cultivator, in some parts of the country, instead of paying this tax, was obliged to pay for his fruit trees. In some districts there was a capitation tax; arbitrary fines were levied in others, and contributions on the birth or marriage of the children of the superior, regent, or the prince. There were several charges made on the villages, that had a more immediate reference to their own advantage, but which nevertheless were felt as burdens; such as contributions for the repair of roads, of bridges, for the making or repair of water-courses, dams, and other works necessary for irrigation. Demands on the inhabitants for charitable and religious objects or institutions are universal, though not very oppressive. Every village has its priest, who depends upon the contributions of the peasantry for his support, receiving so much rice or pári as his salary. The taxes on the internal trade of the country extended to every article of manufacture, produce, or consumption, and being invariably farmed out to Chinese, who employed every mode of extortion that their ingenuity could invent, or the passive disposition of the people would allow them to practice, constituted an inexhaustible source of oppression: to these we may add the feudal services and forced deliveries required under the Dutch government.
But aside from the rent that the farmer paid for his land, he faced many more serious burdens. The main concern with a tax on land, which takes a portion of its produce, is that it hinders improvements. However, there were other taxes and fees imposed on the peasants that were outright oppressive. A ground rent for houses, known as pachúmplang, was common in many areas of the island, costing about one-sixth or one-seventh of a dollar for each house or cottage in the provinces under the native princes. In some regions, instead of this tax, the farmer had to pay for his fruit trees. In other areas, there was a head tax; arbitrary fines were imposed in some places, along with contributions for the birth or wedding of the children of the lord, governor, or prince. There were several fees collected from the villages that were meant for their own benefit but were still felt as burdens, such as contributions for repairing roads, bridges, and for creating or fixing water channels, dams, and other works essential for irrigation. Requests for funds for charitable and religious purposes were widespread, though not very oppressive. Every village had its priest, who relied on the contributions from the farmers for his living, receiving rice or pári as his salary. Taxes on internal trade in the country applied to every manufactured item, product, or consumable and were usually farmed out to the Chinese, who used every possible method of extortion that their creativity could devise, or that the people's passive nature would permit, creating an endless source of oppression. Additionally, we must consider the feudal services and forced deliveries required under Dutch rule.
The following observations extracted from two reports, the one on Bantam, at the western side of the island, and the other on Pasúruan, almost at its other extremity, were unhappily by no means inapplicable to the greatest part of the intermediate space, and contain by no means an exaggerated representation. "The holders of púsaka lands in Bantam were very seldom the occupants; they generally remained about court, and on the approach of the pári harvest deputed agents to collect their share of the crop. But what proportion their share would bear to the whole produce does not appear to be well defined: it is by one stated at a fifth, and by some (which I suspect to be nearest the[Vol I Pg 167] truth) at as much as the cultivator could afford to pay, the agents of the proprietors being the judges of the quantity. The proprietors of the púsakas have also a claim to the services of the cultivators: a certain number of them are always in attendance at the houses of their chiefs, and on journies are employed in carrying their persons and baggage. The lands not púsaka used to pay the same proportion of produce to the Sultan as the others did to the proprietors; but the cultivators of the royal dominions laboured under greater disadvantages than the others. Every chief or favourite about court had authority to employ them in the most menial offices; and chiefs possessing púsakas, often spared their own people and employed the others. The Sultan always had a right to enforce the culture of any article which he thought proper to direct; and, in such cases, a price was paid upon the produce, which was generally very inadequate to the expences."
The following observations taken from two reports, one on Bantam on the western side of the island, and the other on Pasúruan nearly at the opposite end, unfortunately apply well to most of the area in between, and they provide a realistic picture. "The owners of púsaka lands in Bantam rarely lived on them; they usually stayed near the court and sent agents to collect their share of the harvest when the pári season came. However, it’s unclear how much of the total crop they actually received: one source claims it's a fifth, while others (which I suspect is closer to the truth) say it's whatever the cultivator can afford to give, with the owners' agents deciding how much that is. The owners of púsakas also have a right to the labor of the cultivators: a certain number are always required to work at their chiefs' houses, and they are also tasked with carrying the chiefs and their baggage on journeys. Non-púsaka lands used to pay the same percentage of their produce to the Sultan as the others did to their owners; however, the cultivators in the royal lands faced more disadvantages. Every chief or favorite at court could force them into the most menial jobs, and chiefs with púsakas often used them instead of their own people. The Sultan also had the authority to demand the cultivation of any crop he deemed necessary; in such instances, payment was made on the produce but was usually far from sufficient to cover expenses."
"It may be very desirable," says Mr. Jourdan, in his report on the completion of the settlement of Pasúruan, "that I should mention a few of the oppressions from which it is the object of the present system to relieve the people. I cannot but consider the greatest of these, the extent of the personal service demanded, not only by the Tumúng'gung and his family, but the Mántris and all the petty chiefs, who had trains of followers that received no stipendiary recompence. These added to the individuals employed in the coffee plantations (to which they appear peculiarly averse), in beating out the rice for the contingent, in cutting grass for and attending the jáyang sekárs, post carriage and letter-carriers, may be calculated to have employed one-fifth of the male population of the working men. Another great source of exaction was the large unwieldy establishment of jáyang sekárs, and police officers: the former were liberally paid, the latter had no regular emoluments. Both these classes, however, quartered themselves freely in whatever part of the country their functions demanded their attendance. This was equally the case with any of the Regent's family or petty chiefs who travelled for pleasure or on duty. Whatever was required for themselves and their followers, was taken from the poor inhabitants, who have now been so[Vol I Pg 168] long accustomed to such practices, that they never dare to complain or to remonstrate. The European authority did not escape the taint of corruption. Monopolies, unpaid services, licences, forced or at least expected presents, were but too common even in the best times, and must have contributed to estrange the affections and respect of the natives from that power which should have afforded them protection. From this faint sketch it will be deduced, that while the men of rank were living in pampered luxury, the poor provincials were suffering penury and distress."
"It may be very important," says Mr. Jourdan in his report on the completion of the settlement of Pasúruan, "that I mention a few of the injustices that this new system aims to address. I believe the biggest issue is the extent of personal service demanded, not just by the Tumúng'gung and his family, but also by the Mántris and all the minor chiefs, who had groups of followers that received no payment. These, combined with the individuals working in the coffee plantations (which they seem particularly opposed to), those preparing rice for the local needs, cutting grass for and attending to the jáyang sekárs, along with postal carriers and letter-deliverers, could account for about one-fifth of the working male population. Another major source of exploitation was the large, cumbersome establishment of jáyang sekárs and police officers: the former were well-paid, while the latter received no regular salary. Both groups, however, occupied themselves freely wherever their job required them to be. This also applied to any members of the Regent's family or minor chiefs who traveled for leisure or official duties. Anything they needed for themselves and their followers was taken from the poor locals, who have become so used to such practices that they no longer dare to complain or protest. The European authority was not free from corruption. Monopolies, unpaid labor, licenses, and expected gifts were all too common, even in the best of times, and likely alienated the affections and respect of the locals from the governing power that should have protected them. From this brief overview, it can be concluded that while the privileged lived in comfort, the poor in the provinces endured poverty and hardship."
The Dutch Company, actuated solely by the spirit of gain, and viewing their Javan subjects with less regard or consideration than a West-India planter formerly viewed the gang upon his estate, because the latter had paid the purchase money of human property which the other had not, employed all the pre-existing machinery of despotism, to squeeze from the people their utmost mite of contribution, the last dregs of their labour, and thus aggravated the evils of a capricious and semi-barbarous government, by working it with all the practised ingenuity of politicians, and all the monopolizing selfishness of traders.
The Dutch Company, driven purely by the desire for profit, viewed their Javanese subjects with even less respect than a West Indian plantation owner once viewed the slaves on his estate, since the latter had paid for human property while the former had not. They used all the existing systems of oppression to extract every last bit of contribution from the people, draining the final remnants of their labor, and this worsened the problems of a random and semi-barbaric government by employing all the clever tactics of politicians and the greedy self-interest of merchants.
Can it therefore be a subject of surprize, that the arts of agriculture and the improvement of society, have made no greater advances in Java? Need it excite wonder, that the implements of husbandry are simple; that the cultivation is unskilful and inartificial; that the state of the roads, where European convenience is not consulted, is bad; that the natural advantages of the country are neglected; that so little enterprize is displayed or capital employed; that the peasant's cottage is mean, and that so little wealth and knowledge are among the agricultural population; when it is considered, that the occupant of land enjoys no security for reaping the fruits of his industry; when his possession is liable to be taken away from him every season, or to suffer such an enhancement of rent as will drive him from it; when such a small quantity of land only is allowed him as will yield him bare subsistence, and every ear of grain that can be spared from the supply of his immediate wants, is extorted from him in the shape of tribute; when his personal services are required unpaid for, in the train of luxury or in the cul[Vol I Pg 169]ture of articles of monopoly; and when, in addition to all these discouragements, he is subject to other heavy imposts and impolitic restraints? No man will exert himself, when acting for another, with so much zeal as when stimulated by his own immediate interest; and under a system of government, where every thing but the bare means of subsistence is liable to be seized, nothing but the means of subsistence will be sought to be attained. The Dutch accuse the Javans of indolent habits and fraudulent dispositions; but surely the oppressor has no right to be surprized, that the oppressed appear reluctant in his service, that they meet his exactions with evasion, and answer his call to labour with sluggish indifference.
Can it really be surprising that the arts of farming and societal improvement haven't advanced much in Java? Is it really so shocking that farming tools are basic, cultivation techniques are unskilled and unrefined, the roads are in poor condition where European needs aren’t considered, and the country's natural advantages are ignored? Should we be amazed that there’s so little entrepreneurship and investment, that the farmers’ homes are modest, and that the agricultural community lacks wealth and knowledge? This is especially true when we realize that landowners have no security in reaping the benefits of their hard work; their land can be taken from them every season, or the rent can increase to the point where they can no longer afford it. They’re only given just enough land to provide for their basic needs, and any excess grain they produce is taken from them as tax. Their labor is often demanded without pay, serving the luxuries or monopolistic products of others. On top of all that, they face additional heavy taxes and unreasonable restrictions. No one will put in much effort working for someone else when their own interests are not at stake; and in a system where anything beyond basic survival can be seized, people will only aim to secure their basic needs. The Dutch blame the Javanese for being lazy and deceitful, but it seems unreasonable for oppressors to be surprised that the oppressed are reluctant to serve, respond to demands with avoidance, and approach labor with apathy.
The mode of dividing land into minute portions is decidedly favourable to population, and nothing but those checks to the progress of agriculture, to which I have referred, could have limited the population of Java to numbers so disproportioned to its fertility, or confined the labours of the peasantry to so small a space of what would reward their industry with abundance. The cultivated ground on the Island has already been estimated at an eighth part of the whole area. In Probolíng'o and Besúki, the total number of jungs of land amount to 775,483, the total of land capable of superior cultivation 174,675 jungs, while the space actually cultivated amounts only to 13,432 jungs. In Rembáng, the land belonging to villages is about 40,000 jungs, and not the half of that quantity is under cultivation. In Pasúruan, the same appearances are exhibited. From this last district the Resident's report on the settlement states, as a reason for his assessing the same rent on all the land, "that the cultivated part bearing so small a proportion to the uncultivated, the inhabitants have been enabled to select the most fruitful spots exclusively: hence arises the little variety I have discovered in the produce." Chéribon, Bantam, the Priang'en regencies, the eastern corner of the Island, the provinces under the native governments, and in short the greatest and most fertile districts, furnish striking illustrations of this disproportion between the bounty of nature and the inefficient exertions of man to render her gifts available, to extend population, and to promote human happiness; or rather they supply an example[Vol I Pg 170] of unwise institutions and despotic government, counteracting the natural progress of both.
The way of dividing land into tiny parcels is definitely favorable for the population, and only the obstacles to agricultural progress that I mentioned could have kept Java's population at such numbers that don’t match its fertility, or limited the efforts of the farmers to such a small area that could provide them with plenty. The cultivated land on the island is already estimated to be about one-eighth of the total area. In Probolíng'o and Besúki, the total amount of land is 775,483 jungs, while the land that can be cultivated more effectively is 174,675 jungs, and the area currently being cultivated is only 13,432 jungs. In Rembáng, the land owned by villages is about 40,000 jungs, and less than half of that is being farmed. The same situation is seen in Pasúruan. From this last district, the Resident's report on the settlement states that the reason for charging the same rent on all land is "that the cultivated part is so small compared to the uncultivated, the inhabitants have been allowed to pick the most fruitful spots only: this is why I’ve found so little variety in the produce." Chéribon, Bantam, the Priang'en regencies, the eastern corner of the island, the provinces under native governments, and overall the largest and most fertile areas, provide clear examples of this mismatch between nature’s generosity and the ineffective efforts of people to make use of her gifts, to increase the population, and to enhance human well-being; rather, they illustrate an example[Vol I Pg 170] of misguided institutions and oppressive governance that undermine the natural progress of both.
When the British arms prevailed in 1811, the attention of government was immediately turned to the state and interests of its new subjects. It saw at once the natural advantages of the Island and the causes which obstructed its prosperity, and it determined to effect those changes which, having succeeded in Western India, and being sanctioned by justice and expediency, were likely to improve those advantages and to remove those obstructions. In consequence of the instructions of Lord Minto, the Governor-General, who was present at the conquest, and took a great interest in the settlement of the Island, no time was lost to institute inquiries and to collect information on the state of the peasantry, and the other points, the knowledge of which was necessary, before any attempt to legislate could be wisely or rationally made. The following principles, laid down by his Lordship, were those on which the local government acted.
When the British forces won in 1811, the government quickly focused on the needs and interests of its new subjects. It immediately recognized the natural benefits of the Island and the factors holding back its success, and it decided to implement changes that had worked in Western India and were supported by fairness and practicality, which were likely to enhance those benefits and remove those barriers. Following the directions of Lord Minto, the Governor-General who was there during the conquest and was very invested in the Island's settlement, there was no delay in starting inquiries and gathering information about the condition of the peasantry and other critical issues that needed to be understood before any effective legislation could be thoughtfully created. The following principles established by his Lordship guided the actions of the local government.
"Contingents of rice, and indeed of other productions, have been hitherto required of the cultivators by government at an arbitrary rate: this also is a vicious system, to be abandoned as soon as possible. The system of contingents did not arise from the mere solicitude for the supply of the people, but was a measure alone of finance and control, to enable government to derive a revenue from a high price imposed on the consumer, and to keep the whole body of the people dependent on its pleasure for subsistence. I recommend a radical reform in this branch to the serious and early attention of government. The principle of encouraging industry in the cultivation and improvements of lands, by creating an interest in the effort and fruits of that industry, can be expected in Java only by a fundamental change of the whole system of landed property and tenure. A wide field, but a somewhat distant one, is open to this great and interesting improvement; the discussion of the subject, however, must necessarily be delayed till the investigation it requires is more complete. I shall transmit such thoughts as I have entertained, and such hopes as I have indulged in this grand object of amelioration; but I am to request the aid of all the information, and all the lights, that this[Vol I Pg 171] Island can afford. On this branch, nothing must be done that is not mature, because the exchange is too extensive to be suddenly or ignorantly attempted. But fixed and immutable principles of the human character and of human association, assure me of ultimate, and I hope not remote success, in views that are consonant with every motive of action that operate on man, and are justified by the practice and experience of every flourishing country of the world."
"Contingents of rice, and indeed other products, have previously been demanded from farmers by the government at an arbitrary rate: this is also a flawed system that should be abandoned as soon as possible. The system of contingents didn’t come from a genuine concern for the people’s supply but was purely a financial and control measure, allowing the government to extract revenue from high prices imposed on consumers and to keep the entire population reliant on it for their survival. I recommend a significant reform in this area for the government's serious and immediate attention. The principle of fostering industry in farming and improvements to land, by creating an interest in the efforts and benefits of that industry, can only be realized in Java through a fundamental change in the whole system of land ownership and tenure. A broad opportunity, though somewhat distant, is available for this great and exciting improvement; however, the discussion of this topic must be delayed until the necessary investigation is more complete. I will share my thoughts and hopes regarding this major goal of improvement, but I request all the information and insights that this[Vol I Pg 171] Island can provide. In this area, nothing should be acted upon without careful consideration, as the exchange is too extensive to be approached suddenly or carelessly. However, established and unchanging principles of human nature and human connections assure me of eventual success, and I hope it won't be too far off, in goals that align with all the motivations that drive human action and are validated by the practices and experiences of every thriving country in the world."
In compliance with these instructions, the object of which was embraced with zeal by the local government, to whom his lordship entrusted the administration of the Island, a commission was appointed, under the able direction of Colonel Mackenzie, to prosecute statistic inquiries; the results of which, as corrected and extended by subsequent surveys, will frequently appear in the tables and statistic accounts of this work. The nature of the landed tenure, and the demand made upon agriculture, in all the shapes of rent and taxes, were ascertained; the extortions practised by the Dutch officers, the native princes, the regents, and the Chinese, were disclosed; the rights of all classes, by law or usage, investigated; the state of the population, the quantity and value of cultivated land, of forests, of plantations of cotton and coffee, the quantity of live stock, and other resources of the country subject to colonial administration, inquired into and made known. The result of these inquiries, with regard to landed tenure, I have given above; and, as it will be seen, it was such as opposed the rights of no intermediate class between the local government and the beneficial changes it contemplated in behalf of the great body of the people. After attaining the requisite information, the course which expediency, justice, and political wisdom pointed out was not doubtful, and coincided (as in most cases it will be found to do) with the track which enlightened benevolence, and a zealous desire to promote the happiness of the people would dictate.
In line with these instructions, which the local government eagerly embraced, and to whom his lordship entrusted the administration of the Island, a commission was set up under the capable leadership of Colonel Mackenzie to carry out statistical inquiries. The results of these inquiries, corrected and expanded through later surveys, will often be included in the tables and statistical accounts of this work. The nature of land ownership and the demands on agriculture, including rent and taxes, were determined; the abuses perpetrated by Dutch officials, local princes, regents, and the Chinese were revealed; the rights of all classes, whether by law or custom, were examined; the state of the population, the amount and value of cultivated land, forests, cotton and coffee plantations, livestock, and other resources under colonial administration were investigated and documented. I have summarized the results of these inquiries regarding land ownership above. As will be seen, these findings did not infringe upon the rights of any intermediary class between the local government and the beneficial changes it intended for the broader population. After acquiring the necessary information, the course that made sense in terms of expediency, justice, and political wisdom was clear, and it aligned (as is often the case) with the path that enlightened compassion and a strong desire to enhance the well-being of the people would suggest.
The peasant was subject to gross oppression and undefined exaction: our object was to remove his oppressor, and to limit demand to a fixed and reasonable rate of contribution. He was liable to restraints on the freedom of inland trade, to personal services and forced contingents: our object was to commute them all for a fixed and well-known contribution. The[Vol I Pg 172] exertions of his industry were reluctant and languid, because he had little or no interest in its fruits: our object was to encourage that industry, by connecting its exertions with the promotion of his own individual welfare and prosperity. Capital could not be immediately created, nor agricultural skill acquired; but by giving the cultivator a security, that whatever he accumulated would be for his own benefit, and whatever improvement he made, he or his family might enjoy it, a motive was held out to him to exert himself in the road to attain both. Leases, or contracts for fixed rents for terms of years, in the commencement, and eventually in perpetuity, seemed to be the only mode of satisfying the cultivator, that he would not be liable, as formerly, to yearly undefined demands; while freedom from all taxes but an assessment on his crop, or rather a fixed sum in commutation thereof, would leave him at full liberty to devote the whole of his attention and labour to render his land as productive as possible.
The peasant faced extreme oppression and vague demands: our goal was to remove his oppressor and set a clear and reasonable rate for his contributions. He had to deal with restrictions on his ability to trade freely, as well as mandatory labor and forced quotas: our goal was to replace these with a fixed and clear contribution. The efforts he put into his work were slow and half-hearted because he had little interest in the results: our goal was to motivate that effort by linking his work to his own well-being and success. Capital couldn’t be created overnight, nor could agricultural skills be learned instantly; however, by assuring the farmer that anything he saved would be for his own benefit, and that any improvements he made would benefit him or his family, we provided him with an incentive to work towards achieving both. Leases or contracts for fixed rents for a set number of years, and eventually forever, seemed to be the only way to assure the farmer that he would not be subject to yearly unpredictable demands; while being free from all taxes except for a levy on his crops, or rather a fixed amount as a replacement for it, would allow him to focus all his attention and effort on making his land as productive as possible.
In conformity with these views, an entire revolution was effected in the mode of levying the revenue, and assessing the taxes upon agriculture. The foundation of the amended system was, 1st. The entire abolition of forced deliveries at inadequate rates, and of all feudal services, with the establishment of a perfect freedom in cultivation and trade: 2d. The assumption, on the part of government, of the immediate superintendence of the lands, with the collection of the resources and rents thereof: 3d. The renting out of the lands so assumed to the actual occupants, in large or small estates, according to local circumstances, on leases for a moderate term. In the course of the following years (1814 and 1815) these measures were carried into execution in most of the districts under our government, with a view to the eventual establishment of a perpetual settlement, on the principle of the ryotwar, or as it has been termed on Java, the tiáng-álit system.
In line with these beliefs, a complete overhaul was made in how revenue was collected and taxes on agriculture were assessed. The new system was based on: 1st. The total elimination of forced deliveries at low rates and all feudal duties, establishing complete freedom in farming and trade; 2nd. The government taking direct control of the lands, along with collecting resources and rents; 3rd. Leasing out the lands under this control to the current occupants, whether in large or small plots, based on local conditions, on leases for a reasonable duration. Over the next few years (1814 and 1815), these measures were implemented in most areas under our governance, aimed at eventually establishing a permanent settlement based on the principle of the ryotwar, or as it is known in Java, the tiáng-álit system.
The principles of land rental and detailed settlement were few and simple[48]. After mature inquiry, no obstacle appeared [Vol I Pg 173]to exist, either in law or usage, to the interference of government, in regulating the condition of the peasantry; and it was [Vol I Pg 174]resolved, therefore, that it should take into its own hands the management of that share of the land produce which was allowed to be its due, and protect the cultivator in the enjoyment and free disposal of the remainder. The undue power of the chiefs was to be removed, and so far as they had a claim for support, founded either on former services or deprivation of expected employment, they were to be remunerated in another way. The lands, after being surveyed and estimated, were to be parcelled out among the inhabitants of the villages, in the proportions established by custom or recommended by expediency. Contracts were to be entered into with each individual cultivator, who was to become the tenant of government, and leases specifying the extent and situation of their land, with the conditions of their tenure, were to be granted for one or more years, with a view to permanency, if at the end of the stipulated term, the arrangement should be found to combine the interest of the public revenue with the welfare and increasing prosperity of the occupant. If that was not the case, room was thus left for a new adjustment, for a reduction of rate, or for any change in the system which might adapt it more to the interests and wishes of the people, without prejudice to the rights of government.
The rules for land rental and detailed settlement were few and straightforward[48]. After thorough investigation, there seemed to be no legal or customary barriers to the government's involvement in managing the conditions for the peasantry. It was decided that the government would take control of its share of the land's produce and ensure that farmers could enjoy and freely dispose of the rest. The excessive power of the chiefs was to be eliminated, and any claim they had for support, based on past services or loss of expected jobs, would be compensated in other ways. The land, once surveyed and assessed, would be divided among the village residents based on customary proportions or what was deemed practical. Contracts would be made with each individual farmer, who would become a tenant of the government, and leases specifying the size and location of their land, as well as the terms of their tenancy, would be granted for one or more years, aiming for permanence. If, at the end of the lease, the arrangement did not benefit public revenue and the well-being and growth of the tenant, there would be room for new adjustments, such as lowering rates or changing the system to better align with the people's interests and desires, without compromising the government’s rights.
This experiment hazarded nothing, and held out every prospect of success; it committed no injustice, and compromised no claim. The peasantry could not suffer, because an assessment less in amount, and levied in a less oppressive manner than formerly (all rents, taxes, and services included), [Vol I Pg 175]was required of them: the chiefs could not complain, because they were allowed the fair emoluments of office, and only restrained from oppressions which did not so much benefit themselves as injure their inferiors. Most of the latter were not only allowed an equivalent for their former income, but employed in services allied to their former duties,—the collection of the revenue, and the superintendence of the police. As the cultivator had acquired rights which the chief could not violate, as the former held in his possession a lease with the conditions on which he cultivated his farm, no infringement of which could be attempted on the part of the latter with impunity, no evil could result from employing the chiefs in collecting the revenue of districts, while, from their practical knowledge of the habits and individual concerns of the peasantry, of the nature of the seasons and the crops, they were the fittest persons for the office. For these services it seemed most expedient to pay them, either by allowing them a certain percentage on their collections, or by allotting them portions of land rent free. The village constitution (which will be more particularly noticed in treating of the institutions of the country) was preserved inviolate; and the chiefs or head men of the villages, in many instances elected by the free will of the villagers, were invariably continued in office as the immediate collectors of the rents, and with sufficient authority to preserve the police, and adjust the petty disputes that might arise within them; the government scrupulously avoiding all unnecessary interference in the customs, usages, and details of these societies.
This experiment risked nothing and offered every chance of success; it caused no injustice and did not compromise any claims. The peasant population couldn't be harmed, as they were required to pay a lower assessment, collected in a less burdensome way than before (including all rents, taxes, and services). The chiefs had no reason to complain since they received fair compensation for their roles and were only stopped from oppressing others, which would benefit them more than harm their inferiors. In fact, most of the latter were not only given a similar income to what they used to earn but were also engaged in roles related to their past duties, like collecting revenue and overseeing the police. Because the cultivator had established rights that the chief couldn't violate and held a lease with the conditions for farming, which the chief couldn't infringe upon without consequence, employing the chiefs to collect district revenue posed no risk. Given their knowledge of the local habits and individual affairs of the peasantry, as well as the seasonal changes and crops, they were the best suited for this job. For these services, it seemed best to compensate them by giving them a percentage of the collections or by assigning them land rent-free. The village structure (which will be discussed further when examining the country’s institutions) remained untouched; chiefs or village heads, often elected by the villagers' consent, continued to serve as the immediate collectors of rents, with enough authority to maintain order and resolve minor disputes within the village. The government carefully avoided unnecessary interference in the customs, traditions, and specifics of these communities.
In looking at the condition of the peasantry, and in estimating the fertility of the soil, the wants of the people, and the proportion of produce and industry that they formerly were accustomed to pay for supporting the establishments of government, it was thought reasonable to commute all former burdens into a land rent on a fixed principle; all sáwah lands being estimated by the pári, or unhusked rice, they could produce, and all tégal lands by their produce in maize. The following (as stated in the eighty-third article of the Revenue Instructions) was considered as the fairest scale for fixing the government share, and directed to be referred to, as much as possible, as the general standard: [Vol I Pg 176]
In assessing the peasant's situation and evaluating the soil's fertility, as well as the people's needs and the amount of produce and labor they were used to contributing to support the government, it was deemed reasonable to convert all previous obligations into a fixed land rent. All sáwah lands were evaluated based on the amount of pári, or unhusked rice, they could produce, and all tégal lands were assessed according to their maize yield. The following (as outlined in the eighty-third article of the Revenue Instructions) was seen as the most equitable method for determining the government's share and was intended to be referred to as the general standard as much as possible: [Vol I Pg 176]
For Sáwah Lands. | ||
---|---|---|
1st sort | One-half | of the estimated produce. |
2d do. | Two-fifths | ditto. |
3d do. | One-third | ditto. |
For Tégal Lands. | ||
1st sort | Two-fifths | of the estimated produce. |
2d do. | One-third | ditto. |
3d do. | One-fourth | ditto. |
"Government," it is said in the eighty-fifth section, "think it necessary to declare explicitly, that they will be satisfied when the land revenue shall be productive to them in these proportions, determining at no future period to raise the scale; so that the inhabitants, being thus exactly acquainted with what will form the utmost demand on them, and resting in full confidence that government will not exact any thing further, may in that security enjoy their possessions in undisturbed happiness, and apply their utmost industry to the improvement of their lands; assured that, while they conduct themselves well, that land will never be taken from them, and that the more productive they can render it, the more beneficial it will be for themselves."
"Government," it is stated in the eighty-fifth section, "feels it necessary to clearly declare that they will be satisfied when the land revenue meets these specified proportions, determining that at no future time will they increase this scale. This way, the residents will know exactly what the maximum demands will be on them, and they can trust that the government won’t ask for anything more. This assurance will allow them to enjoy their properties in peace and focus their efforts on improving their land; confident that as long as they behave properly, their land will never be taken away and that the more productive they make it, the more beneficial it will be for them."
The government share might either be received in money or in kind from the sáwah lands; but the tégal produce, though estimated in maize, was always, if possible, to be commuted into money at the lowest price in the market; and as cultivators generally held portions of both, this rule, it was conceived, could not be considered generally as a hardship.
The government share could be received either as cash or goods from the sáwah lands; however, the tégal produce, while valued in maize, was always to be converted into cash at the lowest market price whenever possible. Since cultivators usually had parts of both, it was believed that this rule wasn't generally seen as a burden.
In the first settlement, leases were only granted for a year, or at the utmost three years, and were given to intermediate renters; but in the more detailed settlement of 1814, after sufficient information had been collected on the state of the country, government determined to act directly with the individual cultivator, and to lay the foundation of a permanent system. By this latter period, the experiments have been tried to a certain extent, and had succeeded beyond the most sanguine expectation. Difficulties met us in the way, but they were by no means insurmountable; there were at first imperfections in the system, but they did not affect its prin[Vol I Pg 177]ciple, and were easily removed. By the zeal, the ability, and industry of the various officers entrusted with the execution of the duty, whatever was practicable in furtherance of the object in which they felt deeply interested, was accomplished. In the course of the years 1814 and 1815, the new system was introduced into Bantam, Chéribon, and the eastern districts, over a population of a million and a half of cultivators, not only without disturbance and opposition, but to the satisfaction of all classes of the natives, and to the manifest increase of the public revenue derivable from land. In several journies which I undertook into the different provinces, for the purposes of examining in person the effect of the progressive system of reform which I had the happiness to introduce, and of lending the sanction of official authority to such modifications of it as local circumstances might render advisable, I was a pleased spectator of its beneficial tendency, and of the security and satisfaction it universally diffused. The cultivator, protected against all vexatious exactions, and no longer at the beck of a tyrannical chief who made unlimited demands upon his personal services, was beginning to feel additional stimulants to his industry, to acquire a superior relish for property, and to acknowledge that government and power were not always the enemies of the lower ranks of society, or as they modestly call themselves, the little people (tiang-halit). The British administration of Java, with all its agents, having watched the progress of the amended system at first with vigilant anxiety, at last saw it nearly completed with success, and rejoiced in its beneficial operation on the prosperity, improvement, and happiness of the people. During the two years that we retained possession of the island, after the greatest part of its arrangements were carried into effect, we had daily proofs of the amelioration they were producing. The cultivation was extending, the influence of the chiefs appeared to be progressively weakening, and the number of crimes, both from the superior industry of the people now become interested in the result of their labours, and from the contented tranquillity produced by an increase of the means of subsistence, as well as from the amended system of police (mentioned in another part of this work), was gradually diminishing. Without[Vol I Pg 178] troubling the reader with further details, I may mention that, in the beginning of December 1815, a few months before I left the island, not satisfied with my own observation or the vague report of others, I circulated specific queries to the different residents, on the comparative state of cultivation in the different provinces, before the introduction of the detailed settlement, and at the latest date to which an answer could be returned, and on the comparative number of crimes at the same two periods, and the return was as gratifying to humanity and benevolence as it was corroborative of the opinions previously formed. I shall quote a few extracts from these reports. The Resident at Chéribon "cannot, from certain data, tell what progress has been made in extending the cultivation of that province, but thinks it has been considerable;" and adds, "I have no doubt but that a few years of the amended system of government would render the district of Chéribon, so notorious for crimes, one of the most flourishing and valuable in any part of the island." The Resident of Tégal is nearly in similar circumstances with regard to authentic documents, but gives a very favourable opinion, both with regard to the increase of industry and the reduction of crimes. The return from Kedú is more definite: it states a positive increase of tégal land to the amount of thirty-six jungs, but a much greater increase of produce from improved culture. The revenue afforded a sufficient proof of the latter fact. The same favourable account is given of the state of police and the diminution of crime. No data are given in the report from Pakaláng'an to ascertain the additional quantity of rice lands brought into cultivation; but an opinion is expressed, that it has increased; and an assurance is afforded, that the culture of indigo and tobacco has sensibly extended. As an evidence that the means of subsistence are raised in greater abundance than formerly, their price has very considerably diminished.
In the first settlement, leases were only issued for a year, or at most three years, and were given to middle renters; however, in the more detailed settlement of 1814, after enough information had been gathered about the state of the country, the government decided to work directly with the individual farmers and lay the foundation for a permanent system. By this time, some experiments had been conducted and had succeeded beyond even the most optimistic expectations. We faced challenges, but they were definitely manageable; there were some flaws in the system at first, but they did not undermine its core principle and were easily fixed. Thanks to the enthusiasm, skills, and hard work of the various officials responsible for carrying out this duty, everything that was feasible to advance the cause they were deeply committed to was achieved. During the years 1814 and 1815, the new system was introduced in Bantam, Chéribon, and the eastern districts, benefiting a population of one and a half million farmers, not just without disruption, but with the approval of all classes of locals, significantly increasing public revenue from land. During several trips I made to different provinces to see firsthand the impact of the progressive reform system I had the privilege to introduce, and to lend official approval to any modifications needed due to local conditions, I was pleased to witness its positive effects and the sense of security and satisfaction it spread widely. The farmers, now protected from annoying demands and no longer at the mercy of a tyrannical chief who made endless demands on their personal labor, began to feel more motivated to work harder, developing a greater appreciation for property, and recognizing that government and power weren't always enemies of the lower classes, or as they modestly referred to themselves, the little people (tiang-halit). The British administration of Java, along with all its agents, who initially observed the progress of this revised system with careful concern, ultimately saw it nearly completed with success and celebrated its positive impact on the prosperity, development, and happiness of the people. Throughout the two years we held control of the island, after most of its arrangements were implemented, we received daily evidence of improvements taking place. Cultivation was increasing, the influence of the chiefs seemed to be gradually weakening, and the number of crimes was decreasing due to the increased productivity of the people now invested in the outcome of their labor, as well as the peaceful contentment brought about by better living conditions and an improved police system (mentioned elsewhere in this work). Without burdening the reader with further details, I will mention that in early December 1815, a few months before I left the island, I was not satisfied with just my own observations or vague reports from others; I sent out specific questions to different residents about the comparative state of cultivation in various provinces before and after the detailed settlement rollout, as well as the relative number of crimes in the same periods, and the responses were as gratifying to humanity and compassion as they were supportive of the opinions I had previously formed. I will quote a few excerpts from these reports. The Resident at Chéribon "cannot, based on certain data, specify what progress has been made in expanding cultivation in that province, but believes it has been significant;" and adds, "I have no doubt that a few years under the amended system of government would make the area of Chéribon, once infamous for crime, one of the most prosperous and valuable in the island." The Resident of Tégal finds themselves in a similar situation regarding authentic data, but provides a very positive assessment concerning both increased productivity and reduced crime rates. The report from Kedú offers clearer data: it notes a definite increase in tégal land by thirty-six jungs, along with a much larger rise in produce from improved farming techniques. The revenue serves as ample proof of this latter point. Similar positive reports are given regarding the state of law enforcement and crime reduction. The report from Pakaláng'an does not provide data to measure the additional amount of rice land brought into cultivation, but it expresses an opinion that it has grown; and confirms that the cultivation of indigo and tobacco has notably expanded. Evidence that the availability of food has increased more abundantly than before is reflected in the significant decrease in their prices.
A commission which was appointed to inquire into the state of the revenue, report from Japára the great facility there was in collecting the revenue under the amended system, and certify its beneficial effects in extending cultivation, securing tranquillity, promoting industry, and diminishing crimes. The same commission conclude their[Vol I Pg 179] report of Grésik with similar assurances of the happy results of the revenue, and judicial arrangements for the prosperity of that province. The Resident of Rembáng gives an increase of cultivation of fifty-two jungs of sáwah and about thirteen of tégal land, and accounts for the smallness of this increase from the comparative sterility of the soil, and the precarious supply of water. Indigo had not increased, but tobacco had to a great degree. The vigilance of the police, and the ameliorating effects of the revenue settlement, are seen, it is said, in the improved state of morals. In Surabáya it is stated, that during the time the amended system had been in action, there had been an increase of three hundred and twenty government jungs, making upwards of two thousand English acres. In the residency of Pasúruan there is an increase of cultivation to the amount of three hundred and six jungs: this, however, does not comprehend the whole advantage that the new system produced in that province, for industry had been so much promoted by it, as to obtain two crops within the year, on many of the lands where the cultivator was formerly content with one. It is needless to enter into any further particulars, to shew the advantages of the regulations adopted with regard to the settlement of the landed revenue.
A commission was set up to look into the state of the revenue and reported from Japára about how easy it was to collect revenue under the new system. They confirmed its positive impact on increasing farming, ensuring peace, boosting industry, and reducing crime. The same commission concluded their report from Grésik with reassurances about the successful outcomes of the revenue and legal arrangements for the prosperity of that province. The Resident of Rembáng reported an increase in cultivation of fifty-two jungs of sáwah and about thirteen of tégal land, attributing the modest increase to the less fertile soil and unreliable water supply. Indigo crops hadn't increased, but tobacco had grown significantly. The effectiveness of the police and the improvements from the revenue settlement are reflected, as reported, in the better state of morals. In Surabáya, it's noted that since the new system took effect, there had been an increase of three hundred and twenty government jungs, totaling over two thousand English acres. In the residency of Pasúruan, cultivation rose by three hundred and six jungs; however, this doesn't account for all the benefits the new system brought, as it fostered enough industry to enable two crops within a year on many lands where farmers previously only managed one. There's no need to go into further detail to show the benefits of the regulations established for the collection of land revenue.
By a steady adherence to a system which, even in its origin, was productive of such fruits, by continuing to the peasant the protection of laws made for his benefit, by allowing full scope to his industry, and encouraging his natural propensity to accumulate, agriculture on Java would soon acquire a different character: it would soon become active and enterprising; there would soon be created a difference in farms and in the circumstances of individuals; capital would be fixed and augmented in the hands of the skilful and the industrious among the cultivators; the idle and the indifferent would relinquish their possessions in their favour; roads, intercourse, and markets would be increased, the organization of society would be changed, and an improved race would shew themselves, in some measure, worthy of the most fertile region of the globe. What Egypt and Sicily were in different ages to the south of Europe, Java[Vol I Pg 180] might become to the south of Asia and the Indian Archipelago. From the exertion with which the British government endeavoured to lay the foundation of such improvements, at first amid the embarrassments of a recent conquest, and latterly with the prospect of only an intermediate possession; from the attachment it cherished for a people whose gratitude it deserved and acquired, and from the interest that every friend of humanity must feel in the anticipation of seeing this highly favoured island, the metropolis, the granary, and the centre of civilization to the vast regions between the coast of China and the Bay of Bengal, it might have been expected, that those who were instrumental in introducing the late arrangements, should watch with peculiar anxiety the first movements of the power to which the colony was transferred, and should look into the regulations for its Indian empire for the support, or the death-blow, of the most animating hopes. It must therefore be with peculiar satisfaction that we see, with regard to the freedom of cultivation, the Dutch government sanctions what we had done, and gives our regulations permanency by embodying them in its colonial policy. In articles seventy-eight and seventy-nine of the fundamental laws for the civil, judicial, and mercantile administration of India[49], we find the following enactments. "The free cultivation of all articles of produce which may be raised in the possessions of the state in India, is granted to the inhabitants of these possessions; with the exception of cloves, nutmegs, and opium, and without prejudice to the regulations which might be adopted concerning the contingents and forced deliveries, which on a resumption of these possessions out of the hands of the English, will be found to be continued in force. All the fruits of cultivation raised within the possessions of the states beyond the forced deliveries, and every kind of produce not comprehended under the exceptions mentioned above, are to be the lawful property of the cultivator. The free unrestrained disposal thereof belongs to him of right, as soon as the land rent assessed thereon, either in kind or money, shall be [Vol I Pg 181]paid. It is the duty of the Indian administration to maintain him in these rights." Let him be maintained in those rights, and the Dutch government will realize a revenue far beyond the amount of their former assessments, without, as formerly, disgracing the Europeans in the eyes of the Asiatic, by their weakness, corruption, and injustice.
By consistently sticking to a system that, even from the start, yielded positive results, by continuing to provide the peasant the legal protections designed for his benefit, by allowing him to fully engage in his work and encouraging his natural tendency to save, agriculture in Java would soon take on a new character: it would become more dynamic and ambitious; there would soon be a noticeable difference in farms and in people's situations; investment would be established and grow in the hands of the skilled and hardworking farmers; the lazy and indifferent would give up their land in favor of those more committed; roads, communication, and markets would improve, society would be reorganized, and a better-educated population would emerge, somewhat deserving of the most fertile area in the world. Just as Egypt and Sicily served as important regions to southern Europe in different eras, Java could become a vital area for southern Asia and the Indian Archipelago. Given the efforts made by the British government to lay the groundwork for such developments, initially amid the challenges of a recent conquest and later with only a temporary possession in sight; because of its commitment to a people for whom it earned gratitude, and due to the interest that anyone who cares about humanity must have in the expectation of seeing this blessed island turn into the hub, the granary, and the center of civilization for the extensive regions between the coast of China and the Bay of Bengal, it would have been reasonable to expect that those who facilitated the recent changes would closely monitor the first actions of the power to which the colony was handed over, and examine the regulations for its Indian empire as critical to the survival or demise of the most hopeful projects. Therefore, it is particularly gratifying to observe that regarding the freedom of cultivation, the Dutch government is endorsing our previously established policies and giving them permanence by incorporating them into its colonial strategy. In Articles seventy-eight and seventy-nine of the fundamental laws governing the civil, judicial, and commercial administration of India, we find the following provisions: "The free cultivation of all products that may be grown in the state’s territories in India is granted to the residents of these areas, with the exception of cloves, nutmegs, and opium, and without detriment to the regulations that may be enforced regarding the quotas and forced deliveries, which will remain in effect when these territories are returned from English control. All produce grown within these territories beyond the forced deliveries, and any kind of produce not listed among the aforementioned exceptions, is recognized as the rightful property of the farmer. The right to freely and without restrictions dispose of these goods belongs to him as soon as the determined land tax, either in goods or money, is paid. The Indian administration has a duty to uphold these rights." Let these rights be upheld, and the Dutch government will see revenues far surpassing their previous assessments, without, as before, embarrassing Europeans in the eyes of Asians through their weaknesses, corruption, and injustice.
FOOTNOTES:
[47] This article has never been a contingent or forced delivery with the Dutch; and its extensive cultivation in the district of Kedu gives a proof of what the natives will do if not interfered with by European monopoly. The Kedú is, in consequence of this cultivation, by far the richest province in the island, giving an annual revenue to the government, in money, of half a million of rupees. This important district was never subjected to the Dutch government: it was transferred to the British in 1812, and immediately fell under the Revenue System.
[47] This article has never been a forced or optional delivery with the Dutch, and its widespread cultivation in the Kedu region proves what the locals can achieve when they're not hindered by European monopoly. The Kedú, due to this cultivation, is by far the wealthiest province on the island, generating an annual revenue for the government of half a million rupees. This significant district was never ruled by the Dutch; it was handed over to the British in 1812 and immediately came under the Revenue System.
[48] These principles were contemplated as just and practicable by a Dutch authority (Van Hogendorp) who resided on Java, and criticized freely the measures of administration, as will appear from the following extracts from a work, which only came into my possession subsequently to the introduction of the new system by the British government. "Property of the soil must be introduced by granting all the cultivated lands to those who have hitherto cultivated them, or, in other words, to the common Javans. All the rice fields belonging to each désa should be distributed among its inhabitants, and the gardens or spots of ground in which their cottages stand, should also, in future, be their personal property. Correct registers hereof should be kept, and certificates given to the different owners. Who can produce a better and nearer right to the personal possession of the land, than he who has cultivated and made it productive? And is there a country in the world where the natives are happy, free, and well settled, without having a property in the soil? Our own country, and all the kingdoms of Europe, afford the most direct proofs of this: they flourish in proportion as property is more or less secure and equally divided among the inhabitants of each. All Europe groaned under the feudal system of government: all Europe has freed itself from it; but by various means and in different degrees. Why, therefore, can similar changes not be brought about on Java? Every thing urges us to make them, and the results must be important and most advantageous to us. Java is alone able to relieve our commonwealth from all its difficulties.
[48] These principles were viewed as fair and achievable by a Dutch official (Van Hogendorp) living in Java, who openly criticized the government's policies, as shown in the following excerpts from a work I acquired after the British government implemented the new system. "The ownership of the land should be established by granting all cultivated lands to those who have previously farmed them, or in other words, to the local Javanese people. All rice fields belonging to each désa should be allocated among its residents, and the gardens or patches of land where their homes are located should also become their personal property in the future. Accurate records of this should be maintained, and certificates issued to the various owners. Who has a stronger and closer claim to ownership of the land than the person who has farmed and enriched it? And is there any country in the world where the locals are happy, free, and well-settled without having ownership of the land? Our own country and all the kingdoms of Europe provide clear evidence of this: they prosper in relation to the security and equitable distribution of property among their inhabitants. All of Europe suffered under the feudal system of governance: all of Europe has emancipated itself from it, though through different methods and to varying extents. So why can't similar transformations happen in Java? Everything points to the need for these changes, and the outcomes must be significant and highly beneficial for us. Java alone has the potential to relieve our commonwealth of all its challenges.
"In order to collect a land-tax properly, a general and correct survey should, in the first instance, be effected in all the districts belonging to us, according to an established land measure, to be introduced generally throughout Java; for this is, at present, very irregular. All the lands should then be divided into three classes, first, second, and third class, according to the proportionate fertility of the soil, and according to the same proportion the land-tax should be established. I am very ready to admit, that this will naturally be difficult and troublesome; but what system of government is exempt from these inconveniences? and particularly in this country, where it is necessary to effect a radical change and reform, in order to produce any beneficial results? But with diligence, zeal, and deliberation, all difficulties may be overcome; and even should the survey not be exactly correct in the first instance, it might be improved from year to year. The word jung is now used by the Javans for a certain measure of land; but this differs so much in different districts, that it is impossible to ascertain how many square roods of land a jung ought to contain. The name might be retained, however, after having found by experience how many square roods, in general or on an average, are contained in a jung, the proportion might be once for all established, introduced throughout the island, and fixed as the regular land measure of the country. It would be difficult, and as yet unnecessary, to calculate how many jungs of land our territories on Java contain, and how much might be collected as a land-tax from each jung, in order to ascertain what this tax would amount to. I think it should be taken as a principle, that the land-tax can and ought to produce as much as the head-money, (namely, a rix-dollar per head): the land-tax would then yield an annual and certain income of at least two millions and a half of rix-dollars. Every spot of cultivated ground being measured and settled to which class it belongs, every owner will correctly know, how much he must pay for land-tax annually, and be completely at liberty to plant his land with whatever he may prefer, and may conceive most conducive to his advantage. I am of opinion, that during the first years it would be difficult, on account of the scarcity of specie, or rather its absence from circulation, to collect the land-tax; but, in the same way as with the head-money, it would be expedient, in the first years, to be somewhat indulgent in the collection, or else to receive produce in lieu of money, which might be done in this tax better than the capitation. But after five years of good administration, I am certain that the land-tax would be fully and without difficulty collected."
To properly collect a land tax, we first need to conduct a thorough and accurate survey of all our districts using a standardized land measurement, which should be implemented across Java; right now, this is quite inconsistent. All land should then be categorized into three classes—first, second, and third—based on how fertile the soil is, and the land tax should be set according to these classifications. I fully acknowledge that this will naturally be challenging and inconvenient, but what government system is free of such issues? This is especially true in this country, where we need to make significant changes and reforms to achieve any positive outcomes. However, with hard work, dedication, and careful planning, we can overcome all the challenges. Even if the initial survey isn’t completely accurate, it can be improved over the years. Currently, the term jung is used by the Javanese to refer to a specific measure of land; however, this varies greatly from one district to another, making it impossible to determine how many square roods a jung should have. Nevertheless, we could keep the name and, through experience, clarify how many square roods are generally found in a jung, establishing a consistent measurement to be used throughout the island as the official land measurement for the country. It would be complicated, and at this stage unnecessary, to estimate how many jungs our territories in Java cover and how much tax we could collect from each jung to determine the total tax. I believe we should assume that the land tax should generate as much revenue as the head tax (which is one rix-dollar per person): thus, the land tax would bring in an annual and consistent income of at least two and a half million rix-dollars. Once every cultivated area is measured and classified, every landowner will clearly understand how much land tax they need to pay each year and have complete freedom to grow whatever they choose, which they think is most beneficial. I believe that in the first few years it might be tough to collect the land tax due to the lack of currency, or rather, its non-circulation; however, similar to the head tax, it would be wise to be somewhat lenient in the collection during the early years, or to accept goods instead of cash, which could be done more easily for this tax than for the head tax. But after five years of effective administration, I'm confident that the land tax could be collected fully and without issues.
[49] Dated 1815. [Vol I Pg 182]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dated 1815. [Vol I Pg 182]
CHAPTER IV.
Manufactures—Handicrafts—Bricks—Thatch—Mats—Cotton—Cloths—Dyes—Tanning—Ropes—Metals—Road and Ship-building—Paper—Salt—Saltpetre Works—Gunpowder, &c.—Felling and Transporting of Teak Timber—Fisheries.
Manufactures — Handicrafts — Bricks — Thatch — Mats — Cotton — Fabrics — Dyes — Tanning — Ropes — Metals — Road and Shipbuilding — Paper — Salt — Saltpeter Works — Gunpowder, etc. — Felling and Transporting of Teak Timber — Fisheries.
It is here proposed to state the progress made by the Javans in a few of the common arts and handicrafts, and in one or two of the more extensive manufactures; their docility in working under European direction, and some other observations, which could not be so appropriately placed in any other part of this work. I have already had occasion to notice the limited skill and simple contrivances with which they carry on the labours of agriculture, and prepare the produce of the soil for consumption, in the various ways that their taste or their habits require. In a country like Java, where the structure of society is simple, and the wants of the people are few, where there is no accumulation of capital and little division of professions, it cannot be expected that manufacturing skill should be acquired, or manufacturing enterprize encouraged, to any great extent. The family of a Javan peasant is almost independent of any labour but that of its own members. The furniture, the clothing, and almost every article required for a family, being prepared within its own precincts, no extensive market of manufactured commodities is necessary for the supply of the island itself; and for foreign trade, the produce of their soil is more in demand than the fruits of their skill or industry. In a country where nature is bountiful, and where so much of her bounty can be collected with so little labour to pay for manufactures from abroad, there is but little encouragement to withdraw the natives from the rice field, the forest, or the coffee-garden, to the loom, the forge, or the workshop; and it is not in this respect, certainly, that a change of their habits would be beneficial. This short notice[Vol I Pg 183] of Javan manufactures, therefore, must be very limited, both in the number of the articles that it embraces, and in the importance that Europeans may attach to them: for Java can neither send us porcelain, like China; nor silks, shawls, and cottons, like Western India. To a nation, however, so much accustomed as we are to the exertions of manufacturing skill and perfection of manufacturing machinery, it may not be uninteresting to see the simple means, by which a half-civilized people accomplish the objects which we attain by such expeditious and ingenious processes. The most experienced naval architect may be interested by the manner in which a savage scoops his canoe.
It is proposed here to discuss the progress made by the Javanese in some common crafts and a couple of larger industries; their willingness to work under European guidance, and other observations that wouldn’t fit well in other parts of this work. I have already noted the limited skills and simple methods they use in agriculture and in preparing their agricultural products for consumption, in various ways depending on their preferences or habits. In a country like Java, where society is simple and people's needs are minimal, where there is no accumulation of wealth and little specialization of professions, it’s unrealistic to expect significant manufacturing skills or enterprises to develop. A Javanese peasant's family is almost entirely self-sufficient regarding labor. The furniture, clothing, and nearly every item required for a household are produced within their home, so there's no huge market for manufactured goods needed on the island; and in terms of foreign trade, their agricultural products are more sought after than the results of their craftsmanship or hard work. In a land where nature is generous, and so much of her bounty can be gathered with minimal effort compared to the cost of imports, there’s little incentive to pull the natives away from the rice fields, forests, or coffee plantations to work at looms, forges, or workshops; and it certainly isn’t in this regard that changing their habits would be beneficial. This brief overview[Vol I Pg 183] of Javanese industries, therefore, will be quite limited, both in the number of items it covers and in the significance that Europeans might attribute to them: for Java cannot provide us with porcelain like China, or silks, shawls, and cottons like Western India. However, for a nation as accustomed as we are to the efforts of manufacturing skill and the sophistication of manufacturing machinery, it may be intriguing to observe the straightforward ways in which a less developed society achieves what we accomplish through much faster and more ingenious methods. Even the most skilled naval architect might find it interesting to see how a primitive person sculpts their canoe.
The Javans have names in their language for most of the handicrafts. The following enumeration of terms applied to trades and professions will shew the extent to which the division of labour is sometimes carried, while the foreign extraction of some of them may, perhaps, serve to point out the source whence they were derived.
The Javanese have names in their language for most handicrafts. The following list of terms related to trades and professions will show how extensive the division of labor can be, while the foreign origins of some may indicate where they came from.
1. | Pándi or émpu | Iron-smith and cutler. |
2. | Túkang-káyu, or mergóngso | Carpenter. |
3. | Meráng'gi or túkang-weróngko | Kris-sheath maker. |
4. | Túkang úkir | Carver. |
5. | —— déder | Spear-shaft maker. |
6. | —— lámpet | Mat maker. |
7. | —— bábot | Turner. |
8. | —— bóto | Brush maker. |
9. | —— wátú or jelog'ro | Stone-cutter. |
10. | —— lábur | Lime maker. |
11. | —— nátah wáyang | Wayang maker. |
12. | —— génding | Musical instrument maker. |
13. | —— kemíng'an | Brazier. |
14. | Sayáng, or túkung-tambógo | Coppersmith. |
15. | Kemásan, or tukáng-mas | Goldsmith. |
16. | Kúndi | Potter. |
17. | Túkang árá | Distiller. |
18. | —— jílid | Bookbinder. |
19. | —— ténun | Weaver. |
20. | —— bátik | Cotton printer. |
21. | —— médal | Dyer.[Vol I Pg 184] |
22. | Túkang léng'o | Oil maker. |
23. | —— nióro-wédi | Diamond cutter. |
24. | —— delúwang | Paper manufacturer. |
25. | —— pándom or gírji | Tailor. |
26. | —— súlam | Embroiderer. |
27. | —— jáit | Sempstress. |
28. | —— súng'ging | Draftsman. |
29. | —— chát | Painter. |
30. | —— pásah | Tooth filer. |
I shall proceed to describe a few of the manufactures of the island, without attending much to the order in which it might be proper to arrange them. The construction of a habitation is among the first and most necessary arts of uncivilized man, as the perfection of architecture is one of the most convincing proofs and striking illustrations of a high state of refinement. I have already described the hut of the peasant, and have mentioned that it is generally constructed of wood. Such structures suit the climate of the country, and save the labour of the people; but they are not rendered necessary by an ignorance of more durable materials.
I will go ahead and talk about some of the products made on the island, without worrying too much about the order in which to present them. Building a home is one of the first and most essential skills of primitive people, just as advanced architecture is a strong indicator and clear example of a sophisticated society. I've already described the peasant's hut and pointed out that it's usually made of wood. These kinds of structures are suitable for the local climate and help reduce the workload for the people, but they aren't built out of a lack of knowledge about more durable materials.
Bricks are manufactured in almost every part of the island, being generally employed in the better sort of buildings, not only by Europeans and Chinese, but by the natives of rank. The quality of the clay varies greatly in different districts. It is all obtained from the decomposition of the basaltic stones, and possesses different degrees of purity, according to the proportion and nature of the other earths which are adventitiously mixed with it. In some parts of the island it is very pure, and might be advantageously employed in the manufacture of porcelain; but the natives are unacquainted with the principles of this art: some instruction in the glazing of their pottery would be of very general benefit. They are unacquainted with the process of making glass.
Bricks are made in almost every part of the island and are typically used in higher-end buildings, not just by Europeans and Chinese, but also by respected locals. The quality of the clay varies a lot from one area to another. It's all sourced from the breakdown of basaltic stones and has different levels of purity depending on the mix of other soils. In some areas of the island, the clay is very pure and could be used effectively to make porcelain, but the locals don't know how to do that. A little training in glazing their pottery would be really beneficial. They also don’t know how to make glass.
Cut stones are, at present, but rarely used by the Javans, and stone-cutting is almost exclusively performed by the Chinese. But although the Javans do not, at present, possess or practice any considerable skill in this art, the extensive remains of edifices constructed in stone, and of idols carved from the same materials, afford abundant testimony that the arts of[Vol I Pg 185] architecture, sculpture, and statuary in stone, at one period reached to a very high pitch on Java. As, however, these arts have long been lost to the Javans, the consideration of them rather falls within the department of antiquities than that which we are now upon.
Cut stones are currently rarely used by the Javanese, and stone-cutting is almost entirely done by the Chinese. Although the Javanese lack significant skill in this craft right now, the numerous remains of stone buildings and idols carved from the same material provide clear evidence that the arts of[Vol I Pg 185] architecture, sculpture, and stone statuary once thrived on Java. However, since these arts have long been lost to the Javanese, discussing them fits more into the realm of antiquities than the topic we are focusing on now.
In the vicinity of Grésik there are several hills composed of a soft white stone, which hardens on exposure to the air. Stones are here cut in the quarry into regular squares of various sizes, from that of a brick to the largest tomb-stone. They are principally required for the latter purpose, and in the cemeteries of Grésik and Madúra the inscriptions upon them are very neatly executed. Beyond this, the skill of the natives in stone-cutting does not at present pretend.
In the area around Grésik, there are several hills made of a soft white stone that hardens when exposed to air. The stone is cut in the quarry into regular squares of different sizes, ranging from the size of a brick to large tombstones. These stones are mainly needed for tombstones, and in the cemeteries of Grésik and Madúra, the inscriptions on them are done very neatly. However, beyond this, the local skill in stone-cutting doesn't go much further at the moment.
The covering of the native houses is generally of thatch. In the maritime districts, átap, or thatch, is made almost exclusively from the leaves of the nípa or búyu. In the preparation, the leaflets separated from the common petiol are employed. Being doubled, they are attached close to each other on a stick of three feet in length, and when thus arranged are placed on the roof, like shingles or tiles. The leaves of the gébang, on account of their fan-like form, are differently arranged: they constitute large mats, which are chiefly employed for sides of houses or for composing temporary sheds, but they are too large and brittle to form durable átap. In the interior districts, where nípa does not grow, the houses are almost uniformly thatched with a species of long grass called alang-alang (the lálang of the Malay countries). Near large forests, where bámbu abounds, the natives cover their houses with this reed. The leaflets of the cocoa-nut cannot be made into thatch, but wherever the sago and nípa grow, it is made from their leaflets.
The roofs of native houses are usually made of thatch. In coastal areas, átap, or thatch, is mainly made from the leaves of the nípa or búyu. During preparation, the leaflets are separated from the main stem and are used. They are doubled and attached closely together on a three-foot-long stick, and when arranged this way, they're placed on the roof like shingles or tiles. The leaves of the gébang, because of their fan-like shape, are arranged differently: they form large mats that are mainly used for the sides of houses or for making temporary shelters, but they are too big and fragile to be used as lasting átap. In the interior regions, where nípa doesn't grow, houses are mostly thatched with a type of long grass called alang-alang (the lálang of Malay countries). Near large forests, where bamboo is plentiful, the locals cover their houses with this reed. Coconut leaves can't be used for thatch, but wherever sago and nípa grow, thatch is made from their leaflets.
An article of household furniture in use among all classes, and displaying in some cases considerable beauty and delicacy of execution, is matting. Mats are made from several species of pandanus, from a kind of grass called mándong, and from the leaves of various palms. A species of the latter affords the most common kinds, coarser and less durable than others, as well as bags (straw sacks) resembling coarse mats: the leaves being divided into laminæ, about one line in breadth, are woven in the same manner and on the same frames as[Vol I Pg 186] coarse linen. These fibres, called ágel, are sometimes manufactured into twine, which possesses but little strength. The mats or bags, called károng, are much inferior to the gunny-bags of India.
An item of household furniture used by everyone, and often showcasing significant beauty and craftsmanship, is matting. Mats are made from various types of pandanus, a type of grass called mándong, and the leaves of different palms. One type of palm provides the most common mats, which are coarser and less durable than others, as well as bags (straw sacks) that look like rough mats: the leaves are cut into strips about one line wide, woven in the same way and on the same frames as[Vol I Pg 186] coarse linen. These fibers, known as ágel, are sometimes turned into twine, which isn't very strong. The mats or bags, called károng, are much lower quality compared to the gunny bags from India.
The coarsest kinds of mats, employed chiefly by the lower class, are called in the central districts klóso bóngko; those prepared from grass, klóso mándong; and the others, klóso psántrem (from the place where they are made). The materials of all these are plaited by hand. The klóso psántrem are of superior quality, and in use through the central and eastern parts of the island; especially among the natives of the first class, with whom they constitute the principal furniture of the dwelling-house. A person of the highest rank aspires to no luxury, more delicate or expensive in this way, than the possession of a bed composed of mats from psántrem.
The roughest types of mats, mainly used by the lower class, are called in the central districts klóso bóngko; those made from grass are called klóso mándong; and the others are klóso psántrem (named after the place where they're made). All these mats are handwoven. The klóso psántrem are of the highest quality and are used in the central and eastern parts of the island, especially among the higher-class natives, where they serve as the main furniture in homes. A person of the highest status seeks no luxury more refined or costly in this regard than owning a bed made of psántrem mats.
A kind of umbrella hat worn by the common people, and universal in the Súnda districts denominated chápeng, is also manufactured in this manner, principally from bámbu, dyed of various colours, which being shaped in the form and of the size of a large wash-hand basin worn reversed, is rendered impervious to the wet by one or more coverings of varnish.
A type of umbrella hat worn by regular folks, commonly found in the Súnda districts called chápeng, is made in this way, mainly from bámbu, dyed in different colors. It's shaped like a large washbasin turned upside down and is made waterproof with one or more layers of varnish.
A great part of the manufacturing ingenuity of every people must be displayed in collecting the materials, or arranging the fabrics of those articles of clothing, required for protection, decency, or ornament. Whether these materials are derived from the fleece, the fur, or the feathers of the larger animals, from the covering of an insect, the bark of a tree, or the down of a shrub, they have to undergo several laborious and expensive processes before they are fit for use; and in conducting these processes, or forming machinery for rendering them more expeditious, complete, and easy, the superior manufacturing skill of one nation over another is chiefly evinced. The sheep on Java, as in all tropical climates, loses its fleece before it can be used with advantage. The silk-worm has never succeeded, although no reason can be given why it should not, and therefore the chief material of Javan clothing is cotton.
A significant part of every society's manufacturing creativity is shown in gathering the materials or sorting the fabrics for clothing needed for protection, modesty, or decoration. Whether these materials come from the wool, fur, or feathers of larger animals, from an insect's covering, the bark of a tree, or the down of a shrub, they must go through several labor-intensive and costly processes before they're ready for use. The way these processes are handled, or the machinery designed to make them quicker, more efficient, and easier, is where one nation's manufacturing expertise can be seen over another's. In Java, like in all tropical areas, sheep lose their fleece before it can be effectively used. The silk-worm hasn't thrived, even though there's no clear reason it shouldn't, so the main material for clothing in Java is cotton.
Cotton, in its rough state, is called kápas, and when cleaned kápok. The process of separating the seeds is performed by means of a gilíng'an, which is a roller, consisting of two[Vol I Pg 187] wooden cylinders revolving in opposite directions, between which the fibre is made to pass. This operation is very tedious, two days being necessary for one person to clean a káti, equivalent to a pound and a quarter English. After the separation of the seed, it is géblek, or beaten with a rattan, and píndi or picked. The finer sort is then bowed after the Indian manner; this operation is called wusóni. The cotton thus prepared is afterwards pulled out and drawn round a stick, when it is called púsuh. To perform the process upon a single káti will employ one person about two days. The cotton is now ready for spinning ('ngánti), and requires ten additional days' labour of one person, to convert the small quantity above mentioned into yarn, when the result is found to be three tukal, or hanks, of the ordinary kind.
Cotton, in its raw form, is called kápas, and when cleaned, it's referred to as kápok. The process of separating the seeds is done using a gilíng'an, which is a roller made up of two[Vol I Pg 187] wooden cylinders that rotate in opposite directions, through which the fiber passes. This process is quite tedious; it takes one person about two days to clean a káti, which is about a pound and a quarter in English measurements. After the seeds are separated, the cotton is géblek, or beaten with a rattan, and píndi or picked. The finer quality is then processed using a bow in the Indian style; this operation is called wusóni. The prepared cotton is then pulled out and wrapped around a stick, at which point it is called púsuh. It takes one person about two days to process a single káti. The cotton is now ready for spinning ('ngánti), which requires an additional ten days of work for one person to turn the small amount mentioned into yarn, resulting in three tukal, or hanks, of the standard type.
Previous to the operation of weaving, the yarn is boiled, and afterwards dressed and combed with rice-water. When dry, it is wound round a sort of reel, termed 'íngan, and prepared for weaving. These are the last operations it undergoes till it is put into the hands of the weaver, and requires, in ordinary circumstances, three days for its completion. Four days are required even by an expert weaver, and five or six by an ordinary one, to manufacture a sárong, or piece of cloth, a fathom and a half long and five spans broad (equal to three square handkerchiefs of the ordinary size worn on the head). The cloths thus prepared, while uncoloured, are distinguished by the term láwon.
Before weaving begins, the yarn is boiled, then treated and combed with rice water. Once dry, it is wound onto a type of reel called 'íngan and made ready for weaving. These are the final steps it goes through before being handed over to the weaver, which typically takes three days under normal conditions. Even a skilled weaver needs four days, while a regular one may take five or six to produce a sárong, or piece of cloth, that is a yard and a half long and five spans wide (about three standard-sized handkerchiefs used on the head). The cloths prepared in this way, while still uncolored, are referred to as láwon.
The spinning-wheel is termed jántra, and the spindle kísi. The loom, with all its apparatus, is called ábah ábah tenún, the shuttle trópong, the woof máni, and the warp pákan. Both machines resemble those described on the continent of India, but are neater and much better made: the loom especially is more perfect: the weaver, instead of sitting in holes dug in the ground, invariably sits on a raised flooring, generally in front of the house, her legs being stretched out horizontally under the loom. The price of the spinning-wheel varies from less than half a rupee to a rupee, and that of the loom from a rupee to a Spanish dollar. The operations of spinning and weaving are confined exclusively to the women, who from the highest to the lowest rank, prepare the cloths of their husbands and their families. [Vol I Pg 188]
The spinning wheel is called jántra, and the spindle kísi. The loom, along with all its equipment, is known as ábah ábah tenún, the shuttle trópong, the woof máni, and the warp pákan. Both machines look similar to those described in India, but they're neater and much better made: the loom, in particular, is more refined. The weaver, instead of sitting in holes dug in the ground, always sits on a raised platform, usually in front of the house, with her legs stretched out horizontally under the loom. The cost of the spinning wheel ranges from less than half a rupee to a rupee, while the loom costs between a rupee and a Spanish dollar. The processes of spinning and weaving are exclusively done by women, who, from the highest to the lowest social status, make the cloth for their husbands and families. [Vol I Pg 188]
Coloured cottons (járit) are distinguished into lúri or lúri gíng'gang, those in which the yarn is dyed previously to weaving; and bátik, those which are dyed subsequently. The process of weaving the former is similar to that of the gingham, which it resembles, and need not therefore be detailed; but the latter, being peculiar to Java, may deserve a more particular description.
Coloured cottons (járit) are classified into lúri or lúri gíng'gang, which are dyed before weaving, and bátik, which are dyed after. The weaving process for the former is similar to that of gingham, so it doesn’t need to be explained in detail; however, the latter, being unique to Java, may require a more detailed description.
The cloths termed bátik are distinguished into bátik látur púti, bátik látur írang, or bátik látur bang, as the ground may be either white, black, or red. The white cloth is first steeped in rice water, in order to prevent the colour with which the patterns are intended to be drawn, from running, and when they are dried and smoothed (calendered), commences the process of the bátik, which gives its name. This is performed with hot wax in a liquid state, contained in a small and light vessel, either of copper or silver, called chánt-ing,[50] holding about an ounce, and having a small tube of about two inches long, through which the liquid wax runs out in a small stream. This tube, with the vessel to which it is attached, being fixed on a stick about five inches long, is held in the hand, and answers the purpose of a pencil, the different patterns being traced out on both sides of the cloth with the running wax. When the outline of the pattern is thus finished, such parts of the cloth as are intended to be preserved white, or to receive any other colour than the general field or ground, are carefully covered in like manner with the liquid wax, and then the piece is immersed in whatever coloured dye may be intended for the ground of the pattern. To render the colour deeper, cloths are occasionally twice dipped. The parts covered with wax resist the operation of the dye, and when the wax is removed, by being steeped in hot water till it melts, are found to remain in their original condition. If the pattern is only intended to consist of one colour besides white, the operation is here completed; if another colour is to be added, the whole of the first ground, which is not intended to receive an additional shade, is covered with wax, and a similar process is repeated. [Vol I Pg 189]
The fabrics known as bátik are categorized into bátik látur púti, bátik látur írang, or bátik látur bang, depending on whether the base color is white, black, or red. The white fabric is first soaked in rice water to prevent the dye used for the patterns from running, and once dried and pressed (calendered), the bátik process begins, which gives it its name. This involves using hot liquid wax from a small, lightweight container made of copper or silver, called chánt-ing,[50] which holds about an ounce and has a small tube about two inches long for the wax to flow out in a thin stream. This tube, attached to a stick about five inches long, is held in hand and acts as a pencil, allowing different patterns to be drawn on both sides of the cloth with the running wax. Once the outline of the pattern is completed, the areas of the fabric that should stay white or receive a different color than the main background are carefully covered with liquid wax in the same way. Afterwards, the piece is dipped into the dye chosen for the background color of the pattern. To make the color more intense, the fabric is sometimes dipped twice. The wax-covered areas resist the dye, and when the wax is removed by soaking in hot water until it melts, those areas remain unchanged. If the pattern only involves one color along with white, the process ends here; if another color is to be added, the entire area of the first color not meant for an additional shade is covered with wax, and the same process is repeated. [Vol I Pg 189]
In order to render the dye fixed and permanent for the scarlet or blood-red colour, the cloth is previously steeped in oil, and after five days washed in hot water, and prepared in the usual way for the bátik. In the ordinary course, the process of the bátik occupies about ten days for common patterns, and from fifteen to seventeen for the finer and more variegated.
To make the dye fixed and permanent for the scarlet or blood-red color, the fabric is soaked in oil beforehand, then washed in hot water after five days, and processed in the usual way for the bátik. Typically, the bátik process takes about ten days for standard patterns and around fifteen to seventeen days for the more complex and colorful designs.
A very coarse kind of cloth, which serves for curtains or hangings, is variously clouded, and covered sometimes with rude figures, by the art of colouring the yarn, so as to produce this effect when woven. For this purpose, the strands of the yarn being distributed in lengths equal to the intended size of the cloth, are folded into a bundle, and the parts intended to remain white are so tightly twisted round and round, that the dye cannot penetrate or affect them. From this party-coloured yarn the designed pattern appears on weaving. The cloths so dyed are called gebér.
A very rough type of fabric, used for curtains or drapes, is variously patterned and sometimes features simple designs, thanks to the technique of dyeing the yarn to create this effect when woven. For this purpose, the strands of yarn are cut to lengths matching the desired size of the fabric, bundled together, and the sections meant to stay white are twisted tightly so that the dye can't soak in or alter them. The planned design comes to life during the weaving process from this multi-colored yarn. The dyed fabrics are referred to as gebér.
The sashes of silk, called chíndi, are dyed in this manner, as well as an imitation of them in cotton, called jóng'grong.
The silk sashes, called chíndi, are dyed this way, along with a cotton imitation of them called jóng'grong.
Of the several kinds of coloured cottons and silks there is a very great diversity of patterns, particularly of the bátik, of which not less than a hundred are distinguished by their appropriate names. Among these are the patterns exclusively worn by the sovereign, termed bátik párang rúsa, and bátik sáwat, and others which designate the wearer, and are more or less esteemed, as well on this account as their comparative beauty of design and execution.
Of the various types of colored cottons and silks, there is a wide range of patterns, especially the bátik, of which at least a hundred are recognized by their specific names. Among these are the patterns that are exclusively worn by the ruler, called bátik párang rúsa and bátik sáwat, along with others that identify the wearer and are judged based on their cultural significance as well as their relative beauty in design and craftsmanship.
With the exception of blue and scarlet or blood-red, all the dyes of the inhabitants are liable to fade, and the processes offer nothing worthy of investigation or remark.
Aside from blue and scarlet or blood-red, all the dyes used by the people tend to fade, and the methods they use are nothing special to explore or note.
In dying blue, indigo, the palm wine of the áren, and various vegetable acids are employed.
In dying blue, indigo, the palm wine of the áren, and different vegetable acids are used.
Black is obtained from an exotic bark called tíng'i, and the rind of the mangustin fruit. In making the inferior infusion for this and for various other dyes, the chaff of rice, called meráng, is employed.
Black is derived from an exotic bark called tíng'i and the rind of the mangustin fruit. To create the lower-quality infusion for this and other dyes, the husk of rice, known as meráng, is used.
In dying green, a light blue is first induced, which is afterwards converted into the requisite hue, by infusion in a decoction of tegráng (an exotic wood), to which blue vitriol is added. [Vol I Pg 190]
In dying green, a light blue is first created, which is then transformed into the desired color by steeping it in a brew of tegráng (an exotic wood), with some blue vitriol added. [Vol I Pg 190]
Tegráng alone affords a yellow colour, and generally is qualified by receiving the addition of some bark of the nángka and plem-dodól.
Tegráng alone gives a yellow color, and is usually improved by adding some bark from the nángka and plem-dodól.
A beautiful and lasting scarlet and blood-red is obtained from the roots of the wóng-kudu. The yarn or cloth is first boiled in the oil of wijen or kamíri: being washed in a decoction of meráng or burnt pári chaff, it is dried, and subsequently immersed in an infusion of the roots of wóng-kudu, the strength of which is increased by the addition of the bark jírak, a variety of the fruit kepúndung. In the preparation of this dye, the roots of the wóng-kudu are bruised and well mixed with water, which is then boiled until it is reduced to one third, when it is fit for use. No light red or rose colour of durability is produced by the Javans: they employ for this purpose the kasomba kling.
A beautiful and long-lasting scarlet and blood-red color is made from the roots of the wóng-kudu. First, the yarn or cloth is boiled in wijen or kamíri oil. After being washed in a mixture of meráng or burnt pári chaff, it is dried and then soaked in an infusion of wóng-kudu roots, with the potency enhanced by adding the bark jírak and a type of fruit called kepúndung. To prepare the dye, the roots of the wóng-kudu are crushed and thoroughly mixed with water, which is then boiled down to one third, making it ready for use. The Javans do not produce any light red or rose color that lasts; for this, they use kasomba kling.
In several of the maritime districts, the Maláyus impart a beautiful crimson colour to silk, by means of the gúmlak tembálu or embálu, but with this Javans are unacquainted.
In several coastal areas, the Maláyus give silk a stunning crimson color using the gúmlak tembálu or embálu, but the Javanese are not familiar with this.
The kápas jáwa, or Java cotton, in its raw and uncleaned state costs from about three halfpence to three pence the káti, according to its quality, and the kápas múri from six to eight pence. The price of each advances sometimes fifty per cent. beyond this, when the production is scarce or out of season.
The kápas jáwa, or Java cotton, in its raw and uncleaned state costs around three halfpence to three pence per káti, depending on its quality, while the kápas múri ranges from six to eight pence. The price of each can sometimes increase by fifty percent higher than this when production is low or out of season.
A káti of uncleaned Java cotton is calculated to produce two and a half túkul or hanks of coarse, and three and a half hanks of fine yarn; and a káti of kápas múri, five hanks of the latter. The value of the former is from three to four pence, and of the latter from seven to ten.
A káti of uncleaned Java cotton is expected to produce two and a half túkul or hanks of coarse yarn, and three and a half hanks of fine yarn; and a káti of kápas múri produces five hanks of the fine yarn. The value of the coarse yarn is between three to four pence, while the fine yarn is valued at seven to ten pence.
Three hanks and a half of coarse yarn, and from five to nine of fine, make one sárong, or three head handkerchiefs, the price of which, undyed, is from half a rupee to four Spanish dollars; if dyed, the ging'ams bring from one rupee to four Spanish dollars, and the bátik from a rupee and a half to six Spanish dollars for the same quantity.
Three and a half hanks of coarse yarn, and between five to nine of fine yarn, make one sárong, or three head handkerchiefs. The price for the undyed versions ranges from half a rupee to four Spanish dollars; if dyed, the ging'ams sell for one to four Spanish dollars, and the bátik costs from one and a half to six Spanish dollars for the same amount.
Another kind of coloured cottons, in imitation of the Indian chintz, is also prepared; but it is not held in much estimation, on account of the superiority of the foreign chintzes imported, and the uncertainty of the colours, which the natives allege will not stand in the same manner as those which have undergone the process of the batîk, frequently[Vol I Pg 191] fading in the second washing. In these cloths, the patterns being carved on small wooden blocks are stamped as in India. They serve as coverlids, and are employed as a substitute for the Indian palempore, when the latter is not procurable. The price is about four rupees.
Another type of colored cotton, mimicking Indian chintz, is also made; however, it's not very highly regarded because of the superiority of the imported foreign chintzes and the unpredictability of the colors. Locals claim that these colors won't hold up the same way as those that have gone through the batîk process, often fading after the second wash. In these fabrics, the designs are carved into small wooden blocks and stamped like in India. They are used as bedcovers and serve as a substitute for the Indian palempore when the latter isn't available. The price is around four rupees.
The natives of Java, like those of every other country, must have been, from the earliest times, in the habit of manufacturing various articles of leather; but the art of rendering it more compact, more tough, and more durable, by the application of the tanning principle, has been acquired only by their connexion with Europeans. They now practice it with considerable success, and prepare tolerable leather in several districts. There are two trees of which the bark is particularly preferred for tanning; one in the maritime districts, the other in the interior. These, with some others which are occasionally added, contain very large quantities of the tanning principle, which makes excellent leather in a short space of time. Of this native article, boots, shoes, saddles, harness, &c. are made in several parts of the island; but in the greatest perfection at Súra-kérta, where the prices are moderate, and the manufacture extensive and improving. Neither the leather nor the workmanship of these articles is considered much inferior to what is procured at Madras and Bengal. The prices are moderate: for a pair of shoes half a crown, for boots ten shillings, for a saddle from thirty to forty shillings, and for a set of harness for four horses from ten to twelve pounds.
The people of Java, like those in other countries, must have been making various leather goods since ancient times. However, they only learned the skill of tanning leather to make it thicker, tougher, and more durable through their interactions with Europeans. They now do this quite successfully and produce decent leather in several regions. There are two trees whose bark is especially favored for tanning—one found near the coast and the other in the interior. These, along with a few others occasionally used, contain a large amount of the tanning agent, which helps create excellent leather quickly. This local leather is used to make boots, shoes, saddles, harnesses, etc., in various parts of the island, but it is produced to the highest quality in Súra-kérta, where the prices are reasonable, and the manufacturing process is extensive and improving. The leather and craftsmanship of these items are not seen as much inferior to those available in Madras and Bengal. Prices are reasonable too: a pair of shoes costs two and a half shillings, boots are ten shillings, a saddle ranges from thirty to forty shillings, and a set of harness for four horses costs between ten to twelve pounds.
Neither flax nor hemp is cultivated for the purposes of manufacture. The latter is sometimes found in the gardens of the natives of continental India, particularly at Batavia, who employ it only to excite intoxication; but the island affords various productions, the fibrous bark of which is made into thread, ropes, and other similar articles. These are, with one or two exceptions, never cultivated, and when required for use, may be collected in sufficient quantity on spots where they are of spontaneous growth. A particular account of these has already been given in the first chapter, when describing the vegetable productions of the island.
Neither flax nor hemp is grown for manufacturing purposes. The latter is sometimes found in the gardens of native people in continental India, especially in Batavia, where it is only used for getting high; however, the island produces various plants whose fibrous bark is turned into thread, ropes, and similar items. With one or two exceptions, these are rarely cultivated, and when needed, they can be collected in adequate amounts from areas where they grow naturally. A detailed account of these was provided in the first chapter while discussing the island's plant life.
To enable rope or cord which is often exposed to water or moisture, as fishing-nets, cables, and the like, to resist its influence, the sap exuding from various trees is employed. [Vol I Pg 192]
To make rope or cord, like fishing nets and cables, that is often exposed to water or moisture resistant, we use the sap from various trees. [Vol I Pg 192]
No manufactures are calculated to show more clearly the extent to which the arts of life are carried in a country, than those in which the metals are used. Without the knowledge of iron, our dominion over nature would be very limited; as may be seen in the case of the Americans at the discovery of the western hemisphere. The manufacture and use of iron and steel has been known over the Eastern Islands, as well as in the western world, from time immemorial. The various iron implements of husbandry, the common implements and tools, the instruments and military weapons now in use among the natives of these regions, are fabricated by themselves. The importance and difficulty of the art may be gathered from the distinction which the knowledge and practice of it conferred.
No products demonstrate more clearly how advanced the everyday skills are in a country than those that involve metalwork. Without the knowledge of iron, our ability to control nature would be quite limited, as seen with the Native Americans at the time of the discovery of the western hemisphere. The production and use of iron and steel have been known throughout the Eastern Islands as well as in the western world for a very long time. The various iron farming tools, everyday implements and equipment, and military weapons currently used by the locals in these areas are made by them. The importance and complexity of this craft can be understood from the distinction that knowledge and mastery of it bring.
The profession of a smith is still considered honourable among the Javans, and in the early parts of their history, such artizans held a high rank, and were largely endowed with lands. The first mention made of them is during the reign of the chiefs of Pajajáran, in the eleventh century. On the decline of that empire they went over, to the number of eight hundred families, to Majapáhit, where they were kindly received, and a record is preserved of the names of the head master-smiths. On the destruction of that empire in the fifteenth century, they were dispersed, and settled in different districts of the island, where their descendants are still discoverable. They are distinguished by the term Pándi.
The profession of a blacksmith is still seen as honorable among the Javanese, and in the early parts of their history, these craftsmen held a high rank and were often granted land. The first mention of them is during the reign of the chiefs of Pajajáran in the eleventh century. When that empire declined, about eight hundred families moved to Majapáhit, where they were welcomed, and a record of the head master-blacksmiths' names has been preserved. After the fall of that empire in the fifteenth century, they scattered and settled in different regions of the island, where their descendants can still be found today. They are referred to by the term Pándi.
Iron is cast in small quantities of a few ounces, and used occasionally for the point of the ploughshare. The metal is rendered fluid in about half an hour: charcoal is invariably used, and the operation is termed sing'i or chitak.
Iron is melted in small amounts of a few ounces and is occasionally used for the tip of the ploughshare. The metal becomes liquid in about half an hour: charcoal is always used, and the process is called sing'i or chitak.
The bellows, which is peculiar, and believed to have been in use at the time of Pajajáran and Majapáhit, and of which a representation sculptured in stone was found in the recently discovered ruins at Suku (which bear date in the fourteenth century of the Javan æra), appears to be the same as that described by Dampier[51], in his account of Majindánao and the neighbouring islands. "Their bellows," says this faithful and intelligent traveller, "are much different from ours. They are made of a wooden cylinder, the trunk of a tree, [Vol I Pg 193]about three feet long, bored hollow like a pump, and set upright on the ground, on which the fire itself is made. Near the lower end there is a small hole in the side of the trunk next the fire, made to receive a pipe, through which the wind is driven by a great bunch of fine feathers fastened to one end of the stick, which closing up the inside of the cylinder, drives the air out of the cylinder through the pipe. Two of these trunks or cylinders are placed so nigh together, that a man standing between them may work them both at once, alternately, one with each hand." This account so exactly corresponds with the Javan bellows, that no further description is necessary. The Chinese bellows are partially used. The wages of a man skilled in iron-work are sometimes as high as a rupee a day.
The bellows, which is unique and believed to have been in use during the time of Pajajáran and Majapáhit, and of which a stone representation was found in the recently discovered ruins at Suku (dated to the fourteenth century of the Javan era), appears to be the same as the one described by Dampier[51], in his account of Majindánao and the nearby islands. "Their bellows," says this observant and knowledgeable traveler, "are quite different from ours. They are made of a wooden cylinder, the trunk of a tree, [Vol I Pg 193] about three feet long, hollowed out like a pump, and positioned upright on the ground, where the fire itself is placed. Near the lower end, there's a small hole on the side of the trunk next to the fire, designed to receive a pipe, through which the air is pushed by a large bunch of fine feathers attached to one end of the stick, which closes off the inside of the cylinder, forcing the air out through the pipe. Two of these trunks or cylinders are placed close together so that a person standing between them can work both simultaneously, one with each hand." This description matches the Javan bellows so closely that no further explanation is needed. The Chinese bellows are partially utilized. The wages for a skilled ironworker can sometimes reach as high as a rupee a day.
Cutlery of every description is made by the smith. The most important manufacture of this kind is the krís, or dagger, of the peculiar form well known to be worn by all the more civilized inhabitants of the Eastern Islands.
Cutlery of all kinds is made by the blacksmith. The most significant item produced in this category is the krís, or dagger, which has a distinctive shape widely recognized as worn by the more civilized people of the Eastern Islands.
The price of a krís blade, newly manufactured, varies from half a rupee to fifty dollars; but the same krís, if it is of good character, and if its descent can be traced for three or four generations, is frequently prized at ten times that sum. A pándi employed to manufacture a good krís blade, if the materials are furnished, is paid three dollars for the job.
The price of a krís blade, freshly made, ranges from fifty cents to fifty dollars; however, a well-crafted krís, especially one with a lineage that can be traced back three or four generations, is often valued at ten times that amount. A pándi who is tasked with creating a high-quality krís blade, provided the materials are supplied, earns three dollars for the work.
The manufacture of sheaths or scabbards (sárong) for the krís constitute an exclusive profession; and the manufacturers are called túkang meráng'gi, or mergóngso. These men attend at the public market, where they occupy a particular quarter, in which may be seen people employed in the finishing or repair of every part of the mounting necessary for this instrument; some upon the handle, others upon the sheath; some in applying the paint and lacquer, others attending with a preparation of acids and arsenic for cleaning the blade, and bringing out the appearance of the pámur, a white metal obtained from Biliton and Celebes, which is worked up with the iron, in order to produce the damasked appearance of the blade.
The making of sheaths or scabbards (sárong) for the krís is a specialized profession, and those who craft them are known as túkang meráng'gi or mergóngso. These artisans gather at the public market, where they have a dedicated section for their work. Here, you can see people finishing or repairing every part needed for this weapon; some focus on the handle, others work on the sheath, some apply paint and lacquer, while others use a mix of acids and arsenic to clean the blade and enhance the appearance of the pámur, a white metal sourced from Biliton and Celebes, which is combined with iron to create the beautiful damasked look of the blade.
Copper is manufactured into the kettles and pots employed by the natives for cooking; most of the other domestic vessels[Vol I Pg 194] are of brass, which is manufactured into various other articles, from the smallest, such as buttons, ear-studs, and other ornaments, in imitation of the gold patterns, to brass guns of considerable calibre, employed for the defence of small vessels. A very extensive foundery of this kind is established at Grésik. From the specimen of the casts in brass, copper, &c. which are occasionally dug up near many of the ruinous temples sacred to the ancient worship of the country, we may assert, that great proficiency was once attained in this art: like that, however, of stone-cutting, it has very much declined.
Copper is made into the kettles and pots used by the locals for cooking; most of the other household containers[Vol I Pg 194] are made of brass, which is also used to create various other items, from the smallest ones like buttons, earrings, and other decorations that mimic gold designs, to larger brass cannons used for defending small boats. There's a large foundry of this kind located in Grésik. The brass and copper artifacts that are occasionally uncovered near many of the crumbling temples dedicated to the ancient religions of the region suggest that a high level of skill was once achieved in this craft; however, like stone-cutting, it has significantly declined.
Gold and silver, as is well known, are wrought by the natives of the Eastern Islands into exquisite ornaments; and the Javans are by no means behind their neighbours, the Sumatrans, in the knowledge of this manufacture. They do not, however, usually work the gold into those beautiful filigree patterns, described as common among the Maláyus on Sumatra, nor is their work generally so fine.
Gold and silver, as is well known, are crafted by the locals of the Eastern Islands into exquisite ornaments; and the Javanese are by no means behind their neighbors, the Sumatrans, in this craft. However, they don't usually create the beautiful filigree patterns that are common among the Maláyus on Sumatra, nor is their work generally as fine.
Diamond-cutters, and persons skilled in the knowledge of cutting precious stones, are also to be found in the principal capitals.
Diamond cutters and people skilled in cutting precious stones can also be found in the major cities.
Carving in wood is followed as a particular profession, and the Javans may be considered as expert in all kinds of carpenter's work, but more particularly in cabinet-work. They imitate any pattern, and the furniture used by the Europeans in the eastern part of the Island is almost exclusively of their workmanship. Carriages and other vehicles are also manufactured by the natives after the European fashion.
Carving in wood is recognized as a specialized profession, and the Javanese are known to be skilled in all types of carpentry, particularly in cabinet-making. They can replicate any design, and the furniture used by Europeans in the eastern part of the island is almost entirely made by them. The locals also produce carriages and other vehicles in the European style.
Boat and ship-building is an art in which the Javans are tolerably well versed, particularly the former. The latter is confined principally to those districts in which the Europeans have built ships, for the Javans have seldom attempted the construction of square-rigged vessels on their own account. The best carpenters for ship-building are found in the districts of Rembáng and Grésik, but small native vessels and boats are continually constructed by the natives in almost every district along the north coast.
Boat and shipbuilding is a skill that the Javanese know pretty well, especially when it comes to boats. Shipbuilding is mostly limited to areas where Europeans have built ships, since the Javanese rarely try to make square-rigged vessels themselves. The best shipbuilders are located in the areas of Rembáng and Grésik, but locals continuously build small native vessels and boats in almost every district along the northern coast.
When the quantity of teak timber, and the advantages of Java in respect of ports and harbours, are considered, the most flattering prospects are held out, that this Island[Vol I Pg 195] may, in time, be able to supply shipping to an increasing commerce of its own, and perhaps aid the dock-yards of other states.
When you think about the amount of teak timber and the benefits of Java's ports and harbors, it seems like there are really promising prospects that this Island[Vol I Pg 195] could eventually supply shipping for its growing commerce and maybe even support the dockyards of other countries.
Among the articles, the making of which may be interesting to Europeans, from the difference of the materials used or the process employed, is that of paper. The paper in common use with the Javans is prepared from the glúga (morus papyrifera) which is cultivated for this purpose, and generally called the delúwang, or paper tree. Having arrived at the age of two or three years, the young trees are cut while the bark easily peels off, and the fragments are portioned about twelve or eighteen inches in length, according to the intended size of the paper. These fragments are first immersed in water about twenty-four hours, in order that the epidermis may be separated; this being effected, the fibrous tissue of the inner bark is rendered soft and tractable by soaking in water, and by long and repeated beating with a piece of wood. During the intervals of this process, the fragments of the bark are piled in heaps in wooden troughs, and the affusion of fresh water is repeated till all impurities are carried off. The separate portions, which are about two or three inches broad, are then attached to each other on a plane surface, generally formed by the trunk of a plantain tree, and the union of the fibres is finally effected by continued beating. The quality of the paper depends upon the care employed in the preparation, and on the frequent affusion of fresh water. By applying successive layers to the spots which are bare from the defect of the fibres, and beating them till they unite, an uniform thickness is attained. The paper which is intended for writing is momentarily immersed in a decoction of rice, and rendered smooth and equal, by being rubbed to a polish on a plane surface. Such paper as is intended for common domestic purposes, for packing goods, &c. does not require this operation: in this the fibrous contexture of the bark is quite obvious; it much resembles a species of paper brought from Japan, and manufactured from the same tree, and was formerly employed instead of cloth by the poorer inhabitants. The process of manufacturing is strikingly like that in use among the inhabitants of the South Sea Islands, for the preparation of their cloth. The culture of this plant, as well as the manu[Vol I Pg 196]facture of paper, is chiefly confined to particular districts, where it forms the principal occupation of the priests, who gain a livelihood by it.
Among the items that may interest Europeans due to the different materials used or the processes employed is paper. The type of paper commonly used by the Javanese is made from the glúga (morus papyrifera), which is grown specifically for this purpose and is generally known as the delúwang or paper tree. When the trees reach about two or three years of age, they are cut down while the bark is still easy to peel off, and the pieces are cut into lengths of about twelve to eighteen inches, depending on the desired size of the paper. These pieces are soaked in water for about twenty-four hours to separate the outer skin. Once that’s done, the fibrous tissue of the inner bark becomes soft and workable through soaking and extensive beating with a piece of wood. In between these steps, the pieces of bark are stacked in wooden troughs, and fresh water is poured over them until all impurities are removed. The individual pieces, which are about two or three inches wide, are then joined together on a flat surface, typically formed by the trunk of a plantain tree, and the connection of the fibers is completed by continued beating. The quality of the paper depends on how careful the preparation process is and how often fresh water is used. By layering fresh pieces over areas that lack fibers and beating them until they bond, a consistent thickness is achieved. The paper meant for writing is briefly soaked in a rice decoction and smoothed out by rubbing it on a flat surface until polished. However, paper intended for common household use, like packing goods, doesn’t need this extra step: the fibrous texture of the bark is clearly visible; it closely resembles a type of paper that comes from Japan, made from the same tree, and was historically used instead of cloth by poorer individuals. The manufacturing process is very similar to that used by people in the South Sea Islands to make their cloth. Cultivating this plant and making paper is mainly limited to specific regions, where it serves as the primary work for the priests, who earn a living from it.
Large quantities of a coarse and homely sugar, distinguished by the name of Javan sugar, are prepared from the cocoa-nut, áren, and other palms. The average quantity of liquor extracted from one of these trees during a day and night, is about two quarts, and this is estimated to give from three to four ounces of sugar. The trees begin to yield it at about six or seven years of age, and continue to do so for ten or twelve years. The process of preparing the sugar is extremely simple: it consists merely in boiling the liquor in an earthen pot for a few hours, and afterwards pouring it into small cases made of leaves and prepared for the purpose, in which, when cool, it attains a due consistence.
Large amounts of a rough and simple sugar, known as Javan sugar, are made from the coconut, áren, and other palms. On average, one of these trees produces about two quarts of sap each day and night, which is estimated to yield three to four ounces of sugar. The trees start producing sugar at around six or seven years old and keep doing so for ten to twelve years. The process of making the sugar is very straightforward: it involves boiling the sap in a clay pot for a few hours, then pouring it into small leaf-shaped molds made for this purpose, where it solidifies as it cools.
Sugar from the cane is manufactured by the Chinese alone; the process followed resembles that of the West Indies. The juice is expressed between two rollers, sometimes turned by a water-wheel; but in all cases the machinery is rude and imperfect. The quality of the sugar made on Java is considered to be equal to that of Manilla and the West Indies: it contains as much of the saccharine principle as the latter, and is brought to a drier state. It differs from the sugar of Bengal, as much in its quality as in the mode of preparing it, but can be brought to market at about the same price. Considerable quantities are sent to the Malabar coast, but the principal exportation is to Japan and Europe.
Sugar from cane is made exclusively by the Chinese; the process they use is similar to that in the West Indies. The juice is pressed between two rollers, sometimes powered by a waterwheel, but in any case, the machinery is basic and not very refined. The sugar produced in Java is considered to be on par with that from Manila and the West Indies: it has as much sweetness as the latter and is processed to a drier consistency. It differs from Bengal sugar in both quality and preparation methods but can be sold at roughly the same price. Large quantities are shipped to the Malabar coast, but the main exports go to Japan and Europe.
The manufactory of Batavian arrack, the superior quality of which is well known, is also conducted by the Chinese: the process is as follows: About seventy pounds of kétan (glutinous rice) is heaped up in a small vat; round this heap or pile one hundred cans of water are poured, and on the top twenty cans of molasses. After remaining two days in this vat, the ingredients are shifted to a larger vat adjoining, when they receive the addition of four hundred cans of water and one hundred cans of molasses.
The production of Batavian arrack, which is known for its superior quality, is also managed by the Chinese. The process goes like this: About seventy pounds of kétan (glutinous rice) is piled up in a small vat; around this pile, one hundred cans of water are poured, and then twenty cans of molasses are added on top. After sitting in this vat for two days, the ingredients are moved to a larger adjacent vat, where four hundred cans of water and one hundred cans of molasses are added.
Thus far the process is carried on in the open air. In a separate vat within doors, forty cans of palm wine or toddy from the cocoa-nut tree, are immediately mixed with nine hundred cans of water and one hundred and fifty cans of mo[Vol I Pg 197]lasses. Both preparations being allowed to remain in this state for two days, the former of these preparations is carried to a still larger vat within doors, and the latter being in a vat placed above, is poured upon it, through a hole bored for the purpose near the bottom. In this state the preparation is allowed to ferment for two days, when it is poured into small earthen jars, containing about twenty cans each, in which it remains for the further period of two days: it is then distilled.
So far, the process is done outdoors. In a separate indoor vat, forty cans of palm wine or coconut sap are immediately mixed with nine hundred cans of water and one hundred and fifty cans of molasses. Both mixtures are allowed to sit for two days. After that, the first mixture is transferred to a larger indoor vat, and the second mixture, which is in a vat above, is poured into it through a hole drilled near the bottom. It's left to ferment for two days, after which it’s poured into small earthen jars holding about twenty cans each, where it stays for another two days before being distilled.
The liquor drops into a tin vessel under ground, from whence it is ladled into receiving vessels. This is the third or common sort of arrack, which by a second distillation in a smaller still, with the addition of a small quantity of water, becomes the second sort, and by a third distillation, what is called the first sort. The third or common sort is called by the Chinese síchew, the second tánpo, and the first kíji, the two latter being distinguished as arrack ápi. When cooled, it is poured into large vats in the storehouses, where it remains till it is convenient to put it into casks.
The liquor drips into a tin container underground, from which it's scooped into receiving vessels. This is the third or common type of arrack, which, through a second distillation in a smaller still and a small amount of added water, becomes the second type, and after a third distillation, it's referred to as the first type. The third or common type is called síchew by the Chinese, the second tánpo, and the first kíji, with the latter two distinguished as arrack ápi. Once cooled, it's poured into large vats in the storage facilities, where it stays until it's ready to be placed into casks.
The whole process, therefore, to the completion of the first sort, does not require more than ten days, six hours being sufficient for the original preparation to pass through the first still. The receivers of the stills are of copper, and the worm consists of about nine turns of Banka tin.
The entire process, then, to finish the first type, takes no more than ten days, with six hours being enough for the initial preparation to go through the first still. The still's receivers are made of copper, and the worm has about nine turns of Banka tin.
The proof of sufficient fermentation is obtained by placing a lighted taper about six inches above the surface of the liquor in the fermenting vat; if the process is sufficiently advanced, the fixed air rises and extinguishes the light.
The proof of adequate fermentation is shown by holding a lit taper about six inches above the surface of the liquid in the fermenting vat; if the process has progressed enough, the carbon dioxide rises and puts out the flame.
To ascertain the strength of the spirit, a small quantity of it is burnt in a saucer, and the residuum measured. The difference between the original quantity and the residuum gives the measure of the alcohol lost.
To determine the strength of the spirit, a small amount is burned in a saucer, and the residue is measured. The difference between the original amount and the residue indicates the amount of alcohol lost.
Among the most important manufactures of Java, both viewed in its relation to the comforts of the inhabitants and the interests of the revenue, is that of salt. In almost every country it is an indispensable commodity, but particularly where the people subsist on a vegetable diet, as in India and the Eastern Islands; and wherever government has seen it necessary, it has been converted into a source of taxation.
Among the most important products of Java, both for the comfort of the people and for revenue purposes, is salt. In almost every country, it’s an essential commodity, especially where people primarily eat a plant-based diet, like in India and the Eastern Islands. Whenever the government has found it necessary, it has turned salt into a source of tax revenue.
Nearly the whole of the north-east coast of Java and Má[Vol I Pg 198]-dúra abounds with places well calculated for its manufacture, and unfit for any other useful purpose. The quantity already manufactured has for many years exceeded the demand, both for home consumption and exportation, and might be increased almost ad libitum.
Almost the entire northeast coast of Java and Má[Vol I Pg 198]-dúra is filled with locations perfect for its production, and unsuitable for any other practical use. The amount already produced has for many years surpassed the demand, both for local use and export, and could be ramped up as needed ad libitum.
On Java the principal salt-pans are situated at Pákis, in the vicinity of Batavia; at Bantam, Chéribon, Tégal; at Wédong and Bráhang, in the Semárang districts; at Paradési, in Rembáng; at Sedáyu, Grésik, and Simámi; on Madúra, at Sámpang, Pamákasan, and Súmenap. Salt is also manufactured at several places along the south-coast, but of inferior quality, and by a different process. About two hundred tons are annually procured in the interior, from the Blédegs, as already described. The principal supply, however, is from the north-coast, where the quality of the salt, and the facility with which it can be manufactured, give it a decided advantage in demand and cheapness.
On Java, the main salt pans are located at Pákis, near Batavia; at Bantam, Chéribon, and Tégal; at Wédong and Bráhang in the Semárang districts; at Paradési in Rembáng; at Sedáyu, Grésik, and Simámi; and on Madúra, at Sámpang, Pamákasan, and Súmenap. Salt is also produced at several locations along the south coast, but it is of lower quality and made using a different method. Around two hundred tons are harvested annually from the Blédegs, as previously described. However, the main supply comes from the north coast, where the quality of the salt and the ease of production give it a clear edge in terms of demand and affordability.
The process of manufacturing the salt on the north-coast is very simple, and depending on evaporation by the heat of the sun alone, may be favourably contrasted with the comparatively expensive process adopted in the Bengal provinces. Reservoirs are filled from the sea at high tide, and in them the water is allowed to remain for several days; this being found necessary to prevent the salt from being bitter. It is then conveyed by means of canals and sluices to the pans, which are distributed in compartments and banked in, so as to contain the sea-water, much in the same manner as the rice fields. If the weather be dry and the sun clear, five days are found sufficient for the process of evaporation in the pans; after which the salt is collected together in heaps, where it usually remains five days longer before it is brought into store.
The process of making salt on the north coast is very straightforward and relies solely on evaporation through the sun's heat, which can be favorably compared to the relatively costly methods used in the Bengal provinces. Reservoirs are filled with seawater at high tide, and the water is left to sit for several days to prevent the salt from becoming bitter. It is then moved through canals and sluices to the pans, which are set up in sections and enclosed to hold the seawater, similar to rice fields. If the weather is dry and the sun is shining, it takes about five days for the evaporation process in the pans to complete; after that, the salt is piled into heaps, where it usually stays for another five days before being stored.
Under the Dutch government, the manufacture of salt was fanned out to Chinese as an exclusive privilege; and to these farms, under the plea of enabling the farmer to command a sufficient number of hands for conducting his undertaking, and enabling him to make his advances to government, extensive tracts of rice land were attached, over the population of which the farmer was allowed unlimited authority. By a continued extension of these tracts, a population far more numerous than the work at the salt-pans required was wrested from[Vol I Pg 199] the administration of the regents and transferred to the Chinese: as they found their advantage in renting out the rice-fields, and employing the people in the transport of goods and other laborious offices of the country, the farms of course sold for more money. Under this system, it is difficult to say what was the actual cost of the salt to the farmer: the manufacturers were partly remunerated in land and partly in money, and the mode varied in every district; but this remuneration seldom amounted to more than a bare subsistence.
Under the Dutch government, the production of salt was given as an exclusive right to the Chinese. To support the farmers in managing their operations and to help them make payments to the government, large areas of rice land were attached to these farms, giving the farmers complete control over the local population. With the continuous expansion of these areas, a much larger population than needed for the salt production was taken from the oversight of the regents and handed over to the Chinese. They found it beneficial to rent out the rice fields and use the local population for transporting goods and other labor-intensive tasks, which naturally made the farms more valuable. With this setup, it’s hard to determine the real cost of salt for the farmer: the producers were compensated partly with land and partly with money, and the arrangements varied in each area; however, this compensation rarely provided more than just enough to get by.
It was the practice of these farmers-general to underlet to other Chinese the privilege of selling salt, supplying them with the article at a certain rate, and these under-farmers sold the salt again to the petty retailers in the public markets at an advanced price. The price of the salt, after passing through the hands of the farmers, varied not only according to the distance from the place of manufacture, but according to the capital and speculation of the under-farmer; if he adopted the liberal system of obtaining small profits upon a large sale, the market was abundantly supplied at a low rate; but if, on the contrary, he traded on a small capital, and enhanced the price by insufficiently answering the demand, the price became proportionally exorbitant. In some places, as at Salátiga and Ung'arang, through which the salt was transported by inland carriage to the populous districts of the interior, the price was sometimes as high as one hundred and twenty, and even one hundred and forty Spanish dollars per kóyan, while along the coast, as at Chéribon and Surabáya, it was as low as thirty, and at Grésik twenty-five. The average in the year 1813, when the farming system was abolished, may be taken, one district with another, at about fifty-seven Spanish dollars the kógan, or rather less than thirty dollars per ton.
It was common for these farmers-general to lease the right to sell salt to other Chinese, providing them the product at a set rate. These sub-farmers would then sell the salt to small retailers in public markets at a higher price. The price of the salt, after going through the farmers, didn't just depend on the distance from where it was made but also on the capital and strategy of the sub-farmer. If he used a strategy of making small profits on large sales, the market was well-supplied at a lower price. Conversely, if he operated with a small capital and raised the price by not meeting the demand adequately, the price became significantly high. In some areas, like Salátiga and Ung'arang, where the salt was transported overland to the busy interiors, prices sometimes reached as high as one hundred and twenty to one hundred and forty Spanish dollars per kóyan, whereas along the coast, such as at Chéribon and Surabáya, it could be as low as thirty and even twenty-five at Grésik. The average price in 1813, when the farming system was eliminated, can be estimated across different districts at about fifty-seven Spanish dollars per kógan, or just under thirty dollars per ton.
The quantity usually calculated for the annual consumption of Java and Madúra, including about one thousand kóyans estimated to be manufactured in the native provinces, is sixteen thousand kóyans, or thirty-two thousand tons. Under the arrangements now adopted for the manufacture and sale of this article, the average rate at which the manufacturers are paid is about six rupees the kóyan, including the charges of transport to the depôts, and the sale price varies from twenty-five to thirty-five Spanish dollars, according to[Vol I Pg 200] the distance from the principal depôts; an adequate supply by means of smaller depôts is insured in every part of the country.
The usual estimate for the yearly consumption of Java and Madúra, which includes around one thousand kóyans expected to be produced in the local regions, is sixteen thousand kóyans, or thirty-two thousand tons. With the current system in place for the production and sale of this product, manufacturers are typically paid about six rupees per kóyan, which includes transport costs to the depots. The selling price ranges from twenty-five to thirty-five Spanish dollars, depending on[Vol I Pg 200] the distance from the main depots; smaller depots ensure a steady supply throughout the country.
The salt of Java exported to the other islands of the Archipelago, competes with that of Siam and the Coromandel coast, and generally supersedes it, both on account of its quality and cheapness. The exportation is free to all places except Bengal, where, on account of its interference with the monopoly there established, it has, since the conquest of Java, been found necessary to prohibit its importation under penalty of confiscation.
The salt from Java that's exported to the other islands in the Archipelago competes with the salt from Siam and the Coromandel coast, and usually surpasses it, mainly due to its quality and lower price. Exporting is allowed to all places except Bengal, where, because it conflicts with the existing monopoly, it has been deemed necessary to ban its importation under the threat of confiscation since the conquest of Java.
The salt of the south coast being manufactured by a process which is much more expensive than that employed on the north, and at the same time being inferior in quality, it is only consumed in places which the latter is prevented from reaching by the difficulty of conveyance or inland tolls and prohibitions; and it has consequently been calculated, that the north coast salt, if allowed to pass toll free through the country, would in a short time supersede that from the south altogether. The inferior quality of the latter is caused by the quantity of the sulphate of magnesia it contains, which renders it by its bitterness unpleasant for culinary purposes.
The salt from the south coast is made through a process that is much more costly than the one used for the north coast, and it's also of lower quality. As a result, it's only used in areas that the north coast salt can't reach due to transportation challenges or local tolls and restrictions. It's been estimated that if the north coast salt were allowed to travel through the country without tolls, it would quickly replace the south coast salt entirely. The lower quality of the southern salt is due to its high content of magnesium sulfate, which gives it a bitter taste that makes it undesirable for cooking.
Of late years, the value of the manufacturing industry of the country may be in some degree be appreciated from the assistance it has afforded to the European government, when, in consequence of the war, the importation of European articles had become insufficient for the public service. Broad cloth not being procurable for the army, a kind of coarse cotton cloth was manufactured by the Javans, with which the whole army was clothed. At Semárang were established five of these manufactories, having seventy or eighty looms each. One or two of them made cotton lace, and supplied the army agents with epaulets, shoulder-knots, tassels, &c. There were likewise manufactures of cotton stockings, tape, fringes, cartridge-boxes, sword-belts, saddles, bridles, &c. and in short every thing that could be required for the dress and accoutrements of both cavalry and infantry.
In recent years, the value of the country's manufacturing industry can be seen in the support it has provided to the European government when, due to the war, the import of European goods became inadequate for public needs. Since broadcloth was unavailable for the army, the Javanese produced a type of coarse cotton cloth to outfit the entire army. In Semárang, five of these factories were established, each with about seventy or eighty looms. One or two of them made cotton lace and supplied army agents with epaulets, shoulder knots, tassels, etc. There were also factories that produced cotton stockings, tape, fringes, cartridge boxes, sword belts, saddles, bridles, etc., essentially everything needed for the uniforms and gear of both cavalry and infantry.
Under European superintendents were established saltpetre works, powder-mills, foundries for shells, shot, anvils, &c. and manufactories of swords and small arms; and when it is[Vol I Pg 201] added, that the French government found means, within the the resources of Java alone, to equip an army of not less than fifteen thousand effective men, besides a numerous militia in every district, and that, with the exception of a few European superintendants in the more scientific works, all the articles were manufactured and supplied by the natives, it is not necessary to adduce any further proof of the manufacturing ability of the country.
Under European supervision, saltpeter factories, powder mills, shell and shot foundries, anvils, etc., and manufacturers of swords and small arms were established. Furthermore, it’s worth noting that the French government managed to equip an army of at least fifteen thousand effective soldiers just with the resources from Java, along with a large militia in every district. Except for a few European supervisors in the more technical operations, all the products were made and supplied by the locals. This clearly demonstrates the manufacturing capability of the region.
Saltpetre is obtained in many parts of the island, and gunpowder has long been manufactured by the native inhabitants. A saltpetre manufactory was established near Grésik, under the superintendance of European officers, which it was calculated would furnish annually two thousand píkuls of that article to government, at the rate of eight rix-dollars per píkul, or one hundred and thirty-three pounds English. The importance of this establishment is manifest in the following observations of Colonel Mackenzie.
Saltpeter can be found in many areas of the island, and the local people have been making gunpowder for a long time. A saltpeter factory was set up near Grésik, managed by European officers, and it was estimated that it would supply the government with two thousand píkuls of saltpeter each year, at a price of eight rix-dollars per píkul, which is about one hundred and thirty-three pounds in British currency. The significance of this operation is clear in the observations made by Colonel Mackenzie.
"I considered that one day would be usefully employed in viewing the saltpetre works, which a very few years back had been established here, at the risk, and by the zeal and ingenuity of private individuals, with the view of supplying this colony with that necessary ingredient for gunpowder. The best sulphur is supplied from a mountain near the straits of Báli. For further details of these mines; of the manner in which the nitre is obtained, by an ingenious application of the latest European improvements in chemistry; of the sulphureous crater of the mountain, whence the sulphur, in its utmost purity, is supplied; of the reports of the French engineers, last year, on the improvement of the gunpowder of Java; of the wood selected for the best charcoal, and of the present state of the manufactory and powder-mills at Semárang, I must refer, at present, to several papers collected by me on this subject, which may be usefully applicable to our manufactures of gunpowder in India. Passing over these and other considerations, I shall only observe, that of these mines, one of them is cut in caverns into the soft white calcareous rock; and another, more regularly designed, supported by pillars or masses of the native rock, covers regularly formed beds of the native earth, which being impregnated with the native nitre, saturated with the evacuation of[Vol I Pg 202] the numerous bats that haunt these caverns, and mixed with a compound of wood ashes, supplies the liquid that is boiled in large kettles, and afterwards left to cool and crystallize. The whole process is carried on, in a regular manner, under the direction of the first executor of this really grand work, who now resides at Surabáya[52]."
"I thought that one day would be well spent visiting the saltpeter works that were established here a few years ago, thanks to the risk, enthusiasm, and ingenuity of private individuals who aimed to provide this colony with the essential ingredient for gunpowder. The best sulfur is sourced from a mountain near the straits of Báli. For more details about these mines, how nitre is obtained through clever use of the latest European advancements in chemistry, the sulfurous crater of the mountain that yields the purest sulfur, the reports from French engineers last year on improving Java's gunpowder, the type of wood selected for the best charcoal, and the current status of the manufacturing and powder mills at Semárang, I must currently refer you to several papers I've collected on this topic, which could be valuable for our gunpowder production in India. Skipping over these and other points, I will note that one of these mines is carved into caverns within the soft white calcareous rock, while another, more systematically designed, is supported by pillars or masses of the native rock and features regularly formed layers of native earth, which is infused with native nitre, saturated by the waste of[Vol I Pg 202] the many bats that inhabit these caves, and mixed with a combination of wood ashes. This mixture provides the liquid that is boiled in large kettles and then allowed to cool and crystallize. The entire operation is conducted in an organized manner under the guidance of the main executor of this truly impressive endeavor, who now lives in Surabáya[52]."
The labour of felling the teak trees and transporting the timber from the forests, gives employment to a very considerable population, who are distinguished from those employed in other avocations, by the term of blándong people, or foresters. The teak timber was formerly delivered to the government as a contingent, by the regents of those districts in which the principal forests were situated, the quantity being regulated according to the supposed extent of the different forests, and the means of cutting and transporting the wood. Previously to the year 1808, the amount of this annual contingent was eight thousand eight hundred beams of different sizes, according to the wants of the public service, of which more than three thousand were delivered from the central forests of Rembáng.
The work of cutting down the teak trees and moving the timber from the forests provides jobs for a large number of people, who are referred to as blándong people, or foresters, to distinguish them from those in other jobs. The teak timber was previously supplied to the government as a quota by the regents of the districts where the main forests were located, with the amount determined by the estimated size of the various forests and the capacity for cutting and transporting the wood. Before 1808, this annual quota amounted to eight thousand eight hundred beams of various sizes, based on the needs of the public service, with more than three thousand coming from the central forests of Rembáng.
The cutting and dragging of the timber delivered in contingent was performed by the inhabitants of the villages adjacent to the forests, and the buffaloes required were left to be provided by the regents. For this service, in the Rembáng districts, four hundred cutters and labourers, and four hundred and twelve pair of buffaloes, were appropriated for the supply of three thousand one hundred beams annually, a proportion which varied in the other districts, only according to the distance of the forest from the timber yard on the coast, where payment was made for timber on delivery, at the rate of sixteen pence for cutting and conveying a beam of from eighteen to twenty feet long and from nine to ten inches broad, forty-eight stivers for a beam of from thirty-one to thirty-six feet long and from thirteen to fifteen inches broad, and for others in proportion. This was the regular and only payment made for the contingent timber; but when the demands of government exceeded the fixed contingent, which was generally the case, the excess was paid for at an advance of fifty per cent. on these prices. Crooked and other timber for ship-building was paid[Vol I Pg 203] for at about the same rate, but calculated according to a fixed table by the weight.
The cutting and transporting of the timber delivered on demand was done by the residents of the villages near the forests, while the necessary buffaloes were to be provided by the regents. In the Rembáng districts, four hundred cutters and laborers, along with four hundred and twelve pairs of buffaloes, were allocated for the supply of three thousand one hundred beams each year. This proportion varied in other districts based solely on how far the forest was from the timber yard on the coast, where payment was made for timber upon delivery at a rate of sixteen pence for cutting and moving a beam that was eighteen to twenty feet long and nine to ten inches wide, forty-eight stivers for a beam that was thirty-one to thirty-six feet long and thirteen to fifteen inches wide, and for others at a proportional rate. This was the standard and only payment for the timber delivered on demand; however, when the government's needs surpassed the established quota, which was usually the case, the surplus was compensated at a fifty percent increase on these rates. Curved and other timber for shipbuilding was compensated[Vol I Pg 203] at about the same rate but calculated by weight according to a fixed table.
Under this system, the regents rented out many of the villages adjoining the forests to individuals, and sold, on their own account, such timber as was not of proper quality to be delivered to government. As the demands of government increased, as well as those of the European residents, who were many of them concerned in ship-building and in the sale of timber, the forests near the coast were soon exhausted of their best timber, and as it became necessary for the cutters to go further into the interior, the labour and expense increased, but without any corresponding recompense to them, for the government never raised the price. Individuals, however, did so; and the consequence was, that government finding no regulations they could make for the internal management of the forests sufficient to ensure them an adequate supply, were contented to believe that a greater quantity than was actually furnished could not be cut without injury to the forests; although, at that very time, the deliveries to individuals in the eastern districts were estimated at not less than fifty or sixty thousand beams per annum, the coast was lined with Java-built trading vessels of every description, and these, as well as the rough timber, were frequently sent for sale to a distant market.
Under this system, the regents leased many of the villages next to the forests to individuals and sold, for their own profit, any timber that wasn’t good enough for government use. As government demands grew, along with those of the European residents—many of whom were involved in shipbuilding and timber sales—the coastal forests quickly ran out of their best timber. As the cutters had to venture further into the interior, their labor and costs increased, but there were no equivalent price raises from the government. However, private buyers did raise their prices. As a result, the government found that they couldn’t set regulations for managing the forests that ensured they had enough supply, and they accepted the belief that more timber than what was actually supplied could not be cut without harming the forests. At that same time, deliveries to individuals in the eastern districts were estimated at around fifty or sixty thousand beams per year, the coast was filled with Java-built trading ships of all kinds, and both those ships and rough timber were often sent to distant markets for sale.
In the year 1808, however, in common with all the other departments on the island, this important one was newly organized by Marshal Daendels, who placing the highest value on the forests, and determining to prevent the abuses which had previously existed, removed all the population which had formerly been engaged in the forests in the different parts of the island from the controul of the native regent, as well as the local European authority, and placed them, with the villages and lands to which they were attached, under a separate board or administration for the forest department. This change effectually secured government in the monopoly, and succeeded in the prevention of the abuses which had formerly existed: but in the degree that it had this effect, it also operated to the serious injury of general commerce and the domestic comfort of the inhabitants; for every one was now obliged to buy the timber from government, at a high monopoly rate fixed by general regulation, and the timber could[Vol I Pg 204] only be obtained in comparatively small quantities, seldom of the dimensions required, and only at the fixed staples. Ship-building, and even boat-building, which had before been carried to the greatest extent along the whole coast, was discontinued, and the cottage of the native, which had formerly cost a few rupees, now cost ten times the amount if built of desirable materials.
In 1808, like all the other departments on the island, this important one was reorganized by Marshal Daendels. He valued the forests highly and aimed to stop the previous abuses. He removed all the people who had been working in the forests across different parts of the island from the control of the local regent and the European authorities. Instead, he placed them, along with the villages and lands they were connected to, under a separate board or administration for the forest department. This change ensured that the government maintained a monopoly and successfully prevented the past abuses. However, while it achieved this, it also severely harmed general commerce and the everyday comfort of the people. Now, everyone had to buy timber from the government at a high monopoly price set by regulation. The timber could only be obtained in relatively small quantities, rarely in the sizes needed, and only at designated locations. Shipbuilding and even boat-building, which had previously thrived along the entire coast, came to a halt. The cost of a native cottage, which used to be a few rupees, now soared to ten times that amount if made from desirable materials.
Under the administration of the Board of Forest, whose residence was fixed at Semárang, and who were altogether independent of the local authorities, was now placed a population of nearly one hundred thousand souls, exclusively devoted to the labours of the forests; and as no revenue had been given up by the arrangement, and a small annual delivery of iron, salt, and gunpowder, to the foresters, was the only payment made, considerable profit was expected to result from it to the government. It was found, however, after the establishment of the British government, that the timber which had been cut, and of which there was an immense quantity on hand, was not of a description required for the building of coasting vessels, and could not compete in Bengal with that of Pegu, without such a reduction in the monopoly price, as added to the loss occasioned by so large a proportion of the population, who were set apart for this duty and contributed nothing else to the revenue, the extent of the establishment necessary to enable the government to be the sole timber merchant, and the abuses connected with it, would amount to more than all the profits that had been calculated on. The coasting trade was perishing for want of vessels, and the forest department was a losing concern. Under these circumstances, it was judged expedient to include the population of the Blándongs in the general arrangements for the release of the peasantry from feudal bondage, and the establishment of a fixed rent from the land, in lieu of all services and payment formerly rendered.
Under the management of the Board of Forest, based in Semárang, and operating entirely independently from local authorities, there was a population of almost one hundred thousand people focused on forestry work. Since no revenue was surrendered by this setup, and the only compensation made was a small annual supply of iron, salt, and gunpowder to the foresters, significant profits were expected for the government. However, after British rule was established, it became clear that the timber that had been cut—of which there was a huge stock—was not suitable for building coastal vessels and couldn’t compete with Pegu’s timber in Bengal, unless there was a drastic cut in the monopoly price. This, combined with losses from the large number of people dedicated to this task who contributed nothing to the revenue, the size of the operation needed for the government to be the sole timber merchant, and the related abuses, meant that the total costs would exceed the expected profits. The coastal trade was struggling due to a lack of vessels, and the forest department was financially failing. Given these circumstances, it was deemed wise to include the population of the Blándongs in the broader plans to free peasants from feudal obligations and to establish a fixed rent for the land in place of all previous services and payments.
The people who lived near the forests, and had long been in the habit of cutting and dragging the timber, still however continued in this employment, an annual contract being made with them for their services in the forests, in remuneration for which a remission of rent was granted. The largest and most valuable forests are, under this system, reserved for the exclu[Vol I Pg 205]sive use of government; others of less value, and the limits of which can be easily defined, have, in consideration of a recognition of ten per cent. ad valorem on the timber when worked up, been thrown open to individuals engaged in ship-building, who generally contract with the people of the adjoining villages, to cut and deliver the timber at fixed prices: a mode which has also been occasionally resorted to by government, especially for the inferior and small kinds of timber, shingles, pipe staves, &c. which are allowed to be cut in particular forests.
The people living near the forests, who had long been used to cutting and dragging timber, continued this work. They had an annual contract for their services in the forests, and in exchange, they received a rent reduction. The largest and most valuable forests are reserved exclusively for government use under this system; others, which are less valuable and have clearly defined boundaries, have been made available to individuals involved in shipbuilding, in exchange for a recognition of ten percent ad valorem on the timber when processed. These individuals usually contract with people from nearby villages to cut and deliver timber at set prices. This method has also been occasionally used by the government, particularly for lower-quality and smaller types of timber, shingles, pipe staves, etc., which can be cut in specific forests.
The industry which has been excited by opening these facilities in procuring timber, and the impetus which it has afforded to trade, may be estimated by this fact, that within the last few years have been launched no less than ten to twelve square-rigged vessels, of from one hundred and fifty to four hundred tons, and that many more of larger dimensions were about to be built, when the restoration of the colony was announced.
The industry that has been energized by opening these facilities for sourcing timber, and the boost it has given to trade, can be seen in the fact that in the last few years, no fewer than ten to twelve square-rigged ships, ranging from one hundred and fifty to four hundred tons, have been launched, and many more larger ones were set to be built when the colony's restoration was announced.
It need hardly be observed, that due precautions have been taken for the preservation and renovation of the valuable forests, which so far from being exhausted, are capable of supplying besides crooked and compass timber for ship-building, forty or fifty thousand beams in the year without injury. European overseers are appointed, and one general superintendent is placed over the whole.
It hardly needs to be said that proper measures have been taken to preserve and restore the valuable forests, which, instead of being depleted, can provide, in addition to warped and irregular timber for shipbuilding, forty to fifty thousand beams each year without harm. European supervisors are assigned, and one general superintendent oversees everything.
As illustrative of the importance attached to these forests by the Dutch, and of the capabilities of the island for ship-building, it may not be uninteresting to annex an extract from Mr. Hogendorp's appeal to the authorities in Holland on this subject.[53] [Vol I Pg 206]
As an example of how much the Dutch valued these forests and the island's potential for shipbuilding, it might be interesting to include a quote from Mr. Hogendorp's appeal to the authorities in Holland on this matter.[53] [Vol I Pg 206]
The Blandong people or foresters are generally employed in cutting or in dragging timber during eight months out of the twelve, but they are obliged to watch the forests the whole year through: they are regularly relieved, and half the working men are at all times left disposable for the rice fields. The Blandong people have always been accustomed to the work, and generally have their villages near the principal forests. It is one of the advantages of the system of contracting with the people for land payments, that in emergencies they are willing to lend their own buffaloes to assist those of government in dragging heavy timber, which could not be removed otherwise without great expence, while their children at other times watch and attend the cattle belonging to government. [Vol I Pg 207]In short, the resources of the village are at the disposal of government, for a land payment considerably less than one-third of the expence of hired labourers, whom it would be difficult to procure, and still more difficult, from the character of the people, to retain in constant and unremitting employment.
The Blandong people, or foresters, typically work in cutting or dragging timber for eight months out of the year, but they have to monitor the forests all year long. They are regularly rotated, and half of the workers are always available for the rice fields. The Blandong people are used to this kind of work and usually have their villages close to the main forests. One of the benefits of contracting with these locals for land payments is that, in emergencies, they're willing to lend their buffaloes to help the government move heavy timber, which would be very costly to remove otherwise. Meanwhile, their children take care of the government’s cattle at other times. [Vol I Pg 207] In short, the resources of the village are available to the government for a land payment that is significantly less than one-third of the cost of hiring laborers, who would be hard to find and even harder to keep employed consistently due to the nature of the work.
Under the system of granting remissions of rent, it has been calculated that in the districts of Semárang, where the assessment is comparatively high, on account of the vicinity to a large capital, a remission of eight rupees and a half, or about twenty shillings, being the average amount paid annually by each cultivator, government obtains a man's hard labour for six months of the year. But as the inhabitants of the same village are generally accustomed to labour in the fields alternately, and thus to assist each other, it has been found advisable to make the remissions of rent for the Blandongs to the village as a community, in order to avoid the delay and endless vexation which would ensue, in adjusting the petty claims of each individual.
Under the system of granting rent reductions, it's been estimated that in the districts of Semárang, where the property taxes are relatively high due to being close to a large city, a reduction of eight and a half rupees, or about twenty shillings, which is the average amount paid annually by each farmer, allows the government to gain six months of hard labor from a man each year. However, since the people in the same village usually take turns working in the fields and help each other out, it has been deemed better to grant the rent reductions for the Blandongs to the village as a community, in order to avoid the delays and frustrations that would arise from settling the small claims of each individual.
In the maritime districts on the north-east side of the island, a very large proportion of the population is employed in the fisheries, and so moderate are the seasons, that except perhaps for a few days at the change of the monsoon, they are seldom interrupted by the weather.
In the coastal areas on the northeast side of the island, a significant portion of the population works in fishing, and the seasons are so mild that, except for maybe a few days during the monsoon change, they are rarely disrupted by the weather.
The sea fish is taken either by the net, in stakes (wídi), or with the hook and line: the most considerable quantity is of course procured by means of the two former, generally distinguished by the term máyang, whence práhu máyang, fishing boat. The whole apparatus of the hook and line is called pánching, the usual term for angling among the Maláyus. The fishing-boats quit the shore at about three or four o'clock in the morning, and are driven out by the land breeze beyond sight before daylight. At about noon they are seen returning with the sea-breeze, and generally reach the shore by two in the afternoon. The stakes along the whole of the northern coast, wherever the banks and projecting land admit, are very extensive: they are often fixed in several fathom water, and constitute a very important property. They are usually closed in the night.
The sea fish is caught using nets, in stakes (wídi), or with hooks and lines. The largest amounts are, of course, obtained using the first two methods, commonly referred to as máyang, leading to práhu máyang, or fishing boat. The entire setup of the hook and line is called pánching, which is the typical term for fishing among the Maláyus. Fishing boats leave the shore around three or four in the morning, propelled by the land breeze, often disappearing from view before dawn. Around noon, they are seen returning with the sea breeze, and they usually reach the shore by two in the afternoon. The stakes along the entire northern coast, wherever the banks and protruding land allow, are very extensive; they are often set in several fathoms of water and are considered very valuable property. They are typically closed at night.
Nets are principally made of rámi, though sometimes of[Vol I Pg 208] gadáng'an, and even of cotton. They are steeped in an infusion, which not only darkens their colour, but is considered essentially to contribute to their strength. Fish that is not eaten or disposed of while fresh, is salted and dried in the sun, or smoke-dried at a short distance from a fire, and in that state forms an extensive article of internal commerce. Besides the abundance of fish thus obtained from the sea, extensive tracts of country, salt marshes, and inlets of the sea, have in several parts of the island been converted into fish-ponds (támba). These ponds are to be found in most of the low maritime districts: those at Grésik, which are the most extensive, appear to have been first established during the visit of one of the early Mahomedan princes of the island in the fifteenth century. The bándeng is generally considered as the richest and highest-flavoured fish known in these seas: the young fry are taken in the sea, and transferred to these ponds, where they grow and fatten for seven months, when they are fit for the table. An annual supply of young fish from the sea is found necessary to keep up the stock in the tanks; and, whether from a desire to raise the value of the fish so obtained in them, or otherwise, the natives generally affirm, that the fish rarely attains its full size in the sea. The extent and value of these nurseries for the fish may be estimated from the rent paid for those at Grésik, which are the property of government.
Nets are mainly made of rámi, but sometimes of[Vol I Pg 208] gadáng'an, and even cotton. They are soaked in a solution that not only darkens their color but is also believed to strengthen them. Fish that isn't eaten or disposed of while fresh gets salted and dried in the sun, or smoke-dried near a fire, and in that form becomes a significant item of local trade. In addition to the abundance of fish caught from the sea, large areas of land, salt marshes, and coastal inlets have been turned into fish ponds (támba) in various parts of the island. These ponds are mainly found in the low-lying coastal regions: the ones at Grésik, the largest, were likely established during the visit of one of the early Muslim princes of the island in the fifteenth century. The bándeng is widely regarded as the richest and most flavorful fish in these waters: young fry are caught in the sea and moved to these ponds, where they grow and fatten for seven months until they're ready to eat. An annual supply of young fish from the sea is essential to maintain the stock in the ponds; and whether this is to increase the value of the fish or for other reasons, locals often say that fish rarely reach their full size in the sea. The size and value of these fish nurseries can be gauged by the rent paid for those at Grésik, which are government property.
The river fish are taken by a variety of methods: one is to throw a number of branches of trees into a deep part of the river; here the fish collect: they are then surrounded by stakes, or the branches are taken out, and the fish easily caught; this method is termed rúmpon. Bámbu fences are sometimes thrown across the rivers at night, and so constructed that the fish are easily entrapped as they pass down the stream: this method is called pásang wádong. The rivers and ponds are frequently dragged by nets of different sizes. The coculus indicus, and other intoxicating drugs, are sometimes thrown into the river, after which the fish are found floating on the surface and easily taken; this method, termed túba, is prohibited on large rivers: when the fish are afterwards driven down the river by a number of men into a snare laid below, the usual term is jámprong. In the western dis[Vol I Pg 209]tricts, a fishing party of this description affords a very favourite amusement on great occasions. A time is selected when the river is moderately low; temporary stands made of the trunks of small trees or stout bámbus are then thrown across, each consisting of three piles, fastened together at the top and expanding below, the bottoms being pointed so as to fix in the ground. On a small stage on each, just above the surface of the water, are piled a few stones, by which they are steadied while the current is allowed a free course below. The piers or stages thus formed, answer well for the construction of a temporary bridge over the rocky or stony bed of the most irregular river. A coarse matting, made of bámbu or some other material, is then carried from one to the other, so as to shut the current in within a narrow space, across which a temporary platform and shed is thrown, with a sloping floor rising above the surface of the water, to where the party is assembled. The drug having been thrown into the river, a considerable distance higher up several hundred people now enter the river, and driving the half-intoxicated fish before them, they come floundering one after the other on the bámbu stage, to the no small amusement of the party collected, fish of a considerable size literally jumping into their laps. On these occasions, when the entertainment is given to Europeans, a great concourse of people attend, a feast is prepared, and the wild and antic music and dance of the mountaineers, performing on the ánklang and rude drum, give great peculiarity and zest to the amusement. Fish are sometimes struck at night by torch light, both at sea and in the rivers; but this method is not very general.
The river fish are caught in various ways: one method involves tossing a number of tree branches into a deep part of the river where the fish gather. They are then enclosed by stakes, or the branches are removed, making it easy to catch the fish; this method is called rúmpon. Bámbu fences are sometimes set up across the rivers at night, designed to easily trap the fish as they swim downstream; this technique is known as pásang wádong. The rivers and ponds are often dragged with nets of different sizes. Sometimes, coculus indicus and other intoxicating substances are thrown into the river, causing the fish to float on the surface and be easily caught; this method, called túba, is banned in larger rivers. When fish are driven downstream by a group of people into a trap set below, it’s usually referred to as jámprong. In the western districts, this kind of fishing party is a popular activity during big events. A time is chosen when the river is moderately low; temporary structures made of small tree trunks or sturdy bámbus are put across, each made of three piles secured together at the top and widening below, with pointed bottoms for anchoring in the ground. A few stones are piled on a small platform on each, just above the water, to keep them steady while allowing the current to flow freely underneath. These piers or platforms work well for building a temporary bridge over the uneven riverbed. A rough mat made of bámbu or another material is then stretched between them to narrow the current, with a temporary platform and shed built on a sloping floor that rises above the water to where the group is gathered. Once the drug has been released into the river some distance upstream, several hundred people enter the water and drive the half-intoxicated fish toward them, causing the fish to flop onto the bámbu platform, much to the delight of the gathered crowd, with larger fish literally jumping into their laps. During these events, when hosting Europeans, a large crowd attends, a feast is prepared, and the lively and playful music and dance of the mountaineers playing the ánklang and primitive drums add a unique and exciting touch to the festivities. Fish are sometimes caught at night using torches, both at sea and in rivers, but this method isn’t very common.
Pearls are obtained in the vicinity of Bányuwáng'i, where the privilege of fishing for them is farmed out by the year, as well as in the vicinity of Núsakambáng'an, on the south side of the island; but they are generally of the description called seed pearls, and of little value.
Pearls are found near Bányuwáng'i, where the right to fish for them is leased annually, as well as near Núsakambáng'an, on the south side of the island. However, they are mostly small seed pearls and not very valuable.
FOOTNOTES:
[51] Dampier's Voyage, vol. ii.
[52] Journal of Colonel Mackenzie, 1812.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Colonel Mackenzie's Journal, 1812.
[53] "Batavians! be amazed! hear with wonder what I have to communicate. Our fleets are destroyed, our trade languishes, our navigation is going to ruin—we purchase with immense treasures, timber and other materials for ship-building from the northern powers, and on Java we leave warlike and mercantile squadrons standing with their roots in the ground. Yes, the forests of Java have timber enough to build a respectable navy in a short time, besides as many merchant ships as we require. Hemp would grow as well as in Bengal, and as labour is as cheap in Java, we may consequently presume that it would require little trouble to establish manufactures of canvas and cordage there in a short time. But, at any rate, Java already produces at a very low price cayar and gamuti cordage, which answers very well for cables, hawsers, and rigging. To build ships at Java for the mother country, it is only necessary to send out skilful and complete master-builders with a few ship carpenters; for common workmen are to be had on Java in numbers, and at a very low rate, as a good Java carpenter may be hired at five stivers a day. The principal objection that could be made is, that the shores of Java being very flat and level, are not well adapted for building, and still less for launching ships of heavy burthens, but this difficulty may be easily overcome: on the islands before Batavia, and particularly Brunt and Cooke's Island, wharfs, or even docks, may be constructed at little expence. The same may be observed of one of the islands off Japára and at Grésik, besides many other places in the eastern division, in the harbour which is formed by the island of Madúra, and which is sheltered from every wind.
[53] "Batavians! Be amazed! Listen closely to what I have to share. Our fleets are destroyed, our trade is struggling, and our navigation is in trouble—we spend huge amounts of money buying timber and other materials for shipbuilding from northern powers, while in Java, we have military and trading squadrons standing idle. Yes, Java's forests have plenty of timber to build a solid navy quickly, along with as many merchant ships as we need. Hemp could grow just as well as it does in Bengal, and because labor in Java is cheap, we can expect it wouldn't take much effort to set up manufacturing for canvas and rope there quickly. But even now, Java already produces low-cost cayar and gamuti cordage, which works perfectly for cables, hawsers, and rigging. To construct ships in Java for the mother country, we just need to send skilled master-builders along with some ship carpenters; there are plenty of regular workers available in Java, and they are very affordable, as a good carpenter from Java can be hired for five stivers a day. The main drawback is that Java’s shores are very flat and level, making them less suitable for building and even more so for launching heavy ships, but this issue can be easily addressed: on the islands near Batavia, particularly Brunt and Cooke's Island, wharves or even docks can be built at a low cost. The same applies to one of the islands off Japára and at Grésik, along with many other places in the eastern region, in the harbor formed by Madúra Island, which is sheltered from all winds."
"The resident of Rembáng, and sometimes of Jawána, are almost the only Europeans who build ships, for it is too difficult and dangerous for others to undertake it, under the arbitrary government at present existing in Java, under which nothing can flourish or succeed. But the Chinese, who are favoured in every thing, are well aware how to turn this also to their own advantage, and to build a great number of vessels all along the coast, from fifteen to two hundred tons burthen, for which they get the timber almost for nothing, by means of renting the forest villages. It is easy to imagine, how these avaricious bloodsuckers use the forests, and manage to get all they can out of them. In spite of all this, however, the forests of Java grow as fast as they are cut, and would be inexhaustible under good care and management.
"The residents of Rembáng, and sometimes Jawána, are pretty much the only Europeans building ships, since it's too tough and risky for others to try it, given the arbitrary government currently in place in Java, where nothing can thrive or succeed. However, the Chinese, who benefit in every way, know how to take advantage of this situation and build a large number of vessels along the coast, ranging from fifteen to two hundred tons, for which they acquire timber almost for free by renting the forest villages. It's easy to picture how these greedy exploiters utilize the forests and extract as much as they can from them. Despite all this, though, the forests of Java grow back as quickly as they are cut down and could be sustainable with proper care and management."
"At Bombay, Surat, and Demaun, and other places along the coast of Malabar, at Bengal, and at Pegu, the English build many large and fine ships, which last a length of time, especially those of Bombay and Malabar built, although I believe the wood produced there, however good, is not equal to the teak of Java." [Vol I Pg 210]
"At Bombay, Surat, Demaun, and other locations along the coast of Malabar, as well as in Bengal and Pegu, the English construct many large and impressive ships that last a long time, especially those built in Bombay and Malabar. However, I believe the wood from those areas, though good, is not as strong as the teak from Java." [Vol I Pg 210]
CHAPTER V.
Commerce—Advantageous Situation of Java for Commercial Intercourse—Importance of Batavia in particular—Native Trade—Roads and Inland Carriage—Markets—Influence of the Chinese—Coasting Trade—Exports and Imports—Trade with the Archipelago—China—Kamtschatka—Western India—Europe, &c.—Dutch Commercial Regulations—State of the Eastern Islands—Advantages which they possess—Causes of the Depression of the Nations and Tribes which inhabit them—Japan Trade.
Commerce—The Strategic Position of Java for Trade—Particular Importance of Batavia—Local Trade—Roads and Transportation—Markets—Impact of the Chinese—Coastal Trade—Exports and Imports—Trade with the Archipelago—China—Kamchatka—Western India—Europe, etc.—Dutch Trade Regulations—Condition of the Eastern Islands—Their Advantages—Reasons for the Decline of the Nations and Tribes Living There—Trade with Japan.
From the importance which the Dutch, in the days of their greatness, attached to their East-India commerce, of which Batavia was the emporium, and the importance which this commerce conferred upon them, from the desire excited in the other nations to obtain a share in its advantages, and the crimes committed to maintain its undivided monopoly, some idea may be formed of its magnitude and value. When the French troops, in the summer of 1672, under Louis XIV. had overrun the territory of Holland, with the rapidity and irresistible force of the sea after bursting the dykes, the Republic formed the magnanimous resolution of transporting its wealth, its enterprise, and its subjects to another hemisphere, rather than submit to the terms of the conqueror, and fixed upon Batavia, already the seat of its eastern commerce, as the capital of its new empire. They could have found shipping in their own ports for the transport of fifty thousand families; their country was inundated with the ocean, or in possession of the invader; their power and political importance consisted in their fleets and colonies; and having been accustomed to maintain their naval superiority by the fruits of their eastern trade, and to buy the corn of Europe with the spices of the Moluccas, they would have felt less from a removal of their seat of empire from the north of Europe to the south of Asia, than any people who ever contemplated a similar change; while, at the same time, the very project of such an extraordinary emigration, and[Vol I Pg 211] the means they had of carrying it into effect, give us the highest ideas of the independent spirit inspired by their free government, and of their commercial prosperity, derived, in a great degree, from their eastern establishments and connexions.
From the significance the Dutch placed on their East India trade during their heyday, with Batavia as its hub, and the value this commerce brought them, along with the eagerness of other nations to get involved and the lengths they went to protect their monopoly, we can get a sense of its scale and worth. When the French army, led by Louis XIV, invaded Holland in the summer of 1672 with the swiftness and force of a flood, the Republic made a bold choice to relocate its wealth, resources, and citizens to a different part of the world instead of surrendering to the invaders. They chose Batavia, already the center of their eastern trade, as the capital of their new empire. They could have easily found enough ships in their own ports to transport fifty thousand families; their homeland was drowning in the ocean or controlled by the enemy. Their power and political relevance were tied to their fleets and colonies. Having relied on their eastern trade to sustain their naval dominance and traded the spices from the Moluccas for Europe's grains, they would have felt less impact from moving their capital from Northern Europe to Southern Asia than any other nation considering a similar shift. At the same time, the very idea of such a remarkable migration, along with their ability to make it happen, reflects the strong independent spirit fostered by their free government and the commercial success largely stemming from their eastern ventures and connections.
The same advantages which the Europeans derived from the navigation of the Mediterranean, the inhabitants of the Malayan Archipelago enjoyed in a higher degree; and it cannot be doubted, that among islands lying in smooth and unruffled seas, inviting the sail or oar of the most timid and inexperienced mariner, an intercourse subsisted at a very early period. To this intercourse, and to the fertility of the soil of Java, which soon rendered it an agricultural country, must be attributed the high degree of civilization and of advancement in the arts, which, from the monuments of its progress which still exist, there is every reason to believe it once attained. In short, to adopt the expressions of Dr. Adam Smith, when speaking of a very different country[54], Java, "on account of the natural fertility of its soil, of the great extent of its sea-coast in proportion to the whole of the country, and of the number of its navigable rivers, affording the conveniency of water carriage to some of its most inland parts, is conveniently fitted by nature to be the seat of foreign commerce, of manufactures for sale to the neighbouring countries, and of all the improvements which these can occasion."
The same benefits that Europeans got from navigating the Mediterranean, the people of the Malayan Archipelago experienced even more. There's no doubt that among islands located in calm and serene seas, welcoming the sail or oar of even the most cautious and inexperienced sailor, there was trade happening very early on. This exchange, along with the fertile land of Java, which quickly turned it into an agricultural hub, can be credited for the high level of civilization and advancement in the arts that Java once achieved, as indicated by the monuments of its progress that still exist today. In short, to use the words of Dr. Adam Smith when referring to a very different country[54], Java, "due to the natural fertility of its soil, the extensive coastline relative to the size of the country, and the numerous navigable rivers providing easy water transport to its more inland regions, is ideally suited by nature to be a center for foreign trade, manufacturing for neighboring countries, and all the improvements that can result from these activities."
But though there can be little doubt that Java very early emerged from barbarism, and rose to great commercial prosperity, to determine the precise time at which these events took place is perhaps impossible; and to approach the solution of the question would involve an inquiry that will be better reserved till we come to treat of its languages, institutions, and antiquities. If, in the consideration of these topics, it should be made to appear, that, in very remote ages, these regions were civilized from Western India, and that an extensive Hindu empire once existed on Java, it will be reasonable to infer a commercial intercourse still earlier than the communication of laws and improvement.
But while there's little doubt that Java quickly rose from a primitive state to significant commercial success, figuring out the exact time these changes happened is probably impossible. Tackling this question would require a deeper exploration that's better saved for when we discuss its languages, institutions, and ancient history. If, while looking at these subjects, it becomes clear that, in very ancient times, these areas were civilized through Western India, and that a large Hindu empire once existed in Java, it would be reasonable to assume that trade occurred even before the spread of laws and advancements.
In the remarkable account of the rich commodities conveyed to ancient Tyre, it would appear that there were many articles[Vol I Pg 212] the peculiar produce of the Malayan States; and in that given by Strabo of the importations into Egypt, cloves, which we know to be the exclusive produce of the Moluccas, are expressly mentioned. The same taste for the fine kinds of spices, and the same desire to obtain them, which prompted European nations successively to make themselves masters of these islands, must in all probability have operated, in a very remote period, on the merchants of Hindustan, and even of countries lying farther to the westward, who had already found their way into the gold regions; and if the hypothesis, which places Mount Ophir on Sumatra or the peninsula of Malacca, cannot be maintained, it will at any rate be admitted, that previously to the discovery of America, no country was known more rich in gold than the Malayan Islands, and that, on that account, they were peculiarly attractive to foreigners, who could not be supplied from any other quarter.
In the fascinating account of the valuable goods brought to ancient Tyre, it seems there were many items[Vol I Pg 212] that came specifically from the Malayan States; and in Strabo's account of what was imported into Egypt, cloves, which we know only come from the Moluccas, are specifically mentioned. The same appreciation for high-quality spices and the desire to obtain them, which drove European nations to take control of these islands, likely influenced merchants from Hindustan and even those from farther west, who had already ventured into the gold regions. Even if we can't support the theory that Mount Ophir is located in Sumatra or the Malacca peninsula, it can still be agreed that before the discovery of America, no other country was known to be richer in gold than the Malayan Islands, making them particularly appealing to outsiders who couldn't get these resources from anywhere else.
The Arabs, it is known, had in the ninth century, if not long previously, made themselves acquainted with these countries; and the Chinese, if we may trust the Javan annals, had visited Java at the same period. According to Kempfer, the Maláyus in former times had by far the greatest trade in the Indies, and frequented, with their vessels, not only all the coasts of Asia, but even ventured to the shores of Africa, and particularly to the great island of Madagascar; "for," adds this author, "John de Barros in his Decades, and Flaccourt in his History of Madagascar, assures us, that the language spoken by the inhabitants of that large African island is full of Javan and Malayan words: subsisting proofs of the commerce with these two nations, about two thousand years ago the richest and most powerful of Asia, had carried on with Madagascar, where they had settled in great numbers."
The Arabs, as we know, had become familiar with these regions by the ninth century, if not earlier. The Chinese, according to Javanese records, had also visited Java around the same time. Kempfer notes that the Maláyus once held the largest trade in the Indies and traveled with their ships not just along the coasts of Asia, but also made it to the shores of Africa, particularly the large island of Madagascar. "Because," this author adds, "John de Barros in his Decades, and Flaccourt in his History of Madagascar, confirm that the language spoken by the residents of that large African island is rich in Javanese and Malay words. This stands as evidence of the trade that took place between these two nations, which were the wealthiest and most powerful in Asia around two thousand years ago, with Madagascar, where they settled in large numbers."
Whatever credit we may attach to these statements and inferences, respecting the commerce of these islands before they were visited by Europeans in the fifteenth century, it is certain that, at this period, an extensive trade was established at Malacca, Acheen, and Bantam, then the great emporiums of the Eastern Archipelago. Hither the rich produce of Sumatra, Borneo, and the Moluccas, was conveyed in the small trading craft of the country, and exchanged for the[Vol I Pg 213] produce of India and China. These ports were then filled with vessels from every maritime state of Asia, from the Red Sea to Japan. The Portuguese, who preceded the Dutch in India, and who had fixed upon Goa, on the coast of Malabar, as the capital of their eastern settlements, selected Malacca as the most convenient station for conducting and protecting their trade with the islands, and erected it into a secondary capital. The Dutch finding this desirable station pre-occupied, and being foiled in their attempts to dislodge their rivals, first established a commercial settlement at Bantam, and subsequently subdued by force of arms the neighbouring province of Jákatra, (or Jokárta), on which, as will be afterwards mentioned, they built the fortress, the city, and the port of Batavia.
Whatever credit we may give to these statements and conclusions about the trade of these islands before Europeans arrived in the fifteenth century, it is clear that by this time, a significant trade network was already established in Malacca, Acheen, and Bantam, which were the major trading hubs of the Eastern Archipelago. The valuable goods from Sumatra, Borneo, and the Moluccas were transported by local trading boats and exchanged for the[Vol I Pg 213] products from India and China. These ports were bustling with ships from every maritime nation in Asia, stretching from the Red Sea to Japan. The Portuguese, who arrived in India before the Dutch and chose Goa on the Malabar coast as the center of their eastern settlements, identified Malacca as the most suitable location to manage and safeguard their trade with the islands, making it a secondary capital. The Dutch, finding this advantageous location already occupied and thwarted in their attempts to oust their rivals, initially set up a commercial base in Bantam and later forcibly captured the nearby province of Jákatra (or Jokárta), on which, as will be discussed later, they constructed the fortress, city, and port of Batavia.
Nor was it without reason that they selected this spot for the capital of their new empire. "What the Cape of Good Hope is," says Adam Smith, "between Europe and every part of the East Indies, Batavia is between the principal countries in the East Indies. It lies upon the most frequented road from Hindustan to China and Japan, and is nearly about midway on that road. Almost all the ships, too, that sail between Europe and China, touch at Batavia; and it is, over and above all this, the centre and principal mart of what is called the country trade of the East Indies, not only of that part of it which is carried on by Europeans, but of that which is carried on by the native Indians, and vessels navigated by the inhabitants of China and Japan, of Tonquin, of Malacca, of Cochin China, and the Island of Celebes, are frequently to be seen in its port. Such advantageous situations have enabled these two colonies to surmount all the obstacles which the oppressive genius of an exclusive company may have occasionally opposed to their growth: they have enabled Batavia to surmount the additional disadvantage, of perhaps the most unwholesome climate in the world."
Nor was it without reason that they chose this location for the capital of their new empire. "What the Cape of Good Hope is," says Adam Smith, "between Europe and every part of the East Indies, Batavia is between the main countries in the East Indies. It’s on the busiest route from Hindustan to China and Japan, and is roughly halfway on that route. Almost all the ships that travel between Europe and China stop at Batavia; and beyond that, it is the center and main market for what is known as the country trade of the East Indies, not just for the trade conducted by Europeans but also for that carried out by native Indians, as well as vessels operated by the people of China and Japan, Tonquin, Malacca, Cochin China, and the Island of Celebes, which are often seen in its harbor. Such advantageous locations have allowed these two colonies to overcome all the challenges that a restrictive company might have occasionally imposed on their development: they have enabled Batavia to surpass the additional disadvantage of possibly the unhealthiest climate in the world."
It would be as difficult to describe in detail the extent of the commerce enjoyed by Java[55], at the period of the establishment [Vol I Pg 214]of the Dutch in the eastern seas, as it would be painful to point out how far, or to show in what manner, that commerce was interfered with, checked, changed in its character, and reduced in its importance, by the influence of a withering monopoly, the rapacity of avarice armed with power, and the short-sighted tyranny of a mercantile administration. To convey an idea of the maritime strength of the native princes anterior to this date, as giving a criterion by which to judge of the trade of their subjects, it may be sufficient to state that warlike expeditions, consisting of many hundred vessels, are often reported to have been fitted out against Borneo, Sumatra, and the peninsula. In the art of ship-building, however, they do not appear to have advanced beyond the construction of that sort of vessel adapted to the navigation of their own smooth seas, and now to be met with in all their ports and harbours; nor do they seem to have had any knowledge of maritime geography beyond the shores of their own Archipelago, and the information which they gained from the reports of the Arabs, or the traditions of their own more adventurous ancestors. This circumstance would lead us to infer that the trade of Java was carried on chiefly in foreign vessels, and through the enterprize of foreign adventurers. The habits of the people had become agricultural; they had nearly deserted an element which they had no powerful temptation to traverse, and on which they could reap little, compared with what they could draw from the fertility of their own territory. Leaving therefore their ports to be filled, and their commodities to be carried away by the Maláyus, the Búgis, the Indians, the Chinese, and the Arabs, they for the most part contented themselves with enjoying the advantages of a trade, in which they incurred no chance of loss; and thus, though their own country yielded neither gold nor jewels, they are said to have been plentifully supplied with these and other valuable articles on their own shores, in exchange for the produce of their tranquil industry and their fertile soil. This kind of traffic was almost entirely annihilated, or at least very much diverted from its ancient course, by the restrictive system of Dutch colonial policy. Some branches of it were, it must be allowed, partially encouraged by the influx of European capital and the demand for particular articles which bear a high price in the European[Vol I Pg 215] market; but this was an inadequate compensation for the loss of that commerce, which may be said to be as much the growth of the country as any of its indigenous plants. In order to show to what insignificance it was reduced under Dutch oppression, and what tendency it has to improve under a better system, it is only necessary to compare its state during the latter years of the Dutch government, before the blockade, and afterwards during the short interval of British administration. For the first of these purposes, I have drawn, in the introduction to this work, a short sketch of the condition of the Dutch East India Company, for a considerable period previous to our arrival; and I now proceed to give some account of the external and internal trade of Java, as it existed at the time when we restored it to its former masters.
It would be just as hard to detail the level of trade that Java[55] experienced when the Dutch established themselves in the eastern seas as it would be uncomfortable to highlight how much that trade was disrupted, altered, or diminished by the harsh grip of a monopolistic system, the greed brought on by power, and the narrow-minded tyranny of a commercial administration. To illustrate the maritime strength of the native rulers before this time, which helps assess the trade of their people, it suffices to mention that many warlike campaigns, consisting of hundreds of ships, were often launched against Borneo, Sumatra, and the peninsula. However, in shipbuilding, they seemed to have only developed vessels suitable for navigating their own smooth waters, commonly found in their ports and harbors. They don't appear to have had any understanding of maritime geography beyond their own Archipelago, relying instead on reports from the Arabs or stories passed down from their more adventurous ancestors. This leads us to suggest that Java's trade was primarily conducted through foreign ships and foreign traders. The lifestyle of the people shifted to agriculture; they had largely abandoned the sea, which offered little reward compared to the produce from their fertile land. Thus, they allowed their ports to be filled and their goods to be exported by the Maláyus, the Búgis, the Indians, the Chinese, and the Arabs, mostly settling for the benefits of trade with no risk of loss. Even though their land yielded no gold or jewels, they were reported to be well supplied with these and other valuable items on their shores in exchange for the products of their peaceful labor and rich soil. This kind of trade was nearly wiped out or at least significantly redirected from its original path by the restrictive policies of Dutch colonial rule. Some segments were, it must be said, somewhat boosted by the influx of European investment and demand for certain high-priced items in the European[Vol I Pg 215] market; but this was not enough to make up for the loss of a commerce that was as much a product of the land as any of its native plants. To show just how insignificant it became under Dutch oppression and how it might improve under a better system, one only needs to compare its condition in the later years of Dutch rule, before the blockade, and afterwards during the brief period of British administration. For the first purpose, I have outlined, in the introduction to this work, a concise overview of the state of the Dutch East India Company for a significant time before our arrival; and now I will proceed to give some account of the external and internal trade of Java as it existed when we returned it to its previous rulers.
The extent of this commerce, since the establishment of the British government, and since a greater freedom of trade has been allowed, may, for a want of a better criterion, be estimated from the amount of tonnage employed since the beginning of the year 1812, at which period the operations of the military expedition had ceased, and the transports were discharged.
The scale of this trade, since the establishment of the British government and the allowance of greater trade freedom, can be roughly estimated by the tonnage used since the start of 1812, when the military expedition's activities had stopped, and the transports were unloaded.
In the year 1812, the number of square-rigged vessels which entered the port of Batavia amounted to 239, and their aggregate tonnage to 48,290 tons, and in the same year the native craft amounted to 455 vessels, or 7,472 tons, or together 55,762 tons. The quantity cleared out during the same year was 44,613 tons of shipping, and 7,762 of native craft, making together 52,375.
In 1812, the number of square-rigged ships that entered the port of Batavia was 239, with a total tonnage of 48,290 tons. In that same year, the local boats numbered 455, totaling 7,472 tons, bringing the overall total to 55,762 tons. The amount of shipping that left the port that year was 44,613 tons, along with 7,762 tons of local boats, making a combined total of 52,375 tons.
In the year 1813, the number of square-rigged vessels was 288, and the tonnage 51,092, the native craft amounting to 796 vessels, or 13,214 tons, or together 64,306 tons.
In 1813, the number of square-rigged ships was 288, with a total tonnage of 51,092. The local vessels totaled 796, or 13,214 tons, which adds up to a combined total of 64,306 tons.
In 1814, three hundred and twenty-one ships, or 63,564 tons, cleared out with 568 native vessels, or 9,154 tons, shewing the total tonnage of Batavia during this year to have amounted to 72,718 tons.
In 1814, three hundred and twenty-one ships, or 63,564 tons, left along with 568 native vessels, or 9,154 tons, showing that the total tonnage of Batavia for this year was 72,718 tons.
The returns for the following year have not been received, but they are estimated to exceed either of the two former years, and not to have fallen much short of one hundred thousand tons; and it may be noticed, that during one year after the first accounts were received of the successes of the[Vol I Pg 216] allied armies against France, no less than thirty-two ships, measuring fifteen thousand tons, cleared out, and carried cargoes, the produce of Java, to the London market.
The returns for the next year haven't come in yet, but they're expected to be higher than either of the previous two years, likely coming close to one hundred thousand tons. It's worth mentioning that in the year following the initial reports of the allied armies' successes against France, a total of thirty-two ships, each with a capacity of fifteen thousand tons, set sail carrying cargoes, products from Java, to the London market.
The average annual tonnage which cleared out from the port of Surabáya, for the three last years, amounted to about thirty thousand tons, and the native tonnage trading to the neighbouring port of Grésik is estimated to have even exceeded that quantity.
The average annual tonnage that left the port of Surabáya over the last three years was around thirty thousand tons, and the local tonnage trading with the nearby port of Grésik is believed to have even surpassed that amount.
At the small port of Súmenap, situated at the east end of Madúra, which is a principal resort for the native trade, the tonnage which cleared out was
At the small port of Súmenap, located at the east end of Madúra, a key hub for local trade, the cargo that left was
Small prahus and vessels. | Tonnage. | ||
---|---|---|---|
For | 1812 | 3,765 | 15,230 |
1813 | 4,752 | 33,769 |
And the estimated value of the same,
And the estimated value of that,
Imports. | Exports. | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
For | 1812 | Rupees | 625,628 | Rupees | 396,820 |
1813 | 740,080 | 492,020[56]. |
The value of the imports and exports of Semárang, on which duties were actually collected at that port, were
The value of the imports and exports of Semárang, on which duties were actually collected at that port, were
Imports. | Exports. | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
For | 1812 | Rupees | 555,044 | Rupees | 167,101 |
1813 | 1,530,716 | 985,709 | |||
1814 | 686,330 | 549,038 |
The native tonnage which cleared from Rembáng was as follows:
The local shipping that left from Rembáng was as follows:
In | 1812 | 862 | vessels | or | 8,058 | tons. |
1813 | 1,095 | ditto. | 8,657 | |||
1814 | 1,455 | ditto. | 12,935 |
The trade from the other minor ports was inconsiderable, the effect of the regulations passed in 1813 being yet hardly felt. From Pakalúngan the tonnage which cleared was for 1812, 5,962 tons, and for 1813, 4,679 tons, the imports being about 150,000 rupees, and the exports 300,000 rupees in each year; from Tégal for 1812, 2,445 tons, and for 1813, 1,926[Vol I Pg 217] tons, the imports being about 50,000, and the exports about 60,000 rupees in each year.
The trade from the other smaller ports was minimal, with the impact of the regulations introduced in 1813 just starting to be noticed. From Pakalúngan, the tonnage that was cleared was 5,962 tons in 1812 and 4,679 tons in 1813, with imports around 150,000 rupees and exports at 300,000 rupees each year; from Tégal, it was 2,445 tons in 1812 and 1,926 tons in 1813, with imports approximately 50,000 rupees and exports about 60,000 rupees in both years.
The amount of tonnage which touched at Anyer, on the way through the Straits of Súnda, to and from Europe, Africa, and America, was
The amount of tonnage that stopped at Anyer, on the way through the Straits of Súnda, to and from Europe, Africa, and America, was
In | 1812 | 73 | ships | 29,450 |
1813 | 73 | 37,546 | ||
1814 | 125 | 56,942 |
By an official return made in March 1816, it appears that the total quantity of tonnage in vessels boarded on their passage through the Straits of Súnda, amounted in 1812 to 45,000 tons; in 1813, to 56,000 tons; in 1814, to 64,000 tons; and in 1815, to 130,000 tons; to which, adding a third for vessels which passed without being boarded, the whole amount of tonnage for these four years, would be 390,000, the quantity in the fourth of these years being nearly triple that of the first.
By an official report made in March 1816, it shows that the total tonnage of vessels that passed through the Straits of Súnda was 45,000 tons in 1812, 56,000 tons in 1813, 64,000 tons in 1814, and 130,000 tons in 1815. If we add a third for vessels that passed without being boarded, the total tonnage for these four years would be 390,000 tons, with the amount in the fourth year being nearly triple that of the first.
The commerce of Java may be considered under the two general divisions of the native and the European, the former including the internal and coasting trade, with that of the Malayan Archipelago in general; the latter comprehending that carried on by Europeans and Americans with India, China and Japan, Africa, America, and Europe.
The trade of Java can be looked at in two main categories: native and European. The native trade includes local and coastal commerce, as well as trade with the Malayan Archipelago in general. The European trade involves exchanges conducted by Europeans and Americans with India, China, Japan, Africa, America, and Europe.
Java has already been described as a great agricultural country. It has long been considered as the granary of the Eastern Islands.
Java has already been described as a fantastic agricultural country. It has long been seen as the breadbasket of the Eastern Islands.
The southern coast is for the most part inaccessible, and seldom visited by traders; but along the north coast there are no less than thirteen principal ports, besides numerous other intermediate and less considerable ones, frequented by native vessels at all seasons of the year. Many of these are sheltered, and form safe harbours in all weather, as Bantam, Batavia, Rembáng, Grésik, and Surabáya. Even where the vessels lie in an open roadstead, the wind is seldom sufficiently strong to render the anchorage unsafe. Several of the rivers are navigable for many miles into the interior, and most of them are capable of receiving native vessels into the heart of the town, through which they generally run; but the rivers of Java, as well as those of the eastern coast of Sumatra and the western coast of Borneo, are for the most part obstructed at[Vol I Pg 218] their entrance by extensive bars, which preclude the admission of vessels of any very considerable burthen. Piers have been run out in many places, to remedy this inconvenience; but in consequence of the quantity of soil annually carried down, the bars or banks are continually increasing, and in some places, as at Tégal, have nearly blocked up the communication between the rivers and the sea.
The southern coast is mostly hard to reach and rarely visited by traders, but along the northern coast, there are at least thirteen main ports, as well as many smaller ones that local boats frequent throughout the year. Many of these ports are sheltered and provide safe harbors in all weather, like Bantam, Batavia, Rembáng, Grésik, and Surabáya. Even in open roadsteads, the wind is usually not strong enough to make anchoring unsafe. Several rivers can be navigated for many miles into the interior, and most of them allow local boats to reach right into the center of town, which they typically flow through. However, the rivers of Java, as well as those along the eastern coast of Sumatra and the western coast of Borneo, are mostly blocked at[Vol I Pg 218] their entrances by large bars, preventing the entry of larger vessels. Piers have been built in many locations to address this issue, but due to the amount of soil carried down annually, the bars or banks keep growing. In some places, like Tégal, they have almost completely blocked the connection between the rivers and the sea.
The produce and manufactures of the country are conveyed from one district to another and to these maritime capitals, either by water or land carriage. The principal navigable rivers to the westward, are those which disembogue themselves below Táng'ran, Kráwang, and Indramáyu, and the produce brought down by them is usually conveyed to Batavia. To the eastward, the great Sólo river, which is navigable from Súra-kérta, affords, with the Kedíri, the principal and only outlets from the native provinces by water towards the northern coast. Down the former, which empties itself by several mouths, near Grésik, into the great harbour of Surabáya, during the rains, large quantities of the produce of the richest provinces of the interior are conveyed. The boats employed, which are of considerable burthen, return with cargoes of salt. This river runs through many valuable teak forests, and consequently affords the means of easy transport for the timber; an advantage which is also derived from several smaller rivers on the northern coast, particularly in the neighbourhood of the principal building yards. Facilities of the same kind are also found at most of the sea ports, which are generally seated on rivers passing through forests in the interior, down which timber required for house-building and the construction of small craft is floated with ease. An inland navigation is carried on to a considerable extent, by means of small canals, in Demák and some of the neighbouring districts, where it is common, even during the harvest, at the driest season of the year, to observe innumerable boats with their light sails crossing an extensive, flat, and highly cultivated country and traversing the corn-fields in various directions. In the rich and fertile delta of Surabáya, the whole produce of the adjacent country is conveyed by water carriage, generally on light rafts constructed of a few stems of the plantain tree.
The products and goods from the country are transported from one area to another and to the coastal cities, either by boat or by truck. The main navigable rivers to the west are those that flow out below Táng'ran, Kráwang, and Indramáyu, and the products carried by these rivers are typically taken to Batavia. To the east, the large Sólo River, which is navigable from Súra-kérta, along with the Kedíri, provides the main routes by water from the native provinces to the northern coast. The Sólo River, which empties into the large harbor of Surabáya near Grésik through several mouths, transports large amounts of produce from the richest interior provinces during the rainy season. The boats used are quite large and return with loads of salt. This river runs through extensive teak forests, making it easier to transport timber; this benefit is also available from several smaller rivers along the northern coast, especially near the main shipbuilding areas. Similar facilities can be found at most seaports, which are usually located on rivers that flow through forests inland, allowing timber needed for construction and small boats to be easily floated. There is also substantial inland navigation via small canals in Demák and nearby areas, where it's common, even during the harvest and the driest part of the year, to see countless boats with their small sails crossing a wide, flat, and highly cultivated landscape, moving through the cornfields in various directions. In the rich and fertile delta of Surabáya, all the produce from the surrounding area is transported by water, usually on lightweight rafts made from a few stems of the banana tree.
Goods not conveyed by water carriage, are usually carried[Vol I Pg 219] on the backs of oxen or horses, or on the shoulders of men and women, carts not being generally used, except in the western districts, where the population is thin, or in some of the more eastern districts, particularly those recently under Chinese direction. The cart of the western districts, termed pedáti, is of clumsy construction, running on two large solid wheels, from five to six feet in diameter, and from one to two inches broad, on a revolving axle, and drawn by two buffaloes. It is the ordinary conveyance of goods to the capital, within a range of about sixty miles from Batavia.
Goods that aren't transported by water are typically carried[Vol I Pg 219] on the backs of oxen or horses, or on the shoulders of men and women. Carts are generally not used, except in the western areas where the population is sparse, or in some of the eastern regions, especially those recently under Chinese control. The cart found in the western districts, called pedáti, is bulky and runs on two large solid wheels, measuring five to six feet in diameter and one to two inches wide, on a revolving axle, and is pulled by two buffaloes. This is the usual method for transporting goods to the capital, within a distance of about sixty miles from Batavia.
Few countries can boast of roads, either of a better description, or of a greater extent, than some of those in Java. A high post road, passable for carriages at all seasons of the year, runs from Anyer, on the western side of Bantam, to within twenty miles of Bányuwángi, the eastern extremity of the Island, being a distance of not less than eight hundred English miles. Along this road, at intervals of less than five miles, are regular post stations and relays of carriage horses. A portion of it towards the west, which proceeded into the interior, and passed over some high and mountainous tracts, was found to occasion great delay and inconvenience to passengers, and to impose an oppressive duty upon those inhabitants, who, residing in the neighbourhood, were obliged to lend the use of their cattle, or the assistance of their personal labour, to aid carriages in ascending the steeps; this part of the line has therefore been abandoned, and a new road has recently been constructed along the low lands, from Batavia to Chéribon, by which not only the former inequalities are avoided, but a distance of fifty miles is saved. This route is now so level, that a canal might easily be cut along its side, and carried on nearly through all the maritime districts of the eastward, by which the convenience of inland navigation might be afforded them, for conveying the commodities continually required for the consumption and exportation of the capital. Besides this main road from one extreme to the other, there is also a high military road, equally well constructed, which crosses the Island from north to south, leading to the two native capitals of Súra-kérta and Yúg'ya-kérta, and consequently to within a few miles of the South Sea. Cross roads have also been formed wherever the convenience[Vol I Pg 220] or advantage of Europeans required them; and there is no part of the Island to which the access is less difficult. But it is not to be concluded, that these communications contribute that assistance to agriculture or trade on Java, which such roads would afford in Europe: their construction has, on the contrary, in many instances, been destructive to whole districts, and when completed by his own labour, or the sacrifice of the lives of his neighbours, the peasant was debarred from their use, and not permitted to drive his cattle along them, while he saw the advantages they were capable of yielding reserved for his European masters, that they might be enabled to hold a more secure possession of his country. They were principally formed during the blockade of the Island, and were intended to facilitate the conveyance of stores, or the passage of troops necessary for its military defence. The inhabitants, however, felt the exclusion the less, as good inferior roads were often made by the side of these military roads, and bye-roads branched off through all parts of the country, so that the internal commerce met with no impediment for the want of direct or convenient lines of communication.
Few countries can claim better or more extensive roads than some found in Java. A major post road, which is suitable for carriages year-round, stretches from Anyer on the western side of Bantam to just twenty miles from Bányuwángi, the eastern tip of the island, covering at least eight hundred miles. Along this road, post stations and carriage horse relays are spaced less than five miles apart. A section of this road to the west, which went into the interior and crossed high, mountainous areas, caused significant delays and difficulties for travelers. It also placed a heavy burden on local residents who had to provide their cattle or personal labor to help carriages climb the steep areas. This section has since been abandoned, and a new road has been built through the lowlands, from Batavia to Chéribon, avoiding the earlier obstacles and saving fifty miles in distance. This new route is so flat that a canal could easily be constructed alongside it, extending almost all the way through the eastern coastal districts, providing convenient inland navigation for transporting goods needed for the capital's consumption and export. Besides this main road from one end to the other, there is also a well-constructed military road that runs north to south across the island, connecting the two native capitals of Súra-kérta and Yúg'ya-kérta, getting close to the South Sea. Additional cross roads have been created wherever the convenience of Europeans required them, making access to every part of the island less difficult. However, it's important to note that these roads do not provide the same support for agriculture or trade in Java as they do in Europe. In many cases, their construction has actually harmed entire regions, and once built through the labor or even the lives of their neighbors, local peasants were often barred from using them, unable to drive their cattle while watching the benefits flow to their European masters, who used the roads to tighten their grip on the land. These roads were mainly developed during the island's blockade, aimed at facilitating the transport of supplies and troop movements necessary for military defense. The locals, however, were less affected as good alternative roads were often created alongside these military routes, with side roads spreading throughout the country, ensuring that internal commerce faced no obstacles from a lack of direct lines of communication.
Nor is it discouraged by the want of understood or established places of exchange. Bazars or public markets (here called pékan) are established in every part of the country, and usually held twice a-week, if not oftener. The market days are in general regulated by what are called pásar days, being a week of five days, similar to that by which the markets in South America appear to be regulated. At these markets are assembled frequently some thousands of people, chiefly women, on whom the duty devolves of carrying the various productions of the country to these places of traffic. In some districts, extensive sheds are erected for the accommodation of the people; but, in general, a temporary covering of thatch, to shelter them from the rays of the sun, is made for the occasion, and thought sufficient. Where the market is not held within a town of considerable size, the assemblage usually takes place under a large tree, in a spot occupied from immemorial usage for that purpose. In these markets there are regular quarters appropriated for the grain merchant, the cloth merchant, venders of iron, brass, and copper ware, and dealers in the various small manufactures of the country, as well as those of India, China,[Vol I Pg 221] and Europe. Prepared eatables of every kind, as well as all the fruits and vegetables in request, occupy a considerable space in the fair, and find a rapid sale. In the more extensive bazars, as at Sólo, the kris handle makers have their particular quarter, and in an adjoining square, horses and oxen are exposed for sale.
Nor is it discouraged by the lack of understood or established places for trade. Bazaars or public markets (here called pékan) are set up in every part of the country and usually take place twice a week, if not more often. The market days are generally determined by what's known as pásar days, which follow a five-day week, similar to how markets in South America are organized. At these markets, often thousands of people gather, mainly women, who are responsible for bringing various local products to these trading spots. In some areas, large sheds are built for people's convenience, but typically, a temporary thatched covering is made to protect them from the sun, and it's considered enough. When the market isn't held in a fairly large town, gatherings usually occur under a large tree in a spot that has traditionally been used for that purpose. In these markets, there are designated sections for grain merchants, cloth sellers, vendors of iron, brass, and copper goods, as well as traders of various small local products and those from India, China, [Vol I Pg 221] and Europe. Prepared foods of all kinds, along with popular fruits and vegetables, take up a significant space at the market and sell quickly. In the larger bazaars, like at Sólo, the makers of kris handles have their own section, and in a nearby area, horses and oxen are sold.
Small duties are generally levied in these bazars, the collection of which was formerly farmed out to Chinese; but it being found that they exacted more than the settled or authorized rate, and that they contrived, by means of the influence which their office conferred, to create a monopoly in their own favour, not only of the articles of trade but of many of the necessaries of life, that system has latterly been relinquished wherever practicable, and government has taken the management of that portion of the public revenue into its own hands. In the bazars, accordingly, regulated under the immediate superintendence of its officers, extensive sheds are built, and a small compensation only is required for the use of them by those who there intend to expose their goods for sale. This duty is collected at the entrance into the market-place, and is taken in lieu of all other taxes or customs whatever, formerly levied on the transit or sale of native commodities. It is to be regretted, that this improvement had not been extended to the native provinces, where every article of produce and manufacture is still impeded in its progress through the country to the place of consumption or export, by toll duties and other impolitic exactions, and charged on its arrival there with heavy bazar duties, to the discouragement of industry and enterprize, and the depression of agriculture and trade, in a degree not compensated by a proportionate benefit to the revenue[57]. [Vol I Pg 222]
Small fees are usually charged in these marketplaces, which were previously managed by the Chinese. However, it was discovered that they collected more than the agreed-upon rate and used their influence to create a monopoly on trade items and many basic necessities. As a result, that system has recently been phased out wherever possible, and the government has taken control of this part of public revenue. In the marketplaces now supervised directly by government officials, large sheds have been built, and only a small fee is required for vendors to display their goods for sale. This fee is collected at the entrance of the market and replaces all other taxes or customs previously charged on the transit or sale of local goods. It’s unfortunate that this improvement hasn’t been implemented in the native provinces, where the movement of every type of produce and manufactured goods is still hindered by tolls and other unreasonable charges, plus additional heavy marketplace fees upon arrival, discouraging industry and entrepreneurship, and negatively impacting agriculture and trade, with benefits to the revenue not sufficiently justifying these burdens.[57]. [Vol I Pg 222]
Almost all the inland commerce, beyond what is thus carried on though the medium of bazars, is under the direction of the Chinese, who, possessing considerable capital, and frequently speculating on a very extensive scale, engross the greater part of the wholesale trade, buy up the principal articles of export from the native grower, convey them to the maritime capitals, and in return supply the interior with salt, and with the principal articles imported from the neighbouring islands, or from foreign countries. The industry of the Javans being directed almost exclusively to the cultivation of the soil, they are satisfied if they can find an immediate market for their surplus produce; and the Chinese, from their superior wealth and enterprize, offering them this advantage without interfering with their habits, have obtained almost a monopoly of their produce, and an uncontrolled command of their market for foreign commodities.
Almost all the inland trade, aside from what happens in the bazaars, is managed by the Chinese. They have significant capital and often make large-scale investments, dominating most of the wholesale market. They purchase key export products from local farmers, transport them to coastal cities, and in exchange, provide the interior with salt and major goods imported from nearby islands or foreign countries. The Javanese focus primarily on farming and are content as long as they can sell their excess produce right away. Because the Chinese, with their greater wealth and entrepreneurial spirit, offer this opportunity without disrupting their way of life, they have effectively gained a monopoly on local products and full control over the market for foreign goods.
The trade carried on by native vessels along the coast, with the neighbouring islands, and with the peninsula of Malacca, has been even more shackled than that placed under the impolitic restraints of interior regulation; and if it exists now to any considerable extent, it is owing only to the great natural advantages that attend it. Independently of the dangers to which the peaceable unprotected trader has so long been exposed, from the numerous pirates who infest the Eastern Seas, and who for many years have been in the habit of annually sweeping the coast of Java, the various restrictions, penalties, and prohibitions established by the Dutch government, in order to insure their own monopoly, closed all the minor ports against him.
The trade conducted by local ships along the coast, with nearby islands, and with the Malacca peninsula, has been even more restricted than that imposed by misguided internal regulations. If it still exists to any significant degree, it is only due to the great natural benefits that come with it. Apart from the dangers faced by the peaceful, unprotected trader, who has long been at risk from the many pirates that plague the Eastern Seas—who have annually raided the coast of Java for many years—the various restrictions, penalties, and prohibitions enforced by the Dutch government to maintain their monopoly have shut down all the smaller ports to him.
Among these restrictions, none operated more forcibly to prejudice the native trade than the rigid and enforced monopoly of the teak timber; an article of produce with which Java abounds, and of which the shipping of the Archipelago had, from time immemorial, been principally constructed. The facilities for building and repairing vessels along the coast, while the sale of timber was unrestricted, not only allowed a more abundant supply of shipping at a cheap rate for the convenience of the native trader, but attracted the beneficial visits and the intercourse of foreigners, and encouraged a species of trade, which under the recent system has been lost. The[Vol I Pg 223] Búgis and Arabs of the different eastern ports, navigating in large vessels, were induced to give them an annual repair on Java; and rather than depart in ballast, frequently carried out cargoes, the profits of which alone, independently of their refit, would not have been sufficient to tempt them to the speculation. These adventurers not only imported considerable quantities of gold-dust to defray the expence of their repairs, but many other articles the produce of the Malayan islands; for which they in return exported large quantities of salt and other bulky commodities, which would otherwise hardly repay their freight. In consequence of the stop put to this kind of intercourse, the Malayan States were principally supplied with salt from Siam and the Coromandel coast, or manufactured the article for themselves, while an accumulating undemanded surplus for many years remained on Java unsaleable. Of the nature of the restrictions under which the internal commerce and the native trade in general were placed until lately, some idea may be formed from the amount of the duties which were exacted at Chéribon prior to the introduction of the land revenue settlement[58].
Among these restrictions, none impacted the local trade more than the strict and enforced monopoly on teak timber, a resource plentiful in Java and essential for building ships in the Archipelago since ancient times. When the sale of timber was free, it made it easier and cheaper to build and repair ships along the coast, benefiting local traders. This also drew foreign visitors and fostered a type of trade that has been lost under the new system. The Búgis and Arabs from various eastern ports, sailing in large vessels, were encouraged to have their ships repaired annually in Java and often took on cargoes instead of leaving empty, as the profits alone would not have justified their trips. These traders not only brought back significant amounts of gold dust to cover their repair costs but also imported many goods from the Malayan islands. In exchange, they exported large quantities of salt and other bulky items that wouldn’t have been worth shipping otherwise. Due to the halt in this type of trade, the Malayan States primarily sourced their salt from Siam and the Coromandel coast or produced it locally, while a growing surplus remained unsold in Java for many years. To understand the restrictions on internal trade and local commerce up until recently, one can consider the level of duties collected at Chéribon before the implementation of the land revenue settlement[58].
These, with still heavier and more vexatious duties and exactions, were levied on trade in other districts of the island. Constant requisitions were made by the Dutch government for the services of native vessels, at rates far below a just compensation to the owner, and the native traders were forbidden to traffic in any of the articles of Dutch monopoly; considerations which incline us rather to express our surprize, that there should have been any native trade at all, than that there should be so little as now exists.
These, along with even heavier and more frustrating duties and demands, were imposed on trade in other areas of the island. The Dutch government constantly required the use of local ships at rates that were far below fair compensation for the owners, and local traders were prohibited from selling any items under Dutch monopoly. Given these factors, we’re more surprised that there was any local trade at all rather than the small amount that currently exists.
The coasting trade is carried on in vessels belonging chiefly to Chinese, Arabs, and Búgis (natives of Celebes), and in smaller Malayan práhus[59]. The enterprize of the Arabs, [Vol I Pg 224]Chinese, and Búgis is very conspicuous. They are in general fair traders; and Europeans acquainted with their several[Vol I Pg 225] characters can rely on their engagements, and command their confidence. Many of them, particularly the Búgis, are possessed of very large capital.
The coasting trade is mainly conducted by vessels owned by Chinese, Arabs, and Búgis (natives of Celebes), along with smaller Malayan práhus[59]. The enterprise of the Arabs, Chinese, and Búgis stands out significantly. They generally engage in fair trade, and Europeans who understand their distinct personalities can trust their agreements and earn their confidence. Many of them, especially the Búgis, possess substantial capital.
By means of the coasting trade, the produce of the maritime and inland districts is conveyed to Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, the principal ports of consumption and exportation; and in return those districts receive iron, steel, and other articles of foreign produce and manufacture from abroad. The western districts being but thinly inhabited, do not yield a sufficient supply for the consumption of Batavia; and on this account, as well as its being the principal mart of foreign commerce, the trade of the eastern districts is attracted to it, in a higher degree than to any of the other great towns in their own immediate neighbourhood: but owing to the unhealthiness [Vol I Pg 226]of the climate, the loss occasioned by the paper money, which the native traders of other islands could never understand, and the various vexations and impositions to which they were subjected, these latter invariably prefer the more eastern ports of Semárang and Surabáya, or rather Grésik, in the immediate vicinity of the latter, which has always been the principal establishment and residence of the Arabs.
Through the coastal trade, the products from both the coastal and inland areas are transported to Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, the main ports for consumption and export. In return, these areas receive iron, steel, and other foreign goods and products. The western areas are sparsely populated, so they do not provide enough supply for Batavia's needs. Because of this, along with Batavia being the main hub for foreign commerce, the trade from the eastern districts is drawn to it more than to any other major towns nearby. However, due to the unhealthy climate, the losses from the paper money that traders from other islands struggle to understand, and the various frustrations and pressures they face, these traders consistently prefer the eastern ports of Semárang and Surabáya, or rather Grésik, which is close to the latter and has long been the main base and residence of the Arabs.
The Búgis import into Java from the other islands, Malayan camphor, tortoise-shell, edible birds'-nests, bees'-wax, cloth called sárongs, of a very strong texture, their own manufacture, and gold dust, which they lay out in the purchase of opium, iron, steel, Europe chintzes and broad cloth, and Indian piece goods, besides tobacco, rice, salt, and other productions and manufactures of Java, with which they return eastward during the favourable monsoon.
The Búgis import into Java from other islands things like Malayan camphor, tortoise shell, edible bird nests, beeswax, their own strong fabric called sárongs, and gold dust. They use these to buy opium, iron, steel, European chintzes and broadcloth, Indian textiles, as well as tobacco, rice, salt, and other products and goods from Java, which they take back east during the favorable monsoon season.
The Arabs navigate square-rigged vessels, from fifty to five hundred tons burden. The Chinese also have many brigs, besides their peculiar description of vessels called junks, as well as native-built práhus. They extend their voyages to Sumatra, the Straits of Malacca, and eastward as far as the Moluccas and Timor, collecting birds'-nests, camphor, bich de mar, and other articles, making Java a grand depôt for the produce of all the countries to which they resort. Throughout the whole of Java, trade is usually conducted by the Chinese: many of them are very rich, and their means are increased by their knowledge of business, their spirit of enterprize, and their mutual confidence.
The Arabs sail square-rigged ships that range from fifty to five hundred tons. The Chinese also operate many brigs, in addition to their unique type of vessel known as junks, as well as locally-built práhus. They journey as far as Sumatra, the Straits of Malacca, and eastward to the Moluccas and Timor, gathering products like bird's nests, camphor, bich de mar, and other goods, turning Java into a major hub for the exports of all the regions they visit. Throughout Java, trade is typically managed by the Chinese: many are quite wealthy, and their success is fueled by their business acumen, entrepreneurial spirit, and mutual trust.
If a cargo arrives too extensive for the finances of one individual, several Chinese club together, and purchase the goods, each dividing according to his capital. In this manner a ready market is always open at Java, without the assistance of European merchants, and strangers are enabled to transact their business with little trouble or risk.
If a shipment is too large for one person to afford, several Chinese people pool their resources and buy the goods, dividing the costs based on how much each has contributed. This way, there is always a market available in Java, without needing help from European merchants, and outsiders can conduct their business with minimal hassle or risk.
The objections which have been made to the political influence of the Chinese and Arabs in the Eastern Islands, do not equally apply to them as traders. In this last capacity, and subject to regulations which prevent them from uniting the power of a chief with the temper of a merchant, and despotism with avarice, their value cannot be too highly rated.[Vol I Pg 227] The persevering industry and speculative turn of the Chinese is too well known to need description; and the Arab traders are here what they are all over the world, keen, intelligent, and adventurous. The Búgis have long been distinguished among the Eastern Islands for the extent of their speculations and the fairness of their dealing.
The objections raised against the political influence of the Chinese and Arabs in the Eastern Islands don't apply to them as traders. In this role, and under regulations that prevent them from combining the power of a chief with the mindset of a merchant, and tyranny with greed, their value is undeniable.[Vol I Pg 227] The hardworking nature and entrepreneurial spirit of the Chinese are well-known and need no further explanation; Arab traders are the same here as they are everywhere, sharp, smart, and adventurous. The Búgis have long been recognized in the Eastern Islands for their broad business ventures and fair practices.
Java exports, for the consumption and use of the other islands of the Archipelago, including the Malayan ports on the peninsula, rice, a variety of vetches, salt, oil, tobacco, timber, Java cloths, brass ware, and a variety of minor articles, the produce of her agriculture and manufactures, besides occasionally, as the market admits, a considerable quantity of European, Indian, and Chinese goods. Almost the only articles for which Java is at present dependent on its neighbours are gúmbir, imported from Lingen (Ling'ga) and Rhio, where it is produced to the annual amount of from twenty to thirty thousand píkuls,—and pámur, the metal used for damasking the Javan krís, of which a small quantity is imported from Biliton and Célebes, where alone it is found. The following articles, the exclusive produce of the Eastern Islands, are collected at its principal ports, for re-exportation to India, China, and Europe: tin, from Bánka; gold-dust, diamonds, camphor, benjamin and other drugs, edible birds'-nests, bich de mar, rattans, bees'-wax, tortoise-shell, and dyeing woods, from Borneo and Sumatra; sandal and other fine woods, nutmegs, cloves and mace, coarse, wild and damaged spices, káyu-púti and other pungent oils, from the Moluccas; horses and sapan wood, from Sumbáwa; Búgis cloths, and many collections for the Chinese market, from Célebes. Cloths are also sometimes imported from Báli, and pepper is collected at Bánjermásin, on Borneo, and from several of the Malayan states.
Java exports various products for the use of other islands in the Archipelago, including the Malayan ports on the peninsula. These products include rice, different types of vetches, salt, oil, tobacco, timber, Java cloth, brassware, and a range of minor items derived from its agriculture and manufacturing. Occasionally, depending on market demand, Java also exports a significant amount of European, Indian, and Chinese goods. Currently, the only items that Java relies on its neighbors for are gúmbir, imported from Lingen (Ling'ga) and Rhio, where it is produced annually in amounts of twenty to thirty thousand píkuls, and pámur, the metal used for damasking the Javan krís, which is brought in from Biliton and Célebes, where it can only be found. The following items, unique to the Eastern Islands, are collected at its main ports for re-export to India, China, and Europe: tin from Bánka; gold dust, diamonds, camphor, benjamin and other drugs, edible bird's nests, bich de mar, rattans, beeswax, tortoise shell, and dyeing woods from Borneo and Sumatra; sandalwood and other fine woods, nutmeg, cloves, mace, various coarse and damaged spices, káyu-púti and other spicy oils from the Moluccas; horses and sapan wood from Sumbáwa; Búgis cloths, and many goods for the Chinese market from Célebes. Cloth is also sometimes imported from Báli, and pepper is sourced from Bánjermásin in Borneo and several of the Malayan states.
The tin brought to Java is almost exclusively from the mines of Bánka. This metal is also exported from several of the other islands, and from the peninsula of Malacca, whence these countries have been considered the Temala of Ptolemy, timáh being the Malayan word for tin; but the quantity obtained from all other sources falls far short of what is procured on Bánka, which exports to the annual[Vol I Pg 228] amount of thirty thousand píkuls, or nearly forty thousand cwt. of this metal. The mines on Bánka are worked by Chinese, who deliver the metal into the government stores in slabs, at the rate of about eight Spanish dollars the píkul, of one hundred and thirty-three pounds and a quarter.
The tin brought to Java mainly comes from the mines of Bánka. This metal is also exported from several other islands and from the Malacca peninsula, which has been considered the Temala of Ptolemy, with timáh being the Malayan word for tin; however, the amount obtained from all other sources is far less than what is sourced from Bánka, which exports an annual[Vol I Pg 228] total of thirty thousand píkuls, or nearly forty thousand cwt. of this metal. The mines on Bánka are operated by Chinese workers, who deliver the metal to government stores in slabs, at a rate of about eight Spanish dollars per píkul, which is one hundred and thirty-three pounds and a quarter.
A very extensive branch of trade is carried on by a direct communication between Java and China, entirely upon Chinese capital, in a description of vessels called junks. From eight to ten of these vessels arrive annually from Canton and Amoi, with cargoes of teas, raw silk, silk piece goods, varnished umbrellas, iron pots, coarse china-ware, sweetmeats, nankeen, paper, and innumerable minor articles, particularly calculated for the Chinese settlers. They are from three to eight hundred tons burthen, and sail at stated periods, generally reaching Batavia with the north-east monsoon, about the month of January. Of all the imports from China, that which produces the most extensive effects on the commercial and political interests of the country is the native himself: besides their cargoes, these junks bring a valuable import of from two to five hundred industrious natives in each vessel. These emigrants are usually employed as coolies or labourers on their first arrival; but, by frugal habits and persevering industry, they soon become possessed of a little property, which they employ in trade, and increase by their prudence and enterprize. Many of them, in course of time, attain sufficient wealth to render themselves independent, and to enable them to remit considerable accumulations yearly to their relations in China. As these remittances are generally made in the valuable articles, such as birds'-nests, Malayan camphor, bich de mar, tin, opium, pepper, timber, leather hides, indigo, gold and silver, the return cargoes of these vessels amount to an almost incredible value.
A huge branch of trade operates through direct communication between Java and China, relying completely on Chinese capital in a type of vessel called junks. Annually, about eight to ten of these ships arrive from Canton and Amoi, carrying loads of tea, raw silk, silk fabrics, varnished umbrellas, iron pots, cheap china, sweets, nankeen, paper, and countless other items specifically aimed at the Chinese settlers. These vessels range from three to eight hundred tons and sail on set schedules, typically arriving in Batavia with the northeast monsoon around January. Among all the imports from China, the most significant impact on the commercial and political interests of the region comes from the people themselves: along with their cargoes, these junks also bring between two to five hundred hardworking immigrants in each ship. Initially, these newcomers work as laborers or coolies, but through frugal living and hard work, they quickly manage to acquire some property, which they invest in trade, increasing it through smart decisions and entrepreneurship. Many eventually achieve enough wealth to become self-sufficient and send substantial amounts of money back to their families in China. Since these remittances are often in valuable goods like bird's nests, Malayan camphor, bich de mar, tin, opium, pepper, timber, leather hides, indigo, gold, and silver, the return cargoes of these vessels are worth an astonishing amount.
The quantity of edible birds'-nests alone, annually exported from Java to China on vessels of this description, is estimated at not less than two hundred píkuls, of which by far the largest proportion is the produce of the Javan rocks and hills. It is well known that these are the nests of a species of swallow (hirundo esculenta) common in the Malayan islands, and in great demand for the China table. Their value as a[Vol I Pg 229] luxury, in that empire, has been estimated on importation to be weight for weight equal with silver. The price which these nests of the best quality have of late years brought in the Canton and Amoi market, has been forty Spanish dollars per káti, of rather more than a pound and a quarter English. They are usually classed into first, second, and third sorts, differing in price from forty to fifteen Spanish dollars, and even to ten and less for the most ordinary. The price in the Batavian market rises as the period for the departure of the junks approaches; but as the principal produce of Java is still a monopoly in the hands of government, it is difficult to fix the price at which they might be sold under other circumstances. Generally speaking, however, they sell throughout the Eastern Islands considerably lower than they are calculated to do in China, which may be accounted for by the perishable nature of the commodity, and the great care necessary to preserve them from the damp, as well as from breakage. On this account, they are seldom bought by European traders. Birds'-nests consigned by the Javan government to the Canton factory in 1813, sold to the amount of about fifty píkuls, at an average rate of about twenty dollars per kati: but this was at a period when the China markets were unusually low.
The amount of edible birds' nests exported annually from Java to China on these types of ships is estimated to be at least two hundred píkuls, with the majority coming from the Javan rocks and hills. It's well known that these nests are from a species of swallow (hirundo esculenta) that is common in the Malayan islands and is highly sought after in China. Their value as a luxury item in that country is thought to be equal to silver by weight upon import. Recently, the best quality nests have sold for about forty Spanish dollars per káti, which is just over a pound and a quarter. They are usually classified into first, second, and third grades, with prices ranging from forty to fifteen Spanish dollars, and even down to ten or less for lower-quality nests. Prices in the Batavian market increase as the departure time for the junks approaches, but since the main production of Java is still controlled by the government, it’s hard to determine a sale price under different conditions. Generally, they sell for considerably less in the Eastern Islands compared to their estimated value in China, likely due to the perishable nature of the product and the need for careful handling to protect them from moisture and breakage. Because of this, European traders rarely buy them. In 1813, birds' nests sent by the Javan government to the Canton factory sold for around fifty píkuls at an average of about twenty dollars per kati, but that was during a period when the China markets were particularly low.
The quantity of birds' nests obtained from the rocks called Kárang bólang, on the southern coast of Java, and within the provinces of the native princes, is estimated, one year with another, at a hundred píkuls, and is calculated to afford an annual revenue to the government of two hundred thousand Spanish dollars. The quantity gathered besides by individuals, on rocks and hills belonging to them, either in private property or held by farm from the government, in other parts of the island, may amount to fifty píkuls; making the extent of this export not less than one hundred and fifty píkuls, besides the amount of the collections from the other islands of the Archipelago.
The number of bird’s nests collected from the rocks known as Kárang bólang on the southern coast of Java, and within the provinces of the local princes, is estimated to be around a hundred píkuls each year. This is expected to generate an annual revenue of two hundred thousand Spanish dollars for the government. Additionally, the amount gathered by individuals from their own rocks and hills, whether privately owned or leased from the government, in other areas of the island, could be about fifty píkuls. This brings the total export to at least one hundred and fifty píkuls, not including the amounts collected from other islands in the Archipelago.
In the Malayan islands in general, but little care is taken of the rocks and caverns which produce this dainty, and the nests procured are neither so numerous nor so good as they otherwise would be. On Java, where perhaps the birds are fewer, and the nests in general less fine than those to be met with in some of the more Eastern Islands, both the quantity and[Vol I Pg 230] quality have been considerably improved by European management. To effect this improvement, the caverns which the birds are found to frequent are cleansed by smoking and the burning of sulphur, and the destruction of all the old nests. The cavern is then carefully secured from the approach of man, the birds are left undisturbed to form their nests, and the gathering takes place as soon as it is calculated that the young are fledged. If they are allowed to remain until eggs are again laid in them, they lose their pure colour and transparency, and are no longer of what are termed the first sort. They are sometimes collected so recently after their formation, that time has not been given for the bird to lay or hatch her eggs in them, and these nests are considered as the most superior; but as the practice, if carried to any extent, would prevent the number of the birds from increasing, it is seldom resorted to, where the caverns are in the possession of those who have a permanent interest in their produce. Much of their excellence and peculiar properties, however, depend on the situation of the place in which they are formed. It has often been ascertained, for instance, that the same bird forms a nest of somewhat different quality, according as it constructs it in the deep recesses of an unventilated and damp cavern, or attaches it to a place where the atmosphere is dry, and the air circulates freely. The nature of the different substances also to which they are fixed, seems to have some influence on their properties. The best are procured in the deepest caverns, (the favourite retreat of the birds), where a nitrous dampness continually prevails, and where being formed against the sides of the cavern, they imbibe a nitrous taste, without which they are little esteemed by the Chinese. The principal object of the proprietor of a birds'-nest rock is to preserve sufficient numbers of the swallows, by not gathering the nests too often, or abstracting those of the finer kinds in too great numbers, lest the birds should quit their habitations and emigrate to a more secure and inaccessible retreat. It is not unusual for a European, when he takes a rock under his superintendence, after ridding it of the old nests and fumigating the caverns, to allow the birds to remain undisturbed, two, three, or even more years, in order that they may multiply for his future advantage. When a birds'-nest rock is[Vol I Pg 231] once brought into proper order, it will bear two gatherings in the year: this is the case with the rocks under the care of the officers of government at Kárang bólang.
In the Malayan islands, not much attention is paid to the rocks and caves that produce these delicate nests, leading to fewer and lower quality nests than there could be. On Java, where the birds might be scarcer and the nests generally less impressive than those found in some of the more eastern islands, both the quantity and [Vol I Pg 230] quality have greatly improved thanks to European management. To make these improvements, the caves where the birds gather are cleaned by smoking and burning sulfur, and all the old nests are removed. The cave is then secured to keep people out, allowing the birds to build their nests without disturbances, and the collection happens once it's believed that the young birds are ready to fly. If the nests are left until the birds lay eggs again, they lose their pure color and transparency, and are no longer considered the best quality. Sometimes, nests are collected right after they're made, before the birds have had time to lay or hatch eggs in them, and these nests are regarded as the highest quality. However, if this practice is overdone, it can prevent the bird population from growing, so it’s rarely done by those who have a long-term interest in their harvest. Much of their quality and unique characteristics depend on where the nests are made. It's often been noted, for example, that the same species builds nests of slightly different quality depending on whether it’s in a deep, damp, unventilated cave, or in a drier place with good air circulation. The types of surfaces the nests are attached to also seem to affect their properties. The best nests are found in the deepest caves, which are the birds’ favorite spots, where a moist nitrogen-rich environment exists, and since these nests are formed against cave walls, they take on a nitrogen taste that the Chinese greatly value. The main goal for the owner of a bird's nest cave is to maintain a decent number of swallows by not collecting nests too frequently or taking too many of the finer nests, to ensure the birds don't leave for safer, harder-to-reach locations. It’s common for a European who manages a cave, after clearing out the old nests and fumigating the area, to let the birds stay undisturbed for two, three, or even more years, so they can multiply for better future yields. Once a cave is properly managed, it can produce two harvests a year, as is the case with the caves overseen by government officials at Kárang bólang.
In the vicinity of the rocks are usually found a few persons accustomed from their infancy to descend into these caverns, in order to gather the nests; an office of the greatest risk and danger, the best nests being sometimes many hundred feet within the damp and slippery opening of the rock. The gatherers are sometimes obliged to lower themselves by ropes (as at Kárang bólang) over immense chasms, in which the surf of a turbulent sea dashes with the greatest violence, threatening instant destruction in the event of a false step or an insecure hold. The people employed by government for this purpose were formerly slaves, in the domestic service of the minister or resident at the native court. To them the distribution of a few dollars, and the preparation of a buffalo feast after each gathering, was thought sufficient pay, and the sum thus expended constituted all the disbursements attending the gathering and packing, which is conducted by the same persons. This last operation is however carefully superintended by the resident, as the slightest neglect would essentially deteriorate the value of the commodity[60].
Near the rocks, you'll usually find a few people who have been trained since childhood to go into these caves to collect the nests. It's a job that's extremely risky, as the best nests are sometimes hundreds of feet deep inside the damp and slippery openings of the rock. The gatherers sometimes have to lower themselves with ropes (like at Kárang bólang) over huge chasms, where the crashing surf of a rough sea poses a constant threat of disaster with even the smallest misstep or weak grip. The people hired by the government for this task used to be slaves who worked in the domestic service of the minister or resident at the native court. For them, a few dollars and a buffalo feast after each gathering were considered enough pay, and that amount covered all the costs related to gathering and packing, which the same people handle. However, this last process is closely overseen by the resident, as even the smallest oversight could significantly reduce the value of the product[60].
Although the Malayan camphor, which is the exclusive produce of Sumatra and Borneo, is much stronger than the camphor from China, it has not yet been considered an article of extensive export for the European market. It is always, however, in the greatest demand in China, where it is either consumed, or as has been supposed by some, it undergoes a certain process previous to its re-exportation under a different appearance. It is not known in what manner the China camphor for the European market is prepared; and unless the Malayan camphor is used in the composition, it seems difficult to account for the constant demand for it in China, whence it is never re-exported in its original state. Whatever value may be set on the Chinese camphor, that[Vol I Pg 232] exported from Japan is of a still superior quality, and more in demand for the European market.
Although Malayan camphor, which is exclusively produced in Sumatra and Borneo, is much stronger than the camphor from China, it hasn't been widely exported to the European market yet. However, it is always in high demand in China, where it is either consumed or, as some believe, goes through a certain process before being re-exported in a different form. It's unclear how the camphor from China for the European market is processed; and unless Malayan camphor is part of the mix, it's hard to explain the constant demand for it in China, from where it's never re-exported in its original form. Regardless of the perceived value of Chinese camphor, the one exported from Japan is of even higher quality and is more sought after in the European market.
Bich de mar is well known to be a dried sea slug used in the dishes of the Chinese: it is known among the Malayan Islands by the name of trípang, and collected on the shores of nearly all the islands of the Archipelago. It usually sells in China at from ten to fifty dollars per píkul, according to its quality, but being an article still more perishable than the birds'-nests, and very bulky and offensive, it seldom composes the cargoes of European vessels. It would be very difficult to ascertain the average price, as it varies according to the difficulties experienced in collecting it, and the immediate demand in the market, for its perishable nature will not admit of the excess of one season being laid by to meet the deficiency of another. It requires constant care on the voyage, and a leaky vessel frequently loses a whole cargo.
Bich de mar is well known as a dried sea slug used in Chinese dishes; it's called trípang in the Malayan Islands and is collected on the shores of almost all the islands in the Archipelago. It typically sells in China for between ten and fifty dollars per píkul, depending on its quality. However, because it’s more perishable than bird's nests, and also bulky and unpleasant, it rarely makes up the cargoes of European ships. Determining the average price is quite challenging, as it fluctuates based on the difficulties faced in collection and the immediate market demand; its perishable nature means that excess from one season can't be saved for later use. It requires constant attention during transport, and a leaky ship can easily result in losing an entire cargo.
Stic-lac, used in dying, is procured in many parts of Java, and can easily be obtained in a quantity sufficient to meet the demand. The insect which yields it abounds in the Bantam districts, and the lac prepared is considered of good quality; but it is not an article which appears to have attracted much attention.
Stic-lac, used in dyeing, is sourced from various regions in Java and can be readily obtained in sufficient quantities to meet demand. The insect that produces it is common in the Bantam areas, and the prepared lac is regarded as high quality; however, it doesn't seem to have garnered much interest.
The trade between Java and China in vessels belonging to Europeans, at present consists principally in carrying out tin, pepper, spices, rattans, and betel-nut, for the China market, and receiving in return a few articles of China produce in demand for the European market, a balance of cash, and a supply of manufactures required annually at Batavia; but it is calculated that cotton, rice, and timber, which may be considered as the staple produce of Java, might be exported to China with advantage.
The trade between Java and China, carried out in ships owned by Europeans, currently mainly involves exporting tin, pepper, spices, rattans, and betel nuts to the China market, while receiving a few items produced in China that are in demand for the European market, along with some cash and the manufactured goods needed each year in Batavia. However, it's estimated that exporting cotton, rice, and timber—the main products of Java—could be beneficial for trade with China.
A small quantity of Javan cotton lately sent to China, was sold at a higher rate than the ordinary prices of the cotton from Western India[61]. Cotton-yarn is an article sometimes [Vol I Pg 233]exported to China, but in the existing state of society on Java, the exportation of the raw material is likely to be attended with the greatest advantages. Some writers have estimated the capability of Java to export raw cotton almost incredibly high, but it must be admitted, that although the soil is not universally favourable, yet few countries afford greater general advantages for the cotton cultivation, it being practicable to raise it to a great extent, without interfering with the general grain produce of the country. It could be grown as a second crop on the rice fields, being planted shortly after the harvest, and attaining maturity before the season again comes round for irrigating the lands. Nothing can convey a higher idea of the richness of the soil of Java, and of the advantages of its climate, than the fact, that during one half the year the lands yield a rich and abundant crop of grain, more than sufficient for the ordinary food of the population, and during the other half a valuable staple, which affords the material for clothing them, and opens in its manufacture a source of wealth and of continual domestic industry through the year.
A small amount of Javan cotton recently sent to China was sold at a higher price than the usual rates for cotton from Western India[61]. Cotton yarn is sometimes exported to China, but given the current situation in Java, exporting the raw material is likely to bring the greatest benefits. Some writers have estimated Java's potential to export raw cotton as unbelievably high, but it's important to recognize that while the soil isn't always ideal, few countries offer better overall conditions for cotton cultivation. It's feasible to grow it extensively without disrupting the overall grain production of the country. Cotton could be planted as a second crop in rice fields, sowed right after harvest, and mature before the next irrigation season begins. Nothing illustrates the fertility of Java's soil and the benefits of its climate better than the fact that half of the year, the land produces a rich and plentiful grain crop, more than enough to feed the local population, while in the other half, it produces a valuable staple that provides material for clothing and creates ongoing sources of wealth and domestic industry throughout the year.
Enterprising individuals, merchants of Batavia, have not been wanting to engage in the valuable fur trade, hitherto carried [Vol I Pg 234]on principally by the Americans, between Kamtschatka and China. Mr. Timmerman Thyssen, an enlightened Dutch gentleman, whose name for honourable dealing and extensive business has always stood high among the merchants of Batavia, has entered into more than one speculation of this kind. Vessels fitted out from Batavia took in furs at Kamtschatka, which were intended to be exchanged in China for dollars; but the dangers of the passage in one instance, and the informality of the papers in another, rendered this bold and promising enterprize productive of but little pecuniary advantage. Nothing, however, has occurred, to prove that the adventure would not have fully answered its intention in time of peace, the principal difficulties which attended and frustrated it ceasing with the war.
Enterprising individuals, merchants from Batavia, have been eager to get involved in the valuable fur trade, which has mainly been handled by Americans so far, between Kamtschatka and China. Mr. Timmerman Thyssen, a reputable Dutch businessman known for his integrity and extensive trade, has engaged in several ventures of this nature. Ships launched from Batavia received furs in Kamtschatka that were meant to be exchanged in China for cash; however, the dangers of the journey in one case, and issues with the paperwork in another, made this ambitious and promising venture yield little financial benefit. Still, nothing has happened to suggest that this venture wouldn’t have been successful in peacetime, as the main issues that complicated and thwarted it disappeared with the end of the war.
Since the conquest a very extensive trade has been carried on by the English country ships importing from Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay, all kinds of piece goods, opium, and other articles, the returns for which have been usually made by bills, gold-dust, bees'-wax, tin, Japan camphor, sago, and teak timber.
Since the conquest, a large trade has been conducted by English country ships importing from Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay all kinds of fabrics, opium, and other goods. The returns for these have typically been made through bills, gold dust, beeswax, tin, Japan camphor, sago, and teak timber.
The piece goods of Western India have always formed an extensive article of import into Java, and the annual value of those latterly imported cannot well be estimated at less than a million of dollars. Those generally meet a ready sale, at an advance of from thirty to forty per cent. upon the prime cost in India, and much more when the supply is scanty.
The textiles from Western India have consistently been a major import into Java, and the annual value of these imports is estimated to be at least a million dollars. They typically sell quickly, with a markup of thirty to forty percent over the original cost in India, and even higher when supplies are low.
In consequence of these heavy and valuable importations, the returns to Bengal were till lately made principally by bills, obtainable either from government, or individuals desirous of purchasing colonial produce for the European market by means of funds in Western India. But there are also several articles, which experience has proved well calculated for making their returns direct to Bengal, particularly Japan copper and teak timber. Java is known to abound with valuable teak forests, and the quality of the wood has been considered as superior to that of Pegu or the Malabar coast. The restrictions under which this export was formerly placed as a government monopoly, prevented its finding its way beyond the immediate Dutch dependencies; but the extent to which it was even then sent to the Moluccas, to Malacca, and to the Cape[Vol I Pg 235] of Good Hope, where all the public buildings are constructed of Javan teak, sufficiently attests the value and extent of the forests, as well as the good quality and durability of the wood. This valuable, but bulky article of export, is always in demand for ship-building in Bengal, and has afforded to the merchant a very liberal profit on exportation, after paying the present government prices, which are calculated at something above ten per cent. upon the actual expence of cutting and dragging the timber from the forests to the port of exportation. During the last two years, large ships have taken cargoes to Bengal, and afforded very handsome profits. From the neighbourhood of Rémbáng, where permission has been given to individuals to cut the timber, on paying a duty of ten per cent. on the estimated value when worked up, it has not only been exported at a cheap rate to Bengal, but several ships have been constructed of it, while along the whole line of coast, from Semárang to Grésik, small vessels and country craft are launched every month.
Due to these significant and valuable imports, returns to Bengal were primarily made through bills until recently. These were obtainable either from the government or from individuals looking to buy colonial products for the European market using funds from Western India. However, there are several items that have proven to be well-suited for direct returns to Bengal, particularly Japanese copper and teak timber. Java is known for its abundant and valuable teak forests, and the quality of the wood is considered better than that from Pegu or the Malabar coast. Previously, the government monopoly on this export restricted it to the immediate Dutch territories. Still, the amount that was sent to the Moluccas, Malacca, and the Cape[Vol I Pg 235] of Good Hope, where all public buildings are made of Javan teak, clearly demonstrates the value and extent of the forests, as well as the excellent quality and durability of the wood. This valuable but bulky export is always in demand for shipbuilding in Bengal and has provided merchants with generous profits after covering the current government prices, which are estimated at just over ten percent of the actual cost of cutting and transporting the timber from the forests to the port. In the past two years, large ships have transported cargoes to Bengal, yielding substantial profits. From the area around Rémbáng, where individuals have been allowed to cut timber for a ten percent duty on its estimated value when processed, it has not only been exported at a low cost to Bengal but also used to construct several ships. Along the entire coastline from Semárang to Grésik, small vessels and local boats are launched every month.
But although the direct trade with Bengal has thus been always against Java, the demand for sugar in the Bombay market always affords the means of a circuitous return of capital. Large quantities of Javan sugar have been exported to Bombay during the last four years, principally on the returning ships in ballast touching at Batavia on their way from China, and these cargoes have afforded considerable profit. A lucrative trade in this article is also sometimes carried on by the Arabs to the Red Sea, and particularly to Mocha; but Arab traders, of sufficient capital for these extensive speculations, have, by the effects of the former monopoly on Java, long been driven out of the market, and sufficient time has not been given for them to return.
But even though direct trade with Bengal has always been unfavorable for Java, the demand for sugar in the Bombay market has always provided a way to recoup capital. Over the past four years, large quantities of Javan sugar have been exported to Bombay, mainly on the return ships in ballast that stop at Batavia on their way back from China, and these shipments have generated significant profits. There’s also a profitable trade in sugar conducted by Arabs to the Red Sea, especially to Mocha; however, Arab traders with enough capital for these large ventures have long been excluded from the market due to the previous monopoly on Java, and they haven't had enough time to make a comeback.
The extensive produce of this fine island in sugar and coffee of superior quality, and the pepper and various other articles, either yielded by it or collected from the neighbouring countries, such as sago, tin, Japan copper, spices, elephants' teeth, sticklac, long pepper, cubebs, tortoise-shell, gold, diamonds, Japan wood, ebony, rattans, indigo, &c. present fine subjects for commercial speculation to all parts of Europe and America, the Cape of Good Hope, and the Mauritius; and the more so, as from the extensive native and[Vol I Pg 236] European population, a very considerable and constant demand exists for the produce and manufactures of Europe, not only for the consumption and use of the island itself, but to supply the neighbouring Malayan states by way of barter.
The abundant produce of this beautiful island, including high-quality sugar, coffee, and various other goods like pepper, sago, tin, Japanese copper, spices, elephant ivory, sticklac, long pepper, cubebs, tortoise shell, gold, diamonds, Japanese wood, ebony, rattan, indigo, etc., offers excellent opportunities for trade to all parts of Europe and America, as well as the Cape of Good Hope and Mauritius. This is especially true given the large native and European population, which creates a significant and consistent demand for European goods, not only for the island’s own use but also to trade with neighboring Malayan states.
The quantity of sugar seems to depend almost entirely upon the demand, and is likely at all times to equal it, few countries affording equal advantages for its manufacture. Owing to the want of a demand for this kind of produce, for several years antecedent to the conquest, many of the manufactories were discontinued; but since the trade has been opened, and the demand renewed, many of them have again commenced working, and the quantity produced in the year 1815 was not less than twenty thousand píkuls.
The amount of sugar appears to rely almost entirely on demand, and is expected to consistently match it, as few countries have equal advantages for its production. Due to a lack of demand for this type of product for several years before the conquest, many factories shut down; however, since the trade has been reopened and demand has picked up, many of them have started operating again, and the quantity produced in 1815 was no less than twenty thousand píkuls.
The manufacturers being no longer compelled to deliver their produce to government, can afford to sell the sugar at Batavia at from four to six Spanish dollars (or from twenty to thirty shillings) per píkul, the quality being distinguished into first, second, and third sorts, of which the first may be bought in the market for exportation at six Spanish dollars per píkul, or about twenty-five shillings the hundred-weight. The quality of this sugar is altogether different from the sugar in Bengal, and is said to be equal to that of Jamaica, being manufactured in a great measure according to the same process. While the European market is open for coffee and other light articles, the sugar of Java is always in demand for dead weight, and large quantities have recently been sold in the London market as high as ninety and one hundred shillings per hundred-weight[62]. [Vol I Pg 237]
The manufacturers are no longer forced to deliver their products to the government, so they can sell sugar in Batavia for between four to six Spanish dollars (or twenty to thirty shillings) per píkul. The sugar is categorized into first, second, and third grades, with the first grade available in the market for export at six Spanish dollars per píkul, or about twenty-five shillings per hundredweight. This sugar differs significantly from the sugar in Bengal and is said to be on par with that from Jamaica, as it is produced using a similar process. As long as the European market is open for coffee and other light goods, Java sugar is always in demand for bulk shipments, and large quantities have recently been sold in the London market for as much as ninety to one hundred shillings per hundredweight[62]. [Vol I Pg 237]
The quantity of coffee delivered to government in the year 1815, exceeded seventy thousand píkuls; about thirty thousand píkuls more may have been exported by individuals, and the produce is greatly on the increase[63]. [Vol I Pg 238]
The amount of coffee supplied to the government in 1815 was over seventy thousand píkuls; around thirty thousand píkuls more may have been exported by individuals, and the production is significantly increasing[63]. [Vol I Pg 238]
The Batavian arrack is well known in the European market, and was at one time imported in considerable quantities into [Vol I Pg 239]the continent of Europe. It is distilled in a great measure from molasses, in which respect, as well as in the process employed, it differs so materially from the arrack of continental India, that it cannot with propriety be considered as the same spirit: it is in fact vastly superior to it, and capable of competing in the European market with the rum of the West Indies. Its price at Batavia, where any quantity can at all times be procured, is for the first sort about sixty Spanish dollars, for the second sort fifty, and for the third thirty Spanish dollars the leaguer; the first sort, which is above proof, thus selling by the leaguer of one hundred and sixty gallons, at the rate of about twenty-pence the gallon. In consequence of the prohibitory duties against the importation of this article into Great Britain or British India, this branch of commerce has latterly declined, and many of the distilleries have been discontinued.
The Batavian arrack is well-known in the European market and was once imported in significant quantities into [Vol I Pg 239] the continent of Europe. It is largely distilled from molasses, which, along with the production methods, makes it very different from the arrack found in continental India, so it can't properly be considered the same spirit. In fact, it is much superior and can compete in the European market with West Indies rum. In Batavia, where you can always get any amount, the price for the first grade is about sixty Spanish dollars, for the second grade fifty, and for the third thirty Spanish dollars per leaguer; the first grade, which is above proof, sells by the leaguer of one hundred and sixty gallons at roughly twenty pence per gallon. Due to prohibitive duties against importing this product into Great Britain or British India, this trade has declined recently, and many distilleries have shut down.
The Dutch possessions of Ceylon, the Cape of Good Hope, and the Moluccas, dependent on the government of Batavia, always received their principal supplies of rice from Java, and [Vol I Pg 240]considerable quantities have of late been occasionally exported to those places, as well as the Coromandel coast, with great advantage. During a scarcity of grain in England, the Java rice has also found its way to that market[64].
The Dutch territories of Ceylon, the Cape of Good Hope, and the Moluccas, which were under the government of Batavia, always relied on Java for their main rice supplies. Recently, substantial amounts have been exported to those regions, as well as to the Coromandel coast, proving quite beneficial. During a grain shortage in England, Java rice has also started to reach that market.[Vol I Pg 240][64].
From Europe the most important imports, and those in constant demand for the native population, are iron, steel, copper, printed cottons of a peculiar pattern, and woollens. Of iron, not less than from one thousand to fifteen hundred tons are annually imported, which is worked up into the implements of husbandry, and into the various instruments, engines, and utensils, required in the towns and agricultural districts. The price has varied, during the last four years, from six to twelve Spanish dollars: the average has been about eight dollars per hundred weight for the English, and about nine per hundred weight for the Swedish iron. The small bar iron is always in demand[Vol I Pg 241] in the market, in consequence of its convenience for working up into the different implements required. Steel is also in demand, to the extent of two or three hundred tons annually.
From Europe, the most important imports that are always in demand by the local population include iron, steel, copper, uniquely patterned printed cottons, and woolens. Each year, around one thousand to fifteen hundred tons of iron are imported, which is used to create agricultural tools and various instruments, machines, and utensils needed in cities and farming areas. Over the past four years, prices have fluctuated between six and twelve Spanish dollars; on average, it's been about eight dollars per hundredweight for English iron and around nine dollars per hundredweight for Swedish iron. There's always a high demand for small bar iron in the market because it's convenient for making various required tools. Steel is also in demand, with annual imports of two to three hundred tons.
English printed cottons, of peculiar patterns adapted to the taste of the natives and Chinese, and white cotton sheeting cloth, always meet a ready and extensive sale; but the great objection to the former is the want of permanency in the colours, a disadvantage which all the English printed cottons labour under. A very extensive and valuable assortment of these cottons, imitated after the Javan and Malayan patterns, was recently imported into Java by the East India Company, and on the first sale produced very good prices; but before a second trial could be made, the natives had discovered that the colours would not stand, and the remainder were no longer in any demand. Would it not tend greatly to the improvement of the British manufacture, and consequently greatly extend the export, if the enquiries of scientific men in India were directed, in a particular manner, to an observation of the different dye-stuffs used in Asia, and to the manner followed by the natives in different parts, for fixing the colours and rendering them permanent?
English printed cottons, with unique patterns tailored to the tastes of locals and the Chinese, along with white cotton sheeting, consistently sell well. However, the main drawback of the printed cottons is that the colors don't hold up, which is a problem all English printed cottons face. A large and valuable selection of these cottons, inspired by Javan and Malayan designs, was recently brought into Java by the East India Company, and they initially sold for good prices. But before a second sale could happen, the locals realized that the colors wouldn’t last, and the remaining stock fell out of favor. Wouldn't it greatly enhance British manufacturing, and consequently boost exports, if scientists in India focused their research on the various dyes used in Asia, along with how local communities fix colors to make them more permanent?
Broad-cloths, velvets, glass ware, wines, and in short all articles of consumption and use among Europeans, may on Java be considered also, in a great measure, in demand by the native population, who free from those prejudices which preclude an expectation of the introduction of European manufacture into Western India, generally indulge in them according to their means. The climate of many parts of the Island renders the broad-cloth, particularly at some seasons of the year, an article of great comfort, and among the higher orders it is usually, as with Europeans, worn as a jacket: sometimes this is of velvet. A constant demand, limited only by the means of the purchaser, is also daily increasing for gold-lace and the other European manufactures used in dress, furniture, saddlery, &c.; it may therefore be easily conceived, to what an extent the demand for these articles is likely to be carried, among a native population of more than four millions and a half of souls, advancing in wealth and intelligence.
Broadcloths, velvets, glassware, wines, and basically all consumables that Europeans use are also quite in demand among the native population in Java. Free from the biases that usually prevent the expectation of European goods in Western India, they tend to enjoy these items according to their financial means. The climate in many parts of the island makes broadcloth especially comfortable, particularly during certain seasons, and among the upper class, it is often worn as a jacket—sometimes made of velvet. There is a growing demand for gold lace and other European goods used in clothing, furniture, saddlery, etc., limited only by what buyers can afford. Given that the native population exceeds four and a half million people, who are becoming wealthier and more educated, it’s easy to see how significant the demand for these items could become.
It is unnecessary to notice the extent of the articles re[Vol I Pg 242]quired from Europe by the European population, as they are the same in all parts of India. The demand is, of course, partially affected by the extent of the military force, and by the wants of the officers; but where there is a permanent resident European population, of not less than a thousand souls, generally in good circumstances, it may be inferred that the demand is always great.
It’s unnecessary to point out how many goods re[Vol I Pg 242]quired from Europe by the European population, as they’re similar across all parts of India. The demand is, of course, somewhat influenced by the size of the military and the needs of the officers; however, where there’s a permanent European population of at least a thousand people, generally in good situations, it can be assumed that the demand is consistently high.
A continual traffic is carried on between Batavia, the Isle of France, and the Cape of Good Hope, by which the latter in particular is supplied with timber, rice, oil, and a variety of articles of consumption, the voyage being frequently effected in five weeks. While the Bourbon coffee bore a higher price in the European market, considerable quantities of coffee were sent from Java to that island, and from thence re-exported as Bourbon coffee.
There is a constant flow of goods between Batavia, the Isle of France, and the Cape of Good Hope, especially supplying the Cape with timber, rice, oil, and various consumer products, often making the trip in about five weeks. While Bourbon coffee was sold at a higher price in European markets, large amounts of coffee were shipped from Java to that island and then re-exported as Bourbon coffee.
The American trade was carried to the greatest extent during the existence of the anti-commercial system of the late French ruler, when American traders purchased the Java coffee at the rate of eighteen Spanish dollars the píkul at Batavia, and by a circuitous route imported it into France, at an advance of one hundred per cent. During this period, the purchases of the Americans in the market of Batavia amounted in some years to nearly a million sterling, for which they obtained principally sugar, coffee, and spices.
The American trade reached its peak during the anti-commercial policies of the late French ruler, when American traders bought Java coffee at eighteen Spanish dollars per píkul in Batavia and imported it into France via a roundabout route, marking up the price by one hundred percent. During this time, American purchases in the Batavian market often totaled nearly a million pounds sterling, primarily for sugar, coffee, and spices.
Having thus given some account of the internal and external trade of Java as it at present exists, of the advantages for an extensive commerce which it enjoys, of the articles which it can supply for the consumption of other countries, and those which it receives in return for its own consumption, and of the places with which its dealings are or might be most profitably conducted on both sides, I might now be expected to enter into the history of that trade since the subjection of the Island to the Dutch, the regulations enacted and enforced by them, for restraining or directing it, and the fluctuations it has undergone during two centuries of a rigid monopoly; but this inquiry would lead me to swell this part of the work to a disproportionate size. I shall now merely present my readers with a few extracts from the orders made in 1767, and strictly enforced throughout the Archipelago, for regulating the trade and navigation of the dominions subject to Batavia, and with[Vol I Pg 243] a brief abstract of the amount of exports and imports during some of the subsequent years.
Having provided an overview of the current internal and external trade in Java, including the advantages it has for extensive commerce, the goods it supplies to other countries, the goods it receives in return for its own consumption, and the places where profitable trade deals can be made, you might expect me to delve into the history of that trade since the island became ruled by the Dutch. This would include the regulations they've enacted and enforced to control or direct it, as well as the fluctuations it has experienced over two centuries of strict monopoly. However, pursuing this topic would make this part of the work disproportionately lengthy. Instead, I will present my readers with a few excerpts from the regulations established in 1767, which were strictly enforced across the Archipelago, regarding the trade and navigation of the territories governed by Batavia, along with[Vol I Pg 243] a brief summary of the export and import figures for some of the following years.
"All persons whatever," says the first article of those orders, "are prohibited, under pain of death, from trading in the four fine kinds of spices, unless such spices shall be first bought of the Company." Opium was placed under the same restrictions, and enforced by the same penalty. The exportation of pepper, tin, and Japan copper was prohibited, unless bought for the Company; and the importation of them not permitted, except for sale to the Company, under the penalty of confiscation, and a fine of four times the value of the article. The import and export of Surat silks and of India cloths, were strictly prohibited under the same penalty. White cotton yarn and all other sorts of it, Semárang arrack, and unstamped gold, were prohibited from being exported under the penalty of confiscation. No port was open to any vessel coming from the northward or from the Moluccas, except Batavia. No práhu or vessel was to carry any greater quantity of gunpowder and shot, than might be permitted, and regularly entered in the pass given to the party, under penalty of confiscation of the vessel, and the infliction of a corporal punishment similar to that inflicted for theft. All persons belonging to the coast of Java were strictly prohibited from sailing from any part of the coast where there was not a Company's Resident. No navigation was allowed to be carried on by the vessels of Bánka and Bíliton, except to Palémbang. All navigation from Celebes and Sumbáwa was prohibited, under pain of confiscation of the vessel and cargo. No vessel from the latter place could pass Malacca, and the Company's pass to proceed to Siak was given only once in a year to three vessels from Batavia, two from the coast of Java, and one from Chéribon. The China junks were only permitted to trade at Batavia and Bánjer-másin. No trade or navigation whatever was permitted beyond the west point of Bantam, without a pass from Batavia. Such are the most important of thirty-one articles of restriction, serving to shackle every movement of commerce, and to extinguish every spirit of enterprize, for the narrow selfish purposes of what may be called the fanaticism of gain. After perusing them, the reader will[Vol I Pg 244] rather be inclined to think the following amount of the trade too highly stated, than be surprised that it is so low.
"Everyone," states the first article of those orders, "is forbidden, under penalty of death, from trading in the four premium types of spices unless these spices are first purchased from the Company." Opium was also subjected to the same restrictions and penalty. The export of pepper, tin, and Japanese copper was banned unless acquired from the Company, and importing them was only allowed for sale to the Company, with violations resulting in confiscation and a fine of four times the item's value. The import and export of Surat silks and Indian cloth were strictly forbidden with the same penalties. White cotton yarn and all its types, Semárang arrack, and unstamped gold could not be exported under the threat of confiscation. No port was available for any vessel arriving from the north or the Moluccas, except in Batavia. No práhu or ship was allowed to carry more gunpowder and ammunition than what was permitted and specifically recorded in the pass issued to the party, with violations leading to the confiscation of the vessel and punishments similar to those for theft. All individuals from the coast of Java were strictly restricted from sailing from any area of the coast without a Company's Resident present. Vessels from Bánka and Bíliton could only navigate to Palémbang. All navigation from Celebes and Sumbáwa was prohibited, resulting in the confiscation of both ship and cargo. No vessel from the latter could pass Malacca, and the Company's pass to go to Siak was issued only once a year to three vessels from Batavia, two from the Java coast, and one from Chéribon. Chinese junks were only allowed to trade at Batavia and Bánjer-másin. No trade or navigation was permitted beyond the west point of Bantam without a pass from Batavia. These are the most significant of thirty-one restrictive articles meant to control every aspect of trade and suppress any spirit of enterprise for the narrow, selfish goals driven by what can be described as the fanaticism of profit. After reading these, the reader will[Vol I Pg 244] likely be more inclined to believe that the reported amount of trade is exaggerated rather than surprised that it is so minimal.
The precious metals have always been a great article of import into Java, as well as into the other regions of the East. In 1770 there was imported into Java from Holland, cash and bullion to the amount of 2,862,176 Java rupees[65], and the sums imported from other quarters in the same year, and raised by bills of exchange on Holland, amounted to 1,419,565 rupees, making in all 4,281,742, or more than half a million sterling. The amount imported in that year was almost as great as that in any subsequent year till 1803, when the importation of precious metals was estimated at 7,617,122 rupees, or nearly a million sterling. This period corresponds with that of the greatest exportation of sugar by the Americans, who, no doubt, imported the precious metals in exchange for their cargoes, as the quantity brought from Holland in the same year amounted only to 448,370 rupees. In the following year (1804) the quantity imported was 6,499,001 rupees, of which none at all came from the mother-country. In forty years, from 1770 to 1810, the total of the imported precious metals amounted to 118,607,472 Java rupees, or nearly three millions annually upon an average. A great portion of this was re-exported to India, China, and the Dutch possessions in the Archipelago, to pay for the articles brought to Batavia for the supply of the European demand. The quantity of goods imported from all quarters of the globe, exclusive of cash and bullion, amounted in the year 1770 to the value in Spanish dollars of 2,350,316, and the exports to 3,318,161, leaving a balance in favour of the exports of 867,845 Spanish dollars. A great part of the exports was destined for Holland, and a great part of the imports came from Holland. The imports from Holland were again re-exported to China, Japan, the Spice Islands, &c. from which, and from Bengal, Ceylon, the coasts of Coromandel and of Malabar, and the Cape of Good Hope and other eastern countries, the other shipments came, and to which the other exports proceeded. The profits on the sale of that portion of the imports of 1770, disposed of in the market of Batavia for the consumption of Java, are stated [Vol I Pg 245]at 7,895 Spanish dollars, so that, so far as the import trade was concerned, Batavia only became the entrepôt between the mother-country and her other possessions or stations of commercial resort in the Indian seas. The exports of Java almost every year exceeded the imports, as will appear from official returns which follow.
The precious metals have always been a significant import in Java and other parts of the East. In 1770, Java imported cash and bullion from Holland amounting to 2,862,176 Java rupees[65], while imports from other sources in the same year, raised by bills of exchange on Holland, totaled 1,419,565 rupees. This brings the total to 4,281,742 rupees, which is over half a million sterling. The amount imported that year was nearly as high as the imports in any subsequent year until 1803, when the importation of precious metals was estimated to be 7,617,122 rupees, or almost a million sterling. This time frame coincides with the peak of sugar exports by the Americans, who likely brought in precious metals in exchange for their cargoes, since the quantity shipped from Holland that year was only 448,370 rupees. In the following year (1804), the imported amount was 6,499,001 rupees, none of which came from the mother country. Over forty years, from 1770 to 1810, a total of 118,607,472 Java rupees worth of precious metals was imported, averaging nearly three million annually. A significant portion of this was re-exported to India, China, and Dutch territories in the Archipelago to pay for the goods brought to Batavia to meet European demand. The total value of goods imported from around the world, excluding cash and bullion, in 1770 was equivalent to 2,350,316 Spanish dollars, while exports reached 3,318,161 Spanish dollars, resulting in a favorable balance of 867,845 Spanish dollars for exports. A large part of the exports were directed to Holland, and many imports originated from there. These imports from Holland were often re-exported to China, Japan, and the Spice Islands, while shipments also came from Bengal, Ceylon, the Coromandel and Malabar coasts, the Cape of Good Hope, and various eastern countries, with other exports sent to those regions. The profits from the sale of the portion of imports from 1770 sold in the Batavia market for Java's consumption were reported at 7,895 Spanish dollars. Therefore, Batavia primarily functioned as an entrepôt between the mother country and its other possessions or trading posts in the Indian seas. The exports from Java almost always exceeded imports, as will be shown in the official returns that follow.
Years. | Exports. | Imports. | Excess of Exports. | Excess of Imports. |
---|---|---|---|---|
Spanish Dollars. | Spanish Dollars. | Spanish Dollars. | Spanish Dollars. | |
1771 | 3,122,197 | 3,116,374 | 5,823 | — |
1772 | 2,909,371 | 2,170,741 | 738,630 | — |
1773 | 3,193,912 | 2,789,869 | 404,043 | — |
1774 | 3,184,641 | 2,941,011 | 243,630 | — |
1775 | 3,083,773 | 2,692,420 | 91,353 | — |
1776 | 3,319,070 | 2,305,228 | 1,013,842 | — |
1777 | 3,139,678 | 2,006,561 | 1,133,117 | — |
1778 | 2,440,042 | 1,776,674 | 663,368 | — |
1779 | 2,274,308 | 2,075,022 | — | 430,714 |
1783 | 2,788,702 | 1,914,202 | 874,500 | — |
1784 | 2,921,274 | 2,781,833 | 139,441 | — |
1785 | 2,670,468 | 2,654,687 | 15,781 | — |
1786 | 2,495,038 | 2,639,663 | — | 144,624 |
1787 | 2,634,049 | 2,506,267 | 127,782 | — |
1788 | 3,700,209 | 3,017,853 | 682,356 | — |
1789 | 2,956,240 | 2,840,127 | 116,113 | — |
1790 | 3,011,040 | 3,073,801 | — | 62,761 |
1791 | 3,771,263 | 3,098,849 | 672,414 | — |
1792 | 1,172,670 | 1,295,959 | — | 123,289 |
There was, of course, a lamentable falling off in the foreign trade of Java after the commencement of the war of the French revolution: some of the best markets were almost entirely closed to it, and the intercourse with the mother-country was nearly destroyed. The total of exports to Holland and her eastern possessions, from the year 1796 till 1806, amounted in value to only 7,097,963 Spanish dollars; the imports to 3,073,894 Spanish dollars; leaving a surplus of exports of 4,024,069 Spanish dollars. The Americans began to frequent the market of Batavia in 1798, and through them principally was the trade carried on till the conquest of the Island by the British, except during the short interval of the peace of Amiens. No specie (with which Holland chiefly paid for her eastern commodities) was imported from the mother-country[Vol I Pg 246] from 1795 downwards, except during 1802-3 and 1803-4, during which there was only the very inconsiderable sum of about half a million of rupees imported.
There was, of course, a noticeable decline in Java's foreign trade after the start of the French Revolution. Some of the best markets were almost completely closed off, and communication with the mother country was nearly wiped out. The total exports to Holland and her eastern territories from 1796 to 1806 amounted to only 7,097,963 Spanish dollars, while imports totaled 3,073,894 Spanish dollars, leaving a surplus of exports of 4,024,069 Spanish dollars. Americans began to frequent the Batavia market in 1798, and they mainly conducted trade until the British took over the island, except for the brief period of the Peace of Amiens. No specie (which is how Holland mainly paid for its eastern goods) was imported from the mother country[Vol I Pg 246] from 1795 onward, except during 1802-03 and 1803-04, when only a small amount of about half a million rupees was imported.
It is impossible to convey a just idea of the native or foreign trade of Java, without adverting to the commercial and political state of the other islands of the Archipelago. Of these it may be stated generally, that the interior is possessed by the natives, collected under leaders who have taken advantage of the great extent of the country, in proportion to its population, to render themselves independent of the lawful sovereign; that the coast is occupied, in many places, either by pirates, by some of the ruder tribes whom it is dangerous to invade, or by adventurous traders, chiefly Maláyus and Búgis. These traders arrive in well-armed vessels, which some of them remain to protect; others travel up the country, not unfrequently to the distance of a hundred miles, and at the change of the monsoon return to their companions, charged either with plunder, or with the fruits of a commerce carried on with the natives at an exorbitant profit. The pirates, as they drive the peaceable and honest trader from the coast, recruit their numbers from among the seafaring men to whom he used to give employment. The decay of commerce is accelerated; and the natives retreat into the interior, where, for want of a market, they cease to collect the rich productions of their country, and rapidly sink into poverty and barbarism. The sea and the coast remain a scene of violence, rapine, and cruelty. The mouths of the rivers are held by lawless banditti, who interrupt the trade of those who inhabit their banks, and capture the vessels destined for the inland towns: the bays and harbours are entirely within their power; and in these smooth seas they are never driven a moment from their stations, or diverted by danger from their predatory vigilance. The sovereigns of the country have too little authority over their nominal subjects; and their resources are too confined for them to oppose any effectual resistance to these outrages. All restraints are withdrawn by the divisions and weakness of the native governments; and men, rendered desperate by the experience of lawless violence, are induced to join in the system of plunder against which they can find no protection.
It’s impossible to get a true sense of the local or foreign trade in Java without also considering the commercial and political situation in the other islands of the Archipelago. Generally, it can be said that the interior is controlled by the natives, who have united under leaders that have taken advantage of the vastness of the country compared to its population to free themselves from the rightful ruler. On the coast, many areas are occupied either by pirates, by some of the more aggressive tribes that are dangerous to confront, or by daring traders, mainly Maláyus and Búgis. These traders come on well-armed ships, some staying behind to protect their interests, while others venture inland, often traveling up to a hundred miles, returning with either stolen goods or the highly profitable results of trade with the natives. The pirates, by pushing honest traders away from the coast, recruit from the seafaring men who used to work for them. This leads to a decline in commerce, driving the natives further inland where, lacking a market, they stop gathering the rich resources of their land and quickly fall into poverty and barbarism. The sea and the coastline become a scene of violence, theft, and cruelty. Lawless bandits control the river mouths, disrupting trade for those living along the banks and capturing vessels headed for the inland towns; the bays and harbors are entirely under their control, and in these calm waters, they never leave their posts or are distracted from their predatory watchfulness. The country’s leaders have too little authority over their nominal subjects, and their limited resources prevent them from effectively resisting these outrages. All constraints are removed by the divisions and weaknesses of the native governments, and people, desperate from experiencing lawless violence, are forced to participate in the plunder against which they have no protection.
This extensive, rich, and beautiful cluster of islands is thus[Vol I Pg 247] deprived of all the advantages which it might derive from the sea with which it is surrounded; its harbours become the retreats of marauders, instead of the resort of peaceful commerce; its seafaring people are reduced to a state of nature. Where force decides right, no sovereign is possessed of paramount authority to sweep this pest from his shores; no vessel is safe, no flag is respected. The trade is thus confined to desperate adventurers only, to whom the existence of piracy is more advantageous than the unmolested security of navigation, as the danger which it creates drives away all competitors of a less daring character, and gives them a monopoly of these ports. It is too true, also, that European traders have materially contributed to the strength of the pirates, by the supply of arms and ammunition. At the port of Sambas, European vessels had not dared to touch openly for twenty years; but such means of resistance as the pirates were found to possess in two recent attacks upon it, could never have been collected without large supplies from British traders.
This extensive, rich, and beautiful cluster of islands is thus[Vol I Pg 247]stripped of all the benefits it could get from the surrounding sea; its harbors have become hideouts for raiders instead of hubs for peaceful trade; its seafaring people are thrown back to a primal state. Where might makes right, no ruler has the supreme power to drive this menace from his shores; no ship is safe, no flag is honored. Trade is limited to desperate adventurers only, for them, piracy is more profitable than safe navigation, as the danger it brings scares off less bold competitors and gives them a monopoly over these ports. It is also painfully true that European traders have significantly bolstered the pirates' strength by providing arms and ammunition. At the port of Sambas, European ships have not dared to dock openly for twenty years; but the defense measures that the pirates had in two recent attacks could never have been gathered without substantial supplies from British traders.
The small colonial craft, so necessary for the prosperity of these regions, cannot without great risk venture beyond the coast; while armed Malayan and Bugis práhus, and a few European speculators, engross most of the trade.
The small colonial boats, essential for the prosperity of these areas, can't risk going beyond the coast; meanwhile, armed Malayan and Bugis práhus and a few European traders dominate most of the trade.
The above observations apply more particularly to the coasts of Borneo and the adjacent islands; but they are, in a great measure, applicable to many parts of Sumatra. The unfortunate king of Acheen, who has long been intimately connected with the British establishments, is a young man of estimable qualities, with a title ancient and undisputed, though perhaps a weak prince. All his chiefs acknowledge his authority, though none submit to his control. Native traders from the coast of Coromandel, and Europeans from Pinang, frequent every river; and the profit derived from their dealings furnishes the inhabitants with inducements and means to throw off their allegiance. The king, too feeble to reduce the revolters, is only able to keep up a state of continual alarm and warfare, to which the mutual jealousies among the petty usurpers themselves mainly contribute. The trade of his dominions is in a great measure carried on like smuggling, by armed boats running out at a favourable moment, hiding themselves from danger, or fighting their way through opposition,[Vol I Pg 248] as occasion may require, and laying their account with making up for frequent losses by exorbitant profits. In some places, these almost independent bands are commanded by Malabar chuliahs; and, in most instances, the petty chiefs whom they elevate to authority are foreign vagrants. Those places which, from their vicinity to the residence of the king, are least able to resist his power, are supported in their opposition by the interests of the English traders; and it is not to be forgotten, that when he made a partial attempt to regain his authority over all the neighbouring country, they petitioned the European authority to prevent, by its interference, his levying a duty upon his own subjects. The petition was attended to; and the king was compelled, by the command of strangers, to forego the only means by which he could have preserved his dominions from anarchy and confusion. At the period, therefore, when the resources of his kingdom would have been unfolding themselves, by the improving industry of a well-regulated population, it is falling into decay, through the personal imbecility and political weakness of the monarch; and, breaking into detached fragments, is about to form as many separate principalities, as formerly there were independent governments throughout all the Archipelago[66].
The points mentioned above specifically relate to the coasts of Borneo and the nearby islands; however, they largely apply to many areas of Sumatra as well. The unfortunate king of Acheen, who's been closely linked with British establishments for a long time, is a young man with commendable qualities and an old, undisputed title, though he might be considered a weak ruler. All his chiefs recognize his authority, but none actually follow his orders. Local traders from the Coromandel coast and Europeans from Pinang frequent every river, and the profits from their trades provide the residents with reasons and resources to break away from their loyalty. The king, too weak to bring the rebels back in line, can only maintain a constant state of alarm and conflict, largely fueled by the mutual rivalries among the minor usurpers themselves. The trade in his realms mostly resembles smuggling, with armed boats venturing out at favorable times, hiding from danger or fighting their way through obstacles as needed, counting on making up for frequent losses with high profits. In some regions, these almost independent groups are led by Malabar chuliahs, and generally, the minor chiefs they put in power are foreign drifters. Those places closest to the king's residence, which are least capable of resisting him, are backed in their defiance by the interests of English traders; and it’s important to note that when he made a slight effort to reassert his authority over the neighboring regions, they requested European intervention to stop him from imposing a tax on his own subjects. The request was heeded; thus, the king was forced, under orders from outsiders, to give up the only means he had to keep his realm from chaos and disorder. So, at a time when his kingdom might have been thriving thanks to a hardworking and organized population, it is now deteriorating due to the king's personal ineptitude and political weakness, breaking apart into separate factions that are about to become as many independent principalities as there once were separate governments throughout the Archipelago.[Vol I Pg 248]
That there has been, at some time, a more extensive commerce on the shores of the Archipelago is highly probable, and that there might be cannot be doubted. The great resources, vegetable and mineral, with which they abound, such as spices, camphor, gold, and diamonds, and the facilities which they enjoy for navigation, offer means and inducements of the highest nature. The general character of the people, also, as far as it can be ascertained, appears[Vol I Pg 249] equally favourable to commercial intercourse. They are represented as mild, inoffensive, not indisposed to industry, free from any obstinate prejudices of superstition, and altogether of a different temper from that of the few who remain in a constant state of warfare on the coast.
It's very likely that there was once a more extensive trade along the shores of the Archipelago, and it's undeniable that such trade could exist again. The abundant natural resources, both plant-based and mineral, like spices, camphor, gold, and diamonds, along with their good conditions for navigation, provide significant opportunities and incentives. The overall disposition of the people, as far as we can tell, also seems to be favorable for trade. They are described as gentle, non-threatening, willing to work, free from stubborn superstitions, and entirely different in temperament from the few who are always engaged in conflict along the coast.
Another favourable circumstance is the existence of sovereigns, whose rights, however infringed, are in principle acknowledged, and who have never been known to favour, what must be considered the chief misfortune of these countries, and the source of almost all the rest, the horrible system of piracy. The evil is manifest, and the remedy is not of difficult discovery. Were legitimate and acknowledged sovereigns assisted in resuming their due authority, piracy and rebellion might be destroyed, these shores would be peopled with their native inhabitants, whose industry, awakened and invited by the opening of a safe navigation to the capitals, would in fleets of small vessels, so essential to the prosperity of the Eastern settlements, bring the produce of the interior down the innumerable rivers, and communicate to countries, beyond the reach of foreign adventurers the comforts of civilised life.
Another positive aspect is the presence of sovereigns, whose rights, even if challenged, are generally recognized. They have never supported what is considered the main tragedy of these regions and the source of nearly all other issues: the dreadful practice of piracy. The problem is clear, and the solution is not hard to find. If legitimate and recognized sovereigns were helped to reclaim their rightful authority, piracy and rebellion could be eradicated. These shores would flourish with their native populations, whose efforts, inspired by the prospect of safe navigation to the capitals, would fill small fleets—crucial for the prosperity of the Eastern settlements—with goods from the interior, bringing the comforts of civilized life to areas beyond the reach of foreign adventurers.
A few years of repose to these islands, and of safe uninterrupted commerce, with its attendant blessings, would repay with gain incalculable, what they now claim from the benevolence and philanthropy, if not from the justice of Europeans, who have so essentially contributed to their degradation. If left neglected, without capital, without a safe navigation, almost without laws, the government disunited, the people groaning under vassalage and slavery, these races must descend still further in the scale of degradation, until scarcely a vestige will remain to vindicate the records of their history; and their political existence will only be testified by acts of piracy perpetrated on defenceless vessels, which from accident or ignorance may visit their inhospitable shores.
A few years of peace for these islands, along with safe and uninterrupted trade, would bring tremendous rewards that would far surpass what they currently rely on from the goodwill and generosity—if not the fairness—of Europeans, who have greatly contributed to their decline. If they remain neglected, without investment, safe navigation, or proper laws, with a fractured government and the people suffering under oppression and slavery, these communities will only further sink into degradation until hardly any trace remains to affirm their history. Their political existence will be marked only by acts of piracy against defenseless ships that might accidentally or unknowingly approach their unwelcoming shores.
In all their Eastern settlements, the favourite policy of the Dutch seems to have been to depress the native inhabitants, and give every encouragement to the Chinese, who, generally speaking, are only itinerants and not children of the soil, and who follow the almost universal practice of remitting the fruits of their industry to China, instead of spending them[Vol I Pg 250] where they were acquired. The Chinese, in all ages equally supple, venal, and crafty, failed not, at a very early period, to recommend themselves to the speculating Hollanders. They have, almost from the first, been their agents; and in the island of Java, in particular, they acquired from them the entire monopoly of the revenue farms and government contracts. Many of the most respectable Dutch families were intimately connected with the Chinese in their contracts and speculations, and whole provinces had been sold in perpetuity to some of them, the extensive population of which were thus assigned over to their unfeeling oppression, for the purpose of raising temporary supplies of money.
In all their Eastern settlements, the Dutch's favorite strategy seems to have been to push down the native people and give plenty of support to the Chinese, who, generally speaking, are just temporary residents and not locals, and who usually send the profits of their work back to China instead of using them where they were earned[Vol I Pg 250]. The Chinese, always adaptable, opportunistic, and clever, quickly made themselves useful to the ambitious Dutch. They have, from the beginning, acted as their agents; and on the island of Java, in particular, they took over the entire monopoly of the tax farms and government contracts. Many of the most respected Dutch families were closely linked with the Chinese in their contracts and business dealings, and entire provinces were sold permanently to some of them, leaving the large populations there subject to their harsh rule, all to raise quick funds.
On Java, the Chinese have been generally left to their own laws and the regulations of their own chiefs; and being, for the most part, merely temporary residents in the country, they devote themselves to the accumulation of wealth, without being very scrupulous about the means of obtaining it: when, therefore, they acquire grants of land, they generally contrive to reduce the peasants speedily to the condition of slaves. The improvement of the people, which was never much attended to by the Dutch, was still less so by the Chinese, and the oppression which they exercised in the vicinity of Batavia had opened the eyes of the Dutch themselves. A report of the Council of Batavia, a short time prior to the landing of the English, accordingly states, that "although the Chinese, as being the most industrious settlers, should be the most useful, they on the contrary have become a very dangerous people, and are to be considered as a pest to the country; for which evil," they add, "there appears to be no radical cure but their expulsion from the interior." Wherever the Chinese formed extensive settlements in Java, the native inhabitants had no alternative but that of abandoning the district or becoming slaves of the soil. The monopolising spirit of the Chinese was often very pernicious to the produce of the soil, as may be seen even at this day in the immediate vicinity of Batavia, where all the public markets are farmed by them, and the degeneracy and poverty of the lower orders are proverbial.
On Java, the Chinese have generally been allowed to follow their own laws and the rules of their own leaders. Most of them are just temporary residents in the country, focusing on making money and not being very careful about how they do it. When they acquire land, they often manage to quickly turn the local farmers into slaves. The Dutch never really paid much attention to improving the lives of the people, and the Chinese were even less concerned. The oppression they inflicted near Batavia had made the Dutch take notice. A report from the Council of Batavia, just before the English arrived, states that "although the Chinese, being the most hardworking settlers, should be the most beneficial, they have instead become a very dangerous group and are seen as a problem for the country; for this issue," they add, "it seems the only real solution is to expel them from the interior." Wherever the Chinese created large communities in Java, the local people either had to leave or become slaves to the land. The Chinese’s monopolistic attitude often harmed local agriculture, as can still be seen today near Batavia, where all the public markets are run by them, and the decline and poverty of the lower classes are well-known.
The Chinese of Batavia are a very numerous body, and possess considerable wealth. They are active and industrious,[Vol I Pg 251] enterprising and speculative in the highest degree in the smallest or most extensive concerns, and equally well adapted for trade or agriculture; but, at the same time, they are cunning, deceitful, covetous, and restless, and exceedingly unwarlike in their habits and dispositions. This is the character given of them by Mr. Hogendorp, who, in considering the injurious consequences of their extensive influence on Java, has drawn a very just and able representation of it[67]. [Vol I Pg 252]
The Chinese community in Batavia is quite large and holds significant wealth. They are hardworking, resourceful, and very entrepreneurial, whether in small businesses or larger ventures, and they are equally suited for either trade or agriculture. However, they are also known to be cunning, deceitful, greedy, and restless, and they tend to be non-confrontational in their behavior and attitudes. This description comes from Mr. Hogendorp, who has provided a thoughtful and accurate assessment of the negative effects of their considerable influence in Java.[67].
In all the Malayan states, the Chinese have made the greatest efforts to get into their hands the farming of the port [Vol I Pg 253]duties, and this has generally proved the ruin of the trade. In addition to these circumstances it should be recollected, that the Chinese, from their peculiar language and manners, form a kind of separate society in every place where they settle, which gives them a great advantage over every competitor in arranging monopolies of trade. The ascendancy of the Chinese requires to be cautiously guarded against and restrained; and this, perhaps, cannot be better done, than by bringing forward the native population, and encouraging them in useful and industrious habits.
In all the Malaysian states, the Chinese have made significant efforts to take control of the port duties, and this has often led to the downfall of the trade. Additionally, it's important to remember that the Chinese, because of their unique language and customs, create a sort of separate community wherever they settle, which gives them a major advantage over competitors in establishing trade monopolies. The dominance of the Chinese needs to be carefully managed and regulated; and perhaps the best way to do this is by promoting the local population and encouraging them to adopt productive and industrious habits.
Some of these observations regarding the Chinese are, in a high degree, applicable to the Arabs who frequent the Malayan countries, and under the specious mask of religion prey on the simple unsuspicious natives. The Chinese must, at all events, be admitted to be industrious; but by far the greater part of the Arabs are mere useless drones, and idle consumers of the produce of the ground: affecting to be descended from the Prophet and the most eminent of his followers, when in reality they are commonly nothing better [Vol I Pg 254]than manumitted slaves, they worm themselves into the favour of the Malayan chiefs, and often procure the highest offices under them. They hold like robbers the offices which they have obtained as sycophants, and cover all with the sanctimonious veil of religious hypocrisy.
Some of these observations about the Chinese apply quite well to the Arabs who visit the Malayan countries, and under the false pretense of religion, they take advantage of the naive locals. The Chinese should definitely be recognized as hardworking; however, most Arabs are just lazy freeloaders, depending on the land's resources: pretending to be descended from the Prophet and his most prominent followers, when in reality, they are often nothing more than freed slaves. They ingratiate themselves with the Malayan chiefs and frequently secure top positions under them. They occupy these positions, which they have gained through flattery, like thieves, masking it all with a façade of religious sanctity. [Vol I Pg 254]
Under the pretext of instructing the Maláyus in the principles of the Mahometan religion, they inculcate the most intolerant bigotry, and render them incapable of receiving any species of useful knowledge. It is seldom that the East is visited by Arabian merchants of large capital, but there are numerous adventurers who carry on a coasting trade from port to port, and by asserting the religious claims of Sheikh, generally obtain an exemption from all port duties in the Malayan states. They are also not unfrequently concerned in piracies, and are the principal promoters of the slave-trade.
Under the guise of teaching the Maláyus about the principles of the Islamic faith, they spread the most intolerant bigotry and make them unable to accept any kind of useful knowledge. Arabian merchants with significant capital rarely visit the East, but many adventurers engage in a coastal trade from port to port, often claiming religious rights from the Sheikh to avoid paying port duties in the Malayan states. They are also frequently involved in piracy and are the main instigators of the slave trade.
This may serve, in some degree, to illustrate the necessity of establishing an equal and uniform system of port regulations throughout the whole of the Malayan countries; for if the Chinese, on the one hand, are permitted to farm import and export duties in different ports, they have every facility allowed them to form combinations, in order to secure a monopoly to Chinese traders; and on the other hand, if the Arabs, under religious pretexts, are entirely exempted from duties, they may baffle all competition, and engross the trade of the Malayan countries to the exclusion of European traders altogether.
This may help illustrate the need for a consistent and fair system of port regulations across all the Malayan countries. If, on one hand, the Chinese are allowed to manage import and export duties at different ports, they will easily be able to create groups to monopolize trade for Chinese merchants. On the other hand, if the Arabs are completely exempt from duties under the guise of religious reasons, they could undermine all competitors and dominate the trade in the Malayan countries, completely shutting out European traders.
Let the Chinese and Arabs still trade to the eastward. Without them, the trade would be reduced to less than one-third of even what it is at present, for it is only through the stimulus which they give to the industry of the country that its resources are to be developed: but let their trade be regulated; and above all, let them not be left in the enjoyment of immunities and advantages, which are neither possessed by Europeans, nor the indigenous inhabitants of the country. Since the reduction of the Dutch influence in the East, several of the ports formerly dependant on them have almost become Arab colonies. The evil is obviously increasing every day, and can only be checked by encouraging the native population, and regulating on equal terms the duties of the Malayan and other Eastern ports. [Vol I Pg 255]
Let the Chinese and Arabs continue trading to the east. Without them, trade would drop to less than a third of what it is now, because it’s their influence that helps develop the country's resources. But their trade needs to be regulated; and most importantly, they shouldn't have privileges and benefits that Europeans or the local people don’t have. Since the decline of Dutch influence in the East, several of the ports that relied on them have nearly become Arab colonies. The problem is clearly getting worse every day and can only be addressed by supporting the local population and regulating the duties at Malaysian and other Eastern ports on fair terms. [Vol I Pg 255]
In many other respects besides those which we have stated, the commercial policy adopted by the Dutch, with regard to the Eastern islands and the Malayan states in general, was contrary to all principles of natural justice, and unworthy of any enlightened and civilized nation[68]. [Vol I Pg 256]
In many other ways besides what we mentioned, the trade policy the Dutch implemented concerning the Eastern islands and the Malayan states generally went against all principles of natural justice and was unworthy of any enlightened and civilized nation[68].[Vol I Pg 256]
From authentic accounts it appears, that they attempted to destroy and eradicate from a vast range of countries the most advantageous produce of the land, in order to favour their own petty traffic, and burnt a large proportion of the residue, in order to keep up their monopoly price in Europe on a small proportion of this produce. Against errors of this kind, it is to be hoped the more enlightened policy of the present era will be an effectual preventive; but there are others, so interwoven with the interests of these islands, and so local in their nature, that they may not so easily attract the attention of the governing power.
From reliable accounts, it seems that they tried to destroy and eliminate the most beneficial crops from a wide range of countries to benefit their own minor trade. They burned a large portion of the leftovers to maintain their monopoly price in Europe on a smaller share of this produce. It’s hoped that the more educated policies of today will effectively prevent such mistakes; however, there are other issues that are so intertwined with the interests of these islands and so local in nature that they might not easily catch the attention of those in power.
One feature of the Dutch policy in the Eastern Isles seems to have been the exclusion of all foreign trade, whether European or native; excepting at certain specified ports under their own immediate control. This policy was as much connected with the general government of the country, as with the commercial profits of the Company; for in an Archipelago of such unparalleled extent, inhabited by tribes of such various characters, formidable in a high degree from their very want of civilization, it was necessary to bring forward some of the most powerful and most favourably situated of these numerous states, and to hold them answerable for the proceedings of the several districts under their influence. Such views gave rise to the establishment of certain regular and determined trading ports, and led to the vigilant suppression of all [Vol I Pg 257]attempts at competition and independence on the part of the inferior states.
One aspect of the Dutch policy in the Eastern Isles appeared to be the exclusion of all foreign trade, whether European or local, except at specific ports that were under their direct control. This policy was closely linked to the overall governance of the country as well as to the commercial benefits for the Company; because in such a vast archipelago, inhabited by tribes with diverse characteristics, and often quite formidable due to their lack of civilization, it was essential to elevate some of the most powerful and strategically located states and hold them responsible for the actions in the various districts they influenced. These considerations led to the creation of certain designated trading ports and the strict suppression of any attempts at competition and independence from the lesser states.
Had this measure been combined with a liberal encouragement of the home trade, as it may be denominated, between these privileged ports established by the Dutch, and the various countries under their influence, little doubt can be entertained that it would have tended materially to promote the civilization and general improvement of all the neighbouring nations. Very different, however, was the object of the Dutch agreements with the different rajas of the Eastern Archipelago. In some cases it was to secure a monopoly of all the tin, pepper, camphor, and other saleable articles produced in their dominions; in others it was to bind the chiefs themselves to destroy the only saleable articles that their country could furnish, lest the monopoly price of the Dutch should be injured by a greater quantity of such produce being brought to market. The Dutch genius, though exclusively devoted to commerce, has never yet been able to discover the truth of the maxim, that in the long run it may be as gainful "to make small profits on large sales as large profits on smaller sales;" their policy, on the contrary, has not been inaptly compared to a man putting out one of his eyes to strengthen the sight of the other.
If this approach had been paired with strong support for domestic trade, as we might call it, between these privileged ports set up by the Dutch and the various countries under their influence, it's hard to doubt that it would have significantly advanced the civilization and overall progress of all the neighboring nations. However, the Dutch agreements with the different rajas of the Eastern Archipelago had a very different goal. In some cases, it was to secure a monopoly on all the tin, pepper, camphor, and other saleable items produced in their territories; in others, it was to pressure the chiefs to destroy the only saleable goods their countries could provide, so the Dutch monopoly price wouldn't be impacted by a larger supply hitting the market. Although the Dutch were fully focused on commerce, they've never really grasped the truth of the saying that in the long run, it can be just as profitable "to make small profits on large sales as large profits on smaller sales." Their strategy, on the other hand, has been likened to a person giving up one eye to improve the vision of the other.
It must be admitted, that the line of conduct pursued by the English towards the Malayan nations, had by no means been of a conciliatory or prepossessing character. Our intercourse with them had been carried on almost exclusively through the medium of adventurers little acquainted with either the country or people, who have been frequently more remarkable for boldness than principle[69]. Indeed, the want of any settled basis of traffic, and the long indifference of the British government to the complaints of either party, had produced so many impositions, reprisals, piracies, and [Vol I Pg 258]murders, that any eastern trader must have felt himself very much in the situation of a dealer in spirits, tobacco, and blankets, among the Indians of North America. It was the remark of Mr. Farquhar, than whom no man is more extensively acquainted with the interests and resources of East insular India, that the indifference of the British government must have originated solely in the want of information or incorrectness of knowledge; since it is not improbable, that the riches of Sumatra and Borneo are equal to those either of Brazil or New Spain; and it is only from the disadvantages under which we had hitherto entered into the competition, that these great sources of wealth had so long been engrossed by other nations[70].
It must be acknowledged that the way the English have dealt with the Malayan nations has not been friendly or appealing at all. Our interactions with them have mostly involved adventurers who know very little about either the country or its people, and who are often more noted for their boldness than for their principles[69]. In fact, the lack of a stable trading foundation and the British government's long-standing indifference to the grievances of both sides have led to numerous scams, retaliations, pirate attacks, and murders. Any Eastern trader must have felt like a dealer in alcohol, tobacco, and blankets among the Native Americans. Mr. Farquhar, who is very knowledgeable about the interests and resources of East Insular India, pointed out that the British government's indifference likely stems from a lack of information or incorrect knowledge. It’s entirely possible that the riches of Sumatra and Borneo are equal to those of Brazil or New Spain; it's just that due to the disadvantages we've faced in entering the competition, these great sources of wealth have been monopolized by other nations for so long[70].
The doctrine, that a colony should always be considered a distant province of the mother-country, has been foreign to the political creed of the Dutch; and at any rate the radical want of strength in the government of Batavia may have prevented them from venturing to act upon it. Of course, they must always have contemplated the prosperity of the eastern tribes with the invidious regret of a rival shopkeeper, and regarded their progress in civilization with the jealousy of a timid despot. The fact sufficiently establishes the truth of this remark.
The idea that a colony should always be seen as a remote part of the parent country has been foreign to Dutch political beliefs; and in any case, the significant weakness of the government in Batavia may have kept them from trying to put this into action. Naturally, they must have viewed the success of the eastern tribes with the envy of a competing shopkeeper and seen their advancements in civilization with the jealousy of a fearful tyrant. This clearly supports the truth of this observation.
Independently of the effects of the European influence just described, the causes which have tended most to the depression of the Malayan tribes, and the deterioration of their character, are the civil commotions to which every state is liable, from the radical want of strength in the sovereign; the constant wars between the petty chieftains and heads of villages; the ill-defined succession to the throne, from the doctrine of primogeniture being imperfectly recognized; the prevalence of piracy in all the Eastern Seas; the system of domestic slavery, and all its concomitant evils, as wars for the purpose of procuring slaves, and the want of confidence between family and family, man and man; the want of a generally-established, and recognized system of laws, civil and criminal; the want of a similar system of commercial regulations respecting[Vol I Pg 259] port duties, anchorage, and other charges, to prevent arbitrary exactions and impositions in the various Malayan ports; and, finally, the monopoly of the trade assumed by the Malayan rajas. Had Java remained permanently annexed to the British crown, the redress of these evils would have been, in a great measure, in the power of the English nation: the undertaking would have been worthy of their general character, and there was no other nation that could have possessed the means in an equal degree, even if it had indeed possessed the inclination.
Regardless of the effects of European influence mentioned earlier, the main reasons for the decline of the Malayan tribes and the deterioration of their character are the civil unrest that every state can face due to the lack of strength in leadership; the ongoing conflicts between small chieftains and village leaders; the unclear succession to the throne, as the principle of primogeniture is not fully recognized; the widespread piracy in all the Eastern Seas; the existence of domestic slavery and its associated problems, like wars for capturing slaves, and the lack of trust between families and individuals; the absence of a generally accepted and recognized system of civil and criminal laws; the lack of similar commercial regulations regarding[Vol I Pg 259] port duties, anchorage, and other fees to prevent arbitrary charges and abuses in various Malayan ports; and, finally, the trade monopoly held by the Malayan rajas. If Java had stayed permanently annexed to the British crown, addressing these issues would largely have been within the power of the British nation: such an undertaking would have aligned with their reputation, and no other nation would have had the means to address it as effectively, even if they had the desire.
The prevalence of piracy on the Malayan coasts, and the light in which it was viewed as an honourable occupation, worthy of being followed by young princes and nobles, is an evil of ancient date, and intimately connected with the Malayan habits. The old Malayan romances, and the fragments of their traditional history, constantly refer with pride to piratical cruizes.
The prevalence of piracy along the Malayan coasts, and the way it was regarded as an honorable occupation, suitable for young princes and nobility, is an old issue that’s closely linked to Malayan culture. The ancient Malayan stories and bits of their traditional history frequently highlight piratical expeditions with pride.
In addition to other causes, which I shall not stop to specify, the state of the eastern population, and the intolerant spirit of the religion of Islam, have eminently tended to increase the practice. The Arab Sheikhs and Sayeds, whatever doctrines they failed to inculcate, never neglected to enforce the merit of plundering and massacring the infidels; an abominable tenet, which has tended more than any other doctrine of the Kóran to the propagation of this religion. Numerous and various are the tribes of the Eastern Isles which have not embraced the religion of Islam to this day, and consequently are reckoned infidels: cruizes against such were, and are, constantly certain of receiving the approbation of all the Arab teachers settled in the Malayan countries. The practice of piracy is now an evil so extensive and formidable, that it can be put down by the strong hand alone; though precautions against its recurrence might be taken, by rendering, under the system of acknowledged ports, every chieftain answerable for his own territory.
In addition to other reasons that I won't specify, the situation of the eastern population and the intolerant nature of the religion of Islam have greatly contributed to the increase of this practice. The Arab Sheikhs and Sayeds, regardless of the doctrines they failed to promote, always made sure to emphasize the benefits of plundering and killing non-believers; a horrific belief that has more than any other teaching from the Kóran aided in spreading this religion. There are many tribes in the Eastern Isles that still have not adopted the religion of Islam, and as a result, they are considered non-believers: raids against them were, and continue to be, almost guaranteed to receive approval from all the Arab teachers in the Malayan region. The practice of piracy has become such a widespread and serious problem that it can only be suppressed by strong measures; however, steps could be taken to prevent its resurgence by making every chieftain accountable for their own territory under a system of recognized ports.
Connected with this evil, though of much wider extent, is the system of slavery in the Malayan countries, which, to apply the energetic language of Mr. Pitt to this subject, has been none of the least efficient causes of keeping down these regions "in a state of bondage, ignorance, and blood." In the[Vol I Pg 260] beginning of the year 1805, the Marquis Wellesley abolished slavery throughout India; and, on the 4th of June, 1811, the Earl of Minto, by an order to emancipate all the government slaves at Malacca, and to direct that hereafter no slaves should be purchased or received on account of government, gave to the Malayan nations an earnest of his sentiments on the subject. It is certainly to the credit of our countrymen in the East, that they have ever opposed all attempts to introduce the abominable slave traffic into our settlements there. It was prohibited at Madras by an act of the Governor and Council, of so early a date as 1682.
Connected to this issue, but much broader in scope, is the system of slavery in the Malayan countries, which, to quote Mr. Pitt, has been one of the main reasons for keeping these areas "in a state of bondage, ignorance, and blood." In the[Vol I Pg 260] beginning of 1805, Marquis Wellesley ended slavery across India; and on June 4, 1811, Earl of Minto issued an order to free all government slaves in Malacca and to ensure that no slaves would be bought or accepted for government use in the future, showing the Malayan nations his stance on the matter. It is commendable that our countrymen in the East have consistently resisted any efforts to bring the detestable slave trade into our settlements there. It was banned at Madras by an act of the Governor and Council as early as 1682.
The sources of slavery in the Malayan countries are chiefly piracy at sea, captivity in war, manstealing along the coast, and the penalties enacted in the Malayan law respecting debts and sundry misdemeanors. The surviving crews of vessels which fall into the hands of the pirates are generally disposed of by sale at the first market. The captives taken in the constant wars which the Malayan chieftains carry on against each other, are generally employed in domestic occupations, tending cattle, and cultivating the ground, where there is no opportunity of bringing them to market. This, however, is seldom the case, since such numbers are constantly required by the Arabs and Chinese traders, and heretofore by the Dutch. Many of the Arab trading vessels are almost exclusively navigated by the slaves of the owner; and in their progress from island to island, they find little difficulty in recruiting their crew, by receiving presents of slaves, or if that should fail, by kidnapping the unfortunate natives. This forms a strong argument against admitting the unrestricted range of the islands to either Chinese or Arab traders; for while this is permitted, the abolition of the system of kidnapping would be absolutely impossible. The pagan tribes in the vicinity of the Mahometans, such as those on Báli, and some of the tribes of Celebes, the Harafúras, the black Papúas or oriental negroes, the original inhabitants of Hálamahíra, Coram, and other easterly nations, are in a great measure the victims of the kidnapping system, and being infidels are considered as fair booty.
The sources of slavery in the Malaysian countries mainly include piracy at sea, being captured in war, kidnapping along the coast, and harsh penalties in Malaysian law regarding debts and various offenses. The remaining crews of ships that fall into pirate hands are usually sold off at the nearest market. The captives taken during the ongoing wars between Malaysian chieftains are typically used for domestic work, tending cattle, and farming, where there's no chance to sell them. However, this is rarely the case, as there's constant demand from Arab and Chinese traders, and previously by the Dutch. Many Arab trading ships are primarily run by the owner's slaves, and as they move from island to island, they easily recruit their crew by accepting gifts of slaves, or if that doesn't work, by kidnapping local people. This presents a strong argument against allowing unrestricted access to the islands for either Chinese or Arab traders; as long as this is allowed, the abolition of the kidnapping system would be completely impossible. The pagan tribes near the Muslims, such as those on Báli, certain tribes in Celebes, the Harafúras, the black Papúas or oriental negroes, and the original inhabitants of Hálamahíra, Coram, and other eastern nations, are largely victims of the kidnapping system and, being non-believers, are seen as fair game.
Nothing has tended more decidedly to the deterioration of the Malayan character, than the want of a well defined and generally acknowledged system of law and commercial regu[Vol I Pg 261]lation. The Malayan nations had, in general, made considerable progress in civilization, before the introduction of the Mahometan religion among them: they had, accordingly, regular institutions of their own, some of which were probably of considerable antiquity, derived from the continent of India, and consequently radically different from those of the Arabs.
Nothing has contributed more to the decline of the Malayan character than the lack of a clear and widely accepted system of law and commercial regulation. The Malayan nations had generally made significant progress in civilization before the arrival of the Muslim religion among them. They had their own established institutions, some of which were likely quite old, originating from the Indian continent and, as a result, fundamentally different from those of the Arabs.
Some difficulty appears to have occurred in adapting these institutions to the general tenor of the Mahometan law, and many anomalous ones appear accordingly to have sprung up in different states. These occur in every part of jurisprudence, whether commercial, civil, or criminal, and are recited in the Undang úndang and Adat Maláyu, which are the systems of national law among the Maláyus. They vary considerably from each other in different states, and still more from the generally acknowledged principle of Mahometan law, as received by the Arabs. Hence there is, in almost every state, a constant struggle between the adherents of the old Malayan usages and the Hájis, together with other religious persons, who are desirous of introducing the laws of the Arabs, in order to increase their own importance.
Some challenges seem to have arisen in adapting these institutions to the overall framework of Islamic law, leading to many irregular ones emerging in various states. These irregularities exist in every area of law, whether it be commercial, civil, or criminal, and are detailed in the Undang úndang and Adat Maláyu, which are the national law systems among the Maláyus. They differ significantly from one another in different states and even more so from the generally accepted principles of Islamic law as recognized by the Arabs. As a result, there is, in almost every state, a continuous conflict between the supporters of traditional Malay customs and the Hájis, along with other religious figures, who wish to impose Arab laws to bolster their own status.
Among the numerous and important evils which result from this complex and ill-defined system, may be reckoned its affording an opening for the caprice and tyranny of the rulers, and producing a general insecurity both of person and property.
Among the many serious problems that arise from this complex and unclear system, we can count how it allows for the whims and oppression of those in power, leading to overall insecurity for both individuals and their property.
The state of the Moslem religion is very different here from what it is in the old Mahomedan states, such as Persia, Turkey, or Arabia. In many of the Eastern Islands paganism still remains: in some districts there are many Christians, and the Chinese swarm in every Malayan country, and live intermingled with the Mahomedans. This mixture of religion and tribes has tended, in some degree, to soften the intolerance of the Mahomedan system among the Malayan nations, and neither the positive authority of Islam, nor the persuasions of their Arab teachers, have hitherto been able to induce them to abandon entirely their own peculiar usages and customs. With some of these usages, especially those which relate to wrecks on the Malayan shores, and the commercial regulations of the different ports, it becomes incumbent on[Vol I Pg 262] the supreme European authority to interfere. In revising these, the opportunity might perhaps be taken to procure the abandonment of some of those maxims and usages, which have the strongest tendency to prevent their improvement, and counteract the habits of civilized life.
The state of the Muslim religion here is very different from what it is in traditional Muslim countries like Persia, Turkey, or Arabia. In many Eastern Islands, paganism still exists; in some areas, there are many Christians, and the Chinese are found in every Malay country, living among the Muslims. This mix of religions and ethnicities has somewhat softened the intolerance of the Muslim system among the Malay nations, and neither the strict authority of Islam nor the persuasion of their Arab teachers has succeeded in making them abandon their own unique practices and customs. With some of these practices, especially those related to shipwrecks on the Malaysian coasts and the trade regulations of various ports, it becomes necessary for[Vol I Pg 262] the supreme European authority to step in. In reviewing these, there might be an opportunity to encourage the elimination of some of those principles and practices that significantly hinder their progress and counteract the habits of civilized life.
A circumstance highly injurious to the commerce of the Malayan nations is the trading monopoly, which in most of the Malayan ports is actually assumed by the chiefs. Of this monopoly there is no trace in the Undang úndang of the Maláyus, or in the fragments of their history which have yet come to light, and it is a question whether this pernicious practice has not been copied from the monopoly regulations of the Dutch. Where this system has been fully carried into effect, it has generally succeeded effectually in repressing industry and commercial enterprize; and where it has been for some time established, its evils have been felt so deeply, that it may be presumed the Malayan chiefs might be induced to relinquish it in favour of a regulated commerce, whenever they might regain the power of collecting regular duties in lieu of it. The Malayan laws and customs are fortunately of a very different kind from those adopted among the great nations of the continent in their vicinity. These nations, especially the Siamese and Cochin Chinese, have long been accustomed to look up to the Chinese, with whom they coincide in religion and manners, and from whom they have adopted their exclusive maxims of foreign intercourse. The Málayus, on the other hand, though accustomed to look up to the Arabs as their religious instructors, seldom hesitate to admit the superiority of both the Europeans and Chinese, both to themselves and to the Arabs, in the arts of life and general science; and it is certainly our interest to encourage them in this mode of thinking, and to prevent the increase of the Arab influence among them.
A major issue harming the trade of the Malay nations is the trading monopoly that many local chiefs enforce in most Malay ports. There’s no evidence of this monopoly in the Undang úndang of the Maláyus or in any historical records we've found, raising the question of whether this harmful practice was copied from the Dutch monopoly regulations. Where this system is fully implemented, it has effectively stifled industry and commercial ventures. In places where it has been established for a while, its negative effects have been felt so strongly that it seems likely the Malay chiefs might be persuaded to give it up in favor of regulated trade if they were able to collect regular duties instead. Fortunately, the laws and customs of the Malays are quite different from those of the large nations nearby. These nations, especially the Siamese and Cochin Chinese, have long looked to the Chinese, with whom they share religious beliefs and cultural practices, adopting their restrictive approaches to foreign trade. In contrast, the Malays, while looking to the Arabs for religious guidance, often acknowledge the superiority of both Europeans and Chinese in the arts of living and general knowledge, which it’s definitely in our interest to support, while discouraging the growth of Arab influence among them.
The Dutch nation appears to have pursued, as a principle of policy, the propagation of Christianity among the Eastern Islands. The same object had been previously followed by the Portuguese with great success, and there are now several small islands in the Malayan Archipelago, inhabited almost exclusively by Christians of the Catholic persuasion. In many other islands the Protestant persuasion has made con[Vol I Pg 263]siderable progress, and teachers, in the flourishing times of the Batavian Regency, were dispersed over all the low chain of islands which extend from Báli and Lumbok (Sásak) to the great island Timor. The islands in which the Christian faith has been most extensively diffused are the great island Endé or Meng' arái, the great island of Tímor, and the several small islands in the vicinity, and Amboina. In many of these islands the natives having no written character of their own, have been instructed in the Roman character, and taught to read Malayan and other dialects in it There have also been various formularies printed for their use, and translations have been executed for them in some of their languages, which have little or no affinity to the Malayan. The propagation of Christianity among these islands is obviously liable to none of those objections which have been urged against its missionaries on continental possessions. A great proportion of the natives are still pagans, under the influence of a wild and almost unintelligible superstition, the principles of which are not recorded in books, but are handed down, like stories of ghosts, fairies, and witches, with all the uncertainty of tradition. In most instances, the people, though they stand in great awe of the priests or enchanters, or dealers with invisible spirits, are very little attached to the superstition in which they are educated. Many of them are said to be very desirous of procuring instruction, and in some places they look up with a degree of veneration to the Mahomedans, as a people who have received something which they still want.
The Dutch nation seems to have adopted the promotion of Christianity in the Eastern Islands as a key policy. The Portuguese had previously pursued the same goal with great success, and now there are several small islands in the Malayan Archipelago that are mostly inhabited by Catholics. In many other islands, Protestantism has made notable gains, and during the prosperous times of the Batavian Regency, teachers were spread across the low chain of islands from Báli and Lumbok (Sásak) to the large island of Timor. The islands where Christianity has spread the most are the large island of Endé or Meng' arái, the large island of Tímor, and various smaller islands nearby, including Amboina. On many of these islands, the locals, who do not have their own written language, have been taught the Roman script and how to read in Malayan and other dialects. Various texts have been printed for their use, and translations have been made in some of their languages that have little or no connection to Malayan. The spread of Christianity in these islands faces none of the objections raised against missionaries in continental regions. A significant number of the natives are still pagans, influenced by a wild and nearly incomprehensible superstition, the principles of which aren’t documented but passed down like tales of ghosts, fairies, and witches, with all the uncertainty of tradition. In many cases, although the people have great respect for the priests or sorcerers who interact with invisible spirits, they are not very attached to the superstition they were raised in. Many of them are reported to be eager for learning, and in some areas, they regard the Muslims with a degree of reverence as a population that possesses something they still seek.
These observations on the Malayan Islands in general, apply to no part of the Archipelago more than to the important and great island of Borneo.
These observations about the Malayan Islands overall, apply to no part of the Archipelago more than to the significant and large island of Borneo.
Borneo is not only one of the most fertile countries in the world, but one of the most productive in gold and diamonds[71]. [Vol I Pg 264]Its camphor is the finest known, and it is thought capable of producing every kind of spice. Its eastern coasts, which [Vol I Pg 265]abound in sago, also furnish a greater quantity of birds'-nests, sea-slug, and other commodities in great demand in the [Vol I Pg 266]Chinese market, than the other islands of the East; but the interior has never been explored by Europeans. It may be [Vol I Pg 267]conjectured, that the ignorance of the state of the country is one of the principal causes that no European settlement on it has hitherto proved advantageous, but has generally been abandoned after a short trial. The only exception to this observation is the Dutch settlement of Bánjer-másin, which continued from 1747 to 1810, when it was formally abandoned by Marshal Daendals to the Sultan, by agreement, for the sum of fifty thousand Spanish dollars. The Sultan soon after sent an embassy, inviting the English to settle; and previous to the conquest of Java, the Earl of Minto received the ambassadors at Malacca, and accepted their invitation.
Borneo Island is not only one of the most fertile regions in the world, but also one of the most productive in gold and diamonds[71]. [Vol I Pg 264] Its camphor is the best known, and it’s believed to be able to produce all types of spices. Its eastern coasts, which [Vol I Pg 265] are rich in sago, also provide a greater quantity of bird's nests, sea slugs, and other commodities that are highly sought after in the [Vol I Pg 266] Chinese market than the other islands in the East; however, the interior has never been explored by Europeans. It can be [Vol I Pg 267] speculated that the lack of understanding of the country’s condition is one of the main reasons why no European settlement there has been successful so far, as they have generally been abandoned after a short period. The only exception to this is the Dutch settlement of Bánjer-másin, which lasted from 1747 to 1810, when it was formally abandoned by Marshal Daendals to the Sultan, by agreement, for the amount of fifty thousand Spanish dollars. Shortly after, the Sultan sent an embassy inviting the English to settle; and before the conquest of Java, the Earl of Minto met the ambassadors at Malacca and accepted their invitation.
The only territory to which the Dutch had any claim on the island of Borneo, was the coast from Súkadána to Mempáwa; this territory they acquired by virtue of a cession from the Sultan of Bantam in 1778. They destroyed Súkadána, and established factories at Pontiána and Mempáwa, which however they abandoned as unproductive after a period of fourteen years.
The only area the Dutch claimed on the island of Borneo was the coast from Súkadána to Mempáwa; they gained this territory through an agreement from the Sultan of Bantam in 1778. They destroyed Súkadána and set up trading posts at Pontiána and Mempáwa, but after fourteen years, they abandoned these places as they were unprofitable.
In no other part of the island of Borneo has there been any European settlement. The English, in 1772, intended to have established a factory at Pásir, but they abandoned the design on some commotions taking place in that state. Its object was to make Pásir a depót for opium and India piece goods, and for the contraband trade in spices. In 1774, a short time after the first settling of Balambángan, Mr. Jesse was deputed as Resident to Borneo proper, and concluded a treaty with that state, by which he acquired for the settlement of Balambángan the exclusive trade in pepper, stipulating in return to protect Borneo from the piratical incursions of the Súlu and Mendanáwi men. Neither of the parties, however, fulfilled its agreement, though the Residency at Borneo was continued for some years after the first breaking up of the settlement of Balambángan in 1775.
In no other part of the island of Borneo has there been any European settlement. The English, in 1772, planned to set up a trading post at Pásir, but they abandoned the idea due to some unrest in the area. The goal was to make Pásir a depot for opium and Indian textiles, as well as for the illegal trade in spices. In 1774, shortly after the initial establishment of Balambángan, Mr. Jesse was appointed as Resident to Borneo proper and signed a treaty with that region, which granted the settlement of Balambángan exclusive rights to the pepper trade, in exchange for protection against pirate attacks from the Súlu and Mendanáwi groups. However, neither party honored the agreement, although the Residency in Borneo continued for several years after the settlement of Balambángan was dismantled in 1775.
On the north-east of Borneo proper lies a very considerable territory, the sovereignty of which has been long claimed by the Súlu government; a very considerable part of this, together with the islands off the coast, have been for upwards of forty [Vol I Pg 268]years regularly ceded to the English by the Súlus, and has also at different periods been assumed by them, without any objection on the part of the government of Borneo proper. This ceded district, extending from the river Ki-manis on the north-west, which forms the boundary of Borneo proper, to the great bay on the north-east, is undoubtedly a rich and fertile country, though in a rude and uncultivated state, and it is admirably situated for commerce, notwithstanding the different failures of Balambángan may seem to indicate the contrary. Balambángan is one of the small islands off the northern extremity of the island of Borneo, and included in the Súlu grant to the English. It would be foreign to the present object to enter into any details concerning the history of the settlement of Balambángan, but it may be proper to mention, that all the gentlemen who were engaged in the last attempt were convinced that the bottom of the great Malúdu Bay would have been infinitely preferable as a settlement on every account. Balambángan is exactly analogous, in every respect, to Pinang; it does not admit of territorial extension, and must exist, if at all, by commerce solely. Malúdu, on the other hand, is a dependency on the island of Borneo, which admits of any degree of territorial extension, may always subsist any number of inhabitants by its own produce, and is said to communicate, by a land carriage of little more than forty miles, with the central lakes in the vicinity of the gold countries.
On the northeast of Borneo proper, there is a large territory that has long been claimed by the Súlu government. A significant part of this area, along with the nearby islands, has been regularly ceded to the English by the Súlus for over forty [Vol I Pg 268] years and has also been taken by them at various times without objection from the government of Borneo proper. This ceded area, stretching from the river Ki-manis on the northwest, which marks the boundary of Borneo proper, to the large bay on the northeast, is definitely a rich and fertile land, although it is in a rough and uncultivated state. It is perfectly situated for trade, even though the various setbacks at Balambángan might suggest otherwise. Balambángan is one of the small islands at the northern tip of Borneo and is included in the Súlu grant to the English. It would be irrelevant to go into detail about the history of the settlement of Balambángan, but it’s important to note that all the individuals involved in the last attempt believed the bottom of the great Malúdu Bay would have been a much better choice for a settlement for all sorts of reasons. Balambángan is quite similar to Pinang in that it doesn’t allow for territorial expansion and must exist solely through trade. Malúdu, on the other hand, is a dependency of the island of Borneo that can expand territorially, can support a large number of inhabitants with its own resources, and is said to be connected by land, just over forty miles, to the central lakes near the gold-producing areas.
From every inquiry, however, and the result of some experience, and much reflection, it may be stated, that no settlement which is founded on a commercial, instead of a territorial basis, is likely to succeed in that quarter. We have already acquired territorial rights, and therefore the only question seems to be, whether these cannot be turned to advantage, as well by cultivation as by commerce. The Dáyaks, or original inhabitants of Borneo, are said to be not only industrious, but particularly disposed to agriculture, and so manageable, that a handful of Maláyus have, in numerous places, reduced many thousands of them to the condition of peaceful cultivators of the ground. Indeed nothing seems wanting but a government strong enough to afford efficient protection to person and property. In the case of the Dáyaks, it must be considered as[Vol I Pg 269] an advantage, that they have not hitherto adopted the religion of Islam, and would consequently be more ready from the first to regard us as their friends. It ought to be calculated among the inducements to form a settlement on Borneo, that in that quarter our territorial arrangement would interfere with the claims or the rights of no European nation. To recommend, however, the immediate establishment of a settlement at this particular spot, and on a basis so new, would obviously be premature, as notwithstanding the length of time we occupied Balambángan, not only the interior of Borneo was almost unknown, but until lately, even a great part of its coasts. This supineness in the government of Balambángan is perhaps not unexampled. The want of local information has, indeed, often proved fatal to the infant settlements of the English. "Colonies and settlements of every kind," says the author of the Letter on the Nagrais Expedition, "must at first be attended with many difficulties, which however a judicious perseverance will surmount, if there be not some original fault in the establishment. It must be obvious to every one, that the English never made a settlement, in which they were not impeded by some unforeseen difficulties, so as at least frequently to make abandoning the infant establishment appear the most prudent step, without even hoping any return for the prodigious expense which may have been incurred by the undertaking."—"Various reasons," adds that author, "may be ascribed for this event; but incapacity in the person entrusted with the management, and the want of previous examination of the place, seem to me the most common and the most considerable." Without stopping to inquire how far the want of success in our several attempts to settle Balambángan may have been fairly attributable to either of these causes, it may be confidently asserted, that the last establishment failed chiefly from its being solely of a military nature, without either professional merchants or mercantile adventurers being attached to it.
From every inquiry, and based on some experience and a lot of reflection, it's clear that any settlement founded on a commercial, rather than a territorial basis, is unlikely to succeed in that area. We have already secured territorial rights, so the only question seems to be whether we can leverage these rights for both agriculture and trade. The Dáyaks, or original inhabitants of Borneo, are said to be industrious and especially inclined towards farming. They're also manageable; a small group of Maláyus has been able to turn many thousands of them into peaceful farmers. What’s missing is a strong government to effectively protect individuals and property. For the Dáyaks, it’s beneficial that they have not embraced Islam yet, making it more likely for them to see us as friends from the beginning. When considering a settlement in Borneo, it should be noted that our territorial arrangements wouldn't interfere with any European nation’s claims or rights. However, recommending the immediate establishment of a settlement in this specific area on such a new basis would be premature, as even though we've been in Balambángan for some time, the interior of Borneo was largely unknown until recently, and much of its coastline as well. This lack of initiative in the governing of Balambángan is perhaps not unique. The lack of local knowledge has often been fatal to early English settlements. "Colonies and settlements of every kind," states the author of the Letter on the Nagrais Expedition, "must initially face many challenges, but with wise perseverance, these can be overcome, unless there’s a fundamental flaw in the establishment. It’s clear to everyone that the English have never set up a settlement without being hindered by unforeseen difficulties, often making it seem prudent to abandon the fledgling establishment without any hope of recovering the enormous costs incurred." The author further notes, "Various reasons can be attributed to this situation, but incompetence in management and a lack of prior examination of the location seem to be the most common and significant." Without delving into how much our lack of success in various attempts to settle Balambángan can be fairly assigned to these factors, it can be confidently said that the last attempt primarily failed because it was purely military, lacking both professional merchants and commercial adventurers.
These observations respecting Balambángan apply to it chiefly as a territorial establishment; but there is no doubt that it would speedily attain commercial importance. Many of the commercial advantages which recommended its selection still exist, to an equal or greater extent; especially those[Vol I Pg 270] which related to Cochin China, Champa, and Cambodia. But this digression has already exceeded its reasonable limits, and it is necessary to revert to the more immediate point under consideration, the commerce of Java. Any account of this commerce would be imperfect, which after stating the extent to which it is carried, and the mode in which it is conducted with the adjacent islands in the same Archipelago, should omit to mention the advantages of an intercourse with Japan, and some notices on the Japan trade.
These observations about Balambángan mainly relate to it as a territorial establishment; however, there's no doubt that it would quickly gain commercial significance. Many of the commercial advantages that made its selection appealing still exist, to the same or even greater degree, especially those[Vol I Pg 270] linked to Cochin China, Champa, and Cambodia. But this digression has already gone on long enough, and we need to return to the more immediate topic at hand, which is the commerce of Java. Any discussion of this commerce would be incomplete if it stated the extent to which it operates and how it is carried out with the nearby islands in the same Archipelago without mentioning the benefits of trade with Japan and including some information about the Japanese trade.
The history of the Dutch connexion with that country is well known, and can never be forgotten. Perhaps there is not such an instance in the annals of commerce, of the disgraceful arts to which mercantile cupidity will resort, and the degradation to which it will submit for the attainment of its object, as in the Dutch proceedings at Japan; nor is there, perhaps, a more remarkable example of the triumphant success, and complete disappointment of commercial enterprize. As it may be interesting to many readers to see an authentic history of the origin, fluctuations, and decline of the Dutch Japan trade, and as even a very succinct statement of it would swell this chapter to a disproportioned size, I have placed a short history of it in the Appendix to this work, to which I beg leave to refer those who have any curiosity for such details[72]. From the year 1611, when the Dutch established commercial relations with Japan, till 1671 (a period of sixty years), their speculations were unrestricted and their profits were enormous. This was the golden age of their trade: they opened a mine of wealth, and they fondly thought it inexhaustible, as well as rich and easily wrought. In 1640, the Company obtained a return in gold, that yielded a profit of upwards of a million of guilders. They had been accustomed to procure, for some time previous to 1663, a return of silver to the extent of two hundred chests of one hundred pounds each, and it was suggested that it would be desirable for as many chests of gold of the same weight to be sent in future. The golden and silver ages of Japan commerce being past, the latter half of the seventeenth century began with what the Dutch called its brazen age, that is its export of copper, which [Vol I Pg 271]has ever since continued the staple of the Japan market. The trade was on the decline during the whole of the last century, and had become of so little importance about 1740, that the Company deliberated upon the expediency of its total abandonment. From employing, as at one time, eight or nine ships, and exporting copper alone to the amount of more than thirty thousand píkuls, of one hundred and twenty-five pounds each, it diminished to the use of two vessels, and the purchase of cargoes of five or six thousand píkuls. The Appendix contains an account of the nature of the trade, and the result of the Dutch adventures of 1804-5 and 1806, and of our own in 1813.
The history of the Dutch connection with that country is well known and can never be forgotten. There's probably no other example in the history of commerce of the disgraceful tactics that mercantile greed will resort to, and the degradation it will endure to achieve its goals, like the Dutch actions in Japan; nor is there a more striking instance of the soaring success and complete disappointment of commercial enterprise. It might interest many readers to see an authentic account of the origins, fluctuations, and decline of the Dutch Japan trade, and since even a brief overview would make this chapter overly long, I've included a short history of it in the Appendix of this work. I invite those who are curious about such details to check it out[72]. From 1611, when the Dutch established commercial relations with Japan, until 1671 (a 60-year period), their ventures were unrestricted and their profits were enormous. This was the golden age of their trade: they uncovered a wealth mine that they naively believed was both inexhaustible and easily accessible. In 1640, the Company received a return in gold that brought in profits of over a million guilders. Before 1663, they had been used to receiving returns in silver amounting to two hundred chests of one hundred pounds each, and it was proposed to send as many chests of gold of the same weight in the future. With the golden and silver ages of Japanese commerce behind them, the latter half of the seventeenth century began with what the Dutch called its "brazen age," referring to its copper exports, which has since remained the primary product in the Japanese market. The trade was in decline throughout the last century and had become so insignificant by around 1740 that the Company discussed whether it should be completely abandoned. From using, at one point, eight or nine ships and exporting copper worth more than thirty thousand píkuls (each weighing one hundred and twenty-five pounds), it dwindled to just two vessels and the purchase of cargoes of five or six thousand píkuls. The Appendix contains details about the nature of the trade, as well as the outcomes of the Dutch ventures in 1804-5 and 1806, alongside our own efforts in 1813.
FOOTNOTES:
[54] Great Britain.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ UK.
[55] It is said that when the Dutch first established themselves in Java, three hundred vessels of not less than two hundred tons each, were accustomed to sail to and from the port of Japára, in Java, if not belonging to that port.
[55] It’s said that when the Dutch first settled in Java, three hundred ships of at least two hundred tons each regularly sailed to and from the port of Japára, even if they didn't belong to that port.
[56] The greatest part, or rather nearly the whole of these exports and imports, consisted of colonial produce, of articles of subsistence, or native manufactures, mutually exchanged between the two islands of Madúra and Java. Not a tenth part of the imports came from beyond Java.
[56] Most of these exports and imports were made up of colonial products, food items, or local goods that were traded between the islands of Madúra and Java. Less than ten percent of the imports came from outside Java.
[57] "The bazars," observes Mr. Hogendorp, "now produce a large, and even an incredible amount, which however is melted away in the hands of the native regents and also some European authorities; but the Chinese, to whom they are mostly farmed out, derive the greatest profits from them, both by the money which they extort from the Javans, and by the monopolies in all kinds of produce, and particularly of rice, which by these means they are enabled to secure to themselves. The abuses on this point are horrible, and almost induce me to recommend that the markets should be made free and open."
[57] "The markets," Mr. Hogendorp notes, "now produce a significant and even astounding amount, which, however, gets squandered by the local regents and some European authorities; but the Chinese, to whom they are mainly rented out, reap the biggest rewards, both from the money they extort from the Javanese and from the monopolies they hold over various goods, especially rice, which they manage to secure for themselves. The abuses in this regard are appalling and almost make me suggest that the markets should be completely free and open."
[58] See account of Chéribon.
[59] Although but few of the natives of Java venture their property in foreign speculations, the natives of Java form the crews of all coasting vessels belonging to Chinese, Arabs, or Europeans, and it is of them almost exclusively that the class of common sailors, known in the east under the general denomination of Malays, is composed. Here it may not be improper to notice the manner in which European vessels have hitherto been supplied with such crews, and to point out the probable causes of that atrocious conduct with which the Malayan sailor is so generally reproached.
[59] Although only a few locals in Java invest their resources in foreign ventures, the people of Java make up the crews of all coastal ships owned by Chinese, Arabs, or Europeans. Almost exclusively, the group of common sailors referred to in the East as Malays is composed of them. It’s worth mentioning how European ships have been staffed with these crews in the past and highlighting the likely reasons for the poor reputation that Malayan sailors often receive.
A reference to the maritime customs of the Maláyus will shew the manner in which the outfit of a native vessel in the Eastern Seas is effected[73]. Each individual on board has a share and interest in the concern, and among themselves the maritime population is distinguished for good faith and attachment. In the vessels either commanded or owned by Chinese or Arabs, the same principle is attended to; and although the common sailors in these generally receive wages, the petty officers, who are also generally Javans, have some trifling interest in the cargo, the common men are protected by them, and the policy of the commanders induces every possible attention to the usages, prejudices, and comforts of the crews. They are able to assimilate more nearly with them, and to enter more immediately into their feeling and their wants, than it is possible for Europeans to do, and as they do not possess the authority to obtain crews by force, it is only by a character for good treatment that they can insure an adequate supply of hands. These vessels navigate throughout the whole extent of the Archipelago, to Malacca and Acheen on one side, and to the Moluccas and New Guinea on the other. They are manned exclusively by Javans, usually called Malays, and no instances occur of the crews rising either upon the Arab or Chinese commander: they are, on the contrary, found to be faithful, hardworking, and extremely docile. How is it when Malays are employed in vessels belonging to Europeans? The Javans are originally not a seafaring people; they have an aversion for distant voyages, and require the strongest inducements to quit the land, even for a coasting expedition in the smooth seas of their own Archipelago, beyond which, if they ever engage themselves on board a colonial vessel, they make an express agreement, not to be carried: European vessels in want of hands for more distant voyages to Europe, India, and China, have been compelled therefore to resort to force or fraud, as the means of obtaining crews. The Dutch government were in the habit of employing people, known among the Javans by the term sélong, as kidnappers, who prowled about at night, pounced upon the unwary peasant who might be passing along, and hurried him on ship-board. When the direct influence of government was not used, the native regents or chiefs were employed to obtain people for the crews of vessels: this they did sometimes in the same manner, though more frequently condemning to sea as many as were required, by an indiscriminate draft on the neighbouring population. The native chiefs were perhaps paid a certain head-money, on what may have been considered by the European commanders as nothing more than crimpage. The people who were seized were seldom of a seafaring class, but almost entirely landsmen, in many instances perhaps opium smokers, or persons obtained from the lowest and most worthless part of the community. Once embarked, their fate was sealed for ever, and due care was taken that they never landed again on Java, as long as their services as sailors were required.
A reference to the maritime customs of the Maláyus will show how a native vessel in the Eastern Seas gets equipped[73]. Everyone on board has a stake in the venture, and among themselves, the maritime community is known for its trustworthiness and loyalty. In ships either run or owned by Chinese or Arabs, the same principle applies; although the regular sailors typically get paid, the lower-ranking officers, who are usually Javanese, have a small share in the cargo. The ordinary crew members are looked after by them, and the captains ensure that they pay close attention to the customs, beliefs, and comforts of the crews. They can relate to the crew members more closely and understand their feelings and needs better than Europeans can. Since they can’t forcefully recruit crew members, they rely on their reputation for fair treatment to ensure they have enough hands on deck. These vessels travel all across the Archipelago, reaching Malacca and Acheen on one side, and the Moluccas and New Guinea on the other. They are manned solely by Javanese, often referred to as Malays, and there are no reports of the crews rebelling against either the Arab or Chinese captains; instead, they tend to be loyal, hardworking, and very compliant. What happens when Malays work on vessels owned by Europeans? Javanese are not inherently a seafaring people; they dislike long journeys and require strong incentives to leave land, even for a short coastal trip in familiar waters. If they do ever join a colonial ship, they often make a clear agreement not to be taken far away. European vessels needing hands for longer trips to Europe, India, and China have often resorted to coercion or deceit to recruit crews. The Dutch government used to employ people known among the Javanese as sélong, essentially kidnappers, who would lurk at night, grab unsuspecting peasants passing by, and push them onto ships. When direct government intervention wasn’t used, local leaders or chiefs were tasked with sourcing crew members: sometimes they did this in a similar manner but often just rounded up as many as they needed from the surrounding population at random. The native chiefs might have received a certain payment, seen by European captains as nothing more than crimpage. The individuals who were kidnapped were rarely seafarers, mostly land dwellers, and many might have been opium users or from the lower, less valued segments of society. Once they were on board, their fate was sealed, and efforts were made to ensure they never returned to Java as long as their services as sailors were needed.
In this manner are obtained that extensive class of sailors, denominated Malays, who are found on board almost every country ship in India, and inhabit the sea-ports in considerable numbers, particularly Calcutta, where they have a distinct quarter allotted them. They are taken from their home against their will, and in violation of all their views and habits. In general, neither their language or customs are in the least understood by their new master, for though most of the commanders in the eastern trade may speak the Malayan language, and be accustomed to the Malayan character, they know nothing of the Javan language, and but little of the manners, habits, and prejudices of the Javan people.
In this way, a large group of sailors known as Malays is found on almost every country ship in India, and they live in significant numbers in the sea ports, especially in Calcutta, where they have their own designated area. They are taken from their homes against their will, disrupting all of their customs and expectations. Generally, neither their language nor their traditions are understood by their new employers, as most of the captains in the eastern trade may speak some Malayan and be familiar with the Malayan culture, but they know nothing about the Javan language and very little about the customs, ways of life, and beliefs of the Javan people.
That numerous instances have occurred, in which they have appeared the foremost in mutiny and in the massacre of their officers, will not be denied; but it is well known, that many instances of ships being cut off by the Malay crews, have been occasioned by the tyrannical and inhuman character of the commanders; and however dreadful the massacre, some excuse may be made on the score of provocation, for a people low in the scale of moral restraint and intellectual improvement. In some cases they have been made the instruments and dupes of the villany of others, and have merely followed in the track of cruelty. In general, so little care seems to be devoted to the comforts of these people, and so much violence offered to their habits, that a person accustomed to observe the course of human action, and to calculate the force of excited passions, is almost surprized to find the instances of mutiny and retaliation are so few.
That many examples have happened where they were at the forefront of mutiny and the killing of their officers cannot be denied; however, it’s well known that numerous cases of ships being attacked by Malay crews were caused by the cruel and inhumane nature of the commanders. And no matter how horrific the massacre, some justification can be found in light of provocation, especially for a people who are low on the scale of moral restraint and intellectual development. In some instances, they have been used and tricked by the wrongdoing of others, merely following the path of cruelty. Overall, so little attention seems to be given to the well-being of these people, and so much violence is inflicted on their ways of life, that someone who is used to observing human behavior and measuring the impact of strong emotions might be surprised to find the occurrences of mutiny and retaliation are so few.
[60] From a course of experiments recently undertaken, and a careful examination of the bird, by Sir Everard Home, Bart., there is every reason to believe that the nature of the substance of which the edible birds'-nests are composed will be satisfactorily explained.
[60] Based on a series of experiments recently conducted and a thorough examination of the bird by Sir Everard Home, Bart., it is very likely that the composition of the substance that makes up edible birds' nests will be satisfactorily clarified.
[61] Mr. Hogendorp makes the following observations on the cotton of Java. "This article of produce, which now, in order to provide the Company with a few hundred píkuls of cotton-yarn at a low rate, is only productive of vexation and oppression to the poor natives, might be made of the greatest value, both to Java itself and to the mother country. The plant grows in abundance and of good quality, especially if the best kinds of seeds are procured from the Coromandel Coast and the Isle of France. The cultivation of cotton is not at all injurious to any other branch, for after the rice harvest is the best season for planting the cotton, and before the rains, when the fields are again ploughed for rice, the cotton is ripe and gathered.
[61] Mr. Hogendorp notes the following about Java's cotton: "This product, which is currently causing frustration and hardship for the local people just to supply the Company with a few hundred píkuls of cotton yarn at a low price, could actually be extremely valuable for both Java and the mother country. The plant grows plentifully and is of good quality, especially if the best seeds are sourced from the Coromandel Coast and the Isle of France. Growing cotton doesn’t harm other farming practices at all; in fact, the best time to plant cotton is right after the rice harvest, and by the time the fields are plowed again for rice before the rains, the cotton is ready to be harvested."
"Little of it is comparatively planted at present; indeed only the necessary quantity, after providing the natives with coarse cloths, for the government contingent. In rough cotton there is no trade at all: but, in fact, what trade is there on Java, except the monopoly trade of the Chinese?
"Currently, very little of it is planted; in fact, only the amount needed after supplying the locals with basic fabrics for the government. There's no trade in rough cotton at all: but really, what trade exists in Java besides the Chinese monopoly?"
"Let us but suppose the cultivator to have a property in the soil, and that he, as well as the trader, were at liberty to buy and sell, how soon should we see the Javan planting cotton directly after his rice was reaped. After being cleaned by machinery and screwed into bales, it might be exported to China and Europe.
"Let's just say the farmer owns the land, and that he, like the trader, is free to buy and sell; we would soon see the Javanese planting cotton right after harvesting their rice. Once cleaned by machines and packed into bales, it could be exported to China and Europe."
"There is no doubt that the Javan cotton would be as good at least, if not better, than the cotton of the English, whether from Bombay, Madras, and Bengal, and it might certainly be produced cheaper; but even suppose that, when cleaned and picked, it cost ten rix-dollars a píkul, the Javans would still be well paid."
"There’s no doubt that Javan cotton would be at least as good, if not better, than English cotton from Bombay, Madras, and Bengal, and it could definitely be produced at a lower cost; but even if, once cleaned and picked, it cost ten rix-dollars a píkul, the Javan workers would still be fairly compensated."
[62] By an official statement of the quantity of sugar manufactured at Batavia and the various residencies of the island of Java, from the year 1779 to the year 1808, it appears that
[62] An official statement of the amount of sugar produced in Batavia and the different regions of the island of Java, from 1779 to 1808, shows that
In the year | 1779 | it was | 30,131 | píkuls. |
In the year | 1800 | 106,513 | ||
In the year | 1801 | 107,498 | ||
In the year | 1808 | 94,903 |
that during the first fourteen of these years, the quantity made and delivered over to the Company for export to Holland, Persia, &c. amounted to 642,234 píkuls, or to an average of 47,874 annually, two of these years being almost entirely unproductive, on account of the non-payment to the manufacturers of money, to enable them to carry on their business. During the latter half of the period, or from 1794 to 1808, the quantity manufactured and delivered over to the Company amounted to 917,598 píkuls, averaging 65,542 annually. All the sugar for export, during this period, as stated in the text, was delivered over at fixed rates to the government, and was placed under laws of the strictest monopoly. To shew the great practicability of an increase to almost any extent, we may adduce the sudden start in the supply occasioned by the American demand in 1800. In no preceding year had this article of produce been delivered over to the Company to a greater amount than 67,552 píkuls, and in that year the quantity sold at Batavia to Americans alone, amounted to 91,554, and for the subsequent years averaged 100,000 píkuls, and sold for 900,000 Java rupees, or 11,000l. sterling. The principal part of this was manufactured at Batavia, the quantity supplied by Jawâna, Japâra, Chéribon, Surabáya, and Semárang, being but proportionally small till 1803, when Japára contributed to the exports of the island in this article 12,219. In 1804, the same province supplied 21,175 píkuls. The disadvantage under which the manufacturer laboured, by forced deliveries at inadequate rates, need not be here insisted on, though it must be taken into the account in any estimate of the attainable increase of the manufacture.
During the first fourteen years, the quantity produced and delivered to the Company for export to Holland, Persia, etc., totaled 642,234 píkuls, which averages to 47,874 annually, with two of those years being nearly unproductive due to the lack of payment to the manufacturers, preventing them from running their businesses. In the latter half of this period, from 1794 to 1808, the quantity produced and delivered to the Company increased to 917,598 píkuls, averaging 65,542 annually. All the sugar exported during this time, as mentioned in the text, was sold at fixed prices to the government and was subjected to strict monopoly laws. To illustrate the significant potential for an increase, we can reference the sudden surge in supply driven by American demand in 1800. In no previous year had more than 67,552 píkuls of this product been supplied to the Company, but in that year, the amount sold in Batavia to Americans alone reached 91,554, with subsequent years averaging 100,000 píkuls, generating 900,000 Java rupees, or 11,000 l. sterling. Most of this production took place in Batavia, while contributions from Jawâna, Japâra, Chéribon, Surabáya, and Semárang were relatively small until 1803, when Japára alone exported 12,219 píkuls. In 1804, the same province supplied 21,175 píkuls. The challenges faced by manufacturers due to forced deliveries at insufficient prices don’t need to be emphasized here, but they should be considered in any evaluation of the potential production increase.
[63] Mr. Hogendorp makes the following observations on the coffee and pepper of Java:—"In comparing the produce of the West Indian islands, according to their proportionate extent, population, and expenses of cultivation, I have frequently left off in the middle of my calculations; but I am sure that Java, on a very moderate calculation, can without difficulty yield fifty millions of pounds of coffee annually.
[63] Mr. Hogendorp notes this about Java's coffee and pepper: “When I compare the production of the West Indian islands considering their size, population, and cultivation costs, I often find myself pausing in my calculations; however, I’m confident that Java can easily produce fifty million pounds of coffee each year with a very conservative estimate.”
"For a long period, the planting of coffee was confined to the Batavian high and Priáng'en lands, and to Chéribon, on the principles of that short-sighted and self-destroying policy and spirit of monopoly, by which the company and the government of Batavia have ever been characterized. It is only of late years that it has been permitted to extend and revive the cultivation in the eastern districts. But the Commissioners, in May 1796, ordered that the cultivation should be abolished; and in the month of September in the same year, this order was countermanded, and the planting of coffee ordered to be promoted in the most rigorous manner possible. But what is to be expected from a country, where the natives are so treated, so oppressed? To-day the Javan is ordered to plant his garden with coffee trees: he does so, and although well aware how little he will get for the fruit, he sees them grow up with pleasure, considering their produce as a tribute which he must pay to his master for enjoyment of protection; but now, when they are about to bear fruit, he is ordered to root them out: he does so, and four months afterwards he is again ordered to plant others! Can a more infamous tyranny be imagined? Can it be credited, that any government should act so madly, so inconsistently? And yet this is the plain and real truth. But how can stupid ignorance, which by the vilest means, by base meanness, mercenary marriages, and every kind of low trick, rises into power and importance, and then becomes by wealth luxurious, and by flattery intoxicated, act otherwise? And will you, Batavians, continue to trust in such hands as these, your valuable possessions and interests in India?
"For a long time, coffee planting was limited to the Batavian highlands and Priáng'en lands, as well as Chéribon, due to the short-sighted and self-destructive policies and monopolistic mindset that have always characterized the Batavia company and government. It’s only in recent years that the cultivation has been allowed to expand and rejuvenate in the eastern districts. However, in May 1796, the Commissioners ordered that the cultivation should be stopped; but by September of that same year, they reversed this decision and mandated that coffee planting should be encouraged as much as possible. But what can we expect from a country where the locals are treated this way, so oppressed? Today, the Javanese are told to plant coffee trees in their gardens: they do so, fully aware of how little they'll get from the fruit, yet they take pleasure in seeing them grow, viewing the yield as a tribute owed to their master in exchange for protection. But now, just as the trees are about to bear fruit, they are told to uproot them: they comply, and four months later, they are ordered to plant new ones again! Can any more despicable tyranny be imagined? Is it believable that any government could act so irrationally and inconsistently? Yet this is the plain and undeniable truth. How can ignorant officials, who rise to power through the most contemptible means—through deceit, corrupt marriages, and various underhanded tricks—then become wealthy, indulgent, and intoxicated by flattery, behave any differently? And will you, Batavians, continue to place your trust in such hands regarding your valuable assets and interests in India?"
"Pepper grows but slowly on any soil, and is so nice with regard to it, that in some places, where to all appearance there would be an abundant produce of the plant, it will not grow at all. The vine requires four or five years to produce fruit. The improvident Javan, who under the present despotic administration, can and will scarcely provide for his daily subsistence, finds this too long a delay between his labour and its reward: having, therefore, no sufficient motive to pursue the cultivation cheerfully or actively, he can only be driven to it by force; but let him once experience the advantage of property in land; let him see the trader ready with plenty of money to purchase the fruits of his labour; let him, if he should still be idle, observe his more industrious neighbour acquire wealth, by the sale of those articles which he slothfully declines to cultivate, and with it procure the necessaries or conveniences of life, and he will soon be induced, by emulation and the desire of ameliorating his condition, to plough and plant his ground. The Island of Java will then produce a considerable quantity of pepper, for which, if the cultivator obtains twelve rix-dollars per píkul, he will be amply paid.
"Pepper grows slowly in any soil, and in some places where it seems like there should be plenty of the plant, it won't grow at all. The vine takes about four to five years to bear fruit. The careless Javan, who under the current oppressive government can barely provide for his daily needs, finds this waiting period too long between his work and any reward. Without a strong reason to pursue farming actively or with enthusiasm, he can only be compelled to do so by force. However, once he experiences the benefits of owning land; once he sees traders ready to purchase the fruits of his labor with cash; and if he notices his hard-working neighbor gaining wealth by selling the products he lazily avoids cultivating, along with the necessities or comforts of life that come with it, he will quickly feel inspired by competition and the desire to improve his situation enough to start plowing and planting his land. The Island of Java will then produce a significant amount of pepper, for which the farmer will be well compensated if he earns twelve rix-dollars per píkul.
"Although every thing goes on with difficulty at first, and it cannot be denied that it will require time and trouble to stimulate the Javans, who are now confounded, as it were, with tyranny and oppression, to industry and emulation, it is notwithstanding equally certain, that an improved system of administration, founded on property of the soil, freedom of person and trade, would by degrees, though perhaps much quicker than may be imagined, bring about such a change, and that Java might and would produce as much pepper for exportation annually as coffee, or about two hundred thousand píkuls, which will bring three thousand six hundred rix-dollars into the country."
"Although everything is challenging at first, and it’s true that it will take time and effort to motivate the Javanese, who are currently overwhelmed by tyranny and oppression, to become industrious and competitive, it's just as clear that a better system of governance based on land ownership, personal freedom, and trade would gradually, and perhaps even faster than expected, create significant change. Java could produce as much pepper for export each year as it does coffee, which is about two hundred thousand píkuls, generating three thousand six hundred rix-dollars for the country."
In the year 1801, it was estimated by one of the first commercial houses in Europe, that the following quantities of pepper might be obtained from different ports of the Archipelago.
In 1801, one of the first commercial companies in Europe estimated that the following amounts of pepper could be sourced from various ports in the Archipelago.
"Ports and Places where Pepper is to be had:—estimated in March 1801.
"Ports and Locations where Pepper can be found:—estimated in March 1801.
"At Bencoolen, belonging to the English, may be had about twelve hundred tons of pepper per annum.
"At Bencoolen, which is owned by the English, you can get around twelve hundred tons of pepper each year."
"At Prince of Wales Island, belonging to the English, may be had at present only one hundred tons per annum: in a few years it will be five hundred tons.
At Prince of Wales Island, which is owned by the English, currently only one hundred tons can be sourced each year; in a few years, it will be five hundred tons.
"At Susú, on the west coast of Sumatra, belonging to the King of Acheen, may be had one thousand tons per annum.
"At Susú, on the west coast of Sumatra, owned by the King of Acheen, there can be obtained one thousand tons each year."
"At Acheen and its ports, belonging to the King of Acheen, may be had about one thousand tons per annum: the Danes often go to these two ports.
"At Acheen and its ports, which belong to the King of Acheen, you can find about one thousand tons each year: the Danes frequently visit these two ports."
"At Tringano and Kalanton, belonging to a Malayan prince, may be had about two thousand tons per annum: the Europe Portuguese ships often call at these ports on their way to China.
"At Tringano and Kalanton, owned by a Malayan prince, there are about two thousand tons available each year: Portuguese ships from Europe frequently stop at these ports on their way to China."
"At Palembang: the Dutch have a small fort here, and oblige the king to send all his pepper to Batavia; it may be about seven hundred tons per annum.
"At Palembang: the Dutch have a small fort here and require the king to send all his pepper to Batavia; it's about seven hundred tons each year."
"At Lampung, on the south point of Sumatra: the Dutch have a small fort here, and they send all their pepper to Batavia; it may be about five hundred tons.
"At Lampung, on the southern tip of Sumatra: the Dutch have a small fort here, and they ship all their pepper to Batavia; it’s around five hundred tons."
"At Bantam may be had five hundred tons: this belongs to the Dutch.
"At Bantam, you can find five hundred tons: this belongs to the Dutch."
"At Bánjer-másin, on the south-west of Borneo: the Dutch have a fort here, and the rajah sends all his pepper to Batavia: it may be about twelve to fifteen hundred tons per annum.
"At Bánjer-másin, in the southwest of Borneo: the Dutch have a fort here, and the rajah exports all his pepper to Batavia: it's around twelve to fifteen hundred tons every year."
"At Chintabun, near Siam, belonging to the King of Siam, may be had one thousand tons per annum: this goes to China in the king's junks."
"At Chintabun, near Siam, owned by the King of Siam, there are one thousand tons available each year: this is shipped to China in the king's junks."
[64] "Ceylon, it may be observed, will consume two thousand kóyans annually (four thousand tons). There is also a ready market at the Cape of Good Hope, for one thousand kóyans a year. A scarcity of this grain frequently happens on the coast of Coromandel, when the import of it from Java will yield great profit, if the traders are permitted to export it. The general freedom of commerce and navigation, and the encouragement such freedom holds out to the merchant, will establish and extend a ready communication and friendly relation between Batavia and the trading places of India. In the article of rice, Java possesses advantages superior to Bengal; for although this grain is generally very cheap there, yet the navigation from and to Bengal is always more difficult than that from and to Java, from whence, at all seasons of the year, the passage may be made to most parts of India: and in Bengal it often happens, that the rice is very scarce and dear, and even that a famine rages there. On the island of Java, on the contrary, although the crops may sometimes partially fail in a few places, a general and total failure never happens: at least there is no instance of it on record. It may also be considered, whether the exportation of rice from Java to Europe might not become an object of speculation. The cargo of a ship of five hundred lasts, or kóyans, would only cost fifteen thousand rix-dollars, which cannot be reckoned at more than thirty thousand guilders; and the kóyan being calculated at three thousand five hundred pounds, the only question would be, what would be the value of one million seven hundred and fifty thousand pounds of rice in Europe, and if the undertaking would afford a reasonable gain? Even China is sometimes much in want of rice, and the export of it to that country would often, if not always, turn out very advantageous."—Hogendorp.
[64] "Ceylon will consume two thousand kóyans every year (four thousand tons). There's also a steady market at the Cape of Good Hope for one thousand kóyans annually. A shortage of this grain often occurs on the coast of Coromandel, where importing it from Java can be very profitable if traders are allowed to export it. The overall freedom of trade and navigation, along with the benefits it brings to merchants, will create and strengthen a good connection and friendly relations between Batavia and Indian trading ports. In terms of rice, Java has advantages over Bengal; even though rice is typically very cheap in Bengal, navigation to and from Bengal is always more challenging than to and from Java, which has easier access to most parts of India year-round. In Bengal, rice can often be scarce and expensive, and there are even times when famine occurs. In contrast, while Java may experience partial crop failures in some areas, a complete failure has never been recorded. It could also be considered whether exporting rice from Java to Europe might become a profitable venture. A ship carrying five hundred lasts, or kóyans, would only cost fifteen thousand rix-dollars, which can be valued at no more than thirty thousand guilders; since the kóyan is estimated at three thousand five hundred pounds, the main question would be the value of one million seven hundred and fifty thousand pounds of rice in Europe, and whether this venture would yield a reasonable profit. Even China sometimes has a high demand for rice, and exporting it to that country could often, if not always, be very beneficial."—Hogendorp.
Rice was exported both to England and China, during the provisional administration of the British government on Java.
Rice was exported to both England and China during the temporary administration of the British government in Java.
[66] If current report is to be credited, the fate of this unfortunate prince has been at last sealed; and the undisputed successor of "that great and puissant king," to whom Queen Elizabeth gave an assurance, "that far from ever having cause to repent an intercourse with the English, he should have a most real and just cause to rejoice at it;" and to whom, on the part of the English nation, she gave a pledge, "that her promises were faithful, because the conduct of her subjects would be prudent and sincere"—has been obliged to abdicate his throne in favour of the son of a Pinang merchant!
[66] If the current report is to be believed, the fate of this unfortunate prince has finally been decided; and the undeniable successor of "that great and powerful king," to whom Queen Elizabeth assured, "that he would have no reason to regret his dealings with the English, but rather a genuine reason to celebrate it;" and to whom, on behalf of the English nation, she promised, "that her commitments were trustworthy because her subjects would behave wisely and sincerely"—has been forced to give up his throne in favor of the son of a Pinang merchant!
[67] "We, the Batavians," says Mr. Hogendorp, "or rather our good and heroic ancestors, conquered these countries by force of arms. The Javans, who are immediately under our jurisdiction, acknowledge the Batavian nation or the East India Company as their lord or sovereign; but by so doing, although they resigned their political rights, they still retained their civil and personal liberty, at least their right thereto. But what relation do the Chinese bear to us, and what are the rights they can require from us? As foreigners and itinerant traders, this may be easily defined, but as inhabitants and settlers a further inquiry becomes necessary. To political rights, or to a share in the government and revenues of the country, they have not the slightest claim, and as inhabitants, they cannot even claim the enjoyment of the same civil or personal privileges as the Javans: in the first place, because they are not natives of the country; secondly, because they take no interest in the welfare or preservation of the country; thirdly, because they only endeavour to derive their gain at the expense of the Europeans as well as the Javans, in order to return to China with the profits they make, or at least to send as much of it as possible to their families there; fourthly, because they have no regard whatever to the welfare of our country, and would be quite indifferent to the English, or any other nation, driving us from Java. For these reasons, I conceive that the Chinese have not the same right as the Javans to the freedom or privilege of citizens. The basis of all civil communities is incontrovertibly the sacrifice of a part of the liberty, rights, and even property of each individual, for the enjoyment and security of the remainder; and this remainder, when fixed, forms the civil freedom and privileges of such a community. Not only are the Chinese quite exempt from this sacrifice, but they are also, by the corruption of the Batavian government, much less burdened than all the other inhabitants, even the Europeans, and are besides favoured with considerable privileges and exclusive means of gaining wealth. These are facts, which no one who is acquainted with Batavia can or will contradict.
[67] "We, the Batavians," says Mr. Hogendorp, "or more accurately our brave ancestors, conquered these lands through military force. The Javanese, who fall directly under our authority, recognize the Batavian nation or the East India Company as their leader or ruler; however, in doing so, although they gave up their political rights, they still kept their civil and personal liberties, or at least their right to them. But what is the relationship of the Chinese to us, and what rights can they demand from us? As foreigners and traveling traders, this is easily defined, but as residents and settlers, a deeper look is needed. They have no claims to political rights or a share in the government and revenue of the country, and as residents, they cannot even expect the same civil or personal privileges as the Javanese. First, because they are not natives of the land; second, because they show no interest in the well-being or preservation of the country; third, because they seek to profit at the expense of both Europeans and Javanese, aiming to return to China with their earnings, or at least send as much back to their families as they can; fourth, because they have no concern for the welfare of our country, indifferent to whether the English or any other nation drive us out of Java. For these reasons, I believe that the Chinese do not have the same rights as the Javanese to the freedoms or privileges of citizens. The foundation of all civil societies is undeniably the sacrifice of part of the liberty, rights, and even property of each individual, for the enjoyment and security of what remains; and this remainder, once established, becomes the civil freedoms and privileges of that community. Not only are the Chinese entirely exempt from this sacrifice, but due to the corruption within the Batavian government, they carry a much lighter burden than all other inhabitants, even Europeans, and are additionally granted significant privileges and exclusive ways to amass wealth. These are facts that no one familiar with Batavia can or will deny."
"Were impartial justice to be adhered to, the Chinese would be looked upon and treated only as foreigners, who are suffered and admitted, as long as it is not injurious to our interest and safety, to settle in our country and under our protection, seeking in trade or agriculture their means of subsistence and emolument, and to whom, on account of their numbers, it is allowed by our indulgence, as long as they conduct themselves well and peaceably, to preserve and practise their own manners and customs, and even in particular places, to dwell together under their own chiefs.
"Were we to practice fair justice, the Chinese would be viewed and treated just like any other foreigners, who are tolerated and allowed to settle in our country, as long as it doesn't harm our interests and safety. They seek to make a living through trade or farming, and because of their numbers, we allow them, with our leniency, to maintain and practice their own habits and customs, and even to live together under their own leaders in certain areas, as long as they behave well and peacefully."
"All the Chinese who come to Java every year in such vast numbers, in the junks from China, or in other vessels from neighbouring places, are the refuse of their nation, and principally from a province, the natives of which are considered by their own countrymen the worst of the whole empire. These people come half naked and poor in the extreme: they add, therefore, so many more to the population, which must be supported by the country, to which however they contribute nothing. It must be acknowledged, they are, particularly at first, very active, industrious, inventive, and frugal. At Batavia they exercise almost every useful art, trade, and handicraft, they cultivate and produce the best vegetables, they work the sugar-mills, and appear therefore to be uncommonly useful and perhaps indispensable.
"Every year, a huge number of Chinese arrive in Java, traveling in junks from China or other ships from nearby areas. These individuals are considered the outcasts of their nation, mainly coming from a province whose people are regarded as the worst in the entire empire. They arrive barely clothed and extremely poor, adding to the local population, which the country has to support, but they contribute nothing in return. However, it's important to note that they are particularly energetic, hardworking, resourceful, and frugal, especially at first. In Batavia, they engage in almost every useful art, trade, and craft; they grow and supply the best vegetables, operate the sugar mills, and seem exceptionally useful and possibly essential."
"The trade in the interior, wholesale and retail: the trade to sea, to the opposite shores, and elsewhere in the Straits, is entirely in their hands, and is almost wholly carried on by them. In all considerable places on the coast, as well as in the interior of Java, they have distinct towns, called kampongs, where they live under their own chiefs, and follow their own customs and manners. Finally, they have exclusively all the farms of the government taxes and revenues, both in the Company's districts and in the dominions of the native princes: by which means they are complete masters of all trade, internal and foreign; and are enabled to make monopolies in every thing, which they do accordingly in the most extensive manner. The burthens they have to bear are, on the contrary, very trifling; in fact, almost nothing: especially because they are exempt from all feudal and personal services, which are so oppressive to the Javans.
"The trade inland, both wholesale and retail, as well as maritime trade to distant shores and throughout the Straits, is completely controlled by them and is largely conducted by them. In all major coastal areas and within the interior of Java, they have specific towns, called kampongs, where they live under their own leaders and adhere to their own customs and traditions. Moreover, they exclusively hold all the farms of government taxes and revenues, both in the Company's areas and in the territories of local princes. This gives them complete control over all domestic and international trade, allowing them to create monopolies on everything, which they indeed do on a large scale. In contrast, their burdens are quite minimal; in fact, almost non-existent, especially since they are exempt from all feudal and personal obligations that are so burdensome to the Javanese."
"To what can this impropriety and injustice be ascribed but to the government of Batavia? The Chinese have obtained all these favours and privileges by making considerable presents, and thus sacrificing the interests of the Company and the nation to their selfishness and avarice. These arbitrary governors of the East Indies have made the Chinese possessors of Java: for I undertake to prove, that the wealth of the Chinese on that island amounts to ten times as much as the property of all the Europeans added together, and that their profits every year bear the same proportion.
"How can we explain this wrongdoing and injustice except to blame the government of Batavia? The Chinese have received all these favors and privileges by giving large gifts, putting their own selfish interests and greed ahead of the Company's and the nation's needs. These arbitrary leaders in the East Indies have allowed the Chinese to dominate Java: I can prove that the wealth of the Chinese on that island is ten times greater than the total property of all the Europeans combined, and that their profits each year follow the same pattern."
"With reference to their numbers and character, I am of opinion that the following resolutions regarding them might be adopted: That the Chinese on Java should be allowed to remain, and even that further arrivals of them should be permitted; care being taken, however, to keep them in good order, that they should be prevented from injuring the Javans, either by force or fraud: that they be not more favoured than others: that they should contribute a proportionate and equitable share towards the revenues of the state for their enjoyment of the rights of citizenship, in the same manner as other inhabitants, which can best be effected by means of a capitation tax. Uncultivated and uninhabited lands might then be granted or sold to the Chinese, as well as to the natives, to establish sugar-mills or plantations. By these means, every practicable use and advantage would be derived from them, as an industrious and active people, without doing any injury to the other inhabitants, and especially the Javans as natives of the country: and because they have no interest in our national welfare, they should be made, as an equitable compensation, to pay a higher rate to the state. In other respects, they may be completely subjected to our laws, and may be treated with kindness as well as justice.
"Considering their numbers and character, I believe the following resolutions regarding them could be accepted: The Chinese in Java should be allowed to stay, and additional arrivals should also be permitted; however, care should be taken to ensure they are well-managed and that they do not harm the Javanese, either through force or deceit: they should not receive more privileges than others: they should contribute a fair and proportional share toward the state’s revenue for the rights of citizenship, just like other residents, which can best be achieved through a head tax. Unused and uninhabited land could then be granted or sold to the Chinese, as well as to the locals, to set up sugar mills or plantations. This way, we would derive every possible benefit from them as a hardworking and enterprising people, without causing harm to other residents, especially the Javanese as the natives: and since they have no stake in our national welfare, they should be required, as fair compensation, to pay a higher rate to the state. In other respects, they may completely abide by our laws and can be treated with both kindness and fairness."
"The number of Chinese on Java is much greater than is generally imagined, and annually more of them arrive by thousands. By connexions with the native women, their families increase in inconceivable numbers. These half-Chinese retain the language, religion, manners, customs, and even the dress of their fathers; and are generally called Pernakans, although that name is also frequently applied exclusively to those Chinese who embrace the Mahometan religion; and these, as a separate class of people, have their own chiefs, or sometimes confound themselves with the Javans, and can only be distinguished by their lighter complexion."
"The number of Chinese people in Java is much higher than most think, and every year, thousands more arrive. Through connections with local women, their families grow at an astonishing rate. These half-Chinese often keep the language, religion, customs, and even the clothing of their fathers and are generally referred to as Pernakans. However, that term is also frequently used specifically for those Chinese who convert to Islam; this group of people has their own leaders or sometimes blends in with the Javanese, and they can usually be identified by their lighter skin."
[68] Among the exports from Java for the Europe market, no particular notice has been taken in the text of the extent of the spice trade, the produce of the Moluccas having, during the provisional administration of the British government, been conveyed direct from Amboina to the port of London, without being landed and re-assorted at Batavia, as was formerly the case under the Dutch government.
[68] Among the exports from Java to the European market, the text doesn’t specifically mention the size of the spice trade. During the temporary British administration, the produce from the Moluccas was shipped directly from Amboina to the port of London, without being unloaded and sorted in Batavia, as had been the practice under the Dutch government.
The sovereign Prince of the Netherlands has, by a solemn act, abandoned his right to the feudal services of his native subjects in the Eastern Archipelago, but has at the same time reserved to the state the exclusive monopoly of the spices. It may perhaps have been deemed expedient, in aid of the finances of Great Britain, that this odious monopoly should have been permitted to remain for upwards of five years under her uncontrolled dominion; and that, while the cloves on Amboina were raised by forced services, the nutmeg gardens on Banda should have been cultivated by slaves. There may have been reasons also which induced her to continue the system of extirpation in the neighbouring islands, and to act up to those stipulations for depressing these unhappy countries, for which the Dutch have in all ages been so justly reprobated. But now that the sovereign, to whom they are again ceded, has recommenced the Dutch administration in the Eastern seas, with an appearance of something more like justice, humanity, and sound policy than we have been in the habit of witnessing for the last two centuries, it is to be hoped that the profits of two annual cargoes of spices, whatever they may amount to, will never be considered of sufficient importance to tempt a great and magnanimous nation longer to trample on the hallowed rights of humanity, and to persevere in a system, which, while it may have afforded a temporary profit, has tended to degrade, depopulate, and destroy the fairest countries in creation. If the nutmeg and clove trees were allowed to grow where Providence would seem to have ordained that in their natural course they should, and this trade were opened to a free commerce, nutmegs might perhaps be procured as cheap as betel-nut, and cloves as cheap as pepper.
The sovereign Prince of the Netherlands has, through a formal act, given up his claim to the feudal services of his native subjects in the Eastern Archipelago, but at the same time, he has kept for the state the exclusive control over spices. It may have been seen as a good move for Britain's finances to allow this oppressive monopoly to remain under her control for over five years; while the cloves in Amboina were harvested through forced labor, the nutmeg plantations on Banda were worked by slaves. There might have also been reasons for her to maintain the system of destruction in the nearby islands and follow through with agreements that suppressed these unfortunate countries, for which the Dutch have long been justly criticized. However, now that the sovereign, to whom these territories have been returned, has resumed Dutch governance in the Eastern seas with more justice, humanity, and sound policy than we've seen in the last two centuries, we hope that the profits from two yearly shipments of spices, no matter how much they amount to, will never be seen as significant enough to encourage a great and noble nation to continue trampling on the sacred rights of humanity and sticking to a system that, while it may have provided temporary profit, has led to the degradation, depopulation, and destruction of some of the most beautiful countries in the world. If the nutmeg and clove trees were allowed to grow where nature intended them to, and if this trade were opened to free commerce, nutmegs might be available as cheaply as betel-nut, and cloves as cheaply as pepper.
"In the Spice Islands," observes Adam Smith, "the Dutch are said to burn all the spiceries which a fertile season produces beyond what they expect to dispose of in Europe, with such a profit as they think sufficient. In the islands where they have no settlements they give a premium to those who collect the blossoms and green leaves of the clove and nutmeg trees which naturally grow there, but which this savage policy has now, it is said, completely exterminated. Even in the islands where they have settlements, they have very much reduced, it is said, the number of those trees. If the produce even of their own islands was much greater than what suited their market, the natives, they suspect, might find means to convey some part of it to other nations; and the best way, they imagine, to secure their own monopoly, is to take care that no more shall grow than what they themselves carry to market. By different acts of oppression, they have reduced the population of the Moluccas nearly to the number which is sufficient to supply with fresh provisions and other necessaries of life, their own insignificant garrisons, and such of their ships as occasionally come there for a cargo of spices. Under the government of the Portuguese, however, these islands are said to have been tolerably well peopled."
"In the Spice Islands," Adam Smith notes, "the Dutch are said to burn all the spices produced in a good season that exceed what they expect to sell in Europe, aiming for a profit they consider adequate. In the islands where they don't have settlements, they offer rewards to those who collect the blossoms and green leaves of the clove and nutmeg trees that grow there naturally, but which this ruthless policy has reportedly completely wiped out. Even in the islands where they do have settlements, they have greatly reduced, it is said, the number of those trees. If the output from their own islands was significantly higher than their market could handle, they suspect the locals might find ways to sell some of it to other nations; and they believe the best way to maintain their monopoly is to ensure that no more grows than what they themselves can sell. Through various oppressive actions, they have diminished the population of the Moluccas to nearly just the number needed to supply their own small garrisons and the occasional ships that come by for a spice cargo. However, under Portuguese rule, these islands were said to be fairly well populated."
Had Dr. Smith written at the present day he might have heightened the picture by observing, that so far from even being able to supply the garrisons, these islands have long been considered incapable of raising sufficient supplies for their own subsistence; they have for many years depended almost entirely on Java for rice and the common necessaries of life, and latterly supplies have been sent to them from Bengal.
Had Dr. Smith written today, he might have enhanced the depiction by noting that, far from being able to supply the garrisons, these islands have long been seen as incapable of producing enough to sustain themselves; they have relied almost entirely on Java for rice and basic necessities for many years, and more recently, supplies have been sent to them from Bengal.
[69] This general remark is not intended to apply to the traders of Pinang (Prince of Wales' Island), who are in general well-informed and most honourable in their dealings, possessing great experience in the trade, and acquaintance with the habits and character of the natives: but this establishment is comparatively of recent date, and the very general view here taken has reference to the intercourse which has subsisted during the last century.
[69] This general comment doesn't apply to the traders of Pinang (Prince of Wales' Island), who are generally well-informed and very honorable in their dealings. They have extensive experience in trade and know the habits and character of the locals well. However, this establishment is relatively new, and the broader perspective discussed here refers to the interactions that have occurred over the past century.
[71] Gold.—From a calculation recently made, it appears that the number of Chinese employed in the gold mines at Mentrada and other places on the western side of Borneo, amounts to not less than thirty-two thousand working men. When a mine affords no more than four bengkals (weighing about two dollars each, or something less than a tahil) per man in the year, it is reckoned a losing concern, and abandoned accordingly. Valuing the bengkal at eighteen Spanish dollars, which is a low rate of estimation, and supposing only four bengkals produced in the year by the labour of each man, the total produce is 128,000 bengkals, worth 2,224,000 Spanish dollars, equal to 556,000l., at the rate of five shillings the dollar. But it is asserted, that upon the general run of the mines, seldom less than six bengkals per head has been obtained, and in very rainy seasons seven. Taking the medium at six and a half bengkals, the 32,000 Chinese will procure 208,000 bengkals, which at eighteen Spanish dollars the bengkal is 3,744,000 Spanish dollars, equal to 936,000l. Such is the result of a very moderate calculation of the produce of these mines. According to an estimate made in the year 1812, the annual produce of the mines on the west coast of Borneo was estimated at 4,744,000 Spanish dollars, being an excess of a million sterling. The quantity of gold procured on Sumatra, the supposed golden Chersonesus of the ancients, is according to Mr. Marsden about 30,800 ounces, which, at 4l. sterling the ounce, is worth 123,200l., equal to 492,800 Spanish dollars.
[71] Gold.—Recent calculations show that around thirty-two thousand Chinese workers are employed in the gold mines at Mentrada and other locations on the western side of Borneo. If a mine yields less than four bengkals (weighing about two dollars each, or slightly less than a tahil) per worker in a year, it's considered unprofitable and is abandoned. Valuing the bengkal at eighteen Spanish dollars, which is a conservative estimate, and assuming each worker produces only four bengkals in a year, the total output is 128,000 bengkals, worth 2,224,000 Spanish dollars, equivalent to 556,000l., at five shillings per dollar. However, it is claimed that in general, the mines yield at least six bengkals per worker, and during very rainy seasons, this can rise to seven. If we take an average of six and a half bengkals, the 32,000 Chinese workers would generate 208,000 bengkals, which at eighteen Spanish dollars per bengkal amounts to 3,744,000 Spanish dollars, or 936,000l. This is a very conservative estimate of the output from these mines. According to an estimate from 1812, the annual output of the mines on the west coast of Borneo was projected to be 4,744,000 Spanish dollars, exceeding one million sterling. The amount of gold obtained in Sumatra, thought to be the legendary golden Chersonesus of the ancients, is reported by Mr. Marsden to be about 30,800 ounces, which, at 4l. sterling per ounce, is valued at 123,200l., equivalent to 492,800 Spanish dollars.
With respect to the disposal of the gold from the mines of Borneo, it may be observed, that every native Chinese, whether employed in the mines, in agriculture, as merchant or artificer, manages every year to remit at least the value of one tahil, more or less, of gold to his relations in China. These remittances are generally made by the junks in gold, as it saves freight, is more easily smuggled on shore without the notice of the rapacious Mandarin, and remitted over-land to the residence of their families. Taking the Chinese male population who can thus remit at double the number employed in the mines, and supposing one half to be born in the country, most of whom may not remit to China, this remittance would amount to 34,000 bengkals or tahils, which at eighteen Spanish dollars is 612,000 dollars, or 153,000l.
Concerning the disposal of gold from the mines in Borneo, it's noticeable that every native Chinese person—whether they work in the mines, in farming, as a merchant, or a craftsman—manages to send back at least the value of one tahil (more or less) of gold to their families in China each year. These transfers are usually done by junk ships in gold since it saves on shipping costs, is easier to smuggle ashore without attracting the attention of the greedy Mandarin, and can be sent overland to their families' homes. Considering the Chinese male population who can send money back, which is double the number working in the mines, and assuming half of them were born in the country and may not send money to China, this total remittance would be around 34,000 bengkals or tahils, which at eighteen Spanish dollars equals 612,000 dollars, or 153,000 l.
It is calculated that, one year with another, at least five hundred Chinese return in the junks to their native country with a competency. Several have been known to take away one thousand bengkals of gold, many from three to five hundred, but very few return before they have cleared a competency of two thousand dollars, or from one hundred to one hundred and twenty tahil of gold. This goes partly in gold; though they prefer investing a part of it in tin from Banka, opium, and other articles. Say, however, that they remit one half in gold, five hundred men, at one thousand dollars each, will give five hundred thousand dollars, which added to the small family remittances, accounts for an amount exceeding one million of dollars, or 250,000l. This calculation, however, seems to be far within the mark, and gives less by one half than what is usually stated to be remitted to China from the Bornean mines, which has been estimated at a loose guess at two millions of dollars, or 500,000l.
It’s estimated that, year after year, at least five hundred Chinese return home on junks with a decent amount of money. Some have been known to take away one thousand bengkals of gold, while many leave with between three to five hundred. However, very few come back without having saved up at least two thousand dollars, or between one hundred to one hundred and twenty tahil of gold. They usually take some of this in gold, but they prefer to invest part of it in tin from Banka, opium, and other goods. Let’s say they send back half in gold; five hundred men, each with one thousand dollars, would total five hundred thousand dollars. When you add in smaller family remittances, this amounts to over one million dollars, or 250,000 l. This estimate, however, seems to be quite low and is less than half of what is typically reported to be sent to China from the Bornean mines, which has been roughly estimated at around two million dollars, or 500,000 l.
A further amount of not less than the value of a million of dollars (250,000l.) is supposed to find its way annually to Western India, and principally to Bengal, viâ Batavia, Malacca, and Pinang, for the purchase of opium and piece goods. The surplus enriches Java and some of the other islands, in exchange for salt, tobacco, coarse cloths, &c.
A further amount of no less than a million dollars (250,000l.) is expected to flow annually to Western India, mainly to Bengal, via Batavia, Malacca, and Pinang, for buying opium and textiles. The surplus benefits Java and some other islands in return for salt, tobacco, coarse fabrics, etc.
As the mines are worked with so little expence of machinery, the funds necessary for commencing an undertaking of the kind are small; and as the property of the soil belongs to the first occupant, almost every Chinese would become a proprietor, but from the mode by which their services are, in the first instance, secured by the council of proprietors or kongsis. A parcel of half-starved Chinese, enchanted with the prospect of wealth on the golden shores of Borneo, readily find a passage in the annual junks that sail from the mother-country to Borneo, at ten dollars a head. On their arrival, being unable to pay the passage money, and the tax of a dollar per head, established by the native authority, while their immediate wants of food, clothing, and habitation, are urgent and imperious, the proprietors of the mines find it easy to engage their services for three or four years. In some other cases, agents are employed to obtain men from China, on stipulated agreements, to work for a number of years; the usual rate of payment to the miners so engaged is not considered to average less than five Spanish dollars a month. No sooner, however, are these engagements concluded with their masters, than a number of them club together with the funds they have been able to save, and commence a new mine upon their joint account, in a few years acquiring a competency to return to their native country.
As the mines require very little machinery to operate, the funds needed to start such a venture are minimal. Since the land belongs to whoever occupies it first, almost every Chinese person could become a landowner, except for how their labor is initially arranged by the council of proprietors or kongsis. A group of underfed Chinese, lured by the promise of wealth on the golden shores of Borneo, easily find a passage on the annual junks that travel from China to Borneo, costing ten dollars each. Upon arrival, they often cannot pay for their passage or the dollar-per-person fee imposed by local authorities, while their urgent needs for food, clothing, and shelter are pressing. This makes it simple for the mine owners to hire them for three or four years. In other instances, agents are used to recruit workers from China under specific agreements to work for a set number of years, with the typical pay for these miners not being less than five Spanish dollars a month. However, as soon as these agreements are made, many of them pool their savings together to start a new mine on their own, eventually gaining enough to return to their home country.
Diamonds.—There appears to be no just foundation for the idea, that the diamonds of Borneo are inferior to those of Golconda. Many of an inferior quality have no doubt found their way into the market, because there was perhaps less skill and judgment in the selection; but the value of diamonds here, as well as every where else, depends upon their shape, size, and water, and in this respect the diamonds of Borneo will bear a comparison with those of any country yet known. Indeed, as far as we may judge from the present state of our information, the Lándak mines alone are as productive, and its diamonds as precious, as any other in the world.
Diamonds.—There seems to be no solid reason to believe that the diamonds from Borneo are worse than those from Golconda. It's true that some lower-quality diamonds have probably entered the market because there may have been less skill and care in their selection; however, the value of diamonds here, just like everywhere else, relies on their shape, size, and clarity. In this regard, the diamonds from Borneo can be compared favorably to those from any other known country. In fact, based on what we know now, the Lándak mines alone are just as productive, and their diamonds are as valuable as those from anywhere else in the world.
The principal mines where diamonds are regularly dug for on Borneo, and found in any considerable quantities, are those of Lándak, Sángau, on the great river Lawi, and the districts of Bánjer-másin. Diamonds have been occasionally found within the limits of Borneo Proper, at Mátan and Sukadána. The mines of Lándak are as ancient as the Malayan dominion on the islands, those of Sángau are of more recent date, and those of Bánjer-másin are said to have been first discovered in the reign of Sultan Sepoh, from whom the present sultan is the fourth in descent.
The main places where diamonds are regularly mined and found in significant quantities on Borneo are Lándak, Sángau, along the great Lawi River, and the areas of Bánjer-másin. Diamonds have also been occasionally discovered within the boundaries of Borneo Proper, particularly at Mátan and Sukadána. The Lándak mines date back to the early Malayan rule over the islands, while the Sángau mines are more recent. The Bánjer-másin mines are believed to have been first discovered during the reign of Sultan Sepoh, from whom the current sultan is the fourth descendant.
Diamonds are not only found in the bottom of rivers when dry, but at the foot of craggy hills and mountains. The párits, or mines, are dug to the depth of from one to five fathoms only; but experience has invariably proved, that the deeper they are dug, not only are the diamonds more abundant, but superior in size, shape, and water. The soil which produces diamonds is known from a species of earth called by the natives lábor or lábor-gig'gi. This is sometimes black, sometimes white, red, orange, and green: it is a species of earth which stains the clothes of the labourer, and is distinguished by many names.
Diamonds can be found not only at the bottom of dried-up rivers but also at the base of rugged hills and mountains. The párits, or mines, are dug to depths of one to five fathoms, but experience has consistently shown that the deeper they are mined, the more abundant the diamonds become, and they tend to be larger, better-shaped, and of higher quality. The soil that produces diamonds is recognized by a type of earth called lábor or lábor-gig'gi by the locals. This soil can be black, white, red, orange, or green, and it tends to stain the clothes of the workers, going by various names.
At Lándak there are ten párits worked by Chinese, and in each from twenty to thirty labourers employed. As a general average, eight Chinese are supposed to find about eight bengkals of diamonds in a year. From two to three hundred of the smallest sort are supposed to go to a bengkal, valued at from twenty to twenty-four rupees. This is independent of the larger ones, which are casual. So far back as the year 1738, the Dutch annually exported from the produce of these mines, diamonds to the value of from two to three hundred thousand dollars.
At Lándak, there are ten párits worked by Chinese workers, with twenty to thirty laborers employed in each. On average, eight Chinese laborers are estimated to find about eight bengkals of diamonds in a year. It's believed that two to three hundred of the smallest diamonds go into a bengkal, which is valued at twenty to twenty-four rupees. This doesn't include the larger ones, which are found occasionally. As far back as 1738, the Dutch were exporting diamonds worth two to three hundred thousand dollars annually from these mines.
Few courts of Europe could perhaps boast of a more brilliant display of diamonds than, in the prosperous times of the Dutch, was exhibited by the ladies of Batavia, the principal and only mart yet opened for the Bornean diamond mines, and whence those known in the European world have been procured. With the decline of the Dutch government, however, the demand has decreased, and the mines are now almost neglected, the numerous diamond-cutters not being able to obtain a livelihood. Formerly, when more Chinese were employed in the mines of Lándak, diamonds from ten to thirteen carats were common in the public markets. The Pangéran of Lándak now wears one of eighteen, and another of fourteen carats and a half. Since Java has been in the possession of the English, rough diamonds from Borneo have been sent to England, and, even in a very unfavourable state of the market, turned out an advantageous remittance.
Few courts in Europe could probably show off as many diamonds as the women of Batavia did during the prosperous times of the Dutch, which was the main and only market open for the Bornean diamond mines, and from where the diamonds known in Europe were sourced. However, with the decline of the Dutch government, demand has dropped, and the mines are now nearly abandoned, leaving many diamond cutters struggling to make a living. In the past, when more Chinese workers were employed in the Lándak mines, diamonds ranging from ten to thirteen carats were common in public markets. The Pangéran of Lándak now wears one diamond weighing eighteen carats and another weighing fourteen and a half carats. Since Java came under British control, rough diamonds from Borneo have been sent to England and, even in a very unfavorable market, have proven to be a profitable shipment.
Among the larger diamonds which these mines have produced, it may not be uninteresting to mention, that the great diamond now in the possession of the Sultan of Mátan, which has been seen and examined by Europeans, weighs three hundred and sixty-seven carats: it is of the shape of an egg indented on one side. It is, however, uncut; and, on this account, it may be difficult to say, whether it will become the largest cut diamond ever known; for the famous diamond of Aurung Zebe, called the Mogul, in its rough state weighed seven hundred and ninety-five carats, and was then valued at 600,000l., but when cut was reduced to two hundred and seventy-nine carats. This celebrated diamond, known by the name of the Mátan diamond, was discovered by a dáyak, and claimed as a droit of royalty by the Sultan of the country, Gúru-Láya; but was handed over to the Pangéran of Lándak, whose brother having got possession of it, gave it as a bribe to the Sultan of Súkadána, in order that he might be placed on the throne of Lándak: the lawful prince, however, having fled to Bantam, by the aid of the prince of that country and the Dutch, succeeded in regaining possession of his district, and nearly destroyed Súkadána. It has remained as an heir-loom in the family of these princes for four descents, and is almost the only appendage of royalty now remaining.
Among the larger diamonds produced by these mines, it’s interesting to note that the great diamond currently owned by the Sultan of Mátan, which has been seen and examined by Europeans, weighs three hundred sixty-seven carats and is shaped like an egg with an indentation on one side. However, it is uncut, making it hard to determine whether it will become the largest cut diamond ever known. The famous diamond owned by Aurung Zebe, called the Mogul, weighed seven hundred ninety-five carats in its rough form and was valued at £600,000 but was cut down to two hundred seventy-nine carats. This renowned diamond, known as the Mátan diamond, was discovered by a dáyak and claimed as a royal right by the Sultan of the country, Gúru-Láya. However, it was handed over to the Pangéran of Lándak, whose brother, after acquiring it, gave it as a bribe to the Sultan of Súkadána in hopes of securing the throne of Lándak. The rightful prince fled to Bantam, and with the help of that prince and the Dutch, he managed to reclaim his territory and nearly destroyed Súkadána. It has remained as a family heirloom among these princes for four generations and is nearly the only symbol of royalty that still exists.
[72] See Appendix B.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Appendix B.
[73] See a paper on the Maritime Institutions of the Malayan Nation, in the twelfth volume of the Asiatic Researches. [Vol I Pg 272]
[73] Check out a paper on the Maritime Institutions of the Malayan Nation, in the twelfth volume of the Asiatic Researches. [Vol I Pg 272]
CHAPTER VI.
Character of the inhabitants of Java—Difference between the Súndas and the Javans—The Lower Orders—The Chiefs—Nature of the Native Government—Different Officers of the State—Judicial Establishments and Institutions—Laws, and how administered—Police Institutions and Regulations—Military Establishments—Revenue.
Character of the inhabitants of Java—Difference between the Sundanese and the Javanese—The Lower Classes—The Leaders—Nature of the Local Government—Various State Officials—Judicial Systems and Institutions—Laws and Their Implementation—Police Systems and Regulations—Military Organizations—Revenue.
Having, in the foregoing pages, attempted to introduce the inhabitants of Java to the reader, by an account of their person, their manners, and employment in the principal departments of agriculture, manufactures, and commerce, I shall now endeavour to make him, in some degree, acquainted with their intellectual and moral character, their institutions, government, and such other particulars as may contribute to enable him to form some estimate of their relative rank in the scale of civilized society.
Having tried to introduce the people of Java to the reader in the previous pages by describing their appearance, customs, and roles in major areas like agriculture, manufacturing, and commerce, I will now attempt to give the reader some insight into their intellectual and moral character, their institutions, government, and other details that might help them understand their position in the hierarchy of civilized society.
From what has been stated of their progress in the manufacturing and agricultural arts, their general advancement in knowledge may be easily estimated. There are no establishments for teaching the sciences, and there is little spirit of scientific research among them. The common people have little leisure or inclination for improving their minds or acquiring information, but they are far from being deficient in natural sagacity or docility. Their organs are acute and delicate, their observation is ready, and their judgment of character is generally correct. Like most Eastern nations, they are enthusiastic admirers of poetry, and possess a delicate ear for music. Though deficient in energy, and excited to action with difficulty, the effect probably of an enervating climate and a still more enervating government, they are capable of great occasional exertion, and sometimes display a remarkable perseverance in surmounting obstacles or enduring labours. Though ignorant and unimproved, they are far from wanting intelligence in the general objects of their pursuit, and fre[Vol I Pg 273]quently astonish Europeans by the ingenuity of their expedients, and the facility with which they accomplish difficult operations by apparently inadequate means.
From what has been said about their progress in manufacturing and agriculture, you can easily see how much they've advanced in knowledge. There are no schools for teaching sciences, and there’s little interest in scientific research among them. The average person has little time or desire to expand their minds or gain new information, but they’re far from lacking common sense or being teachable. Their senses are sharp, their observations are quick, and they generally have a good judgment of character. Like many Eastern nations, they have a deep appreciation for poetry and a keen ear for music. Although they lack energy and are slow to take action—likely due to a draining climate and an even more exhausting government—they can push themselves when needed and sometimes show impressive determination in overcoming challenges or enduring hard work. Even though they might be uneducated and underdeveloped, they’re not without intelligence regarding their general pursuits and often surprise Europeans with their clever solutions and how easily they manage tough tasks with seemingly inadequate resources.
People in a rude state of society are not always prepared to admit their inferiority, or inclined to adopt manifest improvements: what is much beyond their skill or their power, may excite their wonder, but does not always tempt their imitation. This is more peculiarly the case, where national pride or religious prejudice stand in the way; and the contempt of unbelievers, with which the Mahomedan system inspires its votaries, leads them usually to undervalue the arts in which others excel, or the instruction which they communicate. The Javans, though far from deficient in national pride, and though Mahomedans, are free from this senseless and pernicious prejudice, and are ready to acknowledge the superiority of the Europeans, as well as disposed to imitate their arts and to obey their direction. No people can be more tractable; and although their external appearance indicates listlessness and sometimes stupidity, none possess a quicker apprehension of what is clearly stated, or attain a more rapid proficiency in what they have a desire to learn. The restraints under which conversation labours by the necessity of using different dialects in addressing different orders of society, as well as the respect paid to superiority of rank, prevents them from such a frequent intercourse of thought and opinion as might otherwise be expected, and often renders them, to appearance, reserved and taciturn, although in fact, they are social, cheerful, and good humoured.
People in a rude state of society aren’t always willing to acknowledge their inferiority or eager to embrace obvious improvements. What exceeds their skills or capabilities may amaze them, but it doesn’t necessarily encourage them to imitate it. This is especially true when national pride or religious bias interferes; the disdain for non-believers that the Muslim faith instills in its followers often leads them to underestimate the arts in which others excel or the knowledge they share. The Javanese, though not lacking in national pride and identifying as Muslims, do not share this misguided and harmful prejudice. They are open to recognizing the superiority of Europeans and are willing to imitate their arts and follow their guidance. No group is more willing to adapt, and although they may seem listless and sometimes dull on the outside, they possess a quicker understanding of clearly stated ideas and achieve rapid progress in what they wish to learn. The limitations on conversation due to the need to use different dialects for different social classes, along with the respect given to rank, hinders the expected exchange of thoughts and opinions and can make them appear reserved and quiet. In reality, they are social, cheerful, and easygoing.
An uninstructed people are often credulous, and the Javans are remarkable for their unsuspecting and almost infantine credulity. Susceptible of every impression that artifice may attempt to make upon them, and liable to every delusion propagated by the prejudiced or the designing, they not inaptly compare themselves to a piece of pure white cloth, on which any dye or shade of colour may be laid. They lend an easy credence to omens, to prognostics, to prophets, and to quacks. They easily become the dupes of any religious fanatic, and credit, without scruple or examination, his claim to supernatural powers. Their profession of Mahomedanism has not relieved them from the superstitious prejudices and observ[Vol I Pg 274]ances of an anterior worship: they are thus open to the accumulated delusion of two religious systems.
An uneducated people are often gullible, and the Javanese are notable for their trusting and almost childlike credulity. They are easily influenced by any manipulative tactics and are susceptible to every illusion spread by the biased or the deceptive. They accurately liken themselves to a piece of pure white cloth, onto which any dye or color can be applied. They readily believe in omens, predictions, prophets, and charlatans. They can quickly fall victim to any religious zealot, accepting their claims of supernatural abilities without question. Their practice of Islam hasn't freed them from the superstitious beliefs and customs of their previous religions; they are thus vulnerable to the combined delusions of two religious systems.
They are great observers of lucky or unlucky days, or natural phenomena, and undertake no journey or enterprize without attending to them. It is unlucky to go any where on the day that you hear of the death of a friend: the sight of two crows fighting in the air is unlucky: two small birds (called prenjak) fighting near a house, afford a prognostic of the arrival of a friend from a distance. Explosions or noises heard from the mountains not only excite terror for their immediate consequences, but are thought to forebode some great calamity, unconnected with the convulsions of nature, of which they are the symptoms, such as a sanguinary war, a general famine, or an epidemic sickness. The eclipses of the sun and moon powerfully excite this superstitious spirit, and induce many absurd notions and observations. Earthquakes furnish certain prognostics, according to the day of the month on which they happen. In none of their superstitions, however, is there any thing of that gloomy, dark, or malignant cast, which distinguishes those of less favoured climates or of more savage tribes.
They are keen observers of lucky and unlucky days and natural events, and they won’t start any journey or project without considering them. It’s considered unlucky to go anywhere on the day you hear about a friend's death; seeing two crows fighting in the sky is also seen as bad luck. If two small birds (called prenjak) are fighting near a house, it’s predicted that a friend will arrive from afar. Loud noises or explosions coming from the mountains not only cause immediate fear but are believed to signal some major disaster unrelated to the natural events they accompany, such as a bloody war, widespread famine, or an epidemic. The eclipses of the sun and moon strongly trigger this superstitious mindset and lead to various absurd beliefs and observations. Earthquakes are said to have specific signs depending on the day of the month they occur. However, none of their superstitions have the gloomy, dark, or malicious vibe seen in those from less fortunate climates or more primitive tribes.
Although, on many occasions, listless and unenterprising, their religious enthusiasm is no sooner excited, than they become at once adventurous and persevering, esteeming no labour arduous, no result impossible, and no privation painful. We witnessed an instance, both of their simplicity and of their energy, connected with this part of their character, which excited our astonishment. The population of some of the districts of Bányumás contributed their voluntary labour, in 1814, to the construction of a broad high road, from the base to the summit of one of the loftiest mountains on the island (the mountain Súmbing), and this extraordinary public work was almost completed, before intelligence of its commencement reached the government. It was in consequence examined, and found to be a work of immense labour and care, but without the least appearance of object or utility. Upon enquiring into the motive of such a singular undertaking, it was learnt that a general belief prevailed, that there was a very holy man at the top of the mountain, who would not come down till there should be a good road made for him.[Vol I Pg 275] The Madúrese are said to believe, that the spirits of the dead revisit the earth; but this does not appear to be a Javan superstition.
Although they can often seem lazy and unmotivated, once their religious enthusiasm is stirred, they become adventurous and persistent, viewing no task as too hard, no outcome as impossible, and no hardship as too painful. We saw an example of both their naivety and their energy, tied to this aspect of their character, which amazed us. In 1814, people from some districts of Bányumás volunteered their labor to build a wide road from the base to the summit of one of the tallest mountains on the island (the mountain Súmbing), and this incredible public work was nearly finished before the government even heard about it. When it was checked out, it turned out to be a project of massive labor and care, but it showed no signs of purpose or usefulness. When we asked about the reason behind such a strange endeavor, we found out that there was a widespread belief that a very holy man lived at the top of the mountain and wouldn’t come down until a suitable road was made for him.[Vol I Pg 275] The Madúrese are said to believe that the spirits of the dead return to the earth, but this doesn’t seem to be a Javan superstition.
Their prejudices are neither very numerous nor unyielding, and seem generally to have originated in some laudable feeling or amiable weakness. Their nationality, which is very strong, although it delights in the traditionary narratives of ancient Javan exploits, and supports a hope of future independence, which they are not backward to express, does not lead them to despise the character, or to undervalue the acts of strangers. They have a contempt for trade, and those of higher rank esteem it disgraceful to be engaged in it; but the common people are ever ready to engage in the labours of agriculture, and the chiefs to honour and encourage agricultural industry. Those of the highest rank and greatest authority, generally attend at the opening of new sáwah fields, performing part of the work with their own hands, and leading their inferiors or dependents, as they express it, to pay respect to the earth, in whose honour they also observe annually the sedéka búmi, or feast to the earth. It is in the same spirit that the buffalo, as the chief assistant of the husbandman, is viewed with such peculiar regard, that in some of the interior districts, new-born infants are sometimes carried to be breathed upon by them, from a superstitious belief that such a ceremony will render them fortunate.
Their prejudices aren’t very many or rigid, and seem to generally stem from some admirable feelings or lovable weaknesses. Their national pride is strong, even though they enjoy traditional stories of ancient Javan achievements and hold onto a hope for future independence, which they are not shy about expressing. This pride doesn’t make them look down on others or undervalue the actions of foreigners. They look down on trade, and those of higher status find it shameful to be involved in it; however, the common people are always ready to work in agriculture, and the leaders honor and support farming efforts. Those of the highest rank and authority often attend the opening of new sáwah fields, doing part of the work themselves and encouraging their subordinates, as they say, to respect the earth. In honor of the earth, they also observe the sedéka búmi or feast to the earth every year. In the same spirit, the buffalo, which plays a key role in farming, is held in special regard. In some rural areas, newborn babies are sometimes taken to be breathed upon by the buffalo due to a superstitious belief that this will bring them good luck.
Notwithstanding the despotic nature of their government, and the feudal principles on which it rests, the Javan must be considered as a patriarchial people, still retaining many of the virtues, and all the simplicity, which distinguish that state of society. Their village settlements constitute detached societies, under their local chief and priest, and the same internal concord prevails in these little associations which characterises patriarchial tribes. Vicinity and daily intercourse afford opportunities of conferring real assistance and acts of kindness: injustice and even violence may sometimes be committed against the inhabitants of other villages, but very seldom by the inhabitants of the same village against each other. The patriarchial spirit of the Javans may be further traced, in the veneration which they pay to age, the respect and acquiescence with which they receive the maxims or the counsels[Vol I Pg 276] of experience, the ready contented submission which they shew to the commands of their immediate superiors, the warmth of their domestic attachments, and the affectionate reverence with which they regard and protect the tombs and the ashes of their fathers. To the same description of feelings may be referred that consideration for ancestry, that attention to the line of descent, and that regard to the history and merits of distant kindred, which in the meanest people appears often to assume the character of family pride.
Despite the authoritarian nature of their government and the feudal principles it’s built on, the Javanese should be seen as a patriarchal people who still hold onto many of the virtues and all the simplicity typical of that social structure. Their village communities function as separate societies under the guidance of their local chief and priest, and a similar internal harmony exists in these small groups that characterizes patriarchal tribes. Proximity and daily interactions create chances for real support and acts of kindness: while injustice and even violence might occur between villagers from different communities, it’s rare for people from the same village to harm one another. The patriarchal spirit of the Javanese is further evident in the respect they show for their elders, the acceptance and consideration with which they embrace the wisdom or advice from experienced individuals, the willing compliance they demonstrate towards the commands of their immediate superiors, the strength of their family bonds, and the loving reverence with which they honor and safeguard the graves and remains of their ancestors. This same set of emotions also reflects their respect for ancestry, their attention to lineage, and their regard for the history and achievements of distant relatives, which often manifests as a sense of family pride, even among the less privileged.
These observations apply principally to the inhabitants of villages, at some distance from the seats of the princes or regents, and the contagion of the larger capitals, and more particularly to the people of the Súnda districts. Those of higher rank, those employed about court, or in administering to the pleasures or luxuries of the great, those collected into the capitals or engaged in the public service, are frequently profligate and corrupt, exhibiting many of the vices of civilization without its refinement, and the ignorance and deficiencies of a rude state without its simplicity. The people in the neighbourhood of Batavia are the worst in the Island, and the long intercourse with strangers has been almost equally fatal to the morals of the lower part of Bantam. The population collected at the native capitals is naturally influenced, to a certain extent, by the vices of the court; but the further they are removed from European influence and foreign intercourse, the better are their morals and the happier are the people.
These observations mainly apply to the residents of villages located away from the seats of the princes or regents, as well as the influence of larger cities, especially regarding the people from the Súnda districts. Those of higher status, those who work at court, or those involved in catering to the pleasures and luxuries of the elite, as well as those gathered in the capitals or engaged in public service, often display a lot of moral decay and corruption. They exhibit many of the vices of civilization without its refinement, and the ignorance and shortcomings of a primitive state without its simplicity. The people near Batavia are the worst on the island, and the long interaction with outsiders has similarly harmed the morals of the lower class in Bantam. The population in native capitals is naturally influenced, to some degree, by the vices of the court; however, the further they are from European influence and foreign interaction, the better their morals and the happier the people.
In attempting to exhibit some of the more striking features of the Javan character, it becomes necessary to distinguish between the privileged classes of society and the mass of the people. Long continued oppression may have injured the character of the latter, and obliterated some of its brighter traits; but to the former, the constant exercise of absolute dominion has done a more serious injury, by removing every salutary restraint on the passions, and encouraging the growth of rank and odious vices. In the peasantry we observe all that is simple, natural, and ingenuous: in the higher orders we sometimes discover violence, deceit, and gross sensuality.
In trying to highlight some of the more noticeable traits of the Javanese people, it's important to differentiate between the privileged classes and the general population. Long-standing oppression might have harmed the character of the latter and erased some of its more positive qualities; however, for the privileged, the continuous exercise of absolute power has caused even more serious damage by removing any healthy checks on their desires and promoting the rise of terrible vices. Among the peasantry, we see all that is simple, natural, and genuine; whereas in the upper classes, we sometimes find violence, deceit, and crude sensuality.
Where not corrupted by indulgence on the one hand, or stupified by oppression on the other, the Javans appear to be[Vol I Pg 277] a generous and warm-hearted people. In their domestic relations they are kind, affectionate, gentle, and contented; in their public, they are obedient, honest, and faithful. In their intercourse with society, they display, in a high degree, the virtues of honesty, plain dealing, and candour. Their ingenuousness is such, that as the first Dutch authorities have acknowledged, prisoners brought to the bar on criminal charges, if really guilty, nine times out of ten confess, without disguise or equivocation, the full extent and exact circumstances of their offences, and communicate, when required, more information on the matter at issue than all the rest of the evidence. Although this may, in some degree, be the result of the former use of torture, it cannot be wholly so.
Where they are not corrupted by indulgence on one side or numbed by oppression on the other, the Javans seem to be[Vol I Pg 277] a generous and warm-hearted people. In their family life, they are kind, affectionate, gentle, and content; in public, they are obedient, honest, and loyal. In their interactions with others, they display a strong sense of honesty, straightforwardness, and openness. Their sincerity is such that, as early Dutch authorities noted, prisoners brought to trial for crimes, if truly guilty, nine times out of ten confess without disguise or evasion, revealing the full extent and exact details of their offenses and providing, when asked, more information on the matter at hand than all the other evidence combined. While this may partly result from the past use of torture, it can't be entirely attributed to that.
Though not much addicted to excess, and of rather a slow temperament, they are in general liberal and expensive, according to their means, seldom hoarding their wealth, or betraying a penurious disposition. Fond of show and pomp, they lay out all their money, as soon as it is acquired, in the purchase of articles of dress, horses, splendid trappings, &c.: but they possess a quality which is not always joined with a love of splendour, either in nations or individuals; they are cleanly in their persons, and pay the greatest attention to neatness, as well as to glare and finery.
Though not very prone to excess and having a rather calm temperament, they are generally generous and spend freely, according to their means, rarely hoarding their wealth or showing a stingy nature. Fond of show and grandeur, they spend all their money as soon as they get it on clothing, horses, extravagant decorations, etc.: but they have a quality that isn't always associated with a love of luxury, whether in nations or individuals; they are clean in their appearance and pay close attention to neatness, as well as to flash and embellishment.
Hospitality is universal among them; it is enjoined by their most ancient institutions, and practised with readiness and zeal. The Javans are exceedingly sensible to praise or shame[74], and ambitious of power and distinction; but their [Vol I Pg 278]national oppressions or agricultural habits have rendered them somewhat indifferent to military glory, and deprived them of a great portion of their ancient warlike energy. They are more remarkable for passive fortitude than active courage, and endure privations with patience, rather than make exertions with spirit and enterprize.
Hospitality is something they all share; it’s a part of their oldest traditions and is practiced with eagerness and enthusiasm. The Javans are very sensitive to praise and criticism[74], and they aspire to power and status; however, due to their national hardships and farming lifestyle, they have become somewhat indifferent to military glory and lost a significant part of their ancient warrior spirit. They are more known for their ability to endure hardships than for their bravery, bearing difficulties with patience instead of making bold and spirited efforts.
Though living under a government where justice was seldom administered with purity or impartiality, and where, of course, we might expect to see the hand of private violence stretched out to punish private wrong, or a general spirit of retaliation and insidious cruelty prevailing, the Javans are, in a great degree, strangers to unrelenting hatred and blood-thirsty revenge. Almost the only passion that can urge them to deeds of vengeance or assassination, is jealousy. The wound given to a husband's honour by seducing his wife, is seldom healed, the crime seldom forgiven; and what is remarkable, the very people who break the marriage tie on the slightest caprice, or the most vague pretence, are yet uncommonly watchful over it while it remains entire. They are little liable to those fits and starts of anger, or those sudden explosions of fury, which appear among northern nations. To this remark have been brought forward as exceptions, [Vol I Pg 279]those acts of vengeance, proceeding from an irresistible phrenzy, called mucks, where the unhappy sufferer aims at indiscriminate destruction, till he himself is killed like a wild beast, whom it is impossible to take alive. It is a mistake, however, to attribute these acts of desperation to the Javans.
Although living under a government where justice is rarely applied fairly or impartially, and where it's expected to see private violence used to settle personal wrongs or a general culture of revenge and cruel behavior, the Javanese are largely free from relentless hatred and bloodthirsty revenge. The main emotion that drives them to acts of vengeance or assassination is jealousy. A husband's honor is rarely restored after his wife is seduced; the crime is seldom forgiven. Interestingly, those who easily break the marriage bond for the slightest whims or vague reasons are particularly protective of it when it still stands. They are not prone to the outbursts of anger or sudden fits of rage that can be seen in northern cultures. The notable exceptions to this observation are the acts of vengeance driven by a frenzied state known as mucks, where the distressed individual seeks indiscriminate destruction until they are killed like a wild animal that cannot be captured alive. However, it is a mistake to attribute these desperate acts to the Javanese.
That such have occurred on Java, even during the British administration, is true, but not among the Javans: they have happened exclusively in the large towns of Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, and have been confined almost entirely to the class of slaves. This phrenzy, as a crime against society, seems, if not to have originated under the Dutch, certainly at least to have been increased during their administration, by the great severity of their punishments. For the slightest fault, a slave was punished with a severity which he dreaded as much as death; and with torture in all its horrid forms before his eyes, he often preferred to rush on death and vengeance.
That such events have occurred in Java, even during British rule, is true, but not among the Javanese: they have only happened in the major cities of Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, and have primarily affected the slave population. This frenzy, as a crime against society, seems to have either originated under the Dutch or at least worsened during their rule, due to the extreme severity of their punishments. For even the smallest mistake, a slave faced punishments so harsh that they feared it more than death; and with torture in all its horrifying forms on display before him, he often chose to face death and revenge instead.
Atrocious crimes are extremely rare, and have been principally owing to misgovernment when they have occurred. In answer to what has been asserted concerning robberies, assassinations, and thefts, it may be stated, that during the residence of the English, an entire confidence was reposed in the people, and that confidence was never found misplaced. The English never used bars or bolts to their houses, never travelled with arms, and no instance occurred of their being ill used. The Dutch, on the contrary, placed no confidence: all their windows were barred, and all their doors locked, to keep out the treacherous natives (as they called them), and they never moved five miles abroad without pistols and swords. What could be expected by a government that derived a principal part of its revenue by the encouragement of vice, by the farms of gaming, cock-fighting, and opium shops? After the two former were abolished by the English, and the local government had done all in its power to discourage the latter, a visible amelioration took place in the morals of the lower ranks.
Atrocious crimes are extremely rare and have mostly resulted from poor governance when they have occurred. In response to claims about robberies, assassinations, and thefts, it can be said that during the time the English were present, there was complete trust in the people, and that trust was never misplaced. The English never used bars or bolts on their homes, never traveled armed, and there were no instances of them being mistreated. In contrast, the Dutch had no trust at all: all their windows were barred, and all their doors locked to keep out the so-called treacherous locals, and they wouldn’t travel more than five miles without carrying pistols and swords. What could be expected from a government that relied significantly on revenue from promoting vice, like gambling, cock-fighting, and opium shops? After the English abolished the first two, and local authorities did everything possible to discourage the latter, a noticeable improvement occurred in the behavior of the lower classes.
Hordes of banditti, formidable for their numbers and audacity, formerly infested some parts of the country, particularly the provinces of Bantam and Chéribon; but since they have been dispersed by the strong hand of government, the roads[Vol I Pg 280] of Java may be travelled in as much security as those of England.
Hordes of bandits, impressive for their numbers and boldness, used to plague some areas of the country, especially the provinces of Bantam and Chéribon; but since they have been scattered by the firm hand of the government, the roads[Vol I Pg 280] of Java can be traveled with as much safety as those in England.
Much has been said of the indolence of the Javans, by those who deprived them of all motives for industry. I shall not again repeat what I have formerly on several occasions stated on this subject, but shall only enter a broad denial of the charge. They are as industrious and laborious as any people could be expected to be, in their circumstances of insecurity and oppression, or as any people would be required to be, with their advantages of soil and climate. If they do not labour during the whole day, it is because such persevering toil is unnecessary, or would bring them no additional enjoyments. The best refutation of the charge of indolence is to be found in the extent of their cultivation, the well dressed appearance of their rice fields, and the abundant supplies of their harvests. They generally rise by daylight: at half-past six they go out to the rice fields, where they employ their buffaloes till ten, when they return home, bathe, and refresh themselves with a meal. During the violent heat of the noon they remain under the shade of their houses or village trees, making baskets, mending their implements of husbandry, or engaged in other necessary avocations, and at about four return to the sáwahs to labour them, without buffaloes or other cattle. At six they return to their homes, sup, and spend the remainder of their time till the hour of rest (which is generally between eight and nine) in little parties for amusement or conversation, when the whole village becomes a scene of quiet content and pleasure. The same round of toil and relaxation is observed during the season for garden culture, dry field labour, or other employments.
Much has been said about the laziness of the Javanese by those who took away their reasons to work. I won't repeat what I've said before on this topic, but I'll broadly deny the accusation. They are as hardworking as any group could be expected to be under their circumstances of insecurity and oppression, or as any group would be required to be given their favorable soil and climate. If they don’t work all day, it’s because that level of effort isn’t necessary or wouldn’t provide them with more enjoyment. The greatest proof against the claim of laziness is in the amount of land they cultivate, the neat appearance of their rice fields, and the abundance of their harvests. They generally wake up at dawn: by 6:30, they head to the rice fields with their buffaloes until 10, then return home, bathe, and enjoy a meal. During the intense midday heat, they stay in the shade of their homes or village trees, crafting baskets, repairing their farming tools, or doing other necessary work, and around four, they go back to the rice fields to work without buffaloes or other cattle. By six, they head home, have dinner, and spend the rest of their evening until bedtime (usually between eight and nine) in small gatherings for fun or conversation, creating a scene of quiet contentment and enjoyment throughout the village. This same routine of work and relaxation continues during the seasons for gardening, dry field labor, or other activities.
Under this system, the villagers seem to enjoy a greater degree of happiness than they could derive from those increased means that would result from increased exertion. I can bear testimony to their general cheerfulness, contentedness, and good humour, for having visited their villages at all seasons, and often when least expected or entirely unknown, I have always found them either pleased and satisfied with their lot when engaged at their work, or social and festive in their hours of pleasure. One observation generally made and admitted, would seem to militate against this part of the[Vol I Pg 281] Javan character; they are remarked to be envious and jealous of one another's success: but if this trait of character be with difficulty reconciled to their general reputation for contentedness and benevolence, it is surely still more inconsistent with that indolent apathy with which they are often charged.
Under this system, the villagers seem to experience a greater sense of happiness than they would get from the extra benefits that come with more hard work. I can attest to their overall cheerfulness, contentment, and good humor, since I've visited their villages at all times of the year, often when least expected or completely unknown. I've consistently found them either happy and satisfied with their situation while working or sociable and festive during their leisure time. One observation that is often noted and accepted seems to contradict this part of the [Vol I Pg 281] Javan character; they are noted to be envious and jealous of each other's success. However, if this character trait is hard to reconcile with their general reputation for contentment and kindness, it is even more inconsistent with the lazy apathy they are often accused of.
It will appear throughout their history, that when strongly excited by the animosities of the constant wars in which they were engaged, they were frequently guilty of acts of great barbarity: such as decapitating a vanquished enemy, and kicking his head about like a football. In war and politics, much is not to be said in their favour, stratagem and intrigue being relied upon in preference to discipline, courage, or good faith: even the Chinese, during what is called the Chinese war on Java (A.D. 1750), would appear to deserve a higher character for bravery and good faith than the Javans. But it is reasonable to attribute this, in some measure, to the degrading influence of European despotism. A great disregard for the little people is shewn throughout their political history, as is particularly exemplified in the instance of a mock battle that was fought between the Chinese and Javans, near Semárang, in order to impose upon the Dutch. The Chinese wished to know how they should act upon the occasion. "Attack the whole army of the Javans by surprize," said the Javan negotiators," but be careful not to kill any of the chiefs or great people, and it will be a sham fight."
Throughout their history, it’s evident that when fueled by the intense rivalries from the constant wars they were involved in, they often committed acts of extreme brutality, like beheading a defeated enemy and kicking his head around like a soccer ball. In matters of war and politics, there’s not much to praise them for, as they tended to rely on strategy and deceit instead of discipline, bravery, or honesty. Even the Chinese during what was termed the Chinese war on Java (A.D. 1750) seem to have had a better reputation for bravery and integrity than the Javans. However, it's fair to attribute this to the degrading effects of European oppression. There is a significant lack of regard for the little people throughout their political history, which is especially illustrated by a staged battle that took place between the Chinese and Javans near Semárang, intended to deceive the Dutch. The Chinese sought guidance on how to proceed. "Surprise attack the entire Javan army," advised the Javan negotiators, "but make sure not to harm any of the chiefs or important figures, and it will just be a fake battle."
Of their nationality it may be observed, that ever since the first arrival of Europeans, they have neglected no opportunity of attempting to regain their independence. A reference to the chapters on history will be sufficient to illustrate this, as well as to shew the national feeling on the encroachments and assumptions of their European rulers. In the great cause of national independence all would unite, but they seem hardly to be sufficiently advanced in civilization to effect such an object, without the risk of relapsing into many barbarities, from the practice of which they have been weaned, by a long continuance of established government and general tranquillity. Quiet and peaceable as the Javans now are, were they once roused to insurrection, their blood would rapidly boil, and they would no doubt be guilty of many excesses. [Vol I Pg 282]
Since the arrival of Europeans, it’s clear that they have seized every chance to try to regain their independence. Looking back at the chapters on history will illustrate this as well as show the national sentiment regarding the encroachments and claims of their European rulers. In the important fight for national independence, everyone would come together, but they seem to not be quite advanced enough in civilization to achieve this goal without risking a return to many savageries they have moved away from due to a long period of stable government and general peace. Although the Javans are now calm and peaceful, if they were to be provoked into rebellion, their emotions would quickly surge, and they would likely commit many excesses. [Vol I Pg 282]
I might illustrate the Javan character still further by a comparison of it with the Malayan, by shewing, from the remains of those customs that are to be referred to an anterior and milder system, how much it has been altered by the introduction of Mahomedanism, and by giving an estimate of the effects produced upon it by the government of the Dutch; but this would anticipate some observations which will be more appropriate in other parts of this work.
I could further illustrate the Javan character by comparing it to the Malayan one, showing how much it has changed due to the introduction of Islam, based on the remnants of older, gentler customs. I could also evaluate how Dutch rule has impacted it; however, this would preempt some points that are more suitable for other sections of this work.
Of the causes which have tended to lower the character of the Asiatics in comparison with Europeans, none has had a more decided influence than polygamy. To all those noble and generous feelings, all that delicacy of sentiment, that romantic and poetical spirit, which virtuous love inspires in the breast of an European, the Javan is a stranger, and in the communication between the sexes he seeks only convenience, and little more than the gratification of an appetite. But the evil does not stop here: education is neglected and family attachments are weakened. Among the privileged orders, the first wife is generally selected by the friends of the party, from motives of interest, and to strengthen family alliances, and the second is rather to be considered as the object of the husband's choice. But if his circumstances admit of it, he has no scruple to entertain other women as concubines, who hold an honourable rank in his household. The progeny from these connections is often immense. It has already been stated, that a Javan chief has been known to have upwards of sixty acknowledged children; and it too often happens, that in such cases sons having been neglected in their infancy, become dissipated, idle and worthless, and spring up like rank grass and overrun the country, or serve but to fill up a long and useless retinue. Fortunately for the peasantry, who are the mass of the population, they have escaped this deteriorating institution; and perhaps much of the comparative superiority of the character of the peasantry over that of the higher orders is to be attributed to this advantage. The higher orders have also been more exposed to the influence of Mahomedanism and European innovation; and if the former has removed from their usages some traits of barbarism, and tended to the developement of their intellectual qualities, it has introduced Mahomedan vices; and[Vol I Pg 283] the European power having gradually obtained its supremacy over the island, rather by stratagem and intrigue than by open conquest, it is probable that the necessity under which the natives found themselves to resist its encroachments by similar means, has powerfully contributed to corrupt their natural ingenuousness. It is not at the court of the sovereign, penned up as he now is, and kept like a bird in a cage by the intrigues and power of the European authority, that we are to look for the genuine character of the people; neither is it among those numerous chiefs and petty chiefs attendant on the European authorities, who by continual association have, in a great degree, assimilated with them. What we have said of the Javans must therefore be considered, as more particularly applicable to the peasantry or cultivators, who compose three-fourths of the whole population, and is to be received with some reserve in its application to the higher classes.
Of the reasons that have led to a decrease in the character of Asians compared to Europeans, none has had a more significant impact than polygamy. The Javanese person is unfamiliar with all the noble and generous feelings, the sensitivity, and the romantic and poetic spirit that virtuous love inspires in a European. In interactions between the sexes, he seeks only convenience and little more than the satisfaction of a desire. But the problems don’t end there: education is neglected, and family bonds are weakened. Among the higher classes, the first wife is usually chosen by the friends of the groom for reasons of interest and to strengthen family ties, while the second wife is typically viewed as the husband's personal choice. However, if he can afford it, he has no qualms about taking additional women as concubines, who hold an esteemed position in his household. The offspring from these relationships can be numerous. It has been reported that a Javanese chief has been known to have over sixty acknowledged children; too often, in such cases, sons who were neglected in their childhood grow up to be wasteful, idle, and useless, akin to weeds that sprout uncontrollably and take over the land, or they merely serve to fill a long and unnecessary retinue. Thankfully, the peasantry, who make up the majority of the population, have avoided this degrading practice; and much of the relative superiority of their character compared to the higher classes can likely be attributed to this benefit. The higher classes have also been more exposed to the influences of Islam and European innovations; while the former has removed some barbaric traits from their customs and promoted the development of their intellectual qualities, it has also introduced Islamic vices. As European power gradually established its dominance over the island more through strategy and intrigue than through outright conquest, it’s likely that the necessity for the locals to resist its advances in similar ways has significantly contributed to corrupting their natural honesty. It is not at the court of the sovereign, confined as he is and kept like a bird in a cage by the intrigues and power of European authority, that we should look for the true character of the people; nor should we find it among the numerous chiefs and minor chiefs who associate closely with European authorities and have, to a large extent, assimilated with them. Thus, what we have said about the Javanese should be viewed as particularly relevant to the peasantry or cultivators, who make up three-fourths of the total population, and must be taken with some caution in its application to the higher classes.
Thus far I have given a faithful representation of the people as they appeared to me; but it may be amusing to the reader to read the Javan character, as transcribed from the impressions of the Dutch. The following is an official account[75] of this people given by a subject of that nation, which has contributed so much to depress and degrade them.
So far, I have provided an accurate portrayal of the people as I saw them. However, it might be interesting for the reader to see the Javan character, as recorded by the Dutch. Below is an official account[75] of this people written by someone from that nation, which has played a significant role in suppressing and degrading them.
"If the Javan is a person of rank, or in affluent circumstances, he will be found superstitious, proud, jealous, vindictive, mean, and slavish towards his superiors, haughty and despotic towards his inferiors and those unfortunate beings that are subject to his orders, lazy and slothful.
"If the Javan is a person of status or wealth, he will likely be found superstitious, proud, jealous, vindictive, stingy, and servile towards his superiors, arrogant and tyrannical towards his subordinates and those unfortunate individuals who are under his command, lazy and lethargic."
"The lower class is indolent and insensible beyond conception, and although certain persons, who presume to be perfectly acquainted with the character of the Javan, maintain the contrary, still I am convinced by daily experience, that the Javan in general is most shockingly lazy, and that nothing but fear of his superior, and apprehension of being punished, or momentary distress or want, can compel him to labour. If left to himself, he will do no more than what is absolutely requisite to furnish the necessaries of life, and as he needs[Vol I Pg 284] but little, his labour is proportionate: yet as soon as he has a sufficiency for four days, or for the next day only, nothing will put him in motion again but force or fear.
"The lower class is incredibly lazy and unaware, and even though some people who claim to understand the character of the Javan insist otherwise, I'm convinced from my daily experience that, in general, the Javan is shockingly unmotivated. Only fear of their superiors, the threat of punishment, or temporary hardship will push them to work. If left alone, they will only do what is absolutely necessary to meet their basic needs, and since they require very little, their effort reflects that. However, as soon as they have enough to get by for four days or even just one day, nothing will get them moving again except for force or fear."
"Cowardly, vindictive, treacherous, inclined to rob and to murder rather than work, cunning in evil practices, and unaccountably stupid (supposed intentionally,) if any good is required of him. These are the principal traits of the Javan character.
"Cowardly, vengeful, deceitful, more likely to steal and kill than to work, clever in wrongdoing, and inexplicably foolish (seemingly on purpose) if any good is expected from him. These are the main traits of the Javan character."
"The Maláyu, speaking of him as an inhabitant of this island, because I am unacquainted with the character of those living at a distance, is possessed of a little more courage and activity, fond of small trade and travelling, and but seldom a robber like the Javan, whom in other respects he very much resembles. A Maláyu, who is a little cunning, will, as soon as an opportunity offers, commit a fraud, especially when he has had some loss which he wishes to retrieve."
The Maláyu, talking about him as someone from this island, since I'm not familiar with the people living far away, has a bit more courage and energy. They're into small business and traveling, and they aren’t usually thieves like the Javan, even though they share a lot of similarities. A slightly clever Maláyu will, as soon as the chance arises, pull off a scam, especially if they've suffered a loss that they want to recover.
Others of the colonists, and some particularly who are likely to have greater influence with the restored government, entertained more correct, because more favourable opinions of the Javans, coinciding nearly with those which I have stated as my own.
Others among the colonists, particularly those who are likely to have more influence with the restored government, held more accurate, because more favorable, opinions of the Javans, closely aligning with those I have shared as my own.
The following extracts are intended to convey some notion of Javan ethics. The first is from a popular work, called Raja Kapa-kapa[76].
The following extracts aim to communicate some idea of Javan ethics. The first is from a popular work titled Raja Kapa-kapa[76].
"It is incumbent upon every man of condition to be well versed in the history of former times, and to have read all the chiríta (written compositions) of the country: first, the different Ráma, the B'rata yúdha, Arjúna wijáya, Bíma súchi; secondly, the different accounts of Panji; thirdly, the Júgúl múda, Pralámbang, and Jáya langkára; also to know their different tunes, as well as the mode of striking the gámelan; he must know how to count the years, months, and days, and comprehend the Sangkála, understand the Káwi language, and also must be clever in all
"It is essential for every well-to-do individual to be knowledgeable about history and to have read all the written works of the country: first, the various Ráma, B'rata yúdha, Arjúna wijáya, and Bíma súchi; second, the different accounts of Panji; third, the Júgúl múda, Pralámbang, and Jáya langkára; they should also know the various tunes and how to play the gámelan; they must be able to keep track of the years, months, and days, understand the Sangkála, be knowledgeable about the Káwi language, and be skilled in all."
Niúng'ging | Painting; |
Ukir ukir | Carving in wood; |
Pándi | Iron-work;[Vol I Pg 285] |
Kemásan | Gold-work; |
Argénding | Musical instrument making; |
M'ráng'gi | Kris-sheath making; |
N'gapús | Compositions (literary); |
Gárdji | Sewing with the needle; working; |
Anyára-wedi retna | Jewellery; |
Anyádur-rasa | In gilding and the application of quicksilver. |
And he must also be skilled in horsemanship, and in the management of an elephant, and have courage to destroy all bad men, and drive away all women of loose character."
And he should also be skilled in riding horses, handling an elephant, and have the courage to take down all bad people and drive away all women of questionable character.
The Níti sástra is a work of the greatest celebrity on Java: the original is in the Káwi language, but there are many versions. The following is translated from a modern version in the present language of Java.
The Níti sástra is a highly renowned work in Java: the original is written in the Káwi language, but there are numerous versions. The following is translated from a contemporary version in the current language of Java.
"Praise be to Batára Gúru, who is all powerful! to Batára Vishnu (wísnu), who purifieth the minds of men! and to Batára Súria, who enlighteneth the world! May they render their divine assistance to the author who composeth this work, Níti Sástra, which contains an account of the truths to be found in the sacred writings, and which are highly necessary to be known by all public officers.
"Praise be to Batára Gúru, who is all-powerful! to Batára Vishnu (wísnu), who purifies the minds of people! and to Batára Súria, who enlightens the world! May they provide their divine assistance to the author who creates this work, Níti Sástra, which contains an account of the truths found in the sacred writings, and which are essential for all public officials to know."
"A man who cannot regulate his conduct according to circumstances, and to the situation in which he may be placed, is like unto a man who has lost the senses of taste, and enjoyeth not the advantage of síri, for such a man doth not shine in the world, however fair may be his appearance.
A man who can't adjust his behavior based on the circumstances and the situation he's in is like someone who has lost their sense of taste and can't enjoy the benefits of síri; such a person doesn't stand out in the world, no matter how good they may look.
"A man who is ignorant of the sacred writings, is as one who has lost his speech; for when these become the conversation of other men, he will be under the necessity of remaining silent.
"A man who is unaware of the sacred texts is like someone who has lost the ability to speak; when these texts become the topic of discussion among others, he will have no choice but to stay quiet."
"It is an abomination to the Divinity to worship him in an unclean place; and the man who does so may be compared to one who eats another man's bread without his consent. The food is unwholesome to him, even as if he ate of his own bread with aversion, in which case he re[Vol I Pg 286]sembles the poor man who overeats himself and afterwards suffers from hunger.
"It is offensive to God to worship Him in a dirty place; and a person who does this is like someone who eats another person's food without permission. The meal is unhealthy for him, just as if he was eating his own food with disgust, making him similar to the poor person who overeats and then suffers from hunger."
"A woman who takes not a husband until her hair becomes grey and her teeth fall out, is despicable in her own eyes, because men will no longer feel any inclination to her.
"A woman who doesn’t get married until her hair turns grey and her teeth fall out thinks poorly of herself because men will no longer be attracted to her."
"A man, to be accounted able, must know how to adapt his words to his actions and his actions to his words, so that he may give offence to no one, but render himself agreeable to his companions: he must also know how to command in war, and to inspire his followers with courage.
"A man who wants to be seen as capable must learn to match his words with his actions and his actions with his words, ensuring he doesn't offend anyone and remains likable to his peers. He also needs to know how to lead in battle and motivate his followers with confidence."
"In order to obtain this distinction, a man must conduct himself towards his equals even as a lover conducts himself towards his mistress; for as the lover cannot obtain his object without flattery and indulgence, so must we strive to obtain the good will of mankind by flattering them occasionally, and by indulging them in those things to which they are most inclined, and which consists, if we are in company with religious men, in treating of religious matters, and if in company with warriors, in treating about war. This will not only make them like us the better, but at the same time, excite them to excel in their profession.
"In order to achieve this distinction, a man must treat his peers just like a lover treats his girlfriend; just as a lover can’t win his love without some flattery and indulgence, we must work to earn the goodwill of others by flattering them now and then and giving in to the things they’re most interested in. If we’re around religious people, that means discussing religious topics, and if we’re with warriors, it means talking about war. This approach will not only make them like us more, but it will also motivate them to excel in their fields."
"The subtle nature of the snake, and the venom of its poison, as well as the ferocious disposition of the tiger, may be removed by sympathetic remedies; the wild elephant may also be tamed by means of the well-known small iron hook: but the fierceness of the warrior, when once in close engagement, is not to be tamed, unless his enemy surrender; and even then not entirely, for although the vanquished surrender, it is to be inferred that he still harbours resentment for the loss of his freedom, and the conqueror must keep a lively watch over the vanquished, lest he still oppose him.
"The slyness of the snake and the danger of its venom, as well as the fierce nature of the tiger, can be controlled with compassionate methods; the wild elephant can also be tamed with a well-known small iron hook. But the ferocity of a warrior, once engaged in battle, cannot be subdued unless his enemy surrenders. Even then, it's not completely over, because although the defeated might give up, it's clear he still feels resentment for losing his freedom. The conqueror must stay vigilant over the defeated, as they might still pose a threat."
"It is well known that waters, however deep, may be fathomed; but the thoughts of men cannot be sounded. In order to know the nature of another, we must attentively observe his appearance, his manner of speaking, and his judgment; and if a man gives himself out as a holy man, it must be proved by his observance of the ser[Vol I Pg 287]vice of the Deity and his knowledge of the sacred writings.
"It’s well known that no matter how deep water is, it can be measured; but we can't fully understand a person's thoughts. To know someone else’s nature, we need to carefully watch how they look, how they speak, and how they think. If someone claims to be a holy person, they need to demonstrate it through their adherence to serving God and their understanding of the sacred texts."
"Such a man is distinguished, who is able to expound all abstract expressions.
"Such a man stands out, as he can explain all abstract concepts."
"A rich man, who maketh not use of his riches in procuring for himself good food and clothing, is an abomination, and ought not to be admitted into the society of the learned or men of rank; neither ought a man, who has learnt a profession or studied religion, but who still continues attached to his idle and vicious propensities.
A wealthy man who doesn't use his riches to provide himself with good food and clothing is a disgrace and shouldn't be allowed in the company of educated or high-status individuals. Similarly, a person who has trained in a profession or studied religion but still clings to their lazy and immoral habits should also be excluded.
"The man who advances in years, and he who is too lazy to labour, and does nothing but eat and sleep, is like a sheep, which is useless except on account of its flesh.
"The man who gets older, and the one who is too lazy to work, doing nothing but eat and sleep, is like a sheep, which is only useful for its meat."
"It is said, that neither the ravens nor the gadárbo birds, are good for man; but much less are such men who having once embraced a holy life, return to worldly pursuits, or such as can find it in their hearts to seduce the wives and daughters of their friends to commit adultery.
"It’s said that neither the ravens nor the gadárbo birds are good for people; but even worse are those men who, after once embracing a holy life, go back to worldly pursuits, or those who can bring themselves to seduce the wives and daughters of their friends into committing adultery."
"The water in a vessel which is only partly full will by the least agitation splash on the sides: experience also proves, that the cow which has the loudest voice gives the least milk. So it is with men: those who have least understanding or wealth make the greatest noise and show; but in reality they are inferior, and all they say and do vanisheth like smoke.
"The water in a partially filled container will splash against the sides with the slightest movement. Similarly, experience shows that the cow that moo's the loudest produces the least milk. The same goes for people: those who have the least knowledge or wealth tend to make the most noise and display, but in reality, they are inferior, and everything they say and do disappears like smoke."
"Friends must be faithful and forbearing towards each other, otherwise the consequences will be fatal to both. Of this we have an example in the fable of the tiger and the forest.
"Friends need to be loyal and patient with each other; otherwise, the outcomes will be disastrous for both. We see this illustrated in the fable of the tiger and the forest."
"The forest and the tiger lived together in close friendship, so that no one could approach the forest, for the tiger was always in the way; nor the tiger, for the forest always afforded him shelter. Thus they remained both undisturbed, on account of the mutual security they afforded to each other; but when the tiger abandoned the forest and roamed abroad, the people seeing that the tiger had quitted it, immediately cut down the forest and converted it into plantations: the tiger, in the meantime, taking shelter in a village, was seen by the people, who soon found means to kill him. In this manner, both parties,[Vol I Pg 288] by abandoning their mutual duties to each other, were lost.
"The forest and the tiger were best friends, making it impossible for anyone to get near the forest since the tiger was always there blocking the way; and the tiger couldn’t leave because the forest provided him with a safe place to stay. They both stayed undisturbed because they depended on each other for safety, but when the tiger left the forest and wandered off, people saw that the tiger was gone and quickly cut down the trees to turn the area into farms. Meanwhile, the tiger sought refuge in a village, where the locals spotted him and soon found a way to kill him. In this way, both the forest and the tiger, by neglecting their responsibilities to one another, ended up lost.[Vol I Pg 288]
"A child ought, in every respect, to follow in the footsteps of its father; but this is seldom the case, either among men or animals in general. Among the latter, however, there are three sorts which follow their parents in every respect: all kinds of fish, frogs, and tortoises. The first and second spawn in water, which is carried away until the young are produced, when they again join their parents: the last lay their eggs in holes, and as soon as the young are hatched they follow the old ones into the water.
A child should, in every way, emulate their father; but this is rarely true, whether among humans or animals in general. However, there are three types of animals that do follow their parents closely: all kinds of fish, frogs, and tortoises. The first two lay their eggs in water, which is carried away until the young are born, at which point they reunite with their parents; the last type lays its eggs in holes, and as soon as the young hatch, they follow the adults into the water.
"Man, although he is borne in his mother's womb a long time, and after his birth is taken care of and nourished, still seldom follows in the footsteps of his parents. If his father is a holy man, he ought to follow the same profession; but instead of this, children do not generally attend to the advice of their parents, nor to the lessons of the sacred writings, or those given by holy or good men.
"Even though a man spends a long time in his mother’s womb and is cared for and nourished after birth, he rarely follows in his parents' footsteps. If his father is a holy man, he should pursue the same path; however, children usually ignore their parents' advice, as well as the teachings from sacred texts or those shared by holy or good people."
"That men of rank should do every thing in their power to attach the lower class of people to them, is not only proper but necessary, in order to keep them faithfully to their duty. To this end, therefore, men of rank ought to be indulgent and liberal towards their inferiors, like a woman who implores the assistance of man to bring forth children and support her; but not like a tigress that brings forth its cubs, nor the snake which brings forth so many young, that sometimes having no food for them or for herself, she devours them.
"That people in power should do everything they can to connect with the lower class is not just right but essential to ensure they remain committed to their responsibilities. To achieve this, those in authority should be generous and understanding towards those beneath them, much like a woman who asks for a man's help to have and raise children; but not like a tigress that gives birth to her cubs, nor like a snake that produces so many offspring that, when food is scarce, it ends up eating them."
"Man is pleased with the dódot cloth (apparel), and women are proud of their bosom; but a good man prefers the sacred writings, which may lead him to the life to come.
"People are happy with the dódot cloth (clothing), and women take pride in their curves; but a good person values the sacred texts, which can guide them to the afterlife."
"Property obtained by man's own labour is valuable, but more valuable is that which is obtained by a man's blood in time of war: of less value is property inherited from a man's parents. Of little value is the property taken from a man's parents or his wife, but still less valuable is that which comes to a man from his children.
"Property earned through a person's own work is valuable, but even more valuable is what is earned through a person's sacrifice in war. Property inherited from parents is of lesser value. Property taken from a person's parents or their spouse has little value, and even less valuable is what a person receives from their children."
"It is the duty of the chief of the nation to inquire into every thing which can affect his subjects; to know whether[Vol I Pg 289] they are prosperous or not, if every one attends to his duty, if they are skilful in the execution of it or not, and in all cases to take measures accordingly, never losing sight of justice. He must, as far as possible, be lenient in the punishment of the guilty, and liberal in the reward of the deserving; particularly in the field of battle, when in sight of the enemy, when presents ought then to be distributed to the soldiers (prajúrit), in order to animate them; for if ever so justly treated, they will not, except they have been obliged by their commander, either be so faithful, or risk so much in an attack against the enemy.
"It is the responsibility of the leader of the nation to look into everything that could impact his people; to know whether[Vol I Pg 289] they are thriving or not, if everyone is doing their job, if they are skilled at it or not, and to take action accordingly, always keeping justice in mind. He should, as much as possible, be gentle in punishing the guilty and generous in rewarding the deserving; especially on the battlefield, when facing the enemy, gifts should be given to the soldiers (prajúrit) to motivate them; because even if treated fairly, they won’t be as loyal or take as many risks in an attack against the enemy unless they feel compelled by their commander."
"Highly prejudicial is it for the chiefs to discover fear before their enemies, for in that case the men will also be afraid; but when the chiefs conduct themselves in such a manner as to shew they do not fear the enemy, then the men are animated by their example.
"It's very harmful for the leaders to show fear in front of their enemies because that will make the men afraid too. However, when the leaders act in a way that shows they are not scared of the enemy, then the men are inspired by their example."
"A chief should keep his plan of attack as secret as possible, because the knowledge of it may enable the enemy to be on his guard, and turn the measures taken to his own advantage. He ought not to challenge his enemy to give battle, as in that case the enemy will have an opportunity of preparing himself for the same: but he should attempt to surprize him, and rush upon him like a fire, that quickly and without much noise consumeth all with which it comes in contact.
A leader should keep their attack plan as secret as possible because if the enemy knows about it, they can prepare and use it to their advantage. They shouldn't challenge the enemy to battle, since that gives the enemy a chance to get ready. Instead, the leader should try to surprise them and attack suddenly, like a fire that quickly and silently consumes everything in its path.
"The most formidable enemy of a man is his own conscience, which always brings his crimes before his eyes, without leaving him the means of avoiding it.
"The greatest enemy a person faces is their own conscience, which constantly presents their wrongdoings to them, leaving no way to escape it."
"The most valuable and lasting friendship is that which exists between persons of the same rank.
"The most valuable and lasting friendship is one that exists between people of the same status."
"The severest misfortune which a man can suffer, is to be deprived by force, of the land upon which he lives and which he has cultivated, or to have his wife and children taken from him by force.
"The worst misfortune a person can face is having their home and the land they've worked taken from them by force, or having their wife and children taken away by force."
"Man loveth nothing more than his own children, and he always esteems his own feelings in preference to those of others.
"People love nothing more than their own children, and they always value their own feelings more than those of others."
"Of all birds the chíong (miner) is the most highly prized,[Vol I Pg 290] because it has a beautiful appearance and can imitate the speech of man.
"Of all birds, the chíong (miner) is the most valued,[Vol I Pg 290] because it has a beautiful look and can mimic human speech."
"A woman who loves her husband so tenderly, that at his death she wishes to die with him, or surviving never marries again, but lives as if she were dead to the world, is valued above all others of her sex.
"A woman who loves her husband so deeply that when he dies, she wishes to die with him, or if she survives, never marries again but lives as if she were dead to the world, is valued above all others of her kind."
"The lessons of our parents are like the lessons of the ten wise masters. No master con be called wise, unless he attends to what is written, as well on sacred as on worldly subjects. Such a master may be justly called a superior mortal; for it is a difficult task to learn and to attend to the same, even as difficult as to catch and tame a wild elephant on the edge of a precipice without injury.
"The lessons from our parents are like the teachings of the ten wise masters. No master can truly be called wise unless he pays attention to what is written, both in sacred matters and in everyday life. Such a master can rightly be seen as a superior person; learning and understanding these lessons is as challenging as catching and taming a wild elephant on the brink of a cliff without getting hurt."
"Melancholy is it to see a young man of condition unacquainted with the sacred writings; for, be he ever so gracefully formed or elegant in his manners, he remains defective; like the wúrawári flower, which, notwithstanding its fine appearance and bright red colour, emits no fragrance whatever.
"Isn’t it sad to see a young man of status who doesn’t know the sacred writings? Because, no matter how well-built or charming he is, he’s still lacking; like the wúrawári flower, which, despite its beautiful look and bright red color, has no scent at all."
"No man can be called good or bad, until his actions prove him so. Thus if a man declares that he has never taken any but delicious food, it will be shewn in his appearance. If he is stout and well looking, then may he be credited; but if, on the contrary, he is poor and lean, then it is impossible that he should have lived on good food.
"No one can be called good or bad until their actions show it. So, if someone claims they've only eaten delicious food, it will be evident in their appearance. If they look healthy and robust, then they can be believed; but if, on the other hand, they look poor and thin, it's impossible they could have had good food."
"In like manner, when a man pretends to be the friend of mankind, it must be proved by his behaviour when he receives the visits of others. If he receives his guests with kindness and hospitality, then is he the friend of mankind, otherwise he is not so. And further, if a man pretends to have fasted and prayed, and to have become a holy man, it will be known whether he is really so, by the success which attends the prayers which he puts up for another: if the Deity hears them not, then is he a deceiver.
"In the same way, when a man claims to be a friend of humanity, it should be demonstrated by how he behaves when he hosts others. If he welcomes his guests with kindness and hospitality, then he is indeed a friend of humanity; if not, then he is not. Additionally, if a man claims to have fasted and prayed, thinking he has become a holy person, it will be evident whether that is true based on the outcomes of the prayers he offers for others: if the deity does not listen to them, then he is a fraud."
"A caterpillar has its poison in its head, a scorpion in its tail, and a snake in its teeth, but it is unknown in what part of the body the poison of man is concealed: a bad man is therefore considered poisonous in his whole frame. [Vol I Pg 291]
"A caterpillar has its poison in its head, a scorpion in its tail, and a snake in its teeth, but it's unclear where a person's poison is hidden: a bad person is therefore seen as toxic throughout their entire being. [Vol I Pg 291]
"A child which is indulged by its parents in every thing, is like a young fish in a clear and pure stream, in which it grows and sports, unconscious whither it may lead.
"A child that is spoiled by its parents in everything is like a young fish in a clear and pure stream, where it grows and plays, unaware of where it might lead."
"As the strength of a bird is in its wings, so does the power of a prince consist in his subjects; but then only through the means of persons properly informed on the following points. First, how a country ought to be properly administered; secondly, how to please a prince; thirdly, how to prepare all delicacies for him; and fourthly, how to preserve discipline and direct the conduct of an army.
"As a bird's strength lies in its wings, a prince's power comes from his subjects; but this only works with the help of people who are well-informed on the following points. First, how a country should be run properly; second, how to please a prince; third, how to prepare all kinds of delicacies for him; and fourth, how to maintain discipline and guide the behavior of an army."
"The dread of the subject should be such, that the orders of the prince should be to him like a clap of thunder, that may be heard far and wide.
"The fear of the subject should be so intense that the prince's orders hit him like a clap of thunder, resonating far and wide."
"A man who does evil to his companions acts against the sacred writings and the lessons of his instructor: he can never enjoy prosperity, but will meet with misfortunes in all his proceedings. Such a man is like a piece of porcelain, which when it falls to the ground breaks into many pieces and can never be rendered perfect.
"A man who wrongs his friends goes against sacred teachings and the wisdom of his mentor: he will never find success and will face troubles in everything he does. Such a man is like a fragile piece of porcelain; when it falls, it shatters into many pieces and can never be made whole again."
"A field without pasture is not frequented by cattle, neither does a river without water contain fish. An instructor who knoweth not how to perform the duties of his situation can have but few disciples, and a prince who pays little regard to his country and subjects, will in time not only lose his fame and glory, but his authority also.
"A field without pasture isn’t visited by cattle, and a river without water doesn’t hold fish. An instructor who doesn’t know how to do his job will have few students, and a prince who doesn’t pay attention to his country and people will eventually lose not only his reputation and honor but also his power."
"It is well known that a man cannot take the goods of this world with him to the grave, and that man after this life is punished with heaven or hell, according to the merits of his actions in this life: a man's duty, therefore, requires of him to remember that he must die; and if he has been merciful and liberal in this life to the poor, he will be rewarded hereafter. Happy is the man who divides his property equally between himself and the indigent, who feeds the poor and clothes the naked, and relieves all who are in distress; he has hereafter to expect nothing but good.
"It’s well known that a person can’t take their possessions with them when they die, and that after this life, they are judged by heaven or hell based on their actions in this life. Therefore, it's a person's duty to remember that they must die; and if they have been kind and generous to the poor during their lifetime, they will be rewarded later. Blessed is the person who shares their wealth fairly between themselves and the needy, who feeds the hungry, clothes the naked, and helps those in distress; they can look forward to nothing but good in the future."
"The following animals, as being injurious to the health of man, are not proper to be used by him as food: rats, dogs, frogs, snakes, worms, monkeys, lizards, and the lik[Vol I Pg 292]e.
"The following animals, which are harmful to human health, should not be used as food: rats, dogs, frogs, snakes, worms, monkeys, lizards, and the like[Vol I Pg 292].
"A handsome man is an ornament to the community, and one that has good manners besides, is an ornament to his prince; but he who understands the sacred writings is the pride of the community and a delight to his prince.
A good-looking man is a valued member of the community, and one who also has good manners is a valuable asset to his leader; but someone who understands the sacred texts is the pride of the community and a joy to his leader.
"A prince who wishes to know his subjects well, ought to be attentive to their manners, actions, and courage; and as gold is known by the touchstone, or broken into pieces in order to ascertain its intrinsic value, so ought a prince to try his subjects, before he intrust them with the charge of his women or treasure, and make himself acquainted with their valour and knowledge: for a person who does not possess the qualifications required for this purpose, is unworthy to associate with people of condition, and much less to be the servant of a prince.
"A prince who wants to understand his subjects well should pay attention to their behavior, actions, and courage. Just as gold is tested with a touchstone or broken apart to determine its true value, a prince should test his subjects before trusting them with his women or treasure, and get to know their bravery and intelligence. A person who lacks the necessary qualities for this is not worthy to associate with people of high status, and even less to serve a prince."
"If a man violates the law, he may for the first offence be punished by a pecuniary fine, for the second by punishment affecting his person, but for the third offence he may be punished with death.
"If a man breaks the law, he may be fined for the first offense, face personal punishment for the second, but for the third offense, he may be sentenced to death."
"A joy generally followed by sorrow is that which we feel in borrowing money. We feel happy in having obtained what we wished, but as soon as our creditors come for their money, our joy is converted into grief; and that is the greatest when the money is spent, and we have not wherewith to satisfy our creditors: then arise quarrels and ill will, and yet no sooner are these settled than we again have recourse to the old habit of lending and borrowing.
A joy that usually comes with sorrow is what we experience when we borrow money. We're excited to get what we want, but as soon as our lenders come asking for repayment, our happiness turns into sadness; and it's the worst when the money is gone, and we can't pay them back. That's when arguments and bad feelings start, but as soon as those are resolved, we slip back into the old routine of lending and borrowing.
"Laughing and joking at our companions is also a bad custom, for it generally begets quarrels, and is thus the cause of grief.
"Laughing and joking at our friends is also a bad habit, because it usually leads to arguments and causes sadness."
"Should medicine be mixed with poison, we would naturally separate the poisonous parts before we swallowed it, and we would also clean rusty metal in time before it becomes rusty and corroded. In the same manner we should distinguish between the good and bad actions of man, rewarding knowledge and opposing evil: and be it recollected, that a woman, however low her birth, if her manners are amiable and her person good, may without impropriety be made the wife of a great man.
"If we mix medicine and poison, we naturally separate the toxic parts before swallowing; we also clean rusted metal in time to prevent rust and corrosion. Likewise, we should distinguish between people's good and evil actions, reward knowledge, and oppose evil; and remember, a woman, no matter her humble background, can rightly become the wife of a great man as long as she is graceful and outstanding in appearance."
"Riches only tend to torment the mind of man, and sometimes even to death; they are therefore, with justice, dis[Vol I Pg 293]regarded and despised by the wise. They are collected with pain and troubles in afterwards administering them; for if we neglect to watch them properly, thieves will come and steal them, and the loss occasions as much grief as the point of death.
"Riches only tend to torment a person’s mind, and sometimes even lead to death; that's why wise people justifiably disregard and despise them. They are accumulated with pain and trouble in managing them afterward; if we don’t keep a close eye on them, thieves will come and steal them, and the loss causes as much grief as the fear of death."
"Therefore is it advisable to give part of our property to the poor and indigent, who will thence naturally become under obligations to us, and not only assist in guarding our property against all accidents, but pray that our property may increase, being themselves interested in our success, and our names will be blessed by our children and grandchildren.
"Therefore, it makes sense to give some of our resources to the poor and needy, who will naturally feel grateful to us and not only help protect our assets from any misfortunes but also pray for our prosperity. They will have a vested interest in our success, and our name will be honored by our children and grandchildren."
"As dykes cannot long resist the force of water, unless the water is allowed a free current and a place to pass through, so riches cannot long be enjoyed, unless employed for charitable purposes; but, on the contrary, they will turn to the injury of the possessor, both here and hereafter, who will be exposed to the wrath of all the nine deities.
"As dams can't hold back water for long without letting it flow somewhere, wealth can't be truly enjoyed unless it's used for charitable purposes; otherwise, it will ultimately harm the owner, both in this life and the next, exposing them to the anger of all nine deities."
"Batára gúru is cool, still colder is the moon; but the coolness of neither is to be compared to that which is instilled by the voice of a holy man. Fire is hot, still hotter is the sun; but neither is to be compared to the heat of a man's heart.
"Batára gúru is cool, but the moon is even cooler; however, neither can compare to the coolness brought by the voice of a holy man. Fire is hot, but the sun is even hotter; yet neither can compare to the warmth of a man's heart."
"Like those flies and birds, which fly in the air to procure food, and still continue to feed on filth and dirt, is the man of bad character; for although he may have the means of procuring an honest subsistence, still will he continue to take what he should not, by unlawful means, to the prejudice of others. But a good man wishes the success of another, and is happy when his brother prospers.
"Like the flies and birds that fly through the air searching for food but still feed on filth and dirt, a person with a bad character also behaves this way; even if he has the ability to earn a living honestly, he will still resort to taking what he shouldn't through illegal means, harming others in the process. In contrast, a good person wishes for the success of others and feels happy when their peers thrive."
"As the moon and stars enlighten the night, and the sun enlighteneth the day, so do the Holy Scriptures enlighten the hearts of men; and a son who is superior in knowledge to his father, is a light to his family.
"As the moon and stars light up the night, and the sun lights up the day, so do the Holy Scriptures light up the hearts of people; and a son who is more knowledgeable than his father is a guiding light for his family."
"A child accustomed to nothing but amusement, neglects the lessons of its parents. The child on this account, often abandoned to its fate, becomes a dangerous subject; it is therefore essential that a child should be kept under[Vol I Pg 294] subjection while it is yet time to prevent its committing any bad acts. For this purpose these rules should be attended to:
"A child used to nothing but fun ignores the lessons from its parents. Because of this, the child is often left to fend for itself, which can make it a problematic individual; it's crucial to keep a child controlled while there's still time to stop them from doing anything wrong. To achieve this, these rules should be followed:
"A child under five years of age may be indulged in many things; but afterwards it must be kept under strict subjection, and instructed in the knowledge of the Holy Writings until its tenth year, when a commencement may be made to instil that sort of knowledge which will form the intellects for the benefit of society. After the sixteenth year further instruction must be given in the higher and more important branches of knowledge.
"A child under five can be allowed to enjoy many things; but after that, they must be kept under strict guidance and taught the principles of the Holy Scriptures until they turn ten. At that point, you can start to introduce knowledge that will help shape their intellect for the good of society. After their sixteenth year, they should receive further education in more advanced and significant areas of knowledge."
"Man should always be on his guard against the commission of wicked acts, for the end of them is always pain and misery.
"One should always be cautious against doing bad things, because the result is always pain and suffering."
"A man must, on no account, listen to the advice of a woman, be she ever so good; for the end of it will be death and shame: but he must always consult his own mind in what he has to do or not to do, never losing sight of the lessons of his instructors. Thus, not only will he obtain knowledge, but his actions will be good.
"A man should never, under any circumstances, take a woman's advice, no matter how wise she may be; it will only lead to disaster and disgrace. Instead, he must always rely on his own judgment in deciding what actions to take or avoid, while keeping the lessons from his teachers in mind. This way, he will gain knowledge and ensure his actions are virtuous."
"Riches, beauty, knowledge, youth, and greatness often lead a man into error; he, therefore, who is blessed with any of them ought to be, at the same time, humble and generous, for then he will excel; otherwise, his virtues will be hidden.
"Money, looks, intelligence, youth, and success can often mislead a person; so, those who possess any of these traits should also be humble and generous, as that’s when they'll truly shine; otherwise, their good qualities will remain unnoticed."
"As the man who advances by fair means from poverty to riches, or from insignificance to greatness, is rewarded in this world, so will he who is generous and kind-hearted be rewarded hereafter in heaven. So will the warrior killed in battle, who is like a conqueror, enjoy all the delights imaginable; while a deserter is despised by all men, and covered with shame and disgrace, because he deserted his comrades in the moment of danger.
"As the man who rises through hard work from poverty to wealth, or from being unnoticed to achieving greatness, is rewarded in this life, so will the one who is generous and kind-hearted be rewarded in heaven later on. Similarly, the warrior who dies in battle, like a hero, will experience all the pleasures one can imagine; while a deserter is looked down upon by everyone and wrapped in shame and disgrace for abandoning his comrades in their time of need."
"No man ought to be termed a hero but he who has already conquered a hundred heroes; nor should any man be termed a holy man until he can boast of surpassing in virtue a hundred holy men: for as long as a hero has not conquered a hundred heroes, or a holy man has not surpassed a hundred other holy men in virtue, he can neither be considered as a real hero or holy man. [Vol I Pg 295]
"No one should be called a hero unless they've already defeated a hundred heroes; nor should anyone be called a holy person until they can claim to have surpassed a hundred other holy people in virtue. As long as a hero hasn't conquered a hundred heroes, or a holy person hasn't outdone a hundred other holy people in virtue, they cannot truly be recognized as a real hero or holy person. [Vol I Pg 295]
"The signs of the approaching end of this world will be all kinds of depravity among mankind; that is to say, the wise will turn foolish, the holy men will become worldly, children will abandon their parents, princes will lose their empires, the little will become great, and commit depredations; in short, every thing will be in confusion, and an entire revolution take place.
"The signs of the coming end of this world will be all kinds of moral decay among people; in other words, the wise will become foolish, the righteous will turn worldly, children will abandon their parents, rulers will lose their kingdoms, the weak will rise to power and cause harm; in short, everything will be chaotic, leading to a complete upheaval."
"In the beginning every thing was at rest and quiet. During the first thousand years princes began to start up, and wars arose about a woman named Déwi Darúki: at this period writing was first introduced. One thousand five hundred years after this another war began, about a woman named Déwi Sínta. Two thousand years after this a third war broke out, about a woman named Déwi Drupádi: and two thousand five hundred years afterwards another war took place, about the daughter of a holy man not named in history.
"In the beginning, everything was still and peaceful. After the first thousand years, princes began to emerge, and conflicts arose over a woman named Déwi Darúki: at this time, writing was first introduced. One thousand five hundred years later, another war started over a woman named Déwi Sínta. Two thousand years after that, a third war broke out over a woman named Déwi Drupádi: and two thousand five hundred years later, another war occurred, about the daughter of a holy man whose name is lost to history."
"Every man can thus see what has been the first cause of war. Even as the roots of trees and the course of rivers cannot run straight, but wind here and there, so cannot a woman be upright: for the saying is, that a raven can sooner turn white, and the tanjang-plant (a water lily) grow from a rock, than a woman can be upright.
"Every man can see what first caused war. Just as the roots of trees and the paths of rivers can’t run straight but wind here and there, a woman cannot be straightforward either: it’s said that a raven can turn white faster and that the tanjang plant (a water lily) can grow from a rock before a woman can be honest."
"A perfect man should be, in firmness and ability, equal to eight women; and to satisfy a woman, a man must be able to please her in nine different manners.
"A perfect man should be, in strength and skill, equal to eight women; and to satisfy a woman, a man must be able to please her in nine different ways."
"A bad man is like a fire, which inflames every thing which approaches it; we, therefore, ought never to go near it with an intention to extinguish it. A good man, on the contrary, is like a sweet-scented tree, which continues to produce flowers and fruit, pleasant to the taste and smell of every one, and the fragrance of which remains in the wood even after the tree is cut down and rooted out.
"A bad person is like a fire that burns everything nearby; so, we should never try to get close with the intent to put it out. A good person, on the other hand, is like a fragrant tree that keeps producing flowers and fruit, enjoyable for everyone’s taste and smell, and its scent lingers in the wood even after the tree has been cut down and removed."
"When a harlot begins to feel shame, then is her improvement approaching; but when a holy man begins to meddle with worldly affairs, then is he about to become a worldly man himself.
"When a prostitute starts to feel shame, that's when her improvement is on the way; but when a holy man starts to get involved in worldly matters, that's when he's about to become a worldly man himself."
"When a prince allows encroachments to be made on his territories, it is a sign that the loss of both his court and lands is nigh at hand. [Vol I Pg 296]
"When a prince allows others to invade his territory, it’s a sign that he is about to lose both his court and his lands." [Vol I Pg 296]
"A man may receive instruction from his gúru (instructor) until his twentieth year: after which he should apply himself to study until his thirtieth year; at which time he ought to know every thing necessary, as well for this world as for that to come.
A man can learn from his gúru (instructor) until he turns twenty. After that, he should focus on studying until he reaches thirty, by which time he should know everything that's important for both this life and the next.
"The art of elocution may properly be reckoned superior to all others, because happiness and misery, fortune or misfortune, very often depend upon it: it is, therefore, necessary to use prudence in speech.
"The skill of speaking well can be considered more important than all others because our happiness or sadness, good luck or bad luck, often relies on it. So, it's essential to be careful with our words."
"A man who does not eat síri (betel) does not shine.
"A man who doesn't eat síri (betel) doesn't shine."
"Married people who have no children ought to lead a retired life, and people without fortune should not attempt to make a shining appearance: they should look pale and melancholy, like unto the dullness and quiet of a country without a prince.
"Married couples without children should live a quiet life, and people who aren't wealthy shouldn't try to show off: they should look pale and sad, reflecting the dullness and calm of a land without a ruler."
"These are the qualities necessary to constitute a good housewife:—She must be well-made and well-mannered, gentle, industrious, rich, liberal, charming, of good birth, upright, and humble. A stingy, curious, dirty, foul-mouthed, vulgar, false, intriguing, lazy, or stupid woman, is not only entirely unfit for a housewife, but will never be beloved by a husband."
"These are the qualities needed to be a good wife:—She should be attractive and well-mannered, kind, hardworking, financially stable, generous, charming, come from a good background, honest, and modest. A woman who is selfish, nosy, messy, rude, crass, dishonest, manipulative, lazy, or foolish is not only completely unsuitable to be a wife, but will also never be loved by her husband."
Intimately connected with the character, moral and intellectual, of a people, are its civil and political institutions. In a country like Java, the frame of society is so simple, the hand of power is so universally felt or seen; rank, wealth, and authority are so identified, and the different classes of the community are so referable to each other, by contrast or reciprocal influence, that it was impossible to give any account of the state of the peasantry, or of the tenure and distribution of the land, without introducing some notices concerning government and revenue. As there is little division of labour among a rude people, so there is no division of power in a despotism: the despot is proprietor, all the rest is property.
Intimately connected with the character, moral and intellectual, of a people, are its civil and political institutions. In a country like Java, society is so straightforward, the influence of power is felt everywhere; status, wealth, and authority are so intertwined, and the different classes of the community are so related to one another, by contrast or mutual influence, that it is impossible to describe the condition of the peasantry, or the ownership and distribution of land, without mentioning some aspects of government and taxes. Just as there is little division of labor among a primitive people, there is also no division of power in a dictatorship: the dictator is the owner, and everything else is considered property.
The Island of Java appears at different times to have been divided into states of greater or smaller extent. History informs us, that it was at one period under the sway of one principal chief, and at others subject to two or more. In the former case, the provinces into which it was divided were administered, as they are still, by subordinate and delegated[Vol I Pg 297] governors; and in the latter, many of them composed independent sovereignties. In all these cases, the form of government and the privileges of the people were the same; the only difference between a state co-extensive with the Island, and one limited to a few districts, consisting in the different extent of territory or number of subjects at command. In looking at the map, the divisions of the Island now under European dominion, and those under the native princes, can easily be traced. Bantam (the sultan of which surrendered his rights to the British government for a pension of a few thousand dollars), and Chéribon, an extensive province to the eastward of Batavia, enjoyed till lately a nominal independence; but the only great native power on Java, till the establishment of Yúg'ya-kerta about sixty years ago, was that of the Susuhúnan, or as he is termed, the Emperor of Java; and a slight sketch of his government, of the maxims by which it is regulated, and the officers it employs, will be sufficient for my present purpose.
The Island of Java has, at various times, been divided into states of different sizes. History tells us that it was at one point ruled by a single main chief, and at other times it was under the control of two or more chiefs. In the former situation, the provinces it was divided into were governed, as they still are, by subordinate and appointed[Vol I Pg 297] governors; in the latter case, many of them were independent states. In all these instances, the government structure and the people's rights were the same; the only difference between a state encompassing the entire Island and one limited to just a few districts was the size of the territory or the number of subjects governed. Looking at the map, you can easily see the divisions of the Island now under European control and those under local princes. Bantam (whose sultan gave up his rights to the British government for a pension of a few thousand dollars) and Chéribon, a large province to the east of Batavia, enjoyed a kind of nominal independence until recently; but the only major native authority on Java, until the rise of Yúg'ya-kerta about sixty years ago, was that of the Susuhúnan, or, as he is known, the Emperor of Java; a brief overview of his government, the principles guiding it, and the officials he employs will suffice for my current purposes.
The sovereign is termed either Susuhúnan or Sultan, both denominations adopted since the establishment of Mahomedanism: the titles previously employed were Kiaí Gedé, Prábu, Browijáya, &c. as will be perceived on reference to the list of Hindu princes in the historical details. The line of succession to the throne is from father to son, but the rights of primogeniture are not always allowed or observed. If there is no direct descent, the claims of collateral branches of the reigning dynasty are settled by no law or uniform custom. Females have sometimes held offices of power, but have never occupied the throne since the establishment of Mahomedanism. The chiefs of districts and the heads of villages are sometimes women; in that case widows continued in the office of their deceased husbands.
The ruler is called either Susuhúnan or Sultan, both titles adopted since the rise of Islam. The titles used before were Kiaí Gedé, Prábu, Browijáya, etc., as you can see in the list of Hindu princes in the historical details. The line of succession to the throne goes from father to son, but the rules of primogeniture are not always followed. If there’s no direct heir, the claims of other branches of the ruling family are decided without any specific law or consistent custom. Women have occasionally held positions of power, but they have never taken the throne since the introduction of Islam. District chiefs and village heads can sometimes be women; in such cases, widows have continued in their late husbands' roles.
The government is in principle a pure unmixed despotism; but there are customs of the country of which the people are very tenacious, and which the sovereign seldom invades. His subjects have no rights of liberty of person or property: his breath can raise the humblest individual from the dust to the highest distinction, or wither the honours of the most exalted. There is no hereditary rank, nothing to oppose his will. Not only honours, posts, and distinctions, depend upon[Vol I Pg 298] his pleasure, but all the landed property of his dominions remains at his disposal, and may, together with its cultivators, be parcelled out by his order among the officers of his household, the members of his family, the ministers of his pleasures, or the useful servants of the state. Every officer is paid by grants of land, or by a power to receive from the peasantry a certain proportion of the produce of certain villages or districts.
The government is basically a complete and pure despotism; however, there are traditions in the country that the people hold onto strongly, and the ruler rarely challenges them. The subjects have no rights to freedom of person or property: the ruler can elevate the lowest individual from obscurity to the highest status, or diminish the honors of even the most powerful. There is no hereditary nobility, nothing to stand against his will. Not only do titles, positions, and honors depend on his favor, but all the land in his realm is at his command and can be distributed, along with its farmers, by his order among his household staff, family members, ministers of his pleasures, or useful state servants. Every official is compensated with land grants or has the authority to collect a portion of the harvest from certain villages or areas.
When a sovereign enjoys unlimited power, he generally in eastern countries surrenders it for ease and pleasure, and his servant, under the name of Vizier or some other title, becomes the despot. The highest executive officer or prime minister in the Javan government is called Ráden Adipáti: he usually rules the country while his master is satisfied with flattery, with pomp, and the seraglio. He is intrusted with power so great, as even, in particular cases, to extend to the royal family. All communications to and from the sovereign are made through him: he receives all reports from different parts of the country, and issues all orders. The power and importance of this office has, however, naturally lessened of late years, since the European government has assumed the right of nominating the person who shall fill it: the sovereign naturally reposes less confidence in a prime minister so nominated than in one of his own choice; and if he does not take an active part himself in the politics of his court, he is generally under the influence of an ambitious member of his own family, by which means the Ráden Adípati, or prime minister, though left to conduct the details of government, is often ignorant of many of the intrigues carried on in the place.
When a ruler has absolute power, he often gives it up for comfort and pleasure, allowing his servant, usually called a Vizier or another title, to take over as the real ruler. In the Javan government, the top executive officer or prime minister is referred to as Ráden Adipáti: he typically governs the country while the ruler enjoys flattery, luxury, and the palace. This prime minister holds significant power, which can sometimes even extend to the royal family. All communications to and from the ruler go through him: he receives reports from various parts of the country and issues orders. However, the influence and significance of this position have diminished in recent years since the European government has taken the right to appoint who will fill it: the ruler naturally trusts a prime minister appointed by others less than one of his choosing. If the ruler doesn't actively engage in court politics, he is often swayed by an ambitious family member, which means the Ráden Adípati, despite being in charge of the government details, is frequently unaware of many of the intrigues happening around him.
The gradations of power and rank are as follow.
The levels of power and rank are as follows.
After the royal family, which includes the prince or sovereign, called Susuhúnan or Sultan, and the sons and daughters of the sovereign, called Pangérans, the heir apparent being called Pángéran Adipáti, come the nobility, and at their head the Ráden Adipáti.
After the royal family, which includes the prince or ruler, called Susuhúnan or Sultan, along with the sons and daughters of the ruler, known as Pangérans, with the heir apparent referred to as Pángéran Adipáti, the nobility follows, led by the Ráden Adipáti.
The nobility or privileged orders may be classed under the two general divisions of Bopátis, and their immediate assistants or Pátehs, and Mántris or public officers. Bopáti is the general term given to the governors of provinces, being the[Vol I Pg 299] plural of Adipáti. This, however, is rather a title of office than of mere rank, as these governors are sometimes Tumúng'gungs, An'gebáis, and of still inferior rank. Adipáti appears to be the highest title below royalty. The dignity of this title, as well as that of others, is again raised, by prefixing the epithet Kiai (venerable) or Mas (golden), as Kiai-adipáti, Kiaí-tumúng'gung, Mas-adipáti, Mas-tumúng'gung. Ráden-tumúng'gung is also occasionally used, to express a rank above an ordinary Tumúng'gung, in the same manner as Ráden Adipáti.
The nobility or privileged classes can be divided into two main groups: Bopátis and their immediate assistants, or Pátehs, and Mántris or public officials. Bopáti is the term used for the governors of provinces, being the[Vol I Pg 299] plural form of Adipáti. However, this is more of a title of office than simply a rank, as these governors can sometimes be Tumúng'gungs, An'gebáis, or of even lower rank. Adipáti seems to be the highest title just below royalty. The prestige of this title, as well as others, is enhanced by adding the honorific Kiai (venerable) or Mas (golden), resulting in titles like Kiai-adipáti, Kiaí-tumúng'gung, Mas-adipáti, Mas-tumúng'gung. Sometimes Ráden-tumúng'gung is used to denote a rank above a regular Tumúng'gung, similar to how Ráden Adipáti is used.
These officers, when appointed to the administration of provinces, are called Regents by the Dutch. Since the innovations of Europeans, the distinctions above referred to have been a good deal confounded. In the Súnda districts, where the absolute sway of the native sovereign has long ceased to be felt, and in the eastern provinces, which are subject to Europeans, the Regent assumes the state of a petty sovereign, and is the fountain of honour. The power and rank attached to particular titles, especially those of inferior importance, differs in some degree in almost every province.
These officers, when appointed to manage provinces, are referred to as Regents by the Dutch. Since European innovations, the distinctions mentioned earlier have become quite blurred. In the Súnda regions, where the absolute power of the native ruler has long been diminished, and in the eastern provinces that fall under European control, the Regent takes on the role of a minor sovereign and is seen as the source of honor. The power and status associated with specific titles, especially those of lower importance, varies to some extent in nearly every province.
The sons of the Regents, or of those who may be properly termed the nobles of the country, are usually called Rádens, and in the Súnda districts invariably so; but there is properly no hereditary nobility, no hereditary titles, although few people have a greater respect for family descent than the Javans; custom and consideration, in this as in other cases, generally supplying the place of law.
The sons of the Regents, or those who can rightly be called the country's nobles, are usually referred to as Rádens, and this is always the case in the Súnda regions; however, there is technically no hereditary nobility or titles. Nevertheless, few people value family lineage more than the Javans do; customs and social considerations often take the place of legal statutes in this matter, as is true in other situations.
Nearly the same form of government is followed in the administration of each particular province as is observed in the general administration of the country, every Adipáti, or governor of a province, having a Páteh, or assistant, who acts as his minister. In general there is a Páteh-luar, and a Páteh-dalam; one for conducting affairs abroad or public business, the other for the superintendence of the household.
Almost the same system of government is used in the management of each province as is seen in the overall administration of the country. Each Adipáti, or governor of a province, has a Páteh, or assistant, who serves as his minister. Generally, there is a Páteh-luar and a Páteh-dalam: one for handling external affairs or public matters, and the other for overseeing the household.
The same union of the judicial, revenual, and executive authority, which exists in the sovereign, descends to the governor of a province; and if there are subdivisions of the province, it descends to each head of the subdivision. This is also the case with each village; the consequence of which is, that every chief, of whatever rank, has an almost absolute[Vol I Pg 300] power over those below him. The only exception to this, and the only part of the Javan constitution which wears the appearance of liberty, is the mode of appointing the heads of villages; these are elected by the people, as will be hereafter more particularly described.
The same combination of judicial, revenue, and executive power that exists in the sovereign is passed down to the governor of a province; and if there are divisions within the province, it also reaches each leader of those divisions. This applies to every village as well, resulting in nearly absolute[Vol I Pg 300] power for each chief, regardless of their rank, over those beneath them. The only exception to this, and the only aspect of the Javan constitution that resembles freedom, is the way village heads are chosen; these positions are filled through elections by the people, as will be explained in more detail later.
In every considerable province or district there are several subdivisions over which an inferior chief presides: the district of Semárang, for instance, has several. Although this absolute authority is vested in the different chiefs, according to their ranks, it is dangerous for a public functionary, whatever be his rank, and even for the Susuhúnan himself, to violate what is called the custom of the country; and the ancient Hindu institutions are revered and generally followed by all classes. The priests also exercise a considerable influence; and although the power of the Jáksa, or law officer, is essentially reduced since the establishment of Mahomedanism, and a great part of his authority transferred to the Panghúlu or Mahomedan priest, he is still efficient, as far as concerns the police and minor transactions. The observations which follow on the administration of justice and the judicial instructions established by the British government, will explain the present nature of his duties.
In every significant province or district, there are several subdivisions led by a lower-ranking chief: for example, the district of Semárang has multiple. Although this absolute authority belongs to the various chiefs based on their ranks, it's risky for any public official, regardless of rank, and even for the Susuhúnan himself, to disregard what is called the local customs; the ancient Hindu traditions are respected and generally followed by all social classes. The priests also hold significant influence; even though the power of the Jáksa, or law officer, has diminished since the rise of Islam, with much of his authority shifting to the Panghúlu or Muslim priest, he still remains effective in terms of policing and minor matters. The following remarks on the justice system and the judicial guidelines put in place by the British government will clarify his current responsibilities.
In the suite of every governor of a province, of his Páteh, or assistant, and of every public functionary of importance, are numerous petty chiefs, generally classed as Mantris, but having various titles, as Demángs, Lúras, Klíwons, &c. varying in authority and relative rank in different districts.
In the entourage of every provincial governor, along with his Páteh or assistant, and every important public official, there are many minor chiefs, usually referred to as Mantris, but they have different titles like Demángs, Lúras, Klíwons, etc., with varying levels of authority and rank depending on the district.
Three-fourths of the island having been long subjected to the European authority, and the provinces which still remain under native administration having been divided under two distinct authorities, and their original constitution otherwise departed from, it would be impossible to lay down a scale of rank for the different titles of honour, which should be applicable to every part of the island, but the subject will be resumed in a future chapter.
Three-quarters of the island have been under European control for a long time, and the provinces that are still governed by local leaders are divided into two separate authorities, with their original structure changed. This makes it impossible to establish a ranking system for the various titles of honor that would apply to the entire island, but this topic will be addressed in a future chapter.
The following observations of Mr. Hogendorp, who resided on Java not many years before the arrival of the English, and was employed in a commission of inquiry into the state of the island, are extracted from a report or memoir which he drew up for the use of the Dutch government, recommending[Vol I Pg 301] a policy similar to that which we subsequently pursued. They contain a just account of the principles of the Javan government, and of the state of the Regents under the Dutch Company. After remarking, in perhaps too broad and unqualified terms, that the structure of the government is feudal, he proceeds to state:
The following observations from Mr. Hogendorp, who lived on Java just a few years before the English arrived, and who was involved in a commission to investigate the condition of the island, are taken from a report or memoir he prepared for the Dutch government. In it, he recommended[Vol I Pg 301] a policy similar to what we later adopted. His insights provide an accurate account of the principles of Javan governance and the situation of the Regents under the Dutch Company. After noting, perhaps a bit too broadly, that the government's structure is feudal, he goes on to explain:
"The first principles of the feudal system, which form the basis of the whole edifice, are: that the land is the property of the sovereign; that the inhabitants are his slaves, and can therefore possess no property, all that they have and all that they can obtain belonging to the sovereign, who allows them to keep it no longer than he chooses; and that the will of the prince is the supreme law.
"The basic principles of the feudal system, which underlie the entire structure, are: that the land belongs to the sovereign; that the people are his subjects and cannot own property, as everything they have and can acquire belongs to the sovereign, who permits them to keep it only as long as he wishes; and that the will of the prince is the ultimate law."
"These are the real fundamental principles of the feudal system: for though the English and French kings could not always maintain their despotic sway, but were sometimes opposed, hostilely attacked, and even forced by arms to treat for terms with their subjects, this was only the natural consequence of the acknowledged rule, that tyranny destroys itself; and it is only necessary to revert to what James and Charles of England, in so late a period, thought their divine rights of royalty, to ascertain what were the rudiments of the feudal form of government: and even now, notwithstanding the numerous changes and revolutions which have happened in England, the most surprizing traces of that system are to be found, since in that country, so free, no individual soever possesses a foot of land in absolute property (allodium), but merely from the king (feodum), to whom only belongs the dóminum absolutum et directum, although subsequent laws and regulations have rendered this title more imaginary than real.
"These are the true fundamental principles of the feudal system: even though the English and French kings couldn't always maintain their absolute power and were sometimes opposed, attacked, and even forced by military action to negotiate with their subjects, this was simply the natural result of the idea that tyranny destroys itself; and we only need to look at what James and Charles of England, in a relatively recent time, believed about their divine rights to royalty to understand the basics of the feudal form of government: and even now, despite the many changes and revolutions that have occurred in England, the most surprising remnants of that system can still be seen, since in that country, which is so free, no individual actually owns a piece of land outright (allodium), but only from the king (feodum), to whom the dóminum absolutum et directum truly belongs, although later laws and regulations have made this title more of a concept than a reality."
"The same system of government has been continued in the Company's districts, under the pretext of allowing the natives to retain their own laws and customs, but in reality from ignorance and self-interest. Although they were too ignorant to effect any improvement, they knew perfectly well that this plan was the best adapted to promote their own interest and advantage.
"The same system of government has been maintained in the Company's districts, under the guise of letting the locals keep their own laws and customs, but in reality, it was due to ignorance and self-interest. Although they were too unaware to make any improvements, they understood very well that this approach was the most beneficial for promoting their own interests."
"The princes of Java, as well as those of Europe in[Vol I Pg 302] former times, and as a natural effect of the same cause, were also almost continually at war with their chief vassals, until the Dutch power and influence re-established and maintained the general tranquillity. This, however, has never had any effect on the system of government itself, and the subject who dethroned his sovereign and then succeeded him, thought that he had thereby obtained the same divine right of property in the lands and persons of his subjects, as his predecessor had possessed.
"The princes of Java, just like those in Europe in[Vol I Pg 302] earlier times, were almost always at war with their main vassals. This was a natural result of the same situation until the Dutch came in and restored general peace and stability. However, this never really changed the government system itself, and the subject who overthrew his ruler and then took their place believed that he had gained the same divine right to own the land and the people as his predecessor had."
"The princes allotted the lands to their chiefs and immediate dependents, as rewards for military and other services. These chiefs (termed by the Dutch regents) again subdivided the lands among others of inferior rank, on the same conditions, and so on, down to the poor labourer who cultivated the land, but to whom a very small proportion of the fruits of his labour was left for his own support.
"The princes assigned the lands to their chiefs and close followers as rewards for military and other services. These chiefs (called regents by the Dutch) further divided the lands among others of lower status, under the same conditions, and continued this process down to the poor laborer who worked the land, but who was left with only a tiny portion of the fruits of his labor to support himself."
"The exclusive administration of the country was conferred on the regents, an appellation given to the native chiefs, who had acquired their lands from the Dutch, by contract or agreement, binding them annually to deliver partly for payment and partly not, a quantity, in some cases fixed, in others uncertain, of the produce of such lands, obliging them also to the performance of feudal services, both of a military and other nature.
"The sole control of the country was given to the regents, a title assigned to the local chiefs, who had obtained their lands from the Dutch through contracts or agreements. These agreements required them to provide a certain amount of produce from their lands each year, partly as payment and partly as their obligation, with some amounts being fixed and others variable. They were also required to fulfill feudal duties, both military and otherwise."
"The titles of these regents are either Adipáti, Tumúng'gung, or Ang'ebái. The Prince of Madúra, styled Panambáhan, and the Prince of Súmenap, who is called Pangéran, are however only regents as well as the rest. The Prince of Madúra enjoys that tide as being of the imperial family, and the Prince of Súmenap purchased his by a large payment to a Governor-General.
"The titles of these regents are either Adipáti, Tumúng'gung, or Ang'ebái. The Prince of Madúra, called Panambáhan, and the Prince of Súmenap, referred to as Pangéran, are also regents like the others. The Prince of Madúra holds that title because he is part of the imperial family, while the Prince of Súmenap acquired his title through a hefty payment to a Governor-General."
"These regents are only officers of government, and possess not the smallest right to hereditary possession or succession. Yet when one of them dies, he is in general replaced by one of his sons, considered most fit for the office, provided he can afford to pay the customary present to the governor of the north-east coast of Java; for if he is unable to do this, or if any other person offers a more considerable sum, a pretence is easily found to exclude the children in favour of the more liberal purchaser. [Vol I Pg 303]
"These regents are just government officials and don’t have any right to inherit or pass down their positions. However, when one of them dies, he’s usually replaced by one of his sons, who is deemed most suitable for the job, as long as he can afford to give the usual gift to the governor of the northeast coast of Java. If he can’t do that, or if someone else offers a larger amount, it’s easy to find a reason to exclude the children in favor of the more generous buyer. [Vol I Pg 303]
"These presents form a principal part of the emoluments of the governor of the north-east coast, and consequently all new appointments of regents are for his advantage. The present chief regent of Samárang paid 50,000 dollars for his promotion, and all the children of his predecessor were superseded. The others pay in proportion to the value of their regencies; and as this is arbitrary and uncertain, it is easily to be conceived, that they find means to recover the amount of their place-money[77].
"These documents are a major part of the governor's earnings for the northeast coast, so all new appointments of regents benefit him. The current chief regent of Samárang paid $50,000 for his position, and all the children of his predecessor were replaced. The others pay based on the value of their regencies; and since this is arbitrary and uncertain, it's easy to understand that they find ways to recover their placement fees[77].
"These Regents although very proud, are, with very few exceptions, ignorant and idle persons, who give themselves little concern about their lands and their people; of whom, indeed, they frequently know nothing, but only endeavour to squeeze and extort from them as much as possible, both for their own subsistence and pleasure, and to satisfy the cupidity of government and of their immediate superiors. They leave the administration of affairs entirely to their Pátehs, who are also appointed by the Dutch, and are held accountable for every thing[78]. [Vol I Pg 304]
"These Regents, while quite proud, are mostly ignorant and lazy individuals who hardly care about their lands and people; in fact, they often know nothing about them, only trying to squeeze as much as they can from them for their own survival and enjoyment, as well as to satisfy the greed of the government and their immediate superiors. They leave the management of affairs completely to their Pátehs, who are also appointed by the Dutch and are responsible for everything.[78] [Vol I Pg 304]
"To their brothers, wives, children, and other near relations, they assign villages or désas, sufficient for their maintenance, for all these consider themselves born not to work, [Vol I Pg 305]and look upon the peasantry as only made for the purpose of providing for their support.
"To their brothers, wives, children, and other close relatives, they assign villages or désas that are enough for their living, as all of them believe they aren’t meant to work and view the peasants merely as a means to support them. [Vol I Pg 305]"
"In order to collect the rice and other kinds of produce, which they are by contract obliged to deliver to the Company as contingents, they compel the inhabitants of the district to furnish as much of it as is at all possible, without any fixed ratio or calculation, and without any kind of payment, leaving them scarcely what is absolutely necessary for their own support and that of their families, and even sometimes not nearly so much, especially in the event of failure in the crops; on which occasions the miserable inhabitants desert by hundreds to other districts, where, at least in the first instance, they may expect a less rigorous treatment. Several regents also, when distressed for money, are compelled by want, to let out many of their best désas to the Chinese: these bloodsuckers then extort from such villages as much as they can possibly contrive, while the inhabitants of the other désas are alone obliged to deliver the contingent required from the whole aggregate. It may easily be conceived, how oppressively this demand must fall upon those unhappy individuals; and how greatly these and other acts of injustice, which are the natural consequences of the present faulty administration, must tend to the ruin of the country, it would be superfluous reasoning to prove."
"To gather rice and other crops that they are required by contract to supply to the Company as part of their obligations, they force the local people to provide as much as they can, without any set ratio or calculation, and without any kind of payment. This leaves them with barely enough to support themselves and their families, and sometimes not even that, especially if the harvest fails. During such times, the desperate locals flee by the hundreds to other areas where they hope for better treatment. Many regents, when short on cash, are also driven by need to lease out some of their best désas to the Chinese: these exploiters then squeeze as much as they can out of those villages, while the inhabitants of other désas are left to meet the total contingent required. It is easy to see how harsh this demand must be for those unfortunate individuals, and how significantly these and other injustices, which are natural results of the current flawed administration, contribute to the country's downfall."
The only restraint upon the will of the head of the government is the custom of the country, and the regard which he has for his character among his subjects. To shew what that character ought to be, what is expected of a good prince, and what are the reciprocal duties of a prince, prime minister, and people, I may here quote a few sentences out of the Níti Prája, a work in very high esteem, and constantly referred to by the Javans.
The only limits on the authority of the head of the government are the customs of the country and how he cares about his reputation among his people. To illustrate what that reputation should be, what is expected of a good ruler, and what the mutual responsibilities are between a ruler, a prime minister, and the citizens, I can quote a few lines from the Níti Prája, a highly respected work frequently referenced by the Javans.
"A good prince must protect his subjects against all unjust persecutions and oppressions, and should be the light of his subjects, even as the sun is the light of the world. His goodness must flow clear and full, like the mountain stream, which in its course towards the sea enriches and fertilizes the land as it descends. He must consider that as the withered foliage of the trees awaiteth the coming of[Vol I Pg 306] rain to flourish anew, so are his subjects waiting for his benevolence, to be provided with food, with raiment, and with beautiful women. If, on the contrary, a prince neglects to extend his benevolence and protection towards his subjects, he exposes himself to be abandoned by them, or at any rate to lose their confidence; for it is an undeniable truth, that no one will be faithful or attached to a man upon whom no dependence can be placed.
"A good prince must protect his subjects from all unfair persecutions and oppression and should be a guiding light for them, just like the sun is the light of the world. His kindness should flow clearly and abundantly, like a mountain stream that enriches and nourishes the land as it makes its way to the sea. He needs to remember that just as the withered leaves of trees wait for rain to flourish again, his subjects are hoping for his kindness to provide them with food, clothing, and companionship. On the other hand, if a prince neglects to offer his kindness and protection to his subjects, he risks being abandoned by them or at least losing their trust; because it is a plain truth that no one will remain loyal or attached to someone who cannot be relied upon."
"When a prince gives audience to the public his conduct must be dignified. He must sit upright and not in a bending posture, and say little, neither looking on one side or the other, because, in this case, the people would not have a proper sight of him. He must assume a pleasing appearance, which will enable him to observe his subjects who surround him, and then enquire if any one has any thing to say to him; and if there is, he must animate him to speak openly.
"When a prince meets with the public, he needs to act with dignity. He should sit up straight and not slouch, and keep his words few, avoiding looking to one side or the other, so that the people can see him properly. He should present a pleasant demeanor, allowing him to notice his subjects around him, and then ask if anyone has something to say to him; if they do, he should encourage them to speak freely."
"In his discourse he must not speak loud, but low, and with dignity, and not more than is necessary for the purpose; for it does not become a prince to withdraw his words if once given, and much less to give them another turn.
"In his speech, he should not talk loudly, but softly and with dignity, only saying what’s necessary for the purpose; it's not appropriate for a prince to take back his words once spoken, and even less to change their meaning."
"It is, above all, the duty of a prince to take notice of every thing going on in his country and among his subjects, and, if possible, to turn every thing to a good end: if he passes over unnoticed the least crime, he may create numerous enemies. It is further the duty of a prince, besides knowing the merits of his subjects and the state of his country, to explain all abstract and difficult expressions, particularly such as occur in writings.
"It is primarily the responsibility of a prince to pay attention to everything happening in his country and among his people, and, if possible, to make the best of every situation: if he overlooks even the smallest crime, he might create many enemies. Additionally, it is the duty of a prince, aside from knowing the strengths of his subjects and the condition of his country, to clarify any abstract and complicated terms, especially those found in written works."
"It is a disgrace to a prime minister for any hostile attack to be made on the country intrusted to his charge without his knowledge, or that he should be careless or inattentive to the same, rather thinking how to obtain the favour of his prince than to secure the safety of the country. So it is when he does not understand how to administer the country properly, or fails to invent what is useful; when he makes many promises, but fulfils few; when he is careless with regard to public affairs, and talks much about what is of no consequence, seeking to be admired by the people, and putting on fair appearances when his intentions do not cor[Vol I Pg 307]respond; when he cares nothing about the misfortunes of his inferiors, provided he gets money himself; when, finally, he is not faithful, but deceitful. Such a prime minister is like the hawk, which soars high in the air, but descends low on the earth to seize and steal its food.
"It’s a disgrace for a prime minister if any attack on the country he’s responsible for happens without his knowledge, or if he’s careless or inattentive to it, focusing more on winning the favor of his leader than on ensuring the country’s safety. It’s the same when he doesn’t know how to run the country effectively or fails to come up with useful solutions; when he makes many promises but keeps few; when he’s negligent about public matters and talks a lot about trivial issues, trying to win the admiration of the people while putting on a good front despite his true intentions not aligning. When he couldn’t care less about the misfortunes of those beneath him as long as he profits; and ultimately, when he is untrustworthy and deceitful. Such a prime minister resembles a hawk that soars high in the sky but swoops down to snatch and steal its food."
"But a good prime minister is he who is upright in his heart, moderate in his fear of the prince, faithfully obedient to all his orders, kind-hearted, not oppressive to the people, and always exerting himself to the utmost for the happiness of the people and the welfare of the country.
"But a good prime minister is someone who is honest in his heart, balanced in his respect for the prince, faithfully obedient to all his commands, compassionate, not harsh on the people, and always doing his best for the happiness of the citizens and the well-being of the country."
"And a prime minister is good beyond measure who can always please his prince in every thing that is good; who knows every thing that is going on in the country, and takes proper measures accordingly; who always exerts himself to avert whatever is likely to be injurious; who considers nothing too trifling to merit his attention; who accumulates not wealth, but offers to his prince whatever comes in his way that is curious; who heeds not his own life in effecting what is right; who considers neither friends, family, nor enemies, but does justice alike to all; who cares not when he is praised or reviled, but trusts to the dispensations of Providence; who possesses much experience; who can bear poverty, and cares not for the enjoyment of pleasures; who is polite to every one; who with good will gives alms to the poor and helpless; who consults much with his brother officers, with whom he ought always to advise on affairs of business. Against such a prime minister it is impossible for any one to speak, for he will be feared at the same time that the people will become attached to him: the people will then live quiet and happy, perform their labours with cheerfulness, and wish that his administration may be lasting.
"And a prime minister is truly admirable who can always please his ruler in every good way; who knows everything that’s happening in the country and takes appropriate actions based on that; who always works to prevent anything harmful; who sees nothing as too minor to deserve his attention; who doesn't hoard wealth, but presents to his ruler whatever interesting things he encounters; who doesn't spare his own life to do what’s right; who treats friends, family, and enemies alike with fairness; who is indifferent to praise or criticism and relies on the will of Providence; who has a wealth of experience; who can endure poverty and isn't interested in indulgent pleasures; who is courteous to everyone; who willingly gives to the poor and needy; who frequently consults with his fellow officers, whom he should always involve in business matters. It’s impossible for anyone to speak against such a prime minister because he will be feared while also earning the people’s loyalty: they will live peacefully and happily, work diligently, and hope for his administration to endure."
"A prime minister ought, nevertheless, not to be too confident in this, but always remain on his guard against the designs of bad men.
"A prime minister should, however, not be too confident in this but always stay alert to the schemes of bad people."
"There are many examples of such prime ministers: among which is Rája Jájahan, (prime minister of Mesir Egypt,) to whom all the people of the country, great and small, were much attached.
"There are many examples of such prime ministers: among them is Rája Jájahan, (prime minister of Mesir Egypt,) to whom all the people of the country, both important and ordinary, were very attached."
"Whenever his brother officers intended to visit the prince[Vol I Pg 308] for the purpose of paying their respects, they always assembled at the prime minister's house, where they generally partook of a meal: after this they proceeded to the court, followed by the prime minister on foot, dressed in white, with only three attendants, carrying a spear and other articles of state before him. By this conduct he supposed that he was screened from reproach, and that he was freed from enemies; but at the very time there were enemies conspiring against his life, as was afterwards discovered: therefore ought a prime minister not only to be virtuous, but cautious also, and always armed against his enemies, in the same manner as a sportsman arms himself against wild beasts.
"Whenever his fellow officers planned to visit the prince[Vol I Pg 308] to pay their respects, they always gathered at the prime minister's house, where they usually shared a meal. After that, they would head to the court, with the prime minister walking behind them, dressed in white and accompanied by only three attendants, who carried a spear and other state items in front of him. He believed this behavior protected him from criticism and kept him safe from enemies; however, at that very moment, enemies were plotting against his life, as was later revealed. Therefore, a prime minister should not only be virtuous but also cautious, always prepared to defend himself against foes, just like a hunter readies himself against wild animals."
"A subject going into the presence of his prince must be clean and well-dressed, wearing proper chelána (pantaloons.) He must have a good girdle and a sharp krís, and be anointed with aromatic oils. He must range himself with his equals, and convince them of his abilities and good breeding; because from this it is that he has to expect favour or disgrace, grief or joy, happiness or misery; for a prince can either exalt or humble him.
"A subject entering the presence of his prince must be clean and well-dressed, wearing appropriate chelána (pants). He should wear a good belt and have a sharp krís, and be scented with aromatic oils. He must associate with his peers and prove his skills and good upbringing; because it's from this that he can expect support or disfavor, sorrow or happiness, joy or distress; for a prince can either elevate or lower him."
"A prince is like a dálang (wáyang player,) his subjects like wáyangs, and the law is as the wick of the lamp used in these entertainments: for a prince can do with his subjects what he pleases, in the same manner as the dálang acts with his wáyangs, according to his own fancy; the prince having the law, and the dálang the lamp, to prevent them from going out of the right way.
"A prince is like a dálang (wáyang player, his subjects are like wáyangs, and the law is like the wick of the lamp used in these performances: a prince can do whatever he wants with his subjects, just like the dálang does with his wáyangs, according to his own wishes; the prince has the law, and the dálang has the lamp, to keep them from going off course."
"In like manner, as it is incumbent on the dálang to make magnanimity and justice the principal subjects of his representation, in order that the spectators may be instructed and animated thereby, so should a prince, a prime minister, and chief officers of the court, direct the administration of the country with such propriety, that the people may attach themselves to them; they must see that the guilty are punished, that the innocent be not persecuted, and that all persons falsely accused be immediately released, and remunerated for the sufferings they may have endured."
"In the same way that it's the duty of the dálang to focus on generosity and fairness in their performance so that the audience can learn and be inspired, a prince, a prime minister, and the main officials of the court should run the country properly, so that people will feel connected to them. They need to ensure that wrongdoers are punished, that the innocent aren’t harassed, and that anyone wrongfully accused is quickly set free and compensated for their suffering."
The judicial and executive powers are generally exercised by the same individual. The written law of the island, ac[Vol I Pg 309]cording to which justice is administered and the courts are regulated, is that of the Koran, as modified by custom and usage. The Javans have now been converted to the Mahomedan religion about three centuries and a half, dating from the destruction of the Hindu kingdom of Majapáhit, in the year 1400 of the Javan æra. Of all the nations who have adopted that creed, they are among the most recent converts; and it may be safely added, that few others are so little acquainted with its doctrines, and partake so little of its zeal and intolerance. The consequence is, that although the Mahomedan law be in some instances followed, and it be considered a point of honour to profess an adherence to it, it has not entirely superseded the ancient superstitions and local customs of the country.
The judicial and executive powers are usually held by the same person. The written law of the island, which governs how justice is served and how the courts operate, is based on the Koran, modified by local customs and practices. The Javanese converted to Islam about three and a half centuries ago, following the fall of the Hindu kingdom of Majapáhit in the year 1400 of the Javanese calendar. Among all the nations that have embraced this faith, they are some of the most recent followers; it can also be said that few others know so little about its teachings and show so little enthusiasm or intolerance. As a result, while Islamic law is occasionally observed and it is seen as honorable to claim adherence to it, it has not completely replaced the ancient beliefs and local traditions of the region.
The courts of justice are of two descriptions: those of the Panghúlu or high priest, and those of the Jáksa. In the former the Mahomedan law is more strictly followed; in the latter it is blended with the customs and usages of the country. The former take cognisance of capital offences, of suits of divorce, of contracts and inheritance; they are also, in some respects, courts of appeal from the authority of the Jáksa. The latter take cognisance of thefts, robberies, and all inferior offences; its officers are employed in taking down depositions, examining evidence, inspecting the general police of the country, and in some measure acting as public prosecutors: these last functions are implied in the title of the office itself, jáksa meaning to guard or watch[79]. [Vol I Pg 310]
The courts of justice come in two types: those of the Panghúlu or high priest, and those of the Jáksa. In the first type, the Mahomedan law is followed more strictly; in the second type, it’s mixed with local customs and practices. The first type deals with serious crimes, divorce cases, contracts, and inheritance. They also serve as appellate courts for decisions made by the Jáksa. The second type handles thefts, robberies, and all lesser offenses; its officials are responsible for taking statements, examining evidence, overseeing local law enforcement, and somewhat acting as public prosecutors: these last duties are implied in the title of the office itself, where jáksa means to guard or watch[79]. [Vol I Pg 310]
At the seat of government are supreme courts of the Panghúlu and Jáksa: to these there is an appeal from similar but inferior tribunals, established within each province. Petty tribunals, under like names, are even established under the jurisdiction of a Demáng, or chief of a subdivision, and sometimes of a Bákol, or head of a village; but in these the authority of the Panghúlu and Jáksa extend no further than to take down evidence to be transmitted to some higher authority, to settle petty disputes, and perform the ordinary ceremonies of religion, inseparable among the Javans, as well as all other Mahomedans, from the administration of justice.
At the government seat, there are the supreme courts of the Panghúlu and Jáksa: appeals can be made to these courts from similar but lower tribunals set up in each province. Smaller courts, with similar names, are also established under the authority of a Demáng, or subdivision chief, and sometimes a Bákol, or village head; however, in these cases, the authority of the Panghúlu and Jáksa is limited to taking down evidence to send to a higher authority, resolving minor disputes, and conducting the usual religious ceremonies that are intertwined with justice for the Javans and all other Muslims.
Such however is the nature of the native government, that these officers are considered rather as the law assessors or council of the immediate superior officer of the executive government, than as independent ministers of justice. In such cases as come before them, they examine the evidence, and point out the law and custom to the executive officer, who is himself generally too ignorant and indolent to undertake it. When the evidence is gone through, and the point of law ascertained, [Vol I Pg 311]the whole is brought before him, at whose discretion it rests to pass judgment. It is however admitted, that in matters of little moment, where his passions and interests are not concerned, the division is frequently left to the law officers; but in all matters of importance he will not fail to exercise his privileges of interference.
The nature of the local government is such that these officers are seen more as legal advisors or a council for the immediate superior officer of the executive government, rather than as independent judges. In the cases that come before them, they review the evidence and clarify the law and customs to the executive officer, who is typically too uninformed and lazy to handle it himself. Once the evidence has been reviewed and the legal issue clarified, [Vol I Pg 311] everything is presented to him, and it is up to his discretion to make a judgment. However, it is acknowledged that in trivial matters, where his personal interests and emotions are not at stake, he often leaves the decision to the legal officers; but in significant matters, he will definitely exercise his right to intervene.
The court of justice in which the Panghúlu or high priest presides, is always held in the serámbi, or portico of the mosque; a practice, which, as it inspires the people with a considerable share of awe, appears judicious. It is also convenient for the administration of oaths, which among the Javans are always administered within the mosque, and usually with much solemnity. The forms of the court are regular, orderly, and tedious; all evidence is taken down in writing, and apparently with much accuracy.
The court where the Panghúlu or high priest presides is always held in the serámbi, or portico of the mosque; this practice, which instills a significant sense of awe in the people, seems wise. It’s also convenient for taking oaths, which are always done in the mosque and typically with great solemnity among the Javans. The court procedures are formal, orderly, and can be quite lengthy; all evidence is recorded in writing, seemingly with great precision.
The court, at least at the seat of government, consists of the Panghúlu, the officiating priest of the mosque, and four individuals, also of the religious order, called Páteh nagári, meaning literally the pillars or supports of the country, to whom, after the examination of evidence in capital offences, the point of law and decision is referred. At the seat of government the sovereign or his minister passes judgment.
The court, at least in the capital, includes the Panghúlu, the officiating priest of the mosque, and four other members of the religious order known as Páteh nagári, which literally means the pillars or supports of the country. After reviewing evidence in capital cases, the legal points and decisions are handed over to them. In the capital, the sovereign or their minister delivers the final judgment.
The court of the Jáksa at the seat of government consists of the head Jáksa, who may be styled the law officer of the prime minister, and the Jáksas of his Klíwons or assistants, for they too have their law councils. The functions of this court being of less importance, of a more mixed nature, and less solemn because less connected with religion, are still more subject than that of the Panghúlu to the rude interference of the executive authority[80]. [Vol I Pg 312]
The court of the Jáksa at the government center includes the head Jáksa, who may be referred to as the legal officer of the prime minister, and the Jáksas of his Klíwons or assistants, as they also have their own legal councils. Although the functions of this court are less important, more mixed in nature, and less formal due to being less tied to religion, they are still more affected by the rough interference of the executive authority than that of the Panghúlu.[80] [Vol I Pg 312]
The Javan code of law is divided into two departments, that of the Mahomedan law and that of custom and tradition. The former is distinguished by the appellation of húcum állah, the commands of God, from the Arabic; the latter by the Javan words yúdha nagára, meaning consideration for the country, or in other words, allowance for the state of society.
The Javan code of law is split into two areas: Islamic law and customs and traditions. The first is called húcum állah, which means the commands of God in Arabic; the second is referred to by the Javan words yúdha nagára, meaning consideration for the country, or in other words, taking into account the state of society.
The decisions in Mahomedan law are chiefly guided by several works in the Arabic language. In all the courts of Java these works are said to be consulted in the Arabic language, but reference is more frequently made to a collection of opinions extracted from them, and translated into the language of the country.
The decisions in Islamic law are mainly based on various texts in Arabic. In all the courts of Java, these texts are reportedly referred to in Arabic, but there is more frequent reference to a compilation of opinions taken from them and translated into the local language.
The law of custom is chiefly handed down by oral tradition, but has in part been committed to writing in the following performances.
The law of custom is mainly passed down through oral tradition, but some of it has also been recorded in the following performances.
The earliest work relating to jurisprudence which is now referred to, is that of Júgul Múda Páteh, or minister of Sri Ma Púng'gung (of Méndang Kamúlan), now Wirosári: it is computed to be about six hundred years old. The second bears the name of Rája Kápa, said to have been the son of Júgul Múda, and like him minister of his sovereign Kandiáwan, also prince of Méndang Kamúlan.
The earliest work related to law that we now refer to is by Júgul Múda Páteh, or the minister of Sri Ma Púng'gung (from Méndang Kamúlan), now known as Wirosári: it is estimated to be about six hundred years old. The second work is attributed to Rája Kápa, who is said to have been the son of Júgul Múda and, like him, served as minister to his ruler Kandiáwan, also the prince of Méndang Kamúlan.
By the authority of the Sultan of Demák, the first Mahomedan prince, a compilation of the Javan laws was made, in which they were in some measure blended with the Mahomedan jurisprudence. Probably this was intended to pave the way to an entire introduction of Mahomedan law. The body of regulations, &c. compressed in these codes is curious, from the laborious refinement of their distinctions, from the mixture of moral maxims and illustrations with positive law, from the most incongruous combinations, and from their casuistical spirit. In the Appendix will be found the translation of a modern version of the Súria Alem, a work of this description in high repute, as well an abstract of the laws and regulations said to have been in force in the earliest periods to which Java tradition refers[81]. [Vol I Pg 313]
By the authority of the Sultan of Demák, the first Muslim prince, a compilation of Javan laws was created, blending them somewhat with Islamic jurisprudence. This was likely meant to set the stage for a full introduction of Islamic law. The collection of regulations in these codes is interesting due to the detailed distinctions, the mix of moral principles and real laws, the odd combinations, and their case-based reasoning. In the Appendix, you will find a translation of a modern version of the Súria Alem, a well-respected work of this kind, as well as a summary of the laws and regulations believed to have been in effect during the earliest periods referenced by Javanese tradition[81]. [Vol I Pg 313]
The proclamations (úndang-úndang), and the laws and regulations (ánger ángeran) of the sovereign, form another source of deviation from the Mahomedan law. Collections of these have been committed to writing.
The proclamations (úndang-úndang) and the laws and regulations (ánger ángeran) from the ruler create another way that the Mahomedan law is changed. Written collections of these have been made.
The prince, by himself or his officers, is always supposed vested with a discretionary power of adapting the Mahomedan law to the circumstances of society, a prerogative liberally exercised. This power, which sanctions every deviation from the letter of Musselman law, the Javans also express by the term of yúdha nagára. The krising of criminals instead of beheading them, the combat of criminals with tigers, the severe penalties for infractions of the sumptuary laws of the Javans, the constant commutation of corporeal punishment for a pecuniary fine, and in the case of persons of rank found guilty of murder, the commutation of the strict law of retaliation for a fine, without regard to the wishes of the relations of the deceased, if the latter be of no consideration, were among the deviations from the Mahomedan law sanctioned by the Yúdha nagára.
The prince, whether acting alone or through his officials, is always assumed to have the discretionary power to adapt Islamic law to society's circumstances, a privilege that's used generously. This power, which allows for any deviation from the strict letter of Muslim law, is also referred to by the Javanese as yúdha nagára. For instance, instead of executing criminals by beheading, they may face different punishments, such as fighting tigers. There are also harsh penalties for violating Javanese sumptuary laws, and physical punishments are often replaced with monetary fines. In cases involving high-ranking individuals found guilty of murder, the strict law of retaliation is substituted with a fine, regardless of the opinions of the deceased's family, unless the family's status is significant. These are some of the deviations from Islamic law approved by Yúdha nagára.
Such was the composition of the courts, and the code of laws that existed on Java before the arrival of the Dutch, and remained unchanged at the conquest of the island by the British. The Dutch legislated for the colonists, but took little interest in the system by which the judicial proceedings of their native subjects were guided, excepting in so far as their own advantage or security was concerned in them. The following statement contains the changes introduced by the Dutch.
Such was the makeup of the courts and the set of laws that existed in Java before the Dutch arrived, and that remained unchanged when the British took over the island. The Dutch created laws for the colonists but were mostly indifferent to the system that governed the legal proceedings for their native subjects, except when it impacted their own interests or safety. The following statement outlines the changes brought about by the Dutch.
Besides the colonial laws and regulations, enacted from time to time by the Governors and Council at Batavia; besides some standing orders of the Court of Directors, and some rules and provisions contained in the successive charters of the Company, and in what was called the article brief; the Dutch law, which was always considered the foundation of the colonial law, was of authority, as far as it remained unaffected by these institutions.
Besides the colonial laws and regulations enacted periodically by the Governors and Council in Batavia; besides some standing orders from the Court of Directors and various rules and provisions found in the successive charters of the Company, as well as in what was called the article brief; the Dutch law, which was always seen as the foundation of the colonial law, was authoritative, as long as it wasn't impacted by these institutions.
A collection of the colonial statutes and regulations, called the Placart Book of Batavia, and an abstract of them, entitled the Statutes of Batavia, were made under the authority of the colonial government; but as the latter never underwent[Vol I Pg 314] a regular promulgation, the rules contained in it were not considered as possessing the force of law, except in so far as they might be found to be conformable to the orders, proclamations, and regulations of the Indian government, or of the Directors of the East India Company.
A compilation of colonial laws and regulations, known as the Placart Book of Batavia, along with a summary titled the Statutes of Batavia, was created under the authority of the colonial government. However, since the latter was never officially published[Vol I Pg 314], the rules in it were not viewed as having legal power, except to the extent they aligned with the orders, proclamations, and regulations of the Indian government or the Directors of the East India Company.
The power of the Directors and of the Council of Batavia to enact local laws and regulations, seems not to have been very circumspectly defined in the first charters of the Company, those charters conferring on them, in general terms only, authority to provide for the administration of justice and establishment of police.
The authority of the Directors and the Council of Batavia to create local laws and regulations doesn't seem to have been clearly defined in the initial charters of the Company. These charters only grant them general powers to manage justice and set up police.
But from the nature of the occasion it seems evident, that this power of making colonial laws, as far at least as related to the Council of Batavia, could only have been a limited one, to be exercised with considerable discretion, and only upon points requiring an immediate provision, subject always to the approbation of the authorities at home; and even the Directors could hardly be considered to have possessed a greater extent of legislative power, than was necessary for the security of their new territories, and of their rights and privileges, or to have been authorised to deviate wantonly from the established law of the country, or neglect the dictates of justice and equity.
But given the nature of the situation, it’s clear that the power to make colonial laws, particularly in relation to the Council of Batavia, could only have been limited. It needed to be exercised with significant discretion and only on issues that required immediate attention, always subject to the approval of the authorities back home. Even the Directors likely didn’t have more legislative power than what was necessary to secure their new territories and protect their rights and privileges, nor were they allowed to stray carelessly from the established laws of the country or ignore the principles of justice and fairness.
In the great variety of matter comprehended in the colonial statutes, no subject seems to have occupied more attention than the laws respecting slavery. These, as already observed, appear to have been formed in general upon principles of humanity and consideration for the condition of the unfortunate beings to whom they related.
In the wide range of topics covered in the colonial laws, no issue seems to have received more attention than the laws regarding slavery. As noted earlier, these laws seem to have been created based on principles of compassion and concern for the plight of the unfortunate individuals they affected.
In consequence of a resolution of the year 1760, the Council of India ordered that the customs of the Mahomedans, in matters of inheritance and successions ab intestat, &c. should be sanctioned and published.
Due to a decision made in 1760, the Council of India ordered that the customs of the Muslims regarding inheritance and succession ab intestat, etc. should be approved and made public.
In civil matters, natives and Chinese in the districts of Batavia seem to have been governed by the same laws as the European inhabitants.
In civil cases, locals and Chinese people in the Batavia districts appear to be governed by the same laws as the European residents.
Crimes committed by natives or Chinese in the city of Batavia and its environs, had, from the first settlement of the Dutch on the island, always been tried by European judges, and according to European law. [Vol I Pg 315]
Crimes committed by locals or Chinese in the city of Batavia and its surrounding areas have always been judged by European judges and according to European law since the Dutch first settled on the island. [Vol I Pg 315]
In Bantam the criminal jurisdiction over the natives was left to the Sultan, and that over the Chinese resident there, was exercised as at Batavia according to the European law.
In Bantam, the Sultan had criminal jurisdiction over the natives, while jurisdiction over the Chinese residents was handled according to European law, similar to Batavia.
The Jakatra and Priáng'en Regencies seem formerly to have enjoyed a peculiar and fortunate state of tranquillity. Almost entirely removed from every communication and intercourse with Europeans, Chinese, and other foreign settlers found in the neighbourhood of Batavia, engaged in agriculture, and ruled by their own native chiefs, these districts seem to have been in a high degree free from crime; but whenever enormities did happen, the offenders were sent down to Batavia, and tried according to European law. It is to be observed, however, that on the first submission of those districts to the Company, their chiefs or regents reserved to themselves the jurisdiction over the inhabitants of their respective districts; but this stipulation appears to have been disregarded in the latter times of the Dutch Company, and under the late administration of Marshal Daendals, a court was established for these districts, the rule of which was European law.
The Jakatra and Priáng'en Regencies seem to have once enjoyed a unique and fortunate peace. Almost completely cut off from any contact with Europeans, Chinese, and other foreign settlers around Batavia, who were mainly involved in farming and governed by their own local leaders, these areas appeared to experience very little crime. However, whenever serious offenses did occur, the perpetrators were sent to Batavia for trial under European law. It's worth noting that when these regions first came under the Company's control, their leaders or regents kept jurisdiction over their local populations; however, this agreement seems to have been ignored during the later years of the Dutch Company. Under the recent administration of Marshal Daendals, a court was set up for these regions, which operated under European law.
From Chéribon the Chinese were amenable, as from Bantam and Batavia; but the natives were subject to a landraad (or local court), of which the Resident was president, and the Sultans members; and this court was, partly at least, directed by a papákam, or native code, compiled under the sanction of the government.
From Chéribon, the Chinese were agreeable, just like those from Bantam and Batavia; however, the locals were governed by a landraad (or local court), presided over by the Resident, with the Sultans as members. This court was, at least in part, guided by a papákam, or native code, created with the approval of the government.
In the Eastern districts of the island, the Javans seem always, in criminal matters, to have enjoyed their own laws, founded on ancient custom and the precepts of the Koran. Of these laws the Council of Batavia caused abstracts to be printed, for the guidance of the great landraad or high court at Semárang, to which all the Javans in the European provinces, from Losári to Banyuwángi were amenable.
In the eastern areas of the island, the Javanese have always had their own laws regarding criminal matters, based on ancient customs and the teachings of the Koran. The Council of Batavia had summaries printed to guide the great landraad or high court in Semárang, which had jurisdiction over all Javanese in the European provinces, from Losári to Banyuwángi.
Under the native government, the prime minister (Ráden Adipáti) is the head of the police, as well as every other department of authority. The higher class of functionaries is most frequently to be found in those parts of the country most remote from the seat of government, where, as governors of provinces, they possess some extension of powers. The great and fertile provinces near the capital, on the other hand, are divided into small appropriations, of from two hundred to one[Vol I Pg 316] thousand cháchas, or families, placed under the administration of division officers, whose authority is limited to the duties of police.
Under the local government, the prime minister (Ráden Adipáti) is in charge of the police and all other government departments. The higher-ranking officials are usually found in the more remote areas of the country, where they serve as provincial governors and have some extended powers. In contrast, the rich and fertile provinces near the capital are divided into smaller allocations, ranging from two hundred to one[Vol I Pg 316] thousand cháchas, or families, managed by division officers whose power is restricted to police duties.
Each village is possessed of a distinct organization within itself, has its chief, its Kabáyan or assistant, and if of any considerable size, its priest, whose advice is frequently had recourse to, and who generally decides petty disputes, especially respecting divorces and matters of inheritance. The chief of the village is not without his share of judicial authority, and often takes upon himself to punish by fine and imprisonment. In each village the inhabitants keep regular nightly watches and patrols.
Each village has its own distinct organization, with a chief, an assistant known as Kabáyan, and often a priest if the village is large enough. The priest's advice is often sought, especially for settling minor disputes like divorces and inheritance issues. The village chief also has some judicial authority and frequently imposes fines or imprisonment as punishment. Residents of each village maintain regular nighttime watches and patrols.
The manner in which these little societies have been recently formed in the districts to the east of Surabáyu, where the European authority had not interfered, and where the influence of the Mahomedan government was scarcely felt, will tend to illustrate their nature and constitution.
The way these small communities have recently formed in the areas east of Surabáyu, where European authority hasn't interfered and the influence of the Muslim government is barely felt, will help to show their nature and structure.
The frequent wars, in which the people had been engaged with the inhabitants of Báli and Madúra, as well as with the Dutch, had reduced those provinces to a state of wilderness towards the middle of the last century. The encouragement held out to the people of the neighbouring island of Madúra brought over several adventurers, who were allowed to occupy the land they cleared; first rent-free, and afterwards at a fixed assessment. If several persons came together, their leader was invested with the authority of Petíng'gi over the new village which they formed. When individuals associated to construct a village, the chief was elected by themselves, subject to the approval of the landlord; and they possessed the privilege, common in all the districts east of Surabáya, of annually electing their chief, or Petíng'gi.
The frequent wars that the people had fought with the inhabitants of Báli and Madúra, as well as with the Dutch, had left those provinces in a wild state by the middle of the last century. The incentives offered to the people from the nearby island of Madúra attracted several adventurers, who were allowed to settle on the land they cleared; initially rent-free, later at a fixed rate. If multiple people came together, their leader was given the authority of Petíng'gi over the new village they established. When individuals grouped together to build a village, they elected a chief among themselves, subject to the landlord's approval; they also had the right, common in all districts east of Surabáya, to elect their chief, or Petíng'gi, each year.
The nature of the duties rendered by this person was so essential to the well-being of a village, that this privilege was most intimately connected with its existence. Whenever a new assessment was imposed on the lands, it was the business of the Petíng'gi, if the amount was too high, to represent the matter to the superior, and to state the inability of the people to make good the demand: the consequence was, either a reduction of assessment on the part of the principal, or desertion on that of the people. But when the amount of the[Vol I Pg 317] assessment was considered reasonable (and any amount less than three-fifths seems to have been so considered), the Petíng'gi had to assemble all the people, and to distribute to each, in the common presence of all, his individual proportion of land, with a statement of the produce to be paid. He had to keep a roster of all duties required of the people, and to see that every man took his proper turn. When the harvest ripened, he had to watch the collectors, that they exacted no more from each man than his proportion; and the cultivator, that he did not embezzle any part of the due of government. In large villages he had an assistant, called a Kabáyan, who represented him during his absence, and with the Kamitúah and Múdin (priest), formed a court for settling petty village disputes; subject, however, to a reference, if the parties should be dissatisfied.
The duties performed by this person were so crucial to the well-being of the village that this role was deeply tied to its survival. Whenever a new tax was placed on the land, it was the job of the Petíng'gi to raise concerns with the higher authorities if the amount was too high and to communicate the community's inability to meet the demand. The result could either be a lower tax from the officials or people abandoning the village. However, when the tax amount was deemed reasonable (anything less than three-fifths was generally accepted as reasonable), the Petíng'gi needed to gather everyone and distribute their share of the land in front of the entire community, along with the details of the produce owed. He was responsible for keeping track of all the tasks expected of the villagers and ensuring that everyone took their turn. When it was time for harvest, he had to monitor the collectors to make sure they didn’t take more than what was due from each person and ensure that the cultivators didn’t steal any part of what was owed to the government. In larger villages, he had an assistant called a Kabáyan, who took over his duties when he was absent. Together with the Kamitúah and Múdin (the priest), they formed a small court to handle minor village disputes, with the option to escalate the matter if any party was unhappy.
It was customary for the people of the village to cultivate the lands of their Petíng'gi without payment. This and the honour of chiefship rendered the office an object of village ambition; while an annual election, and the fear, if turned out, of being called upon to justify his conduct, rendered this officer generally a steady and careful representative of his constituents.
It was common for the villagers to work the lands of their Petíng'gi without pay. This, along with the honor of being chief, made the position something everyone in the village aspired to. At the same time, the annual elections and the threat of needing to justify his actions if he was ousted kept this officer as a reliable and attentive representative of his community.
All strangers passing through the country were expected to apply to the Petíng'gi for the assistance they required; and if payment was tendered, all procurable necessaries were furnished. The Petíng'gi also took charge of the strangers' property, examined the same in the presence of the other head-man, and was bound to return the whole undiminished the next morning, or to pay the value. If, however, the stranger preferred keeping his property under his own charge, and rested himself for the night under some of the public sheds, the loss he might sustain fell on himself alone, and all he could procure from the village was assistance to trace the offenders.
All strangers traveling through the country were expected to go to the Petíng'gi for any help they needed; and if they offered payment, they would receive all necessary supplies. The Petíng'gi also took care of the strangers' belongings, inspected them in front of the other headman, and was required to return everything intact the next morning or to compensate for its value. However, if the stranger chose to keep their belongings with them and spent the night in one of the public shelters, any loss they experienced would be their own responsibility, and all they could get from the village was help in locating the offenders.
It was customary, as well to deter beasts of prey as thieves, for a part of the men of each village to keep a night watch round it, and to perform this duty in successive rotation.
It was common practice, both to scare off predators and thieves, for a group of men from each village to keep a night watch around it, taking turns to do this duty.
Such appears to have been the internal regulation of these villages; and it seems to have been framed according to the ancient usage of the island, the similarity of which to that of[Vol I Pg 318] Western India has been adduced as a strong instance of one common origin[82].
Such seems to have been the internal rules of these villages, and it appears to have been based on the ancient practices of the island, which are similar to those of[Vol I Pg 318] Western India, often cited as a strong example of a shared origin[82].
[Vol I Pg 319] It follows from the above, that each village has in itself the materials of a good police, and that a right of choosing their chiefs gives to the people a considerable share of real liberty[83]. This right of election in the inhabitants of the village, as before observed, would appear at one time to have been general throughout the island. It is still respected in the districts of Surabáya, where the office of Petíng'gi was always elective, for although the same person might hold it for many years, a ballot for the situation was regularly held at specified periods, varying from one to three years[84].
[Vol I Pg 319] From the above, it's clear that each village has everything needed for effective policing, and giving people the right to choose their leaders grants them a significant amount of real freedom[83]_. This voting right among village residents, as previously mentioned, seems to have been widespread across the island at one time. It is still honored in the areas of Surabáya, where the role of Petíng'gi has always been elected. Even though the same person could serve for many years, elections for this position were regularly held at set intervals, ranging from one to three years[84].
The right of election is also clearly acknowledged in the districts of Japára and Jawána. "That the Petíng'gi is elected by the inhabitants of a village," observes the officer who introduced the settlement into those districts[85], "there cannot be a doubt; and even the right of election is foregone by the people, though I have not met with a single instance of the kind, it may be taken for granted, that it is so only, in consequence of the influence of the Regent, to serve some particular purpose. While the Petíng'gi continues in office, he is looked up to and obeyed by the people of the village to which he belongs as the immediate chief. He generally occupies the paséban usually to be found in villages of consequence, and has two or more men, inhabitants of the village, appointed to attend him wherever he goes. A Petíng'gi was usually elected for one year, during which time he could not, according to the ancient usage, be removed, except in consequence of some [Vol I Pg 320]gross misconduct, but if his conduct was such as to give satisfaction to the inhabitants, they continued him for several years. As far as I could learn," continues the same officer, "the Regent, or other superior native authority, seldom interfered in the election of a Petíng'gi; but it was generally understood, that although he could not force a Petíng'gi upon them who was disliked by the people, his confirmation was required before the person elected could act with effect."
The right to vote is also clearly recognized in the districts of Japára and Jawána. "It's undeniable that the Petíng'gi is elected by the villagers," states the officer who established the settlement in those areas[85], "and while the people may forfeit their right to elect, though I haven't encountered a single case of that, it's reasonable to assume that it only happens due to the Regent's influence for some specific reason. While the Petíng'gi is in office, he's respected and followed by the people of his village as their immediate chief. He typically uses the paséban found in significant villages, and he has two or more local men assigned to accompany him wherever he goes. A Petíng'gi was usually elected for a year, during which he could not be removed under traditional practices unless for serious misconduct, but if he performed well, the villagers would keep him for several years. As far as I could find out," the same officer continues, "the Regent or any other higher local authority rarely interfered in the election of a Petíng'gi; however, it was commonly understood that even though he couldn't impose an unwanted Petíng'gi, his approval was necessary before the elected person could function effectively."
In the Súnda districts of Chéribon and Tegál, the appointment to this office is invariably made, if not by the election of the villagers, generally from among themselves, and always with their concurrence. It is a common practice for the people of a village, even where the right of election is not in use, to represent in a body the conduct of their chief, if incorrect; and it has always been necessary for the chief native authority to remove him, if the complaints were justly founded.
In the Súnda districts of Chéribon and Tegál, the person chosen for this role is usually selected, if not directly elected by the villagers, then typically from within their own group and always with their agreement. It’s a common practice for village residents to collectively address the behavior of their leader, especially if it's inappropriate; and the local chief authority has always had to remove him if the complaints are valid.
A reference to the judicial regulations in the Appendix[86] will show how desirous the British government on the island has been to protect the privileges of these societies, and in particular the right of electing their chief.
A reference to the judicial regulations in the Appendix[86] will show how eager the British government on the island has been to safeguard the privileges of these societies, especially the right to choose their leader.
When the British authority was established on the island, it was immediately seen that something must be done to supply the deficiencies, and to correct the imperfections of the native code. All the other changes in contemplation for the encouragement of industry and for the abolition of oppressive and impolitic exactions, would have been nugatory, without such an improvement in the judicial and police regulations, as would secure, by a full and impartial administration of justice, the rights and privileges about to be conferred. It would have been in vain to define the limits of power, to issue directions for guiding the conduct of public servants in their transactions with the people, or to have abrogated the oppressive privileges of the chiefs, and to have assured the people of the intention of government to protect them against all invasion of their rights, either by open violence, by the exaction of services, or by oppressive contributions, without[Vol I Pg 321] establishing effective means of obtaining redress when aggrieved. The system acted upon was at once barbarous and revolting. Practices prevailed under the sanction of native law, which were abhorrent to the criminal jurisdiction of any enlightened nation, without being at all necessary to the due administration of justice[87]. I allude particularly to torture and mutilation. These the Earl of Minto immediately abolished, by his proclamation of the 11th September 1811, in which, besides this beneficial and humane enactment, he laid down clearly and distinctly the liberal and enlightened principles which should guide the local government in the subsequent revision of the civil and criminal code of the colony. The result was the enactment of the code of judicial and police regulations which will be found in the Appendix to this work[88]. The outlines of these regulations, and the principles which dictated them, are contained in a Minute which I recorded on the 11th February 1814, when they were [Vol I Pg 322]completed and promulgated; and the following quotations from that document may be sufficient to put the reader in possession of the change which was effected.
When British authority was established on the island, it quickly became clear that action was needed to address deficiencies and correct the flaws in the local code. Any other proposed changes to promote industry and eliminate oppressive practices would be meaningless without improvements to the judicial and police regulations that ensured a fair and unbiased administration of justice, safeguarding the rights and privileges being granted. It would have been pointless to define the limits of power, instruct public servants on how to interact with the people, abolish the unfair privileges of the chiefs, or assure the population that the government aimed to protect them from any infringement of their rights—whether through open violence, forced labor, or heavy taxes—without establishing effective means for obtaining justice when wronged. The existing system was both barbaric and shocking. Practices allowed under native law were repugnant to any civilized legal system and were not necessary for the proper administration of justice. I specifically refer to torture and mutilation. The Earl of Minto swiftly ended these practices through his proclamation on September 11, 1811, which not only abolished these harmful and inhumane practices but also clearly outlined the liberal and progressive principles that should guide the local government in the future revision of the colony's civil and criminal code. The outcome was the creation of the judicial and police regulations code that can be found in the Appendix to this work. The details of these regulations and the principles behind them are in a Minute I recorded on February 11, 1814, when they were completed and announced; and the following quotes from that document should be enough to inform the reader of the changes that were made.
"It was essential, in conducting the revenue arrangements, that the measures taken for the establishment of a good and efficient police, and the full and impartial administration of justice throughout the island, should preserve an equal pace.
"It was crucial, in organizing the revenue arrangements, that the steps taken to set up a good and efficient police force, along with the fair and unbiased administration of justice across the island, should keep in sync."
"Rights were not to be bestowed and defined, without a suitable provision for their being effectually guarded against any invasion; and it became an object of the first moment, to form such an adequate and consistent code of regulations, as should serve, in every instance, to guide the executive officers of government in the performance of their duty, and to make known, and secure to the people, the means of obtaining redress, whenever they felt themselves in any way aggrieved.
"Rights shouldn't just be given and defined without a proper way to effectively protect them from any violation. It became crucial to create a solid and consistent set of regulations that would guide government officials in carrying out their duties, and inform the people about how to seek justice whenever they felt wronged."
"The system found existing on our first arrival was at once complicated and confused. In the principal towns there were established courts, but these were constituted in all the troublesome formalities of the Roman law; and in the different residencies were provincial courts, styled land-raads, where the native form and law was left to take its course, with all its barbarities and tortures.
"The system we encountered upon our arrival was both complex and chaotic. In the main towns, there were established courts, but they were burdened with all the cumbersome formalities of Roman law; and in various areas, there were provincial courts called land-raads, where local customs and laws were allowed to prevail, complete with all their brutalities and tortures."
"The Dutch government, proceeding entirely on the system of commercial monopoly, paid very inferior attention to their internal administration. They had little other connexion with their best subjects, the cultivators of the soil, than in calling on them, from time to time, for arbitrary and oppressive contributions and services; and for the rest, gave them up to be vassals to the various intermediate authorities, the Regents, Demángs, and other native officers. These either at first purchased their situations, or stipulated for a certain tribute, in service or money, in consideration of which all the inferior classes of inhabitants were made over, to be dealt with by them as most pleasing to themselves. Policy, and the common attention to their own good, suggested to these a certain equity of procedure, and it was generally the custom to leave each village to its own management, with respect to police and settling the petty[Vol I Pg 323] quarrels that occurred within its limits; but for the continuance of what was good in such a system, there was no security whatsoever, and oppression and injustice must have constantly occurred. Where the will of the lord was the paramount law, his vassals could only have depended on his natural goodness of disposition for being equitably treated. No remedy was afforded where the reverse was the case, and they possessed, in short, no security, no freedom whatsoever.
"The Dutch government, operating entirely on a commercial monopoly, paid little attention to their internal administration. Their main connection with their best subjects, the farmers, was just calling on them occasionally for arbitrary and oppressive taxes and labor; aside from that, they left them to be subjects of various local authorities, like the Regents, Demángs, and other native officials. These officials either bought their positions or agreed to pay a certain tribute, in services or money, in exchange for which all the lower classes of inhabitants were handed over to them to manage as they saw fit. Though they were motivated by self-interest to be somewhat fair, it was common practice to let each village manage its own affairs regarding law enforcement and resolving minor disputes within its borders; however, there was no guarantee that anything good would continue in this system, and oppression and injustice were likely to happen continually. Where the lord’s will was the supreme law, his vassals could only rely on his natural kindness for fair treatment. No remedy was available when the situation was the opposite, and in short, they had no security, no freedom at all."
"On the propriety of the measures to be adopted by us to remedy such evils, no doubt could exist.
"There's no doubt about the appropriateness of the measures we need to take to fix such issues."
"The first proclamation of the enlightened founder of the present government adverted immediately to this subject. As a step that could not, consistently with British ideas, admit of a moment's delay, it instantly ordained, that torture and mutilation should no longer make part of any sentence to be pronounced against criminals; and it then proceeded to define clearly the relative situation of the English and Dutch inhabitants, laying down rules for the future guidance of government concerning them. This proclamation, dated 11th September, 1811, has long been before the world, and it would be superfluous, in this place, to dwell on that love of justice and benevolence of disposition, which is to be traced through every part of it. It forms the basis of the present respective European rights in this colony[89].
"The first announcement from the enlightened founder of the current government immediately addressed this issue. As a step that couldn't, according to British values, be delayed for even a moment, it quickly established that torture and mutilation would no longer be part of any sentence given to criminals. It then clearly defined the relationship between the English and Dutch inhabitants, laying out rules for how the government should treat them in the future. This proclamation, dated September 11, 1811, has long been available to the public, so it's unnecessary to elaborate here on the love of justice and kindness that runs through every part of it. It serves as the foundation for the present European rights in this colony[89].
"As a continuation of the measures so ably sketched out by my predecessor, I issued the proclamation, dated the 21st January, 1812.
"As a continuation of the measures clearly outlined by my predecessor, I issued the proclamation dated January 21, 1812."
"In this I attempted to simplify the clumsy and unwieldy structure of the former courts, by abolishing some, lessening the number of the judges in the remaining ones, and by defining, as accurately as I could, the limits of their respective jurisdictions.
"In this, I tried to make the complicated and bulky structure of the old courts easier to manage by getting rid of some, reducing the number of judges in the others, and by clearly defining the limits of their respective jurisdictions as best as I could."
"It was found that, formerly, there were separate courts for investigating the conduct of the immediate European servants of the Dutch Company, and of Europeans not included in that service. This distinction, as Lord Minto observed, never could have been grounded on any sound[Vol I Pg 324] principle, and it being resolved, that justice, under the British government, should be administered equal and alike to all classes and denominations, the judicial power of the College of Schepenen was abolished, and transferred to the jurisdiction of the courts of justice.
"It was discovered that there used to be separate courts to investigate the behavior of the direct European employees of the Dutch Company and of Europeans not part of that service. This distinction, as Lord Minto pointed out, could never have been based on any solid principle, and it was decided that justice, under the British government, should be applied equally to all groups and categories. As a result, the judicial power of the College of Schepenen was abolished and moved to the jurisdiction of the courts of justice.[Vol I Pg 324]"
"The great number of judges who, under the Dutch administration, formed a court, was reduced in each to a president and three members.
"The large number of judges who, under the Dutch administration, made up a court, was reduced to a president and three members."
"One court was established in each of the three principal towns, Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, the jurisdiction of which extended over its European inhabitants; proceeding, in civil cases, in the mode before established, but in criminal ones, so as to conform as much as possible to that established in Great Britain; in all cases confronting the prisoner with the evidence, and a jury being called to judge of the fact on the evidence so adduced.
"One court was set up in each of the three main towns, Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, with jurisdiction over their European residents. In civil cases, proceedings followed the established method, but in criminal cases, they aimed to align as closely as possible with the system in Great Britain. In all cases, the prisoner was confronted with the evidence, and a jury was called to determine the facts based on the presented evidence."
"To relieve these courts from numerous inconsiderable causes, courts, of the nature of Courts of Requests, were also established in these three towns, for the recovery of small debts.
"To free these courts from a lot of minor cases, courts similar to Courts of Requests were also set up in these three towns to handle the collection of small debts."
"For matters of police within the towns, magistrates were appointed; but they were ordered to confine themselves entirely to this branch.
"For police matters within the towns, magistrates were appointed; however, they were instructed to focus solely on this area."
"An abuse which had been discovered to be usual, the compounding crimes and offences, in consideration of a sum of money paid to the Fiscal or other officer, had also met with Lord Minto's most severe reprehension, as being one of an abominable nature, and to be suppressed without delay. The practice was accordingly strictly prohibited, and consonantly with British ideas was termed scandalous.
"An abuse that was found to be common, where crimes and offenses were settled for a sum of money paid to the Fiscal or another officer, had also received Lord Minto's strongest disapproval, as it was considered totally unacceptable and needed to be stopped immediately. The practice was therefore strictly banned and, in line with British standards, was called scandalous."
"Thus much had been done with regard to Europeans, and it has been found fully sufficient.
"That’s how much has been accomplished concerning Europeans, and it has proven to be more than enough."
"But with respect to the native inhabitants of the Island, it was to be expected that much greater changes would be necessary.
"But regarding the native inhabitants of the Island, it was expected that much bigger changes would be needed."
"In the first instance, it was ordered that courts should be established in the different districts, in which the chief civil authorities should preside, aided by the Regents and other native officers, for the purpose of hearing and trying all causes in which natives only were concerned; the[Vol I Pg 325] amount of their civil decisions, when exceeding fifty dollars, being submitted for confirmation to the courts of justice; and all criminal cases, of a capital nature, being made over by them to judges of circuit, who were ordered to be sent on this duty twice a year, from among the members of the superior courts.
"In the beginning, it was decided that courts should be set up in different districts, where the main civil authorities would lead, supported by the Regents and other local officials, to hear and try all cases involving only local people; the[Vol I Pg 325] amount of their civil decisions, when over fifty dollars, would be sent for approval to the courts of justice; and all serious criminal cases would be handed over to circuit judges, who were instructed to be assigned to this duty twice a year from the members of the higher courts."
"Thus much was known not to militate either against the principles of universal and natural justice, or against the particular laws and usages of the country; and thus much was only, at first, done, because it was resolved to obtain the fullest knowledge of the subject, with regard to the manners, habits, and institutions of our native subjects, before we established one general code of regulations for the internal administration of the country.
"Thus much was known not to contradict the principles of universal and natural justice, nor against the specific laws and customs of the country; and this was only initially done because there was a decision to gain a complete understanding of the subject concerning the customs, habits, and institutions of our native population before we created one general set of rules for the internal administration of the country."
"In effecting this grand object, it was rather my wish to have it maturely and well done, than by accelerating it too much, to run the risk of taking up a crude system, which would require to be afterwards re-considered, and perhaps entirely new modelled.
"In pursuing this big goal, I preferred to take my time to do it properly rather than rush and risk adopting a rough plan that would need to be revisited and possibly completely redone."
"On the principle, however, which would eventually guide me, there was no doubt, nor is it necessary for me to dilate on the impolicy, the inconvenience, or the injustice, of subjecting the natives of Java to any other laws, than those of their ancient government and established faith.
"On the principle that would eventually guide me, there was no doubt, and it's not necessary for me to elaborate on the unwise, inconvenient, or unjust practice of making the natives of Java follow any laws other than those of their traditional government and established beliefs."
"The tranquillity of the country and the duties of police have been provided for, by preserving the original constitution of the villages, and continuing the superintendence and responsibility in the hands of those, whose rank enables them to exert a due influence, and to command respect. For the administration of justice, the duties of the Resident, as judge and magistrate, have been considerably extended. In civil cases, the mode of proceeding, and the establishment of petty courts, are founded on the practice of the country; in criminal, the jurisdiction and authority of the Resident has been considerably extended. Hitherto, his duties had been strictly confined to police; but considerable delay and injury to the parties accused, as well as to the witnesses, had been occasioned by allowing all causes of a higher nature to lie over for the Court of Circuit: and as the separation of the collection of the Revenue would afford[Vol I Pg 326] more time to the Resident, it was resolved to extend the criminal jurisdiction of the Provincial Courts to all cases, in which the punishment for the crime alleged does not amount to death. In these courts, which instead of being termed Landraad, as heretofore, are now styled the Resident's Courts, the Panghúlu, or chief priest, and the superior, Jáksa, or native fiscal, attend to expound the law. The Bopátis, or Regents, with their Pátehs, are present, to aid and assist the Resident with their opinion in the course of the investigation, but they have no vote in the decision. If the opinion of the law officers appears to the Resident to be according to substantial justice, and is in accordance with his own opinion, the sentence is immediately carried into effect, provided the punishment does not extend to transportation or imprisonment for life.
"The calmness of the countryside and police duties have been managed by maintaining the original structure of the villages and keeping oversight and responsibility with those whose status allows them to have a proper influence and earn respect. For administering justice, the role of the Resident as judge and magistrate has been significantly expanded. In civil matters, the procedures and the setting up of minor courts are based on local practices; in criminal cases, the Resident's authority has been greatly increased. Until now, his responsibilities were limited to police work, but significant delays and harm to the accused and witnesses occurred because all higher-level cases had to wait for the Circuit Court. Since separating the collection of Revenue would give the Resident more time, it was decided to extend the criminal jurisdiction of the Provincial Courts to all cases where the punishment does not involve death. These courts, now known as the Resident's Courts instead of Landraad as before, feature the Panghúlu, or chief priest, and the senior Jáksa, or native fiscal, to interpret the law. The Bopátis, or Regents, along with their Pátehs, are present to assist the Resident with their opinions during the investigation, but they do not vote on the outcome. If the legal officers' opinions align with what the Resident sees as fair and agree with his judgment, the sentence is enforced immediately, as long as the punishment doesn’t involve transportation or life imprisonment."
"In cases where the punishment adjudged is more considerable, or wherein the opinion of the law officers may be at variance with that of the Resident, a reference is to be made to the Lieutenant Governor; and in all cases where the punishment for the crimes charged is of a capital nature, the prisoner is committed to jail, to take his trial before the Circuit Judge.
"In situations where the punishment given is more severe, or when the legal advisors disagree with the Resident's opinion, the matter should be referred to the Lieutenant Governor. Additionally, in all cases where the punishment for the alleged crimes is capital, the prisoner is sent to jail to stand trial before the Circuit Judge."
"On the first establishment of the Courts of Circuit, it was directed that the President and one other member of the Courts of Justice, should proceed once in six months, or as much oftener as circumstances might require, to the different Residencies in their several jurisdictions, for the trial of offenders. Much inconvenience, however, was found to arise from the absence of those members of the courts from the towns in which they were established, as it necessarily followed, that all civil business was at a stand while they were away. On the other hand, to prevent delay on the trial of criminals, it was necessary that they should visit the Residencies more frequently than once in six months.
"At the initial setup of the Circuit Courts, it was decided that the President and one other member of the Courts of Justice would travel every six months, or more often if needed, to the various Residencies in their jurisdictions to try offenders. However, this led to significant inconvenience due to the absence of those court members from the towns where the courts were based, as civil business came to a halt while they were gone. Conversely, to avoid delays in criminal trials, it was essential for them to visit the Residencies more often than every six months."
"To remedy this in future, and to provide for the prompt and due administration of justice among the native inhabitants, in a manner that is not repugnant to their notions of right and wrong, one member of each of the courts of justice has been appointed a Judge of Circuit, who will be present in each of the Residencies at least once in every three[Vol I Pg 327] months, and as much oftener as necessary. In the mode of proceeding, they are to avoid the formalities of the Roman law. A native jury, consisting of an intelligent foreman and four others[90], decide upon the fact: the law is then taken down, as expounded by the native law officers, and the sentence, with the opinion of the Judge of Circuit, and on the application of the Dutch and Colonial law on the cases, is forwarded for the modification or confirmation of the Lieutenant Governor.
"To fix this in the future and ensure timely and fair justice for the local people in a way that aligns with their understanding of right and wrong, one member from each court has been designated as a Circuit Judge. This judge will visit each Residency at least once every three[Vol I Pg 327] months, and more often if needed. In their procedures, they will skip the formalities of Roman law. A local jury, made up of a knowledgeable foreman and four others[90], will determine the facts: the law is then recorded as explained by the local law officers, and the ruling, along with the Circuit Judge's opinion and the application of Dutch and Colonial law to the cases, is sent to the Lieutenant Governor for adjustment or approval."
"Hitherto the jury required by the Court of Circuit, did not exceed five in number, and these, as justly observed, 'were chosen from a class of men (Europeans) who had no common feelings, no common rights; who were, in no shape or consideration, the equals of the person tried. The law was the law of Europe. The jury, under their best prejudices, were influenced by that law; and its meanings and penalties were applied to people who reason in a different manner, and who often never knew any thing of the laws of Europe, before they found themselves its convicted victims.'
"Until now, the jury required by the Circuit Court consisted of no more than five members, and, as pointed out, 'they were selected from a group of men (Europeans) who shared no common feelings or rights; who were, in every way, not equals to the person on trial. The law was based on European standards. The jury, despite their best intentions, were swayed by that law, and its meanings and penalties were imposed on people who think differently and who often had no prior knowledge of European laws before they became its convicted victims.'"
"The general jurisdiction of the Courts of Justice at Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, is now confined to Europeans and foreigners and to the inhabitants of those towns and their suburbs; and a line has been drawn, which distinctly separates the police of the country from that of the towns.
"The Courts of Justice in Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya now only serve Europeans, foreigners, and the residents of those cities and their suburbs. A clear line has been established that separates the country's police from that of the towns."
"Collections of the different law-books and institutions of the country are now making, and a native establishment has been formed at Buitenzorg, under my immediate superintendence, for examining and revising the judicial proceedings, and for affording to the native inhabitants that facility of appeal, which the remoteness of the Government, and the rules of Dutch administration, did not formerly admit of, but which is so consonant to the principles on which the new system of internal economy has been established."
"Collections of various laws and legal documents in the country are currently being compiled, and a local organization has been established in Buitenzorg, under my direct supervision, to review and revise judicial processes. This aims to provide the local residents with easier access to appeals, which the distance from the Government and the Dutch administrative rules previously did not allow, but which aligns with the principles on which the new internal management system has been set up."
Under the native government, the whole of the male population[Vol I Pg 328] capable of bearing arms was liable to military service; but the number of people required to cultivate the land, and to perform other public services, did not admit of more than one-third being spared for military purposes, except in cases of extraordinary emergency. The extent of the force permanently kept up by the sovereign in time of peace varied, of course, with the probability of approaching hostilities: when this was smallest, the number seldom exceeded what was required for the state and pomp of the court, and might have amounted to four or five thousand men. Until within the last sixty years, when the Dutch first obtained a supremacy over the whole island, the provinces under the native administration had for several centuries been in a continual state of warfare; but since that period the military spirit has been gradually subsiding, and, by the existing treaties with the native princes, they are restricted in the number of troops which they may maintain. Those of the Susuhúnan are limited to a body guard of one thousand men: such further number as may be required for the tranquillity of the country, the European government undertakes to furnish.
Under the local government, all able-bodied men[Vol I Pg 328] were subject to military service. However, the need for people to farm the land and perform other public duties meant that typically only one-third could be allocated for military duties, except in cases of extreme emergency. The size of the army maintained by the ruler during peacetime varied according to the likelihood of impending conflict: when this likelihood was low, the number usually didn’t exceed what was needed for the state's grandeur and might have been around four or five thousand men. Until about sixty years ago, when the Dutch took control of the entire island, the provinces under native rule had been in a constant state of war for several centuries. Since then, the military mindset has been steadily declining, and according to the current treaties with the native princes, they have limits on the number of troops they can maintain. The Susuhúnan is restricted to a bodyguard of one thousand men, while the European government is responsible for providing any additional forces necessary to keep the peace in the country.
Before the native sovereign was under this restriction, he used to raise the requisite force by a demand upon the governor of each province for a specified number, to be furnished at a certain time, varying according to circumstances. The governor or chief of the province apportioned this demand among the subdivisions, and the village chiefs selected from among the villagers as many as were required of them; and thus, in a country where every man wears a kris or dagger, and the spear or pike is the principal military weapon, an army, or rather a numerous armed mob, was easily collected in a few days. The men furnished from the villages, and of whom the mass of every large army necessarily consisted, were distinguished from the soldiers by profession (prajúrit), by the term árahan, or prajúrit árahan. During their absence from home, they were provisioned by the sovereign, and their wives and families were maintained by the head of the village, who required of the remaining cultivators to assist in working their fields or gardens.
Before the native ruler was under this restriction, he would gather the necessary force by requesting a specific number of troops from the governor of each province, to be provided at a certain time, depending on the situation. The governor or provincial chief would divide this request among the subdivisions, and the village chiefs would choose from among the villagers as many as were needed. In a country where every man carries a kris or dagger, and where the spear or pike is the main military weapon, an army, or rather a large armed group, could be assembled in just a few days. The men supplied from the villages, who made up most of any large army, were referred to differently than professional soldiers (prajúrit); they were called árahan or prajúrit árahan. While they were away from home, they received provisions from the ruler, and their wives and families were supported by the village head, who asked the other farmers to help work their fields or gardens.
The sovereign, as the head of the military and the fountain of military honour, assumes among his titles that of Senapáti,[Vol I Pg 329] or lord of war. When an army is to be raised, he appoints a certain number of his chiefs to be widánas, or commanders of corps of three hundred and twenty men. Under each widána are four lúrahs or tíndihs, who command companies of eighty men, and have each two subaltern officers, called babákals or sesábats, each having the command of forty men. The widánas were remunerated for their services by grants of land, to the amount of a thousand cháchas, from which they had again to make assignments for the maintenance of the inferior officers, who were always nominated by them.
The ruler, as the leader of the military and the source of military honor, takes on the title of Senapáti,[Vol I Pg 329] or lord of war. When an army needs to be assembled, he assigns a certain number of his chiefs to be widánas, or commanders of groups of three hundred and twenty men. Under each widána, there are four lúrahs or tíndihs, who lead companies of eighty men, each having two subordinate officers known as babákals or sesábats, who command forty men each. The widánas were compensated for their services with land grants totaling a thousand cháchas, from which they had to allocate resources for the support of the lower-ranking officers, who were always chosen by them.
When troops march through the country, or supplies are required, a demand is made upon the neighbouring districts, which are obliged to contribute according to their means, without payment. When in an enemy's country, the troops, of course, subsist by plunder, the disbursement of money for provisions or supplies being unknown.
When troops march through the country or need supplies, a request is made to the nearby areas, which have to contribute based on what they can afford, without payment. When in an enemy's territory, the troops naturally survive by stealing, and spending money on food or supplies is unheard of.
The native armies of Java consisted chiefly of infantry, but the officers were invariably mounted, and when cavalry was required, each province furnished its quota: the troops, whether on foot or mounted, joined the army properly equipped for action. It was thus unnecessary for the sovereign to keep up a store of arms. Each village has its provision of spears, and sometimes of fire-arms; the officer of subdivision keeps a further reserve for contingencies; and as the chief of the province is responsible for the proper equipment of the men, he generally has also a further store to supply any deficiency.
The native armies of Java mainly consisted of infantry, but the officers were always on horseback. When cavalry was needed, each province provided its share. The troops, whether on foot or horseback, were fully equipped for action. Because of this, the ruler didn’t need to maintain a large stockpile of weapons. Each village had its supply of spears and sometimes firearms; the local officer kept an additional reserve for emergencies. Since the provincial chief is responsible for ensuring the men are properly equipped, he usually has extra supplies to cover any shortages.
Of the different weapons used in Java, the most important and the most peculiar to the Eastern Islands is the krís, which is now worn by all classes, and as an article of dress has already been noticed.
Of the various weapons used in Java, the most significant and unique to the Eastern Islands is the krís, which is now worn by all social classes, and as a fashion item has already been mentioned.
The Javan krís differs from the Malayan, in being much more plain, as well in the blade as in the handle and sheath: it differs also in the handle and sheath from the krís of Madúra and Báli, as may be seen in the plate. The varieties of the blade are said to exceed an hundred; and as a knowledge of the krís is considered highly important by the Javans, I have, in a separate plate, offered specimens of the most common.
The Javan krís is different from the Malayan version, as it is much simpler in design, both in the blade and in the handle and sheath. It also varies in the handle and sheath compared to the krís from Madúra and Báli, which can be seen in the plate. The types of blade are said to number over a hundred, and since understanding the krís is considered very important by the Javans, I have presented examples of the most common ones in a separate plate.
In the plates are also exhibited the different kind of spears, darts, and other weapons, either said to have been in use for[Vol I Pg 330]merly, or actually used at the present day. These are the bow and arrow (gendewa, pana) which are seldom used in modern days, except on state occasions. The arrows, termed chákra, paspáti, trisúla, waráyang, diwál, róda dedáli, and others of a similar form, as well as the clubs called indán, gáda, and dénda, are represented as the weapons used by the gods, demigods, and heroes of antiquity, and are constantly referred to in the mythological and historical romances of the Javans, and exhibited in their scenic and dramatic entertainments. The túlup and páser represent the tube and the small arrows which are rendered poisonous by the úpas: these have not been used on Java for centuries, but they are common in less civilized islands of the Archipelago, and particularly on Borneo. The gánjing is an iron bar, formerly used by the Javans. The bandríny, or sling, is still used with considerable effect, and was employed in resisting the British troops in 1812. The pedáng, bandól, badík, golók, mentók, lámang or klewáng, and chundrík, are varieties of the sword. The kúdí-tránchang is a weapon which was formerly general on Java, but not now much used. The wedúng is a peculiar weapon, in the shape of a chopper, worn on occasions of state by all chiefs when in presence of the sovereign. Of spears and darts, there are several varieties distinguished by different names. Small round shields are still in use; the long shield is not. The matchlock exhibited in the plate is a representation of a piece manufactured on Báli.
In the illustrations, various types of spears, darts, and other weapons are showcased, said to have been used in the past or currently in use today. These include the bow and arrow (gendewa, pana), which are rarely used nowadays, except for special occasions. The arrows, known as chákra, paspáti, trisúla, waráyang, diwál, róda dedáli, and others like them, along with the clubs named indán, gáda, and dénda, are depicted as the weapons of the gods, demigods, and heroes from ancient times, often referenced in Javanese myths and historical tales, and displayed in their theatrical performances. The túlup and páser represent a tube and small arrows poisoned by the úpas; these have not been used in Java for centuries, but are common in less developed islands of the Archipelago, particularly Borneo. The gánjing is an iron bar that was once used by the Javanese. The bandríny, or sling, is still effectively used and was employed against British troops in 1812. The pedáng, bandól, badík, golók, mentók, lámang or klewáng, and chundrík are different types of swords. The kúdí-tránchang was once a common weapon in Java, but is not widely used today. The wedúng is a unique weapon shaped like a chopper, worn by all chiefs on state occasions in the presence of the monarch. There are several types of spears and darts, each with different names. Small round shields are still in use; however, the long shield is not. The matchlock displayed in the illustration represents a piece made in Báli.
Besides these instruments of war, the Javans have long been acquainted with the use of cannon, muskets, and pistols. Previous to the reduction of Yúgya-kérta, in 1812, by the British forces, the Sultan cast brass guns of considerable calibre, and at Grésik they are still manufactured for exportation. Round the kráton of Súra-kérta are mounted several very large pieces of artillery, and great veneration is paid to some of them supposed to have been the first introduced on the island: two, in particular, are considered to be part of the regalia. For muskets and pistols they are principally indebted to Europeans. Gunpowder they manufacture, but to no considerable extent, and the quality is not esteemed.
Besides these weapons, the Javanese have long been familiar with using cannons, muskets, and pistols. Before the British forces took over Yúgya-kérta in 1812, the Sultan cast brass guns of significant size, and at Grésik, they are still made for export. Surrounding the kráton of Súra-kérta are several very large pieces of artillery, with great respect shown to some believed to be the first brought to the island: two, in particular, are seen as part of the royal insignia. They mainly rely on Europeans for muskets and pistols. They do produce gunpowder, but it's not done on a large scale, and the quality isn't highly regarded.
From an army raised only on emergency, and composed of people who do not make the military life a profession, much[Vol I Pg 331] discipline cannot be expected. The veneration, however, which the common people pay to their chiefs, the well defined gradations of rank, and the devotion with which all classes are willing to sacrifice themselves in support of their ancient institutions and independence, seem to render the Javan troops, while acting under their own chiefs, orderly and tractable. In their tactics and conduct they endeavour to emulate the examples given in their ancient romances; and in the plans for their pitched battles, the march of their armies, and the individual heroism of their chiefs, they strive to imitate the romantic exhibitions contained in the poems of antiquity. In the great Matárem war, for instance, the result of which was the establishment of the present family on the throne, the disposition of the army is said to have been in the form of a shrimp or prawn, as represented in the plate. This form is termed mangkára, or the shrimp which hides its soul, alluding to the sovereign who is in the centre and not to be approached. The plan of this order of battle is said to have been taken from the poem of the Bráta Yúdha, and was adopted by Bimányu, the son of Arjúna. The diráda máta is another form, said to have been used by the army of Astína, and has likewise been adopted by the modern Javans[91].
From an army formed only in emergencies and made up of people who don’t pursue military life as a career, not much discipline can be expected. However, the respect that common people show to their leaders, the clear ranks, and the willingness of all classes to sacrifice themselves for their traditional institutions and independence make Javanese troops orderly and cooperative when led by their own commanders. In their tactics and behavior, they try to follow the examples from their ancient stories; they aim to reflect the dramatic displays found in the old poems in their battle plans, military movements, and the bravery of their leaders. For instance, in the significant Matárem war, which led to the current royal family taking the throne, the army was said to be arranged in the shape of a shrimp, as depicted in the illustration. This shape is called mangkára, or the shrimp that hides its soul, referring to the king in the center who cannot be approached. This battle formation is said to have been inspired by the poem of the Bráta Yúdha and was adopted by Bimányu, the son of Arjúna. The diráda máta is another formation, reportedly used by the army of Astína, which has also been adopted by modern Javanese.
Of the bravery and heroism required of a soldier, some notion has been given in the account of the Javan ethics; and a reference to their history, for the last three centuries, will abundantly prove, that although unacquainted with those evolutions and tactics which contribute so largely to the power of an European army, the Javans, as soldiers, have not been deficient, either in personal courage, or in such military principles as might be expected from the general state of society among them, and as are well suited to the nature of the country and the weapons they are accustomed to carry[92]. [Vol I Pg 332]
Of the bravery and heroism expected of a soldier, some understanding has been presented in the discussion of Javan ethics; and a look at their history over the last three centuries will clearly show that, although they may not be familiar with the tactics and strategies that significantly enhance the effectiveness of a European army, the Javanese, as soldiers, have shown no deficiency in personal courage or in the military principles that one would expect given their societal context, which align well with the nature of their land and the weapons they typically wield.[92]. [Vol I Pg 332]
It is the national boast, that it was not so much by force of arms as by intrigue and stratagem, that the Dutch obtained the superiority in the country. The history of the Dutch administration on Java will abundantly testify this, and at the same time prove, that among Asiatics, there are few nations who have fought more obstinately in support of their independence than the Javans. It was by corrupting and bribing the chiefs, and sowing disunion among them, that the Dutch succeeded in dismembering an empire, already shaken, at the period of their arrival, by the constant wars which attended the establishment of Mahomedanism. The comparison which has been drawn by the Javans themselves of their own character, in contrast with that of the Dutch, may serve to illustrate the nature of the military feeling still existing in the country. "The Dutch," say they, "are superior to the Javans, inasmuch as they have good heads; they can calculate, and they understand policy better, but then they have cold hearts: the Javans are poor simple beings, but they love their country and will never quit it; their heart glows and often burns."
It’s a point of national pride that the Dutch gained control of the country not mainly through military force but through manipulation and strategy. The history of Dutch rule in Java supports this idea and also shows that among Asian nations, the Javanese have fought more fiercely for their independence than most. The Dutch managed to break apart an already weakened empire when they arrived by bribing and corrupting local leaders and creating divisions among them. The comparison made by the Javanese between their own character and that of the Dutch illustrates the military spirit still present in the country. “The Dutch,” they say, “are better than the Javanese because they think clearly; they can strategize and are more politically savvy, but they have cold hearts. The Javanese are simple people, but they love their homeland and will never leave it; their hearts are passionate and often burn with intensity.”
The phrenzy generally known by the term muck or ámok, is only another form of that fit of desperation which bears the same name among the military, and under the influence of which they rush upon the enemy, or attack a battery, in the manner of a forlorn hope. The accounts of the wars of the Javans, as well as of the Maláyus, abound with instances of warriors running ámok; of combatants, giving up all idea of preserving their own lives, rushing on the enemy, committing indiscriminate slaughter, and never surrendering themselves alive[93]. Even at present, there are to be found among the Javans men who profess to be and are considered invulnerable; and there are some who, by a dextrous manner of receiving the spear, [Vol I Pg 333]and other such artifices, completely impose upon the too credulous people. Nothing is so easy as for an artful man to persuade the common Javans that he possesses supernatural power. At the present day this pretension, and the artifices by which it is supported, are more generally of a religious nature, but during the wars, every fortunate chief was considered as partially vested with it.
The frenzy commonly called muck or ámok is just another version of the desperate fit that has the same name among soldiers, where they charge at the enemy or attack a stronghold like a last-ditch effort. The accounts of the battles fought by the Javanese and the Maláyus are filled with examples of warriors going ámok; fighters, abandoning all thought of self-preservation, rush toward the enemy, causing indiscriminate slaughter, and never surrendering to capture alive[93]. Even today, there are Javanese men who claim to be invulnerable and are regarded as such, and some trick the overly gullible by skillfully receiving a spear and using other similar tricks. It's easy for a clever person to convince ordinary Javanese that they have supernatural powers. Nowadays, these claims and the tricks that support them are often of a religious nature, but during wartime, any successful leader was seen as having some of this power as well.
The general term for a soldier is prajúrit: the guards of the sovereign are distinguished by the term tantómo. Sara g'ni is the name given to those who carry fire-arms. Gándek are the couriers or messengers who convey the orders of the commanders. In every army there is a certain number called jága béla, whose duty it is to prevent the body of the troops from deserting, and to see that every man does his duty. Pána káwan is the term by which the youths who accompany their fathers and relations to battle are distinguished. Semút gátat is the general term for attendants, retainers, and followers of an army. But besides distinctions of office, there are others purely of merit and honour: those are called niútra who are selected as superior to their comrades in person and strength: the prawireng are those who have once distinguished themselves in battle: magátísh, those who sacrifice all other prospects in life in order to pursue the love of arms: trúna-láyang, gallant youths: jága súra, those whose courage is undisputed, and who keep a good look out: júdi páti, those who hazard their lives in battle, as they would hazard a die in any common game of chance; literally, who play with death: nirbáya, those who are above a sense of pain or fear: jáyeng sekár, flowers of victory[94]. This latter term was chosen by Marshal Daendels for the native militia raised for the service of the Dutch government during his administration.
The general term for a soldier is prajúrit: the guards of the ruler are referred to as tantómo. Sara g'ni is the term for those who carry firearms. Gándek are the couriers or messengers who deliver the commanders' orders. In every army, there is a specific group called jága béla, whose job it is to prevent the troops from deserting and to ensure that everyone fulfills their duties. Pána káwan refers to the young men who accompany their fathers and relatives into battle. Semút gátat is the general term for attendants, retainers, and followers of an army. But beyond official roles, there are others based purely on merit and honor: those known as niútra are selected as superior to their peers in physique and strength; the prawireng are those who have previously distinguished themselves in battle; magátísh refers to those who sacrifice all other prospects in life to pursue the love of arms; trúna-láyang are gallant youths; jága súra are those whose courage is unquestioned and who keep a vigilant eye out; júdi páti are those who risk their lives in battle like they would in a common game of chance; literally, they play with death; nirbáya are those who are beyond the sense of pain or fear; jáyeng sekár, flowers of victory[94]. This latter term was chosen by Marshal Daendels for the native militia raised for the service of the Dutch government during his administration.
In the Dutch armies the Javans were considered as inferior to the other islanders as soldiers, and from the facilities offered[Vol I Pg 334] for desertion while serving on Java, it was with great difficulty that they could be disciplined. The men were invariably raised by conscription, and instances have occurred of their deserting by companies. Under the British a corps of about twelve hundred men was raised, with little prospect of advantage for the first two years; but, by the perseverance and ability of the officer who commanded them, they afterwards became a well-disciplined corps, and on all occasions behaved themselves with fidelity and courage when called into action. As individuals, they are, for the most part, physically weaker than the Maláyus and other islanders; and as a nation, their agricultural habits have considerably obliterated the military character which they once possessed. Their country, however, particularly in the interior, is naturally very strong, full of ravines and fastnesses, and their mode of warfare is perhaps the best adapted for its defence. Were the whole energies of the nation united under one chief, with the experience which they now have of European tactics, it may be assumed that they would render it impregnable to any open attack, either of an European or an Asiatic force; but, unfortunately for their independence, it has been their lot, as their history will shew, to be continually disunited, either by religious or political feuds. Their greatest resistance appears to have been made against European influence. They maintain with pride, that although virtually conquered, they still, as a nation and as individuals, pertinaciously adhere to their ancient institutions, and have a national feeling, very different from that which is usually to be found among a conquered people.
In the Dutch armies, the Javanese were viewed as inferior soldiers compared to other islanders, and the opportunities for desertion while serving in Java made it hard to maintain discipline. The men were usually conscripted, and there were cases of entire companies deserting. Under British rule, a corps of about twelve hundred men was formed, initially with little hope of success for the first two years. However, due to the perseverance and skills of their commanding officer, they eventually became a well-trained unit and consistently showed loyalty and bravery when called to action. Individually, they are mostly physically weaker than the Malays and other islanders, and as a group, their farming lifestyle has greatly diminished the military traits they once had. Nonetheless, their country, especially in the interior, is naturally fortified, full of ravines and strongholds, and their style of warfare is likely best suited for its defense. If the entire nation were united under one leader, with the experience they now possess in European tactics, it could be assumed they would make it nearly impossible for any open attack from either European or Asian forces to succeed. Unfortunately for their independence, as their history shows, they have been continuously divided by religious or political conflicts. Their strongest resistance seems to have been against European influence. They take pride in asserting that, although they were effectively conquered, they still, as a nation and as individuals, stubbornly cling to their ancient institutions and possess a national identity that differs significantly from that of typical conquered peoples.
The subject of revenue, for the support of the various establishments under the native government, has been so repeatedly touched upon, and came so much into view in the account given of Javan agriculture, that many further details here would appear tedious and unnecessary. All public officers, it has been often observed, from the highest chief to the lowest menial, are remunerated by grants of land revokable at pleasure, and all expences of the courts of justice, all police and military services, defrayed out of the same fund. There is no public treasury. When public works are to be executed, or supplies are to be furnished, each village is called upon to[Vol I Pg 335] furnish its quota of men, of provisions, &c.; and on the equitable regulation of these services and contributions depends the reputation of the native chief. The land constitutes the only treasury of the prince, and this is valuable according to its fertility, and the extent and number of its cultivators. There are, to be sure, certain general taxes and imposts levied throughout the country: but these appear to have been of comparatively modern introduction, and unconnected with the genuine principles of the Javan government. The nature of several of these imposts and taxes has been explained in treating of the landed tenure and the condition of the peasantry. The following statement, extracted from the Report of a Dutch commissioner[95], appointed to inquire into the subject of taxation in the year 1812, though it refers to the particular province of Surabáya, may be considered as applicable to the greater part of the island; and I here produce it in preference to any more general or more concise account of my own, because it will shew that the opinions I have so often expressed, concerning the oppressions of the Dutch authorities, the patient submission, the industry, and other good qualities of the lower classes of Java, are not peculiar to the English, but entertained by some of the subjects of a government which profited by the abuses complained of, and must have been anxious to conceal their enormity.
The topic of revenue to support the various institutions under the local government has been discussed so many times and was highlighted in the account of Javan agriculture that adding more details here would just be repetitive and unnecessary. It has often been noted that all public officials, from the highest chief to the lowest worker, are paid through grants of land that can be revoked at any time, and all costs for the courts, police, and military are covered by the same fund. There is no public treasury. Whenever public works need to be done or supplies need to be provided, each village is required to contribute its share of people, food, etc.; the fair handling of these services and contributions directly affects the reputation of the local chief. The land is the only treasury of the prince, and its value is determined by its fertility and the number of people who cultivate it. There are indeed some general taxes and levies imposed across the country, but these seem to have been introduced relatively recently and are not connected to the traditional principles of Javan governance. The nature of some of these taxes has been discussed while talking about land tenure and the situation of the peasantry. The following statement, taken from a report by a Dutch commissioner[95], who was appointed to investigate taxation in 1812, although it specifically relates to the province of Surabáya, can be seen as relevant to most of the island; I prefer to present it here rather than provide a more general or concise account of my own because it will demonstrate that the views I have frequently expressed regarding the abuses of the Dutch authorities, the patient endurance, the hard work, and other positive traits of the lower classes in Java are not just held by the English but are also shared by some subjects of a government that benefited from the mentioned injustices and must have wanted to hide their severity.
"The ordinary taxes annually levied in the district of Surabáya are as follow:
"The usual taxes collected each year in the district of Surabáya are as follows:"
"1. The grabág or peték, or as it is sometimes called, the chácha or capitation tax, is generally levied at the rate of four rupees for each chácha a year; that is to say, for such a quantity of profitable land as may be cultivated by one family.
"1. The grabág or peték, or what is sometimes referred to as the chácha or capitation tax, is usually charged at a rate of four rupees for each chácha per year; in other words, for the amount of productive land that can be farmed by one family."
"2. The contingent or contribution of rice to government, being from fifteen to nineteen píkúls of clean rice from each jung, according to its situation and fertility.
"2. The amount or contribution of rice to the government ranges from fifteen to nineteen píkúls of clean rice from each jung, depending on its location and fertility."
"3. Pári pánajúng (from which, however, are excused the distant districts), consisting generally of three ámats of pári, equal to from eight to ten káti of rice, from each jung. This is destined for the maintenance of those Mántris and[Vol I Pg 336] chiefs who were not at all or insufficiently provided with rice fields of their own.
"3. Pári pánajúng (although the remote areas are exempt), generally consists of three ámats of pári, which equals about eight to ten káti of rice from each jung. This is intended to support those Mántris and[Vol I Pg 336] chiefs who have little to no rice fields of their own."
"4. Pári págondíkan, levied only in the districts near the capital, consisting generally of two gédings or double heaps of pari. This was destined for the extraordinary expences of the districts; as the maintenance of the government, state prisoners, native ambassadors from the opposite coast, and the like.
"4. Pári págondíkan, collected only in the areas close to the capital, typically consists of two gédings or double piles of pari. This was intended for the exceptional expenses of the regions, such as funding the government, state prisoners, native ambassadors from the other coast, and similar costs."
"5. Pàri pakásak, consisted of three gédings from each jung, destined for the maintenance of those who superintend the direction of the water-courses, &c.
"5. Pàri pakásak consisted of three gédings from each jung, meant for the support of those who oversee the management of the waterways, etc."
"6. Pári zákat, consisted of one ámat of pári from each jung, and was destined for the maintenance of the church and chief priests.
"6. Pári zákat consisted of one ámat of pári from each jung, and was meant for the upkeep of the church and the main priests."
"7. Pítrah, consisted in the payment of twenty káti of rice from each jung, also destined for the maintenance of the priests.
"7. Pítrah involved paying twenty káti of rice from each jung, which was also meant for the upkeep of the priests."
"8. Máláman. This consisted of a payment made to the Regent or chiefs of the districts, at each of the three festivals of Múlut, Púasa, and Besár, of ten káti of rice, and three and a quarter stivers in money from each jung, one large fowl, five eggs, four cocoa-nuts, one bunch of plantains: and from those who held three or four jungs, was further required a bottle of oil, to add to the solemnity of the ceremony, to which persons of this condition were universally invited.
"8. Máláman. This was a payment made to the Regent or district chiefs during each of the three festivals of Múlut, Púasa, and Besár. It included ten káti of rice and three and a quarter stivers in cash from each jung, along with one large chicken, five eggs, four coconuts, and one bunch of plantains. Those who owned three or four jungs were also required to provide a bottle of oil to add to the formality of the ceremony, to which people in this position were always invited."
"It is easy to conceive, that the common Javan was not able to make any money after paying these taxes and contributions, at least not so much as he wanted for himself and family; particularly if we take into consideration, that it is very seldom one man is the sole proprietor of a jung alone, but that it is often divided between three and four persons, and that, with the most successful harvest, such a jung does not produce more than thirty to thirty-five ámats of pári. With all this, however, the common Javan would feel himself satisfied, if he had no other taxes to pay, having generally a good many fruit trees, and a little cottage farm, in which he cultivates síri, &c. and sometimes a small fish-pond in the vicinity of his dwelling, which is usually free of tax. But this is not the case; he must submit to other[Vol I Pg 337] oppressions, which not being regulated, are for that reason the heavier, because they are called for in an arbitrary way, and because self-interest does not fail to seize every possible opportunity of extortion.
"It’s easy to understand that the average Javanese couldn’t make any money after paying these taxes and fees, at least not enough for himself and his family; especially if you consider that it’s very rare for one person to own an entire jung by themselves, as it’s often shared among three or four people, and with the best harvest, such a jung only produces about thirty to thirty-five ámats of pári. Regardless of this, the average Javanese would feel satisfied if there were no other taxes to pay, as they usually have quite a few fruit trees and a small cottage farm where they grow síri, etc., and sometimes a small fish pond near their home, which is typically tax-free. But that’s not the case; they have to endure other[Vol I Pg 337] burdens, which are not regulated and therefore feel heavier, because they are imposed arbitrarily and self-interest never misses a chance to exploit them."
"When a chief has occasion to travel, when a marriage, birth, circumcision, recovery from illness, or any such subject of festivity, occurs in his family, it is advertized immediately to the subordinate towns and villages, the inhabitants of which feel themselves obliged, each in proportion to his means, to carry him fruits, rice, fowls, and even buffaloes and money. These are called free presents, but in fact, are as much an obligatory contribution as any of the others; to say nothing of the many demands for fowls, eggs, ducks, fruits, &c. for which payment is made, but always at a rate far below their value: or of the numerous fines which are continually exacted from the people, in compensation, or as hush money for disputes and offences of every description; the taking away of bámbus, and sometimes of fruit trees, when wood is required, either for government or the chief; to which must yet be added, that for the execution of the duties of government, and on the conveyance of orders, Mántris, and other subordinate chiefs, were continually, in the neighbourhood of the villages, just like so many voracious birds, who think themselves entitled not only to take something for their trouble, but to be provided during their stay with every thing gratis, even opium, if they require it. This custom, adopted on Java, extends to every other chief, although not in employment, and even to the Regents, their relations, &c. None of these persons will pass through a town or village, without demanding what he wants for his maintenance or journey; and very often he asks what he does not want, to the great oppression of the common Javan. Much is wasted by this practice, and no particular advantage appears to result from it.
"When a chief needs to travel, or when there's a celebration in his family—like a wedding, a birth, a circumcision, recovery from an illness, or something similar—it's announced right away to the nearby towns and villages. The residents feel obliged to bring him gifts like fruits, rice, chickens, and sometimes buffaloes and money, according to what they can afford. These gifts are called free presents, but they’re really just mandatory contributions like everything else; not to mention the many requests for chickens, eggs, ducks, fruits, etc., for which payment is made, but always at a rate much lower than their actual value. Additionally, there are constant fines imposed on the people for compensation or hush money related to various disputes and offenses, and the confiscation of bamboo and occasionally fruit trees when wood is needed for the government or the chief. It's also important to note that for government duties and the delivery of orders, Mántris and other subordinate chiefs often act like greedy birds, expecting not only to get something for their trouble but also to have their stay provided for at no cost, even receiving opium if they want it. This practice, which started in Java, extends to all other chiefs, even if they are not on duty, and to the Regents, their relatives, etc. None of these individuals will go through a town or village without demanding what they need for their journey or sustenance, and they often request things they don’t actually need, which greatly burdens the common Javanese. This practice wastes a lot, and it doesn’t seem to bring any real benefit."
"We must, indeed, be astonished to see all the oppressions, &c. to which the common Javan must submit. It is usually said, indeed, that the Javan is not accustomed to an easy life, and ought not to have more than barely enough to keep him alive, with many more such expressions; but this is not the manner of reasoning of any [Vol I Pg 338]well-thinking man, who, though he sees very well the imperfections and weak nature of the Javan, yet bears in mind that he is a man like himself; who, although he has been conquered, it is true, by the greater valour and knowledge of the European, has still an equal right to be treated like a man.
"We should truly be amazed to witness all the hardships that the average Javanese has to endure. It's often said that the Javanese aren't used to an easy life and shouldn't have more than just enough to survive, along with many similar remarks. However, this way of thinking is not how any [Vol I Pg 338] reasonable person would argue. A thoughtful person recognizes the flaws and vulnerabilities of the Javanese, but also remembers that he is a human being just like themselves. Even though he has been conquered by the greater strength and knowledge of Europeans, he still deserves to be treated like a person."
"But, alas! these are not all the vexations and oppressions which fall to the lot of the common people, who bear all without murmuring. The feudal service was as grievous as almost all the other charges united. The origin of those services must be sought for in the feudal system of the native government, long ago adopted throughout Java. It was considered that all the land was the property of the prince, who only made provisional assignments thereof to his subjects, in remuneration for military and other services rendered. This was the cause of all the lands being divided into as many allotments as could be cultivated, called cháchas, each of a size to be cultivated by one man. A certain number of these was assigned to the different chiefs, according to their rank; the custom of the country fixing not only the amount of contributions to be paid from the produce, but the number of men to be constantly kept in attendance upon them. The lands thus assigned to chiefs were exempt from service to them, and the inhabitants were only expected to watch the villages, to make and repair the roads, and to perform other general services of the state. This was the situation of the people with regard to service, when the coast districts were first ceded to the European government. The system of trade and fixed contributions did not admit of any change, and the services were at that time of very little consequence, and such as could be performed without oppression to the inhabitants; but the case is now quite different. Successively and particularly of late years, much heavier services have been demanded than were ever before known, and it naturally follows, that the Javan must be kept more at work than before. Besides, it is not possible to apportion those services equally, on account of the situation of the places where the services are required, and because the chiefs, who have the direction of the works, from indifference and lazi[Vol I Pg 339]ness, generally make a requisition on the nearest village; and it not unfrequently happens, that many people are thus taken for the public service, who have no lands whatever allotted to them.
"But, unfortunately, these aren’t the only troubles and hardships faced by ordinary people, who endure everything without complaint. The feudal service was as burdensome as nearly all the other obligations combined. The roots of these services can be traced back to the feudal system of the local government, which was established long ago across Java. It was believed that all land belonged to the prince, who only granted temporary assignments to his subjects as payment for military and other services provided. This led to the division of all land into as many plots as could be farmed, called cháchas, each sized for one person to cultivate. A specific number of these were given to various chiefs, based on their rank; local customs determined not only how much produce would be contributed but also the number of men who had to be kept ready to serve them. The land allotted to chiefs was exempt from service to them, and the residents were only expected to look after the villages, build and repair roads, and perform other general government duties. This was the situation for the people regarding service when the coastal areas were first handed over to European rule. The system of trade and fixed contributions didn’t allow for any changes, and the services at that time were of little importance and could be carried out without burdening the residents. But now, the situation is completely different. Over time, and especially in recent years, much heavier demands have been placed on them than ever before, meaning that Javanese people have to work harder than they did in the past. Moreover, it’s impossible to distribute those services fairly due to the locations where they are needed, and because the chiefs, who oversee the projects, often request help from the closest village out of indifference and laziness. As a result, many people are frequently conscripted for public service, even if they have no land assigned to them."
"Were the requisitions made for the public service alone, it would still be comparatively nothing, it being admitted that the state has a right to the labour of its subjects; but the Regents, their relations, their Pátehs, and the subordinate chiefs of every description, assume the right of disposing of the services of the common people as they think proper, and themselves employ many of them in menial labour of all descriptions[96], from which it arises, that the number of people employed away from their homes, on what is called public services, is almost incredible.
"Were the requests made solely for public service, it would still be relatively minor, as it's accepted that the state has a right to the labor of its citizens. However, the Regents, their connections, their Pátehs, and the lower chiefs of all kinds take it upon themselves to control the labor of the common people as they see fit, often using many for various forms of menial work[96], leading to an astonishing number of people being employed away from their homes in what is referred to as public services."
"It is therefore more than time, and highly necessary, that an end be put to this monstrous system of government. Humanity looks forward with pleasure to this step. Government, who are essentially interested, have the most perfect right to take it; but the change must be entire and radical. Where the machine is entirely bad, it would be vain to attempt the repair of a few of the parts of which it is composed: the whole would still remain worthless, and it would only result that the main defects being hidden by a specious covering, the whole labour would be worse than thrown away."
"It’s definitely time, and absolutely necessary, to put an end to this terrible system of government. People are eager for this change. Those in power, who have a vested interest, have every right to make it happen; but the change needs to be complete and fundamental. When the entire system is fundamentally flawed, trying to fix just a few parts is pointless: the whole thing will still be useless, and it will only lead to the main problems being concealed by a deceptive facade, making the effort worse than wasted."
The British government did accordingly alter the whole system of revenue. The subject was forced upon its attention, not only by the desire which every humane and liberal administration must feel, to promote the happiness of its subjects, but by considerations of a prudential nature. The resources of the country had sunk under a capricious and tyrannical system of exaction; industry was paralyzed, and confidence was destroyed. The opportunity for effecting a reformation was favourable, our means ample, and we had nothing to dread from the opposition of those interested in supporting abuses: it was, therefore, resolved to abolish all oppressive taxes, and to come immediately upon the soil for support of our establishments, by appropriating a fixed portion[Vol I Pg 340] of its produce, leaving the full enjoyment of the remainder to the cultivator, with every facility for turning his industry to account. What was done in consequence, by the land revenue arrangements, has been seen in the account given of landed tenure.
The British government accordingly changed the entire revenue system. This issue was brought to its attention not only by the wish that any humane and progressive administration must have to enhance the well-being of its citizens, but also by practical considerations. The country's resources had suffered under a random and oppressive taxation system; industry was halted, and trust was lost. The chance to make reforms was favorable, our resources were sufficient, and we had little to fear from those who benefited from maintaining the status quo: it was decided to eliminate all burdensome taxes and rely directly on the land to support our institutions, by taking a fixed portion[Vol I Pg 340] of its produce, while allowing the cultivator to keep the full benefit of the rest and providing every opportunity to maximize their productivity. The actions taken as a result of the land revenue arrangements have been detailed in the discussion of land ownership.
The subjects of the colony were freed from the sway of their chiefs, who were no longer permitted to demand at pleasure their services or their property. These chiefs were compensated for the loss of their former influence by salaries in money or allotments of land, which they either held on condition of performing the police duties, or collecting the revenue. When paid by the rent of land, they were permitted to exact no more than the assessment settled by government. No arbitrary power was allowed them to disturb the peasant in the enjoyment of the remainder, or to drag him from his home and his duties to his family, for the purpose of swelling their idle pomp, or performing services about their person or household. The Chinese farmers of the revenue in Chéribon and other districts, having oppressed the people by every rapacious and tyrannical expedient, were, by the discontinuance of the farms, deprived of the power they had exercised over the persons and property of the natives. Forced services and all deliveries of produce at inadequate rates on government account were abolished; and for whatever colonial produce or supplies might be required for the public service, the fair market price was ordered to be paid. Duties on the transport of goods from one part of the country to another, and on the sale of commodities at markets or bazars, were, for the most part, abolished, as injurious to trade and discouraging to agricultural industry. The system of farming the import and export duties, which existed under the Dutch, was likewise annulled, and collectors were appointed to receive the duties immediately for government. Internal duties, of the nature of tolls and market dues, had been universally, though secretly, levied by the Chinese, in Chéribon and other places, in direct opposition to the orders of government and the terms of their engagement. This abuse, engrafted on the farming system, incalculably aggravated its evils and called loudly for redress. The farmer thrust his rapacious hand into every place where there was the least prospect of gain, and limited his demand[Vol I Pg 341] only by the capacity of the merchant to satisfy it, or by an ill-defined custom, which might be perverted almost at pleasure, so as to accommodate itself to any exaction. The evils resulting from this mode of raising a revenue may easily be calculated, when it is stated, that, for a very trifling contribution to government by the farmer, duties were levied upon internal transport amounting to nearly fifty per cent. on the value of the commodities transported. Rice, on its transport from one part of the island to another, had been liable to duties of about forty-six per cent. Regulations were made for fixing the amount of import duties, and equalizing them over the island.
The people of the colony were freed from the control of their leaders, who could no longer demand their services or property at will. These leaders were compensated for losing their former influence with salaries or land allotments, which they kept on the condition of performing police duties or collecting taxes. When paid through land rent, they could not charge more than the government-set assessment. They had no power to interrupt the peasant's enjoyment of what remained, or to drag him away from his home and family to boost their own idle status or perform personal services. The Chinese tax farmers in Chéribon and other areas, who had oppressed people through greedy and tyrannical means, lost their power over the natives' lives and property when the farming system was discontinued. Forced labor and all deliveries of produce at unfair government prices were abolished; instead, the fair market price was mandated for any colonial produce or supplies needed for public service. Most duties on transporting goods across the country and on selling products in markets or bazaars were eliminated as harmful to trade and discouraging to agricultural activity. The system of taxing imports and exports that existed under the Dutch was also ended, and officials were appointed to collect taxes directly for the government. Internal duties, such as tolls and market fees, had been secretly imposed by the Chinese in Chéribon and other locations, violating government orders and their contract terms. This abuse, mixed in with the farming system, greatly increased its negative effects and called for correction. The tax farmer reached into every possible area for profit, limiting his demands only by how much the merchant could pay or by vague customs that could be manipulated for any demand. The negative impacts of this revenue-raising method are clear, as it was reported that, for a small contribution to the government from the farmer, internal transport duties were levied at nearly fifty percent of the value of the transported goods. For example, rice transported from one part of the island to another was subject to taxes of about forty-six percent. Regulations were established to set the amount of import duties and make them more consistent across the island.
The restoration of the Dutch Indian empire to the sovereign of the Netherlands, at a period when these important changes were only in progress, may have perhaps prevented the full accomplishment by the English of the details in some districts, but the principles of the new system were not only introduced and thoroughly understood in all the more populous districts under the European government, but an experience of three years fully demonstrated the advantages resulting from it to the public revenue. It would have been attended with great immediate loss, without any corresponding future gain, to have abolished at once all the former sources of revenue; but the thorough change of system was declared, and the principles of it were acted upon, as far as was consistent with the security of public tranquillity and the realization of the current resources of the country; and the results of these arrangements, as far as they went, proved that a land rent might, even with the existing taxes in the capitals, &c. be realized at the rate of at least six rupees annually from each cultivator, or after the abolition of the taxes bearing on agriculture, at the average rate of four Spanish dollars from each cultivator, giving in the one case a rental for the whole island of about six millions of rupees, and in the other of four millions of Spanish dollars, or at five shillings the dollar, a million sterling. Of this one-fourth would accrue to the native princes, and the remainder to the European government. The particulars of the land revenue settlement effected in each district, and the detailed resources of the different parts of the island, will be particularly noticed[Vol I Pg 342] in the statistical accounts which will appear in a subsequent part of this volume, when the subject of revenue will be again adverted to; and, in the mean time, it may be sufficient, for the purpose of shewing the general resources, to refer to the annexed table, exhibiting the revenues and expenses of the Javan government for a period of three favourable years under the old Dutch Company, for three years under the administration of Marshal Daendels, when its real resources were first called forth and the revenue was higher than before known, and for the first three years under the British government, of which alone, the accounts are yet closed. The dependencies included in this table do not include the Moluccas or Spice Islands, the administration of which under the British government was kept distinct from that of Java.
The restoration of the Dutch Indian empire to the ruler of the Netherlands, at a time when these significant changes were still unfolding, may have prevented the English from fully achieving their objectives in certain areas. However, the principles of the new system were not only introduced but also well understood in all the major populated regions under European control. Three years of experience clearly demonstrated the benefits it brought to public revenue. Immediately abolishing all previous revenue sources would have resulted in substantial losses without any corresponding future benefits. Instead, the shift in the system was announced, and its principles were put into action, as far as was consistent with maintaining public order and utilizing the country’s existing resources. The outcomes of these changes showed that land rent could be realized at a rate of at least six rupees per year from each cultivator, even with the current taxes in the capitals, or, after eliminating agricultural taxes, at an average rate of four Spanish dollars per cultivator. This would amount to roughly six million rupees for the entire island in the first scenario and four million Spanish dollars in the second, which converts to about a million pounds at five shillings to the dollar. One-fourth of this would go to the native princes, while the rest would be allocated to the European government. The details of the land revenue arrangements made in each district and the specific resources from different parts of the island will be highlighted[Vol I Pg 342] in the statistical accounts that will appear later in this volume when we revisit the topic of revenue. In the meantime, it suffices to refer to the attached table that displays the revenues and expenses of the Javan government over three favorable years under the old Dutch Company, three years under Marshal Daendels’ administration, when its actual resources were first tapped and revenues surpassed previous records, and the first three years under British governance, for which the accounts are still open. The dependencies shown in this table do not include the Moluccas or Spice Islands, as their administration under British rule was separate from that of Java.
By this statement it will appear, that the revenues actually realized in cash, on Java, in the year 1814-15, and before the land revenue arrangements had become fully effectual, amounted to upwards of six millions and a half of rupees: to this may be added one-third more for the revenue of the native provinces, making a total revenue of the island exceeding eight millions and a half of rupees, or above a million sterling.
By this statement, it becomes clear that the cash revenues collected in Java during the year 1814-15, before the land revenue arrangements were fully effective, totaled over six and a half million rupees. To this, we can add an additional one-third for the revenue from the native provinces, bringing the total revenue of the island to more than eight and a half million rupees, or over one million pounds sterling.
From a colony which was able to furnish at such a moment so extensive a revenue from its own internal resources, after the drains, checks, and restrictions to which it had been subjected during the last two centuries, what might not have been expected, had confidence been once established in the permanency of the government, and the tide of British capital been once fairly turned into it?
From a colony that could provide such a significant revenue from its own internal resources at that moment, considering the drains, checks, and restrictions it had faced over the past two centuries, what could have been expected if there had been confidence in the stability of the government, and if British capital had truly started flowing into it?
FOOTNOTES:
[74] The inhabitants of these Islands are strikingly alive to a sense of shame; a feeling, which is heightened by the influence of a tradition among the Maláyus, that, on the first establishment of the Malayan nation, the islanders stipulated, that neither they nor their descendants should ever be put to shame. The tradition runs as follows:
[74] The people of these islands are intensely aware of shame; a feeling that is intensified by a tradition among the Maláyus, which states that when the Malayan nation was first established, the islanders agreed that neither they nor their descendants would ever be humiliated. The tradition goes like this:
"Then Ampu and Maling made obeisance to Sangsapurba (a prince who had arrived in Sumatra from Western India, and who is supposed to have founded the Malayan empire) and represented to him that Demang Lebar Daon (chieftain broad leaf of Palembang), had a daughter. Sangsapurba accordingly sent to ask her in marriage; but he excused himself, alleging, that she would probably be struck with sickness, and that he would only resign her to him as a wife on certain conditions. These conditions were, that, on Sangsapurba marrying his daughter, all the family of Demang Lebar Daon should submit themselves to him; but that Sangsapurba should engage, both for himself and his posterity, that they should receive a liberal treatment; and, in particular, that when they committed a fault, they should never be exposed to shame nor opprobrious language, but if their fault was great, that they should be put to death according to the law. Sangsapurba agreed to these conditions; but he requested, in his turn, that the descendants of Demang Lebar Daon should never move any treasonable practices against his descendants, even though they should become tyrannical. 'Very well,' said Demang Lebar Daon; 'but if your descendants break your agreements, probably mine will do the same.' These conditions were mutually agreed to, and the parties swore to perform them, imprecating the divine vengeance to turn their authority upside down who should infringe these agreement. From this condition it is, that none of the Malayan rajas ever expose their Malayan subjects to disgrace or shame: they never bind them, nor hang them, nor give them opprobrious language; and whenever a raja exposes his subjects to disgrace, it is the certain token of the destruction of his country. Hence also it is, that none of the Malayan race ever engage in rebellion, or turn their faces from their own rajahs, even though their conduct be bad, and their proceedings tyrannical."—Malàyan Annals.
Then Ampu and Maling paid their respects to Sangsapurba (a prince who came to Sumatra from Western India and is believed to have founded the Malayan empire) and informed him that Demang Lebar Daon (the chieftain known as Broad Leaf from Palembang) had a daughter. Sangsapurba then sent a proposal for her hand in marriage; however, he declined, claiming she might fall ill, and stated he would only agree to marry her under certain conditions. These conditions included that, when Sangsapurba married his daughter, all members of Demang Lebar Daon's family would submit to him; but in return, Sangsapurba would ensure, for himself and his descendants, that they would be treated fairly, and specifically, that if they made a mistake, they would not be shamed or insulted, and if their mistake was serious, they would face death according to the law. Sangsapurba accepted these terms; however, he asked that the descendants of Demang Lebar Daon would never engage in treason against his descendants, even if they became oppressive. "That’s fine," replied Demang Lebar Daon; "but if your descendants break your promises, mine might do the same." These terms were mutually accepted, and both parties swore to uphold them, invoking divine punishment on anyone who violated the agreement. This is the reason that none of the Malayan rulers ever subject their Malayan subjects to disgrace or shame: they never bind them, hang them, or insult them; and whenever a ruler shames his subjects, it signals the downfall of his kingdom. Additionally, this is why none of the Malayan people ever rebel or turn against their rulers, even if their actions are poor and their rule is tyrannical. —Malàyan Annals.
[77] This payment is regularly termed by the Dutch, ampt-geld, or place-money, being money paid for the purchase of an office. By the Javans it is termed sorok, which, in its more general acceptation, means a bribe.
[77] This payment is commonly referred to by the Dutch as ampt-geld, or place-money, which is money paid for acquiring an office. The Javanese call it sorok, which generally means a bribe.
[78] With whatever fidelity this character of the Javan regents may have been drawn by Mr. Hogendorp, in the year 1800, it most certainly did not apply to them in the year 1811, nor in the subsequent years of the British government on Java; for, however negligent and corrupt many of them may have been rendered, by the system of government which prevailed under the Dutch East India Company, the changes effected during the administration of Marshal Daendals soon induced a character for energy and activity. His government was military and despotic in the extreme, and the regents were considered to hold a military rank, and required to exert themselves in proportion to its importance. They did so, and works of the greatest magnitude were constructed by their exertions. The chiefs were found active and intelligent, the common people willing and obedient. With regard to their character under the British Government, it would be an act of injustice, if not ingratitude, were I to neglect this opportunity of stating, that, as public officers, the Regents of Java were almost universally distinguished by an anxiety to act in conformity with the wishes of the government, by honesty, correctness, and good faith; and as noblemen, by gentlemanly manners, good breeding, cheerfulness, and hospitality. In the observations made upon the Javan character in the text, I have spoken of the Javans as a nation generally; but I might select instances where the character of the individual would rise very far above the general standard which I have assumed. I might, for instance, notice the intellectual endowments and moral character of the present Panambáhan of Súmenup, Náta Kasúma. This chief is well read, not only in the ancient history of his own country, but has a general knowledge of Arabic literature, is conversant with the Arabic treatises on astronomy, and is well acquainted with geography. He is curious in mechanics, attentive to the powers of mechanism, and possesses a fund of knowledge which has surprised and delighted all who have had an opportunity of conversing with him and of appreciating his talents. Of his moral character I have given an instance, in the manner in which he liberated his slaves. He is revered, not only for his superior qualifications and talents, but also for the consideration and attention he pays to the happiness and comfort of the people committed to his charge.
[78] No matter how accurately Mr. Hogendorp depicted the character of the Javan regents back in 1800, it definitely didn’t hold true in 1811 or during the following years of British rule in Java. While many regents may have become negligent and corrupt due to the Dutch East India Company's governance, the changes brought about during Marshal Daendals’s administration introduced a sense of energy and activity. His leadership was extremely military and authoritarian, and the regents were seen as holding military rank and were required to work hard according to its significance. They delivered, constructing massive projects through their efforts. The chiefs were proactive and intelligent, while the common people were willing and obedient. Regarding their character under British rule, it would be unfair, if not ungrateful, for me to miss the chance to say that, as public officials, the Regents of Java were almost universally marked by a desire to align with the government’s wishes, showcasing honesty, integrity, and good faith; as nobles, they displayed gentlemanly behaviors, good manners, cheerfulness, and hospitality. In my observations on Javanese character in the text, I have referred to the Javans as a whole; however, there are specific cases where individuals rise well above the general standard I’ve outlined. For example, I could highlight the intellectual abilities and moral character of the current Panambáhan of Súmenup, Náta Kasúma. This leader is well-read, not only in the ancient history of his country but also has a solid understanding of Arabic literature, is familiar with Arabic texts on astronomy, and has a good grasp of geography. He is curious about mechanics, attentive to mechanical principles, and has a wealth of knowledge that has surprised and impressed everyone who has had the chance to converse with him and appreciate his talents. An example of his moral character can be seen in how he freed his slaves. He is admired not only for his exceptional skills and talents but also for the care and attention he shows towards the happiness and well-being of the people under his leadership.
Of the capacity of the Javans to improve, of their anxiety to advance in civilization, and of the rapidity with which they receive knowledge and instruction, an instance might be given in the case of the two sons of the Regent of Semárang, Kiái Adipáti Súra Adimangála. This Regent, who, next to the Panambáhan of Súmenap, is the first in rank as well as character, shortly after the establishment of the British government on Java, sent his sons to Bengal, in order that they might there receive an education superior to what they could have had at home. They remained there for about two years under the immediate protection and patronage of the late Earl of Minto, and on their return not only conversed and wrote in the English language with facility and correctness, but evinced considerable proficiency in every branch of knowledge to which their attention has been directed. The eldest, in particular, had made such progress in mathematics before he quitted Calcutta, as to obtain a prize at a public examination, and had acquired a general knowledge of the ancient and modern history of Europe, particularly in that of Greece and Rome. He is remarked for his graceful and polite manners, for the propriety of his conduct, and for the quickness and correctness of his observation and judgment. As this is the first instance that has been afforded of the capacity of the Javan character to improve under an European education, it may enable the reader to form some estimate of what that character was formerly in more propitious times, and of what it may attain to hereafter under a more beneficent government. Among all the English on Java, who have had an opportunity of conversing with this young nobleman, there has not been one who has hesitated to admit, that his mind, his qualifications, and conduct, would be conspicuous among their own countrymen at the same age, and that, as an accomplished gentleman, he was fitted for the first societies of Europe. This young man, Ráden Sáleh, is now about sixteen years of age, and when the British left Java was an assistant to his father as Regent of Semárang.
The capacity of the Javanese to improve, their desire to advance in civilization, and the speed at which they acquire knowledge and skills can be illustrated by the case of the two sons of the Regent of Semárang, Kiái Adipáti Súra Adimangála. This Regent, who ranks just below the Panambáhan of Súmenap in status and character, sent his sons to Bengal shortly after the British established their government on Java, so they could receive a better education than what was available at home. They spent about two years there under the direct protection and support of the late Earl of Minto, and upon their return, they not only spoke and wrote English fluently and correctly but also showed significant proficiency in various subjects they had studied. The eldest son, in particular, had made such progress in mathematics before leaving Calcutta that he won a prize at a public examination and had gained a general understanding of both ancient and modern European history, especially that of Greece and Rome. He is noted for his elegant and courteous manners, the appropriateness of his behavior, and the quickness and accuracy of his observations and judgment. This is the first example demonstrating the potential of the Javanese character to improve through European education, allowing readers to gauge what it was like in more favorable times and what it may achieve in the future under a more benevolent government. Among all the English in Java who have had the chance to interact with this young nobleman, no one has doubted that his intellect, qualifications, and behavior would stand out among their own countrymen at the same age, and that as a refined gentleman, he is suited for the finest societies in Europe. This young man, Ráden Sáleh, is now about sixteen years old and was an assistant to his father as Regent of Semárang when the British left Java.
[79] The following description of the office of a Jáksa, and of the qualifications requisite for fulfilling his important duties, is taken from the Niti Prája, a work already referred to.
[79] The following description of the role of a Jáksa, along with the necessary qualifications for carrying out his important duties, is taken from the Niti Prája, a work that has been mentioned earlier.
"A Jáksa must, in all cases, be impartial, to enable him to weigh all causes which come before him with the same exactness as merchandize is weighed in a scale, and nicely balance the equilibrium, nothing adding or taking from either side.
A Jáksa must always be unbiased, so he can evaluate all cases that come his way with the same precision as goods are measured on a scale, ensuring a perfect balance without favoring one side over the other.
"He must be above all bribery, either by words or money, and never allow himself to be induced to commit an act of injustice; for were a Jáksa to commit an act of this kind, the consequences could not but be highly injurious to the country.
"He must be above all forms of bribery, whether through words or money, and never allow himself to be swayed into committing an act of injustice; for if a Jáksa were to do something like this, the consequences would surely be very harmful to the country."
"He must not accept presents of any kind from the parties whose cause comes before him, not only because he cannot expect to derive advantage therefrom, but also because the public will hold discourse concerning him highly injurious to his reputation.
"He must not accept gifts of any kind from the parties whose cases come before him, not only because he can't expect to gain anything from it, but also because the public will discuss him in a way that could seriously harm his reputation."
"All causes in dispute must be decided upon by him with the least possible delay, according to law, and not kept long in suspense, to the injury of the parties concerned, lest he be considered like a holy man, who, for the sake of money, sacrifices his good name.
"All disputes must be resolved by him as quickly as possible, according to the law, and not left in limbo, harming those involved, so he doesn't end up being seen as a righteous person who, for the sake of money, jeopardizes his reputation."
"A Jáksa must inquire into every circumstance relating to the causes brought before him, and duly investigate the evidence; after which he must take the cause into consideration. He must not, in the least, listen to what is false, and on all occasions must decide according to truth.
A Jáksa must look into every detail related to the cases presented to him and thoroughly examine the evidence; after that, he must consider the case. He must not, under any circumstances, listen to falsehoods, and he must always make decisions based on the truth.
"A Jáksa who attends to all these points is of high repute. Of less repute is a Jáksa who, in the decision of causes which come before him, listens to the advice of others: such a one is like that kind of bird, which in order to procure for itself the necessary food, dives under water, without thinking of the danger to which it is exposed of losing its life from the want of air. But entirely unfit for employment is a Jáksa who is haughty in his demeanour, and at the same time low enough to take advantage of persons who come before him: such a one is like a bat, that in the dark steals the fruit from the trees; or like a sportsman, who though destined to chase what is useful only, indiscriminately destroys whatever comes in his way, whether useful or not. In the same manner is it with a priest who every day attends at the temple, for no other purpose but to make profit by it: or with a writer, who knows not how to make any thing but by the prostitution of his writings; or with the head man of a village, who imposes upon the villagers; or a devotee, who gains his livelihood by necromancy."
A Jáksa who pays attention to all these matters is well-respected. A Jáksa who relies on the advice of others when making decisions in cases brought before him is less respected; he's like a bird that dives underwater to get food, not considering the danger of drowning from lack of air. Completely unfit for the role is a Jáksa who is arrogant in his behavior and low enough to exploit the people who come to him; he’s like a bat that sneaks in the dark to steal fruit from trees or a hunter who, although meant to pursue only what is beneficial, carelessly destroys everything in his path, regardless of its value. The same applies to a priest who goes to the temple every day solely for profit, a writer who can only create by cheapening his work, a village leader who takes advantage of the locals, or a devotee who earns his living through sorcery.
[80] The following was the usual course of proceeding in Jápara, and generally in the provinces subjected to European authority, previous to the interference of the British government. The plaintiff went to the Jáksa and made his complaint. If the case was important, the Jáksa took down the deposition in writing in the presence of witnesses, summoned the accused, and communicated the deposition to him. The latter then either acknowledged or denied the facts, witnesses were examined, and the proceedings of the suit laid before the Regent, who after perusal transmitted the same to the Panghúlu for his advice, with which the latter complied, referring at the same time for a sentence to some of the collections on Mahomedan law. The Regent having compared the sentence with the law and with equity, and finding the same correspondent with both, judgment was pronounced by the Jáksa.
[80] This was the typical process in Jápara and generally in the regions under European control before the British government's involvement. The plaintiff would go to the Jáksa to file their complaint. If the case was significant, the Jáksa would record the statement in writing in front of witnesses, summon the accused, and share the statement with them. The accused would then either admit or deny the facts, witnesses would be questioned, and the details of the case would be presented to the Regent. After reviewing, the Regent would send the information to the Panghúlu for advice, who would refer to some collections on Islamic law for a ruling. The Regent, after comparing the ruling with the law and ensuring it was fair, would pronounce the judgment through the Jáksa.
[81] See Appendix C.
See Appendix C.
[82] With the exception, perhaps, of the right of election, which I have not seen noticed in any account of Continental India, the constitution of the Javan village has a striking resemblance to that of the Hindus, according to the following statement in the Fifth Report of the House of Commons on Indian Affairs. "A village, geographically considered, is a tract of country comprising some hundreds or thousands of acres of arable and waste lands; politically viewed, it resembles a corporation or township. Its proper establishment of officers and servants consists of the following descriptions: the Potail or head inhabitant, who has generally the superintendance of the affairs of the village, settles the disputes of the inhabitants, attends to the police, and performs the duty of collecting the revenues within his village, a duty which his personal influence and minute acquaintance with the situation and concerns of the people render him the best qualified to discharge. The Kurnum, who keeps the accounts of cultivation, and registers every thing connected with it. The Tallier and Totie, the duty of the former appearing to consist in a wider and more enlarged sphere of action, in gaining information of crimes and offences, and in escorting and protecting persons travelling from one village to another; the province of the latter appearing to be more immediately confined to the village, consisting among other duties in guarding the crops and assisting in measuring them. The boundary man, who preserves the limits of the village, or gives evidence respecting them in cases of dispute. The superintendent of tanks and water-courses, distributes the water therefrom for the purposes of agriculture. The Bramin, who performs the village worship. The schoolmaster, who is seen teaching the children in a village to read and write in the sand. The calendar Bramin or astrologer, &c.
[82] Besides possibly the right to vote, which I haven’t seen mentioned in any description of Continental India, the structure of the Javan village closely resembles that of the Hindus, according to the Fifth Report of the House of Commons on Indian Affairs. "A village, when viewed geographically, consists of an area covering hundreds or thousands of acres of farmland and wasteland; politically, it resembles a corporation or township. Its established officers and staff include the Potail or head resident, who generally oversees village affairs, resolves local disputes, manages law enforcement, and collects taxes within the village—a role he is well-suited for due to his influence and familiarity with the people's circumstances. The Kurnum maintains the farming records and documents everything related to it. The Tallier and Totie have different responsibilities; the former appears to have a broader role, gathering information about crimes and offenses and providing safety for travelers between villages, while the latter's role seems to be more focused within the village itself, which includes guarding the crops and helping with their measurement. The boundary man defines the village limits and provides testimony in case of disputes. The superintendent of tanks and waterways allocates water for agricultural use. The Bramin conducts village worship. The schoolmaster teaches the local children how to read and write in the sand. The calendar Bramin or astrologer, etc.
"These officers and servants generally constitute the establishment of a village; but in some parts of the country it is of less extent, some of the duties and functions above described being united in the same person: in others it exceeds the number of individuals which have been described.
"These officers and staff typically make up the structure of a village; however, in some areas, this is smaller, with some of the duties and functions mentioned being combined in one person. In other places, it consists of more individuals than those described."
"Under this simple form of municipal government, the inhabitants of the country have lived from time immemorial. The boundaries of the villages have been but seldom altered; and though the villages themselves have been sometimes injured, and even desolated by war, famine, and disease, the same name, the same limits, the same interests, and even the same families, have continued for ages. The inhabitants give themselves no trouble about the breaking up and division of kingdoms; while the village remains entire, they care not to what power it is transferred, or to what sovereign it devolves; its internal economy remains unchanged. The Potail is still the head inhabitant, and still acts as the petty judge and magistrate, and collector or renter of the village."
"Under this straightforward form of local government, the people of the area have lived for a very long time. The boundaries of the villages have rarely changed; even though the villages themselves have sometimes suffered and even been devastated by war, famine, and disease, the same name, the same borders, the same interests, and even the same families have persisted for generations. The residents don’t concern themselves with the fragmentation and division of kingdoms; as long as the village remains intact, they are indifferent to which authority it falls under or which ruler it belongs to; its internal structure stays the same. The Potail is still the leading resident, and he continues to serve as the local judge and magistrate, as well as the collector or renter for the village."
In examining the interior of a village on Java, we find that, in common with the Hindu usage, it possesses a constitution within itself, independent of the supreme governing power. Here, as in Western India, it will be found that each village possesses its Petíng'gi or chief; its Kabayan, who is the deputy or assistant to the head of the village; its Kamituah or elders, generally men who have formerly been chiefs of the village; its Múdin or priest; its Ulu-ulu or Kapala Bandang'an, or superintendent of water-courses; its Jeru-tulis or writer, &c.
In looking at the interior of a village on Java, we see that, similar to Hindu traditions, it has its own structure, separate from the main governing authority. Just like in Western India, each village has its Petíng'gi or chief; its Kabayan, who acts as the deputy or assistant to the village head; its Kamituah or elders, typically men who have previously served as village chiefs; its Múdin or priest; its Ulu-ulu or Kapala Bandang'an, who oversees the water systems; and its Jeru-tulis or writer, etc.
[86] Appendix D.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Appendix D.
[87] Among many others, the following enactments, which were in force in some of the Eastern districts when the English arrived, will serve to shew the barbarities of the law then existing, in its operation on the people, and its leniency towards the great.
[87] Among many others, the following laws that were in effect in some of the Eastern areas when the English arrived will illustrate the brutalities of the legal system at that time, particularly how it impacted the people and was lenient toward the powerful.
"Any person murdering his superior shall be beheaded, his body quartered and given to the wild beasts, and his head stuck upon a bambu.
"Anyone who kills their superior will be beheaded, their body quartered and given to the wild animals, and their head placed on a bambu."
"Any person disobeying his superior and attempting to murder him, may be killed by the superior, without giving any intimation thereof to the chief town.
"Anyone who disobeys their superior and tries to kill them may be killed by the superior without notifying the chief town."
"Any person daring to destroy any public advertisement promulgated by government shall forfeit his right hand.
"Anyone who dares to destroy any public advertisement issued by the government will lose their right hand."
"A Demáng, or other chief of a désa, being acquainted with any conspiracy tending to the injury of the state, and not giving intimation thereof, shall be punished by losing one ear, his head shall be shaved, and he shall be banished.
A Demáng, or another leader of a désa, who knows about any conspiracy that could harm the state and fails to report it will be punished by losing one ear, having his head shaved, and being banished.
"Any person daring to offer violence to a priest in the mosque or among the tombs shall forfeit one hand.
"Anyone who dares to harm a priest in the mosque or near the tombs will lose a hand."
"If a woman kills a man she shall be fined 500 reals batú.
"If a woman kills a man, she will be fined 500 reals batú."
"If a superior kills an inferior he shall be fined 1000 doits.
"If a superior kills an inferior, they shall be fined 1000 doits."
"If a person puts out the eyes of another he shall be fined 500 reals batú; if one eye only 50 reals."
"If someone causes another person to go blind, they will be fined 500 reals batú; if they damage just one eye, the fine will be 50 reals."
There were also different fines for maiming different parts of the body. "For cutting out the tongue, 500 reals; for knocking out the teeth, 25; for breaking the thumb, 500; for breaking the finger, 100; and the like." See Collection of Native Laws at Banyuwangi.
There were also different fines for injuring various parts of the body. "For cutting out the tongue, 500 reals; for knocking out the teeth, 25; for breaking the thumb, 500; for breaking a finger, 100; and so on." See Collection of Native Laws at Banyuwangi.
[88] Appendix D.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Appendix D.
[89] See Appendix D.
[90] The number required to compose the jury was fixed in conformity with the ancient usages of the country, in which five persons are considered necessary to assist in the deliberation upon any matter of importance.
[90] The number needed to form the jury was set according to the traditional practices of the country, where five individuals are deemed essential to help discuss any important issue.
[91] In joining the battle it is usual for the warriors to shout, and for the trumpets (sarenen), gongs, and drums used in the martial music of the country to be sounded.
[91] When entering the battle, it's common for the warriors to shout, and for the trumpets (sarenen), gongs, and drums used in the country's battle music to be played.
[92] The following verse from the Níti Sástra Káwi may be adduced, in further illustration of the notions entertained by the Javans regarding the bravery of a soldier:
[92] The following verse from the Níti Sástra Káwi can be used to further illustrate the beliefs held by the Javanese about a soldier's bravery:
"The brave man who has been successful in war obtains his heart's desire.
"The courageous person who has triumphed in battle achieves what they truly want."
"The brave man who dies in war is received into heaven and cherished by the Widadaris.
"The brave man who dies in war is welcomed into heaven and treasured by the Widadaris.
"If a man is cowardly in war and die, the keepers of hell seize upon him in a rage:
"If a man is cowardly in battle and dies, the guardians of hell grab him in a fury:
"Should he not die, he is reprobated and despised by all good men, even to his face."
"Unless he dies, he's rejected and looked down upon by all decent people, even to his face."
[94] "As to their military character, it is certain," says Plutarch, "they were able commanders, both by sea and land. But as the champions, who in one day gain the garland, not only in wrestling, but in the pancration, are not simply called victors, but by the custom of the games, the flowers of victory; so Cymon, having crowned Greece with two victories gained in one day, the one at land, the other at sea, deserves some preference in the list of generals."—Langhorne's Plutarch: Cimon and Lucullus compared.
[94] "Regarding their military prowess, it's clear," Plutarch states, "they were competent leaders, both on land and at sea. Just like champions who win the garland in one day, not just in wrestling but in the pancration, aren't simply called victors, but have the title of the flowers of victory due to the tradition of the games; similarly, Cymon, having brought glory to Greece with two victories in one day—one on land and the other at sea—should hold a special place among the great generals." —Langhorne's Plutarch: Cimon and Lucullus compared.
[95] Mr. Rothenbuller.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Mr. Rothenbuller.
[96] This was the practice of the Europeans also. [Vol I Pg 343]
[96] This was also the practice of the Europeans. [Vol I Pg 343]
CHAPTER VII.
Ceremonies of the Court—Deference paid to superior Rank—Regalia—Processions—Pomp—Rank and Titles—Ambassadors—Ceremonies attending Births, Marriages, and Funerals—Account of the People called Kálang, and of the Inhabitants of the Téng'ger Mountains—The Bedui—Festivals—Amusements—The Drama—Wáyangs—The Dance—Tournaments—The Chase—Tiger Fights—Combat of Criminals with Tigers—Bull Fights, &c.—Games of Skill and Chance—Other Customs and Usages.
Court Ceremonies—Respect shown to Higher Ranks—Royal Decorations—Parades—Ceremony and Splendor—Status and Titles—Ambassadors—Events for Births, Weddings, and Funerals—Overview of the Kálang People, and the Residents of the Téng'ger Mountains—The Bedui—Festivals—Entertainment—Theatrical Productions—Wáyang Performances—Dancing—Competitions—Hunting—Tiger Fights—Criminals Fighting Tigers—Bull Fights, etc.—Games of Skill and Luck—Other Traditions and Practices.
Having, in the preceding Chapter, endeavoured to pourtray the natural and moral character of the people of Java, and to convey to the reader a general idea of the nature and principles of the government to which they have been subjected, I shall now proceed to detail some of the usages and customs which prevail among them.
Having, in the previous chapter, tried to illustrate the natural and moral character of the people of Java and to give the reader a general understanding of the nature and principles of the government they are subjected to, I will now go on to describe some of the customs and practices that are common among them.
Of these the ceremonies of the court are the most obvious, and a stranger cannot fail to be struck with the extreme deference and respect towards their superiors, by which the Javans are characterized. Respect for rank, for experience, for parents and old age, have been already noticed among the features of their character; but the excess to which deference to rank is carried by the political institutions of the country, deserves more particular remark, whether we consider it as illustrative of the nature of the government and the quiet and orderly disposition of the people, or endeavour to trace, in the early periods of their history, the causes which may have contributed to the existing constitution of society among them.
Of these, the court ceremonies are the most visible, and anyone unfamiliar with the culture can't help but notice the extreme deference and respect that Javanese people show towards their superiors. They have a deep respect for rank, experience, parents, and the elderly, which have already been highlighted as key traits of their character. However, the extent to which they show deference to rank due to the political structures in the country deserves special attention. This deference is relevant in understanding both the nature of the government and the calm, orderly nature of the people, as well as in exploring the historical factors that may have shaped their current social structure.
The respect shewn to superior rank on Java is such, that no individual, whatever his condition, can stand in the presence of a superior; neither can he address him in the same language in which he is spoken to. Not even the heir apparent, or the members of the royal family, can stand in the presence of the sovereign; and the same restriction applies to the family of each subordinate chief. Were this mark of respect[Vol I Pg 344] confined to the royal family alone, it might perhaps find a parallel in other eastern countries, where it is usual for the subject to prostrate himself before the sovereign, but in Java the nature of the government is such, that each delegated authority exacts the same marks of obeisance; so that, from the common labourer upward, no one dares to stand in the presence of a superior. Thus when a native chief moves abroad, it is usual for all the people of inferior rank among whom he passes, to lower their bodies to the ground till they actually sit on their heels, and to remain in this posture until he is gone by. The same rule is observed within doors; and instead of an assembly rising on the entrance of a great man, as in Europe, it sinks to the ground, and remains so during his presence.
The respect shown to higher ranks in Java is so great that no one, regardless of their social status, can stand in the presence of someone superior. They also cannot speak to them in the same language they're addressed in. Not even the heir apparent or members of the royal family can stand before the sovereign, and the same rule applies to the families of subordinate chiefs. If this show of respect[Vol I Pg 344] were limited to the royal family, it might be similar to customs in other eastern countries where subjects prostrate themselves before the sovereign. However, in Java, the government structure means that each authority demands the same level of respect, so from the common laborer up, no one dares to stand in front of a superior. So, when a native chief is out in public, it’s customary for everyone of lower rank to lower themselves to the ground until they are actually sitting on their heels and to stay in that position until the chief has passed by. The same rule applies indoors; instead of standing when a prominent person enters, the assembly sinks to the ground and remains there while they are present.
This humiliating posture is called dódok, and may be rendered into English by the term squatting. The practice is submitted to with the utmost cheerfulness by the people: it is considered an ancient custom, and respected accordingly. It was, however, in a great measure discontinued in the European provinces during the administration of the British government, who endeavoured to raise the lower orders, as much as was prudent, from the state of degradation to which their chiefs, aided by the Dutch authority, had subjected them; but it continued in force in the native provinces, in Madúra, and to a certain extent in most of the districts at a distance from the seats of European government.
This embarrassing position is called dódok, which can be translated into English as squatting. The people accept it with great good humor; it’s seen as an old tradition and is respected as such. However, it largely fell out of practice in the European provinces during British rule, as they tried to uplift the lower classes from the level of humiliation imposed by their leaders, who had the support of Dutch authorities. Still, it remained common in the native provinces, in Madúra, and to some extent in many areas far from European government centers.
In travelling myself through some of the native provinces, and particularly in Madúra, where the forms of the native government are particularly observed, I have often seen some hundreds drop on my approach, the cultivator quitting his plough, and the porter his load, on the sight of the Túan besár's carriage. At the court of Súra-kérta, I recollect that once, when holding a private conference with the Susúnan at the residency, it became necessary for the Ráden adipáti to be dispatched to the palace for the royal seat: the poor old man was as usual squatting, and as the Susúnan happened to be seated with his face towards the door, it was full ten minutes before his minister, after repeated ineffectual attempts, could obtain an opportunity of rising sufficiently to reach the latch without being seen by his royal master. The mission on which he was dispatched was urgent, and the Susúnan[Vol I Pg 345] himself inconvenienced by the delay; but these inconveniences were insignificant, compared with the indecorum of being seen out of the dódok posture. When it is necessary for an inferior to move, he must still retain that position, and walk with his hams upon his heels until he is out of his superior's sight.
While traveling through some of the local provinces, especially in Madúra, where the forms of the local government are particularly evident, I often saw hundreds of people stop when I approached, with farmers leaving their plows and porters setting down their loads at the sight of the Túan besár's carriage. At the court of Súra-kérta, I remember a time when I was having a private meeting with the Susúnan at the residency, and it became necessary for the Ráden adipáti to be sent to the palace for the royal seat: the poor old man was squatting as usual, and since the Susúnan was facing the door, it took his minister a full ten minutes, after several unsuccessful tries, to find a chance to rise enough to reach the latch without being seen by his royal master. The task he was given was urgent, and the Susúnan himself was troubled by the delay; however, these inconveniences were nothing compared to the embarrassment of being seen outside of the dódok position. When an inferior needs to move, they must still keep that position and walk with their thighs on their heels until they are out of sight of their superior.
Besides this deference in the posture of the body, a deference, equally striking and still more defined, is shewn in the language used to a superior. The vernacular language of the country is never allowed to be used on such occasions, but only an arbitrary language, distinguished by the term bása, the language, or bása kráma, the polite language, or language of honour. The common people are thus not permitted to use the same language as the great, or in other words, are by the political institutions of the country, in a great degree, deprived of the use of their mother tongue. This subject will however be more particularly treated of in another chapter. That a set of people who have received some mental culture will necessarily discover it in their language, and that a line of distinction will be thus drawn between the well informed and the ignorant, is natural; and of the employment of a different number of persons in the verbs and pronouns, according as supremacy, respect, or familiarity is to be expressed, the modern European languages afford abundant example: but that one class of words should be exacted from the lower orders as a homage to the powerful, and another class given in exchange, serving to remind them of their inferiority, is a refinement in arbitrary power, which it would be difficult to parallel.
Besides this difference in body posture, there’s also a significant and even more pronounced difference in the language used with someone of higher status. The everyday language of the country is never used in these situations; only a special language known as bása, the language, or bása kráma, the polite language, or language of honor is allowed. The common people are not permitted to use the same language as the elite, effectively being deprived of their mother tongue by the country’s political institutions. This topic will be explored more deeply in another chapter. It’s natural that an educated group of people will reflect their education in their language, drawing a line of distinction between the informed and the uninformed. Modern European languages provide plenty of examples of how different forms of verbs and pronouns are used to express superiority, respect, or familiarity. However, the requirement for lower classes to use one set of words as a tribute to the powerful, while receiving another set that serves as a reminder of their inferiority, is a type of arbitrary power that is hard to find elsewhere.
Having thus seen the nature and extent of the general deference paid to a superior on Java, the reader will be prepared, in some degree, for the still further humiliations which are expected from a subject on public occasions. No one approaches his sovereign or immediate chief, no child approaches his father, without súmbah, (to that is, obeisance) closing his hands and raising them to his forehead, in token of respect. On public or festival days, it is usual for the inferior chiefs, not as in Europe, to kiss the hand, but to kiss the knee, the instep, or the sole of the foot, according to the relative distance of rank between the parties. [Vol I Pg 346]
Having seen the nature and extent of the general respect shown to a superior in Java, the reader will be somewhat prepared for the even greater humiliations expected from a subject on public occasions. No one approaches their sovereign or immediate chief, and no child approaches their father, without súmbah (which means obeisance), closing their hands and raising them to their forehead as a sign of respect. On public or festival days, it is customary for lower-ranking chiefs, unlike in Europe where they might kiss the hand, to kiss the knee, the instep, or the sole of the foot, depending on the relative rank of the individuals involved. [Vol I Pg 346]
The royal seat is a large stool or bench of gold or silver with a velvet cushion: it is called dámpar, and attends the sovereign wherever he may go.
The royal seat is a big stool or bench made of gold or silver with a velvet cushion: it's called dámpar, and it goes wherever the sovereign goes.
Among the regalia (upachára), which are always carried in procession when the sovereign moves abroad, and are arranged behind him while seated on the dámpar, are the following golden figures:—the hásti or gája, that of an elephant; the hárda walíka or nanágan, that of a serpent; the jajáwen sánting, that of a bull; the sángsam, that of a deer; and the sáwung gáling, that of a cock fowl; each of a size to be borne in the hand. These, with the kútuk and chapúri for tobacco and síri, the pakachohán or golden spitting-pot, and a variety of golden salvers, bowls, &c. distinguished by the respective names applicable to their different purposes, have descended as pusákas, or heir-looms, in the royal family, and are esteemed with the highest degree of veneration.
Among the ceremonial items (upachára) that are always carried in a procession when the ruler goes out and are arranged behind him while he sits on the dámpar, are the following golden figures:—the hásti or gája, representing an elephant; the hárda walíka or nanágan, representing a serpent; the jajáwen sánting, representing a bull; the sángsam, representing a deer; and the sáwung gáling, representing a rooster; each one small enough to be held in the hand. These, along with the kútuk and chapúri for tobacco and síri, the pakachohán or golden spitting pot, and various golden trays, bowls, etc., each distinguished by their specific names based on their different uses, have been passed down as pusákas, or heirlooms, within the royal family and are regarded with the utmost reverence.
When the sovereign moves abroad, he is attended by numerous spearmen (wáhos), the duty of eight of whom is to attend the figures of the sacred elephant and bull, near which are also led four horses richly caparisoned. The royal páyung, or state umbrella, is carried in front of the procession on these occasions, in which are also invariably carried four trunks or boxes (brókoh), each borne by two men, and containing the clothes of the sovereign, caparison for his horses, his personal arms, implements, provisions, and in short every thing required for an establishment: this rule is observed whenever the sovereign moves out of the palace. His mat (lánté) is likewise borne in procession, together with two saddle horses for his use when necessary.
When the king travels, he is accompanied by many spearmen (wáhos), with eight of them specifically assigned to the sacred elephant and bull. Alongside them are four beautifully adorned horses. The royal páyung, or state umbrella, leads the procession, and four trunks or boxes (brókoh) are consistently carried, each by two men. These boxes hold the king's clothes, horse gear, personal weapons, tools, food supplies, and everything else needed for his entourage. This practice is followed every time the king leaves the palace. His mat (lánté) is also carried in the procession, along with two saddle horses for his use when needed.
The ceremonies and state of the native courts have lost much of their genuine character, from the admission of European customs, introduced by the Dutch after the last Javan war. Salutes are regulated after the European order, and the Javans have availed themselves of many of the customs of Europeans, to render the ceremonies of state more striking. Thus both the Susúnan and Súltan are furnished with large gilt carriages, after the fashion of those used by the Lord Mayor of London. When the former drinks wine with the governor, the rest of the company are offered white wine,[Vol I Pg 347] while they alone drink red, and a flourish of trumpets sounds as the glass approaches their lips.
The ceremonies and the way native courts operate have lost a lot of their original charm due to the influence of European customs, which were introduced by the Dutch after the last Javan war. Salutes are now done in a European style, and the Javanese have adopted many European traditions to make their state ceremonies more impressive. For example, both the Susúnan and Súltan have large gilded carriages that resemble those used by the Lord Mayor of London. When the former drinks wine with the governor, the rest of the guests are offered white wine,[Vol I Pg 347] while they alone drink red, accompanied by a flourish of trumpets as the glass nears their lips.
It may be observed, that few people are more attached to state and show than the Javans; that, in general, the decorations employed and the forms observed are chaste, and at the same time imposing, calculated to impress a stranger with a high idea of their taste, their correctness and yet love of splendour. The ornaments of state, or regalia, are well wrought in gold; the royal shield is richly inlaid with precious stones, and the royal krís is hung in a belt, which, with its sheath, is one blaze of diamonds. In processions, when the European authority is to be received, each side of the road, for miles, is lined with spearmen in different dresses, and standing in various warlike attitudes; streamers flying, and the music of the gámelán striking up on every side. Páyungs, or umbrellas of three tiers, of silk richly fringed and ornamented with gold, are placed at intervals, and nothing is omitted which can add to the appearance of state and pomp. Among the ensigns displayed on these occasions are the Monkey flag of Arjúna, and a variety of other devices taken from the poems of antiquity, as well as the double-bladed sword, and a variety of inscriptions from the Arabs.
It's noticeable that few people are more focused on status and appearance than the Javanese. Generally, the decorations used and the forms followed are both elegant and impressive, designed to give outsiders a strong impression of their taste, precision, and love for grandeur. The ceremonial ornaments, or regalia, are beautifully crafted in gold; the royal shield is lavishly inlaid with precious stones, and the royal krís is worn on a belt that, along with its sheath, sparkles with diamonds. During processions, when the European authority is to be welcomed, both sides of the road, for miles, are lined with spearmen in various outfits, striking different martial poses; banners are flying, and the music of the gámelán plays all around. Páyungs, or three-tiered umbrellas made of richly fringed silk and decorated with gold, are placed at intervals, and nothing is overlooked that could enhance the look of ceremony and splendor. Among the symbols displayed during these events are the Monkey flag of Arjúna, and a range of other motifs drawn from ancient poems, as well as the double-bladed sword, and various inscriptions from the Arabs.
The chiefs of provinces, and the petty chiefs in their gradation below them, keep up as much of the form and ceremony of the chief court as is consistent with their relative rank and means; and, in their turn, exact from their vassals the same degree of respect which the sovereign exacts from them.
The provincial leaders and the smaller chiefs below them maintain as much of the formalities and ceremonies of the main court as fits their rank and resources; in return, they demand the same level of respect from their subordinates that the sovereign requires from them.
On occasions when the Regents are anxious to shew particular respect to Europeans, as on the entrance of the Governor, or other high officer travelling, it is the custom, particularly in the Súnda districts, to erect triumphal arches of bámbu at the entrance of the principal villages; and the taste and variety displayed on these occasions have been often noticed, as evincing a refinement beyond what the general results of their present state of civilization might justify.
On occasions when the Regents want to show special respect to Europeans, like when the Governor or another high-ranking official arrives, it's customary—especially in the Súnda regions—to set up triumphal arches made of bámbu at the entrance of the main villages. The creativity and variety shown at these events have often been noted as demonstrating a level of sophistication that goes beyond what their current state of civilization would suggest.
In a former place I noticed, that the gradations of rank among the Javans were, in some instances, marked by the dress they wore, and by the manner of putting on the krís; but a more defined line is drawn by the páyung, or umbrella,[Vol I Pg 348] which is subject to the following regulation from immemorial custom:
In a previous place, I observed that the differences in rank among the Javans were sometimes indicated by their clothing and the way they wore the krís; however, a clearer distinction is made by the páyung, or umbrella,[Vol I Pg 348] which follows a long-standing custom.
1. The Sovereign alone is entitled to the golden páyung[97].
1. The Sovereign is the only one entitled to the golden páyung[97].
2. The Rátu, or Queen, and the members of the royal family, to the yellow páyung.
2. The Rátu, or Queen, and the members of the royal family, to the yellow páyung.
3. The family of the Rátu, and the family of the Sovereign by his concubines, to the white páyung.
3. The family of the Rátu, and the family of the Sovereign by his concubines, to the white páyung.
4. The Bopátis and Tumúng'gungs to the green páyung, edged and mounted with gold.
4. The Bopátis and Tumúng'gungs to the green páyung, edged and decorated with gold.
5. The Ang'ebáis, Ráng'gas, Mántris, &c. to the red páyung.
5. The Ang'ebáis, Ráng'gas, Mántris, etc. to the red páyung.
6. The heads of villages, and other petty officers, to the dark páyung.
6. The leaders of villages and other minor officials, to the dark páyung.
In order to convey an idea of the different titles and the gradations of rank among the Javans, it becomes necessary, in consequence of the confusion which has arisen among them of late years, to revert to what they were supposed to be in the days of Májapáhit and previously, when the Hindu faith and institutions exclusively prevailed.
To give an idea of the various titles and ranks among the Javanese, it's important, given the confusion that has developed among them in recent years, to look back at what they were believed to be during the days of Májapáhit and before, when Hindu beliefs and institutions were dominant.
The usual term for the sovereign was then Rátu, and in the literary compositions which have descended to us, he was either distinguished by such epithets as Nára-náta, Nára-dípa, Nára-páti, Naríndra, Narária, Aji, Prábu, Kátong, Ajung, or Máharája. The queen was called Pramiswári. The children of the sovereign were called, the princes Ráden, and the princesses Déwi, which titles were hereditary in their families. The brothers of the sovereign had the title of Ráden aria.
The common term for the ruler was then Rátu, and in the literary works that have come down to us, he was often referred to by titles like Nára-náta, Nára-dípa, Nára-páti, Naríndra, Narária, Aji, Prábu, Kátong, Ajung, or Máharája. The queen was called Pramiswári. The sovereign's children were known as the princes Ráden and the princesses Déwi, which titles were inherited in their families. The ruler's brothers held the title of Ráden aria.
When a sovereign was advanced in age, and quitted his government to become a devotee, he was called Begáwan.
When a ruler got older and stepped down from their leadership to become a devotee, they were called Begáwan.
The minister who administered the country in the name of the sovereign, and issued his orders to the governors of provinces, &c. was always termed Páteh; and the chiefs employed in administering the government of the provinces, or otherwise in the government of the country, were entitled either Pratíiwa, Pung'gáwa, Niáka, or Bopáti. The chiefs below these, and subject to their orders, such as Ráng'ga, [Vol I Pg 349]Ange'bái, Demáng, Praméa, Ménak, Klíwon, and others were included in the class of Mantris.
The minister who ran the country on behalf of the sovereign and gave orders to the provincial governors was always called Páteh; and the leaders who helped manage the provinces or the country's affairs were known as Pratíiwa, Pung'gáwa, Niáka, or Bopáti. The lower-ranking chiefs, who were under their command, such as Ráng'ga, [Vol I Pg 349]Ange'bái, Demáng, Praméa, Ménak, Klíwon, and others were classified as Mantris.
The heads of villages were called either Umbul, Patíng'gi, Babákal, Babáhu, Lúra, or Kúwu.
The leaders of the villages were known as either Umbul, Patíng'gi, Babákal, Babáhu, Lúra, or Kúwu.
The commanders-in-chief in war had the title of Senapáti. The general term for soldiers was prajúrit; and those employed in guarding the country from the approach of an enemy were called either Pechát tánda, Támping, or Ulu-bálang.
The top military leaders in war were called Senapáti. The general term for soldiers was prajúrit; and those tasked with protecting the country from enemy threats were referred to as either Pechát tánda, Támping, or Ulu-bálang.
In judicial affairs the Jáksa was the chief. His assistant or deputy was Paliwára, and the officers of his court Kérta.
In legal matters, the Jáksa was in charge. His assistant or deputy was Paliwára, and the court officials were referred to as Kérta.
Wadána gédong was the title given to the officer entrusted with the charge of the sovereign's purse and personal property, and with the collection of his revenues: the secretary or writer was called Chárik. Tánda and Sabándar was the title of the officers who collected the duties in the markets and along the high roads.
Wadána gédong was the title given to the officer responsible for the king's finances and personal belongings, as well as collecting his revenue; the secretary or writer was called Chárik. Tánda and Sabándar were the titles of the officers who collected taxes in the markets and on the highways.
When it was necessary for the sovereign to move from one part of the country to another, there was always a class of Mántris in attendance, to whom the title of Pang'alasan or Kajíneman was given.
When the ruler needed to travel from one part of the country to another, there were always a group of Mántris accompanying them, known by the titles Pang'alasan or Kajíneman.
On the establishment of the Mahomedan religion, in the Javan year 1400, a new gradation of rank and order of titles was introduced by the sultan of Demák, as follows.
On the founding of the Muslim religion, in the Javan year 1400, a new hierarchy of status and system of titles was introduced by the sultan of Demák, as follows.
The sovereign, instead of being called Rátu, took the name of Susuhúnan[98], or Sultan, and the queen was called Rátu. The title of Panámbahán was conferred as the highest in rank next to the sovereign, and above the princes of the blood, who were now termed Pang'éran or Pang'éran ária; the princesses born of the queen were termed Rátu, and the daughters by concubines Ráden áyu. The sons of the princes were called Ráden mas, until they were married, when they were termed Ráden only; their daughters before marriage were called Ráden ajéng, and after marriage Ráden áyu. The Susuhúnan's great grandchildren by his wife were allowed to assume the title of Ráden, and those by his concubines bore the title of Mas, the latter title continuing to [Vol I Pg 350]descend in the family to the offspring by a wife, those by a concubine taking the title of Bágus, which is considered as the lowest title appertaining to royalty. It would be tedious, in this place, to detail the minor titles common in the Súnda districts; they will be more particularly noticed in the statistical accounts of those districts.
The ruler, instead of being called Rátu, took the name Susuhúnan[98], or Sultan, and the queen was referred to as Rátu. The title of Panámbahán was granted as the highest rank next to the ruler, above the royal princes, who were now called Pang'éran or Pang'éran ária; the princesses born of the queen were known as Rátu, and those from concubines were called Ráden áyu. The sons of the princes were named Ráden mas until marriage, after which they were simply Ráden; their daughters before marriage were called Ráden ajéng, and after marriage, Ráden áyu. The great-grandchildren of Susuhúnan by his wife were allowed to take the title Ráden, while those by his concubines were given the title Mas, a title that continued to pass down in the family to the children by a wife, with those from a concubine receiving the title Bágus, regarded as the lowest title in royalty. It would be lengthy to describe the lesser titles common in the Súnda regions here; they will be discussed in more detail in the statistical reports of those areas.
When a Bopáti, or governor of a province, is appointed, he is furnished with a piágam or nawála, or letter patent, fixing his rank, and the extent of assignment of lands conferred upon him[99]; also with a báwat, or stick, similar to that of the páyung, or umbrella, measuring about eight feet long, with which it is his duty to measure the sáwah or rice fields.
When a Bopáti, or governor of a province, is appointed, he receives a piágam or nawála, which is a letter patent that defines his rank and the size of the land assigned to him[99]; he is also provided with a báwat, or stick, similar to that of the páyung, or umbrella, which is about eight feet long, and it's his responsibility to measure the sáwah or rice fields.
When a chief of the rank of Mántri is appointed, he is furnished with a krís handle and with a mat, which is carried[Vol I Pg 351] behind him when he moves about, as well for use as to shew his rank.
When a chief of the rank of Mántri is appointed, he is given a krís handle and a mat, which is carried[Vol I Pg 351] behind him as he moves around, both for practical use and to display his status.
The Javans include in the general term of Priáyi all persons above the rank of common people, a term which in its general application on Java is not very unlike that of gentlemen, or latterly of esquires, in England.
The Javanese use the term Priáyi to refer to everyone above the rank of common people, a term that is quite similar in its general use in Java to that of gentlemen, or more recently, esquires, in England.
Among the forms of an eastern court, few are more particularly observed than those relating to ambassadors. The Javans have long ceased to send or receive ambassadors, but the following extracts from the Níti Prája, will shew what they conceive ought to be the qualifications and conduct of such an officer.
Among the customs of an eastern court, few are more specifically followed than those regarding ambassadors. The Javanese no longer send or receive ambassadors, but the following excerpts from the Níti Prája will show what they believe should be the qualifications and behavior of such an officer.
"A person entrusted with a message from his prince, must never abuse the trust placed in him, but always keep in sight that on such occasions he is the representative of the prince. And chiefly, if he is sent with a letter from the prince to a foreign country, in this case he must be less submissive than before his own prince. According to circumstances he must conduct himself with dissimulation, and before he enters any foreign country, by some secret means or other, occasion his own name, and that of the prince his master, to be spread over the country, at the same time that he obtains every possible information regarding the state of the country and people. On entering the country, he must assume a dignified appearance, and not speak or look about him more than is necessary. Such conduct will inspire the people with respect for him.
A person who is given a message from their prince must never betray that trust. They should always remember that they are representing the prince. Especially when sent with a letter to a foreign country, they should be less submissive than they would be in front of their own prince. Depending on the situation, they need to act with some level of deceit and, before entering any foreign land, find ways to make their own name and their prince’s name known throughout the country, while also gathering as much information as possible about the country's situation and its people. Upon entering the country, they should present themselves with dignity and avoid speaking or looking around more than necessary. This behavior will earn them respect from the locals.
"The letter must be carried on the shoulder, and in his gait and speech he must conduct himself with propriety. In delivering the letter he must present himself with dignity, approach first, and then retire from the person to whom the letter is directed, speak with him at a distance, and not too familiarly.
"The letter should be carried on the shoulder, and he must walk and speak properly. When delivering the letter, he should present himself with dignity, approach the person first, and then step back from them. He should speak to them from a distance and not be too familiar."
"In all cases he must be careful not to go beyond his orders. His deportment must be unassuming yet dignified; and having received an answer for his prince, it is his duty to depart immediately, and to proceed with it direct to the prince, without even going to his own house first. If the letter is from some person lower in rank than his master, he must not immediately shew it, but conceal it for a time; but[Vol I Pg 352] if it is from a prince of equal rank, then must he carry the letter before him. When a letter is from a prince to one of his subjects, it must be carried high. Coming in the presence of his prince, he must carefully watch his eye, that he may deliver the letter on the first intimation given by the prince that he is ready to receive it.
"In all cases, he must be careful not to exceed his orders. His demeanor should be modest yet dignified; after receiving a response for his prince, he is obligated to leave immediately and take it straight to the prince, without even stopping by his own house first. If the letter is from someone of lower rank than his master, he shouldn’t show it right away, but keep it hidden for a while; however, if it’s from a prince of equal rank, he must present the letter openly. When a letter comes from a prince to one of his subjects, it should be held high. Upon entering the presence of his prince, he must attentively watch for his eye, so he can deliver the letter at the very first signal that the prince is ready to receive it."
"Whoever dictates a letter must be careful that a letter to a superior is not couched in the same terms as a letter to an inferior."
"Whoever writes a letter should be careful that a letter to a superior isn't phrased the same way as a letter to someone below them."
The three most remarkable events in the history of the individual are his birth, his marriage, and his death; to these accordingly have the greatest number of forms and ceremonies been attached.
The three most significant events in a person's life are their birth, marriage, and death; therefore, these events have the most various forms and ceremonies associated with them.
As soon as it is observed that a Javan woman is in the third month of pregnancy, the event is communicated to all the nearest relations, to whom, at the same time, presents are made, consisting of yellow rice, sweet-scented oils, and wax candles. People of condition add some cloths, gold, silver, or brass cups, as also needles, either of those metals or of iron.
As soon as it's noticed that a Javanese woman is in her third month of pregnancy, the news is shared with all close relatives, who are also presented with gifts like yellow rice, fragrant oils, and wax candles. Wealthier individuals often include items like cloth, gold, silver, or brass cups, as well as needles made of either metal or iron.
After seven months' pregnancy, a festival is given to the relations and friends, at which yellow rice forms invariably a part of the entertainment.
After seven months of pregnancy, a celebration is held for family and friends, where yellow rice is always part of the festivities.
The pregnant woman must afterwards wash her body with the milk of a green cocoa-nut, on the shell of which has been previously carved two handsome figures, one of each sex, by which the parents intend to represent a standard of beauty for their expected offspring, and to engrave on the imagination of the mother, impressions which may extend to the lineaments of her infant. The nut must be opened by the husband. She is next to bathe in water, into which many sweet-scented flowers have been thrown, and to dress herself with a new cloth, making a present of the old one, together with money, raw rice, sírí, and cocoa-nuts, to the midwife, who assists in her lustrations. On the night of these ceremonies there must be a wáyang or scenic shadow performed, the object of which is to represent the life and adventures of a certain prince in the line of Déwa Batára Bráma.
The pregnant woman must then wash her body with the milk of a green coconut, on the shell of which two attractive figures, one male and one female, have been carved to symbolize the kind of beauty the parents hope for in their child. This is meant to leave lasting impressions on the mother's mind that could influence her baby's features. The husband must open the coconut. Next, she should bathe in water infused with various fragrant flowers and dress in a new cloth, gifting the old one, along with money, raw rice, sírí, and coconuts to the midwife who helps with her cleansing rituals. On the night of these ceremonies, a wáyang or shadow play must be performed, showcasing the life and adventures of a certain prince from the line of Déwa Batára Bráma.
If the woman is delivered of a son, the after-birth is immediately cut off with a very sharp knife of bámbu, wrapped in[Vol I Pg 353] a piece of paper on which is written the Javan alphabet, then laid in a new pot, and buried in the ground, at which place a lamp, covered with a basket of bámbu, and adorned with leaves of the pandánri, is put, and kept burning till the umbilical cord of the child falls off. When this takes place, the child is watched the whole night, by persons who read the history of the Déwas, or of famous princes, or amuse themselves with a wáyang.
If the woman gives birth to a son, the afterbirth is immediately cut off with a very sharp knife made of bamboo, wrapped in[Vol I Pg 353] a piece of paper that has the Javan alphabet written on it, and then placed in a new pot and buried in the ground. At that spot, a lamp, covered with a bamboo basket and decorated with leaves from the pandan, is set up and kept burning until the baby's umbilical cord falls off. When this happens, the child is watched all night by people who read the stories of the Devas or famous princes, or entertain themselves with a wayang.
As soon as the child is nine months old, the parents entertain their relatives and friends with a wáyang and festival.
As soon as the child turns nine months old, the parents host their relatives and friends for a wáyang and celebration.
Marriages are invariably contracted, not by the parties themselves, but by their parents or relations on their behalf. Such interference (which was common among the Greeks, without the same apology) is rendered necessary by the early age at which the matrimonial union is formed, and the incompetence of either of the intended couple to form a discreet and prudent choice. During the period that intervenes between the application of the friends of the boy to the parents or guardians of the girl for their concurrence in the match, and the obtainment of it, her condition is distinguished by the term tétákon (enquired for): when the consent of her parents is obtained, it is termed lámar (solicited). According to ancient custom, after matters proceeded thus far, a present of different valuables, termed paníng'sat is sent by the intended bridegroom to the bride, and her acceptance of it, implying that she concurs in the previous steps taken towards her settlement, renders the contract binding. The general prevalence of similar customs cannot fail to strike those who are acquainted with the nature of the sponsalia dona of the Romans, and the marriage ceremonies detailed in various passages of Scripture (Genesis, ch. xv. 2; xxiv. 5, &c.) A present of this kind is described as being sent by Pánji Kérta Páti to the Princess Chándra Kirána of Dahá[100], and we are told that it thence became a custom among the Javans. [Vol I Pg 354]
Marriages are typically arranged not by the individuals involved, but by their parents or relatives on their behalf. This kind of interference, which was common among the Greeks for different reasons, is necessary because of the young age at which couples usually marry, and the lack of judgment in making a wise and careful choice. During the time between when the boy's friends approach the girl's parents or guardians for their approval of the match, and when approval is granted, her status is referred to as tétákon (enquired for). Once her parents give their consent, it's called lámar (solicited). According to ancient traditions, after things progress this far, the intended groom sends a variety of gifts, called paníng'sat, to the bride. Her acceptance of these gifts indicates her agreement with the prior steps taken toward her future, which makes the contract official. The widespread nature of similar customs is evident to those familiar with the sponsalia dona of the Romans and the marriage rituals described in various parts of Scripture (Genesis, ch. xv. 2; xxiv. 5, etc.). A gift of this sort is mentioned as being sent by Pánji Kérta Páti to Princess Chándra Kirána of Dahá[100], and we are told that this became a custom among the Javans. [Vol I Pg 354]
By any reluctance to complete his engagement, the bridegroom forfeits to his betrothed these earnest gifts (as they may be called); while, on the other hand, if the obstacles to the completion of the marriage originate with her, she is bound to return them. This present is also called patiba sámpir.
By any hesitation to fulfill his commitment, the groom loses these earnest gifts (as they might be referred to) to his fiancée; however, if the reasons for the marriage not going forward come from her, she is obligated to return them. This gift is also known as patiba sámpir.
This custom, however, is now not so common as formerly: it is in a great measure discontinued or confounded with the next ceremony, termed sárahan (delivered up.) This consists in making various presents to the bride a short time before the day fixed for the marriage, after the delivery of which, the bride and bridegroom are confined to the house, until the ceremony takes place. The period varies; but with people of distinction there generally elapses an interval of forty days between the sárahan and the marriage.
This tradition, however, isn't as common as it used to be: it has largely fallen out of practice or is mixed up with the next ceremony called sárahan (delivered up.) This involves giving various gifts to the bride shortly before the wedding day. After these gifts are given, the bride and groom stay at home until the wedding ceremony occurs. The time frame can vary, but among prominent families, there usually is a gap of about forty days between the sárahan and the wedding.
On the day of the marriage (for which one that is considered fortunate[101] is previously selected) the father of the bride proceeds to the mosque, accompanied by the bridegroom, and informing the Panghúlu that the lad whom he presents has agreed to give the sri káwin (generally about two dollars), requests him to marry him to his daughter: on which the Panghúlu inquires of the bridegroom whether he has paid the amount, or is willing to do so? and upon the affirmative being declared, he sanctifies the marriage by words to the following effect:
On the day of the wedding (for which a fortunate date is chosen in advance), the bride's father goes to the mosque with the groom and tells the Panghúlu that the young man he is presenting has agreed to pay the sri káwin (usually around two dollars) and asks him to marry him to his daughter. The Panghúlu then asks the groom if he has paid the amount or is willing to do so. Once the groom confirms, he blesses the marriage with the following words:
"I join you, ráden mas (bridegroom), in wedlock with sátia (the bride), with a pledge of two reals weight in gold or silver[102]. You take (sátia) to be your wife for this world. [Vol I Pg 355]You are obliged to pay the pledge of your marriage (sri káwin), or to remain debtor for the same. You are responsible for your wife in all and every thing. If you should happen to be absent from her for the space of seven months on shore, or one year at sea, without giving her any subsistence, and are remiss in the performance of the duties which you owe to your sovereign, your marriage shall be dissolved, if your wife requires it, without any further form or process; and you will be, besides, subject to the punishment which the Mahomedan law dictates."
"I join you, ráden mas (bridegroom), in marriage with sátia (the bride), with a pledge of two reals in gold or silver[102]. You take (sátia) to be your wife for this life. [Vol I Pg 355]You are required to pay the marriage pledge (sri káwin), or remain in debt for it. You are responsible for your wife in every way. If you are away from her for seven months on land, or one year at sea, without providing for her, and neglect your responsibilities to your ruler, your marriage can be ended at your wife’s request, without any additional procedures; and you will also face the penalties outlined by Mahomedan law."
Should any circumstance occur to prevent the bridegroom from attending at the mosque on the day selected for the marriage, he follows the singular custom of sending his krís[103] to the ceremony, which is deemed sufficient by the Panghúlu; and afterwards he may appoint a proxy to represent him in the processions which follow. But this is seldom done when a man marries for the first time.
Should anything happen that stops the groom from being at the mosque on the chosen wedding day, he follows the unusual tradition of sending his krís[103] to the ceremony, which is considered enough by the Panghúlu; and afterwards he can appoint someone to stand in for him during the following processions. However, this is rarely done when a man is marrying for the first time.
After the ceremony, the bridegroom pays the priest the marriage fees (saláwat), which ought, according to strict Mahomedans, not to exceed fifteen stivers. In most instances, the fees are raised to five times that sum in money, besides in many places a fowl, a hank of cotton-yarn, four kátis of rice, two cocoa-nuts, síri, and fruit.
After the ceremony, the groom gives the priest the marriage fees (saláwat), which, according to strict Muslims, shouldn’t exceed fifteen stivers. In most cases, the fees are raised to five times that amount in cash, plus in many places a chicken, a bundle of cotton yarn, four kátis of rice, two coconuts, síri, and fruit.
On the wedding day, or sometimes the day following, the bridegroom dressed in his best clothes, mounted on horseback, accompanied by all his friends, and attended with music in the front and rear, proceeds at noon to the dwelling of the bride, who, on his approach, comes out to meet him at the door. In some districts, before their nearer approach, the bride and bridegroom throw simultaneously a bundle of síri at each other with considerable force, with the intention, it is said, of learning, from the dexterity with which the parties, respectively perform this singular feat, and the success that attends it, which of them will be able best to maintain their privileges, or gain an ascendancy during the continuance of their union. They prognosticate that, if the bundle of the[Vol I Pg 356] bridegroom touch the head of the bride, it is an infallible sign that he must rule; otherwise, the reverse.
On the wedding day, or sometimes the next day, the groom dresses in his best clothes, rides on horseback, and is accompanied by all his friends, with music playing in front and behind him. He heads to the bride's house at noon, and when he arrives, she comes out to greet him at the door. In some areas, before they get too close, the bride and groom throw a bundle of síri at each other with significant force. It's said that this is meant to gauge, based on how skillfully they perform this unusual act and how successful it is, which of them will hold the upper hand or power during their marriage. They believe that if the groom's bundle hits the bride’s head, it’s a sure sign he will be in charge; otherwise, the opposite will be true.
The bride, after this, receives the bridegroom with a low obeisance, in testimony of her regard for him, extending similar marks of respect to his parents, who attend him. The married couple are then placed in a situation elevated above the rest of the company; and in token of their afterwards living together, and sharing the same sustenance, commence eating síri from the same síri-box.
The bride then greets the groom with a slight bow to show her respect for him, offering similar gestures to his parents who are with him. The couple is then positioned in a place above the rest of the guests, and to symbolize their future together and sharing the same resources, they begin to eat síri from the same síri-box.
In some districts, after leaving the mosque, the bridegroom and his father proceed to the house of the bride's parents, where they obtain her company in a procession through the village or town. On these occasions, the bride is carried on a litter, which is generally fashioned in the form of a garúda, and the bridegroom is mounted on horseback. All the relations and friends of the parties attend, carrying flowers and refreshments, together with the presents made to the bridegroom on his marriage. The procession moves on to the sound of the national music, and the occasional firing of cannon. A feast is given in the evening at the house of the bride's parents, at which the new married couple remain for the night. The term given to the bride and bridegroom is peng'ánten, and the marriage ceremony is called láki rábi.
In some neighborhoods, after leaving the mosque, the groom and his father head to the bride's parents' house, where they get her to join a procession through the village or town. During these events, the bride rides on a litter designed like a garúda, while the groom is on horseback. All the relatives and friends of both families join in, bringing flowers, snacks, and gifts for the groom to celebrate the marriage. The procession moves forward accompanied by traditional music and the occasional cannon fire. In the evening, a feast is held at the bride's parents' house, where the newlyweds spend the night. The terms for the bride and groom are peng'ánten, and the marriage ceremony is called láki rábi.
On the next day in some districts, and on the fifth in others, the bridegroom (or peng'ánten lánang), and bride (peng'anten wádon), together with the whole train of relations and friends, visit in like manner the house of the bridegroom's father. This ceremony is called únduh mántu (accepting the daughter-in-law.) There they both again sit down to eat síri in some place of distinction; similar entertainments are repeated, and on the following day they return with the same pomp and form to the bride's dwelling, the ceremony being now completed.
On the next day in some areas, and on the fifth day in others, the groom (or peng'ánten lánang) and bride (peng'anten wádon), along with their entire group of family and friends, visit the house of the groom's father. This event is called únduh mántu (accepting the daughter-in-law). There, they both sit down to eat síri in a special place; similar celebrations take place, and on the following day, they return with the same grandeur and formality to the bride's home, marking the completion of the ceremony.
With the exception of the delivery of the sri káwin, and the procession to the mosque, there is very little in these ceremonies conformable to the Mahomedan precepts.
With the exception of delivering the sri káwin and the procession to the mosque, there is very little in these ceremonies that aligns with Islamic teachings.
Marriages are frequently contracted between children, and then termed gántung káwin (hanging-on marriages); but in this case the parties are kept separate, and the principal ceremonies are reserved till they attain the age of puberty.[Vol I Pg 357] Such contracts proceed from a laudable solicitude, on the part of parents, to provide a suitable and advantageous match for their children as early as possible; and to the same cause, as much, perhaps, as from the influence of climate and intemperance of manners, may be attributed the early age, at which matrimonial engagements are sometimes consummated.
Marriages are often arranged between children, called gántung káwin (hanging-on marriages); but in this situation, the individuals stay apart, and the main ceremonies are held until they reach puberty.[Vol I Pg 357] These arrangements stem from a commendable desire from parents to secure a suitable and beneficial match for their children as early as possible; and this, along with the effects of the climate and a carefree lifestyle, may explain the young age at which some of these marital commitments are completed.
Whatever may be the reasons for such early marriages, one of the most serious consequences is the facility with which they are dissolved. The multiplication of divorces is mentioned by the poets, the moralists, and the historians of the Roman empire, as one of the greatest causes and symptoms of the corruption and degeneracy of the period in which they lived; and certainly it had proceeded to great lengths, when Seneca could say that a woman computed her age, not by the annual succession of consuls, but of husbands[104]. The Javans, though a simple people, are in this respect too like the profligate and dissolute Romans.
Whatever the reasons for early marriages, one of the most serious consequences is how easily they end. The increasing divorce rates are noted by poets, moralists, and historians of the Roman Empire as one of the biggest signs of the corruption and decline of their time; and it had become quite extreme when Seneca remarked that a woman kept track of her age not by the yearly cycle of consuls but by the number of husbands[104]. The Javanese, though a simple people, are in this regard too similar to the reckless and immoral Romans.
In no part of the world are divorces more frequent than on Java; for besides the facilities afforded by the Mahomedan ordinances, a woman may at any time, when dissatisfied with her husband, demand a dissolution of the marriage contract, by paying him a sum established by custom, according to the rank of the parties: about twenty dollars for a person of the lower orders, and fifty dollars for those of the degree of Demáng or Mántri. The husband is not bound to accept it; but he is generally induced to do so, from a consideration, that the opinions and custom of the country require it; that his domestic happiness would be sacrificed in a contest with his reluctant companion; and that, by continuing his attachment, he would incur the shame of supporting one who treated him with aversion or contempt. This kind of divorce is termed mánchal. The husband may at any time divorce his wife, on making a settlement upon her sufficient to support her according to her condition in life. [Vol I Pg 358]
In no part of the world are divorces more common than on Java; in addition to the ease provided by Islamic laws, a woman can request a divorce at any time if she's unhappy with her husband, by paying him a customary amount based on their social status: about twenty dollars for those in the lower classes and fifty dollars for those of the rank of Demáng or Mántri. The husband doesn’t have to agree to the divorce; however, he often feels pressured to accept it because societal norms and customs dictate it, his happiness at home would suffer from a conflict with his unwilling partner, and staying together could lead to the embarrassment of living with someone who shows him disdain or contempt. This type of divorce is called mánchal. The husband can also divorce his wife at any time, as long as he secures an agreement for her support that suits her social standing. [Vol I Pg 358]
A widow may marry again at the expiration of three months and ten days after her husband's death.
A widow can remarry three months and ten days after her husband's death.
When a person of rank or property dies, all his relations, male and female, meet at the house of the deceased, to testify their grief at the death and their respect for the memory of the departed. On that occasion, what is termed selámat money is distributed among all according to circumstances. The priests, who are to perform the service at the place of interment, receive a Spanish dollar, a piece of cloth, and a small mat each.
When someone of importance or wealth passes away, all their family members, both men and women, gather at the deceased's home to show their sorrow for the loss and pay their respects to the person who has died. During this time, what is called selámat money is shared with everyone based on their situation. The priests, who will conduct the service at the burial site, each receive a Spanish dollar, a piece of cloth, and a small mat.
When the corpse is washed[105] and wrapped in a white cloth, it is carried out of the house on a bier covered with coloured chintz, on which garlands of flowers are hung as drapery. On this occasion, no means of costly pomp or impressive solemnity are neglected in the use of umbrellas (páyung), pikes, and other insignia of honour. All the relations and friends accompany the corpse to the grave, where the priest addresses a prayer to heaven and delivers an exhortation to the soul of the deceased; of which the substance commonly is, "that it should be conscious of being the work of the Creator of the universe, and after leaving its earthly dwelling, should speed its way to the source whence it issued." After this ceremony the corpse is interred, and the other priests continue their prayers and benedictions.
When the body is washed[105] and wrapped in a white cloth, it is taken out of the house on a bier covered with colorful fabric, adorned with garlands of flowers. On this occasion, no expense is spared for the sake of grandeur or serious tone, using umbrellas (páyung), stakes, and other honor symbols. All the relatives and friends follow the body to the grave, where the priest offers a prayer to heaven and speaks to the soul of the deceased; typically, the message is that the soul should be aware of being the creation of the universe, and after leaving its earthly home, it should make its way back to the source from which it came. After this ritual, the body is buried, and the other priests continue their prayers and blessings.
For seven successive nights, the same priests meet and pray at the house of the deceased, in the presence of his relations.
For seven nights in a row, the same priests gather and pray at the home of the deceased, alongside his family.
On the third, seventh, fourteenth, hundredth, and thousandth day or night after the death of a person, are observed particular festivals or solemn feasts in his commemoration, on[Vol I Pg 359] which occasions prayers are offered up for the happiness of his soul.
On the third, seventh, fourteenth, hundredth, and thousandth day or night after someone passes away, special festivals or solemn feasts are held in their memory, on[Vol I Pg 359] during which prayers are said for the peace of their soul.
The body is interred after the usual manner of the Mahomedans, and a sambója tree is usually planted by its side. It is the universal practice of the relatives of the deceased to strew the graves several times in the year with the sweet-scented flowers of the sulási (the tulsi of Bengal), which are raised exclusively for this purpose. The burial-grounds are, in general, well chosen. In Kedú, where the most beautiful eminences have been selected for this purpose, and where the cambôja tree grows with the greatest luxuriance, they form very interesting objects in the landscape. The burial-places of the royal family and of the nobles of the country are usually called astána; they are surrounded by one or more high walls, and in general by stately waríng'en trees. The tombs are sometimes ornamented with sculptural devices and well-executed inscriptions, either in the Javan or Arabic character. They are kept clean and repaired by contributions from all parts of the country, under the superintendence of priests appointed to that particular duty, and are respected and guarded with religious veneration and zeal. The burial-place of the family now on the throne is at Megíri, in the province of Matárem, a few miles distant from the modern capital of Yúgya-kérta.
The body is buried in the traditional way of the Muslims, and a sambója tree is typically planted beside it. It's common for the deceased's relatives to scatter the sweet-scented flowers of the sulási (the tulsi of Bengal) over the graves several times a year, as these flowers are specifically grown for this purpose. The burial grounds are generally well-chosen. In Kedú, where the most beautiful hills have been selected for this, the cambôja tree grows abundantly, creating very interesting features in the landscape. The burial places of the royal family and the country's nobles are usually referred to as astána; they are surrounded by one or more tall walls and often by grand waríng'en trees. The tombs are sometimes adorned with sculptures and well-crafted inscriptions, either in Javanese or Arabic script. They are kept clean and well-maintained through contributions from across the country, under the supervision of priests assigned to this specific duty, and are treated with deep respect and care. The burial place of the current royal family is located at Megíri, in the province of Matárem, just a few miles from the modern capital of Yúgya-kérta.
As the Javans are still devotedly attached to their ancient customs and ceremonies (few of which they have sacrificed to their new faith), I shall, in order to give a better idea of those still observed on the most remarkable occasions, present a short account of their state anterior to the introduction of Mahomedanism, as far as it can be ascertained. Though, as Mahomedans, they are averse to an open avowal of Pagan practices, they still preserve them more or less, according as the parties happen to be less or more under the influence of Arab priests.
As the Javanese remain deeply connected to their ancient customs and ceremonies (few of which they've given up for their new faith), I will provide a brief overview of their situation before the arrival of Islam, to give a clearer picture of the traditions still observed during significant events. Although, as Muslims, they are reluctant to openly express their Pagan practices, they still maintain them to varying degrees, depending on how much influence Arab priests have over them.
When a woman was pregnant with her first child, at the expiration of four months a feast was given, at which yellow rice was served up. This entertainment was insignificant compared with that which was observed at the expiration of seven months, when the guests were presented with cloth, gold, silver, and steel, according to the means of the parties,[Vol I Pg 360] a piece of steel never failing to be one of the gifts, though it did not exceed the size of a needle. On this occasion a new bath was prepared in the evening, and watched during the night by the light of a lamp. At the side of the bath were laid two stalks of the dark coloured sugar cane, as an offering to Batára Kála, a painted cloth of the pattern túwuh wátu, and a young cocoa-nut (chénkir gáding), on which was engraved the resemblance of Pánji Kérta Páti and his wife Chándra Kirána of Dáha. In the morning the wife, after putting on the cloth, entered the bath, when the water from the young cocoa-nut was poured over her: during the day it was also incumbent on her to change her dress seven times. At the feast given on this occasion, fish, flesh, and fowl were invariably served up, and performances of the wáyang were exhibited.
When a woman was pregnant with her first child, after four months, a feast was held where yellow rice was served. This celebration was minor compared to the one celebrated after seven months, when guests were given cloth, gold, silver, and steel, depending on the family's means, [Vol I Pg 360] with a piece of steel always included as one of the gifts, even if it was no bigger than a needle. On this occasion, a new bath was prepared in the evening and watched overnight by the light of a lamp. Next to the bath were placed two stalks of dark sugar cane as an offering to Batára Kála, a painted cloth patterned with túwuh wátu, and a young coconut (chénkir gáding) engraved with the likeness of Pánji Kérta Páti and his wife Chándra Kirána from Dáha. In the morning, after she dressed in the cloth, the wife entered the bath, and water from the young coconut was poured over her. Throughout the day, she was expected to change her outfit seven times. At the feast for this occasion, fish, meat, and poultry were always served, along with performances of the wáyang.
Immediately on the birth of the child it was placed in a kind of basket made of bámbu (in form similar to the sieve or farming basket used for separating the chaff from the rice), the relations were assembled, and the remains of the umbilical cord were carefully cut off by means of a piece of sharpened bámbu. The part abstracted by this operation was deposited in the interior of a cocoa-nut, with a lump of turmerick placed under it. This cocoa-nut was ornamented on the outside with the twenty letters of the Javan alphabet. It was afterwards put into an earthen pot, and either buried under ground or thrown into the sea. A stone rolling-pin, dressed up like a baby, was placed in the basket in its stead. The female relations relieved each other through the day and night, in constantly supporting the child in their arms, till the navel was healed; the male relations all the while reading and reciting the history of Ráma, and other mythological and historical romances. As soon as the child was recovered, a grand feast was observed, with performances of the wáyang. Near the Dálang (director of the wáyang) was placed a bowl of pure water, into which fresh and sweet-scented flowers were cast, two black sugar-canes, a cloth of the túwuh wátu pattern, and a piece of white cloth, together with a bundle of pári and different kinds of eatables. On this occasion was exhibited the drama of Batára Dúrga and Sang Yang Jágat Náta (one of the designations of Gúru), at that passage where, during[Vol I Pg 361] the first two quarters of the moon, the former appeared in her amiable character of Uma[106], and where, in the city of Kúru Sétra Gándamáyu, she is delivered of a son, Batára Kála, having the form of a Rasáksa, "greedy to destroy and devour mankind." At that part of the performance when Sang Yang Jágat Náta takes the child on his lap, the Dálang did the same with the infant, repeating the invocation, "hong! ila-heng!" several times, and afterwards returning it into the hands of the father. On this occasion the wáyang was performed from seven o'clock in the evening till eight o'clock in the morning.
Immediately after the baby was born, it was placed in a kind of basket made of bamboo (similar in shape to a sieve or farming basket used for separating chaff from rice). The family gathered together, and the remains of the umbilical cord were carefully cut off with a sharpened piece of bamboo. The cut piece was placed inside a coconut, with a lump of turmeric underneath it. This coconut was decorated on the outside with the twenty letters of the Javanese alphabet. It was then put into an earthen pot and either buried underground or thrown into the sea. In its place, a stone rolling-pin, dressed up like a baby, was placed in the basket. Female relatives took turns holding the baby day and night until the navel was healed, while the male relatives read and recited the stories of Ráma and other mythological and historical tales. As soon as the baby was well, a grand feast was held, featuring performances of the wáyang. Next to the Dálang (director of the wáyang), a bowl of pure water was placed, into which fresh and fragrant flowers were tossed, along with two black sugar canes, a cloth of the túwuh wátu pattern, a piece of white cloth, a bundle of pári, and various kinds of food. During this occasion, the play of Batára Dúrga and Sang Yang Jágat Náta (one of Gúru's titles) was performed, specifically the part where, during the first two quarters of the moon, the former appears in her gentle form as Uma and, in the city of Kúru Sétra Gándamáyu, gives birth to a son, Batára Kála, who takes the form of a Rasáksa, "greedy to destroy and devour mankind." During the performance, when Sang Yang Jágat Náta takes the child in his lap, the Dálang did the same with the infant, repeating the invocation, "hong! ila-heng!" several times before returning it to the father. On this occasion, the wáyang was performed from seven o'clock in the evening until eight o'clock in the morning.
When the child was forty days old, its head was shaved, as directed by the parent, and the ceremony took place of giving it whatever name should be determined on by the father and the elders.
When the child was forty days old, its head was shaved, as instructed by the parent, and the ceremony took place to give it whatever name the father and the elders decided on.
The Dúkun (midwife) who attended at the delivery, was entitled to receive for her trouble fourteen wang (about a rupee) if it was an ordinary birth, but in difficult cases her allowance was proportionately increased. Her attendance continued for the mornings and evening of forty days, at the expiration of which she was further entitled to receive a present of two pieces of cloth, one small and one large, four kátis of rice, two cocoa-nuts, and some síri. If required to attend beyond that period, she was paid accordingly. A Dúkun once employed, could not be exchanged on any account during the forty days. Women invariably acted as midwives; in other cases the medical art was practised exclusively by the men.
The Dúkun (midwife) who assisted during the delivery was entitled to receive fourteen wang (about a rupee) for a typical birth, but for complicated cases, her payment was increased accordingly. She provided care for the mornings and evenings for forty days, after which she was also entitled to a gift of two pieces of cloth, one small and one large, four kátis of rice, two coconuts, and some síri. If her assistance was needed beyond that period, she was paid accordingly. Once a Dúkun was engaged, she could not be replaced for any reason during the forty days. Women typically served as midwives, while men exclusively practiced other aspects of medical care.
On the child's attaining its seventh month, a feast was given, when it was for the first time placed with its feet on the ground. At this entertainment rice cakes and sweetmeats of different colours and kinds were served up; and if it happened that the child had come into the world either as the sun was just rising or setting, a bundle of grass or rubbish was thrown into the basket, upon the top of which it was placed for a few minutes; after which one of the elders taking the child into his arms repeated the following words: "Hong! 'amilam mastúna [Vol I Pg 362]masidam! súming'gáha yéwang Kala'ing w'ru ajal amúla-níra ana-níra, Sang-yang Sába lan Batári Dúrga:" which after an invocation to the Deity would express, "Begone, oh God Kála, for I am not ignorant of thy nature, nor of thy being descended from Sang Yang Sába (Gúru) and Batára Dúrga[107]."
On the child's seventh month, a party was held, marking the first time it was placed with its feet on the ground. The celebration featured rice cakes and various kinds of sweets. If the child was born at sunrise or sunset, a bundle of grass or trash was put in the basket and the child was placed on top for a few minutes. Then one of the elders would take the child in their arms and recite: "Hong! 'amilam mastúna [Vol I Pg 362]masidam! súming'gáha yéwang Kala'ing w'ru ajal amúla-níra ana-níra, Sang-yang Sába lan Batári Dúrga:" which, after an invocation to the Deity, would say, "Begone, oh God Kála, for I am aware of your nature and your descent from Sang Yang Sába (Gúru) and Batára Dúrga[107]."
When the child attained the age of one year, another feast was given in commemoration of its nativity, and this universally among all classes of people; those who possessed the means kept the anniversary of their birth-day until their death.
When the child turned one year old, another celebration was held to mark its birth, and this was common across all social classes; those who could afford it continued to celebrate their birthday every year until they died.
Marriages were invariably contracted by the relations of the parties, by the paternal grandfather or grandmother if living, if not by the parents, and in case of their demise, by the natural guardian. Thus the brother, on the death of his parents, was permitted to dispose of the hand of his sister; and a deviation from this course was deprecated, as laying a foundation for quarrels and dissensions.
Marriages were typically arranged by the families of the individuals involved, either by the paternal grandfather or grandmother if they were alive, or by the parents; if both parents had passed away, then by the legal guardian. So, when parents died, a brother had the authority to decide on his sister's marriage. Straying from this practice was discouraged, as it could lead to conflicts and disagreements.
The consent of the relations being obtained, the bridegroom was bound to serve the parents of the bride for a year[108].
The consent of the families being secured, the groom was required to work for the bride's parents for a year[108].
For forty days previous to the celebration of the marriage, the parties were not allowed to go to a distance from their homes, or to be employed in any severe labour.
For forty days before the wedding, the couples weren't allowed to travel far from home or do any hard work.
At sunset on the wedding day, the bridegroom went in procession to visit the parents of the bride, after which she was [Vol I Pg 363]visited by his parents, who on these occasions gave the married couple their blessing, wishing them happiness as lasting as that enjoyed by the god Kámajáya with his consort Kámaráti.
At sunset on the wedding day, the groom went in a procession to visit the bride's parents, after which she was [Vol I Pg 363]visited by his parents, who on these occasions gave the newlyweds their blessing, wishing them happiness as enduring as that experienced by the god Kámajáya with his partner Kámaráti.
One of the elders, or an Ajar, then repeated the following benediction:
One of the elders, or an Ajar, then repeated this blessing:
"Hong! Gáng'ga-trigáng'ga? pináyung hana kala chákra kinásih hána pra-dewáta hipáta'ing sapudénda tulúsa amándan waríng'en." "Hail! holy water, thrice holy water! be it as a covering to shield you from harm: may the gods be merciful unto you: henceforth be nourishing as the pándan and waríng'en trees."
"Hooray! Sacred water, three times blessed water! May it serve as a protection for you: may the gods show you kindness: may you be as nourishing as the pándan and waríng'en trees."
In these processions the bridegroom was obliged to prepare whatever ornaments, trinkets, or gifts, the mother of the bride had fixed her fancy upon, either at the birth of her daughter or on any other occasion, whether they consisted in the representation of a white elephant, a white tiger, or the like.
In these processions, the groom had to gather any ornaments, trinkets, or gifts that the bride's mother had chosen, either when her daughter was born or on other occasions, whether they were in the form of a white elephant, a white tiger, or something similar.
Five days after the consecration of the marriage, the parents of the bride, with whom she staid for that period, prepared a feast, at which was invariably served up among other things yellow rice. This entertainment was given to mark the period of the consummation: and after celebrating such an event, it was thought proper that the bride should be on a visit to the parents of her husband, remain under their roof, share their protection, and subsist at their expense for forty days without going abroad, at the expiration of which the new married couple were at liberty to go to their own house and pursue their own plans of life, becoming liable to contribute their share to the revenues and demands of the state.
Five days after the wedding, the bride's parents, with whom she stayed during that time, prepared a feast that always included yellow rice, among other dishes. This gathering was held to celebrate the consummation of the marriage. After this event, it was expected that the bride would visit her husband's parents, stay with them, receive their protection, and be supported by them for forty days without going out. After those forty days, the newlyweds were free to return to their own home and begin their life together, becoming responsible for contributing to taxes and other obligations to the state.
The dresses worn on the nuptial day are thus described in the romance of Pánji.
The dresses worn on the wedding day are described in the romance of Pánji.
"It being arranged that at the same time when Rádin Pánji was to receive the princess Déwi Chándra Kirána in marriage, Rétna Jinóli, his sister, should also be married to Gúnung Sári, son of the Prince of Dáha, the Prince of Dáha departed with a joyful heart, and gave the necessary directions to prepare the clothing and ornaments necessary for the two brides.
"It was planned that at the same time when Rádin Pánji was to marry the princess Déwi Chándra Kirána, his sister Rétna Jinóli would also marry Gúnung Sári, the son of the Prince of Dáha. The Prince of Dáha left happily and gave the necessary instructions to prepare the clothes and jewelry for both brides."
"Klána Jáyang Sári[109], accompanied by his sister, Rétna [Vol I Pg 364]Jinóli, and his numerous followers then entered the dálam of the prince. Klána Jáyang Sâri wore on the occasion a dódot of silk stamped with flowers of gold; his chelána were of the green chindi ornamented with golden lace round the bottom, and studded with kúnang-kúnang (golden ornaments made to represent the fire-fly); his sumping (ornaments at the back of the ear) were of golden flowers studded with diamonds. On the third finger of each hand he wore two diamond rings. His waistband or belt was a painted cloth, of the pattern gríngsing sang'u-páti; his krís of the kaprábon; his jámang, or head ornament, of gold set with diamonds, and scented with all kinds of sweet-scented oils. He appeared more beautiful than a deity descended from heaven, all looking upon him with delight and astonishment.
"Klána Jáyang Sári[109], along with his sister, Rétna [Vol I Pg 364]Jinóli, and his many followers then entered the dálam of the prince. Klána Jáyang Sâri wore a silk dódot adorned with gold flowers for the occasion; his chelána were made of green chindi trimmed with golden lace at the bottom, and decorated with kúnang-kúnang (golden ornaments symbolizing fireflies); his sumping (ornaments behind the ears) featured golden flowers set with diamonds. On the third finger of each hand, he wore two diamond rings. His waistband or belt was a patterned painted cloth called gríngsing sang'u-páti; his krís was of kaprábon; his jámang, or headpiece, was made of gold inlaid with diamonds, and fragrant with various sweet oils. He looked more beautiful than a god coming down from the heavens, as everyone gazed at him in delight and amazement."
"His sister, Rétna Jinóli, was dressed nearly after the same fashion as the Princess Ang'réni.
"His sister, Rétna Jinóli, was dressed almost exactly like Princess Ang'réni."
"The dress of Déwi Ang'réni, when married, was as follows: her dódot was of a pink colour stamped with flowers; her kéndit (zone, of which the ends hang in front) was mandála gíri (yellow with red at each end); her jámang of golden flowers; her golden ear-rings of the bápang fashion, with a diamond in the centre; her hair according to the glung málang (a particular kind of knot), in which were placed beautiful and sweet-scented flowers; the fine hair round her forehead fashioned into small curls, with a sprinkling of powder; her eyebrows shaped like the ímba leaf. She wore golden armlets of the kálung pattern, ornamented with drops. Her kálung, or necklace, was of the méng'gah fashion. She wore two rings on the little and third finger of each hand, like unto a widadári."
"The dress of Déwi Ang'réni when she got married was as follows: her dódot was a pink color with flower prints; her kéndit (belt, with the ends hanging in front) was mandála gíri (yellow with red at each end); her jámang had golden flowers; her golden earrings were in the bápang style, featuring a diamond in the center; her hair was styled in the glung málang (a specific type of knot), adorned with beautiful and fragrant flowers; the fine hair around her forehead was curled into small ringlets, dusted with powder; her eyebrows were shaped like the ímba leaf. She wore golden armlets in the kálung pattern, embellished with drops. Her kálung, or necklace, was in the méng'gah style. She wore two rings on her little and third fingers of each hand, resembling a widadári."
There were three modes of disposing of the body of a deceased person: by fire, termed óbóng; by water, termed lárung; or by exposing it upright against a tree in a forest, where it was left to decay, termed sétra. When the body of a chief or person of consequence was burnt, it was usual to preserve the ashes, and to deposit them in a chándi or tomb.
There were three ways to handle the body of someone who had died: by fire, called óbóng; by water, known as lárung; or by standing it upright against a tree in a forest, where it would be left to decompose, referred to as sétra. When the body of a chief or an important person was cremated, it was common to keep the ashes and place them in a chándi or tomb.
It was the custom with all classes of people on Java to give an entertainment or feast on the decease of their friends and relations[110]. The first feast was given on the day of the [Vol I Pg 365]death, a second on the third day after, a third on the seventh day, a fourth on the fortieth day, a fifth on the hundredth day, and a sixth on the thousandth day after the decease of the party; after which an annual feast was observed, with more or less pomp, according to the respect in which the deceased was held, or the circumstances of the friends and relatives who celebrated his memory.
It was customary for all social classes in Java to host a gathering or feast to honor the passing of their friends and family[110]. The first feast took place on the day of death, the second on the third day afterward, the third on the seventh day, the fourth on the fortieth day, the fifth on the hundredth day, and the sixth on the thousandth day following the death; after this, an annual feast was held, with varying levels of ceremony based on the respect for the deceased or the circumstances of the friends and family who celebrated their memory.
Besides these regular feasts and ceremonies, others prescribed by the wúku[111] were religiously observed. When the day ang'gâra fell on the páncha klíwon, it was considered a propitious time for preferring petitions to the gods. On the seventh day of the wúku galingán, sacred to Batára Kámajáya, they relaxed from all worldly pursuits, and offered praises and prayers to the gods collectively, it being supposed that they were assembled on that day. On the wúku gúmreg, sacred to Batára Sákra, every villager joined in a feast sacred to the earth (púja búmi); and this wúku was particularly observed by the people termed Kálang, who, during the seven days performed no work, but employed themselves in visiting the tombs of their deceased friends and relations, or in feasting with their living relatives. During the whole of that period they kept in their houses a lighted lamp, which they carefully preserved from extinction.
Besides these regular feasts and ceremonies, others outlined by the wúku[111] were strictly followed. When the day ang'gâra coincided with the páncha klíwon, it was seen as a lucky time to make requests to the gods. On the seventh day of the wúku galingán, dedicated to Batára Kámajáya, people took a break from all work and collectively offered praises and prayers to the gods, as it was believed they gathered on this day. During the wúku gúmreg, dedicated to Batára Sákra, everyone in the village participated in a feast honoring the earth (púja búmi); this wúku was especially notable for the people called Kálang, who, for seven days, refrained from work and spent their time visiting the graves of deceased friends and family, or having meals with their living relatives. Throughout this time, they kept a lit lamp in their homes, ensuring it stayed alight.
It may not be inappropriate to introduce in this place a short digression, containing an account of some of the customs peculiar to the people termed Kálang, and to the inhabitants of the Teng'ger mountains. The former are said to have been at one time numerous in various parts of Java, leading a wandering life, practising religious rites different from those of the great body of the people, and avoiding intercourse with them; but most of them are now reduced to subjection, are become stationary in their residence, and have embraced the Mahomedan faith. A few villages in which their particular customs are still preserved, occur in the provinces of Kendál, Káliwúng'u, and Démak, and although the tradition of the country regarding their descent from an unnatural connection between a princess of Mendang Kamúlan and a chief, who had been transformed into a dog, would[Vol I Pg 366] mark them out as a strange race, they have claims to be considered as the actual descendants of the aborigines of the Island[112]. They are represented as having a high veneration for a red dog, one of which is generally kept by each family, and which they will, on no account, allow to be struck or ill-used by any one. When a young man asks a girl in marriage, he must prove his descent from their peculiar stock. A present of rice and cotton-yarn, among other articles, must be offered by him, and carried to the intended bride, by an elderly man or woman of his own race, which offering must, in like manner, be received by an elderly relation of the girl: from this moment until the marriage is duly solemnized, nothing whatever is allowed to be taken out of either hut. On the marriage day, a buffalo's head, covered with white, red, or black rice-powder, is placed on the ground near the place intended for the bride to sleep upon, and the elderly people and relations being assembled, they dance by pairs, at the end of each dance presenting the bride to the bridegroom, and making such offerings as they think proper. The bridegroom is, on this occasion, accompanied to the house of the bride's father by as many friends as he can procure, and is bound to bring with him not less than a pair of buffaloes, a plough, harrow, hoe (pachul), and whip, with a bundle of pári. Those who are in good circumstances are further bound to add a cart (pedáti) to the above-mentioned stock. Prior to the equipment of the bride and bridegroom for the entertainment, it is essential that their bodies be rubbed over with the ashes of a red dog's bones. At sunset they both eat rice together off the same leaf. On the following night they jointly partake of the buffalo's head, which is previously laid by the side of the place where they sleep. On the third day they proceed to the house of the bridegroom's father, making as much show as possible, and go round the extent of the village confines, preceded by people carrying a bed, cooking utensils, a spinning-wheel and loom. On the death of a Kálang, the body is carried in procession to the dwellings of the relations, who join in the ceremony, and proceed with it to the place of interment: they then pass round the corpse three times before [Vol I Pg 367]it is lowered into the grave, the women crying aloud. A young cocoa-nut is then split in two, and the water from it poured into the grave, one-half of the shell being placed at the head, the other at the feet of the deceased. On their return home, the feasts and ceremonies are the same as those noticed in the practice of the other inhabitants of Java. Whenever the Kálangs move from one place to another, they are conveyed in carts, having two solid wheels with a revolving axle, and drawn by two or more pairs of buffaloes, according to the circumstances of the party. In these they place the materials of which their huts are constructed, their implements of husbandry, and other articles of necessity or value. In this manner, until of late years, since they have been subjected to the regulations of the Javan chiefs, they were continually moving from one part of the island to another. They have still their separate chiefs, and preserve many of their peculiar customs. Those who are Mahomedans employ in their religious functions priests who differ from others in being less scrupulous. They have always been treated with so much contempt by the Javans, that Kálang is an epithet of reproach and disgrace.
It might be fitting to take a brief detour here to describe some customs unique to the people known as Kálang and those living in the Teng'ger mountains. The Kálang are said to have once been numerous across Java, leading a nomadic lifestyle, practicing religious rituals different from the majority, and avoiding contact with others. However, most have now come under control, settled down, and adopted the Islamic faith. A few villages where their customs are still maintained can be found in the provinces of Kendál, Káliwúng'u, and Démak. Although local tradition regarding their descent from an unnatural relationship between a princess of Mendang Kamúlan and a chief who turned into a dog might mark them as an unusual group, they have the right to be considered descendants of the island’s original inhabitants[112]. They are known to have a deep respect for a red dog, which each family usually keeps and which they will not allow anyone to harm. When a young man wants to marry a girl, he must prove his ancestry from their specific lineage. He must bring a gift of rice and cotton yarn, among other items, to the intended bride, carried by an older relative of his own race, which is also received by an elder relative of the girl. From this moment until the wedding is officially celebrated, nothing can be taken out of either home. On the wedding day, a buffalo's head covered with white, red, or black rice powder is placed on the ground near where the bride will sleep. As family and elders gather, they dance in pairs, presenting the bride to the groom at the end of each dance and making suitable offerings. The groom is accompanied to the bride's father's house by as many friends as he can gather and is required to bring at least a pair of buffaloes, a plow, a harrow, a hoe (pachul), and a whip, along with a bundle of pári. Those who are well-off are also expected to add a cart (pedáti) to this list. Before preparing the bride and groom for the celebration, it’s important that their bodies are rubbed with the ashes of a red dog's bones. At sunset, they both eat rice from the same leaf. The next night, they share the buffalo's head, which is placed beside where they sleep. On the third day, they go to the groom's father’s house, making a grand display, carrying along a bed, cooking utensils, a spinning wheel, and a loom as they circle around the village boundaries. When a Kálang dies, the body is carried to the relatives' homes in a procession, where they participate in the ceremony and take it to the burial site: they circle the corpse three times before it is laid in the grave, with women wailing loudly. A young coconut is split in half, and the water is poured into the grave, with one half of the shell placed at the head and the other at the feet of the deceased. Upon returning home, their feasts and ceremonies mirror those of other Java inhabitants. Whenever the Kálangs relocate, they are transported in carts with two solid wheels and a revolving axle, pulled by two or more pairs of buffaloes, depending on the size of the group. They load these carts with the materials for their huts, farming tools, and other essential or valuable items. Until recently, they continually moved around the island, still maintaining their local chiefs and many of their unique customs. Those who are Muslims employ priests for their religious practices who are less strict than others. The Kálangs have historically been treated with such disdain by the Javanese that Kálang has become a term of insult and shame.
To the eastward of Surabáya, and on the range of hills connected with Gúnung Dásar, and lying partly in the district of Pasúruan and partly in that of Probolingo, known by the name of the Teng'ger mountains, we find the remnant of a people still following the Hindu worship, who merit attention, not only on account of their being, (if we except the Bédui of Bantam, who will be hereafter noticed) the sole depositaries of the rites and doctrines of that religion existing at this day on Java, but as exhibiting an interesting singularity and simplicity of character.
To the east of Surabaya, in the range of hills linked to Gunung Dasar, partially within the district of Pasuruan and partly in Probolinggo, known as the Tengger mountains, there remains a group of people who still practice Hindu worship. They deserve attention not only because they are, except for the Bédui of Bantam, the only ones on Java today who preserve the rites and beliefs of that religion, but also because they display a unique simplicity and character.
These people occupy about forty villages, scattered along this range of hills in the neighbourhood of what is termed the sandy sea. The site of their villages, as well as the construction of their houses, are peculiar, and differ entirely from what is elsewhere observed on Java. They are not shaded by trees, but built on spacious open terraces, rising one above the other, each house occupying a terrace, and being in length from thirty to seventy, and even eighty feet. The door is invariably in one corner, at the end of the building, opposite to[Vol I Pg 368] that in which the fire-place is built. The building appears to be constructed with the ordinary roof, having along the front an enclosed veranda or gallery, about eight feet broad. The fire-place is built of brick, and is so highly venerated, that it is considered a sacrilege for any stranger to touch it. Across the upper part of the building rafters are run, so as to form a kind of attic story, in which are deposited the most valuable property and implements of husbandry.
These people live in about forty villages, spread out along this range of hills near what’s called the sandy sea. The location of their villages and the design of their houses are unique and completely different from what you find elsewhere in Java. They aren’t shaded by trees but are built on large open terraces, stacked one above the other, with each house occupying a terrace that ranges from thirty to seventy, and even eighty feet long. The door is always in one corner at the end of the building, opposite the side where the fireplace is located. The building is typically constructed with a common roof and features an enclosed porch or gallery at the front, about eight feet wide. The fireplace is made of brick and is so highly esteemed that it’s considered a serious offense for anyone outside the family to touch it. Across the top of the building, rafters run to create an attic space where the most valuable belongings and farming tools are stored.
The head of the village takes the title of Péting'gi, as in the low-lands, and is generally assisted by a Kabáyan, both elected by the people from their own village. There are four priests, who are here termed Dúkuns (a term elsewhere only applied to doctors and midwives), having charge of the state records and the sacred books.
The village leader is called Péting'gi, similar to those in the low-lands, and is usually supported by a Kabáyan, both chosen by the villagers. There are four priests, referred to as Dúkuns (a term used elsewhere only for doctors and midwives), responsible for managing the state records and the sacred texts.
These Dúkuns, who are in general intelligent men, can give no account of the era when they were first established on these hills; they can produce no traditional history of their origin, whence they came, or who entrusted them with the sacred books, to the faith contained in which they still adhere. These, they concur in stating, were handed down to them by their fathers, to whose hereditary office of preserving them they have succeeded. The sole duty required of them is again to hand them down in safety to their children, and to perform the púja (praise-giving) according to the directions they contain. These records consist of three compositions, written on the lóntar-leaf, detailing the origin of the world, disclosing the attributes of the deity, and prescribing the forms of worship to be observed on different occasions.
These Dúkuns, who are generally intelligent men, can't explain when they first settled in these hills; they don't have any traditional history about their origins, where they came from, or who gave them the sacred texts they still believe in. They all agree that these texts were passed down to them by their ancestors, to whom the responsibility of preserving them has been handed down. Their only duty is to safely pass these texts on to their children and to perform the púja (praise-giving) according to the instructions within those texts. These records consist of three writings on lóntar leaves, detailing the origin of the world, outlining the attributes of the deity, and specifying the forms of worship to be observed on various occasions.
When a woman is delivered of her first child, the Dúkun takes a leaf of the álang álang grass, and scraping the skin of the hands of the mother and her infant, as well as the ground, pronounces a short benediction.
When a woman gives birth to her first child, the Dúkun takes a leaf from the álang álang grass and scrapes the skin of the mother and her baby, as well as the ground, while saying a short blessing.
When a marriage is agreed upon, the bride and bridegroom being brought before the Dúkun within the house, in the first place bow with respect towards the south, then to the fire-place, then to the earth, and lastly, on looking up to the upper story of the house, where the implements of husbandry are placed. The parties then submissively bowing to the Dúkun, he repeats a prayer, commencing with the words, "Hong! Kendága Bráma ang'-gas síwang'ga ána ma siwáha[Vol I Pg 369] sangyang g'ni sira kang[113]", &c.; while the bride washes the feet of the bridegroom. At the conclusion of this ceremony, the friends and family of the parties make presents to each of kríses, buffaloes, implements of husbandry, &c.; in return for which the bride and bridegroom respectfully present them with betel-leaf.
When a marriage is established, the bride and groom are brought before the Dúkun in the house. First, they bow respectfully to the south, then to the fireplace, next to the ground, and finally, looking up to the upper part of the house where the farming tools are kept. The couple then humbly bows to the Dúkun, who recites a prayer starting with the words, "Hong! Kendága Bráma ang'-gas síwang'ga ána ma siwáha[Vol I Pg 369] sangyang g'ni sira kang[113]", etc.; while the bride washes the groom's feet. After this ceremony, friends and family make gifts of kríses, buffaloes, farming tools, etc.; in return, the bride and groom respectfully offer them betel leaves.
At the marriage feast which ensues, the Dúkun repeats two púja. The marriage is not, however, consummated till the fifth day after the above ceremony. This interval between the solemnities and the consummation of marriage is termed by them úndang mántu, and is in some cases still observed by the Javans in other parts of the island, under the name únduh mántu.
At the wedding celebration that follows, the Dúkun performs two púja. However, the marriage isn't completed until the fifth day after this ceremony. This gap between the rituals and the completion of marriage is referred to by them as úndang mántu, and in some cases, it's still observed by the Javans in other areas of the island, under the name únduh mántu.
At the interment of an inhabitant of Teng'ger, the corpse is lowered into the grave with the head placed towards the south (contrary to the direction observed by the Mahomedans), and is guarded from the immediate contact of the earth by a covering of bámbus and planks. When the grave is closed, two posts are planted over the body; one erected perpendicularly on the breast, the other on the lower part of the belly; and between them is placed a hollowed bámbu in an inverted position, into which, during seven successive days, they daily pour a vessel of pure water, laying beside the bámbu two dishes, also daily replenished with eatables. At the expiration of the seventh day, the feast of the dead is announced, and the relations and friends of the deceased assemble to be present at the ceremony, and to partake of entertainments conducted in the following manner.
At the burial of a resident of Teng'ger, the body is lowered into the grave with the head facing south (unlike the direction followed by Muslims), and it is protected from direct contact with the soil by a layer of bámbus and planks. Once the grave is filled, two posts are placed over the body; one stands upright at the chest and the other at the lower abdomen. Between them, an inverted hollowed bámbu is positioned, into which a vessel of pure water is poured daily for seven consecutive days, along with two dishes filled with food that are also replenished each day. After the seventh day, the feast for the deceased is announced, and the relatives and friends of the departed gather to witness the ceremony and enjoy the festivities, which are conducted as follows.
A figure of about half a cubit high, representing the human form, made of leaves and ornamented with variegated flowers, is prepared and placed in a conspicuous situation, supported round the body by the clothes of the deceased. The Dúkun then places in front of the garland an incense-pot with burning ashes, together with a vessel containing water, and repeats the two púja to fire and water; the former commencing with "Hong! Kendága Bráma gangsi wang'ga ya nama síwáha," [Vol I Pg 370]&c.; the latter with "Hong! hong gang'ga máha tirta ráta mejil sáking háti," &c.; burning dúpa or incense at stated periods during the former, and occasionally sprinkling the water over the feast during the repetition of the latter.
A figure about half a foot tall, shaped like a human and made of leaves decorated with colorful flowers, is created and placed in a visible spot, surrounded by the deceased's clothing. The Dúkun then sets an incense pot with burning ashes in front of the garland, along with a container of water, and performs the two púja rituals for fire and water; the first starts with "Hong! Kendága Bráma gangsi wang'ga ya nama síwáha," [Vol I Pg 370]&c.; the second begins with "Hong! hong gang'ga máha tirta ráta mejil sáking háti," &c.; burning dúpa or incense at set times during the first, and occasionally sprinkling water over the feast during the second.
The clothes of the deceased are then divided among the relatives and friends; the garland is burned; another púja, commencing with "Hong! áwigna mastúna ma sidam, hong! aráning," &c. is repeated, while the remains of the sacred water are sprinkled over the feast. The parties now sit down to the enjoyment of it, invoking a blessing from the Almighty on themselves, their houses, and their lands. No more solemnities are observed till the expiration of a thousand days, when, if the memory of the deceased is beloved and cherished, the ceremony and feast are repeated; if otherwise, no further notice is taken of him: and having thus obtained what the Romans would call his justa, he is allowed to be forgotten.
The clothes of the deceased are then shared among relatives and friends; the garland is burned; another púja is performed, starting with "Hong! áwigna mastúna ma sidam, hong! aráning," etc., while the leftover sacred water is sprinkled over the meal. Everyone then sits down to enjoy it, asking for blessings from the Almighty for themselves, their homes, and their lands. No more rituals are performed until a thousand days have passed, when, if the memory of the deceased is valued and treasured, the ceremony and feast are held again; if not, no further acknowledgment is made of him: and having thus received what the Romans would call his justa, he is allowed to be forgotten.
Being questioned regarding the tenets of their religion, they replied that they believed in a déwa, who was all-powerful; that the name by which the déwa was designated was Búmi Trúka Sáng'yáng Dewáta Bâtur, and that the particulars of their worship were contained in a book called Pángláwu, which they presented to me.
Being asked about the beliefs of their religion, they said they believed in a déwa, who was all-powerful; that the name of the déwa was Búmi Trúka Sáng'yáng Dewáta Bâtur, and that the details of their worship were found in a book called Pángláwu, which they showed to me.
On being questioned regarding the ádat against adultery, theft, and other crimes, their reply was unanimous and ready, that crimes of this kind were unknown to them, and that consequently no punishment was fixed, either by law or custom; that if a man did wrong, the head of the village chid him for it, the reproach of which was always sufficient punishment for a man of Teng'ger. This account of their moral character is fully confirmed by the Regents of the districts under whose authority they are placed, and also by the Residents. They, in fact, seem to be almost without crime, and are universally peaceable, orderly, honest, industrious, and happy. They are unacquainted with the vice of gambling and the use of opium.
When asked about the rules against adultery, theft, and other crimes, their answer was quick and unanimous: they didn't know about such crimes, so there were no penalties set by law or tradition. If someone did something wrong, the village chief would scold them, and that was usually enough punishment for someone from Teng'ger. This description of their moral character is strongly supported by the district leaders who oversee them and by the Residents. They truly seem to have very little crime and are generally peaceful, well-behaved, honest, hardworking, and happy. They are unfamiliar with gambling and the use of opium.
The aggregate population is about twelve hundred souls; and they occupy, without exception, the most beautifully rich and romantic spots on Java; a region, in which the thermometer is frequently as low as forty-two. The summits and slopes of the hills are covered with Alpine firs, and[Vol I Pg 371] plants common to an European climate flourish in luxuriance.
The total population is about twelve hundred people, and they live, without exception, in the most beautiful and enchanting areas of Java, a region where the temperature often drops to as low as forty-two. The tops and sides of the hills are covered with Alpine firs, and[Vol I Pg 371] plants that thrive in a European climate grow abundantly.
Their language does not differ much from the Javan of the present day, though more gutturally pronounced. Upon a comparison of about a hundred words with the vernacular Javan, two only were found to differ. They do not marry or intermix with the people of the low-lands, priding themselves on their independence and purity in this respect[114]. [Vol I Pg 372]
Their language isn’t much different from the modern Javan, though it has a more guttural pronunciation. When comparing about a hundred words with the local Javan dialect, only two were found to be different. They don’t marry or mix with the lowland people, taking pride in their independence and purity in this regard[114].[Vol I Pg 372]
The Bédui are in numbers inconsiderable, and found in the interior of Bantam: they are the descendants of those who escaped into the woods after the fall of the western capital of Pajajáran[115] in the fifteenth century, and would not change their religion, remaining firmly attached to that of Prábu Séda. There is a tomb of one of them which they hold sacred, and will not allow any one but themselves to approach even to this day. When the Bédui subsequently submitted to the Sultan of Bantam, and shewed no disposition to oppose the Mahomedans, they were not compelled to become converts; but it was agreed, at the same time they admitted, that the number of the Rowá-ian (the name given to their little societies) should be limited to three or four.
The Bédui are few in number and found in the interior of Bantam. They are descendants of those who fled into the woods after the fall of the western capital of Pajajáran[115] in the fifteenth century and refused to change their religion, remaining loyal to that of Prábu Séda. There is a sacred tomb of one of them that they still protect and won’t let anyone else approach to this day. When the Bédui later accepted the Sultan of Bantam and showed no intention of opposing the Muslims, they were not forced to convert; however, it was agreed that the number of Rowá-ian (the name given to their small societies) should be limited to three or four.
The Bédui attend to all orders they receive through the medium of the village chief. They subsist by cultivating rice: all they raise beyond what is required for their own consumption they sell to the hill people, who are in the habit of going to them for it once a year, on account of the superior quality of the rice, or rather superior estimation in which it is held. It is an established rule among them to allot but one day for each of the different successive operations of husbandry: one day for cutting down the trees and underwood, one day for clearing what has been so cut down, one day for sowing the grain, one for weeding the field, and one for reaping, one for binding up the grain and one for carrying it home. If any part of what has been reaped cannot be carried home in one day, it is left and neglected. The Gírang póhon [Vol I Pg 373](which is the title of the chief) is the first who commences the work of the field, and many of the hill people follow him in regard to the period for sowing their pári.
The Bédui follow all orders they get through the village chief. They live by growing rice: whatever they produce beyond what they need for themselves is sold to the hill people, who usually come to them for it once a year because of the high quality of the rice, or more accurately, because of the great respect it earns. It's a set rule among them to dedicate just one day to each of the various farming tasks: one day for cutting down trees and brush, one day for clearing what has been cut, one day for planting the seeds, one for weeding the fields, one for harvesting, one for bundling the grain, and one for bringing it home. If any of the harvest can't be brought home in one day, it's left behind and ignored. The Gírang póhon [Vol I Pg 373] (which is the title of the chief) is the first to start working in the fields, and many of the hill people follow his lead regarding when to sow their pári.
Their dress consists of white and black cloths. They wear rings and silver scabbards to their krises, but gold and swasa they dislike. Spanish dollars are the only coin they prize.
Their clothing is made of white and black fabric. They wear rings and silver sheaths for their krises, but they don't like gold and swasa. The only coin they value is the Spanish dollar.
The festivals or feasts of the Javans are of three kinds: the grébeg, or religious festivals; the bancháki or nealamáti, so called from the Arabic salámat (a blessing), held on the celebration of marriages, births, and circumcision; and the sedékah, appointed in honour of the dead, and for the celebration of their memory.
The festivals or feasts of the Javanese are of three types: the grébeg, or religious festivals; the bancháki or nealamáti, named after the Arabic salámat (a blessing), which are held to celebrate marriages, births, and circumcision; and the sedékah, designated in honor of the deceased, to commemorate their memory.
The principal and most important of these are the national entertainments corresponding with the Mahomedan festivals of múlut, pása, and bésar; the two first answering to the half-yearly festivals of the Arabs of moháram and ramázan, and the latter with that of kháji, in the month of dulkhija. On these occasions the sovereign appears in public, and the álun álun is crowded with an assemblage of people from all quarters, every one being dressed in his most splendid attire, and accompanied by all his armed followers. The same is observed in the more distant provinces of the country, where the petty chiefs, in like manner, assemble in the álun álun of the Regent. Presents of fruit, poultry, and other kinds of provisions, are brought from every part of the country: offerings are made by the chiefs to the mosques, and a public festival is given by the chief authorities. The men only partake of these public feasts; but the female part of the family of the chiefs assemble together, and enjoy corresponding entertainments within their chambers. The festival seldom lasts above one day.
The main and most important events are the national celebrations that coincide with the Muslim festivals of múlut, pása, and bésar; the first two correspond to the biannual festivals of the Arabs during moháram and ramázan, while the latter aligns with kháji in the month of dulkhija. During these times, the ruler makes a public appearance, and the álun álun is filled with people from all around, everyone dressed in their finest clothes and accompanied by their armed followers. The same happens in the more remote provinces, where local leaders also gather in the álun álun of the Regent. Gifts of fruits, poultry, and other foods are brought from all parts of the country: chiefs make offerings to the mosques, and a public festival is organized by the main authorities. Only men take part in these public feasts; however, the women from the chiefs' families gather separately to enjoy similar festivities in their private quarters. The festival usually lasts no more than a day.
Of the bancháki and nealamáti it may be only necessary to observe, that those given during the ceremonies consequent upon the birth of the first child are most important.
Of the bancháki and nealamáti, it's worth noting that those given during the ceremonies following the birth of the first child are the most significant.
The sedékah are solemnities observed on the occasion of the funeral, or in honour of the memory of a departed relative, on the seventh, fortieth, one hundredth, or thousandth day after his decease: they are distinguished from the feasts of grébeg and nealamáti by the absence of music. Those[Vol I Pg 374] who intend to observe them, assemble on the preceding evening in order to read some portion of the Koran. Before the guests partake of the meal, the principal person present generally addresses the Almighty in a prayer, which alludes to the occasion, and expresses gratitude for the repast which his bounty has provided. Thankfulness to the earthly donor of the entertainment often mingles itself with gratitude to heaven, and the praises of both are celebrated at the same time. This grace before meals is called dúng'a.
The sedékah are solemn events held during a funeral or to honor the memory of a loved one on the seventh, fortieth, one hundredth, or thousandth day after their passing. They are different from the grébeg and nealamáti feasts because there is no music. Those[Vol I Pg 374] who plan to observe them gather the night before to read a part of the Koran. Before the guests eat, the main person present usually offers a prayer to the Almighty, referencing the occasion and expressing gratitude for the meal provided by His generosity. Thankfulness to the person who hosted often blends with gratitude to God, and praises for both are shared at the same time. This prayer before meals is called dúng'a.
Reserving for a subsequent chapter a sketch of the music and poetry of the Javans, I shall in this place endeavour to give some account of their national drama and dances, as constituting, next to music and poetry, the most conspicuous and refined of their amusements.
Reserving a discussion of the music and poetry of the Javans for a later chapter, I will now try to provide an overview of their national drama and dances, which, alongside music and poetry, are the most prominent and sophisticated of their entertainment.
The dramatic entertainments are of two kinds; the tópeng, wherein the characters are represented by men, who except when performing before the Sovereign wear masks; and the wáyang, in which they are represented by shadows.
The dramatic performances fall into two categories: the tópeng, where the characters are portrayed by men who, except when performing for the Sovereign, wear masks; and the wáyang, where the characters are shown through shadows.
The subject of the tópeng is invariably taken from the adventures of Pánji, the favourite hero of Javan story. In the performances before the Sovereign, where masks are not used, the several characters themselves rehearse their parts; but, in general, the Dálang, or manager of the entertainment, recites the speeches, while the performers have only to "suit the action to the word." The music of the gámelan accompanies the piece, and varies in expression, according to the nature of the action or the kind of emotion to be excited. The actors are splendidly dressed after the ancient costume, and perform their parts with grace, elegance, and precision; but the whole performance has more the character of a ballet than that of a regular dramatic exhibition, either of the tragic or coming kind, in which human passions, human follies or sufferings, are represented in such appropriate language and just action, as to seem only a reflection of nature. Love and war are the constant themes, and the combats of contending chiefs generally close the scene. Those who perform before the sovereign and repeat their parts, previously study their characters from written compositions expressly prepared for the purpose; but in other cases, the Dálang, well versed in the principal incidents, descriptions, and speeches of the[Vol I Pg 375] history, furnishes the dialogue between the actors extempore. A party of tôpeng generally consists of ten persons, besides the Dálang, of whom four play the gámelan and six perform the characters. They are engaged to play by the night, for about ten rupees (twenty-five shillings) and a supper.
The theme of the tópeng always comes from the adventures of Pánji, the beloved hero of Javanese tales. In performances before the Sultan, where masks aren't used, the various characters practice their lines; however, usually, the Dálang, or the organizer of the show, delivers the speeches while the actors simply "match the action to the words." The music of the gámelan plays along with the performance, changing its tone based on the action or the emotions being portrayed. The actors wear stunning costumes inspired by ancient styles and perform their roles with grace, elegance, and precision; yet the overall performance feels more like a ballet than a traditional dramatic show—whether tragic or comedic—where human emotions, follies, or sufferings are depicted in language and actions that mirror reality. Love and war are the recurring themes, and the battles between rival chiefs typically conclude the performance. Those who perform for the Sultan rehearse their lines by studying written scripts created specifically for the role; in other situations, the Dálang, who is knowledgeable about the main events, descriptions, and speeches of the [Vol I Pg 375] story, provides the dialogue for the actors spontaneously. A typical tôpeng troupe consists of ten people, plus the Dálang, with four playing the gámelan and six taking on the characters. They are hired for a night’s performance for about ten rupees (twenty-five shillings) and a meal.
Buffoonery is sometimes introduced, to increase the zest of these entertainments with the multitude, but it does not interfere with the regular course of the performance, the actors being only disturbed occasionally by the actions of an extraneous character, who whether representing a dog, a monkey, or an idiot, seldom fails to excite considerable mirth, and not unfrequently in the most interesting part of the performance.
Buffoonery is sometimes added to enhance the excitement of these shows for the audience, but it doesn't disrupt the main flow of the performance. The actors are only occasionally interrupted by the antics of an outside character, who, whether depicting a dog, a monkey, or a fool, often manages to generate a lot of laughter, and frequently at the most engaging moments of the performance.
There is also a kind of pantomime, or rather an assemblage of wild beasts called Barúng'an; in this entertainment men dressed up to represent various animals are made to appear in procession and combats. This is generally performed for the amusement of children, and is only accompanied by the beat of the góng and drum.
There’s also a type of performance, or more accurately, a gathering of wild animals called Barúng'an; in this show, men dressed as different animals parade and engage in battles. This is usually done for the entertainment of children and is only accompanied by the sound of the góng and drum.
In the wáyangs, or scenic shadows, the subject of the performances is taken from the earliest period of history and fable, down to the destruction of the Hindu empire of Majapáhit. These are distinguished according to the periods of the history which they represent, by the terms wáyang púrwa, wáyang gédog, and wáyang klítik.
In the wáyangs, or shadow puppets, the performances draw on stories from the earliest history and legends, all the way to the downfall of the Hindu empire of Majapáhit. They are categorized by the historical periods they depict, using the terms wáyang púrwa, wáyang gédog, and wáyang klítik.
The different characters in the history are in these wáyangs represented by figures, about eighteen inches or two feet high, stamped or cut out of pieces of thick leather, generally of buffalo's hide, which are painted and gilt with great care and at considerable expense, so as to form some supposed resemblance of the character to the individual intended to be personified. The whole figure is, however, strangely distorted and grotesque, the nose in particular being unnaturally prominent. There is a tradition, that the figures were first so distorted by the Susúnan Mória, one of the early Mahomedan teachers, in order to render the preservation of the ancient amusements of the country compatible with a due obedience to the Mahomedan precept, which forbids any exhibition or dramatic representation of the human form.[Vol I Pg 376] "By these means," said the Susúnan with much ingenuity, "while the world in general will not imagine the figures to be human, the Javans, from recollecting their history, will yet be able to comprehend the characters they are intended to represent, and enjoy in secret their national amusements. Or if, in time, they should forget the originals, and confound them with the distorted resemblance, they will be impressed with the idea, that it was only after conversion to the faith of the Prophet that their ancestors assumed the present shape of man." But the comparatively recent alteration in the figures is rendered doubtful from the circumstance of similar figures being found on many of the more ancient coins, thus affording ground for an opinion, that they existed nearly in their present form before the introduction of Mahomedanism. Their antiquity is further confirmed, by the existence of similar figures in the Hindu island of Báli, where, though not so much distorted, they are still far from natural. These figures are fastened upon a horn spike, and have a piece of thin horn hanging from each hand, by means of which the arms, which are jointed at the elbow and shoulder, can be moved at the discretion of the manager. A white cloth or curtain is then drawn tight over an oblong frame of ten or twelve feet long and five feet high, and being placed in front of the spectators, is rendered transparent by means of a hanging lamp behind it. The several figures are made in turn to appear and act their parts. Previous to the commencement of this performance, the Dálang, who is seated behind the curtain, arranges the different characters on each side of the curtain, by sticking them into a long plantain stem which is laid along the bottom. The gámelan then commences, and as the several characters present themselves, extracts of the history are repeated, and the dialogue is carried on, generally at the discretion and by the invention of the Dálang. Without this personage nothing can be done; for he not only puts the puppets in motion, but repeats their parts, interspersing them with detached verses from the romance illustrative of the story, and descriptive of the qualities of the different heroes. He is the soul which directs and animates the whole order and machinery of the piece,[Vol I Pg 377] regulating the time of the music with a small hammer which he holds in his hand, while he recites the speeches suited to the occasion.
The characters in the story are represented by these wáyangs, which are figures about eighteen inches to two feet tall, made from thick leather, usually buffalo hide. They are painted and gilded with great care and at significant expense to create a likeness of the character they personify. However, the figures are oddly distorted and grotesque, with particularly exaggerated noses. There's a tradition that the figures were first distorted by the Susúnan Mória, an early Muslim teacher, to allow the preservation of the country’s traditional performances while following the Muslim principle that prohibits any display or dramatic depiction of the human form.[Vol I Pg 376] "In this way," said the Susúnan cleverly, "while most people won’t think the figures are human, the Javanese, recalling their history, will still understand the characters they are meant to represent and will privately enjoy their national entertainment. Or if, over time, they forget the originals and confuse them with the distorted versions, they will come to believe that their ancestors took on this shape only after converting to the Prophet's faith." However, the relative recentness of this alteration is questionable, as similar figures appear on many ancient coins, suggesting they existed in a form close to their current state before the arrival of Islam. Their age is further supported by similar figures found on the Hindu island of Báli, where they are not as distorted but still far from realistic. These figures are attached to a horn spike, and each hand has a thin piece of horn hanging from it, allowing the arms, which are jointed at the elbow and shoulder, to be moved by the puppeteer. A white cloth or curtain is pulled tightly over an oblong frame that’s about ten to twelve feet long and five feet high, placed in front of the audience and made transparent by a lamp behind it. The various figures are then brought to life and perform their roles. Before the show starts, the Dálang, who is seated behind the curtain, arranges the characters on either side by sticking them into a long plantain stem laid along the bottom. The gámelan begins, and as each character appears, excerpts of the story are narrated, with the dialogue typically carried out at the discretion and creativity of the Dálang. Without this person, nothing can happen; they not only animate the puppets but also deliver their lines, mixing in excerpts from the romance that illustrate the story and describe the traits of the heroes. The Dálang is the heart that directs and energizes the entire performance,[Vol I Pg 377] synchronizing the music with a small hammer held in hand while reciting the speeches appropriate for the occasion.
In the wáyang purwa, or wáyang of the most ancient times, the subject is taken from the earliest periods of fabulous history, down to the reign of Parikésit inclusive. This is the age of interesting story and marvellous fiction, the reign of the gods, demigods, and heroes of the Hindu and Javan mythology, who in these representations are exhibited with the attributes, and in the situations with which their names are connected in the most popular poems and romances. The fables thus turned to account, are generally taken from the poem of Ráma, the poem of Mintarága containing the penance of Arjúna on the mountain Indra, and the celebrated epic of the Bráta Yúdha, or the war of the Pandáwa. These poems are all written in what are termed the high measures, and are accompanied in their recital by the gámelan saléndro. In the performance of this wáyang, the Dálang first recites a few verses in the Káwi language, chaunting afterwards an interpretation of the passage in Javan, for the use of the unlearned. As the several characters are brought forward, he himself supplies the minor dialogue between the dramatis personæ, keeping in general close to the original story, when there is any person present who could detect his deviations: if he is performing before the ignorant, however, he frequently digresses from the main story, in any way which he thinks may most readily amuse his audience; and on this account, the practice of rendering the Káwi into Javan, which furnishes an opportunity for such deviations, is termed charángan, literally a branch from a tree. In the course of the entertainment, all the varieties of ancient weapons named in these poems are represented behind the transparent curtain. The interest excited by such spectacles, connected with national recollections, is almost inconceivable. The eager multitude will sit listening with rapturous delight and profound attention for whole nights to these rude dramas. By means of them, the lower class have an opportunity of picking up a few Káwi terms, and of becoming acquainted with the ancient legends of the country. [Vol I Pg 378]
In the wáyang purwa, or wáyang from ancient times, the stories come from the earliest periods of legendary history, up to and including the reign of Parikésit. This era is filled with captivating tales and incredible fiction, featuring the gods, demigods, and heroes from Hindu and Javan mythology, who are portrayed with the attributes and in the situations associated with their names in the most popular poems and stories. The fables used are typically drawn from the poem of Ráma, the poem of Mintarága about Arjúna's penance on Mount Indra, and the famous epic of Bráta Yúdha, or the war of the Pandáwa. All these poems are written in what are known as the high measures, and their recitation is accompanied by the gámelan saléndro. During this wáyang performance, the Dálang first recites a few verses in the Káwi language, then chants an interpretation of the passage in Javan for the benefit of the uneducated. As various characters are introduced, he provides the minor dialogue among them, generally sticking closely to the original story, especially if there's someone present who could catch him if he deviates. However, if he's performing for an uninformed audience, he often strays from the main plot in ways that he thinks will entertain them the most; this practice of translating Káwi into Javan, which allows for these diversions, is called charángan, meaning literally a branch from a tree. Throughout the performance, all the different ancient weapons mentioned in these poems are displayed behind the transparent curtain. The fascination sparked by such shows, tied to national memories, is nearly unimaginable. The eager crowd will sit for entire nights, listening with rapturous joy and deep focus to these simple dramas. Through these performances, the lower class has a chance to learn a few Káwi terms and become familiar with the ancient legends of the land. [Vol I Pg 378]
The subject of the wáyang gédog is taken from the period of history subsequent to Parikésit, commencing with the reign of Gandra-yána and including the adventures and reign of the celebrated Pánji, and that of his successor Laléan, until he established himself at Pajajáran. These poems being composed in a different measure, the gámelan pélog is employed as the accompaniment; and although the history of the early part of this period is written in the Káwi, the Dálang always employs the Javan translation. The adventures of Pánji compose the most popular portion of it. The characters are numerous, and the figures in general more highly coloured and better finished than those of the wáyang púrwa. In bringing any hero on the stage, the Dálang recites those verses of the history which relate to him, and introduces such dialogue as may give a dramatic effect to the exhibition, together with such explanations as may make it intelligible to common capacities.
The topic of the wáyang gédog comes from a period in history after Parikésit, starting with the reign of Gandra-yána and covering the adventures and rule of the famous Pánji, as well as his successor Laléan, until he established himself at Pajajáran. These poems are written in a different meter, and the gámelan pélog is used as the musical accompaniment; although the early part of this history is written in Káwi, the Dálang always uses the Javanese translation. The adventures of Pánji make up the most popular part. The characters are numerous, and the figures are generally more vibrant and better detailed than those in the wáyang púrwa. When introducing any hero on stage, the Dálang recites verses from the history related to that character and adds dialogue to create a dramatic effect, along with explanations to ensure it’s understandable to the audience.
In the wáyang klítik the figures exhibited are more properly puppets than shadows: they are of wood, about ten inches high, and made to perform their parts without the intervention of a curtain. In these are represented that portion of the history commencing with the establishment of the western empire of Pajajáran and ending with the destruction of the eastern empire of Majapáhit. Of this, by far the most favourite scenes are found in the popular story of the adventures between the Ménak Jíng'ga, a chief of Balambáng'an, and Dámar Wúlan (the light of the moon), on account of the Princess of Majapáhit.
In the wáyang klítik, the figures showcased are more accurately described as puppets rather than shadows: they are made of wood, around ten inches tall, and are designed to perform their roles without a curtain. This performance depicts a part of history starting from the founding of the western empire of Pajajáran to the downfall of the eastern empire of Majapáhit. Among these, the most popular scenes come from the well-known story of the adventures involving Ménak Jíng'ga, a leader from Balambáng'an, and Dámar Wúlan (the light of the moon), which revolves around the Princess of Majapáhit.
The compositions which thus serve as the basis of these popular and interesting entertainments, comprise the legends from which the account of the earlier periods of Javan story, detailed in another part of this work, is principally derived. The most popular and interesting events and adventures are preserved and related in various compositions, whilst more recent actions and events, which possessed less interest, have fallen into oblivion. The constant exhibition of these plays in every part of the country, but more particularly in the eastern districts, has served to keep alive the recollections of "days long since gone by," and to disseminate a general[Vol I Pg 379] knowledge of native legendary history among many, with whom, from the ignorance of letters, the stories might otherwise have been irretrievably lost or more grossly distorted.
The stories that form the foundation of these popular and engaging shows include the legends from which the account of earlier Javan narratives, detailed in another section of this work, is mainly drawn. The most exciting and interesting events and adventures are preserved and shared in various writings, while the more recent actions and events that were less interesting have been forgotten. The ongoing performance of these plays across the country, especially in the eastern regions, has helped keep alive the memories of “days long past” and spread a general knowledge of native legendary history among many people who, due to a lack of literacy, might otherwise have lost or badly distorted these stories.
The Dálangs, who manage and conduct these amusements, are treated with considerable respect. In many points, their office strongly resembles that of the ancient bards. The ceremony of giving his blessing to the first born infant, in the repetition of some particular passages of the ancient legends, gives this part of his office a very peculiar interest. The usual payment to the Dálang who owns a set of wáyangs, and brings his own gámelan players, is from two to three dollars for the night; but the nobles and chiefs generally have several sets of wáyangs of their own, and keep a Dálang in their service.
The Dálangs, who manage and perform these shows, are treated with a lot of respect. In many ways, their role is similar to that of the ancient bards. The ceremony of blessing the firstborn infant, through the recitation of specific passages from ancient legends, adds a unique significance to this part of their role. Typically, the payment to the Dálang who owns a set of wáyangs and brings their own gámelan players ranges from two to three dollars for the night; however, nobles and chiefs often have multiple sets of wáyangs and keep a Dálang on hand in their service.
Another representation of this nature is that of the adventures of Ménak Jing'ga and Dámar Wúlan, which are exhibited, but not very commonly, by means of drawings on folded leaves of strong paper, while the Dálang repeats the story and furnishes dialogue to the characters. This is termed wáyang béber. An entertainment of a similar description, though not accompanied by the exhibition of figures, is termed trébang: it was invented in the time of the kingdom of Démak. The story is taken from the Arabic account of Begínda Ambia, which being rendered into Javan, is repeated by the Dálang, who with a small drum before him, and accompanied by the music of the gámelun, gives spirit to the different parts, by beating time with his hand, and varying the strength of the sound or quickness of time according to the subject. These two latter are of comparatively modern invention, and not much esteemed.
Another representation of this type is the adventures of Ménak Jing'ga and Dámar Wúlan, which are shown, but not very often, through drawings on folded leaves of sturdy paper, while the Dálang narrates the story and provides dialogue for the characters. This is called wáyang béber. A similar type of entertainment, though not featuring figures, is called trébang: it was created during the era of the kingdom of Démak. The story is based on the Arabic account of Begínda Ambia, which, when translated into Javanese, is recounted by the Dálang, who, with a small drum in front of him and accompanied by the music of the gámelun, brings energy to the different parts by keeping time with his hand and adjusting the volume or tempo based on the content. These last two are relatively modern creations and are not highly regarded.
The dance with the Javans, as with Asiatics in general, consists in graceful attitudes of the body, and in the slow movement of the arms and legs, particularly of the former, even to the distinct motion of the hand and fingers.
The dance with the Javanese, like with Asians in general, involves graceful body postures and slow movements of the arms and legs, especially the arms, down to the specific motions of the hands and fingers.
Of the dancing girls who exhibit at public entertainments, the first in rank and the most skilful in their profession are the concubines of the sovereign and of the hereditary prince. They alone are allowed to perform the s'rímpi, a figure dance by four persons, distinguished by an unusual degree of grace and decorum.
Of the dancers who perform at public events, the top-ranked and most skilled in their field are the concubines of the king and the heir apparent. Only they are permitted to perform the s'rímpi, a group dance for four people, noted for its extraordinary grace and decorum.
The dancers are decorated according to the ancient cos[Vol I Pg 380]tume of the country, and nearly in the same manner as a modern bride. The tápih, or petticoat, is of silk of different colours, often green stamped with golden flowers, and hanging in the most graceful manner, a part of it falling between the feet and serving as a short train, which in the course of the dance is frequently thrown aside by a quicker motion of the foot than ordinary. The údat, or waistband, is of the chíndi pattern; and on these occasions is worn the mer, or cestus, composed of plates of gold highly ornamented with diamonds at the clasp in front. The body is enclosed in a kind of corset (pemákak) passing above the bosom and under the arms, and confining the waist in the narrowest possible limits. The ends of the sémbong, or sash, fall gracefully on each side on the back of the hip and reach the ground. Sometimes, indeed, this graceful appendage to the dress is brought from the back to a point between the breasts, whence being fastened in a rosette, the ends flow towards the ground in front of the person, the usual bending attitude during the dance causing them to hang distinct from the rest of the apparel. The triple necklace, richly chased armlets, bracelets, and tiara, are of gold, studded with precious stones; and the hair is gracefully ornamented with buds of white and sweet-scented flowers. On their fingers they generally display brilliant rings, and the face, neck, shoulders, and arms, which remain uncovered, are tinged by a delicate shade of yellow powder. The music is slow and solemn, and the performance is on the gámelan saléndro; verses from the romances of Pánji, descriptive of the attire and beauty of the wives and concubines of that hero, being chaunted as a prelude to the entertainment and during its continuance. On occasions when the s'rímpi are exhibited before Europeans at the Residency house, they are brought with great care, and under a guard, from the kráton, in a large enclosed palanquin, or rather box, borne on men's shoulders. When they reach the door of the residency, they glide behind the prince into the chamber appropriated for his accommodation, and when they come forth for the dance, seat themselves on the ground in front of him. On his intimating that they should commence, they slowly, and to the sound of music, close their hands, and raising them to the forehead, bend in reverential awe,[Vol I Pg 381] and gradually extending their arms and swaying in unison with each other from side to side, assume an erect posture. The dancers seldom exceed the age of fourteen or fifteen. The birth of a child generally puts an end to their performances, and removes them from the profession. They are the choicest beauties of the country, selected for the royal bed. Throughout the whole performance their eyes are directed modestly to the ground, and their body and limbs are by slow movements thrown into every graceful attitude that the most flexible form is capable of exhibiting. In the figure of the dance they occasionally approach and recede from each other, and sometimes cross to the opposite side. It frequently happens, that the delicate corset by falling too low, exposes more of the body than is considered correct. On such occasions, one of the trusty matrons always in attendance raises it again, without interrupting the dance or embarrassing the movements of the dancer. At the conclusion of the dance they gradually place themselves on the ground, in the same manner as before its commencement, and after closing their hands, and raising them to the forehead in token of respect, remain seated with a downcast look and captivating modesty, until the signal is given to the matrons to relieve them by others, when they again glide into the same apartment.
The dancers are dressed in the traditional attire of the country, similar to a modern bride. The tápih, or petticoat, is made of silk in various colors, often green with golden flowers, flowing gracefully, part of it falling between their feet like a short train, which they often toss aside with a quick motion of the foot during the dance. The údat, or waistband, features a chíndi pattern; for these occasions, they wear the mer, or cestus, made of ornate gold plates with diamonds at the clasp in front. The body is fitted in a corset (pemákak) that goes just above the bosom and under the arms, cinching the waist tightly. The ends of the sémbong, or sash, hang elegantly at the sides on the back of the hips, reaching the ground. Sometimes, this pretty addition to the dress is drawn from the back to a point between the breasts, where it is tied in a rosette, allowing the ends to flow down in front, distinct from the rest of the outfit due to their bending posture during the dance. They wear a triple necklace, intricately designed armlets, bracelets, and tiaras made of gold, encrusted with precious stones, and their hair is tastefully adorned with white and fragrant flower buds. Their fingers often showcase sparkling rings, and their face, neck, shoulders, and arms, which are left exposed, are lightly dusted with yellow powder. The music is slow and solemn, performed with the gámelan saléndro; verses from the stories of Pánji, praising the beauty and attire of the hero’s wives and concubines, are sung as a prelude and throughout the performance. When the s'rímpi are showcased for Europeans at the Residency house, they are brought with great care and under guard from the kráton, in a large enclosed palanquin, or box, carried by men on their shoulders. Upon reaching the residency door, they glide behind the prince into the room designated for him, and when it’s time to dance, they sit on the ground in front of him. Once he signals them to start, they slowly close their hands, raise them to their foreheads, bow in reverence, and gradually extend their arms while swaying in unison from side to side before standing up straight. The dancers are usually no older than fourteen or fifteen. The arrival of a child typically ends their performances and removes them from their role. They are the most beautiful girls in the country, chosen for the royal court. Throughout the performance, they keep their eyes modestly downcast and their bodies and limbs are moved slowly into all the graceful poses a flexible form can show. During the dance, they sometimes approach and withdraw from one another, or cross to the other side. Occasionally, if the delicate corset slips too low, revealing more of the body than is deemed appropriate, one of the trusted matrons on duty discreetly raises it again without halting the dance or embarrassing the dancer's movements. At the end of the dance, they gradually lower themselves back to the ground, just like at the beginning, and after closing their hands and raising them to their foreheads in a gesture of respect, they remain seated with a downcast gaze and charming modesty until the signal is given for the matrons to switch them out for others, at which point they glide back into the same room.
The bedáya, who perform a figure dance of eight persons, are in some respect to the nobles what the s'rímpi are to the sovereign: but, at present, few of the nobles can afford to maintain a sufficient number of youthful concubines to compose this dance; it is frequently therefore performed by boys trained for the purpose. They are dressed nearly in the same manner as the s'rímpi, though not so expensively. The action moves to the same music and song.
The bedáya, who perform a figure dance with eight people, are somewhat to the nobles what the s'rímpi are to the sovereign. However, these days, not many nobles can afford to keep enough young concubines to put together this dance, so it's often performed by boys specifically trained for it. They wear similar outfits to the s'rímpi, although not as lavish. The performance follows the same music and song.
But the common dancing girls of the country, who appear to approach more nearly to the usual dancing girls of Western India, are called róng'geng, and are generally of easy virtue. They make a profession of their art, and hire themselves to perform on particular occasions, for the amusement of the chiefs and of the public. Though to be found in every principal town, their performance is most highly esteemed in the western, and particularly among the rude mountaineers of the Súnda districts, where the superior graces of the bedáya are[Vol I Pg 382] unknown. Here they are constantly engaged on every occasion of festivity, and the regents frequently keep the most accomplished in their service for years. Their conduct is generally so incorrect, as to render the title of róng'geng and prostitute synonymous; but it not unfrequently happens, that after amassing considerable wealth in the profession, they obtain, on account of their fortune, the hand of some petty chief. In this case, they generally, after a few years retirement and domestic quiet, avail themselves of the facility of a divorce, and repudiating their husbands, return to their former habits. The róng'gengs accompany the dance with singing, the words being generally extempore to the music of the gámelan saléndro and pélog. Their dress is coarse, but in other respects resembles that of the more select dancers. They do not, however, wear any tiara on the head, nor armlets; bracelets are only worn occasionally. Their hair is dressed after a peculiar fashion, abundantly oiled, and ornamented with flowers of various kinds. They sometimes exhibit singly and sometimes in groups, following and approaching each other, or receding at pleasure. They perform at any time of the day, but chiefly in the evening, and endeavour to exhibit their best attitudes round a lamp which hangs suspended. Generally speaking, both their action and their song are rude and awkward, and on that account often disgusting to Europeans, although there are some among them whose performance does not deserve to be so considered. Their action is usually distorted, their greatest excellence seeming to consist in bending the arms and hands back in an unnatural manner, and giving one or two of the fingers a tremulous motion. The voice, though sometimes harmonious, is often loud, dissonant, and harsh to an European ear. They generally have a handkerchief thrown over the shoulder, and usually a fan in their hand, which occasionally serves to conceal one half of the face, not so much out of any affectation of bashfulness, as, in the manner of a huntsman, to assist the louder tones of the voice. At other times it is employed to strike against the back of the arm, so as to give a greater effect to different parts of the action and music. Generally speaking, the róng'gengs do not descend to the performance of those disgusting and disgraceful postures and motions, which are[Vol I Pg 383] stated to be so frequent on the continent of India, but they are not free from the charge of impropriety in this respect. Their song, though little esteemed and less understood by Europeans, sometimes possesses much humour and drollery; and in adapting their motions to the language, they frequently excite loud bursts of laughter, and obtain great applause from the native audience.
But the common dancing girls in the country, who are more similar to the typical dancing girls of Western India, are called róng'geng and are generally known for being loose. They make a living from their performances, hiring themselves out for specific occasions to entertain the chiefs and the public. Although they can be found in every major town, their performances are especially valued in the west, particularly among the rugged mountaineers of the Súnda districts, where the finer artistry of the bedáya is not known. Here, they are constantly in demand for festive events, and the local rulers often keep the most talented ones in their service for years. Their behavior often crosses into inappropriate territory, leading to the titles róng'geng and prostitute becoming interchangeable; however, it’s not uncommon for them to accumulate significant wealth from their work and then marry a minor chief due to their fortune. In such cases, after a few years of retirement and domestic life, they typically take advantage of divorce options and, having rejected their husbands, revert to their previous lifestyles. The róng'gengs perform dances accompanied by singing, with lyrics being mostly improvised to the music of the gámelan saléndro and pélog. Their attire is basic, but otherwise resembles that of more prestigious dancers. They don't wear a tiara or armlets, and bracelets are only worn occasionally. Their hair is styled in a unique way, heavily oiled, and adorned with various flowers. They sometimes perform solo and sometimes in groups, approaching or retreating from one another at will. They can perform at any time during the day, but primarily in the evening, trying to showcase their best poses around a hanging lamp. Generally, both their movements and songs tend to be crude and awkward, often rendering them off-putting to Europeans, although some performers possess skills that deserve better recognition. Their movements are typically exaggerated, with their primary talent appearing to involve bending their arms and hands in unnatural ways and giving their fingers a shaky motion. The singing, while sometimes pleasant, often comes across as loud, discordant, and jarring to European ears. They typically have a handkerchief draped over their shoulder and a fan in hand, which occasionally masks half of their face, not out of shyness, but similarly to a hunter, to amplify their vocal volume. At times, the fan is used to strike against the arm to enhance different aspects of the performance and music. Generally, the róng'gengs don't resort to the vulgar and shameful movements that are said to be common in mainland India, but they are still not free from impropriety in this regard. Their songs, while not highly valued or well understood by Europeans, often contain humor and whimsy, and by matching their movements to the lyrics, they frequently elicit loud laughter and earn significant applause from the local audience.
The nobles of the highest rank are accustomed, on particular occasions of festivity, to join in the dance with a róng'geng. To dance gracefully, is an accomplishment expected in every Javan of rank; and in the western districts, particularly, all the chiefs are, on days of festivity, accustomed to join in the exercise, one after the other, commencing with the youngest. On these occasions, the nobles of the highest class vie with each other in pointing the toe with grace, in exhibiting elegance of movement, in displaying adroitness by intricate evolutions, or beauty of person by an ingenious management of attitude. So devoted are they to this exercise, that although their wives and daughters never dance, the happiness of a festive occasion is considered incomplete, where an opportunity is not afforded to the chiefs themselves of introducing their favourite amusement. In the Súnda districts, there are some individuals distinguished as regular posture or dancing-masters.
The highest-ranking nobles are used to joining in the dance with a róng'geng during special festive occasions. Dancing gracefully is a skill expected of every Javan of rank, and in the western districts, especially, all the chiefs typically take part in the activity on festive days, starting with the youngest. During these events, the top nobles compete with one another to point their toes elegantly, showcase their graceful movements, demonstrate agility through complex routines, or highlight their attractiveness with clever poses. They are so committed to this tradition that even though their wives and daughters never dance, a festive occasion is seen as incomplete without giving the chiefs the chance to share in their favorite pastime. In the Súnda districts, there are some individuals recognized as professional dancers or dance instructors.
It is not unusual for the performances of the róng'gengs to be varied by the action of a fool or buffoon. Mimicry is a favourite amusement, and beside imitating, in a ludicrous manner, the actions of the róng'gengs, there are not wanting performers of this description, who occasionally direct their wit against all classes of society, and evince a considerable degree of low humour.
It’s common for the performances of the róng'gengs to be changed up by the antics of a fool or clown. Mimicking is a popular form of entertainment, and in addition to humorously imitating the actions of the róng'gengs, there are also performers who occasionally target their jokes at various social classes, showing a significant amount of lowbrow humor.
These are the only public exhibitions of the female sex; but the posture dances by the men are numerous, and contribute to the state of the sovereigns and chiefs. Among these, the Gámbuh, with a shield on one arm, gracefully raises the dódot (or petticoat) with the other hand; the Niutra, having a bow and arrow in the hand, goes through the motion of its exercise, stringing and unstringing it to the sound of the gámelan. Both throw their limbs and body into the most graceful postures, as they slowly move in procession before[Vol I Pg 384] the chiefs, or are arranged on the side of the passage through which he is to pass. Both the Gámbuh and Niutra are naked from the waist upwards, while the dódot hangs to the ground on one side in the manner of full dress, shewing the knee on the other. Their bodies are generally covered with yellow powder, and from round their ears hang suspended in front, strings of the young meláti flowers.
These are the only public displays involving women; however, there are many male posture dances that enhance the status of the rulers and leaders. Among these, the Gámbuh, with a shield on one arm, elegantly lifts the dódot (or petticoat) with the other hand; the Niutra, holding a bow and arrow, mimics the motions of archery, stringing and unstringing the bow to the rhythm of the gámelan. Both performers strike the most graceful poses as they slowly move in procession before[Vol I Pg 384] the leaders, or stand on the side of the path where he will walk. Both the Gámbuh and Niutra are bare from the waist up, while the dódot hangs to the ground on one side in a way that resembles full dress, exposing the knee on the other side. Their bodies are usually adorned with yellow powder, and strings of young meláti flowers dangle from around their ears.
The Gámbuh are occasionally employed to exhibit before the prince, when with a krís in their right hand and a shield on their left arm, they go through all their evolutions to the sound of music.
The Gámbuh are sometimes used to perform for the prince, where they showcase their moves holding a krís in their right hand and a shield on their left arm, all to the rhythm of music.
But the chief description of male performers are the Béksa kémbang or Béksa rong'geng, who have flowers, shields, or serpents in their hands, and in dancing seem to resemble the South Sea Islanders, though more elegant in their attire, and perhaps more graceful in their motions. Neither have any covering above the waist; but the yellow, and sometimes green powder which is upon the body, gives it an appearance very like dress. The term Béksa láwung is applied to the petty chiefs, who on public days dismount from their horses, and go through the exercise of the spear for the amusement of the prince. Another description of performers are termed Unchelang; their art consists in throwing the spear into the air, and catching it again as it falls with great dexterity. Similar exhibitions of these persons combating with sticks, called újung, were formerly common.
But the main type of male performers are the Béksa kémbang or Béksa rong'geng, who hold flowers, shields, or serpents in their hands, and in their dance, they resemble the South Sea Islanders, though they are dressed more elegantly and perhaps move more gracefully. They don’t wear anything above the waist; however, the yellow, and sometimes green, powder on their bodies makes it look like they're wearing clothes. The term Béksa láwung refers to the minor chiefs, who dismount from their horses on public occasions and demonstrate spear techniques for the enjoyment of the prince. Another type of performer is called Unchelang; their skill involves throwing a spear into the air and catching it again as it falls with great skill. Similar performances of these individuals fighting with sticks, known as újung, used to be quite common.
In the domestic circle, the women and elderly people are partial to a peculiar amusement termed sintren, which paints very forcibly the notions they possess of the power of music. A boy or girl, properly attired and skilled in the dance, is placed under a reversed basket which is carefully covered with cloth. Round it music and song are struck up by all present; those who do not play on any instrument, or who do not sing, joining in beating time by clapping their hands. When the excitement has continued sufficiently long to be supposed to have effected the charm, the basket is seen to move, and the boy or girl rising from under it, apparently unconscious of what is doing, moves and dances gracefully but wildly, in unison with the music. At length tired out, the dancer falls and seems to sink into sleep, and when[Vol I Pg 385] awakened pretends not to recollect any thing that has passed. The perfection of this amusement consists in the performer's giving himself up so completely to the power of music as to be charmed by it, and perfectly unconscious of every other sense.
In the home, the women and older folks enjoy a unique activity called sintren, which strongly reflects their beliefs about the power of music. A boy or girl, dressed appropriately and skilled in dancing, is placed under an inverted basket that is carefully covered with cloth. Everyone present starts playing music and singing; those who don’t play an instrument or sing join in by clapping their hands to keep the beat. After enough time passes to believe the charm has taken effect, the basket begins to move, and the boy or girl rises from beneath it, seemingly unaware of what is happening, and dances gracefully yet wildly in time with the music. Eventually, they become exhausted, fall down, and appear to sink into sleep. When[Vol I Pg 385] they wake up, they act as if they don’t remember anything that happened. The essence of this activity lies in the performer surrendering completely to the music’s power, becoming enchanted by it and oblivious to everything else.
For the amusement, principally however of children, a cocoa-nut shell is carved with the features of a man, and affixed to the top of a reversed basket, covered with cloth. This basket, after being for some time exposed by the side of a river, or under a large tree, in order, as is supposed, that some supernatural spirit may enter into it, is brought again into the house, and rocked according to the swaying motion of the Javan dance by two children, to the music of the gámelan. An amusement of this kind is termed bríndung.
For fun, especially for kids, a coconut shell is carved to look like a man and placed on top of an upside-down basket covered with cloth. This basket is left out for a while by the river or under a big tree, supposedly to let some supernatural spirit enter it. After that, it is brought back inside and rocked by two children to the swaying motion of the Javan dance, accompanied by the music of the gámelan. This type of entertainment is called bríndung.
Tilts and tournaments (wátang) form a favourite and constant diversion with the Javans: they are exhibited principally in the álun álun, or great square in front of the kráton, or palace, and compose an essential part of the ceremony of the pásar senén, or the day in which the sovereign and regents appear in public. This, with the sovereign, is Saturday; with the chiefs, Monday. On the afternoon of this day, all the princes, nobles, and public officers assemble, and arranging themselves in the places assigned to their respective ranks, await the coming out of the sovereign, who, as soon as he descends from the setíngel, mounts a horse richly caparisoned, and rides round the waríngen trees, the several chiefs joining in his suite as he passes the circle. Several of the chiefs, and particularly their sons and youthful relations, then join in pairs, tilting and striking their long and blunted spears as they pass the sovereign. The same thing is observed on the afternoon of every Monday, at the capitals of the different provinces throughout the island, where the native government and institutions are at all preserved. The assemblage of people on these occasions is frequently very great. The trappings and housings of the horses are extremely rich, and the riders perform their feats with some dexterity, being seldom unhorsed[116]. At the conclusion of the exhibition on horseback, [Vol I Pg 386]it is not unusual for the youths and petty chiefs who have contended in the saddle to dismount and practice the attack and defence of the spear on foot: they are then termed Béksa láwung. Tilts are likewise exhibited in the álun álun on the days of public festival, when the chiefs appear.
Tilts and tournaments (wátang) are a favorite and ongoing pastime for the Javanese. They mainly take place in the álun álun, or main square in front of the kráton, the palace, and are a key part of the pásar senén ceremony, the day when the king and regents make a public appearance. For the king, this is Saturday; for the chiefs, it's Monday. On Monday afternoons, all the princes, nobles, and public officials gather, take their assigned positions according to rank, and wait for the king to emerge. As soon as he steps down from the setíngel, he mounts a beautifully decorated horse and rides around the waríngen trees, with various chiefs following him in a procession. Some chiefs, especially their sons and younger relatives, pair up to tilt and strike their long, blunted spears as they pass the king. This happens every Monday afternoon in the capitals of different provinces across the island, where the local government and traditions are upheld. The crowd on these occasions is often quite large. The horse decorations are very elaborate, and the riders perform their displays with considerable skill, rarely falling off their horses[116]. After the horseback exhibition, it's common for the young men and minor chiefs who have competed to dismount and practice spear techniques on foot; they are then referred to as Béksa láwung. Tilts are also held in the álun álun during public festivals when the chiefs show up.
The Javans have long advanced beyond that state in which the chace was considered as connected with their subsistence.
The Javanese have long moved past the point where hunting was seen as essential for their survival.
The stag is hunted chiefly in the eastern and western extremities of the island, by the descendants of the Báli and Súnda races: the Javans inhabiting the central districts are not practised in the diversion, nor much acquainted with it. They uniformly pursue the animal on horseback. In the eastern districts he is killed with a spear: in the western he is cut down with a kléwang or cutlass; here the chace is conducted with more regularity and method, and many of the inhabitants, particularly the chiefs, are passionately addicted to it, employing the best and swiftest horses and dogs they can procure for the purpose.
The stag is mainly hunted in the eastern and western parts of the island by the descendants of the Báli and Súnda races. The Javans living in the central areas aren’t experienced in this activity and aren’t familiar with it. They always hunt the animal on horseback. In the eastern regions, it is killed with a spear; in the western regions, it’s taken down with a kléwang or cutlass. Here, the hunt is carried out with more organization and strategy, and many residents, especially the chiefs, are really into it, using the best and fastest horses and dogs they can find for the hunt.
A favourite and national spectacle is the combat between the buffalo and the tiger. A large cage of bámbu or wood is erected, the ends of which are fixed into the ground, in which the buffalo is first and the tiger afterwards admitted, through openings reserved for the purpose. It seldom fails that the buffalo is triumphant, and one buffalo has been known to destroy several full grown tigers in succession. In these combats the buffalo is stimulated by the constant application of [Vol I Pg 387]boiling water, which is poured over him from the upper part of the cage, and of nettles, which are fastened to the end of a stick, and applied by persons seated in the same quarter. The tiger sometimes springs upon the buffalo at once; he very generally, however, avoids the combat, until goaded by sticks and roused by the application of burning straw, when he moves round the cage, and being gored by the buffalo, seizes him by the neck, head, or leg. The buffalo is often dreadfully torn, and seldom survives the combat many days. In these entertainments the Javans are accustomed to compare the buffalo to the Javan and the tiger to the European, and it may be readily imagined with what eagerness they look to the success of the former. The combat generally lasts from twenty minutes to half an hour, when, if neither of them is destroyed, the animals are changed, and the tiger, if he survives, is removed to be destroyed in the manner called rámpog, which is as follows.
A popular national event is the fight between the buffalo and the tiger. A large cage made of bamboo or wood is built, with its ends secured to the ground, where the buffalo is let in first and the tiger is brought in later through designated openings. The buffalo usually wins, and there's even been a case where one buffalo killed several full-grown tigers in a row. In these fights, the buffalo is motivated by having boiling water poured over it from above the cage and by nettles attached to a stick, used by people sitting nearby. The tiger often jumps on the buffalo right away, but usually, it avoids the fight until it's provoked by sticks and the application of burning straw. Then it begins to circle the cage, and when gored by the buffalo, it grabs onto its neck, head, or leg. The buffalo often suffers severe injuries and rarely survives for many days after the fight. In these events, the Javanese tend to liken the buffalo to themselves and the tiger to Europeans, making it easy to see how eagerly they root for the buffalo’s victory. The fight usually lasts between twenty minutes to half an hour, and if neither animal is killed, they switch them out. If the tiger survives, it is taken away to be killed in a method called rámpog, which goes as follows.
On receiving information of the retreat of a tiger the male inhabitants are sometimes called out in a body, by the order of a chief, each man being obliged to be provided with a spear, the common weapon of the country. The place where the animal is concealed is surrounded: a double or triple range being formed, according to the number of hunters, and he is roused by shouts, by the beating of gongs, or by fire. The place where he is expected to attempt his escape is carefully guarded, and he is generally speared on the spot.
On hearing about a tiger retreating, the male members of the community are sometimes gathered together by a chief's order, with each man required to have a spear, the typical weapon of the area. The spot where the animal is hidden is surrounded: a double or triple line is formed, depending on how many hunters there are, and the tiger is driven out by yelling, beating gongs, or using fire. The area where it’s anticipated he will try to escape is closely watched, and he is usually speared right there.
In many districts, where the population is not deficient, the appearance of a single tiger rouses the neighbourhood, and he is infallibly destroyed by the method described[117].
In many areas, where the population is adequate, the sight of a single tiger stirs up the community, and he is inevitably hunted down using the method described[117].
When the rámpog is resorted to by way of amusement at the capital of the sovereign, a hollow square of spearmen, four deep, is formed on the álun álun, in the centre of which are placed the tigers in small separate cages, or rather traps, with a sliding door, in the manner of a rat-trap. Two or three men, accustomed to the practice, at the command of the sovereign,[Vol I Pg 388] proceed into the centre of the square, and placing plaited leaves in front of the cage, to supply the place of the wooden door, set it on fire, and drawing the wooden door up, throwing it on one side, themselves retreating from the spot at a slow pace, to the sound of music. As soon as the tiger feels the fire he starts, and in endeavouring to make his way through the spearmen is generally received upon their weapons. Instances, however, have occurred, in which the animal has made good his retreat, but he was soon afterwards killed; sometimes the tiger, particularly if he has been opposed to the buffalo, will not move from the centre of the square; in which case the sovereign generally directs six or eight of his choice men (gándek) to advance towards him with spears. This they do with surprizing coolness and intrepidity, never failing to pierce the animal, by fixing their spears into him at once. The smaller species of the tiger is generally selected for this amusement.
When the rámpog is held for entertainment at the ruler’s capital, a hollow square of spearmen, four ranks deep, is formed on the álun álun. In the center, tigers are placed in small individual cages, or traps, with sliding doors like rat traps. Two or three experienced men, at the command of the ruler, [Vol I Pg 388] walk into the center of the square and place plaited leaves in front of the cage to replace the wooden door. They set it on fire, pull the wooden door up, and throw it aside, slowly retreating to the sound of music. When the tiger feels the heat, it reacts and often ends up impaled on the spearmen's weapons while trying to escape. However, there have been cases where the animal managed to flee, but it was quickly killed afterward. Sometimes, especially when facing a buffalo, the tiger won’t move from the center of the square. In that situation, the ruler usually instructs six or eight of his best men (gándek) to approach it with spears. They do this with remarkable calmness and bravery, always managing to strike the animal simultaneously with their spears. The smaller species of tiger is typically chosen for this entertainment.
The exposure of criminals in combat with tigers was formerly practised, and it is said to have been common on the first establishment of the Matárem empire; but of late years, such a method of deriving amusement from the infliction of judicial punishment had almost become obsolete, and is now, as well as mutilation and torture, altogether abolished by treaty. Several instances are said to have occurred during the reign of the sultan of Yúgya-kérta who was deposed by the British Government in 1812. In an exhibition of this kind, which took place about ten years ago, two criminals were exposed for having set fire to a dwelling. They were provided each with a krís, which was long, but broken off or blunted at the point, and the tiger was let in upon them separately in a large cage constructed for the purpose. The first was soon destroyed, but the second, after a combat of nearly two hours, succeeded in killing the tiger, by repeated cuts about the head and under the ears and eyes. On this a smaller tiger, or rather leopard, was let in upon him, and the criminal being equally successful in this combat was released. His success, as in the judicial ordeals of the dark ages, was taken for a manifestation by heaven of his innocence, and not only secured his pardon, but procured for him the rank of a Mántri, as a recompense for the danger to which he was exposed in its[Vol I Pg 389] vindication. Although this barbarous practice appears so recently to have been resorted to, it is not to be inferred that, as a spectacle, it is held in any estimation by the Javans in general. It seems to have been of comparatively late introduction, and adopted only in the policy of a known and avowed tyrant. The concourse of spectators to witness the combat can no more stamp the general character of the people with barbarity, than the crowds which are always present at public executions in Europe. The bare relation of the fact excites feelings of horror in the mind of the ordinary chief.
The practice of exposing criminals to fight tigers used to be common when the Matárem empire was first established. However, in recent years, this way of entertaining people through judicial punishment has nearly disappeared and is now completely abolished by treaty, along with mutilation and torture. There are reports of such events occurring during the reign of the sultan of Yúgya-kérta, who was overthrown by the British Government in 1812. In an exhibition held about ten years ago, two criminals were punished for setting fire to a house. Each was given a krís, which was long but had the tip broken off or dulled, and they were each placed in a large cage with a tiger brought in separately. The first criminal was quickly killed, but the second fought the tiger for nearly two hours and eventually managed to kill it by making repeated cuts to its head, under its ears, and around its eyes. After that, a smaller tiger, or more accurately, a leopard, was released to fight him, and the criminal was again successful and freed. His victory, similar to the judicial trials of medieval times, was seen as a sign from heaven of his innocence, which not only earned him a pardon but also elevated him to the rank of Mántri as a reward for the danger he faced. Although this brutal practice seems to have been used recently, it doesn’t mean that the average Javanese person views it favorably. It appears to have been introduced relatively recently and only for the purposes of a well-known tyrant’s policy. The large crowds that attended these fights do not reflect the barbarity of the people any more than the audiences at public executions in Europe. Merely recounting these events evokes feelings of horror among ordinary leaders.
Bull-fighting is common on Madúra and in the eastern parts of the island; but it is perfectly different from any species of sport derived from the courage or ferocity of that animal in Europe. Here, neither dogs are employed as in England, nor men and horses as in Spain, but the bulls themselves are directed against each other. The population form an extensive ring round the álun álun, within which the animals are first led up to a cow, until they are sufficiently excited, when the cow being withdrawn they are set at liberty and contend with each other, until one of them gives way, and is driven from within the ring by the victor. The small well formed bulls of Súmenáp afford considerable amusement in this way, while considerable bets are laid on the result of the combat.
Bullfighting is common in Madúra and in the eastern parts of the island; however, it’s completely different from any kind of sport that showcases the bravery or aggression of bulls in Europe. Here, there are no dogs used like in England, nor are there men and horses as in Spain; instead, the bulls are pitted against each other. The crowd forms a large ring around the álun álun, where the bulls are first brought to a cow to get them fired up. Once they’re sufficiently agitated, the cow is taken away, and they are released to fight each other until one of them backs down and is chased out of the ring by the winner. The small, well-built bulls from Súmenáp provide a lot of entertainment in this way, often with significant bets placed on the outcome of the fight.
The combat between the ram and wild hog, which generally terminates by several dogs being let in to complete the destruction of the latter, is an exhibition which furnishes frequent amusement; a small stand is raised for the ram, to which he can retreat when in danger, and from whence he can take advantage of a favourable moment of attack upon his antagonist.
The fight between the ram and the wild hog usually ends with several dogs being brought in to finish off the hog. This event often provides entertainment; a small platform is set up for the ram, allowing him to retreat when he's in danger and also giving him the chance to attack his opponent when the moment is right.
Quail-fighting (áduh gemár) and cock-fighting (áduh jágu) were formerly very prevalent, the latter particularly, among the common people, but by no means to the same extent as practised in the other islands of the Archipelago, in many parts of which, particularly among the Maláyus, it forms almost the whole source of diversion and interest. On the establishment of the British power, cock-fighting and gaming, which had formerly proved a productive source of revenue to the European government, were prohibited, and[Vol I Pg 390] are now in consequence rarely resorted to. The Javans were not in the habit of fixing spurs to their cocks: this practice, they say, belongs to the Maláyus[118]. The common people still amuse themselves with betting upon the issue of a fight between two crickets (ádhu jangkrik), which are daily exposed in the markets for that purpose. The little animals being confined in small bámbus partially opened, are said to afford an amusement of considerable interest.
Quail-fighting (áduh gemár) and cock-fighting (áduh jágu) used to be very popular, especially the latter, among everyday people, but not nearly as much as in other islands of the Archipelago. In many areas, particularly among the Maláyus, it was almost the main source of entertainment and interest. After the British took control, cock-fighting and gaming, which had previously brought in a lot of revenue for the European government, were banned, and as a result, they are now rarely practiced. The Javans didn't usually attach spurs to their cocks; they say that practice belongs to the Maláyus[118]. The common people still find enjoyment in betting on the outcome of fights between two crickets (ádhu jangkrik), which are displayed daily in the markets for that reason. These little creatures, kept in small, partially opened bámbus, are said to provide quite a bit of entertainment.
Among the games of skill may be reckoned those of chess, drafts, and several minor games played with pieces or balls, on boards of a somewhat similar construction.
Among the skill games are chess, checkers, and several smaller games played with pieces or balls on boards that are somewhat similarly designed.
In chess (chátur) the pieces are named, the rátu, or king; the pateh, or minister, corresponding with the queen; two práhu, or vessels, corresponding with castles; two mántri, corresponding with bishops; two járan, or horses, corresponding with knights; the bídak, or pawns; and are arranged as in the English game, except that the kings are placed on the left hand of the queens, and opposite to the adversary's queen. The moves are also the same; except that the king, if he has not been checked, may move two squares the first time, either as a knight or otherwise; and that the pawn may move two squares the first move, even though it should pass the check of an adversary's pawn. When a pawn reach the adversary's first line, it must retrograde three moves diagonally before it can become a queen, except it has reached the castle's square, in which case it is a queen at once. There maybe any number of queens on the board at once.
In chess (chátur), the pieces are called the rátu (king), the pateh (minister), which is like the queen; two práhu (vessels), which represent the castles; two mántri, which stand for the bishops; two járan (horses), similar to the knights; and the bídak (pawns). They are set up like in the English game, except the kings are on the left side of the queens and opposite the enemy's queen. The moves are the same as well, except that if the king hasn't been checked, he can move two squares the first time, either like a knight or otherwise; and the pawn can move two squares on its first move, even if it passes the attack range of an enemy pawn. When a pawn reaches the opponent's first row, it needs to move back three squares diagonally before it can become a queen, unless it has reached the square of the castle, in which case it becomes a queen immediately. There can be any number of queens on the board at the same time.
The king cannot castle after having been checked. Castling is performed by two moves; the castle must first be brought up to the king, after which the king may pass over the castle at any future move, provided he shall not have been checked, or that no piece has occupied the square he would move into. A piece or pawn must remain on the board till the last; if the king is left alone it is considered as stale mate, and he wins.
The king cannot castle after being checked. Castling is done in two moves; the rook must first be moved next to the king, after which the king can cross over the rook on any future move, as long as he hasn’t been checked and no piece is on the square he would move to. A piece or pawn must stay on the board until the very end; if the king is left alone, it’s considered a stale mate, and he wins.
This game was formerly more general than at present. [Vol I Pg 391]
This game used to be more popular than it is now. [Vol I Pg 391]
Besides chess, there are a variety of games played upon checkers; and next to it in estimation may be considered the games of chúki and dákon. In chúki, the board has one hundred and twenty angular points, formed by cross lines on a checkered board, and the same is played with sixty white and sixty black pieces. The object here is to clear the board of the adversary's pieces, and the victor is he who does so first. The parties toss up who shall take off the first piece or break the board. The moves are in all directions, and the person who commences goes on as long as he can take one, three, or five of his adversary's pieces. When he cannot do either, he stops, and the other goes on in the same way. Dákon is played with fourteen or eighteen balls on an oblong board with holes, and is much practised by women.
Besides chess, there are several games played on checkers, and the games of chúki and dákon are next in popularity. In chúki, the board has one hundred and twenty angular points created by crossing lines on a checkered board, and it is played with sixty white pieces and sixty black pieces. The goal is to remove all of the opponent's pieces from the board, and the winner is the one who does this first. The players flip a coin to decide who takes the first piece or breaks the board. Moves can be made in any direction, and the player who starts continues taking one, three, or five of the opponent's pieces as long as they can. When they can't, they stop, and the other player takes their turn in the same manner. Dákon is played with fourteen or eighteen balls on a rectangular board with holes, and it is particularly popular among women.
Dandáman, or drafts, is not very unlike the Indian game, but has more pieces.
Dandáman, or drafts, is quite similar to the Indian game, but it has more pieces.
Machánan, is a game in which two chief pieces represent tigers, one conducted by each party, and twenty-three pieces representing cows: the tiger who destroys the most wins the game. Máling'an is played on squares with eighteen pieces, and the object is to surround your adversary's pieces.
Machánan is a game where two main pieces stand for tigers, one controlled by each player, and there are twenty-three pieces representing cows. The player who kills the most cows wins the game. Máling'an is played on a grid with eighteen pieces, and the goal is to surround your opponent's pieces.
Of games of chance there are many. That denominated telága tári is accounted the most ancient: it consists in guessing the number of beans enclosed within the hand. Three or four people commonly join in it. One of the party having dried beans in his lap, take a certain number in his hand, requiring each of the others to fix by guess upon a number; if there are three persons, upon a number from one to four, and the two numbers left fall to the share of the person who holds the beans. If the number in his hand exceeds four, every four beans are thrown aside, and the residue, until they are reduced to that number or below it, only counted.
There are many games of chance. The one called telága tári is considered the oldest: it involves guessing the number of beans hidden in someone’s hand. Usually, three or four people participate. One person, with dried beans in their lap, takes a certain number of beans in their hand and asks the others to guess a number; if there are three players, they guess a number from one to four, and the two remaining numbers go to the person holding the beans. If the number of beans in their hand is more than four, for every four beans, one is set aside, and they continue counting until the number is reduced to four or fewer.
Dadu, or dice, as well as cards, are borrowed from the Chinese, and not included among the national games. The most common species of gaming, and that which is practised by the numerous and dissolute class of báturs, or porters, in the central districts, is a kind of pitch and toss, denominated képlek. Four farthings, whitened or marked on one side, are tossed into the air; if the whole or three of them fall on the[Vol I Pg 392] side that is marked, or on the reverse, the party who tossed them wins; if only two he loses the stake.
Dadu, or dice, along with cards, are borrowed from the Chinese and aren’t considered national games. The most common form of gambling, practiced by the numerous and reckless class of báturs, or porters, in the central areas, is a version of pitch and toss called képlek. Four coins, either whitened or marked on one side, are tossed into the air; if all four or three of them land on the marked side, or the opposite side, the person who tossed them wins; if only two land correctly, they lose the bet.
Bets are frequently laid on the hardness or otherwise of a particular nut, known among the Maláyus by the term búa kras and called áduh gemíri. Bets also frequently depend on the flying of kites (layáng'an).
Bets are often placed on how hard or soft a specific nut is, known among the Maláyus as búa kras and referred to as áduh gemíri. Bets also often depend on the flying of kites (layáng'an).
I shall conclude this chapter by referring to some peculiarities, which, although partially explained elsewhere, and falling perhaps more correctly under other heads, may not be improperly noticed in an account of the national usages and customs.
I will wrap up this chapter by mentioning some unique features that, while partially discussed elsewhere and perhaps more accurately categorized under different topics, may still be appropriately included in a description of the country’s practices and traditions.
The practice of filing and dying the teeth black, and that of lengthening the lobe of the ear to an enormous size, both of which have been already noticed, appear to have extended over the whole of the eastern peninsula of India, as far as China, and throughout the islands of the Archipelago, as far at least as Papua or New Guinea.
The custom of filing and dying teeth black, along with the practice of stretching earlobes to a huge size, both of which have already been mentioned, seems to have spread across the entire eastern peninsula of India, all the way to China, and throughout the islands of the Archipelago, reaching at least Papua or New Guinea.
The practice of covering the face, body, and limbs with yellow powder on state occasions, and the use of yellow silk or satin for the envelope of letters between princes, evinces the same esteem for this colour which prevails in the other islands, as well as in Ava, Siam, and China.
The practice of covering the face, body, and limbs with yellow powder during state occasions, and using yellow silk or satin for the envelopes of letters between princes, shows the same respect for this color found in other islands, as well as in Ava, Siam, and China.
The kríses worn by the Javans are only varieties of that which is found in the islands, and on what is termed the Malayan peninsula. The Javans have a tradition that it was first introduced by one of their early Hindu sovereigns, Sakú-tram (others call him Sa Pútram), who is said to have come into the world with the krís by his side. This krís is supposed to have been of the kind called pasopáti, which is consequently considered as the most honourable at the present day. In the chapter on History will be found an account of the krís deposited in the tomb of the Susúnan Gíri, and of the virtues attributed to it by the superstitions of the country. There is a tradition, that the inhabitants of all those countries in which the krís is now worn, once acknowledged the authority of the Javans, and derived that custom from them. Another tradition attributes the introduction of this weapon among the islanders to the celebrated Pánji. The practice of poisoning the blade of the krís seems to have been attributed to the[Vol I Pg 393] Javans and their neighbours without any foundation. In order to bring out the damasking, it is usual to immerse the blade in lime juice and a solution of arsenic, which, by eating away and corroding the iron, may probably render the wound more angry and inflamed, and consequently more difficult to cure, but it has never been considered that death is the consequence. After this application of the acid and arsenic, the blade is carefully smeared with some fragrant oil, to prevent it from rusting, and this is all that is ever done to it.
The kríses worn by the Javanese are just different versions of those found on the islands and in what’s called the Malay Peninsula. According to Javanese tradition, it was first brought in by one of their early Hindu kings, Sakú-tram (some refer to him as Sa Pútram), who supposedly came into the world with the krís by his side. This krís is believed to have been of the type known as pasopáti, which is now seen as the most honorable. In the chapter on History, you’ll find a description of the krís placed in the tomb of the Susúnan Gíri, along with the qualities attributed to it by local superstitions. There's a tradition stating that the people of all the regions where the krís is worn once recognized the authority of the Javanese and adopted this custom from them. Another tradition credits the famous Pánji with introducing this weapon to the islanders. The idea that the Javanese and their neighbors poisoned the blade of the krís seems to lack any actual evidence. To bring out the damasking, it's common to soak the blade in lime juice and an arsenic solution, which eats away at the iron and may cause the wound to become more inflamed and harder to heal, but it has never been thought to be fatal. After applying the acid and arsenic, the blade is carefully coated with a fragrant oil to prevent rusting, and that’s all that is ever done to it.
It has been usual to condemn these people as blood-thirsty, prone to immediate revenge, because they invariably use the deadly krís; but however frequent the appeals to this weapon may be in some of the more wild and uncivilized of the Malayan states, experience has proved to us, that on Java it may be universally worn without danger. I have elsewhere remarked, that the custom of wearing the krís among these islanders has, in its effects upon the manners of the people, proved in many respects an effectual substitute for duelling among Europeans. In these countries, where there is very little justice to be obtained from regularly established courts, and where an individual considers himself justified in taking the law into his own hands accordingly, the Maláyu is always prepared to avenge with his krís the slightest insult on the spot; but the knowledge that such an immediate appeal is always at hand, prevents the necessity of its often being resorted to, an habitual politeness ensues, and it has often been said, that if the Maláyus are savages, they are by far the most polite savages that we know of. If this effect is produced on the wilder and less civilized Maláyu, and has equal force with the more adventurous and warm-hearted Búgis, it may be easily conceived the Javans have not escaped it. The krís, among them, has for a long period been more exclusively a personal ornament, than a rapier was in Europe fifty years ago, being among the higher classes even seldomer resorted to, as a weapon of defence or offence, than the latter.
It's common to label these individuals as bloodthirsty and quick to seek revenge because they often carry the krís; however, while the use of this weapon may be prevalent in some of the more wild and uncivilized parts of the Malayan states, experience has shown us that in Java, it can be worn without fear. I've noted before that the practice of carrying the krís among these islanders has, in many ways, effectively replaced dueling among Europeans in shaping their social behaviors. In places where there’s little chance of justice from established courts, individuals feel justified in taking the law into their own hands. The Maláyu is always ready to defend his honor with his krís at the slightest insult, but knowing that this immediate response is available actually reduces the need to use it. This leads to a culture of habitual politeness, and it has often been said that if the Maláyus are savages, they are certainly the most polite savages we know. If this is true for the wilder and less civilized Maláyu, and holds for the more daring and warm-hearted Búgis, it's easy to understand that the Javans are no exception. Among them, the krís has for a long time been more of a personal adornment than a weapon, much like rapiers were in Europe fifty years ago, being even less frequently used as a means of defense or attack by the upper classes.
The condition of absolute slavery, as understood by Europeans, seems to have been unknown to the ancient constitution of society in these islands, and throughout all the fragments of their history, of their laws, usages, and customs,[Vol I Pg 394] no trace is to be found of its ever having existed among the Javans[119].
The concept of absolute slavery, as understood by Europeans, doesn't seem to have been part of the ancient social structure in these islands. Throughout all the bits of their history, laws, customs, and practices, there is no evidence that it ever existed among the Javans.[Vol I Pg 394]
Throughout the more ancient laws and institutions of the country, a property of the subject in the land is clearly recognized, and it is probable that it continued to subsist till the subversion of the Hindu government. From various definitions and enactments respecting property, some of which may be seen in the Súria Alem[120], it is obvious, that money transactions took place formerly, to a greater extent than they do at present. The change is probably attributable to the European policy of the last two centuries. Four per cent. per month when a valuable pledge is deposited, and double that amount otherwise, is the common rate of interest in small transactions between the natives and Chinese of the present day.
Throughout the older laws and institutions of the country, a subject's ownership of land is clearly acknowledged, and it's likely that this continued until the fall of the Hindu government. From various definitions and laws regarding property, some of which can be found in the Súria Alem[120], it's clear that monetary transactions occurred more frequently in the past than they do now. This change is probably due to European policies over the last two centuries. The common interest rate in small transactions between the locals and Chinese today is four percent per month when a valuable pledge is put up, and double that amount otherwise.
In the transaction of money concerns, the women are universally considered superior to the men, and from the common labourer to the chief of a province, it is usual for the husband to entrust his pecuniary affairs entirely to his wife. The women alone attend the markets, and conduct all the business of buying and selling. It is proverbial to say the Javan men are fools in money concerns.
In money matters, women are generally seen as better than men, and from the regular worker to the leader of a province, it's common for husbands to completely hand over their financial affairs to their wives. Women handle the markets and manage all buying and selling. It's a common saying that Javan men aren't savvy with money.
When speaking of their fondness for show and state, [Vol I Pg 395]I noticed that the Javans were at the same time distinguished by neatness and cleanliness, qualities not often combined with the former. That they are in most respects remarkable for their neatness cannot be denied: to their personal cleanliness there are exceptions. This is however chiefly true of the higher classes, and especially those who mix with Europeans; but the common Javan, though more cleanly than the Chinese and even the European, would suffer by a comparison in that particular with the natives of Western India.
When it comes to their love for show and display, [Vol I Pg 395] I observed that the Javanese are also known for their neatness and cleanliness, traits that are rarely found together with the former. It's undeniable that they are mostly remarkable for their neatness: there are some exceptions regarding personal cleanliness. This is mainly true for the upper classes, especially those who interact with Europeans; however, the average Javanese, while cleaner than both the Chinese and even some Europeans, would still fall short in comparison to the natives of Western India in that area.
The common people generally bathe once a day, others once only in two or three days. None of any rank anoint the body with grease, as is the case with the natives of Western India; but they abundantly oil their hair, which among the common people, on account of its length, is too often filthy in the extreme. They are accustomed to arrange the hair with a coarse comb, but the use of the small-toothed comb is unknown, its office being invariably performed by the hands of women. Near Batavia, and some of the low capitals on the coast, it is not unusual to see on the road side women thus employed for the benefit of passengers, at a certain rate per head, who submit to it as naturally as an English labourer goes into a barber's shop to be shaved for a penny. The Maláyus accuse the Javans of eating what they find on these occasions: "ítu órang Jáwa," say they, "mákan kútut." This, however, appears to be a calumny: the Javans confess to biting, but deny the swallowing. The practice of the women cleaning the men's hair is referred to by the Javans as of very ancient date. It was from this practice that the mother of Wátu Gúnung, in the very earliest period of Javan traditionary story, discovered her lost son[121].
The average person usually bathes once a day, while some only wash every two or three days. People of higher status don’t anoint their bodies with oil, unlike the natives of Western India; however, they do heavily oil their hair, which, among the common people, can often be extremely dirty due to its length. They typically style their hair with a coarse comb, but small-toothed combs are not known, as that task is always done by women using their hands. Near Batavia and some coastal capital cities, it's common to see women along the roadside providing this service to travelers for a fee, just like an English laborer visits a barber to get shaved for a penny. The Maláyus accuse the Javans of eating what they find during these sessions: "ítu órang Jáwa," they say, "mákan kútut." However, this seems to be a false rumor: the Javans admit to nibbling but deny actually swallowing. The practice of women cleaning men's hair is said to date back very far. It was from this tradition that the mother of Wátu Gúnung, in the earliest period of Javan folklore, discovered her lost son[121].
Passing from this disgusting particular, and referring the reader to the details of the native history for the leading features of the political character of the Javan, and to the other divisions of this work, which may afford him information how to estimate their former and present state of civilization, I cannot but regret, that I am compelled to reserve, until a future occasion, a more detailed account of the constitution, usages, and customs of the village societies. It is by these that the private virtues and vices of the people are perhaps best illustrated, and an account of the municipal regulations by which the little property and happiness of each individual is protected, of the internal precautions of police, and of the mode of adjusting disputes, could not fail to be interesting, on account of their simplicity, their equity, and efficacy. Independently of the degree of rational independence and importance which the existence of these societies insures to the common people, and of the protection which, under all circumstances of greater political revolutions, they have afforded to them, it is hoped that their influence in maintaining the police and tranquillity of the country, will ever prevent the European authority from interfering in their constitution or internal arrangements.
Moving away from this unpleasant topic and directing the reader to the native history for key aspects of the Javanese political character, as well as to other sections of this work that provide insight into assessing their past and current civilization, I must express my regret that I have to postpone a more detailed discussion of the structure, practices, and customs of village communities. These aspects perhaps best reflect the personal virtues and vices of the people. An account of the local regulations that protect the small property and well-being of each individual, the internal safety measures, and the methods of resolving conflicts would undoubtedly be fascinating due to their simplicity, fairness, and effectiveness. Besides the degree of rational independence and significance that these societies provide to ordinary people, and the protection they offer during significant political upheavals, it is hoped that their role in maintaining law and order in the country will prevent European authorities from interfering with their structure or internal affairs.
It has long been the opinion of the Dutch authorities, that a system of European police, and the employment of European officers of police are necessary; but under the British government the contrary has been satisfactorily proved. Let the higher departments of justice be scrupulously superintended and watched by Europeans of character; let the administration of justice be pure, prompt, and steady; let what is bad in the native practice of police be gradually removed, but let the system, in its application to the common people, be supported. It is one which has grown with them, one which they are accustomed to and understand. Under the native system, the rice block of the village is used as the alarm; and according to the manner in which it is beaten, the inhabitants know whether it is to announce a single thief or a banditti, a tiger or a fire, and arm themselves suitably. As it is usual for a thief to have but little covering on his body, and to oil himself all over, that he may slip from the hands of any one who may seize him, the Javans make use of a long wooden pole, with branches of brambles inverted within a fork at the end, and by means of this simple contrivance they avoid the risk of being wounded, and effectually secure the offender, who cannot escape without tearing his skin. These, and other simple expedients, adopted from immemorial custom and according to the circumstances of the country, are certainly preferable to the watchmen's rattles and constables' staves which Europeans would wish to introduce.
It has long been the view of the Dutch authorities that a European police system and European police officers are necessary. However, this has been successfully proven otherwise under British rule. The higher levels of justice should be carefully supervised by reputable Europeans; the administration of justice should be fair, quick, and consistent; and the negative aspects of the local police practices should be gradually eliminated, but the system, in its application to the general population, should be maintained. This system has developed alongside the community and is something they are used to and understand. In the local system, the village's rice block serves as an alarm, and based on how it's beaten, the villagers know whether to prepare for a single thief, a gang, a tiger, or a fire. Given that it's typical for a thief to have minimal clothing and to oil his body to slip away from capture, the Javanese use a long wooden pole with branches of brambles turned upside down at the end. With this simple tool, they can protect themselves from injury while effectively securing the offender, who cannot escape without injuring himself. These and other straightforward methods, derived from long-standing customs in accordance with the local context, are certainly better than the watchmen's rattles and the constables' clubs that Europeans would like to implement.
FOOTNOTES:
[99] Form of a Piágam, or Patent of Javan Nobility.
[99] Template for a Certificate, or Title of Javan Nobility.
Let it be observed, this is the writing of me, the Sultan, &c. &c. &c.
Let it be noted, this is the writing of me, the Sultan, etc. etc. etc.
Be it known to the Nayáka (high officers of the palace), Bopátis (the class of Tumung'gungs or Regents), and Mantris (the petty noblesse) of Yúgya-kérta and Mánchanagára, that I have invested ... with this letter, to raise him from the earth, and permit him to bear the title of ..., and wear the dress appointed for the ..., bestowing upon him for his subsistence lands to the amount of eleven hundred cháchas, the labour of eleven hundred men (families).
Be it known to the Nayáka (high-ranking palace officials), Bopátis (the class of Tumung'gungs or Regents), and Mantris (the lower nobility) of Yúgya-kérta and Mánchanagára, that I have appointed ... with this letter, to elevate him, allowing him to hold the title of ..., and wear the attire designated for the ... , granting him lands totaling eleven hundred cháchas, equivalent to the labor of eleven hundred families.
These are the names of the land bestowed. * * *
These are the names of the land given. * * *
Translation of a Nawála for the Mánchanagára, or distant Districts.
Translation of a Nawála for the Mánchanagára, or remote Districts.
Let all persons observe this, the royal letter of us, the exalted Sultan, &c., which we give in charge to....
Let everyone pay attention to this, the royal letter from us, the esteemed Sultan, &c., which we hand over to....
Be it known to you, our servants, chiefs of Yúgya-kerta Adiníngrat, whether Bopátis or Mántris, and to you our Bopátis and Mántris, chiefs of Mánchanagára, that our royal letter is given in charge to ..., in order to exalt him. Moreover we prefer our servant to the rank of a Bopáti, to be chief of the Bopátis of Mánchanagára, bearing as heretofore the name of ... We also entitle him to wear such dress as is appointed for the Widána of Mánchanagára, and we give for his estate (seat), our own royal lands ..., amounting to two thousand chachas: ... thousand productive (living), of which last ... thousand are assigned for a maintenance and ... thousand are charged with rents, to the amount of ... dollars annually, payable twice a year, viz. at the festival Mulud ... and at the festival of Puasa ..., each dollar to consist of thirty wangs, and the whole to be subject to an office fee of one wang in each dollar. Moreover we direct, that each year an account be rendered to us of the increase or decrease of the sáwah (rice lands). The date of giving the royal order is the....
Be it known to you, our servants, chiefs of Yúgya-kerta Adiníngrat, whether Bopátis or Mántris, and to you our Bopátis and Mántris, chiefs of Mánchanagára, that our royal letter is entrusted to ..., in order to honor him. Furthermore, we promote our servant to the rank of Bopáti, to be the chief of the Bopátis of Mánchanagára, retaining as before the name of ... We also grant him the right to wear the attire designated for the Widána of Mánchanagára, and we allocate to his estate (seat) our own royal lands ..., totaling two thousand chachas: ... thousand productive (living), of which ... thousand are designated for maintenance and ... thousand are subject to rents, amounting to ... dollars annually, payable twice a year, viz. at the festival Mulud ... and at the festival of Puasa ..., each dollar being worth thirty wangs, and all subject to an office fee of one wang per dollar. Furthermore, we mandate that an account of the increase or decrease of the sáwah (rice lands) be submitted to us each year. The date of issuing the royal order is the....
[100] "Thereupon Klána Jáyang Sári (another name for Pánji Kérta Páti), called his sister, and the Princesses of Báli and Balem-báng'an, and directed them to proceed to the Prince of Dahá, and to present to him a handsome present, composed of the most beautiful and rich ornaments and articles of dress for adorning a princess, placing the same in a kendága (or box), in order that if the prince was pleased to allow it to be delivered to his daughter Déwi Chándra Kirána, it might be a proof that he confirmed the contract with Klána Jáyang Sári, and that his daughter, Déwi Chándra Kirána, would be accepted by Klána Jáyang Sári, in which case he was ready to attack the enemies of the prince."—See the Adventures of the celebrated Pánji.
[100] "Then, Klána Jáyang Sári (also known as Pánji Kérta Páti), called for his sister and the Princesses of Báli and Balem-báng'an, and instructed them to go to the Prince of Dahá. They were to deliver a beautiful gift made up of the finest ornaments and clothing to adorn a princess, placing it in a kendága (or box). This was so that if the prince agreed, it could be given to his daughter Déwi Chándra Kirána, serving as proof that he accepted the agreement with Klána Jáyang Sári, and that his daughter, Déwi Chándra Kirána, would be accepted by Klána Jáyang Sári. If this was the case, he was prepared to confront the prince's enemies."—See the Adventures of the celebrated Pánji.
[101] Fortune was so much considered in the making of these matches among the Romans, that the augurs were always called along with the witnesses to a marriage contract, to pronounce upon the happy results of the settlement which the latter attested:
[101] Luck played such a big role in arranging these marriages among the Romans that the augurs were always brought in alongside the witnesses to a marriage contract to determine the favorable outcomes of the agreement they confirmed:
"Veniet cum signatoribus Auspex."—Juvenal.
"Will come with the signers, Auspex." —Juvenal.
[102] The Jews marry in nearly the same way, the husband delivering a sum of money as a pledge. The Greeks were in the habit of presenting gifts on similar occasions.
[102] The Jews marry in almost the same way, with the husband giving a sum of money as a promise. The Greeks used to give gifts on similar occasions.
[103] A description of this instrument, on account of the importance attached to it among the Javans, the constancy with which it is worn, and the care with which it is preserved through different generations, will be found in another place.
[103] A description of this instrument, due to its significance among the Javans, how consistently it is worn, and the care taken to preserve it through various generations, can be found elsewhere.
[104] "Non consulum sed maritorum numero annos suos computant." Seneca, de Benef.—But this is short of Juvenal's account: "Fiunt octo mariti, quinque per autumnos."
[104] "They count their years not by the consuls but by their husbands." Seneca, de Benef.—But this is less than what Juvenal says: "They become eight husbands, five in the autumns."
[105] The Romans likewise were in the habit of washing the dead body several times before interment with water, which in their case was warm.
[105] The Romans also commonly washed the dead body multiple times with warm water before burial.
"They take care of him: they wash his body with cold water and anoint him."
Virgil: Æneidos, lib. vi. lin. 218.
Virgil: Aeneid, Book 6. line 218.
By referring to the Old and New Testament, the same practice will be found to have prevailed among the Jews: indeed, it seems to have been very general.
By looking at the Old and New Testaments, you'll see that the same practice was common among the Jews: in fact, it appears to have been quite widespread.
[107] A custom somewhat similar to this is said to be practiced in South America.
[107] A similar custom is said to be practiced in South America.
"They lighted a great number of torches, and the midwife taking up the child carried it through the yard of the house, and placed it upon a heap of leaves of sword-grass, close by a basin of water, which was prepared in the middle of the yard, and then undressing it said, 'my child! the gods Ometeuctti and Omicihautl, Lords of Heaven, have sent thee to this dismal and calamitous world: receive this water, which is to give thee life:' and after wetting its mouth, head, and breast, with forms similar to the first bathing, she bathed its whole body, and rubbing every one of its limbs said, 'where art thou, ill fortune? in what limb art thou hid? go far from this child!'"—History of Mexico by Clavigero, translated by Cullen, vol. i.
"They lit a lot of torches, and the midwife, picking up the baby, carried it through the yard of the house and placed it on a pile of sword-grass leaves, near a basin of water that was set up in the middle of the yard. Then, undressing it, she said, 'My child! The gods Ometeuctti and Omicihautl, Lords of Heaven, have sent you to this grim and troubled world: receive this water, which is meant to give you life.' After wetting its mouth, head, and chest in a way similar to the initial bathing, she washed its entire body, and while rubbing each of its limbs, she said, 'Where are you, misfortune? In which limb are you hiding? Go far away from this child!'" —History of Mexico by Clavigero, translated by Cullen, vol. i.
[108] It is curious to observe how exactly this corresponds with the patriarchal history of Scripture, and the early accounts of the manners of ancient nations. The daughter was always considered the property of the parent, the wife as the purchase of the husband, and the marriage contract as the deed of transfer.
[108] It's interesting to see how closely this aligns with the patriarchal history of the Scriptures and the early descriptions of the customs of ancient societies. The daughter was typically viewed as her parent's property, the wife as the acquisition of the husband, and the marriage contract as the official transfer of ownership.
[111] See Astronomy
See Astronomy
[112] See Historical Chapters.
[113] These prayers will be found at length in the Transactions of the Batavian Society, vol. ix. The word hong! used by the Javans at the commencement of their invocations to the deity, is doubtless the mystical om! of the Hindus.
[113] You can find these prayers in detail in the Transactions of the Batavian Society, vol. ix. The word hong! that the Javanese use at the start of their prayers to the deity is definitely the mystical om! of the Hindus.
[114] The following are the only traditions respecting these people which are current in the eastern provinces. "The people of the Teng'ger mountains say, that they received that name from a person from Matáram, of an inquisitive and travelling turn (wong malána), who having ascended the highest of them, and being struck with astonishment at the view of all around, gave them the above-mentioned name of Teng'ger, from the Javan word angeng'ger, which signifies wonder or astonishment.
[114] The following are the only traditions about these people that are known in the eastern provinces. "The people of the Teng'ger mountains say they got that name from someone from Matáram, who was curious and loved to travel (wong malána). After climbing the highest mountain, they were amazed by the view all around and named them Teng'ger, deriving it from the Javanese word angeng'ger, which means wonder or astonishment."
"Before Gúnung Bràma had received that name, or had become a volcano, there lived a man called Kiai Géde Dádap Pútih, who had no children. He petitioned of his deity to grant that he might have children, to the number of twenty-five, promising, in that event, that he would cast away one of them into the sea. In the course of a short time children began to be born unto him. As soon as he had the number he had prayed for, the people of Teng'ger were inflicted with a pestilence, so dreadful in its effects, that those who were attacked by it in the morning never failed to die before the evening. Dádap Pùtih was so distressed and afflicted at the lamentable situation of the Teng'ger people, that he loathed his food and neglected his rest, till it was communicated to him in a vision, that the pestilence had been sent in consequence of his having omitted to perform his vow, of casting into the sea one of the twenty-five children whom the deity had granted him. Dádap Pútih then assembled all his children, and inquired which of them was willing to be sacrificed, in order to appease the angry deity. All of them signified their unwillingness to become the victim except the youngest child, who voluntarily came forward and agreed to suffer, in which ever way its father thought proper. Dádap Pútih, however, reflecting that the sea was at a very great distance, carried this child only to that extensive sand plain at the foot of Gúnung Bráma, which bears the name of Sagára wédi or Lout Pásir, and there abandoned it. No sooner had he done so, than Gúnung Bráma began to send forth hollow sounds, and immediately burst forth into a volcano. Sagára wédi is so called from the resemblance of its sandy surface, to a sea when surveyed from Bráma's heights: its original name is Dassar.
"Before Gúnung Bràma had that name or became a volcano, there was a man named Kiai Géde Dádap Pútih who had no children. He prayed to his deity to grant him twenty-five children, promising that if he was granted this wish, he would cast one of them into the sea. Soon after, children started to be born to him. When he reached the number he had prayed for, the people of Teng'ger were struck by a terrible pestilence, so severe that anyone who got sick in the morning never survived to see evening. Dádap Pútih was so upset about the plight of the Teng'ger people that he lost his appetite and couldn't rest until he received a vision indicating that the pestilence was a result of his failure to fulfill his vow of throwing one of the twenty-five children into the sea. Dádap Pútih then gathered all his children and asked which of them was willing to be sacrificed to appease the angry deity. All of them were unwilling to be the victim except for the youngest, who stepped forward willingly and agreed to whatever his father deemed necessary. However, realizing the sea was far away, Dádap Pútih took this child only to the vast sandy plain at the foot of Gúnung Bráma, known as Sagára wédi or Lout Pásir, and there left the child. No sooner had he done this than Gúnung Bráma began to rumble and erupted into a volcano. Sagára wédi got its name from the sandy surface resembling a sea when viewed from the heights of Bráma; its original name is Dassar.
"Bima being asked by Kresna if he was able, in the course of one night, to make an inland sea below the Teng'ger mountains, and having answered in the affirmative, Kresna challenged him to do it, telling him at the same time, that it must be done before the cocks were heard to crow, or the people of the villages began to weave or beat out rice. By three o'clock in the morning his work was so far advanced, as to convince Kresna that it would be completed in the prescribed time. To prevent this, therefore, Kresna immediately went, and rousing all the cocks and people of the villages, caused the former to crow and the latter to begin to weave and beat out rice. By this manœuvre, Bima was obliged to leave off the work, which otherwise would have been completed within the fixed time; and so incensed was he against the people, who had so untimely began to weave and beat our their rice (whereby he failed to perform the task which was given to him to prove his power) that he cursed them, and swore that they should never again perform either the one act or the other, and to this day the Teng'ger people neither weave cotton nor beat out rice."
"Bima was asked by Kresna if he could create an inland sea below the Teng'ger mountains in one night, and after confirming he could, Kresna challenged him to do it. He added that it had to be finished before the roosters crowed or before the villagers started weaving or pounding rice. By 3 a.m., Bima's work was so advanced that Kresna believed it would be done on time. To stop this, Kresna went and woke all the roosters and the villagers, making the roosters crow and the villagers start weaving and pounding rice. Because of this trick, Bima had to stop his work, which he would have finished within the time limit. Furious at the villagers for interrupting his task, Bima cursed them, vowing they would never again weave cotton or pound rice. To this day, the Teng'ger people neither weave cotton nor pound rice."
[115] See History.
[116] It has already been noticed that the island is plentifully supplied with a fine breed of small horses. Almost every petty chief and public officer is mounted, and those who possess the means pride themselves upon a respectable establishment. They have an aversion to some colours, and there are particular marks, the possession of which renders a horse valuable to the natives; if a few hairs on the neck curl, or have the appearance of a star, the horse is highly prized. Previously to the cession of Kedú to the European government in 1812, the native princes maintained a very respectable stud in that province. Horses are never shod on Java, nor are they secured in the stable, as is usual in Europe and Western India. A separate enclosure is appropriated for each horse, within which the animal is allowed to move and turn at pleasure, being otherwise unconfined. These enclosures are erected at a short distance from each other, and with separate roofs. They are generally raised above the ground, and have a boarded floor.
[116] It's already been noted that the island has a great supply of a fine breed of small horses. Almost every minor chief and public official rides, and those who can afford it take pride in having a respectable stable. They have a dislike for certain colors, and there are specific marks that make a horse valuable to the locals; for example, if a few hairs on the neck curl or look like a star, the horse is highly valued. Before the transfer of Kedú to European control in 1812, the local princes had a very respectable breeding operation in that region. Horses are never shod in Java, nor are they kept confined in stables as is common in Europe and Western India. Each horse has its own enclosed area where it can move around freely, being otherwise unconfined. These enclosures are set apart from each other, each with its own roof. They are usually raised above the ground and have a boarded floor.
The Javans use an extremely severe bit, and in consequence have the horse always under command. The saddle, bridle, &c. are extremely heavy, and disproportioned to the size of the animal.
The Javans use a very harsh bit, which keeps the horse completely under control. The saddle, bridle, etc., are very heavy and not proportional to the size of the animal.
[117] "The fruit of a species of contorta, called kálak kámbing, has a deadly effect on tigers. It is prepared by the admixture of other vegetables, and exposed on a piece of rag at the places frequented by them. In some districts their number has been sensibly diminished by this poison."—Horsfield.
[117] "The fruit of a species of contorta, known as kálak kámbing, is lethal to tigers. It is mixed with other vegetables and placed on a rag in areas where tigers are often found. In some regions, this poison has significantly reduced their population."—Horsfield.
[118] The cocks reared for this purpose are of the large game breed. The cock which we improperly call the Bantam, is not found on Java, except as a curiosity: it comes from Japan.
[118] The roosters raised for this purpose are from the large game breed. The rooster we mistakenly refer to as the Bantam isn't found in Java, except as a curiosity: it comes from Japan.
[119] A peculiar feature in the state of society in the Eastern Islands is the law between debtor and creditor. Throughout the Archipelago, where the European government has not interfered, confinement for debt is unknown. The creditor universally has a right to the effects of the debtor, to the amount of the debt, on proving it before the proper authority, and if the effects are not sufficient to satisfy the demand, he has a right to the personal services of his debtor, and of his debtor's wife and children if necessary. Hence arises that extensive class of people commonly called slave debtors, or more correctly bondsmen. In Java they are termed bédol. In the provinces of Java subject to the European authority, this practice has for some time been checked; and during the administration of Marshal Daendels, in 1810, when it was usual for the common Javans to lend themselves in pawn for a certain sum of money, it was declared illegal. As an ancient institution of the country, it will perhaps be better explained hereafter, in detailing the existing practice on Báli, which may be considered to assimilate, in a great measure, with what the practice once was on Java.
[119] A strange aspect of society in the Eastern Islands is the law governing debtors and creditors. In the Archipelago, where European governments haven’t interfered, imprisonment for debt doesn’t exist. Creditors generally have the right to the debtor’s possessions, up to the amount owed, after proving the debt to the appropriate authority. If the possessions aren’t enough to cover the debt, creditors can claim the personal services of the debtor, as well as those of the debtor's wife and children if necessary. This results in a large group of people often referred to as slave debtors, or more accurately, bondsmen. In Java, they are called bédol. In the parts of Java under European control, this practice has been curtailed for some time. During Marshal Daendels' administration in 1810, when it was common for ordinary Javanese to offer themselves as collateral for a certain amount of money, it was declared illegal. As an ancient institution in the region, it may be better explained later when discussing the current practices in Báli, which largely resemble what was once practiced in Java.
[120] See Appendix D.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Appendix D.
[121] See Javan History.
CHAPTER VIII.
Language—Little known to Europeans—Different Languages or Dialects—Those of Súnda, Madúra and Báli compared with that of Java Proper—The polite Language, or Language of Honour—The Káwi, or Sacred and Classic Language—Numerals—Chándra Sangkála—Literature—Compositions in the Káwi Language, and in the modern Javan—Influence of Hindu Literature—Introduction of Arabic Literature—Poetry—The Bráta Yúdha, a Poem—Music—Painting—Sculpture—Architecture—Arithmetic—Astronomy.
Language—Little known to Europeans—Different languages or dialects—Those of Sunda, Madura, and Bali compared with that of Java Proper—The polite language, or language of honor—The Kawi, or sacred and classic language—Numerals—Chandra Sangkhala—Literature—Works in the Kawi language, and in modern Javanese—Influence of Hindu literature—Introduction of Arabic literature—Poetry—The Brata Yudha, a poem—Music—Painting—Sculpture—Architecture—Arithmetic—Astronomy.
The extensive prevalence of the Javan language, and its connexion with the languages of continental India, were not overlooked by those intelligent Europeans who visited these islands at an early period; for we find Valentyn[122] quoting the authority of Flaccourt, who published in 1661, and the Portuguese Jan de Barros, for conclusions with regard to the extent of Javan commerce in remote ages, drawn from the resemblance then traced between the languages of Java and those of Madagascar and Ambon (Amboina.) "The Javans," observes this author, "must doubtless have visited Coromandel and Malabar, for the high or court language is, in three parts out of four, derived from the Sanscrit or Brahminical language. Many Malabar words also enter into the composition, and it is besides composed in a great measure from the Dekan, which is the ancient language of India, in the same manner as the Sanscrit is the sacred language."
The widespread use of the Javan language and its connection to the languages of continental India did not go unnoticed by the insightful Europeans who visited these islands earlier on. Valentyn[122] quotes Flaccourt, who published in 1661, and the Portuguese Jan de Barros, to support conclusions about the extent of Javan commerce in ancient times, based on the similarities found between the languages of Java and those of Madagascar and Ambon (Amboina). "The Javans," this author notes, "must have certainly visited Coromandel and Malabar, as the high or court language is, in three out of four parts, derived from Sanskrit or the Brahminical language. Many Malabar words also play a role, and it is largely made up of the Dekan, which is the ancient language of India, much like Sanskrit is the sacred language."
The alphabet has been exhibited, though imperfectly, by Valentyn, Le Brun, and Reland, and an Alphabetum Bantemense is said to have been found amongst the posthumous papers of the learned Hyde; but the language does not appear to have been regularly cultivated by Europeans until within the last very few years. Some of the outlines of th[Vol I Pg 398]e Javan mythological stories had previously appeared in a Dutch dress, in the transactions of the Batavian Society; and these, with the translation of the Lord's Prayer in the high and low languages, published by Valentyn, some short vocabularies, and a short comparative view of the Javan and Malayan languages, which appeared in a Dutch work entitled "Begin en vortgang den Oost Ind Compen," or the Rise and Progress of the East-India Company, are the only contributions to our knowledge of Javan literature with which I am acquainted.
The alphabet has been showcased, though not perfectly, by Valentyn, Le Brun, and Reland, and an Alphabetum Bantemense is said to have been found among the posthumous papers of the learned Hyde; however, the language doesn’t seem to have been regularly studied by Europeans until just a few years ago. Some of the outlines of the Javan mythological stories had previously appeared in a Dutch format in the transactions of the Batavian Society; and these, along with the translation of the Lord's Prayer in the high and low languages published by Valentyn, a few short vocabularies, and a brief comparative overview of the Javan and Malayan languages, which appeared in a Dutch publication titled "Begin en vortgang den Oost Ind Compen," or the Rise and Progress of the East-India Company, are the only contributions to our understanding of Javan literature that I know of.
The native population of Java, Madúra, and Báli, islands most intimately connected with each other in every respect, use exactly the same written character, and it appears that one generic language prevails throughout these islands. Of this generic language, however, there are four dialects, differing so materially from each other as to be generally considered separate languages. It is, however, rather by admixture of other languages than by mere difference of dialect that they are distinguished. These dialects or languages are the Súnda, spoken by the inhabitants of the mountainous districts of Java west of Tégal; the Jáwa or Javan, which is the general language of Java east of Chéribon, and throughout the districts lying on the northern coast of the island; the Madúra and the Báli, being the dialects or languages belonging to those islands respectively.
The native population of Java, Madúra, and Báli, islands that are closely connected in every way, use the same written characters, and it seems that one common language is spoken across these islands. However, this common language has four dialects that are so different from one another that they are usually considered separate languages. These dialects or languages are distinguished more by the mix of other languages than just by their differences. The dialects are the Súnda, spoken by people in the mountainous areas of Java west of Tégal; the Jáwa or Javan, which is the main language of Java east of Chéribon and along the northern coast of the island; and the Madúra and Báli, which are the dialects or languages of those islands respectively.
How far these dialects or languages radically assimilate with each other, and justify the opinion that one generic language prevails throughout, may be determined by an inspection of the annexed vocabulary[123]. The Lampung is added on account of the vicinity of that part of Sumatra to Java, and the intimate political connection which at all times subsisted between the people; and in order to enable the reader to compare them all with the prevailing language of the Archipelago the Maláyu is prefixed. Under the Javan is included the Bása kráma, or polite language, which will be more particularly noticed hereafter.
How much these dialects or languages blend together and support the idea that one common language dominates can be understood by looking at the attached vocabulary[123]. The Lampung is included because that area of Sumatra is close to Java and has always had a strong political connection with its people; this allows the reader to compare everything with the main language of the Archipelago, which is why the Maláyu is listed first. The Bása kráma, or polite language, is categorized under Javan and will be discussed in more detail later.
In this vocabulary such words only have been introduced[Vol I Pg 399] as are used in conversation, and in ordinary epistolary composition; but the inhabitants of these islands possess further a classic language, altogether distinct from the ordinary languages of the country, and which is to them what the Sanscrit is to the Pracrit language of Hindustan, and what the Pali is to the Birman and Siamese. This language is termed Káwi[124]. The annexed vocabulary, No. 2[125], which affords a comparison between the Sanscrit, the Pali, and the Káwi, will shew how nearly these languages are allied.
In this vocabulary, only those words that are used in conversation and everyday letters have been included[Vol I Pg 399]. However, the people of these islands also have a classic language that is completely different from the everyday languages spoken in the country. This classic language is to them what Sanscrit is to the Pracrit language of India, and what Pali is to the Birman and Siamese languages. This language is called Káwi[124]. The attached vocabulary, No. 2[125], shows a comparison between Sanscrit, Pali, and Káwi, illustrating how closely related these languages are.
These two vocabularies may serve to convey a notion of the extent, peculiarities, and antiquity of the Javan language, which will be found as intimately connected with the Maláyu, or general language of the Archipelago, on the one hand, as it is with the Sanscrit and Pali on the other.
These two vocabularies can help communicate the scope, characteristics, and history of the Javan language, which is closely linked to the Maláyu, or the general language of the Archipelago, on one side, and to Sanscrit and Pali on the other.
The Súnda language, though now confined to the mountainous districts, seems to have been formerly, and probably down to the period immediately preceding the revolution occasioned by the Mahomedan conversion, the general language of the western districts, and is perhaps the most ancient vernacular language of the country. It is a simple uncultivated dialect, adapted however to all the purposes of the simple and uneducated mountaineers who speak it, and has perhaps escaped the influence of foreign innovation, from the peculiar nature of the country and the independent character of that race. It possesses a considerable portion of Maláyu words, and some of Sanscrit origin; the latter being, generally speaking, proper names or terms of art and science or polity, have probably been borrowed from the eastern or proper Javans, in common with whom the Súnda people have adopted a B'hasa dálam, or Bása kráma, which, however, is by no means extensive. The Súnda, with reference to the Javan, may be viewed in much the same light as the Welch is to the English. The proportion of the people who now speak it does not exceed one-tenth of the population of the whole island; the remaining nine-tenths speak Javan.
The Súnda language, though now limited to the mountainous areas, seems to have been the main language of the western regions until just before the revolution caused by the Muslim conversion. It's possibly the oldest local language in the country. It's a straightforward, basic dialect, well-suited for the simple, uneducated mountaineers who use it, and it may have avoided foreign influences due to the unique landscape and independent nature of its speakers. It includes a significant number of Maláyu words, along with some of Sanskrit origin; these Sanskrit terms mostly refer to proper names or specialized vocabulary in art, science, or governance, likely borrowed from the eastern or true Javanese people, with whom the Súnda share a B'hasa dálam or Bása kráma, although this is not very extensive. The Súnda language compared to Javanese is similar to how Welsh relates to English. Currently, only about one-tenth of the island's population speaks it, while the other nine-tenths speak Javanese.
The language of Madúra, which is again divided into the [Vol I Pg 400]dialects of Madúra proper and Sumenáp, will be found to contain many words in common with that of Súnda, but a much more extensive portion of Maláyu, varied in the termination by a peculiarity of dialect.
The language of Madúra, which is also split into the [Vol I Pg 400] dialects of Madúra itself and Sumenáp, has many words in common with Súnda, but includes a much larger part of Maláyu, varied by unique dialect endings.
The languages of Báli are intimately connected with those of Java and Madúra. In the historical part of this work it will be shewn that it was in Báli the ancient religion, and with it the literature of Java, took refuge in the fifteenth century of our æra; and although, from the difference which is at this day found to exist between the vernacular languages of the two countries, as well as in their institutions, it is evident that the language, literature, and institutions of Java were there engrafted on a more rude and savage stock, still it is chiefly to Báli that we must look for illustrations of the ancient state of the Javans. The relation of the political revolutions by which these islands have been convulsed at different periods of their history, will, in a great measure, account for the distinctions of language which at present exist; while, at the same time, these distinctions and peculiarities must serve to confirm many of the facts, for which we should otherwise have only the authority of tradition to rely.
The languages of Bali are closely linked to those of Java and Madura. In the historical section of this work, it will be shown that it was in Bali that the ancient religion, along with the literature of Java, sought refuge in the 15th century AD. Although today there are noticeable differences between the spoken languages of the two countries, as well as in their institutions, it is clear that the language, literature, and institutions of Java were adapted to a more primitive and uncivilized foundation. Still, we primarily need to look to Bali for insights into the ancient state of the Javanese. The political upheavals that have affected these islands at various points in their history will largely explain the language distinctions that exist today; meanwhile, these distinctions and peculiarities will help validate many of the facts that we would otherwise have to rely solely on tradition to support.
At Bantam the language is much mixed with Maláyu and Súnda. The language in ordinary use at Batavia and its immediate vicinity is a jargon of Dutch, Portuguese, Chinese, Javan, and Maláyu, the latter forming the principal component. In Bógor and Chai-ánjur, the Súnda is pronounced in a more drawling manner than in Chéribon, where it is probably most correctly spoken, as in the word náh, what? which at Chéribon is pronounced short and sharp, naù. At Tégal the Javan words are in like manner lengthened in pronunciation, while at Semárang they are spoken short and full. At the courts of Sura-kérta and Yugya-kérta, the words are pronounced short, strong, and full. In the provinces east of Surabáya, the language partakes much of the Madurese, and in the extreme district of Banyuwángí, the Báli is discernible.
At Bantam, the language is a mix of Maláyu and Súnda. The common language spoken in Batavia and its surrounding area is a blend of Dutch, Portuguese, Chinese, Javanese, and Maláyu, with the latter being the main component. In Bógor and Chai-ánjur, Súnda is spoken in a more drawn-out way compared to Chéribon, where it is likely pronounced the most accurately, as in the word náh, meaning what? which in Chéribon is pronounced short and sharp as naù. In Tégal, Javanese words are also pronounced longer, while in Semárang they are said succinctly and fully. At the courts of Sura-kérta and Yugya-kérta, the words are pronounced short, strong, and full. In the provinces east of Surabáya, the language has a lot of Madurese influence, and in the far area of Banyuwángí, you can recognize Báli.
The alphabet of Java is peculiar: it consists of twenty consonants (y and w are of the number), termed aksára or letters. In common with all other characters properly Indian, these letters may be considered as syllables, composed[Vol I Pg 401] of a consonant and an inherent vowel sound, which is invariably expressed, unless contradicted by a particular sign.
The Java alphabet is unique: it has twenty consonants (including y and w), referred to as aksára or letters. Like all other characters that are properly Indian, these letters can be seen as syllables, made up of a consonant and an inherent vowel sound, which is always present unless indicated otherwise by a specific sign.[Vol I Pg 401]
Besides the aksára, there are twenty auxiliary characters, termed pasáng'an, which in this application means corresponding or similar. They have the same power as the aksára against which they stand, except that they are only used in connexion with and immediately after the aksára, for the purpose of suppressing their inherent vowel sound. Three of them are always placed after the aksára, the others below them.
Besides the aksára, there are twenty auxiliary characters, called pasáng'an, which in this context means corresponding or similar. They hold the same value as the aksára they relate to, except they are only used in connection with and immediately after the aksára, to eliminate their inherent vowel sound. Three of these characters are always placed after the aksára, while the others are positioned below them.
When the inherent vowel sound in the aksára is not contradicted, the aksára is termed lagána. The vowel sound in this case is that of a in "water," or of o in "homo;" the o being at present invariably used at the native courts and their vicinity for the inherent vowel of the consonant, instead of a. The latter, however, is still preserved on Madúra, Báli, and in the districts of Java, west of Tégal, and was doubtless the original inherent vowel. The consonant sounds correspond with the sounds usually attributed to the English consonants, with the exception of a second d and t, which correspond with similar sounds in the Devanágari alphabet; ch, which is used as ch in "church;" nia, and ng', which latter is frequently used as an initial letter.
When the inherent vowel sound in the aksára isn't contradicted, the aksára is called lagána. In this case, the vowel sound is like the a in "water," or the o in "homo;" with o currently being consistently used in native courts and nearby areas for the inherent vowel of the consonant, instead of a. However, a is still found in Madúra, Báli, and in the regions of Java, west of Tégal, and was likely the original inherent vowel. The consonant sounds align with the sounds typically linked to English consonants, except for a second d and t, which correspond to similar sounds in the Devanágari alphabet; ch, which is pronounced like ch in "church;" nia, and ng', the latter of which is often used as an initial letter.
Besides these there are five vowel signs, which supplant the inherent vowel. These signs are termed sandáng'an, the clothing or dress. The répa consist of certain contractions of consonants and other signs used in composition. These, with a pángkun, or sign of elision, corresponding with the báris máti of the Malayu, which has no sound of its own, but being placed at the end of a word or sentence denotes its termination in a pure consonant, and some few other marks corresponding with the Devanágari, complete the orthographical arrangement, which though complex and intricate, is remarkable for its precision.
Besides these, there are five vowel signs that replace the inherent vowel. These signs are called sandáng'an, meaning clothing or dress. The répa consists of certain contractions of consonants and other signs used in composition. These, along with a pángkun or sign of elision, corresponding to the báris máti of the Malayu, which has no sound of its own but indicates the end of a word or sentence in a pure consonant, along with a few other marks similar to those in Devanágari, complete the orthographical system. Though complex and intricate, it is notable for its precision.
Some of the letters occasionally occur under a capital, or rather peculiar form, for they are of the same size; but these are seldom used, and when they are, it is not as capitals are employed in European languages. They are principally found in proper names, and titles of office, and are placed alike in the beginning, middle, or end of a word. [Vol I Pg 402]
Some letters sometimes appear in a capital or somewhat unusual form because they are the same size; however, these are rarely used, and when they are, it’s not like how capitals are used in European languages. They mainly show up in proper names and titles of office and can be found at the beginning, middle, or end of a word. [Vol I Pg 402]
The annexed table is intended to exhibit the powers and application of the different letters and orthographical signs. No. 1. exhibits the characters now in general use. No. 2. contains the square characters in which the Káwi is usually written, and in which the different inscriptions in that language, cut in stone and copper, are found. No. 3. contains specimens of the varieties which the alphabetical characters have at different times assumed, arranged, according to the judgment of the native writers, in the order of their relative antiquity.
The attached table shows the powers and uses of the different letters and spelling symbols. No. 1 shows the characters commonly used today. No. 2 includes the square characters typically used to write Káwi and in which various inscriptions in that language are carved into stone and copper. No. 3 provides examples of the different forms that the alphabetical characters have taken over time, arranged by the native writers according to their relative age.
AKSÁRA JÁWA, or LETTERS of the JAVAN ALPHABET.
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ha | na | cha | ra |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ka | da | ta | sa |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
wa | la | pa | da |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ja | ya | nia | ma |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ga | ba | ta | ng'a |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ha | na | cha | ra |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ka | da | ta | sa |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
wa | la | pa | da |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ja | ya | nia | ma |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ga | ba | ta | ng'a |
signian or wignian | ![]() |
is placed after the letter, and is used to supply the place of the letter h, when not followed by a vowel sound. |
chákra | ![]() |
is placed round two letters, and introduces r between the consonant and its inherent vowel. |
láyar | ![]() |
is placed above the letter, and is used to supply the place of the letter r when not followed by a vowel sound. |
péngkal | ![]() |
is placed partly below the letter and partly after, to introduce a medial y in the same manner as chákra introduces r. |
chechak | ![]() |
is placed above the letter, and is used to supply the place of the letter ng', when not followed by a vowel sound. |
chákra-gántung | ![]() |
is placed below the letter, and is pronounced re. |
pángkun | ![]() |
is placed after a letter, and serves as a mark of elision, destroying the final vowel sound. |
Single or unconnected Vowels. | Sandáng'an, or Corresponding Medial and Final Vowels. | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
a | ![]() |
|||
i | ![]() |
wulu | ![]() |
is placed above the letter. |
u | ![]() |
súku | ![]() |
is placed below the letter. |
é | ![]() |
táling | ![]() |
is placed before the letter. |
o | ![]() |
táling-tárung | ![]() |
with the letter between. |
e | pápet | ![]() |
is placed above the letter, and is pronounced as le in French. | |
ng'a lálet
![]() ![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
N | T | S | S |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
P | Nia | G | B |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
![]() |
![]() |
||
9 | 0 |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ha | na | cha | ra |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ka | da | ta | sa |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
wa | la | pa | da |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ja | ya | nia | ma |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ga | ba | ta | ng'a |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ha | na | cha | ra |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ka | da | ta | sa |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
wa | la | pa | da |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ja | ya | nia | ma |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
ga | ba | ta | ng'a |
wignian | ![]() |
pronounced as h. |
chákra | ![]() |
r. |
láyar | ![]() |
r. |
péngkal | ![]() |
y. |
chéchak | ![]() |
ng'. |
chákra gántung | ![]() |
r. |
pángkun | ![]() |
the mark of elision. |
wúlu | ![]() |
pronounced as | i. |
súku | ![]() |
u. | |
táling | ![]() |
é. | |
táling tárung | ![]() |
o. | |
pápet | ![]() |
e. | |
ng'a lélet | ![]() |
le. |
The Javans write from left to right. Every consonant (aksára) is written separately, not being joined to that which precedes it, and no space is left between the words. One or two short diagonal lines are used at the close of every poetical stanza, and sometimes a comma, and this is the only mark in the language which simply indicates a stop.
The Javans write from left to right. Each consonant (aksára) is written individually, not connected to the one before it, and there’s no space between the words. One or two short diagonal lines are used at the end of each poetic stanza, and sometimes a comma, which is the only mark in the language that indicates a pause.
In Java the natives usually write with Indian ink upon paper manufactured by themselves, as already described, and sometimes on European and Chinese paper; but in Báli the natives invariably use an iron style, and cut the letters on a prepared palm leaf, in the same manner as in Western India. This practice is still partially continued in some of the more eastern parts of Java, and was no doubt, at a former period of their history, general throughout the island. The leaf is called lóntar (from ron a leaf, and tal the palm tree, the first and last letters being transposed), and the leaves or manuscripts are strung together to form books in the same manner as on continental India. Of these I have several specimens, containing nearly all the interesting compositions of the country.
In Java, the locals typically write with Indian ink on paper they make themselves, as mentioned before, and sometimes on European and Chinese paper. However, in Báli, the locals always use an iron stylus to carve letters into a prepared palm leaf, just like in Western India. This method is still partly practiced in some eastern regions of Java and likely used to be common across the entire island in the past. The leaf is called lóntar (from ron, meaning leaf, and tal, which means palm tree, with the first and last letters switched), and the leaves or manuscripts are bound together to create books, similar to how it's done in continental India. I have several examples of these, containing nearly all the notable works from the region.
As in the Maláyu, by far the greater proportion of primitive Javan words are dissyllables, pronounced with a slight stress or accent on the former of the two. There are a great number of derivative words, formed after the same manner as those in the Maláyu, by prefixing or annexing certain inseparable and otherwise non-significant particles. Compound words, formed by the junction of two or more significant terms, are frequently met with, though they by no means form an extensive portion of the language.
As in the Maláyu, most of the basic Javanese words are two syllables, with a slight emphasis on the first syllable. There are many derivative words created in the same way as those in the Maláyu, by adding or attaching certain inseparable and otherwise meaningless prefixes. Compound words, made by combining two or more meaningful terms, are common, although they don't make up a large part of the language.
Many words, in their primitive sense, are not confined to one particular part of speech, but are common to two or more. Nouns, as in the Maláyu, cannot be said to possess the distinctions of either gender, number, or case. The males and females of all animals are, with few exceptions, as in the instances Pútra—Pútri, Déwa—Déwi, Bramána—Bramáni, and some few others, denoted by adding to the general terms words applicable to the different sexes. Number is not denoted by any variety of termination or change in the form of the noun, but by separate words, expressive of plurality or singularity; a duplication of the singular sometimes occurs,[Vol I Pg 407] though rarely, to denote plurality. Where the terms bíji, ékor, buáh, képing, &c. are used in the Maláyu to specify a particular number, the term wíji is used indiscriminately in the Javan, whatever may be the thing spoken of. The nouns have no cases.
Many words, in their basic sense, aren't limited to just one part of speech; they can belong to two or more. Nouns, like in the Maláyu, don't have specific distinctions for gender, number, or case. Male and female forms of animals are typically shown, with a few exceptions, as in the examples Pútra — Pútri, Déwa — Déwi, Bramána — Bramáni, and a few others, by adding terms that refer to different sexes. Number isn't indicated by any changes in noun endings, but by separate words that express plurality or singularity; sometimes, duplication of the singular form occurs, although rarely, to indicate plurality. When terms like bíji, ékor, buáh, képing, etc., are used in the Maláyu to specify a certain number, the term wíji is used generally in Javan, regardless of what is being referenced. Nouns do not have cases.
The adjectives are indeclinable, and generally follow the noun; and these are sometimes formed from nouns by prefixing a particle. The comparative degree is sometimes formed by prefixing a word meaning higher or larger, but more frequently by placing adverbs, significant of "with," before that with which the comparison is made, as if we should say "by the side of." The superlative degree is formed by annexing adverbs signifying "very, exceedingly, entirely, alone."
The adjectives don't change form and usually come after the noun; sometimes, they're made from nouns by adding a prefix. The comparative form is often created by adding a word that means higher or larger, but more commonly, it uses adverbs that mean "with," placed before the item being compared, as if we were saying "by the side of." The superlative form is made by adding adverbs that mean "very, exceedingly, entirely, alone."
The cardinal numbers are placed sometimes before and sometimes after the nouns to which they are attached. When prefixed, they undergo, for the sake of the sound, a variety in their termination, or drop the first syllable. The ordinals are formed by prefixing a distinguishing word to the cardinals. Ten characters, which are all either alphabetical letters or signs slightly altered in form, serve to express all numbers, the notation being decimal, and the numerals being combined in the same manner as the Indian and Arabian.
The cardinal numbers are sometimes placed before and sometimes after the nouns they describe. When they come first, they change their endings for better sound or drop the first syllable. The ordinal numbers are created by adding a distinguishing word to the cardinals. Ten characters, which are all either letters or slightly modified signs, represent all numbers using a decimal system, with the numerals combined in the same way as the Indian and Arabian systems.
The pronouns of the first and second person are always significant, and vary with the relative rank of the parties. There is no proper pronoun of the third person, but a word signifying "alone, self," with the addition of the possessive particle, is used as a personal pronoun of the third person. The personal pronouns may all be used as possessive pronouns, by being placed as such after the noun to which they belong. The relative and demonstrative pronouns correspond very nearly with those of the Maláyu.
The first and second person pronouns are always important and change based on the status of the people involved. There isn't a specific third person pronoun, but a word meaning "alone, self," combined with a possessive particle, serves as a personal pronoun for the third person. All personal pronouns can be used as possessive pronouns by placing them after the noun they belong to. The relative and demonstrative pronouns are very similar to those in the Maláyu.
With regard to the verb, it may be noticed that many of the observations in Mr. Marsden's grammar, on the nature and formation of the different parts of the Maláyu verb, are applicable to the Javan. It belongs rather to the detail of the grammar to point out these; but it may be remarked, that the use of these inflexions in the Javan appears to be so varied and undefined, that it is impossible, without a much more extensive knowledge of the language than Europeans at[Vol I Pg 408] present possess, to make out a perfect conjugation, or to lay down any fixed rules for them. All that could perhaps be done, in the present state of the language and of our knowledge of it, would be to give a number and variety of correct idiomatical expressions in the Javan, by which their nature and irregularity may be shewn; and our present limits do not admit of this.
With respect to the verb, it's noticeable that many of the insights in Mr. Marsden's grammar about the nature and formation of the different parts of the Maláyu verb also apply to Javan. It’s more related to the detailed aspects of grammar to highlight these; however, it can be noted that the use of these inflections in Javan seems so varied and unclear that it's impossible, without a much deeper understanding of the language than Europeans at[Vol I Pg 408] currently have, to establish a perfect conjugation or set fixed rules for them. All that can perhaps be done, given the current state of the language and our understanding of it, is to provide a number of correct idiomatic expressions in Javan that illustrate their nature and irregularity; and our current limits don't allow for that.
The Javan language has never been reduced within the grammatical rules adopted by Europeans, nor have the Javans themselves any notion of grammar. The construction is generally simple and regular; but owing to prosodial refinements (every writing of importance being written in verse), syllables and words necessary to express a perfect sense are often omitted; at other times, unnecessary syllables or words are added, and letters at the beginning, middle, and end of a word are transposed. Hence, and also from the usual ellipsis of the verb transitive and personal pronouns, the meaning of many passages appears obscure.
The Javanese language has never been confined by the grammatical rules established by Europeans, and the Javanese people themselves don’t really have a concept of grammar. The structure is generally straightforward and consistent; however, because important writings are often done in verse, necessary syllables and words to convey complete meaning are frequently left out. At times, extra syllables or words are added, and letters at the start, middle, or end of a word are rearranged. As a result, along with the common omission of transitive verbs and personal pronouns, the meaning of many passages seems unclear.
The language is remarkable for the profusion of words which it contains, for the minute distinctions and shades of meaning, and the consequent extent of synonymes, and for difference of dialect.
The language is impressive for the abundance of words it has, for the subtle distinctions and nuances in meaning, and the resulting variety of synonyms, as well as for the differences in dialect.
Of the profusion of words it may be observed, that the Javan, in this respect, may be put in competition with many of the more cultivated languages of Europe and Asia, and that a dictionary would perhaps be far from complete, if it comprehended less than twenty thousand.
Of the abundance of words, it can be noted that Javanese, in this regard, can compete with many of the more developed languages of Europe and Asia, and that a dictionary might not be considered complete if it included fewer than twenty thousand entries.
Of the extent of synonymes, and the minute shades of distinction which are found in this language, some notion may be formed from the extracts from the Dása Náma which are annexed[126]. In order to facilitate the acquirement of the language, it is usual to collect all the words in the different dialects, with their synonymes, and to connect them together by stringing them in classes following each other, according to the natural chain of our ideas. Thus, after commencing with the word man, and giving an explanation of every word in the vernacular, polite and Káwi languages, applicable from his birth to his death, as infant, boy, youth, and the like, it [Vol I Pg 409]proceeds to woman, child; from thence to the deities, afterwards to the various avocations of mankind, &c. This collection of synonymes is called Dása Náma, literally the "ten names," a term probably given to it on account of few important words in the language having less than ten synonymes. Children are no sooner taught to know the letters of the alphabet (which they first describe on the sand), and to connect them in syllables and words, than they are instructed in the Dása Náma, without a partial knowledge of which, no youth is considered competent to enter upon any public office, or can advance to a knowledge of the written compositions of the country. These collections are varied in their contents and order of arrangement, according to the acquirements and notions of the compiler. As books of reference they may be considered to supply the place of dictionaries, and if less convenient for this purpose than works alphabetically arranged, they have certainty an advantage over them, in the comparative facility with which their contents are impressed on the memory.
Of the range of synonyms and the subtle differences found in this language, you can get some idea from the excerpts from the Dása Náma that are included[126]. To help people learn the language, it's common to gather all the words from different dialects, along with their synonyms, and organize them into classes based on the natural order of our thoughts. For example, starting with the word man, and explaining every related word in the vernacular, polite, and Káwi languages that applies from birth to death, like infant, boy, youth, and so on, it then moves on to woman, child, then to deities, and so forth, covering various human occupations, etc. This collection of synonyms is called Dása Náma, which literally means "ten names," a term likely derived because most significant words in the language have at least ten synonyms. Children are taught to recognize the letters of the alphabet (which they first write in the sand) and to combine them into syllables and words before they're introduced to the Dása Náma. Without a foundational knowledge of this, no young person is deemed qualified to take on any public role or to progress into understanding the written works of the country. These collections vary in their content and arrangement based on the skills and ideas of the compiler. They serve as reference books that act as substitutes for dictionaries, and while they may be less convenient for this purpose than alphabetically organized works, they certainly have the advantage of being easier to memorize.
But there is no feature in the language more deserving of notice than the difference of dialect, or the distinction between the common language, and what may be termed the polite language or language of honour. The latter contains many words of Sanscrit origin, and a portion of Maláyu; and in those instances in which it appears to have been borrowed from the vernacular language, which may perhaps be loosely estimated at a fourth of the whole, a slight alteration is commonly made in the orthography and pronunciation, to mark the distinction. To render this distinction intelligible to those who are not locally informed, it may be necessary to explain, that from whatever cause the distinction may have originated, so clearly is the line drawn on Java, between the higher and the lower classes of society, that on no account is any one, of whatever rank, allowed to address his superior in the common or vernacular language of the country. This language is exclusively applied when addressing an inferior, or among the lower orders or uneducated, where distinction of rank may not be acknowledged. Persons of high and equal rank, when discoursing among themselves, sometimes use the polite language, but in general they adopt a medium, by intro[Vol I Pg 410]ducing words belonging to both branches of the language; and this is generally adopted by them in epistolary correspondence.
But there's no aspect of the language more noteworthy than the difference in dialect, or the distinction between the common language and what we can call the polite language or language of honor. The latter includes many words from Sanskrit and some from Maláyu; in cases where it seems to have been borrowed from the vernacular—which may roughly be about a fourth of the total—a slight change is usually made in spelling and pronunciation to highlight the difference. To make this distinction clear for those who aren't familiar with the local context, it's important to explain that, regardless of how this distinction came about, the line is drawn very clearly in Java between the higher and lower classes of society. No one, regardless of their rank, is allowed to address their superior in the common or vernacular language of the country. This language is only used when talking to someone of lower status or among the lower classes or uneducated people, where rank may not be recognized. People of high and equal status, when conversing among themselves, sometimes use the polite language, but usually, they find a middle ground by mixing words from both sections of the language; this is commonly used in their written correspondence.
It is probable, that in the earlier stages of society, the terms of respect used towards a superior were comparatively few: that this second dialect, which now forms so extensive a branch of the general language, has been gradually formed with the growth of arbitrary power; and that, at one period, the extent of these terms did not exceed what is to be at this day found in the less cultivated dialects, and among the more independent races of Madúra and Súnda. Such, however, is their present extent in the Javan, that nearly one half of the words in the vernacular language, have their corresponding term in the Bása Kráma or polite language, without a knowledge of which no one dare address a superior; and although the general construction of the language, and its grammatical principles are not altered, so effectually is the language of inferiority contrasted with that of superiority, that it is possible to suppose a case in which a person might be well acquainted with one dialect, without being able to understand one sentence of the other.
It’s likely that in the early stages of society, the terms used to show respect to a superior were quite limited. This second dialect, which now makes up a large part of the general language, has developed gradually alongside the rise of arbitrary power. At one point, the number of terms didn’t go beyond what you can find today in less-developed dialects and among the more independent groups of Madúra and Súnda. However, their current reach in the Javanese language is such that nearly half of the words in the everyday vernacular have a corresponding term in the Bása Kráma or polite language; without knowing it, no one would dare to speak to a superior. Although the basic structure and grammar of the language remain unchanged, the way people speak in a subordinate manner is so distinct from how they speak to someone of higher status that it’s conceivable for someone to be proficient in one dialect without being able to understand even a single sentence of the other.
It is not, however, to be inferred, that the one is studied and attained exclusively of the other, for while the one is the language of address, the other must be that of reply, and the knowledge of both is indispensable to those who have to communicate with persons of a different rank with themselves. Children are accustomed from their infancy to employ the polite language in addressing their parents and relations, and this added to the mode of instruction by the Dása Náma above described, early impresses upon their memory the corresponding terms to be used according to the occasion. The Bása Kráma, as has been before noticed, consists of a more extensive class of foreign words, and where different words from the common language have not been introduced, a variation in the orthography and termination is adopted; and the more effectually to render it distinct, not only are the affirmatives and negatives, as well as the pronouns and prepositions varied, but the auxiliary verbs and particles are different.
It shouldn't be assumed that one is learned and achieved without the other, because while one is the language for addressing others, the other must be for responding, and knowing both is essential for anyone who needs to communicate with people of different social levels. From a young age, children are taught to use polite language when speaking to their parents and relatives, and this, combined with the teaching method of the Dása Náma mentioned earlier, effectively imprints the appropriate terms to use for different situations in their minds. The Bása Kráma, as noted before, includes a broader range of foreign words, and where different words from the common language haven’t been used, variations in spelling and endings are applied. To make it even more distinct, not only are affirmatives, negatives, pronouns, and prepositions varied, but the auxiliary verbs and particles are also different.
I have already mentioned, that besides the ordinary and the polite languages of the country, the inhabitants of these[Vol I Pg 411] Islands possess a poetic or classic language, called Káwi. In this are written all the historical and poetical compositions of note, as well as most of the ancient inscriptions on stone and copper, which are found in different parts of the Island. In a short vocabulary already referred to[127], the relation of the Káwi to the Sánscrit and Páli is shewn; and in order to enable the Sánscrit scholar to extend the comparison, I have annexed a further vocabulary of Káwi words, with the meaning which the Javans at present attach to them[128].
I’ve already mentioned that besides the everyday and polite languages of the country, the people of these[Vol I Pg 411] Islands have a poetic or classical language called Káwi. This language is used for all significant historical and poetic writings, as well as for most of the ancient inscriptions found on stone and copper throughout the Island. In a brief vocabulary I mentioned earlier[127], the relationship of Káwi to Sánscrit and Páli is demonstrated; and to help Sánscrit scholars make further comparisons, I’ve included an additional vocabulary of Káwi words, along with their current meanings as understood by the Javanese[128].
At what period this language was introduced into Java, whence it came, and whether it was ever the sacred or vernacular language of any foreign people, remains to be decided. Of the words of which it is composed, as far as we may judge from the annexed vocabulary, and the compositions which have come down to us, nine out of ten are of Sánscrit origin, and less corrupted than the present Páli of Siam and Ava appears to be: if, therefore, it was ever the same language with the Páli, it must have been before the Páli was corrupted, and therefore probably at a very remote period.
At what time this language was introduced in Java, where it came from, and whether it was ever the sacred or everyday language of any foreign group, is still up for debate. Based on the vocabulary provided and the texts that we have, nine out of ten of the words are of Sanskrit origin and are less distorted than the current Páli of Siam and Ava: thus, if it was ever the same language as the Páli, it must have been before Páli became corrupted, likely a very long time ago.
In Báli the Káwi is still the language of religion and law; in Java it is only that of poetry and ancient fable. In the former, the knowledge of it is almost exclusively confined to the Bramána (Bramins); in the latter, a slight knowledge of it is deemed essential for every man of condition. In Báli, the ancient, mythological, and historical poems, are however preserved in more correct Káwi than on Java: and it is to the copies obtained from thence, that reference will be principally made in the observations which follow on Javan literature.
In Báli, Káwi is still the language of religion and law; in Java, it's mostly just used for poetry and ancient stories. In Báli, knowledge of it is mostly limited to the Bramána (Brahmins); in Java, a basic understanding of it is considered important for anyone of status. However, in Báli, the ancient mythological and historical poems are kept in a more accurate form of Káwi than in Java: and it is the copies obtained from there that will mainly be referenced in the upcoming observations on Javan literature.
In noticing "the accessary tongues from whence the Maláyan acquired such a degree of improvement, as removed it from the general level of the other cognate dialects, and gave it a decided predominance in that part of the east," Mr. Marsden observes, "that the earliest, as well as most important of these, appears to have been, either directly or mediately, that great parent of Indian languages, the Sanscrit, whose influence is found to have pervaded the whole [Vol I Pg 412]of the eastern (and perhaps also of the western) world, modifying and regenerating even where it did not create. That the intercourse, whatever its circumstances may have been, which produced this advantageous effect, must have taken place at an early period, is to be inferred, not only from the deep obscurity in which it is involved, but also from the nature of the terms borrowed, being such as the progress of civilization must soon have rendered necessary, expressing the feelings of the mind, the most obvious moral ideas, the simplest objects of the understanding, and those ordinary modes of thought which result from the social habits of mankind; whilst, at the same time, it is not to be understood, as some have presumed to be the case, that the affinity between these languages is radical, or that the latter is indebted to any Hindu dialect for its names for the common objects of sense[129]."
In noticing "the additional languages from which the Malayan gained such a level of development that it stood apart from other related dialects and held a clear advantage in that area of the east," Mr. Marsden notes, "that the earliest and most significant of these seems to be, either directly or indirectly, the main ancestor of Indian languages, the Sanscrit, whose influence is found to have spread throughout the whole [Vol I Pg 412] of the eastern (and possibly even the western) world, altering and revitalizing even where it didn't originally create. The interaction, regardless of its circumstances, that resulted in this beneficial effect must have occurred at an early stage, inferred not only from the deep obscurity surrounding it but also from the type of terms borrowed, which must have become necessary with the advancement of civilization, expressing the thoughts of the mind, the most obvious moral concepts, the simplest objects of understanding, and those usual patterns of thought that arise from the social habits of people; while at the same time, it should not be understood, as some have mistakenly believed, that the connection between these languages is fundamental, or that the latter owes its names for common sensory objects to any Hindu dialect."
The same observations apply still more extensively to the Javan; and in the Káwi or classic language, we may presume to have discovered the channel by which the Javan received its principal store of Sanscrit words, for it is the practice, even at present, among the better educated of the Javans, for the party to display his reading, by the introduction, particularly into epistolary correspondence and literary compositions, of Káwi words, by which means the colloquial, but more particularly the written language of the country, is daily receiving fresh accessions of Sanscrit terms. From the vocabularies now presented to the public, and the account which will be given of their literary compositions, it will appear, that few languages, even on the continent of India, have been more indebted to the Sanscrit than the Javan. One original language seems, in a very remote period, to have pervaded the whole Archipelago, and to have spread (perhaps with the population) towards Madagascar on one side, and to the islands in the South Sea on the other; but in the proportion that we find any of these tribes more highly advanced in the arts of civilized life than others, in nearly the same proportion do we find the language enriched by a corresponding accession of Sanscrit terms, directing us at once to the source[Vol I Pg 413] whence civilization flowed towards these regions. At what period, however, the light first broke in upon them, or at what period the intercourse first took place between the enlightened inhabitants of Western Asia and the islanders of this extensive Archipelago, is a question which, perhaps, may be more properly discussed, when treating of the antiquities and history of the country, and at best is involved in so much obscurity and fable, that much must be left to conjecture.
The same observations apply even more broadly to the Javanese language. In the Káwi or classical language, we can assume we've found the channel through which the Javanese acquired most of its Sanskrit vocabulary. Even today, among well-educated Javanese, it's common for them to showcase their reading skills by incorporating Káwi words into letters and literary works. This practice continuously enriches the spoken and especially the written language with new Sanskrit terms. From the vocabularies being shared publicly and the descriptions of their literary works, it's evident that few languages, even in India, owe as much to Sanskrit as Javanese does. It seems that a single original language spread throughout the entire Archipelago a long time ago, possibly alongside population movements towards Madagascar on one side and the islands in the South Sea on the other. However, in areas where we find tribes with a higher advancement in the arts of civil life, we also observe their languages are enriched with more Sanskrit terms, pointing us to the source of civilization that flowed into these regions. When exactly this enlightenment began, or when the first interactions occurred between the knowledgeable people of Western Asia and the islanders of this vast Archipelago, is something that might be better addressed while discussing the country's ancient history. It's a question shrouded in much uncertainty and myth, leaving a lot open to speculation.
The letters of the Javan alphabet, as well as the orthographical signs, are decidedly on the principle of the Devanágari; but it is remarkable, that the letters of the alphabet do not follow the same order, notwithstanding that order is preserved in all the alphabets of Sumatra as well as in that of Celebes. This deviation has been considered presumptive of the alphabet having been introduced into the island anterior to the period when this order might have been established for the Devanágari itself, or before the refinement supposed to have been effected in that alphabet by the Bramins; but the deviation may, perhaps, be sufficiently accounted for, by the circumstance of a meaning being attached to the words formed by the order of the Javan alphabet as the letters are at present arranged, thus: hána charáka dáta sawála páda jayánia mága batáng'a; means, "there were two messengers disputing with each other, equally courageous, till they both died[130]." That this is not accidental may be inferred, not only from the common laws of chance, but from the probability of such an arrangement being preferred, both on account of its convenience, and in conformity with the spirit which in the Chándra Sangkála seeks to select such expressions for the particular numerals that are required, as may make a sentence.
The letters of the Javanese alphabet, as well as the spelling symbols, definitely follow the principles of the Devanágari; however, it's striking that the letters of this alphabet don’t follow the same sequence, even though that order is maintained in all the alphabets of Sumatra and Celebes. This difference has been interpreted as a sign that the alphabet was introduced to the island prior to the time when this order might have been established for the Devanágari itself, or before the supposed refinement made to that alphabet by the Brahmins. Nevertheless, this difference might be explained by the fact that the words formed by the current arrangement of the Javanese alphabet carry meaning, such as: hána charáka dáta sawála páda jayánia mága batáng'a; which translates to "there were two messengers disputing with each other, equally courageous, till they both died[130]." It’s likely that this isn't coincidental, not only because of the basic laws of probability but also due to the likelihood that this arrangement is preferred for its convenience and aligns with the principle in the Chándra Sangkála that seeks to choose expressions for specific numerals that can form a coherent sentence.
Near the ruins of Brambánan and Sínga-sári, are still found inscriptions in the pure Devánágari character of a very ancient form. A specimen of these, together with one of the square Káwi, is exhibited in the accompanying plate, corresponding in size with the original. Annexed to each letter in the Devanágari character found on Java, is the modern character,[Vol I Pg 414] and in the same manner the modern Javan letters are placed under the Káwi; and, in order to enable the reader to compare the forms of the consonants used in the alphabets of Ava, Siam, and Java, with the Devanágari, they have been placed against each other in another plate. It will be seen that many of the letters of the Káwi correspond so exactly with the square Páli of the Birmans, as to leave no doubt of their having originally been the same. It is probable, also, that were our acquaintance with the Páli more extensive, a similar coincidence would be found between the languages.
Near the ruins of Brambánan and Sínga-sári, you can still find inscriptions in the ancient Devánágari script. A sample of this, along with one of the square Káwi, is shown in the accompanying plate, matching the size of the original. Next to each letter in the Devanágari script found in Java is the modern character,[Vol I Pg 414] and similarly, the modern Javan letters are placed under the Káwi; this arrangement allows the reader to compare the shapes of the consonants used in the alphabets of Ava, Siam, and Java with the Devanágari, which have been aligned side by side in another plate. It will be noted that many of the letters of the Káwi are so closely related to the square Páli of the Birmans that it leaves no doubt they were originally the same. It’s also likely that if we had a deeper understanding of Páli, we would find a similar connection between the languages.
Upon the overthrow of the Hindu empire on Java, the natives may be considered to have lost most of their knowledge of the Káwi language; for although numerous compositions in it are still to be found among them, and these compositions are recited in their national entertainments, they would not be generally understood, but for the versions which have long since been rendered of them into the modern Javan. The Panambakán of Sumenap is perhaps, at present, alone entitled to be considered as a Káwi scholar, and he knows so little of the language as to acknowledge, while assisting in translating from it, that he was often under the necessity of guessing at the meaning.
After the fall of the Hindu empire on Java, the locals mostly lost their grasp of the Káwi language. While there are still many works in Káwi among them and these are performed in their cultural events, most people wouldn’t understand them without the existing translations into modern Javanese. The Panambakán of Sumenap is currently the only one who can be considered a Káwi scholar; he admits that while helping to translate, he often had to guess at the meanings because he knows so little of the language.
The knowledge of the ancient characters seems, on Java, to have been for many years almost exclusively confined to the family of this chief, and it is stated, that they owe their knowledge of it, and of the Káwi language itself, to the circumstance of one of them having visited Báli, to which island it is that we must now look as the chief depositary of what remains of the literature and science which once existed on Java.
The knowledge of the ancient characters appears to have been mostly limited to the family of this chief on Java for many years. It's said that they gained their understanding of it and the Káwi language itself because one of them traveled to Báli. This island is now seen as the main keeper of what’s left of the literature and knowledge that once thrived on Java.
It is not unusual for the Javans, in carrying on any secret or political correspondence, to adopt a mystical language, known only to the parties themselves; and on occasions where attempts have been made to stir up the common people to commotion, scrolls have been distributed in various unintelligible characters, which, for the most part, appear to have had no other object but to impose on the credulity of those who were too willing to believe them sacred and mysterious. Were the characters intelligible, the mystery would cease, and the charm be dispelled. Of the manner in which the letters of the[Vol I Pg 415] alphabet are applied in forming this mystical language, an instance is given at the conclusion of the vocabulary of Káwi words[131].
It’s common for the Javanese, when handling any secret or political communication, to use a mystical language understood only by the involved parties. In cases where there have been attempts to incite the general public to riot, scrolls have been circulated with various unreadable characters, which mostly seem to aim at taking advantage of the gullibility of those too eager to see them as sacred and mysterious. If the characters were understandable, the mystery would fade, and the spell would be broken. An example of how the letters of the [Vol I Pg 415] alphabet are used to create this mystical language is provided at the end of the vocabulary of Káwi words[131].
Unlike the Malayan, the Javan language owes little or nothing to the Arabic, except a few terms connected with government, religion, and science, which have been admitted with the religion and laws of Mahomet. The language, as well as the ancient institutions of the country, have been but little affected by the conversion. The Javan language was abundantly copious before the introduction of Arabic literature, and had few or no deficiencies to be supplied.
Unlike Malay, Javanese has very little influence from Arabic, except for a few terms related to government, religion, and science that came in with the adoption of Islam. The language, along with the country's ancient institutions, hasn’t changed much because of this conversion. Javanese was already rich and expressive before Arabic literature arrived and had few, if any, gaps that needed to be filled.
The general character of the language is strongly indicative of a former advanced state of civilization, and illustrates, in some degree, the present character of the people. It is rich and refined; it abounds in synonymes and nice distinctions; it is mixed and easily made to bend, and suit itself to every occasion; it is, in a high degree, expressive of power and servility[132].
The overall nature of the language clearly shows that there was once a high level of civilization and reflects, to some extent, the current nature of the people. It’s rich and sophisticated; it has many synonyms and subtle distinctions; it’s flexible and can easily adapt to any situation; and it strongly conveys both strength and servitude[132].
As the languages of the whole Archipelago are so intimately connected with each other, and that of Celebes in particular is so little known, I have subjoined in an Appendix some further comparative vocabularies of the languages of Java, with some observations on the Búgis and Mangkásar nations[133].
As the languages of the entire Archipelago are closely related, and the language of Celebes is especially not well-known, I’ve included some additional comparative vocabularies of the languages of Java in an Appendix, along with some notes on the Búgis and Mangkásar nations[133].
For ordinary purposes, the Javans, as already described, use a modification of some of the letters of their alphabet as numerals, and a representation of these numerals has been given in the table of the Javan alphabet, page 404; but on occasions of importance, it is usual to employ certain signs or symbols in lieu of these ordinary numerals, and this practice appears to be of great antiquity among them. These symbols [Vol I Pg 416]are termed chándra sangkála, "reflections of royal times," or "the light of royal dates," and consist in a certain number of objects, &c. either represented in design or named, each of which is significant of one of the ten numerals. Of the former class are said to be those found in most of the ancient buildings and coins, which in that case usually bear no inscription. The latter is found in most of the ancient inscriptions, and in such of the written compositions as possess any date at all, and is adopted in all proclamations and public writings by the sovereign of the present day.
For regular use, the Javanese, as previously mentioned, use a variation of some letters from their alphabet as numbers, and a representation of these numbers is included in the Javan alphabet table on page 404; however, for important occasions, they typically use specific signs or symbols instead of these regular numbers, a practice that seems to be very old among them. These symbols [Vol I Pg 416] are called chándra sangkála, which means "reflections of royal times" or "the light of royal dates," and consist of a certain number of objects, etc., either depicted in design or named, each of which represents one of the ten numbers. The first type can be found in most ancient buildings and coins, which usually have no inscriptions. The second type appears in most ancient inscriptions and in any written works that have a date, and it is used in all proclamations and public writings by the current sovereign.
The Appendix G. contains an account of these peculiar numerals, as far as they are at present understood by the Javans. In the use of them, they endeavour to select such objects from the list, as when read in succession, may afford some meaning illustrative of the fact the date of which is recorded; but this is not always attended to, or at least is not always to be traced. The date of the destruction of Majapàhit (1400), the most important in the history of Java, is stated as follows, the numbers being always reversed.
The Appendix G. includes a description of these unique numerals, as they are currently understood by the Javanese. In using them, they try to pick objects from the list that, when read in order, can provide some meaning related to the date being recorded; however, this practice is not always followed, or at least isn't always clear. The date of the fall of Majapàhit (1400), the most significant event in the history of Java, is indicated as follows, with the numbers always reversed.
Sírna | ílang | kertáning | Búmi |
Lost and | gone is the | work (pride) | of the land. |
0 | 0 | 4 | 1 |
In like manner, the date of the long graves at Grésik, near the tomb of the Princess of Chermai (1313), is thus stated:
In the same way, the date of the long graves at Grésik, near the tomb of the Princess of Chermai (1313), is stated as follows:
Káya | wúlan | pútri | íku |
Like unto | the moon | was that | Princess. |
3 | 1 | 3 | 1 |
Other examples will be given, in detailing some of the principal events of Javan history.
Other examples will be provided as we outline some of the main events in Javan history.
However imperfect the foregoing general account of the languages of Java may be, it will have served to convey to the reader some notion of the extent to which it has been indebted to a foreign source for its copiousness and refinement, and to prepare him for that extensive influence of Hindu literature, which is still to be found in the compositions of the country. Of these the most important, and indeed all that have any claim to literary distinction, are found either in[Vol I Pg 417] the Káwi or in Javan versions from that classic language. On Java the establishment of a Mahomedan government for nearly four centuries, has tended in a great measure to obliterate that general knowledge among the better educated, which, there is reason to believe, once existed; but in Báli, the Hindu faith, however blended with the local customs of the island, and however perverted and distorted in its application by a semi barbarous people, is still the established religion of the country. Mahomedanism has gained but little ground there, and no part of the island has yet submitted to European authority. It was in this conveniently situated island that the adherents to that faith took refuge, when the sword of Mahomed prevailed on Java, carrying with them such remnants of the sciences and literature as they were able to rescue from the general wreck.
Even though this overview of the languages of Java may not be perfect, it has given the reader an idea of how much it owes to foreign influences for its richness and sophistication, and it prepares them for the significant impact of Hindu literature that can still be found in the country's works. The most important pieces, and indeed all that have any literary merit, are found either in [Vol I Pg 417] the Káwi or in Javan versions of that classical language. On Java, the establishment of a Muslim government for nearly four centuries has largely erased the general knowledge among the educated class, which we have reason to believe once existed. However, in Báli, the Hindu faith, despite being mixed with local customs and warped by a semi-barbaric population, remains the dominant religion of the region. Islam has made little progress there, and no part of the island has yet come under European rule. It was on this conveniently located island that followers of that faith found refuge when the sword of Islam prevailed on Java, taking with them whatever remnants of knowledge and literature they could salvage from the widespread destruction.
An account of the present state of the island of Báli, of the religious and political institutions, and of some of the peculiar customs and usages which subsist there, is essential to the illustration of Javan history; and although the limits of the present volume will not admit of our enlarging so much on this interesting subject as we could wish, it is hoped that a general notion may be formed, from the particulars which will be inserted in the chapter on the religion and antiquities of Java. In the following account of the literary compositions of Java, I shall avail myself of the more correct copies, which I was fortunate enough to obtain from Báli, confining myself in the explanation of them to the existing notions of the best informed of the Javans, it being the present state of their literature, rather than that of Báli, that I am now to describe.
An overview of the current situation on the island of Bali, including its religious and political systems, as well as some unique customs and traditions that exist there, is crucial for understanding Javan history. Although this book doesn't allow for a thorough exploration of this fascinating topic, it's hoped that a general understanding can be gained from the details provided in the chapter on the religion and antiquities of Java. In the following description of Java's literary works, I will use the more accurate versions that I was lucky enough to acquire from Bali, focusing on explanations that reflect the views of the most knowledgeable Javans. I aim to describe the current state of their literature rather than that of Bali.
The literature of Java may be considered under the general heads of ancient and modern, the former and more important division consisting of compositions in the Káwi language, which appear connected with the mythology and fabulous history of continental India.
The literature of Java can be categorized into two main types: ancient and modern. The first, and more significant, category includes works in the Káwi language, which are linked to the mythology and legendary history of mainland India.
It is to be regretted, that the work which treats most extensively of the ancient mythology of the country, and of the earliest periods of fabulous history to which the Javans of the present day refer, is not to be found in the Káwi. The Javan work, termed Kánda, is probably a translation[Vol I Pg 418] from the Káwi, and, in the absence of the original, claims our first attention. It is to this work, and the Mánek Móyo, of which an abstract will be given in the chapter on religion, that the modern Javans constantly refer for an explanation of their ancient mythology.
It's unfortunate that the work that covers the ancient mythology of the country and the earliest periods of legendary history, which the modern Javanese often refer to, is not found in the Káwi. The Javanese work called Kánda is likely a translation[Vol I Pg 418] of the Káwi, and since the original is missing, it deserves our primary focus. This work, along with the Mánek Móyo—which will be summarized in the chapter on religion—is what modern Javanese frequently consult for insights into their ancient mythology.
This composition is frequently called Pepákam. It contains the notions of mythology which appear to have been general throughout the Eastern Islands, with imperfect portions of their astronomical divisions, and of ancient history. It is to be regretted, however, that the Javan copy from which the following account is taken, though otherwise written in a very correct style, abounds in passages unfit for a chaste ear, and that it has been almost impossible entirely to purify it.
This piece is often referred to as Pepákam. It includes concepts from mythology that seem to be common across the Eastern Islands, along with incomplete sections on their astronomical divisions and ancient history. However, it's unfortunate that the Javan version from which this account is derived, while otherwise written quite accurately, contains many passages that are inappropriate for a modest audience, and it has been nearly impossible to completely cleanse it.
It opens with an account, first of Sáng yáng Wénang (the most powerful), who was sixth in descent from Purwáning Jan (the first of men, or Adam), and who had a son named Sáng yáng Túng'gal (the great and only one), the first, who (as is inferred from the meaning of his name) conceived that he was above all, and who setting aside the ways of his father, established the heavens, with all that they contain, under the name of Suréndra Buána, or Suraláya.
It begins with a story about Sáng yáng Wénang (the most powerful), who was the sixth generation from Purwáning Jan (the first man, or Adam) and had a son named Sáng yáng Túng'gal (the great and only one). This first one, as suggested by his name, believed he was superior to all others, and disregarding his father's ways, established the heavens and everything in them, under the name of Suréndra Buána or Suraláya.
Plucking a leaf from the kastúba tree, and paying adoration to it, the leaf assumed the form of a beautiful woman, by whom he had four sons:—1, Sáng yáng Púgu; 2, Sáng yáng Púng'gung; 3, Sáng yáng Sámba; 4, Sáng yáng Pang'at. When these children attained maturity, Púgu quarrelled with Púng'gung, on account of the splendour and riches of the dwelling of Sáng yáng Túng'gal, which each of them desired to possess. Sáng yáng Túng'gal became enraged at this: not being able to reconcile them, the heavens became disturbed; he, in consequence, seized hold of both of them, Púgu by the right and Púng'gung by the left hand, and cast them aside. To the former, who fell on Sábrang (the opposite coast), he gave the name of Sécha Túng'gára; to the latter, who fell on Java, he gave that of Náyan-taka (the same with Sémar, the attendant on Arjúna). He converted them into monstrous figures, ridiculous in appearance and speech, exciting laughter by their actions, and with an inclination to follow in attendance on warriors.
Plucking a leaf from the kastúba tree and showing it respect, the leaf turned into a beautiful woman, by whom he had four sons:—1, Sáng yáng Púgu; 2, Sáng yáng Púng'gung; 3, Sáng yáng Sámba; 4, Sáng yáng Pang'at. When these children grew up, Púgu and Púng'gung argued over the splendor and wealth of Sáng yáng Túng'gal’s home, which each of them wanted. Sáng yáng Túng'gal got furious at this: unable to make peace between them, the heavens were disturbed; as a result, he grabbed both of them, Púgu with his right hand and Púng'gung with his left, and cast them aside. To the one who fell on Sábrang (the opposite coast), he gave the name Sécha Túng'gára; to the other, who landed in Java, he named Náyan-taka (the same as Sémar, the attendant to Arjúna). He transformed them into grotesque figures, comical in appearance and speech, making everyone laugh with their antics and prone to follow warriors around.
Sáng yáng Tung'gal, who is said to have been invisible,[Vol I Pg 419] and who in the Wáyangs of the present day is designated by a sun or glory of light, transferred the government of heaven to his son, Sáng yáng Sámba, directing him not to separate from his remaining brother, whose assistance he would require, and conferring upon him the title of Níla Kánta (blue necked), on account of his being of bright appearance, but having a tinge of blue on the front of his throat. To Pang'at, his brother, he gave the name of Kaníka pútra.
Sáng yáng Tung'gal, who is said to have been invisible,[Vol I Pg 419] and who in the Wáyangs of today is represented by a sun or source of light, handed over the governance of heaven to his son, Sáng yáng Sámba, instructing him not to part from his remaining brother, whose help he would need, and giving him the title of Níla Kánta (blue-necked) because of his bright appearance but with a hint of blue on the front of his throat. To Pang'at, his brother, he gave the name of Kaníka pútra.
Srí Níla Kánta subsequently assumed various names and titles; the most pre-eminent of which was Pramésti Gúru, by which name and title he is acknowledged as supreme throughout the Eastern Islands. This title was first conferred upon him when the deities in Saraláya were numerous, and when all looked up to him as an instructor or Gúru. Kaníka Pútra took the name of Rési Naráda.
Srí Níla Kánta later took on various names and titles, the most notable being Pramésti Gúru, by which he is recognized as the highest authority throughout the Eastern Islands. This title was first given to him when the deities in Saraláya were plentiful, and everyone regarded him as a teacher or Gúru. Kaníka Pútra adopted the name Rési Naráda.
The thoughts of Sáng yáng Gúru turning one day upon women, he took a leaf of the kastúba tree, and paying adoration to it, it was immediately converted into a most beautiful female, who took the name of Uma. While she was young he looked upon her as a daughter, but when she arrived at maturity, he felt a stronger passion. Uma disliking this fled, and Sáng yáng Gúru being unable to catch her, it occurred to him that he might be more successful if he employed four hands and arms; whereupon, at his desire, two additional arms sprang from his shoulders, and Uma was immediately within his embrace. But she still resisted his desires, and during the struggle Káma Sála and Máha Praláya, both Rasáksas, but the latter in the form of a man, were produced, by an event similar to that which gave birth to some of the children of Jupiter[134]. Sáng yáng Gúru still observing the repulsive conduct of Uma, said to her, "your appearance is like that of a Rasáksa," whereupon she immediately assumed the form of one; and grieving sorely at this transformation, beseeched that she might again become what she had been, but Sáng yáng Gúru was deaf to her entreaties, and he conferred upon her the name of Káli Dúrga.
The thoughts of Sáng yáng Gúru turned one day to women. He took a leaf from the kastúba tree, paid homage to it, and it instantly transformed into a stunning female, who took the name Uma. When she was young, he regarded her as a daughter, but as she grew up, his feelings became more intense. Uma, not liking this, ran away, and since Sáng yáng Gúru couldn't catch her, he figured he might have better luck with four hands and arms. At his request, two additional arms sprouted from his shoulders, and Uma was quickly in his grasp. However, she still resisted his advances, and during the struggle, Káma Sála and Máha Praláya, both Rasáksas—the latter taking on a man’s form—came into being, similar to how some of Jupiter’s children were born[134]. Observing Uma's unappealing behavior, Sáng yáng Gúru remarked, "your appearance is like that of a Rasáksa." She immediately took on that form, and deeply saddened by this change, begged to return to her former self. But Sáng yáng Gúru ignored her pleas and named her Káli Dúrga.
Káma Sála and Máha Praláya, when they arrived at maturity, mutually sought from each other to discover their descent, but not succeeding, they agreed to proceed in company[Vol I Pg 420] to Suraláya, to demand information from Sáng yáng Gúru, resolving that, if they were not satisfied with his reply, they would make war against him. Arrived at Suraláya, they overcome the opposition of Rési Naráda, and reach the presence of Sáng yáng Gúru, who informs them that they are not his children, though they sprang from his body, and that it was the fault of the woman only that they had their present form. He tells them that he cannot allow them to remain in Suraláya, but will provide for them a place in which with their mother they may reside. He then appoints the mother to be sovereign of Naráka (Tambráka múka), under the title of Yáma Dipáti. To Káma Sála he gives the title of Batára Kála; the other retained the name of Máha Praláya. To Kála he assigns the charge of the bridge between earth and heaven, called Wot ágal ágil (the tremulous or swinging bridge, over which a good man may pass in safety, but from which, on account of its being shaken by his sins, a bad man falls into the gulph below), and to Máha Praláya that of the souls of men when they die, in order that he may direct to the bridge such as, from good conduct on earth, have a chance of passing it, and cast the others into Naráka, to his mother Yáma Dipáti.
Káma Sála and Máha Praláya, having grown up, both wanted to find out about their origins, but when they couldn’t, they decided to travel together[Vol I Pg 420] to Suraláya to ask Sáng yáng Gúru for answers, agreeing that if they were unhappy with his response, they would go to war against him. Once they reached Suraláya, they overcame the resistance of Rési Naráda and came before Sáng yáng Gúru, who told them that they were not his children, even though they had come from him, and it was only their mother’s fault that they looked the way they did. He explained that he couldn’t let them stay in Suraláya, but he would provide them with a place to live with their mother. He then named their mother as the ruler of Naráka (Tambráka múka), with the title Yáma Dipáti. He gave Káma Sála the title Batára Kála; the other kept the name Máha Praláya. He assigned Kála the responsibility of the bridge that connects earth and heaven, called Wot ágal ágil (the trembling or swinging bridge, safe for the good, but from which the wicked fall due to their sins), and Máha Praláya was charged with overseeing the souls of the deceased, guiding those who led good lives on earth across the bridge, while sending the others to Naráka, to their mother Yáma Dipáti.
Sáng yáng Gúru was again inclined to take another leaf of the kastúba tree, but apprehending that it might turn out as before, he restrained his inclination. Then purifying himself, there appeared before him, at his desire, a beautiful boy, to whom he gave the name of Sámbu, and after five more purifications, there successively appeared, secondly, a boy of a high colour, beautiful and very powerful, to whom he gave the name of Bráma; thirdly, a boy, appearing extremely powerful and enraged, to whom he gave the name of Máha déwa; fourthly, a boy beautifully white, bright, and fierce looking, and having sharp and sparkling eyes, to whom he gave the name of Basúki; fifthly, a boy of a deep black colour, but extremely beautiful, to whom he gave the name of Wísnu (Vishnu); sixthly, a girl of a bright yellow colour, beautiful and slender, to whom he gave the name of Warsíki.
Sáng yáng Gúru was once again tempted to pick another leaf from the kastúba tree, but fearing it would turn out like before, he held back his desire. After purifying himself, a beautiful boy appeared before him at his request, and he named him Sámbu. Following five more purifications, he first saw a strikingly beautiful and powerful boy, whom he named Bráma; next, he saw an extremely powerful and fierce-looking boy, whom he named Máha déwa; then, he saw a beautifully white boy with bright eyes and an intense expression, whom he named Basúki; after that, there was a deep black boy who was also extremely beautiful, whom he named Wísnu (Vishnu); finally, he saw a slender and beautiful girl with a bright yellow complexion, and he named her Warsíki.
Rési Naráda[135] following the example of his superior, there [Vol I Pg 421]appeared before him after several purifications, five boys. The first was brilliant and bright as a pure flame; on him Sáng yáng Gúru conferred the name of Súria. The second was very weak and delicate, but well formed and beautiful; he received the name of In dra. The third was short and strong, and was named Sákra (or Chákra). The fourth was of a blue colour, and looking as if he would grow to a great height, with curled hair like a Papúa[136]; on him, was conferred the name of Báyu. The fifth was most beautiful, but appeared sad and sorrowful; to him Sáng yáng Gúru gave the name of Chándra.
Rési Naráda[135] following the example of his superior, appeared before him after several purifications, five boys. [Vol I Pg 421] The first was bright and shining like a pure flame; he was given the name Súria by Sáng yáng Gúru. The second was very weak and delicate, but well-formed and beautiful; he received the name In dra. The third was short and strong, and was named Sákra (or Chákra). The fourth had a blue color and looked like he would grow to great height, with curly hair resembling a Papúa[136]; he was given the name Báyu. The fifth was the most beautiful but appeared sad and sorrowful; to him, Sáng yáng Gúru gave the name Chándra.
This effected, Sáng yáng Gúru considered that a sufficient number of deities had been created for the charge of Suraláya.
This done, Sáng yáng Gúru thought that enough deities had been created for the responsibility of Suraláya.
Sáng yáng Gúru then turned his amorous thoughts towards Warsíki, but all the deities opposing it, Rési Naráda advises him to take a woman from the earth, and offers himself to go in search of one. This being agreed to, Naráda descends upon the earth, and discovers a most beautiful virgin, not yet arrived at maturity, at a place called Mádang; Sáng yáng Gúru no sooner beheld her than he became enamoured of her, and giving the name of Sri, he places her under the charge of Batára Sákra, with especial injunctions to take care of her. When she arrived at maturity she became most beautiful, and it so happens that Batára Wísnu beholds her by accident: they immediately feel a mutual passion, and Wísnu obtains his desire. When Sáng yáng Gúru hears of it, he becomes highly enraged; Batára Wísnu is cast out from Suraláya and thrown upon the earth, at a place called Waríngen pítu, or seven banyan trees.
Sáng yáng Gúru then shifted his romantic intentions toward Warsíki, but all the gods opposed it. Rési Naráda advised him to find a woman from earth and offered to search for one. Once this was agreed upon, Naráda came down to earth and discovered a stunning young virgin, not yet fully grown, in a place called Mádang; as soon as Sáng yáng Gúru saw her, he fell for her and named her Sri. He placed her under the care of Batára Sákra, with specific instructions to protect her. When she came of age, she became incredibly beautiful, and by chance, Batára Wísnu laid eyes on her: they instantly felt a strong attraction, and Wísnu got what he wanted. When Sáng yáng Gúru learned of this, he became furious; Batára Wísnu was expelled from Suraláya and cast down to earth, in a place called Waríngen pítu, or seven banyan trees.
[Here the narrative breaks off, and the story of Wátu Gúnung commences as follows.]
[Here the narrative breaks off, and the story of Wátu Gúnung begins as follows.]
There was a woman of the name of Sínta, who resided on the earth, and who had a younger sister named Lándap. Sínta dreamt one night that she was sleeping with a Pandíta, named Rési Gána: after a few months she felt herself pregnant, and at the expiration of nine she was delivered of a most beautiful boy. This child, however, soon became[Vol I Pg 422] unruly; and it happened that one day, when he had enraged his mother excessively, she struck him on the head with the wooden spoon which was in the rice vessel, on which he fled into the woods, and afterwards becoming a devotee, his mother long searched for him in vain.
There was a woman named Sínta, who lived on earth, and she had a younger sister named Lándap. One night, Sínta dreamed that she was with a Pandíta named Rési Gána: a few months later, she realized she was pregnant, and after nine months, she gave birth to a very beautiful boy. However, this child soon became[Vol I Pg 422] unruly; one day, when he had frustrated his mother too much, she hit him on the head with the wooden spoon from the rice pot, causing him to run off into the woods. He later became a devotee, and his mother searched for him in vain for a long time.
At length having concluded his penance, he wandered about in quest of subsistence, until he came to the country of Gíling Wési, where he sought alms at a feast; but not being satisfied with the provision afforded to him, the parties became enraged, and hostilities ensuing, the Raja of the country was slain, and this boy succeeded him, under the title of Rája Séla Perwáta, which in the common language is the same as Wátu Gúnung, a name conferred upon him from his having rested on a mountain like a stone, and obtained his strength and power thereby, without other aid or assistance.
After finishing his penance, he wandered around looking for food until he reached the land of Gíling Wési, where he asked for alms at a feast. However, since he was not satisfied with what was offered to him, the guests became angry, leading to a conflict in which the king of the land was killed. This boy then took his place was as the new king, under the title of Rája Séla Perwáta, which in common language means Wátu Gúnung. This name was given to him because he had rested on a mountain like a stone and gained his strength and power from that, without any other help or assistance.
Becoming a great and powerful sovereign, he was still unmarried when his mother and sister arrived in the country. Ignorant who they were, and admiring their beauty, he espoused them both, and by his mother Sínta had twenty-seven children, when being one day restless and anxious to sleep, he requested her to comb and scratch his head, in doing which she discovered the wound and recognized her son. Her grief became excessive, and explaining the circumstance to him, she urged him to obtain another wife from among the Widadári of Suraláya, and recommended Sri as a proper object of his choice.
Becoming a great and powerful ruler, he was still unmarried when his mother and sister arrived in the country. Not knowing who they were and admiring their beauty, he married them both, and with his mother Sínta, he had twenty-seven children. One day, feeling restless and anxious to sleep, he asked her to comb and scratch his head. While doing this, she found the wound and recognized her son. Her grief became overwhelming, and after explaining the situation to him, she urged him to find another wife among the Widadári of Suraláya, suggesting Sri as a suitable choice.
Wátu Gúnung thereupon sent an embassy to Suraláya, but the gods opposing his desires, because Sri had been delivered of a child by Wísnu, he assembled his forces and nearly defeated those of Suraláya, when Naráda pointing out the danger to Sáng yáng Gúru, urged the advantage that would arise from the recal of Wisnu. Naráda was accordingly authorized to call him back, with a promise that if he should be victorious on the present occasion, he should be pardoned, and permitted to return to his former abode in Suraláya. Wísnu was no sooner engaged in the cause, than he formed a stratagem with Wilúwuh, a demon Rasáksa, with whom he had become intimate at Waríngen pítu, and directed him to proceed to the sleeping place of Wítu[Vol I Pg 423] Gúnung, in order to ascertain his secret. This spy had no sooner concealed himself in a place where he could overhear the conversation that was going on, than he heard the following discourse between Wátu Gúnung and Sínta.
Wátu Gúnung then sent a delegation to Suraláya, but the gods were against his wishes since Sri had just given birth to a child by Wísnu. He gathered his troops and almost defeated Suraláya’s forces when Naráda, pointing out the danger to Sáng yáng Gúru, highlighted the benefit of recalling Wisnu. Naráda was given the authority to bring him back, with a promise that if he succeeded this time, he would be forgiven and allowed to return to his previous home in Suraláya. As soon as Wísnu got involved, he devised a plan with Wilúwuh, a demon Rasáksa, whom he had become friendly with at Waríngen pítu. He instructed him to go to the resting place of Wítu[Vol I Pg 423] Gúnung to learn his secrets. The spy quickly hid himself in a spot where he could overhear the ongoing conversation and heard the following exchange between Wátu Gúnung and Sínta.
Sínta. "What think you; shall we be successful or not in this enterprise?"
Sínta. "What do you think? Are we going to succeed in this venture or not?"
Wátu Gúnung. "If the gods are so nearly destroyed by those who are subordinate to me, what must they not suffer when I go myself? for I shall not then have occasion to use force. I need only say a few words, and if they don't understand the meaning of them, they will forthwith be destroyed, and I shall myself become sovereign of Suraláya. Should they, however, comprehend the meaning of what I say, then I shall know that my power is gone; but still there will be trouble in putting me to death."
Wátu Gúnung. "If the gods are so nearly destroyed by those beneath me, imagine what they'll go through when I'm gone? I won’t even need to use force. I just have to say a few words, and if they don’t get what I mean, they’ll be wiped out, and I’ll become the ruler of Suraláya. But if they do understand what I’m saying, then I’ll know my power is lost; still, there will be a lot of challenges in trying to kill me."
Sínta. "Tell me what are the words you mean to use, and why they have not the power to put you to death?"
Sínta. "Tell me what words you intend to use, and why they don't have the power to kill you?"
Wátu Gúnung. "I shall enclose in my hand the Sástra or description of my country, and holding it out, demand of them to tell me what it is. Then I shall repeat these words: dáka wói díki, and also díki wói dáka. The meaning of these words is easy enough, but the gods don't understand it: a great tree has small fruit; great fruit has a small tree. The great tree with small fruit means the waríngin tree; the great fruit and small tree means the gourd. I am invulnerable by all weapons, but if they pull my two arms asunder, then will they find it easy to put me to death; but this the gods know not."
Wátu Gúnung. "I will hold in my hand the Sástra or description of my country and ask them to tell me what it is. Then I will say these words: dáka wói díki, and also díki wói dáka. The meaning of these words is quite simple, but the gods don’t understand it: a large tree produces small fruit; large fruit comes from a small tree. The large tree with small fruit refers to the waríngin tree; the large fruit and small tree refer to the gourd. I am immune to all weapons, but if they pull my two arms apart, then they will find it easy to kill me; but this the gods do not know."
With this intelligence the spy immediately hastened to Wísnu, who arrived at Suraláya when the gods were nearly beaten by the twenty-seven sons of Wátu Gúnung. After this success, Wátu Gúnung approaching Sáng yáng Gúru, put the intended questions to him. The latter referring to Wísnu, they were immediately recognized by him, on which Wátu Gúnung attempted to escape, but was soon overtaken by Wísnu, who laying hold of one of his arms, while his son, Sri Gáti, held the other, they soon succeeded in putting him to death. As he expired a voice was heard by Wísnu, saying, "think not that it will end here: hereafter trouble will again arise in Suraláya, in the time of Rája Sumáli, of the country[Vol I Pg 424] of Séla gríng'ging, who will have a brother named Mang'liáwan. Forget it not."
With this information, the spy quickly rushed to Wísnu, who arrived at Suraláya just when the gods were about to be defeated by the twenty-seven sons of Wátu Gúnung. After this victory, Wátu Gúnung approached Sáng yáng Gúru and asked him the intended questions. The latter, referring to Wísnu, was immediately recognized by him, prompting Wátu Gúnung to try to escape. However, he was soon caught by Wísnu, who grabbed one of his arms while his son, Sri Gáti, held the other. Together, they quickly managed to kill him. As he died, Wísnu heard a voice say, "Don’t think this is the end: trouble will arise again in Suraláya during the time of Rája Sumáli from the country of Séla gríng'ging, who will have a brother named Mang'liáwan. Don’t forget this.”
When the twenty-seven sons of Wátu Gúnung heard of their father's fate, they wished to sacrifice themselves; but Wísnu disposed of them as follows, saying, "let there be a sign to the world of this victory. I will once in seven days put to death one of these twenty-seven, so that they may be killed in rotation." The grief of Sínta being excessive, she wept for seven days, and afterwards was received into Suraláya, and Wísnu added her name, as well as those of her sister and Wátu Gúnung, to the twenty-seven, and established the thirty wúku, as everlasting signs, in commemoration of this victory. From the grief of Sínta for seven days, it is said that rain always falls during the wúku which bears her name[137].
When the twenty-seven sons of Wátu Gúnung learned about their father's fate, they wanted to sacrifice themselves; however, Wísnu decided it should happen differently. He said, "Let there be a sign to the world of this victory. I will kill one of these twenty-seven every seven days, so they can be sacrificed in rotation." Sínta's grief was so intense that she cried for seven days. After that, she was welcomed into Suraláya, and Wísnu included her name, along with her sister's and Wátu Gúnung's, among the twenty-seven. He established the thirty wúku as eternal signs to commemorate this victory. It is said that because of Sínta's seven days of mourning, it always rains during the wúku that bears her name[137].
Then seizing the Pepáteh and three assistants, who with Wátu Gúnung had constituted the council of five, he declared that they should serve to commemorate the four great revolutions or Nága (serpents:) Nága Búmí (of the earth,) Nága Dína (of the day,) Nága Wúlan (of the moon,) Nága Táhun (of the year.) He struck out both the eyes of Nága Búmi, that the earth might never again see to attack the heavens, and afterwards the left eye of Nága Dína, and the right eye of Nága Wúlan.
Then he grabbed the Pepáteh and three assistants, who along with Wátu Gúnung were part of the council of five. He announced that they would serve to commemorate the four great revolutions or Nága (serpents): Nága Búmí (of the earth), Nága Dína (of the day), Nága Wúlan (of the moon), Nága Táhun (of the year). He blinded Nága Búmi by striking out both its eyes so that the earth would never again see to attack the heavens, and then he went on to blind the left eye of Nága Dína and the right eye of Nága Wúlan.
[Here that part of the relation which has an astronomical reference breaks off.]
[Here that part of the story that has to do with astronomy ends.]
Bráma then following the example of Naráda, purifies himself, and at his desire, first there appears before him a boy of strong make, on whom he confers the name of Bráma Táma; secondly, a boy, also of strong make, whom he names Bráma Sudárga; and thirdly, a beautiful girl, on whom he confers the name of Bramáni Wáti.
Bráma then, following the example of Naráda, cleanses himself, and at his request, first a sturdy boy appears before him, and he names him Bráma Táma; second, another strong boy shows up, whom he names Bráma Sudárga; and third, a beautiful girl appears, and he names her Bramáni Wáti.
The two boys, when they attained maturity, descended from Suralága. Bráma Sudárga united in marriage with a female of the earth: from them, in the third degree, were descended Raja Sumáli and Mangliáwan. In the reign of the latter of these a destructive war is stated to have taken place. Mangliáwan laid waste Suraláya and slew Sri Gáti, but afterwards,[Vol I Pg 425] when he shewed a desire to possess Sri, Wísnu exerted all his strength, and put him to death. As Mangliáwan expired Wísnu heard a voice saying unto him, "The work is not yet complete; hereafter, when there shall be on earth a man named Rahwána, who will be descended from Bráma Táma, beware of him: in his time the peace of heaven will be again disturbed, and he will lay it waste." Bráma Táma espoused a princess of Chámpa, named S'ráti Déwi, by whom he had a son, named Bráma Rája, who became Raja of Indrapúri, and had a son named Chítra Bahár or Angsárwa, to whom, when he became advanced in age, he delivered over charge of the country, proceeding himself into the forests as a devotee, and assuming the name of Rési Táma.
The two boys, when they reached adulthood, came down from Suralága. Bráma Sudárga married a woman from the earth: from them, in the third generation, descended Raja Sumáli and Mangliáwan. During the reign of the latter, a devastating war reportedly occurred. Mangliáwan destroyed Suraláya and killed Sri Gáti, but later, [Vol I Pg 425] when he expressed a desire to possess Sri, Wísnu used all his strength to defeat him and ended his life. As Mangliáwan died, Wísnu heard a voice telling him, "The work is not yet complete; in the future, there will be a man on earth named Rahwána, who will be a descendant of Bráma Táma. Be cautious of him: during his time, the peace of heaven will again be disturbed, and he will cause destruction." Bráma Táma married a princess from Chámpa, named S'ráti Déwi, with whom he had a son named Bráma Rája, who became Raja of Indrapúri. He had a son named Chítra Bahár or Angsárwa, to whom he entrusted the rule of the country as he grew older, retreating to the forests as a devotee and taking on the name Rési Táma.
Sumáli had a daughter, named Sukési Déwi. This prince, alarmed at the accounts of Mangliáwan's death, fled with her to Chítra Bahár, and requested him to protect her as a maiden, giving him authority to sanction her marriage on any proper occasion which might offer. He himself fearing the vengeance of Sáng yáng Gúru, fled further into the woods for concealment, but died on the way. Chítra Bahár, forgetting the nature of his charge, became enamoured of the girl. This happened when he was performing a penance; for he had two sons, named Mísra Wárna and Bísa Wárna, to the former of whom he had intrusted the charge of his government. The girl resisted on account of his age, but he at last succeeded. During the first amour he received from her nine strokes on the head with a stone. In due time she became pregnant and was delivered of a boy, having nine marks or excrescences on his head, which added to his natural face, making as it were ten fronts to his head: he was thence called Dása múka (ten-faced.) In the second attempt she pulled the lobes of both his ears with great strength, and when delivered she produced a child in the form of a Rasáksa, and having immense lobes to the ears: this child was named Amba kárna, or long-eared. In the third she scratched him all over, and the fruit of it was a girl, born with long nails and claws at the end of each finger: she was named Sárpa kanáka, or serpent-nailed; the wounds inflicted by these nails are said to have been mortal. But the fourth being un[Vol I Pg 426]resisted, she was delivered of a most beautiful boy, who, having a countenance and mouth beautiful like those of a girl, was named Bibisána.
Sumáli had a daughter named Sukési Déwi. This prince, alarmed by the news of Mangliáwan's death, took her to Chítra Bahár and asked him to protect her as a young woman, giving him the authority to allow her marriage whenever a suitable opportunity arose. Fearing the wrath of Sáng yáng Gúru, he fled deeper into the woods to hide but died on the way. Chítra Bahár, forgetting his responsibility, fell in love with the girl. This happened while he was doing penance; he had two sons named Mísra Wárna and Bísa Wárna, and he had entrusted the governance to the former. The girl resisted because of his age, but he eventually succeeded. During their first encounter, she struck him on the head with a stone nine times. In time, she became pregnant and gave birth to a boy, who had nine marks or growths on his head, making it appear as if he had ten faces; he was named Dása múka (ten-faced). In the second attempt, she pulled both his earlobes hard, and when she gave birth, she had a child in the form of a Rasáksa, with large earlobes; this child was named Amba kárna, or long-eared. In the third encounter, she scratched him all over, resulting in a girl born with long nails and claws at the end of each finger; she was named Sárpa kanáka, or serpent-nailed; the wounds from these nails were said to be fatal. But the fourth time was irresistible, and she gave birth to a very beautiful boy, whose face and mouth were as lovely as a girl's; he was named Bibisána.
When these children were grown up Chítra Bahár carried them to Mísra Wárna, saying, "these are your brothers and sister, assist them, and they will be of use to you in your government." Mísra Wárna had a great dread of thunder. He possessed a weapon called límpung, which descended to him from Bráma Rája, and Dása Múka, desirous of possessing it, ingratiated himself into his favour, but no sooner obtained possession of it than he formed a design against his brother's life, in the hope of succeeding him. He accordingly performed a penance and prayed for thunder, and as soon as it was heard he slew his brother, and gave out that he disappeared during the thunder. At the moment, however, that he struck Mísra Wárna with the weapon it vanished; still he became Raja.
When these children grew up, Chítra Bahár took them to Mísra Wárna, saying, "These are your brothers and sister; help them, and they will be useful to you in your rule." Mísra Wárna was very afraid of thunder. He had a weapon called límpung, which was passed down to him from Bráma Rája. Dása Múka, wanting to possess it, flattered him, but as soon as he got it, he plotted to kill his brother, hoping to take his place. He performed a penance and prayed for thunder, and as soon as it came, he killed his brother and claimed he had vanished during the storm. However, just when he struck Mísra Wárna with the weapon, it disappeared; still, he became Raja.
In the mean time Bísa Wárna became beloved by the gods, and they presented to him a car, named jaladára, in which he could be conveyed through the clouds. When Dása Múka heard of this he became enraged, and demanded the carriage for himself; but he had no sooner made the request than he perceived his lost weapon descend upon the lap of Bísa Wárna. Still more enraged at this, the altercation did not cease until Bísa Wárna, with one blow, laid him senseless on the ground; at which moment the father, Chítra Bahár, coming up, he succeeded in reconciling them, and with impressing upon Dása Múka the futility of his attempts against his brother. Chítra Bahár on this occasion repeated several invocations to the deity, which were treasured up in the recollection of after ages: such as Hong! Awígna; Hong! Widadánia; Hong! Widadáni, &c.
In the meantime, Bísa Wárna won the favor of the gods, who gifted him a chariot called jaladára, allowing him to travel through the clouds. When Dása Múka learned of this, he became furious and demanded the chariot for himself; but as soon as he made the request, he saw his lost weapon fall into the lap of Bísa Wárna. Even more enraged by this, the argument continued until Bísa Wárna knocked him out with one blow. At that moment, their father, Chítra Bahár, arrived and managed to reconcile them, emphasizing the pointlessness of Dása Múka's attempts against his brother. On this occasion, Chítra Bahár recited several invocations to the deity, which were remembered through the ages, such as Hong! Awígna; Hong! Widadánia; Hong! Widadáni, etc.
The father, however, had no sooner withdrawn, than Dása Múka again took courage, and another combat ensued, which ended in his being a second time struck senseless on the ground, blood issuing from his mouth. Bísa Wárna then laying hold of his body was about to cut his throat with the limpung, when Rési Naráda appeared and arrested his hand, saying, "forbear, Sáng yáng Gúru does not permit that you slay your brother. By attending to this advice you will[Vol I Pg 427] hereafter become a deity in heaven. Give your weapon to your brother, who is Raja of Indrapúri." Bisa Wárna assenting, Rési Naráda then brought Dása Múka to his senses, and delivering over to him the weapon and car, conferred upon him the name of Rah-wána[138], from his blood having flowed in such quantity as to reach the adjoining forest.
The father had barely left when Dása Múka found his courage again, and another fight broke out, ending with him knocked out on the ground, blood coming out of his mouth. Bísa Wárna then grabbed his body and was about to slit his throat with the limpung when Rési Naráda showed up and stopped him, saying, "Stop, Sáng yáng Gúru does not allow you to kill your brother. If you follow this advice, you will become a deity in heaven. Give your weapon to your brother, who is the Raja of Indrapúri." Bísa Wárna agreed, and Rési Naráda then revived Dása Múka, handing him the weapon and the car, and gave him the name Rah-wána[138], because his blood had flowed so much that it reached the nearby forest.
[In some copies of this work it is said that Dása Múka was called Rahwána, because in his youth he delighted in the destruction of children and to spill their blood. There is also some variation in this part of the story, and Citrá Bahár is termed Chátor Bója (four-shouldered), on account of the great strength he exhibited in the war with Níli Kewácha].
[In some copies of this work, it is mentioned that Dása Múka was called Rahwána because in his youth he took pleasure in harming children and spilling their blood. There is also some variation in this part of the story, and Citrá Bahár is referred to as Chátor Bója (four-shouldered) due to the immense strength he demonstrated in the battle with Níli Kewácha.]
Rési Naráda then presented Rahwána to Sáng yáng Gúru, who taking a liking to him adopted him as his son, giving him a saléndang[139] as a mark of his affection. Rahwána, however, was soon dazzled by the appearance of a bright flame, when forgetting the attachment of Sáng yáng Gúru, he pursued it, until he came into the presence of Sri, from whose beauty it proceeded. She, however, ran to her husband Wísnu for succour, and a severe combat ensued, during which the heavens were disturbed, and many of its most valuable contents were destroyed by Rahwána. Rési Naráda at length approaching, separated the combatants, saying, "this is not the proper place for your contention; better had you descend to the earth. As for you, Wísnu, as you are a god, and may be ashamed to shew yourself as such on earth, it is the will of Sáng yáng Gúru that you be permitted to appear there in the form of a man, and to do there as you like." On which Rahwána was cast out of Suraláya, and Wísnu, with his consort Sri, disappeared, without any one knowing whither they went.
Rési Naráda then introduced Rahwána to Sáng yáng Gúru, who took a liking to him and adopted him as his son, giving him a saléndang[139] as a sign of his affection. However, Rahwána was soon captivated by the sight of a bright flame, and forgetting his bond with Sáng yáng Gúru, he chased after it until he found himself in the presence of Sri, from whom the light emanated. She quickly ran to her husband Wísnu for help, leading to a fierce battle where the heavens were shaken, and many precious things were destroyed by Rahwána. Eventually, Rési Naráda stepped in to separate them, saying, "This isn't the right place for your fight; it would be better if you came down to earth. As for you, Wísnu, since you are a god and might feel embarrassed to show yourself as such on earth, it is the will of Sáng yáng Gúru that you may appear there as a man and do as you wish." With that, Rahwána was expelled from Suraláya, and Wísnu, along with his consort Sri, vanished, with no one knowing where they went.
Bísa Wárna was then, in fulfilment of the promise given by Naráda, called up to heaven, to supply the place among the Déwas vacated by Wísnu, and approaching the presence of Sáng yáng Gúru received from him the name of Batára Asmára or Kamajáya (the god of love), and presented him with a consort, named Káma Ráti or Batári Ráti. [Vol I Pg 428]
Bísa Wárna was then, fulfilling the promise made by Naráda, called up to heaven to take the place among the Déwas that Wísnu had left vacant. Approaching the presence of Sáng yáng Gúru, he received the name Batára Asmára or Kamajáya (the god of love) and was given a consort named Káma Ráti or Batári Ráti. [Vol I Pg 428]
[Here ends the Kérta Yoga, or first age of the world, and the Tréta Yóga, or second age, commences.]
[Here ends the Kérta Yoga, or first age of the world, and the Tréta Yóga, or second age, begins.]
Wísnu, after his descent upon the earth, first became incarnate in the person of an illustrious sovereign, named Arjúna Wijáya, of the country of Mauspáti, and reigned for a period of seventeen years, during which he was successful in two wars. One, in which the Rája of Tánjung-púra, having a beautiful daughter, named Chítra Wáti, in whom Sri had become incarnate, offered her in marriage to the prince who should overcome in wrestling all the others assembled: Arjúna Wijáya, however, carried her off from the place in which she was secreted (Gedóng Brahála) which produced a war, wherein he was victorious. The other war was with Rahwána, who attacked him at Mauspáti: in this Rahwána was taken prisoner and confined in a cage; but on the solicitations of his father, Chítra Bahár, he was forgiven, and allowed to return to his country, on condition that neither he nor his descendants would ever again make war on Arjúna Wijáya.
Wísnu, after coming down to Earth, first took the form of a renowned king named Arjúna Wijáya, from the land of Mauspáti. He ruled for seventeen years and won in two wars. One was against the king of Tánjung-púra, who had a beautiful daughter named Chítra Wáti, in whom Sri had manifested. The king offered her hand in marriage to the prince who could win a wrestling match against all the others present. However, Arjúna Wijáya abducted her from the place where she was hidden (Gedóng Brahála), leading to a war, which he won. The other conflict was with Rahwána, who attacked him at Mauspáti. In that battle, Rahwána was captured and placed in a cage; but at the request of his father, Chítra Bahár, he was pardoned and allowed to return home, with the condition that neither he nor his descendants would ever wage war against Arjúna Wijáya again.
Wísnu afterwards quitting the body of Arjúna Wijáya became incarnate in the person of Ráma, son of Dása Ráta (who when young was called Murdáka), entering the body of his mother during conception, and coming into the world with the child. About the same time Batára Basúki, who had a son named Baswárat, united to Bramáni Wáti, becoming sorrowful, quitted Suraláya, with a determination to follow the fortunes of Wisnu, who after quitting the body of Arjúna Wijáya roamed for some time round the skirts of the earth until he fell in with Basúki. Wisnu then said to him, "there is a Raja of Mándra-púra, named Bása Ráta, who has two wives, named Déwi Rágu and Mánwa-dári. I am younger than you, but on earth I must be older. I will enter the body of Rágu, and become incarnate in the child she will bring forth; do you the same with the other." Mánwa-dári was delivered of a child named Lakasamána, in which Basúki accordingly became incarnate.
Wísnu then left the body of Arjúna Wijáya and became incarnate as Ráma, son of Dása Ráta (who was called Murdáka in his youth), entering his mother's body during conception and coming into the world with her child. Around the same time, Batára Basúki, who had a son named Baswárat with Bramáni Wáti, feeling sorrowful, left Suraláya, determined to follow the path of Wisnu, who wandered the earth for a while after leaving the body of Arjúna Wijáya until he encountered Basúki. Wisnu then said to him, "There is a Raja of Mándra-púra named Bása Ráta, who has two wives, Déwi Rágu and Mánwa-dári. I am younger than you, but on earth I must appear older. I will enter the body of Rágu and become incarnate in the child she will bear; you should do the same with the other." Mánwa-dári gave birth to a child named Lakasamána, in which Basúki became incarnate.
[The portion of the work, which also includes a relation of the feats of Báli son of Gotáma, the founder of Astíno, brings the story down to the period of the poem of Ráma. The history is then carried on to the period of the Pendáwa[Vol I Pg 429] Líma or Bráta Yudha, and may be concisely stated as follows:]
[The section of the work, which also includes a account of the achievements of Báli, son of Gotáma, the founder of Astíno, brings the narrative up to the time of the poem of Ráma. The story then continues to the era of the Pendáwa[Vol I Pg 429] Lima or Bráta Yudha, and can be summarized as follows:]
Baswárat, son of Basúki, had by Bramáni Wáti two sons, Mánu-Manára and Mánu-Madéwa. The daughter of Mánu-Madéwa, named Siráti, was married to Bramána Rája, and from this marriage proceeded Rahwána. The Pendáwa Líma were tenth in descent from Mánu-Manára, as in the following pedigree:
Baswárat, son of Basúki, had two sons with Bramáni Wáti: Mánu-Manára and Mánu-Madéwa. The daughter of Mánu-Madéwa, named Siráti, married Bramána Rája, and their child was Rahwána. The Pendáwa Líma were the tenth generation descended from Mánu-Manára, as shown in the following family tree:
- 1. Mánu-Manása,
- 2. Tritrushta,
- 3. Parikéna,
- 4. Sutápa,
- 5. Sa-pútram,
- 6. Sákri,
- 7. Pulasára,
- 8. Abiása,
- 9. Pándu-déwa Náta.
The Tréta Yóga or second age, is supposed to have ended, and the Duapára Yóga, or third age, to have commenced on the death of Ráma, which happened about the time of Sákri.
The Tréta Yóga, or second age, is believed to have ended, and the Duapára Yóga, or third age, to have begun at the death of Ráma, which occurred around the time of Sákri.
The Wiwáha káwi is a regular poem, and contains three hundred and fifty-five páda, or metrical stanzas. The subject is as follows:
The Wiwáha káwi is a structured poem that consists of three hundred and fifty-five páda, or metrical stanzas. The topic is as follows:
Erang Báyu had a son, whose form was that of a Rasáksa, and who became sovereign of the country of Ima-ímantáka, under the name of Détia Kéwácha. The father, desirous of getting rid of him, urged him to go to Suréndra Buána, in search of a flower, called Turáng'ga játi, which was worn by all the Widadáris. The Rasáksa accordingly goes in search of it, and no sooner comes into the presence of Batára Gúru, than a Widadári sitting by his side, named Su Prába, the daughter of Batára Sámba, presents one of these flowers to him, with which he returns to his father, who alarmed at his success, immediately delivers over to him the government of his country.
Erang Báyu had a son who looked like a Rasáksa and became the ruler of the land of Ima-ímantáka, known as Détia Kéwácha. The father, eager to get rid of him, encouraged him to go to Suréndra Buána in search of a flower called Turáng'ga játi, which was worn by all the Widadáris. The Rasáksa set out to find it, and as soon as he arrived before Batára Gúru, a Widadári named Su Prába, the daughter of Batára Sámba, presented him with one of those flowers. He returned to his father with it, and seeing his success, the father quickly handed over the rule of his country to him.
After Détia Kéwácha had thus become sovereign, he desired to be united in marriage with the Widadári who had given him the flower, and dispatches a Rasáksa named Kolángkía, with a letter addressed to Batára Gúru, soliciting[Vol I Pg 430] Su Prába in marriage, and threatening to destroy the heavens in case of refusal. When the messenger reached Suréndra Buána he presented the letter to Batára Sákra, who knowing its contents without reading it, immediately replied in a rage, "then let your sovereign carry his threat into execution, for Bitára Gúru will never consent that a Widadári be married to a Rasáksa."
After Détia Kéwácha became the ruler, he wanted to marry Widadári, who had given him the flower. He sent a Rasáksa named Kolángkía with a letter to Batára Gúru, asking for Su Prába's hand in marriage and threatening to destroy the heavens if his request was denied. When the messenger arrived at Suréndra Buána, he presented the letter to Batára Sákra, who, knowing its contents without looking at it, immediately responded angrily, "Then let your ruler follow through on his threat, for Bitára Gúru will never agree to a Widadári marrying a Rasáksa."
When the messenger had disappeared, Batára Sákra communicated to the gods the state of affairs, on which Batára Gúru became enraged. As he curbed his passion, Naráka becomes disturbed; smoke issued from its deepest recesses and the heavens rocked to and fro. Rési Naráda then apprised Batára Gúru that there was a man on the earth, named Bagáwan Wardiníngsih, or Mitarága, who had long performed his devotions on the mountain Indra-kíla, and suggested that it might be better to employ him against Detia Kewácha than for the gods, who were ignorant of the art of war, to await in heaven the coming of the Rasáksa. Batára Gúru approves of the suggestion, and Rési Naráda descends accordingly to Indra-kíla, accompanied by seven Widadáris, in the hope that by the influence of their charms, he might succeed in abstracting Wardiníngsih from the severe penance which he was performing. The names of the Widadáris who accompanied him were Su Prába, Wilotáma, Leng-leng-Mandana, Sumartáka, Ang'impuni, Su Prába-sini, and Dérsa-nála. In their train followed a thousand of the young and beautiful maids of heaven.
When the messenger was gone, Batára Sákra informed the gods about what was happening, which made Batára Gúru very angry. As he tried to control his anger, Naráka became agitated; smoke billowed from its depths and the heavens shook. Rési Naráda then told Batára Gúru that there was a man on earth named Bagáwan Wardiníngsih, or Mitarága, who had devoted himself for a long time on the mountain Indra-kíla, and suggested it might be better to use him against Detia Kewácha instead of waiting for the Rasáksa in heaven, as the gods were unfamiliar with warfare. Batára Gúru agreed with the idea, and Rési Naráda descended to Indra-kíla, accompanied by seven Widadáris, hoping their charms would help him pull Wardiníngsih away from his intense penance. The names of the Widadáris who went with him were Su Prába, Wilotáma, Leng-leng-Mandana, Sumartáka, Ang'impuni, Su Prába-sini, and Dérsa-nála. Following them was a thousand young and beautiful maidens from heaven.
Wardiníngsih was performing a long and rigid penance, for the purpose of recovering the kingdom of Astína; and when Naráda arrived at Indra-kíla, the sun had climbed half way up the heavens. The Widadáris immediately displayed their charms, and employed every artifice to attract his attention, but they could not succeed. One of them, who resembled his wife, even threw off her upper garments, and exposing her bosom embraced him with transport; but it did not avail.
Wardiníngsih was doing a long and intense penance to regain the kingdom of Astína; and when Naráda reached Indra-kíla, the sun was halfway up in the sky. The Widadáris immediately showed off their beauty and used every trick to grab his attention, but they couldn't succeed. One of them, who looked like his wife, even took off her top and, revealing her body, embraced him passionately; but it didn’t work.
Batára Sákra then descended to Indra-kíla, in the disguise of a Dervise, assuming the name of Panjíngrum, and approaching Wardiníngsih, as if in grief, threw off his disguise, and resuming the god, addressed Wardiníngsih as[Vol I Pg 431] follows: "My visit to you is on three accounts; first, I request your assistance in this war; secondly, I wish to apprise you, that Batára Gúru will in a short time appear to you; thirdly, to advise you, that when you see Batára Gúru, and he asks you whether you have courage to engage in the war or not, you answer that you have; requesting, however, in return, that when the war Bráta Yúdha takes place, the Pandáwa may be successful. You may then request two arrows, called paso páti and trisula, and the crown cháping basunánda, the vest ánta kasúma, the slippers márdu kachárma: these slippers, when you wear them, will enable you to fly, and to enter heaven in person. Request, moreover, the chariot mánik, which is drawn by elephants and horses of the heavenly race (sambráni), and called chípta waláha, and that if you are successful in the war with Détia Kewácha, Batára Gúru, as well as the other gods, may each present you with a Widadári." Batára Sákra having made an impression on the mind of Wardiníngsih returned to heaven.
Batára Sákra then came down to Indra-kíla, disguised as a Dervish and going by the name of Panjíngrum. Approaching Wardiníngsih with a look of sorrow, he removed his disguise and, returning to his divine form, spoke to Wardiníngsih as[Vol I Pg 431] follows: "I’m here for three reasons; first, I need your help in this war; second, I want to let you know that Batára Gúru will be coming to see you soon; and third, when you meet Batára Gúru and he asks if you have the courage to join in the war, you should say that you do, but also ask that when the war Bráta Yúdha happens, the Pandáwa comes out on top. You can also ask for two arrows, named paso páti and trisula, the crown cháping basunánda, the vest ánta kasúma, and the slippers márdu kachárma: when you wear these slippers, you will be able to fly and enter heaven. Additionally, request the chariot mánik, which is drawn by elephants and celestial horses (sambráni), known as chípta waláha, and that if you succeed in the battle against Détia Kewácha, Batára Gúru, along with the other gods, may each gift you a Widadári." After making a strong impression on Wardiníngsih, Batára Sákra returned to heaven.
In the mean time Mang-máng Múrka, the Peptáeh of Détia Kewácha, who had a face like a hog, received orders to lay waste the mountain of Indra-Kíla. He no sooner arrived there, and began to destroy the cultivation, than Sémar gave information of it to Wardiníngsih, who coming forth with his bow and arrow, immediately struck the Rasáksa; upon which Batára Gúru appeared in the form of a forester, holding in his hand a bow without an arrow. Then straggling with Wardiníngsih to withdraw the arrow with which the Rasáksa had been struck, each pulled at it ineffectually until a quarrel ensued, in which Batára Gúru accused Wardiníngsih of having a bad heart, and of following the dictates of his Gúru Dúrna, who was at Astina, and who had a crooked nose and mouth. Wardiníngsih being enraged at this, a severe combat ensued, when Batára Gúru having laid hold of his adversary's hair, the other attempted to retaliate, on which Batára Gúru vanished. A fragrant odour immediately arose, and Wardiníngsih reflected upon what Sákra had told him, and instantly perceived a bright arch, like the rainbow, with Batára Gúru appearing within it, attended by Rési Naráda and a suite of Widadáris: bowing profoundly to the ground, he felt himself permitted to approach the deity[Vol I Pg 432] and kiss his feet; Batára Gúru then informed him of his object in coming to Indra-kíla, and requested that he would make war upon Détia Kewácha, who was the enemy of the gods; to which Wardiníngsih consented, making the requests which had been suggested by Batára Sákra. To these Batára Gúru assented, adding, "If you have success in this war, I will appoint you sovereign of the heavens for one year. You shall have power over all the gods, and the Widadáris shall be your attendants; and as long as you live you shall have power to visit Suraláya at your pleasure." This said, Batára Gúru disappeared.
In the meantime, Mang-máng Múrka, the Peptáeh of Détia Kewácha, who had a face like a pig, received orders to destroy the mountain of Indra-Kíla. As soon as he arrived and started destroying the crops, Sémar reported this to Wardiníngsih, who came out with his bow and arrow and immediately struck the Rasáksa; then Batára Gúru appeared in the shape of a forester, holding a bow without an arrow. When Wardiníngsih tried to pull out the arrow that had struck the Rasáksa, they both tugged at it without success until a fight broke out, during which Batára Gúru accused Wardiníngsih of having a wicked heart and following the commands of his Gúru Dúrna, who was in Astina and had a crooked nose and mouth. Enraged by this, Wardiníngsih engaged in a fierce battle, but when Batára Gúru grabbed onto Wardiníngsih's hair, the latter retaliated, causing Batára Gúru to vanish. A sweet fragrance filled the air, and Wardiníngsih remembered what Sákra had told him, and he quickly saw a bright arch, like a rainbow, with Batára Gúru appearing within it, accompanied by Rési Naráda and a group of Widadáris. Bowing deeply to the ground, he felt allowed to approach the deity and kiss his feet; Batára Gúru then explained his purpose for coming to Indra-kíla and requested that Wardiníngsih wage war against Détia Kewácha, the enemy of the gods. Wardiníngsih agreed, making the requests that Batára Sákra had suggested. Batára Gúru agreed, adding, "If you succeed in this war, I will make you ruler of the heavens for one year. You will have authority over all the gods, and the Widadáris will be your attendants; as long as you live, you will have the freedom to visit Suraláya whenever you choose." After saying this, Batára Gúru disappeared.
On the next day Wardiníngsih prepared for his journey to Ima imantáka, the country of Détia Kewácha, and on his way thither fell in with the Widadáris, Su Prába and Wilá Táma, who had been sent by Batára Sákra. Wardiníngsih, on his arrival at the Rasáksa's capital, commissioned these Widadáris to enter the palace and feign an attachment for Détia Kewácha. Détia Kewácha no sooner beheld them, than being thrown off his guard, he declared, that the object of the war being thus attained without trouble, he would enjoy himself at his ease. Then dressing himself in his princely robes, and perfuming himself as a bridegroom, he approached Su Prába, and taking her on his knee chaunted a song, which so delighted her that she fell asleep. Wardiníngsih, on this, entered into her ear-stud, and awoke her. Detia Kewácha then urged her to gratify his passion, but she refused, and required, as a mark of confidence, that he would trust her with the secret of his power. This he refused, until she was about to stab herself, when he whispered in her ear that he was invulnerable except within his throat; if any one injured that part in the least he must instantly die. Wardiníngsih thus ascertaining his vulnerable point, escaped with the Widadáris, and ascended to Batára Sákra in Suraláya.
On the next day, Wardiníngsih got ready for his trip to Ima imantáka, the land of Détia Kewácha, and on the way met up with the Widadáris, Su Prába, and Wilá Táma, who had been sent by Batára Sákra. When Wardiníngsih arrived in the capital of the Rasáksa, he instructed the Widadáris to go into the palace and pretend to be fond of Détia Kewácha. As soon as Détia Kewácha saw them, he let his guard down and declared that achieving the goal of the war so easily meant he would relax and enjoy himself. Then, putting on his royal attire and scenting himself like a groom, he went over to Su Prába, and after placing her on his knee, he sang a song that delighted her so much that she fell asleep. Seeing this, Wardiníngsih went into her ear and woke her up. Détia Kewácha then insisted that she satisfy his desire, but she refused, asking as a sign of trust that he share with her the secret of his power. He declined, until she was about to stab herself, at which point he whispered to her that he was invulnerable except for his throat; if anyone harmed that part, he would die immediately. Having learned his vulnerable spot, Wardiníngsih escaped with the Widadáris and ascended to Batára Sákra in Suraláya.
Détia Kewácha, then collecting his forces, proceeded to the war with a countless host, laying waste the country, until he arrived near Tánda Wáru, where he halted to make preparations for the attack. The heavens now shook, and Naráka emitted smoke. The gods trembled with fear, and the wind, charged with the gross stench of the Rasáksa, almost overpowered them.
Détia Kewácha, gathering his troops, went to war with a massive army, destroying everything in his path until he reached Tánda Wáru, where he stopped to prepare for the attack. The sky shook, and Naráka released smoke. The gods were terrified, and the wind, filled with the terrible smell of the Rasáksa, nearly overwhelmed them.
Wardiníngsih having arrived at the abode of Sákra, the[Vol I Pg 433] great bell (gatíta) was struck, when the gods immediately assembled. The forces of Suraláya then moved on, Wardiníngsih following in a splendid chariot. Having thrown off the Pandíta's garment, he now appeared richly clothed in the character of Arjúna, adorned with gold and costly gems. The chariot had formerly belonged to Ráma, and had been preserved by Batára Gúru, when Ráma committed himself to the flames.
Wardiníngsih arrived at Sákra's place, and the [Vol I Pg 433] great bell (gatíta) rang, causing the gods to gather right away. The forces of Suraláya then advanced, with Wardiníngsih following in an impressive chariot. After casting off the Pandíta's robe, he appeared magnificently dressed as Arjúna, adorned with gold and precious gems. The chariot had once belonged to Ráma and was kept by Batára Gúru after Ráma directed himself into the flames.
The battle commenced, and the forces of the Rasáksa being most numerous and powerful, were about to carry all before them, when Gatot Kácha arrived, and taking part with Wardiníngsih, turned the tide of the battle in favour of the gods, plucking up the mountains by the roots, and casting them upon the Rasáksas. Détia Kewácha escaping the general overthrow, and attended by Sécha Tung'gára, shot an arrow at Wardiníngsih, which the latter caught under his arm, and feigning death, fell to the ground. Great was the grief of Sémar and of all his other attendants; but Détia Kewácha approaching burst out into a loud laugh, when Wardiníngsih, who had watched his opportunity, observing the Rasáksa's mouth open, instantly rose, and struck the arrow into it, and so killed him.
The battle began, and since the forces of the Rasáksa were the largest and strongest, they were about to overwhelm everything in their path when Gatot Kácha showed up. Joining Wardiníngsih, he changed the outcome of the battle in favor of the gods, uprooting mountains and throwing them onto the Rasáksas. Détia Kewácha managed to escape the overall defeat, accompanied by Sécha Tung'gára, who shot an arrow at Wardiníngsih. Wardiníngsih caught it under his arm and pretended to be dead, falling to the ground. There was great sorrow among Sémar and all of his attendants; however, Détia Kewácha, stepping forward, burst into loud laughter. Taking his chance, Wardiníngsih, who had been watching, noticed the Rasáksa's mouth open, quickly got up, and shot the arrow into it, killing him.
Gátot Kácha, who, in consequence of the absence of Arjúna on a penance for three years, had been sent to recall him, and who had discovered him by the appearance of his attendant Sémar, now approached Wardiníngsih, and kissing his feet, informed him of the sorrow of Séna and Dérma Wángsa at his absence, on which Wardiníngsih desired him to return and report what he had seen.
Gátot Kácha, who had been sent to bring back Arjúna after he had been away for three years on a penance, found him thanks to his attendant Sémar. Now, Gátot Kácha approached Wardiníngsih and, kissing his feet, informed him about the sadness of Séna and Dérma Wángsa due to his absence. In response, Wardiníngsih asked him to go back and share what he had seen.
He then proceeded, attended by the victorious host, to the dwelling of Batára Gúru, called Papáriwárna; on which Batára Gúru assembling the gods, and permitting Wardiníngsih to approach and kiss his feet, declares to him that he was not forgetful of his promise, and would forthwith fulfil it. He then declared him sovereign of Suraláya, under the title Prábu Aníli Kíti, and gave him free access to every part of the heavens. Arjúná then visited the seven quarters of Suraláya, in which was the abode of the Widadáris, and assumed the sovereignty accordingly; while Gatot Kácha, proceeding to Amérta, informed Séna and Dérma Wángsa of what had[Vol I Pg 434] passed. There were also present at his relation Nakóla Sa déwa, Batára Krésna, Sámbu, and Panchawála, all equally anxious to know the fate of Arjúna. Déwi Kúnti, the mother of Pandáwa, having calculated on the death of Arjúna, and made preparation for burning herself in consequence, was overjoyed at this unexpected good news; and Dérma Wángsa, the sovereign Amérta, gave a grand entertainment, in which the Bedáyas danced to the sound of the music, while Gàtot Kácha related the feats of Arjúna.
He then went, accompanied by the victorious army, to the home of Batára Gúru, known as Papáriwárna; here, Batára Gúru gathered the gods and allowed Wardiníngsih to come forward and kiss his feet, announcing that he had not forgotten his promise and would fulfill it right away. He then proclaimed him the ruler of Suraláya, with the title Prábu Aníli Kíti, and granted him access to every part of the heavens. Arjúná then explored the seven regions of Suraláya, where the Widadáris resided, and claimed sovereignty there; meanwhile, Gatot Kácha went to Amérta to inform Séna and Dérma Wángsa about what had [Vol I Pg 434] transpired. Also present when he shared the news were Nakóla Sa déwa, Batára Krésna, Sámbu, and Panchawála, all eager to learn about Arjúna's fate. Déwi Kúnti, the mother of Pandáwa, having anticipated Arjúna's death and prepared to self-immolate, was overjoyed by this unexpected good news; and Dérma Wángsa, the ruler of Amérta, hosted a grand celebration where the Bedáyas danced to the music as Gàtot Kácha recounted the exploits of Arjúna.
The Ráma Káwi is usually divided into four parts. The first, called Ráma Gán-drung, contains the history of Ráma, from his infancy until his marriage; the second, Ráma Bádra, from his marriage until his consort, Síti Déwi, is carried off by Rahwána; the third, Ráma Táli, from the first employment of Hánuman as a dúta or messenger, until he builds the bridge from the continent to the island Ang'lángka-di púra; and the fourth, called Ramayána (by which is understood Ráma when arrived at his full power), from the beginning of the war of Dána Lága on Lánka till the end of it, when Ráma regains his consort Siti Déwi, and returns to Nayúdía, leaving Rahwána's brother, Bibisána, sovereign of Lángka. Of these the Rámayána is the most common on Java. The Ráma Táli has been recently obtained from Báli. This composition, as one poem, is by far the most extensive of any which the Javans possess.
The Ráma Káwi is typically divided into four parts. The first part, called Ráma Gán-drung, tells the story of Ráma, from his childhood up to his marriage. The second part, Ráma Bádra, covers the time from his marriage until his wife, Síti Déwi, is taken by Rahwána. The third part, Ráma Táli, begins with the first role of Hánuman as a dúta or messenger and goes until he builds the bridge from the mainland to the island of Ang'lángka-di púra. The fourth part, called Ramayána (which signifies Ráma at the peak of his power), narrates the beginning of the war of Dána Lága against Lánka and continues until it concludes with Ráma reclaiming his wife Siti Déwi and returning to Nayúdía, while leaving Rahwána's brother, Bibisána, as the ruler of Lángka. Of these, the Rámayána is the most popular in Java. The Ráma Táli was recently acquired from Báli. This work, as a single poem, is by far the longest of any that the Javanese have.
The mythology contained in the Ráma differs, in some measure, from that of the Kánda. Ráma is here made to relate to Bibisána, in Artáti measure but Káwi language, that Bráma, in the first instance, sprang from Wísnu; that in the beginning of the world, Wísnu existed in that part of the heavens named Antabóga, the place of serpents; that Bráma first communicated the knowledge of the Sástra. Nine incarnations of Wísnu are then detailed: the first, when he appeared as Iwak Mokúr-mo (the tortoise); the second, as Sing'ha (the lion), when he was called Barúna; the third, as Arjúna Wijáya; the fourth in Winákitáya or Ráma. In the fifth he was to appear as Krésna; and after the sixth, seventh, and eighth, in the ninth when he would become incarnate in the person of a great sovereign, named Prábu Purúsa.
The mythology in the Ráma differs somewhat from that in the Kánda. In Artáti style but Káwi language, Ráma talks about Bibisána, stating that Bráma originally came from Wísnu; that at the beginning of the world, Wísnu was in a part of the heavens called Antabóga, the realm of serpents; and that Bráma first shared the knowledge of the Sástra. The nine incarnations of Wísnu are then described: the first, when he appeared as Iwak Mokúr-mo (the tortoise); the second, as Sing'ha (the lion), where he was called Barúna; the third, as Arjúna Wijáya; the fourth in Winákitáya or Ráma. In the fifth, he would appear as Krésna; and after the sixth, seventh, and eighth, in the ninth, he would incarnate as a great ruler named Prábu Purúsa.
Anráka Súra (the courageous child of the sun) is written in[Vol I Pg 435] Káwi, but translated into Javan, under the name of Búma Kalantáka, or Emba táli. The period to which it refers is that occupied posterior to that of the Wiwáha, and prior to that of the Bráta Yúdha. It relates almost exclusively to the exploits of Búma, who was the son of Déwi Pratíwi, of the race of Widadáris.
Anráka Súra (the brave child of the sun) is written in Káwi, but translated into Javan, under the name Búma Kalantáka, or Emba táli. The time it describes is the period after the Wiwáha and before the Bráta Yúdha. It mainly focuses on the adventures of Búma, who was the son of Déwi Pratíwi and belonged to the Widadáris lineage.
Déwi Pratíwi being enamoured of Wísnu, her thoughts were continually turned towards him, notwithstanding he had been cast out of Suraláya. One night having dreamt that her passion for him was gratified, she conceived a child. She afterwards heard in her sleep a voice saying to her, "Descend to the earth in search of Krésna, for Wísnu is become incarnate in his person: his colour is deep black." She descended accordingly; and established herself at Praju-téksna, where she was delivered of a son, whom she named Búma Kalantáka. When he arrived at maturity, she informed him who was his father, and when he discovered him he was received and acknowledged by him. Krésna had afterwards another son, named Sámba, who having insulted the wife of Búma a quarrel arose between the two brothers, in which Búma put Sámba to death in a most disgraceful manner, mangling and exposing his body. Krésna, enraged at this, threw his Chákra at Búma, desiring Gátot Kácha to raise him from the earth the moment he is struck, lest the power of his mother should restore him. Gátot Kácha obeys his orders and Búma is destroyed. Séna, one of the sons of Pándu, is one of the personages of this poem.
Déwi Pratíwi, in love with Wísnu, couldn’t stop thinking about him, even though he had been banished from Suraláya. One night, after dreaming that her love for him was fulfilled, she became pregnant. Later, she heard a voice in her sleep telling her, "Go down to Earth to find Krésna, because Wísnu has taken on his form: his skin is deep black." She followed the instructions and settled at Praju-téksna, where she gave birth to a son, whom she named Búma Kalantáka. When he grew up, she told him who his father was, and when he found Wísnu, he was welcomed and recognized by him. Later, Krésna had another son named Sámba, who, after insulting Búma's wife, sparked a fight between the two brothers, in which Búma killed Sámba in a particularly humiliating way, disfiguring and exposing his body. Krésna, furious about this, threw his Chákra at Búma, instructing Gátot Kácha to lift him from the ground the moment he was struck, so that his mother’s powers wouldn’t bring him back. Gátot Kácha followed his orders, and Búma was killed. Séna, one of Pándu's sons, is one of the characters in this poem.
The history of the succeeding period is contained in the Bráta Yudha, or holy war, the most popular and esteemed work in the language. This poem is identified in its subject with the Mahabárat of continental India, in the same manner as that of Ráma is with the Ramáyan. An analysis of this poem will be given under the head poetry.
The history of the next period is found in the Bráta Yudha, or holy war, which is the most popular and respected work in the language. This poem is related in its subject to the Mahabárat of mainland India, just as the Ráma is connected to the Ramáyan. An analysis of this poem will be provided under the poetry section.
Next, in point of time, to this story, follows that of the poem called Parakísit, which abounds with the praises of that prince, who was the son of Bimányu and grandson of Arjúna, and is descriptive of the tranquillity and happiness which universally prevailed during his reign. It also contains an historical relation of the sovereigns who succeeded him,[Vol I Pg 436] and brings down the line of princes from Parikísit through ten descents to Aji Jáya Báya, as follows.
Next in chronological order to this story is the poem called Parakísit, which is full of praises for that prince, the son of Bimányu and grandson of Arjúna. It describes the peace and happiness that universally prevailed during his reign. It also provides a historical account of the kings who came after him,[Vol I Pg 436] tracing the line of princes from Parikísit through ten generations to Aji Jáya Báya, as follows.
- — Parikísit.
- 1. Súma Wichítra.
- 2. Ang'ling Dría.
- 3. Udiána.
- 4. Madiwáng'i.
- 5. Miséna.
- 6.
- 7.
- 8.
- 9. Súma Wichála.
- 10. Aji Jáya Báya.
It was during the reign of the last of these princes that the first intercourse with Western India is supposed to have taken place; an account of the historical composition relating to a subsequent period is therefore reserved for the chapters on History.
It was during the rule of the last of these princes that the first contact with Western India is believed to have occurred; a discussion of the historical events from a later time is therefore saved for the chapters on History.
The Súria Kétu (or lofty sun) contains in a few stanzas the history of a prince, the fifth in descent from the Kuráwa, who by dint of prayer to the gods obtained a son named Kérta Súma.
The Súria Kétu (or lofty sun) tells in just a few stanzas the story of a prince, the fifth in line from the Kuráwa, who through prayer to the gods was granted a son named Kérta Súma.
The Níti Sástra Káwi is a work on ethics, comprized in one hundred and twenty-three stanzas, each of which contains a moral lesson: it is considered coeval with, if not more ancient than the Bráta Yudha, and the Káwi is considered the most pure extant. The modern version of this work has already been referred to, and translations of some of the stanzas have been introduced. The following are taken indiscriminately, and translated immediately from the Káwi.
The Níti Sástra Káwi is a work on ethics, made up of one hundred and twenty-three stanzas, each with a moral lesson: it is considered to be as old as, if not older than the Bráta Yudha, and the Káwi is regarded as the purest version that exists. The modern edition of this work has already been mentioned, and translations of some stanzas have been provided. The following selections are taken randomly and translated directly from the Káwi.
A man who is moderate and cool in his desires will do good to a country. A woman is like unto Déwi Manuhára when her desires are moderate, and men cannot look upon her without delight. A Pandíta must act up to his doctrines; although it may be in war and difficulty, still he must act up to what he professes.
A man who is balanced and calm in his desires will benefit a nation. A woman is like Déwi Manuhára when her desires are balanced, and men can't help but admire her. A Pandíta must live by his teachings; even in times of war and hardship, he must stay true to what he believes.
This must be the conduct of the Pandíta. If attacked by a serpent, he must not be moved by it, nor even by a lion: still the same, he must be firm and unmoved, and[Vol I Pg 437] neither the serpent nor the lion will have power to hurt him.
This should be the way of the Pandíta. If he’s confronted by a snake, he shouldn’t be swayed by it, not even by a lion: he must remain steady and unflinching, and[Vol I Pg 437] neither the snake nor the lion will have the ability to harm him.
As the surája flower floats in the water, so does the heart exist in a pure body; but let it not be forgotten, that the root of the flower holds to the ground, and that the heart of man depends upon his conduct in life. The conduct of a Pandíta must be distinguished by mercy, charity, firmness, and prudence. His speech should be soft and gentle, and in accordance with and like unto written instruction, so as to moderate and calm the mind and desires of mankind.
As the surája flower floats on the water, so does the heart exist in a pure body; but let's not forget that the root of the flower is anchored to the ground, and that a person's heart relies on their actions in life. A Pandíta should be marked by compassion, generosity, strength, and wisdom. Their words should be kind and gentle, aligning with written guidance, to soothe and calm the thoughts and desires of people.
It is mean and low for a rich man not to dress well: it is still more mean and low for a man of understanding to mix with bad company. So it is when a man attains a high age and knows not the Sástra; but when a man, through the whole course of his life, does not reflect upon his conduct, such a man is of no use in the world whatever.
It’s petty and shameful for a wealthy person not to dress well; it’s even more shameful for a sensible person to associate with bad company. It's similar when a person reaches an old age without knowing the Sástra; however, when someone goes through their entire life without reflecting on their actions, that person is of no value in the world at all.
A man should wear that sort of apparel which in the general opinion is considered proper, and should also eat that kind of food which is generally approved of. If he does this, he will appear like unto a virgin, who has just attained maturity. Let him not follow implicitly the advice and instruction he may receive, but let him weigh them, and select what is good by his own understanding.
A man should wear clothes that are generally seen as appropriate, and he should eat the kinds of food that most people approve of. If he does this, he will seem like a young adult who has just reached maturity. He shouldn’t blindly follow the advice and guidance he receives; instead, he should carefully consider it and choose what’s right based on his own judgment.
In war, let there be no fear on any account, but let the whole thoughts be directed to the main object of urging the warriors to the attack of the foe. Moreover, let the thoughts be directed to what may be the enemy's plans: this done, let the heart feel fire.
In battle, don’t let fear hold you back; focus entirely on motivating your soldiers to engage the enemy. Additionally, consider what the enemy might be planning: once you’ve done that, let your heart be filled with passion.
When a man engages another in his service, there are four points on which he should satisfy himself respecting him. First, his appearance: secondly, his conduct; thirdly, his intelligence; and fourthly, his honesty.
When a man hires someone to work for him, there are four things he should make sure of. First, their appearance; second, their behavior; third, their intelligence; and fourth, their honesty.
The most valuable property is gold; and whoever has much of it, if he does not assist those who are poor and in want, is like unto a house without a fence, and he will soon be deprived of the property which he possesses.
The most valuable asset is gold; and whoever has a lot of it, if they don't help the poor and those in need, is like a house without a fence, and they will soon lose what they have.
As the moon and the stars shed their light by night, and the[Vol I Pg 438] sun giveth light by day, so should the sayings of a wise man enlighten all around him.
As the moon and stars shine at night, and the[Vol I Pg 438] sun shines during the day, the words of a wise person should illuminate everyone around them.
Follow not the seeming wisdom of a woman's discourse; for as a man is more powerful and better informed than a woman, it is fitter that he should stand on his own ground.
Follow not the apparent wisdom of a woman's talk; for as a man is more powerful and better informed than a woman, it is more appropriate that he should stand his own ground.
A man who knows not the customs of the country (yúdya Nagára), is like a man who would bind an elephant with cords made from the tánjung flower. It is not necessary for the elephant to be enraged: with the least motion he breaks the cords asunder.
A man who doesn't understand the customs of the country (yúdya Nagára) is like someone trying to tie up an elephant with ropes made from the tánjung flower. The elephant doesn’t even need to be angry; with just a little movement, it will easily snap the cords.
Deprive not another of the credit which is due to him, nor lower him in the opinion of the world: for the sun, when he approaches near to the moon, in depriving her of her light adds nothing to his own lustre.
Do not take away the credit that belongs to someone else, nor diminish their reputation in the eyes of others: because like the sun, when it comes too close to the moon and steals her light, it doesn't add any brightness to itself.
There is nothing better in the world than a man who keeps his word; and there is nothing worse than a man who swerves from his word, for he is a liar. There are five witnesses, which may be seen by every one: Yang-anála or Bráma (fire), Súria (the sun), Chándra (the moon), Kála (time), Báyu (life). And they are the great witnesses always present throughout the three worlds; therefore let men recollect never to lie.
There’s nothing better in the world than a man who keeps his promises; and there’s nothing worse than a man who goes back on his word, because he is a liar. There are five witnesses, which anyone can see: Yang-anála or Bráma (fire), Súria (the sun), Chándra (the moon), Kála (time), Báyu (life). These are the great witnesses always present across the three worlds; therefore, men should always remember not to lie.
There are three things which destroy a man's character, and they are as three poisons: the first, to disgrace his family or lower himself; the second, to take delight in bringing misfortunes and unhappiness upon others; the third, to be a hypocrite, and assume the character of a Pandíta.
There are three things that ruin a person's character, and they are like three toxic substances: the first is to shame their family or degrade themselves; the second is to take pleasure in causing misfortune and unhappiness to others; the third is to be a hypocrite and pretend to be a Pandíta.
Several works have been recently discovered in Báli, called Agáma, Adigáma, Púrwa Digáma, Súrcha, Muscháyagáma, Kantára or Sástra Menáwa, Dewagáma, Maiswári, Tatwa, Wiya Wasáha, Dásta Kalabáya, Slákan Taragáma, Satmagáma, Gamíga Gamána. Of many of these, copies have been procured, and the Sástra Menáwa, or institutions of Menu, have been partially translated into English. This is a book of law comprised in about one hundred and sixty sections, evidently written on the spot, and with reference to the peculiar habits and dispositions of the people for whom it was framed. As a code of civil law, it is remarkable for the proof it affords of[Vol I Pg 439] the existence of actual property in the land; and as a criminal code, for the frequency of capital punishment, and the almost total absence of all degrading or minor corporeal punishment.
Several works have recently been discovered in Báli, known as Agáma, Adigáma, Púrwa Digáma, Súrcha, Muscháyagáma, Kantára, Sástra Menáwa, Dewagáma, Maiswári, Tatwa, Wiya Wasáha, Dásta Kalabáya, Slákan Taragáma, Satmagáma, and Gamíga Gamána. Copies of many of these have been obtained, and the Sástra Menáwa, or institutions of Menu, have been partially translated into English. This book of law consists of about one hundred and sixty sections, clearly written on-site and tailored to the unique customs and characteristics of the people it addresses. As a civil law code, it is notable for demonstrating the existence of actual property rights in the land; and as a criminal code, it is striking for the prevalence of capital punishment and the near-complete absence of any degrading or minor corporal punishments.
Of the more modern compositions, and which may be considered as more strictly Javan, the following are the principal:
Of the more recent compositions that can be regarded as more authentically Javan, the following are the main ones:
Angréné is an historical work, which commences with the reign of Sri Jáya Langkára sovereign of Médang Kamúlan, the grandfather of the celebrated Pánji, and concludes with the death of Pánji. This is the longest work to be found in the modern literature of Java, and contains the most interesting and important part of Javan history immediately antecedent to the establishment of Mahomedanism. It is composed in several measures of the Sékar Gángsal, and is usually divided into several smaller works, to each of which the name of Pánji is prefixed, as:
Angréné is a historical work that begins with the reign of Sri Jáya Langkára, the ruler of Médang Kamúlan, who is the grandfather of the famous Pánji, and ends with the death of Pánji. This is the longest piece found in modern Javanese literature and contains the most interesting and significant parts of Javanese history right before the rise of Islam. It is written in various forms of the Sékar Gángsal and is typically divided into several smaller works, each prefixed with the name Pánji, such as:
Pánji Mordaningkung. The history of that part of the Pánji's life, when his consort, Sékar-táji, is carried off by a deity. This is replete with relations of his adventures in war, and partly written in the Sékar Sépoh and partly in the Sékar Gángsal.
Pánji Mordaningkung. This section of Pánji's life tells the story of when his partner, Sékar-táji, is taken away by a deity. It's filled with accounts of his adventures in battle, and it's partly documented in the Sékar Sépoh and partly in the Sékar Gángsal.
Pánji Magát-kung relates to that period when the object of Pánji's love was not yet attained.
Pánji Magát-kung relates to that time when Pánji's love was still out of reach.
Pánji-áng'ron ákung, containing the particulars of marriage ceremonies observed by Pánji.
Pánji-áng'ron ákung, detailing the specifics of marriage ceremonies practiced by Pánji.
Pánji priambáda, containing an account of the success and completion of Pánji's love, and ending with his marriage.
Pánji priambáda, which tells the story of Pánji's love triumph and his eventual marriage.
Pánji Jáya Kasúma. This is one of the names assumed by Pánji after the loss of his consort, Sékar-táji and contains an account of his expedition to Báli, where he regained her.
Pánji Jáya Kasúma. This is one of the names taken on by Pánji after losing his partner, Sékar-táji, and it tells the story of his journey to Báli, where he found her again.
Pánji Chékel Wáning Páti (when young brave even to death) contains the juvenile exploits of this hero.
Pánji Chékel Wáning Páti (when young brave even to death) shares the youthful adventures of this hero.
Pánji Norowangsa includes the period of his life, when the Princess of Dahá transforms herself into a man.
Pánji Norowangsa includes the time in his life when the Princess of Dahá becomes a man.
Neither the date of the principal work from which these minor compositions are taken, nor the name of the author is known; but it is supposed to have been written subsequently to the time of Majapáhit, the language being modern Javan.
Neither the date of the main work from which these minor pieces are taken, nor the author's name is known; however, it is believed to have been written after the time of Majapáhit, with the language being modern Javan.
Literary compositions of the higher cast are generally classed by the Javans under the head of Pepákam or Bábat, the latter[Vol I Pg 440] of which includes all historical works and chronicles of modern date.
Literary works of the higher class are generally categorized by the Javanese under the term Pepákam or Bábat, the latter[Vol I Pg 440] of which encompasses all historical writings and contemporary chronicles.
Srúti is a work which contains regulations for the conduct and behaviour of an inferior to a superior. It is written in the Káwi language, but Artáti measure, and has not yet been translated into Javan. It is of the same length as the Níti Sástra Kâwi.
Srúti is a work that includes rules for the behavior and conduct of someone of lower status towards someone of higher status. It is written in the Káwi language, but uses Artáti meter, and has not yet been translated into Javanese. It is of similar length to the Níti Sástra Kâwi.
Níti Prája is composed in the same measure as the Srúti, and contains regulations for the conduct of sovereigns and chiefs, partly in the Káwi and partly in the Javan.
Níti Prája is written in the same style as the Srúti, and includes guidelines for the behavior of rulers and leaders, partly in the Káwi and partly in Javanese.
Asta Prája is a work of the same nature and similarly composed.
Asta Prája is a work of the same kind and similarly structured.
Siwáka contains regulations for behaviour when in the presence of a superior, in the Javan language and Artáti measure.
Siwáka includes rules for how to act when around someone in a higher position, written in the Javan language and Artáti measure.
Nagára Kráma, regulations for the good administration of the country, in the same language and measure.
Nagára Kráma, rules for the effective management of the country, in the same language and measure.
Yúdha Nagára, the customs of the country, containing rules for the behaviour of persons of different ranks, in Javan and in the Artáti and Pamíjil measures.
Yúdha Nagára, the customs of the country, outlining the rules for the behavior of people of different ranks, in Javan and in the Artáti and Pamíjil measures.
Kamandáka contains instructions for inspiring respect and fear in the exercise of authority, partly Káwi, partly Javan, and in Artáti measure.
Kamandáka includes guidance on how to inspire respect and fear while exercising authority, influenced by Káwi, partly Javan, and in Artáti style.
The seven last mentioned works are supposed to have been written about the same period. The Chándra Sangkála of the Srúti is 1340 of the Javan era. From the allusion to Islam customs which they contain it is concluded that they were all composed on the decline of Majapáhit, at a period when the influence of that religion was rapidly gaining ground. These works are in pretty general circulation, and form the basis of the institutions and regulations of the country. The translation already given of a modern version of the Níti Prája will serve to shew their nature and tendency.
The seven works mentioned earlier are believed to have been written around the same time. The Chándra Sangkála of the Srúti dates back to 1340 in the Javan era. Because of references to Islam customs within them, it's concluded that they were all created during the decline of Majapáhit, at a time when the influence of that religion was quickly growing. These works are widely circulated and serve as the foundation for the country's institutions and regulations. The modern translation of the Níti Prája previously provided will illustrate their nature and purpose.
Jáya Langkára is a work supposed to have been written by a chief of that name, when sovereign of Médang Kamúlan, and which contains regulations for the highest judicial proceedings.
Jáya Langkára is a work believed to have been written by a chief of that name while he was the ruler of Médang Kamúlan, and it outlines rules for the highest judicial proceedings.
Júgul Múda, supposed to have been written by Júgul Múda the Páteh or minister of Kandiáwan, chief of Médang Kamúlan, containing rules for the guidance of Pátehs in the judicial department of their office. [Vol I Pg 441]
Júgul Múda, believed to have been authored by Júgul Múda, the Páteh or minister of Kandiáwan, the leader of Médang Kamúlan, which includes guidelines for guiding Pátehs in the judicial aspect of their role. [Vol I Pg 441]
Gája Múda, a similar work, supposed to have been written by Gája Múda, the Páteh of the great Browijáya of Majapáhit.
Gája Múda, a comparable work, is believed to have been written by Gája Múda, the Páteh of the renowned Browijáya of Majapáhit.
Kápa Kápa, regulations for the guidance of the sovereign in the administration of justice.
Kápa Kápa, rules for guiding the ruler in the administration of justice.
Súria Alem, a similar work for the guidance of all persons entrusted with authority, supposed to have been composed by Aji Jímbon, the first Mahomedan sovereign of Java.
Súria Alem is a comparable piece intended to guide everyone in positions of authority, believed to have been written by Aji Jímbon, the first Muslim ruler of Java.
None of the above works are written in verse. They form the basis of what may be called the common law of the country. The translation of the modern version of the last of these, contained in the Appendix, will serve to convey some idea of the nature and spirit of this class of compositions.
None of the above works are written in verse. They form the foundation of what we might refer to as the common law of the country. The translation of the modern version of the last of these, found in the Appendix, will help convey a sense of the nature and spirit of this type of writing.
Besides the above may be noticed another work called Jáya Langkára, a romance, supposed to have been written in the time of Susúnan Ampel, in the Javan language and modern measures. This is a moral work of considerable length, written in allegory, and pointing out the duties of all classes.
Besides the above, there is another work called Jáya Langkára, a romance thought to have been written during the time of Susúnan Ampel, in the Javanese language and modern rhythm. This is a lengthy moral work, crafted in allegory, illustrating the responsibilities of all social classes.
The Jówar Maníkam is of a more recent date, and a general favourite: it may convey some notion of the modern romances of the Javans.
The Jówar Maníkam is more recent and a popular favorite; it gives some idea of the modern romances of the Javanese.
That is true love which makes the heart uneasy!
That is true love that makes the heart restless!
There was a woman who shone like a gem in the world, for she was distinguished by her conduct, and her name was Jówar Maníkam.
There was a woman who sparkled like a gem in the world, for she stood out because of her actions, and her name was Jówar Maníkam.
Perfect was her form, and she was descended from a devotee, from whom she derived her purity and the rules of her conduct.
Perfect was her form, and she came from a devoted lineage, from whom she inherited her purity and the principles of her behavior.
Her beauty was like that of the children of heaven (widadáris), and men saw more to admire in her, than was to be found on the plains, on the mountains, or in the seas.
Her beauty resembled that of heavenly beings (widadáris), and men found more to admire in her than could be found in the plains, mountains, or seas.
Pure was her conduct, like that of a saint, and she never forgot her devotions to the deity: all evil desires were strangers to her heart.
Her behavior was pure, like that of a saint, and she never neglected her devotion to the divine; all wicked desires were foreign to her heart.
She rose superior above the multitude from following the dictates of religion, and in no one instance was her[Vol I Pg 442] heart disturbed by a bad thought or desire, so that her life was without reproach.
She stood out from the crowd by following her religious beliefs, and never once did her[Vol I Pg 442] heart waver with a bad thought or desire, which meant her life was beyond reproach.
What pity it is she hath not a lover, for when a young and handsome woman obtains a husband of high character and qualifications, it is as milk mixed with sugar!
What a shame she doesn’t have a lover, because when a young and beautiful woman finds a husband with good character and qualities, it’s like mixing milk with sugar!
When her virtue was assailed by the Panghúlu, she was astonished, and exclaimed, "why dost thou thus take the course of a thief? why dost thou act in this manner?
When her virtue was challenged by the Panghúlu, she was astonished and exclaimed, "Why are you acting like a thief? Why are you behaving this way?
"Art thou not prohibited from doing thus? forgettest thou thy Rája, and fearest thou not thy God?
"Are you not forbidden from doing this? Do you forget your Raja, and do you not fear your God?"
"And thinkest thou not either of thyself? Greatly dost thou astonish me! Is not thy conduct bad even before the world? but being forbidden by the Almighty, art thou not afraid of his anger?"
"And don’t you think about yourself at all? You really surprise me! Isn’t your behavior wrong even in the eyes of others? And if it’s forbidden by God, aren’t you scared of His anger?"
"If such be thy desire, I can never consent to its indulgence, for I fear my God, and for all such deeds the punishment from heaven is great.
"If that's what you want, I can never agree to it, because I fear my God, and the punishment from heaven for such actions is severe."
"Rather let me follow the course pointed out by the prophet: let me imitate the conduct of his child Fatima.
"Instead, let me follow the path shown by the prophet: let me copy the actions of his daughter Fatima."
"How comes it, that thy inclination is so evil towards me? Verily, if my father knew of this proceeding, wouldst thou not justly receive severe punishment?"
"Why do you have such a bad attitude towards me? Honestly, if my father knew about this, wouldn’t you justly face serious consequences?"
The Panghúlu thus frustrated in his design, writes in revenge to her father, and informs him that his daughter has made a fruitless endeavour to seduce him: upon hearing which the deceived parent orders her to be put to death. Her brother is about to put this order in execution, when placing his hand before his eyes while he inflicts the blow, he stabs a small deer in lieu of his sister, who escapes into the woods.
The Panghúlu, frustrated in his plans, writes out of revenge to her father, informing him that his daughter tried to seduce him and failed. Upon hearing this, the fooled parent orders her to be executed. Her brother is about to carry out this order when he covers his eyes as he strikes the blow, accidentally stabbing a small deer instead of his sister, who manages to escape into the woods.
With rapidity she fled to the woods, and then taking shelter under a wide spreading waríng'en tree, the still unripe fruits of the forest attained maturity, and seemed to offer themselves as a relief to her.
With speed, she ran to the woods, and then took cover under a broad, spreading waríng'en tree. The still unripe fruits of the forest ripened and seemed to offer themselves as a comfort to her.
All the flowers, though the season for opening their petals was not arrived, now expanded, and shedding their fragrance, it was borne by a gentle zephyr towards her, while the bramára, attracted by the odour, swarmed around, and the fragrance of each flower seemed to vie with the other in reaching her presence.
All the flowers, even though it wasn't their time to bloom, opened up and released their fragrance, which was carried by a light breeze towards her. Meanwhile, the bramára, drawn by the scent, buzzed around, and the fragrance of each flower seemed to compete with the others to reach her.
The wild animals of the forest, the tiger, the wild ox, the rhinoceros came towards the princess, as if to watch and guard her, crouching around her, but occasioning not the least alarm.
The wild animals of the forest, the tiger, the wild ox, and the rhinoceros approached the princess, as if to observe and protect her, gathering around her without causing any alarm.
Being in want of water, the princess put up a prayer to heaven, when close by her feet a spring of pure water issued.
Needing water, the princess prayed to heaven, and right at her feet, a spring of pure water appeared.
On which the sarója flower soon appeared, opening its petals, and offering the shade of a páyung to the smaller water-plants floating beneath.
On which the sarója flower soon appeared, opening its petals and providing shade from a páyung to the smaller water plants floating underneath.
Her heart now became easy; and delighted at what she beheld, she proceeded to bathe and perform her devotions.
Her heart felt at ease now; and thrilled by what she saw, she went on to bathe and do her prayers.
The father, on his return, learns the treachery of the Panghúlu, and having recovered his daughter, she is subsequently married to a neighbouring prince, by whom she has three children. Her trials, however, are not yet at an end, for being on a journey to visit her father, accompanied by the Pepáteh of her husband, who is appointed to guard her on the way, the Pepáteh forms a design upon her virtue. He is represented as saying:—
The father, upon his return, finds out about the betrayal of the Panghúlu, and after getting his daughter back, she is later married to a neighboring prince, with whom she has three children. However, her struggles aren’t over, as she sets off on a trip to visit her father, accompanied by the Pepáteh of her husband, who is assigned to protect her along the way. The Pepáteh then plots against her virtue. He is described as saying: —
"If you, oh princess, submit not to my desires, it is my determination to put your eldest child to death."
"If you, oh princess, do not give in to my wishes, I have decided to kill your oldest child."
The princess on hearing this became so affected as to be deprived of speech.
The princess, upon hearing this, was so moved that she lost the ability to speak.
When the Pepáteh again repeating his threat in a solemn manner,
When the Pepáteh solemnly repeated his threat again,
She replied, "what would you have me say? Whatever may be the will of God I must submit. If my child is to die, how can I prevent it?"
She answered, "What do you want me to say? Whatever God's will is, I have to accept it. If my child is meant to die, how can I stop it?"
The Pepáteh, on hearing this, forthwith drew his sword,[Vol I Pg 444] and slew the child, again demanding of the princess whether she would submit to his desires? To which she answered, "No!"
The Pepáteh, upon hearing this, immediately drew his sword,[Vol I Pg 444] and killed the child, then asked the princess again if she would give in to his wishes. She replied, "No!"
He again urged her: but the princess hanging down her head was silent, and in the hope that God would give her resolution, her mind became more easy.
He urged her again, but the princess kept her head down and remained silent. Hoping that God would give her strength, her mind started to ease.
The Pepáteh then shaking his sword before the princess, again urged her to submit, threatening that if she refused he would slay her second child.
The Pepáteh, shaking his sword in front of the princess, urged her again to give in, threatening that if she didn’t, he would kill her second child.
But the princess could only reply, "you must act as you say, if it is the will of God that you should do so."
But the princess could only respond, "you have to do what you say, if that's what God wants."
He then slew the second child, and again urging her to submit, threatened, in case of refusal, that he would slay the third child, then at her breast.
He then killed the second child, and once more urging her to comply, threatened that if she refused, he would kill the third child, who was still at her breast.
Snatching the child from her arms, he put his threat into execution, and the blood flew on the mother's face, on which she swooned and fell to the ground.
Snatching the child from her arms, he carried out his threat, and blood sprayed onto the mother's face, causing her to faint and collapse to the ground.
The Pepáteh having succeeded in recovering her, again attempted to effect his purpose, threatening that if she still refused he would slay her: to this the princess at first made no reply.
The Pepáteh, having successfully rescued her, tried again to achieve his goal, threatening that if she continued to refuse, he would kill her. At first, the princess didn't respond to this.
But placing her sole reliance on the Almighty, a thought at last struck her, and she said:
But relying completely on the Almighty, a thought finally came to her, and she said:
"Do as you will with me; but seeing that I am disfigured with blood, allow me first to bathe in an adjacent stream."
"Do whatever you want with me; but since I’m covered in blood, please let me wash up in the nearby stream first."
The Pepáteh assenting to this, she went away and effected her escape into the woods. There she remained in safety, until discovered by her husband, who in revenge put the three children of the Pepáteh to death.
The Pepáteh agreeing to this, she left and escaped into the woods. She stayed there safely until her husband found her and, out of revenge, killed the three children of the Pepáteh.
It has already been shewn, that notwithstanding the intercourse which has now subsisted for upwards of four centuries, and the full establishment of the Mahomedan as the national religion of the country for upwards of three centuries, the Arabic has made but little or no inroad into the language; and it may be added, that the Arabic compositions now among them are almost exclusively confined to matters of religion. Books in the Javan language are occasionally written in the Arabic character, and then termed Pégu, but[Vol I Pg 445] this practice is by no means general. The Kóran was first translated, or rather paraphrased, about a century ago, and rendered into Javan verse by a learned man of Pranarága, to whom the title of Kiai Pranarága was in consequence given.
It has already been shown that, despite the relationship that has lasted for over four centuries and the solid establishment of Islam as the national religion of the country for more than three centuries, Arabic has hardly influenced the language at all. Additionally, it can be noted that the Arabic texts present among them are almost exclusively related to religion. Occasionally, books in the Javan language are written in Arabic script and referred to as Pégu, but[Vol I Pg 445] this is not common. The Kóran was first translated, or rather paraphrased, about a century ago and turned into Javan verse by a learned individual from Pranarága, who was subsequently given the title of Kiai Pranarága.
Arabic books, however, are daily increasing in number. The principal works in this language, with which the Javans are at present acquainted, are the Umul brahin, by Sheik Usuf Sanusi; Mohárrar, by Iman Abu Hanífa; Ranlo Taleb, by Sheik Islam Zachariah; and Insan Kamil, by Sheik Abdul Karim Jili. The doctrines of Sheik Mulana Ishak, the father of Susúnan Gíri and one of the earliest missionaries, were those of Abu Hanífa, which are the same as the Persians are said to profess; but these doctrines have, subsequent to the time of Susúnan Gíri, been changed for those of Shafihi. There are, however, some who still adhere to the doctrines of Hánifa; but their numbers are few, and the chiefs are all followers of Shafihi. The number of Arabic tracts circulating on Java has been estimated at about two hundred.
Arabic books, however, are increasing in number every day. The main works in this language that the Javanese are currently familiar with include the Umul brahin by Sheik Usuf Sanusi; Mohárrar by Iman Abu Hanífa; Ranlo Taleb by Sheik Islam Zachariah; and Insan Kamil by Sheik Abdul Karim Jili. The teachings of Sheik Mulana Ishak, the father of Susúnan Gíri and one of the earliest missionaries, were based on the beliefs of Abu Hanífa, which are said to align with those of the Persians; however, these beliefs have since the time of Susúnan Gíri shifted to those of Shafihi. There are still some who hold on to the teachings of Hánifa, but their numbers are few, and all the leaders follow Shafihi. The number of Arabic pamphlets in circulation in Java has been estimated to be around two hundred.
Several institutions have been established in different parts of the island, for the instruction of youth in the Arabic language and literature. At one of these, in the district of Pranarága, there were at one time (about seventy years ago, in the time of Páku Nagára), not less than fifteen hundred scholars. This institution has since fallen into decay, and the number at present does not exceed three or four hundred. Similar institutions are established at Meláng'i, near Matárem, and at Sídamârmar, near Surabáya; and at Bántam, about eighty years ago, there existed an institution, of nearly equal extent with that of Pranarága.
Several institutions have been set up in different areas of the island to teach young people the Arabic language and literature. At one of these, located in the district of Pranarága, there were once around fifteen hundred students (about seventy years ago, during the time of Páku Nagára). This institution has since declined, and the current number of students is no more than three or four hundred. Similar institutions have been established at Meláng'i, near Matárem, and at Sídamârmar, close to Surabáya; and at Bántam, about eighty years ago, there was an institution that was nearly as large as the one in Pranarága.
Literary compositions are almost invariably written in verse. The measures employed are of three classes. First, the sekár[140] káwi, or measures in which the káwi compositions are generally written; secondly, the sekár sepoh, high or ancient measures; thirdly, the sekár gángsal, or five modern measures. [Vol I Pg 446]
Literary works are almost always written in verse. The types of verse used fall into three categories. First, the sekár[140] káwi, which is the most common form for káwi compositions; second, the sekár sepoh, which are traditional or ancient forms; and third, the sekár gángsal, which include five contemporary measures. [Vol I Pg 446]
A complete stanza is termed a páda (literally a foot); a line is termed ukára; the long syllables are termed gúru, the short láku; and although rhyme is not used, the several measures of the sekár sepoh and gángsal are regulated by the terminating vowels of each line, which are fixed and determined, for each particular kind of verse[141], by the number of syllables in each line, the disposition of the long syllables, and the number of lines in each stanza or páda.
A complete stanza is called a páda (literally a foot); a line is called ukára; the long syllables are called gúru, the short ones láku; and although rhyme is not used, the different measures of the sekár sepoh and gángsal are determined by the ending vowels of each line, which are set and specific for each type of verse[141], based on the number of syllables in each line, the arrangement of the long syllables, and the number of lines in each stanza or páda.
Of the sekár káwi there are twelve radical stanzas, most of which occur in the Níti Sástra and other principal Káwi compositions. They are named:
Of the sekár káwi, there are twelve main stanzas, most of which are found in the Níti Sástra and other major Káwi works. They are called:
- 1. Stradúla wikrindíta.
- 2. Jága díta.
- 3. Wahírat.
- 4. Basánta tiláka.
- 5. Bágsapátra.
- 6. Srágdára.
- 7. Sekaríni.
- 8. Suwandána.
- 9. Champáka máliar.
- 10. Práwira lalítá.
- 11. Basánta líla.
- 12. Dánda.
Each of these stanzas consists of four lines, as in the following example of the Sradúla Wíkrindita, from the Níti Sástra Káwi.
Each of these stanzas has four lines, like in the following example from the Sradúla Wíkrindita, taken from the Níti Sástra Káwi.
"Ring s'tri matdia manuára pría wawus andé mána kung lúlut
"Yen ring Madiáni kang pinandîta mochap tetóah pa désa prîen
"Yen ring matdía nikáng mosa mochap-akan wakchúra sing'a k'roti.
[Vol I Pg 447]
A woman is like Déwi Manuhára when her desires are balanced, and men can't help but admire her. A Pandíta must always and in every situation live according to his teachings:
Whether in war or in tough times, he still has to live up to what he says.
Examples of several other measures of the sekár káwi and of the metre will be given hereafter in the analysis of the Bráta Yudha.
Examples of several other measurements of the sekár káwi and the meter will be provided later in the analysis of the Bráta Yudha.
Of the sekáh sepoh there are great varieties, several of which are exhibited in the following examples.
Of the sekáh sepoh, there are many different types, a few of which are shown in the following examples.
MEGÁTRUH.
(Consisting of five unequal lines, terminating with the vowel sounds u, e, u, i, and o.)
(Made up of five lines of different lengths, ending with the vowel sounds u, e, u, i, and o.)
"'Ing kawibawān | kamuktēn ||
"'Aywa ta | ang'gung gumung'gūng ||
Manawā | dinadung eblīs ||
"Kajarāh | no one is here ||
To the joys of power and physical pleasure:
Don't be boastful or susceptible to flattery.
Lest caught in his traps, You're falling into the devil's trap.
PÚCHUNG.
(Consisting of four unequal lines, terminating with the vowel sounds u, a, i, and a. )
(Made up of four uneven lines, ending with the vowel sounds u, a, i, and a.)
Barāng | people's welfare ||
Kawruhanā | past tense ||
"Supayani | 'ing tindāk aywa | ng'alentār ||
But look at it closely,
That its administration should not be overlooked.
BALÁBAK.
(Consisting of three long lines, each terminating in é.)
(Made up of three long lines, each ending in é.)
"Ananungkūl | in this way, you should act | do it ||
"Lamun ora | ing nalika mangsa Kalā | Kalanē ||
Except on special and individual occasions.
KÚSWA WIRÁNGRONG WIRÁNGRONG.
(Consisting of six lines, terminating in the vowel sounds i, o, u, i, a, and a).
(Consisting of six lines, ending with the vowel sounds i, o, u, i, a, and a).
"Sang d'yāh parayāng | paroyōng ||
"Super duk aniandāk | wastra ng'rangkūs ||
"Kawingkin kang wēntīs ||
Lumarāp | kadi kilāt ||
"Murub padāng | Kang pasebān ||.
The Princess walked at a slow and unsteady pace.
Grabbing her undergarment, she instinctively pulled it up,
When from the uncovered calf of her leg A flash like lightning appeared,
Which lit up the Hall of Audience.
SUMEKÁR.
(Consisting of eight lines, ending in the vowel sounds i, a, a, i and e).
(Consisting of eight lines, ending in the vowel sounds i, a, a, i and e).
"Pinārigī in selā kakarang'ān ||
"Pandan-janmā | jinemb|ang'ān ||
Sri jata winujīl | wujīl ||
Pisang tatār | lir tunjūng | Sikarī |
Decorated and scattered with stone walls,
With the pándan jánma growing in pots, And overgrown with the s'ri játa, And the písang tátar, which has a flower similar to the túnjung.
PALUGÓN.
(Consisting of eight lines, terminating with the vowel sounds a, u, o, u, o, a, u, and o).
(Consisting of eight lines, ending with the vowel sounds a, u, o, u, o, a, u, and o).
Punggawa satryā agūng Miang mantrĭ | rempeg āgolōng || Obah osīk | in the project ||
Iku arjā | prajā katōng ||
Lawan pang'wā | saning natā || Tan hanā | panasten kalbū || Nora cheng'īl | datan leniōk ||
And the high-ranking officials of the state, the nobles,
The petty officers are all united together,
No matter what turmoil or issues the kingdom faces,
The kingdom will still be great and thriving. When the power of the ruler Is envied by no one,
Everyone is united, and no one is disloyal.
PAU-GÁNGSA.
(Consisting of six lines, terminating in the vowel sounds a, e, e, a, a, and i).
(Consisting of six lines, ending in the vowel sounds a, e, e, a, a, and i).
Sapung gawā | minister lān warriors || Yata Raja | adil mali | andikane ||
Eh ajunan pirāng prakárā || Kabechikān | m'ring kawulā || Pateh yunān | awōt-sarī ||
The provincial leaders, the nobles, and the minor chiefs.
[Vol I Pg 450] Then Raja Adil (the just king) spoke again: "Oh Yúnan, how many rules are there
"For the benefit of the subject?"
To which Páteh Yúnan responded.
KÚSWARÍNI.
(Consisting of seven lines, terminating in the vowel sounds u, a, u, a, i, a, and e).
(Consisting of seven lines, ending with the vowel sounds u, a, u, a, i, a, and e).
Balik ng'egung'enā "Turasing wōng | bangsa luhūr ||
"Yen turaīsng | bangsa andāp ||
"Nang'ing prayugi | kīnantī ||
"Den pratelā | hing panejā ||
"Ang'inggahaken | wād'yanī ||
But respect The descendants of noble families; To the descendants of even humble families
Also show kindness; Just be careful about how you get attached to anyone,
And bring him up in the world.
MÁHISA LÁNG'IT (The Sky Buffalo).
(Consisting of five lines, terminating in the vowel sounds e, u, i, u, and o).
(Consisting of five lines, ending in the vowel sounds e, u, i, u, and o).
Miang kraprawirānipūn "Punjuling | sasami sami ||
"Pantes jenunjūng | kang lunggūh ||
"Nora lingsēm | ing piyāngkōh ||
And skills Outshining his peers,
It is right to bring him up,
There's no shame in doing that.
KÉNYA KEDÍRI,
(Consisting of nine lines, terminating in the vowel sounds, u, i, u, u, u, a, e, u, and i.)
(Consisting of nine lines, ending with the vowel sounds, u, i, u, u, u, a, e, u, and i.)
"Guna Kaprawirānekī ||
"Upama yen jinunjūng'a | lungguhipūn ||
"Sayektī | getting ready to cook | gathering ingredients ||
"Makan darāh | if not yet, keep it safe ||
"Lan sampūn | 'akaryā | lūrāh ||
"Wong durjanā | dursilekī ||
"Lan sampun atantūn" "Good morning, everyone. I hope you're all well."
Ability or capacity,
Should be promoted in his place,
Then the world would say it was inappropriate;
For someone who is elevated beyond their worth must mákan dárah (swallow blood).
Don't make a chief Of someone who is dishonest or has a bad reputation,
And don't ask for advice
From someone who is unfriendly.
Other measures, which may be classed under the sekár sepoh are júrudemúng, lúntang, gámbuh, kulánté, lámbang, káswa rága, ránsang, pamur'ántang, ontang-'anting, 'mas-kumámqang, tárub-agúng, pa-mijil s'lang'it or kinánti, irun-írun lung-gadúng, lára-katrísna.
Other measures that can be categorized under the sekár sepoh include júrudemúng, lúntang, gámbuh, kulánté, lámbang, káswa rága, ránsang, pamur'ántang, ontang-'anting, 'mas-kumámqang, tárub-agúng, pa-mijil s'lang'it or kinánti, irun-írun lung-gadúng, lára-katrísna.
The sekár gungsal, or five modern measures, are those in which the ordinary compositions of the present day are written. Of these there are again several varieties in different districts, as follow:—
The sekár gungsal, or five modern measures, are the formats in which today's typical compositions are created. There are different types of these in various regions, as follows:—
ASMARANDÁNA,
which, according to the manner in which it is chaunted, is called salóbog, jákalóla, súrup-sasi-bawaraga, séndon pradápa, paláran. [Vol I Pg 452]
which, based on how it is sung, is called salóbog, jákalóla, súrup-sasi-bawaraga, séndon pradápa, paláran. [Vol I Pg 452]
(Consisting of seven lines terminating in the vowel sounds i, a, o e, a, a u, and a.)
(Consisting of seven lines ending with the vowel sounds i, a, o e, a, a u, and a.)
"Dadalan ikū | pan dāwā ||
"Chok jurang'ā | pasti lēdōk ||
"Lumrahi g'ni āpānas ||
"Sanady'an lawē | petāk ||
"Yen winedēl | dadi wūlūng ||
Yen mahidū | ayonānā ||
Roads are always long; Every valley is low, And fire is naturally warm;
White thread will even turn black
If you just dye it, And if you don't believe it, give it a try.
ARTÁTI, DÁNDANG GÚLÁ, (sugar crow), or SADÁNA CHÍTA,
which, according as it is chaunted, is called renchasih, majásih, lindur dálang-karahínan, bárang míring, gúla kentar, or paláran.
which, depending on how it's sung, is called renchasih, majásih, lindur dálang-karahínan, bárang míring, gúla kentar, or paláran.
(Consisting of ten unequal lines, terminating in the vowel sounds i, a, e or o, u, i, a u, a, i and a.)
(Made up of ten uneven lines, ending with the vowel sounds i, a, e or o, u, i, a u, a, i and a.)
"Yen mamalā | malaning kanang rat ||
"Dūrjanā | wicked people ||
"Chelā | cholong chalimūd ||
"Wong ambīgāl | ng'etal katāhil ||
"Kichū kampāk karūmpak" "Babotoh | kābutuh ||
Babangsāt | puda malesat ||
"Baya kōnō | mari analian—wiyādī ||
"Dadining sushi | large ||
When the evil people of the world, The crooks, the thieves, and the liars,
The scandalous and those who commit theft,
And the bandits are all looked down upon; When all the robbers and looters are gone,
[Vol I Pg 453] And cockfighters are in despair; When gamblers are banned. Then, maybe, the sadness in my heart will come to an end; Then may I be returned to peace and happiness.
SINOM, SRI NÁTA, OR PERDÁPA,
which, according to the chaunt employed, is called béngak, garúndel, gádung-maláti, jáyeng-asmára, babarláyar, merák ngúwuh, hagók-surabáya and paláran.
which, according to the chant used, is called béngak, garúndel, gádung-maláti, jáyeng-asmára, babarláyar, merák ngúwuh, hagók-surabáya, and paláran.
(Consisting of nine lines, terminating in the vowel sounds, a, i, a, i, i, u, a, i and a.)
(Consisting of nine lines, ending with the vowel sounds, a, i, a, i, i, u, a, i and a.)
Layōné | cute spirit ||
"Binaktā | stop by at the palwa ||
"Indrajalā | and tītihī ||
"Dening Rahadēn Pūnjī ||
"Dewi oneng'ūn tān kantūn" "Tumut dateng kāng | raka ||
"Akatāh | pawong'ān chéti ||
"Kang binakta | sagung'ingkang rajābranā ||
Princess Ang'réni, It was born On board the ship Indrajála
By Ráden Pánji.
The Princess Oréng'an wasn't forgotten,
But went with her older brother,
With many friends and female attendants, All the treasures are being carried with them.
PÁNGKUR,
which, according as it may be chaunted, is termed paláran and kadáton.
which, depending on how it’s chanted, is called paláran and kadáton.
(Consisting of seven lines, terminating in the vowel sounds, a, i, u, a, u, a, and i.)
(Consisting of seven lines, ending with the vowel sounds, a, i, u, a, u, a, and i.)
"Dan tatīla | tumulad 'ing réh titi ||
"Wechanā | den pindā | pūnggūng ||
"Dan amēm | nayéng gitā ||
"Pagutēnā | you are the same as the world ||
"Don't refuse | I won't go back ||
"Pilih tā | kawadēng wadī ||
By adopting a proper approach, Keep your speech humble and down-to-earth.
When you think, try to keep your expression calm; Once your words are ready, share them. Be assertive, but never prejudiced,
Just to avoid being held in contempt.
DURMA,
which, according as it is chaunted, is called seráng, rángsang, bedáya, madúra, and Paláran.
which, depending on how it is sung, is called seráng, rángsang, bedáya, madúra, and Paláran.
(Consisting of seven lines, terminating in the vowel sounds, a, i, a, a, i, a and i.)
(Consisting of seven lines, ending with the vowel sounds, a, i, a, a, i, a and i.)
"Payū | tinirū sami ||
"Gawi kabatūlah ||
Sigra mantuk prasamia "Wōng Abesah | sireng prapti ||
"Ing nagarania ||
Anulia | yasa sami ||
Come on, let’s all copy it,
And build another Kabatúlah.
They then went back to their home,
And when the people of Abésah arrived At their place, They immediately started the work.
The sekárs, kinánti, and míjil are sometimes classed under the common or modern measures. The following are examples of those measures.
The sekárs, kinánti, and míjil are sometimes categorized as common or modern measures. Here are some examples of those measures.
KINÁNTI,
(Consisting of six lines, terminating in the vowel sound, u, i, a, i, a, and i.)
(Consisting of six lines, ending with the vowel sounds, u, i, a, i, a, and i.)
"Tan kadiā | Sugriwā bali ||
"Sapolāh | tingkaniā pada ||
"Moang suarā | rupa anūng'gīl ||
"Kadia n'gilu | lan wayang'gā ||
"Kewran sang | rama eng ati ||
Their actions and behavior were both similar,
Their voice and appearance were identical. They were similar to each other, just like a substance and its shadow, And Ráma himself was confused in telling them apart.
MIJIL,
(Consisting of six lines, terminating in the vowel sounds, i, o, e, i, i, and u.)
(Made up of six lines, ending with the vowel sounds, i, o, e, i, i, and u.)
Urāb urāb āwōr ||
"Lir manj'āngān | katarwan solāhē ||
"Brang'os lemēt | yayah lir mināngsī ||
"Day with whispers" Warnani abāgūs ||
His action was like that of a wounded deer,
And his mustache was nice and dark, almost like it was drawn on. He looked like the image of Wírun (the brother of Panji).
His complexion was the most beautiful.
The following are examples of some of the measures adopted by the inhabitants of Báli. The three first are in the language of the country people; the others are extracted from one of their modern compositions.
The following are examples of some of the measures taken by the people of Báli. The first three are in the local language; the others are taken from one of their contemporary writings.
Pang'ang'gong niane lueh
Mapelag-pelagan
Mandadi Paleng'gian "Best move, sadly
"Kategah-keng
"Tundung is balanced" "Te llamo después"
To ride, His back showing the mark At the crack of the whip.
"Dapati manu huking" "Deman hatini memadat
Chahi "Bajang youth
Nu liyu
"Demanin chahi" Ing'atan awah "Bikasé, daliyah santri"
Young and attractive:[Vol I Pg 457] Control your urges
And don't smoke opium. Young dude!
Yet unconnected with a woman,
There's a lot To which you must lean.
Consider yourself, And that you have become a sántri.
CHECHANG KRIMAN.
(Sung by a Mother to her Child on her Arm.)
(Sung by a Mom to her Child in her Arms.)
Once you've made the payment, don’t look back. But hurry up,
So that no one takes advantage of you.
The following are examples from the written compositions of Báli.
The following are examples from the writings of Báli.
Being wrecked by Joarsa,
Who then went outside,
[Vol I Pg 458] Going out through the back of the house;
After arriving at the fort's exterior, Back then It was midnight. No one knew about it.
Maring Nagara "Heng Sahalsa
Sina dia "Hiku kalang'an chobayang suks'ma"
He climbed the mountains,
And moved on slowly, Going up and down,
Searching for his country, Named Sahálsa, Which he saw;—
But here he was faced with the will of Providence.
In order the better to illustrate the poetry and literature of Java, and to exhibit the nature and spirit of the compositions in the Káwi, I request to present the reader with an analysis of the Bráta Yudha, the most popular and celebrated poem in the language. Versions of this poem in the modern Javan are common throughout the island, and the subject is the theme of the most popular and interesting amusements of the country.
To better illustrate the poetry and literature of Java and to showcase the nature and spirit of the works in the Káwi, I’d like to provide the reader with an analysis of the Bráta Yudha, the most popular and well-known poem in the language. Modern Javanese versions of this poem are common throughout the island, and its theme is central to the most popular and engaging entertainments in the country.
The Brata Yúdha Kawi, of which the following is the analysis, and from which the illustrations which are interspersed are taken, contains seven hundred and nineteen páda or metrical stanzas, of four long lines each, the measures varying with the subject, so that most of the twelve Káwi measures are to be found in it. Considering how little was[Vol I Pg 459] known on Java of the Káwi language, and how likely that little was to be lost for ever, I felt a strong interest in analysing and translating, as far as practicable, one of the principal compositions in that language; and availing myself of the literary acquirements of the Panambahan of Sumenap, to whom I have already adverted, and of the assistance of a gentleman of my family, and Raden Saleh, the son of the regent of Semaráng, I have it now in my power to lay the following analysis of this ancient poem before the public. It is far from being as complete, or correct, as I could have wished, yet imperfect as it is, it may serve to convey some idea of the original. I have endeavoured to keep as close to the original as possible, and have, in every instance, given the interpretation of the Káwi, as far as it was understood by the Panambahan. The Sanscrit scholar will probably find imperfections, and possibly might be able to render a better translation; but it is the Káwi language, as it is understood by the Javans of the present day, that I am anxious to illustrate. The original stanzas are given in the Káwi, and I only regret that the limited knowledge of the language possessed by the Panambahan himself, and my own want of time to study and trace the grammatical construction of it, have not admitted of my doing more justice to the original. I can safely affirm, that independent of the interest which the subject loses by translation into a foreign language, the illustrations now given afford but a very imperfect specimen of the beauty, sublimity, and real poetry of the original.
The Brata Yúdha Kawi, which is the focus of the following analysis and from which the illustrations are taken, contains seven hundred and nineteen páda or metrical stanzas, each consisting of four long lines, with the lengths varying depending on the subject, so that most of the twelve Káwi measures are included. Considering how little is known about the Káwi language on Java and how easily that knowledge might be lost forever, I felt a strong urge to analyze and translate, as much as possible, one of the main works in that language. With the literary support of the Panambahan of Sumenap, whom I mentioned earlier, along with help from a family member and Raden Saleh, the son of the regent of Semaráng, I am now able to present the following analysis of this ancient poem to the public. While it’s not as complete or accurate as I would have liked, this imperfect work may still give some idea of the original. I have tried to stay as true to the original as I could and have provided interpretations of the Káwi as understood by the Panambahan. A scholar of Sanskrit may find flaws and might even be able to offer a better translation, but my goal is to highlight the Káwi language as understood by present-day Javans. The original stanzas are provided in Káwi, and I only regret that both the limited understanding of the language by the Panambahan and my own lack of time to study its grammatical structure have prevented me from doing greater justice to the original. I can confidently say that aside from the loss of interest that comes with translating into another language, the illustrations provided are still a very incomplete representation of the beauty, greatness, and true poetic nature of the original.
This celebrated work would appear from the Chándra
Sangkála included in one of the verses, to have been composed
by one Puséda, a learned Pandíta, in the year 1079.
Some copies, however, admit of a different interpretation
regarding the date, and the general opinion is, that it was
composed in 706 of the Javan era, during the reign of a
prince on whom was conferred the title of Jáya Báya.
Whether the poem was actually written on Java, or brought
by the early colonists, may be questionable; but the Javans
of the present day firmly believe, not only that the poem was
written on Java, but that the scene of the exploits which
it records was also laid on Java and Madúra. The annexed[Vol I Pg 460]
sketch, with the subjoined note, will explain the situation of
the different countries, according to this notion[144].
[Vol I Pg 461]
[Vol I Pg 462]
This famous work, as indicated in the Chándra Sangkála found in one of the verses, seems to have been written by a learned scholar named Puséda in the year 1079. However, some copies suggest a different date, and most people believe it was composed in 706 of the Javan era during the reign of a prince awarded the title Jáya Báya. It's debatable whether the poem was actually written on Java or brought by early colonists, but modern Javanese firmly believe that the poem originated on Java and that the events it describes also took place on Java and Madúra. The attached[Vol I Pg 460] sketch, along with the note below, will clarify the locations of the various countries according to this belief[144].
[Vol I Pg 461]
[Vol I Pg 462]
Names. | Genealogical and Descriptive Account. | Different other Appellations under which known. | |
---|---|---|---|
Krésna | An incarnate deity, who is favourable to the Pandáwa, the particular friend and guardian of Arjúna. His father was brother to Déwi Kúnta | Narayána. | |
Janardána (performers of austerities). | |||
Patmanába. | |||
Esa. | |||
Wijáya mólia. | |||
Kesáwa. | |||
Pándu | The son of Abiása, husband of Déwi Kúnti and Déwi Madrim and father of the Pandáwa | Pandu Déwa Nata. | |
Déwi Kúnti | Daughter of Basuketé, King of Madúra, and wife of Pándu. | ||
Déwi Madrim | Daughter of Chándra Wàti, King of Mandaráka, and wife of Pándu | Déwi Metrim. | |
The Padawa, or five Sons of Pándu. | Dérma Wángsa | The chief and eldest of the Pandáwa by Déwi Kúnti | Dérma Kasúma. |
Chantáka púra. | |||
Gunan tali kráma. | |||
Yudistíra. | |||
Bíma | Son of Pándu by Déwi Kúnti | Waikudára. | |
Judipáti (death seeking). | |||
Bayu-pútra (son of strength). | |||
Séna (chief in war). | |||
Arjúna | Son of Pándu by Déwi Kúnti | Palgúna (of powerful[145] thumb). | |
Jaya Ningrat (victor of the world.) | |||
Wintarája. | |||
Parta (the middle one). | |||
Wardiníngsih (devotee, enthusiast). | |||
Janárka. | |||
Damarjáya (victory-giving). | |||
Kerséti. | |||
Nakula | Son of Pándu by Déwi Madrim. | ||
Sedéwa | Son of Pándu by Déwi Madrim. | ||
Naráda | In attendance on Krésna. | ||
Kánwa | |||
Jenáka | |||
Parásu | |||
Pancha Kumara | Son of Dérma Wángsa. | ||
Gatot Kacha | Son of Bíma. | ||
Abimányu | Sons of Arjúna. | ||
Oráwan | |||
Drupáda | Brother of Déwi Kúnti. | ||
Satiáki | Servant of Krésna. | ||
Mangsa Páteh | King of Wiráta. | ||
Kakarsána | King of Madúra, and eldest brother of Krésna. | ||
Sumbádra | Sister of Krésna, wife of Arjúna, and mother of Abimányu. | ||
Destadriumna | Son of Drupada. | ||
The regal titles of Aria, Narária, Naranáta, Naríndra, &c. are occasionally applied to the different chiefs on both sides. |
Names. | Genealogical and Descriptive Account. | Different other Appellations under which known. |
---|---|---|
Drupadi | Daughter of Drupada and wife of Dérma-Wángsa. | |
Sirikándi, or Sikándi | Do. ... do. and wife of Arjúna. | |
Sitisundári | Do. ... do. of Krésna and wife of Abimányu. | |
Utári | Do. ... of Mángsa Páteh or Wiráta, and wife of Abimányu. | |
Utára | Son of ... do. | |
Séta, or Soita | Do. ... do. | Sang Wirata Suta. |
Sangka | Do. ... do. | |
Dresteráta | Eldest brother of Pándu and father of the Kuráwa, born blind. | Dresterája. |
Dreterája. | ||
Suyudána | King of Astína, and eldest son of Dresteráta. | Genderea. |
Kurupati. | ||
Kuranata. | ||
Durya dana. | ||
Kurawendra. | ||
Korawe Swara. | ||
Durusána | One of the Kúru. | |
Kérna | Son of Batára Suria (the Sun) by Déwi Kúnti when a virgin, King of Awáng'ga. | Suria-putra, | (Child of Arka-putra, | the Sun). |
Radea | ||
Rawi Suta. | ||
Jáya-dráta | Brother-in-law of the Kuráwa. | |
Sália | King of Mandaráka, and uncle to the sons of the Pandáwa, Nakúla and Sedéwa. | Norasuma (his early name). |
Dang yang drúnu | An aged Pandíta, revered by all parties. | |
Aswatáma | His Son. | Duija Suta. |
Krépa | The younger brother of Dang yang Deruna. | |
Bísma | An aged Pandíta, revered by all parties, son of a former king of Astina. | Dewa-brata. |
Aria Bisma. | ||
Sakúni | Brother-in-law of Dresteráta. | |
Begedénta | The friend and companion of Suyudána. | |
Satia-wáti | Wife of Sália and daughter of Gunawijaya, a worthy Rasaksa | |
Bannwáti | Wife of Suyudana. |
100 | Rátus. | ||
1,000 | Rébu. | ||
10,000 | Láksa. | ||
100,000 | Kéti. | ||
1 | million | 1,000,000 | Yuta. |
10 | ditto. | 10,000,000 | Bára. |
100 | ditto. | 100,000,000 | Memeng. |
1 | billion | 1,000,000,000 | Pante. |
10 | ditto. | 10,000,000,000 | Chamo. |
100 | ditto. | 100,000,000,000 | Ekso'eni. |
1,000 | ditto. | 1,000,000,000,000 | Pertana. |
10,000 | ditto. | 10,000,000,000,000 | Gulma. |
FOOTNOTES:
[125] See Appendix E. No. 2.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Appendix E, No. 2.
[126] Appendix E, No. IV.
[127] Appendix E. No. II.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Appendix E. No. II.
[128] See Appendix E. No. III.
[129] Marsden's Malayan Grammar.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Marsden's Malay Grammar.
[131] See Appendix E. No. III.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Appendix E, No. III.
[132] "The style of the address in Mexican is varied according to the rank of the persons with whom, or about whom, conversation is held, by adding to the nouns, verbs, prepositions, and adverbs, certain particles expressive of respect. This variety, which gives so much refinement to the language, does not however make it difficult to be spoken, because it is subjected to rules, which are fixed and easy; nor do we know any language that is more regular and methodical."—History of Mexico, by Clavigero, vol. 1.
[132] "In Mexican, the way people address each other varies based on their rank, by adding certain particles to nouns, verbs, prepositions, and adverbs to show respect. This variety adds a lot of refinement to the language, but it isn't difficult to speak because it follows simple, clear rules. We don’t know of any language that's more consistent and organized."—History of Mexico, by Clavigero, vol. 1.
[133] See Appendix F.
[134] The centaurs.
The centaurs.
[135] See Appendix.
See Appendix.
[137] See Astronomy.
See Astronomy.
[138] From rah, blood, and wána, wood, forest.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ From rah, blood, and wána, wood, forest.
[141] "The tegála verse is only regulated by the rhythm of the syllables, and the similarity of the vowels in the close. This similarity of the terminating vowels does not amount to regular rhyme, for the consonants may be totally different though the vowels are similar, as in the Spanish rhymes termed Asonantes. Thus laglag and taltal, sut and cahug, silip and bukkir, however imperfect as rhymes, are all that is required in the termination of the tegála verse."—Leyden on the Indo-Chinese. Asiatic Researches.
[141] "The tegála verse is only governed by the rhythm of the syllables and the likeness of the vowels at the end. This similarity in the ending vowels doesn’t constitute regular rhyme, since the consonants can be completely different even though the vowels are alike, as seen in Spanish rhymes called Asonantes. For instance, laglag and taltal, sut and cahug, silip and bukkir, while not perfect rhymes, are all that is needed for the ending of the tegála verse."—Leyden on the Indo-Chinese. Asiatic Researches.
[142] Priest.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Priest.
[144] Under this impression, the city of Astina (Hastina pura) is believed to have been situated near the modern Pakalong'an; Gendara Désa, the country of Sanghoni, near Wiradesa; Amerta, the country of Derma Wangsa and the Pandawa, near Japara; Talkanda, the country of Bisma, and Banjar jung'ut, the country of Dursa Sána, in Lurung Teng'ha; Awang'ga, either near Kendal, or the modern Yug'ga-kerta; Pring'gadani, the country of Bima, near Pamálang; Purabáya, the country of Gatot Kacha, near Surabáya; Mandura, the country of Bála dewa, or Kákrá Sáná, the western provinces of the island Madúra, and Mandaráka, the country of Salia, the eastern provinces of that island, towards Sumenap; Diára Wati, or Indoro Wati, Krisna's country, the modern Pati. In the same spirit, the modern capital of the sultan of Matarem, called by the Dutch Djocjo carta, but more correctly Ayog'ya Kerta, was so named by its founder, about sixty years ago, after Ayudya the celebrated capital of Rama.
[144] Based on this understanding, the city of Astina (Hastina pura) is thought to have been located near the modern Pakalong'an; Gendara Désa, the region of Sanghoni, close to Wiradesa; Amerta, the region of Derma Wangsa and the Pandawa, near Japara; Talkanda, the region of Bisma, and Banjar jung'ut, the region of Dursa Sána, in Lurung Teng'ha; Awang'ga, either near Kendal or the modern Yug'ga-kerta; Pring'gadani, the region of Bima, near Pamálang; Purabáya, the region of Gatot Kacha, near Surabáya; Mandura, the region of Bála dewa or Kákrá Sáná, the western parts of the island Madúra, and Mandaráka, the region of Salia, the eastern parts of that island, towards Sumenap; Diára Wati, or Indoro Wati, Krisna's region, the modern Pati. Similarly, the modern capital of the sultan of Matarem, known by the Dutch as Djocjo carta, but more accurately as Ayog'ya Kerta, was named by its founder, about sixty years ago, after Ayudya, the famous capital of Rama.
There are three peaks in different parts of the Island, which still retain the name of Indra Kíla, the mountain on which Arjúna performed tapa; one on the mountain Arjúna, near Surabáya, one on Morea at Japara, and another on the Ung'arang mountain, near Semárang.
There are three peaks in different parts of the Island, which still keep the name of Indra Kíla, the mountain where Arjúna did his tapa; one on the mountain Arjúna, close to Surabáya, one on Morea at Japara, and another on the Ung'arang mountain, near Semárang.
At the foot of Semiru, the name of one of the highest mountains on the eastern part of the island, is supposed to have been situated the country of Newata, better known as the residence of Detia Kewacha, who reigned before the war of the Bráta Yudha.
At the base of Semiru, one of the tallest mountains on the eastern side of the island, is believed to have been the land of Newata, more commonly known as the home of Detia Kewacha, who ruled before the war of the Bráta Yudha.
On Gunung Práhu, a range of lofty mountains inland between Pakalungan and Semárang, are the remains of nearly four hundred temples, or buildings, with the traces of an extensive city. This is supposed to have been the burying-place of the ancestors of the Pandáwa, as well as of Arjúna. The site of the temples was formerly called Rah tawu, the place whence blood was washed, from a tradition, that when Pula Sara was born, his mother immediately died, on which the Déwa came and received the infant on its coming into the world.
On Gunung Práhu, a high mountain range located inland between Pakalungan and Semárang, there are the remnants of nearly four hundred temples or buildings, along with signs of a vast city. This area is believed to have been the burial site of the ancestors of the Pandáwa, as well as Arjúna. The location of the temples was once known as Rah tawu, meaning the place where blood was washed, based on a tradition that when Pula Sara was born, his mother died instantly, after which the Déwa came to receive the infant upon his arrival in the world.
In the performance of the wáyang, in which the heroes of these historical romances are exhibited, the common people of Jawana never exhibit that part of the history which relates to the juvenile days of Krésna, from a superstitious apprehension, that the alligators would, in such event, overrun the country, these animals being supposed to be the transformed followers of Kángsa. At Pamalang, also, there is a similar prohibition with regard to representing Arímba, the brother-in-law of Bíma, under a dread, that if the Dálang should, by accident, not represent the story with exactness, he would inevitably fall sick on the first mistake.
In the performance of the wáyang, where the heroes of these historical romances are showcased, the common people of Jawana never portray the part of history that involves the youth of Krésna, due to a superstitious fear that alligators would invade the land. These creatures are believed to be the transformed followers of Kángsa. Similarly, in Pamalang, there is a prohibition against depicting Arímba, the brother-in-law of Bíma, out of fear that if the Dálang accidentally misrepresents the story, he would inevitably get sick at the first mistake.
The country of Parakisit, after the Brata Yudha, is supposed to have been near Semárang, and on that account the Dálang will not perform that part of the history which relates to his reign, although it forms a very principal portion in the performances elsewhere.
The country of Parakisit, after the Brata Yudha, is believed to have been close to Semárang, and for this reason, the Dálang will not act out that part of the history concerning his reign, even though it is a major part of the performances in other places.
To these superstitions may be added, that although with these local exceptions the wáyang may represent any portion of the Bráta Yudha, or of the preceding or subsequent histories of the same class, there is a prevalent superstition, that a great war will be the inevitable consequence of performing, at one sitting, the whole of this poem. It is gravely asserted, that a chief of Kendal tried this experiment about fifty years ago, but that the performance was no sooner completed, than his country was laid waste and destroyed: and also that, previous to the Javan war, the grandfather of the present Susunan, Sida Langkungang, ordered the whole of the Bráta Yúdha to be performed at once; the consequence of which was the dreadful war which ensued, and the dismemberment of the empire.
To these superstitions, it's worth mentioning that even though the wáyang can represent any part of the Bráta Yudha or the earlier or later stories of the same kind, there’s a common belief that performing the entire poem in one go will inevitably lead to a great war. It's seriously claimed that a leader from Kendal attempted this about fifty years ago, and as soon as the performance ended, his land was ravaged and destroyed. Additionally, before the Javan War, the grandfather of the current Susunan, Sida Langkungang, commanded that the entire Bráta Yúdha be performed at once, which resulted in the terrible war that followed and the fragmentation of the empire.
These impressions and superstitions may seem to evince, how deeply rooted is the belief that the scene of this poem was in Java.
These impressions and superstitions may show how deeply rooted the belief is that the setting of this poem is in Java.
The scene of the Rámayan, on the contrary, is not believed to have been on Java; but there is an impression, that after the death of Rawána, Hánuman fled to Java, and took refuge in the district of Ambaráwa, near Semárang, on a hill called Kandali Sáda, the place named in the Ramayan where Hanuman performed tapa (penance). There is still a post or pillar preserved to distinguish this spot at the summit of the hill; and such is the superstition of the neighbourhood, that they never perform the wáyang representing any part of the history of Ráma, lest Hanuman should pelt them with stones.
The setting of the Rámayan is not thought to have been in Java; however, there's a belief that after Rawána's death, Hánuman escaped to Java and found refuge in the area of Ambaráwa, close to Semárang, on a hill known as Kandali Sáda, where in the Ramayan Hanuman did tapa (penance). There's still a marker or pillar at the top of the hill to identify this place; and the local superstition is such that they never perform the wáyang depicting any part of Ráma's story, for fear that Hanuman might throw stones at them.
The annexed plate shews the situation of the principal places mentioned in the Bráta Yúdha, according to the prevailing notions of the Javans.
The attached map shows the location of the main places mentioned in the Bráta Yúdha, based on the current beliefs of the Javanese.
[145] The Padawa, or five Sons of Pándu. [Vol I Pg 465]
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The Padawa, or five sons of Pándu. [Vol I Pg 465]
AN ANALYSIS
OF
THE BRÁTA YÚDHA,
OR HOLY WAR; OR RATHER THE WAR OF WOE:
AN EPIC POEM,
IN THE KÁWI OR CLASSIC LANGUAGE OF JAVA.
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.
The wife of Santánu, king of Astína, dying on giving birth to Déwa Bráta (Bísma), Santánu asked Pulásara, the Prábu-Anom (or younger prince), of Wiráta, and brother-in-law of Mángsah Páti, prince of that country, to allow his wife Ambarsári, who at that time had a child (Abiása) at the breast, to suckle and so save the life of his infant boy Déwa Bráta.
The wife of Santánu, king of Astína, died during childbirth while giving birth to Déwa Bráta (Bísma). Santánu asked Pulásara, the Prábu-Anom (or younger prince) of Wiráta and brother-in-law of Mángsah Páti, the prince of that land, to let his wife Ambarsári, who was nursing their child (Abiása), nurse his baby boy Déwa Bráta to help save his life.
Pulasára, offended at the proposal, went to war with Santánu, but was afterwards persuaded by the Déwa Sang yang Naráda to comply, on condition of Santánu resigning his kingdom to him; to which Santánu agreed. Pulasára, when his son Abiása was grown up, gave him the kingdom of Astína, and turning hermit, went and passed the rest of his days on the mountains.
Pulasára, upset by the suggestion, went to war with Santánu, but was later convinced by the Déwa Sang yang Naráda to agree, on the condition that Santánu would give up his kingdom to him; Santánu agreed to this. When his son Abiása grew up, Pulasára gave him the kingdom of Astína and became a hermit, spending the rest of his days in the mountains.
By his wife Ambalíka (the old maiden daughter of Baliétma, a hermit of Gúnung Chámaragándi, whom he was forced to marry against his inclination) Abiása had three sons, viz.
By his wife Ambalíka (the old maiden daughter of Baliétma, a hermit of Gúnung Chámaragándi, whom he was forced to marry against his will) Abiása had three sons, namely.
- Drestaráta, who was blind.
- Pándu, whose head was inclined to one side.
- Aria Widúra, who was lame.
Pándu, the least exceptionable of the three sons, being raised to the throne, Abiása turned hermit, and went and passed the remainder of his days among the mountains.
Pándu, the most agreeable of the three brothers, became king, while Abiása became a hermit and spent the rest of his life in the mountains.
On the death of Pándu, Drestaráta persuaded his father Abiása to allow him to rule the country during the minority of the Pándáwa (or five children of Pándu). These were Dérma Wangsa, Bíma, and Arjúna, born of his wife Déwi Kúnti, and Nakúla and Sedéwa, born of his wife Déwi Madrim.
On the death of Pándu, Drestaráta convinced his father Abiása to let him govern the country while the Pándáwa (or five children of Pándu) were still minors. These were Dérma Wangsa, Bíma, and Arjúna, who were born to his wife Déwi Kúnti, and Nakúla and Sedéwa, who were born to his wife Déwi Madrim.
Drestaráta however afterwards persuaded them to go to a wild uncultivated place called Amérta, and establish a kingdom there, furnishing them, for that purpose, with the requisite implements, and a thousand men to enable them to clear away and cultivate the country.
Drestaráta later convinced them to move to a wild and untamed area called Amérta, where they could build a kingdom. He provided them with the necessary tools and a thousand men to help clear and farm the land.
Through the assistance of Mangsáh Pati, the king of Wiráta (uncle to Abiása), the country of Amérta was completed; but not until the thousand men had all been devoured by demons, of whom Párta was the chief.
Through the help of Mangsáh Pati, the king of Wiráta (uncle to Abiása), the country of Amérta was finished; but it happened only after the thousand men had all been consumed by demons, led by Párta.
Drestaráta retained possession of Astína, and afterwards resigned it to his sons, the Kuráwa, in number ninety-seven.
Drestaráta kept control of Astína, and later passed it on to his sons, the Kuráwa, who numbered ninety-seven.
The hundred was completed by the addition of Kérna, the son of Déwi Kúnti before marriage, by Batára Suria, and of Jaya-dráta and Aswatáma.
The hundred was completed by adding Kérna, the son of Déwi Kúnti before marriage, by Batára Suria, and Jaya-dráta and Aswatáma.
The incarnate Déwa, Krésna, having been deputed by the Pandáwa, whose part he takes, to propose to the king of Kuráwa an equal division of the kingdom of Astína between the Kuráwa and Pandáwa, and his proposal being rejected, the Pandáwa go to war for the kingdom which was left them by their father, and which in justice they ought to have had. The Kuráwa are ultimately beaten, and the kingdom of Astína recovered by the Pandáwa.
The incarnate Déwa, Krésna, was sent by the Pandáwa, whom he represents, to suggest to the king of Kuráwa that they share the kingdom of Astína equally between the Kuráwa and the Pandáwa. When his suggestion was turned down, the Pandáwa decided to go to war for the kingdom that their father had passed down to them, which rightfully belonged to them. Eventually, the Kuráwa were defeated, and the Pandáwa regained control of the kingdom of Astína.
The scene of the poem lies chiefly in the hostile plains of Kuruksétra, close to Astína, whither it sometimes shifts. The time of it is about a month, the same being the fifth of the year. [Vol I Pg 467]
The setting of the poem is mainly in the harsh plains of Kuruksétra, near Astína, where it occasionally moves. The timeframe is roughly a month, specifically the fifth month of the year. [Vol I Pg 467]
The poem opens as follows:—
The poem starts as follows:—
(Measure Jagadíta.)
(Measure Jagadíta.)
To see the braids of fallen leaders scattered like flowers in the wind. To tear their clothes and burn both their altars and their palaces,
Boldly to behead them while sitting in their chariots, and in doing so gain fame.
And the name and power of Padúka Batára Jáya Báya grew renowned all over the world,
Confirmed and approved by all honorable people and by the four classes of Pandíta__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
The prince approached him with respect and sincerity. The deity was pleased and said, "Aji Jáya Báya, don’t be afraid:
I come to you not in anger, but as you wish, to give you the power to conquer.
Awigno mastutina masidam.
Awigno mastutina masidam.
(Tem bang Jágadíta.)
(Tem bang Jágadíta.)
Sāhītiā ŭtĭ tēn|dăsī rĭpŭ kăpāk|ka nĭrătā sŭ|ră sŭsrămeng lăga ||
You will become the leader of all the princes and victorious over the enemy in battle.
Be strong and don't be afraid, for you will become like a Batára.
This declaration, spoken with seriousness, was remembered by all the holy Pandíta of heaven.
The prince's enemies, filled with fear, surrendered to him.
Every country was peaceful and joyful. The thief remained distant during the rule of this prince,
And the lover quietly enjoyed his pleasure, searching for his desire under the moonlight.
When the brilliance with which the enemy was defeated was like the brightness of the sun in the third season,
And the kindness they received was like the full moon.
In battle, he regarded the enemy like a lord of the wild beasts watching his prey.
Satiastu, the master of the chakra, we summon you, Jaya, to defeat our enemies in battle. Tekuan lang'gen'a satmaka na ku lawan kita tulusa Batara in the Universe
Yekan sabda nira tro telasi nastoakan nira resi sang'gia ring lang'it
Hangheng tan udi sapsabé wang ng'atajeng teka sumilip pipajang'ing wulan
Sang saksat ari morti yen Katiga nitia maka palaga saktining musu[Vol I Pg 469] San lir lek prati pada sukla pinalaku nahurip pawijil nireng ripu Ring prang derpa pasu prabu pamanira Yuni Kadung'ola ning parang muka
"This is the right time to recount the war between the Pandáwa and the princes of Kóra,
A relationship that isn't meant to govern the country or people's behavior, but is similar to síri with burnt lime,
"Which doesn't impact the teeth, but provides inner satisfaction and joy."
He encouraged them, saying, "Ask Suyudána, the leader of the Kúru." "Nothing less than a division of the country of the Kúru:
"If he agrees, that’s good; if not, a big war will break out."
He got into his chariot pulled by fast horses that flew through the air as if they had wings,
And soon spotted the city of Gajahúya__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, emerging from the clouds. Sad She looked at her waríngen tree__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, like a sad wife separated from her husband.
And their towers to signal to Janardáni to hurry up. The branches of the serpent flower__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ swayed in the wind, as if bowing down,
And all the beauty of the city of the Kúrus seemed to wonder if he was being followed by the Pandáwa.
Everything on the road looked bleak: the sound of the bird chúchur was mournful,
And the jring plant was drooping and had fallen, bringing the pándan flower down with it to the ground;
The bird walikitádáhasi sadly cried out from a tree branch.
Mangka j'ring malumi dawu pudaki Pandani ka makilusu aning Watu
Hing hing sabdani kang Waliktadahasi pada manang'isi pang nikang tahan
The champáka flower was in full bloom and ready to drop; The wilted flowers of the tanjung were stuck in the spider's web,
The dark beetle__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, nearly lifeless, sadly searched for the flowers of Angsána that floated on the water.
The stone images sadly gazed at the marks the water had left on the rocks.
The shellfish__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ had abandoned their cover.
And the empty shells were left on the shores by the receding water.
The white-flowered tánjung closed its petals and hung like a closed páyung__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__,
And the little fish were swimming around happily in the water.
Sangsara Karachakechap celebrates the festival, just like the way it's enjoyed by everyone. Ka res res ni susunya mati manolat tiba tiwati mukar juning sela
The wúng'or flowers hung plentifully like soft, reclining pillows,
The tanjúng flower was open, like a blossomed payúng,
And the pétung__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ was overshadowed by the beauty of the gáding__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__ sprouts, which looked like the gáding flower.
The bird chat-da behaved like the bird kiong__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, when it was thriving in the woods;
And the joints of the sugarcane didn't catch the eye.
(Measure Suandána.)
(Measure Suandána.)
Banonia Suraga writes articles while understanding the needs of the community. Mangka tinkahi patmaraga nika sayana sekara pajeng pajeng dadu. Tan pasri tekapi petung gading bung'nia pada tumota pawahan gading
(Tembang Suandána.)
Tembang Suandána
He gave up his place in the chariot to the three Pándita and bowed to them. They're returning the salute,
Silently prayed for the well-being of Krésna.
As they were carried along, they discussed their journey to the King of Astína,
And also talked about several important issues,
Their words flowed softly like a gentle stream.
Drótarája soon heard about his arrival,
And instructed to clean and dust the palace; At the same time, directing the best fabrics to be laid down on the ground from the royal seat, outside, all the way to the great square.
These were the orders of Aria Bísma and Dratarástra.
Pada natara wastra mulia tekaring wang'ontur batuk
When joyful sounds came from different musical instruments,
As his chariot slowly approached the hall of audience.
Rushed through the crowds to find a spot where they could see him, They adjusted their clothes and tied up their hair as they ran. Some who had left the job unfinished arrived with their teeth partly black and partly white.
As if they were going to show them to the esteemed among humans__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Kids also carried their ivory dolls in their arms,
And made them, when they arrived at the viewing spot, recognize and bow to him, whom they pointed out as their royal father.
Tuwen rata nera rere lakunekan dateng ring saba
They were so afraid of being too late to see the prince pass by. The overloaded ladders collapsed under the weight of the people on them,
And the wide mouths of those who lay on the ground made them look like people who were drunk.
(Measure Basánta tiláka).
(Measure Basánta tiláka).
Enough that the royal Krésna arrived at the palace.
But he didn't go into the palace of the King of Astína; It was that of the Aria Drastarésta.
Rires nika kasépa and lumiyati 'alintang aji
Kuneng pwari saraknya mung'ga hirikang Saganya tikel Datan dua kawedar nekang kadi tutuknya ngato'a bo'ajeng
(Tembang Basánta tilaka).
(Basánta tilaka song).
Sīgrān dating | nerpatī krēs | na rīkāng kadāt-'wan ||
Tūtān dunāng | ri kurunā | ta sīran t'kāngka ||
T'kāni narār|yā dratarēs|tra sirān chumūnduk ||
Then, quickly before him, the Aria was placed. Food, presented on gold dishes inlaid with jewels, befitting the status of a prince.
When he noticed the warm hospitality he received from Aria and Bísma.
Then the King of Astína came to offer him treats; But his arrival was in vain, as Krésna rejected them, turning down the offer.
"Refusing to accept the food I made for you,
"You shouldn't be counted among the good and worthy people on earth."
In response, the latter said, "I have been sent by others, "Accepting the articles you've presented to me would be like taking poison,
"I haven't finished the work I came here to do yet."
Krésna then went back home, followed by his main advisor, Mántrí __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__: Upon arriving at his home, he promptly kissed the feet of Pándu's wife__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Who graciously and kindly accepted the honor given to her.
(Measure Bangsa patra.)
(Measure Bangsa patra.)
Her mind suddenly opened up, like a blooming flower, but soon after was weighed down by sadness. Then, speaking to the young prince, she said that his arrival was as welcome to her as that of the Pandáwas. She then quickly wrapped her arms around the neck of the very happy Krésna,
"Making me feel as happy as if I were right now in the wonderful company of all the sons of Pándu."
(Tembang Bangsa patra.)
(Tembang Bangsa patra.)
Atutu rī | I will not let go of our bond | I will remain steadfast || Karana nirā | tekā n'gol teng | gēk sāng teka marārem
Kita see the father of the mine come to help with healing.[Vol I Pg 478] Sawulata saguyu m'wang sang pandut'maja saweka.
"What is, has been destined by the Almighty, of whom I am a humble servant." Having said that, he immediately returned and went to the palace of Wára-widúra.
Let's talk about the King of the Kuráwa,
Whose gifts had been looked down on and rejected,
And who was greatly troubled by that.
When asked, "Why should you be scared to refuse to give up half of the country,
"Because Krésna is the friend and ally of the Pandáwa;
Da tuchapa kurunata karya sa sinala hasa Sapasaji nira eman dé sang kresna tana árep
"If you're not accepted by Krésna, don't worry, just give it away to someone else.
"Whoever may be our leader's enemies, our weapons are ready." After saying this, Krépa and Kérna left, followed by Dusasána and Sakúni.
The king of the Kuráwa, lonely and sorrowful,
He went to his wife's apartment,
She was said to be extraordinarily beautiful, even more so than the women of heaven, and sweeter than a sea of honey.
Overwhelmed with sorrow and disconnected from everything; He stayed in this mood until the coolness of the evening arrived, and The sun was shining brightly in the west.
And give the palace a beautiful and charming look; But it suddenly took on a pale and gloomy appearance,
The women inside were happy and joyful.
42-46. [Description of the loves of both sexes, and the graces and attractions of women.]
42-46. [Description of the romantic feelings of both genders, and the charm and appeal of women.]
47-50. [Moonlight scene described, with the sports and blandishments of the maids of the palace.]
47-50. [Moonlit scene described, with the games and charms of the palace maids.]
51-53. [The maids of Astína continue to talk and amuse themselves by the light of the moon.]
51-53. [The maids of Astína keep chatting and having fun by the light of the moon.]
54. [Midnight follows, when all are at rest, and a solemn stillness prevails, disturbed only by the Bramins proclaiming the midnight hour.]
54. [Midnight comes, when everyone is asleep, and a serious quietness fills the air, interrupted only by the Bramins announcing the midnight hour.]
55-63. [Description of morning. Sunrise, &c.]
55-63. [Description of morning. Sunrise, etc.]
64-66. [Suyudána, king of Kuráwa, comes forth in state into the hall of audience to meet Krésna, who has been waiting for him there, along with many princes and chiefs of the place.]
64-66. [Suyudána, the king of Kuráwa, arrives in style in the audience hall to meet Krésna, who has been waiting for him there, along with several princes and local leaders.]
67-73. [Krésna announces to Suyudána the object of his mission, viz. to ask for half the kingdom of Astína for the Pandáwa, &c. The father and mother of Suyudána and all the old and grave Pandítas recommend compliance with the proposal of the Pandáwa, in order that there may be an amicable adjustment of affairs. Kérna, Dusasána, Sakúni, and Krépa, shake their heads, in token of their disapprobation of the measure, and evince their readiness to attack and kill Krésna on the spot.]
67-73. [Krésna tells Suyudána about his mission, which is to ask for half the kingdom of Astína for the Pandáwa, etc. The parents of Suyudána and all the wise Pandítas suggest agreeing to the Pandáwa's proposal so they can settle things peacefully. Kérna, Dusasána, Sakúni, and Krépa shake their heads to show their disapproval of the plan and make it clear they're ready to attack and kill Krésna right there.]
(Measure Sekaríni.)
(Measure Sekaríni.)
At that time, the plan of Duriodána was to end his life,
For he had gathered and organized his people for battle; Then Krésna ordered his troops to assemble in the same way.
(Tembang Sekarini.)
(Tembang Sekarini.)
Ri tīngkā sāng Durio|dana arap pam|ātia nāri sira ||
Tuwin sampūn naidāng | yadū bala kabē | sāstrani sita || Umi rātnīya s'ri Krēs|na kārana nikīn | tān warang'en ||
(Measure Basánta tiláka.)
(Measure Basánta tiláka.)
His passion surged within him like the fury of the god Kála.
His speech, no longer gentle, was harsh and loud, and he embodied the all-powerful Wísnu__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__,
His arrival brings together the strength of the three powers and the three realms.
The power and divinity of every god now flowed into him:
Bráma, the saints, the powerful gods, the leaders of the Rasáksas, With the strength of all the people and leaders of the spiritual realm, and of everyone who held power.
The mountain tops swaying, and the mountains themselves moving back and forth; The waves of the sea are rising like mountains, creating whirlpools and throwing deep-sea fish onto the nearby shore.
(Tembang Basanta tilaka. See 26.)
Tembang Basanta tilaka. See 26.
Mintonakan krama niran tuhu Wisnu murti Lila has three strengths that connect to three realms.
Yang parwoto gra gumiwang manawang ginanjuh Kombak wayi tasi kanyakra panyunya kabeang
They stood silently and without speech, their faces pale and drawn, including that of Prince Kérna himself.
Even Súyudána and Yuyútsu were paralyzed with fear; They remained lifeless and had no will of their own.
So they asked, "Aren't you really the God of Day? Why try to be greater?" Have mercy on the world and everything in it.
"But think again about the agreement of Nahária Bíma,
"And of the pledge of Drupádi, who has vowed not to tie up her hair
"Until she has bathed in the blood of the hundred Kuráwa."
Mangkang Suryodana Yuyutsu Wikarna protest Biak tan geseng tekap irang arepi ilangnya
[Vol I Pg 483]
And Krésna went to the home of the widow of Pándu. As soon as he arrived, he said, "I offered my advice to the princes of Kúra,
"But they have decided to face destruction in battle.
"And since they must fight, let them choose warriors who value life;
"And may Swárga welcome those who may fall in battle."
He closed his hands in respect and asked to leave. Then quickly getting onto his dazzling chariot,
He was followed by Widúra, Sanjáya, and Yuyútsu.
And he advised him to support the cause of Pándu.
But the Prince of Wáng'ga replied, "I stand by my decision, "And I can't wait to test my strength in battle against Kiríti."
Bota siasi wara-akan ta ripandu Putra
Heng sura darma ngosirangnia matoha jiwa
S'warga ngola pej ahimatdia nikang ranang'ga
"I'm headed to battle because I crave action and immediate conflict."
"In the fifth season, on the first day of the moon, the war will begin,
"And before the tenth night of Krésna, it will be finished."
And he didn't say a word until he got home.
Janardána quickened his pace and continued on.
But Srí Kúnti, when she received the news, Felt deep sadness that her children were going to war,
And she remembered what Krésna had said before.
Tan warned Sira to avoid entering the house. Lampa Janardana creates everlasting beauty.
Motus kumona Kurunata tanagrah heng prang Kunti said to the sun, "You are the son of the mighty." Biak tan nanak'nira ri kalaniran sukanya.
[Vol I Pg 485]
He wished for nothing to prevent the war; For he was worried about losing his reputation for bravery,
And he had received significant benefits from the princes of Kóra.
And quietly made her way to the home of Sumántri. Janardána continued his path Accompanied by Satiáki, the kind and the courageous.
Until he reached Wiráta, he encountered the gathered Pandáwa.
To them, Krésna mentioned that the people of Astína disregarded his advice,
And they decided to test their skills in battle.
,
That they should test their strength and abilities in battle.
(Measure Sragdára.)
(Measure Sragdára.)
Bright like the morning sun rising over the mountains, he first spreads his light across the earth; In large numbers, dense, and overwhelming like the ocean. And a noise, like distant thunder in the mountains,
It was a sign that the elephants, horses, and chariots, adorned with rich and magnificent gold decorations, were in motion.
And when the flowers stopped falling, a strong wind began to blow, as if it were favorable for their journey;
For the gods were gathered above and wished them success in the war.
(Tembang Sragdára.)
Tembang Sragdára.
Tān pēndā Sūria sāng|ke ngudaya giri mijīl | māyuwan nāng dipa nīngrat || Lūmra wurāsākpenu līr | jalinidi mang'alīh | muang 'ngukīr guntūr āgrah || Chīnāniā n'wēh tekāp nīng | gaja turāngga ratā | reng'ga rāta pradīpta ||
Eager for battle and ignoring any opposition, He stayed on foot, throwing his gáda into the air for fun; For he was used to winning, both at sea and in the mountains, and elephants and lions became his trophies.
Now that he was on the move, he breathed heavily for the enemy chief and called out the challenge loudly: His voice, like a lion's roar, was heard by everyone,
The sound echoing throughout the three worlds.
Blazing like a fiery mountain and posing a threat to Astína and its rulers.
His banner, the monkey, soared high in the sky, stirring the clouds as it moved; As his entourage sparkled and shone, lightning struck with a thunderous roar, signaling victory.
Mangken total lumumpat Kawigara Nang'uhuh with brama Singananda
Lunpat ring burbua s'waranira ibkan sekanangka tri loka
Montap lir parwata pui lari gumaseng 'ani Astina moang ratunia Kumlap from the Wanara family announces their presence with a welcoming voice in the gathering clouds. Lumrah selalu bisa melihat cahaya dalam kegelapan yang membuatnya merasa berani menghadapi pertempuran.
With beauty like two divine beings from the sky, and eager to confront the young men of Astína,
They shone brightly. Their banner waved in the air like a dark cloud about to rain, scattering the petals of fragrant flowers.
Prepared for battle, like thunder before a lightning strike; and as they advanced, the sound was like the buzzing of bees looking for food.
And next Drásta driúmna and Drupádi, with Sikándi beside her;
With countless chariots, elephants, and horses creating the procession and occupying all the space: Everyone felt uplifted, like fish revitalized by a sudden downpour.
She looked like a goddess in the golden picture; her long hair was loose and blowing in the wind.
She hadn't tied it, but while it hung like a threatening cloud, she waited for the rain of blood to arrive;
She stuck to her vow that she wouldn't wash or tie up her hair until she had bathed in the blood of the enemy.
Mawian kesa nawang meg'ha mang'ajara keni landung 'ania n'godan rah
[Vol I Pg 489] Biaktan rah ning musu rakua karamasa niran mimponing kang glung sak.
His outfit is finished; his pustáka is yellow, and the case is made of pure gold;
Showing that Dárma Mórtia wanted to kill Sália, the main warrior of Duriodáning:
And when he wielded his pustáka as a weapon, no one matched his strength or bravery.
Not far away were his chákra and conch, and the princes in his entourage were riding white elephants;
The elephants' cries rang out loud and clear, blending with the various sounds coming from all around.
With his weapons, carried in a magnificent chariot adorned with precious stones, and manipulating his chákra, With him was Satiáki, sitting on an elephant, and surrounded by many followers.
Dressed in ornate golden vests, they surprised and amazed everyone who saw them.
Their páyung was stunning, made from the wings of the mardukára, and it sparkled like the bright sun.
While Déwi Náta and all the sons of Pándu gathered together with shared joy,
And talked about the difficulty of always having to retreat to the hills; The more she expressed her sadness, the more joy came afterward, even to the point of tears.
As someone with undeniable talent and skill in leading an army.
Rehning sena dipa ring samara ya ginonem sang 'wru'ing byu'a durga
Tan manman pandengen sakti nera saha bala yogya tangwana ring-prang
(Measure Suandána.)
(Measure Suandána.)
Narapati Kuráwa__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ called a war council, For he had heard about the arrival of many enemies at Kuruk-sétra__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It was Aria Widúra who provided him with the information.
The work was quickly finished because Narapati's power reached all the surrounding princes.
Elevated above everyone else, he is depicted wearing a crown of flowers.
From all directions, the packed and restless crowd is shouting out. As the sound of gongs and conchs fills the air.
(Tembang Suándana.)
(Tembang Suándana.)
Ulā nerepati kō|rawē swara na hēm | pirēng ng'wā kena ||
T'lās wuruhe dateng|ne sātru nera ring | kurūk setra sek ||
Tekāpni pawarā | sing Aria widurnā | date mānglawat ||
As the crowded legions stretched out to the hills and the woods.
Heading west, leaving their stronghold and the king of Astína behind. Upon arriving on the desolate plain, the conchs sounded loudly; As the warriors, motivated by the sound, show their eagerness to join the battle through their actions and gestures.
Ráwan was the name of the order that was originally established by the king of the Pandáwa:
The king of the Kúru was chosen based on the desire of the Bramána,
Who, along with all their relatives, vowed they would either win or die in battle.
After emerging from their stronghold and reaching the battlefield,
They move eastward, toward the established groups of the Kuráwa:
Both sides yell and wave their weapons at each other.
Pinanding ngatarung wilenya sawelas gananya yuta Ya karanane kin penuh tekaring kawukir mwang wana
Ya étuni girang nikang bala kabé pada ge'a pranga
The strongest and bravest appeared to be positioned at the front:
The only people who didn’t take part in the fight were the musicians and the standard-bearers.
The people in front were seen dancing around and skillfully moving with their weapons raised.
Until the entire air and sky are filled with the jarring sounds,
And the earth shakes with the chaotic noise of war.
While the princes and chiefs of Astína appeared as solid and unchanging as mountains; The warriors in front charged at the enemy like waves crashing against the shore,
And like the ocean pressing down on them, there were stones as big as mountains.
Some of them were the children of his father and mother: his father's younger and older brothers were also there; As also the Gúrus __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, Krepa, Sálea, Bísma, and Duijéng'ga.
He begged that the battle not happen, feeling distressed at the sight of the Kuráwa.
But Janardána forced him to order that the fight should start,
It's dishonorable for men to hesitate in battle.
'Ana wang anakeng yaya mwang ibu l'en uwa go paman Makadi Krepa Salea Bisma is here with Duijeng'ga Guru.
Towards Aria, Bísma, Krépa, Sálea, and Dúija.
With passion, he kissed and held onto their feet; It was customary for the Gúrus to pay their respects to them before the battle.
"Child of ours, we hope you succeed in battle and gain control of the country soon.
"And may Narapáti Krésna witness the truth of our words."
While each blew his conch; And there were many different sounds from the kéndang and its accompanying instruments.
These ten horses are being ridden by those who are not afraid to die in battle,
Their job is to look for opportunities to attack and eliminate the enemy.
There were one billion people on horseback, while those who followed numbered ten billion. The battle was intense, and many lost their lives.
Soon fell the brave sons of Wirátes Swára.
He named Wira Sángka was killed by Duija:
Dea Utra was defeated by Narapáti Sálea, the battle hero.
Rushed like a mountain against ten billion enemies.
A barrage of arrows instantly destroyed the chariot of Náta Sálea and brought death to many of the brave;
Sálea and his charioteer narrowly escaped with their lives.
Among them were Bíma, Dróna, Wérahat-bála, and Jáya, Sena, armed with their clubs; Rukmaráta, the son of Narapáti-Sálea, was also supporting his father.
Soon, Ari Soéta, strong like a lion, made them aware of his superiority.
Dudung is arranging to talk to someone about something important. Ya karanane kang prangat buta magenturan sek pejah
Sigran tandang 'amagunung saha bala 'ngamba teka eksoeni
Yekan s'yu rata nata salea pinana mwang wira yodan pejah Tambis méh sira matia karwa kerta warma pan makarwan rata
Bisma, the warrior, fought bravely as the army advanced alongside his brothers. Mwang sang rukmaratat maja nerepati salea nimbangi gang yaya[Vol I Pg 498] Datando'an halaman ini tetap tidak akan berubah sampai arya so'éta singot 'tama.
Soéta fought fiercely and killed many of the Kuráwa:
No one confronted him; everyone ran away in fear.
They were also very much afraid of Gátut-kácha, Drupáda's son, and Kirítiatmája.
He continuously shot his best sharp arrows at Soéta; But Soéta, the battle commander, unharmed, became increasingly brave and took turns shooting his arrows.
and Dananjáya rushed to help him: their arrows fell like a downpour from the sky.
Then he suddenly stopped and started to move backward, making a hasty retreat, running and tripping, and he didn't stop until he was far away. But Bísma, focused solely on Bíma, kept up an unrelenting assault, which Bísma, standing in his carriage, observed and defended against,
While Bísma was very frustrated with Wiráta-tináya for his attempt to wipe out the Kuráwa.
Lut sang bima dananjaya is a hero who calls for rain from the sky.
[Vol I Pg 499]
His carriage was destroyed, and the horses and charioteer were killed:
Many elephants and leaders died as a result.
When a voice from heaven told him that the time for Soéta to die had arrived.
Seeing this as encouragement, he spoke confidently and grabbed a chariot and arrows, He targeted the heart of Soéta with the sharp, pointed weapon of fire__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Datandua papitu danéka tumiba nyiuh baw déwa-brata
S'ya tékang rata kélu sarati nika lawan kudanya repa Mwang matang'ga around twenty roasted nuts are served with a party.
Ngka sabdeng langita jare tekane patya so'eta de sang resi
Nahan étunira and the others are singing under the light of the sun. Prana so'eta tikang minusti nera ring b'hramastra tiksna lungit
The Pandáwa were heartbroken and troubled to see Soéta killed on the battlefield.
Not the hundred Kuráwa, who cheered with joy when their enemy fell. While Sang Dusásána danced beautifully, pleased by the sight of the fallen Wirátamja.
139. [Vexed and enraged at the death of his son, Mángsah Páti makes a furious and desperate attack upon the enemy. The Pandáwa, too, heedless of their lives, join and support him.]
139. [Angry and devastated by the death of his son, Mángsah Páti launches a furious and desperate attack against the enemy. The Pandáwa, also reckless of their own lives, join in and support him.]
140-144. [The followers of Bísma are routed and pursued with great slaughter. Night comes on, hostilities cease, and the contending armies respectively withdraw. Mangsáh Páti and his wife weep over the dead bodies of their three sons slain in battle, and lament their misfortune in losing them:—they shake them and endeavour to call them to life.]
140-144. [The followers of Bísma are defeated and chased down with heavy casualties. Night falls, fighting stops, and both armies pull back. Mangsáh Páti and his wife mourn over the lifeless bodies of their three sons killed in battle, grieving their loss:—they shake them and try to bring them back to life.]
145. [They then burn the dead bodies on the field of battle by the light of the moon.]
145. [They then burn the dead bodies on the battlefield under the light of the moon.]
146-147. [The Pandáwa consult about the election of a fit person to take the lead in battle. Drestadriúmna is appointed. Morning arrived, the army of the Pandáwa is formed into the terror-inspiring order of kágeng-páteh, or that of the royal vulture. Situations of the different princes and chiefs detailed.]
146-147. [The Pandáwa discuss who would be the best person to lead them in battle. Drestadriúmna is chosen. Morning comes, and the Pandáwa army is organized into the intimidating formation of kágeng-páteh, resembling the royal vulture. The positions of the various princes and chiefs are outlined.]
148-151. [Suyudána causes the army of the Kuráwa to be formed into a similar order. The battle rages. The different chiefs, on either side, who engage each other.]
148-151. [Suyudána arranges the Kuráwa army in the same formation. The battle intensifies. The various leaders on both sides face off against each other.]
152-153. [The dust stirred up fills and darkens the air. The dust clearing away, the field of battle appears like a sea of blood, in which the carcases of elephants, horses, and men, with the fragments of chariots, weapons, &c. resemble so many rocks and stones.] [Vol I Pg 501]
152-153. [The dust clouds the air, making it hard to see. As the dust settles, the battlefield looks like a sea of blood, where the bodies of elephants, horses, and men, along with pieces of chariots, weapons, etc., look like rocks and stones.] [Vol I Pg 501]
154-156. [Bísma beheld with delight and admiration by all the chiefs and people of Kuráwa, distinguishes himself by his prowess. He engages Arjúna, and shoots ten arrows for every one discharged by him.]
154-156. [Bísma is admired and appreciated by all the leaders and people of Kuráwa, standing out with his exceptional skill. He faces Arjúna and fires ten arrows for every one that Arjúna shoots.]
157. [Ráwan, the son of Arjúna, is killed by the Rasáksa Séreng'gi.]
157. [Ráwan, the son of Arjúna, is killed by the Rasáksa Séreng'gi.]
158-159. [Krésna, enraged at Bísma, descends from his chariot and is going to shoot at him, when Bísma evinces his ready willingness to be killed by Krésna's chákra, and so gain admittance to his heaven.]
158-159. [Krésna, furious with Bísma, gets down from his chariot and is about to attack him, when Bísma shows his willingness to be killed by Krésna's chákra, hoping to enter his heaven.]
160. [Arjúna then descends from the chariot, and dissuades Krésna from killing Bísma.]
160. [Arjúna then gets off the chariot and convinces Krésna not to kill Bísma.]
161. [Krésna and Arjúna both re-ascend the chariot, while Bísma remains deprived of all his strength, in consequence of the fright he had undergone.]
161. [Krésna and Arjúna both get back on the chariot, while Bísma is left without any strength because of the fear he experienced.]
162-164. [Bísma makes a sign to Dérma-Wángsa, who recollecting that the former had made a surrender of his life to Arjúna and S'ri-kándi, goes to them and tells them not to be afraid, but to shoot at Bísma; whereupon S'ri-kándi discharging an arrow, hits him in the breast. The arrow not having penetrated far, Arjúna shoots, and drives it home with another arrow. Bísma falls down in the chariot but is not killed. His blood ascending to the regions above, is converted into flowers, and in that form returns to the earth.]
162-164. [Bísma signals to Dérma-Wángsa, who remembers that Bísma had surrendered his life to Arjúna and S'ri-kándi. He approaches them and tells them not to be afraid but to shoot at Bísma; then S'ri-kándi releases an arrow that strikes him in the chest. The arrow doesn't go in very deep, so Arjúna takes his shot and drives it in further with another arrow. Bísma collapses in the chariot but isn’t killed. His blood rises to the heavens, transforms into flowers, and eventually returns to the earth.]
165. [The Kuráwa fly and are pursued by the Pandáwa.]
165. [The Kuráwa fly and are chased by the Pandáwa.]
166-167. [Dérma-Wángsa, Arjúna, Nakúla, and Sedéwa, all go and kiss the feet of the respected Bísma; but the haughty and unbending Bíma remaining in an angry posture, makes no obeisance to the wounded Gúru. The Kuráwa chiefs, with Suyudána at their head, wish to come up and bow respectfully before Bísma; but seeing the stern Bíma they are afraid to approach.]
166-167. [Dérma-Wángsa, Arjúna, Nakúla, and Sedéwa all go and kiss the feet of the respected Bísma; but the proud and unyielding Bíma, still in an angry stance, does not pay any respect to the injured Gúru. The Kuráwa leaders, with Suyudána in charge, want to approach and bow respectfully before Bísma; but seeing the fierce Bíma, they hesitate to come closer.]
168. [A truce takes place between the hostile chiefs, when all shew their respect for Bísma. The Kuráwa wish to place him upon a mat, but the Pandáwa insist upon his litter consisting of arrows joined together.]
168. [A truce is formed between the rival chiefs, and everyone shows their respect for Bísma. The Kuráwa want to place him on a mat, but the Pandáwa insist that his litter be made of arrows tied together.]
169. [The Pandáwa withdraw, and the Kuráwa alone are left in charge of Bísma. Bísma refuses to take the water[Vol I Pg 502] offered him in a vessel by Suyudána, and calls to Arjúna, who presents him with some in a quiver.]
169. [The Pandáwa step back, leaving only the Kuráwa in charge of Bísma. Bísma declines the water [Vol I Pg 502] that Suyudána offers him in a vessel, and calls out to Arjúna, who brings him some in a quiver.]
170-171. [Bísma defers dying till the period of the sun's greatest declination, which he reckons to be about seven months off.]
170-171. [Bísma puts off dying until the time when the sun is at its lowest point, which he thinks is about seven months away.]
172. [Suyudána appoints Dangyang Drúna commander-in-chief, whereupon it rains blood.]
172. [Suyudána appoints Dangyang Drúna as the commander-in-chief, and then it starts raining blood.]
173. [The Kuráwa are too uneasy in their minds to go to rest.]
173. [The Kuráwa are too restless to settle down.]
174-177. [The following morning they go to battle. Both armies are formed into the order of battle called gája, or the elephant. A furious engagement ensues, in which many are slain on either side. Arjúna destroys the order of the Kuráwa army, is shot by Bágadéta, and afterwards brought to life again by medicines administered by Krésna, when he returns to the attack, and kills Bágadéta and the elephant he is on. Many of the Kuráwa are killed by Bíma and Arjúna.]
174-177. [The next morning, they head into battle. Both armies are arranged in the battle formation called gája, or the elephant. A fierce fight breaks out, with many casualties on both sides. Arjúna breaks the formation of the Kuráwa army, gets shot by Bágadéta, and is later revived by medicines given by Krésna. He then returns to the fight and kills Bágadéta along with the elephant he’s riding. Many of the Kuráwa are slain by Bíma and Arjúna.]
178. [Night coming on the battle ceases. It was at the eighth pánglong (or about the twenty-fourth) of the moon. The Pandáwa regale themselves, while the Kuráwa lament the death of Bágadéta.]
178. [As night falls, the battle stops. It was at the eighth pánglong (or around the twenty-fourth) of the moon. The Pandáwa celebrate, while the Kuráwa mourn the death of Bágadéta.]
179-181. [Dangyang Drúna undertakes to kill Dérma Wángsa, provided Arjúna and Bíma are out of the way. Ten Kuráwa chiefs, with Trigérta at their head, draw away Arjúna to fight against them to the south of the hills: ten more, under Dráta Púra, draw off Bíma, in a similar manner, to the north of the hills. Krésna, as usual, accompanies and watches over the safety of Arjúna.]
179-181. [Dangyang Drúna agrees to kill Dérma Wángsa, as long as Arjúna and Bíma are out of the picture. Ten Kuráwa leaders, with Trigérta in charge, lure Arjúna to fight against them to the south of the hills: another ten, led by Dráta Púra, distract Bíma in a similar way toward the north of the hills. Krésna, as always, is there to accompany and protect Arjúna.]
182-185. [Dangyang Drúna forms his men into the order chákra-búhia (or that of the circle with a well-defended entrance). Dérma Wángsa, in his perplexity what to do, calls upon Bimányu, the son of Arjúna, to attack and break the order of the enemy. Bimányu, decoyed by Suyudána, pursues him into the ring purposely formed by the enemy, when it closes, and he is cut off from all assistance and support from the Pandáwa.]
182-185. [Dangyang Drúna organizes his men into the formation chákra-búhia (or the circle with a well-defended entrance). Dérma Wángsa, confused about what to do, calls on Bimányu, the son of Arjúna, to attack and disrupt the enemy's formation. Bimányu, lured by Suyudána, chases him into the circle deliberately created by the enemy, which then closes in, leaving him cut off from any help and support from the Pandáwa.]
186-194. [Bimányu kills Leksána-kumára, the son of Suyudána, but is overpowered by the number of the enemy. His situation is described by many similes. He is slain.] [Vol I Pg 503]
186-194. [Bimányu kills Leksána-kumára, the son of Suyudána, but is overwhelmed by the number of enemies. His situation is illustrated with many comparisons. He is killed.] [Vol I Pg 503]
195-196. [Night comes on and hostilities cease.]
195-196. [Night falls and fighting stops.]
197-199. [The effect which the death of Abimányu produces on his wife Déwi Sundári. She adorns and prepares to burn herself with the corpse of her husband.]
197-199. [The impact of Abimányu's death on his wife Déwi Sundári. She decorates and gets ready to set herself on fire with her husband's corpse.]
200. [His other wife, Utári, being eight months gone with child, is deprived of this honour.]
200. [His other wife, Utári, eight months pregnant, is denied this honor.]
201-205. [Bíma and Arjúna return victorious from their respective engagements. The latter is angry with Dérma Wángsa, for having caused the death of his son, but is appeased by Krésna, and induced to treat the old man with respect. Dérma Wángsa explains how Abimányu's death was occasioned by Jáya Dráta's preventing the Pandáwa from entering the ring of the enemy, and from his defending it so well. Arjúna vows vengeance against Jaya Dráta, and hopes that he himself may be killed and burned, if he does not on the following day send him to the other world.]
201-205. [Bíma and Arjúna return victorious from their respective battles. Arjúna is upset with Dérma Wángsa for causing his son's death, but Krésna calms him down and encourages him to treat the old man with respect. Dérma Wángsa explains that Abimányu's death happened because Jáya Dráta stopped the Pandáwa from entering the enemy's circle and defended it so effectively. Arjúna swears revenge on Jaya Dráta and hopes that he himself may be killed and burned if he does not send Jaya Dráta to the afterlife the next day.]
206-207. [Jáya Dráta advised of Arjúna's intentions, begs of Suyudána to be allowed to withdraw from the field of battle. Dangyang Drúna, upon this, upbraids him, and persuades him to remain and try his hand against Arjúna, promising to support him.]
206-207. [Jáya Dráta informed Suyudána about Arjúna's plans and asked to be allowed to step back from the battlefield. Dangyang Drúna, hearing this, scolded him and convinced him to stay and face Arjúna, promising to back him up.]
208-211. [Arjúna and Krésna consult together how Jáya Dráta may be killed, and Krésna himself escape.]
208-211. [Arjúna and Krésna discuss how to kill Jáya Dráta while ensuring Krésna stays safe.]
212-213. [For this purpose Krésna makes Arjúna purify himself and offer up prayers to the Batára. Batára Sákra descends, and informs Arjúna that he will succeed in killing Jáya Dráta, if he only makes use of the arrow called pasopáti, and then vanishes.]
212-213. [For this purpose Krésna has Arjúna purify himself and pray to the Batára. Batára Sákra appears and tells Arjúna that he will succeed in killing Jáya Dráta, as long as he uses the arrow called pasopáti, and then disappears.]
214-228. [The two wives of Abimányu talk much together of the death of their husband. Their different situations and feelings. Their separation, and meeting again under various forms, &c.; after which Sundári burns herself with the body of Abimányu.]
214-228. [The two wives of Abimányu talk a lot about the death of their husband. Their different situations and feelings. Their separation, and meeting again in different forms, etc.; after which Sundári commits self-immolation with the body of Abimányu.]
229-231. [With the rising sun, the Pandáwa chiefs, &c. repair to the field of battle, where they find the Kuráwa forces drawn up in the order chákra báhui, with Jáya Dráta, for safety's sake, in the centre.]
229-231. [With the rising sun, the Pandáwa chiefs, etc. head to the battlefield, where they see the Kuráwa forces arranged in the formation chákra báhui, with Jáya Dráta positioned in the center for safety.]
232. [The diameter of the circle formed by the enemy round Jáya Dráta, is ten times the distance at which men can be distinguished by the eye.] [Vol I Pg 504]
232. [The diameter of the circle created by the enemy around Jáya Dráta is ten times the distance at which people can be seen by the naked eye.] [Vol I Pg 504]
233-235. [The Pandáwa observe the same order of battle, and attack the Kurawa. Both armies mingle in close and obstinate fight.]
233-235. [The Pandāwa follow the same battle formation and engage the Kurawa. Both armies clash fiercely, fighting intensely in close combat.]
236-237. [The Pandáwa being oppressed with thirst, Arjúna strikes an arrow into the earth; whereupon water springing forth, men and beasts drink and are refreshed.]
236-237. [The Pandáwa, suffering from thirst, Arjúna shoots an arrow into the ground; as a result, water gushes out, allowing people and animals to drink and feel refreshed.]
238-240. [Krésna makes Arjúna shoot at Suyudána, whose chariot is thereby broken to pieces, and his charioteer and horses killed, himself narrowly escaping with his life. Arjúna and his men fight furiously, and kill many of the enemy.]
238-240. [Krésna has Arjúna shoot at Suyudána, shattering his chariot and killing his charioteer and horses, while Suyudána barely escapes with his life. Arjúna and his men fight fiercely and defeat many of the enemy.]
241-244. [Satiaki kills Tuyasáda, Kambujána, and Sang Ambisúki.]
241-244. [Satiaki kills Tuyasáda, Kambujána, and Sang Ambisúki.]
245-252. [Bíma kills Chitra Yúda, Jáya Suséna, Cháruchítra, Durjáya, Jáya Chítra Séna, Chítraka, Sangupu Chítra Derma, and nine more chiefs.]
245-252. [Bíma kills Chitra Yúda, Jáya Suséna, Cháruchítra, Durjáya, Jáya Chítra Séna, Chítraka, Sangupu Chítra Derma, and nine more leaders.]
253-257. [Burisráwa opposes Satíaki. They fight, and after their weapons are broken, they close and wrestle. Satíáki is on the point of being killed, when Arjúna, at the urgent request of Krésna, discharges an arrow at Burisráwa, which, breaking his arm, causes him to drop the weapon with which he was going to kill Satiáka. While Burisráwa and Arjúna are expostulating with each other on their respective conduct, Satiáki seizes the opportunity to dispatch the former. Bíma and Arjúna slay thousands of the enemy, and endeavour to get at Jáya Dráta, but are prevented by the numbers of the Kuráwa, who rush in between and try to save him.]
253-257. [Burisráwa faces off against Satíaki. They fight, and after their weapons break, they end up wrestling. Just when Satíáki is about to be killed, Arjúna, at Krésna's urgent request, shoots an arrow at Burisráwa, which breaks his arm and makes him drop the weapon he was going to use on Satiáka. While Burisráwa and Arjúna are arguing about their actions, Satiáki takes advantage of the moment to finish off Burisráwa. Bíma and Arjúna kill thousands of enemies and try to reach Jáya Dráta, but they are blocked by the numerous Kuráwa, who rush in to protect him.]
258-259. [Seeing Bíma and Arjúna tired and nearly exhausted, without the latter's being likely to effect the death of Jáya Dráta within the promised time, Krésna has recourse to an artifice. He discharges his chákra at the declining sun, whereupon the clouds following the course of the weapon, collect round and obscure the luminary, making it appear like night. The Kuráwa thinking the fatal day past on which Arjúna was to kill Jáya Dráta, triumphantly and insultingly call out to Arjúna to fulfil his promise of meeting death and being burned.]
258-259. [Seeing Bíma and Arjúna tired and almost exhausted, and realizing that Arjúna probably wouldn’t be able to kill Jáya Dráta in time, Krésna comes up with a clever plan. He throws his chákra at the setting sun, causing the clouds to follow the trajectory of the weapon, gathering around and blocking out the light, making it seem like night. The Kuráwa, thinking the crucial day has passed when Arjúna was supposed to kill Jáya Dráta, mockingly call out to Arjúna to go ahead and fulfill his promise of facing death and being burned.]
260-262. [Taking advantage of the darkness, and of the Kuráwa being off their guard, Krésna, accompanied by Arjúna, wheels his chariot past the Kuráwa, till he reaches[Vol I Pg 505] the spot where Jáya Dráta is. Arjúna then shoots at Jáya Dráta, and kills him. Jáya Dráta's head being struck off by the arrow, Krésna causes a wind to rise and carry it to Jáya Dráta's father, who was doing penance in the mountains, in order to obtain of the gods, that if his son was killed in the battle, he might live again. In his surprise at beholding the head, he inadvertently exclaimed that his son was dead, which sealed his doom. Krésna then recalled his chákra, whereupon the sun again shone forth before it went down. Thus the vow of Arjúna was fulfilled.]
260-262. [Taking advantage of the darkness and the Kuráwa being unprepared, Krésna, together with Arjúna, drives his chariot past the Kuráwa until he reaches[Vol I Pg 505] the spot where Jáya Dráta is stationed. Arjúna then shoots at Jáya Dráta and kills him. As Jáya Dráta's head is struck off by the arrow, Krésna creates a wind that carries it to Jáya Dráta's father, who was meditating in the mountains, seeking from the gods that if his son were killed in battle, he could come back to life. Upon seeing the head, he unexpectedly exclaimed that his son was dead, which sealed his fate. Krésna then recalled his chákra, causing the sun to shine again before it set. Thus, Arjúna's vow was fulfilled.]
263-264. [Suyudána accuses Dangyang Drúna of being the cause of Jáya Dráta's death, in not suffering him to retire from the field of battle when he wished to do so. Dangyang Drúna defends his conduct, and uses high words to Suyudána.]
263-264. [Suyudána blames Dangyang Drúna for Jáya Dráta's death, saying he didn't allow him to leave the battlefield when he wanted to. Dangyang Drúna defends his actions and speaks harshly to Suyudána.]
265-266. [Suyudána invites Kérna to go and attack Arjúna. Kérna goes, and Suyudána with his men follow.]
265-266. [Suyudána asks Kérna to go and attack Arjúna. Kérna goes, and Suyudána and his men follow.]
267-271. [The sun sets and the battle continues. Enemies and friends are with difficulty distinguished in the dark, and many of the latter are killed by mistake.]
267-271. [The sun sets and the battle goes on. It's hard to tell enemies from friends in the dark, and many of the latter are accidentally killed.]
272-275. [Sang Dwa jáya-ráta, the adopted brother of Kérna, is killed by Bíma. Pratipéya is on the point of killing Sangá sáng'a, the son of Satiáki, but is prevented from doing so by Bíma, by whom he himself is slain, after having wounded Bíma.]
272-275. [Sang Dwa jáya-ráta, the adopted brother of Kérna, is killed by Bíma. Pratipéya is about to kill Sangá sáng'a, the son of Satiáki, but Bíma stops him, and after wounding Bíma, Pratipéya is killed by Bíma.]
276. [The sons of the Kuráwá chiefs, exasperated at the death of Pratipéya, all fall upon Bíma, but are every one of them killed by that potent hero.]
276. [The sons of the Kuráwá chiefs, frustrated by the death of Pratipéya, all attack Bíma, but he kills each and every one of them.]
277. [Three younger brothers of Sakuni are killed by Bíma.]
277. [Three younger brothers of Sakuni are killed by Bíma.]
278-280. [Suyudána talks with Kérna of the carnage occasioned by Bíma and Arjúna. Kérna makes light of their power, and engages to kill them both. Krépa accuses Kérna of being a boaster, and intimates his inferiority in prowess to the two hostile heroes, whereupon they are going to fight with each other, when Suyudána interposes and prevents them.]
278-280. [Suyudána talks with Kérna about the destruction caused by Bíma and Arjúna. Kérna laughs off their strength and vows to kill them both. Krépa accuses Kérna of boasting and suggests that he’s not as skilled as the two opposing heroes, which leads to a fight between them. Suyudána steps in and stops them.]
281-284. [Kérna attacks the Pandáwa army and causes great havoc. A consultation is held among the Pandáwa respecting the fittest person to oppose Kérna. Krésna objects to Arjúna's doing so, as being unskilled in fighting by night.[Vol I Pg 506] Gatot Kácha, the son of Bíma, is then selected to fight against Kérna.]
281-284. [Kérna attacks the Pandáwa army and creates significant chaos. The Pandáwa hold a meeting to decide who is best suited to confront Kérna. Krésna objects to Arjúna taking on this role, citing his lack of experience in fighting at night.[Vol I Pg 506] Gatot Kácha, the son of Bíma, is then chosen to battle against Kérna.]
(Measure Basánta lila.)
(Measure Basánta lila.)
By Krísna and Parta, who praised him for his greatness and strength:
He was quickly awakened by the call and happily presented himself, And said, "I am happy and lucky to be recognized by his highness.
"Let my body be torn apart, and let death follow." "No matter how challenging the task is, I will still do it." At these words, the older people were left speechless.
He knew exactly how to stir up tender feelings: So his uncle's heart melted away, When he saw the boy brave enough to face the King of Awáng'ga.
Filled with compassion and saddened that they had called upon Gatot Kácha. Immediately, the hero rushed into battle; But just as he was about to confront the child of the sun, he suddenly froze in fear.
(Tembang Basánta lila.)
(Basánta lila song.)
Teka pira kresna parta maneher | muji sakti nera ||
Sang ngenojaran | wawang masemo garjita arsa marek ||
Mawachana welcomes everyone to gather here.
Kunenga paniwoa rahatane gate karya temen Situa so that you can see where you're going.
Mijili tangan dudung mijili chang Kema nuta ngohuh
Yata rumujak sang Arka suta Kéwerana pinda jemor Muruda kiu mowa metu sulu bala pandawa bap
290-299. [Sialambána, a blind Rasáksa chief, joins the Kuráwa against Gatot Kácha, by whom he is slain; whereupon his band of blind Rasáksas take to flight. Three other blind Rasáksa chiefs, with separate bodies of blind Rasáksas, successively oppose Gatot Kacha, and share the same fate as the first.]
290-299. [Sialambána, a blind Rasáksa leader, teams up with the Kuráwa against Gatot Kácha, but gets killed by him; as a result, his group of blind Rasáksas flees. Three other blind Rasáksa leaders, each with their own groups of blind Rasáksas, later confront Gatot Kácha, but they meet the same end as the first one.]
300-308. [Gatot Kacha fights with Kérna, flies, and is ultimately killed by him.]
300-308. [Gatot Kacha battles Kérna, takes to the air, and is ultimately defeated by him.]
309-314. [The Pandáwa, enraged at the death of Gatot Kacha, all fight with desperate fury. Arjúna alone is restrained and withheld by Krésna.]
309-314. [The Pandáwa, furious at the death of Gatot Kacha, fight with intense rage. Arjúna is the only one held back and restrained by Krésna.]
315-321. [Dowi Arimbi, the mother of Gátot Kácha, burns herself on the funeral pile of her son.]
315-321. [Dowi Arimbi, the mother of Gátot Kácha, takes her own life on her son's funeral pyre.]
322-334. [The following morning Dangyang Drúna, a Pandíta on the side of the Kuráwa, causes great havoc among the Pandáwa; to save whom from the destruction which threatened them, Krésna spreads a false report of Aswatáma's death, and makes all the Pandáwa proclaim it. Dangyang Drúna hears and believes the rumour of his son's death, and faints away; upon which Drestadríumna approaches him and cuts his throat.]
322-334. [The next morning, Dangyang Drúna, a Pandíta allied with the Kuráwa, creates chaos among the Pandáwa; to protect them from the impending destruction, Krésna spreads a rumor about Aswatáma's death and makes all the Pandáwa announce it. Dangyang Drúna hears and believes the news of his son's death, and he faints; then Drestadríumna comes up to him and cuts his throat.]
335-343. [Aswatáma hearing that his father is killed, makes a furious attack upon the enemy, but perceiving Bíma is afraid and retires.]
335-343. [Aswatáma, hearing that his father has been killed, launches a furious attack on the enemy, but noticing that Bíma is scared and pulling back.]
344. [The sun is about to set and hostilities cease.] [Vol I Pg 508]
344. [The sun is about to set and fighting stops.] [Vol I Pg 508]
345-349. [Description of the field of battle after the fight.]
345-349. [Description of the battlefield after the fight.]
350-351. [The King of the Kuráwa asks Kérna to engage Arjúna. Kérna agrees, but requests to have some one to attend and support him in battle. Sália is selected and appointed for the purpose.]
350-351. [The King of the Kuráwa asks Kérna to engage Arjúna. Kérna agrees but requests someone to attend and support him in battle. Sália is chosen and appointed for this task.]
352-356. [Kérna and Sália, before they go to fight, go home to take leave of their families, &c. What passes on the occasion.]
352-356. [Kérna and Sália, before they head off to battle, return home to say goodbye to their families, etc. What happens during this time.]
357-365. [Kérna's wife relates to her husband a dream she had. The particulars of the conversation which takes place between them.]
357-365. [Kérna's wife shares a dream she had with her husband. They discuss the details of the conversation that follows.]
366-393. [Dérma Wángsa, Krésna, and Arjúna, set out in the night for the purpose of finding and putting together the head and body of their respected Gúru, Dangyang Drúna, and in order to pay due respect and homage to his remains, and to entreat forgiveness on account of what had happened to him. Description of all they see and meet by the way.]
366-393. [Dérma Wángsa, Krésna, and Arjúna set out at night to find and reunite the head and body of their beloved Gúru, Dangyang Drúna. They wanted to honor his remains and seek forgiveness for what had happened to him. This section describes everything they see and encounter on their journey.]
394-407. [Morning. The Pandáwa prepare for battle.]
394-407. [Morning. The Pandáwa get ready for battle.]
408-413. [The Kuráwa army is formed into the position báhui-makára[188], or that of the prawn. Kérna in the mouth, Drumúka in the right fore claw, Sakuni in the left, Suyudána in the head, all the princes and chiefs in the body.]
408-413. [The Kuráwa army is arranged in the formation báhui-makára[188], resembling a prawn. Kérna is at the front, Drumúka in the right claw, Sakuni in the left, Suyudána in the head, with all the princes and chiefs making up the body.]
414-415. [The Pandáwa army is put into the order called wúlan-tumánggal, or that of the new moon. Arjúna forms the right horn of the crescent, Bíma the left, Dérma Wángsa and all the princes and chiefs compose the centre.]
414-415. [The Pandáwa army is arranged in the formation known as wúlan-tumánggal, or that of the new moon. Arjúna makes up the right side of the crescent, Bíma the left, while Dérma Wángsa and all the princes and leaders form the center.]
416-426. [Kérna and Sália, mounted in one carriage, proceed to the field of battle. The two contending armies engage. Their various success described.]
416-426. [Kérna and Sália, riding in a single carriage, head to the battlefield. The two opposing armies clash. Their different victories are detailed.]
427-440. [Bíma attacks, upbraids, and pursues Suyudána. To save the latter, Dusasána fires an arrow at Bíma and hits him. Bíma turns about, and finding it was Dusasána that shot him, he seizes him by the hair, and having called out to all the princes and chiefs to bear witness to the fulfilment of his promise, he tears him in pieces and drinks his blood.]
427-440. [Bíma attacks, scolds, and chases Suyudána. To protect him, Dusasána shoots an arrow at Bíma and hits him. Bíma turns around, realizes it was Dusasána who shot him, grabs him by the hair, and calls out to all the princes and leaders to witness him keeping his promise. He tears Dusasána apart and drinks his blood.]
441-449. [The battle continues to be fought with various success, sometimes one army giving way and sometimes the other.] [Vol I Pg 509]
441-449. [The battle keeps going, with each side having its moments of success, sometimes one army retreating and sometimes the other.] [Vol I Pg 509]
450-467. [Arjúna and Kérna fight against each other. The arrows shot by each at the other are immediately converted into various elements or destructive animals. Kérna shoots rain; Arjúna shoots and dispels it. Kérna shoots fire; Arjúna shoots rain and quenches it. Kérna shoots dragons; Arjúna shoots griffins which destroy them.]
450-467. [Arjúna and Kérna battle each other. The arrows they fire at one another instantly transform into different elements or destructive creatures. Kérna unleashes rain; Arjúna shoots it away. Kérna shoots fire; Arjúna rains down and puts it out. Kérna fires dragons; Arjúna responds with griffins that take them out.]
468-469. [Kérna aims an arrow at the throat of Arjúna, whom Sália beckons to incline his head. Ardawilíka, a Rasáksa, in the form of a dragon, is killed by Arjúna, while in the act of shooting at him.]
468-469. [Kérna aims an arrow at the throat of Arjúna, whom Sália signals to tilt his head. Ardawilíka, a Rasáksa, takes the form of a dragon and is killed by Arjúna while trying to shoot at him.]
470-476. [Kérna twice shoots at Arjúna, but his arrow only strikes and loosens his top-knot of hair.]
470-476. [Kérna shoots at Arjúna twice, but his arrow only hits and dislodges his top-knot of hair.]
477-479. [Arjúna, invited and challenged by Kérna to shoot at him, in his turn tells him, if he wishes to save his life to surrender and pay obeisance. Kérna refusing to do this is shot in the throat by Arjúna: his head falls back into the chariot. On the death of Kérna, the child of the sun, that bright luminary grows dim with grief, and expresses his deep sorrow by groans of thunder and showers of tears, while his twinkling eyes emit incessant flashes of lightning.]
477-479. [Arjúna, invited and challenged by Kérna to shoot at him, tells him that if he wants to save his life, he should surrender and show respect. Kérna, refusing to do this, is shot in the throat by Arjúna: his head falls back into the chariot. After Kérna, the son of the sun, dies, that bright sun dims with sorrow and shows its deep grief through rumbling thunder and falling tears, while its twinkling eyes flash with constant lightning.]
And chased by numbers, they hide themselves, out of fear, in holes and crevices,
The ground trembles, and at the same time, a light rain falls from the clouds, washing away the blood-stained body.
The ominous cloud appears, and the rumbling sound of thunder is heard.
His polished teeth were shining, and the black of his fixed eye was still and upright!
No longer standing tall, his hair lay flat against his pale face, and his serious wound was both frightening and strangely attractive. This is how the brave look when they die in battle.
481-483. [The Kuráwa having taken to flight are pursued by the Pandáwa into Astína.]
481-483. [The Kuráwa, having fled, are chased by the Pandáwa into Astína.]
484. [Night coming on, the Pandáwa return.]
484. [Night falling, the Pandáwa return.]
485-489. [Suyudána comments on the misfortune of the Kuráwa in losing Kérna, and consults about the fittest person to succeed that hero.]
485-489. [Suyudána reflects on the misfortune of the Kuráwa losing Kérna, and discusses who would be the best person to take over that hero's role.]
490-497. [Advised by Sakúni, Suyudána asks Sália to assume the chief command.]
490-497. [Following Sakúni's advice, Suyudána asks Sália to take on the overall leadership.]
498-500. [Sália endeavours to excuse himself; whereupon Aswatáma comes forward, and accuses him of being friendly to the Pandáwa, and on that account unwilling to become the leader of the Kuráwa.]
498-500. [Sália tries to defend himself; then Aswatáma steps in and accuses him of supporting the Pandáwa, and because of that, he is reluctant to become the leader of the Kuráwa.]
501-502. [Aswatáma and Sália quarrel and are going to fight, when Suyudána interferes and draws Sália away, exhorting him to take the command.]
501-502. [Aswatáma and Sália are arguing and about to fight when Suyudána steps in and pulls Sália away, urging him to take command.]
508-511. [Sália at last consents, and then withdraws to his wife.]
508-511. [Sália finally agrees, and then steps back to his wife.]
512-516. [Nakúla is sent by Krésna to Sália to dissuade him from fighting. Description of Sália's palace.]
512-516. [Nakúla is sent by Krésna to Sália to convince him not to fight. Description of Sália's palace.]
517-524. [At sight of his nephew Nakúla, Sália's resolution fails him, and he promises not to fight against the Pandáwa. He declares he will readily and willingly surrender his life to Dérma Wángsa, but to no one else, and that that worthy person has only to make use of the arrow called pustaka akalíma asáda.]
517-524. [When he sees his nephew Nakúla, Sália's determination falters, and he promises not to fight against the Pandáwa. He states that he is ready and willing to give his life to Dérma Wángsa, but to no one else, and that this noble person only has to use the arrow called pustaka akalíma asáda.]
525-527. [Nakúla returns and informs Krésna and Dérma Wangsa of the success of his mission to Sália, and of all that passed on the occasion.]
525-527. [Nakúla comes back and tells Krésna and Dérma Wangsa about the success of his mission to Sália, and everything that happened during the event.]
528-553. [Sália relates to his wife Sátia Wáti, the result of his interview with Nakúla, and of his intention to sacrifice himself, whereupon she is grieved and sheds tears. Then follows a long and detailed description of Sátia Wáti, her person, manners, disposition, &c., and the particulars of[Vol I Pg 511] a conversation which takes place between her and her husband, wherein they display great affection for each other; after which they yield to the power of love, and then fatigued with amorous dalliance, sink into each other's arms and fall asleep.]
528-553. [Sália tells his wife Sátia Wáti about his meeting with Nakúla and his plan to sacrifice himself, which makes her very upset and brings her to tears. Then, there’s a long and detailed description of Sátia Wáti: her appearance, personality, and qualities, along with details of[Vol I Pg 511] a conversation between her and her husband, showing how much they care for each other. After that, they give in to their love, and then, tired from their romantic interaction, they fall into each other's arms and drift off to sleep.]
554-556. [In consequence of Sátia Wáti's declared determination to accompany him, Sália steals from her when she is asleep; and having got fairly away from her, he dresses himself without, and is honoured by the Pandíta, who cast flowers upon him.]
554-556. [Because Sátia Wáti has made it clear that she wants to go with him, Sália sneaks away from her while she’s asleep; once he’s successfully gotten away, he dresses himself outside and is celebrated by the Pandíta, who showers him with flowers.]
559. [Sália reaches the field of battle.]
559. [Sália shows up at the battlefield.]
560. [The Pandáwa army forthwith appears, and an engagement takes place.]
560. [The Pandáwa army immediately shows up, and a battle ensues.]
561. [The army of the Pandáwa are hard pressed and obliged to fall back.]
561. [The Pandáwa army is under heavy pressure and has to retreat.]
562-564. [Bíma comes to their support and routs the enemy with great slaughter.]
562-564. [Bíma comes to their aid and defeats the enemy with heavy losses.]
565-567. [Sália deserted by his army remains alone, and as he discharges his arrows they change into thousands of Rasáksas, dragons, and evil spirits, which lighting among the enemy occasion great consternation; whereupon Krésna ordering all the people to throw down their weapons and fold their arms, the whole of the demons disappear without doing any harm.]
565-567. [Sália, abandoned by his army, is left alone, and as he shoots his arrows, they transform into thousands of Rasáksas, dragons, and evil spirits, which cause great panic among the enemy; then Krésna tells everyone to drop their weapons and stand down, and all the demons vanish without causing any harm.]
568-581. [The good and quiet Dérma Wángsa is reluctantly persuaded by Krésna to save the Pandáwa by killing Sália.]
568-581. [The kind and calm Dérma Wángsa is reluctantly convinced by Krésna to save the Pandáwa by killing Sália.]
582-583. [Dérma Wángsa discharges the arrow pustáka kalíma asáda: it penetrates and sticks in the breast of Sália, who immediately dies.]
582-583. [Dérma Wángsa fires the arrow pustáka kalíma asáda: it pierces and lodges in the chest of Sália, who dies instantly.]
584-586. [On the death of Sália the Kuráwa forces are routed and pursued in all directions by the Pandáwa, with great slaughter.]
584-586. [After Sália's death, the Kuráwa forces are defeated and chased in all directions by the Pandáwa, resulting in a massive slaughter.]
In a panic, he hurriedly ran away and just barely escaped with his life.
But Sakúné, shaking with fear, fell into the hands of the enemy;
And crying, begged for mercy, saying, "this is the reward for my kindness and hospitality."
[Vol I Pg 512] Asambata cried at the awakening of the evening.
"With what relentless effort have you tried to annoy and upset me;
"But now I won't fail to take my revenge;
"Death will take you, and you will suffer greatly."
The story goes that he ripped it apart and drank the blood, Spread them out across the villages in the north and the south.
As it flowed downward in its deep bed, a sea of blood surged with a loud rush. Suyudána has escaped, but there are still opportunities to capture him. He is being chased and searched for but can't be found, as he has jumped into the water.
Respectable and older individuals, bowing respectfully, convey the urgent news to her:
Hidden among the piles of the dead was her lord; they were the only ones who survived to share the story.
Kunang has a tendency to mess things up when she's here. Ikang yama ngala pwapang idapana pwageng ning lara
Iline rudiranya gurnita mangarnawa lo'a dalam Kunang pwa riluput Suyodana down to the work. Tinot mara pinet datan katemo ya ine ar mowa
After loosening and combing her hair, she is determined to head to the battlefield. First taking hold of her petrem__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, with which to end her life when she arrives at the place where her heart's joy is found,
She immediately gets into her chariot and sets off, aided by a pleasant breeze.
565-602. [Accompanied by Sagandíka, she wanders over the field of battle by night in quest of his corpse, looking for it among the number of prostrate slain. Appearance of the different dead bodies and carcasses of horses, elephants, &c. described. She often thinks that she has found it: her repeated mistakes and disappointments.]
565-602. [Accompanied by Sagandíka, she roams the battlefield at night searching for his body, looking for it among the many fallen. The various dead bodies and carcasses of horses, elephants, etc. are described. She frequently believes she has found it: her ongoing mistakes and disappointments.]
She pulled out her dagger, determined to stab herself, as her heart was completely devoted to her husband.
But the Almighty, out of pity, sent lightning to lead her to the place where the one she had searched for was lying,
And filled her with strength and a desire to continue the search.
The princess followed the trail until she came upon the body of Sália,
He looked at her out of the corner of his eye while lying there with a grin.
Nahan etuniran panging kina ng'ebang abanga maka sama ngosir kilat
Unaware of her actions, she patted, pressed, and kissed the body,
She rubbed his lips and stained them red__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; cradling his head with her arm and wiping his face with the end of one of her clothes. But his eyes remained still for a long time. To heal his wounds, she kept putting on her chewed síri.
"Should I cry, or what do you want me to do? Speak and tell me, instead of keeping that meaningless smile."
"Is this how you faced death?" she said. "Did you really leave me while I was asleep, "And leave on your own, without me knowing, to the lands above? But I will follow you.
Defend against those who would harm others with their words and actions.
Wanten ta wekase tangis kwa mene kite suma'ora ayo'a ta minge
I would be shaking and scared without your support and help,
"Even if you have many Windadáris at your command, still keep a spot for me above them all,
"What do you think about her, who has roamed around after you and is now about to die for you?"
(Measure Basánta tiláka.)
(Measure Basánta tiláka.)
Burdened by a grief as heavy as a mountain,
When she saw her lord And ready to face death.
Pali tapwa welasat ring wang angomeng pati lumaku lana morang morang.
(Tembang Basanta tilaksa).
(Basanta Tilaksa Song).
She pulled it from its sheath, glancing at it as it emerged, Then she boldly buried it in her heart. The blood that flowed from the wound was like shining gold.
"Let the people know that I'm now sending
"They will remember the history of my suffering,
"So that my story can be heard and understood; "When the caring heart may be touched by love and compassion, and tears will fall at the sorrowful story."
No matter what state you may enter, I will be with you. "Who do you want to send for water,
"And who will wash my noble mistress's feet if I'm not with her?"
And stabbed herself, instantly died
At the princess's feet, where her body rested.
"I've been anxious and impatient waiting for you among the clouds,
"With many Widadáris, Panditás, and Déwas."
He came back with her along the road that leads to heaven.
They arrived and found it extremely beautiful. The houses were made of silk, and the precious stones were dazzling.
621-624. [The Pandáwa hear that Suyudána is in the middle of the river: delighted, they repair to the spot. Bíma calls him a dastardly coward afraid to die, and assures him that his arm will reach him, whithersoever he may betake himself, to the lowest depth of the earth or the highest region of heaven.][Vol I Pg 520]
621-624. [The Pandáwa learn that Suyudána is in the middle of the river: excited, they head to the location. Bíma calls him a coward who’s scared to die, and promises that his arm will reach him, no matter where he tries to escape, whether to the deepest part of the earth or the highest point of heaven.][Vol I Pg 520]
625-628. [Suyudána comes out of the water and assures[Vol I Pg 521] Bíma that he betook himself to the river, not out of fear, but for the purpose of making adoration to the gods, challenging Bíma, or any other of the Pandáwa, to combat. Krésna represents that Dérma-Wángsna is too peaceable and benevolent to fight against Suyudána; that Arjúna's forte consists in using the bow mounted in a chariot; that Nakúla and Sedéwa are too young and inexperienced, and that Bíma is therefore the fittest of all the Pandáwa to oppose Suyudána.] [Vol I Pg 522]
625-628. [Suyudána emerges from the water and tells[Vol I Pg 521] Bíma that he came to the river not out of fear, but to pay respect to the gods, challenging Bíma or any of the Pandáwa to a fight. Krésna says that Dérma-Wángsna is too peaceful and kind to battle Suyudána; that Arjúna's strength lies in using the bow from a chariot; that Nakúla and Sedéwa are too young and unskilled, making Bíma the most suitable among the Pandáwa to confront Suyudána.] [Vol I Pg 522]
629-631. [Kakrasána is informed by Naráda of the Pandáwa and Kuráwa forces being engaged, and withdraws to see the issue of the contest. Bíma and Suyudána go and make their respects to him, and each receives from him a charm.]
629-631. [Kakrasána learns from Naráda that the Pandáwa and Kuráwa forces are engaged, and he withdraws to observe the outcome of the contest. Bíma and Suyudána visit him to pay their respects, and each receives a charm from him.]
632-639. [Bíma and Suyudána fight. Missing each other, they strike and cut the earth, trees, and every thing about them, without being able to hurt each other. They then throw away their weapons, and closing, wrestle. So closely are they united, that they seem to be one person and to have one voice.]
632-639. [Bíma and Suyudána fight. Missing each other, they hit the ground, trees, and everything around them, unable to actually harm each other. They then drop their weapons and grapple with each other. They are so close that they appear to be one person with one voice.]
640-656. [Arjúna repeatedly striking his hand on his left thigh, reminds Bíma of Suyudána's being vulnerable in that particular place only. Bíma recollecting the circumstance, seizes his club and strikes Suyudána with it in his vulnerable part. Suyudána falls, and expiring under the blow is trampled upon by Bíma, who continues to insult and triumph over him, till out of all patience with his relentless and ungenerous conduct, Kakrasána seizes his spear and is going to slay Bíma, but is withheld by Krésna, who says that Bíma is not to be blamed for such just retaliation.]
640-656. [Arjúna repeatedly hitting his hand on his left thigh reminds Bíma that Suyudána is vulnerable in that specific spot. Bíma remembering the situation grabs his club and strikes Suyudána in his weak point. Suyudána falls, and dying from the blow is trampled by Bíma, who continues to insult and gloat over him until Kakrasána, losing all patience with his relentless and unkind behavior, grabs his spear and is about to kill Bíma, but Krésna stops him, saying that Bíma shouldn’t be blamed for such rightful revenge.]
(Here end the Javan copies of this work; the following abstract is from a copy of the Bráta Yúdha Káwi presented to me by the Rája of Báli Balílíng in Báli.)
(Here end the Javan copies of this work; the following summary is from a copy of the Bráta Yúdha Káwi given to me by the Rája of Báli Balílíng in Báli.)
657-667. [Suyudána dead, and night coming on, the Pandáwa retire from the scene of battle to the city of Astína, and there feast and rejoice, on account of their victory. Satiated and fatigued with their revelling, all except Krésna go to sleep. He alone remains awake, pitying in his own mind the fate of Suyudána, and recollecting with feelings of regret the indignant and unkind manner in which he was treated by Bíma. Withdrawing by stealth, he goes to the mountains, and wanders about oppressed with grief and much agitated.]
657-667. [Suyudána is dead, and night is falling, the Pandáwa retreat from the battlefield to the city of Astína, where they celebrate and rejoice because of their victory. Stuffed and exhausted from their festivities, everyone except Krésna falls asleep. He alone stays awake, feeling sorry for Suyudána's fate, and remembering with regret the angry and harsh way Bíma treated him. Quietly, he slips away to the mountains and wanders around, overwhelmed with grief and agitation.]
668. [Next morning the Pandáwa missing Krésna, go in search of him, and find him among the images on the hills. Portentous signs take place. A raven croaks till blood issues from its beak, it rains blood, and all the wild animals fight with each other.] [Vol I Pg 523]
668. [The next morning, the Pandáwa realize Krésna is missing and search for him, finding him among the statues on the hills. Ominous signs occur. A raven caws until blood flows from its beak, it rains blood, and all the wild animals start fighting among themselves.] [Vol I Pg 523]
669. [Next morning all these omens are gone.]
669. [The next morning, all these signs have disappeared.]
670-693. [News arrives from Astína of Aswatáma's having entered the city by night, and assassinated Drésta-dríumna, Sérikándi, and Pánchakumára, and of all the mántris having fled for fear. Half are inclined to give credit to the report, and half believe that it must have been the spirit of Sália. The Pandáwa return to Astína, and find the women there all in tears, and bewailing the loss of those who had been murdered during the night. Krésna consoles them, and reconciles them to what has happened.]
670-693. [News comes from Astína that Aswatáma sneaked into the city at night and killed Drésta-dríumna, Sérikándi, and Pánchakumára, causing all the mántris to flee in fear. Half of the people believe the report, while the other half thinks it must have been the spirit of Sália. The Pandáwa return to Astína and find the women there all in tears, mourning the loss of those who were murdered during the night. Krésna comforts them and helps them accept what has happened.]
694-696. [Krésna makes the Pandáwa accompany him in search of Aswatáma, whom they find among the hills.]
694-696. [Krésna has the Pandáwa join him in searching for Aswatáma, whom they discover in the hills.]
697-699. [Bíma is going to strike Aswatáma, when the latter discharges an arrow at Bíma, and at the same time tells him he is not a fit opponent, inviting Arjúna to contend with him. Arjúna and Aswatáma fight, causing the earth and mountains to shake, &c.]
697-699. [Bíma is about to attack Aswatáma, when the latter shoots an arrow at Bíma and tells him he's not a worthy opponent, challenging Arjúna to fight him instead. Arjúna and Aswatáma battle, making the earth and mountains tremble, etc.]
700-705. [Sáng yáng Naráda descends from above, and tells Arjúna that they will cause the destruction of the world if they continue the dreadful conflict. Sáng yáng Naráda at the same time goes up to Aswatáma, and advises him to desist from opposing the Pandáwa, as he will certainly be beaten, and recommends his surrender and resignation to the Pandáwa of his pusáka of Chúda-manik, also called Chúpu-mánik Estígéna, a charm which gives its possessor the power of getting eight different things.]
700-705. [Sáng yáng Naráda comes down from above and tells Arjúna that they will bring about the destruction of the world if they keep fighting this terrible battle. Sáng yáng Naráda also goes to Aswatáma and advises him to stop opposing the Pandáwa, as he will definitely be defeated, urging him to surrender and give up to the Pandáwa of his pusáka of Chúda-manik, also known as Chúpu-mánik Estígéna, a charm that grants its holder the ability to acquire eight different things.]
706-707. [Aswatáma refuses to give it to the Pandáwa, but is willing to part with it to the unborn grandson of Arjúna, of whom Utári was then pregnant, and whom he directed should be called Parikísit.]
706-707. [Aswatáma refuses to give it to the Pandáwa, but is willing to give it to the unborn grandson of Arjúna, of whom Utári was then pregnant, and whom he instructed should be named Parikísit.]
708-709. [Krésna offers to bear witness to the promise; after which Aswatáma gives the pusáka to Bíma, to deliver to the grandson of Arjúna.]
708-709. [Krésna offers to testify to the promise; after that, Aswatáma hands the pusáka to Bíma, to give to the grandson of Arjúna.]
710-714. [Krésna and the Pandáwa again return to Astína, and inform Arjúna's wife of what has happened. Aswatáma remains aloof from the Pandáwa, wandering about in the woods and among the mountains. Yuyútsuh, the only surviving Kuráwa chief, joins and lives with the Pandáwa. All the sons of the Pandáwa having been killed in the battle, without a single descendant being left to be made a king of[Vol I Pg 524] Astína, excepting the yet unborn son of Abimányu, whom Utári was about to bring forth, Dérma Wangsa, the eldest of the Pandáwa (although all of them had arrived at an age when they should withdraw from the world) is appointed sovereign, until such time as he can be relieved and succeeded by the yet unborn Parikísit. Description of Dérma Wángsa; the beauty of his person; his many good qualities and accomplishments, for which and for his character for justice, wisdom, prudence, &c. he is universally beloved, and his praises celebrated in song.]
710-714. [Krésna and the Pandáwa return to Astína and tell Arjúna's wife what has happened. Aswatáma keeps his distance from the Pandáwa, wandering through the woods and mountains. Yuyútsuh, the only surviving Kuráwa chief, joins and lives with the Pandáwa. All the sons of the Pandáwa have been killed in battle, leaving no descendants to become king of [Vol I Pg 524] Astína, except for the yet unborn son of Abimányu, whom Utári is about to give birth to. Dérma Wangsa, the eldest of the Pandáwa (even though they are all at an age to step back from public life), is appointed sovereign until he can hand over the throne to the yet unborn Parikísit. Description of Dérma Wángsa; the beauty of his appearance; his many good traits and skills, for which, along with his reputation for justice, wisdom, prudence, etc., he is loved by all and celebrated in songs.]
715-719. [Dérma Wángsa receives the name and title of Batára Jáya Báya. Under his wise and excellent administration the kingdom of Astína flourishes, crimes are unknown, and the inhabitants are happy. The neighbouring princes of Java, who had survived the war, all acknowledge the authority of the king of Astína, and pay homage to him.]
715-719. [Dérma Wángsa is given the name and title of Batára Jáya Báya. Under his wise and outstanding leadership, the kingdom of Astína thrives, crime is unheard of, and the people are content. The neighboring princes of Java, who survived the war, all recognize the king of Astína's authority and pay their respects to him.]
The musical instruments of the Javans are peculiar. Several of them are necessary to compose a gámelan, set, or band: of these there are several varieties. The gámelan salíndro, which is the most perfect, consists of the several instruments represented in the plate. In the gámelan pélog, the instruments are much larger and louder; the bónang or krómo, has sometimes only ten, and sometimes as many as fourteen notes. Both of these gámelans are employed as accompaniments to the wáyangs. The gámelan míring partakes of the two former, and is employed to accompany the wáyang klítik. In the gámelan múng'gang, called also kódok ng'órek, from its resembling the croaking of frogs, the bónang has fifteen notes, and the kécher resembles the triangle: neither the génder, salentam, sarón, nor chalémpung are included in this set; this gámelan is considered the most ancient, and is played at tournaments, in processions, &c. In the chára báli, or chára wángsul, the rebáb, or viol, is not used: in other respects the instruments are the same as in the salíndro, except that they are as large as in the pélog. The gámelan sekáten, which resembles the pélog, except that the instruments are still larger and louder, is restricted to the use of the sovereign, and seldom played,[Vol I Pg 525] except on great occasions, as during eight days of the festival of Múlut. The gámelan srúnen is used in processions of state and in war, being properly the martial music of the country, in which, besides the ordinary instruments, a particular gong and trumpets are introduced.
The musical instruments of the Javanese people are unique. Several are needed to form a gámelan set or band, and there are many different types. The gámelan salíndro, considered the most refined, includes the various instruments shown in the picture. The gámelan pélog features larger and louder instruments; the bónang or krómo sometimes has only ten notes and other times as many as fourteen. Both gámelans are used to accompany the wáyangs. The gámelan míring combines elements from the first two and is used to accompany the wáyang klítik. In the gámelan múng'gang, also known as kódok ng'órek because it sounds like frogs croaking, the bónang has fifteen notes, and the kécher resembles a triangle. It doesn't include the génder, salentam, sarón, or chalémpung; this gámelan is considered the oldest and is played at tournaments, parades, etc. In the chára báli or chára wángsul, the rebáb, or violin, is not used; otherwise, the instruments are like those in the salíndro, but they are as big as those in the pélog. The gámelan sekáten, similar to the pélog but with even larger and louder instruments, is reserved for the royal family and is rarely played, except during significant events like the eight-day Múlut festival. The gámelan srúnen is used in state processions and during war; it is the country's martial music, which includes, aside from the usual instruments, a special gong and trumpets.
The plate will afford a better idea of the form of these instruments than any verbal description. Most of them resemble the staccáto or harmonica, and the sound is produced by the stroke of a hammer. The gámbang káyu has wooden plates, sixteen or seventeen in number: the gámbang gángsa, of which there are several in each band, has metal plates.
The plate will give a clearer idea of the shape of these instruments than any spoken description. Most of them look like the staccáto or harmonica, and the sound is made by striking with a hammer. The gámbang káyu has wooden plates, usually sixteen or seventeen in total; the gámbang gángsa, of which there are several in each band, has metal plates.
In the génder the metal plates are thin, of a different form, and suspended by strings. The gong, represented (No. 9) in the plate, is usually three feet in diameter. The bónang, kénong, and ketók, are of metal, and are suspended by tightened cords to favour the vibration. The kécher, shewn in the plate, corresponds with the cymbal. The hammers with which the larger instruments are struck are either wound round at the end with cloth, or the elastic gum, in order to soften the sound. The drum is struck with the open hand and fingers only. The chalémpung is a stringed instrument, with from ten to fifteen wires, which are sounded with the finger, after the manner of the harp.
In the gamelan, the metal plates are thin and shaped differently, suspended by strings. The gong, shown (No. 9) in the picture, is typically three feet in diameter. The bónang, kénong, and ketók are made of metal and hang by tight cords to enhance the vibration. The kécher, displayed in the plate, is similar to a cymbal. The hammers used to strike the larger instruments are either wrapped at the ends with cloth or elastic material to soften the sound. The drum is played using just the open hand and fingers. The chalémpung is a stringed instrument with ten to fifteen strings, played with the fingers in a manner similar to a harp.
The person who leads the band performs upon the rebáb (No. 17), an instrument which, having a neck, and two strings pitched by pegs, is capable of producing perfect intonation and a variety of sounds, by shortening the strings with the pressure of the finger.
The person who leads the band plays the rebáb (No. 17), an instrument that has a neck and two strings tuned by pegs. It can create perfect pitch and a range of sounds by pressing down on the strings.
The gámbang káyu (No. 2) is a kind of staccáto, consisting of wooden bars of graduated lengths, placed across a kind of boat, which, when skilfully struck with a sort of mallet, produce pleasing tones, either grave or acute. The lowest and highest sounds of the instrument differ from each other by the interval of three octaves and a major third: the intermediate sounds of each octave from the lowest note are a second, third, fifth, and sixth. This instrument is general throughout the Archipelago, and is frequently played alone, or accompanied only by the drum and a small gong. Ráden Rána Dipúra, a native of Java, who accompanied me to England, played on[Vol I Pg 526] this instrument several of his national melodies before an eminent composer, all of which were found to bear a strong resemblance to the oldest music of Scotland, the distinctive character of both, as well as of Indian music in general, being determined by the want of the fourth and seventh of the key, and of all the semitones[195]. By reiteration several of the sounds are artfully prolonged much beyond their noted length, which produces an irregularity of measure that might both perplex and offend the educated ear of an accompanying timeist. The rhythm of the sections (from extention and contraction) appears very imperfect.
The gámbang káyu (No. 2) is a type of staccáto, made up of wooden bars of different lengths, set over a kind of boat. When skillfully struck with a mallet, these bars create pleasing tones, whether low or high. The lowest and highest notes of the instrument differ by three octaves and a major third: the intermediate notes of each octave from the lowest note are a second, third, fifth, and sixth. This instrument is commonly found throughout the Archipelago and is often played solo or accompanied just by the drum and a small gong. Ráden Rána Dipúra, a native of Java who traveled with me to England, performed several of his traditional melodies on this instrument for a well-known composer, all of which were found to closely resemble the oldest music of Scotland. The unique characteristics of both, as well as Indian music in general, are marked by the absence of the fourth and seventh notes of the scale, along with all the semitones[195]. By repeating certain notes, some of the sounds are extended well beyond their usual length, which creates an irregularity in the rhythm that might confuse and disturb a trained ear trying to keep time. The rhythm of the sections (due to stretching and shortening) seems quite imperfect.
The bónang or krómo (No. 3) the sáron (No. 5) the démong, (No. 6) and selántam (No. 7) are staccátos of metallic bars, and a sort of bells placed on a frame. They contain a regular dianotic scale, and nearly two octaves. These, however, are never played singly, but harmonize with the instrument on which the air is played.
The bónang or krómo (No. 3), the sáron (No. 5), the démong (No. 6), and selántam (No. 7) are staccátos made of metal bars and a type of bells set on a frame. They have a standard diatonic scale and almost two octaves. However, these are never played individually; they harmonize with the instrument accompanying the melody.
The gongs (No. 9) are perhaps the noblest instruments of the kind that have been brought to Europe: I am assured that they are very superior to that which was admitted in the terrific scenes of the serious ballet representing the death of Captain Cooke. Suspended in frames, and struck by a mallet covered with cloth or elastic gum, they sustain the harmonious triad in a very perfect manner, and are probably the most powerful and musical of all monotonous instruments. They might be introduced with advantage in lieu of large drums. They have the advantage of being mellifluous, and capable of accompanying pathetic strains. The two gongs differ from each other by one note.
The gongs (No. 9) are possibly the most impressive instruments of their kind that have arrived in Europe: I've been told they are far better than what was used in the dramatic scenes of the serious ballet depicting the death of Captain Cook. Hanging in frames and struck with a mallet wrapped in cloth or rubber, they produce a harmonious triad exceptionally well and are likely the most powerful and musical among all monotonous instruments. They could be beneficially used instead of large drums. They are melodious and can beautifully accompany emotional melodies. The two gongs vary from each other by one note.
The above observations apply particularly to the gámelan pélog, which usually accompanies the recitation of the popular poems of the country. The gámbang káyu of the salíndru appears only to differ in being in another key, which is considered better suited to the occasions in which that kind of gámelan is used.
The above observations particularly apply to the gámelan pélog, which typically plays alongside the recitation of the country’s popular poems. The gámbang káyu of the salíndru seems to only differ by being in a different key, which is seen as more suitable for the occasions when that type of gámelan is used.
The airs which are exhibited in the plate are selected from several written down by a gentleman at Semárang,[Vol I Pg 527] as they were played on the rebáb of the gámelan pélog, and may afford a further illustration of the nature of their music.
The tunes shown in the plate are chosen from several noted down by a gentleman in Semárang,[Vol I Pg 527] as they were played on the rebáb of the gámelan pélog, and they may provide additional insight into the nature of their music.
But it is the harmony and pleasing sound of all the instruments united, which gives the music of Java its peculiar character among Asiatics. The sounds produced on several of the instruments are peculiarly rich, and when heard at a distance have been frequently compared to those produced on the harmonic glasses. The airs, however simple and monotonous they may appear of themselves, when played on the gámbang káyu, or accompanied by the other instruments, never tire on the ear, and it is not unusual for the gámelan to play for many days and nights in succession.
But it's the harmony and pleasing sounds of all the instruments coming together that give Javanese music its unique character among other Asian cultures. The sounds created by several of the instruments are notably rich, and when heard from a distance, they have often been compared to the tones produced by harmonic glasses. Although the melodies may seem simple and repetitive on their own, when played on the gámbang káyu or alongside the other instruments, they never become tiresome to the ear. It's not uncommon for the gámelan to play for many days and nights in a row.
The Javans do not note down or commit their music to writing; the national airs, of which I have myself counted above a hundred, are preserved by the ear alone. Those which are exhibited in the plate are among the most popular: but there are a variety which are played on occasions of rejoicing and festivity, which it would be difficult to note down; if, indeed, they can be called airs at all, the sounds produced rather resembling the chiming of bells than a melody. Thus, when a great man arrives at the native seat of government, the tune of kébu gíru, "buffaloes frisking," is played, and a variety of others of the same nature, which diffuse the same kind of joy and gaiety among all assembled, as the quick ringing of bells in the churches of England.
The Javans don’t write down or record their music; the national songs, which I’ve counted to be over a hundred, are kept alive by ear alone. Those shown in the plate are some of the most popular, but there are many that are played during celebrations and festivities that would be hard to notate; if they can even be called songs at all, the sounds they produce are more like the ringing of bells than a melody. For instance, when an important person arrives at the local government seat, the tune of kébu gíru, "buffaloes frisking," is played, along with various others that create the same sense of joy and liveliness among everyone present, similar to the cheerful ringing of bells in English churches.
A complete set of the gámelan pélog costs from a thousand to six hundred dollars (£250 to £400,) but second-hand sets are frequently disposed of. The principal manufacture is at Grésik, and the gongs in particular furnish a valuable article of export. Every native chief in authority has one or more gámelans, and there are more or less perfect sets in all the populous towns of the eastern provinces.
A complete set of the gámelan pélog costs between a thousand and six hundred dollars (£250 to £400), but second-hand sets are often sold off. The main production happens in Grésik, and the gongs especially provide a valuable export item. Every local chief in power has one or more gámelans, and there are varying quality sets in all the major towns of the eastern provinces.
In some of the interior, and in particular in the Súnda districts, the inhabitants still perform on a rude instrument of bámbu, called the ángklung, of which a representation is given in one of the plates. This instrument is formed of five or more tubes of bámbu, cut at the end after the manner of the barrels of an organ. These, which are of graduated lengths, from about twenty to eight inches, are placed in a frame, in such a manner as to move to a certain extent from their posi[Vol I Pg 528]tion, and to vibrate on the frame being shaken. A troop of from ten to fifty mountaineers, each with an ángklung, and accompanied by one or two others with a small drum played with the open hand, always perform upon this instrument on occasions of festivity in the Súnda districts. The upper part of the instrument, and the parties themselves, are generally decorated with common feathers, and the performers, in their appearance and action, are frequently as grotesque and wild as can be imagined. There is something, however, so extremely simple, and at the same time gay, in the sound produced by the rattling of these bámbu tubes, that I confess I have never heard the ángklung without pleasure. The Javans say the first music of which they have an idea was produced by the accidental admission of the air into a bámbu tube, which was left hanging on a tree, and that the ángklung was the first improvement upon this Æolian music. With regard to the music of the gámelan, "that," they say, "was procured from heaven, and we have a long story about it."
In some areas, especially in the Súnda regions, the locals still play a simple instrument made of bámbu, called the ángklung, which is shown in one of the illustrations. This instrument consists of five or more tubes of bámbu, cut at the end similar to the pipes of an organ. These tubes, varying in length from about twenty to eight inches, are arranged in a frame that allows them to move slightly from their position and vibrate when the frame is shaken. A group of ten to fifty mountain dwellers, each with an ángklung, and accompanied by one or two others playing a small hand drum, always performs on this instrument during festive occasions in the Súnda regions. The upper part of the instrument and the performers themselves are usually decorated with ordinary feathers, and the performers often appear and act in a way that is as amusing and wild as can be. However, there is something so incredibly simple yet joyful in the sound made by the rattling of these bámbu tubes that I must admit I have never heard the ángklung without enjoying it. The Javanese say that the first music they thought of was created by the accidental flow of air into a bámbu tube that was left hanging on a tree, and that the ángklung was the first enhancement of this natural sound. As for the music of the gámelan, "that," they say, "was obtained from heaven, and we have a long story about it."
A wind instrument, of the nature of a flute, but in length some feet, with a proportionate diameter, is sometimes introduced in the gámelans; but this is not usual in Java, though, in Báli it is general.
A wind instrument, similar to a flute but several feet long with a matching diameter, is sometimes used in the gámelans; however, this is not common in Java, while it is quite typical in Báli.
The trawángsa is a stringed instrument, not very unlike a guitar[196], which is occasionally found in the Súnda districts: it is by no means general. I recollect to have once heard an old blind bard at Chiánjur play upon this instrument, reciting at the same time traditions respecting Pajajáran, and the ancient history of the country, which had probably never been committed to writing.
The trawángsa is a string instrument similar to a guitar[196], occasionally found in the Súnda regions, but it's not very common. I remember hearing an old blind bard in Chiánjur play this instrument while reciting stories about Pajajáran and the ancient history of the country, which probably had never been written down.
The Javans have made no progress in drawing or painting; nor are there any traces to be found of their having, at any former period of their history, attained any proficiency in this art. They are not, however, ignorant of proportions or perspective, nor are they insensible to the beauty and effect of the productions of other nations[197]. Their eye is correct and their [Vol I Pg 529]hand steady, and if required to sketch any particular object, they produce a very fair resemblance of the original. They are imitative, and though genius in this art may not have yet appeared among them, there is reason to believe that, with due encouragement, they would not be found less ingenious than other nations in a similar stage of civilization. They have a tradition, that the art of painting was once successfully cultivated among them, and a period is even assigned to the loss of it; but the tradition does not seem entitled to much credit.
The Javanese haven't made any progress in drawing or painting; there are no signs that they ever achieved any skill in this art in the past. However, they know about proportions and perspective, and they appreciate the beauty and impact of art from other countries[197]. Their eye for detail is sharp and their hand is steady, so when asked to sketch something specific, they can create a good likeness of the original. They are imitative, and although they may not have demonstrated genius in this art yet, there’s reason to believe that, with the right encouragement, they could be just as creative as other nations at a similar stage of development. They have a tradition that claims the art of painting was once successfully practiced among them, with a specific time mentioned for its decline; however, this tradition doesn’t seem very credible.
The Javans do not appear to possess any peculiar method or system in their arithmetical calculations. They generally compute without putting down the figures in writing. In this process they are slow, but generally correct. The common people, from an entire ignorance of arithmetic, or to assist their memory, sometimes use grains of pári or small stones on these occasions.
The Javanese don't seem to have any unique methods or systems for their math calculations. They usually do it in their heads without writing anything down. This method is slow, but they're usually accurate. The regular folks, due to a complete lack of knowledge in math or to help remember, sometimes use grains of pári or small stones in these situations.
The many vast and magnificent remains of edifices found at this day in different parts of Java, bear witness to the high degree of perfection in which architecture and sculpture were at one period practised in that island. But whether the natives themselves designed these edifices and their ornaments, or only worked under the direction of ingenious artists from other countries, is a question connected with their history, which we shall at present forbear to inquire into.
The numerous impressive ruins of buildings found today in various parts of Java attest to the advanced level of expertise in architecture and sculpture that existed on the island at one time. However, whether the locals themselves created these structures and their decorations or simply worked under the guidance of skilled artists from other nations is a question related to their history that we will refrain from exploring for now.
The art of sculpture is entirely lost to the natives. The only modern buildings they possess, of any architectural importance, are the krátons, or palaces of the chiefs, which have already been described.
The natives have completely lost the skill of sculpture. The only modern buildings they have that hold any architectural significance are the krátons, or palaces of the chiefs, which have already been described.
The Javans of the present day have no pretensions to astronomy [Vol I Pg 530]as a science. The seasons are determined by reference to a system no longer perfectly understood, either in its principle or application; but from the Hindu terms still in use for the days of the week, &c. and from the similarity of many of their superstitions to those of continental India, it seems probable that if they ever possessed an astronomical system, it was derived from that quarter. Thus when an eclipse takes place, the people shout and make all the noise they can, to prevent the sun or moon from being devoured by the great nága, or dragon, which they suppose to be invading it. Some of the better informed have derived a few notions of astronomy from the Arabs; but their knowledge, in this respect, is at best extremely imperfect, and it is rather to the traces which are to be found in the ancient manuscripts, and to the remains of what they knew in former days, that it is interesting to refer.
The Javanese today don't claim to have any real understanding of astronomy as a science. The seasons are based on a system that isn't fully understood anymore, both in how it works and its basic principles. However, from the Hindu terms still used for the days of the week and from the similarities in many of their superstitions to those in continental India, it seems likely that if they ever had an astronomical system, it came from there. So, when there’s an eclipse, people shout and make noise to keep the sun or moon from being eaten by the great nága or dragon, which they believe is attacking it. Some of the more educated individuals have picked up a few ideas about astronomy from the Arabs, but their knowledge in this area is still very limited. It's more interesting to look at the traces found in ancient manuscripts and the remnants of what they knew in the past.
The Javans, in common with other Mahomedans, have, for upwards of two centuries, if not for a longer period, adopted the lunar year of the Arabs; but they still retain their own era, and seldom adopt that of the Hejira. The Javan era is called that of Aji Sáka, on whose arrival in Java it is supposed to have commenced; but as sáka is a Sanscrit term, variously applied, as connected with the establishment of an era, it was probably adopted by the Javans at the period of the introduction of the era itself[198], which corresponds almost exactly with the Hindu era of Salavaharna, being seventy-four years short of the Christian era. The present is accordingly the year 1744 of the Javan era, or era of Aji Sáka. On Báli, where the same era is likewise adopted, there is a difference of about seven years, the Báli year being 1737. This difference is supposed to have arisen from the people of Báli, who are still unconverted to the Mahomedan faith, continuing to use the solar year.
The Javanese, like other Muslims, have used the lunar calendar of the Arabs for over two centuries, if not longer. However, they still keep their own calendar and rarely follow the Hijri calendar. The Javanese calendar is known as the era of Aji Sáka, which is believed to have started when Aji Sáka arrived in Java. Since sáka is a Sanskrit term used in various contexts related to the establishment of a calendar, it was likely adopted by the Javanese when the calendar itself was introduced[198], which aligns almost perfectly with the Hindu era of Salavaharna, being seventy-four years shorter than the Christian calendar. Therefore, the current year is 1744 in the Javanese calendar, or the era of Aji Sáka. In Bali, where they also use the same calendar, there's about a seven-year difference, with the Balinese year being 1737. This discrepancy is thought to be because the people of Bali, who have not yet converted to Islam, continue to use the solar calendar.
The Javans usually divide the day and night each into five portions, as follows:
The Javanese typically split the day and night into five segments each, like this:
Division of the Day. | |
The period from six o'clock in the morning till eight is called | ésuk;[Vol I Pg 531] |
That from eight to noon | teng'angi; |
That from noon till one o'clock | bedúg; |
That from one till three | lingsir kúlon; |
That from three till six | ásar; |
Division of the Night. | |
The period from six o'clock in the evening till eight is called | sóré; |
That from eight till eleven o'clock | sirapwóng; |
That from midnight till one o'clock | teng'awéng'i; |
That from one o'clock till three | língsir-wéng'i; |
That from three o'clock till daylight | báng'un. |
The twenty-four hours of the day and night are also occasionally divided into what is called the líma wáktu, or five periods of time, namely: from sunset until eight o'clock in the morning; from that hour till twelve; from twelve till three; from three till four; from four till sunset.
The twenty-four hours of the day and night are sometimes split into what’s called the líma wáktu, or five time periods: from sunset until eight in the morning; from that time until noon; from noon until three; from three until four; and from four until sunset.
Each of these divisions is considered sacred to one of the five deities, Sri, Kála, Wísnu, Maheswára, and Bráma, supposed to preside over these divisions of the day and night in rotation, the order being changed every day, until at the commencement of every fifth day and night it returns to the same again. The division which thus becomes sacred to Sri is considered fortunate; that to Kála unfortunate; that to Wísnu neither good nor bad; that to Maheswára as still more fortunate than that to Sri; that to Bráma as peculiarly unfortunate.
Each of these divisions is considered sacred to one of the five deities, Sri, Kála, Wísnu, Maheswára, and Bráma, who are believed to take turns overseeing these divisions of day and night, with the order changing every day. However, every fifth day and night, the sequence resets. The division that becomes sacred to Sri is seen as lucky; that to Kála as unlucky; that to Wísnu as neutral; that to Maheswára as even luckier than Sri; and that to Bráma as particularly unlucky.
The terms páhing, pon, wági, kalíwon, and mánis or légi, are applied to the days of the panchawára, or week of five days, which is common throughout the country, and by which the markets are universally regulated[199]. [Vol I Pg 532]
The terms páhing, pon, wági, kalíwon, and mánis or légi refer to the days of the panchawára, or five-day week, which is common throughout the country and serves as the standard for regulating the markets[199]. [Vol I Pg 532]
Besides this week of five days, which seems to be by far the most ancient as well as the most generally adopted among them, the Javans have a week of seven days as follows.
Besides this five-day week, which appears to be the oldest and most widely recognized among them, the Javanese have a seven-day week as follows.
Díti, Sunday, | which corresponds with the Hindu | Rowi. |
Sóma, Monday | Soma. | |
Ang'gára, Tuesday | Mangala. | |
Búdha, Wednesday | Budha. | |
Raspáti, Thursday | Vrihaspati. | |
Súkra, Friday | Sukra. | |
Sanischára or Túmpah, Saturday | Sani. |
The Arabic terms are usually employed to express the months.
The Arabic terms are typically used to refer to the months.
The weeks of seven days, considered with reference to the seasons, are termed wúku. Thirty of these are said to have been established in commemoration of the victory obtained over Wátu Gúnung[200]. These thirty have again six principal divisions, each consisting of thirty-five days, and commencing on the day when díti and páhing fall together.
The weeks of seven days, when looked at in relation to the seasons, are called wúku. It's said that thirty of these were created to celebrate the victory over Wátu Gúnung[200]. These thirty are divided into six main sections, each made up of thirty-five days, starting on the day when díti and páhing coincide.
Each wúku, is dedicated to its particular deity, and has its appropriate emblems in the Javan system of judicial astrology. The names of the wúku and of the deities to which each is considered sacred are as follow:
Each wúku is devoted to its specific deity and has its corresponding symbols in the Javan system of judicial astrology. The names of the wúku and the deities to which each is considered sacred are as follows:
WÚKU. | DÉWA OR DEITY. | |
---|---|---|
1. | Sínta | Batara Yáma. |
2. | Landáp | Súria. |
3. | Wúkir | Maheswára. |
4. | Kurántil | Puru Senkára. |
5. | Tálu | Báyu. |
6. | Gúmbreg | Sákra. |
7. | Waríga | Asmára. |
8. | Warigájan | Pancháresi. |
9. | Júlung Wáng'i | Sámbo. |
10. | Sung Sang | Gána Kumára. |
11. | Galúng'an | Kamajáya. |
12. | Kuníng'an | Indra.[Vol I Pg 533] |
13. | Lángkir | Kala. |
14. | Mandásia | Bráma. |
15. | Julung-pújud | Páncha Rásmi. |
16. | Paháng | Tántra. |
17. | Kuru Welút | Wísnu. |
18. | Maraké | Gána. |
19. | Támbir | Séwa. |
20. | Mánda kung'an | Basúki. |
21. | Maktal | Chandrása. |
22. | Woyé | Kawéra. |
23. | Manáhil | Chitra Gáta. |
24. | Prang-bákat | Bísma. |
25. | Bála | Dúrga. |
26. | Wúku | Lódra. |
27. | Wáyang | Sri. |
28. | Kuláwu | Sewandána. |
29. | Dukúd | Kanéka. |
30. | Wátu gúnung | Gúru. |
The twelve seasons, Mángsa, of which an account has been given, when treating of the agriculture of the Javans, are said to be determined by reference to the sun's course at the commencement of each of these divisions.
The twelve seasons, Mángsa, described in relation to Javanese agriculture, are said to be based on the sun's position at the start of each of these periods.
When a want of rain is experienced, it is a custom for the people of the village or town to assemble, and for a wáyang to be performed upon the story of Wátu Gúnung and Déwi Sínta. On these occasions two sticks of the dark coloured sugar-cane, two young and two old cocoa-nuts, two bundles of different coloured pári, two bundles of the flowers of the areca-nut, a piece of white cloth, sweet scented oils, two fowls and two ducks, are placed by the side of the dálang during the performance, and are afterwards considered his property.
When there's a lack of rain, the people of the village or town usually come together, and a wáyang is performed based on the story of Wátu Gúnung and Déwi Sínta. During these events, two sticks of dark sugarcane, two young and two old coconuts, two bundles of different colored pári, two bundles of areca-nut flowers, a piece of white cloth, fragrant oils, two chickens, and two ducks are placed next to the dálang during the performance and are later considered his property.
The term wíndu is used to express a revolution or cycle of years. The Javans refer to wíndu of eight years, a wíndu of twelve years, a wíndu of twenty years, and a wíndu of thirty-two years. The wíndu of eight years, now in use, seems to have been borrowed from the Arabs; but this is more frequently considered of seven years, each year taking its name from one of the following animals, according to the day of the week on which it begins. [Vol I Pg 534]
The term wíndu is used to describe a revolution or cycle of years. The Javanese refer to a wíndu of eight years, a wíndu of twelve years, a wíndu of twenty years, and a wíndu of thirty-two years. The current wíndu of eight years seems to have been borrowed from the Arabs; however, it is more commonly thought of as being seven years long, with each year named after one of the following animals, depending on the day of the week it starts on. [Vol I Pg 534]
Mangkára, | Prawn, | if on a | Friday, |
Ménda, | Goat, | Saturday, | |
Klábong, | Centiped, | Sunday, | |
Wichítra, | Worm, | Monday, | |
Mintúna, | A species of fish, | Tuesday, | |
Was, | Scorpion, | Wednesday. | |
Maisába, | Buffalo, | Thursday. |
The names given to the year comprised in the wíndu of twelve years appear to be the same with the signs of the zodiac, which, according to the manuscript discovered at Chéribon, are as follow:
The names assigned to the year in the wíndu of twelve years seem to match the zodiac signs, which, based on the manuscript found at Chéribon, are as follows:
1. | Mésa or Mesáris, | the Ram, | corresponding with the Hindu | Mesha, |
2. | M'rísa or M'resába, | the Bull, | Vrisha, | |
3. | M'ritúna or M'rikaga | the Butterfly, | Mithuna (the pair), | |
4. | Kalakáta or Kkala kadi, | the Crab, | Karkata, | |
5. | Sing'ha or Grigréson, | the Lion, | Sinha, | |
6. | Kanya or Kangerása, | the Virgin, | Kunya, | |
7. | Tula or Tularási, | the Balance, | Tula, | |
8. | Mri-Chika or Priwitarási, | the Scorpion, | Vrishchica, | |
9. | Dánu or Wánok, | the Bow, | Danus, | |
10. | Makára, | the Crawfish, | Makara (sea monster), | |
11. | Kúba, | the Water-jug, | Kumbha, | |
12. | Ména, | the Fish, | Mina[201]. |
The Javans, though they occasionally apply the signs of the zodiac to the twelve years of the cycle, have at present no knowledge of these signs as connected with the sun's course. In the Chéribon manuscript, which contains an explanation of each sign, they seem to have been considered only as giving names to particular years. Thus in the explanations of the first sign it is stated: [Vol I Pg 535]
The Javanese, while they sometimes associate the zodiac signs with the twelve-year cycle, currently have no understanding of these signs in relation to the sun's path. In the Chéribon manuscript, which includes an explanation for each sign, they appear to have been viewed only as labels for specific years. For example, in the explanation of the first sign, it is noted: [Vol I Pg 535]
"This year, the year of Mesa-arsi, there is a mark in the horn of the ram; the deity who presides is Batára Wisnu; the rain is for five months; it is profitable to plant gágas, but birds destroy great quantities; this may be prevented by administering obat (medicine) composed of the oil of the káwang, with the flowers of the cotton plant and those of the kasúmba; rats also do great mischief in the sáwahs, which may be prevented by administering the bud of síri on a lucky day, named ang'gara, and diti on the panchawára Mánis; when administering it the following words should be repeated; 'Hong! Kíro-Wísnu-Sówa! tung'gal sih ning Buána!' 'Hail Wisnu! who art beheld clearly to be the only one in the world!'"
"This year, the year of Mesa-arsi, there’s a mark on the ram’s horn; the deity in charge is Batára Wisnu; the rain lasts for five months; it’s good to plant gágas, but birds destroy a lot; you can stop this by using obat (medicine) made from the oil of the káwang, along with cotton plant flowers and kasúmba flowers; rats also cause a lot of trouble in the sáwahs, which can be prevented by using the bud of síri on a lucky day called ang'gara, and diti on panchawára Mánis; while administering it, the following words should be repeated: 'Hong! Kíro-Wísnu-Sówa! tung'gal sih ning Buána!' 'Hail Wisnu! who is clearly seen as the only one in the world!'"
In the same manuscript, which appears to be entirely of an astronomical or astrological nature, the year appears to be divided into four portions, each distinguished by the peculiar position of a nága, or serpent.
In the same manuscript, which seems to focus entirely on astronomy or astrology, the year is divided into four sections, each marked by the unique position of a nága, or serpent.
The first of the three divisions includes Jista, Sáda, Kásar; the form and shape of the great nága in these seasons is first stated, and represented by a drawing, the head being during these months towards the east and tail to the west. "In these months, if any one wishes to plant rice, it must be white and yellow pári; and at this time alms must be given, consisting of white rice ornamented with the flowers called wári, and in the name of or in honour of Déwa Yáma, and on the seventh day. It will not be profitable to go to war in these months.
The first of the three divisions includes Jista, Sáda, Kásar; the form and shape of the great nága during these seasons is first described and illustrated with a drawing, showing the head facing east and the tail facing west. "During these months, if anyone wants to plant rice, it must be white and yellow pári; and at this time, alms should be given, consisting of white rice decorated with the flowers called wári, in the name of or in honor of Déwa Yáma, and on the seventh day. It's not a good time to go to war in these months."
"If a child is born in these months he will be liable to seven sicknesses through life. Great care and caution must be taken in these months against sickness."
"If a child is born during these months, they will be prone to seven illnesses throughout their life. It's important to take great care and precaution against sickness during these months."
The second is as follows:
The second is as follows:
"In the seasons of Káru, Katíga, and Kaphat, the head of the nága is to the north and tail to the west. These times are neither good nor bad; it is proper to plant yellow pári; alms should be given of búbur ábang, red rice and water, &c. in honour or in the name of Déwa Sarasáti. Success will attend wars undertaken in these months.
"In the seasons of Káru, Katíga, and Kaphat, the head of the nága is facing north and its tail is pointing west. These times are seen as neither good nor bad; it's the right time to plant yellow pári; donations should be made with búbur ábang, red rice, and water, etc., in honor of or in the name of Déwa Sarasáti. Success will follow any wars started during these months."
"If a child is born in the month it will be unfortunate, and great care and caution must be taken regarding it; and if[Vol I Pg 536] the child attains an advanced age, unhappiness will befal the parent.
"If a child is born in this month, it will be unfortunate, and great care and caution must be taken regarding it; and if[Vol I Pg 536] the child lives to an old age, the parent will face unhappiness."
"In the third nága, which includes the fifth, sixth, and seventh seasons, the head of the nága" it says, "is to the west, his tail to the east, his belly to the north. The offering then to be made is yellow rice, and a small ivory-handled knife ornamented with gold. The deity of these months is Batára Sarastati. In going to war in these seasons, be careful not to face the head of the nága[202]."
"In the third nága, which covers the fifth, sixth, and seventh seasons, it says, 'the head of the nága is to the west, its tail to the east, its belly to the north. The offering to be made is yellow rice and a small ivory-handled knife decorated with gold. The deity of these months is Batára Sarastati. When going to war during these seasons, be careful not to face the head of the nága[202].'"
FOOTNOTES:
[147] Duijawara, Pandita of society or village priests.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Duijawara, Pandita of community or local priests.
Resi, Pandita who do penance in the woods.
Resi, Pandita who meditate in nature.
Sewa, Pandita who fast and constantly watch.
Sewa, Pandita who fasts and watches constantly.
Sugata, Pandita who communicate advice and give instruction.
Sugata, Pandita who share advice and provide guidance.
Risanga | kuda | suda | chandrama, |
9 | 7 | 0 | 1 |
making 1079 of the Javan æra. But other interpretations render it 708, which latter is the date generally attributed to the work on Java, and the period in which Jaya Baya is said to have reigned.—See History.
making 1079 of the Javan era. However, other interpretations suggest it is 708, which is the date typically assigned to the work on Java, and the time when Jaya Baya is believed to have ruled.—See History.
[150] Astina.
[151] The Indian fig or banyan.
The Indian fig or banyan.
[152] Nagasari.
[153] Bramára.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Bramára.
[154] Kuráchékéchup.
[155] Swamps.
Swamps.
[157] The same with the kasang'a.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Same with the kasang'a.
[158] The same with the masmas.
The same with the masmas.
[159] Umbrella.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Umbrella.
[160] A large head of bambu.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ A large head of bamboo.
[161] The yellow bambu.
The yellow bamboo.
[162] Kiong, Chiong, or minor.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Kiong, Chiong, or minor.
[163] Tegal.
Tegal.
[164] Another name for Krésna.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Another name for Krésna.
[165] Krésna.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Krésna.
[166] Kresna.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Kresna.
[167] Satiaka.
[168] Déwi Kúnti.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Déwi Kúnti.
[170] Vishnu.
Vishnu.
[171] Three pair of eyes.
Three pairs of eyes.
[172] Child of the sun.
Child of the sun.
[173] Commander-in-chief.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Chief.
[174] Seta.
[175] King of the Kuráwa.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ King of the Kuráwa.
[176] The plain of Kuru.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The Kuru plain.
[177] Or Elephant Carcass, another name for Astína. The Javan tradition is, that an elephant made the country, in order to obtain Ratnádi, who, thinking it impracticable, had imposed that task on him, as a condition of her favour. When it was effected, she got Gatáma to kill him, and then married him. It was called Astina, from Asti, which also signifies an elephant.
[177] Or Elephant Carcass, another name for Astína. According to Javan tradition, an elephant created the land to win over Ratnádi, who thought it was an impossible task and had set this challenge as a condition for earning her favor. Once the task was completed, she had Gatáma kill him, and then she married him. It's called Astina, derived from Asti, which also means elephant.
[178] The princes on the side of the Pandawa.
The princes backing the Pandawa.
[180] Arjúna.
[181] Bima.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Bima.
[182] Wife of Arjúna.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Arjúna's wife.
[183] Sita.
[184] Dresta Drijúmna.
[185] Religious instructors.
Religious teachers.
[187] B'hramástra.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Brahmastra.
[189] Dagger.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dagger.
[190] Of Sália.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Of Sália.
[191] Milton says:
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Milton says:
And a modern poet selected the passage as an example of the exercise of a truly poetical imagination.
And a contemporary poet chose the passage as an example of the use of a truly poetic imagination.
[192] With Síri juice.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ With Siri juice.
[193] Bridge.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Bridge.
[194] Having since my return to England put these illustrations of the Brata Yudha in the hands of a relative (the Rev. Thomas Raffles, of Liverpool,) he has been kind enough to give the translation a poetical dress, and I regret that the limits of the present volume do not admit of their insertion in this form, in justice to the poetry of Java and the talent which he has displayed. The following example of the last stanzas may serve as a specimen of the style and spirit in which the task has been executed.
[194] Since returning to England, I've given these illustrations of the Brata Yudha to a relative (the Rev. Thomas Raffles, from Liverpool), and he has kindly added a poetic touch to the translation. Unfortunately, the limits of this volume prevent me from including them in this format, which would do justice to the poetry of Java and the talent he has shown. The following example of the last stanzas may serve as a sample of the style and spirit in which the task has been completed.
Her murdered lord, who on the battlefield Lay all neglected among the thousands killed,
She pulled the dagger from its resting sheath,
Intent to plunge it into her heaving breast.
At that moment, as if in sympathy for her sorrow, The red lightning flashed, bringing relief to the maid, And showed with a horrifying stare the bloody path To the spot where her husband's broken body was lying.
Points to the spot where Sália's carriage is located,
And Sália's self, whom she loved when alive,
The bleeding body of her murdered lord.
The most beautiful flowers, blessed by heavenly grace, fall. Their sweetest scents waft over his honored head,
The rumbling thunder lamented his early grave,
And the sky poured down tears for the hero's fate.
Kissed those lovely lips so recently tinted coral red,
As if unaware that the soul had left; Then she lifted his head in her folded arms,
And gazed long at those beloved features.
With síri-juice on his pale lips, she died,
And applied its healing balm to his wounds; While wearing the skirt of her embroidered vest, She wiped the blood droplets from his injured chest.
"Bleeding and injured on this cursed ground!
"Why are your lips sealed in unhappy silence?" "To the one who looked for you on this battlefield?
"Will you not speak—my love, my lord, my everything,
"Or must Sátia Wáti still call in vain!"
"Should my plentiful tears flow like a torrent
"And so, how can I express my pain and sorrow?
"How should I move you, with what skill charm you" "The creepy vibe of that empty smile?"
To evoke sympathy for her murdered lord; But alas! no sound came back from the unconscious dead,
No fire of love burned within his heart; At each pause, a death-like silence crept in. Over the deep sorrow of the mourner's soul.
"And was it really meant to lower your honored head
"Among the thousands of the mixed dead,
"That on that fateful morning you glided
"With soft steps from your partner's side?
"And so to reach the glorious realms above
"Without the devoted partner of your love?
"But the earth has lost its temporary appeal for me,
"And, happy spirit, I will follow you!
"Don’t let me go through it, shaking and by myself.
"Though Widadáris will heed your call,
"Yet save a spot for me above all of them." "To whom else but me does that first place belong,
"Who searched for you and found you among this terrifying crowd;
"And who, unable to escape your fate,
"Is she really shedding her blood and sharing your honored tomb?"
Blood flowed from the wound, And flowed like liquid gold onto the ground.
She called for her maid with her weak breath,
And so she spoke to him from the brink of death.
"Here's my final request to the people I care about:
"Tell them to consider Sátia Wati's fate,
"And often the story of her love is told;
"Then over her troubles, the caring heart will sigh,
"And the large tear drops from pity’s eye."
"I happily stayed in every scene with you.
"Whatever your state of being, you must know,
Your loyal servant will join in as well.
"What hand but mine will pour the cooling stream,
"Or wash the feet of the one I love?"
She pulled the dagger out of her mistress's wound,
With deadly precision, she thrust it into her chest,
And with her mistress gone to eternal rest.
The amazed shade of Sália lingered there,
Carried by the wings of the surrounding air,
To express his feelings for the one he loves on this earth A warm welcome to the higher realms.
Until earth and time had disappeared completely In the midst of the glories of endless daylight:
Where bright fields and silky mansions stand,
The amazing work of a divine hand.
Looked over the endless expanses of bright life, The eternal groves were adorned with heavenly fruit,
And joy and abundance smiled all around. Everyone had the vibrancy of eternal youth,
Everyone shared the same atmosphere of love and truth; And all worshiping one eternal mind, —
The Almighty, generous to humanity.
[196] See Plate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See image.
[197] We can hardly suppose them to have been as ignorant of the art of design as their neighbours on Borneo, at the period of their being first visited by Europeans. The following story is translated from a note in Joao de Barros, 4 Decade, Book I. Chap. 17. "Vasco Lorenco-Drejo Cam and Gonzala Veltoza, were sent to the King of Borneo on a treaty of commerce. Among their presents was a piece of tapestry, representing the marriage of Henry VIII. of England and Catherine, Princess of Arragon. The king received them well, but on delivering the presents, the piece of tapestry was displayed, with the figures as large as life. This to the king was matter of alarm and suspicion, for he imagined that the figures must be enchanted, and that the Portuguese wished to introduce them under his roof to deprive him of his kingdom and his life. He ordered the tapestry to be immediately removed, and that the Portuguese should immediately depart, as he did not chuse to have any more kings beside himself in the country; and all attempts to pacify him were fruitless."—Vol. IV. Part I. p. 107.
[197] We can hardly assume they were as ignorant of design as their neighbors in Borneo when they were first visited by Europeans. The following story is translated from a note in Joao de Barros, 4 Decade, Book I. Chap. 17. "Vasco Lorenco-Drejo Cam and Gonzala Veltoza were sent to the King of Borneo to negotiate a trade treaty. Among their gifts was a tapestry depicting the marriage of Henry VIII of England and Catherine, Princess of Aragon. The king received them warmly, but when the gifts were presented, the tapestry was displayed, with the figures life-sized. This caused the king alarm and suspicion, as he thought the figures must be enchanted, and that the Portuguese intended to bring them into his palace to take his kingdom and his life. He ordered the tapestry to be removed immediately and demanded that the Portuguese leave at once, as he did not want any other kings in the country besides himself; all efforts to calm him were in vain."—Vol. IV. Part I. p. 107.
[198] See Chapter on History.
[199] "Each Mexican month of twenty days was subdivided into four small periods of five days. At the beginning of these periods every commune kept its fair, tianquiztli."—Humboldt's Researches, Translation, vol. i. page 283.
[199] "Each Mexican month had twenty days and was divided into four shorter periods of five days each. At the start of these periods, every community held its fair, tianquiztli."—Humboldt's Researches, Translation, vol. i. page 283.
"In respect to civil government, they divided the month into four periods of five days, and on a certain fixed day of each period their fair, or great market day, was held."—Clavigero, Translation, vol. i. page 293.
"In terms of civil government, they divided the month into four periods of five days, and on a specific fixed day of each period, their fair, or big market day, took place."—Clavigero, Translation, vol. i. page 293.
[200] See Literature, account of the Kanda.
[201] Each of the years represented in the Chéribon manuscript, and distinguished by the signs of the Zodiac, is considered sacred to one of the following deities: Wísnu, Sámbo, Indra, Suria, Místri, Barúna, Sang Místri, Wandra Kurísia, Purusiah, Tabada, Aria, or Gána.
[201] Each year mentioned in the Chéribon manuscript, marked by the signs of the Zodiac, is considered sacred to one of the following deities: Wísnu, Sámbo, Indra, Suria, Místri, Barúna, Sang Místri, Wandra Kurísia, Purusiah, Tabada, Aria, or Gána.
END OF VOL. I.
END OF VOL. 1.
LONDON:
LONDON:
PRINTED BY R. GILBERT, ST. JOHN'S SQUARE.
PRINTED BY R. GILBERT, ST. JOHN'S SQUARE.
THE
THE
HISTORY
HISTORY
OF
OF
JAVA.
Java.
BY THE LATE
BY THE END
SIR THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES, F.R.S.
Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, F.R.S.
FORMERLY LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR OF THAT ISLAND AND ITS DEPENDENCIES, AND PRESIDENT OF THE SOCIETY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES AT BATAVIA.
FORMERLY LIEUTENANT GOVERNOR OF THAT ISLAND AND ITS DEPENDENCIES, AND PRESIDENT OF THE SOCIETY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES IN BATAVIA.
IN TWO VOLUMES.
IN TWO VOLUMES.
VOL. II.
VOL. 2.
SECOND EDITION.
2nd Edition.
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE-STREET.
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.
MDCCCXXX. [Vol II Pg ii]
1830. [Vol II Pg ii]
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINTERS,
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINTERS,
ST. JOHN'S SQUARE, LONDON. [Vol II Pg iii]
ST. JOHN'S SQUARE, LONDON. [Vol II Pg iii]
CONTENTS
OF
VOLUME II.
CHAPTER IX. | ||
---|---|---|
PAGE | ||
Religion—Introduction of Mahomedanism—How far its Tenets and Doctrines are observed—Priests—How provided for—How far the ancient Institutions of the Country are superseded—Antiquities—Edifices—The Temples of Brambánan—Bóro Bódo—Gúnung Práhu—Kedíri—Sing'a Sári, Súku, &c.—Sculpture—Images in Stone—Casts in Metal—Inscriptions on Stone and Copper—Coins—Ruins of the ancient Capitals at Médang Kamúlan, Majapáhit, Pajajáran, &c.—Island of Báli—Conclusion | 1 | |
CHAPTER X. | ||
The History of Java from the earliest Traditions till the establishment of Mahomedanism | 69 | |
CHAPTER XI. | ||
History of Java from the establishment of Mahomedanism (A. J. 1400) till the arrival of the British Forces in A.D. 1811, (A. J. 1738.) | 147 | |
Line of Mahomedan Sovereigns of Java | 254 | |
Chronological Table of Events | 255 | |
Account of the several principal Divisions of Java and Madura | 265 | |
APPENDIX. | ||
A. | Unhealthiness of Batavia | i |
B. | Account of the Japan Trade | xvii |
C. | Translation of a modern Version of the Súria Alem | xxxviii |
D. | Proclamation of the Governor General, and Regulation passed by the Hon. the Lieutenant Governor in Council for the more effectual Administration of Justice in the Provincial Courts of Java [Vol II Pg iv] | liv |
E. | A comparative Vocabulary of the Maláyu, Javan, Madurese, Báli, and Lampung Languages | lxxvii |
— | Extract from the Dása Náma | lxxix |
— | Comparative Vocabulary of the Sanskrit, Kawi, and Pali | lxxx |
— | Vocabulary of Káwi Words, with the Meaning attached to them, by the Panambáhan of Sumenap | lxxxi |
— | Specimen of the mystical Meaning attached to the Letters of the Alphabet, &c. according to the Interpretation of the Panambáhan of Sumenap | lxxxii |
F. | Account of the Island of Celebes | lxxxv |
— | Comparative Vocabulary of the Búgis, Makásar, Mándhar, Búton, Sásak, Bima, Sembáwa, Tembóra, and Endé Languages | cv |
— | Comparative Vocabulary of the Gunung Tálu, Menadu, Ternati, Sang'ir, Sirang or Ceram, and Saparúa Languages | cvii |
G. | Numerals according to the Chandra Sangkála | cix |
H. | Translation of the Mánek Máya | cxii |
I. | Translations of Inscriptions in the ancient Javan or Káwi Character | cxxvii |
K. | Account of the Island of Báli | cxxxviii |
L. | Proclamation declaring the Principles of the intended Change of System | cxlviii |
— | Revenue Instructions | cli |
M. | Memorandum respecting Weights, Measures, &c. | clxv |
AN ACCOUNT
A PROFILE
OF THE
OF THE
ISLAND OF JAVA.
Java Island.
CHAPTER IX.
Religion—Introduction to Mahomedanism—How far its Tenets and Doctrines are observed—Priests—How provided for—How far the ancient Institutions of the Country are superseded—Antiquities—Edifices—The Temples at Brambánan—Bóro Bódo—Gúnung Práhu—Kedíri, Sing'a Sári, Súku, &c.—Sculpture—Images in Stone—Casts in Metal—Inscriptions on Stone and Copper—Coins—Ruins of the ancient Capitals at Médang Kamúlan, Majapáhit, Pajajáran, &c.—Island of Báli—Conclusion.
Religion—Introduction to Islam—The extent to which its beliefs and teachings are followed—Religious leaders—How they are supported—To what degree the ancient institutions of the country have been replaced—Historical artifacts—Structures—The temples at Prambanan—Boro Budur—Gunung Prahu—Kediri, Singosari, Sukuh, etc.—Sculpture—Stone images—Metal casts—Inscriptions on stone and copper—Coins—Ruins of the ancient capitals at Medang Kamulan, Majapahit, Pajajaran, etc.—Island of Bali—Conclusion.
It has already been stated, that the established religion of the country is that of Mahomed. The earliest allusion to this faith made in the Javan annals is in the twelfth century of the Javan era (A.D. 1250), when an unsuccessful attempt appears to have been made to convert some of the Súnda princes[203]. Towards the close of the fourteenth century, several missionaries established themselves in the eastern provinces; and according to the Javan annals, and the universal tradition of the country, it was in the first year of the fifteenth century of the Javan era, or about the year of our Lord 1475, that the Hindu empire of Majapáhit, then supreme on the island, was overthrown, and the Mahomedan religion became the established faith of the country. When the Portuguese first visited Java in 1511, they found a Hindu king in Bantam; and subsequently, they are said to have [Vol II Pg 2]lost their footing in that province, in consequence of the arrival and establishment of a Mahomedan prince there; but with the exception of an inconsiderable number in some of the interior and mountainous tracts, the whole island appears to have been converted to Mahomedanism in the course of the sixteenth century, or at least at the period of the establishment of the Dutch at Batavia in 1620.
It has already been mentioned that the official religion of the country is Islam. The first reference to this faith in Javanese records dates back to the twelfth century of the Javan era (A.D. 1250), when there was an unsuccessful attempt to convert some of the Súnda princes[203]. By the late fourteenth century, several missionaries had settled in the eastern provinces; according to Javanese annals and the widespread tradition in the country, it was in the first year of the fifteenth century of the Javan era, around the year 1475, that the Hindu empire of Majapáhit, which was dominant on the island, was overthrown and Islam became the established religion. When the Portuguese first arrived in Java in 1511, they found a Hindu king in Bantam; later, they reportedly lost their influence in that province due to the arrival and establishment of a Muslim prince there. However, with a few exceptions in some of the interior and mountainous areas, the entire island seems to have converted to Islam during the sixteenth century, or at least by the time the Dutch established themselves in Batavia in 1620.
The natives are still devotedly attached to their ancient institutions, and though they have long ceased to respect the temples and idols of a former worship, they still retain a high respect for the laws, usages, and national observances which prevailed before the introduction of Mahomedanism. And although some few individuals among them may aspire to a higher sanctity and closer conformity to Mahomedanism than others, it may be fairly stated, that the Javans in general, while they believe in one supreme God, and that Mahomed was his Prophet, and observe some of the outward forms of the worship and observances, are little acquainted with the doctrines of that religion, and are the least bigoted of its followers. Few of the chiefs decline the use of wine, and if the common people abstain from inebriating liquors, it is not from any religious motive. Mahomedan institutions, however, are still gaining ground, and with a free trade a great accession of Arab teachers might be expected to arrive. Property usually descends according to the Mahomedan law; but in other cases, the Mahomedan code, as adopted by the Javans, is strangely blended with the more ancient institutions of the country[204]. [Vol II Pg 3]
The locals remain deeply connected to their traditional institutions, and although they have long stopped honoring the temples and idols of past worship, they still hold a strong respect for the laws, customs, and national practices that existed before the arrival of Islam. While some individuals among them may strive for stricter adherence to Islam than others, it can be fairly said that the Javanese, in general, believe in one supreme God and that Muhammad was His Prophet. They observe some of the outward practices of worship but have little understanding of the actual doctrines of the religion, making them some of its least fanatical followers. Few leaders refuse to drink wine, and if the common people avoid alcoholic beverages, it’s not for any religious reason. However, Islamic institutions are still gaining traction, and with open trade, a significant increase in Arab teachers might be anticipated. Property typically passes down according to Islamic law, but in other cases, the Islamic code as adopted by the Javanese is oddly mixed with the older institutions of the country[204]. [Vol II Pg 3]
Pilgrimages to Mecca are common. When the Dutch first established themselves on Java, it was not unusual for the chiefs of the highest rank to undertake the voyage, as will be seen in the course of the native history. As soon, however, as the Dutch obtained a supremacy, they did all they could to check this practice, as well as the admission of Arab missionaries, and by the operation of the system of commercial monopoly which they adopted, succeeded pretty effectually. It does not, however, appear that this arose from any desire to check the progress of Mahomedanism on Java, or that it was with any view to introduce the doctrines of Christianity, that they wished to cut off the communication with Mecca; their sole objects appear to have been the safety of their own power and the tranquillity of the country. Every Arab from Mecca, as well as every Javan who had returned from a pilgrimage thither, assumed on Java the character of a saint, and the credulity of the common people was such, that they too often attributed to such persons supernatural powers. Thus respected, it was not difficult for them to rouse the country to rebellion, and they became the most dangerous instruments in the hands of the native authorities opposed to the Dutch interests. The Mahomedan priests have almost invariably been found most active in every case of insurrection. Numbers of them, generally a mixed breed between the Arabs and the islanders, go about from state to state in the Eastern Islands, and it is generally by their intrigues and exhortations that the native chiefs are stirred up to attack or massacre the Europeans, as infidels and intruders.
Pilgrimages to Mecca are common. When the Dutch first settled on Java, it wasn’t unusual for the highest-ranking chiefs to make the journey, as will be seen in the native history. However, as soon as the Dutch gained control, they did everything they could to stop this practice, as well as the arrival of Arab missionaries, and through their commercial monopoly, they succeeded quite effectively. It doesn’t seem that this was due to any desire to hinder the spread of Islam in Java or to promote Christianity by cutting off communication with Mecca; their main goals seemed to be maintaining their power and keeping the country stable. Every Arab from Mecca and every Javanese who returned from a pilgrimage there took on the status of a saint in Java, and the local people were so gullible that they often attributed supernatural powers to these individuals. With this respect, it wasn’t hard for them to incite rebellion, becoming the most dangerous tools for local authorities acting against Dutch interests. The Muslim priests have almost always been the most active in every case of uprising. Many of them, usually a mix of Arabs and islanders, travel from state to state in the Eastern Islands, and it is often their intrigues and calls to action that encourage local chiefs to attack or massacre Europeans, seeing them as infidels and intruders.
The commercial monopoly of the Dutch, however injurious to the country in other respects, was in this highly advantageous to the character of the Javans, as it preserved them from the reception of many of the more intolerable and deteriorating tenets of the Kóran.
The Dutch commercial monopoly, despite being harmful to the country in other ways, was actually beneficial for the character of the Javanese, as it shielded them from adopting many of the more oppressive and degrading beliefs of the Kóran.
I have already mentioned, that every village has its priest, and that in every village of importance there is a mosque or building set apart adapted to religious worship. The usual Mahomedan service is performed; and the Panghúlu, or priest, consulted, and decides in all cases of marriage, divorce, and inheritance. He is bound also to remind the villagers of the[Vol II Pg 4] proper season for the cultivation of the lands. He is remunerated by a tithe of the produce of the land, certain fees which are paid on circumcisions, marriages, divorces, and funerals, and presents which are usual at particular seasons and on particular occasions.
I already mentioned that every village has its priest, and in every important village, there’s a mosque or a building set up for religious worship. The regular Muslim service is held, and the Panghúlu, or priest, is consulted to make decisions on matters like marriage, divorce, and inheritance. He’s also responsible for reminding the villagers of the[Vol II Pg 4] right time for planting crops. He is compensated through a share of the land’s produce, fees paid for circumcisions, marriages, divorces, and funerals, as well as gifts that are customary during certain times and events.
In every chief town there is a high priest, who with the assistance of several inferior priests, holds an ecclesiastical court, and superintends the priests who are appointed in the subordinate districts and villages. His emoluments consist of a share, which varies in different districts, of the zakát levied by the village priests, of fees of court, presents, &c. These chief priests are usually either Arabs, or descendants of Arabs, by women of the islands. Their number in some of the large towns is considerable; at Pakalóngan and Grésik they have amounted to some hundreds. The village priests are mostly Javans. On entering the profession, they adopt a dress different from that of the Javans in general, wearing a turban and long gown after the manner of the Arabs, and encouraging, as much as possible, the growth of a few hairs on the chin, as a beard. It is probable, that the total number of priests is not less than fifty thousand, which forms a ninetieth part of the whole population of the island.
In every main town, there is a high priest who, with the help of several lower-ranking priests, runs an ecclesiastical court and oversees the priests appointed in the smaller districts and villages. His income comes from a portion of the zakát collected by the village priests, court fees, gifts, and so on. These chief priests are typically Arabs or of Arab descent, married to women from the islands. In some large towns, their numbers can be quite significant; in Pakalóngan and Grésik, they number in the hundreds. The village priests are mostly Javanese. When they join the profession, they wear a different outfit from the general Javanese, sporting a turban and long gown in the style of the Arabs, and they encourage the growth of a few hairs on their chin as a beard. It is likely that the total number of priests is no less than fifty thousand, making up one-ninetieth of the island's entire population.
In common with other Mahomedans, the Javans observe the ceremony of circumcision (sónat), which is performed at about eight years of age, and in a manner somewhat differing from that usual in other countries. The ceremony is usually attended with a feast and rejoicing. Girls, at the same age, suffer a slight operation, intended to be analogous, and called by the same name.
In line with other Muslims, the Javanese celebrate the circumcision ceremony (sónat), which takes place around the age of eight and is done a bit differently than in other countries. The ceremony is typically accompanied by a feast and celebrations. Girls, at the same age, undergo a minor procedure that is meant to be similar and is referred to by the same name.
In their processions and rejoicings on religious festivals and other occasions, the Javans are free from that noisy clamour and uproar, which is usual with the Mahomedans of continental India. The ceremony of húsen hásen, which on the continent excites such a general noise throughout the country, here passes by almost without notice, and the processions of the Sepoys on this occasion, during the period of the British government on Java, excited the utmost astonishment among them, on account of their novelty, noise, and gaudy effect; but nobody seemed inclined to join in, or to[Vol II Pg 5] imitate them: indeed the Javans have too chaste an ear to bear with pleasure the dissonant sounds and unharmonious uproar of the Indians[205].
During their processions and celebrations for religious festivals and other events, the Javanese are free from the loud noise and chaos typical of Muslims in continental India. The ceremony of húsen hásen, which creates widespread noise throughout the continent, here goes by almost unnoticed. The processions of the Sepoys on this occasion, during the British rule in Java, left the Javanese utterly astonished due to their novelty, noise, and flashy display; however, no one seemed eager to participate or imitate them. In fact, the Javanese have too refined an ear to enjoy the discordant sounds and tumultuous uproar of the Indians.[Vol II Pg 5]
The Mahomedan religion, as it at present exists on Java, seems only to have penetrated the surface, and to have taken but little root in the heart of the Javans. Some there are who are enthusiastic, and all consider it a point of honour to support and respect its doctrines: but as a nation, the Javans by no means feel hatred towards Europeans as infidels; and this perhaps may be given as the best proof that they are very imperfect Mahomedans. As another example of the very slight hold which Mahomedanism has of them, may be adduced the conduct of the reigning prince (the Susúnan) in the recent conspiracy among the Sepoys serving on Java. The intimacy between this prince and the Sepoys first commenced from his attending the ceremonies of their religious worship, which was Hindu, and assisting them with several idols of that worship which had been preserved in his family. The conspirators availing themselves of this predilection of the prince for the religion of his ancestors, flattered him by addressing him as a descendant of the great Ráma, and a deliberate plan was formed, the object of which was to place the European provinces once more under a Hindu power. Had this plan been attended with success, it would probably have been followed by the almost immediate and general re-conversion of the Javans themselves to the Hindu faith[206]. [Vol II Pg 6]
The Islamic religion, as it currently exists in Java, seems to have only skimmed the surface and has taken little root in the hearts of the Javanese people. Some individuals are passionate about it, and everyone considers it a point of pride to uphold and respect its teachings. However, as a nation, the Javanese do not harbor hatred towards Europeans as infidels; this perhaps shows that they are not very devout Muslims. Another example of the weak grip that Islam has on them is the behavior of the current ruler (the Susúnan) during the recent conspiracy involving the Sepoys stationed in Java. The close relationship between this prince and the Sepoys began when he participated in their Hindu religious ceremonies and supported them with several idols that had been preserved in his family. The conspirators took advantage of the prince's fondness for his ancestors' religion by flattering him as a descendant of the great Ráma, and they devised a plan aimed at putting the European territories back under Hindu control. Had this plan succeeded, it might have led to the almost immediate and widespread return of the Javanese to the Hindu faith[206]. [Vol II Pg 6]
Whatever of their more ancient faith may remain in the institutions, habits, and affections of the Javans, the island abounds in less perishable memorials of it. The antiquities of Java consist of ruins of edifices, and in particular of temples sacred to the former worship; images of deities found within them, and scattered throughout the country, either sculptured in stone or cast in metal; inscriptions on stone and copper in ancient characters, and ancient coins.
Whatever remnants of their older beliefs may still be present in the institutions, customs, and feelings of the Javans, the island is full of more lasting reminders of it. The antiquities of Java include the ruins of buildings, especially temples devoted to the earlier worship; images of gods found within them and spread throughout the land, either carved in stone or molded in metal; inscriptions on stone and copper in ancient scripts, and old coins.
The antiquities of Java have not, till lately, excited much notice; nor have they yet been sufficiently explored. The narrow policy of the Dutch denied to other nations facilities of research; and their own devotion to the pursuits of commerce was too exclusive to allow of their being much interested by the subject. The numerous and interesting remains of former art and grandeur, which exist in the ruins of temples and other edifices; the abundant treasures of sculpture and statuary with which some parts of the island are covered; and the evidences of a former state of religious belief and national improvement, which are presented in images, devices, and inscriptions, either lay entirely buried under rubbish, or were but partially examined. Nothing, therefore, of the ancient history of the people, of their institutions prior to the introduction of Mahomedanism, of their magnificence and power before the distraction of internal war and the division of the country into petty contending sovereignties, or of their relations either to adjacent or distant tribes, in their origin, language, and religion, could be accurately known or fully relied on. The grandeur of their ancestors sounds like a fable in the mouth of the degenerate Javan; and it is only when it can be traced in monuments, which cannot be falsified, that we are led to give credit to their traditions concerning it. Of these monuments, existing in great profusion in several places, and forming, if I may so express myself, the most interesting part of the annals of the people, none are so striking as those found at Brambánan in Matárem, near the middle of the island, at Bóro Bódo in Kédu, on Gúnung Práhu and its vicinity, in Kedírí, and at [Vol II Pg 7]Sing'a Sári in the district of Málang, in the eastern part of the island.
The ancient history of Java hasn't attracted much attention until recently, and it hasn't been thoroughly explored yet. The Dutch had a narrow-minded approach that limited other nations' opportunities for research, and their focus on commerce kept them from being very interested in the topic. The many fascinating remains of past art and grandeur found in the ruins of temples and other buildings, along with the wealth of sculptures and statues scattered across the island, reveal insights into an earlier state of religious belief and national development through images, symbols, and inscriptions. However, most of these are either completely buried under debris or have only been partially explored. As a result, we can't accurately understand the ancient history of the people, their institutions before Islam took hold, their greatness and strength before the chaos of internal wars and the fragmentation of the country into smaller competing states, or their connections with nearby or distant tribes in terms of their origins, language, and religion. The glory of their ancestors sounds like a myth to the modern Javanese, and we only begin to believe their historical accounts when we see unalterable monuments that confirm them. Among these monuments, which are plentiful in various locations and represent, if I may say, the most compelling part of the people's history, none are more striking than those discovered at Brambánan in Matárem, in the center of the island, at Bóro Bódo in Kédu, on Gúnung Práhu and surrounding areas, in Kedírí, and at Sing'a Sári in the Málang district in the eastern part of the island.
In addition to their claims on the consideration of the antiquarian, the ruins at two of these places, Brambánan and Bóro Bódo, are admirable as majestic works of art. The great extent of the masses of building covered in some parts with the luxuriant vegetation of the climate, the beauty and delicate execution of the separate portions, the symmetry and regularity of the whole, the great number and interesting character of the statues and bas-reliefs, with which they are ornamented, excite our wonder that they were not earlier examined, sketched, and described.
In addition to their claims regarding the interest of antiquarians, the ruins at two of these sites, Brambánan and Bóro Bódo, are impressive as stunning works of art. The vastness of the buildings, some of which are covered with lush vegetation typical of the climate, the beauty and intricate details of the individual parts, the symmetry and order of the overall structure, and the numerous and fascinating statues and bas-reliefs that adorn them make us marvel that they weren't examined, sketched, and described sooner.
With respect to the ruins at Brámbanan, we find, upon the authority of a Dutch engineer, who in 1797 went to construct a fort at Kláten, on the highway between the two native capitals, and not far from the site of the temples, that no description of its antiquities existed at that period. He found great difficulty in clearing away the rubbish and plants, so as to obtain a view of the ruins and to be enabled to sketch them. The indifference of the natives had been as great as that of their conquerors, and had led them to neglect the works of their ancestors which they could not imitate. They had allowed a powerful vegetation, not only to cover the surface of the buildings, but to dislocate and almost to overthrow them. They still viewed with veneration, however, the most conspicuous statue in the ruins, and in spite of their Mahomedan principles, addressed it with superstitious reverence. The temples themselves they conceived to have been the work of a divinity, and to have been constructed in one night; but unfortunately this belief did not restrain the neighbouring peasants from carrying off the stones of which they were constructed, and applying them to their own purposes. Enough, however, still remains, to shew the style of architecture that was followed in their construction, the state of sculpture at the period of their erection, and the nature of the religion which then prevailed.
Regarding the ruins at Brámbanan, we learn from a Dutch engineer who went to build a fort at Kláten in 1797, located on the main road between the two native capitals and not far from the temples, that there were no records of its ancient artifacts at that time. He faced significant challenges in clearing away the debris and vegetation to get a clear view of the ruins and make sketches. The locals showed as much indifference as their conquerors, leading them to neglect the works of their ancestors that they could not replicate. They allowed thick vegetation to cover the buildings, causing them to be dislocated and nearly collapsed. However, they still regarded the most prominent statue among the ruins with respect and, despite their Muslim beliefs, addressed it with superstitious reverence. They believed the temples were created by a deity in a single night; unfortunately, this belief did not stop nearby villagers from taking the stones for their own uses. However, there is still enough left to illustrate the architectural style used in their construction, the state of sculpture at the time they were built, and the nature of the prevailing religion.
In the beginning of the year 1812, Colonel Colin Mackenzie[207], so well acquainted with the antiquities of Western [Vol II Pg 8]India, visited Brambánan, took an accurate survey of the ruins, and sketched the fragments of the building, the architectural ornaments, and the statues found there. His journal, accompanied with much ingenious and interesting speculation on the nature and origin of the worship indicated by them, he kindly permitted me to publish in the seventh volume of the transactions of the Batavian Society.
At the start of 1812, Colonel Colin Mackenzie[207], who was well-versed in the history of Western [Vol II Pg 8]India, visited Brambánan, conducted a detailed survey of the ruins, and sketched the fragments of the buildings, the architectural decorations, and the statues found there. He generously allowed me to publish his journal, filled with clever and fascinating thoughts on the nature and origin of the worship suggested by them, in the seventh volume of the transactions of the Batavian Society.
Considering it as a matter of importance, that a more extensive and detailed survey should be made while we had the best opportunity of doing so, I availed myself of the services of Captain George Baker of the Bengal establishment, employed in the provinces of the native princes, to survey, measure, and take draughts of all the buildings, images, and inscriptions, which this magnificent mass of ruins presented. The following is an abstract of his report on the subject.
Considering it important to conduct a more thorough and detailed survey while we had the best chance to do so, I enlisted the help of Captain George Baker from the Bengal establishment, who worked in the provinces of the native princes, to survey, measure, and create drafts of all the buildings, images, and inscriptions found in this impressive collection of ruins. The following is a summary of his report on the matter.
In the province of Matárem, and between the native capitals of Súra kerta and Yúgya kérta, lies the village of Brambánan, and at a distance of a mile from the high road, there are hills which run east and west, for about a mile and a half. On one of these, within about one hundred yards to the south-east of the Bándar's[208] house, stands
In the province of Matárem, situated between the native capitals of Súra kerta and Yúgya kérta, there is the village of Brambánan. About a mile from the main road, there are hills that extend east and west for roughly a mile and a half. On one of these hills, around one hundred yards southeast of the Bándar's[208] house, stands
THE CHANDI KÓBON DÁLAM,
but so covered with trees and shrubs, that it is not visible till you are within two or three hundred yards of it. I could find no remains of the ancient enclosure, but the fields for some distance round have been enclosed in later days with the stones which have fallen from the temple. About forty yards westward of the temple, formerly stood two colossal images or réchas[209], both now overthrown, and one broken in two: these evidently faced each other inwards, as if to guard the approach. Each of these, including the pedestal, is of a single block, seven feet high; the head is two feet high; the square of the pedestal about three feet, and its height thirteen inches and a half: the stone block coarse grained, and apparently the same as the outer coating of the temple. The door-way is three feet [Vol II Pg 9]and a half wide, and now ten feet long, so that allowing two feet for dilapidation, the thickness of the walls must have been more than twelve feet. This leads directly to an apartment twenty feet square, the terrace of which, or original floor, is now covered to an unknown depth with masses of stone fallen from the walls and roof. The present height of the interior of the building is about twenty-eight feet.
but so covered with trees and shrubs that it isn't visible until you're within two or three hundred yards of it. I couldn't find any remains of the ancient enclosure, but the fields for some distance around have been enclosed in later times with stones that have fallen from the temple. About forty yards west of the temple used to stand two huge statues or réchas[209], both now toppled, with one broken in two: these clearly faced each other inward, as if to guard the entrance. Each of these, including the pedestal, is made from a single block, seven feet tall; the head is two feet high; the square of the pedestal is about three feet, and its height is thirteen and a half inches: the stone block is coarse-grained and appears to be the same as the outer coating of the temple. The doorway is three feet and a half wide, and now ten feet long, so allowing for two feet of deterioration, the walls must have been thicker than twelve feet. This leads directly to a room twenty feet square, whose terrace or original floor is now buried beneath an unknown depth of stone that has fallen from the walls and roof. The current height of the interior of the building is about twenty-eight feet.
The roof is a square pyramid about fourteen feet high, formed of stones which overhang each other like inverted steps. The stone composing the interior of the apartment is whitish and close grained, and breaks in flakes something like flint. The whole is uniformly cut and neatly morticed together without cement. The interior is perfectly plain, the exterior could never have possessed more than the simplest architectural embellishment.
The roof is a square pyramid about fourteen feet high, made of stones that overlap each other like upside-down steps. The stone inside the room is pale and fine-grained, breaking into flakes similar to flint. Everything is cut uniformly and fitted neatly together without any cement. The inside is completely plain, and the outside likely had only the most basic architectural decoration.
Excepting the two réchas, or porters, I saw no remains of statuary; but it is probable that images of Hindu deities lie buried in the rubbish. These porters or giants seem to have been posted as if to guard the approach to the sanctuaries of the gods. The hair of each is plaited and wound round his head, after the fashion of the mendicant priests of India. He wears large cylindrical ear-rings, like those of the Javan women, bracelets and necklace of beads. His waistband, which is very bulky and reaches almost to his knees, is confined by a chain of square links, and receives on the right side a small square-hilted dagger. Between his legs and under the waistband there passes a lungofa or kopina, the ends of which hang down before and behind. In his right hand he holds an octagonal club; in his left a snake, coiled and darting its tongue along the breast: small twisted snakes also form his armlets, and one passes over his left shoulder diagonally across the body, the head and tail forming a kind of knot. His head is broad; his forehead and chin short but wide; his eyes quite round, large, prominent, and staring; his lips thick; his mouth open, and shewing two very large dog teeth and four others of the upper jaw. Singular as the countenance is, it has generally an open good humoured expression. The Sepoy who attended me, and who had resided two years among the Bramins at Benares, and, of a corps of upwards of eight hundred Sepoys, was acknowledged to be the best acquainted[Vol II Pg 10] with such subjects, informed me that similar figures were common guardians of the entrance to the temples of India, and seemed perfectly well acquainted with their history, purpose, and distinctive accompaniments; but he was lost in surprise at the number, magnitude, and superior execution of those at Brambánan, to which he said that India could in no respect furnish a parallel. Every thing here, he said, was manifestly the work of the gods, as no human power could have effected such things. The temples at Brambánan are entirely composed of plain hewn stone without the least mixture of brick, mortar, or rubbish of any kind, even in the most extensive solid masses, or to fill up the floors and basements of the largest structures. Large trees have made their way through many of them, and give an air of high antiquity.
Aside from the two réchas, or porters, I didn't see any other statues; however, it's likely that images of Hindu deities are buried in the debris. These porters or giants appear to have been placed there to guard the entrances to the gods’ sanctuaries. Each has their hair braided and wrapped around their head, similar to the mendicant priests in India. They wear large cylindrical earrings like those of Javanese women, along with bracelets and bead necklaces. Their bulky waistbands, which reach almost to their knees, are secured by a chain of square links and hold a small square-hilted dagger on the right side. Between their legs and under the waistband, there's a lungofa or kopina, with the ends hanging down in front and behind. In their right hand, they hold an octagonal club, and in their left, a snake that's coiled and flicking its tongue against the chest: small twisted snakes also make up their armlets, and one crosses diagonally over their left shoulder, forming a knot with its head and tail. Their heads are broad with a short but wide forehead and chin; their eyes are round, large, prominent, and staring; their lips are thick, and their mouths are open, showing two very large canine teeth and four others from the upper jaw. Despite the unusual appearance, the face generally has an open, good-humored expression. The Sepoy who accompanied me, having spent two years with the Bramins in Benares, was recognized as the most knowledgeable of over eight hundred Sepoys about these figures. He explained that similar figures were common guardians at the entrances to temples in India and seemed well-versed in their history, purpose, and unique details; however, he was amazed by the number, size, and craftsmanship of those at Brambánan, claiming there is nothing in India that could compare. Everything here, he stated, appeared to be the work of the gods, as no human effort could have achieved such creations. The temples at Brambánan are entirely made of plain hewn stone without any brick, mortar, or debris mixed in, even in the largest solid structures for filling floors and basements. Many large trees have grown through them, adding to their ancient look.
Close by the road side at Brambánan, and in front of the bándar's house, there are several pieces of sculpture deserving of notice. One is a very well executed relievo on two small stones, of about eighteen inches by five, within the bándar's kámpung: it represents elephants completely caparisoned in the Hindu fashion. Another is a piece of sculpture representing the wide-extended mouth and erect curled proboscis of the elephant, having a figure (I believe of a Gôpie or inferior deity or demi-god) seated in an erect posture on the animal's tongue, surrounded with a formidable array of teeth. This is found on either side of the top or bottom of flights of steps, grand entrances, or portal of all the Brambánan buildings. There is also a more finished specimen of the same kind as the last, but having instead of a Gópia a lion, decorated with a necklace, to whose head descends from the lotos flowers which crown the elevated proboscis of the elephant, a very rich cluster of beads. Two stones are sculptured in relief with the figures of seven apes traversing a wood: they are each about two feet six inches high by two feet wide. These pieces are more damaged by time and weather than any others I met with, and perhaps more ancient. They appear to be entirely historical, and probably formed together the memorial of some legendary event, which the learning of my Brahmin did not reach: he seemed however positive that Hanumán was not of the number. The shield occurs twice, a reptile of the lizard kind led by a string once, and all the figures appear armed with sticks. [Vol II Pg 11]
Close to the roadside at Brambánan, in front of the bándar's house, there are several sculptures worth noticing. One is a well-crafted relief on two small stones, about eighteen inches by five, located within the bándar's kámpung: it shows elephants fully adorned in traditional Hindu style. Another sculpture depicts the wide-open mouth and upright curled trunk of an elephant, with a figure (I believe it’s a Gôpie or a lesser deity) sitting upright on the elephant's tongue, surrounded by an intimidating set of teeth. This piece can be found on either side of the top or bottom of staircases, grand entrances, or portals of all the Brambánan buildings. There is also a more polished example of the same type, but instead of a Gópia, it features a lion adorned with a necklace, which has a rich cluster of beads hanging from its head, descending from the lotos flowers that crown the elevated trunk of the elephant. Two stones are carved in relief with the figures of seven monkeys moving through a forest: each is about two feet six inches tall and two feet wide. These pieces are more weathered and damaged than any others I encountered, and they might be more ancient. They seem to be entirely historical and likely formed a memorial of some legendary event, which my Brahmin friend couldn't identify; however, he seemed certain that Hanumán was not included. The shield appears twice, alongside a lizard-like creature being led by a string, and all the figures appear to be armed with sticks. [Vol II Pg 11]
The only other piece of sculpture found here is of a headless naked figure, sitting on a double throne, surrounded with foliage, opposite the Bandáran at the corner of a field. The journal of Colonel Mackenzie, which had previously appeared in the Transactions of the Batavian Society, had so fully persuaded me that all these rude figures in a sitting cross-legged posture were Jain or Budhist, that I by accident only asked my companion if he knew what this was? To my astonishment he replied, that this, with all other similar images, were tupís wurri, or Hindus in the act of devotion, and that this figure was evidently a Brahmin (from the sacrificial or sacred string over his left shoulder) employed in tupísya. I asked him whether it might be Budh? to which he replied, No; that Budh held a very low rank in the estimation of the Brahmins, who, in consequence of the schism between Brahmins and Budhists, did not choose to make tupísya before him, or erect his likeness in their temples; and that, as all the temples at Brambánan were entirely Braminical, or had their origin from the same sect of which he himself was a member, it was not likely that any images of Budh should be found thereabouts. When we afterwards came to examine the temples at Lóro Jóngran and other places, where the same figure complete appears seated in the small temples, surrounding the great central one, I pointed out to him the long-extended ears, short curled head of hair, and other marks, which I had understood served to distinguish the Jain or Budh images from all others. He said he was only more convinced that they were all simple Hindu devotees in the act of making tupísya, in the presence of the principal deity enthroned in the grand temple in the midst of them; that this was frequently the case in India, and wherever practicable the Brahmins placed images of devotees, of exactly similar form and attitude, around the fanes of Brahma and their inferior gods; that what I called curled hair was nothing more than a peculiar kind of cap (topi he called it) worn by devotees when in the most sacred acts of tupísya, which caps are common, he said, throughout Bengal or Hindustan, and are made for the purpose, by a particular class of people. I found the lower part of two counterpart decorated stones, having the part of the body of Ganésa in the centre of each.[Vol II Pg 12] They were extremely well executed and in good preservation.
The only other sculpture found here is a headless, naked figure sitting on a double throne, surrounded by foliage, opposite the Bandáran at the corner of a field. Colonel Mackenzie’s journal, which was previously published in the Transactions of the Batavian Society, had convinced me that all these rough figures in a cross-legged sitting posture were Jain or Budhist. So, I accidentally asked my companion if he knew what this was. To my surprise, he said that this, along with all other similar images, represented tupís wurri, or Hindus in the act of devotion, and that this figure was clearly a Brahmin (indicated by the sacrificial or sacred string over his left shoulder) engaged in tupísya. I asked him if it might be Budh? He replied no; that Budh was regarded very low by the Brahmins, who, due to the split between Brahmins and Budhists, wouldn’t perform tupísya in front of him or create his likeness in their temples. Since all the temples at Brambánan were entirely Brahminical, or had originated from the same sect of which he was a member, it was unlikely to find any images of Budh in that area. Later, when we examined the temples at Lóro Jóngran and other locations, where the complete figure appears seated in the small temples surrounding the large central one, I pointed out the long ears, short curled hair, and other features that I understood distinguished Jain or Budh images from the rest. He said he was even more convinced that they were all simple Hindu devotees in the act of performing tupísya in the presence of the main deity seated in the grand temple among them; that this often happens in India, and wherever possible, Brahmins placed images of devotees with exactly similar forms and postures around the altars of Brahma and their lesser gods. He added that what I called curled hair was just a type of cap (topi as he called it) worn by devotees during the most sacred acts of tupísya, which caps, he said, are common throughout Bengal or Hindustan and are made for that purpose by a specific group of people. I found the lower parts of two decorated stones, each featuring part of the body of Ganésa in the center.[Vol II Pg 12] They were extremely well-crafted and in good condition.
CHÁNDI LÓRO JÓNGRANG; or TEMPLES OF LÓRO JÓNGRAN.
These lie directly in front (north) of the village of Brambánan, and about two hundred and fifty yards from the road, whence they are visible, in the form of large hillocks of fallen masses of stone, surmounted, and in some instances covered, with a profusion of trees and herbage of all descriptions. In the present dilapidated state of these venerable buildings, I found it very difficult to obtain a correct plan or description of their original disposition, extent, or even of their number and figure. Those that remain, with any degree of their primary form or elevation, are ten, disposed in three lines, running north and south. Of those on the western line, which are far the largest and most lofty, that in the centre towers high above the rest, and its jutting fragments lie tumbled about over a large area. Nothing can exceed the air of desolation which this spot presents; and the feelings of every visitor are attuned, by the scene of surrounding devastation, to reflect, that while these noble monuments of the ancient splendour of religion and the arts are submitting, with sullen slowness, to the destructive hand of time and nature, the art which raised them has perished before them, and the faith which they were to honour has now no other honour in the land.
These are located directly in front (north) of the village of Brambánan, about two hundred and fifty yards from the road, where they can be seen as large hills of fallen stone, topped, and in some cases covered, with an abundance of trees and various plants. In the current dilapidated state of these ancient structures, I found it very challenging to get an accurate plan or description of their original layout, size, or even the total number and shape. Those that still retain some of their original form or height are ten in total, arranged in three lines running north and south. Among those in the western line, which are by far the largest and tallest, the one in the center stands high above the rest, and its broken pieces are scattered over a wide area. The feeling of desolation in this place is overwhelming; every visitor is moved, influenced by the surrounding devastation, to consider that while these grand monuments of the past glory of religion and the arts are slowly yielding to the relentless forces of time and nature, the craft that built them has disappeared, and the faith they were meant to honor no longer holds any significance in the land.
After repeated visits to the place, I am perfectly clear, that the temples of Jongrángan originally consisted of twenty separate buildings, besides the enclosures and gateway; that of these, six large and two small temples were within the second wall, and twelve small ones, exactly similar to each other, formed a kind of square about the exterior of the inner wall. The first temple that occurs on entering, is the small central one on the right hand of the present pathway; and though its roof is gone, a most beautiful terrace appears, which supported the building, and measures twenty-three feet six inches by twenty-two feet ten inches. At present the height of it is barely three feet and a half. The lower part contains five small niches on either side, profusely decorated and resting on small pilasters, each niche occupied by a lion, seated ex[Vol II Pg 13]actly similar to those described in the elephant's mouth. The intervals between the niches are very neatly filled with diminutive pilasters and other ornaments, displaying real taste and skill, which again support a double fillet projecting all round. One carved most beautifully, with a running festooned beading, with intermediate knots and pendents, each festoon filled with a lively representation of a parroquet with expanded wings, the other fillet with a fancy pattern more simple. On the opposite, or north side, was a building similar to this, but now a mound of stone.
After visiting the site multiple times, I am completely convinced that the temples of Jongrángan originally consisted of twenty separate buildings, along with the enclosures and gateway. Of these, six large and two small temples were within the second wall, and twelve small identical temples formed a square around the exterior of the inner wall. The first temple you come across upon entering is the small central one on the right side of the current pathway. Although its roof is missing, a stunning terrace that supported the structure remains, measuring twenty-three feet six inches by twenty-two feet ten inches. Right now, its height is barely three feet and a half. The lower part features five small niches on each side, elaborately decorated and resting on small pilasters, each niche housing a lion, seated just like the ones described in the mouth of the elephant. The spaces between the niches are neatly filled with tiny pilasters and other decorative elements, showcasing real taste and skill, which in turn support a double fillet that projects all around. One is beautifully carved with a festooned beading, complete with intermediate knots and pendants, each festoon displaying a lively representation of a parrot with its wings spread, while the other fillet features a simpler, fancy pattern. On the opposite, or north side, there was a similar building, but it has now become a mound of stone.
The largest temple, apparently about ninety feet in height, is at present a mass of ruin, as well as the five others connected with it; but ascending to its northern face, over a vast heap of stones fallen from it and the third temple, at the height of about thirty feet, you reach the entrance: the whole is of hewn stones, fitted and morticed into each other, without rubbish or cement of any kind. Directly in front of the door-way stands the image of Lóro Jóngran. I had previously found a very similar, and I think a more beautiful representation of Dévi, as the Bramin called it, in the village of Kuwíran, about fifteen miles north-east from Brambánan. The image of Lóro Jóngran here has exactly the same attributes and accompaniments as that found at Kuwíran, but it is larger, not at all damaged, perfectly smooth, and with a polished surface: the buffalo is entirely recumbent; the character of the countenance, general figure, and attitudes, are very different, and the shape, attitude, and visage of the goddess, far less elegant and feminine. The figure at Brambánan is six feet three inches by three feet one inch in the widest part at the pedestal; that at Kuwíran is three feet nine inches high by twenty inches. The general description of this goddess, as read to me by the Bramin from a Sanscrit paper he copied at Benares, will serve to illustrate both these images, in the literal precise manner in which I took down his words.
The largest temple, about ninety feet tall, is currently a heap of ruins, along with five other connected temples. However, if you climb to its northern face, over a large pile of stones that have fallen from it and the third temple, about thirty feet up, you’ll reach the entrance. The whole structure is made of carved stones that fit together perfectly, without any debris or cement. Directly in front of the doorway is a statue of Lóro Jóngran. I previously found a very similar, and I believe more beautiful, representation of Dévi, as the Bramin called it, in the village of Kuwíran, about fifteen miles northeast of Brambánan. The statue of Lóro Jóngran here has exactly the same features and attributes as the one at Kuwíran, but it’s larger, completely intact, perfectly smooth, and polished. The buffalo is lying down completely; the expression, overall shape, and poses are very different, and the goddess’s shape, pose, and appearance are much less elegant and feminine. The statue at Brambánan measures six feet three inches by three feet one inch at its widest part at the pedestal; the one at Kuwíran stands three feet nine inches tall by twenty inches. The general description of this goddess, as read to me by the Bramin from a Sanskrit text he copied in Benares, will help illustrate both these statues, in the exact way I wrote down his words.
"Bhawáni, Dévi, Soca, Juggudumba, Mahamya, Lutala, Phulmuttis, and Mata, are the designations of this powerful goddess, who resides at Shasi or Basini (Benares), at an angle of the sacred Ganges. Her adoration is called urchit with oblations of flowers, chundun, kundun, and mugt.[Vol II Pg 14] In her hand she holds a tulwar, called khug: round her neck she has a mala of sumpurun, toolsi, or chundun. Her weight is very great, and wherever her effigy is placed the earth trembles and becomes much heavier. The name of her buffalo is Mahisa, and the Dewth who attempts to slay it is Ussoor. She sleeps upon a bed of flowers."
"Bhawáni, Dévi, Soca, Juggudumba, Mahamya, Lutala, Phulmuttis, and Mata are names for this powerful goddess who lives in Shasi or Basini (Benares), near the sacred Ganges. Her worship is known as urchit and involves offerings of flowers, chundun, kundun, and mugt.[Vol II Pg 14] In her hand, she holds a tulwar, called khug; around her neck, she wears a mala made of sumpurun, toolsi, or chundun. She is very heavy, and wherever her statue is placed, the earth shakes and feels much heavier. The name of her buffalo is Mahisa, and the Dewth who tries to kill it is Ussoor. She sleeps on a bed of flowers."
Thus much could I understand, and repeat verbatim of this goddess's power and attributes. For the rest, in her eight arms she holds, 1st. the buffalo's tail; 2d. the sword called khurg; 3d. the bhulla or janclin; 4th. the chukur or whut; 5th. the lune or conch shell; 6th. the dhat or shield; 7th. the jundah or flag; and 8th. the hair of the Dewth Mahikusor, or personification of vice, who, while attempting to slay her favourite, Mahisa is seized by the goddess in a rage. He raises a dhat or shield in his defence, and a sabre, or some offensive weapon, should be in his right hand.
I could grasp and repeat the details about this goddess's power and qualities. In her eight arms, she holds: 1st. the buffalo's tail; 2nd. the sword called khurg; 3rd. the bhulla or janclin; 4th. the chukur or whut; 5th. the lune or conch shell; 6th. the dhat or shield; 7th. the jundah or flag; and 8th. the hair of the Dewth Mahikusor, who represents vice and is being attacked by the goddess as she tries to kill her favorite, Mahisa. He raises a dhat or shield to defend himself, and he should have a sabre or some kind of weapon in his right hand.
The apartment in which this image and some other sculptured stones are placed, rises perfectly square and plain, to the height of ten feet, and there occurs a richly carved cornice of four fillets, a single stone to each. From this rises the roof in a square pyramid, perfectly plain or smooth, for ten feet more.
The apartment that contains this image and several other sculpted stones is perfectly square and plain, reaching a height of ten feet. At that height, there's a beautifully carved cornice consisting of four fillets, with one stone for each. Above that, the roof rises in a square pyramid shape, completely plain or smooth, for another ten feet.
Proceeding over the ruins round to the west face of this building, you pass the intermediate angular projection, carved alternately in a running flower or foliage, which Colonel Mackenzie has called Arabesque, and with small human figures of various form and attitude in compartments, above representations of square pyramidal temples, exactly like those on so many of the entablatures of Bóro Bódo, and similar, I understand, to the Budh temples of Ava, &c. &c., the whole extremely rich and minute beyond description. The western door-way is equally plain with the former, and the entrance is still lower. The apartment is ten feet two inches square, apparently more filled up (that is, the floor raised higher than the other), but in all other respects exactly the same. In front is seated a complete Ganésa, of smooth or polished stone, seated on a throne: the whole a single block, five and a half feet high and three wide. In his hands he has a plantain, a circlet of beads, a flower, and a cup to which the end of his proboscis is applied: a hooded snake[Vol II Pg 15] encircles his body diagonally over the left shoulder. His cap is high, with a death's head and horned moon in front, and as well as his necklaces, waistband, armlets, bracelets, anklets, and all his habiliments, is profusely decorated. The only damage he appears to have sustained, is in losing all but the roots of his tusks.
Proceeding around the ruins to the west side of the building, you pass the intermediate angular projection, intricately carved in a pattern of flowing flowers or foliage, which Colonel Mackenzie has referred to as Arabesque. It features small human figures in various poses in compartments, situated above depictions of square pyramidal temples, just like those on many of the entablatures of Bóro Bódo, and similar, I understand, to the Budh temples of Ava, etc., etc., all of which are incredibly detailed and richly elaborate. The western doorway is just as plain as the previous one, and the entrance is even lower. The room measures ten feet two inches square and appears to be more filled in (meaning the floor is raised higher than the other), but in every other way, it's exactly the same. In front, there sits a complete Ganésa, carved from smooth or polished stone, seated on a throne: it's a single block, five and a half feet high and three feet wide. In his hands, he holds a plantain, a necklace of beads, a flower, and a cup to which the tip of his trunk is touching. A hooded snake[Vol II Pg 15] wraps around his body diagonally over his left shoulder. His cap is tall, featuring a skull and a horned moon at the front, and along with his necklaces, waistband, armlets, bracelets, anklets, and all his attire, is lavishly adorned. The only damage he seems to have is that he has lost all but the roots of his tusks.
The Javans to this day continue to pay their devoirs to him and to Lóro Jóngran, as they are constantly covered with turmerick, flowers, ochre, &c. They distinguish Ganésa by the name of Raja Demáng, Singa Jáya, or Gana Singa Jáya. Going still round over heaps of fallen stone to the south face, you with some difficulty enter by the door-way (nearly closed up by the ruin) into the third apartment, where there is scarce light enough to see a prostrate Siva with his feet broken off and lost. What remains is four feet ten inches and a half long, and two feet two inches wide.
The Javanese still honor him and Lóro Jóngran today, as they are frequently adorned with turmeric, flowers, ochre, and so on. They refer to Ganésa as Raja Demáng, Singa Jáya, or Gana Singa Jáya. Continuing around the piles of fallen stones on the south side, you can somewhat awkwardly enter through the doorway (which is almost blocked by the rubble) into the third room, where there's barely enough light to see a fallen Siva with his feet broken off and missing. What remains measures four feet ten and a half inches long and two feet two inches wide.
The whole of the apartment on the east side has fallen in, or is closed up by the dilapidation of that entire front.
The entire apartment on the east side has collapsed, or is shut off due to the decay of that whole front.
From the elevated situation of the entrances to all the apartments first described, it is evident that there must formerly have been flights of steps to them. The plan of this temple, and as far as I could judge of the two adjoining ones, north and south, was a perfect cross, each of the four apartments first described occupying a limb or projection of the figure, and the small intermediate protruding angles between these limbs of the cross could only be to admit of a large apartment in the centre of the building, to which, however, no opening was practicable or visible. Moreover, as all the grand entrances to the interior of Hindu temples, where it is practicable, face the rising sun, I could have wished to ascertain from this (the largest and most important at Jongrángan) whether or not the main apartment was in existence, as I had made up my mind, that were I possessed of the means to clear away the stone, I should have found Brahma himself in possession of the place: the smaller rooms being occupied by such exalted deities as Bhawani, Siva, and Ganésa, scarce any other, indeed, than Brahma could be found presiding on the seat of honour and majesty.
From the high position of the entrances to all the previously described apartments, it’s clear that there must have once been flights of steps leading to them. The layout of this temple, and the two adjoining ones to the north and south, formed a perfect cross, with each of the four previously described apartments located at the extensions of the cross. The small angles between these extensions were likely meant to allow for a large room in the center of the building, though there was no accessible or visible entrance to it. Additionally, since the main entrances to Hindu temples typically face the rising sun, I would have liked to confirm whether the main room existed in this temple (the largest and most significant at Jongrángan). I was convinced that if I had the means to clear the stone, I would find Brahma himself in this space, with the smaller rooms occupied by other great deities like Bhawani, Siva, and Ganésa; hardly anyone but Brahma would be found sitting in the seat of honor and majesty.
The three large temples on the eastern line are in a state of utter ruin. They appear to have been very large and lofty,[Vol II Pg 16] and perfectly square. The upper terraces, just under the supposed entrances, were visible in some places, at the height of about sixty feet.
The three big temples on the eastern line are completely in ruins. They seem to have been enormous and towering,[Vol II Pg 16] and perfectly square. The upper terraces, just below where the entrances are thought to be, were visible in some areas, at a height of around sixty feet.
CHÁNDI SÉWU, or THE THOUSAND TEMPLES.
In the whole course of my life I have never met with such stupendous and finished specimens of human labour, and of the science and taste of "ages long since forgot," crowded together in so small a compass as in this little spot; which, to use a military phrase, I deem to have been the head quarters of Hinduism in Java. These ruins are situated exactly eight hundred and thirty-five yards north-north-east from the northern extremity of those of Lóro Jóngran, and one thousand three hundred and forty-five yards from the high road opposite the bándar's house. Having had in view all the way one lofty pyramidal or conical ruin, covered with foliage, and surrounded by a multitude of much smaller ones, in every stage of humbled majesty and decay, you find yourself, on reaching the southern face, very suddenly between two gigantic figures in a kneeling posture, and of terrific forms, appearing to threaten you with their uplifted clubs; their bulk is so great, that the stranger does not readily comprehend their figure. These gigantic janitors are represented kneeling on the left knee, with a small cushion under the right ham, the left resting on the retired foot. The height of the pedestal is fifteen inches, of the figure, seven feet nine inches to the top of the curls; total, nine feet. The head twenty-six inches long: width across the shoulders, three feet ten inches. The pedestal just comprises the kneeling figure, and no more.
In my entire life, I have never come across such amazing and complete examples of human craftsmanship, along with the knowledge and artistry of "ages long forgotten," packed into such a small area as this spot. To use a military term, I consider this to be the headquarters of Hinduism in Java. These ruins are located exactly eight hundred and thirty-five yards north-north-east from the northern edge of those at Lóro Jóngran, and one thousand three hundred and forty-five yards from the main road opposite the bándar's house. As you approach, you see a tall pyramidal or conical ruin covered in greenery, surrounded by many smaller ruins in various stages of dilapidation. Once you reach the southern side, you find yourself suddenly between two enormous figures in a kneeling position, looking fierce and seemingly threatening you with their raised clubs. Their size is so massive that it's hard for an onlooker to grasp their shape. These colossal guardians are shown kneeling on their left knee, with a small cushion under their right thigh, the left foot resting on the ground. The pedestal is fifteen inches tall, the figure itself is seven feet nine inches to the top of its curls, making the total height nine feet. The head measures twenty-six inches long, and the shoulders are three feet ten inches wide. The pedestal only accommodates the kneeling figure, nothing more.
The character and expression of the face I have never met with elsewhere: it belongs neither to India nor to any of the eastern isles. The countenance is full, round, and expressive of good humour. The eyes are large, prominent, and circular; the nose is prominent and wide, and in profile seems pointed; the upper lip is covered with tremendous mustaches; the mouth is large and open, with a risible character, shewing two very large dog-teeth; the under lip thin, and the chin very strait and short; forehead the same; no neck visible; the breast broad and full, with a very prominent round belly; the lower limbs, as well as the arms, extremely short and[Vol II Pg 17] stout. But the most extraordinary appendage of these porters, is a very large full-bottomed wig, in full curl all over, which, however, the Bramin assured me (and I really believe) is intended to represent the usual mode in which the Moonis are supposed to dress their natural hair; these gigantic genii, whose duty it is to guard the sanctuaries of the gods, requiring as formidable an appearance as possible. In other respects the images are in the Hindu costume. The lungota passes between the legs, the ends of it decorated, hanging down before and behind, over the waistband, and a curious square-linked chain, which encircles the waist. A snake entwines the body diagonally over the left shoulder, the tail and head twisted on the left breast. A small ornamented dagger is stuck in the girdle on the right loins. A pointed club of an octagonal form is held up in the right hand, and rests on the knee; the left hand, dropped down his side, grasps a circled snake, which seems to bite the fore-part of the left arm. The necklace is of fillagree-work (such as is called star); and the ears, which are large and long, are decorated with the immense ornamented cylindrical ear-rings worn by the Javan women of the present day. Round the two arms are twisted snakes, and round the wrist bracelets of beads. The waistband extends nearly to the knees. From the waist upwards the figure is naked.
The character and expression of the face are unlike anything I've seen anywhere else: it's neither Indian nor from any eastern islands. The face is full, round, and shows a friendly demeanor. The eyes are large, prominent, and round; the nose is broad and noticeable, appearing pointed in profile; the upper lip is topped with huge mustaches; the mouth is large and open, with a humorous expression, displaying two very large canine teeth; the lower lip is thin, and the chin is very straight and short; the forehead is the same; there’s no visible neck; the chest is broad and full, with a very prominent round belly; both the lower limbs and the arms are extremely short and stout. But the most striking feature of these porters is a very large, full-bottomed wig styled in tight curls all over, which, as the Bramin assured me (and I genuinely believe), is meant to represent the typical way the Moonis are thought to style their natural hair; these giant guardians, whose job is to protect the sanctuaries of the gods, need to look as formidable as possible. In other respects, the figures wear traditional Hindu attire. The lungota goes between the legs, with its ends decorated and hanging down in front and behind the waistband, along with a unique square-linked chain that goes around the waist. A snake wraps diagonally around the body over the left shoulder, with its tail and head resting on the left breast. A small ornate dagger is tucked into the girdle on the right side. A pointed octagonal club is raised in the right hand and rests on the knee, while the left hand, hanging down the side, holds a curled snake that appears to bite the front of the left arm. The necklace is made of filigree work (what’s called star); the ears, which are large and elongated, are adorned with the substantial ornamental cylindrical earrings worn by Javanese women today. Snakes twist around both arms, and beaded bracelets circle the wrists. The waistband extends nearly to the knees. From the waist up, the figure is nude.
The same description is applicable to the eight other pair of images, which guard the other approaches of Chándi Séwu; at twenty feet distance from the exterior line of temples, and facing inwards to each other about twelve feet apart. Each of these statues and its pedestal is of one piece of a species of pudding-stone, which must have required great care in working.
The same description applies to the eight other pairs of images that protect the other entrances of Chándi Séwu; they are situated twenty feet from the outer line of temples and facing each other about twelve feet apart. Each of these statues and its pedestal is made from a single piece of a type of pudding-stone, which must have required significant care to work.
The whole site or ground-plan of these temples forms a quadrangle of five hundred and forty feet by five hundred and ten, exactly facing the cardinal points. The greater extent is on the eastern and western sides, as there allowance has been made for wider avenues leading up to the grand central temples situated within, while on the north and south sides the spaces between the small exterior temples are all alike. There is no vestige of an exterior boundary wall of any kind. The outer quadrangle, which is the limit of the[Vol II Pg 18] whole, and which encloses four others, consists of eighty-four small temples, twenty-two on each face: the second consists of seventy-six; the third of sixty-four; the fourth of forty-four; and the fifth, or inner parallelogram, of twenty-eight; in all two hundred and ninety-six small temples, disposed in five regular parallelograms. The whole of these are upon an uniform plan, eleven feet and a half square on the outside, with a small vestibule or porch, six feet two inches long, by four feet and a half externally. Within is an apartment exactly six feet square, with a door-way five feet nine inches high, by three feet four inches wide, directly opposite to which stands the seat or throne of the statue which occupied the temple. The walls inside rise square to the height of seven feet ten inches, and quite plain; thence the roof rises about five feet more in a plain pyramid, and above that a perpendicular square rises two feet more, where the roof is closed by a single stone. The interior dimensions of the porch or vestibule in front were three feet and a half by two and a half. The thickness of wall to each temple was about two feet nine inches, and of the vestibule one foot four inches. The exterior elevation of each must have been about eighteen feet, rising square to the cornices about eight or nine feet, according to the irregularities of ground, and the rest a fanciful superstructure of various forms, diminishing in size to the summit, which was crowned with a very massive circular stone, surmounted with another cylindrical one rounded off at the top. The whole of each superstructure thus formed a kind of irregular pyramid, composed of five or six retiring steps or parts, of which the three lowest appeared to me of the figure of a cross, with intermediate projecting angles to the two lower, and retired ones to the upper step, which varied in position also from the lower ones. Above that the summit appeared to rise in an octangular form, diminishing gradually to the stones above described. The same kind of stone appears also to have been placed on the four projecting angles of at least the lower part of the elevation above the body of the building. I saw none that were complete; but from the detached views I had of all, I think either nine or thirteen similar ones were disposed at the various points of the roof. Besides these, the roofs had little in the way of[Vol II Pg 19] decorations to attract notice, beyond a profusion of plain cornices, bands, fillets, or ribands, forming a kind of capital to the crest of each stage of the superstructure, and on one of them small square pilasters cut in bas-relievo at intervals.
The entire layout of these temples creates a rectangle measuring five hundred and forty feet by five hundred and ten, perfectly aligned with the cardinal directions. The longer sides are on the east and west, allowing for broader pathways leading to the grand central temples located within, while the north and south sides have equal spacing between the smaller outer temples. There’s no sign of any kind of outer boundary wall. The outer rectangle, which marks the boundary of the whole area and encloses four others, has eighty-four small temples, with twenty-two on each side: the second level has seventy-six temples; the third has sixty-four; the fourth has forty-four; and the fifth, or innermost rectangle, has twenty-eight, totaling two hundred and ninety-six small temples arranged in five regular rectangles. All of these follow a standard plan, each measuring eleven feet and a half square on the outside, featuring a small entrance or porch that measures six feet two inches long by four feet and a half on the outside. Inside, there's a room that is exactly six feet square, with a doorway that’s five feet nine inches high and three feet four inches wide. Opposite the doorway stands the seat or throne for the statue that occupied the temple. The interior walls rise straight up to a height of seven feet ten inches and are completely plain; above, the roof rises another five feet in a simple pyramid shape, and on top of that, a square section extends two feet higher, where the roof is capped by a single stone. The dimensions of the porch in front were three feet and a half by two and a half feet. The wall thickness for each temple was about two feet nine inches, and for the porch, it was one foot four inches. The exterior height of each temple was roughly eighteen feet, rising straight up to about eight or nine feet at the cornices, depending on the ground's unevenness, with the remaining height forming a fanciful superstructure of various shapes, tapering off to the peak, which was topped with a substantial circular stone, capped with another cylindrical stone that rounded off at the top. Each superstructure resembled a sort of irregular pyramid, made up of five or six stepped sections, where the three lowest appeared to cross, with intermediate protruding angles on the two lower sections and indented ones on the upper step, which also varied from the lower ones. Above that, the peak seemed to rise in an octagonal shape, gradually narrowing towards the stones mentioned earlier. The same type of stone also appeared to be placed at the four protruding angles of at least the lower part of the structure above the main building. I didn't see any that were complete, but from the various angles I observed, I think there were either nine or thirteen similar stones placed at different points on the roof. Aside from these, the roofs didn’t have much in the way of decorations to draw attention, other than an abundance of simple cornices, bands, fillets, or ribbons that formed a sort of capital at the top of each level of the superstructure, and on one of them, small square pilasters carved in bas-relief at intervals.
I have already stated, that the small temples appeared to be all upon one uniform plan, differing however according to their situation. The decorations, internal and external, are alike in all, except that the interior niches are all variously filled with the endless variety of Hindu mythology.
I have already mentioned that the small temples seem to all follow the same uniform design, although they differ based on their location. The decorations, both inside and out, are the same in all of them, except that the interior niches are filled in various ways with the endless variety of Hindu mythology.
Proceeding inwards from the southern récha, and reckoning from the centre, the distances are as follow: to the exterior line of the outer quadrangle twenty feet; depth of these temples, including porch, sixteen feet; space from thence to the next line of temples eleven feet; depth of the second quadrangle sixteen feet; thence to the third quadrangle thirty feet; supposed depth of this line sixteen feet; thence to the fourth quadrangle thirty feet; depth of the fourth quadrangle sixteen feet; thence to the fifth or inner quadrangle thirty feet; depth of the inner quadrangle sixteen feet; thence to the bottom of the flight of steps leading up to the grand temple fourteen feet; in all two hundred and fifteen feet from the centre of the porters to the bottom of the steps. The spaces between all the temples on the same line are about twelve feet and a quarter, but on the east and west sides the central avenue is larger. Between the inner quadrangle and the central temple, at a distance of five feet from the bottom step of it, runs a line of stone fourteen inches high, and two feet four inches wide.
Moving inward from the southern récha, and measuring from the center, the distances are as follows: to the outer edge of the first quadrangle, it's twenty feet; the depth of these temples, including the porch, is sixteen feet; from there to the next set of temples is eleven feet; the depth of the second quadrangle is sixteen feet; then to the third quadrangle is thirty feet; the expected depth of this row is sixteen feet; then to the fourth quadrangle is thirty feet; the depth of the fourth quadrangle is sixteen feet; then to the fifth or inner quadrangle is thirty feet; the depth of the inner quadrangle is sixteen feet; then to the bottom of the steps leading up to the grand temple is fourteen feet; altogether, that's two hundred and fifteen feet from the center of the porters to the bottom of the steps. The spaces between all the temples on the same line are about twelve feet and a quarter, but the central avenue on the east and west sides is larger. Between the inner quadrangle and the central temple, at a distance of five feet from the bottom step, there’s a line of stone that is fourteen inches high and two feet four inches wide.
We now come to the great temple. You ascend from each of the cardinal points by a flight of fourteen stone steps, all rough hewn, and now mostly disjointed or displaced. The length of each flight was about sixteen feet to the edge of the upper step, the breadth eight over all, and the height about ten feet, that being the elevation of the terrace of the temple. The walls of this elevated terrace projected on either side of the steps, so as to form with the walls that received the steps three sides of squares, which the Sepoy who was with me immediately said must have been intended for small tanks, one at each side of every flight of steps, for the devotees to purify themselves in before their appearance[Vol II Pg 20] at the shrine of the deity. On the third step from the bottom, on each side of it, was a figure of Hastu Singh (or the lion seated in the elephant's mouth), looking outwards and having a very fine effect. The same figures, facing outwards, supported each side of the four entrances to the vestibules. The terrace has a breadth of three feet and a half, clear of the walls of the temple all round, and as far as I could discern in the ruin, following the angles of the edifice.
We now arrive at the grand temple. You ascend from each of the four main directions via a set of fourteen stone steps, all roughly carved, and now mostly broken or uneven. Each set of steps is about sixteen feet long to the edge of the top step, eight feet wide overall, and stands about ten feet high, which is the level of the temple terrace. The walls on this raised terrace extend on both sides of the steps, creating three sides of squares with the walls that support the steps. The Sepoy accompanying me pointed out that these must have been intended for small tanks, one on each side of every set of steps, where devotees could purify themselves before approaching the shrine of the deity. On the third step from the bottom, there was a figure of Hastu Singh (or the lion seated in the elephant's mouth) on each side, facing outwards and adding a striking effect. The same figures, also facing outwards, supported each side of the four entrances to the vestibules. The terrace is three and a half feet wide, clear of the temple walls all around, and as far as I could see through the ruins, it followed the angles of the structure.
The form of the building, like that at Lóro Jóngran, is a cross, with the same intermediate angular projection, in order to afford room for the grand central apartment. Entering from the east you pass through a portal, five feet eight inches in width by five feet nine inches in length (which is the thickness of the walls), into an outer vestibule, twelve feet wide by ten deep. The walls of this vestibule are ornamented with three niches, a large and two smaller ones, with pointed arches, and all the profuse decoration of Hindu architectural sculpture. In most of these niches remained the throne of the inferior deities, who the Sepoy said must have originally occupied them: not one was now to be found. The throne was generally a single stone, decorated in front with a vase and profusion of flowers, filling the whole space in a natural easy manner. Leaving this room you pass on through a door-way four feet five inches in width, and four feet in depth (the thickness of the wall), but of uncertain height, to a second vestibule, fourteen feet nine inches wide, and four feet four inches deep. At either end of this vestibule is a door, twenty-six inches wide in the clear, four feet two inches deep in the passage or width of the wall, and barely five feet and a half high, which communicates with the surrounding terrace. This vestibule is perfectly plain, with the exception of a raised spiral fluting, which surrounds the large portal or gate leading into the central apartment, and terminates near the bottom steps in the representation of the elephant's mouth and trunk, simply cut in relief on the wall, with no other addition but several strings of beads descending from the top of his proboscis. The roofs of the vestibules or limbs of the building, though entirely fallen, were originally shaped like the Syrian, that is pointed and falling down to the upper cornice of the walls, with a gentle double swell or[Vol II Pg 21] curve. The northern limb is an entire mass of confusion and ruin; but the description just given of the double vestibule on the east side of the temple, answers with a very trifling variation of dimensions to those on the south and west, but that instead of the large and spacious portal to be seen on the east, there are five very lofty niches let into the main walls about a foot, with pointed Indian arches, standing on square pilasters of the same fashion, the capitals of each of which are supported by a small, squat, doubled-up human figure, having its arms embowed over its head, which my Cicerone informed me was very common in the like situations in India. He concluded also, that images of the gods had occupied the niches in front against the main walls of the temple, on the north, south, or west sides; but we saw not one, and only the centre niches had even the thrones remaining. The niches and pilasters are surmounted with a very deep elaborate projecting cornice, crowned again with five representations of small temples on each side, and immediately over these are seen the two swells or curves of the original Syrian roof.
The shape of the building, like that at Lóro Jóngran, is a cross, featuring similar angled projections to create space for the grand central room. Entering from the east, you go through a portal that is five feet eight inches wide and five feet nine inches long (which is the thickness of the walls) into an outer vestibule that is twelve feet wide and ten feet deep. The walls of this vestibule are decorated with three niches: one large and two smaller ones, all featuring pointed arches and intricate Hindu architectural sculptures. Most of these niches originally held thrones for lesser deities, as mentioned by the Sepoy, but none remain now. Typically, the throne was a single stone, adorned in front with a vase and an abundance of flowers that filled the space in a natural way. Exiting this room, you move through a doorway that is four feet five inches wide and four feet deep (the thickness of the wall), but its height is uncertain, leading to a second vestibule that is fourteen feet nine inches wide and four feet four inches deep. At each end of this vestibule, there is a door that is twenty-six inches wide in the clear, four feet two inches deep in the passage (the width of the wall), and barely five feet and a half high, which connects to the surrounding terrace. This vestibule is completely plain, except for a raised spiral fluting around the large portal or gate leading to the central apartment, which ends near the bottom steps with a relief of an elephant's mouth and trunk on the wall, featuring several strings of beads hanging from the top of its trunk. The roofs of the vestibules or wings of the building, though completely collapsed, were originally shaped like the Syrian style, pointed and sloping down to the upper cornice of the walls, with a gentle double swell or curve. The northern wing is a chaotic mess of confusion and ruin; however, the description of the double vestibule on the east side of the temple closely aligns, with only minor differences in dimensions, to those on the south and west sides. Instead of the large, spacious portal seen on the east, there are five very tall niches built into the main walls about a foot deep, with pointed Indian arches resting on square pilasters of a similar style, each topped with a small, squat, curled human figure, whose arms are bent over its head. My guide informed me that this was quite common in similar settings throughout India. He also concluded that statues of the gods had likely occupied the niches against the main walls of the temple on the north, south, or west sides; we saw none, and only the central niches even had the thrones still intact. The niches and pilasters are topped with a deeply elaborate projecting cornice, crowned with five representations of small temples on each side, and right above these are the two swells or curves of the original Syrian roof.
So far we have gone on a level with the external terrace or platform which surrounds the whole; but on the east side you ascend by a flight of eight steps, at least six feet high, through the spacious portal before mentioned, which is twelve feet high from the top of these stairs, and six feet eight inches wide in the clear, formed entirely of massive blocks of stones, well squared. The depth of the passage or thickness of the wall is ten feet. The top of the portal, which is flat or square externally, surmounted in the centre with a very large and terrible gorgon visage, changes with the ascent of the stairs, in a very artful manner, to the pyramidal form, internally, formed by the overhanging of the stones to resemble inverted square steps closed at the top with a single stone. You thus find yourself in the sanctum sanctorum, the spot which has rewarded the toil and zeal of many a weary pilgrim. My expectations were raised, and I imagined I should find the great and all-powerful Brahma seated here, in glory and majesty proportionate to the surrounding splendour and magnificence of his abode. Not a single vestige, however, remains of Brahma, or of any other deity. The apartment is a plain,[Vol II Pg 22] unadorned square, of twenty-one by eighteen feet. Four feet from the eastern wall or door is a raised platform, three feet and a half high, extending all across the room (north and south), surmounted with a deep projecting capital or crest, to ascend which are two small flights of six steps each, situated at the extremities on either hand. The walls of this sanctuary, to the height of about forty feet, rise square and plain, and are composed of uniform blocks of greyish stone, well squared, and fitting closely without cement, grooved into each other, according to the general manner of all the buildings at Brambánan. Above this is a projected cornice of three or four stones, from which the roof assumes the pyramidal form of overhanging stones, or inverted steps, to the height of ten feet nearly; thence it rises perpendicular, plain and square, for about ten feet more, and hence to the top in an octangular pyramid of overhanging stones, approaching each other gradually by tiers or layers, for nearly fifteen feet more, where it closes finally with a stone, about two and a half or three feet across.
So far, we've reached a level with the external terrace or platform that surrounds everything, but on the east side, you climb a flight of eight steps, which are at least six feet high, through the spacious entrance mentioned earlier. This entrance is twelve feet high from the top of these stairs and six feet eight inches wide, made entirely of massive, well-squared blocks of stone. The depth of the passage, or the thickness of the wall, is ten feet. The top of the entrance, which is flat or square on the outside, has a large and intimidating gorgon face in the center. As you go up the stairs, it cleverly transitions into a pyramidal shape on the inside, created by the overhanging stones resembling inverted square steps, capped at the top by a single stone. You then find yourself in the sanctum sanctorum, a place that has been the reward for the hard work and dedication of many weary pilgrims. I felt a sense of anticipation, thinking I would find the great and powerful Brahma seated here, in glory and majesty fitting of the magnificent surroundings. However, not a single trace remains of Brahma or any other deity. The room is a plain, unadorned square, measuring twenty-one by eighteen feet. Four feet from the eastern wall or door is a raised platform three and a half feet high, stretching across the room (north and south) and topped with a deep, projecting capital or crest. To get on it, there are two small staircases of six steps each at both ends. The walls of this sanctuary rise square and plain to about forty feet, made of uniform blocks of greyish stone that are well-squared and fit tightly together without cement, grooved into each other, as is typical of all the buildings at Brambánan. Above this, there's a projecting cornice made of three or four stones, from which the roof takes on a pyramidal shape made of overhanging stones or inverted steps, rising nearly ten feet. After that, it goes up straight and square for about another ten feet, leading to an octagonal pyramid of overhanging stones that gradually come closer together in tiers or layers for nearly another fifteen feet, finally closing with a stone about two and a half to three feet across.
The exterior of this great temple contains a great variety of ornamental sculpture; but no human or emblematical figures, or even niches in the walls, as in all the small temples surrounding it. The capitals of the pilasters (as in the niches against the body of the temple) are indeed supported by the very diminutive figures before mentioned; but nothing further appears in that way throughout the whole structure. The style, taste, and manner of execution, are every where light, chaste, and beautiful, evincing a fertile invention, most delicate workmanship, and experience in the art. All the figures occupying the niches of the smaller temples (and there were thirteen to each of the two hundred and ninety-six) are a wonderful variety of mythological characters, which the Brahmin said figured in the Hindu legends.
The outside of this grand temple features a wide range of decorative sculptures, but there are no human or symbolic figures, or even niches in the walls like the smaller temples around it. The capitals of the pilasters (as seen in the niches against the main part of the temple) are indeed supported by the tiny figures mentioned earlier; however, nothing else of that sort appears throughout the entire structure. The style, taste, and execution are consistently light, elegant, and beautiful, showing a rich imagination, very fine craftsmanship, and experience in the art. All the figures in the niches of the smaller temples (there are thirteen for each of the two hundred and ninety-six) are an incredible variety of mythological characters, which the Brahmin said were featured in the Hindu legends.
Of the small temples, at least two-thirds are strewed along the ground, or are mere ruined heaps of stone, earth, and jungle. On the third quadrangle no more than six large heaps of dilapidation remain: fields of palma christi, sugar-cane, and tobacco, occupy the place, and many detached spots on the site of the temples. Not one, in fact, is at all perfect: large trees and many kinds of herbage have shot up and split[Vol II Pg 23] them asunder. They are covered with the foliage which has hastened or produced their destruction, certainly prematurely; for the stone itself, even externally, and where it would be most perceptible, on the sculpture, exhibits not the least token of decay. The whole devastation is caused by a most luxuriant vegetation. Towering directly over the temples the waríngin, or stately banyan, is conspicuous, both for its appearance and the extraordinary damage it has caused. In short, hardly twenty of the temples give a satisfactory notion of their original form and structure.
Of the small temples, at least two-thirds are scattered on the ground, or are just piles of stones, dirt, and jungle. In the third quadrangle, only six large mounds of ruin remain: fields of castor beans, sugar cane, and tobacco occupy the area, along with many isolated spots where the temples used to stand. None of them are intact: large trees and various plants have grown up and broken them apart. They’re covered with the foliage that has hastened or caused their destruction, certainly too soon; because the stone itself, even on the outside where it would be most noticeable, especially on the sculptures, shows no signs of decay at all. The entire destruction is due to very lush vegetation. Towering directly over the temples, the waríngin, or majestic banyan tree, stands out for both its appearance and the significant damage it has caused. In short, hardly twenty of the temples give a clear idea of their original shape and structure.
Under such circumstances it can hardly be supposed that I examined the interior of many of them. Few could boast of the original four walls alone; but within such as I did examine I found only five of the original images occupying their places. As these five, however, were found in points very remote from, and bearing no relation to each other, and were all exactly counterparts in size, shape, character, and general appearance, I may safely conclude, that each of the two hundred and ninety-six smaller temples contained a similar image. Of these five, which are exactly the same with those Colonel Mackenzie calls Jain, only one was perfect: the others had lost their heads and received other damage in the fall of their habitations; but all were manifestly intended to represent the same figure. The Bramin maintained that these were all tupés-wurri, or devotees, represented by the Braminical founder of these temples in the act of tupísya, around the sanctuary of the divinity himself, situated in the centre of them.
Given the situation, it's unlikely that I looked inside many of them. Few could claim to have just the original four walls intact; however, in the few I did check out, I found only five of the original images still in their spots. These five were located at very different points, had no relation to one another, and were all exactly the same in size, shape, character, and general appearance. I can confidently conclude that each of the two hundred and ninety-six smaller temples had a similar image. Of these five, which are identical to those Colonel Mackenzie refers to as Jain, only one was intact; the others had lost their heads and suffered other damage when their structures collapsed, but all clearly aimed to represent the same figure. The Bramin insisted that these were all tupés-wurri, or devotees, depicted by the Braminical founder of these temples in the act of tupísya, around the sanctuary of the divinity itself, which is located at the center of them.
Returning from Chándi Séwu towards Lóro Jóngran, about half-way on the left of the road, two hundred yards distant, are the remains of a small assemblage of temples, which, on examination, proved to consist originally of a small square of fourteen temples, with a larger one in the centre. Five temples were on the east and west faces, and four on the north and south, including throughout those at the angles. The only difference, however, between these temples and the small ones of Chándi Séwu was, that they were rather smaller, and the elevated terraces raised much higher, those of Chándi Séwu not being a foot above the ground, while these were raised nearly four feet, and had a small flight of steps and a door-way inwards towards the middle temple. The exterior[Vol II Pg 24] of all these buildings was perfectly plain, excepting a very simple square pilaster and cornice surmounting it. The central building alone possessed the very same kind of decorative sculpture which is seen on those of Chándi Séwu, was about twice the size of its neighbours, and about four feet larger either way than those of Chándi Séwu, from which it only further differed from having no porch. I shall only add to this brief notice, that the whole site of this cluster seems comprised in an area of eighty feet by sixty; that the spaces between the temples of this quadrangle are equal to the extent of each building; that only nine of the exterior temples, of which one is a mere heap of stones, exist in any form indicating their primitive order or position; and lastly, that no statuary of any kind remains, to indicate the deity in whose honour they were erected, except the relievos in the eleven niches round the central building, which certainly seemed, as the Bramin asserted, to be of the tribe of Gopias, or demigods and goddesses, which occupy the walls of the two hundred and ninety-six temples of Chándi Séwu.
Returning from Chándi Séwu towards Lóro Jóngran, about halfway on the left side of the road, two hundred yards away, are the remnants of a small group of temples. Upon closer inspection, it became clear that these originally formed a small square of fourteen temples, with one larger temple in the middle. There were five temples on the east and west sides, and four on the north and south, including the ones at the corners. The only difference between these temples and the smaller ones at Chándi Séwu is that they are somewhat smaller, and the elevated terraces are much higher. The terraces at Chándi Séwu are not even a foot above the ground, while these are raised nearly four feet and have a small flight of steps and a doorway leading inward toward the central temple. The exterior[Vol II Pg 24] of all these buildings is completely plain, except for a very simple square pilaster and a cornice on top. The central building alone features the same kind of decorative sculpture found on those at Chándi Séwu; it is about twice the size of its neighboring temples and roughly four feet larger in all dimensions compared to the temples at Chándi Séwu, differing primarily in that it has no porch. I will only add to this brief overview that the entire site of this cluster seems to cover an area of eighty feet by sixty; that the spaces between the temples in this quadrangle are equal to the size of each building; that only nine of the exterior temples exist in any form indicative of their original structure or position, with one being merely a pile of stones; and lastly, that no statues remain to represent the deity in whose honor they were built, except for the reliefs in the eleven niches around the central building, which certainly appeared to be, as the Bramin claimed, of the tribe of Gopias, or demigods and goddesses, that adorn the walls of the two hundred and ninety-six temples of Chándi Séwu.
The only name the Javans could give this assemblage was the generic term chándi, or temples. The inclosures of the surrounding fields attest the extent to which the farmers have turned to account the devastations made by the waríngen trees.
The only name the Javans could use for this group was the generic term chándi, or temples. The enclosures of the surrounding fields show how much the farmers have taken advantage of the destruction caused by the waríngen trees.
REMAINS at DINÁNG'AN, or RÁNDU GÚNTING.
Taking the road from Brambánan to Yúgya kérta, a little beyond the seventh furlong, you arrive at an angle bearing nearly south-west. At this angle, about sixty yards off the road to the left, a very large statue is conspicuous, standing close to the corner of the village of Dináng'an, which is behind it. Searching about I found the broken scattered remains of five other images exactly similar to it. Twenty yards in the rear of the erect image, and just to the westward of the village, a very extensive heap of blocks of hewn stone (particularly large hollow cylinders intended to hold the water used in ablution in India) intermingled with earth, points out the site of what must once have been a spacious temple, long since prostrate. The principal image is called by the Javans Béga Mínda. [Vol II Pg 25]
Taking the road from Brambánan to Yúgya kérta, a little past the seventh furlong, you reach an angle that points almost south-west. At this angle, about sixty yards off the road to the left, a very large statue stands out, located near the corner of the village of Dináng'an, which is behind it. After looking around, I found the broken remains of five other statues that are identical to it. Twenty yards behind the standing statue, just to the west of the village, there’s a large pile of cut stone blocks (especially big hollow cylinders meant for holding water used in ritual cleansing in India) mixed with dirt, indicating the site of what must have once been a grand temple, now long collapsed. The main statue is referred to by the Javanese as Béga Mínda. [Vol II Pg 25]
CHÁNDI KÁLI SÁRI, or TEMPLE of KÁLI SÁRI.
Returning to the angle of the road which I had left to inspect Béga Mínda and his maimed and headless brethren, and proceeding along the high-road, at a distance of little more than two furlongs further, I crossed the small stream now called Káli Béning, formerly Káli Búhus. A hundred and twenty yards beyond this, having the village of Káli Sári, which gives its name to the temple, close to the right hand, you turn up a path between two hedges in that direction, and at the south-western side of the village, about two hundred yards off the road, you come upon the south-east angle of a large and lofty quadrangular building, having much the appearance of a two-story house, or place of residence of a Hindu Raja. It resembles a temple in no point of view even externally. It is an oblong square, regularly divided into three floors, the ground-floor having in front a large door between two windows, and on the sides two windows corresponding to the others. The first floor appears to have three windows in front, and two in the depth, answering to the apertures below, and through the foliage which decorates and destroys this monument of grandeur, may be seen several small attic windows at intervals, seemingly on the slope of the roof: these, however, are false, as the structure has but the two floors and no other.
Returning to the bend in the road I had left to check out Béga Mínda and his injured and headless companions, I continued along the main road for just over two furlongs. I crossed the small stream now called Káli Béning, which was previously known as Káli Búhus. A hundred and twenty yards past this, with the village of Káli Sári—which names the temple—close to my right, you take a path between two hedges in that direction. On the southwestern side of the village, about two hundred yards off the road, you find the southeast corner of a large and tall rectangular building, which looks very much like a two-story house or the residence of a Hindu Raja. It doesn’t resemble a temple at all from the outside. It’s an oblong square, evenly divided into three floors, with a large door in front flanked by two windows, and two additional windows on the sides that correspond to those in front. The first floor appears to have three windows facing forward and two deeper ones that match the ones below. Through the foliage that both decorates and obscures this grand structure, you can spot several small attic windows at intervals, seemingly situated on the slope of the roof; however, these are fake, as the building only has two floors and nothing more.
The external appearance of this edifice is really very striking and beautiful. The composition and execution of its outer surface evinces infinite taste and judgment, indefatigable patience and skill. Nothing can exceed the correctness and minute beauties of the sculpture throughout, which is not merely profuse, but laboured and worked up to a pitch of peculiar excellence, scarcely suitable to the exterior of any building, and hardly to be expected in much smaller subjects in the interior of the cabinet. It originally stood upon an elevated terrace of from four to six feet in height, of solid stone. The exterior dimensions of this building are fifty-seven feet and a half by thirty-three and a half, measured along the walls just above the terrace or line of the original basement, which is divided obviously enough into three parts,[Vol II Pg 26] by the centre projecting nearly a foot, and the general correspondent composition or arrangement observable in each. The door in the centre is four feet eight inches and a half wide, surmounted with the wide-gaping, monstrous visage, before described at Chándi Séwu, from which runs round each side of the portal a spiral-fluted chord, ending near the bottom in a large sweep or flourish, inclosing each a caparisoned elephant in a rising posture; the space left over its hinder quarters being filled with the face of a munnook, or human being, all in the usual style of relief. At either side of the door the original coat of stone has fallen, as far as the extremities of the vestibule, which covered the whole central compartment of the east or front of the building. In the middle of each of the other divisions is an aperture or window, nearly a square of eighteen inches, having a very deep and projected double resemblance of a cornice beneath, resting on the upper fillet of the terrace, while the same single projection crowns the top of the window, surmounted with a more lofty and elegant device of two elephants' heads and trunks, embellished and joined in a most tasteful way, with a profusion of other devices. On either side of the windows is a small double pilaster, having a space between for the figure of a small garúda, an effigy well known by the Hindus, which is human down to the waist, and has the body, wings, and talons of an eagle. Beyond the second pilaster, on each side of the windows, is a large niche rising from the terrace to the cornice or division between the upper and lower story. The niche is sunk in the wall about four inches, and is formed by the adjoining pilasters rising straight to their capitals, whence the top of the niche is formed by a very beautiful series of curved lines, leaving the point clear in the centre, which I can hardly compare to any thing but rounded branches of laurel, or some such foliage. This is crowned with a square projecting fillet, which reaches the central cornice dividing the two floors. Beyond the last pilaster of the niches, a single stone brings you to the angle of the building, which is covered from top to bottom with the running arabesque border, most delicately executed. On entering the building, the mind of every one must be fully satisfied that it was never constructed for, or dedicated to, mere religious purposes. The arrangement is[Vol II Pg 27] entirely adapted to the domestic residence of a great Hindu chieftain or raja.
The outside of this building is really striking and beautiful. The design and execution of its outer surface show incredible taste and judgment, tireless patience, and skill. The precision and intricate details of the sculpture throughout are remarkable, not just abundant but crafted to an exceptional level, hardly fitting for the exterior of any building and barely expected even in much smaller pieces inside a cabinet. It originally stood on a solid stone terrace about four to six feet high. The exterior dimensions of this building are fifty-seven and a half feet by thirty-three and a half feet, measured along the walls just above the terrace or the original basement line, which is clearly divided into three parts, with the center protruding nearly a foot, and a similar overall design visible in each part. The door in the center is four feet eight and a half inches wide, topped with the large, grotesque face described earlier at Chándi Séwu, with a spiraled fluted decoration running around each side of the portal, ending in a large flourish at the bottom, featuring a decorative elephant in a standing position; the space above its hindquarters is filled with the face of a munnook, or human figure, all in the traditional relief style. On either side of the door, the original stone has fallen off, extending to the ends of the vestibule that covers the entire central part of the building’s front. In the middle of each of the other sections is a window, about eighteen inches square, with a deep and protruding double cornice below it, resting on the upper edge of the terrace, while a similar projection crowns the top of the window, topped with an elegant design of two elephants' heads and trunks, intricately adorned and connected with a variety of other decorations. On either side of the windows is a small double pilaster, with space in between for the figure of a small garúda, a well-known Hindu figure that is human to the waist and has the body, wings, and talons of an eagle. Beyond the second pilaster on each side of the windows, there is a large niche that rises from the terrace to the cornice separating the upper and lower stories. The niche is recessed into the wall by about four inches and is formed by the adjacent pilasters rising straight to their capitals, with the top of the niche created by a beautiful series of curved lines, resembling rounded branches of laurel or similar foliage. This is topped with a square, projecting fillet that reaches the central cornice dividing the two floors. Beyond the last pilaster of the niches, a single stone connects to the corner of the building, which is intricately covered from top to bottom with a delicate arabesque border. Upon entering the building, everyone must realize that it was never built or intended solely for religious purposes. The arrangement is entirely suited for the domestic residence of a prominent Hindu chieftain or raja.
The whole building, within and without, was originally covered with a coat of very fine chunam, or lime, about one-sixth of an inch thick, of surprising tenacity.
The entire building, inside and out, was initially covered with a layer of very fine lime, about one-sixth of an inch thick, that was surprisingly strong.
CHÁNDI KÁLI BÉNING.
Pursuing the high-road from the spot at which you leave it to visit the palace of Báli Sári, at the distance of about three furlongs and a half, a lofty, massy pile is seen, about one hundred yards off the road to the left. This ruin is of the same general form and appearance as the larger temples at Chándi Séwu and Lóro Jóngran, but on a closer examination is found to be superior to the whole, in the delicate and minute correctness of execution of all its decorative parts. It is a cross, with the intermediate angles projected to give space to a large central apartment, which is entered from the east side only. The building is about seventy-two feet three inches in length and the same in breadth. The walls are about thirty-five feet high; and the roof, which appears to have fallen in to the extent of five feet, about thirty more. Only one front or vestibule is perfect.
Taking the high road from the point where you leave it to visit the palace of Báli Sári, about three and a half furlongs away, you can see a tall, solid structure located about one hundred yards off the road to the left. This ruin has a similar general shape and appearance to the larger temples at Chándi Séwu and Lóro Jóngran, but upon closer inspection, it's actually superior in the delicate and precise detail of all its decorative features. It is shaped like a cross, with the angles extending out to create space for a large central room, which can only be accessed from the east side. The building measures about seventy-two feet three inches in length and the same in width. The walls stand roughly thirty-five feet high, and the roof, which seems to have collapsed by about five feet, rises about thirty feet more. Only one front or vestibule is still intact.
On the south face is seen a small door, five feet seven inches high, and three feet five inches and a half wide, situated in a deep niche, which also receives in the recess above the door a small figure of Síta, (as the Sepoy called it) in a sitting posture. Beyond the door a small projection contains probably more various elaborate specimens of the best sculpture, than were to be found any where within a small compass, and on similar materials. A very large and well defined monster's head projects over the door, surrounded with innumerable devices of excellent workmanship. I know not how to describe them, nor the niche beneath, containing Síta, which, amongst other accompaniments is supported by two small pilasters, the capitals of which are upheld by the small naked figures before described, under the generic term of munnook. The central compartment of this southern limb (which is formed by the niche and door below, and the gorgon head above) terminates at the top in a point, by a gradual elliptical slope upwards on both sides. These sides of the slope are filled, on either[Vol II Pg 28] hand, with a succession of small naked munnook figures, all seated on various postures on the steps formed for their reception, along the edges of this ellipse, and closed by a similar one above.
On the south side, there's a small door that's five feet seven inches high and three feet five and a half inches wide, set in a deep niche. Above the door, there's a small figure of Síta (as the Sepoy referred to it) sitting down. Beyond the door, a small projection likely houses more intricate examples of exquisite sculpture than anywhere else in a small area, made from similar materials. A large, well-defined monster's head juts out over the door, framed by countless detailed designs of outstanding craftsmanship. I can't quite describe them or the niche below that holds Síta, which is flanked by two small pilasters. The capitals of these pilasters are supported by the small naked figures I previously mentioned, known generally as munnook. The central section of this southern part (formed by the niche and door below and the gorgon head above) ends at the top with a pointed tip, sloping gradually upwards on both sides. These slopes on either side are decorated with a continuous line of small naked munnook figures, all sitting in different poses on the steps created for them along the edges of this ellipse, topped off with a similar shape above.
On either side of the door-way is a small niche, three feet high and six inches wide, supported by small pilasters, and filled with relievo figures of the fraternity of Gópias and their wives. That occupying the niche to the right, my Cicerone recognised to be Krésna. He was peculiarly happy to find Síta seated over the door, which he declared to be a decisive proof of the sense and devotional excellence of the founders of this superb temple, which he very justly extolled, as far excelling in sculptural beauty and decorations, any thing he had ever seen or heard of in India, or could possibly imagine had existence any where. This surprise and admiration at the superiority of the Javan architecture, sculpture, and statuary, over those of India, was manifest in every Sepoy who saw them. Nothing could equal the astonishment of the man who attended me throughout this survey at every thing he saw; nor did he fail to draw a very degrading and natural contrast between the ancient Javans, as Hindus and artists, and their degenerate sons, with scarce a remnant of arts, science, or of any religion at all.
On either side of the doorway, there’s a small niche, three feet high and six inches wide, held up by tiny columns, and filled with relief sculptures of the fraternity of Gópias and their wives. The figure in the niche on the right, my guide recognized as Krésna. He was particularly pleased to see Síta sitting above the door, which he claimed was clear evidence of the thought and devotion of the founders of this magnificent temple, which he rightly praised for surpassing in sculptural beauty and decoration anything he had ever seen or heard of in India or could even imagine existed elsewhere. The surprise and admiration for the superiority of Javan architecture, sculpture, and statuary over those of India was evident in every Sepoy who viewed them. Nothing could match the astonishment of the man who accompanied me throughout this tour at everything he saw; he didn’t hesitate to draw a very unfavorable and obvious contrast between the ancient Javanese, as Hindus and artists, and their degenerate descendants, who barely retain any arts, sciences, or religion at all.
The arch of all the niches is surmounted with a very lofty and magnificent representation, in bas-relievo, of a grand pyramidal temple, on a small scale, though superior in size, and far more so in execution, to those at Lóro Jóngran or at Bóro Bódo. Beyond these niches to the angles of the building, are a series of pilasters, rising to the cornice, which surmounts the whole face of each projecting vestibule. In the centre, just at the point of each niche, is a gorgon head of the usual aspect, which is surrounded by the lofty temples just described.
The arch of all the niches is topped with a very tall and impressive bas-relief of a grand pyramidal temple, on a smaller scale, but larger in size and far better crafted than those at Lóro Jóngran or at Bóro Bódo. Beyond these niches, at the corners of the building, are a series of pilasters that extend to the cornice, which crowns the entire front of each projecting vestibule. In the center, right at the point of each niche, is a gorgon head with the usual appearance, which is surrounded by the tall temples just described.
The exterior sides of the vestibules occupy an extent of eleven feet and a half, in the centre of which is a niche, much larger and deeper than those in the front, being about six feet high and two wide, and one deep in the clear, supported on either side by a real Hindu pilaster, already described, and the top of the niche surmounted with the gorgon head and pyramidal temple, equally well known by description. Each[Vol II Pg 29] of these niches was formerly occupied with solid statues, I imagine of Gopia. On either side of these single niches are the same series of terminating pilasters (three in number), which occur also on the fronts of the vestibules, of which the centre one is a very magnificent running arabesque, from top to bottom; the two others are plain without any variation.
The outer sides of the vestibules span eleven and a half feet, with a niche in the center that’s much larger and deeper than those in the front, measuring about six feet high, two feet wide, and one foot deep. It’s supported on both sides by a genuine Hindu pilaster, as previously described, and the top of the niche features a gorgon head and a pyramidal temple, both well-known from earlier descriptions. Each[Vol II Pg 29] of these niches was once filled with solid statues, which I believe were of Gopia. On either side of these solitary niches are three matching terminating pilasters, which are also found on the fronts of the vestibules. The center one displays a stunning running arabesque from top to bottom, while the other two are simple and plain.
A very fine coat of stucco, of excellent quality, covers the whole exterior surface of the temple, and is made so to follow the most minute and laboured strokes of skill on the stone underneath it, as even considerably to add to their effect, particularly in concealing the junction of the stones. The walls are surmounted with a deep projecting double cornice. No principal image was found in the temple or vestibules.
A high-quality coat of stucco covers the entire exterior of the temple, designed to closely follow the detailed and skillful strokes on the stone beneath it, which enhances their appearance, especially by hiding the joints of the stones. The walls are topped with a deep, projecting double cornice. No main image was found in the temple or vestibules.
REMAINS OF AN ANCIENT HALL OF AUDIENCE, &c. AT KÁLI BÉNING.
The temple which I have just described stands close to the north side of the village of Káli Béning, east of which is the river of that name; and as I had never before heard of any thing further in this quarter, I fancied my work was over. I was, however, most agreeably surprised, on being told by my Javan guides that there was something more to be seen directly south of the village behind us. We accordingly passed through it, and barely one hundred and fifty yards from the temple, in a high sugar-cane and palma christi plantation, we came suddenly on two pair of very magnificent gigantic porters, all facing eastwards, each having stood about twelve feet from the others. The pedestals of all these statues are nearly covered, or rather entirely sunk into the ground. The height of each figure, from the top of the pedestal, is five feet one inch and a half, and breadth at the shoulders three feet six inches. They are generally much better executed, defined, and consequently more marked and striking in their appearance, than those I had seen. The countenance is much more marked and expressive, the nose more prominent and pointed, the eyebrows meeting in a formidable frown. The hair flows all round and down the back in large ringlets and curls, and on the ankles, instead of[Vol II Pg 30] beads, are the small circular bells common in India, under the name of googoor. These figures are called Gopolo. Behind the second pair of porters, or west of them, is a heap of ruins of brick and mortar, which proved on examination to be the remains of an ancient hall of audience or state, originally standing on fourteen pillars, with a verandah all round it standing on twenty-two pillars. The porters guarded this building exactly in the centre of its eastern front: the nearest pair scarcely thirty feet distant from it. The greatest length of the building was east and west. The inner apartment over all gave forty-seven feet in length, including the pillars: the width of the hall was twenty-eight feet and a half in the same way. A verandah, of twelve feet and a half wide all round over the pillars, surrounded the hall.
The temple I just described is near the north side of the village of Káli Béning, with the river of the same name to the east. Since I hadn’t heard about anything else in this area, I thought my work was done. However, I was pleasantly surprised when my Javanese guides informed me that there was something else to see directly south of the village behind us. So, we went through the village, and just about one hundred and fifty yards from the temple, in a tall sugarcane and palma christi plantation, we unexpectedly came across two pairs of magnificent giant statues, all facing east, with each standing about twelve feet apart. The bases of these statues are mostly covered or entirely sunk into the ground. Each figure, from the top of the pedestal, is five feet, one and a half inches tall, with a shoulder width of three feet, six inches. They’re generally much better crafted, defined, and therefore more striking in appearance than the ones I had seen before. The faces are more defined and expressive, the noses are more prominent and pointed, and the eyebrows meet in a strong frown. The hair cascades all around and down the back in large ringlets and curls, and instead of[Vol II Pg 30] beads on the ankles, there are small circular bells common in India, known as googoor. These figures are called Gopolo. Behind the second pair of statues, to the west, is a pile of brick and mortar ruins, which, upon examination, turned out to be the remnants of an ancient hall for audiences or state functions, originally supported by fourteen pillars and surrounded by a verandah held up by twenty-two pillars. The statues guard the building right at the center of its eastern front, with the nearest pair just about thirty feet away from it. The building is longest in the east-west direction. The main inner room measures forty-seven feet in length, including the pillars, and the width of the hall is twenty-eight feet and a half. A twelve-and-a-half-foot-wide verandah surrounds the hall over the pillars.
It struck me forcibly, that the house at Káli Sári was formerly the residence of some great Hindu Raja of Java; the superb temple at Káli Béning, the place of his devotions and prayers; this hall, a little south of it, that of state or audience, perhaps also of recreation after his devotions. Other ruins of brick-work, without any mixture of stone, were close by, and perhaps served as out-houses.
It hit me hard that the house at Káli Sári used to be the home of a great Hindu king of Java; the impressive temple at Káli Béning was where he worshipped and prayed; this hall, located a bit south of it, served as a place for official gatherings or possibly for leisure after his worship. Nearby were other brick ruins, no stone mixed in, which might have been used as outbuildings.
BÓRO BÓDO.
In the district of Bóro, in the province of Kedú, and near to the confluence of the rivers Elo and Prága, crowning a small hill, stands the temple of Bóro Bódo[210], supposed by some to have been built in the sixth, and by others in the tenth century of the Javan era. It is a square stone building consisting of seven ranges of walls, each range decreasing as you ascend, till the building terminates in a kind of dome. It occupies the whole of the upper part of a conical hill, which appears to have been cut away so as to receive the walls, and to accommodate itself to the figure of the whole structure. At the centre, resting on the very apex of the hill, is the dome before mentioned, of about fifty feet diameter; and in its present ruinous state, the upper part having [Vol II Pg 31]fallen in, only about twenty feet high. This is surrounded by a triple circle of towers, in number seventy-two, each occupied by an image looking outwards, and all connected by a stone casing of the hill, which externally has the appearance of a roof.
In the district of Bóro, in the province of Kedú, near the meeting point of the rivers Elo and Prága, there’s a small hill that features the temple of Bóro Bódo[210], believed by some to have been built in the sixth century and by others in the tenth century of the Javan era. It’s a square stone building made up of seven levels of walls, each level getting smaller as you go up, culminating in a sort of dome. The temple takes up the entire upper portion of a conical hill, which seems to have been flattened to support the walls and fit the shape of the entire structure. At the center, sitting right on top of the hill, is the aforementioned dome, which is about fifty feet in diameter; in its current dilapidated condition, with the top part having caved in, it stands only about twenty feet high. This dome is encircled by a triple ring of towers, totaling seventy-two, each featuring an image facing outward, all linked by a stone casing around the hill that gives the appearance of a roof from the outside.
Descending from thence, you pass on each side of the building by steps through five handsome gateways, conducting to five successive terraces, which surround the hill on every side. The walls which support these terraces are covered with the richest sculpture on both sides, but more particularly on the side which forms an interior wall to the terrace below, and are raised so as to form a parapet on the other side. In the exterior of these parapets, at equal distances, are niches, each containing a naked figure sitting cross-legged, and considerably larger than life[211]; the total number of which is not far short of four hundred. Above each niche is a little spire, another above each of the sides of the niche, and another upon the parapet between the sides of the neighbouring niches. The design is regular; the architectural and sculptural ornaments are profuse. The bas-reliefs represent a variety of scenes, apparently mythological, and executed with considerable taste and skill. The whole area occupied by this noble building is about six hundred and twenty feet either way.
Descending from there, you walk through five beautiful gateways on either side of the building, leading to five successive terraces that surround the hill completely. The walls supporting these terraces are adorned with stunning sculptures on both sides, especially on the side that forms the inner wall of the terrace below, and are raised to create a parapet on the other side. On the exterior of these parapets, at equal intervals, there are niches, each containing a larger-than-life naked figure sitting cross-legged; the total number is close to four hundred. Above each niche is a small spire, plus another on either side of the niche, and another on the parapet between the neighboring niches. The design is organized, and the architectural and sculptural decorations are abundant. The bas-reliefs depict a variety of scenes, seemingly mythological, and are executed with great taste and skill. The entire area occupied by this magnificent building measures about six hundred and twenty feet in each direction.
The exterior line of the ground-plan, though apparently a perfect square when viewed at a distance, is not exactly of that form, as the centre of each face, to a considerable extent, projects many feet, and so as to cover as much ground as the conical shape of the hill will admit: the same form is observed in each of the terraces.
The outside edge of the layout looks like a perfect square from far away, but it's not actually that shape. The center of each side sticks out several feet to cover as much area as the hill's cone shape allows. You can see the same design in each of the terraces.
The whole has the appearance of one solid building, and is about a hundred feet high, independently of the central spire of about twenty feet, which has fallen in. The interior consists almost entirely of the hill itself.[212] [Vol II Pg 32]
The entire structure looks like one solid building and is around a hundred feet high, not counting the central spire of about twenty feet that has collapsed. The inside is mostly just the hill itself.[212] [Vol II Pg 32]
Near the site of this majestic edifice was found a mutilated stone image of Brahma, and at no great distance, situated within a few yards of the confluence of the rivers Elo and Prága, are the remains of several very beautifully executed and interesting temples, in form and design corresponding with those in the neighbourhood of Brambánan. In niches and on the walls of these are designed in relief numerous figures with many arms, evidently of the Braminical order, most of them having their several attributes perfect. It is remarkable that at Bóro Bódo no figures of this description occur.
Near the site of this grand building, a damaged stone image of Brahma was discovered, and not far away, just a few yards from where the rivers Elo and Prága merge, lie the remains of several beautifully crafted and fascinating temples, similar in style and design to those around Brambánan. In the niches and on the walls of these temples are numerous relief designs of figures with multiple arms, clearly of the Braminical order, with most maintaining their distinct attributes. It's notable that at Bóro Bódo, no figures of this type are found.
The image of the harpy (No. 1. of the annexed plate) was taken from the temple at Bóro Bódo and brought to England: it is of stone, in length about twenty inches, and exceedingly well executed. The other subjects in this plate were not found in this neighbourhood. No. 2 is a stone box about a foot square, containing a small golden lingam: it was recently dug up near Málang by a peasant, who was levelling the ground for a cooking place. No. 3 and 4 are representations of ornamental stone water-spouts, collected in the vicinity of Pakalung'an. No. 5 is an ornamental corner stone, now lying among the ruins of Majapáhit, the figure carved upon which is nearly as large as life.
The image of the harpy (No. 1 in the attached plate) was taken from the temple at Bóro Bódo and brought to England. It’s made of stone, about twenty inches long, and is extremely well-crafted. The other items in this plate weren’t found in this area. No. 2 is a stone box about a foot square, containing a small golden lingam; it was recently discovered near Málang by a farmer who was leveling the ground for a cooking spot. No. 3 and 4 are depictions of decorative stone water-spouts collected near Pakalung'an. No. 5 is a decorative corner stone now lying among the ruins of Majapáhit, featuring a carving that is nearly life-size.
Next to Bóro Bódo in importance, and perhaps still more interesting, are the extensive ruins which are found on Gúnung Díeng, the supposed residence of the gods and demigods of antiquity[213]. This mountain, from its resemblance to the hull of a vessel, is also called Gúnung Práhu. It is situated northward and westward of the mountain Sindóro, which forms the boundary between Kedú and Bányumas, and terminates a range of hills running east from the mountain of Tegál. There are no less than twenty-nine different peaks of this mountain, or rather cluster of mountains, each of which has its peculiar name, and is remarkable for some peculiar production or natural phenomenon.
Next to Bóro Bódo in importance, and maybe even more fascinating, are the extensive ruins found on Gúnung Díeng, believed to be the home of the gods and demigods of ancient times[213]. This mountain, due to its shape resembling the hull of a ship, is also called Gúnung Práhu. It is located north and west of the mountain Sindóro, which marks the boundary between Kedú and Bányumas, and it ends a range of hills stretching east from the mountain of Tegál. There are at least twenty-nine different peaks of this mountain, or rather a cluster of mountains, each with its own unique name and known for some distinct feature or natural phenomenon.
On a table-land about six hundred feet higher than the surrounding[Vol II Pg 33] country, which is some thousand feet above the level of the sea, are found the remains of various temples, idols, and other sculpture, too numerous to be described in this place. A subject in stone, having three faces, and another with four arms, having a ball or globe in one hand and a thunderbolt in another, were the most conspicuous.
On a plateau about six hundred feet higher than the surrounding landscape, which is a thousand feet above sea level, there are remains of various temples, idols, and sculptures too numerous to describe here. A stone figure with three faces and another with four arms, holding a ball or globe in one hand and a thunderbolt in the other, were the most notable.
The ascent from the country below to the table-land on which these temples stood is by four flights of stone steps, on four different sides of the hill, consisting of not less than one thousand steps each. The ascent from the southern side is now in many parts steep and rocky, and in some places almost inaccessible, but the traveller is much assisted by the dilapidated remains of the stone steps, which appear to be of the greatest antiquity. Time alone, indeed, cannot have so completely demolished a work, of which the materials were so durable and the construction so solid. The greatest part of this wonderful memorial of human industry lies buried under huge masses of rock and lava; and innumerable proofs are afforded of the mountain having, at some period since the formation of the steps, been in a state of violent eruption. Near the summit of one of the hills there is a crater of about half a mile diameter.
The climb from the countryside below to the plateau where these temples are located consists of four flights of stone steps on four different sides of the hill, with each flight having at least one thousand steps. The climb from the southern side is now steep and rocky in many areas, and in some spots, it's nearly impossible to access. However, travelers can find help from the crumbling remains of the stone steps, which seem to date back to ancient times. It's clear that time alone couldn't have caused such complete destruction to a structure made of such durable materials and strong construction. Most of this remarkable testament to human effort is buried under massive boulders and lava, and there are countless signs that the mountain experienced a violent eruption at some point after the steps were created. Near the top of one of the hills, there's a crater that's about half a mile in diameter.
At no great distance from this crater, in a north-west direction, is situated a plain or table-land, surrounded on all sides but one by a ridge of mountains about a thousand feet above it. At some very remote period it was perhaps itself the crater of a vast volcano. On its border are the remains of four temples of stone, greatly dilapidated, but manifestly by the effect of some violent shock or concussion of the earth. The largest of them is about forty feet square: the walls are ten feet thick, and the height about thirty-five feet. The only apartment which it contains is not more than twenty feet square, and has only one entrance. The roof is arched to a point in the centre, about twenty feet high above the walls, so that the whole building was almost one solid mass of masonry, composed of the most durable cut stone, in blocks of from one to two feet long and about nine inches square. Yet these walls, so constructed, are rent to the bottom. It was particularly observable, that little or no injury had been done by vegetation, the climate being unfa[Vol II Pg 34]vourable to the waríngen, whose roots are so destructive to the buildings of the lower regions. The entablatures of these buildings still exhibit specimens of delicate and very elegant sculpture. Several deep excavations are observed in the neighbourhood. These, it is said, were made by the natives, in search of gold utensils, images, and coins, many of which have, from time to time, been dug up here.
Not far from this crater, to the northwest, lies a plain or plateau, surrounded on all sides except one by a ridge of mountains about a thousand feet high. At some point in the distant past, it might have been the crater of a massive volcano. On its edge are the ruins of four stone temples, which are heavily damaged, clearly due to some violent shock or earthquake. The largest temple is about forty feet square, with walls that are ten feet thick and a height of about thirty-five feet. The only room inside is no more than twenty feet square and has just one entrance. The ceiling is arched to a point in the center, about twenty feet above the walls, making the entire structure nearly a solid mass of masonry made from the toughest cut stone, in blocks ranging from one to two feet long and roughly nine inches square. Yet, these walls, despite their sturdy construction, are cracked all the way to the bottom. It’s notable that little to no damage has been caused by vegetation since the climate is unfavorable for the *waríngen*, whose roots are harmful to the buildings in lower regions. The friezes of these buildings still display examples of intricate and very beautiful sculpture. Several deep holes can be seen in the area, which locals say were created in search of gold items, statues, and coins, many of which have been uncovered over time.
The whole of the plain is covered with scattered ruins and large fragments of hewn stone to a considerable distance. In the centre are four more temples, nearly similar to those before mentioned, but in a much better state of preservation, the sculpture being in many places quite perfect. Numerous images of deities are scattered about.
The entire plain is covered with scattered ruins and large pieces of carved stone extending far and wide. In the center, there are four more temples that are similar to the ones mentioned earlier, but they are in much better condition, with the sculptures being intact in many areas. Numerous statues of gods are spread around.
On a more minute examination of this plain, traces of the site of nearly four hundred temples were discovered, having broad and extensive streets or roads running between them at right angles. The ground-plan of these, as far as it could be ascertained, with sketches of the different images, ornaments, and temples, which distinguish this classic ground, have been made by Captain Baker, who devoted three weeks to the accomplishment of this interesting object. At present I have it only in my power to exhibit a drawing of one of the temples, in the state in which it was found in 1815, with the same temple restored to what it originally was.
On a closer look at this area, we found signs of nearly four hundred temples, with wide and extensive streets or roads running between them at right angles. The layout of these temples, as best as could be determined, along with sketches of the various statues, decorations, and temples that mark this historic site, have been created by Captain Baker, who spent three weeks working on this fascinating task. Right now, I can only show a drawing of one of the temples as it was discovered in 1815, alongside a restored version of how it originally looked.
The whole of the country lying between Gúnung Díeng and Brambánan, in a line nearly crossing the central part of the island, abounds with ruins of temples, dilapidated images, and traces of Hinduism. Many of the villagers between Blédran and Jétis, in the road from Bányumas through Kedú, have availed themselves of the extensive remains to form the walls of their buildings. In the enclosures to several of the villages (which are here frequently walled in) are discovered large stones, some representing gorgon heads, others beautifully executed in relief, which had formed the friezes and cornices of temples, all regularly cut so as to be morticed together, but now heaped one upon another in the utmost confusion and disorder.
The entire area between Gúnung Díeng and Brambánan, running almost through the center of the island, is filled with temple ruins, broken statues, and signs of Hinduism. Many villagers between Blédran and Jétis, along the road from Bányumas through Kedú, have used the abundant remains to build their walls. In the enclosures of several villages (which are often surrounded by walls), you can find large stones, some shaped like gorgon heads and others intricately carved, that once decorated the friezes and cornices of temples. They were all precisely shaped to fit together, but now they are piled on top of each other in complete chaos.
Along the fields, and by the road-side, between Jétis and Mágelan, are seen in ditches or elsewhere many beautiful remains of sculpture, and among them many yonis and lin[Vol II Pg 35]-gams, where they seem not only to be entirely disregarded by the natives, but thrown on one side as if in the way.
Along the fields and by the roadside, between Jétis and Mágelan, you can see many beautiful remnants of sculpture in the ditches and other places, including several yonis and lin[Vol II Pg 35]-gams, which seem to be completely ignored by the locals and tossed aside as if they're just in the way.
Thee following is the account given by Dr. Horsfield of the ruins found in the Eastern Provinces of the native princes, in the year 1815.
The following is the account given by Dr. Horsfield of the ruins found in the Eastern Provinces of the native princes, in the year 1815.
KEDÍRI, &c.
In the districts of Jagarága, Charúban, Ráwa, Kalángbret, Trengáli, Pranarága, and Magetán, these antiquities are dispersed solitary at occasional points, and consist principally of images or réchas. The remains of buildings, and of towns and cities, generally distinguished by the name of Kóta-bedáh, are also noticed; but Mádion, Kértasána, Kedíri, and Sreng'át, contain very important and interesting antiquities.
In the areas of Jagarága, Charúban, Ráwa, Kalángbret, Trengáli, Pranarága, and Magetán, these ancient artifacts are spread out individually at various locations and mainly include statues or réchas. The remnants of buildings and of towns and cities, typically referred to as Kóta-bedáh, are also noted; however, Mádion, Kértasána, Kedíri, and Sreng'át contain very significant and fascinating antiquities.
In regarding them, the vicinity of the former capital of the princes of the house of Majapáhit strikingly offers itself for consideration; and a traveller perceives them to increase in number, as he proceeds from the western to the eastern districts.
In considering them, the area near the old capital of the princes of the house of Majapáhit stands out for attention; and a traveler notices that they become more numerous as he moves from the western to the eastern regions.
Commencing my notices from the westward, I have to point out in Mádion four monuments, or stones covered with inscriptions: these, with several pedestals and other remains of ancient buildings, have been collected and employed at Mauspáti, the capital of Mádion, lately established by Ráden Ráng'ga, the well known rebel of the Yúgya-kerta court. On the largest of these monuments the characters of the inscription are still in a great degree distinguishable, and these I have carefully taken off; on the others, which are smaller, the characters, although completely perceivable, are too much obliterated by the decomposition and decay of the substance of the stone to afford a copy. Besides these inscriptions; remains of buildings, pedestals, and réchas of different sizes, have also been collected from various parts of this province, and employed to decorate a well and bath near the capital. After a considerable interruption, which contains no remains at present, I discovered, in a direction almost due east from Mauspáti, in the district of Anjóg, a monument with an inscription, in a more perfect state. In form this, as well as the[Vol II Pg 36] others, resembles the common tomb-stones of our burial grounds, exceeding them only in size: its dimensions have been carefully taken. Four sides are covered with characters; two of these were in a state sufficiently preserved to be copied with only occasional deficiencies. This stone was placed near a chándi, of which the ruins only remain. It was two stories high, built of elegant bricks, according to the usual plan and distribution. In size, it nearly agrees with that of Jábung, near Probolíngo. It is obvious, that both the dimensions and the general plan of the numerous chándis found in these eastern districts, built of these materials, are similar; at least they do not exhibit that variety, both in size and distribution, that is observed among the larger edifices built of stone.
Starting with the western region, I want to highlight in Mádion four monuments, or stones covered with inscriptions: these, along with several pedestals and other remnants of ancient buildings, have been gathered and used at Mauspáti, the capital of Mádion, recently established by Ráden Ráng'ga, the well-known rebel from the Yúgya-kerta court. On the largest of these monuments, the inscription is still largely legible, and I've carefully documented it; on the smaller ones, while the characters can still be seen, they are too worn down by the breakdown and decay of the stone to allow for a copy. In addition to these inscriptions, remains of buildings, pedestals, and réchas of various sizes have also been gathered from different parts of this province, and used to embellish a well and bath near the capital. After a significant interruption, which currently has no remains, I found, almost directly east from Mauspáti, in the district of Anjóg, a monument with an inscription that is in better condition. This monument, like the others, resembles the typical tombstones in our cemeteries, differing only in size: I have carefully measured its dimensions. Four sides are covered with characters; two of these were preserved enough to be copied with only minor omissions. This stone was placed near a chándi, of which only ruins remain. It was two stories high, built of beautiful bricks, following the usual design and layout. Its size is nearly comparable to that of Jábung, near Probolíngo. It's clear that both the dimensions and the overall layout of the many chándis found in these eastern areas, built from these materials, are similar; at least they don't show the variety in size and arrangement that is seen in larger stone structures.
Anjóg is connected in the east to Kértasána. In this province I found two monuments covered with inscriptions, a kótah bedáh, or destroyed capital, and various réchas. The district of Brébeg has lately been separated from Kértasána. The newly-appointed Tumúng'gung, in clearing and levelling the ground for a dwelling and for a new capital, on the site of the village Brébeg, discovered, by following the indication of water oozing from the surface, in a slight concavity covered by a wild vegetation, the remains of a bath, constructed with neatness, and not without taste and art. The principal excavation, which appears to have been employed as a bath, is oblong, and about ten feet in length. Six small outlets or fountains pour the water into it, which was conducted from a rivulet flowing at some distance, by small canals cut of stone, but bedded in a foundation of brick. The fountains discharging the water are covered with sculpture in relief, tolerably executed: one of these is a female figure pouring small streams from the breasts. Adjoining to this bath are several other reservoirs of water, included in the same square, and receiving the supply by the same channels. Every thing is constructed massy of regular and elegant bricks. The present Tumúng'gung has collected, near this bath, many réchas and other antiquities from various parts of the district: among these was found one small inscription. Towards the foot of mount Wílis, in a southern direction from Brébeg, I visited, at the village Ng'etos, a chándi constructed of brick, and still[Vol II Pg 37] entire, with only partial dilapidation of the ornamental parts. It is on the whole very similar to the appearance exhibited by the remains of the chándi at Anjóg, and to the others constructed of bricks in the eastern districts above mentioned. Near this is a smaller chándi, of the same construction, in ruins, with various other remains of antiquity.
Anjóg is connected to the east by Kértasána. In this area, I discovered two monuments covered in inscriptions, a kótah bedáh, or destroyed capital, and several réchas. The district of Brébeg has recently been separated from Kértasána. The newly appointed Tumúng'gung, while clearing and leveling the ground for a home and a new capital on the site of the village Brébeg, found the remains of a bath. This was uncovered by tracing the water that was seeping from the ground in a small dip covered by wild vegetation. The bath was built with care and displayed a sense of taste and artistry. The main bath structure is rectangular and about ten feet long. Six small outlets or fountains pour water into it, which was brought in from a nearby stream through small stone-cut canals set in a brick foundation. The fountains that release the water are adorned with relief sculptures that are fairly well done; one features a female figure pouring streams from her breasts. Next to this bath are several other water reservoirs, all within the same area, receiving water through the same channels. Everything is built solidly with regular and elegant bricks. The current Tumúng'gung has gathered many réchas and other artifacts from various parts of the district near this bath, including one small inscription. South of Brébeg, at the foot of mount Wílis, I visited a brick chándi in the village Ng'etos, which is still mostly intact, with only some damage to the decorative elements. Overall, it closely resembles the appearance of the chándi at Anjóg and others made of bricks in the eastern districts mentioned earlier. Nearby is a smaller chándi of the same style, now in ruins, along with various other remnants of antiquity.
The environs of the capital of Kediri abound with antiquities of every kind; but it is evident that here, more than at other places, great expense and labour has been bestowed to demolish the buildings and to mutilate the images. In all parts of the site of the present capital I noticed fragments covered with sculpture in relief, broken réchas, and regularly chiselled oblong stones, of that kind which was employed in the construction of the chándis, besides very extensive foundations, in brick, of walls, buildings, &c. I am further led to suppose, from the regularity and elegance of the materials employed, that a Mahomedan temple and grave have been constructed almost entirely from an ancient building demolished for the purpose, at the period of the introduction of the Mahomedan religion. This temple is called Astána Gedóng, but none of the present inhabitants can give any information as to the period of its construction. As it is of Mahomedan origin I took only a very slight view of it, to avoid the disagreeable gesticulations which the natives always exhibited on the approach of one of their sanctuaries; and it is a very comfortable circumstance that a traveller is freely permitted to examine undisturbed, all those antiquities which are unequivocally derived from a period preceding the introduction of Mahomedanism, or from what the natives call "wong kúna, kapir, or buda."
The area around the capital of Kediri is filled with all sorts of ancient relics; however, it's clear that here, more than in other places, a lot of time and money have been spent tearing down buildings and defacing statues. Throughout the site of the current capital, I saw pieces covered with relief sculptures, broken réchas, and evenly cut rectangular stones, which were used in the construction of the chándis, as well as extensive brick foundations of walls and buildings, etc. I also suspect, based on the neatness and quality of the materials used, that a Muslim temple and grave were built almost entirely from an ancient structure that was demolished for this purpose when the Muslim religion was introduced. This temple is known as Astána Gedông, but none of the locals can tell me when it was built. Since it has Muslim origins, I only took a brief look at it to avoid the unpleasant reactions the locals always show when someone approaches their sacred sites; and it's quite fortunate that a traveler can freely explore all those relics that obviously come from a time before the arrival of Islam, or from what the locals refer to as "wong kúna, kapir, or buda."
I shall shortly enumerate the principal antiquities of Kedíri which I visited, and only mention the names of those villages where the greatest number of réchas are dispersed. These are Pápar, Kebo-gádung, Gadúngan and Págot.
I will soon list the main antiquities of Kedíri that I visited and will only mention the names of the villages where the highest concentration of réchas can be found. These include Pápar, Kebo-gádung, Gadúngan, and Págot.
The cave of Séla-mángleng is situated about two miles in a western direction from the capital, at the foot of the hill Klótok, an appendage to the large mountain of Wílis: it consists of four small apartments cut into the solid rock composing the hill, on a very gentle eminence. The apartments are adjoining to each other, forming a regular series, which[Vol II Pg 38] stretches from north to south. The two middle apartments, which are the largest, have each an entrance from without, while those at the extremity communicate by an interior door, each with the apartment next to it. They differ but little in size. Their form is square or oblong; the largest is less than twenty feet in length. The walls of the two principal apartments are covered with sculpture, and various platforms and projections indicate the places of devotion or penance. Several réchas now arranged in the avenue leading to the cave, as well as the sculpture covering the walls of the apartments within, are handsomely worked; but the external sculpture of the rock is coarse, and the steps by which one ascends, which are cut out of the same general mass of rock, appear to have been made intentionally rude. Several niches for réchas, lamps, &c. are cut in various parts of the walls; a lingam, several reservoirs of water, and other figures are arranged on the vestibule. Of an inscription on the external rock, one regular line, stretching from the door of the outer apartments to the northern extremity of the rock, is still discernible, but many of the characters are probably too much effaced to afford an explanation.
The cave of Séla-mángleng is located about two miles west of the capital, at the base of the hill Klótok, which is part of the large mountain Wílis. It has four small rooms carved into the solid rock of the hill, on a very gentle rise. The rooms are adjacent to each other, forming a continuous series that[Vol II Pg 38] runs from north to south. The two middle rooms, which are the largest, each have an entrance from the outside, while the rooms at the ends connect to each other through an interior door. They are similar in size, with their shape being square or rectangular; the largest is less than twenty feet long. The walls of the two main rooms are covered in carvings, and various platforms and ledges indicate places for worship or penance. Several réchas are currently arranged along the path leading to the cave, as well as the carved designs on the walls inside; these features are elaborately crafted, but the external stone carvings are rough, and the steps leading up, which are cut from the same rock, seem intentionally crude. There are several niches for réchas, lamps, etc., carved into various spots on the walls; a lingam, several water reservoirs, and other figures are placed at the entrance. An inscription on the outside rock has one clear line extending from the door of the outer rooms to the northern edge of the rock, but many of the letters are likely too worn to be understood.
In an eastern direction from the capital of Kedíri, the antiquities of Séntul and of Prúdung are the most remarkable. Séntul is situated near the district of Tiga-wángi, in a forest, the condition of which indicates an undisturbed vegetation for many successive ages. The dimensions of the principal edifice, now remaining nearly entire, are comparatively inconsiderable, but the workmanship is executed in a style of elegance, equal to that of any antiquity found on the island. By the present inhabitants the building is denominated a chúnkup, which word, in as far as it admits of a precise translation, denotes a place of burial or a repository of the dead. It appears to resemble, in its general scheme, several of the other principal antiquities of Java, being a solid massy structure, without any internal apartment or chamber, as a chándi, but affording, on the summit, an extensive platform or place of devotion, to which one of the sides is appropriated to furnish an ascent, while the others are perpendicular. The access to the chúnkup was from the west. Not only the sides of the stairs, but the perpendicular walls of the building, are ornamented[Vol II Pg 39] by entablatures, the internal divisions of which are covered by elegant sculpture, while the projections are carved into a great variety of forms, which can only be represented clearly by a drawing. A few images, removed from their original situation, are dispersed through different parts of the surrounding area, displaying an exquisite workmanship. On the summit remains an highly elegant reservoir of water of uncommon dimensions. The plan of this building is a nearly regular square, the sides of which are about thirty-six feet in length.
In an eastern direction from the capital of Kedíri, the ancient sites of Séntul and Prúdung are the most impressive. Séntul is located near the Tiga-wángi district, in a forest that shows signs of untouched vegetation for many ages. The size of the main structure, which is still mostly intact, is relatively small, but the craftsmanship is executed with an elegance equivalent to any ancient site found on the island. The current residents call the building a chúnkup, which, to the extent it can be accurately translated, refers to a burial site or a resting place for the dead. It seems to share a general design with several other major ancient structures in Java, being a solid, massive building that lacks any internal rooms like a chándi, yet provides, at the top, a spacious platform or place of worship, with one side designed for access while the others are steep. The entrance to the chúnkup was from the west. Both the sides of the stairs and the vertical walls of the structure are decorated with entablatures, whose internal sections are adorned with elegant sculptures, while the protrusions are carved into a variety of forms that can only be clearly depicted in a drawing. A few statues, taken from their original locations, are scattered throughout the surrounding area, showcasing exquisite craftsmanship. At the top, there is an elegantly constructed water reservoir of unusual size. The layout of this building is nearly a perfect square, with sides measuring about thirty-six feet in length.
It contains in its foundation a subterraneous cell, to which the descent is by very narrow steps, leading from the south: this consists of three compartments, gradually decreasing in dimensions as they extend into the body of the building. The height of the cell does not permit a person to stand erect, and no vestiges indicate its former appropriation, whether as a place of devotion or penance, or for the reception of the remains of the person to whose memory devotion was paid on the summit.
It has a hidden cellar at its base, accessed by a very narrow staircase that comes from the south. This cellar has three sections that get smaller as they go deeper into the building. The height of the cellar is too low for someone to stand up straight, and there are no signs showing what it was originally used for—whether as a place for worship or penance, or as a resting place for the remains of the person honored at the top.
Near this chúnkup is a smaller building of the same kind, equally ornamented by handsome sculpture. The remaining bases of numerous walls shew the division of the surrounding court into many compartments, and the whole adjoining territory was included within a wall constructed of brick, of which I found the vestiges in various points, and numerous separate foundations and detached fragments of chiseled stone remain within the exterior wall in the confines of the chúnkup.
Near this chúnkup is a smaller building of the same type, also decorated with beautiful sculptures. The remaining bases of several walls show how the surrounding courtyard was divided into many sections, and the entire area nearby was enclosed by a brick wall, of which I found remnants in various places. Numerous separate foundations and scattered pieces of carved stone still exist within the outer wall in the vicinity of the chúnkup.
In proceeding from Séntul, in an eastern direction, to the extremity of the province of Kedíri, solitary remains of antiquity are occasionally found; and it is probable that these extend, without considerable interruption, towards the celebrated antiquities of Málang. Among these, túgus or landmarks are also observed.
In traveling east from Séntul to the far end of the province of Kedíri, you can occasionally find solitary remnants of the past, and it’s likely these continue, with few breaks, towards the famous ancient sites of Málang. Among these, túgus or landmarks can also be seen.
The chándi of Prúdung is situated about eight miles south-west of Séntul. Though constructed entirely of brick, this edifice deserves particular notice. It exceeds in its dimensions and importance all other edifices built of the same materials that I have seen. Besides a principal apartment, the entrance to which is from the west, it contains in the east, the north, and the south, smaller apartments on the same floor,[Vol II Pg 40] whose entrance corresponds to the niches usually observed in the walls. The projecting base containing the stairs has been destroyed, and one ascends at present to view the interior of the chándi by a ladder, the height of about twenty feet. The dimensions of the ornaments and figures on the sides correspond to the size of the building, and the sculpture is executed in a superior style. Following a southern direction, réchas, reservoirs of water, mortars, fragments of buildings and ornaments, are found at almost every village. Near the boundary, but within the province of Sreng'át, a chándi of brick, of the usual size, still remains entire near the village Genéngan.
The chándi of Prúdung is located about eight miles southwest of Séntul. Although it's made entirely of brick, this structure really stands out. It surpasses all other brick buildings I've seen in size and significance. In addition to a main room with an entrance from the west, there are smaller rooms on the same floor in the east, north, and south, [Vol II Pg 40] with entrances that align with the niches typically found in the walls. The base that held the stairs has been destroyed, so you currently have to use a ladder to reach the interior of the chándi, which is about twenty feet high. The size of the decorations and figures on the sides matches the scale of the building, and the sculptures are crafted in an impressive style. Heading south, you can find réchas, water reservoirs, mortars, and pieces of buildings and decorations in almost every village. Close to the border, but still within the province of Sreng'át, there’s an intact brick chándi of regular size near the village of Genéngan.
The réchas which have been accumulated at the capital of Sreng'át from the vicinity, indicate the condition of the ancient establishments, as the general review of the antiquities found in this province, strongly points out that its former culture was very different from its present rudeness. Places which are now covered with almost impenetrable forests, like those surrounding the chúnkup of Séntul, the first appearance of which would indicate an undisturbed growth from the origin of vegetation, are found to conceal the most stupendous monuments of human art and labour. During various botanical excursions which I made through this province, I discovered (or rather was led to them by the natives) the chándi of Gedóg, the antiquities at Penatáran, and various monuments covered with inscriptions, which I shall separately enumerate below.
The réchas collected at the capital of Sreng'át from the surrounding area show the state of the ancient sites, as an overall look at the artifacts found in this region clearly shows that its past culture was very different from its current primitiveness. Areas that are now nearly impassable forests, like those surrounding the chúnkup of Séntul, which seem to have grown undisturbed since the beginning of vegetation, hide some of the most amazing monuments of human creativity and effort. During several botanical trips I took through this province, I found (or was guided to them by the locals) the chándi of Gedóg, the ancient sites at Penatáran, and various monuments adorned with inscriptions, which I will detail separately below.
The chándi of Gedóg is a structure in the usual style of brick, but executed with superior excellence, while much of the ornamental work is supplied of stone. Several of the sides are still entire, but the base of the entrance or steps has gradually separated. Gedóg is situated near Blitar, formerly a capital, but now reduced to a simple village. Here, also, interesting antiquities are found, among which the site of a deserted capital, with its walls and many stone pedestals, attract the notice of the traveller.
The chándi of Gedóg is a structure made of brick in the traditional style, but it’s crafted with exceptional quality, with a lot of decorative work done in stone. Several sides are still intact, but the base of the entrance or steps has slowly started to separate. Gedóg is located near Blitar, which used to be a capital but is now just a simple village. Here, you can also find interesting historical artifacts, including the remains of an abandoned capital, with its walls and many stone pedestals that catch the attention of travelers.
Proceeding in a nearly north-east direction, I visited the antiquities at Penatáran. These, if not of the first rank, must doubtless be considered as belonging to those of second importance and interest, both on account of extent and execution; but a complete and accurate description would require a detail too extensive for my present purpose. The greatest[Vol II Pg 41] part of these antiquities is now in ruins. Their general plan indicates an appropriation both to purposes of devotion and habitation. They comprize an extensive area of an oblong form, which was surrounded by an external wall of which the foundations can be traced throughout, and the whole was divided into three compartments. The principal edifice is situated in the eastern compartment, and was only accessible after passing three separate gates, which are all discernible, although much decayed. They are individually guarded as at Chándi séwu and Sínga-sári, by porters resting on their hams, while a knee is drawn up to support the hand clasping a club of proportionate size. The principal gate, in ancient times probably the only entrance, is of huge dimensions, and guarded by porters of gigantic size. This led to the first subdivision of the whole area, in which two elevated plains, of an oblong form, confined by walls rising above the surrounding territory, and in all probability the floors of former places of dwelling, are the most interesting objects that now remain.
Heading almost northeast, I explored the ruins at Penatáran. While these might not be the most significant, they certainly rank as second in importance and interest, considering their size and craftsmanship; however, a thorough and accurate description would take more space than I can provide right now. Most of these ruins are now crumbling. Their overall layout suggests they were used for both religious and residential purposes. They cover a large, rectangular area surrounded by an outer wall, the foundations of which can still be traced. The site is divided into three sections. The main building is located in the eastern section and could only be accessed by going through three gates, all of which are still visible but in poor condition. Each gate is watched over by porters sitting on their haunches, with one knee raised to support the hand holding a proportionate-sized club, similar to the ones at Chándi séwu and Sínga-sári. The main entrance, likely the only access point in ancient times, is large and guarded by porters of massive stature. This led to the first divide of the entire area, where two raised platforms, rectangular in shape and enclosed by walls that rise above the surrounding land, probably the floors of former homes, are the most intriguing remnants left.
One of these plains extends to the north-east extremity, having been in contact with the external wall, as appears from its relative situation to the gate, and to the foundations that still exist; this is of great dimensions: the other inclines more to the middle of this compartment, and is somewhat less in extent. Both exhibit the appearance of having supported a building, and are elevated at present about three feet above the level of the surrounding forest, while the same depth is concealed by a layer of vegetable mould, accumulated during many successive ages. The sides of the smaller plain are covered with elegant sculpture in relief, the detail of the design of which would alone require a considerable time. Four entrances are indicated by as many flights of steps, the sides of which are elegantly decorated, and the pedestals still remaining at regular intervals along the confines, having the form of truncated pyramids, appear to shew that it was covered by a roof supported by wooden pillars, somewhat in the style of the pasébans of the present Javans. Similar pedestals are likewise placed in regular order along the sides of the large plain, which has the same number of entrances as the smaller, of which those in the north and south are guarded by porters of comparatively small stature. [Vol II Pg 42]
One of these plains stretches to the northeastern edge, touching the outer wall, as indicated by its position relative to the gate and the existing foundations; it is quite large. The other slopes more into the center of this area and is somewhat smaller. Both seem to have supported a building and currently rise about three feet above the surrounding forest level, while the same depth is hidden under a layer of plant debris that has accumulated over many ages. The sides of the smaller plain are adorned with beautiful relief sculptures, and the intricate details of the design would take quite a while to describe. Four entrances are marked by as many sets of stairs, which are elegantly decorated, and the pedestals still remaining at regular intervals along the edges, shaped like truncated pyramids, suggest that it was covered by a roof supported by wooden pillars, similar to the pasébans seen in modern Java. Similar pedestals are also arranged in order along the sides of the large plain, which has the same number of entrances as the smaller one, with those on the north and south guarded by comparatively small porters. [Vol II Pg 42]
The second compartment is less extensive than the western: a small chúndi of excellent workmanship, built of stone, here attracts particular notice. The remains of various buildings, pedestals, and broken ornaments, are also observed, and it is probable that others are concealed by the forest and mould which covers this compartment, which must be considered as the vestibule to the third or eastern division, containing the principal edifice: this of the various remains of the whole area deserves the most attention. It is indeed a surprising and a wonderful work: both the labour required in the construction, and the art displayed in the decoration are incalculable. The general base is a large square, but each of the sides has a particular projection in the middle, the largest being in the west, where the ascents are placed, by which the outline exhibits twelve angles. It belongs to the same class of buildings as that at Séntul, containing no chamber or vacancy within, but exhibiting a solid mass, highly decorated at the sides, and affording externally places of devotion. It consists of three different compartments, successively of smaller dimensions. Two pair of steps, one to the north, the other to the south of the most projecting part of the western side, lead to the area furnished by the lower compartment, the form of which agrees with the general base. From the middle of the most projecting part of the western side of this area, a single flight of steps conducts to the second, and is immediately continued to the third area on the summit of the whole building. The second compartment does not agree in form with the general base, but by means of the diverging of the sides in a direction opposite to the most projecting parts of the lower area, it furnishes in the west a plain before the steps, and in the north, the south, and the east, extensive areas or squares, which were probably destined for particular worship. By the form of the second compartment the second area is likewise modified; but to demonstrate this a plan would be required; and I shall only add, that the upper area was a regular square, but as appears from the remains of various foundations, subdivided into partitions.
The second compartment is smaller than the western one: a small chúndi of excellent craftsmanship, built of stone, stands out here. The remains of different buildings, pedestals, and broken ornaments are also visible, and it’s likely that more are hidden by the forest and mold covering this section, which should be seen as the entrance to the third or eastern part that contains the main structure: this part, with its various remains, deserves the most attention. It truly is a surprising and impressive work: both the effort put into the construction and the artistry in the decoration are hard to quantify. The overall base is a large square, but each side has a specific projection in the middle, with the largest on the west, where the stairways are located, resulting in an outline with twelve angles. It belongs to the same category of buildings as the one at Séntul, having no chamber or empty space inside, but presenting a solid mass, richly decorated on the sides, and providing external places for worship. It consists of three different compartments, each smaller than the last. Two sets of stairs, one to the north and the other to the south of the most prominent part of the western side, lead to the area created by the lower compartment, which matches the shape of the overall base. From the center of the most prominent part of the western side of this area, a single flight of steps leads to the second compartment and continues directly to the third area at the top of the whole structure. The second compartment doesn’t match the shape of the overall base, but by having the sides diverge in a direction opposite to the most prominent parts of the lower area, it creates a flat space in the west before the steps and large areas or squares to the north, south, and east, which were likely intended for specific worship. The shape of the second compartment also modifies the second area; however, illustrating this would require a plan. I will just add that the upper area was a regular square, but from the remains of various foundations, it appears to have been divided into sections.
Here the figure of Bráma (the récha with four faces) is placed alone, of a workmanship and finish superlatively excellent. It is to be remarked in this place, that besides this,[Vol II Pg 43] only one image is found on this structure, attached to the walls of the second compartment, facing the smaller area on the base, from which it appears to have been worshipped. I shall not enter into a detail of the sculpture which covers all the sides of the three compartments: its diversity far exceeds the bounds of my examination or description. In the intelligent visitor it excites astonishment, and displays a degree of art and of taste, equal, as far as my opportunities for observation have extended, to that of any of the other remains of antiquity found on Java.
Here, the figure of Bráma (the récha with four faces) stands alone, crafted with exceptional skill and detail. It's important to note that besides this,[Vol II Pg 43] there is only one other image on this structure, attached to the walls of the second compartment, facing the smaller area at the base, suggesting it was once worshipped. I won't go into detail about the sculpture that adorns all the sides of the three compartments; its variety goes far beyond what I can examine or describe. For the observant visitor, it inspires astonishment and reveals a level of artistry and taste that, as far as I've been able to observe, matches that of any other ancient relics found in Java.
In clearing up part of the rubbish that surrounded the southern sides of this edifice, I was fortunate enough to discover a monument covered with an inscription of the usual size and form; but the characters have suffered much from time.
In cleaning up some of the debris that surrounded the southern side of this building, I was lucky to find a monument with an inscription that was the typical size and shape; however, the letters have been significantly damaged by time.
Of other antiquities which fell under my observation in the province of Sreng'át, I shall only mention those at Semánding and Sangráhan. These, from their semblance to the edifice at Séntul, appear to have contained the remains of the dead, and to have been employed to celebrate their memory. They are considered as chúnkups by the natives. Each has something particular in its structure and appropriation; but I shall not extend these details. Various spots were mentioned by the inhabitants, which are now covered with a close forest, in which less considerable remains, réchas, &c. are found, and others are probably concealed or unknown. They existed also on the south side of the large river flowing from the east, a branch of the river of Kedíri and Surabáya, in the tract of Ludáya, celebrated at present only on account of the wildness of the territory. Among these I visited a monument covered with inscriptions in a highly preserved condition. In my botanical excursions through this and the neighbouring districts, I also met with various caverns and other remains, the retreat of fakirs, hermits, &c. to which the approach is difficult or painful: they are distinguished by the denomination of Ber-tápa.
Of other ancient sites I observed in the province of Sreng'át, I’ll just mention those at Semánding and Sangráhan. These, because they resemble the structure at Séntul, seem to have held the remains of the deceased and were used to honor their memory. The locals refer to them as chúnkups. Each has unique features in its design and purpose, but I won’t go into further detail. The locals pointed out various locations that are now hidden beneath dense forest, where less significant remains, like réchas, can be found, and others might be hidden or unknown. They also existed on the south side of the large river flowing from the east, a branch of the river of Kedíri and Surabáya, in the area of Ludáya, which is now famous only for its wilderness. Among these sites, I visited a monument that is covered in well-preserved inscriptions. During my botanical explorations in this area and nearby, I also encountered various caves and other remnants that served as retreats for fakirs, hermits, etc., which are difficult or painful to access: they are known as Ber-tápa.
Proceeding further east, the ruins in the district of Málang next attract our attention. These I visited in 1815. [Vol II Pg 44]
Proceeding further east, the ruins in the district of Málang next catch our attention. I visited these in 1815. [Vol II Pg 44]
RUINS AT SINGA SARI, &c. IN THE DISTRICT OF MALANG.
We first proceeded from Pasúruan to Láwang, mounting our horses at the ruins of a fort, which for some time withstood the Dutch arms on their first taking possession of these districts. Further on, between Láwang and Málang, the scene of a famous battle fought at that time was pointed out to us. The family of the present Regent were first appointed to the office for services rendered on that occasion. The road from Pasúruan to Láwang lay principally through forests, in which we observed the waríngen to predominate.
We first traveled from Pasúruan to Láwang, getting on our horses at the ruins of a fort that held off the Dutch forces for a while when they first took control of these areas. Further along, between Láwang and Málang, we were shown the site of a famous battle that took place at that time. The family of the current Regent was originally given the position for their contributions during that event. The road from Pasúruan to Láwang mostly passed through forests, where we noticed the waríngen trees were dominant.
On the next morning we visited the ruins of Singa Sári, which are situated a few paces within the entrance of a teak forest, about four miles from Láwang, and on the right of the high-road leading to Málang.
On the next morning, we visited the ruins of Singa Sári, which are located just a short walk inside the entrance of a teak forest, about four miles from Láwang, and to the right of the main road leading to Málang.
The first object which attracted our attention was the ruins of a chándi or temple. It is a square building, having the entrance on the western side: its present height may be about thirty feet. Over the entrance is an enormous gorgon head, and a similar ornament appears originally to have been placed on each of the other sides of the building, over the niches, which correspond with the entrance on the western side. In one of these niches we observed an image lying flat on the ground, with its head off: in another, the pedestal of an image, which we were informed had been taken away by Mr. Engelhard; and where the traces of a third niche appeared, the stones had been removed, and a deep hole dug, so as to disfigure, and in a great measure demolish, this part of the building. This was also attributed to Mr. Engelhard's agents.
The first thing that grabbed our attention was the ruins of a chándi or temple. It’s a square structure with the entrance on the west side, standing about thirty feet tall now. Above the entrance is a massive gorgon head, and it seems that a similar decoration was originally placed on each of the other sides of the building, over the niches that match the entrance on the west. In one of these niches, we saw a statue lying flat on the ground, missing its head; in another, the base of a statue, which we were told had been taken by Mr. Engelhard; and where we saw evidence of a third niche, the stones had been removed, and a deep hole was dug, significantly disfiguring and largely destroying this part of the structure. This damage was also blamed on Mr. Engelhard's agents.
On entering the chándi, to which we ascended by stones which had evidently been once placed as steps, we observed a very deep excavation, and a large square stone upset and thrown on one side. We ordered it to be filled up and the large stone replaced. There was a round hole passing completely through the centre of this stone, which, whether it had been an altar, the pedestal to some image, or a yóní, we could not ascertain. [Vol II Pg 45]
Upon entering the chándi, which we climbed using stones that had clearly once served as steps, we noticed a very deep pit and a large square stone turned over and pushed to the side. We instructed that it be filled in and the large stone put back in place. There was a round hole completely passing through the center of this stone, which we couldn't determine if it had been an altar, the base for an image, or a yóní. [Vol II Pg 45]
Without the building, on part of the ruins which appeared to have been the lower terrace, we noticed two porters, with clubs in their hands, resting on the shoulder. The features were entirely defaced, and the images rude; but we easily recognized their similarity to the porters at Brambánan. They were, however, not above three feet high.
Without the building, on part of the ruins that seemed to have been the lower terrace, we saw two porters, with clubs resting on their shoulders. Their features were completely worn away, and the carvings were rough; but we could easily see their resemblance to the porters at Brambánan. They were, however, no taller than three feet.
The devices, ornaments, and general style of this temple are not very different from those of the great temple at Brambánan: the cornices and mouldings are no less rich and well executed. The external form of the building may differ, but the recess, or chamber within, seems on the same principle. There is no inlet for the light from above.
The features, decorations, and overall design of this temple aren't much different from those of the large temple at Brambánan: the cornices and moldings are just as elaborate and well-crafted. The outer shape of the building might vary, but the recess or inner chamber appears to follow the same concept. There’s no opening for light to come in from above.
Proceeding a short distance further into the forest, we found several images of the Hindu mythology, in excellent preservation, and more highly executed than any we had previously seen in the island. In the centre, without protection from the weather, was the bull Nándi, quite perfect, with the exception of the horns, one of which was lying by the side of it. This image is above five feet and a half long, in high preservation, and of excellent proportion and workmanship.
Proceeding a little deeper into the forest, we discovered several depictions of Hindu mythology, in remarkable condition, and more intricately crafted than any we had seen before on the island. In the center, exposed to the elements, was the bull Nándi, nearly intact, except for one horn that was lying beside it. This statue is over five and a half feet long, in great condition, and showcases excellent proportions and craftsmanship.
Near the bull, and placed against a tree, is a magnificent Brahma. The four heads are perfect, except that there is a mutilation about the nose. The figure is highly ornamented, and more richly dressed than is usual.
Near the bull, and positioned against a tree, is an impressive Brahma. The four heads are flawless, except for some damage around the nose. The statue is heavily decorated and dressed more elaborately than usual.
Not far off we noticed Mahadéwa, known by his trident. On the stone from which this is cut in relief are several Devanágari characters.
Not far away, we saw Mahadéwa, identified by his trident. On the stone from which this is carved in relief, there are several Devanágari characters.
Another stone, with a figure nearly similar, stood by it. A Hindu Sepoy, who accompanied us, asserted that it represented a Bramin, but it was too mutilated for us to ascertain the point.
Another stone, with a figure almost identical, stood next to it. A Hindu soldier who was with us claimed that it depicted a Brahmin, but it was too damaged for us to confirm that.
A car or chariot of Súria, or the sun, with seven horses, of which the heads were wanting, was the only other object of antiquity in this groupe. The horses are at full speed, with extended tails, and the square of the chariot seems to have once formed the pedestal of an image.
A car or chariot of Súria, or the sun, pulled by seven horses, which were missing their heads, was the only other ancient object in this group. The horses are in full stride, with their tails extended, and the base of the chariot appears to have once been the pedestal for a statue.
At the distance of about a hundred yards from this spot, we were conducted to a magnificent Ganésa of a colossal size, most beautifully executed, and in high preservation.[Vol II Pg 46] The pedestal is surrounded by skulls, and skulls seem used not only as ear-rings, but as the decoration of every part to which they can be applied. The head and trunk are very correct imitations of nature. The figure appears to have stood on a platform of stone; and from the number of stones scattered, it is not improbable it may have been inclosed in a niche or temple.
At a distance of about a hundred yards from this spot, we were taken to an impressive Ganésa that was enormous, beautifully crafted, and well-preserved.[Vol II Pg 46] The pedestal is surrounded by skulls, and skulls are used not only as earrings but as decorations in every possible way. The head and torso are very closely modeled after nature. The figure seems to have stood on a stone platform, and given the number of stones scattered around, it's likely that it was enclosed in a niche or temple.
Still further in the wood, at a short distance, we found another colossal statue, of the same stamp as the porters at Brambánan. This statue was lying on its face at the entrance of an elevated stone terrace: but the people having excavated and cleared the earth around, we were enabled distinctly to examine the face and front. It measures in length about twelve feet, breadth between the shoulders nine feet and a half, and at the base nine feet by five, and is cut from one solid stone. The figure is represented as sitting on its hams, with the hand resting on each knee, but no club, although it is not impossible it may have been broken off. The countenance is well expressed and the nose prominent; but this feature, as well as the mouth and chin, have suffered injury from partial mutilation.
Still further into the woods, not far away, we found another massive statue, similar to the porters at Brambánan. This statue was lying face down at the entrance of an elevated stone terrace: however, after people excavated and cleared the earth around it, we were able to closely examine the face and front. It measures about twelve feet in length, nine and a half feet at the shoulders, and at the base, nine feet by five feet, carved from a single solid stone. The figure is depicted sitting on its heels, with hands resting on each knee, but there’s no club, although it’s possible it might have been broken off. The face is well-defined with a prominent nose; however, this feature, along with the mouth and chin, has suffered damage from partial mutilation.
The statue seems evidently to have fallen from the adjacent elevated terrace, which is about eighteen feet high in its present dilapidated state, and is built of stones, the upper ones being immense slabs of five feet by four, and three feet thick. A second figure of the same dimensions was afterwards found in the vicinity; these were no doubt porters who guarded the entrance to these temples.
The statue clearly seems to have fallen from the nearby raised terrace, which is about eighteen feet high in its current rundown condition, and is made of stone, with the upper stones being massive slabs measuring five feet by four and three feet thick. A second figure of the same size was later found nearby; these were undoubtedly porters who guarded the entrance to these temples.
Having visited all that could be traced in the vicinity of Singa Sári, we proceeded on to Málang, distant thirteen palls from Láwang, and in the evening we visited the ruins of Súpit-úrang, usually called Kótah Bédah, or demolished, fort, the site of the last establishment of the refugees from Majapáhit.
Having explored everything we could find around Singa Sári, we moved on to Málang, which is thirteen palls away from Láwang. In the evening, we checked out the ruins of Súpit-úrang, commonly known as Kótah Bédah, or the demolished fort, the location of the last settlement of the refugees from Majapáhit.
The wall of this fortification is of brick, and the foundation is traced without difficulty. We rode round it within side, and as far as we could calculate it could not measure less than two miles round. It is of an irregular figure, but in a position rendered remarkably strong by two rivers, which run their course round three-fourths of the wall, and then unite.[Vol II Pg 47] The depth from the wall to the rivers is from fifty to a hundred feet, and in some places still more; in many parts the descent is nearly perpendicular. Where the rivers do not encircle the walls, a deep moat is cut from one river to the other, which is easily flooded by stopping the course of either river. It is about seventy-five feet wide and not less than fifty deep, even in its present state, filled up no doubt considerably, and in many parts cultivated. There appear to be several dwellings, if not villages, within the walls, and a good deal of cultivation, principally of tobacco.
The wall of this fort is made of brick, and the foundation is easy to trace. We rode around it on the inside, and from our calculations, it must be at least two miles in circumference. The shape is irregular, but it's in a very strong position because two rivers flow around three-quarters of the wall and then merge. [Vol II Pg 47] The distance from the wall to the rivers ranges from fifty to a hundred feet, and in some spots, it's even more; in many areas, the drop is almost vertical. Where the rivers don't surround the walls, there's a deep moat dug from one river to the other, which can easily be flooded by blocking either river's flow. It's about seventy-five feet wide and at least fifty feet deep, even in its current state, which has probably filled in quite a bit and is cultivated in many parts. There seem to be several homes, if not villages, inside the walls, along with a lot of farming, mainly of tobacco.
The next morning we proceeded to visit the ruins at Kédal and Jágu, the former about seven miles, the latter nearly four from Málang, in a south-easterly direction.
The next morning we went to check out the ruins at Kédal and Jágu, the former being about seven miles away and the latter nearly four miles from Málang, heading southeast.
At Kédal are the remains of a very beautiful temple of stone: its present height about thirty-five feet. The building is supported by a lion at each of the four cornices, and one on each side of the steps of the entrance. In the centre of each of the lower departments, between the lions, are figures in relief upon the wall. The mouldings and sculpture on this temple are in the same style as those of Brambánan and Bóro Bódo, but of still greater beauty. The building is surrounded by a square wall, and in the front is a raised terrace. The chamber appears to be of the same form as most of the temples in Java. Over the entrance is an immense gorgon head, and in the chamber itself a deep hole.
At Kédal are the remains of a stunning stone temple, currently about thirty-five feet tall. The building is supported by a lion at each of the four corners, and one on each side of the entrance steps. In the center of each of the lower sections, between the lions, are relief figures on the wall. The moldings and sculptures on this temple are in the same style as those of Brambánan and Bóro Bódo, but even more beautiful. The building is surrounded by a square wall, and there's a raised terrace at the front. The chamber seems to have the same shape as most temples in Java. Above the entrance is a massive gorgon head, and there’s a deep hole in the chamber itself.
There are no Hindu images or other traces of Hindu mythology, except what may be afforded by the lions, and the figures in relief above mentioned. These represent the same principal figure, but with different attributes. On one side three immense serpents entwine over the head, the tail of one of them evidently held in the right hand; on another a water-pot, with a serpent's head attached to it, is on the head of the figure; and on the other there is a female figure with a serpent, the female reclining over the head.
There are no Hindu images or any signs of Hindu mythology, except for the lions and the relief figures mentioned earlier. These show the same main figure but with different features. On one side, three large serpents are curled around the head, with one of their tails clearly held in the right hand; on another side, a water pot is placed on the figure’s head with a serpent's head connected to it; and on the other, there’s a female figure with a serpent, reclining over the head.
This temple is just within the skirts of a forest.
This temple is right on the edge of a forest.
At Jágu, also, we found the ruins a few yards within a forest, but these appeared to have been more extensive than the preceding.
At Jágu, we also found the ruins a short distance into a forest, but these seemed to be more extensive than the ones before.
The base of the principal building is much larger than any[Vol II Pg 48] of the temples we visited in the eastern part of the island, and there appeared to have been originally two or three terraces rising one above the other to the height of thirty feet. The form of the entrance still appears, but the roof, sides, and back part of the building, have entirely given way. Behind the ruin, and apparently in the same spot on which it originally fell, lies a dilapidated image of a Hindu deity. The pedestal of this image is perfect, and lies near it. The head had been carried to Mélang some years ago by a Dutchman. On the back stone we observed an inscription, evidently in the Devanágari character, and which the Sepoy who accompanied us declared to be Sanscrit. The characters on each side were extremely distinct, but those at the back of the head of the figure were defaced.
The base of the main building is much larger than any[Vol II Pg 48] of the temples we visited in the eastern part of the island, and there used to be two or three terraces stacked on top of each other, reaching a height of thirty feet. The entrance still retains its shape, but the roof, sides, and back of the building have completely collapsed. Behind the ruin, and seemingly in the same spot where it originally fell, lies a damaged statue of a Hindu deity. The pedestal for this statue is intact and lies nearby. The head was taken to Mélang a few years ago by a Dutchman. On the back stone, we saw an inscription that is clearly in the Devanágari script, which the Sepoy accompanying us confirmed is Sanskrit. The characters on each side were very clear, but those on the back of the head of the figure were worn away.
This building is most richly ornamented with carved work, and various devices in relief are cut in the first, second, and third stories. One of these relievos represents a battle between an army of apparently polished people and an army of Rasáksa. The figures are very rudely carved and disproportioned, but in general richness of effect may be compared to the style of the ornaments at Bóro Bódo. There are a variety of processions and achievements represented in different parts, but no where could we observe any image or particular object of devotion. Along the cornices, which are most splendidly rich, we noticed birds and beasts of various descriptions interwoven. In one part a palm tree between two lambs approaching each other, in another a perfect boar, apparently led to the sacrifice.
This building is beautifully decorated with intricate carvings, and various relief designs are featured on the first, second, and third stories. One of these reliefs depicts a battle between an army of seemingly sophisticated people and an army of Rasáksa. The figures are quite crudely carved and disproportionate, but overall they have a richness similar to the style of the ornaments at Bóro Bódo. There are various processions and accomplishments shown in different areas, but we couldn’t find any specific image or object of worship. Along the cornices, which are incredibly ornate, we noticed birds and animals of different kinds woven in. In one section, there’s a palm tree flanked by two lambs approaching each other, and in another, there’s a detailed boar, seemingly being led to a sacrifice.
At a short distance from this principal building, say fifty yards, stands the remains of what would appear to have been an elevated terrace of about twelve feet high. The ascent is on one side, by regular stone steps, still perfect.
At a short distance from this main building, about fifty yards away, stand the remains of what looks like it was an elevated terrace around twelve feet high. You can reach it on one side by climbing the regular stone steps, which are still in good condition.
Previously to leaving Málang we took sketches of two images brought in from the fort, and also of the image of a man, peculiar from the manner in which the hair was tied. At Málang, also, I received from the Tumúng'gung a small square stone-box, containing a golden lingam; this had been discovered three months before, about a cubit under ground, by a peasant, while digging for stones to build his cooking[Vol II Pg 49] place. The lingam had originally two very small red stones within it, something like rubies; one of them was lost before it was delivered to me, the other by the party examining it.
Before leaving Málang, we sketched two images brought in from the fort, as well as an image of a man noted for how his hair was styled. While in Málang, I also received a small square stone box from the Tumúng'gung, which contained a golden lingam. This had been found three months earlier, about a foot underground, by a farmer who was digging for stones to build his cooking[Vol II Pg 49] area. The lingam originally had two tiny red stones inside it, resembling rubies; one was lost before being handed over to me, and the other was lost by the group examining it.
TEMPLES AT SÚKU.
The remains of antiquity still existing at Súku, though not to be compared with those at Brambánan and Bóro Bódo in extent and magnificence, seem to claim a peculiar interest, on account of the indication they afford of a different form of worship. These ruins were not known to Europeans until a short time previous to my visit to the central districts, in May 1815. When I visited them, the native inhabitants of Súra-kérta were also ignorant of their existence, and we are indebted for the discovery to the British Resident at that court, Major Martin Johnson.
The remnants of ancient times still found at Súku, although not comparable to the grandeur and scale of those at Brambánan and Bóro Bódo, seem to have a unique interest because they suggest a different kind of worship. These ruins weren’t known to Europeans until shortly before my trip to the central regions in May 1815. When I went to see them, the local people of Súra-kérta were also unaware of their existence, and we owe the discovery to Major Martin Johnson, the British Resident at that court.
They lie in an eastern direction from Séra-kerta, and are distant from that capital about twenty-six English miles, being situated on the summit of one of the smaller hills to be found on the base of the mountain Láwu. From Súra-kérta our road was a continued ascent, which increased as we approached the hills: the country most highly cultivated, and in the immediate vicinity of the hills, where the dry cultivation predominated, beautiful beyond description.
They are located to the east of Séra-kerta, about twenty-six miles from that capital, situated on top of one of the smaller hills at the base of the mountain Láwu. From Súra-kérta, our path was a steady uphill climb that got steeper as we neared the hills. The area was very well-farmed, and right around the hills, where dry farming was most common, it was stunningly beautiful.
Súku is the name of the village to which the lands in the neighbourhood of these ruins are annexed; and we were not able to ascertain that they were designated by any other name, or that the term Súku had any immediate reference or application to the buildings.
Súku is the name of the village that includes the lands around these ruins; and we couldn’t find out if they were called anything else, or if the term Súku had any direct connection or relevance to the buildings.
The principal structure is a truncated pyramid, situated on the most elevated of three successive terraces. The ruins of two obelisks, having the form of the section of a pyramid, are also observable in the vicinity of the principal building, and on each side of the western front appear several piles of ruinous buildings and sculpture. The length of the terraces is about one hundred and fifty-seven feet; the depth of the first, eighty feet; of the second, thirty; and of the highest, one hundred and thirty feet.
The main structure is a shortened pyramid, located on the highest of three stacked terraces. You can also see the remains of two obelisks, shaped like a pyramid's cross-section, near the main building. On either side of the western front, there are several piles of crumbling buildings and sculptures. The terraces are about one hundred and fifty-seven feet long; the first one's depth is eighty feet, the second is thirty feet, and the highest one is one hundred and thirty feet deep.
The approach is from the west, through three porches or gateways, of which the outermost alone is now standing; but enough remains of the second and third to indicate a similarity of construction. This porch is a building of about six[Vol II Pg 50]teen feet high, in tolerable preservation, of a pyramidal form. The entrance is seven feet and a half high, and about three feet wide; a gorgon head forms the key-stone of the arch. The ascent is first by seven, and shortly after by three steps; and in relief, on the centre of the flooring under the porch, is a representation of the male and female pudenda.
The approach comes from the west, passing through three doorways or gateways, of which only the outer one is still standing; however, enough remains of the second and third to show they were similarly constructed. This porch is about sixteen feet tall, reasonably well-preserved, and shaped like a pyramid. The entrance is seven and a half feet high and about three feet wide; a gorgon head serves as the keystone of the arch. The ascent starts with seven steps, followed by three more; and in relief, in the center of the floor beneath the porch, is a depiction of male and female genitals.
On the outer face of the porch several figures are sculptured in relief. On the right side, the principal figure is that of a man of monstrous appearance devouring a child: to his right a dog sitting, the head wanting, and a bird of the stork kind near the root of a tree, on one of the branches of which a bird not unlike a dove or pigeon is perched; over the figure is a bird on the wing, either the hawk or eagle. Above the figure of a man with the tail of a writhing snake in his mouth, is another which appeared to us to be that of a sphynx; it is however represented as floating in the air, with the legs, arms, and tail extended. The tail is similar to that of the lizard species, and the hands appear to be webbed claws, but the body, limbs, and face, are human: the breasts distinguish it as female. Over this again is a small curling reptile, like a worm or small snake, reminding us of the asp.
On the outside of the porch, several figures are carved in relief. On the right side, the main figure is a man with a monstrous appearance who is eating a child: to his right, there is a dog sitting without a head, and near the base of a tree, there's a stork-like bird, while on one of the branches, a bird that looks somewhat like a dove or pigeon is perched; above the figure, a bird is in flight, either a hawk or an eagle. Above the man, who has a writhing snake's tail in his mouth, there's another figure that seems to be a sphinx; however, it's depicted as floating in the air, with its legs, arms, and tail extended. The tail resembles that of a lizard, and the hands seem to be webbed claws, but the body, limbs, and face are human: the breasts indicate it's female. Above that is a small curling reptile, akin to a worm or small snake, reminiscent of an asp.
On the north and on the south face of the gateway there is a colossal eagle with extended wings, holding in its talons an immense serpent, plaited in three folds, its head turned towards the eagle and ornamented with a coronet.
On the north and south sides of the gateway, there is a giant eagle with its wings spread wide, clutching a massive serpent that is twisted into three loops, its head facing the eagle and adorned with a crown.
It was impossible to reflect on the design of these sculptures, without being forcibly struck with their reference to the ancient worship of Egypt. The form of the gateway itself, and of all the ruins within our view, was pyramidal. In the monster devouring the child we were reminded of Typhon; in the dog, of Anoubis; in the stork, of the Ibis: the tree, too, seemed to be the palm, by which the Egyptians designated the year; the pigeon, the hawk, the immense serpents, were all symbols of Egyptian worship.
It was impossible to think about the design of these sculptures without being struck by their connection to the ancient worship of Egypt. The shape of the gateway itself, along with all the ruins in sight, was pyramidal. In the monster eating the child, we were reminded of Typhon; in the dog, of Anubis; in the stork, of the Ibis. The tree also seemed to be the palm, which the Egyptians used to signify the year; the pigeon, the hawk, and the huge serpents were all symbols of Egyptian worship.
Lying on the first terrace we observed several scattered stones, having various devices sculptured on them, some of human figures, one of a tiger wanting the head, which had been broken off, and several of elephants and oxen. On one we noticed the representation of a man on horseback, followed by five spearmen and a páyong bearer. We then ascended[Vol II Pg 51] by five steps to the second terrace, on which were also some scattered ruins of buildings and sculpture. Ascending again three steps we came to the third terrace, when the principal building appeared in front, at the distance of about ninety feet. The ruins of several other temples and buildings also appeared in irregular heaps on each side of its front.
Lying on the first terrace, we saw several scattered stones with different designs carved into them, including some human figures, one of a tiger missing its head, and several elephants and oxen. On one stone, we noticed a depiction of a man on horseback, followed by five spearmen and a páyong bearer. We then climbed[Vol II Pg 51] five steps to the second terrace, where we also found some scattered ruins of buildings and sculptures. Climbing another three steps, we reached the third terrace, where the main building appeared in front of us, about ninety feet away. The ruins of several other temples and buildings were also visible in irregular piles on either side of its front.
This building is on the centre of the terrace. Its base is a perfect square, of forty-three feet and a half to the side, decreasing in size at each successive layer of stones, so as to form steps to the height of nineteen feet; above this is a sort of cornice, four feet nine inches high. The roof is twenty-one feet two inches from north to south, and nineteen feet nine inches from east to west. In the centre of it we observed a part raised, of about a foot square, pierced by a small round hole. It had the appearance of being intended as a pedestal, or step, to some object which had been removed.
This building is in the center of the terrace. Its base is a perfect square, measuring forty-three and a half feet on each side, and it gets smaller with each layer of stones, creating steps that rise to a height of nineteen feet. Above this is a cornice that stands four feet nine inches tall. The roof spans twenty-one feet two inches from north to south and nineteen feet nine inches from east to west. In the middle of it, we noticed a raised section, about a foot square, with a small round hole in it. It looked like it was meant to hold or elevate something that has since been removed.
The sides of the pyramid face the cardinal points. The western side contains a flight of narrow steps. At the top, in the front of the building, we noticed two serpents, which appear to have been used for water-pipes; with this exception, the whole building was plain and unornamented by sacred emblems. The sides of the staircase are faced with flat stones. The upper story or cornice is constructed with greater delicacy than the building generally. We were not able to ascertain whether there was any chamber within, and the point cannot be decided without material injury to the edifice. The eastern side seems to have suffered most from the effects of time.
The sides of the pyramid face the cardinal points. The western side has a narrow staircase. At the top, in front of the building, we saw two serpents that seem to have been used as water pipes; besides that, the entire structure is simple and lacking in any sacred symbols. The sides of the staircase are made with flat stones. The upper level or cornice is built with more care than the rest of the building. We couldn't determine if there was any chamber inside, and we can't figure this out without causing significant damage to the structure. The eastern side appears to have suffered the most from the passage of time.
Upon the ground on each side of the ascent is a large stone, in the shape of a tortoise, measuring not less than eight feet in length; the back flat, but the head well executed. A little advanced in front there is a third of the same description.
Upon the ground on each side of the slope is a large stone shaped like a tortoise, measuring at least eight feet in length; the back is flat, but the head is well carved. A little further ahead, there's a third stone of the same kind.
Near these, on the south side of the entrance, stand the remains of two temples, in one of which we discovered the ashes of fire recently kindled. The natives who attended informed us that the peasantry of the neighbouring villages were still in the habit of burning incense and kindling fire in this temple, and that when they suffered under or dreaded any misfortune, they made an offering of this nature in the hope of averting it. The building is about seven feet square, and on all sides various images are sculptured on it. [Vol II Pg 52]
Near these, on the south side of the entrance, are the remains of two temples. In one of them, we found the ashes of a recently lit fire. The locals who were there told us that the villagers from nearby communities still burn incense and light fires in this temple. They said that when they face misfortunes or are afraid of them, they make such offerings in hopes of warding them off. The structure is about seven feet square, and there are various sculptures of images on all sides. [Vol II Pg 52]
The other building, which is still further south, has a terrace in the centre, the steps ascending to which are still perfect. The building appears to retain nothing of its original pyramidal form, except at the south-east corner.
The other building, located even further south, has a terrace in the middle, and the steps leading up to it are still in great shape. The building doesn’t seem to keep any of its original pyramid shape, except at the southeast corner.
On different sides of this pile of building we noticed two inscriptions, each consisting of four characters. As they both agreed with various other inscriptions in this neighbourhood, except in the last character, which was different in all, we concluded that they were dates. To the north of the principal building, and almost contiguous to it, is an oblong structure, running east and west. On this there has evidently been a low terrace with a raised wall at the back. On the upper part of this terrace, and near the principal building, is a raised platform, from which rises an obelisk, somewhat similar to that noticed in the south, but of a much larger base, and ornamented with various devices on all sides. The spiral top is incomplete. Resting inclined upon the west front of the obelisk, is a statue, about four feet high and three feet broad[214].
On different sides of this pile of buildings, we noticed two inscriptions, each made up of four characters. Since they matched various other inscriptions in the area, except for the last character which was different in each case, we figured they were dates. To the north of the main building, and almost next to it, is a rectangular structure running east and west. It looks like there used to be a low terrace with a raised wall at the back. On the upper part of this terrace, close to the main building, is a raised platform with an obelisk on it, somewhat similar to the one we saw in the south but with a much larger base and decorated with various designs on all sides. The spiral top is unfinished. Leaning against the west side of the obelisk is a statue about four feet tall and three feet wide[214].
On each side of the terrace, which is narrow and long, we observed, both above and below, various devices cut in relief; also a stone vase for containing water, respecting which a tradition runs, that it could never be empty. We also raised from the ground and took sketches of several slabs and stones in the vicinity, which had been thrown down on their faces. Of these, one represents a horned boar[215]. On another is an elephant, tolerably well executed. In another the chief figure is represented striking off human heads[216]. On another there is a dog standing erect, and dressed like a man, with some buildings remarkable for the correctness of the perspective. On another is a representation of the monkey flag[217], the standard of Arjúna, and even used at the present day by the Gládak[218] established at Súra-kérta.
On each side of the long, narrow terrace, we noticed various decorative designs carved both above and below. There was also a stone vase meant for holding water, and according to tradition, it was said to never be empty. We picked up several slabs and stones from the ground nearby that had been turned face down and took sketches of them. One of the slabs depicted a horned boar[215]. Another featured an elephant, done quite well. Another slab showed a main figure cutting off human heads[216]. There was also one with a dog standing upright, dressed like a man, alongside some buildings notable for their accurate perspective. Finally, another slab displayed the monkey flag[217], the standard of Arjúna, which is still used today by the Gládak[218] based at Súra-kérta.
We discovered, nearly buried in the ground, two gigantic statues with human bodies and limbs, but winged from the arms like bats, and with spurs above the heel like those of a [Vol II Pg 53]cock. This figure occurs frequently in relief with some variation: sometimes with a fan-tail, and its wings extended, so as almost to form a circle[219]; in another the face appears devoid of flesh, and the figure is standing with one foot on an elephant and the other on a tortoise[220].
We found two massive statues half-buried in the ground, featuring human bodies and limbs but with bat-like wings coming from their arms and spurs above their heels like those of a chicken. This figure often appears in relief with some variations: sometimes with a fan tail and wings spread out to almost form a circle; in another version, the face looks fleshless, and the figure stands with one foot on an elephant and the other on a tortoise.
On the lappet of the waistband of one of these colossal statues we noticed an inscription of several lines; but the most interesting and perfect was discovered on the back of the other, after we had with much difficulty raised it to an erect posture. This last inscription is in excellent preservation, and consists of lines, in each of which there are characters. The perfect state of this part of the stone must be attributed to its having been protected from the weather by its position along the ground. This inscription, as well as all the others which we discovered, are raised from the stone in relief, in the same character as that first noticed, which differs from most which had previously been discovered on the island[221].
On the edge of the waistband of one of these huge statues, we found an inscription with several lines. However, the most interesting and complete one was on the back of the other statue, which we managed to lift upright with great effort. This last inscription is well preserved and consists of lines containing characters. The excellent condition of this part of the stone is likely due to being protected from the weather by its position on the ground. This inscription, along with all the others we found, is raised from the stone in relief, using the same style as the first one we noticed, which is different from most of the inscriptions previously discovered on the island[221].
We noticed particularly, as forming an exception to the sculptures in general, another figure with four hands. It has a coronet on the head, and ear-rings, and from the back of the ear on each side appear to spring wings, which are half expanded over the back of each shoulder. The arms and hands were too mutilated to enable us to distinguish the attributes.
We particularly noticed, standing out from the usual sculptures, another figure with four hands. It has a crown on its head and earrings, and from behind the ears on each side, wings appear to emerge, partially spread over the back of each shoulder. The arms and hands were too damaged for us to identify the attributes.
A little nearer to the north of the tortoises, in front of the principal building, stands a large erect statue[222], apparently in its original position; at the back of which, on a scroll hanging from the waistband, is an inscription of several lines; a figure holding a double-headed trident in each hand and having three spikes on each elbow, rudely executed, and elsewhere a phallus, upwards of six feet long and not less than five in circumference. It had been broken in halves, but the two parts were easily brought together: round the upper part are four large balls of equal dimensions: along the urethra is an inscription in two lines, the letters being one above the other, and on the upper part of one of these lines is the representation of a kris blade, and two squares crossing each other just [Vol II Pg 54]above the point, with a circle and other ornaments in the centre, so as to represent the sun; to the right of this is a representation of the moon in the first quarter; and further again to the right a small circle, representing a star: the whole in relief, very correctly executed, and in good preservation.
A bit north of the tortoises, in front of the main building, there’s a large standing statue[222], seemingly in its original spot. Behind it, there's a scroll hanging from the waistband with several lines of text. The statue features a figure holding a double-headed trident in each hand, with three spikes on each elbow, carved rather crudely. There's also a phallus that’s over six feet long and at least five feet around. It was broken in half, but the two pieces fit together easily. The upper part has four large balls of the same size. Along the urethra, there’s an inscription in two lines, with the letters stacked one above the other. At the top of one of the lines is an image of a kris blade, and two squares crossing each other just [Vol II Pg 54]above the point, with a circle and other decorations in the center, representing the sun. To the right of this is a depiction of the moon in its first quarter, and further right, a small circle representing a star. The entire piece is raised, very accurately executed, and well-preserved.
On one of the temples adjacent there are representations of a similar symbol cut in relief.
On one of the nearby temples, there are images of a similar symbol carved in relief.
We observed several monstrous figures with clubs of different sizes. One in particular fronting the principal building, grinning most horribly, and two near the steps leading to the upper terrace from the south.
We saw several gigantic figures holding clubs of various sizes. One in particular stood in front of the main building, grinning terrifyingly, and two others were near the steps that led to the upper terrace from the south.
Below the upper terrace, on the south side, we noticed the foundation of a building of an oblong shape, with three large slabs, on which were sculptured several objects which appeared much to interest the Javans. On one we observed a manufacturer of kris blades in the act of striking the steel. Above him are placed, as in his workshop, among several blades of different forms, a trident, a water-pot, a pair of shares, and something not very unlike Mercury's wand. On another stone is seen a man with the proboscis of an elephant, and in his hand a dog; on the third is a man blowing a Javan bellows.
Below the upper terrace, on the south side, we saw the foundation of a long building, with three large slabs that had several carved objects that seemed to really interest the Javanese. On one slab, we saw a craftsman making kris blades while striking the steel. Above him, just like in his workshop, were various blades of different shapes, a trident, a water pot, a pair of plows, and something that looked a lot like Mercury's staff. On another stone, there was a man with an elephant's trunk and a dog in his hands; on the third stone, a man was blowing into a Javanese bellows.
The natives informed us, that the country people were in the habit of making offerings to these sculptures, which they highly esteemed, from a tradition that they represented the original Javan túkang bési, or workman in iron and steel.
The locals told us that the people in the countryside often made offerings to these sculptures, which they held in high regard, based on a tradition that they represented the original Javan túkang bési, or blacksmith.
The workmanship is ruder than that in the temples at Brambánan, Bóro Bódo, or Málang, and the worship must have been different.
The craftsmanship is rougher than what's found in the temples at Brambánan, Bóro Bódo, or Málang, and the style of worship must have varied.
Most of the images which are not in relief have been decapitated, and the heads are not to be found; but there still remains enough to enable a person well acquainted with heathen mythology, to decide on the classes to which they may generally be referred.
Most of the images that aren’t in relief have been decapitated, and the heads are missing; however, there’s still enough left for someone familiar with pagan mythology to categorize them into their general classes.
I could find no traditions regarding these temples; but subsequent examination has enabled us to decide that the character found in the inscriptions is an ancient form of the Javan, and that the dates are, on one of the stones, 1361, and on the larger phallus, 1362.
I couldn't find any traditions about these temples, but further investigation has allowed us to conclude that the writing in the inscriptions is an old form of Javan, and the dates are 1361 on one of the stones and 1362 on the larger phallus.
Besides the ruins of temples in brick noticed by Dr. Hors[Vol II Pg 55]field in the eastern provinces of the native princes, numerous buildings constructed of similar materials, are found extending from the site of Majapáhit eastward as far as Probolíngo, near which, a few yards off the high road, are situated two temples in brick. The larger temple may be about sixty feet high.
Besides the brick ruins of temples noted by Dr. Hors[Vol II Pg 55]field in the eastern provinces of the local princes, there are many buildings made of similar materials stretching from the site of Majapáhit eastward to Probolíngo. Close to this area, just a few yards off the main road, there are two brick temples. The larger temple stands at about sixty feet tall.
All the temples of this class (that is to say, constructed in brick, for they all vary in their style) were probably built during the latter years of the Hindu religion. Those constructed of stone must be referred to a much earlier period.
All the temples of this type (meaning those built in brick, as they all vary in style) were likely constructed during the final years of the Hindu religion. The ones made of stone should be dated to a much earlier time.
Near Buitenzorg, and also at Récha Dómas, a few miles further inland, both places adjacent to the site of the ancient capital of Pajajáran, are found several rude images in stone, and among them a figure with three faces (trimúrti). Images of the same kind, as well as casts in metal, are also found in Chéribon. The latter are particularly prized by the chiefs of Telága, who are descended from the princes of Pajajáran, and consider these relics as representations of their forefathers. In the possession of the present Tumúng'gung of Telága is an ancient manuscript written on Javan paper, and folded up in the manner of the manuscripts of Ava. The characters appear to be ancient Javan or Káwi, but ill written. This manuscript contains drawings of deities, of the signs of the Zodiac, and numerous other astronomical, or perhaps rather astrological devices[223]. Of the history of the manuscript nothing is known, further than that the Tumúng'gung and his family believe it to have come with the relics before-mentioned from Pajajáran. A copy of it has been brought to England.
Near Buitenzorg, and also at Récha Dómas, a few miles further inland and close to the site of the ancient capital of Pajajáran, several rough stone images can be found, including a figure with three faces (trimúrti). Similar images, as well as metal casts, are also located in Chéribon. The latter are especially valued by the chiefs of Telága, who are descendants of the princes of Pajajáran, and they view these relics as representations of their ancestors. The current Tumúng'gung of Telága possesses an ancient manuscript written on Javan paper, folded in the style of the manuscripts of Ava. The characters seem to be ancient Javan or Káwi, but poorly written. This manuscript includes drawings of deities, the signs of the Zodiac, and many other astronomical, or perhaps more accurately, astrological designs[223]. Nothing is known about the history of the manuscript, other than that the Tumúng'gung and his family believe it came with the aforementioned relics from Pajajáran. A copy of it has been brought to England.
Besides the extensive remains of temples and other edifices already mentioned in the districts east of Chéribon, where alone the antiquities deserve attention as works of art, there are to be found on the mountains of Ung'árang the ruins of several very beautifully executed temples in stone, with numerous dilapidated figures, and among them several chariots of Súría, or the sun. Most of them are sadly mutilated, but enough was left to authorize a sketch of their original design[224].
Besides the numerous remains of temples and other buildings already mentioned in the areas east of Chéribon, where the ancient artifacts are notable as works of art, there are also the ruins of several beautifully crafted stone temples in the mountains of Ung'árang, featuring many broken figures and several chariots of Súría, or the sun. Most of them are badly damaged, but there is still enough left to create a sketch of their original design[224].
The Chándi Banyukúning (yellow water), which are so [Vol II Pg 56]called from their vicinity to the village of that name, are situated within a few yards of a small volcanic crater, which at the time I visited them was in many parts too hot to be trodden with safety. They appear to have been built on extensive terraces cut out of the mountain, and rising one above another at intervals of some hundred yards. The natives assert, that the temples were formerly far more extensive, and that near the summit of several of the adjoining peaks other temples are to be found. But here, as in most parts of Java, the mountains for a considerable way below the summit have been covered for ages, with an almost impenetrable forest: and where this is not the case, the mountains have either been rent near their summit, or are covered with lava or ashes from volcanic eruptions, so that whatever may have formerly been the extent and grandeur of the edifices which once crowned these towering heights, they are at present either concealed or more frequently destroyed. Notwithstanding the diligent search made by the British during the short period of their stay on Java, there are doubtless many very interesting discoveries to be made.
The Chándi Banyukúning (yellow water), named after the nearby village, are located just a few yards from a small volcanic crater, which at the time I visited was too hot in many areas to walk on safely. They seem to have been built on large terraces carved out of the mountain, rising one above another at intervals of several hundred yards. The locals claim that the temples used to be much more extensive, and that there are other temples near the summit of several nearby peaks. However, in most parts of Java, mountains have been covered for ages by nearly impenetrable forest below the summit; where this isn't true, the mountains are either split near the top or covered with lava or ash from volcanic eruptions. So, whatever the original size and splendor of the structures that once crowned these towering heights, they are now mostly hidden or often destroyed. Despite the thorough searches conducted by the British during their brief stay in Java, there are undoubtedly many fascinating discoveries still to be made.
In Banyuwángi, the most eastern province of the island, besides figures of Hindu deities, several others are to be found of extraordinary and grotesque appearance, which appear to represent the local deities of the island, and corresponding with those which are still worshipped on Báli. But whether they are to be considered as the deities of the Javans or Bálians is doubtful, as the Bálians long had possession of this province; and it is remarkable, that no such figures are to be found in the provinces further westward.
In Banyuwángi, the easternmost province of the island, alongside images of Hindu gods, there are several other figures that look extraordinary and grotesque. These seem to represent the local deities of the island, similar to those still worshipped in Báli. However, it's unclear whether these should be seen as deities of the Javanese or the Balinese, as the Balinese held this province for a long time. It's also noteworthy that no such figures exist in the provinces further to the west.
The traditions of the country concerning the former seats of government, enable us to trace at this day the site of Médang Kamûlan, Jang'gála, Gegélang or Sínga Sári, Dahá or Kedíri, Pajajâran, and Majapáhit, existing in remains of immense tanks, heaps of building materials, and other unequivocal vestiges of former cities.
The country’s traditions about its old government locations allow us to identify today the site of Médang Kamûlan, Jang'gála, Gegélang or Sínga Sári, Dahá or Kedíri, Pajajâran, and Majapáhit, which still exist in the form of large tanks, piles of building materials, and other clear signs of past cities.
Médang Kamúlan[225] was situated in the district of Wirasába, where in the centre of an extensive forest is pointed out the site of the Setíngel, distinguished by heaps of stones and bricks; and at no great distance from it are the walls and excavations of an extensive tank, several hundred feet [Vol II Pg 57]in length and breadth. These ruins, of which little more can be said than that they are clearly discernible, are situated between Penwadádos and the most eastern of the volcanic wells alluded to in a former part of this work. The natives have a superstition, that the site of this ancient capital cannot be visited without some misfortune attaching to the party who undertake the visit. Those whom I had, with some difficulty, induced to accompany me to the spot, did not fail to assure me that I should lose my government within the year. As the event justified the prediction, it is probable that the superstition has rather gained ground than otherwise. Many Javans maintain, that Brambánan was the original of Médang Kamúlan; it is at least highly probable that it was once the seat of empire.
Médang Kamúlan[225] was located in the district of Wirasába, where in the heart of a vast forest lies the site of the Setíngel, marked by piles of stones and bricks; and not far from it are the walls and excavations of a large tank, several hundred feet in length and breadth. These ruins, of which not much more can be said than that they are clearly visible, are placed between Penwadádos and the easternmost of the volcanic wells mentioned earlier in this work. The locals have a superstition that visiting this ancient capital can bring misfortune to those who do. Those whom I managed to persuade to join me on my visit insisted that I would lose my government within the year. Since the event confirmed their prediction, it’s likely that this superstition has only grown stronger. Many Javanese believe that Brambánan was the original Médang Kamúlan; it is at least highly likely that it once served as a center of power.
The site of Jang'gála is still pointed out in the district of that name in the division of Surabáya, and the country around is strewed with antiquities. The same may be said of Síng'a Sári and Kedíri. At Pajajáran, a heap of stones is pointed out as the ruin of the Setíngel, and numerous lines crossing the country between rivers, attest the care with which this position was entrenched. They may be seen close by the road side, at a few hundred yards from the governor-general's country residence, and in many places they have been cut through to make a passage for the high road.
The site of Jang'gála is still identified in the district of that name in the division of Surabáya, and the surrounding area is filled with ancient artifacts. The same goes for Síng'a Sári and Kedíri. At Pajajáran, a pile of stones is recognized as the remains of the Setíngel, and several lines stretching across the region between rivers show how carefully this area was fortified. You can see them right by the roadside, just a few hundred yards from the governor-general's country residence, and in many spots, they’ve been cut through to make way for the highway.
At Majapáhit, in the district of Wirasába, the marks of former grandeur are more manifest. Here the walls of the tank, upwards of a thousand feet in length, and not less than six hundred in breadth, are quite perfect. They are of burnt brick, and about twelve feet high. The whole area of the tank, when I visited it, was one sheet of beautiful rice cultivation, and almost surrounded by a noble forest of teak.
At Majapáhit, in the district of Wirasába, the signs of past greatness are clearer. The walls of the tank, over a thousand feet long and at least six hundred feet wide, are in excellent condition. They are made of burnt brick and stand about twelve feet tall. When I visited, the entire area of the tank was covered in beautiful rice fields, almost encircled by a majestic teak forest.
A village adjacent is called Tra Wúlan, or Tráng Wúlan (the light of the moon): here we found the tomb of Pútri Chámpa. Proceeding through three regular squares, each enclosed with a wall, and in each of which were erected several pendápas or sheds, we came to the interior on ascending a few steps. On the right side of this enclosure, and elevated a few feet, was the tomb of the princess and her nurse; the tomb being in the Mahomedan style, and having upon it, in ancient Javan characters, the date 1320, perfectly[Vol II Pg 58] distinct and in relief. On the other side are the tombs of Kiái Tumúng'gung Jáya Báya, Den Mas, and nine other chiefs whose names are mentioned. The tomb is religiously guarded by several priests.
A nearby village is called Tra Wúlan, or Tráng Wúlan (the light of the moon): here we discovered the tomb of Pútri Chámpa. After passing through three regular squares, each surrounded by a wall, and each containing several pendápas or sheds, we entered the interior by going up a few steps. To the right side of this enclosure, raised a few feet, was the tomb of the princess and her nurse; the tomb was built in the Muslim style and featured the date 1320 in ancient Javanese characters, clearly visible and in relief. On the other side are the tombs of Kiái Tumúng'gung Jáya Báya, Den Mas, and nine other chiefs whose names are listed. The tomb is carefully watched over by a number of priests.
The ruins of the palace and several gateways of burnt brick are to be seen; but the whole country, for many miles, is thickly covered with a stately teak forest, which appears to have been the growth of ages, so that it is difficult to trace the outline of this former capital. Ruins of temples, mostly executed in brick, are scattered about the country for many miles, and attest the extent and grandeur of this "pride of Java."
The ruins of the palace and several brick gateways can be seen; however, the entire area for miles is densely covered with a grand teak forest, which seems to have been growing for ages, making it hard to outline the shape of this former capital. The ruins of temples, mostly made of brick, are spread throughout the area for many miles and show the size and greatness of this "pride of Java."
I observed near the former site of Majapáhit two images of Ganésa, and some other mutilated deities of the Hindu mythology. Near the tank was the figure represented in one of the plates[226], partly human and partly of the form of a bird, and a distorted figure, which the Javans called Ménak Jing'ga; but in general the vicinity of Majapáhit is remarkable for the absence of any representations of the Hindu deities. The temples are beautifully decorated with representations of flowers, and other peculiar ornaments, which it would be difficult to describe.
I saw near the old site of Majapáhit two statues of Ganésa, along with some other damaged deities from Hindu mythology. Next to the tank was a figure shown in one of the plates[226], which was partly human and partly bird-like, along with a distorted figure that the Javanese referred to as Ménak Jing'ga; however, in general, the area around Majapáhit is notable for lacking any depictions of Hindu deities. The temples are beautifully adorned with images of flowers and other unique decorations that are hard to describe.
The only collection which appears to have been made by Europeans of these interesting remains of antiquity, previously to the establishment of the British government in 1811, was by Mr. Engelhard, formerly governor of Semárang. In the garden of the residency of that station, several very beautiful subjects in stone were arranged, brought in from different parts of the country. Of them, and of several others, which appear to have been brought into some of the native villages from the vicinity of the different temples, drawings have been taken, and the representations of Ganésa[227] and Dúrga (called Lora Jóngran), both from subjects as large as life, wrought in close-grained stone, will serve to convey some notion of the beauty and delicacy with which they are executed.
The only collection that seems to have been created by Europeans of these fascinating artifacts from the past, before the British government was established in 1811, was by Mr. Engelhard, who was the governor of Semárang. In the garden of the residency at that station, several beautiful stone pieces were displayed, collected from various parts of the country. Drawings have been made of these and several others that seem to have been moved into some of the local villages from around the different temples. The representations of Ganésa[227] and Dúrga (known as Lora Jóngran), both life-sized and crafted from fine-grained stone, will help give an idea of the beauty and delicacy of their craftsmanship.
I shall conclude this very general and imperfect account of sculpture on Java, by referring the reader to the plate, containing representations of several subjects in stone[228], collected and arranged in the Chinese temple of worship in the [Vol II Pg 59]neighbourhood of Batavia. The period at which they were collected is not known, and the subjects in general are not so well executed as those found in the eastern parts of the island; but it is remarkable, that the Chinese, whose form of worship is at present so different from that of the Hindus (however similar it may have been formerly) should in a foreign land thus prize and appreciate the idols of the people whom they affect to hold in contempt[229].
I’ll wrap up this very broad and incomplete overview of sculpture on Java by directing the reader to the plate featuring representations of several stone subjects[228], gathered and displayed in the Chinese temple of worship located in the[Vol II Pg 59]area around Batavia. The time when they were collected is unknown, and overall, the subjects are not as well crafted as those found in the eastern regions of the island; however, it's noteworthy that the Chinese, whose current form of worship is so different from that of the Hindus (even though it may have been similar in the past), would hold the idols of a culture they claim to disdain in such high regard in a foreign land[229].
Another plate exhibits several subjects in stone, collected from the vicinity of Bóro Bódo in Kedú. The originals are as large as life, and the sculpture and ornaments are executed with great skill. No. 2 is an image with three heads (or trimúrti,) similar to one on Gúnung Dieng. No. 3 is a mutilated image of Bráhma, having four faces; this was found in a field within a few hundred yards of the great temple of Bóro Bódo. The image No. 4 also occurs on Gúnung Práhu.
Another plate shows several stone figures collected from the area around Bóro Bódo in Kedú. The originals are life-sized, and the carving and decorations are done with impressive skill. No. 2 is a three-headed figure (or trimúrti), similar to one found on Gúnung Dieng. No. 3 is a damaged figure of Bráhma, which has four faces; this was discovered in a field just a few hundred yards from the great temple of Bóro Bódo. The figure No. 4 is also found on Gúnung Práhu.
The casts in metal which have been discovered in the central districts of Java are numerous. The subjects represented in the plates annexed were selected from a collection of about a hundred brought by me to this country. They had most of them been found at different times near the ruins of the temples, and preserved in the families of the petty chiefs. I am indebted to Mr. Lawrence, the Resident of Kédú, for many of them, which were brought in to him by the natives, on its being generally known that subjects of the kind were interesting to the British authorities.
The metal casts found in the central regions of Java are quite numerous. The images shown in the attached plates were chosen from a collection of about a hundred that I brought to this country. Most of them were discovered over time near the ruins of the temples and had been kept in the families of local chiefs. I owe a lot to Mr. Lawrence, the Resident of Kédú, for many of these pieces, which were given to him by the locals when it became widely known that items like these were of interest to the British authorities.
These casts are generally of copper, sometimes of brass, and rarely of silver. The majority and best executed were found in the vicinity of Gúnung Dieng; and it is asserted that formerly many gold casts of a similar description were discovered, which have been melted down. The village of Káli Béber, situated at the foot of the mountain, is said from time immemorial to have paid its annual rent, amounting to upwards of a thousand dollars, in gold, procured by melting down the relics of antiquity discovered in the vicinity; but for some years past, no more golden images being found, the rents are paid in the coin of the country.
These casts are usually made of copper, sometimes of brass, and rarely of silver. Most of the best ones were found near Gúnung Dieng; it’s said that in the past, many gold casts of a similar type were discovered, but they were melted down. The village of Káli Béber, located at the foot of the mountain, has claimed for ages that it pays an annual rent of over a thousand dollars in gold, which it obtains by melting down ancient relics found nearby; however, in recent years, since no more golden images have been found, the rent is now paid in local currency.
Among the casts which are now exhibited will be observed two images of Bráhma; one with eight arms, standing upon[Vol II Pg 60] a male and female figure; the other with four, on a pedestal surmounted by the lotus, having a fragment of the goose in front. The former, in particular, is most beautifully executed.
Among the displays currently shown, you'll see two images of Bráhma; one has eight arms and stands on[Vol II Pg 60] a male and a female figure, while the other has four arms and stands on a pedestal topped with a lotus, featuring a piece of a goose in front. The first one, especially, is incredibly well-crafted.
The casts vary from three to six inches in height, and abound in a variety of delicate ornaments, which it has not been attempted to represent in the plates.
The casts range from three to six inches tall and are full of various delicate decorations, which have not been attempted to be shown in the images.
Several copper cups, varying from three to five inches in diameter, and having the signs of the zodiac and other designs represented upon them in relief, have likewise been discovered in different parts of the island. A fac simile (reduced) of them is given in the annexed plate.
Several copper cups, ranging from three to five inches in diameter and featuring the signs of the zodiac and other raised designs, have also been found in various parts of the island. A reduced replica of them is shown in the attached plate.
As the Javans of the present day attach no particular designation to the different deities, except that of Gána and other terms to Ganésa, and that of Lóro Jóngran to Dúrga, I have not thought it necessary to attach to all the representations the names which some of them may bear in the Hindu mythology of continental India. Many of them do not occur in Moor's Pantheon: some are decidedly Braminical, others Budh, and some it is difficult to class under either head.
As the Javanese today don’t really use specific names for the different deities, other than Gána for Ganésa and Lóro Jóngran for Dúrga, I felt it wasn’t necessary to label all the representations with the names they might have in the Hindu mythology of mainland India. Many of them aren’t found in Moor's Pantheon: some are clearly Brahmin, others are Buddhist, and some are hard to classify into either category.
A variety of bells, tripods, and ornaments of various descriptions, occur in casts of metal, and form part of the collection brought to England. These are of a small size, seldom exceeding a few inches in length, although bells sometimes occur much larger; several of them are represented in one of the plates.
A range of bells, tripods, and various ornaments are made from metal and are included in the collection brought to England. These items are generally small, rarely more than a few inches long, although some bells can be significantly larger; several of them are shown in one of the plates.
The inscriptions engraved on stone, and in characters no longer understood by the people of the country, are innumerable: similar inscriptions engraved on copper have also been found in particular districts. The whole may be classed under the following heads:
The inscriptions carved into stone, in characters that the local people no longer understand, are countless: similar inscriptions carved into copper have also been discovered in specific areas. All of this can be categorized under the following headings:
1. Inscriptions in the ancient Davanágari character of continental India.
1. Inscriptions in the ancient Davanágari script of mainland India.
2. Inscriptions in characters which appear to have some connection with the modern Javan, and were probably the characters used by the people of Súnda.
2. Inscriptions in characters that seem to be related to modern Javan, and were likely the characters used by the people of Súnda.
3. Inscriptions in various characters, not appearing to have any immediate connection with either the Davanágari or the Javan characters, and which it has not been practicable to decypher.
3. Inscriptions in different characters that don’t seem to have any direct link to either the Davanágari or the Javan characters, and which have not been possible to decipher.
4. Inscriptions in the Káwi or ancient Javan character. [Vol II Pg 61]
4. Inscriptions in the Káwi or ancient Javanese script. [Vol II Pg 61]
Of these the first seem to lay claim to the highest antiquity. The principal inscription of this kind, and indeed the only one of any length, is that found at Brambánan, and noticed by Colonel Mackenzie in his interesting account of the ruins of Brambánan, as a real Hindu Sassanum. The stone, which is now broken into six parts, was originally six feet nine inches long and three feet six wide, in the shape of a tomb-stone, and the whole of one face is covered with characters, which appear to have been very well executed.
Of these, the first seems to claim the most ancient origins. The main inscription of this type, and really the only one of any length, is found at Brambánan, and it was mentioned by Colonel Mackenzie in his fascinating account of the Brambánan ruins as a genuine Hindu Sassanum. The stone, which is now broken into six pieces, was originally six feet nine inches long and three feet six inches wide, shaped like a tombstone, and one entire side is covered with characters that appear to have been very skillfully carved.
Fac-similes of this inscription having been brought to Europe, the characters were immediately recognized by Mr. Wilkins as an ancient form of the Devanágari, in use upon the continent of India, probably about eight or nine centuries since. It is to be regretted, that from the constant exposure of the stone, and the fractures which it has received, the characters are in many parts effaced, so as to render it almost impossible to connect the sentences. No date can be discovered, nor any name which might afford a clue to the object or origin of the inscription. From such detached parts as are legible, it appears to be a record of some grant of honour or riches to the party whose praises it records. A specimen of a sentence from this inscription, of the same size as the original, with the corresponding characters in the modern Devanágari[230], appears in the chapter on Language and Literature.
Facsimiles of this inscription were brought to Europe, and Mr. Wilkins immediately recognized the characters as an ancient form of Devanágari, used in India about eight or nine centuries ago. It's unfortunate that due to constant exposure and damage to the stone, many of the characters are worn away, making it nearly impossible to connect the sentences. There’s no date or name that could give a clue about the purpose or origin of the inscription. From the few parts that are still legible, it seems to record some kind of grant of honor or wealth to the person being praised. A sample sentence from this inscription, matching the size of the original, along with the corresponding characters in modern Devanágari[230] is included in the chapter on Language and Literature.
Similar characters, though apparently somewhat more modern, are found on several images at Sínga Sári, transcripts of some of which will be seen in the plates to this work.
Similar characters, which seem a bit more modern, are found in several images at Sínga Sári, and some transcripts of these will be shown in the plates of this work.
Of the second class are the inscriptions on the Bátu túlis, or engraved stone, standing near the ruins of the ancient capital of Pajajárán, and those found at Kwáli, in the province of Chéribon, to which place it is related that some of the princes of Pajajárán fled on the overthrow of that capital by the Mahomedans. The characters on these inscriptions appear very nearly to resemble each other. The stone at Pajajárán, as far as I could decypher it, with the assistance of the Panambáhan of Súmenap, appears to be a record in praise of a certain Maharája, whose name is not mentioned. One of these at Kwáli, a fac-simile of which is exhibited in the plate, we were enabled to translate as follows: [Vol II Pg 62]
Of the second class are the inscriptions on the Bátu túlis, or engraved stone, which stand near the ruins of the ancient capital of Pajajárán. These inscriptions were also found at Kwáli, in the province of Chéribon, where it's said that some princes of Pajajárán fled after the capital was overthrown by the Muslims. The characters on these inscriptions look almost identical. The stone at Pajajárán, as much as I could decipher with the help of the Panambáhan of Súmenap, seems to record praise for a certain Maharája, although his name isn’t mentioned. One of those at Kwáli, a facsimile of which is shown in the plate, we were able to translate as follows: [Vol II Pg 62]
"The Pandíta is able to check the evil course of men, by washing away their evil inclinations, and he can shew them the right way, and prevent covetousness and slander by his good advice. 1363."
The Pandíta can help steer people away from their bad tendencies by cleansing their negative inclinations. He can guide them in the right direction and stop greed and gossip through his wise counsel. 1363.
At Kwáli there are several other inscriptions in the same character, but in common with the whole of this class very rudely executed. Several of the characters and signs were found, on strict examination, to be on the same principle as the Javan.
At Kwáli, there are several other inscriptions in the same script, but like most in this group, they are quite crudely made. Upon careful examination, several of the characters and symbols were found to follow the same principles as the Javan.
Of the third class the reader will find a fac-simile on a reduced scale[231].
Of the third class, the reader will find a replica on a smaller scale[231].
But the inscriptions of the last of these classes are the most numerous, the best executed, in the highest state of preservation, and as they admit of translation, are of perhaps higher interest than the others. Of these some have been already noticed in Dr. Horsfield's account of the remains of antiquity in the vicinity of Kedíri (formerly called Dahá); many have been found in the vicinity of the supposed site of the ancient capital of Jang'gála, in the division of the modern Surabáya, and some at Bátu, near Sínga Sári. These are invariably engraved on large flat stones, in the shape of tomb-stones, resting upon a kind of throne of lotus leaves[232]. Fac-similes of the whole of these have been brought to England, and several have been translated into English.
But the inscriptions from the last category are the most plentiful, the most skillfully crafted, and in the best condition. Since they can be translated, they are probably more interesting than the others. Some of these have already been mentioned in Dr. Horsfield's account of the ancient remains around Kedíri (previously known as Dahá); many have been discovered near the believed location of the ancient capital of Jang'gála in the area of modern Surabáya, and some at Bátu, close to Sínga Sári. These inscriptions are always carved on large flat stones shaped like tombstones, resting on a kind of throne made of lotus leaves[232]. Facsimiles of all these have been taken to England, and several have been translated into English.
In the collection of inscriptions at Surabáya, the following dates appear:
In the collection of inscriptions at Surabáya, the following dates are shown:
On a stone found near Jang'gála | 863 |
On another found near the same place | 845 |
On another from the Kendang hills | 865 |
Several prior dates, as 116, 363, 647, 773, are mentioned in the body of these inscriptions, which seem to refer to historical events of preceding centuries; but the dates above mentioned, with some others, appear in the usual place to shew the actual date of the inscription itself.
Several earlier dates, such as 116, 363, 647, and 773, are noted in the text of these inscriptions, which seem to relate to historical events from previous centuries. However, the dates mentioned above, along with a few others, are found in the usual spot to indicate the actual date of the inscription itself.
The date of a similar inscription found in Kedú is 505, and of another stone found in the central districts, 506; but it has not yet been ascertained what particular events these inscriptions record. The annexed translations from three of [Vol II Pg 63]the stones collected at Surabáya, were made by Captain Davey at my request, with the assistance of the Panambáhan of Súmenap[233].
The date of a similar inscription found in Kedú is 505, and another stone found in the central districts is from 506; however, it hasn't been determined which specific events these inscriptions document. The translations from three of the stones collected at Surabáya were done by Captain Davey at my request, with the help of the Panambáhan of Súmenap[233].
Inscriptions in the same character have likewise been found on copper, very beautifully executed, and in a high state of preservation. The date on one of these has been ascertained to be 735, and on another, 865. I found several collected in the Museum of the Society of Arts and Sciences at Batavia[234].
Inscriptions in the same script have also been found on copper, made very beautifully, and in excellent condition. The date on one of these has been determined to be 735, and on another, 865. I found several gathered in the Museum of the Society of Arts and Sciences in Batavia[234].
The Panambáhan of Sumenap was able to read the latter without difficulty; but finding them to be filled with terms of praise and devotion which he could not comprehend, it was not attempted to render a literal translation. One of the plates (No. 3), to which at my request he devoted particular attention, contains an invocation to Sang yang Bráma, to favour and prosper the country of Gegélang (Sínga Sári), and to give assistance, by means of Jáya Kátsang, in repelling all evils and attacks, so that the country may become celebrated and flourishing.
The Panambáhan of Sumenap was able to read the latter easily, but since it was filled with expressions of praise and devotion that he couldn't understand, a literal translation wasn't attempted. One of the plates (No. 3), to which he paid special attention at my request, contains a prayer to Sang yang Bráma, asking for blessings and prosperity for the country of Gegélang (Sínga Sári), and for help from Jáya Kátsang in defending against all evils and attacks, so that the country may become renowned and thrive.
The country of Gegélang (Sínga Sári) flourished in the time of Pánji.
The country of Gegélang (Sínga Sári) thrived during the era of Pánji.
Another of these plates (No. 9) contains an invocation of a similar nature, in favour of the country of Dahá (Kediri), which flourished at the same time.
Another one of these plates (No. 9) features a similar invocation that supports the region of Dahá (Kediri), which thrived during the same period.
In some of the eastern districts of the Native Provinces and at Súku, near the mountain Láwu, inscriptions on stone occur in relief. Some of them occupy stones several feet high, and are written in well executed letters, above an inch square. The date of one of these is 1363. A fac-simile of another of the same kind reduced, is given in the plate[235].
In some of the eastern areas of the Native Provinces and at Súku, close to the mountain Láwu, there are stone relief inscriptions. Some of these are on stones several feet tall and are written in well-crafted letters over an inch wide. One of them is dated 1363. A smaller version of another one of the same type is shown in the plate[235].
The following is a translation of this inscription, as far as it could be rendered into modern Javan by the Panambáhan of Súmenap.
The following is a translation of this inscription, as much as it can be expressed in modern Javan by the Panambáhan of Súmenap.
"This is an advice to mankind, whose ignorance arises out of a covetous desire to obtain more than they possess. If mankind were not by their disposition inclined to be covetous of what others possess, and to scandalize each other, [Vol II Pg 64]where would be the use of advice; when they are receiving advice, they have a confidence in doing what is right, but afterwards they follow their natural inclinations. Therefore, oh ye men of the city, be advised by this, not to follow such dispositions, but to do what is required of you by the times and the customs of the country, and be not singular."
"This is advice for humanity, whose ignorance comes from a greedy desire to get more than they already have. If people weren't naturally inclined to envy what others have and to criticize each other, [Vol II Pg 64]there would be no need for advice; when they receive guidance, they feel confident in doing what’s right, but later they give in to their natural desires. So, oh you people of the city, take this advice: don't follow those tendencies, but do what is required by current times and the customs of the land, and don't be unusual."
In the present burial place at Grésik are the tombs of several of the early Mahomedan missionaries, most of them of stone, bearing inscriptions with dates. That of Sheik Mulána Ibrahim is in marble, and in good preservation, having the date 1334 (409 years since). Here is also the tomb of Mulána Mach'ríbi, who was antecedent to Ibrahim. This has, however, fallen to decay, and has no legible inscription.
In the current burial site at Grésik, there are tombs of several early Muslim missionaries, most made of stone, featuring inscriptions with dates. The tomb of Sheik Mulána Ibrahim is made of marble and is well-preserved, displaying the date 1334 (409 years ago). There is also the tomb of Mulána Mach'ríbi, who preceded Ibrahim. However, this one has fallen into disrepair and lacks a readable inscription.
The entrance to the cemetery is through several squares enclosed by walls and gateways, some of them very ancient, and in the same style of architecture as distinguishes those of Majapáhit. On the side of the gateway leading to the division in which are the most ancient tombs, is a small stone pillar, with the date 1340 upon it in relief. Passing on to the division in which the family of the regents is interred, are also to be noticed many relics in stone, brought from some of the Hindu ruins. Among these is a gigantic toad or frog, and an oblong vessel of three feet long, having in relief the date 1246. On the side of the tomb of the great grandfather of the present regent, is a Yóni, said to have been brought from Majapáhit, and in this Mahomedan sanctuary serving as a kneeling or resting place to the tomb. Similar relics are to be found in other burial places in the eastern part of the island, most of the chiefs priding themselves upon having some remnant of Majapáhit. At the residence of the regent of Surabáya are also collected several curious remains; and in particular a large bath, excavated from a solid stone about six feet long.
The entrance to the cemetery is through several squares surrounded by walls and gates, some of which are very old, and feature the same architectural style as those of Majapáhit. Next to the gate that leads to the area with the oldest tombs, there's a small stone pillar with the date 1340 carved into it. Moving on to the section where the regents' family is buried, you'll also notice many stone relics brought from some Hindu ruins. Among these is a giant toad or frog statue and an elongated vessel that is three feet long, which has the date 1246 carved in relief. Next to the tomb of the great-grandfather of the current regent, there's a Yóni, believed to have been brought from Majapáhit, serving as a kneeling or resting place at the tomb in this Muslim sanctuary. Similar relics can be found in other burial sites in the eastern part of the island, where many chiefs take pride in having some remnant of Majapáhit. At the residence of the regent of Surabáya, several interesting artifacts are also collected, including a large bath carved from solid stone that's about six feet long.
In the central and eastern districts of Java, in the vicinity of the dilapidated temples, are found numerous ancient coins in brass and copper, exhibiting various subjects in relief, and invariably with a hole in the middle for the convenience of stringing them. Those which are represented in the plate[236] are taken indiscriminately from a collection of upwards [Vol II Pg 65]of a hundred brought to England, the dates annexed to each being determined by the Chándra Sangkála, as explained for each particular coin by the Kiái Adipáti of Demák. Thus the last, which has the date 1568, is explained as follows:
In the central and eastern districts of Java, near the rundown temples, there are a lot of ancient brass and copper coins, showing different designs in relief, and always with a hole in the middle for threading. The coins shown in the plate[236] come from a collection of over a hundred that were brought to England, with the dates attached to each one determined by the Chándra Sangkála, as detailed for each specific coin by the Kiái Adipáti of Demák. For example, the last one, dated 1568, is explained as follows:
Naga | hoba | wisaya | jalma |
Snakes | move | work | men |
8 | 6 | 5 | 1 |
That is to say, "snakes are moving while men are working:" alluding to the two snakes which appear entwining together between and above the two men who are mastering an animal. The coin with the date 1489, bears a Javan inscription of Pangéran Rátu, the title by which a prince of Bantam, who reigned in that year, is recognized by the Javans.
That means, "snakes are moving while men are working:" referring to the two snakes that appear intertwined between and above the two men who are controlling an animal. The coin from the year 1489 has a Javanese inscription of Pangéran Rátu, which is the title used by a prince of Bantam who ruled during that year, as recognized by the Javanese.
The mode of determining these dates by the Chándra Sangkála, appears however so uncertain and ill understood, that perhaps but little reliance is to be placed on it. I have, nevertheless, given them, in order to show the notion of the Javans on the subject, and as it is not improbable they may be found useful in illustrating the early history of the country. Many of the coins not European or Indian, found in the Archipelago, as well as in China and Japan, have a hole in the centre. These coins seem to have been of home manufacture: the execution is rude; but the figures, such as they are, in general well defined and clearly expressed. In the vicinity of the principal temples have been found small silver coins, about the size of a Madras pagoda, bearing the impression of a small cross, and of some rude and unintelligible characters.
The way of determining these dates by the Chándra Sangkála seems rather uncertain and not well understood, so we shouldn't rely on it too much. Still, I’ve included them to illustrate the Javanese perspective on the matter, and they might be helpful in shedding light on the early history of the country. Many of the coins found in the Archipelago, as well as in China and Japan, which aren't European or Indian, have a hole in the center. These coins appear to have been made locally: the craftsmanship is basic, but the designs, as simple as they are, are usually well-defined and clearly portrayed. In the areas around the main temples, small silver coins about the size of a Madras pagoda have been discovered, featuring the image of a small cross along with some crude and unreadable characters.
But perhaps the most striking and interesting vestige of antiquity which is to be found in the Eastern Seas, is the actual state of society in the island of Báli, whither the persecuted Hindus took refuge on the destruction of Majapáhit, and where the Hindu religion is still the established worship of the country. This interesting island has hitherto been but little explored by Europeans, and what we know of it is only sufficient to make us anxious to know more. I visited the island in 1815, and such particulars concerning it as the[Vol II Pg 66] limits of the present work admit of will be found in Appendix K.
But maybe the most striking and fascinating remnant of ancient times found in the Eastern Seas is the current state of society in the island of Báli, where persecuted Hindus sought refuge after the fall of Majapáhit, and where Hinduism remains the dominant religion. This intriguing island has been explored very little by Europeans so far, and what we do know just makes us want to learn more. I visited the island in 1815, and the details about it that fit within the[Vol II Pg 66] limits of this work can be found in Appendix K.
In the course of the present work it has been my object to convey to the public, in as compressed a form as my time permitted, and without bias from previously conceived opinions or new theories, the information which I possessed. The antiquities of Java, however, afford such an ample and interesting subject for speculation, that I shall presume on the reader's desire for some opinion concerning their origin and purpose.
In this work, my goal has been to share with the public, as concisely as time allowed, and without being influenced by prior beliefs or new theories, the information I have. The ancient artifacts of Java present such a rich and fascinating topic for discussion that I feel justified in assuming the reader would like to hear some thoughts about their origin and purpose.
With respect to the remains of architectural grandeur and sculptural beauty which have been noticed, I shall simply observe, that it seems to be the general opinion of those most versed in Indian antiquities, that the large temple of Bóro Bódo (a corruption perhaps of the Bára Búdha, or the Great Budh,) and several others, were sacred to the worship of Budh. The style and ornament of this temple are found much to resemble those of the great Budh temple at Gai-ya, on the continent of India, and it is probable that it may have been constructed by the same people, perhaps even by the same artists. The Devanágari characters on the inscription found at Brambánan are recognized by Mr. Wilkins to be such as were in use on continental India eight or nine hundred years ago. The date of several inscriptions in the ancient Javan characters, found in the central part of Java, is in the sixth century, supposed to be of the present Javan era, and the traditions of the Javans concerning the arrival of enlightened strangers, and an intimate connexion between Java and continental India, for the most part refer this intercourse to the sixth and three following centuries, that is to say, to the period of the empires of Medang Kamúlan and Jáng'gala.
Regarding the remnants of architectural grandeur and sculptural beauty that have been observed, I will simply note that it seems to be the general consensus among those most knowledgeable about Indian antiquities that the large temple of Bóro Bódo (possibly a variation of Bára Búdha, or the Great Budh) and several others were dedicated to the worship of Budh. The style and decoration of this temple closely resemble those of the great Budh temple at Gai-ya in India, and it’s likely that it was built by the same people, possibly even the same artists. The Devanágari characters on the inscription found at Brambánan are recognized by Mr. Wilkins as being in use in continental India around eight or nine hundred years ago. Several inscriptions in ancient Javan characters found in central Java date back to the sixth century, believed to be from the current Javan era. The traditions of the Javanese regarding the arrival of enlightened foreigners and the strong connection between Java and continental India primarily point to this interaction occurring during the sixth century and the three centuries that followed, specifically during the time of the empires of Medang Kamúlan and Jáng'gala.
Mahomedanism having become the established religion in the year 1400 (A.D. 1475,) all the great works of a Pagan character must, of course, be referred to an earlier period.
Mahomedanism became the established religion in the year 1400 (A.D. 1475), so all the significant works of a Pagan nature must, of course, be dated to an earlier time.
The ruins at Majapáhit and its vicinity are distinguished by being principally, if not entirely, of burnt bricks, a circumstance which justifies us in assigning an anterior date to most of the edifices constructed of a different material. The date found on the ruins at Súku, and some few other places, may[Vol II Pg 67] be an exception to this rule; but the sculpture of these is coarse and rude compared to the magnificent remains in stone found elsewhere. On this account it is reasonable to conclude, that the arts at that period had considerably declined. The edifices and sculptures at Sínga Sári were probably executed in the eighth or ninth century, that being the period of the greatest splendour of this state; and as the style and decorations of the buildings, as well as the execution of the sculpture, appear very nearly to resemble those of Brambánan, Bóro Bódo, &c. it is probable that the whole were constructed about the same period, or within the same century, or at any rate between the sixth and ninth century of the Christian era.
The ruins at Majapáhit and the surrounding area are mainly, if not entirely, made of burnt bricks, which allows us to suggest that most of the buildings made from different materials were built earlier. The date found on the ruins at Súku and a few other locations might[Vol II Pg 67] be an exception to this, but the sculpture there is rough and unrefined compared to the stunning stone remains found elsewhere. Because of this, it's reasonable to conclude that the arts had significantly declined during that time. The buildings and sculptures at Sínga Sári were likely created in the eighth or ninth century, which was the peak period of this state; and since the style and decorations of the buildings, along with the quality of the sculptures, closely resemble those found in Brambánan, Bóro Bódo, and others, it's probable that all of these were built around the same time, or within the same century, or at least between the sixth and ninth centuries of the Christian era.
From the extensive variety of temples and sculpture, as well as from that of the characters found in the ancient inscriptions, it is probable that Java has been colonized from different parts of the continent of Asia.
From the wide range of temples and sculptures, as well as the characters found in the ancient inscriptions, it's likely that Java has been colonized from various parts of the Asian continent.
The Budhist religion is by many deemed of higher antiquity than what is now called the Braminical; and it seems generally admitted, that the followers of Budh were driven by the Bramins to the extremes of Asia and the islands adjacent. The Jains and Budhists had probably the same worship originally, from which the Bramins or priests may have separated, after the manner in which it has been said the Jesuits of Europe once aimed at universal empire; and when we consider that the religion of Budh, or some modification of it, is still the prevailing worship of Ceylon, Ava, Siam, China, and Japan, we are not surprized to find indications of its former establishment on Java.
The Buddhist religion is considered by many to be older than what is now known as the Brahminical tradition. It seems widely accepted that the followers of Buddha were pushed to the far reaches of Asia and nearby islands by the Brahmins. The Jains and Buddhists likely shared the same worship initially, from which the Brahmins or priests may have separated, similar to how it's said the Jesuits in Europe once sought a universal empire. When we see that the religion of Buddha, or some variation of it, remains the dominant faith in Sri Lanka, Burma, Thailand, China, and Japan, it's not surprising to find signs of its previous presence in Java.
To trace the coincidences of the arts, sciences, and letters of ancient Java, and those of Egypt, Greece, and Persia, would require more time and more learning than I can command. Such investigations I must leave to the reader, deeming myself fortunate, if in recording their vestiges in the traces of a high state of civilization, to be found in the ruins, languages, poetry, history, and institutions of Java, I have succeeded in obtaining any share of his interest and respect for a people whom I shall myself ever consider with peculiar esteem and affection.
To explore the similarities between the arts, sciences, and literature of ancient Java and those of Egypt, Greece, and Persia would take more time and knowledge than I possess. I'll leave that research to the reader and consider myself lucky if, by documenting the remnants of a high level of civilization found in the ruins, languages, poetry, history, and institutions of Java, I’ve managed to capture even a bit of your interest and respect for a people I will always view with special admiration and affection.
In the archives of the princes of Java are deposited histories of their country, extending from a remote antiquity to[Vol II Pg 68] the latest date. It is principally from abstracts of these, made at my request, in three different parts of the country, by the Panambáhan of Súmenap, the late Kiái Adipáti of Demak, and the secretary of the Pangéran Adipáti of Súra-kérta, all distinguished among their countrymen for literary attainments, that the two following chapters have been compiled. The abstract presented by the Kiái Adipáti of Demák being the most continuous, forms the main stream of the narrative.
In the archives of the princes of Java are stored histories of their country, dating back to ancient times up to[Vol II Pg 68] the most recent events. The summaries of these histories were provided at my request, from three different parts of the country, by the Panambáhan of Súmenap, the late Kiái Adipáti of Demak, and the secretary of the Pangéran Adipáti of Súra-kérta, all recognized among their peers for their literary skills. The summary given by the Kiái Adipáti of Demak, being the most comprehensive, serves as the main thread of the narrative.
Copies, versions, and detached fragments of history, are found in the possession of every family of distinction. Of these I have occasionally availed myself.
Copies, versions, and separate pieces of history are found in every notable family's possession. I have occasionally made use of these.
So much of the native accounts as relates to the period anterior to the establishment of the empire of Jang'gala, in the ninth century, is confused, obscure, contradictory, and interpolated with the fabulous and heroical histories of continental India; but from that epoch they correspond essentially, and from the subversion of Paganism (A.D. 1475) they are circumstantial, and claim attention, not only as illustrative of the character of the people, but as historical records of the transactions of the times. Much abridgment has been requisite: the passages between inverted commas are however literal translations from the native writings; and those so distinguished, subsequent to the arrival of the Dutch, are from the original histories. In the course of the narrative, a Dutch abstract of the native history, by Mr. Middlecoop, has occasionally been consulted.
Much of the native accounts related to the time before the rise of the empire of Jang'gala in the ninth century is confusing, unclear, contradictory, and mixed with the legendary and heroic tales of continental India. However, from that period onward, they are largely consistent, and after the fall of Paganism (A.D. 1475), they provide detailed insights that are important not just for understanding the people but also as historical records of the events of that time. A lot of shortening has been necessary; the passages in quotation marks are direct translations from the native texts, and those marked after the Dutch arrival come from the original histories. Throughout this narrative, a Dutch summary of the native history by Mr. Middlecoop has been referred to at times.
Besides these historical relations, called Bábat, as Bábat Jang'gála, Bábat Matárem, &c. the native princes and chiefs have been in the habit of keeping a register of the principal events, in the form of a chronological table. These are not very consistent in what regards events anterior to the Mahomedan conversion. From these tables is formed that which is annexed to the following history. All that is subsequent to the establishment of Matárem is translated from the records of the court of Suru-kérta.
Besides these historical relations, known as Bábat, such as Bábat Jang'gála, Bábat Matárem, etc., the local princes and chiefs have regularly kept a record of the main events in a chronological table. These records are not very consistent about events that happened before the Muslim conversion. From these tables, the following history is compiled. Everything after the establishment of Matárem is translated from the records of the court of Suru-kérta.
FOOTNOTES:
[203] See Chapters on History.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See History Chapters.
[204] "The religion of the Javans is in general Mahomedan, but mingled with many superstitious doctrines derived from the ancient Pagan worship. The Javans, however, are far from bigots to their religion, as other Mahomedans generally are. They are mild and tractable by nature, and although they do not easily forget or forgive an injury, they would be a quiet well disposed people under good laws and a mild government. The murders, and other crimes, which are now committed in some places, are to be attributed more to the present faulty administration than to any bad dispositions in the people. The same may be remarked of the indolence and indifference which now characterize them. Property in the land, with personal and commercial freedom and security, would soon render them industrious."—Hogendorp's Memoir on Java, 1800.
[204] "Most Javanese practice Islam, but their beliefs are mixed with many superstitions from ancient pagan worship. However, they are not as rigid in their faith as many other Muslims tend to be. They are generally gentle and adaptable, and while they may not easily forgive or forget an offense, they would be well-behaved and positive under reasonable laws and a compassionate government. The violence and other crimes happening in some areas can be attributed more to the current flawed administration rather than any inherent bad tendencies in the people. The same can be said about the laziness and apathy that define them today. Providing property rights, along with personal and commercial freedom and security, would quickly make them more industrious."—Hogendorp's Memoir on Java, 1800.
[205] The Javans observe of the Mahomedans of continental India, that they would rather drink wine than eat pork; while the Javans, on the contrary, would rather eat pork than drink wine.
[205] The Javanese note that the Muslims in mainland India would prefer to drink wine than eat pork; while the Javanese, on the other hand, would rather eat pork than drink wine.
[206] In the account which has been given of the literature of the Javans, the most esteemed compositions connected with their ancient faith have been referred to; but as most of these, such as the Ráma, Bráta Yúdha, Níti Sástra, and others, are in many respects similar to corresponding works on the continent of India, it may not be uninteresting, while treating of the religion of the country, to give some account of the Mánek Máya, a composition in prose, which in its origin and story appears to be perfectly local, and which contains many of the peculiar notions still entertained by the people of the beginning of the world, &c. It is a work in high estimation among the modern Javans, and continually referred to. The copy in the Javan language from which the annexed translation was extracted, was procured as an especial favour from the present Susúnan. It has obviously been compiled since the establishment of Mahomedanism, but neither the time at which it was written, nor its author, is known.
[206] In the overview provided about Javan literature, the most respected works linked to their ancient beliefs have been mentioned. However, since many of these, like the Ráma, Bráta Yúdha, Níti Sástra, and others, closely resemble similar writings in India, it might be interesting while discussing the country's religion to provide some information about the Mánek Máya, a prose piece that seems to be entirely local in origin and narrative. This work includes many unique ideas still held by the people from the dawn of time, etc. It is highly valued among modern Javanese people and is frequently cited. The Javanese copy from which the following translation was made was obtained as a special favor from the current Susúnan. It is clear that it was compiled after the rise of Islam, but the exact time of its writing and its author remain unknown.
[207] Now Surveyor-General of India.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Now India’s Surveyor-General.
[211] These figures measure above three feet in height in a sitting posture, and with the images found in the towers exactly resemble those in the small temples at Chándi Séwu.
[211] These figures are over three feet tall when seated, and the images found in the towers look exactly like those in the small temples at Chándi Séwu.
[212] Drawings of the present and former state of this edifice, and illustrative of the sculptural ornaments by which it is distinguished, have been made, and have been long in the hands of the engraver.
[212] Drawings showing the current and past state of this building, along with the sculptural decorations that set it apart, have been created and have been with the engraver for a long time.
[213] Here, according to the tradition of the Javans, are to be found the ruins of Arjúna, Gatut Kácha, Bíma, Derma Kasúma, Sa Déwa, and other characters who figured in the Bráta Yúdha, or war of the Pándus.
[213] Here, according to the tradition of the Javanese, you can find the ruins of Arjúna, Gatut Kácha, Bíma, Derma Kasúma, Sa Déwa, and other characters who played a role in the Bráta Yúdha, or war of the Pándus.
[215] See No. 2, same Plate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See No. 2, same Plate.
[216] See No. 1, same Plate.
[217] See No. 3, same Plate.
[219] See No. 4, same Plate
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See No. 4, same plate
[220] See No. 6, same Plate.
[221] See No. 8, same Plate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See No. 8, same plate.
[224] See Plate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See image.
[225] See chapter on History.
[227] See Plate.
See Plate.
[229] See Plate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See the plate.
[230] See Plate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See chart.
[232] See Plate.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See image.
[233] See Appendix I.
[236] See Plate, Ancient Coins, with their supposed dates. [Vol II Pg 69]
[236] See Plate, Ancient Coins, with their estimated dates. [Vol II Pg 69]
CHAPTER X.
The History of Java from the earliest Traditions till the Establishment of Mahomedanism.
The History of Java from the earliest Traditions to the Establishment of Islam.
Amongst the various traditions regarding the manner in which Java and the Eastern Islands were originally peopled, and the source whence its population proceeded, it has been related, that the first inhabitants came in vessels from the Red Sea (Láut Míra), and that, in their passage, they coasted along the shores of Hindustan; that peninsula then forming an unbroken continent with the land in the Indian Archipelago, from which it is now so widely separated, and which, according to the tradition, has since been divided into so many distinct islands, by some convulsions of nature or revolution of the elements[237].
Among the various stories about how Java and the Eastern Islands were originally populated, it is said that the first inhabitants arrived in ships from the Red Sea (Láut Míra). During their journey, they sailed along the shores of India, where that peninsula was once part of a continuous landmass with the Indian Archipelago, which is now widely separated. According to this story, the land was later divided into many distinct islands due to natural upheavals or changes in the environment[237].
These people are supposed to have been banished from Egypt, and to have consisted of individuals professing different religious persuasions, who carried along with them to the land of their exile, their different modes of worship and articles of belief. Some are said to have adored the sun, others the moon; some the elements of fire or water, and others the trees of the forest. Like all other uncivilized men, they were addicted to the arts of divination, and particularly to the practice of astrology. In other respects, they are described as savages, living in hordes, without fixed habitations, without the protection of regular government, or the restraint of established law. Respect for age was the only substitute for civil obedience. The oldest man of the horde was considered its chief, and regulated its simple movements, or prescribed its political duties. When the crop was gathered and[Vol II Pg 70] the accustomed devotions performed, it was he who appointed the mode and time of its departure from one place to another. On these occasions, the horde, after offering their sacrifices and feasting in an open plain, left the remains of their repast to attract the bird called úlunggága[238]; and the young men shook the ángklung[239], and set up a shout in imitation of its cry. If the bird did not eat of the meal offered to it, or if it afterwards remained hovering in the air, perched quietly on a tree, or in its flight took a course opposite to that which the horde wished to pursue, their departure was deferred, and their prayers and sacrifices renewed[240]. But when the bird, having eaten of its meal, flew in the direction of their intended journey, the ceremony was concluded by slaying and burning a lamb, a kid, or the young of some other animal, as an offering of gratitude to the deity; and for the favourable omen a second feast was enjoyed, which ended with the most violent demonstrations of joy, the whole party dancing and springing to the music of the ángklung. Every thing being arranged for the journey, the eldest of the horde, with his wife and children, were either placed upon an elephant, or carried in a litter shaded by mats; the rest moved on foot, preceded by young men and boys, shaking the ángklung and shouting aloud, for the double purpose of doing homage to the chief and of frightening away the wild beasts, which at that time abounded in the island[241]. [Vol II Pg 71]
These people were supposed to have been exiled from Egypt and consisted of individuals with different religions who brought their various forms of worship and beliefs to their new land. Some are said to have worshipped the sun, others the moon; some the elements of fire or water, and others the trees in the forest. Like other uncivilized groups, they practiced divination, especially astrology. In other ways, they were described as savages, living in groups without permanent homes, lacking regular government protection or the restraint of established laws. The only respect they had for authority was based on age. The oldest man in the group was considered its leader, guiding their simple activities and determining their responsibilities. After the harvest was gathered and the usual rituals were performed, he decided when and how they would move from one place to another. During these times, the group would offer sacrifices and feast in an open area, leaving the leftover food to attract the bird known as úlunggága. The young men would shake the ángklung and shout to mimic its call. If the bird did not eat the food provided or if it flew around, settled in a tree, or flew in a direction different from their intended one, they would postpone their departure and renew their prayers and sacrifices. However, if the bird ate the food and flew toward their planned journey, the ceremony would end with a lamb, a kid, or another young animal being killed and burned as a thank-you to the deity; this favorable sign would be followed by a second feast, celebrating with intense expressions of joy as everyone danced and jumped to the music of the ángklung. Once everything was ready for the trip, the oldest man, along with his wife and children, would be placed on an elephant or carried in a litter shaded by mats; the others walked on foot, led by young men and boys shaking the ángklung and shouting loudly to honor the leader and scare off the wild animals that were plentiful on the island.
But it is only from the supposed arrival of Adi or Aji Sáka, that the Javans, even in their traditions, enter with any confidence into details. This event is generally referred to the first year of the Javan era, which corresponds with the seventy-fifth of the Christian era, and in some accounts is thus related.
But it's only with the supposed arrival of Adi or Aji Sáka that the Javanese, even in their traditions, start to provide any detailed information. This event is typically placed in the first year of the Javan era, which aligns with the seventy-fifth year of the Christian era, and in some versions, it's described like this.
"Prábu Jáya Báya was a great and powerful prince of Astína, and the fifth in descent from Arjúna, the son of Pándu Déwa Náta; after whom had reigned successively, Bimányu, Parakísit, Udayána, and Gandra Yána. His Peng'gáwa, or chief minister, being a man of great enterprize and ability, was sent to visit and civilize foreign countries. In the course of his travels, he landed on Java, then the abode of a race of Rasáksa, and known by the name of Núsa Kéndang. This happened in the first year of the Javan era, and is distinguished in the Chándra Sangkála by the words, nir, ábu, tánpo, jálar, meaning literally, 'nothing dust, not any thing (but) man,' and metaphorically the figures 0001.
"Prábu Jáya Báya was a great and powerful prince of Astína, and the fifth in line from Arjúna, the son of Pándu Déwa Náta; after whom had reigned successively, Bimányu, Parakísit, Udayána, and Gandra Yána. His Peng'gáwa, or chief minister, was a man of great ambition and capability, who was sent to visit and civilize foreign lands. During his travels, he landed on Java, which was then inhabited by a race of Rasáksa and known as Núsa Kéndang. This occurred in the first year of the Javan era and is noted in the Chándra Sangkála with the words, nir, ábu, tánpo, jálar, which literally means, 'nothing dust, not anything (but) man,' and metaphorically represents the figures 0001."
"He here discovered the grain called jáwa-wut, at that time the principal subsistence of the inhabitants; and, in consequence of this discovery, he changed the name of the country from Núsa Kéndang to Núsa Jáwa. In his progress through the island he met with the dead bodies of two Rasáksa, each holding a leaf with an inscription on it, one in púrwa, (ancient), the other in Siamese characters: these he united, and thus formed the Javan alphabet of twenty letters.
"He discovered a grain called jáwa-wut, which was the main food source for the locals at that time; because of this discovery, he renamed the country from Núsa Kéndang to Núsa Jáwa. As he traveled across the island, he came across the dead bodies of two Rasáksa, each holding a leaf with an inscription, one in púrwa (ancient) and the other in Siamese characters. He combined these and created the Javan alphabet with twenty letters."
"He had several combats with the Rasáksa, particularly with one Dewáta Chéngkar; and after fixing the date of his different discoveries, and leaving mementos of his visit wherever he went, he finally returned to Astína, and delivered to his sovereign a written account of all he had seen and done." [Vol II Pg 72]
"He had several battles with the Rasáksa, especially with one Dewáta Chéngkar; and after setting the date for his various discoveries and leaving reminders of his visit wherever he went, he finally returned to Astína and presented a written report to his ruler detailing everything he had seen and done." [Vol II Pg 72]
The accounts of the real character of Aji Sáka are various. Some represent him as a great and powerful prince, who established an extensive colony on Java, which a pestilence afterwards obliged him to withdraw; whilst others consider him as a saint and deity, and believe that on his voyage to Java he sailed over mountains, islands, and continents. Most, however, agree in attributing to him the first introduction of letters, government, and religion; the only trace of anterior civilization being a tradition, that before his time there existed a judicial code, under the title of sun and moon, the punishments of which appear not to have been severe: a thief was bound to make restitution of the property stolen, and to pay in addition a fine in cattle or produce; and if the theft was considerable, he became the slave of the injured party or his relations, without, however, being transferable to another master: murder was not punished by death, but by a heavy fine, and perpetual servitude in the family of the deceased. This code Aji Sáka is represented to have reformed; and an abstract collection of ordinances, said to have been made from his instructions, is believed to have been in use as late as the time of Janggála (A.D. 900), and even of Majapáhit (A.D. 1300).
The stories about the true nature of Aji Sáka are diverse. Some depict him as a powerful prince who set up a large colony on Java, which he had to abandon due to a plague; while others see him as a saint and deity, believing that during his journey to Java, he sailed over mountains, islands, and continents. Most, however, agree that he was responsible for introducing writing, governance, and religion; the only sign of prior civilization being a tradition that before his time, there was a judicial system called the sun and moon, whose punishments didn’t seem very harsh: a thief was required to return what he stole and pay an additional fine in livestock or crops; if the theft was significant, he would become a slave to the person he wronged or their family, but could not be transferred to another master. Murderers weren’t punished with death, but faced a heavy fine and lifelong servitude to the family of the victim. This code is said to have been reformed by Aji Sáka, and a summarized collection of laws, believed to have been created from his guidelines, was still in use up until the time of Janggála (A.D. 900) and even Majapáhit (A.D. 1300).
In the Sanscrit language Sáka means an era, and is applied to the founder of an era; and in the chronology of the Hindu princes of India, Sáka is a name or title, which has so often been assumed, that it is sufficient to say to whom it is most appropriately due. According to Sir William Jones, Sáka is a name of Budha. In the chronology of the kings of Magádha[242], by Major Wilford, the Hindus are stated to have divided the Kaliyúga into six unequal portions, or subordinate periods, called Sákas, because they derived their origin from six Sákas, or mighty and glorious monarchs, of whom three have already made their appearance and three are still expected. The third Sáka was Salavahana, who is believed to have lived at the same time with our Saviour, and is represented to have corresponded with him in some of the principal features of his life. The era which bears his name commenced from his death (namely, seventy-eight years after the Christian era), and is doubtless that adopted by the Javans, which corresponds [Vol II Pg 73]with it within about three years: and the slight difference between them may be accounted for, by the introduction of the Mahomedan mode of reckoning during the last three centuries.
In Sanskrit, Sáka means an era and is used to refer to the founder of an era. In the timeline of the Hindu rulers of India, Sáka is a name or title that has been adopted so frequently that it's enough to specify who it most rightly belongs to. According to Sir William Jones, Sáka is another name for Budha. In Major Wilford's timeline of the kings of Magádha[242], the Hindus are said to have divided the Kaliyúga into six unequal sections, or subordinate periods, called Sákas, which originated from six Sákas, or powerful and illustrious monarchs, three of whom have already appeared, and three are still anticipated. The third Sáka was Salavahana, who is thought to have lived at the same time as our Savior and is said to have shared some of the main aspects of his life. The era named after him began with his death (specifically, seventy-eight years after the Christian era) and is likely the one used by the Javanese, which aligns with it within about three years. The slight difference between the two can be attributed to the adoption of the Islamic method of calculating time over the past three centuries.
The same writer informs us, that the first Bála Rája, a title peculiarly given to the ancient sovereigns of Guj'rat, and who is supposed to have lived in the seventh century of the Christian era, was called Di Sáka, or Déva Sáka; which being also one of the titles of Salivahana, might induce an opinion that they were the same person, if, as Major Wilford acknowledges, the confusion and uncertainty of the Hindu records did not almost deter us from forming any fixed opinion whatever. According to the Japanese historians, Sáka lived a thousand years before our Saviour; and the worship of that country is still denominated by them the religion of Sáka or Siáka[243].
The same writer tells us that the first Bála Rája, a title specifically given to the ancient rulers of Guj'rat, who is believed to have lived in the seventh century of the Christian era, was known as Di Sáka or Déva Sáka; and since this was also one of the titles of Salivahana, it might lead to the idea that they were the same person, if, as Major Wilford notes, the confusion and uncertainty of the Hindu records didn’t almost discourage us from forming any definite opinion at all. According to Japanese historians, Sáka lived a thousand years before our Savior; and the religion in that country is still referred to as the religion of Sáka or Siáka[243].
According, however, to a prophetic chronology of the Javans, which is now in the possession of the Susuhúnan, and is ascribed to the pen of the Aji Jáya Báya, but is doubtless of a more modern composition, the supposed arrival of Aji Sáka did not take place till after the year 1000. In this chronology, the author himself is described as sovereign of Kedíri in the year 800 of the Javan era.
According to a prophetic timeline of the Javans, which is currently held by the Susuhúnan and is credited to the writing of Aji Jáya Báya, but is likely of more recent origin, the expected arrival of Aji Sáka didn't happen until after the year 1000. In this timeline, the author is identified as the ruler of Kedíri in the year 800 of the Javan era.
"What was first known of Java," says this account, "was a range of hills, called Gúnung Kéndang, which extends along the north and south coasts; it was then that the island first came into notice, and at that period commenced the Javan era.
"What was first known of Java," says this account, "was a series of hills, called Gúnung Kéndang, which stretch along the north and south coasts; it was at this time that the island first gained attention, marking the beginning of the Javan era."
"After this the Prince of Rom sent twenty thousand families to people Java; but all of them perished, except twenty families, who returned to Rom.
"After this, the Prince of Rom sent twenty thousand families to populate Java; however, all of them perished, except for twenty families who returned to Rom."
"In this year, twenty thousand families were sent to Java by the Prince of Klíng (India). These people prospered and multiplied. They continued, however, in an uncivilized state till the year 289, when the Almighty blessed them with a prince, named Káno, who reigned for one hundred years, at the end of which period he was succeeded by Básu Kéti. The name of the sovereignty was called Wiráta. [Vol II Pg 74]Básu Kéti dying, he was succeeded by his son, Mángsa Páti. The father and son together reigned three hundred years.
"In this year, twenty thousand families were sent to Java by the Prince of Klíng (India). These people thrived and grew in number. However, they remained in an uncivilized state until the year 289, when the Almighty blessed them with a prince named Káno, who ruled for one hundred years. After him came Básu Kéti. The name of their kingdom was Wiráta. [Vol II Pg 74] After Básu Kéti died, his son Mángsa Páti took over. Together, the father and son reigned for three hundred years."
"Another principality, named Astína, sprung up at this time, and was ruled by a prince, called Púla Sára who was succeeded by his son Abiása, who was again succeeded by his son Pándu Déwa Náta; the reigns of the last three princes together amounting to one hundred years.
"Another principality, named Astína, emerged at this time, ruled by a prince called Púla Sára, who was succeeded by his son Abiása, and then by his grandson Pándu Déwa Náta; the combined reigns of these three princes totaled one hundred years."
"Then succeeded Jáya Báya himself, who removed the seat of government from Astína to Kedíri.
"Then came Jáya Báya himself, who moved the capital from Astína to Kedíri.
"The kingdom of Kedíri being dismembered on the death of its sovereign, there arose out of its ruins two other kingdoms, the one called Brambánan, of which the prince was called Báka; the other Péng'ging, of which the prince's name was Angling Dría.
"The kingdom of Kedíri was broken apart after the death of its ruler, leading to the creation of two new kingdoms. One was called Brambánan, ruled by a prince named Báka; the other was Péng'ging, led by a prince named Angling Dría."
"These two princes having gone to war with each other, Báka was killed in battle by Dámar Máya, the son-in-law of Angling Dría. On the death of Báka, the kingdom of Brambánan was without a prince, and continued so, till Angling Dría dying a natural death, Dámar Máya succeeded him and ruled the country.
"These two princes went to war against each other. Báka was killed in battle by Dámar Máya, the son-in-law of Angling Dría. After Báka's death, the kingdom of Brambánan was left without a prince and remained that way until Angling Dría passed away from natural causes, at which point Dámar Máya took over and ruled the country."
"Dámar Máya dying, and the sovereignty becoming extinct, there arrived from a foreign country a person named Aji Sáka, who established himself as Prince of Méndang Kamúlan, in the room of Dewáta Chéngkar, whom he conquered.
"Dámar Máya dying and the rule coming to an end, a person named Aji Sáka arrived from a foreign land and took over as Prince of Méndang Kamúlan, in place of Dewáta Chéngkar, whom he defeated."
"In the year 1018 the Chándi Séwu (thousand temples) at Brambánan were completed.
"In 1018, the Chándi Séwu (thousand temples) at Brambánan were finished."
"The empire of Méndang Kámulan and its race of princes becoming extinct, the kingdoms which rose up and succeeded to it were;
"The empire of Méndang Kámulan and its line of princes coming to an end, the kingdoms that emerged and took its place were;
1. | Jang'gála, | of which the prince was | Ami Luhúr. |
2. | Kedíri, | Lémbu Ami Jáya. | |
3. | Ng'aráwan, | Lémbu Ami Sésa. | |
4. | Sing'a Sári, | Lémbu Ami Lúeh. |
"These kingdoms were afterwards united under Pánji Súria Ami Sésa, the son of Ami Luhúr.
"These kingdoms were later united under Pánji Súria Ami Sésa, the son of Ami Luhúr.
"Pánji Súria dying, he was succeeded by his son, Pánji[Vol II Pg 75] Laléan, who removed the seat of government from Jang'gála to Pajajáran. This took place in 1200[244]."
"Pánji Súria passed away, and his son, Pánji[Vol II Pg 75]Laléan, took his place. He moved the seat of government from Jang'gála to Pajajáran. This happened in 1200[244]."
In some accounts it is stated, that the religion and arts of India were first introduced into Java by a Bramin named Tritrésta, who with numerous followers landed on Java about this period, and established the era, in consequence of which he is considered the same with Aji Sáka. The descendants of Tritrésta are accordingly said to have succeeded to the government of the country; and a list of eighteen princes is adduced, to bring down the history to the ninth century, in which the empire of Jang'gála was established. From these accounts, with some minute details regarding the different adventurers, who are supposed to have arrived during the three first centuries, it has been inferred, that these were probably followers of the religion of Búdha, and that those who crowded to Java, about the close of the fifth century, are to[Vol II Pg 76] be considered as the first settlers professing the Braminical faith; but whatever authority this inference may derive from the knowledge we possess of the religious revolutions which have taken place elsewhere, and however probable it may be, that the followers of Búdha were at an early period established on Java, we apprehend that the conclusion will derive but little support from a chronology which, on the slightest investigation, will be found borrowed from continental India. Even the names of the principal characters, who are thus represented as having ruled Java for a period of so many centuries, will be readily traced in the accredited lists of Indian sovereigns[245]; and when it is considered, that the princes of Java pretend to derive their descent from Parakísit, the descendant of Arjúna, that the scene of the celebrated war of the Pandáwa, which forms the subject of the most popular poem in the country, as well as that of the great Indian poem, called the Mahabárat, is believed to have been laid on Java, and that not only the countries mentioned in that war, but the dwelling places and temples of the different heroes who distinguished themselves in it, are at the present day pointed out on Java, it is easy to account for the indistinctness and inaccuracy of the line drawn between the princes of India and those who may have actually ruled on Java.
In some accounts, it is stated that the religion and arts of India were first brought to Java by a Brahmin named Tritrésta, who, along with many followers, landed in Java around this time and established the era, which is why he is considered the same as Aji Sáka. The descendants of Tritrésta are said to have subsequently taken over the governance of the country, and a list of eighteen princes is provided to trace the history down to the ninth century, when the empire of Jang'gála was established. From these accounts, along with some detailed information about various adventurers thought to have arrived during the first three centuries, it is inferred that these individuals were likely followers of the religion of Búdha. Those who arrived in Java around the end of the fifth century are seen as the first settlers following the Brahminical faith. However, any authority this inference might take from the knowledge we have of the religious changes that occurred elsewhere is limited, and while it seems likely that followers of Búdha were established in Java early on, we believe that the conclusion lacks strong support from a chronology that, upon closer inspection, is found to be borrowed from continental India. Even the names of the main figures who are presented as having ruled Java for centuries can be traced back to the recognized lists of Indian rulers. Moreover, considering that the princes of Java claim to descend from Parakísit, a descendant of Arjúna, and that the setting of the famous war of the Pandáwa, which is the subject of the most popular poem in the country, as well as the great Indian epic called the Mahabárat, is believed to have taken place in Java, along with the mentioned countries and the homes and temples of various heroes celebrated in that war, it is easy to see why the line distinguishing between the princes of India and those who may have ruled in Java is vague and inaccurate.
Without entering into the mythology of the ancient Javans, which has been more particularly treated of in another place, it may be sufficient to observe generally, that in some of the copies of the Níti Sástra Káwí, a work of the highest antiquity and celebrity, the following is the duration prescribed for the several ages of the world.
Without getting into the mythology of the ancient Javans, which has been discussed in more detail elsewhere, it’s enough to note that in some versions of the Níti Sástra Káwí, a work known for its great age and renown, the following duration is set for the different ages of the world.
"The kérta yóga was of one hundred thousand years duration; the tréta yóga was of ten thousand years; the duapára was of one thousand years; the sandiníka (which began A.D. 78) is now in its course."
"The kérta yóga lasted for one hundred thousand years; the tréta yóga lasted for ten thousand years; the duapára lasted for one thousand years; the sandiníka (which started in A.D. 78) is currently ongoing."
The kérta yóga is considered to have terminated with the expulsion of Víshnu from Suraláya. The tréta yóga commences with his becoming incarnate in the person of Arjúna [Vol II Pg 77]Wijáya, sovereign of Mauspáti, and ends with the death of Ráma, an event supposed to have taken place about the time of Sákri, in the following line of princes.
The kérta yóga is thought to have ended with Víshnu's expulsion from Suraláya. The tréta yóga begins with his incarnation as Arjúna [Vol II Pg 77]Wijáya, the ruler of Mauspáti, and concludes with the death of Ráma, an event believed to have occurred around the time of Sákri, in the subsequent line of kings.
- Mánu Manása,
- Tritrésta,
- Parikéna,
- Sutápa,
- Sapútram,
- Sákri,
- Pulasára,
- Abiása,
- Pándu Déwa Náta.
Many of these princes, with their descendants, are in the traditionary accounts of the country, believed to have established themselves on Java; and while we find Tritrésta founding a colony in the first year of the Javan era, or about seventeen hundred and forty years ago, it is the less surprising that the war of the Pándus should have been transferred from the duapára yóga to the present age, and believed to have taken place in Java about twelve hundred years ago.
Many of these princes and their descendants are mentioned in the traditional stories of the country, believed to have settled in Java. We see that Tritrésta founded a colony in the first year of the Javan era, which was around one thousand seven hundred forty years ago. Therefore, it’s not surprising that the war of the Pándus has been moved from the duapára yóga to the present day and is thought to have occurred in Java about twelve hundred years ago.
In the Javan, or modern version of the Níti Sástra, the following periods are assigned to the principal events of fabulous history. "In the beginning every thing was at rest and quiet. During the first years, kings began to start up, and wars arose about a woman named Déwi Darúki; at this period writing was introduced. One thousand five hundred years after this, another war began, about a woman named Déwi Sínta. Two thousand years after this, a third war broke out about a woman named Déwi Drupádi; and two thousand five hundred years afterwards another war took place, about the daughter of a spiritual man, not named in history."
In the Javan, or modern version of the Níti Sástra, the following time periods are assigned to the main events of legendary history. "In the beginning, everything was still and calm. During the first years, kings started to emerge, and conflicts arose over a woman named Déwi Darúki; during this time, writing was introduced. One thousand five hundred years later, another war began over a woman named Déwi Sínta. Two thousand years after that, a third war broke out over a woman named Déwi Drupádi; and two thousand five hundred years later, another war occurred, about the daughter of a spiritual figure, who is not named in history."
The following account of princes, commencing with Tritrésta, who is believed to have established his government at Gíling Wési, at the foot of the mountain Se Míru, with the dynasties which they severally established, and the dates at which they respectively succeeded to the government, while it shews the manner in which these islanders have interwoven their fabulous history with that of the continent, will[Vol II Pg 78] prove how little credit is due to those accounts, which furnish local details during a period so remote and obscure.
The following account of the princes, starting with Tritrésta, who is thought to have set up his rule at Gíling Wési, at the base of the mountain Se Míru, along with the dynasties they established and the dates they took over the government, while showing how these islanders have mixed their mythical history with that of the mainland, will[Vol II Pg 78] demonstrate how little trust can be placed in those stories that provide local details from such a distant and unclear time.
This account is extracted from a collection of the legends of the country, compiled by Náta Kasúma, the present Panambáhan of Súmenap; a man who is not only distinguished among the Javans for his eminent erudition and information, but who, from the superior endowments of his mind, would command a high degree of respect among the more civilized people of Europe.
This account is taken from a collection of country legends compiled by Náta Kasúma, the current Panambáhan of Súmenap. He is not only well-respected among the Javanese for his extensive knowledge and information but also possesses such exceptional intellect that he would earn a significant level of respect among the more advanced people of Europe.
"Before there were any inhabitants on Java, Wísnu (Vishnu) presided therein; but having offended Sang yáng Gúru, Tritrésta, the son of Jála Prási, and grandson of Bráma, was sent to Java as sovereign of the country. This prince was married, at ten years of age, to Bramáni Káli, of Kámbója, and with eight hundred families from the country of Kling, established the seat of his government at the foot or Gúnung Semíru, the capital of which he called Gíling Wési. He had two sons, Mánu Manása, and Mánu Madéwa, and his people increased to 20,000.
"Before anyone lived on Java, Wísnu (Vishnu) was in charge there; however, after offending Sang yáng Gúru, Tritrésta, the son of Jála Prási and grandson of Bráma, was sent to Java as the ruler of the land. This prince got married at the age of ten to Bramáni Káli from Kámbója, and with eight hundred families from Kling, he set up his government at the foot of Gúnung Semíru, naming the capital Gíling Wési. He had two sons, Mánu Manása and Mánu Madéwa, and his population grew to 20,000."
"In the country of Kling there was a man named Watu Gúnung, son of Gána, of Désa Sangála, who heard of the fame of Sínta and Lándap, two beautiful women residing at Gíling Wési. Wátu Gúnung went in search of them, and finding them under the protection of Tritrésta, attacked and defeated him. Tritrésta was slain, and Wátu Gúnung reigned as sovereign of Gíling Wési for one hundred and forty years. Under his government the country became very flourishing. He adopted forty sons and as many daughters of the princes of the country, and gave them the names of the deities of Súrga (Swerga), for which, and for other acts, he was in the end punished with death by Wísnu, in the year 240[246].
"In the land of Kling, there was a man named Watu Gúnung, son of Gána, from Désa Sangála, who heard about the fame of Sínta and Lándap, two beautiful women living at Gíling Wési. Wátu Gúnung set out to find them, and upon discovering they were under the protection of Tritrésta, he attacked and defeated him. Tritrésta was killed, and Wátu Gúnung ruled as the leader of Gíling Wési for one hundred and forty years. Under his rule, the country thrived. He adopted forty sons and as many daughters from the local princes, naming them after the deities of Súrga (Swerga), for which, along with other deeds, he ultimately faced death as punishment from Wísnu in the year 240[246].
"After this Batára Gúru sent Gutáka from the mountain Sawéla Chála in Kling, to be sovereign of Gíling Wési, where, after a reign of fifty years, he died, and was succeeded by his son, Ráden Sawéla, in the year 290. This last prince reigned twenty years, and was succeeded by [Vol II Pg 79]Gutáma, who removed from Gíling Wési while yet unmarried, and went to a country (Astína), which was possessed by an elephant that desired the princess Endrádi in marriage. He fought and killed the elephant, and married the princess, and afterwards proceeded to Lagrestína.
"After this, Batára Gúru sent Gutáka from the mountain Sawéla Chála in Kling, to be the ruler of Gíling Wési, where, after a reign of fifty years, he died and was succeeded by his son, Ráden Sawéla, in the year 290. This last prince ruled for twenty years and was succeeded by [Vol II Pg 79]Gutáma, who left Gíling Wési while still unmarried and went to a land (Astína) dominated by an elephant that wanted to marry the princess Endrádi. He fought and killed the elephant, married the princess, and then went on to Lagrestína.
"There was a Pandíta of Gúnung Jáli, in the country of Kling, who had a son called Ráden Dása Wirià, who, when twelve years of age, having obtained leave of his father to go to Java, took up his abode at the foot of the mountain Láwu. His son, Dása Báhu, when ten years of age, determined to make himself independent, and travelled with one hundred followers, until they smelt the dead elephant which had been killed by Gutáma. There he established himself, calling his capital Gája-huia, or Astíná Púra. This was in the year 310.
There was a Pandíta from Gúnung Jáli, in the country of Kling, who had a son named Ráden Dása Wirià. When he was twelve, he got permission from his father to go to Java and settled at the foot of the mountain Láwu. His son, Dása Báhu, at the age of ten, decided to become independent and traveled with one hundred followers until they caught the scent of a dead elephant that had been killed by Gutáma. There, he established his capital, calling it Gája-huia or Astíná Púra. This was in the year 310.
"Dása Báhu was succeeded by his son Suantána, who had wars with the giant Púru Sáda. This prince had a son, named Déwa Bráta, whose mother died immediately after the birth of the child; and the prince finding no one from whom the child would take milk, was obliged to carry it about in search of some one to whom it might take a liking.
"Dása Báhu was succeeded by his son Suantána, who fought battles with the giant Púru Sáda. This prince had a son named Déwa Bráta, whose mother died right after giving birth. The prince, finding no one who could nurse the baby, had to carry him around in search of someone that the child would accept."
"Of the descendants of Tritrésta were first, Mánu Manása; second, Sutápa; third, Sapútram; fourth, Sákri. The last begot Púla Sara, who had a son named Abiása. It happened that Abiása, when an infant, was borne in the arms of his mother Ambu Sári, at the time when Suantána was in search of a wet nurse for his son. Upon seeing her the infant Déwa immediately cried out and wanted milk from her, which, however, she would not consent to give, until after much altercation Suantána agreed to give his country in exchange; so that Ambu Sári received the country of Astína for her son Abiása, who, when arrived at a proper age, succeeded as sovereign in the year 415. Déwa Bráta was made Prince of Kumbína.
"From the descendants of Tritrésta were first, Mánu Manása; second, Sutápa; third, Sapútram; and fourth, Sákri. The last one fathered Púla Sara, who had a son named Abiása. It happened that Abiása, as a baby, was held in the arms of his mother Ambu Sári when Suantána was looking for a wet nurse for his son. Upon seeing her, the baby Déwa immediately cried out and wanted milk from her, which she initially refused to provide. After much negotiation, Suantána finally agreed to give his country in exchange; thus, Ambu Sári received the land of Astína for her son Abiása, who, when he grew up, became the ruler in the year 415. Déwa Bráta was made Prince of Kumbína.
"Abiása was married to a woman advanced in years, by whom he had three sons: Drésta Ráta, who was blind; Pándu Déwa Náta, who was very handsome; and Ráma Widára, who was lame. After twelve years he retired, and transferred the government to his second son. [Vol II Pg 80]
"Abiása was married to an older woman, and they had three sons: Drésta Ráta, who was blind; Pándu Déwa Náta, who was very good-looking; and Ráma Widára, who was lame. After twelve years, he stepped down and passed the leadership to his second son. [Vol II Pg 80]"
"Pándu Déwa Náta, at the age of fourteen, then succeeded as sovereign of Astína, and married Déwi Kúnti, daughter of Básu Keti, Prince of Madúra, by whom he had three sons, Kúnta Déwa, Séna, and Jináka. Déwa Náta also married Madrín, daughter of the Prince of Mandarága, and died, leaving her pregnant. She was delivered of two sons, and died also; but Déwi Kúnti gave the children milk, and called the one Sadéwa and the other Nakúla. At that time the children of Pándu Déwa Náta were very young; Drésta Ráta was therefore nominated protector during their minority; but instead of resigning the kingdom to them, he gave it to his own son, Suyudána; who, becoming sovereign of Astína, the five children were sent by Abiása, with a thousand families, to establish a new country, to which they gave the name of Amérta.
"Pándu Déwa Náta, at just fourteen, took over as ruler of Astína and married Déwi Kúnti, the daughter of Básu Keti, Prince of Madúra, with whom he had three sons: Kúnta Déwa, Séna, and Jináka. Déwa Náta also married Madrín, the daughter of the Prince of Mandarága, and passed away, leaving her pregnant. She gave birth to twin sons and died as well; however, Déwi Kúnti nursed the children, naming one Sadéwa and the other Nakúla. At that time, Pándu Déwa Náta's children were very young; thus, Drésta Ráta was appointed as their guardian during their childhood. Instead of handing the kingdom over to them, he gave it to his own son, Suyudána; who, after becoming the ruler of Astína, sent the five children, along with a thousand families, to create a new land, which they named Amérta."
"Suyudána married the daughter of the Prince of Mandarága, by whom he had a son, and the country became great, flourishing, and happy. There was none more powerful; and the dependant chiefs were the Princes Kérna of Awáng'ga, Bísma or Déwa Kráta, of Kúmbina, Jáya Páta of Dála Sejána, Jákar Sána of Madúra, and Sália, of Mandarága. But Púnta Déwa and his brothers in the country of Amerta were not satisfied: they wished for their father's inheritance, and sent their cousin, Krésna of Diarawáti, to confer with Suyudána, and to demand their rightful possessions. For the sake of peace with their cousin, they offered to accept of half: but Suyudána rejected their demand and replied, 'that without the decision of the sword they should have none.' Then began the war called Bráta Yúdha, because it was a contest for their just rights. The war lasted long, and during its continuance the sons and followers of both parties were nearly all killed: at last Suyudána himself fell, after a reign of fifty years[247].
"Suyudána married the daughter of the Prince of Mandarága, and they had a son, making the country thrive, prosper, and be joyful. There was no one more powerful; the vassal chiefs included Princes Kérna of Awáng'ga, Bísma or Déwa Kráta of Kúmbina, Jáya Páta of Dála Sejána, Jákar Sána of Madúra, and Sália of Mandarága. However, Púnta Déwa and his brothers from the country of Amerta were unhappy: they wanted their father's inheritance and sent their cousin, Krésna of Diarawáti, to talk to Suyudána and demand their rightful possessions. To maintain peace with their cousin, they offered to accept half, but Suyudána refused their demand and responded, 'without the decision of the sword, you shall have none.' Thus began the war known as Bráta Yúdha, as it was a fight for their legitimate rights. The war dragged on for a long time, and nearly all the sons and followers of both sides were killed: finally, Suyudána himself was defeated after a reign of fifty years[247]."
"Púnta Déwa then became sovereign of Astína in the year 491; but after two years he transferred the government to Parikísit, son of Abimányu, and grandson of his brother Jenáka. After defending the country successfully against the giant Usi Aji, of Surabáya, whom he slew, he[Vol II Pg 81] was succeeded by his son Udayána, who died after a reign of twenty-three years. His son Jáya Dérma succeeded. This prince had two sons, named Jáya Misána and Ang'ling Dérma. The former succeeded his father after a reign of twenty-seven years, and died at the expiration of five years. During the reign of Jáya Misána there was a dreadful pestilence and a violent earthquake, which destroyed the country, and his son removed to Miláwa, where he became a tápa.
"Púnta Déwa then became the ruler of Astína in the year 491; but after two years, he handed over the government to Parikísit, the son of Abimányu and grandson of his brother Jenáka. After successfully defending the country against the giant Usi Aji from Surabáya, whom he killed, he[Vol II Pg 81] was succeeded by his son Udayána, who died after ruling for twenty-three years. His son Jáya Dérma took over. This prince had two sons, named Jáya Misána and Ang'ling Dérma. The former took over after his father, ruling for twenty-seven years, and died after five more years. During the reign of Jáya Misána, there was a terrible plague and a strong earthquake, which devastated the country, leading his son to move to Miláwa, where he became a tápa.
"To this country Ang'ling Dérmá had already removed with three thousand families, during the lifetime of his brother, and was acknowledged as sovereign of Miláwa Páti, where he reigned in prosperity for ten years. At the expiration of this period, it is related that his princess burnt herself, in consequence of being refused the knowledge of a certain prayer, by which she might understand the language of all animals. The prince afterwards became insane, wandered about, and was transformed into a white bird.
"To this country Ang'ling Dérmá had already moved with three thousand families during his brother's lifetime and was recognized as the ruler of Miláwa Páti, where he successfully reigned for ten years. After that time, it is said that his princess took her own life by burning herself because she was denied knowledge of a specific prayer that would allow her to understand the language of all animals. The prince later went mad, roamed around, and turned into a white bird."
"The son of Jáya Misána, Jáya Purúsa, begat Púspa Jáya, who begat Púspa Wijáya, who begat Kasúma Wíchítra, who again begat Ráden Aji Nirmála, who reigned for twenty years at Miláwa Pati, but in whose days the country was greatly afflicted with pestilence. In consequence of this, his son, Bisúra Champáka, departed with his followers, and proceeded to Méndang Kamúlan, where he abode as a Pandíta. He had, however, a son, named Ang'ling Dérma, from whom descended Aji Jáya Báya, who became sovereign of the country, and gave it the name of Púrwa Chiríta; under his government the country greatly increased, he acquired large possessions, and all under his administration was flourishing and happy. It is related of him, that he dictated the poem of the Bráta Yúdha, by order of Déwa Batára Gúru, in the year 701. He was succeeded by his son, Salápar Wáta, in 756, whose son, named Kandiáwan, afterwards came to the government, under the title of Jáyu Langkára. This last named prince had a sister, called Chándra Suára, four sons, Subráta, Pára Yáta, Játa Wída, and Su Wída, and a daughter, named Pambáyun. His Páteh was named Jáya Singára,[Vol II Pg 82] and among his dependents were Gaja Iráwan of Ludáya, Lémbu Súren Gúna of Jang'gála, Wíra Tíkta of Kedíri, and the Arias of Síng'a Sári and Ng'ráwan.
"The son of Jáya Misána, Jáya Purúsa, had a son named Púspa Jáya, who had Púspa Wijáya, who had Kasúma Wíchítra, who then had Ráden Aji Nirmála, who ruled for twenty years in Miláwa Pati, but during his reign, the country suffered greatly from plague. Because of this, his son, Bisúra Champáka, left with his followers and went to Méndang Kamúlan, where he lived as a Pandíta. He had a son named Ang'ling Dérma, and from him came Aji Jáya Báya, who became the ruler of the land and named it Púrwa Chiríta; under his rule, the country thrived, he gained vast possessions, and everything he managed was flourishing and prosperous. It is said that he composed the poem Bráta Yúdha, by order of Déwa Batára Gúru, in the year 701. He was succeeded by his son, Salápar Wáta, in 756, whose son, named Kandiáwan, later took over the leadership as Jáyu Langkára. This last prince had a sister named Chándra Suára, four sons: Subráta, Pára Yáta, Játa Wída, and Su Wída, and a daughter named Pambáyun. His Páteh was named Jáya Singára,[Vol II Pg 82] and among his subjects were Gaja Iráwan of Ludáya, Lémbu Súren Gúna of Jang'gála, Wíra Tíkta of Kedíri, and the Arias of Síng'a Sári and Ng'ráwan.
"In course of time this prince became very wicked, and married his sister, Chándra Suára. When his Páteh, chiefs, and followers, heard of it, they rose in arms, but feared to attack the prince, as it had been predicted that he could only be killed at the full of the moon. The prince, in the mean time, being informed of the conspiracy, immediately attacked the party, and killing the Páteh, committed great slaughter among his followers.
"In time, this prince became very wicked and married his sister, Chándra Suára. When his Páteh, chiefs, and followers heard about it, they took up arms but were too scared to confront the prince because it had been foretold that he could only be killed at the full moon. Meanwhile, the prince, learning of the conspiracy, quickly attacked the group, killing the Páteh and causing great destruction among his followers."
"When the battle was over, he assembled his sons, and after telling them they were not ignorant of his deeds, and that it was his intention to burn himself at the full of the moon, he desired that they would thereupon remove from the place, and leave the country of Méndang Kamúlan to become a wilderness. He then divided his possessions into four parts: to the eldest son, Subráta, he gave the country of Jang'gála; to his second son, Pára Yára, he gave Kedíri; to his third, Játa Wída he gave Síng'a Sári; and to his fourth son, Su Wída, he gave Ng'aráwan: and these princes severally became independent chiefs of those kingdoms.
"When the battle was over, he gathered his sons and, after reminding them that they were aware of his actions and that he intended to end his life at the full moon, he asked them to leave the area and let the land of Méndang Kamúlan turn into a wilderness. He then divided his possessions into four parts: the eldest son, Subráta, received the territory of Jang'gála; the second son, Pára Yára, got Kedíri; the third son, Játa Wída, was given Síng'a Sári; and the youngest, Su Wída, received Ng'aráwan. From that point on, these princes became independent leaders of their respective kingdoms."
"When the full of the moon arrived, Sri Jáya Langkára, with his wife and sister, Chándra Suára, went to the Sáng'gar of Déwa Pabayústan, where they burnt themselves. The families of the Páteh and the chiefs slain in the late battle also accompanied him, and committed themselves to the flames. Pembáyun, his daughter, was not however permitted to sacrifice herself, in consequence of which she bore great ill will to her father; and it is related that she is the same person who afterwards went to Jáng'gála, and abode at Wána Kapucháng'an, where she assumed the name of Kíli Súchi, and went about from place to place, being much beloved; for she was very learned, and made inscriptions upon stones, one of which is called Kála Kérma[248]." [Vol II Pg 83]
"When the full moon arrived, Sri Jáya Langkára, together with his wife and sister, Chándra Suára, went to the Sáng'gar of Déwa Pabayústan, where they set themselves on fire. The families of the Páteh and the chiefs killed in the recent battle also joined him and committed themselves to the flames. However, Pembáyun, his daughter, was not allowed to sacrifice herself, which caused her deep resentment toward her father; it is said that she is the same person who later went to Jáng'gála and lived at Wána Kapucháng'an, where she took on the name Kíli Súchi. She traveled from place to place and was greatly admired for her knowledge, creating inscriptions on stones, one of which is called Kála Kérma[248]." [Vol II Pg 83]
But other accounts, which attempt to draw a line between the Indian and Javan princes, date the commencement of the [Vol II Pg 84]latter, five centuries subsequently to the first landing of the Aji Sáka, and consider the kingdom of Méndang Kamúlan as the first regular establishment on Java. As these, if not the most consistent with the historical data which have been admitted on continental India, have the advantage of being the least confused, a more particular account of the first establishments may be interesting. With regard to the statements that commence with a more remote antiquity, it may be sufficient to shew, at one view, the line of princes who are represented to have ruled on Java, according to the two different authorities which have been referred to. [Vol II Pg 85]
But other accounts, which try to distinguish between the Indian and Javanese princes, claim that the beginning of the latter happened five centuries after the first arrival of the Aji Sáka, and see the kingdom of Méndang Kamúlan as the first established kingdom on Java. While these might not align perfectly with the historical data acknowledged in continental India, they have the benefit of being the least confusing, so a more detailed overview of the initial establishments may be intriguing. Regarding the claims that trace back to a more distant past, it might be enough to present, at a glance, the lineage of princes said to have ruled Java, based on the two differing sources mentioned. [Vol II Pg 85]
Date of Accession, Javan Year. | SEAT OF GOVERNMENT. | SOVEREIGNS. | |
---|---|---|---|
289 | Wiráta | 1 | Bàsu Keti. |
2 | Mángsah Pati. | ||
700 | 3 | Púla Sára. | |
4 | Abiása. | ||
5 | Pándu Déwa Nàta. | ||
800 | Kedíri | 6 | Aji Jáya Báya. |
Péng'ging | 7 | Angling Dría. | |
900-2 | Brambánan. | 8 | Báka. |
9 | Dámar Máya. | ||
1002 | Méndang Kamúlan | 10 | Aji Sáka. |
1082-4 | Kedíri | Lémbu Ami Jáya. [249] | |
Ngaráwan | Lembu Ami Sésa.[249] | ||
Singa Sari | Lembu Ami Lúeh. [249] | ||
Jang'gala | 11 | Lembu Ami Luhúr. [249] | |
12 | Panji Súria Ami Sésa. [249] | ||
1200 | Pajajáran | 13 | Laléan. |
14 | Banjáran Sári. | ||
15 | Méndang Wáng'i. | ||
1301 | Majapáhit | 16 | Jáka Sura, or |
Browijáya 1st.[250] | |||
17 | Browijáya 2d.[250] | ||
18 | Browijáya 3d.[250] | ||
19 | Browijáya 4th.[250] | ||
1381 | 20 | Browijáya 5th.[250] |
Date of Accession, Javan Year. | SEAT OF GOVERNMENT. | SOVEREIGNS. | |
---|---|---|---|
1 | Gíling Wési | 1 | Tritrésta. |
140 | 2 | Wátu Gúnung. | |
240 | 3 | Gutáka. | |
290 | 4 | Sawéla. | |
310 | Astina | 5 | Gutáma. |
6 | Dása-báhu. | ||
7 | Sawantána. | ||
415 | 8 | Abiása. | |
427 | 9 | Pándu Déwa Náta. | |
480 | 10 | Suyudána. | |
491 | 11 | Pónto Déwa. | |
533 | 12 | Parikísit. | |
575 | 13 | Udiána. | |
588 | Maláwa Páti | 14 | Ang'ling Dérma. |
598 | 15 | Jáya Misána | |
16 | Púspa Jaya. | ||
17 | Púspa Wijaya. | ||
18 | Kasúma Wichítra. | ||
638 | 19 | Aji Nirmála. | |
658 | Méndang Kamúlan | 20 | Bisura Champáka. |
671 | 21 | Ang'ling Dría. | |
701 | 22 | Aji Jáya Báya. | |
756 | 23 | Séla Prawáta. | |
818 | Jang'gála | 24 | Kandiáwan, or Jaya Langkára. |
868 | 25 | Subráta, or Déwa Kasúma. | |
927 | Kóripan | 26 | Laléan. |
27 | Banjáran Sári. | ||
28 | Múda-níng-kung. | ||
29 | Múda-sári. | ||
1084 | Pajaráran | 30 | Ráden Pánkas. |
31 | Siung Winára. | ||
1158 | Majapáhit | 32 | Jáka Susúru, or Brá Wijáya. |
33 | Prábu Anom. | ||
34 | Uda nínkung. | ||
35 | Prábu Kánya, a Princess | ||
married to Dámar Wúlan. | |||
36 | Lémbu Ami Sáni. | ||
37 | Bráma Túnggung. | ||
38 | Ráden Alit, or Browijáya. |
The following is the chronology of the Javan princes, according to the legends abstracted by Kiai Adipáti Adi Mang'gála, formerly Regent of Demák, and in which the Javan princes commence in the sixth century.
The following is the timeline of the Javan princes, based on the legends summarized by Kiai Adipáti Adi Mang'gála, who was once the Regent of Demák, starting from the sixth century.
Date of Accession, Javan Year. | SEAT OF GOVERNMENT. | SOVEREIGNS. | |
---|---|---|---|
525 | Méndang Kamúlan | 1 | Sawéla Chála. |
2 | Ardi Kasúma. | ||
3 | Ardi Wijáya. | ||
4 | Rési Déndang Géndis. | ||
846 | Jang'gála | 5 | Déwa Kasúma.[251] |
6 | Lémbu Ami Luhúr.[251] | ||
7 | Panji Kérta Pati[251] | ||
1000 | Pajajáran | 8 | Pánji Maisa Tandráman, or |
Laléan. | |||
(2) | 9 | Múnding Sári. | |
10 | Múnding Wángi. | ||
11 | Chiong or Siung Wanára. | ||
1221 | Majapáhit | 12 | Tandúran. |
13 | Bro Kamára. | ||
14 | Ardi Wijáya. | ||
15 | Mérta Wijáya. | ||
16 | Anáka Wijáya. |
"When Prábu Jáya Báya of Astína died, he was succeeded by his son and descendants, named Ami Jáya, Jaya Ami Sána, Páncha Dría, and Kasúma Chitra. During the reign of the last of these princes, either the seat of government had been removed, or the country had changed its name, for it was then called Kúj'rat or Gúj'rat; and it having been foretold that it would decay and go to ruin altogether, the prince resolved to send his son[252] to [Vol II Pg 88]Jáwa, and possessing the written account of Aji Sáka, which had been preserved in his family, he gave it to his son, and embarked him with about five thousand followers for that island. Among these followers were Jálma-táni, Jálma-undági, Jálma-újam-dudúkan, Jálma-pangniárik, Jálma-prajúrit; that is to say, people skilled in agriculture, artificers, men learned in medicine, able writers, and military men.
"When Prábu Jáya Báya of Astína passed away, his son and descendants took over, named Ami Jáya, Jaya Ami Sána, Páncha Dría, and Kasúma Chitra. During the reign of the last prince, either the government had moved or the country had changed its name, as it was then known as Kúj'rat or Gúj'rat; and since it had been predicted that it would decline and fall into ruin, the prince decided to send his son[252] to [Vol II Pg 88]Jáwa. He also provided his son with the written account of Aji Sáka, which had been kept in their family, and sent him off with around five thousand followers to that island. Among these followers were Jálma-táni, Jálma-undági, Jálma-újam-dudúkan, Jálma-pangniárik, and Jálma-prajúrit; that is, people who were skilled in farming, craftsmen, knowledgeable in medicine, good writers, and soldiers."
"They sailed in six large ships and upwards of a hundred small vessels, and after a voyage of four months reached what they conceived to be the island of Jáwa, and many landed; but as it did not accord with the account given by Aji Sáka, they re-embarked. In a few months, however, they came in sight of an island with a long range of mountains, and some of them, with the prince at their head, effected a landing at the western extremity, while a part were driven to the southward. They soon met with the grain jáwa-wut, as described by Aji Sáka, and ascertained that they had at last reached their destination: then opening the book of Aji Sáka, the days of the week and the panchawára[253] were named. The prince, however, did not long remain in this part of the island; for on clearing the forest, a lingering sickness appeared among his followers, and many died from drinking the water: so he moved to the south and east, in quest of a more salubrious position, and with the hope of falling in with their companions. These they found at that part of the island now known by the name of Matárem, when the high priest opening the book of Aji Sáka, and referring to the prophecy, that Jáwa should become an inheritance to the descendants of Prábu Jáya Báya, he summoned the whole party together, and formally proclaimed the prince sovereign of the country, under the title of Browijáya Sawéla Chála. The name of Méndang Kamúlan was then given to the seat of government.
They sailed in six large ships and over a hundred small vessels, and after a four-month journey reached what they thought was the island of Jáwa. Many of them landed, but since it didn’t match the description given by Aji Sáka, they got back on their ships. A few months later, they spotted an island with a long mountain range. Some of them, led by the prince, landed on the western side, while others were pushed southward. They soon found the grain jáwa-wut, just as Aji Sáka had described, and confirmed they had finally arrived at their destination. After opening Aji Sáka's book, they named the days of the week and the panchawára.[253] However, the prince didn’t stay long in that area of the island; once they cleared the forest, a lingering illness struck his followers, and many died from drinking the water. So, he moved south and east in search of a healthier location and hoped to reunite with their companions. They found them in what is now called Matárem, and when the high priest opened the book of Aji Sáka and referenced the prophecy that Jáwa would become an inheritance for the descendants of Prábu Jáya Báya, he gathered everyone together and officially declared the prince the sovereign of the land, under the title of Browijáya Sawéla Chála. The seat of government was then named Méndang Kamúlan.
"The prince now found that men alone were wanting to render it a great and flourishing state, and he accordingly[Vol II Pg 89] applied to Gúj'-rat for assistance. The ambassadors whom he sent proceeded down the river and embarked at Grésik, so called from Gíri-sik, in consequence of the hills (Gíri) running in this part of the island close to the sea shore (sik); and when they reached Gúj-rat, the father of Sawéla Chala, delighted to hear of his success, immediately sent him a reinforcement of two thousand people. The kindred and friends of the new colonists were permitted to proceed in great numbers to Jáwa, where they established themselves principally in the southern and eastern provinces. The prince lost no time in improving his capital, which became an extensive city in the year 525. From this period Jáwa was known and celebrated as a kingdom: an extensive commerce was carried on with Gúj'rat and other countries, and the bay of Matárem, then a safe place for shipping, was filled with adventurers from all parts."
"The prince realized that he needed more people to make the state great and thriving, so he reached out to Gúj'-rat for help. The ambassadors he sent traveled down the river and boarded a ship at Grésik, named after Gíri-sik because of the hills (Gíri) that run close to the shoreline (sik). When they arrived in Gúj-rat, the father of Sawéla Chala was thrilled to hear about their success and quickly sent a reinforcement of two thousand people. The relatives and friends of the new colonists were allowed to come in large numbers to Jáwa, where they mostly settled in the southern and eastern provinces. The prince wasted no time in improving his capital, which became a vast city by the year 525. From this point on, Jáwa was recognized and celebrated as a kingdom: it conducted extensive trade with Gúj'rat and other regions, and the bay of Matárem, which was a safe harbor for ships, became bustling with adventurers from all over."
In some of the accounts, the father of Sawéla Chála is named Bália Achar; and previously to the establishment of Méndang Kamúlan, Sawela Chéla himself is usually known by the name of Awap.
In some of the accounts, the father of Sawéla Chála is named Bália Achar; and before the establishment of Méndang Kamúlan, Sawela Chéla himself is usually known by the name of Awap.
"Nothing, however, is represented to have tended more to the prosperity of this establishment, than a supposed union which is said to have taken place between the family of Sawéla Chála and that of Aru Bándan, a prince who had recently arrived from the Moluccas, and established himself on Balambángan. Hearing of the arrival of Sawéla Chála, this prince, with his followers, proceeded to Méndang Kamúlan and submitted to his authority, on condition that the eastern provinces, including Balambángan, should be confirmed to him and his descendants. According to the tradition of the country, this prince was principally induced to submit, in consequence of the other party being able to explain the inscription and signs of Aji Sáka, which he himself could not, and in consequence of the production of the writings, in which it was prophesied that the country should become the inheritance of the family of this prince.
"Nothing, however, is said to have contributed more to the success of this establishment than a supposed alliance between the family of Sawéla Chála and that of Aru Bándan, a prince who had recently arrived from the Moluccas and settled in Balambángan. Upon hearing about Sawéla Chála's arrival, this prince, along with his followers, went to Méndang Kamúlan and agreed to acknowledge his authority, as long as the eastern provinces, including Balambángan, were guaranteed to him and his descendants. According to local tradition, this prince was mainly persuaded to submit because the other party could explain the inscription and symbols of Aji Sáka, which he couldn't do, coupled with the presentation of writings that foretold that the land would become the inheritance of his family."
"Sawéla Chála, after a long and prosperous reign, was succeeded by his son, Ardi Kasúma; and he again, on his death, by his son, named Ardi Wijáya. [Vol II Pg 90]
"Sawéla Chála, after a long and successful reign, was succeeded by his son, Ardi Kasúma; and he, in turn, was succeeded at his death by his son, named Ardi Wijáya. [Vol II Pg 90]
"During the sovereignty of these princes, the country advanced in fame and prosperity, and the city of Méndang Kamúlan, since called Brambánan or Prambánan, increased in size and splendour. Artists, particularly in stone and metals, arrived from distant countries; the temples, of which the ruins are still extant, both at this place and at Bóro Bódo in Kédu, are stated to have been constructed during this period, by artists invited from India; and the remains of the palace, situated on a range of low hills near the site of the thousand temples, still attest the existence of this first capital of Java.
"During the rule of these princes, the country thrived in reputation and prosperity, and the city of Méndang Kamúlan, now known as Brambánan or Prambánan, grew in size and splendor. Artists, especially those skilled in stone and metalwork, came from far-off lands; the temples, the ruins of which still exist, both here and at Bóro Bódo in Kédu, are said to have been built during this time by artists invited from India. The remains of the palace, located on a range of low hills near the site of the thousand temples, still attest to the existence of this first capital of Java."
"Ardi Wijáya had five sons, besides a numerous illegitimate offspring. The eldest was appointed chief of the class of cultivators, the second of the traders, the third to the charge of the woods and forests, the fourth chief of the manufacturers of oil, sugar, and spirits, and the fifth, named Rési Déndang Géndis, remained as assistant to his father.
"Ardi Wijáya had five sons, along with many illegitimate children. The eldest was made head of the farmers, the second in charge of the merchants, the third overseer of the woods and forests, the fourth was the leader of the manufacturers of oil, sugar, and spirits, and the fifth, named Rési Déndang Géndis, stayed on to help his father."
"When this prince died, his youngest son, Rési Déndang Géndis, found himself in charge of the capital, and invested with the general administration of the country; but his brothers having formed independent governments in other parts of the island, refused to acknowledge his supremacy. One of them was established at Bágalen, another at Japára, and a third at Kóripan. He is said to have died of a broken heart, in consequence of these secessions, leaving a numerous progeny, who established themselves in different parts of the country.
"When this prince died, his youngest son, Rési Déndang Géndis, found himself in charge of the capital and responsible for the overall administration of the country. However, his brothers had set up their own independent governments in other regions of the island and refused to recognize his authority. One of them was based in Bágalen, another in Japára, and a third in Kóripan. He is said to have died of a broken heart due to these separations, leaving behind a large number of descendants who settled in various parts of the country."
"The next prince who," according to these accounts, "appears to have succeeded to the government of Méndang Kamúlan, was Déwa Kasúma, who being of an ambitious character, is said to have proceeded eastward, and established the kingdom of Jang'gála, the capital of which, so called from his attachment to the chace (jang'gála signifying "a dog" in the Javan language) was built in the forest of Jeng'áwan, a few miles to the eastward of the modern Surabáya, where its site, with many interesting remains of antiquity, is still pointed out. This event is supposed to have taken place about the year 846."
"The next prince who, according to these accounts, seems to have taken charge of the government of Méndang Kamúlan, was Déwa Kasúma. Known for his ambitious nature, he is said to have moved eastward and founded the kingdom of Jang'gála, named after his love for hunting (with jang'gála meaning "a dog" in Javanese). The capital was built in the forest of Jeng'áwan, just a few miles east of what is now Surabáya, where its location, along with many fascinating ancient ruins, can still be seen today. This event is believed to have occurred around the year 846."
Of the earlier history of Java it is probable, that each of these three accounts contains some true particulars; but with[Vol II Pg 91]out unnecessarily discrediting the claims which that country asserts to a higher antiquity, we must confess ourselves unable, in the present state of our information, to separate truth from fable, till we arrive at a period when its records are more consistent. Unconnected with the line of princes whose names have been brought forward, many small states, petty dynasties, and separate interests, no doubt existed on Java in earlier times: of which little mention is made by tradition, which seldom busies itself, except with extensive and sanguinary wars, or great political changes. Among these may have flourished the celebrated Jáya Báya, in whose reign the Bráta Yúdha is said to have been composed by the Pandíta Puséda. In the account obtained from Súra-kérta, this prince, as we have seen, is related to have reigned in the eighth century in the country of Kedíri.
Of Java's earlier history, it's likely that each of these three accounts has some true details; however, without unnecessarily undermining the claims that the country has to a longer history, we must admit that, given our current information, we can’t distinguish truth from legend until we reach a time when its records are more coherent. Many small states, minor dynasties, and independent interests undoubtedly existed on Java in earlier times, which get little attention in tradition, as it tends to focus on large, bloody wars or significant political changes. Among these may have been the famous Jáya Báya, during whose reign the Bráta Yúdha is said to have been written by the Pandíta Puséda. In the account we got from Súra-kérta, this prince is reported to have ruled in the eighth century in the land of Kedíri.
The temples at Brambánan (the extensive remains of which, with the numerous casts in metal found in their vicinity, prove the high state which the arts had attained in a remote age, and afford incontestible evidence of the establishment of the Hindu worship in the earliest periods of Javan history), are stated in some accounts to have been constructed in the year 525, and in others in the year 1018; but as far as the general tradition may be relied on, it seems most probable that they were the work of the sixth or seventh centuries. This opinion derives confirmation from the fact, that during this period idol worship increased in Japan. Abundance of idols and idol carvers, and priests, arrived in that quarter from several countries beyond sea; and local traditions assert, that at that time similar emigrations first took place to Java and the eastern islands[254]. [Vol II Pg 92]
The temples at Brambánan (the extensive remains of which, along with the many metal casts found nearby, show the advanced state of the arts in ancient times and provide undeniable evidence of Hindu worship established in the early periods of Javan history) are said in some accounts to have been built in the year 525, and in others in the year 1018; however, based on general tradition, it seems most likely they were created in the sixth or seventh centuries. This view is supported by the fact that during this time, idol worship increased in Japan. There was a surge of idols, idol carvers, and priests arriving from various overseas countries, and local traditions assert that during this period, similar migrations first occurred to Java and the eastern islands[254]. [Vol II Pg 92]
Déwa Kasúma is represented by the Javan writers to have been a prince of great talent and enlarged views, and by his [Vol II Pg 93]mild and beneficent government to have induced many of his relations to submit to his authority, which in a short time extended over all the provinces eastward of Jawána. But the most interesting fact related of him is, that he sent his children, consisting of four sons and a daughter, to India (Kling), in order that they might there be educated and instructed in the religion of Bráma; from whence the eldest son having married the daughter of one of the greatest princes of the country, returned to Java with three large ships, laden with long cloth and other valuable manufactures, and bringing with him able artists of different professions, and a thousand chosen troops presented to him by his father-in-law as a body guard. How far this relation is correct it may be difficult to determine; and a suspicion may even be entertained, that it was a fiction invented by national vanity, for the purpose of concealing from posterity the successful invasion of foreign adventurers. What we know for certain is, that during the reign of the reputed sons of this prince, the Hindu religion, institutions, and literature, with the ornaments of continental India, were very generally introduced and diffused; and it is from this date that we may speak with some degree of confidence as to history.
Déwa Kasúma is portrayed by Javanese writers as a talented prince with broad views, whose gentle and benevolent rule persuaded many of his relatives to accept his authority, which soon expanded to cover all the provinces east of Jawána. However, the most fascinating detail about him is that he sent his children—four sons and a daughter—to India (Kling) for their education and to learn about the religion of Bráma. The eldest son, after marrying the daughter of one of the region's most powerful princes, returned to Java with three large ships loaded with fine cloth and other valuable goods, along with skilled craftsmen from various trades, and a thousand elite troops gifted to him by his father-in-law as a bodyguard. It may be hard to determine the accuracy of this account; there might even be a suspicion that it was a story created out of national pride to hide from future generations the successful invasions by foreign adventurers. What we do know for sure is that during the reign of this prince’s supposed sons, Hinduism, along with its institutions and literature from continental India, was widely introduced and spread; and it is from this point that we can speak with some confidence about history.
Déwa Kasúma, on the return of his children from India, divided his kingdom among them. To the eldest, Ami Luhúr, he gave the succession to Jang'gála, with a jurisdiction of limited extent; to Ami Jáya he gave the country of Gegélang or Sínga Sari; to Lémbu Meng'árang he gave the country N'garáwan or Browérno, and to Lémbu Ami Luhúr he gave [Vol II Pg 94]the country of Dahá or Kedíri; so that, when he died, the island of Java became divided into four kingdoms. His daughter, who was the eldest of his children, and named Déwi Kilí Súchi, remained unmarried, and performed a conspicuous part in the transactions of those days. The temples at Síng'a Sari, the ruins of which still remain, are stated to have been constructed by that princess.
Déwa Kasúma, upon his children's return from India, divided his kingdom among them. He gave the eldest, Ami Luhúr, the succession of Jang'gála, with a limited territory; to Ami Jáya, he assigned the region of Gegélang or Sínga Sari; to Lémbu Meng'árang, he granted the area of N'garáwan or Browérno, and to Lémbu Ami Luhúr, he provided [Vol II Pg 94] the country of Dahá or Kedíri; thus, when he passed away, the island of Java became divided into four kingdoms. His daughter, the eldest of his children named Déwi Kilí Súchi, remained single and played a significant role in the events of that time. The temples at Síng'a Sari, the ruins of which still exist, are said to have been built by that princess.
The reign of Ami Luhúr is celebrated for the extensive intercourse which at this period took place with foreign nations, and still more on account of the exploits and adventures of his son, Pánji Ino Kérta Páti, the issue of his marriage with the Indian princess, and who, under the name of Pánji, became the most renowned hero of Javan story. The adventures of Pánji are described in numerous romances, which form the subject of still more numerous dramatic exhibitions, and constitute a principal portion of the polite literature, as well as of the popular amusement of Java. In these romances the hero is represented as devoted to love and war. At an early age he marries Angréné or Sékar'táji, the daughter of his father's Pepati, to whom he is passionately attached. His father, desirous of uniting him with his cousin, the daughter of the chief of Kedíri, causes the first object of his affections to be put to death. Pánji on this embarks with the dead body, and a storm arising, most of the vessels which accompanied him being lost, he is supposed to have perished. He, however, reaches the island Tanábang in safety, and after burning the body of his lamented Angréne, proceeds with all the followers he can muster to Báli, where he assumes the name of Klána Jáyang Sári. Having obtained assistance from the prince of the island, Andáya Prána, and received in marriage the princess his daughter, usually known under the name of the Pútri or princess of Báli, he crosses to Balambángan, the most eastern province of Java, and also uniting in marriage with the princess of that country, he obtains numerous auxiliaries, and moves westward to Kedíri, in quest of the princess Chándra Kirána, the fame of whose beauty and accomplishments had been widely celebrated. Here, in consequence of his change of name, and the general belief that he had perished in the storm, he is considered as a powerful Raja from Sábrang, or the opposite shore,[Vol II Pg 95] and joining the chief of Kedíri, he secretly makes himself known to his daughter, and marries her.
The reign of Ami Luhúr is known for the extensive relationships that developed with foreign nations during this time, and even more so for the feats and adventures of his son, Pánji Ino Kérta Páti, born from his marriage to an Indian princess. Under the name Pánji, he became the most famous hero in Javanese history. The stories of Pánji are told in many romances, which also inspire numerous dramatic performances and are a key part of both refined literature and popular entertainment in Java. In these tales, the hero is portrayed as devoted to both love and battle. At a young age, he marries Angréné or Sékar'táji, the daughter of his father's Pepati, to whom he is deeply in love. His father, wanting to marry him off to his cousin, the daughter of the chief of Kedíri, has the first object of his affection killed. Pánji then embarks with her dead body, and when a storm hits, most of the ships accompanying him are lost, leading to the belief that he has died. However, he makes it safely to the island of Tanábang, where he burns the body of his beloved Angréne, and with all the followers he can gather, heads to Báli, where he takes on the name Klána Jáyang Sári. After gaining support from the island's prince, Andáya Prána, and marrying his daughter, often called the Pútri or princess of Báli, he travels to Balambángan, the easternmost province of Java. He also marries the princess there, gathers many allies, and heads west to Kedíri, in search of the princess Chándra Kirána, renowned for her beauty and talents. Because of his name change and the widespread belief that he died in the storm, he is seen as a powerful Raja from Sábrang, or the opposite shore,[Vol II Pg 95] and, joining forces with the chief of Kedíri, secretly reveals his identity to his daughter and marries her.
According to some of the romances, a prince from Núsa Kanchána, or the Golden Isle, with numerous followers, and accompanied by two princesses from Núsa Rétna arrives at Jang'gála about this period, and giving himself out for the long-lost Pánji, imposes on the credulity of the father, who receives him as his son. This prince is represented as the son of a Bramána possessing supernatural gifts, which enable him to succeed in the deception, and is said to have been lord of many rajas, among whom were Báka, Mordáda, and many others who are named. He is reported to have had a sister, named Angréna Suára, excelling in beauty, and in every respect resembling the princess Angréné, who with her nurse accompanied his four wives and numerous concubines to Java.
According to some of the stories, a prince from Núsa Kanchána, or the Golden Isle, arrives at Jang'gála around this time with many followers and two princesses from Núsa Rétna. Claiming to be the long-lost Pánji, he tricks the father, who accepts him as his son. This prince is depicted as the son of a Bramána with supernatural abilities, which help him pull off the deception, and he is said to have been the ruler of many rajas, including Báka, Mordáda, and others. He is reported to have had a sister named Angréna Suára, who excelled in beauty and resembled the princess Angréné, who traveled to Java with her nurse, his four wives, and many concubines.
Klána Jáyang Sári now resuming his name as the real Pánji, his father, the prince of Jang'gála, proceeded to Kedíri with the auxiliaries brought over by the impostor, when a combat takes place between the two princes, and the true Pánji becomes manifest.
Klána Jáyang Sári is now reclaiming his identity as the true Pánji. His father, the prince of Jang'gála, went to Kedíri with the reinforcements brought by the fraud, leading to a battle between the two princes, where the real Pánji is revealed.
According to other accounts, the storm in which Pánji was supposed to have perished, occurred when the princess Angréné was living. She is cast on the Báli shore, where assuming a male habit, and becoming a favourite of the prince, she in time obtained the sovereignty of that island under the title of Jáya Ang'ling Dára. Pánji is thrown on the south shore of Java, and afterwards sent by his father to reduce the refractory chief of Báli, in whom he recognizes Angréné. In another romance his second wife, Chándra Kirána, is represented as becoming chief of Báli, under the title of Kuda Narawáng'a.
According to other stories, the storm in which Pánji was supposed to have died happened while Princess Angréné was living. She washes up on the shore of Báli, where she disguises herself as a man and becomes a favorite of the prince, eventually gaining control of the island as Jáya Ang'ling Dára. Pánji washes up on the southern shore of Java and is later sent by his father to subdue the rebellious chief of Báli, who he recognizes as Angréné. In another tale, his second wife, Chándra Kirána, is portrayed as becoming the chief of Báli, taking on the title of Kuda Narawáng'a.
It is also related, that, about this period the Prince of Sínga-sári being attacked by the Bálians under Klána Ráng'ga Páspíta, and defeated in an engagement near Arára Bidáli, applied for assistance to Jang'gála and Browérno. The forces sent as auxiliaries from Jang'gála, were defeated, and it was not until the arrival of a celebrated warrior from Browérno, that the Bálians were obliged to retreat. The river which flowed by the scene of action still[Vol II Pg 96] bears the name Káli Géti, from its stream having been converted into blood on this occasion.
It’s also noted that around this time, the Prince of Sínga-sári was attacked by the Bálians led by Klána Ráng'ga Páspíta, and was defeated in a battle near Arára Bidáli. He sought help from Jang'gála and Browérno. The troops sent as reinforcements from Jang'gála were also defeated, and it wasn't until a famous warrior from Browérno arrived that the Bálians were forced to retreat. The river that flowed by the battlefield still[Vol II Pg 96] carries the name Káli Géti, as its waters were turned to blood during this event.
With regard to the Raja of Núsa Kanchána, it is related that he possessed very extensive influence over all the islands of Sábrang. He is sometimes called Klána Tánjung Púra, and said to have obtained his authority by means of a Bramána, named Kánda or Sakéndo, and sometimes Satírti, who performed a severe penance on the island Tambína. His first establishment was at Goa on Celebes; afterwards he attained supreme power: every island which he visited submitted to his sway. He established himself on Sumatra, in the country which has since been called Palémbang, whence he waged war against Java, in order to obtain the celebrated princess of Dáha in marriage. In other accounts, again, this prince is supposed to have been the son of the chief of Browérno on Java, carried off when an infant by a Bramána, who left his own son in his place.
Regarding the Raja of Núsa Kanchána, it is said that he had a significant influence over all the islands of Sábrang. He is sometimes referred to as Klána Tánjung Púra, and it's believed he gained his power through a Bramána named Kánda or Sakéndo, and sometimes Satírti, who underwent strict penance on the island of Tambína. His initial base was at Goa on Celebes; later, he gained supreme authority as every island he visited came under his control. He established himself on Sumatra, in the region now known as Palémbang, from where he waged war against Java to win the famous princess of Dáha as his wife. In other accounts, this prince is believed to have been the son of the chief of Browérno on Java, kidnapped as a baby by a Bramána, who left his own son in his place.
In the dramatic performances of the Bálians, Klána Tánjung Púra is the same with Si Maláyu, which means a wanderer, and from which it has been supposed probable that the Maláyus have derived their name.
In the dramatic performances of the Bálians, Klána Tánjung Púra is the same as Si Maláyu, which means a wanderer, and it is believed that the Maláyus have derived their name from this.
The poetical latitude given to the compositions which describe the life and adventures of Panji, leaves it doubtful whether he was in fact the real son of a Javan prince, or some aspiring adventurer from India, whose attachment the chief of Jang'gála might have found it his interest to secure. In the dramatic exhibitions of the same subject, it is difficult to decide whether the heroes of the piece are intended to represent the real personages whose names appear in history, or whether they are merely invested with historical titles, for the purpose of giving dignity to fictitious characters.
The poetic freedom allowed in the works about the life and adventures of Panji makes it unclear whether he was actually the legitimate son of a Javan prince or an ambitious adventurer from India, whom the chief of Jang'gála might have wanted to ally with for his own benefit. In the dramatic performances on this topic, it’s hard to determine whether the heroes are meant to represent the actual historical figures their names refer to or if they just bear historical titles to lend credibility to made-up characters.
Some idea may be formed of the reverence in which Pánji is held by the Javans, from their representing him as an incarnation of Vishnu, and his second wife, Chándra Kirana, under the name of Déwi Gélu, as an incarnation of Sri.
Some idea may be formed of the reverence in which Pánji is held by the Javans, from their representing him as an incarnation of Vishnu, and his second wife, Chándra Kirana, under the name of Déwi Gélu, as an incarnation of Sri.
This belief, together with the miraculous transformations and supernatural events attributed to the interference of the Hindu deities, while heightening the colours of these compositions may have rendered them more popular subjects for dramatic exhibition, but it has deprived them of nearly all[Vol II Pg 97] authenticity and value as historical records. Perhaps the only inferences, with respect to the hero of them, which we can be justified in drawing, is that the prowess, enterprises, and accomplishments of this chieftain, who has been termed the Charlemagne of the East, far excelled those of his cotemporaries, and that he visited Báli. It appears also, that during this period some government was established in the other islands of the Archipelago, in which a similarity of religion, character, and usages prevailed. As descriptive of the manners and customs of the country, and as affording incontestible evidence, not only of the existence of the Hindu religion on Java, but of its universal diffusion as the prevailing worship of these islands at this period of their history, these traditionary remains possess a high value; and with the traces of foreign influence still to be found in their languages, and in the numerous monuments of the arts, will materially contribute to the developement of their earlier history, while they throw light on the character of the people, and the progress that had been made in civilization.
This belief, along with the miraculous transformations and supernatural events attributed to the interference of Hindu deities, may have intensified the appeal of these stories for dramatic presentations, but it has stripped them of almost all authenticity and value as historical records. Perhaps the only conclusions we can confidently draw about the hero of these tales is that his skills, ventures, and achievements, described as the Charlemagne of the East, far surpassed those of his contemporaries, and that he visited Báli. It also seems that during this time some form of government was established in other islands of the Archipelago, where a similar religion, character, and customs were present. As a reflection of the manners and customs of the country, and as providing undeniable evidence of the existence of Hinduism in Java, as well as its widespread practice as the dominant faith in these islands during this period, these traditional remains hold significant value; and with the traces of foreign influence still evident in their languages and in the numerous artistic monuments, they will greatly contribute to the understanding of their early history while also shedding light on the character of the people and the advancements made in civilization.
The kris is believed to have been first introduced into the Eastern Islands by Pánji; and some go so far as to assert, that all the countries in which it is now worn acknowledged his supremacy. The gámelan, or musical instruments of the Javans, together with the various dramatic exhibitions which still form so essential a part of the popular amusement, and compose so distinguishing a characteristic of national literature, are all supposed to have been introduced by him.
The kris is thought to have first been brought to the Eastern Islands by Pánji; some even claim that all the regions where it is now worn recognize his authority. The gámelan, or musical instruments of the Javans, along with the various dramatic performances that continue to be a crucial part of popular entertainment and are a defining feature of national literature, are all believed to have been introduced by him.
The adventures of Pánji are related in the Malayan romances, where that hero is represented under the appellation of Chékel Wáning Páti (literally, "when young brave to death"), and in the Malayan annals a particular account is given of a chief of Sábrang, who, according to their story, obtained the princess Chándra Kirána in marriage[255]. [Vol II Pg 98]
The adventures of Pánji are told in the Malayan stories, where that hero is known as Chékel Wáning Páti (literally, "young and brave to death"). In the Malayan history, there's a specific account of a chief from Sábrang, who, according to their tales, won the princess Chándra Kirána as his wife[255]. [Vol II Pg 98]
About this period the first intercourse with China is believed to have taken place: a large Chinese wángkang was wrecked on the north coast of Java, and the crew landed, some near Japára, others at Semárang and Tégal. The rider of the vessel is represented as bringing with him a magical stone, by which he performed many wonderful effects, and by means of which he ingratiated himself with the chief of Tégal, who allowed him to collect the remainder of his crew into a regular establishment, and conferred upon them many privileges.
During this time, the first contact with China is thought to have occurred: a large Chinese wángkang was wrecked on the north coast of Java, and the crew landed, some near Japára, others at Semárang and Tégal. The captain of the vessel is said to have brought with him a magical stone that allowed him to perform many amazing feats, which helped him win the favor of the chief of Tégal, who permitted him to gather the rest of his crew into an organized group and granted them many privileges.
The accounts regarding the succession of Pánji to the throne of his father are very discordant. In some he is represented as having succeeded on his death, and having continued to administer the government for several years; in others, he is represented as dying prematurely, during the [Vol II Pg 99]lifetime of his father: Prába Jáya Sangára, chief of Madúra (then called Núsa Antára, or the island lying between), jealous of the power of Jang'gála, is said to have landed, and in a desperate action killed Pánji with an arrow from his own bow, in fulfilment of a prophecy which foretold that he would be invulnerable, except to the iron staff of Jáya Langkára, of which, it is added, this prince had manufactured his arrow. The account of this affair, as related in the Madúra traditions, is as follows:
The stories about Pánji taking the throne from his father are very inconsistent. In some versions, he is said to have become king after his father's death and ruled for several years; in others, he is portrayed as dying young while his father is still alive. Prába Jáya Sangára, the chief of Madúra (then known as Núsa Antára, or the island in between), envious of Jang'gála's power, is said to have landed and, in a desperate act, killed Pánji with an arrow from his own bow, fulfilling a prophecy that stated he would be invulnerable except to the iron staff of Jáya Langkára, which, it is said, this prince had used to make his arrow. The story of this incident, as told in the Madúra traditions, goes like this:
"Then the prince of Núsa Antára, called Klána Prábu Jaya, consulted with Gúra Bramána Kánda, and others of his council, on the probability of his being acknowledged as chief prince over the adjacent countries. Gúru observed, that while Déwa Kasúma lived he could not permit the attempt; but the prince informing him that intelligence had been received of the death of that prince, then said, 'Gúru, it is well; you are permitted to effect your object by force, if necessary, but in the first instance try negotiation.' A letter written on the leaf of a tree was then dispatched, and when the messenger arrived at Jang'gála, he found the prince Angráma Wijáya seated on his setingel, attended by his patéhs, Kúda Nawársa and Brája Náta. At that time they were discussing the prince's intention of transferring his title to his son, Ino Kérta Pati[256]. The question was not decided when the messenger appeared. The prince declined reading the letter himself, but desired his minister to do so. As soon as Brája Náta read the demand of the prince of Núsa Antára to be acknowledged the superior, and the threat that he would lay waste the lands of Java in case of refusal, he became enraged to the highest degree, and without communicating the contents tore the letter, and seizing the messenger by the neck, threw the pieces in his face, and desired him to return to his master. After his departure Ino Kérta Páti arrived, and being apprized of the circumstances, entreated his father to permit him to go over in disguise to Núsa Antára.
"Then the prince of Núsa Antára, named Klána Prábu Jaya, discussed with Gúra Bramána Kánda and others in his council about the chances of being recognized as the chief prince over the neighboring territories. Gúru noted that as long as Déwa Kasúma was alive, he couldn’t allow any attempts. However, when the prince informed him of the news regarding that prince's death, he said, 'Gúru, that's good; you are allowed to pursue your goals by force if you need to, but first, try negotiation.' A letter written on a tree leaf was then sent, and when the messenger reached Jang'gála, he found the prince Angráma Wijáya sitting on his setingel, accompanied by his ministers, Kúda Nawársa and Brája Náta. They were discussing the prince's plan to pass his title to his son, Ino Kérta Pati.[256]. The issue hadn’t been resolved when the messenger arrived. The prince chose not to read the letter himself but asked his minister to do it instead. As soon as Brája Náta read the demand from the prince of Núsa Antára to be recognized as the superior, along with the threat of devastating Java if they refused, he became extremely angry. Without sharing the letter's details, he ripped it up, grabbed the messenger by the neck, threw the pieces back at him, and told him to return to his master. After the messenger left, Ino Kérta Páti appeared and, learning of the situation, begged his father to allow him to go to Núsa Antára in disguise."
"On the return of the messenger to Núsa Antára, he reported the result of his mission, when preparations were[Vol II Pg 100] immediately made for the attack upon Jang'gála, and the chief, on this occasion, received the title of Jáya Sankára. But before the troops had departed, Ino Kérta Páti contrived to carry off from the palace the wife of the prince, named Dewi Sinawáti, which raised the enmity of the parties to the highest pitch.
"Upon the messenger's return to Núsa Antára, he reported the outcome of his mission, and preparations were[Vol II Pg 100] immediately initiated for the attack on Jang'gála. During this time, the chief was given the title of Jáya Sankára. However, before the troops set out, Ino Kérta Páti managed to abduct the prince's wife, named Dewi Sinawáti, which heightened the conflict between the parties to an extreme level."
"The prince of Jang'gála, when he was informed of these preparations, summoned his brothers from Ng'aráwan and Sínga Sári, who resolved to unite with him against the expected attack. The three princes were in conversation, when information was brought them that the hostile troops had landed in great numbers. Then they drew out their people, and a battle ensued with the prince of Núsa Antára, who lost many chiefs and followers. This prince finding the battle going against him, recollected the advice of Gúru Bramána Kánda, the loss of his wife, and the many insults he had received from Ino Kérta Páti: then throwing off his princely attire, he disguised himself as a common man, and arming himself with an arrow mixed with the people of Jang'gála, and went in search of Ino Kérta Páti. He had no sooner found him, than he discharged his arrow, and Ino Kérta Páti fell dead, it having been foretold that this chief could not be killed except by the iron staff of Jáya Langkára, of which the prince of Núsa Antára had made his arrow, kris, and knife.
"The prince of Jang'gála, upon hearing about these preparations, called his brothers from Ng'aráwan and Sínga Sári, and they decided to join forces against the anticipated attack. While the three princes were discussing their strategy, they received news that the enemy troops had arrived in large numbers. They rallied their people, and a battle broke out against the prince of Núsa Antára, who suffered heavy losses among his chiefs and followers. Realizing the tide of battle was turning against him, this prince remembered the advice of Gúru Bramána Kánda, the loss of his wife, and the many insults he had endured from Ino Kérta Páti: he abandoned his royal garments, disguised himself as an ordinary man, armed himself with an arrow, mingled with the people of Jang'gála, and set out to find Ino Kérta Páti. As soon as he spotted him, he shot his arrow, and Ino Kérta Páti fell dead, as it had been prophesied that this chief could only be killed by the iron staff of Jáya Langkára, from which the prince of Núsa Antára had crafted his arrow, kris, and knife."
"Brája Náta immediately acquainted his prince with the fall of Ino Kérta Páti, who thereupon rose and rushed into the thickest of the fight. The prince of Jang'gála attacked the prince of Núsa Antára with his kris, and slew him. Gúru Bramána Kánda seeing his prince slain, wished to escape, but his supernatural power was no more; and being seized by the prince of Jang'gála, he was put to death, with all the people of Núsa Antára, who did not save themselves by flight. Thereupon Agráma Wijáya assembled his council as before the war, and seated upon his setingel declared, that as Ino Kérta Pati was no more, it was his intention to nominate his grandson, Máisa Laléan, to succeed him. Máisa Laléan accordingly became chief of Jang'gála in the year 927, and after a time made his uncle, Brája Náta, Tumúnggung of Jang'gála, and retired him[Vol II Pg 101]self to the district of Kédu. He had a son, named Banjáran Sari, who succeeded him, after whom were Múdaníngkung, and Múda Sári, who had a son called Ráden Pánkas, who succeeded to the government of Java in the year 1084. This prince established his capital at Pajajáran."
"Brája Náta quickly informed his prince about the defeat of Ino Kérta Páti, prompting the prince to get up and plunge into the heart of the battle. The prince of Jang'gála attacked the prince of Núsa Antára with his kris and killed him. Gúru Bramána Kánda, seeing his prince dead, wanted to flee, but he had lost his supernatural powers; he was captured by the prince of Jang'gála and executed, along with all the people of Núsa Antára who hadn’t managed to escape. Then Agráma Wijáya gathered his council as he had before the war, and seated on his setingel proclaimed that since Ino Kérta Pati was gone, he intended to appoint his grandson, Máisa Laléan, as his successor. Accordingly, Máisa Laléan became the chief of Jang'gála in the year 927, and after some time, he made his uncle, Brája Náta, Tumúnggung of Jang'gála, and retired himself to the district of Kédu. He had a son named Banjáran Sari, who succeeded him, followed by Múdaníngkung, and Múda Sári, who had a son named Ráden Pánkas, who took over the government of Java in the year 1084. This prince established his capital at Pajajáran."
The fame of Pánji naturally throws the other events of the day into the back-ground, and whatever credit may be due to the earlier administration of his successor, it is eclipsed by the brilliancy of his exploits. But it seems agreed that Kúda, or Máisa Laléan, who is the next prince in the line of succession of whom tradition makes mention, at an early period of his reign induced the separate authorities which had been established at Browérno, Sínga Sári, and Kedíri, to acknowledge the supremacy of Jang'gála. Having, however, come to the throne at a tender age, and being under the influence of a crafty and designing minister, named Báka, who, with one of the brothers of the prince, entered into a league to deprive him of his inheritance, he quitted his capital, and on the dismemberment of his eastern kingdom, became the founder of a new one in the west. The causes which induced him to leave his capital are related to have been a dreadful sickness, which at that period prevailed in the eastern districts of Java, and the designs of his minister, who hoped to possess the means of aggrandizing himself in the attempt to form a new establishment. The first eruption of the mountain Klut, of which tradition makes mention, is recorded to have taken place at this time, when the discharges from it are represented "to have been like thunder, and the ashes to have involved the country in impenetrable darkness." The sickness having continued to prevail after the departure of the prince, the inhabitants who had remained at an early period, are said to have embarked in vessels and proceeded to sea, no one knowing whither they went or hearing more of them.
The fame of Pánji naturally overshadows the other events of the day, and no matter the credit that might go to the previous administration of his successor, it pales in comparison to his remarkable achievements. However, it seems widely accepted that Kúda, or Máisa Laléan, the next prince in line mentioned by tradition, early in his reign got the separate authorities established at Browérno, Sínga Sári, and Kedíri, to acknowledge the supremacy of Jang'gála. Yet, having ascended to the throne at a young age, and being under the influence of a cunning and manipulative minister named Báka, who conspired with one of the prince's brothers to strip him of his inheritance, he left his capital. When his eastern kingdom fell apart, he became the founder of a new one in the west. The reasons for his departure from the capital are said to include a terrible illness that was widespread in the eastern regions of Java at that time, along with his minister's schemes, who aimed to enhance his own power while attempting to establish a new regime. The first eruption of the mountain Klut, as tradition describes, is said to have occurred during this period, with eruptions likened to thunder, and ashes enveloping the land in complete darkness. The illness continued after the prince left, and it is reported that those who had stayed behind set sail in vessels, with no one knowing where they went or what happened to them afterward.
Kúda Laléan, accompanied by his mother Chándra Kirána, proceeded west as far as Blóra, where he laid the foundation of a new capital, under the designation of Méndang Kamúlan, the name of the ancient capital of the island. From thence, however, owing to the treachery of his minister[Vol II Pg 102] Báka, who aspired to the sovereignty, he was soon obliged to fly, and to take refuge with a devotee, until the chief of Gíling Wési, named Prau Chátor, going to war with Báka, an opportunity was afforded him of regaining his authority. Uniting with the forces of that chief, he succeeded in overpowering Báka, and laying waste his capital, which he afterwards burnt.
Kúda Laléan, along with his mother Chándra Kirána, traveled west to Blóra, where he established a new capital called Méndang Kamúlan, named after the ancient capital of the island. However, due to the betrayal of his minister Báka, who wanted to take the throne, he was soon forced to flee and seek refuge with a devotee. Eventually, the chief of Gíling Wési, named Prau Chátor, waged war against Báka, giving him the chance to regain his power. By joining forces with that chief, he managed to defeat Báka and destroy his capital, which he later burned.
This Báka is said to have had a criminal passion for his own daughter, and in consequence of her refusing to gratify his desires, to have secreted her in an adjoining forest. In his service was a man named Bándung Prakúsa, descended from Aru Bándung, of Balambángan, and also from Káran Kálang, the last chief of Brambánan. This man aspired to obtain the daughter in marriage. The father consented to the match, on condition that he would remove the temples from the old site to the new Méndang Kamúlan. Having made the usual offerings at the Sáng'gar, and done penance for forty days without sleeping, in the middle of the last night, when his tápa was all but accomplished, it happened that a maiden rose in her sleep, and without awaking, began to beat the rice block. On this, considering it daylight, he quitted his penance, and finding the stars still bright, he called down a curse on the women of Brambánan, that they should never be married till their hair was grey. This man is then said to have been transformed into a dog, or in other words, to have become a wanderer as a dog in the forests, where he met with the daughter of Báka. From their intercourse is born a son, who in time destroys his father and marries his mother. From this union the people known at this day by the term Kálang, trace their descent, although it is more generally believed that they are the real descendants of the first inhabitants of the island.
This Báka is said to have had an unlawful desire for his own daughter, and because she refused to satisfy his wishes, he hid her in a nearby forest. He had a servant named Bándung Prakúsa, who was a descendant of Aru Bándung from Balambángan and Káran Kálang, the last chief of Brambánan. This man wanted to marry the daughter. The father agreed to the union on the condition that he would relocate the temples from the old site to the new Méndang Kamúlan. After making the typical offerings at the Sáng'gar and completing forty days of penance without sleep, on the last night of his penance, a maiden rose in her sleep and started to pound rice. Thinking it was morning, he ended his penance, but upon seeing the stars still shining, he cursed the women of Brambánan to never marry until their hair turned grey. It is said that he was then transformed into a dog, meaning he became a wanderer in the forests, where he encountered Báka's daughter. From their union, a son was born, who eventually kills his father and marries his mother. The people known today as Kálang trace their ancestry back to this union, although it is more commonly believed that they are the true descendants of the first inhabitants of the island.
The brother of Kúda Laléan, Chítra Arung Báya, also called Chamára Gáding, being deceived by Báka, formed a party at Jung'gála, and embarked from thence for the island of Celebes, where he established himself, and is supposed to be the same with Sawíra Gáding, the first prince of whom the Búgis accounts make mention.
The brother of Kúda Laléan, Chítra Arung Báya, also known as Chamára Gáding, was tricked by Báka. He gathered a group at Jung'gála and set off for the island of Celebes, where he settled down. He is believed to be the same person as Sawíra Gáding, the first prince mentioned in the Búgis records.
Kúda Laléan having been requested by the chiefs of Bányu Mas, Lúrung Téng'a, and Tégal, to render them assist[Vol II Pg 103]ance against the Chinese, who, by their extortions and oppressions, had thus early become troublesome to the people of the country, attacked them, and killing their chief, relieved the inhabitants of these districts from their oppressions. From this period the Chinese have been dispersed over the whole island.
Kúda Laléan was asked by the chiefs of Bányu Mas, Lúrung Téng'a, and Tégal to help them against the Chinese, who, through their extortion and oppression, had become a major problem for the people in the area. He attacked them, killed their chief, and freed the residents of these regions from their oppression. Since then, the Chinese have spread throughout the entire island.
Kúda Laléan with his followers then proceeded westward, as far as Gíling Wési, which was situated in the southern provinces among the mountains of Chidámar, a district of the modern province of Sukápura, and in the fabulous and mythological accounts supposed to have been the ancient capital of Wátu Gúnung. Finding two brass cannon in the neighbourhood, he considered them as the signal for the foundation of his new capital, and built a city and kráton on the spot, to which he gave the name of Pajajáran, where, assuming the sovereignty of the country, he was acknowledged under the title of Browijáya Máisa Tandráman.
Kúda Laléan and his followers then headed west, all the way to Gíling Wési, located in the southern provinces among the mountains of Chidámar, an area in what is now the province of Sukápura, which legendary accounts claim was the ancient capital of Wátu Gúnung. Upon discovering two brass cannons nearby, he took this as a sign to establish his new capital and built a city and kráton right there, naming it Pajajáran, where he claimed sovereignty over the land and was recognized with the title of Browijáya Máisa Tandráman.
This prince was a great promoter of agriculture, and encouraged the common people in the labours of cultivation by his personal example. He was the first who introduced the rice husbandry into the western provinces, and trained the buffalo to the yoke, from which circumstance he is called Maisa, and his descendants Múnding, both signifying a buffalo, the former in the Javan and the latter in the Súnda language. According to the tradition of the Súndas, the wild buffaloes came from the woods of their own accord during the reign of this chief.
This prince was a strong supporter of agriculture and encouraged common people to engage in farming through his own actions. He was the first to introduce rice farming to the western provinces and trained buffalo to pull plows, which is why he is called Maisa, and his descendants are known as Múnding, both words meaning buffalo— the former in Javanese and the latter in Súnda. According to Súnda tradition, wild buffaloes came out of the woods on their own during this chief's reign.
This prince had two sons, the elder of whom, not contented to remain at home, engaged in foreign commerce and went beyond sea; and the younger succeeded his father in the year 1112, under the title of Prábu Múnding Sári.
This prince had two sons. The older one, not satisfied with staying at home, got involved in international trade and went overseas. The younger son became his father's successor in the year 1112, taking on the title of Prábu Múnding Sári.
It was seven years before he was enabled permanently to establish his authority; and soon after he had done so, his elder brother returned, who having resided in India and having become a convert to the Mahomedan faith, is known by the title of Háji Púrwa. He was accompanied by an Arab from the country of Koúje, who was descended from Sáyed Abás, and attempted in vain to convert his brother and family to the same faith. The troubles which were occasioned by their intrigues, and the endeavours which they used to effect[Vol II Pg 104] their purpose, and which are allegorically described by the rapid growth and destructive effects of the lagóndi plant, were such as led to the removal of the capital further westward. In this new site it still retained the name of Pajajáran, being situated in the district of Bógor and in the vicinity of the modern Buitenzorg, the country residence of the European governor of the colony.
It took him seven years to fully establish his authority. Soon after he succeeded, his older brother returned from India, where he had converted to Islam and is known as Háji Púrwa. He was accompanied by an Arab from Koúje, descended from Sáyed Abás, who tried unsuccessfully to convert his brother and family to the same faith. The troubles caused by their schemes and their attempts to achieve their goal, which are symbolically illustrated by the rapid growth and destructive effects of the lagóndi plant, ultimately led to the capital being moved further west. In this new location, it retained the name Pajajáran, situated in the district of Bógor near the modern Buitenzorg, the country residence of the European governor of the colony.
Háji Púrwa being unsuccessful in his attempts, and fearing the rage of the common people, quitted this part of the country, and is believed to have found an asylum in Chéribon, then an uninhabited wilderness.
Háji Púrwa was unsuccessful in his attempts, and fearing the anger of the common people, left this part of the country and is believed to have found refuge in Chéribon, which was then an uninhabited wilderness.
This is the first mention of the Mahomedan religion on Java.
This is the first mention of the Muslim religion in Java.
The next chief of Pajajáran was Múnding Wáng'i, who succeeded to the government about the year 1179. He had four legitimate children; the eldest a daughter, who refusing to be married was banished to the southern coast, where her spirit is still invoked, under the title of Ratu Kidul; the second, also a daughter, was born white and diseased, and was in consequence sent to an island off Jakatra (named from this circumstance Púlu Pútri), from whence she is said to have been carried away by the white men, who according to the Javan writers traded to the country about this period; the third a son, named Aria Babáng'a, who was appointed Rája of Gálu; and the fourth Raden Tandúran, who was destined to be his successor in the government. He had also a son by a concubine; but in consequence of the declaration of a devotee, who had been unjustly executed by Múnding Wáng'i, that his death would be avenged whenever the prince should have a child so born, he was desirous of destroying him in his infancy, but not being able, on account of the extreme beauty of the child, to bring himself to kill it with his own hands, he enclosed it in a box, and caused it to be thrown by one of his Mántris into the river Kráwang. The box being carried down the stream was discovered by a fisherman, who brought up the child as his own, until he arrived at twelve years of age. Finding him then to possess extraordinary abilities, he carried him to Pajajáran for further instruction, and placed him under the charge of his brother, who was skilled in the working of iron and steel. To the boy he gave the name of Baniák Wédi. [Vol II Pg 105]
The next leader of Pajajáran was Múnding Wáng'i, who took over around the year 1179. He had four legitimate children; the eldest was a daughter who refused to marry and was exiled to the southern coast, where people still call on her spirit, known as Ratu Kidul; the second, another daughter, was born white and sickly, so she was sent to an island off Jakatra (named from this situation Púlu Pútri), and she is said to have been taken by white men who were trading in the area around that time; the third child was a son named Aria Babáng'a, who became Rája of Gálu; and the fourth was Raden Tandúran, who was meant to be his successor. He also had a son with a concubine, but because a devotee, who had been wrongfully executed by Múnding Wáng'i, proclaimed that his death would be avenged whenever the prince had a child, he wanted to eliminate the baby. However, he couldn't bring himself to kill the beautiful child with his own hands, so he put him in a box and had one of his Mántris throw it into the river Kráwang. The box drifted downstream and was found by a fisherman, who raised the child as his own until he reached twelve years old. Noticing the boy's remarkable talents, he brought him to Pajajáran for further training and placed him in the care of his brother, who was skilled in iron and steel work. The fisherman named the boy Baniák Wédi. [Vol II Pg 105]
The youth soon excelled in the manufacture of all kinds of iron-work, and in the wild tradition of the country, he is said to have fashioned the red hot iron with his fingers. In a short time he was made chief of the Pándi, or ironsmiths, and admitted to the familiar intercourse of his father, Múnding Wang'i. Having constructed an iron chamber or cage, which particularly attracted the attention of the prince, he succeeded in persuading him to sleep in it, when closing the door, he, according to some accounts, burned him alive; or, according to others, caused him to be thrown into the South Sea at Kándang Wési, thus fulfilling the prophecy of the devotee.
The young man quickly became skilled in making all kinds of ironwork, and according to local tradition, he shaped the red-hot iron with his bare hands. Before long, he was appointed as the leader of the Pándi, or blacksmiths, and enjoyed a close relationship with his father, Múnding Wang'i. After he built an iron chamber or cage that caught the prince's eye, he managed to convince him to sleep in it. When he locked the door, some say he burned the prince alive, while others claim he had him thrown into the South Sea at Kándang Wési, thus fulfilling the prophecy of the devotee.
Baniák Wédi now assumed the government, declaring who he was; but being opposed by his brother, Tandúran, who had been destined to succeed his father, it was some time before his authority was acknowledged. At length defeating his brother in a general engagement, the latter escaped with only three followers, and Baniák Wédi was declared sovereign, under the title of Browijáya Chióng Wanára.
Baniák Wédi took over the government and declared his identity; however, he faced opposition from his brother, Tandúran, who was meant to succeed their father. It took a while for his authority to be recognized. Eventually, after defeating his brother in a major battle, Tandúran escaped with just three followers, and Baniák Wédi was proclaimed sovereign, under the title of Browijáya Chióng Wanára.
Ráden Tandúran arriving at the river Gúntung, took refuge at the house of a widow, and afterwards meeting with his sister, who was performing a penance on the mountain Chérmai (the mountain of Chéribon), he was encouraged by her to proceed further east, following the course of a bird which she desired that he would let loose for the purpose, till he reached the district of Wirasába. Here he observed a plant, called the mája, entwined round a tree. He wished to eat of the fruit, but finding it extremely bitter threw it away, and asked one of his followers, Kiái Wíra, the reason of its bitterness. "I have heard," replied Kiái Wíra, "that it was here your forefathers fought in the war Bráta Yúdha." On which the prince said, "Then let us stop here and establish our kingdom, and let us call it Majapáhit" This was in the Javan year 1221.
Ráden Tandúran arrived at the river Gúntung and found shelter at a widow's house. Later, he met his sister, who was doing penance on the mountain Chérmai (the mountain of Chéribon). She encouraged him to go further east, following the path of a bird she wanted him to release for that purpose, until he reached the region of Wirasába. There, he noticed a plant called mája, climbing around a tree. He wanted to eat its fruit, but after tasting its extreme bitterness, he threw it away and asked one of his followers, Kiái Wíra, why it was so bitter. "I’ve heard," Kiái Wíra replied, "that your ancestors fought here in the war Bráta Yúdha." The prince then said, "Let's settle here and establish our kingdom, and we'll call it Majapáhit." This was in the Javan year 1221.
In the Javan language mája and páhit both signify "bitter;" but the name of this kingdom, also called Mauspáhit, is more probably derived from Maus Páti, the ancient capital of Arjúna Wijáya, in whom the Javans believe Vishnu to have been incarnate.
In the Javan language, mája and páhit both mean "bitter." However, the name of this kingdom, also known as Mauspáhit, is likely derived from Maus Páti, the ancient capital of Arjúna Wijáya, where the Javanese believe Vishnu was incarnate.
Ráden Tandúran was first assisted by the people of Túban, who hearing of the arrival of a prince of royal descent, imme[Vol II Pg 106]diately flocked to his standard. Afterwards Aria Babáng'a, who had been driven from Gálu by the forces of Chióng Wanára, joined his younger brother, Ráden Tandúran, and was appointed to the charge of the eastern districts along the Solo river, under the title of Aria Panúlar. In a short time considerable emigrations took place from Pajajáran, in consequence of the heavy demands made upon the people. Among others, Bráma Dedáli at the head of eighty Pándi, or ironsmiths, with their families, are said to have deserted their country. They were pursued as far as the river Pamáli in Brébes, but effected their escape, and were received with open arms at Majapáhit.
Ráden Tandúran was first supported by the people of Túban, who, upon hearing about the arrival of a prince of royal lineage, immediately gathered around him. Later, Aria Babáng'a, who had been forced out of Gálu by the army of Chióng Wanára, joined his younger brother, Ráden Tandúran, and was put in charge of the eastern districts along the Solo river, taking on the title of Aria Panúlar. Soon after, many people started leaving Pajajáran due to the heavy burdens placed on them. Among those who left was Bráma Dedáli, leading eighty Pándi, or ironsmiths, along with their families, who reportedly abandoned their homeland. They were pursued all the way to the river Pamáli in Brébes, but managed to escape and were welcomed with open arms in Majapáhit.
Chiong Wanára, on demanding that the Pándi should be delivered up, received a positive refusal, and in consequence declared war against his half-brother, whose authority by this time extended as far as Bátang. Both princes, with their respective armies, moved towards the centre of the island: the forces of Majapáhit encamped at Ung'árang, and those of Pajajáran at Kaliwúngu. A general engagement now took place; which proving indecisive, a personal combat between the two chiefs was about to occur, when it was mutually agreed, that from thenceforth the countries to the west should be subject to Pajajáran, and those to the east to Majapáhit, a line being drawn due south from a stone column placed near the spot in commemoration of the agreement. This column is still to be seen at Túgu, a few miles west of Semaráng. This treaty, supposed to have been made in the Javan year 1247, does not appear to have lasted longer than the life time of Chiong Wanára; for several of the finest provinces, and particularly those to the east of Chi Pamáli, had been laid waste, and the succeeding chiefs not being able to reduce the country to order and submission, appear to have placed themselves under the immediate protection of Majapáhit. They accordingly delivered up the gun ng'ai stómi, and several of smaller calibre, which were considered as the pusáka (inheritance or regalia) of Pajajáran, and are still held sacred by the princes of Java. The gun stómi is now in the possession of the Susuhúnan.
Chiong Wanára, after demanding that the Pándi be handed over, received a firm refusal. As a result, he declared war against his half-brother, whose influence had by then extended as far as Bátang. Both princes, with their respective armies, headed toward the center of the island: the forces of Majapáhit camped at Ung'árang, while those of Pajajáran were at Kaliwúngu. A major battle ensued, which ended in a stalemate, and just as a personal duel between the two leaders was about to begin, they mutually agreed that from that point forward, the territories to the west would belong to Pajajáran, and those to the east to Majapáhit. They designated a line running directly south from a stone column placed nearby to commemorate the agreement. This column can still be seen at Túgu, a few miles west of Semaráng. This treaty, thought to have been established in the Javan year 1247, seemingly lasted only as long as Chiong Wanára's life, as many of the best provinces, especially those east of Chi Pamáli, had been devastated. The succeeding leaders, unable to restore order and submission, appear to have sought the immediate protection of Majapáhit. They subsequently surrendered the gun ng'ai stómi and several smaller weapons, which were regarded as the pusáka (inheritance or regalia) of Pajajáran and are still respected by the princes of Java. The gun stómi is currently held by the Susuhúnan.
An ineffectual attempt was made by Rátu Déwa, a native of Kuníng'an in Chéribon, who, on the departure of Aria Ba[Vol II Pg 107]-bang'a, had been entrusted with the administration of Gálu, to maintain an authority independent of Majapáhit; but he lost his life in the struggle, and his widow, Torbíta, who persevered, and was for a time successful, was at length overcome, and went over to Majapáhit[257].[Vol II Pg 108]
An ineffective attempt was made by Rátu Déwa, a local from Kuníng'an in Chéribon, who, upon the departure of Aria Ba[Vol II Pg 107]-bang'a, was given the responsibility of managing Gálu to maintain authority separate from Majapáhit. However, he lost his life in the conflict, and his widow, Torbíta, who persisted and was successful for a time, was eventually defeated and aligned herself with Majapáhit[257].[Vol II Pg 108]
A different account of the first establishment of the Majapáhit empire is given in a manuscript recently obtained from [Vol II Pg 109]Báli, which may deserve attention, in as far as it differs from the usually received opinion in Java. This account is as follows:
A different version of the initial formation of the Majapáhit empire is presented in a manuscript recently acquired from [Vol II Pg 109]Báli, which may be worth noting since it varies from the commonly accepted view in Java. This version is as follows:
[Vol II Pg 110] "The history of the kingdom of Tumápel, being an account of the origin and rise of the kingdom of Majapáhit, written on the day of Respáti (Thursday,) the 10th of the fifth season. Date
[Vol II Pg 110] "The history of the kingdom of Tumápel is a record of how the kingdom of Majapáhit began and developed, written on the day of Respáti (Thursday), the 10th of the fifth season. Date
5 | 6 | 4 | 1 |
wisaya | rasa | toya | wasitan |
(literally 1465.)[Vol II Pg 112]
(literally 1465.)[Vol II Pg 112]
"In the kingdom of Tumápel there reigned a king, named and styled Rátu Sri Jáya Purúsa, who in his demise was [Vol II Pg 113]succeeded by his son, known by the name and title of Sri Láksi Kirána, who on dying left two sons, the elder named and styled Sang Sri Síwabúda, who succeeded to the throne; the younger Ráden Wijáya, who was remarkable for the beauty of his person.
"In the kingdom of Tumápel, there was a king named Rátu Sri Jáya Purúsa. After his death, he was succeeded by his son, known by the name and title of Sri Láksi Kirána. When he died, he left behind two sons: the elder, named Sang Sri Síwabúda, who took the throne; and the younger, Ráden Wijáya, who was notable for his great beauty."
"During the reign of Sáng Srí Síwabúda the state had very much declined. Every district was going to ruin, in consequence of which the páteh, named Mángku Rája Náta, addressed himself to the prince, reminding him of the manner in which his forefathers used to treat the people, and which the welfare of his kingdom required of him to follow. To this, however, the prince would not listen, and as a punishment to the páteh for his presumption, he immediately ordered him to quit Tumápel.
"During the rule of Sáng Srí Síwabúda, the state had greatly declined. Every district was falling apart, which led the páteh, named Mángku Rája Náta, to approach the prince, reminding him of how his ancestors treated the people, and how he needed to follow that example for the good of his kingdom. However, the prince refused to listen, and as punishment for the páteh's audacity, he immediately ordered him to leave Tumápel.
"Sang Sri Síwabúda had a man in his service named Wíra Rája, whom, in consideration of his useful services, he had made ruler over the eastern part of Madúra called Súmenap. On being informed that the king intended to accuse him of a crime of which he was innocent, and considering himself in danger, sent a messenger to Sri Jáya Kátong, sovereign of Kedíri, to say, 'that as the kingdom of Tumápel was almost in a state of confusion, he might attack and conquer it without difficulty.'
"Sang Sri Síwabúda had a servant named Wíra Rája, who he made the ruler of the eastern part of Madúra called Súmenap because of his valuable services. When he found out that the king planned to falsely accuse him of a crime he didn’t commit and felt threatened, he sent a messenger to Sri Jáya Kátong, the ruler of Kedíri, to inform him that since the kingdom of Tumápel was nearly in chaos, he could easily attack and conquer it."
"Sri Jáya Kátong, on hearing the intelligence, was very much delighted, and accordingly he ordered his patéh, Kébo Mundárang, to make preparations for the purpose of invading Tumápel.
"Sri Jáya Kátong, upon hearing the news, was very pleased, and so he instructed his patéh, Kébo Mundárang, to get ready for the invasion of Tumápel."
"When every thing was ready the king gave orders to his patéh that he should march with a considerable force to Tumápel, and attack the southern part of the kingdom, while himself and his followers began the attack on the west.
"When everything was ready, the king instructed his patéh to lead a significant force to Tumápel and launch an attack on the southern part of the kingdom, while he and his followers initiated the assault from the west."
"Sri Síwabúda being informed that his kingdom was invaded by the sovereign of Kedíri, appointed his younger [Vol II Pg 114]brother, Ráden Wijáya, to command the forces, and meet the enemy coming from the west. Instead of marching out himself to meet the attack from the south he remained in his kadáton, and amused himself with his concubines. This enjoyment, however, was soon interrupted; for Mundárang having reached the kadáton obliged him to come out and meet him, and on his making his appearance, Mundárang and his followers lost no time in deciding his fate. Sri Síwabúda was accordingly killed before the palace gate. Ráden Wijáya and Jáya Kátong had by this time fought several battles, as well as skirmishes, in which a great number of men were killed on both sides.
"Sri Síwabúda learned that his kingdom was invaded by the ruler of Kedíri, so he appointed his younger brother, Ráden Wijáya, to lead the forces and confront the enemy coming from the west. Instead of going out himself to face the attack from the south, he stayed in his kadáton and entertained himself with his concubines. However, this enjoyment was soon interrupted; Mundárang had arrived at the kadáton and forced him to come out to meet him, and as soon as he appeared, Mundárang and his followers quickly decided his fate. Sri Síwabúda was killed right before the palace gate. By this time, Ráden Wijáya and Jáya Kátong had fought several battles and skirmishes, resulting in many casualties on both sides."
"They continued to oppose each other when Mundárang came up and attacked Wijáya in the rear. This soon determined the victory in favour of Kedíri, and obliged Wijáya to fly to Súmenap for the safety of his person, where he remained in the house of Wíra Rája, to whom he gave a full account of all the circumstances.
"They kept opposing each other when Mundárang came up and attacked Wijáya from behind. This quickly decided the victory in favor of Kedíri, forcing Wijáya to flee to Súmenap for his safety, where he stayed at the house of Wíra Rája, to whom he gave a complete account of everything that happened."
"Among the spoils which Mundárang had taken from the palace was the beautiful wife of Wijáya, who was afterwards delivered to the sovereign of Kedíri. He was very much struck with her beauty, and proposed to make her his lawful wife.
"Among the treasures that Mundárang had taken from the palace was the beautiful wife of Wijáya, who was later handed over to the ruler of Kedíri. He was very impressed by her beauty and suggested that he make her his legitimate wife."
"This proposal was however refused, and the king, instead of being offended by the refusal, adopted her as his daughter.
"This proposal was, however, turned down, and the king, instead of being upset by the rejection, took her in as his daughter."
"Ráden Wijáya had by this time remained a good while with Wíra Rája at Súmenap, and was then advised by him to repair to Kedíri, that Jáya Kátong might forgive him, and employ him in some way or other. He accordingly went over to Jáya Kátong, who received him very kindly; and he had not remained long at Kedíri when Jáya Kátong granted him an extensive forest, with which he might do as he liked.
"Ráden Wijáya had been staying for quite some time with Wíra Rája in Súmenap, and then Wíra Rája suggested that he go to Kedíri so that Jáya Kátong could forgive him and give him some work. He went to Jáya Kátong, who welcomed him warmly; it wasn't long after arriving in Kedíri that Jáya Kátong granted him a large forest to use as he wished."
"Wijáya, with a view of making a large town in the forest, sent a messenger to Wíra Rája to get some assistance. Wíra Rája accordingly sent over a good many people to Wijáya, who, after procuring every thing necessary for such an undertaking, began to cut down the forest. While they were at work they found a large mája tree[Vol II Pg 115] loaded with fruit, but when they tasted the fruit they found it quite bitter; whence the place was called mája páit, (literally the bitter mája.)
"Wijáya, intending to create a large town in the forest, sent a messenger to Wíra Rája for assistance. Wíra Rája promptly sent a good number of people to Wijáya, who, after gathering everything needed for such a project, started clearing the forest. While they were working, they discovered a large mája tree[Vol II Pg 115] full of fruit, but when they tasted it, they found the fruit to be quite bitter; thus, the place was named mája páit (literally the bitter mája)."
"Ráden Wijáya, after making Majapáhit a very large town, assumed the title of Bopáti Sang Browíjáyá, having for his Páteh a son of Wíra Rája, whose name and title was Kiaái Pateh Ráng'ga Láwé.
"Ráden Wijáya, after turning Majapáhit into a major city, took on the title of Bopáti Sang Browíjáyá, and his Páteh was a son of Wíra Rája, named Kiaái Pateh Ráng'ga Láwé."
"The population of Majapáhit increasing very rapidly, Browijáya thought, that with the aid of Wíra Rája he should be able to invade Kedíri. He accordingly sent a messenger to Wíra Rája to request some assistance. Wíra Rája willingly sent a considerable force to Browíjáya, and after the two armies had joined together Browíjáya began his march to Kedíri.
"The population of Majapáhit was growing quickly, and Browijáya believed that with Wíra Rája's help, he could invade Kedíri. He sent a messenger to Wíra Rája asking for assistance. Wíra Rája readily sent a sizable force to Browíjáya, and once the two armies united, Browíjáya set out on his march to Kedíri.
"Jáya Kátong, on being informed that a considerable force from Majápáhit was coming to invade his kingdom, immediately sent out a band of fighting men to meet the enemy. Several battles were fought in which many fell on either side.
"Jáya Kátong, upon learning that a large army from Majápáhit was approaching to invade his kingdom, quickly dispatched a group of warriors to confront the enemy. Several battles took place, resulting in many casualties on both sides."
"Jáya Kátong, previous to the invasion of Browijáya, had promised his guest, the King of Tátar[258], whose name and title was Srí Laksemána, to give him his adopted daughter (wife to Browijáya) in marriage. This was however delayed. Several times did Laksemána press Jáya Kátong to fulfil his promise, but he never received a positive answer.
"Jáya Kátong, before Browijáya invaded, had promised his guest, the King of Tátar[258], whose name and title were Srí Laksemána, that he would give him his adopted daughter (the wife of Browijáya) in marriage. However, this was delayed. Several times, Laksemána urged Jáya Kátong to keep his promise, but he never received a clear answer."
"Laksemána therefore being informed that Browijáya of Majápahit had attacked Kedíri, forthwith sent a letter to him, saying that he would co-operate with the people of Majapáhit, provided Browijáya would be on good terms with him.
"Laksemána, having learned that Browijáya of Majápahit had attacked Kedíri, immediately sent him a letter stating that he would work with the people of Majapáhit, as long as Browijáya was on friendly terms with him."
"Browijáya on receiving this intelligence was very much delighted, and accordingly returned a letter of approbation to Laksemána.
"Browijáya, upon receiving this news, was very pleased and sent a letter of approval back to Laksemána."
"Láksemána and his followers then joined Browijáya, and fought several battles with Jáya Kátong, in which a great number of men, as well as chiefs, were killed on both sides. [Vol II Pg 116]
"Láksemána and his followers then teamed up with Browijáya and fought multiple battles against Jáya Kátong, resulting in many deaths among both troops and leaders. [Vol II Pg 116]"
"In the heat of the action Jáya Kátong and Laksemána met, and a fierce encounter took place between these chiefs. Jáya Kátong threw his javelin at Laksemána, but missed him; and Laksemána, in return, struck him on the breast with his poisoned spear, and killed him on the spot.
"In the midst of the battle, Jáya Kátong and Laksemána faced off, resulting in a fierce clash between the two leaders. Jáya Kátong threw his javelin at Laksemána, but it missed. In response, Laksemána hit him in the chest with his poisoned spear, killing him instantly."
"Páteh Mundárang, and the whole force of Kedíri, perceiving that their king was fallen, immediately surrendered.
"Páteh Mundárang, and the entire army of Kedíri, realizing that their king had fallen, immediately surrendered."
"Browijáya then eagerly went into the kadáton, and was received by his faithful wife. They embraced with tears of joy; and Browijáya was so enraptured at recovering her, that without taking further notice of the kadáton, he returned with his wife to Majapáhit. He invited the King of Tátar to visit him. On his arrival Browijáya received him with every attention, and made him a present of a beautiful virgin.
"Browijáya eagerly entered the kadáton and was welcomed by his devoted wife. They embraced, tears of joy streaming down their faces; and Browijáya was so thrilled to be reunited with her that he hardly paid any attention to the kadáton and returned with his wife to Majapáhit. He invited the King of Tátar to come and visit. When he arrived, Browijáya welcomed him with great hospitality and gifted him a beautiful virgin."
"Laksemána remained for some time at Majapáhit, during which Browijáya gave him two or three grand entertainments. He afterwards embarked on board of his own vessel and returned to his kingdom of Tátar."
"Laksemána stayed at Majapáhit for a while, during which Browijáya hosted him for two or three lavish parties. He then boarded his own ship and returned to his kingdom of Tátar."
The story concludes with stating that Browijáya, with his Páteh, Rang'ga Lawé, reigned at Majapáhit, and governed the whole of the island of Java, and his people were very happy.[259][Vol II Pg 117] [Vol II Pg 118]Under the second prince of Majapáhit, called Brokamára or Brow'yáya the second, the manufacture of arms of various descriptions was brought to the highest perfection; and the first damasked krises were now made by the pándi (smiths) from Pajajáran, who became so distinguished that they were appointed to the charge of districts with a thousand chácha each. The kris, which was afterwards placed on the tomb of Susúnan Gíri, is said to have been manufactured at this time from a piece of old iron found by the prince.[Vol II Pg 119]
The story concludes by stating that Browijáya, with his Páteh, Rang'ga Lawé, ruled at Majapáhit and governed the entire island of Java, where his people were very happy.[259][Vol II Pg 117][Vol II Pg 118]Under the second prince of Majapáhit, known as Brokamára or Brow'yáya the second, the production of various types of weapons reached its peak; and the first damasked krises were created by the pándi (blacksmiths) from Pajajáran, who became so renowned that they were appointed to manage districts with a thousand chácha each. The kris, which was later placed on the tomb of Susúnan Gíri, is said to have been crafted at this time from a piece of old iron discovered by the prince.[Vol II Pg 119]
The reign of the third prince of Majapáhit was of very short duration, and he was succeeded by Ardi Wijaya, who [Vol II Pg 120]putting to death the prime minister, eventually fell a sacrifice to the just revenge of the minister's son.
The rule of the third prince of Majapáhit was very brief, and he was followed by Ardi Wijaya, who [Vol II Pg 120] executed the prime minister, ultimately becoming a victim of the rightful vengeance of the minister's son.
This prince, however, is distinguished by the extent of his conquests, and for the victory he obtained over Sri Sin Dérga, King of Sing'apura on the Malayan peninsula, whose subjects lived by piracy, but by this event became tributary to Majapáhit.
This prince, however, stands out because of the scope of his conquests and for the victory he achieved over Sri Sin Dérga, King of Sing'apura on the Malayan peninsula, whose people made a living through piracy, but after this event became subjects of Majapáhit.
To him succeeded the fifth prince of Majapáhit, named Mérta Wijáya, whose minister, Gúja Mada, became celebrated for his virtues and abilities, and for the code of regulations which at this day exists under his name. In his reign the conquest of Indragíri, or Sumatra, which had begun by his predecessor, was successfully completed.
To him followed the fifth prince of Majapáhit, named Mérta Wijáya, whose minister, Gúja Mada, became famous for his virtues and skills, and for the set of rules that is still known by his name today. During his reign, the conquest of Indragíri, or Sumatra, which had started with his predecessor, was successfully finished.
Accounts differ regarding the successor of his prince, some considering Ráden Alit, his brother, to have succeeded at an early age, and others that Ráden Alit is the same with Angka Wijáya, the last sovereign of Majapáhit. According to the latter accounts, many of the principal events reported to have taken place in the reign of Alít are brought under that of Mérta Wijáya.
Accounts vary about who succeeded his prince. Some say that Ráden Alit, his brother, took over at a young age, while others claim that Ráden Alit is the same person as Angka Wijáya, the last ruler of Majapáhit. According to the latter viewpoint, many of the major events said to have occurred during Alít’s reign are attributed to Mérta Wijáya.
One of the sovereigns of Majapáhit, according to the Malayan annals, had two sons by the daughter of the Raja of the mountain Sa Guntang; the eldest named Ráden Ino Mérta Wángsa, and the younger Ráden Mas Pamári. The eldest succeeded to the government of Majapáhit, the authority of which then extended over the whole of Java, and all the Rajas of Núsa Tamára (probably Báli) likewise paid allegiance for half their lands. The sovereign of Majapáhit heard of the extensive country of Malacca which did not owe him allegiance, and sent a large fleet against it, under the command of Demáng Wirája. The Javans, however, did not succeed: they were forced to retreat to their práhus and to return to Majapáhit.
One of the rulers of Majapáhit, according to the Malayan records, had two sons with the daughter of the ruler of the mountain Sa Guntang; the elder was named Ráden Ino Mérta Wángsa, and the younger Ráden Mas Pamári. The elder took over the leadership of Majapáhit, which then had control over all of Java, and all the rulers of Núsa Tamára (likely Báli) also pledged loyalty for half their territories. The ruler of Majapáhit learned about the vast region of Malacca, which did not owe him allegiance, and dispatched a large fleet against it, led by Demáng Wirája. However, the Javans were unsuccessful: they were forced to retreat to their práhus and return to Majapáhit.
Through the wisdom of the minister, Gája Máda, who was continued in office, and the prudent direction of Alit Wijáya, the kingdom of Majapáhit rose to the highest pitch of wealth and glory. Several nations on Sumatra, and among them the people of Palémbang, as well as the inhabitants of the southern states of Borneo, who had no regular government at that[Vol II Pg 121] period, obtained from him protection against the people of Lámpung, and in return acknowledged the supremacy of Majapáhit. The authority of this empire now extended eastward over Balambángan and Báli, and westward over what was then termed the kingdom of Súnda, which included the western districts of Java, part of Sumatra, and all the islands situated in the straits. The inhabitants of the islands situated in the straits of Sunda consisted for the most part of the dregs of all nations, who having fled from the wars, or having been otherwise obliged to desert their own country, had elected a chief, under whom they committed extensive depredations by sea and land.
Through the wisdom of the minister, Gája Máda, who remained in office, and the careful guidance of Alit Wijáya, the kingdom of Majapáhit reached the peak of wealth and glory. Several nations on Sumatra, including the people of Palémbang, as well as the residents of the southern states of Borneo, who had no stable government at that[Vol II Pg 121] time, received protection from him against the people of Lámpung, and in exchange, acknowledged the supremacy of Majapáhit. The authority of this empire now extended eastward over Balambángan and Báli, and westward over what was then known as the kingdom of Súnda, which included the western regions of Java, part of Sumatra, and all the islands in the straits. The inhabitants of the islands in the Sunda Strait were mostly outcasts from various nations, who, having fled from wars or being forced to leave their home countries, chose a leader under whom they carried out widespread raids by sea and land.
During the reign of Alit Wijáya, the pusáka kris, named jala sémlang jándring, was carried off by stealth, by emissaries employed by Ménak Dáli Púti, prince of Balambángan; but was recovered by the dexterity of a pándi (or smith) named Súpa, who in reward for his services was made chief of Madirángin (now called Sidáyu), and was the first distinguished by the title of Adipáti. This chief afterwards proceeded with a force to Balambángan, and an engagement took place near the river Káli Tíkus: Ménak Dáli Púti was defeated and put to death, and his family obliged to seek refuge with the chief of Bálí Klóngkong. The enemy was pursued as far as his capital; Máchang púti, and the whole coast was divided into districts, under the sovereignty of Majapáhit.
During the reign of Alit Wijáya, the pusáka kris called jala sémlang jándring was stealthily taken by agents working for Ménak Dáli Púti, prince of Balambángan; however, it was recovered by the skill of a pándi (or smith) named Súpa, who was rewarded for his services by being appointed chief of Madirángin (now known as Sidáyu) and became the first to hold the title of Adipáti. This chief then advanced with a force to Balambángan, where a battle occurred near the river Káli Tíkus: Ménak Dáli Púti was defeated and killed, and his family had to seek refuge with the chief of Bálí Klóngkong. The enemy was chased all the way to his capital, Máchang púti, and the entire coast was divided into regions under the authority of Majapáhit.
The chief of Báli Klóngkong sent an embassy to Majapáhit, and concluded a treaty acknowledging its authority.
The chief of Báli Klóngkong sent a delegation to Majapáhit and signed a treaty recognizing its authority.
During this reign, a violent volcanic eruption took place from one of the mountains in the western districts of Balambángan.
During this period, a violent volcanic eruption occurred from one of the mountains in the western areas of Balambángan.
Mérta, or according to others, Alit Wijáya, left two children, a daughter named Kanchána Wúnga, and a son named Angka Wijáya, who according to some accounts administered the government jointly. The princess, however, is better known as an independent sovereign, under the title of Prábu Kánya Kanchána Wúng'u. It is related, that during this reign the chief of Balembángan, named Ménak Jéng'ga, made a successful attack on Probolíng'go, and reduced under his authority all the countries which had been dependent on Majapáhit, as far west as Túban, so that the capital was[Vol II Pg 122] nearly surrounded by enemies. In this state of affairs, Ménak Jéng'ga offered terms, on condition of obtaining the hand of the princess in marriage; but she, disgusted by the deformity of his person, and a stench that exhaled from his body, not only rejected his suit, but declared she would give her hand to the man who would destroy him. Dámar Wúlan, the son of a tápa or devotee, named Udára, and a descendant of Aria Babáng'a, obtained a single victory over the rebels at Probolíng'go, and cut off the head of Ménak Jéng'ga: he was rewarded by the hand of the princess; and all the provinces again fell under the authority of Majapáhit. According to some accounts, Dámar Wúlan had also been successful in repelling an invasion from Kambója.
Mérta, also known by others as Alit Wijáya, had two children: a daughter named Kanchána Wúnga and a son named Angka Wijáya, who, according to some sources, ruled the government together. However, the princess is more famously recognized as an independent ruler, going by the title Prábu Kánya Kanchána Wúng'u. It is said that during her reign, the leader of Balembángan, named Ménak Jéng'ga, successfully attacked Probolíng'go and brought under his control all the territories that had been dependent on Majapáhit, reaching as far west as Túban, which caused the capital to be[Vol II Pg 122] nearly surrounded by enemies. In this precarious situation, Ménak Jéng'ga proposed terms, insisting on marrying the princess; however, she, repulsed by his physical deformities and the foul odor emanating from him, rejected his proposal and declared she would marry whoever would defeat him. Dámar Wúlan, the son of a tápa or devotee named Udára, and a descendant of Aria Babáng'a, achieved a decisive victory over the rebels at Probolíng'go and beheaded Ménak Jéng'ga: in return, he was granted the hand of the princess, and all the provinces fell back under the rule of Majapáhit. According to some reports, Dámar Wúlan also successfully defended against an invasion from Kambója.
Angka Wijáya having by this time attained a sufficient age, assumed the chief authority; the princess retiring with Dámar Wúlan, to whom was entrusted the charge of Probolíng'go with the more eastern districts, and of Súmenap and Sámpang on Madúra.
Angka Wijáya, now of a suitable age, took on the main leadership; the princess withdrew with Dámar Wúlan, who was assigned the responsibility for Probolíng'go and the further eastern areas, as well as Súmenap and Sámpang on Madúra.
The first attempts to introduce the Mahomedan religion in the eastern provinces of Java, appear to have been made at Grésik, about the close of the thirteenth century of the Javan era. In the origin and rise of Grésik, they are thus related by the native writers:
The initial efforts to introduce Islam in the eastern provinces of Java seem to have started at Grésik, around the end of the thirteenth century of the Javan era. The native writers describe the origin and early growth of Grésik as follows:
"Mulána Ibrahim, a celebrated Pandíta from Arabia, descended from Jenal Abidin, and cousin to the Raja of Chérmen (a country of Sábrang), had established himself with other Mahomedans at Désa Léran in Jang'gála, when the Raja of Chérmen arrived at Java. This prince, who was a Mahomedan, perceiving with regret that the inhabitants of the large and populous island of Java were still heathens, resolved to attempt the conversion of the King of Majapáhit, Prábu Angka Wijáya, and with this view to present to him his maiden daughter in marriage. Embarking with his daughter, and all his relatives and followers of every description, he reached Jang'gála in safety, and landing at the Désa Léran he immediately built a mosque there, and in a short time succeeded in obtaining many converts.
"Mulána Ibrahim, a renowned Pandíta from Arabia, descended from Jenal Abidin, and cousin to the Raja of Chérmen (a region in Sábrang), had settled with other Muslims at Désa Léran in Jang'gála, when the Raja of Chérmen arrived in Java. This prince, who was Muslim, sadly noticed that the large and populated island of Java still had pagans, and decided to try converting the King of Majapáhit, Prábu Angka Wijáya, by offering his unmarried daughter in marriage. He set sail with his daughter, along with relatives and all sorts of followers, and safely arrived at Jang'gála. After landing at Désa Léran, he quickly built a mosque there and soon succeeded in gaining many converts."
"The Raja of Chérmen having consulted with his relations whom he found at Léran, deputed his son, Sídek Mahómed, to proceed to Majapáhit, and apprise the king of his in[Vol II Pg 123]tended visit. He afterwards set out himself, with all his party, among whom were forty holy men, his relations, who had come with him from Sábrang.
"The Raja of Chérmen consulted with his family at Léran and sent his son, Sídek Mahómed, to go to Majapáhit and inform the king about his upcoming visit. After that, he set out himself with his entire group, which included forty holy men, his relatives, who had come with him from Sábrang.
"The King of Majapáhit came forth, and met Raja Chérmen at the confines, where they both remained under a pasang'grahan, erected for their accommodation. Angka Wijáya evinced the greatest respect for Raja Chérmen, and treated him with every mark of hospitality.
"The King of Majapáhit came forward and met Raja Chérmen at the border, where they both stayed under a pasang'grahan set up for their comfort. Angka Wijáya showed deep respect for Raja Chérmen and treated him with utmost hospitality."
"The Raja of Chérmen now presented to the King of Majapáhit a pomegranate in a basket, in order that, by his acceptance or rejection of it, he might ascertain whether or not he would become a convert. The king accepted of the present, but not without wondering how a Raja from Tána Sábrang could think of presenting him with such a fruit, as if it had been unknown on Java. His thoughts, however, he kept to himself; but Raja Chérmen knew what was working in his mind, and soon after took his leave, and returned with his people to Léran. His nephew, Mulána Máhfar (son of Mulána Ibrahim) alone remained with Angka Wijáya. Some time after this, the king having contracted a kind of giddiness in the head, opened the pomegranate; when, instead of the usual seeds, he found it filled with precious stones (rubies). Surprised at this, he observed to his minister, that Raja Chérmen must indeed be a very superior kind of person, and sent Mulána Máhfar to request the Raja to return; but the Raja refused to do so, and proceeded on.
"The Raja of Chérmen now offered the King of Majapáhit a pomegranate in a basket, hoping that his acceptance or rejection would reveal whether he would become a convert. The king accepted the gift, but couldn’t help wondering why a Raja from Tána Sábrang would present him with such a fruit as if it were unknown in Java. However, he kept his thoughts to himself; but Raja Chérmen was aware of what was on his mind and soon took his leave, returning with his people to Léran. Only his nephew, Mulána Máhfar (son of Mulána Ibrahim), stayed with Angka Wijáya. Some time later, the king, feeling a bit dizzy, opened the pomegranate; instead of the usual seeds, he discovered it was filled with precious stones (rubies). Surprised by this, he remarked to his minister that Raja Chérmen must indeed be a very exceptional person and sent Mulána Máhfar to ask the Raja to return; but the Raja refused and continued on his way."
"When Raja Chérmen had been four nights at Léran, his people fell sick and many died. Among them there were three out of five cousins, who had accompanied him from Sábrang, named Sáyed Jáfar, Sáyed Kásem, and Sáyed Ghárt, whose tombs are known by the name of Kúbur Pánjang[260]. The princess also fell sick, when her father attended upon her himself, and besought the Almighty to spare her and restore her to health, that his intention of giving her to the Raja of Majapáhit might be fulfilled: he prayed, however, at the same time, that if it was ordained that Angka Wijáya was not to be converted, her days [Vol II Pg 124]might be shortened. The princess shortly afterwards died, and was interred near the graves of her relations[261].
"When Raja Chérmen had spent four nights at Léran, his people fell ill and many died. Among them were three out of five cousins who had traveled with him from Sábrang, named Sáyed Jáfar, Sáyed Kásem, and Sáyed Ghárt, whose tombs are known as Kúbur Pánjang[260]. The princess also became ill, and her father personally attended to her, praying to the Almighty to spare her and restore her health so that he could fulfill his intention of marrying her to the Raja of Majapáhit: he also prayed that if it was meant that Angka Wijáya would not be converted, her life might be cut short. Soon after, the princess died and was buried near the graves of her relatives[261].
"The usual tribute having been paid to the memory of the deceased, on the different days appointed for the performance of the ceremony, and Mulána Ibrahim having been appointed to look after and take care of the graves, the Raja of Chérmen, with all his people, set out to return home. On his way Sáyed Jáfar died. He was sent on shore at Madúra, and his remains were interred to the west of the village Plakára. Sayed Rafidin, the only remaining cousin of the Raja, died near Bovian, and was buried on that island.
"The usual tribute was paid to honor the memory of the deceased on the designated days for the ceremony, and Mulána Ibrahim was assigned to oversee and maintain the graves. The Raja of Chérmen and his entire entourage set off to return home. On the way, Sáyed Jáfar passed away. He was taken ashore at Madúra, and his body was buried to the west of the village Plakára. Sayed Rafidin, the only remaining cousin of the Raja, died near Bovian and was buried on that island."
"Angka Wijáya, desirous of meeting again with Raja Chérmen, arrived at Léran three days after his departure, and hearing of the death of the princess, observed, that he thought the religion of Rajá Chérmen would have prevented such a calamity as the premature death of the pútrí (princess), that it would have enabled her to hold out against the sickness of Java, and that he must now think meanly of it: to which Muléna replied, that such ignorance was only the consequence of worshipping Déwas instead of the true God. Angka Wijáya became highly enraged at this retort; but being pacified by his followers, returned to Majapáhit, without taking any further notice of it. This happened in the year 1313.
Angka Wijáya, wanting to meet with Raja Chérmen again, reached Léran three days after leaving, and upon hearing about the princess's death, remarked that he believed Raja Chérmen's religion should have prevented such a tragedy as the early death of the pútrí (princess). He thought it would have helped her resist the sickness of Java, and he was starting to think poorly of it. Muléna responded that this kind of ignorance only came from worshipping Déwas instead of the true God. Angka Wijáya was very angry at this comeback, but his followers calmed him down, and he returned to Majapáhit without addressing it further. This occurred in the year 1313.
"Múlana Ibrahim, who remained in charge of the tombs of the deceased, afterwards removed from Léran to Grésik, which, however, had not become a separate state. Here he died, twenty-one years after the departure of the Raja of Chérmen; and here his tomb, which is known by the name of Gapúrá Wétan, is still to be seen. He died on Monday, the twelfth of Rabíulawal, in the Javan year 1334.
"Múlana Ibrahim, who was in charge of the tombs of the deceased, later moved from Léran to Grésik, which, however, had not become an independent state. He died here, twenty-one years after the Raja of Chérmen left; his tomb, known as Gapúrá Wétan, is still visible today. He passed away on Monday, the twelfth of Rabíulawal, in the Javan year 1334."
"It is related, that about this period there was a woman of Kamboja, named Niái Gédi Pináteh, the wife of the patéh, or minister of that country, who on account of her being a great sorceress was banished to Java, where, on her arrival, she went to the king of Majapáhit and implored protection. The king taking pity on her, the more so as she was a[Vol II Pg 125] woman of advanced age without any children, and had been removed from a situation where she had once been comfortable and happy, provided for her by making her a kind of shabándar (chief of the port) at Grésik, where there was already a mosque and a considerable population. Niái Gédi afterwards became very religious and charitable, and was revered for becoming the foster-mother of Susúnan Gíri. Her death took place forty-five years after that of Múlana Ibrahim; being a short time previous to the destruction of Majapáhit, and her tomb is still to be seen at Gresík."
"It is said that around this time, there was a woman from Kamboja, named Niái Gédi Pináteh, the wife of the patéh, or minister of that country. Because she was a powerful sorceress, she was exiled to Java. Upon her arrival, she went to the king of Majapáhit and asked for his protection. The king, feeling sympathetic, especially since she was an [Vol II Pg 125] older woman without any children who had lost her comfortable and happy life, took care of her by appointing her as a sort of shabándar (chief of the port) at Grésik, where there was already a mosque and a significant population. Niái Gédi later became very devout and charitable, and she was honored for being the foster-mother of Susúnan Gíri. She died forty-five years after Múlana Ibrahim; shortly before the fall of Majapáhit, and her tomb can still be seen at Gresík."
To return, however, to the proceedings of the King of Majapáhit, it appears that early in his reign, Angka Wijáya, hearing from the merchants who resorted to Java of the beauty and accomplishments of a princess of Chámpa, sent an embassy to that country to demand her in marriage; and on her arrival at Grésik, received her there in person, with great attention and state. The princess, nevertheless, for a long time refused to cohabit with him, on account of the great number of his concubines, and particularly on account of the powerful hold obtained over his affections by a Chinese of great beauty, who had been sent to him as a present from one of the chiefs of China, at the request of the merchants and with the consent of the emperor, with a view to obtain greater privileges for their trade with Java.
To get back to the King of Majapáhit, early in his rule, Angka Wijáya, hearing from the merchants visiting Java about the beauty and talents of a princess from Chámpa, sent a delegation to that country to propose marriage. When she arrived in Grésik, he welcomed her personally with great respect and ceremony. However, the princess refused to live with him for a long time due to the numerous concubines he had, especially because of a stunning Chinese woman who held a strong influence over him. She had been gifted to him by one of the chiefs of China at the merchants' request and with the emperor's approval, aiming to secure better trading privileges for their commerce with Java.
The princess is represented as the second daughter of the Raja of Chámpa. Her name was Dára Wáti, and her eldest sister had been married to an Arab, by whom she had a son, named Ráchmat.
The princess is portrayed as the second daughter of the Raja of Chámpa. Her name was Dára Wáti, and her older sister had married an Arab, with whom she had a son named Ráchmat.
Previous, however, to this marriage, Angka Wijáya is said to have had an intrigue with a woman, of whom there are various accounts, some describing her as a witch, residing on the mountain Láwu, and others as a rasáksa. The fruit of this illicit connection was a son, called Aria Dámar. Unknown to his father, this youth distinguished himself at an early age, by bringing together all the wild animals of the forest, as an amusement for the prince and his family. In consequence of an exploit so hazardous, he was first appointed chief of a province, and afterwards promoted to the command of an army proceeding against[Vol II Pg 126] Báli, during a war in which the forces of Majapáhit suffered great loss, but were ultimately successful[262]. The capital, called Klónkong, was surprised and carried, and the chief himself, with the whole of his family, except one sister, put to the sword. She being very beautiful, was sent to Majapáhit. The island of Báli became tributary to Majapáhit.
Before this marriage, Angka Wijáya is said to have had an affair with a woman, who is described in various ways—some say she was a witch living on the mountain Láwu, while others refer to her as a rasáksa. The result of this forbidden relationship was a son named Aria Dámar. Unknown to his father, this young man distinguished himself early on by gathering all the wild animals of the forest for the amusement of the prince and his family. Due to such a daring feat, he was first made chief of a province and later promoted to lead an army against Báli in a war where the Majapáhit forces suffered heavy losses but ultimately emerged victorious. The capital, known as Klónkong, was unexpectedly taken, and the chief, along with his entire family except for one sister, was killed. She, being very beautiful, was sent to Majapáhit. The island of Báli became a vassal of Majapáhit.
Aria Dámar, on his return, presented the various arms which had been taken as tokens of his success; and his conduct being highly approved of, he was appointed Adipáti, or chief, of Palémbang on Sumatra.
Aria Dámar, upon his return, showcased the various weapons he had collected as symbols of his success; and with his actions receiving high praise, he was named Adipáti, or chief, of Palémbang on Sumatra.
The discontent of the Princess of Chámpa still continuing, the Prince came to the resolution of parting with his Chinese consort, and gave her to Aria Dámar, on condition that he would not cohabit with her until she was delivered of the child, of which she was then pregnant, and that he would afterwards rear up the child as his own. Aria Dámar then accompanied by the princess, and about three hundred chosen troops, given to him by the prince of Majapáhit, embarked for Palémbang, where he was well received, and immediately acknowledged as chief. He soon, however, became involved in a war with the Lámpung states and the neighbouring isles[Vol II Pg 127] of Súnda, the inhabitants of which were continually committing depredations in the territories of Palémbang. He proceeded into the Lámpung country, but before he could reduce it to subjection, internal commotions obliged him to return to Palémbany, where the Chinese princess was now delivered of a son, to whom he gave the name of Ráden Pátah. He had afterwards a son by this princess, whom he named Ráden Húsen; but observing that the people of Palémbang disliked the princess, on account of her Chinese extraction, he took from one of the first families of the place another wife, whose son might become his successor, and resolved to send Ráden Pátah and Ráden Húsen to Majapáhit.
The Princess of Chámpa remained unhappy, so the Prince decided to part ways with his Chinese wife and gave her to Aria Dámar, on the condition that he wouldn’t be with her until after she gave birth to the child she was carrying, and that he would raise the child as his own. Aria Dámar then set off with the princess and about three hundred selected troops, provided by the prince of Majapáhit, sailing to Palémbang, where he was warmly welcomed and quickly recognized as chief. However, he soon found himself in a conflict with the Lámpung states and nearby islands of Súnda, whose residents were frequently raiding Palémbang's territories. He ventured into the Lámpung area, but before he could bring it under control, he had to return to Palémbang due to internal issues, where the Chinese princess had just given birth to a son, whom he named Ráden Pátah. Later, he had another son with this princess, named Ráden Húsen; however, noticing that the people of Palémbang did not like the princess because of her Chinese background, he took a wife from one of the leading families of the region, so that her son could be his successor, and he decided to send Ráden Pátah and Ráden Húsen to Majapáhit.
After Aria Dámar had resided about three years at Palémbang, Ráden Ráchmat, son of the Arab priest, who had married one of the daughters of the Raja of Chámpa, arrived there, being the bearer of letters and presents for Majapáhit. Ráchmat was then about twenty years of age, carefully educated, and well instructed in the Mahomedan religion. In a short time Aria Dámar felt inclined to embrace the faith, but on account of the attachment of the people of Palémbang to their ancient worship, he dared not openly profess it. Ráchmat remained two months at Palémbang, and then proceeded on his voyage to Majapáhit, touching at Grésik on the way, where he visited Sheik Mulána Jomadil Kóbra, a devotee who had established himself on Gúnung Jáli, and who declared to him that his arrival at that particular period had been predicted by the prophet; that the fall of paganism was at hand, and that he was elected to preach the doctrine of Mahomed in the eastern parts of Java, where a rich harvest of conversion awaited his apostolic labours.
After Aria Dámar had lived in Palémbang for about three years, Ráden Ráchmat, the son of an Arab priest who had married one of the Raja of Chámpa's daughters, arrived there with letters and gifts for Majapáhit. Ráchmat was around twenty years old, well-educated, and knowledgeable about the Islamic faith. Soon, Aria Dámar felt drawn to convert, but he hesitated to openly declare his beliefs due to the strong attachment of the people of Palémbang to their traditional practices. Ráchmat stayed in Palémbang for two months before continuing his journey to Majapáhit, stopping at Grésik along the way. There, he met Sheik Mulána Jomadil Kóbra, a devout individual living on Gúnung Jáli, who told him that his arrival had been foretold by the prophet. He said the downfall of paganism was near and that Ráchmat was chosen to spread the teachings of Muhammad in eastern Java, where many conversions awaited his efforts.
Arriving at Grésik he proceeded to Majapáhit, where he was kindly received by the prince, and by his relative the princess of Chámpa. Angka Wijáya, notwithstanding he disapproved of his religious principles, and himself refused to become a convert to them, conceived such an attachment for his person and such a respect for his character, that he assigned to him three thousand families, and formed an establishment for him at Ampel, situated in the vicinity of Surabáya, where he allowed him the free exercise of his religion,[Vol II Pg 128] with permission to make converts of those who were inclined. In a short time Ráchmat gained the affection of all those placed under him, and most of them were by degrees converted to the faith, whence he acquired the title of Sunan, meaning, according to some, "messenger from God," or he of whom requests are made, and which title, indifferently termed Sunan or Susuhunan, the sovereigns of Java have since continued to assume[263]. As a further testimony of his regard for Ráchmet, the prince of Majapáhit gave to him in marriage the daughter of his first Klíwon, whose brother, Wíla Tíkta, he had appointed chief of Túban. By this wife Ráchmat had three children, a daughter and two sons, who were afterwards appointed Adipátis of Bónang and Drájat, now called Lasem and Sedáyu.
Arriving at Grésik, he went to Majapáhit, where the prince and his relative, the princess of Chámpa, welcomed him warmly. Angka Wijáya, despite disapproving of his religious beliefs and refusing to convert, felt a strong attachment to him and deep respect for his character. He assigned three thousand families to him and established a community for him at Ampel, located near Surabáya, where he allowed him to freely practice his religion, with permission to convert those who were interested. Soon, Ráchmat won the affection of all those under him, and many gradually converted to his faith, earning him the title of Sunan, which some interpret as "messenger from God" or "one to whom requests are made." This title, referred to both as Sunan or Susuhunan, has since been adopted by the rulers of Java[263]. As a further sign of his esteem for Ráchmat, the prince of Majapáhit gave him in marriage the daughter of his first Klíwon, whose brother, Wíla Tíkta, he appointed chief of Túban. With this wife, Ráchmat had three children, a daughter and two sons, who were later appointed Adipátis of Bónang and Drájat, now known as Lasem and Sedáyu.
The next Arab missionary who arrived at Grésik was Mulána Ishak, the father of the celebrated Súnan Gíri. The circumstances attending his arrival, and the establishment of his son, are thus related.
The next Arab missionary to arrive at Grésik was Mulána Ishak, the father of the famous Súnan Gíri. The events surrounding his arrival and his son's establishment are described as follows.
"Mulána Ishak, otherwise called Mulána Alul Islam of Pási Málaca, a celebrated Pandíta, who had given himself up to penance and mortification, having heard that there was at Ampel, on Java, a prince who was busily employed in propagating the Mahomedan religion, and that many persons, through his means, had embraced the faith, went over and assisted Súnan Mákdum in the work of conversion: and having received his sanction to go to Balambángan, for the purpose of teaching the Mahomedan religion, there embarked in a práhu, and set out on the sacred mission.
"Mulána Ishak, also known as Mulána Alul Islam of Pási Málaca, a renowned Pandíta, who dedicated himself to penance and self-discipline, learned that there was a prince in Ampel, Java, who was actively spreading the Islamic faith, and that many people had adopted the religion because of him. He traveled there to support Súnan Mákdum in the conversion efforts. After receiving permission to go to Balambángan to teach the Islamic religion, he boarded a práhu and set off on this sacred mission."
"It happened that at this time the chief of Balambángan was greatly distressed on account of his daughter, who was very sick, and whose malady would not yield to the power of medicine. One night a voice from heaven told him, that if he would have his daughter speedily recover he must send her to Gúnung Patukáng'an, where there would be found[Vol II Pg 129] a Pandíta from Sábrang, who would cure her, and afterwards become her husband.
"It just so happened that at this time the chief of Balambángan was really worried about his daughter, who was very sick, and her illness wouldn't respond to any medicine. One night, a voice from above told him that if he wanted his daughter to recover quickly, he needed to send her to Gúnung Patukáng'an, where there would be a Pandíta from Sábrang who could heal her and later become her husband.
"A storm arising, the práhu in which Malána Ishak had embarked was driven close to the foot of Gúnung Patukáng'an, and he landed there, when the chief, having sent his daughter to the mountain, directed that the Pandíta might be conveyed thither, in order that the prophecy might be fulfilled. Malána Ishak first objected to undertake the cure, on the plea that he was not skilled in medicine, but at last agreed to comply, on condition that the chief would embrace the Mahomedan religion if he were successful. To this the latter consented, on which Ishak, addressing the priest, said, 'I am not a person skilled in medicine, neither do I know how to administer it, but if your daughter would be well she has now only to wish herself so.' The princess immediately recovered.
A storm was coming, and the boat that Malána Ishak had taken was pushed close to the base of Gúnung Patukáng'an. He landed there, and the chief, having sent his daughter to the mountain, instructed that the Pandíta be taken there so that the prophecy could be fulfilled. Malána Ishak initially refused to perform the cure, claiming he wasn’t skilled in medicine, but eventually agreed to do it on the condition that the chief would convert to the Muslim faith if he was successful. The chief agreed, and then Ishak said to the priest, 'I am not trained in medicine, nor do I know how to treat it, but if your daughter wants to be well, all she has to do is wish for it.' The princess instantly recovered.
"The prince afterwards bestowed upon the Pandíta his daughter in marriage, and she soon acquired a thorough knowledge of the tenets of Mahomedanism.
"The prince later gave his daughter in marriage to the Pandíta, and she quickly gained a deep understanding of the principles of Islam."
"On one occasion, when the prince was sitting in the hall of audience before all his people, the Pandíta went up to him and reminded him of his promise to become a Mahomedan, adding, that he was ready to instruct him in the doctrine of that system. On this the prince became angry, and told him in haughty terms that he never would change his religion. No sooner had he spoken than his mouth was distorted. At this, however, he only became the more exasperated, and approaching the Pandíta, was going to strike him, when his legs gave way under him and he fell to the ground.
"One time, while the prince was sitting in the audience hall in front of all his people, the Pandíta approached him and reminded him of his promise to convert to Islam, saying that he was ready to teach him about that faith. This made the prince angry, and he arrogantly responded that he would never change his religion. As soon as he said that, his mouth twisted strangely. Instead of calming down, he became even more furious and moved closer to the Pandíta as if he was going to hit him, but then his legs gave out and he fell to the ground."
"The Pandíta, returning to his wife, took leave of her, exhorting her to adhere to the religion he had taught her, and telling her that he must now proceed upon the mission on which he had originally embarked. Though desirous of accompanying him he would not permit her. After he was gone the land was afflicted with a pestilence, which carried off great numbers of the people.
The Pandíta, returning to his wife, said goodbye to her, urging her to stick to the religion he had taught her, and informing her that he had to continue on the mission he had originally set out for. Even though she wanted to go with him, he wouldn't allow it. After he left, the land was struck by a plague that took many lives.
"The prince, greatly vexed, and enraged at the havock thus made among his subjects, told his minister that it[Vol II Pg 130] must be in consequence of his daughter being pregnant by the Pandíta; and that, as soon as the child should be born he was determined to make away with it.
"The prince, very upset and angry about the chaos caused among his people, told his minister that it[Vol II Pg 130] must be because his daughter was pregnant by the Pandíta; and that as soon as the child was born, he was set on getting rid of it."
"The Almighty, however, took the child under his especial protection, and it was safely conveyed to Grésik in a trading vessel, where it was brought up by Niái Géde Pináteh, until it was twelve years of age; when, turning out a promising boy, she resigned him to Ráden Ráchmat, then called Súnan Ampel, for the purpose of his receiving religious instruction. The Súnan soon discovered the boy was of Arab descent, and gave him the name of Ráden Páku, observing, that he would one day become the pepaku (that is, the support-nail, or axle) of Java; he subsequently gave him his daughter in marriage.
"The Almighty, however, took the child under His special protection, and he was safely brought to Grésik on a trading ship, where he was raised by Niái Géde Pináteh, until he turned twelve. When it became clear that he was a promising boy, she entrusted him to Ráden Ráchmat, who was then known as Súnan Ampel, so he could receive religious education. The Súnan quickly realized that the boy was of Arab descent and gave him the name Ráden Páku, noting that he would one day become the pepaku (which means the support-nail or axle) of Java; he later gave him his daughter in marriage."
"Ráden Páku afterwards, accompanied by Mákdum Ibrahim, son of the Súnan, proceeded on a pilgrimage to Mecca; but touching at Pási Malácca, they were there presented to the great and holy teacher, Mulána Alúl Islam, who persuaded them, instead of prosecuting their voyage, to return to their own country, in order to make converts and become great and glorious; and giving to each of them an Arab turban and a long gown, at the same time conferred upon them the names of Prábu Suswáta and Prábu Anyak Kraswáti. He moreover told them, on their return to Grésik, to erect a mosque at Gíri.
"Ráden Páku later, along with Mákdum Ibrahim, son of the Súnan, went on a pilgrimage to Mecca; but when they stopped at Pási Malácca, they were introduced to the esteemed teacher, Mulána Alúl Islam, who convinced them, instead of continuing their journey, to go back to their homeland to make converts and achieve greatness; he gave each of them an Arab turban and a long gown and renamed them Prábu Suswáta and Prábu Anyak Kraswáti. He also instructed them, upon their return to Grésik, to build a mosque at Gíri."
"On reaching Ampel, after their return to Java, the Súnan informed Ráden Páku that the holy man to whom he had been presented at Pási Malácca was his own father, and that by obeying his instructions in building a mosque at Gíri he would fulfil a prophecy, and he and his companion become great princes in Java.
"Upon arriving at Ampel after returning to Java, the Súnan told Ráden Páku that the holy man he had been introduced to at Pási Malácca was actually his father. He said that by following the advice about constructing a mosque at Gíri, he would fulfill a prophecy and he and his partner would become powerful princes in Java."
"Ráden Páku then went to Gíri, and having cleared a spot, a mosque and dwelling were soon erected. Numerous proselytes being attracted thither, he was called Prábu Satmáta, and sometimes Susúnan Rátu Ainul Yákin, but more commonly Súnan Gíri. He was afterwards appointed by the king of Majapáhit to be chief of the province of Grésik, in the same manner as Susúnan Ampel had been previously appointed. He was born A. J. 1355. Prábu[Vol II Pg 131] Anyák Kraswáti, his companion, afterwards assumed the title Susúnan Bónang, under which name he was a distinguished character in subsequent transactions."
"Ráden Páku then went to Gíri, and after clearing an area, a mosque and living quarters were quickly built. Many converts were drawn there, and he was called Prábu Satmáta, sometimes Susúnan Rátu Ainul Yákin, but more often Súnan Gíri. Later, he was appointed by the king of Majapáhit as the head of the province of Grésik, in the same way Susúnan Ampel had been appointed before him. He was born in A. J. 1355. Prábu[Vol II Pg 131] Anyák Kraswáti, his companion, later took on the title Susúnan Bónang, under which he became a notable figure in later events."
In the western provinces the work of conversion was also advancing, under the influence of Sheik Ibn' Mulána, who in A. J. 1334 had established himself in Chéribon, where he is better known as Susúnan Gúnung Játi, a name given him on account of his fixing his abode on the hills so named. A woman afflicted with the leprosy (a complaint which has been declared incurable) was recovered by him, and thus procured for him the character of being able to perform miracles. The number of people who in consequence of the cure resorted to Gúnung Játi was so great, that the chiefs, in the first instance, thought themselves bound to interfere, and did so with the hopes of success; but finding afterwards that they could not resist the tide, many of them, among whom were the chiefs of Gálu, Sukapúra, and Limbangan, became themselves converts to the faith.
In the western provinces, the process of conversion was also progressing under the influence of Sheik Ibn' Mulána, who in A.J. 1334 had settled in Chéribon, where he’s better known as Susúnan Gúnung Játi, a name given to him because he made his home on the hills of that name. A woman suffering from leprosy, which is considered incurable, was healed by him, earning him a reputation for performing miracles. The number of people coming to Gúnung Játi because of her healing was so large that the local chiefs initially felt they had to step in, hoping for success. However, when they realized they couldn’t stop the influx, many of them, including the chiefs of Gálu, Sukapúra, and Limbangan, ended up converting to the faith themselves.
When Lémbu Pétang, son of Angka Wijáya, by the Princess of Chámpa, was appointed to the charge of the island of Madúra, under the title of Panambáhan, the Súnan Gíri deputed Sheik Sárif, commonly called Kalipha Kúsen, to accompany him, in order to make converts on that island. This missionary was buried at Aros Báya, where he had built a mosque, and is generally known on Madúra by the name of Pangéran Sárif.
When Lémbu Pétang, son of Angka Wijáya, by the Princess of Chámpa, was appointed to oversee the island of Madúra as Panambáhan, the Súnan Gíri sent Sheik Sárif, who is commonly known as Kalipha Kúsen, to accompany him to help convert people on that island. This missionary was buried at Aros Báya, where he built a mosque, and he is generally referred to on Madúra as Pangéran Sárif.
In the meantime the name of Majapáhit stood high among surrounding nations; and at no time was the authority of that state more extensively acknowledged. Some disturbances, however, had taken place on Báli, promoted by chiefs of districts, who oppressed their subjects, and interfered with the authority of each other. These commotions were so exasperated by the difficulties which arose in collecting the tribute, that the prince was obliged to send an army thither, under the command of Adáya Níngrat, the Adipáti of Pájang Peng'ging, who soon restored order and tranquillity. In return for this and other eminent services he obtained in marriage Rátu Tímpo, the legitimate daughter of Angka Wijáya. Déwa Agung Kátut, a natural son of the prince by the princess of Báli, being then appointed chief of that island,[Vol II Pg 132] proceeded thither with a select force, and continued tributary to Majapáhit until its downfall.
In the meantime, the name of Majapáhit was highly respected among neighboring nations, and its authority had never been more widely recognized. However, some conflicts had erupted in Báli, initiated by local leaders who were exploiting their people and interfering with each other's authority. These disturbances worsened due to issues with collecting tribute, prompting the prince to send an army led by Adáya Níngrat, the Adipáti of Pájang Peng'ging, who quickly restored order and peace. In gratitude for this and other significant contributions, he married Rátu Tímpo, the legitimate daughter of Angka Wijáya. Déwa Agung Kátut, a natural son of the prince with the princess of Báli, was then appointed chief of that island,[Vol II Pg 132] and he continued to pay tribute to Majapáhit until its fall.
[The following account is given of the further success of the Majapáhit arms in the Eastern Seas, under Andáya Níngrat, commonly known by the title of Rátu Péng'ging, and of the motives which induced the Prince of Majapáhit first to give him his daughter in marriage, and afterwards to admit him to a share in the government.]
[The following account details the continued success of the Majapáhit forces in the Eastern Seas, led by Andáya Níngrat, commonly known as Rátu Péng'ging, and the reasons that prompted the Prince of Majapáhit to first give him his daughter in marriage and later allow him to be part of the government.]
"Every time that the Prince of Majapáhit received accounts of the success of Rátu Péng'ging his alarm and uneasiness increased; for in these accounts it was stated that he wanted no further assistance, as he met with but little opposition, all the rajas of Sábrang submitting to him, among whom were those of Makásar, Góa, Bánda, Sembáwa, Endé, Tímor, Ternáté, Súlu, Síram, Maníla, and Búrni, in short, he and his followers conquered wherever he went, being themselves invulnerable.
"Every time the Prince of Majapáhit heard about the success of Rátu Péng'ging, his anxiety and discomfort grew. The reports said he needed no more help since he faced very little resistance; all the rajas of Sábrang had submitted to him, including those from Makásar, Góa, Bánda, Sembáwa, Endé, Tímor, Ternáté, Súlu, Síram, Maníla, and Búrni. In short, he and his followers conquered wherever they went, being invulnerable themselves."
"At length the Prince of Majapáhit recollected that Palémbang had not yet submitted, and in consequence sent a handsome present to Ratu Péng'ging, accompanied by a request to subdue Palémbang without delay.
"Finally, the Prince of Majapáhit remembered that Palémbang had not yet surrendered, so he sent a nice gift to Ratu Péng'ging, along with a request to conquer Palémbang as soon as possible."
"The Prince of Majapáhit then calling his minister, Gaja Máda, inquired of him how it was that Rátu Péng'ging met with such success, and was becoming so great, that no country could withstand him, and told him, that his alarm was excited even for his own safety, least on his return to Péng'ging the island of Java should become subject to two chiefs. To which Gaja Máda replied, 'he knew not how to account for it, or to remove the uneasiness of the prince, but that he was always ready to obey the orders of his prince: in the present case Rátu Péng'ging had been thrown into the greatest danger possible, and yet his life was preserved; what more could be done?' The prince then said, 'let us both perform penance, and inquire of the Deity how to remove this uneasiness.' Gaja Máda assenting to this proposal, they both kept themselves apart from the people of the court, and fasted for forty days and forty nights, at the expiration of which Batára Naráda appeared to Gaja Máda, saying, 'it is impossible for you to destroy or kill Rátu Péng'ging, for he is a good man, and favoured[Vol II Pg 133] by the gods; but if the Prince of Majapáhit wishes to get rid of his uneasiness, he had better make him his son-in-law, by giving him his eldest daughter, Rátu Pambáyun, in marriage.'
"The Prince of Majapáhit then called his minister, Gaja Máda, and asked him how Rátu Péng'ging was achieving such success and growing so powerful that no country could oppose him. He expressed concern for his own safety, fearing that upon the return to Péng'ging, the island of Java might fall under the control of two leaders. Gaja Máda replied that he couldn't explain it or ease the prince's worries, but he was always ready to follow the prince's orders. In this case, Rátu Péng'ging had faced the greatest danger imaginable and yet survived; what more could be done? The prince suggested, 'Let’s both perform penance and ask the Deity how to alleviate this worry.' Gaja Máda agreed to this plan, and they both isolated themselves from the court and fasted for forty days and nights. Afterward, Batára Naráda appeared to Gaja Máda and said, 'It is impossible for you to destroy or kill Rátu Péng'ging, for he is a good man and favored by the gods; however, if the Prince of Majapáhit wants to ease his concerns, he should consider making him his son-in-law by marrying him to his eldest daughter, Rátu Pambáyun.'
"The prince on hearing this became much astonished, adding, that he had received a similar communication from Sang'yang Túng'gal (the great and only one,) and it was agreed to send for Rátu Péng'ging without delay.
"The prince was really surprised to hear this, saying that he had also received a similar message from Sang'yang Túng'gal (the great and only one), and they agreed to call for Rátu Péng'ging right away."
"In a short time Rátu Péng'ging reached Majapáhit, with numerous princes in his suite, in proof of what he had written, that all the rajas of Sábrang had submitted, and were willing to obey the will of Majapáhit. Rátu Péng'ging then informed the prince, that in the conquest of Palémbang the raja of that country had been killed, and that he had himself appointed a person to administer the government provisionally, until the Prince of Majapáhit should nominate a new raja.
"In a short time, Rátu Péng'ging arrived at Majapáhit with many princes accompanying him, proving what he had written: that all the rajas of Sábrang had submitted and were ready to follow the will of Majapáhit. Rátu Péng'ging then informed the prince that during the conquest of Palémbang, the raja of that region had been killed and that he had appointed someone to manage the government temporarily until the Prince of Majapáhit could appoint a new raja."
"The prince received him with great distinction, saying, he knew not how to reward such eminent service, and offering to him his daughter in marriage.
"The prince welcomed him with great honor, saying he didn't know how to repay such outstanding service, and offered him his daughter in marriage."
"After the marriage had taken place the prince assembled all his chiefs, and placing Rátu Péng'ging, now his son-in-law, on the setíngel, appointed him in their presence, under the title of Prábu Anom, to a joint administration of the country with himself.
"After the marriage, the prince gathered all his chiefs and, placing Rátu Péng'ging, who was now his son-in-law, on the setíngel, appointed him in front of everyone, under the title of Prábu Anom, to share the administration of the country with him."
"The prince, however, some time after, became jealous of the authority of this chief, and removed him to Péng'ging, afterwards called Pájang.
"The prince, however, some time later, became jealous of this chief's power and relocated him to Péng'ging, which was later known as Pájang.
"During the administration of Lémbu Pétang on Madúra, Súmanap with the subordinate islands became a separate province under Járan Panúlan, a native of Pamakásan, who, by his skill and courage, had raised himself to the rank of commander of the Majapáhit cavalry, and was married to an illegitimate daughter of the prince.
"During the leadership of Lémbu Pétang on Madúra, Súmanap and its surrounding islands became a separate province under Járan Panúlan, a local from Pamakásan, who, through his skill and bravery, had risen to the position of commander of the Majapáhit cavalry and was married to an illegitimate daughter of the prince."
"About the year 1360 ambassadors arrived from Pánjar Másin, when the prince sent one of his sons, Kúda Banjáran Sâri, also called Chákra Nagára, to be the chief of that country. He proceeded with many vessels, and numerous followers and troops.
"Around the year 1360, ambassadors came from Pánjar Másin, and the prince sent one of his sons, Kúda Banjáran Sâri, who was also known as Chákra Nagára, to be the leader of that country. He set off with many ships, along with a large group of followers and soldiers."
"The prince afterwards gave one of his daughters, the[Vol II Pg 134] sister of Chákra Nagára, in marriage to a celebrated commander, named Járan Línau, who was appointed Adipáti of Lokáno, and appointed Pánji Diwírio chief of Pranarága, with the title of Batára Kátong.
"The prince later married one of his daughters, the[Vol II Pg 134] sister of Chákra Nagára, to a famous commander named Járan Línau, who was made Adipáti of Lokáno, and appointed Pánji Diwírio as the chief of Pranarága, with the title of Batára Kátong.
"The prince falling ill of a complaint, declared by the physicians to be incurable, was advised, as the only means of recovery, to cohabit with one of his female slaves, a woolly-haired girl. The fruit of this intercourse was a son, who, on account of his birth, was called Búndan Kajáwan. This child, shortly after its birth, was delivered over to Kiái Géde Tárup Siséla, chief of the prince's sáwa, or rice lands, with directions to bring it up as a foundling."
"The prince, who fell ill with a condition deemed incurable by the doctors, was advised that the only way to recover was to have relations with one of his female slaves, a girl with curly hair. The outcome of this union was a son, who was named Búndan Kajáwan because of his birth. Shortly after he was born, this child was entrusted to Kiái Géde Tárup Siséla, the chief of the prince's sáwa, or rice fields, with instructions to raise him as a foundling."
Returning, however, to the progress of Mahomedan conversion, which is now more rapidly advancing, the history goes on to state that the sons of Aria Dámar, of Palémbang, who were destined to take a most conspicuous part in succeeding events, came to Grésik, the former at the age of twenty, and the latter of eighteen. Ráden Pátah, aware of his extraction, and of the treatment which his mother had received, would not proceed to Majapáhit, but remained with the Susúnan at Ampel for some time. Húsen, however, went to Majapáhit, with injunctions not to say any thing of Ráden Pátah. He was well received there, and soon after was appointed to the command of the troops, and to administer the district of Trong.
Returning to the progress of Muslim conversion, which is now moving ahead more quickly, the history continues to say that the sons of Aria Dámar from Palémbang, who were meant to play a significant role in the upcoming events, came to Grésik; the former at twenty years old, and the latter at eighteen. Ráden Pátah, knowing about his background and how his mother had been treated, chose not to go to Majapáhit, but stayed with the Susúnan in Ampel for a while. Húsen, on the other hand, went to Majapáhit, with instructions not to mention anything about Ráden Pátah. He was welcomed there and soon after was appointed to lead the troops and to manage the district of Trong.
Ráden Pátah afterwards marrying the grand-daughter of Súnan Ampel, and leaving her during her pregnancy, proceeded to the westward, in order to form an establishment, which he was directed to fix at a place where he should find the sweet-scented grass, called bíntara. This he discovered in a place where there were but few dry spots to be found, in an extensive swamp, termed in Javan Demalákan, whence the contraction Demák, first called Bintára.
Ráden Pátah later married the granddaughter of Súnan Ampel and left her while she was pregnant. He went west to establish a settlement, which he was instructed to locate where he could find the fragrant grass called bíntara. He found it in a place with very few dry areas, in a large swamp known in Javanese as Demalákan, which is where the name Demák comes from, initially called Bintára.
As soon as the prince of Majapáhit heard of this new establishment at Bintára, he directed Húsen to proceed thither and destroy it, unless the chief was willing to acknowledge the authority of Majapáhit. Húsen in consequence prevailed on Ráden Pátah to accompany him to Majapáhit, where he was recognised by his likeness to the prince, and permitted to return to Bintára with the title of Adipáti.
As soon as the prince of Majapáhit heard about the new settlement at Bintára, he ordered Húsen to go there and destroy it, unless the chief agreed to recognize the authority of Majapáhit. As a result, Húsen convinced Ráden Pátah to join him in traveling to Majapáhit, where he was acknowledged for looking like the prince and allowed to go back to Bintára with the title of Adipáti.
When Ráden Pátah quitted Majapáhit, instead of return[Vol II Pg 135]ing to Bintára he went to Ampel, and communicated to him the shame and rage which he felt on the discovery of his birth and a determination which he had made to destroy Majapáhit. The Súnan, however, moderated his anger, by telling him that while the prince was just and beloved, and he himself received such benefits from him, his religion did not admit of his making war against him, or in any way injuring him.
When Ráden Pátah left Majapáhit, instead of going back to Bintára, he went to Ampel and shared the shame and anger he felt upon learning about his birth, as well as his determination to destroy Majapáhit. However, the Súnan calmed his anger by explaining that while the prince was just and loved, and he himself benefited greatly from him, his faith did not allow him to wage war against him or harm him in any way.
Ráden Pátah then returned to Bintára, taking with him his wife, but leaving with the Súnan his son, Ráden Abdala. Bintára now rose in consequence and prosperity, proselytes became numerous, and the population daily increased.
Ráden Pátah then went back to Bintára with his wife, but left his son, Ráden Abdala, with the Súnan. As a result, Bintára began to thrive and prosper; new converts appeared frequently, and the population grew every day.
Shortly after the mosque had been commenced, intelligence was received of the severe illness of the Súnan Ampel, in consequence of which Ráden Pátah, together with all the chiefs and people who had embraced Mahomedanism, proceeded to Ampel, where, after they had attended him for a few days, he died, previously delivering into the hands of the Súnan Gíri a pusáka kris, which had been given to him by the prince of Majapáhit, and which he required of him never to transfer into unhallowed hands.
Shortly after construction of the mosque began, news came in about the serious illness of the Súnan Ampel. As a result, Ráden Pátah, along with all the chiefs and followers of Islam, went to Ampel. After caring for him for a few days, he passed away, having entrusted the Súnan Gíri with a pusáka kris given to him by the prince of Majapáhit, insisting that he never let it fall into unholy hands.
The prince of Majapáhit is represented as paying every honour to the deceased, and as having provided the usual feast on the occasion. After this event, Ráden Pátah returned to Bintára, whither eight missionaries, who had assumed the title of Súnan, viz. Súnan Bónang of Túban (son of Súnan Ampel), Súnan Undang of Kúdus, Súnan Gíri of Grésik, Súnan Agum (Mulána Jomadil Kobra of Chéribon), Sunan Káli Jenar, Sunan Káli Jága, Súnan Tanggung (of Tegal), and Súnan Drája of Sidayu, now proceeded to assist in the completion of the mosque. This mosque is still standing, and is of a shape different from those constructed at a later period, having, as it is asserted, eight pillars, to commemorate the circumstance of the eight religious men engaged in its construction. This event occurred in the year 1390.
The prince of Majapáhit is shown honoring the deceased and hosting the usual feast for the occasion. After this, Ráden Pátah went back to Bintára, where eight missionaries, who called themselves Súnan, arrived: Súnan Bónang from Túban (the son of Súnan Ampel), Súnan Undang from Kúdus, Súnan Gíri from Grésik, Súnan Agum (also known as Mulána Jomadil Kobra from Chéribon), Sunan Káli Jenar, Sunan Káli Jága, Súnan Tanggung (from Tegal), and Súnan Drája from Sidayu). They worked together to finish the mosque. This mosque still stands today and has a different design than those built later, featuring eight pillars to honor the eight religious men who helped build it. This event took place in the year 1390.
It was now that Ráden Pátah, finding advisers who were perhaps less scrupulous than the revered Súnan Ampel, gave vent to his deep-rooted animosity against his father, and formed a league with the assembled missionaries to make war upon the pagan empire of Majapáhit. In consequence of this confederacy, which was joined by all those who had[Vol II Pg 136] embraced the Mahomedan faith, with the exception of Húsen and his followers, who remained true to the prince, a numerous army was soon collected at Demák, where Ráden Pátah openly declared war.
It was at this point that Ráden Pátah, finding advisers who were perhaps less principled than the esteemed Súnan Ampel, let out his long-standing resentment towards his father and teamed up with the gathered missionaries to wage war against the pagan empire of Majapáhit. As a result of this alliance, which included everyone who had[Vol II Pg 136] converted to the Muslim faith, except for Húsen and his followers who remained loyal to the prince, a large army was soon formed at Demák, where Ráden Pátah officially declared war.
Súnan Undang of Kúdus was appointed to the chief command, and under him the Mahomedan army marched towards Majapáhit; but owing to the dexterity of Húsen, who commanded the Majapáhit forces, a general engagement was avoided, and for four years the hostile army was kept at bay. The troops of Majapáhit at last dissatisfied with this uncertain state of affairs and constant harassing, called loudly for action, and in compliance with their wishes a decisive battle was fought near the Sidayu river, in which the Mahomedans were completely routed, and their chief, Súnan Undang, killed. Húsen is accused of not having followed up this victory to the utmost of his power, on account of his fraternal affection for Ráden Pátah. The remains of Súnan Undang were interred in the north side of the temple at Demák.
Súnan Undang of Kúdus was put in charge, and under his command, the Muslim army marched toward Majapáhit; however, due to the skill of Húsen, who led the Majapáhit forces, a major battle was avoided, and for four years, the enemy army was held at bay. Eventually, the troops of Majapáhit grew frustrated with this ongoing stalemate and constant pressure, and demanded action. In response to their calls, a decisive battle was fought near the Sidayu river, where the Muslims were completely defeated, and their leader, Súnan Undang, was killed. Húsen is criticized for not fully capitalizing on this victory because of his brotherly feelings for Ráden Pátah. The remains of Súnan Undang were buried on the north side of the temple at Demák.
The prince of Majapáhit, after this success, again endeavoured to reduce Ráden Pátah to obedience by amicable means, and for that purpose invited him to Majapáhit. Pátah promised to comply as soon as he should recover from a distemper which then confined him. By this, and other excuses, which were only urged to gain time, he contrived to deceive the prince; and Bintára, with the other provinces, continuing to pay the usual tribute, his vengeance was disarmed.
The prince of Majapáhit, after this success, tried once more to get Ráden Pátah to submit peacefully and invited him to Majapáhit for that reason. Pátah said he would agree as soon as he recovered from an illness that was keeping him bedridden. With this and other excuses, which he used just to buy time, he managed to trick the prince; and since Bintára and the other provinces continued to pay their regular tribute, the prince's anger was defused.
Considerable depredations were now made by the Súnda people, who landing on the north coast proceeded by the river Losári into the interior of the country, as far as Bányumas and Dáyu Lúhur, which probably attracted the attention of Angka Wijáya, more than the immediate danger which threatened his empire from the members of his own family.
Considerable damage was now done by the Súnda people, who landed on the north coast and moved inland along the Losári River as far as Bányumas and Dáyu Lúhur. This probably caught the attention of Angka Wijáya more than the immediate threat posed by his own family members.
Ráden Pátah, in the meantime, was very active in making preparations for a fresh attack, and sent to Palémbang, for the double purpose of asking assistance from that state and of reconciling Aria Dámar to the part which he was now taking against Húsen.
Ráden Pátah was busy getting ready for a new attack and reached out to Palémbang for two reasons: to request help from that region and to persuade Aria Dámar to support his position against Húsen.
To the latter part of the message Aria Dámar replied, "that it was the will of God to extirpate paganism, and to esta[Vol II Pg 137]blish the doctrine of Mahomed; that therefore, if Húsen, who was a Mahomedan, still continued to assist the infidels, he must abide by the consequences, and that he, as his father, would in such case take no vengeance for the death of his son, should it ensue."
To the latter part of the message, Aria Dámar replied, "It is God's will to eliminate paganism and establish the teachings of Muhammad. Therefore, if Húsen, who is a Muslim, continues to support the infidels, he will have to face the consequences. I, like his father, will not seek revenge for my son's death if that happens."
The confederates gaining courage from this support, the several chiefs sent numerous troops to Demák, and a second army was soon assembled. The overthrow of the ancient kingdom, if we are to believe the Javans, was not to be effected by human means alone, and supernatural expedients were resorted to. Aria Dámar is said to have sent to Ráden Pátah the box which had been given him by his mother before he quitted Java, directing him to carry it to the wars. Súnan Gúnung Játi sent him a báju ránté, or chain jacket, with an injunction not to open it until the engagement was at its height, when thousands of rats would issue from it, and assist in putting an end to the struggle. Súnan Gíri contributed with the same instructions the sacred kris, from which a swarm of hornets was to issue; and Súnan Bónang sent a magical wand or cane, which in cases of extremity possessed the power of producing allies and warriors on all sides.
The confederates, bolstered by this support, sent many troops to Demák, and soon a second army was gathered. According to the Javans, the downfall of the ancient kingdom couldn't be achieved by human actions alone, so they turned to supernatural methods. Aria Dámar allegedly sent a box given to him by his mother before he left Java, instructing him to take it into battle. Súnan Gúnung Játi sent him a báju ránté, or chain jacket, with a directive not to open it until the battle reached its peak, at which point thousands of rats would emerge to help end the conflict. Súnan Gíri also contributed, sending the sacred kris with the same instructions, from which a swarm of hornets was supposed to come forth; and Súnan Bónang sent a magical wand or staff that, in times of dire need, could summon allies and warriors from all around.
Thus provided, the Mahomedan army took the field under Pangéran Kúdus, son of the deceased Súnan. The progress of the confederates is thus described.
Thus equipped, the Muslim army took the field under Pangéran Kúdus, son of the late Súnan. The advancement of the confederates is described as follows.
"The army of the faithful, highly elated and determined upon the downfall of paganism, were met by the united forces of Majapáhit, under Húsen, and a severe and desperate battle took place, which lasted for seven successive days. In this protracted engagement the former were at first worsted; but the commander, Pangéran Kúdus, availing himself of the enchanted box and miraculous weapons, at last succeeded in driving the enemy before him, and the city of Majapáhit, surrounded on all sides, submitted to the hostile forces, the prince and his immediate followers having previously quitted it in disorder and fled to the eastward."
"The army of the faithful, very excited and determined to bring down paganism, faced the united forces of Majapáhit, led by Húsen, and a fierce and desperate battle broke out that lasted for seven straight days. In this extended fight, the former were initially defeated; however, the commander, Pangéran Kúdus, using the enchanted box and miraculous weapons, ultimately managed to push the enemy back, and the city of Majapáhit, surrounded on all sides, surrendered to the opposing forces, with the prince and his immediate followers having already fled in disarray to the east."
Thus in the year 1400 fell the great capital of Java, the boast and pride of the Eastern Islands: thus did the sacred city of Majapáhit, so long celebrated for the splendour of its[Vol II Pg 138] court and the glory of its arms, become a wilderness. "Lost and gone is the pride of the land."
Thus in the year 1400, the great capital of Java, the pride of the Eastern Islands, fell. Thus did the sacred city of Majapáhit, long known for the brilliance of its[Vol II Pg 138] court and the glory of its military, become a wasteland. "Lost and gone is the pride of the land."
The main force of the allies remained at Majapáhit; but Pangéran Kúdus proceeded to Trong, whither Húsen had retreated, raising combatants, by means of the magical wand of Súnan Bónang, as he advanced. Here he attacked Húsen, who had entrenched himself in a strong position, and soon carried his lines. That chief immediately acknowledging his defeat, entered into terms, and accompanied the Pangéran to Demák, taking with him his principal followers and daughter, whom Ráden Pátah was allowed to dispose of. He was well received, and his daughter given in marriage to Pangéran Aria of Túban.
The main force of the allies stayed at Majapáhit; however, Pangéran Kúdus went to Trong, where Húsen had retreated, gathering fighters with the magical wand of Súnan Bónang as he moved forward. There, he attacked Húsen, who had set up in a strong position, and quickly broke through his lines. That leader immediately recognized his defeat, negotiated terms, and accompanied Pangéran to Demák, bringing along his main followers and daughter, whom Ráden Pátah was permitted to take. He was welcomed warmly, and his daughter was married off to Pangéran Aria of Túban.
On their way Pangéran Kúdus and Húsen went to Majapáhit, whence the regalia had already been removed to Demák, and assisted in the further removal of all property, public and private, of every description: so that in the course of two years the country was entirely laid waste, 1402.
On their way, Pangéran Kúdus and Húsen headed to Majapáhit, where the royal items had already been taken to Demák, and helped with the further removal of all property, both public and private, of every kind. As a result, over the span of two years, the entire country was completely devastated, 1402.
Kedélang | sírna | warnáni | nagára |
2 | 0 | 4 | 1 |
To be seen | nought | form | city[264].[Vol II Pg 139] |
Nothing certain is known of the fate of the prince of Majapáhit. According to some accounts, he, his family, and [Vol II Pg 140]immediate adherents were put to death on the assault of the city; according to others, he fled to Málang, and ultimately to Báli. But the temporary establishment formed at Málang, after the fall of Majapáhit, is ascribed by the tradition of that district, not to the sovereign, but only to the Adipáti of Majapáhit, probably one of the sons of Angka Wijáya, who had remained with his father, and was indifferently termed Depáti Gúgur or Depáti Majapáhit. The date at which Angka Wijáya ascended the throne scarcely allows us to believe that he was living at the period of its final overthrow. This date may be determined from the inscriptions on several tombs still in a state of preservation. The year marked on the tomb of the princess of Chámpa (which is within the ruins of Majapáhit) is 1320; that on the tomb of [Vol II Pg 141]Mulána Ibrahim, who died twenty-one years after the arrival of the Raja Chérmen in 1313, is 1334; and as the princess of Chámpa must have been living at the period of Aria Dámar's being sent to Palémbang, when that prince had at least attained the age of puberty, the accession of Angka Wijáya to the throne of Majapáhit must have been anterior to the year 1320, and a reign of eighty years more than exceeds the limits of probability. All the accounts which are given of the fate of this prince and his family agree in stating that the princess of Chámpa, who must, if living, have been nearly a hundred years of age, fell into the hands of the conquerors, and found an asylum with the Súnan Bónang of Túban: but this statement is disproved by the recent discovery at Majapáhit of the tomb of this princess, who appears to have been buried according to the Mahomedan custom, and on whose tomb-stone the date 1320 is found, in the old Javan characters, in the highest state of preservation.
Nothing certain is known about the fate of the prince of Majapáhit. Some stories say that he, his family, and his close followers were killed during the city's attack; others claim he escaped to Málang and eventually ended up in Báli. However, the temporary settlement that formed in Málang after the fall of Majapáhit is attributed by local tradition, not to the sovereign, but to the Adipáti of Majapáhit, likely one of the sons of Angka Wijáya, who stayed with his father and was referred to as Depáti Gúgur or Depáti Majapáhit. The timeline of Angka Wijáya's rise to power makes it unlikely that he was alive during its final downfall. We can determine this timeline from the inscriptions on several well-preserved tombs. The year on the tomb of the princess of Chámpa (located within the ruins of Majapáhit) is 1320; the year on the tomb of Mulána Ibrahim, who died twenty-one years after the arrival of Raja Chérmen in 1313, is 1334. Since the princess of Chámpa must have been alive when Aria Dámar was sent to Palémbang, at a time when that prince had at least reached puberty, Angka Wijáya's accession to the throne of Majapáhit must have occurred before 1320; an eighty-year reign would push the limits of feasibility. All accounts regarding the fate of this prince and his family agree that the princess of Chámpa, who would have been nearly a hundred years old if alive, fell into the hands of the conquerors and found refuge with the Súnan Bónang of Túban. However, this claim is contradicted by the recent discovery of the tomb of this princess at Majapáhit, where she seems to have been buried according to Muslim customs, and on her tombstone, the date 1320 is inscribed in old Javanese characters, in excellent condition.
In those accounts which represent the prince as having retreated from Majapáhit the following particulars are related.
In the stories that show the prince as having withdrawn from Majapáhit, the following details are shared.
"About twelve months after the establishment of the supreme authority at Bintára, or Demák, the people of the more eastern provinces again reverted to the standard of Browijáya, who had received assistance from his son established on Báli; upon which Pangéran Aria of Kúdus and Húsen were directed to proceed against them with a powerful army. A desperate engagement took place near Málang, in which the Pepáti Sindu Rája was killed. The Mahomedan forces were however victorious, and following up their success, they pursued the Majapáhit people to Grojógan (Balambángan) whence Browijáya and those of his followers who still adhered to his fortune took refuge in boats, and fled to Báli. This event happened in the Javan year 1403."
About a year after the supreme authority was established at Bintára, or Demák, the people of the eastern provinces returned to the standard of Browijáya, who had received help from his son based in Báli; as a result, Pangéran Aria of Kúdus and Húsen were ordered to lead a powerful army against them. A fierce battle took place near Málang, where the Pepáti Sindu Rája was killed. However, the Muslim forces were victorious, and building on their success, they chased the Majapáhit people to Grojógan (Balambángan), from where Browijáya and his remaining supporters took refuge in boats and fled to Báli. This event occurred in the Javan year 1403.
The following, however, is the traditionary account given by the people of Málang, of the party who retreated thither from Majapáhit.
The following, however, is the traditional account given by the people of Málang, of the group who retreated there from Majapáhit.
"When the people of Majapáhit were defeated, and obliged to fly their capital, the Páteh of Majapáhit took refuge at a place now called Sing'gára, to the south-west of Málang, where he met with protection from a devotee,[Vol II Pg 142] named Kiái Gédé Seng'gára, who becoming attached to him gave him his daughter in marriage.
"When the people of Majapáhit were defeated and forced to flee their capital, the Páteh of Majapáhit took refuge in a place now known as Sing'gára, to the southwest of Málang. There, he found protection from a devotee,[Vol II Pg 142] named Kiái Gédé Seng'gára, who grew fond of him and gave his daughter to him in marriage."
"After the death of the Pátah of Majapáhit, and of Kiái Gédé Seng'gára, the son of the former disagreeing with his wife, quitted Seng'gára, and built a small village at Gedádang, where afterwards he constructed a fort, and assumed the name of Ráng'ga Permána.
"After the death of the Pátah of Majapáhit and Kiái Gédé Seng'gára, the son of the former disagreed with his wife, left Seng'gára, and built a small village at Gedádang, where he later constructed a fort and took the name Ráng'ga Permána."
"In a short time this new country was known by the name of Súpit úrang: its inhabitants commenced the manufacture of bricks, of which the walls of the town and ramparts were completed; they then dug a moat or ditch round the whole, and rendered it a place of great strength.
"In a short time, this new country became known as Súpit úrang: its people began making bricks, which were used to finish the town's walls and ramparts; they then dug a moat around the entire area, turning it into a stronghold."
"The fame of this new establishment had no sooner reached the ears of the Mahomedan chief of Demák, who had now assumed all the authority formerly possessed by Majapáhit, than he sent his forces against it. The people of Súpit úrang remaining however within their fortification, the besiegers continued a long time before the place without being able to make any impression upon it, and were about to retire, when it occurred to them that a stratagem might be successful. This was to catch ten doves or pigeons, which in the course of the day might come from without the fortification in search of food, and, after fastening to their tails lighted brands, to let them loose into the city. The project succeeded, for the birds, flying towards their homes, set fire to the buildings within Súpit úrang, (which were constructed of light materials,) and all was confusion. The conflagration becoming general alarmed the people, who fled in every direction; the prince proceeded eastward as far as Gúnung Buréng (a rising ground within sight of the town,) where he is supposed to have perished, as nothing was afterwards heard of him. The besiegers then took possession of the place, which since that period has been called Kóta Bedak (the deserted fort.)"
"The news of this new establishment quickly reached the ears of the Muslim chief of Demák, who had now taken over all the authority that Majapáhit once held. He sent his forces to attack it. However, the people of Súpit úrang stayed within their fortifications, and the besiegers spent a long time outside the place without making any progress. They were about to withdraw when they came up with a clever plan. They decided to catch ten doves or pigeons that might leave the fort during the day to look for food and attach burning sticks to their tails before releasing them into the city. The plan worked, as the birds flew back home and ignited the buildings within Súpit úrang (which were made of lightweight materials), causing chaos. The fire spread quickly, alarming the people, who fled in all directions. The prince made his way eastward to Gúnung Buréng (a hill visible from the town), where he is believed to have died, as he was never heard from again. The besiegers then took control of the area, which has been known as Kóta Bedak (the deserted fort) ever since."
All the chiefs and priests went to Gíri on their return from Seng'gára, to offer up thanks for their victory. The Súnan was much indisposed when they arrived, and soon after died, at the age of sixty-three years. The tomb of the Súnan Gíri is still kept in a state of preservation, and highly revered. It is remarkable for still containing the pusáka kris, which he[Vol II Pg 143] desired should be placed near his grave, and to which superstition has attached many virtues[265].
All the leaders and priests went to Gíri on their way back from Seng'gára to give thanks for their victory. The Súnan was very ill when they got there, and he soon died at the age of sixty-three. The tomb of the Súnan Gíri is still well-maintained and is held in great respect. It's notable for still containing the pusáka kris, which he[Vol II Pg 143] wanted to be placed near his grave, and many superstitions have attributed various virtues to it[265].
To return, however, to Ráden Pátah. No sooner had this chief caused the removal of the regalia from Majapáhit to Demák, than the Súnans, Gírí, Bónang, and Káli Jága formally invested him with the government, under the title of Panambáhan Jímbun, and declared him the deliverer from paganism and the head of the faithful. The manner in which Ráden Pátah obtained the sovereignty is otherwise related in other accounts.
To get back to Ráden Pátah. As soon as this chief had the royal regalia moved from Majapáhit to Demák, the Súnans, Gírí, Bónang, and Káli Jága officially granted him authority over the government, calling him Panambáhan Jímbun, and proclaimed him as the savior from paganism and the leader of the faithful. The way Ráden Pátah came into power is described differently in other stories.
While these events were passing in the eastern and more populous districts of Java, the missionaries were not idle in the western districts. Sheik Mulána, of Chéribon, after effecting the conversion of the chiefs and people in his neighbourhood, sent his son, Mulána Hásen-u-din, to Bantam, where, in the vicinity of the mountain Pulasári, a body of eight hundred recluses at once embraced the faith, and his disciples soon became numerous.
While these events were happening in the eastern and more populated areas of Java, the missionaries were busy in the western regions. Sheik Mulána of Chéribon, after converting the local chiefs and people, sent his son, Mulána Hásen-u-din, to Bantam, where, near the mountain Pulasári, a group of eight hundred recluses quickly embraced the faith, and his followers soon grew in number.
Hásen-u-din went afterwards with his father to Mecca. On their return they visited the court of Menangkábau on Sumatra, where they were received with great distinction by the Raja, who at their departure presented the father with a celebrated kris. From Menangkábau they proceeded to the mountain Pulusári in Bantam, whence the father returned to Chéribon, leaving the Menangkábau kris with his son. Hásen-u-din shortly after went to Chéribon, to be married to a daughter of the Súnan Demák (Ráden Pátah), and from thence to Demák, where he found Ráden Pátah engaged in war with the prince of Majapáhit. He there obtained his daughter in marriage, and assisted in bringing the war to a favourable conclusion, after which he returned with his wife to Bantam. Bantam at this period was a province dependent on Pajajáran.
Hásen-u-din then went with his father to Mecca. On their way back, they stopped at the court of Menangkábau in Sumatra, where the Raja welcomed them with great honor. Before they left, the Raja gifted the father a famous kris. From Menangkábau, they traveled to the mountain Pulusári in Bantam, where the father returned to Chéribon, leaving the Menangkábau kris with his son. Soon after, Hásen-u-din went to Chéribon to marry the daughter of Súnan Demák (Ráden Pátah), and then he went to Demák, where he found Ráden Pátah engaged in a conflict with the prince of Majapáhit. He married the daughter there and helped bring the war to a successful end, after which he returned to Bantam with his wife. At this time, Bantam was a province under Pajajáran.
About twelve months after his return to Bantam, where he assumed the chief authority, Hásen-u-din went over to the Lampung country in Sumatra, accompanied by Pangéran Bálu, a chief of Tulangbáwang, and proceeded as far as Indrapúra, where he married the daughter of the Raja as his[Vol II Pg 144] second wife. On this occasion it is said that the Bencoolen river was fixed upon as the boundary of his possessions in that direction; but it does not appear whether, by this new boundary, his possessions became more extended or more circumscribed than before.
About a year after he returned to Bantam, where he took on the main leadership role, Hásen-u-din traveled to the Lampung region in Sumatra, accompanied by Pangéran Bálu, a chief from Tulangbáwang, and went as far as Indrapúra, where he married the daughter of the Raja as his[Vol II Pg 144] second wife. During this time, it is said that the Bencoolen river was established as the boundary of his territories in that direction; however, it’s unclear whether this new boundary made his lands larger or smaller than they were before.
During the whole of his progress from Tulangbáwang to Indrapúra, it is said that the sword was never out of the scabbard. It is therefore probable, that his title to these more distant regions was founded upon some previous claim, and either that the Lampung country was transferred to his father, Sheik Mulána, along with the Menangkábau kris[266], or that Palembang and the southern part of Sumatra might have devolved to Bantam, in consequence of Hásen-u-din's marriage with the daughter of Ráden Pátah, who had then assumed the sovereignty of Java and its dependencies.
During his entire journey from Tulangbáwang to Indrapúra, it is said that the sword never left the scabbard. So, it's likely that his claim to these distant areas was based on some prior right, and either the Lampung region was passed down to his father, Sheik Mulána, along with the Menangkábau kris[266], or that Palembang and the southern part of Sumatra might have fallen to Bantam because Hásen-u-din married the daughter of Ráden Pátah, who then took control of Java and its territories.
On Hásen-u-din's return from Indrapúra, he assembled a large body of men, principally from the southern districts of Sumatra, and marched against Pákuan Pajajáran, the chief of which, with his followers, still adhered to the ancient faith, and attacking that capital at midnight completely annihilated its authority. On this occasion Kráwang is said to have been fixed as the boundary between the possessions of Sheik Mulána of Chéribon and those of Bantam, there being at that time no intermediate power.
On Hásen-u-din's return from Indrapúra, he gathered a large group of men, mainly from the southern regions of Sumatra, and marched against Pákuan Pajajáran. The chief and his followers still followed the old faith, and during an attack on the capital at midnight, he completely destroyed its authority. During this event, Kráwang is said to have been set as the boundary between the lands of Sheik Mulána of Chéribon and those of Bantam, since there was no other power in between at that time.
The manner in which this ancient capital was annihilated, is described with great minuteness in the different traditions of the Súnda people, and the descendants of those who escaped and continued to adhere to their ancient faith, are to be traced in the districts of Bantam, where they still continue distinguished from the rest of the population under the designation of Bedui[267]. [Vol II Pg 145]
The way this ancient capital was destroyed is detailed with great precision in the various traditions of the Súnda people. The descendants of those who escaped and kept their ancient beliefs can still be found in the Bantam region, where they are still recognized as distinct from the rest of the population by the name Bedui[267]. [Vol II Pg 145]
Among the articles removed from Majapáhit, and still preserved with superstitious veneration, was the paséban, or hall [Vol II Pg 146]of audience, a large building, supported by a double row of lofty pillars. This was placed in front of the mosque at Demák, where it is still to be seen. At Kúdus there is a carved door belonging to the place of worship which Browijáya used to attend; and in the burial places at Túban, and several of the eastern districts, are still to be found relics of a similar kind, which are reverenced as sacred.
Among the items taken from Majapáhit, and still kept with superstitious respect, was the paséban, or audience hall, a large building supported by two rows of tall pillars. This structure is located in front of the mosque at Demák, where it can still be seen. In Kúdus, there's a carved door from the place of worship that Browijáya used to attend; and in the burial sites at Túban and several of the eastern regions, similar relics can still be found, which are honored as sacred.
On the destruction of Majapáhit, the numerous pándi, or workers in iron and steel, who were considered the strength of the empire, and who in consequence enjoyed many privileges, were dispersed over the eastern districts of Java, Madúra, and Báli, forming separate establishments under their respective chiefs. At this period the custom of wearing the kris is said to have been introduced among the common people.
On the fall of Majapáhit, the many pándi, or iron and steel workers, who were seen as the backbone of the empire and enjoyed various privileges, were scattered across the eastern regions of Java, Madúra, and Báli, establishing independent communities under their own leaders. During this time, the practice of wearing the kris is said to have started among the general population.
FOOTNOTES:
[237] Middlekoop's Collection.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Middlekoop's Collection.
[238] Supposed to have been a crow or raven.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Supposedly a crow or raven.
[240] The Dáyas of Borneo still hold particular kinds of birds in high veneration, and draw omens from their flight, and the sounds which they utter. One of the principal of these is a species of white-headed kite, which preys on fish, snakes, and vermin. Before the Dáyas enter on a journey or engage in any war, head-hunting, or indeed any matter of importance, they endeavour to procure omens from these kites, and, for this purpose, invite their approach by screaming songs, and scattering rice before them. If these birds take their flight in the direction they wish to go, it is regarded as a favourable omen; but if they take another direction, they consider it as unfavourable, and delay the business until the omens are more suitable to their wishes.—Transactions of the Batavian Society, vol. vii.
[240] The Dáyas of Borneo still deeply respect certain types of birds and interpret their flight and calls as omens. One of the main birds they observe is a white-headed kite that hunts fish, snakes, and pests. Before the Dáyas set out on a journey or get involved in any significant activities like war or head-hunting, they try to get omens from these kites. To attract them, they sing loud songs and scatter rice. If the birds fly in the direction they want to go, it's seen as a good sign; if they fly another way, it's considered bad luck, and they will postpone their plans until the signs are more favorable for them.—Transactions of the Batavian Society, vol. vii.
[241] The manner in which the mountaineers of the Súnda districts still spring and shout to the sound of this rude instrument, as already described, corresponds with this account; and on occasions of public rejoicings or ceremony, the native princes of the eastern part of the island frequently introduce a party of wild men, with dishevelled hair, and covered with leaves, shaking the ángklung, and shouting, springing, and distorting their limbs in the rudest manner: the object being to exhibit the original inhabitants, in contrast with what they have been rendered by civilization.
[241] The way the mountaineers of the Súnda districts still leap and yell to the beat of this crude instrument, as previously described, matches this account; and during public celebrations or ceremonies, the local princes of the eastern part of the island often showcase a group of wild men, with unkempt hair and covered in leaves, shaking the ángklung, shouting, jumping, and contorting their bodies in the most primitive way: the aim is to display the original inhabitants in contrast to what they have become through civilization.
[242] Asiatic Researches.
[244] This history, which is written in the Mahomedan style of inspiration and prophecy, commences by a declaration on the part of Jáya Báya, that it is clearly ascertained, the island of Java will be annihilated in two thousand one hundred years from the date of its first existence; and after detailing every event, down to the Javan year 1743 (the present year, A.D. 1816), has the following extraordinary conclusion.
[244] This history, written in the Muslim style of inspiration and prophecy, starts with a statement from Jáya Báya that it's clear the island of Java will be destroyed in two thousand one hundred years from the time it was first established. After recounting every event up to the Javan year 1743 (which corresponds to the current year, A.D. 1816), it has the following remarkable conclusion.
"The whole of the above chronological relation of events, from the first year to the present date, was written by the inspired Aji Jáya Báya, who himself lived about the year 800. What follows is a continuation of events which were foretold by him, and which are still to happen, viz.
"The entire timeline of events, from the first year to now, was written by the inspired Aji Jáya Báya, who lived around the year 800. What comes next is a continuation of events that he predicted and that are yet to occur, namely:"
"In the year 1801, Sura-kerta being no more, the seat of government will be removed to Katáng'ga, which being afterwards demolished, the seat of government will be removed in 1870 to Kárang Báya.
"In 1801, Sura-kerta no longer existing, the government will move to Katáng'ga, which will later be destroyed, and in 1870, the government will be relocated to Kárang Báya."
"In 1950, the seat of government will be removed to Kedíri, where it was of old. The Pringi people (Europeans) will then come, and having conquered Java, will establish a government in the year 1955. The Prince of Kling, however, hearing of the conquest and ruin of Java by the Príngis, will send a force which will defeat and drive them out of Java; and having given up the island once more to its Javan government, will, in the year 1960, return to his own country.
"In 1950, the government will move to Kedíri, where it used to be. The Pringi people (Europeans) will come, and after conquering Java, they will establish a government in 1955. However, the Prince of Kling, hearing about the conquest and destruction of Java by the Príngis, will send a force to defeat and drive them out of Java; and after returning the island to its Javan government, he will go back to his own country in 1960."
"On regaining possession of the country, the new Javan government will desert the former capital of Kárang Báya, as being an unlucky site, and remove it to Waríngin Kúbu, which is near the mountain N'gmárta Láya. This will take place in 2020.
"Once the new Javan government takes control of the country, they will abandon the former capital of Kárang Báya because it's considered an unlucky location, and relocate it to Waríngin Kúbu, which is close to the mountain N'gmárta Láya. This will happen in 2020."
"By the year 2100 there will be an end of Java entirely."
"By the year 2100, Java will be completely obsolete."
[245] Vide Asiatic Researches.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Asiatic Researches.
[247] See vol. i. Poetry—Brata Yudha.
[248] To this popular account of the early and fabulous history of Java, it may be interesting to add the equally popular and generally received ancient history of Madúra, formerly called Mandúra, and in the basa, or court language, Mandurétna.
[248] To this well-known account of the early and amazing history of Java, it might be interesting to add the similarly popular and generally accepted ancient history of Madúra, which was previously known as Mandúra, and in the basa, or court language, Mandurétna.
"Batara Rama Yana having completed the wars, and conquered Dasa Muka, of the country of Alinka, thought of making a new settlement from the wilderness. To this he gave the name of Durjayapura; and after a long reign, resigned the government of it to his son, Butlawa, ending his days in solitude. Butlawa reigned for some years over the country of Durjayapura, and was succeeded by his son, Kunti Buja, who married the daughter of his Páteh, named Kasa. This prince removed the seat of government, or rather changed the name of it, to Mandura Rája, and was succeeded by his son, Basu Keti, who ascended the throne at nine years of age. During his reign there arrived a beautiful woman, named Dewi Sani Gatra, daughter of Bengawan Adi Rusa, who had fled from the Prince of Nusa Kambangán, called Jura Mataraja. The prince married her, and was in consequence attacked by Jura Mataraja; but by the assistance of Pula Sara, the father of Abiasa, who afterwards became sovereign of Astina, he defeated him, and remained in quiet possession of his country. By the princess he had four children; three sons, named Basu Dewa, Aria Prabu, and Angrasana, and a daughter named Dewi Kunti. When Basu Dewa was fifteen years of age, his father wished him to marry a princess of the country, but the youth having fixed his affections upon the daughter of Raja Sirwonga, named Dewi Angsa Wati, refused compliance, and was in consequence dismissed from the royal presence.
Batara Rama Yana, having finished the wars and defeated Dasa Muka of the country of Alinka, considered establishing a new settlement in the wilderness. He named it Durjayapura; after a long reign, he handed over the governance to his son, Butlawa, and ended his days in solitude. Butlawa ruled for several years over the country of Durjayapura before being succeeded by his son, Kunti Buja, who married his Páteh's daughter named Kasa. This prince relocated the capital, or rather changed its name, to Mandura Rája, and was succeeded by his son, Basu Keti, who became king at the age of nine. During his reign, a beautiful woman named Dewi Sani Gatra, the daughter of Bengawan Adi Rusa, arrived after fleeing from the Prince of Nusa Kambangán, called Jura Mataraja. The prince married her, which led to an attack by Jura Mataraja; however, with help from Pula Sara, the father of Abiasa, who later became the ruler of Astina, he defeated him and maintained peaceful control over his land. With the princess, he had four children: three sons named Basu Dewa, Aria Prabu, and Angrasana, and a daughter named Dewi Kunti. When Basu Dewa turned fifteen, his father wanted him to marry a local princess, but the young man had his heart set on Dewi Angsa Wati, the daughter of Raja Sirwonga, and refused to comply, leading to his dismissal from the royal presence.
"Basu Dewa, learning that the daughter of Sirwonga had been carried off by a giant into the woods, succeeded in overpowering the giant, and married Dewi Angsa Wati; but intelligence being given thereof to the chief, the prince of Ambulutiga, a chief called Tiga Warna (tri-coloured) was sent in pursuit of Basu Dewa, whom he overtook on his return to Mandura Raja. Basu Dewa was vanquished and fell into a cave: the princess fell into the hands of Tiga Warna.
"Basu Dewa learned that Sirwonga's daughter had been taken by a giant into the woods. He managed to defeat the giant and married Dewi Angsa Wati; however, the chief, the prince of Ambulutiga, was notified about this, and a chief named Tiga Warna (three colors) was sent after Basu Dewa. He caught up with Basu Dewa on his way back to Mandura Raja. Basu Dewa was defeated and fell into a cave, while the princess was captured by Tiga Warna."
"It was about this time that Pula Sara obtained the kingdom of Astina for his son Abiasa, and was desirous of betrothing him to Dewa Ambalika of Astina; but the young prince would not consent; and one day, when he was wandering in the forests, he heard a voice issue from a cave, and discovered Basu Dewa, who related his case and intreated his aid in the recovery of his wife. The young princes then proceeded in search of Tiga Warna, and having discovered him, Basu Dewa discharged an arrow at him and killed him. Dewi Ansga Wati was in consequence restored to her husband. Basu Dewa and Abiasa then exchanged vows of perpetual friendship between themselves and their descendants, invoking a curse upon whomsoever of them should be guilty of breaking it. After this, Basu Dewa returned to Mandura Raja.
"It was around this time that Pula Sara secured the kingdom of Astina for his son Abiasa, and wanted to betroth him to Dewa Ambalika of Astina; however, the young prince refused. One day, while wandering in the forests, he heard a voice coming from a cave and found Basu Dewa, who shared his situation and asked for help in rescuing his wife. The young princes then set out to find Tiga Warna, and once they found him, Basu Dewa shot an arrow at him and killed him. As a result, Dewi Ansga Wati was returned to her husband. Basu Dewa and Abiasa then made a pact of everlasting friendship between themselves and their descendants, placing a curse on anyone among them who would break it. After this, Basu Dewa returned to Mandura Raja.
"Basu Dewa at length succeeded his father in the government of Mandura Raja, and had several children; of whom one was white, named Kakra Sana, the other black, named Kresna. He was succeeded by a son whom he had exposed in the woods, but to whom he afterwards became reconciled, named Raden Kangsa, to whom he gave the country. At this time Pandu Dewa Nata reigned over the kingdom of Astina. One night a voice said to him in a dream, 'When you meet with children of Madura, white or black, put them to death.' His father, who was still living, apprehensive for the fate of his favourite sons, Kakra Sana and Kresna, sent them to Widara Kandang for concealment, with Angga Gopa. These two princes afterwards hearing of an exhibition of fighting men, proceeded with their sister Sambádra to the Alun alun, where the combatants were assembled, and here they met Raden Aria Jenaka and Sena, sons of Pandu Dewa Nata, from Astina, who when their father died heard of the fame of Madura, and came in quest of the country.
Basu Dewa eventually took over the leadership of Mandura Raja after his father and had several children, one of whom was white, named Kakra Sana, and the other black, named Kresna. He was followed by a son he had once abandoned in the woods, but later reconciled with, named Raden Kangsa, to whom he gave the territory. At that time, Pandu Dewa Nata was ruling the kingdom of Astina. One night, he received a message in a dream saying, 'When you encounter the children of Madura, whether white or black, kill them.' His father, who was still alive and worried about the fate of his beloved sons, Kakra Sana and Kresna, sent them to Widara Kandang for safekeeping, along with Angga Gopa. Later, the two princes learned about a showcase of fighters and went with their sister Sambádra to the Alun alun, where the fighters had gathered. There, they encountered Raden Aria Jenaka and Sena, the sons of Pandu Dewa Nata from Astina, who, upon their father's death, had heard of the reputation of Madura and came searching for the land.
"Raden Kangsa was seated in the paseban, surrounded by his chiefs, when his Páteh informed him that the proscribed children had at last appeared. The prince, delighted that those whom he had so long sought in vain had now appeared of their own accord, ordered his Páteh immediately to seize them; but Kakra Sana fought with the Páteh, and drove him back upon the prince, who then seized him himself, and throwing him on the ground with violence, blood gushed from his mouth. Kakra Sana then called for assistance from Krésna, who with Raden Sena immediately came and overpowered Raden Kangsa. Upon this Kakra Sana put him to death with his weapon Lugúra. The Páteh, ignorant of the fate of his prince, rushed upon the parties, but was pierced with a spear by Kakra Sana, who immediately exclaimed, 'I am Resi Anapita of Repat Kapanasan; I am Resi di Jala dana Baladewa, the son of Basu Dewa of Madura.'
"Raden Kangsa was sitting in the paseban, surrounded by his chiefs, when his Páteh informed him that the banned children had finally shown up. The prince, thrilled that those he had searched for in vain had now come forward on their own, ordered his Páteh to capture them right away. However, Kakra Sana fought against the Páteh, pushing him back towards the prince, who then grabbed him himself and slammed him to the ground with force, causing blood to gush from his mouth. Kakra Sana then called for help from Krésna, who, along with Raden Sena, quickly came and subdued Raden Kangsa. After that, Kakra Sana killed him with his weapon Lugúra. The Páteh, unaware of his prince's fate, rushed at them but was struck by a spear from Kakra Sana, who immediately shouted, 'I am Resi Anapita of Repat Kapanasan; I am Resi di Jala dana Baladewa, the son of Basu Dewa of Madura.’"
"Then his uncle, Aria Prabu, spoke; and having embraced him, carried him to his father, Basu Dewa, who conferred the country upon him. At night, however, Kakra Sana heard a voice in his sleep, saying, 'to-morrow will I be revenged in the war Brata Yudha: there will be one of the country Chámpala Raja, I am he.' Kakra Sana replied, 'well I dare you.'"
"Then his uncle, Aria Prabu, spoke; and after embracing him, took him to his father, Basu Dewa, who granted him the kingdom. That night, however, Kakra Sana heard a voice in his sleep, saying, 'Tomorrow, I will take my revenge in the war Brata Yudha: there will be one from the land Chámpala Raja, I am he.' Kakra Sana replied, 'Fine, I accept your challenge.'"
[252] By these accounts, Sawela Chala is represented as the thirtieth in descent from Nurchaya, and the eleventh from Arjúna, according to the following line of Indian princes who ruled at Astína-púra and Guj'-rat.
[252] According to these accounts, Sawela Chala is shown as the thirtieth in line from Nurchaya, and the eleventh from Arjúna, based on the following line of Indian princes who ruled at Astína-púra and Guj'-rat.
- — Arjuna,
- 1 Bimanyu,
- 2 Parakisit,
- 3 Udiana,
- 4 Gandra Yana,
- 5 Jaya Baya,
- 6 Ami Jaya,
- 7 Ami Sama,
- 8 Chitra Sama,
- 9 Pancha Dria,
- 10 Kasuma Chitra
- 11 Sawela Chata
[254] "King Me succeeded his brother (as Emperor of Japan) in the year of Synmu, of Christ 540.
[254] "King Me took over from his brother (as Emperor of Japan) in the year of Synmu, in the year 540 AD."
"He was a very religious prince, and very favourably inclined to the foreign pagan Budsdo worship, which during his reign spread with great success in Japan, insomuch that the emperor himself caused several temples to be built to foreign idols, and ordered the idol of Buds, or Fotoge, to be carved in Fakkusai, that is in China.
"He was a very religious prince and was quite open to the foreign pagan Buddhism worship, which spread successfully in Japan during his reign. The emperor even had several temples built for foreign idols and ordered the statue of Buddha, or Futoku, to be carved in Fakkusai, which is in China."
"My Japanese author mentions what follows, as something very remarkable, and says, that it happened in the thirty-first year of his reign, and contributed very much to the advancement of the Budsdo religion. About a thousand years ago, says my author, there was in "Tsiutensiku (that is the middle Tensiku, whereby must be understood the country of the Malabarians and the coast of Coromandel in India) an eminent fotoke called Mokuren, a disciple of Siaka. About the same time the doctrine of Jambaden Gonna Niorai (that is, Amida the great god and patron of departed souls) was brought over into China, or Fakkusai, and spread into the neighbouring countries. This doctrine, continues he, did now manifest itself also in Tsinokuni, or Japan, at a place called Naniwa, where the idol of Amida appeared at the entry of a pond, environed with golden rays, nobody knowing how it was conveyed thither. The pious emperor, in memory of this miraculous event, instituted the first Nengo in Japan, and called it Konquo. The idol itself was by Tondo Josijmitz, a prince of great courage and piety, carried into the country of Sinano, and placed in the temple of Sinquosi, where it afterwards, by the name of Sinquosi Norai (that is, the Norai or Amida of Sinquosi) wrought many great miracles, which made that temple famous all over the empire. Thus far my Japanese author. He was succeeded by his son, Fit Atzu, or Fint Atz, in the year of Synmu 1232, of Christ 572. My author makes no mention of his age, but sets down the following remarkable events which happened during his reign.
"My Japanese author notes something quite remarkable that occurred in the thirty-first year of his reign, significantly contributing to the growth of the Buddhism religion. About a thousand years ago, my author states, there was in Tsiutensiku (which refers to the central Tensiku, meaning the land of the Malabarians and the coast of Coromandel in India) a prominent fotoke named Mokuren, a disciple of Siaka. Around the same time, the teachings of Jambaden Gonna Niorai (that is, Amida, the great god and protector of departed souls) were brought to China, or Fakkusai, and spread to neighboring countries. This doctrine also began to manifest in Tsinokuni, or Japan, specifically in a place called Naniwa, where the idol of Amida appeared at the edge of a pond, surrounded by golden rays, with no one knowing how it got there. The devout emperor, in honor of this miraculous event, established the first Nengo in Japan, naming it Konquo. The idol itself was brought into the country of Sinano by Tondo Josijmitz, a prince known for his courage and piety, and placed in the temple of Sinquosi, where it later performed many great miracles, making that temple famous throughout the empire. This is what my Japanese author reports. He was succeeded by his son, Fit Atzu, or Fint Atz, in the year of Synmu 1232, or 572 AD. My author doesn't mention his age but notes the following significant events that took place during his reign."
"In the third year of his reign, on the first day of the first month, was born at the emperor's court Sotoktais, the great apostle of the Japanese. His birth was preceded and attended with several remarkable circumstances.
"In the third year of his reign, on the first day of the first month, Sotoktais, the great apostle of the Japanese, was born at the emperor's court. His birth was preceded and accompanied by several remarkable events."
"The idol worship in general increased greatly in Japan during the emperor's reign. Abundance of idols, and idol carvers, and priests, came from several countries beyond sea.
"The worship of idols significantly increased in Japan during the emperor's reign. A large number of idols, idol carvers, and priests arrived from various countries overseas."
"In the eighth year of his reign the first image of Siaka was brought over from beyond sea, and carried to Nara into the temple of Kobusi, where it is still kept in great veneration, possessed of the chief and most eminent place in that temple.
"In the eighth year of his reign, the first image of Siaka was brought over from overseas and taken to Nara into the temple of Kobusi, where it is still kept in high regard, occupying the most important and prominent spot in that temple."
"In the fourteenth year of his reign one Moria, a great antagonist and professed enemy of Sotoktais, occasioned great troubles and religious dissensions in the empire. He bore a mortal hatred to all the Fotoge or idols of the country, which he took out of the temples and burnt wherever he could come at them: but within two years time his enemies got the better of him, for he was overcome, and paid with his life for his presumptuous enterprise. It is added, that having thrown the ashes of the idols, which he had burnt, into a lake, there arose suddenly a most dreadful storm of thunder, lightning, and rain."—History of Japan by Kempfer, vol. i. page 167.
"In the fourteenth year of his reign, a man named Moria, a significant opponent and declared enemy of Sotoktais, caused major issues and religious conflicts throughout the empire. He held a deep hatred for all the Fotoge or idols of the land, which he removed from the temples and burned whenever he had the chance. However, within two years, his enemies defeated him, and he ultimately lost his life due to his reckless actions. It’s said that after he threw the ashes of the idols he had burned into a lake, a terrifying storm of thunder, lightning, and rain suddenly erupted."—History of Japan by Kempfer, vol. i. page 167.
It is remarkable, that a peculiar people seem to have traversed Mexico in the following century, and according to Humboldt in like manner to have left behind them traces of cultivation and civilization. "The Toultecs," says that eminent author, "appeared first in 648, the Chichimecs in 1170, the Nahualtics in 1178, and the Aztecs in 1196. The Toultecs introduced the cultivation of maize and cotton; they built cities, made roads, and constructed those great pyramids which are yet admired, and of which the faces are very accurately laid out. They knew the use of hieroglyphical paintings; they could found metals and cut the hardest stones, and they had a solar year more perfect than that of the Greeks or Romans. The form of their government indicated that they were the descendants of a people, who had experienced great vicissitudes in their social state." "But where," asks Humboldt, "is the source of that cultivation; where is the country from which the Toultecs and Mexicans issued?"—Humboldt's Political Essay on New Spain.
It’s amazing that a unique group of people seemed to have traveled through Mexico in the following century and, according to Humboldt, similarly left behind signs of agriculture and civilization. "The Toultecs," says that distinguished author, "first appeared in 648, the Chichimecs in 1170, the Nahualtics in 1178, and the Aztecs in 1196. The Toultecs introduced the farming of maize and cotton; they built cities, created roads, and constructed those impressive pyramids that are still admired today, with their faces laid out very precisely. They understood the use of hieroglyphic art; they could work with metals and carve the hardest stones, and they had a solar calendar that was even more accurate than those of the Greeks or Romans. The structure of their government suggested they were descendants of a group that had gone through significant changes in their social conditions." "But where," asks Humboldt, "is the origin of that cultivation; where is the land from which the Toultecs and Mexicans came?" — Humboldt's Political Essay on New Spain.
[255] In these annals, the princess Chándra Kirana of Daha is represented as being demanded in marriage by the son of the Mahomedan Raja of Malacca, and the story, in which an account is evidently given of a visit to Java at a much later period of its history, blended with the earlier romances of Java, after detailing the particulars by which the prince of Tanjung-pura became Raja of Majapáhit, is thus told:
[255] In these records, Princess Chándra Kirana of Daha is described as being courted for marriage by the son of the Muslim Raja of Malacca. The narrative, which clearly recounts a visit to Java at a much later time in its history, intertwines with earlier legends of Java. After detailing how the prince of Tanjung-pura became Raja of Majapáhit, the story is told as follows:
"The Batára had a daughter, named Raden Galu Chandra Kirana, "whose beauty was celebrated far and wide, and many Rajas sought her in marriage. Her fame reached Malacca, and Sultan Mansur became enamoured of her by description. He ordered Paduka Raja, the Bendahara, to fit out a fleet of five hundred large prahus with innumerable small ones. At Singapura were fitted out a hundred with three masts, and at Singi Raya as many more of the same sort.
The Batára had a daughter named Raden Galu Chandra Kirana, whose beauty was famous all over, and many Rajas wanted to marry her. Her reputation reached Malacca, and Sultan Mansur fell in love with her just from hearing about her. He commanded Paduka Raja, the Bendahara, to prepare a fleet of five hundred large prahus along with many smaller ones. At Singapura, a hundred ships with three masts were outfitted, and at Singi Raya, the same number of ships were prepared.
"Then the prince selected forty nobles of the country, and forty virgins of noble family. He summoned Maha Ruja Merlang of Indragiri, and the Raja of Palémbang, the Raja of Jambi, and the Raja of Linga, to attend him to Majapahit; all the young warriors attending the prince, and all the great men remaining for the government of the country.
"Then the prince chose forty nobles from the country and forty virgins from noble families. He called upon Maha Ruja Merlang of Indragiri, the Raja of Palémbang, the Raja of Jambi, and the Raja of Linga to join him in Majapahit; all the young warriors accompanying the prince, along with all the prominent figures who stayed to govern the country."
"When they reached Majapahit, they were well received by the Batara. At this time the Rajas of Daha and Tanjungpura, the younger brothers of the prince, were present at Majapahit.
"When they arrived at Majapahit, the Batara welcomed them warmly. At that moment, the Rajas of Daha and Tanjungpura, the younger brothers of the prince, were also at Majapahit."
"Among the chieftains who accompanied the Raja of Malacca was the celebrated Hang Tuah or Laxamana, who was highly admired, and exhibited wonderful feats.
"Among the leaders who accompanied the Raja of Malacca was the famous Hang Tuah or Laxamana, who was greatly respected and demonstrated amazing skills."
"The Batara gave his daughter, Chandra Kirana, in marriage to the Raja of Malacca; and the Batara, delighted with his son-in-law, caused him to be placed on a seat of equal honour with himself, both on public occasions and at meals.
The Batara gave his daughter, Chandra Kirana, in marriage to the Raja of Malacca; and the Batara, thrilled with his son-in-law, had him seated in a position of equal honor with himself, both at public events and during meals.
"Then being about to depart, the Raja requested to be presented with the kingdom of Indra-giri, which was accordingly given to him. He then bestowed Siantan on Laxamana, from which time the rulers of Siantan are descendants of Laxamana.
"Just before leaving, the Raja asked to be given the kingdom of Indra-giri, and it was granted to him. He then gave Siantan to Laxamana, and from that time on, the rulers of Siantan have been descendants of Laxamana."
"By the princess he had a son, named Raden Galang, who was killed one day by a man running amok."—Malayan Annals.
"With the princess, he had a son named Raden Galang, who was killed one day by a man who went amok."—Malayan Annals.
[256] Pánji.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pánji.
[257] According to the traditions of the Sunda people, these two brothers, Chiong Wanara and Raden Tanduran, were descended from a prince of Galu, and their empires were divided by the river of Brebes, thence called Chi Pamali, or the River of Prohibition.
[257] According to the traditions of the Sunda people, these two brothers, Chiong Wanara and Raden Tanduran, were descendants of a prince from Galu, and their territories were separated by the river of Brebes, which is therefore called Chi Pamali, or the River of Prohibition.
"Raja Galu, otherwise known by the name of Raja Pamakás, and whose country was called Bajong Galu, had two sons, named Raden Aria Bang'a and Tanduran. There was a pestilence in those days, which, carrying off great numbers of the inhabitants, caused the prince to be much afflicted in his mind; whereupon, sending for his patéh (or minister), he thus addressed him: 'Go thou to Bukit Padang, and call one there named Si Ajar, failing not to bring him along with thee, as it may perhaps be in his power to administer relief to my distressed and suffering subjects.' The patéh immediately took leave of his Sovereign, and repaired forthwith to Bukit Padang to summon Si Ajar, who soon after appeared before the Raja, presenting him with some herbs which he had brought for that purpose. When Si Ajar had seated himself in the usual manner before the monarch, the latter thus addressed him: 'Ajar, a great pestilence at present rages in the country, and makes great havock amongst my subjects; it is therefore that I have sent for thee, in hopes that thou mayest be able to put a stop to the mortality which now prevails.' Ajar immediately replied, 'O Raja, it is my opinion, that he to whom the country belongs is the proper person to do what is requisite for the good of it and its inhabitants.' When the Raja heard these words, he was exceedingly wroth; so much so, that he was on the point of putting Ajar to instant death, when the latter thus addressed him; 'Prince! if you are determined to kill me, I resign my life, but depend upon it you will be made to answer for it, and that by your own son.' Si Ajar then returned to Bukit Padang, wherupon Raja Galu thus spoke to his patéh: 'Repair instantly to Bukit Padang, and put Si Ajar to death; let him not longer live.' The patéh accordingly went, and having executed the Raja's orders, returned and reported the circumstance to his prince, who felt much joy on the occasion. Shortly after this the Raja's concubine became pregnant, and when her time was come she was delivered of a son, whose features were exquisitely beautiful. When the prince was informed of this, he desired the child might be brought to him. The prince no sooner cast his eyes upon it, than he thought of the words of Si Ajar; upon which he administered a dose of poison to the child, which however did not cause its death. He then told his patéh to take the child, and having put it in a basket, to send it floating down the river. The patéh took the child, and having disposed of it as he was ordered, returned and made his master very happy by the report of what he had done. The basket in which the child was turned adrift on the river Chitandui being stopped by some stakes placed there by a fisherman, named Ke Balangantrang, it was picked up and carried home by him. He was highly pleased with the child, and adopted it, and gave it the name of Ke Jakah, and cherished it till it arrived at the age of manhood. Ke Jakah then invited his reputed father to accompany him to Bajong Galu. They had nearly got half way, when Ke Jakah looked up and saw a bird fly past. He asked Ke Balangantrang what might be the name of that bird? and was told that it was called chiong (the black minor of India). Ke Jakah then saw a form like that of a human being, and inquiring what it was, he was told that it was a wanara (monkey). Ke Jakah then exclaimed, 'if such is the case, then must my name be Chiong Wanara.'
"Raja Galu, also known as Raja Pamakás, ruled a place called Bajong Galu. He had two sons, Raden Aria Bang'a and Tanduran. During that time, a terrible plague swept through the land, claiming many lives, which deeply troubled the prince. He called for his patéh (or minister) and said: 'Go to Bukit Padang, and bring back a man named Si Ajar. He may be able to help my suffering people.' The patéh immediately took leave and headed to Bukit Padang to summon Si Ajar, who soon appeared before the Raja with some herbs he had brought. After taking his seat in front of the monarch, the Raja told him: 'Ajar, a terrible plague is ravaging the country and hurting my people; I've called you in hopes that you can help end this suffering.' Ajar responded, 'O Raja, I believe the rightful owner of this land is the one who should take action for the benefit of its people.' Hearing this, Raja was filled with rage, nearly ordering Ajar to be killed on the spot, but Ajar said, 'If you decide to kill me, then I accept my fate, but be warned, you will have to answer for it, and it will be your own son who does so.' Si Ajar then went back to Bukit Padang, after which Raja Galu commanded his patéh: 'Go to Bukit Padang immediately and execute Si Ajar; he must not live any longer.' The patéh complied, carried out the orders, and returned to report to the prince, who was pleased with the outcome. Shortly after, the prince's concubine became pregnant and eventually gave birth to an extraordinarily beautiful son. When the prince learned of this, he asked to see the child. Upon seeing the baby, he recalled Si Ajar's words and gave the child a dose of poison, which, however, did not kill him. He then instructed his patéh to take the baby, place him in a basket, and send him down the river. The patéh did as ordered, and upon returning, made the prince very happy with his report. The basket with the child came to rest on some stakes put in the river by a fisherman named Ke Balangantrang, who found it and took it home. Delighted with the baby, he adopted him and named him Ke Jakah, raising him until he reached adulthood. Later, Ke Jakah invited his adoptive father to accompany him to Bajong Galu. They had traveled nearly halfway when Ke Jakah noticed a bird flying by. He asked Ke Balangantrang what it was called and was told it was a chiong (the black minor of India). Ke Jakah then saw something resembling a human form and inquired about it, learning it was a wanara (monkey). Ke Jakah then exclaimed, 'If that's the case, then I shall be called Chiong Wanara.’"
"After this the travellers prosecuted their journey, and in due time arrived at Bajong Galu, where they went to the house of a relation of Ke Balangantrang, named Ke Haziali, the chief of all the blacksmiths. Chiong Wanara was then delivered over by Ke Balangantrang to Ke Haziali, who treated him as his own son, and instructed him in the art, in which he soon became eminent.
"After this, the travelers continued their journey and eventually arrived at Bajong Galu, where they visited the house of a relative of Ke Balangantrang, named Ke Haziali, the chief of all the blacksmiths. Chiong Wanara was then handed over by Ke Balangantrang to Ke Haziali, who treated him like his own son and taught him the craft, in which he quickly excelled."
"Chiang Wanara had not been long in this new situation, before Raja Galu, hearing of the circumstance, sent for and begged him of the head blacksmith. The Raja in time owned him for his own son, and was so delighted when he first beheld him, that he sent for his son, Raden Aria Bang'a, and desired him to take every care of his newly-found brother.
"Chiang Wanara hadn't been in this new situation for long when Raja Galu, hearing about it, asked the head blacksmith to send him over. Eventually, the Raja acknowledged him as his own son and was so thrilled when he first saw him that he summoned his son, Raden Aria Bang'a, and requested him to take good care of his newly discovered brother."
"A short time after this, Chiong Wanara went to his royal father, and asked him to give him some hereditary property. When the Raja heard this, he immediately addressed Chiong Wanara thus:—'My son, the whole of my property I have bestowed on thy eldest brother, and nothing is left except the head blacksmith, whom thou hadst better accept of.' Raden Chiong Wanara said he would take him with much pleasure.
A little while later, Chiong Wanara went to his father, the king, and asked him to give him some family land. When the Raja heard this, he immediately responded to Chiong Wanara: "My son, I have given all my property to your oldest brother, and all that’s left is the head blacksmith, whom you might as well take." Raden Chiong Wanara said he would gladly accept him.
"Soon after the head blacksmith came into his possession, Raden Chiong Wanara went again to his father, and solicited permission (which was granted to him) to construct an iron cage of very great strength, and of the most exquisite workmanship. Chiong Wanara then gave orders to his head blacksmith to have this cage made, and all the blacksmiths in the kingdom having been set about it, it was very soon finished, and had all the strength and beauty that was intended and wished for. Carpets and cushions, such as princes are accustomed to recline on, were spread within it. Chiong Wanara then went and acquainted Raja Galu that it was completed. When the Raja saw it, he was greatly pleased, and being entreated by Chiong Wanara to enter and examine whether or not there might be still something wanting to render it more complete; without suspecting any treachery, he did as he was requested. No sooner was he fairly in, than Chiong Wanara closed and locked the door, saying, at the same time to Raja Galu, 'Now is fulfilled the prediction of Ajar of Bukit Padang, whom you caused to be unjustly put to death.' The Raja answered from within the cage, 'I submit to this just judgment.'
Soon after Raden Chiong Wanara obtained the head blacksmith, he went back to his father and asked for permission (which was granted) to build a very strong iron cage that was also beautifully crafted. Chiong Wanara then instructed his head blacksmith to make the cage, and all the blacksmiths in the kingdom were set to work on it. It was completed quickly, showcasing all the strength and beauty that was intended. Inside, carpets and cushions fit for a prince were laid out. Chiong Wanara then informed Raja Galu that it was ready. When the Raja saw it, he was very pleased, and when Chiong Wanara urged him to enter and see if anything else was needed to make it better, he did so without suspecting any trick. As soon as he stepped inside, Chiong Wanara shut and locked the door, telling Raja Galu, "Now the prophecy of Ajar of Bukit Padang, whom you had wrongfully executed, is fulfilled." The Raja replied from inside the cage, "I accept this just judgment."
"When Raden Aria Bang'a saw his father shut up in the cage, he could not contain his rage against Chiong Wanara, and a quarrel between the two brothers ensued.
"When Raden Aria Bang'a saw his father locked in the cage, he couldn't hold back his anger towards Chiong Wanara, and a fight broke out between the two brothers."
"Raja Galu perceiving this, immediately exclaimed, 'For shame! that two brothers should thus fight with each other; such conduct is strictly forbidden by the elders of the people.'
"Raja Galu saw this and immediately said, 'Shame on you! It's disgraceful for two brothers to fight like this; the elders have strictly forbidden such behavior among us.'"
"Without paying any regard to the words or admonition of Raja Galu, the two brothers engaged in single combat, stabbing, pushing, and striking each other in turn. Both parties being of equal strength, they continued fighting all the way from the place above described until they got far to the eastward, when finding themselves fatigued, they suspended the conflict under a certain tree. Chiong Wanara forthwith asked his brother what the name of the tree was under which they were: Aria Bang'a answered, it is called mája. They then took one of the fruit, and having split it in two, each took a part. That which Aria Bang'a ate was sweet, but that which Chiong Wanara ate was on the contrary very bitter (pait); so Chiong Wanara called the place Majapait, or as more generally pronounced, Majapahit.
"Disregarding the advice of Raja Galu, the two brothers fought each other, stabbing, pushing, and hitting in turn. Both were equally strong, and they continued to battle from the previously mentioned location all the way to the far east, where they eventually became tired and paused the fight under a particular tree. Chiong Wanara immediately asked his brother for the name of the tree they were under. Aria Bang'a replied that it was called mája. They then picked one of the fruits, split it in half, and each took a piece. The part that Aria Bang'a ate was sweet, while the part that Chiong Wanara ate was very bitter (pait); so Chiong Wanara named the place Majapait, or as it’s more commonly pronounced, Majapahit.
"The combat was then renewed with the same vigour as before, and they continued fighting towards the westward, until they came to a row of trees (jajar), where they halted. On being asked by his brother the name of those trees, Chiong Wanara answered paku: Raden Aria Bang'a then said, 'the name of the place must be Pakuan Pa-jajar-an.'
"The fighting picked up again with the same intensity as before, and they continued to battle westward until they reached a line of trees (jajar), where they stopped. When his brother asked him the name of those trees, Chiong Wanara replied paku: Raden Aria Bang'a then said, 'we should call this place Pakuan Pa-jajar-an.'
"The two brothers then recommenced fighting, till they came to a river of Brebes, where being both much fatigued, they rested by the side of it and drank of its water.
"The two brothers then started fighting again until they reached a river of Brebes, where, both exhausted, they rested by the water and drank from it."
"Raden Aria Bang'a then said: 'It was declared by our father to be wrong for brothers to fight with each other, it is also contrary to ancient usage, let us therefore put an end to this forbidden contest, and let us call this river Chi Pamali' (that is to say, the river of prohibition). The river Brebes thus obtained the name of Chi Pamali.
"Raden Aria Bang'a then said: 'Our father declared it wrong for brothers to fight with each other, and it goes against our traditions. So, let's put an end to this forbidden contest and name this river Chi Pamali' (which means the river of prohibition). The river Brebes thus became known as Chi Pamali."
"Raden Aria Bang'a then said to his brother: 'do thou go to Pakuan Pajajaran while I go to Majapahit.' They accordingly separated, Raden Aria Bang'a proceeding to Majapahit, and Chiong Wanara returning to Bajong Galu, for the purpose of visiting his father in the cage.
"Raden Aria Bang'a then said to his brother: 'You go to Pakuan Pajajaran while I head to Majapahit.' They then parted ways, Raden Aria Bang'a going to Majapahit, and Chiong Wanara returning to Bajong Galu to visit his father in the cage."
"When Chiong Wanara arrived at Bajong Galu, and found the cage empty, his astonishment was very great. He then addressed himself to one of his people, named Ke Jampang, and asked what was become of Raja Galu. Ke Jampang replied, 'he went out of the cage of himself, without the assistance of any one, and has returned to his usual place of residence at Surga Luka, where he now is, having assumed the name and title of Guru Putra Hinga Baya.'
"When Chiong Wanara arrived at Bajong Galu and found the cage empty, he was truly astonished. He then turned to one of his companions, named Ke Jampang, and asked what had happened to Raja Galu. Ke Jampang replied, 'He left the cage on his own, without any help, and has gone back to his usual home at Surga Luka, where he currently is, having taken on the name and title of Guru Putra Hinga Baya.'
"When Chiong Wanara heard all this he thought he might as well throw away the empty cage, which he accordingly did, on the beach of the south coast, from whence the place is called Tana Kandang Wesi, or the land of the Iron Cage.
"When Chiong Wanara heard all this, he figured it would be best to just get rid of the empty cage, so he did, on the beach of the south coast, which is why the area is called Tana Kandang Wesi, or the land of the Iron Cage."
"Chiong Wanara forthwith invited Ke Jampang to accompany him to Surga Luka, in search of his father, Guru Putra Hinga Baya.
"Chiong Wanara immediately asked Ke Jampang to join him on a trip to Surga Luka to look for his father, Guru Putra Hinga Baya."
"In a short time they arrived at Surga Luka, and Chiong Wanara surrendered himself, entreating his father's forgiveness for what had passed. Guru Putra then said, 'to a certainty there must be two kingdoms on the island of Java, of which the (intermediate) boundary will be the river Pamali. The kingdom of Raden Tanduran will be to the eastward, and shall be called Majapahit; that of Chiong Wanara will be to the westward, and shall be called Pakuan Pajajaran: the latter kingdom will cease first (tunda dahulu.') Whence the people under Chiong Wanara were called Orang Sunda, and their language Sunda.
"In a short time, they arrived at Surga Luka, and Chiong Wanara surrendered himself, asking for his father's forgiveness for what had happened. Guru Putra then said, 'There will definitely be two kingdoms on the island of Java, with the river Pamali marking the boundary between them. The kingdom of Raden Tanduran will be to the east and will be called Majapahit; that of Chiong Wanara will be to the west and will be called Pakuan Pajajaran: the latter kingdom will be the first to fall (tunda dahulu).' Hence, the people under Chiong Wanara were known as Orang Sunda, and their language is Sunda.
"Guru Putra then gave Chiong Wanara a black monkey-skin jacket, which the latter forthwith put on, and immediately became in appearance like that animal. He at the same time gave him the name of Guru Minda-sida tanda Prabu lutung Kasarong, and furnished him with some rice-seed, and appointed Ke Jampang to be his follower.
"Guru Putra then gave Chiong Wanara a black monkey-skin jacket, which he immediately put on, and instantly looked like that animal. He also gave him the name Guru Minda-sida tanda Prabu lutung Kasarong, provided him with some rice seeds, and assigned Ke Jampang to be his follower."
"Guru Minda and Ke Jampang then took their departure: and when they came to a place not far from Bajong Galu they set out about sowing their rice-seed, distributing it among all the poor people of the place for that purpose.
"Guru Minda and Ke Jampang then left: and when they got to a spot not far from Bajong Galu, they started sowing their rice seeds, sharing it with all the poor people in the area for that purpose."
"Pandi Chacha Domas and all the Peng'gawas, as well as all the people of Bajong Galu, who were attached to Chiong Wanara at the time he went to see Guru Putra Hinga Baya of Surga Luka, being without a sovereign, went all of them to the eastward, to reside in the country of Majapahit.
"Pandi Chacha Domas and all the Peng'gawas, along with everyone from Bajong Galu, who were connected to Chiong Wanara when he visited Guru Putra Hinga Baya of Surga Luka, with no leader to follow, all went east to settle in the land of Majapahit."
"When Prabu Lutung Kasarong had given orders for the sowing of the rice, he and his follower, Ke Jampang, proceeded to a place on the south sea coast, called Kedu Pondok, where Ke Jampang being left to settle, the place took its name from him, and was ever after called Chutak Jampang.
"When Prabu Lutung Kasarong instructed to sow the rice, he and his follower, Ke Jampang, went to a location on the southern sea coast called Kedu Pondok. After leaving Ke Jampang to settle there, the place was named after him and has since been known as Chutak Jampang."
"After Prabu Lutung Kasarong had left Ke Jampang at Kedu Pondok he went through the woods, till coming near Pakuan Pajajaran he found a very large tree, called pundi, situated on the banks of the river Chili-wong. He remained under it to rest himself, and gave the place the name of Kampung Pundi.
"After Prabu Lutung Kasarong left Ke Jampang at Kedu Pondok, he traveled through the woods. When he got close to Pakuan Pajajaran, he discovered a huge tree, known as pundi, located by the banks of the river Chili-wong. He stopped there to rest and named the spot Kampung Pundi."
"Kuwu Mangkubumbi, of Jambadipa, in the district of Jelebud, had several children, all of them females. The youngest was called Purba Sari, and was established in the interior, near the tree called gadug, from which the kampung so called took its name.
"Kuwu Mangkubumbi, from Jambadipa, in the district of Jelebud, had several children, all daughters. The youngest was named Purba Sari, and she lived in the interior, near the tree called gadug, which gave the kampung its name."
"Having placed his youngest daughter, Purba Sari, in the interior of the country, he was desirous to send out people to shoot birds with a pellet, and accordingly created and appointed one a pellet-shooter, who went regularly every day to shoot, agreeably to the order of Kuwu Mangkubumi. One day the pellet-shooter came to the large pundi tree, and observing on it what he supposed to be a large black monkey, he wished to shoot it, whereupon Prabu Lutung Kasarong, whom he mistook for the monkey, thus addressed him: 'Don't shoot at me; you had better go home and tell your master to come here to me himself.' When the pellet-shooter perceived that the black monkey was gifted with speech he stood aghast and astonished beyond measure, and returned immediately to his master to acquaint him with the circumstance.
"After placing his youngest daughter, Purba Sari, in the countryside, he wanted to send people out to shoot birds with pellets. He appointed one person as the pellet-shooter, who went out regularly every day to hunt, following the orders of Kuwu Mangkubumi. One day, the pellet-shooter arrived at the large pundi tree and saw what he thought was a big black monkey. He wanted to shoot it, but Prabu Lutung Kasarong, whom he had mistaken for the monkey, said to him, 'Don't shoot at me; you should go home and tell your master to come here to me himself.' When the pellet-shooter realized the black monkey could talk, he was shocked and amazed, and he quickly returned to his master to tell him what happened."
"Kuwu Mangubumi, together with the pellet-shooter, then repaired to the great pundi tree. On his arrival there he called to Prabu Lutung Kasarong, who was upon it. No sooner did the latter hear the summons, than he descended and talked with the Kuwu, who then took him home with him, highly delighted at being possessed of so extraordinary and accomplished a creature. In the course of a short time he wished to present him to his eldest daughter, and on her refusing to accept of him he offered him to a younger one, but neither would receive Prabu Lutung Kasarong.
"Kuwu Mangubumi, along with the pellet-shooter, then went to the big pundi tree. When he got there, he called out to Prabu Lutung Kasarong, who was up in the tree. As soon as Prabu Lutung Kasarong heard the call, he climbed down and chatted with Kuwu, who then happily took him home, thrilled to have such an extraordinary and skilled creature. Soon after, he wanted to introduce him to his oldest daughter, but when she refused to accept him, he offered him to his younger daughter, yet neither would take Prabu Lutung Kasarong.
"He then gave him to the youngest of all, named Niái Purba Sari, who accepted of him with great pleasure.
"He then gave him to the youngest of all, named Niái Purba Sari, who accepted him with great pleasure."
"In the course of time, Niai Purba Sari built a house at Wangun, and the place was afterwards called Kampung Wangun. He then planted some tagur trees, from which the place received the name of Kampung Tagur. After this, Prabu Lutung Kasarong caused Niai Purba Sari to remove from the gaduga tree to Kampung Wangun.
"In time, Niai Purba Sari built a house at Wangun, and the area was later named Kampung Wangun. He then planted some tagur trees, which is how the place got the name Kampung Tagur. Following this, Prabu Lutung Kasarong made Niai Purba Sari move from the gaduga tree to Kampung Wangun.
"When Niai Purba Sari became Prabu Lutung's wife, he laid aside the black monkey's skin with which he was clothed, and immediately resumed his former and usual beautiful appearance.
"When Niai Purba Sari became Prabu Lutung's wife, he set aside the black monkey skin he had been wearing and instantly returned to his usual beautiful self."
"He afterwards received the name of Niang Galarang, and established himself at Pakuan Pajajaran, where the Batutulis (inscribed stone) now is, and which was the seat of government of the Maha Raja Prabu Niang Galarang. After this his wife became pregnant, and Prabu Niang Galarang left Pakuan Pajajaran to the care of his Peng'gawas, or ministers of state, and went to Bukit Padang, where he became a Pandita.
"He later took on the name Niang Galarang and settled in Pakuan Pajajaran, where the Batutulis (inscribed stone) is now located, which was the center of government for Maha Raja Prabu Niang Galarang. Soon after, his wife became pregnant, and Prabu Niang Galarang entrusted Pakuan Pajajaran to his Peng'gawas, or ministers, and went to Bukit Padang, where he became a Pandita.
"When the time was come, Niai Purba Sari brought forth a son of the most exquisitely beautiful features, to whom she gave the name Silawang'i.
"When the time came, Niai Purba Sari gave birth to a son with the most beautifully striking features, and she named him Silawang'i."
"When Silawang'i grew up, he removed from Pakuan Pajajaran to Sumedang Larang, where he was soon afterwards married; first to Niai Raden Raja Mantu, and then to the daughter of the Peng'gawa of that place, so that he had many wives. He at the same time received the title of Baginda Maha Raja Prabu Silawang'i.
"When Silawang'i grew up, he moved from Pakuan Pajajaran to Sumedang Larang, where he soon got married; first to Niai Raden Raja Mantu, and then to the daughter of the Peng'gawa of that area, resulting in him having multiple wives. At the same time, he was given the title of Baginda Maha Raja Prabu Silawang'i."
"Prabu Lutung Kasarong had afterwards two other sons, the elder named Ke Glap Nyawang, the younger, Ke Kedang Panjang, both of whom were strong and well made; and when they grew up they went with their father to Sumedang Larang, where they all remained with Prabu Silawang'i.
"Prabu Lutung Kasarong later had two more sons, the elder named Ke Glap Nyawang and the younger, Ke Kedang Panjang. Both were strong and well-built, and as they grew up, they went with their father to Sumedang Larang, where they all stayed with Prabu Silawang'i."
"Prabu Silawang'i, when he had got a number of wives and peng'gawas, returned to Pakuan Pajajaran, bringing them all with him, as also his two sons, and his man Ke Jampang, who was then called Purwa Kala. In returning to Pakuan Pajajaran, Prabu Silawang'i first went to a place on the south coast, called Nusa Kambangan, and there embarking in a vessel with all his family, he sailed westward, till they came to the anchoring place, to which was given the name of Palabuan Ratu (Wyn Coops Bay), and having disembarked, they all proceeded to Pakuan Pajajáran.
"Prabu Silawang'i, after acquiring several wives and peng'gawas, returned to Pakuan Pajajaran, bringing them all along with him, as well as his two sons and his man Ke Jampang, who was then known as Purwa Kala. On his way back to Pakuan Pajajaran, Prabu Silawang'i first stopped at a place on the south coast called Nusa Kambangan, and there, they boarded a ship with all his family and set sail westward until they reached the anchoring spot, which was named Palabuan Ratu (Wyn Coops Bay). After disembarking, they all continued on to Pakuan Pajajaran.
"On his arrival there, Prabu Silawang'i established himself as Raja, and having assembled all the Mantris, Peng'gawas, and other chiefs and officers, together with all the military forces, he caused great rejoicings to be made on the occasion, and each day and night every kind of play was performed to amuse him. Pakuan Pajajaran was crowded with the happy and delighted multitude, and so great and powerful did Prabu Silawang'i become at that time, that all the princes from the river Chi Pamali beyond Java Head (in Bantam) on the west, submitted to him and were subject to Pakuan Pajajaran.
"Upon his arrival, Prabu Silawang'i took his place as Raja, and after gathering all the Mantris, Peng'gawas, and other leaders and officials, along with all the military forces, he initiated grand celebrations for the occasion. Every day and night, various performances were held to entertain him. Pakuan Pajajaran was filled with joyful crowds, and Prabu Silawang'i grew so formidable at that time that all the princes from the Chi Pamali river to Java Head (in Bantam) in the west submitted to him and came under the rule of Pakuan Pajajaran.
"Prabu Silawang'i then built without the kraton (or palace) a hall of audience (paseban), which was styled Sasaka Domas, or the hall of eight hundred pillars; and in the interior of the kraton another, called Rarawis Kanchana (or that of golden flowers). This was where the Batutulis now is."
"Prabu Silawang'i then built a hall of audience (paseban) without the kraton (or palace), which was named Sasaka Domas, or the hall of eight hundred pillars; and inside the kraton he built another hall, called Rarawis Kanchana (or that of golden flowers). This is where the Batutulis currently stands."
The tradition goes on to relate, that Prabu Silawang'i had one hundred and fifty wives, and that his sons-in-law, of whom there were also one hundred and fifty, were made great public officers.
The story goes that Prabu Silawang'i had one hundred and fifty wives, and that his sons-in-law, who also numbered one hundred and fifty, were given high positions in public office.
In the course of a little time one of his highness's wives, named Niai Mantri Manek Mayang Sunda, the sister of Ke Marugal Sang Mantri Ayung, became pregnant, and in due time brought forth a beautiful boy, who was called by his father Raden Guru Gatangan, and who was made Raja Muda of Pakuan Pajajaran, with the name and title of Prabu Guru Gantangan.
In a short time, one of his highness's wives, named Niai Mantri Manek Mayang Sunda, the sister of Ke Marugal Sang Mantri Ayung, became pregnant and eventually gave birth to a beautiful boy. His father named him Raden Guru Gatangan, and he was made Raja Muda of Pakuan Pajajaran, receiving the name and title of Prabu Guru Gantangan.
Both father and son continued as Raja Tuah and Raja Muda to live in the kraton of Pakuan Pajajaran, happy and on good terms with each other; the management and direction of the state being entirely vested in the hands of the Raja Muda.
Both father and son continued as Raja Tuah and Raja Muda to live in the kraton of Pakuan Pajajaran, content and getting along well with each other; the governance and leadership of the state being fully in the hands of the Raja Muda.
[259] Having thus detailed the traditions which exist among the Javans respecting the establishment of foreign colonies in the Eastern Archipelago, and brought down this part of the history to the establishment of the kingdom of Majapahit, it may not be amiss to transcribe those which prevail among the Malayus, who, it is well known, endeavour to trace their descent from the Macedonian hero, Alexander the Great. The following account is taken from the Sejara Maláyu, or Malay annals, a work written in the year 1021 of Hejirat:
[259] Having laid out the traditions regarding the establishment of foreign colonies in the Eastern Archipelago among the Javans, and reached the part of history concerning the formation of the kingdom of Majapahit, it’s also worth noting the traditions that exist among the Malayus, who are known to trace their lineage back to the Macedonian hero, Alexander the Great. The following account is from the Sejara Maláyu, or Malay annals, a work written in the year 1021 of Hejirat:
"It happened that Raja Sekander, the son of Raja Darub of Rum, of the race of Makaduniah, the name of whose empire was Zulkarneini, wished to see the rising of the sun, and for this purpose came to the confines of the land of Hind. There was a Raja in Hindustan, named Raja Kideh Hindi, who was very powerful, and whose empire extended over the half of Hindustan. Immediately on the approach of Raja Sekander, Raja Kideh Hindi sent his prime minister to collect his forces, and marched out to meet him. The armies engaged, and a battle ensued, as is fully recorded in the history of Raja Sekander. Raja Kideh Hindi was defeated and taken prisoner, after which he was sent back to his own country. This Raja Kideh had a daughter: after sending his minister, Perdana Mantri, to consult with the minister of Raja Sekander, he gave her in marriage to Raja Sekander, on condition of receiving three hundred thousand dinars of gold.
"It so happened that Raja Sekander, the son of Raja Darub of Rum, from the lineage of Makaduniah, whose empire was called Zulkarneini, wanted to see the sunrise. To achieve this, he traveled to the borders of the land of Hind. In Hindustan, there was a powerful Raja named Raja Kideh Hindi, whose empire spanned half of Hindustan. As soon as Raja Sekander arrived, Raja Kideh Hindi sent his prime minister to gather his forces and marched out to confront him. The two armies clashed, and a battle broke out, as detailed in the history of Raja Sekander. Raja Kideh Hindi was defeated and taken prisoner, after which he was returned to his own land. This Raja Kideh had a daughter; after sending his minister, Perdana Mantri, to negotiate with Raja Sekander's minister, he gave her in marriage to Raja Sekander on the condition of receiving three hundred thousand dinars of gold."
"Raja Sekander, after tarrying ten days in honour of the ceremony, pursued his journey towards the rising sun, attended by his bride. On their return, however, her father requested her to remain some time with him: Raja Sekander consented and took his leave.
"Raja Sekander, after staying ten days to celebrate the ceremony, continued his journey toward the rising sun, accompanied by his bride. However, on their return, her father asked her to stay with him for a while: Raja Sekander agreed and took his leave."
"The princess was already pregnant by Raja Sekander, but he was unacquainted with this circumstance; nor was the princess herself aware of it, till a month after her return to her father. At the expiration of her time, the princess was safely delivered of a son, whom Raja Kideh Hindi named Aristan Shah.
"The princess was already pregnant by Raja Sekander, but he didn't know about it; and the princess herself didn't realize it until a month after returning to her father. When the time came, the princess gave birth to a son, whom Raja Kideh Hindi named Aristan Shah.
"Raja Aristan Shah was in course of time married to the daughter of the Raja of Turkistan, by whom he had a son, named Raja Aftus.
"Raja Aristan Shah eventually married the daughter of the Raja of Turkistan, and they had a son named Raja Aftus."
"After an absence of forty-five years, Raja Sekander returned to Makaduniah, and Raja Kideh Hindi died, leaving as his successor Raja Aristan Shah, who (or rather whose dynasty) reigned three hundred and fifty years. After him reigned the following princes in succession:
"After being away for forty-five years, Raja Sekander returned to Makaduniah, and Raja Kideh Hindi passed away, leaving Raja Aristan Shah as his successor, who (or more precisely, whose dynasty) ruled for three hundred and fifty years. The following princes reigned in succession after him:
Raja Aftus, who reigned one hundred and twenty years.
Raja Aftus, who ruled for one hundred and twenty years.
Raja Askayinat, do. three years.
Raja Askayinat, same. three years.
Raja Kasidas, do. twelve years.
Raja Kasidas, for twelve years.
Raja Amastubusu, do. thirteen years.
Raja Amastubusu, doing it for thirteen years.
Raja Zamzeius, do. seven years.
Raja Zamzeius, do. seven years.
Raja Khuras Khainat do. thirty years.
Raja Khuras Khainat do. 30 years.
Raja Ahat Sakayinat.
Raja Ahat Sakayinat.
Raja Kuda Zuguhan, son of Amastubusu.
Raja Kuda Zuguhan, son of Amastubusu.
Raja Nikubus, who reigned forty years.
Raja Nikubus, who ruled for forty years.
Raja Ardasir Migan, who married the daughter of Raja Nushirwan Adel, sovereign of the west, by whom he had a son, named Raja Derm Nus.
Raja Ardasir Migan, who married the daughter of Raja Nushirwan Adel, the ruler of the west, had a son named Raja Derm Nus.
Raja Tarsia Burdaras, son of Raja Zamarut.
Raja Tarsia Burdaras, son of Raja Zamarut.
The last of these princes married the daughter of Raja Sulan of Amdan Nagara. This Raja Sulan was the mightiest prince of the land of Hind, and of all the Rajas under the wind. By the princess, his daughter, Raja Narsa had three sons:
The last of these princes married the daughter of Raja Sulan of Amdan Nagara. This Raja Sulan was the strongest prince in the land of Hind and of all the Rajas in the area. With the princess, his daughter, Raja Narsa had three sons:
Raja Herian, who reigned in the country of Hindostan:
Raja Herian, who ruled in the land of Hindostan:
Raja Suren, whom Raja Sulan appointed in his own place; and
Raja Suren, whom Raja Sulan appointed in his position; and
Raja Panden, who reigned in Turkestan.
Raja Panden, who ruled in Turkestan.
"After a short time Raja Sulan died, and his grandson, Raja Suren, reigned in his place in Amdan Nagara, with still greater authority than his predecessors, and all the lands of the East and West, except China, acknowledged him.
"After a little while, Raja Sulan passed away, and his grandson, Raja Suren, took over his reign in Amdan Nagara, with even more power than his predecessors, and all the lands to the East and West, except for China, recognized his authority."
"Then Raja Suren formed the design of subjugating China, and for this purpose marched towards that country. Two months he marched on without any obstruction, and every country submitted, till he approached the country of Gang'ga Nagara, the Raja of which was named Gang'gi Shah Juana. Here an engagement took place, in which Raja Suren smote off the head of Raja Gang'gi Shah Juana, whose subjects having lost their chief submitted to Raja Suren, who married Patri Gang'ga, the sister of the deceased Raja. From Gang'ga Nagara, Raja Suren advanced to the country of Klang Kins, which in former times was a great country, possessing a fort of black stone (supposed to be up the river Johor). The name of the Raja of this country was Chulen, who was superior to all the Rajas of the country lying under the wind. Here another desperate engagement took place, in which Raja Chulen also was killed, and the country submitted to Suren. Then Raja Suren married the daughter of the deceased monarch, and advanced to Tamarak. He returned, however, to the land of Kling without proceeding on to China. On the return of Raja Suren he founded a city of great size, the fame of which became renowned, and the name of which was Bisnagur (a well known and celebrated city of the south of India), which even at the present time is a great city in the land of Kling.
"Then Raja Suren set out with the intention of conquering China and marched towards the country. He traveled for two months without any obstacles, and every region surrendered until he reached the territory of Gang'ga Nagara, led by Gang'gi Shah Juana. A battle ensued here, in which Raja Suren beheaded Raja Gang'gi Shah Juana. With their leader gone, his subjects surrendered to Raja Suren, who then married Patri Gang'ga, the sister of the fallen Raja. From Gang'ga Nagara, Raja Suren progressed to the land of Klang Kins, once a powerful kingdom that had a fort made of black stone (believed to be located along the Johor River). The ruler of this area was Chulen, who was superior to all the other Rajas in nearby lands. Another fierce battle broke out here, resulting in the death of Raja Chulen, and the territory surrendered to Suren. Raja Suren then married the daughter of the deceased king and moved towards Tamarak. However, he returned to the land of Kling without continuing to China. Upon his return, Raja Suren established a large city, which gained great fame and was called Bisnagur (a well-known and celebrated city in southern India), which still remains a significant city in the land of Kling today."
"Raja Suren had by the daughter of Raja Chulen a daughter, named Chandu Wani Wasias, and by Putri Gang'ga he had three sons, one of them named Bichitram Shah, another Palidutani, and the third Nilumanam.
"Raja Suren had a daughter with the daughter of Raja Chulen, named Chandu Wani Wasias. With Putri Gang'ga, he had three sons: one named Bichitram Shah, another Palidutani, and the third Nilumanam."
"Palidutani succeeded to the government of Amden Nagara, and Nilumanam was appointed to the government of Chandukani: but on the eldest son, Bichitram Shah, was only conferred a territory of small extent, which so displeased the young prince, that he resolved to abandon the country. He accordingly embarked with twenty vessels, fitted out with all the appurtenances of war, determining to conquer all the maritime countries; but his fleet was dispersed by a storm, and part of them returned to their country.
"Palidutani took over the government of Amden Nagara, and Nilumanam was appointed to govern Chandukani. However, the eldest son, Bichitram Shah, was given only a small territory, which greatly upset the young prince, leading him to decide to leave the country. He then set sail with twenty ships, fully equipped for war, intending to conquer all the coastal nations; but a storm scattered his fleet, causing some of them to return home."
"Bichitram Shah is then represented as arriving in the country now called Palembang, where Demang Lebar Daon, great grandson of Raja Chulen, was chief. Here marrying the daughter of the Raja, he assumed the government, under the title of Sang Sapurba Trimurti Tribuna, and had by her four children; two daughters, named Chandra Dewi and Putra Sri Dewi, and two sons, named Sang Mutiaga and Sang Nila Utama.
"Bichitram Shah is described as arriving in the country now known as Palembang, where Demang Lebar Daon, the great-grandson of Raja Chulen, was the leader. He married the daughter of the Raja and took over the government, adopting the title of Sang Sapurba Trimurti Tribuna, and together they had four children: two daughters named Chandra Dewi and Putra Sri Dewi, and two sons named Sang Mutiaga and Sang Nila Utama."
"After some years Sang Sapurba was seized with a desire to view the ocean, and went in search of a good situation for a new settlement, leaving the younger brother of Demang Lebar Daon in the government of Palembang; and the fleet being prepared, they set sail from the river of Palembang, and after steering six days and nights towards the south, arrived at Tanj'ung pura, where Sang Sapurba was very honourably received by the Raja, and a thousand chiefs introduced him into the country, seated him on the throne, and honoured him like a prince. As soon as the news of his arrival reached Majapáhit, the Bitara, who was very powerful, came to make him a visit. Sang Sapurba received him very graciously, and gave him in marriage his daughter Chandra Dewi. After this ceremony the Bitara of Majapáhit returned to his capital; and it is from this marriage (say the Malayan traditions) that the rajas of Majapáhit are descended.
After some years, Sang Sapurba felt a strong desire to see the ocean and went looking for a good place to start a new settlement, leaving Demang Lebar Daon's younger brother in charge of Palembang. With the fleet ready, they set sail from the river of Palembang and after sailing for six days and nights to the south, they arrived at Tanj'ung pura, where Sang Sapurba was warmly welcomed by the Raja, and a thousand chiefs brought him into the country, seated him on the throne, and treated him like a prince. Once the news of his arrival reached Majapáhit, the powerful Bitara came to visit him. Sang Sapurba welcomed him graciously and gave him his daughter Chandra Dewi in marriage. After this ceremony, the Bitara of Majapáhit returned to his capital, and according to Malay traditions, it is from this marriage that the rajas of Majapáhit are descended.
"After a long residence at Tanj'ung pura, Sang Sapurba set out again in search of some other country; but he first married his son, Sang Mutiaga, to the daughter of the Raja Tanj'ung pura, and established him on the throne of that country, giving him a superb crown. After leaving Tanj'ung pura he traversed the sea until he arrived in the strait of Sambor, in view of the hills of Ling'ga (Lingen.) The news quickly reached Bentan, at this time under the sway of a queen, named Pramiswari Sehander Shah. Sang Nita Utama, the younger son of Sang Sapurba, was married to her daughter, named Wan Sri Bini, and afterwards became raja of the country.
"After spending a long time at Tanj'ung pura, Sang Sapurba set out again in search of another land; but first, he married his son, Sang Mutiaga, to the daughter of the Raja of Tanj'ung pura, establishing him on the throne of that region and giving him a magnificent crown. After leaving Tanj'ung pura, he sailed across the sea until he reached the strait of Sambor, near the hills of Ling'ga (Lingen). The news quickly reached Bentan, which was at that time ruled by a queen named Pramiswari Sehander Shah. Sang Nita Utama, the younger son of Sang Sapurba, married her daughter, Wan Sri Bini, and later became the raja of the country."
"Sang Sapurba then left Bentan, and having sailed for a day and a night, arrived at Ruko, whence he proceeded to the point of Balang, and ascended the river Buantan, where it was reported the country was extremely populous. When he had ascended far up the river he arrived at Menangkabau: all the Menangkabaus were surprized at his appearance, and the splendour of his diadem, and they all came to inquire whence he came. As soon as they heard of his adventures, and that he was a descendant of Sultan Sekander Zulkarneiné, all the chief men of Menangkabau consulted about appointing him Raja, since they had none; and after he had, as a condition, succeeded in destroying an immense snake which harassed the country, he was unanimously elected Raja by the people of Buantan, and of him are descended all the generations of the Rajas of Pagaruyang.
"Sang Sapurba then left Bentan, and after sailing for a day and a night, arrived at Ruko. From there, he continued to the point of Balang and went up the river Buantan, where it was said the area was very populated. After traveling far up the river, he reached Menangkabau: all the Menangkabaus were surprised by his arrival and the brilliance of his crown, and they gathered to ask him where he came from. Once they learned about his adventures and that he was a descendant of Sultan Sekander Zulkarneiné, all the leaders of Menangkabau discussed making him Raja, since they didn't have one. After he agreed to defeat a giant snake that was troubling the region as a condition, he was unanimously chosen as Raja by the people of Buantan, and from him descended all the generations of the Rajas of Pagaruyang."
"Sang Nila Utama afterwards quitted Bentan, and founded the city of Singa pura, situated on the southern extremity of the Malayan peninsula. This event is supposed to have taken place A.D. 1160.
"Sang Nila Utama later left Bentan and established the city of Singa pura, located at the southern tip of the Malayan peninsula. This event is believed to have occurred in A.D. 1160."
"The successors of Sang Nila Utama were Paduka Sri Wikrama, Sri Rama Wikrama, and Sekander Shah, who, being driven out of Singa pura by the Majapáhit forces, afterwards established the city of Malaca. His successor, Mahomed Shah, first embraced Mahomedanism, in the year 1276."—Malayan Annals.
"The successors of Sang Nila Utama were Paduka Sri Wikrama, Sri Rama Wikrama, and Sekander Shah, who were forced out of Singa pura by the Majapáhit forces and later founded the city of Malaca. His successor, Mahomed Shah, was the first to adopt Islam in the year 1276."—Malayan Annals.
[261] Her tomb is still preserved.
Her tomb is still intact.
[262] The occasion, of the war with Báli is thus related:—"At this period the royal family of Báli consisted of three brothers; the eldest of whom was named Maya Dináwa; the second, Dewa Machuwel, who was the chief; and the youngest, Kabu Wihaha. Kabu Wihaha is said to have been of extraordinary size, and to have had a head like a hog, devouring the flesh of that animal in great quantity. He was, moreover, very wicked and destructive, regardless of the rights or property of any one. On this account the people became dissatisfied with his sway, and his brothers, desirous of getting rid of him, advised him to proceed to Majapáhit, in order to obtain in marriage Loro Jongrang, of the family of Browijaya, a lady whom they represented as of a stature similar to his own. The Raja of Báli, as a further inducement to him to go, sent an embassy to make the request; but Browijaya, considering it as the forerunner of war, made his preparations accordingly. He sent for a celebrated painter, named Sung'ing adi Warna, and putting down the dimensions of a large woman, such as had been requested, desired him to paint the figure of a most beautiful woman of the same size, and when it was done dismissed the ambassadors, accompanied by Aria Damar, who had especial instructions to make observations of every thing in Báli, to that the way might be clear for hostilities, should the same become necessary."
[262] The story of the war with Báli goes like this:—"At this time, the royal family of Báli included three brothers. The eldest was named Maya Dináwa; the second, Dewa Machuwel, who was the chief; and the youngest, Kabu Wihaha. Kabu Wihaha was said to be very large and had a head like a pig, consuming a lot of that animal's meat. He was also quite wicked and destructive, showing no regard for anyone's rights or property. Because of this, the people grew unhappy with his rule, and his brothers, wanting to get rid of him, suggested he go to Majapáhit to propose marriage to Loro Jongrang, who came from the family of Browijaya, a woman they claimed was similar in size to him. To encourage him further, the Raja of Báli sent an envoy to make the request. However, Browijaya saw this as a precursor to war and prepared accordingly. He called for a famous painter named Sung'ing adi Warna, and gave him the dimensions of a large woman, as requested, asking him to paint a picture of a beautiful woman of that same size. Once it was completed, he dismissed the ambassadors and sent Aria Damar along, who was specifically instructed to observe everything in Báli, so that the way would be clear for hostilities if they needed to proceed."
[263] Súnan, in the Javan language, means the ridge pole of the roof; and tíang the pillars or supports of a house. The former is the term adopted by the sovereign! the latter is applied to the common people or men in general.
[263] Súnan, in Javanese, means the ridge pole of the roof; and tíang refers to the pillars or supports of a house. The former term is used by the ruler, while the latter is applied to the common people or men in general.
[264] The following account of this great capital, and of the country in general, is given by the Chinese; it was furnished by Han-Cham-pit, a Chinese, whose family have for many generations been settled on Java, and translated into English by Mr. Crawfurd, when Resident of Surabaya.
[264] The following description of this great capital and the country as a whole is provided by the Chinese; it was written by Han-Cham-pit, a Chinese man whose family has lived in Java for many generations, and translated into English by Mr. Crawfurd, who served as the Resident of Surabaya.
"Extract from a Chinese book called Bun-kyan-tong-ko, printed at Pekin one hundred and five years ago, in the reign of the Emperor Bang-he, and compiled under the direction of his ministers, Tyn-eng, Ong-un-Chin, Ong-Tam, Tyn-yong-twan, and others.
"Extract from a Chinese book called Bun-kyan-tong-ko, printed in Beijing one hundred and five years ago, during the reign of Emperor Bang-he, and compiled under the guidance of his ministers, Tyn-eng, Ong-un-Chin, Ong-Tam, Tyn-yong-twan, and others."
"There is a country called Jaw-wa, formerly called Cha-po; on the sea-coast of it there is a country called Po-kya-lung, by which is the entrance into the country.
There is a country called Jaw-wa, which used to be called Cha-po; along its coast, there's a region called Po-kya-lung, which serves as the gateway to the country.
"In the reign of the Emperor Hut-pit-lyat, of the family of Gívan Jaw-wa, it was described as being bounded in the following manner: to the east by Ko-li-gin, to the west by Sam-bu-che, to the north by Ko-ta-sit, and to the south by Cham-Sya.
"In the time of Emperor Hut-pit-lyat from the Gívan Jaw-wa family, the boundaries were described like this: to the east by Ko-li-gin, to the west by Sam-bu-che, to the north by Ko-ta-sit, and to the south by Cham-Sya."
"Subject to this country of Cha-po are Sokit-tan, Ta-pan, Ta-kong, Te-but, and other countries.
"Subject to this country of Cha-po are Sokit-tan, Ta-pan, Ta-kong, Te-but, and other countries."
"In coming from Chwan-cha (Emwi) by sea one first makes Cham-Sya.
"In coming from Chwan-cha (Emwi) by sea, the first stop is Cham-Sya."
"The people of that country are of a strange appearance, and exceedingly ugly.
"The people of that country have a strange look and are very unattractive."
"In genius, habits, and language, they are entirely different from the Chinese.
"In intelligence, habits, and language, they are completely different from the Chinese."
"Jaw-wa became first known to the sovereigns of China in the reign of Saow-Gil-yang, of the dynasty Song[268]. The intercourse was, however, afterwards interrupted.
"Jaw-wa was first recognized by the rulers of China during the reign of Saow-Gil-yang from the Song dynasty[268]. However, this connection was later broken."
"After this, in the reign of Tyo-kong-in, of the family of Tyo[269], the king of Jaw-wa, whose name was Bak-lo-cha, sent an embassy with gifts to the Emperor of China.
"After this, during the reign of Tyo-kong-in, from the family of Tyo[269], the king of Jaw-wa, named Bak-lo-cha, sent a delegation with gifts to the Emperor of China."
"The intercourse was again renewed in the reign of Tyo-kyat, of the same family, when the Javans sent a mission with gifts to China.
"The interaction resumed during the reign of Tyo-kyat, from the same family, when the Javans sent a mission with gifts to China.
"Afterwards, in the reign of the Emperor Hut-pit-lyat, and in the thirteenth year of his reign, soldiers were sent from China, but the Javan subjects were very numerous, and they could not succeed[270].
"Later, during the rule of Emperor Hut-pit-lyat, in the thirteenth year of his reign, troops were dispatched from China, but the people of Java were overwhelming in number, and they could not prevail[270]."
"The water of that country is called pa-chak-an. Here is the mouth of a river. This is the place to invade the country. It was here that Su-pit and Rohin, the generals of Hut-pit-lyat, fought the people of the country.
"The water of that country is called pa-chak-an. Here is the mouth of a river. This is the place to invade the country. It was here that Su-pit and Rohin, the generals of Hut-pit-lyat, fought the people of the country."
"The country of Jaw-wa is divided between two kings, one to the west, and one to the east. In the reign of the Emperor Chee-Te, of the dynasty of Beng, when that prince had sat five years on the throne, the western prince, whose name was Fo-wan-pan, made war on the prince of the eastern half of the island, and overthrew his kingdom.
"The country of Jaw-wa is split between two kings, one in the west and one in the east. During the reign of Emperor Chee-Te from the Beng dynasty, after he had been on the throne for five years, the western king, named Fo-wan-pan, waged war against the eastern prince and toppled his kingdom."
"In the reign of the same Chinese prince, and in the sixteenth year of his reign, the western king of Jaw-wa, whose name now was Yang-wi-see-sa, sent a mission to China, with a present of a white parrot.
"In the reign of the same Chinese prince, and in the sixteenth year of his reign, the western king of Jaw-wa, whose name was now Yang-wi-see-sa, sent a mission to China, bringing a gift of a white parrot."
"Half a day's journey to the south-west of the river is the king's palace, close to a tank. Within this are two or three hundred houses. Seven or eight persons wait on the king, clothed in silk of various colours.
"Half a day's journey to the southwest of the river is the king's palace, near a tank. Inside this area are two or three hundred houses. Seven or eight attendants serve the king, dressed in silk of different colors."
"The king's palace is built of bricks. In height the wall is thirty feet. Its circumference is about 30,000 paces. The hair on the king's head is in appearance like growing grass; he wears a cap ornamented at top with gold fashioned like leaves. A piece of silk is wrapped over his bosom; round his waist he has a piece of embroidered silk; he wears a short weapon; his feet are bare. Sometimes he rides on an elephant, and sometimes on a bullock.
"The king's palace is made of bricks. The walls stand thirty feet tall. Its perimeter is around 30,000 paces. The king's hair looks like growing grass; he wears a cap decorated on top with gold shaped like leaves. A piece of silk is wrapped around his chest; he has an embroidered silk sash around his waist; he carries a short weapon; his feet are bare. Sometimes he rides an elephant, and other times a bullock."
"With respect to the people, the hair of the men has the appearance of growing grass. The women tie it in a knot at the top of the head; they wear a coat and a long cloth. The men invariably wear a short weapon at the waist, which is of exquisite workmanship.
"Regarding the people, the men’s hair looks like growing grass. The women tie it up in a knot on top of their heads; they wear a coat and a long cloth. The men always have a short weapon at their waist, which is crafted with incredible skill."
"Their laws never punish by corporal infliction. They take no account of the measure of a man's offences; the criminal, in all cases, is secured with rattans, and then put to death by stabbing him.
"Their laws never punish through physical harm. They don't consider the severity of a person's offenses; the criminal, in every case, is tied up with rattan and then killed by stabbing."
"In their traffic they use the money of China, but of a coinage older than the present times. These coins bear a value double of what they do in China.
"In their trade, they use Chinese money, but it's from an older coinage than what we have now. These coins are valued at twice what they're worth in China."
"The inhabitants of the country have names, but no surnames. They are of a quarrelsome disposition. In their persons they are ill-favoured and filthy. Their colour is a blueish black. Their heads are like those of large monkeys, and they go bare-legged. They believe in evil spirits. In sitting and sleeping they neither use chairs nor beds: in eating they use neither spoons nor chop-sticks. With respect to food, they do not reject snakes, caterpillars, worms, and insects. They do not scruple to eat and sleep with their dogs.
"The people of the country have first names but no last names. They're known for being quite combative. They look unappealing and are often dirty. Their skin has a bluish-black tone. Their heads resemble those of large monkeys, and they don't wear pants. They believe in evil spirits. When it comes to sitting and sleeping, they don't use chairs or beds; and for eating, they neither use spoons nor chop-sticks. As for food, they don't shy away from eating snakes, caterpillars, worms, and insects. They have no qualms about eating and sleeping next to their dogs."
"In their marriage ceremonies it is the practice for the man to go to the house of the woman, where he stays five days; at the end of this time the bride is received with music and noise at the house of the bridegroom. The bride wears no coat, her hair is loose, her feet are bare, and she wears a piece of silk round her bosom. Sometimes she wears ornaments of gold, pearls, and precious stones.
"In their wedding ceremonies, the groom goes to the bride's house, where he stays for five days. After this time, the bride is welcomed with music and celebration at the groom's house. The bride doesn't wear a coat, her hair is loose, her feet are bare, and she has a piece of silk wrapped around her chest. Sometimes, she accessorizes with gold, pearls, and precious stones."
"With respect to the dead, some are thrown into the water, some burnt, and some buried; all this according to the will of the person expressed before his death. The exports of the country are gold, silver, pearls, rhinoceros' horns, elephants' teeth, tortoise-shell, beetle-nut, black pepper, sapan wood, garu wood, kanglong, cotton, Sundit birds, green pigeons, and doves of various colours, parrots of various colours, red, green, and white, with white deer and white monkeys."
"Regarding the deceased, some are tossed into the water, some are cremated, and some are buried; all according to the wishes expressed by the individual before they died. The country's exports include gold, silver, pearls, rhinoceros horns, elephant ivory, tortoiseshell, betel nuts, black pepper, sapan wood, agarwood, kanglong, cotton, sundit birds, green pigeons, and doves in various colors, as well as colorful parrots and white deer and monkeys."
[266] Known by the name of Kemándang.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Known as Kemándang.
[267] The Bedui are to be found at three different places in Bantam. At Gunung Perahiáng, where the chief is called Girang Pohon, there are twelve families; at Gunung Párangkujang, where the chief's name is Wanklang, there are forty men and women; and at Gunang Bungbang, where the chief is called Kiang, there are twelve families. In the Rawayans, the name given to the place in which they respectively reside, this exact number is constantly preserved, by the removal of any increase that may occur, and by supplying any deficiency from those without who have not embraced the Mahomedan faith.
[267] The Bedui can be found in three different locations in Bantam. At Gunung Perahiáng, where the chief is known as Girang Pohon, there are twelve families; at Gunung Párangkujang, where the chief is named Wanklang, there are forty men and women; and at Gunang Bungbang, where the chief is called Kiang, there are twelve families. In the Rawayans, the name given to the area where they live, this exact number is consistently maintained by removing any excess that may happen and by filling any gaps with those from outside who have not converted to the Muslim faith.
The history of these people, who consider themselves as descendants of Prabu Seda, the last chief of Pajajaran, is intimately connected with the period of which we are now treating, and with the establishment of Mahomedanism in the western districts. The origin of the Bedui is thus related:—
The history of these people, who see themselves as descendants of Prabu Seda, the last chief of Pajajaran, is closely tied to the time we are discussing and the rise of Islam in the western regions. The origin of the Bedui is explained as follows:—
"During the reign of Prabu Seda, the last prince of Pajajaran, he was informed that a certain recluse, named Seda Sakti, had an incestuous intercourse with his sister, and determined to punish him for thus bringing disgrace upon the country; the man pleaded his innocence to no purpose, and was put to death by being pressed between two large logs of wood, previously making a stipulation, which was deemed reasonable enough, and which obtained the concurrence of all present, viz. that if he had actually been guilty of the crime laid to his charge, his descendants might lose their religion and live in the low lands; if not, that Prabu Seda, with his nobles and court, might lose their religion and place of residence, and become for ever slaves: and as a sign that this stipulation was approved and ratified from on high, immediately the sun was eclipsed, the rain descended in torrents, the thunder roared, the earth shook, and under the mountains were heard sounds like the discharge of great guns.
"During the reign of Prabu Seda, the last prince of Pajajaran, he learned that a recluse named Seda Sakti had committed incest with his sister, and decided to punish him for bringing shame to the country. The man insisted he was innocent to no avail, and was executed by being crushed between two large logs of wood, after making a condition that was considered fair and gained everyone’s agreement: viz. if he was indeed guilty of the crime, his descendants would lose their religion and live in the lowlands; if not, then Prabu Seda, along with his nobles and court, would lose their religion and home, becoming slaves forever. As a sign that this condition was accepted and ratified from above, the sun was immediately eclipsed, rain poured down heavily, thunder roared, the earth shook, and sounds resembling great gunfire echoed from under the mountains."
"Pachukaman, son of Prabu Seda, who resided with his people at Gunung Pulusari, at the period when the Mahomedan religion was about to be introduced, apprehended the consequences of the stipulation made with Seda Sakti, and determining not to change his ancient faith on any account, he quitted the place in secret, leaving his people, of whom eight hundred, who were holy men, went in search of him in vain, and only returned to deplore his loss."
"Pachukaman, son of Prabu Seda, who lived with his people at Gunung Pulusari, during the time when the Muslim religion was about to be introduced, recognized the implications of the agreement made with Seda Sakti. Choosing not to abandon his traditional beliefs under any circumstances, he quietly left the area, causing eight hundred of his people, who were holy men, to search for him in vain, only to return sorrowful over his absence."
Hasen-u-din subsequently fell in with these eight hundred recluses and converted them. He afterwards invaded Pajajaran. On his return to Pulusari, he was accustomed to come down to Sirang twice in seven days to sell fruit, and in the course of time he became acquainted with every thing relative to the people of Bantam. He afterwards subdued Girang, the ancient capital, situated a few miles inland of Sirang, of which the ruins are still visible, more by means of conversion than by arms, and when firmly established, Prabu Seda and his children, who refused to become converts, were there put to the sword.
Hasen-u-din later connected with these eight hundred recluses and transformed them. He then invaded Pajajaran. On his way back to Pulusari, he would often come down to Sirang twice a week to sell fruit, and over time, he learned everything about the people of Bantam. He eventually conquered Girang, the old capital, located a few miles inland from Sirang, whose ruins are still visible, primarily through conversion rather than force. Once established, Prabu Seda and his children, who refused to convert, were executed.
The Bedui are the descendants of those who on the fall of Pajajaran escaped into the woods, and who refused to change their religion, remaining firmly attached to that of Prabu Seda. There is a tomb of one of them which they hold sacred, and which they will not allow any one but themselves to approach, even to this day. In after times, when the Bedui submitted to the Sultan of Bantam, and shewed no disposition to oppose the Mahomedans, they were exempted from the necessity of becoming converts, upon the condition, at the time they yielded, that the number in each Rawayan allowed to profess the ancient worship should be limited[271].
The Bedui are the descendants of those who escaped into the woods after the fall of Pajajaran and who refused to change their religion, remaining deeply connected to that of Prabu Seda. There's a tomb of one of them that they consider sacred, and they don't allow anyone but themselves to approach it, even today. Later on, when the Bedui agreed to submit to the Sultan of Bantam and showed no inclination to resist the Muslims, they were excused from having to convert, on the condition that when they submitted, the number of people in each Rawayan allowed to practice the old religion would be limited[271].
When the Mahomedan religion became more generally established, it was declared that all those people who should not have embraced the faith before a certain day, should, with their descendants, be considered as outcasts or slaves. This is the origin of the people termed Abdi, and who are quite distinct from the Bedui.
When the Muslim religion became more widely accepted, it was declared that anyone who hadn't converted by a certain date, along with their descendants, would be regarded as outcasts or slaves. This is the origin of the people called Abdi, who are quite distinct from the Bedui.
The name, however, given in the Sunda traditions to the last chief of Pajajaran, is Sila Wangi; and it is from some of his original adherents, who became converts to Mahomedanism, that the present regents of the Sunda districts are descended. One of them, Guru Gantang'an, with many followers, is said to have retired to the forests on the mountain Gedé, since called Recha Domas (eight hundred images), where many rude idols are still to be found. There it is said they afterwards became extinct, and according to the notion of the Sundas, the term Per-hiang'an, still retained by the descendants from Nga-hiang, signifying annihilated, is derived from the fate of this people.
The name given in the Sunda traditions to the last chief of Pajajaran is Sila Wangi; and it is from some of his original followers, who converted to Islam, that the current regents of the Sunda districts are descended. One of them, Guru Gantang'an, along with many followers, is said to have retreated to the forests on Mount Gedé, now known as Recha Domas (eight hundred images), where many rough idols can still be found. It is said that they eventually became extinct there, and according to the Sundas, the term Per-hiang'an, still used by the descendants from Nga-hiang, meaning annihilated, comes from the fate of this people.
[268] "Thirteen hundred and ninety-four years ago."
"1,394 years ago."
[269] "Eight hundred and fifty-one years ago."
"851 years ago."
[271] For a further account of these people, see vol. i. page 372. [Vol II Pg 147]
[271] For more information about these people, check out vol. i. page 372. [Vol II Pg 147]
CHAPTER XI.
History of Java, from the Establishment of Mahomedanism (A.J. 1400), till the Arrival of the British Forces in A.D. 1811. (A.J. 1738).
History of Java, from the Establishment of Islam (A.J. 1400), until the Arrival of the British Forces in A.D. 1811. (A.J. 1738).
About a year after the establishment of the chief authority at Demák, the Sultan, accompanied by the different heads of the Mahomedan worship, visited Sheik Mulána Ibrahim at Chéribon. On this occasion, the chiefs were distributed over different quarters appropriated for them, in the vicinity of Palimánan, and the places where they resided still bear their respective names.
About a year after the main authority was established at Demák, the Sultan, along with the various leaders of the Muslim faith, visited Sheik Mulána Ibrahim in Chéribon. During this visit, the leaders were assigned to different areas designated for them around Palimánan, and the locations where they lived still have their respective names.
Kábu Kanigára, the chief of Pájang, second son of Andáya Níngrat by one of the daughters of Browijáya and the princess of Chámpa, was put to death, although he had embraced the Mahomedan religion, for refusing to acknowledge the supremacy of Sultan Demák, by presenting himself at court when required. The following is the account of this transaction, as given by the native writers.
Kábu Kanigára, the leader of Pájang, the second son of Andáya Níngrat and one of the daughters of Browijáya and the princess of Chámpa, was executed, even though he had converted to Islam, because he refused to recognize the authority of Sultan Demák by appearing at court when summoned. Below is the account of this event, as reported by local historians.
"The Pangéran Kúdus then departed alone, and having entered the dálam was observed by a female attendant of the chief, who demanded his name and errand; to which he replied, that he should have the honour to make himself known to her master. The female observed that the prince was ill, and in mourning for the death of one of his best friends, Kiái Gédé Tingkir. Pangéran Kúdus then desired her to tell her master that he was a messenger from the Almighty, who brought good tidings. Having thus obtained admittance to the chief, he informed him that he was commissioned to require his immediate attendance at Demák, and in case of refusal to put him to death. But Kábu Kanigára still persisted in his refusal, and delivered[Vol II Pg 148] his kris into the hands of the Pangéran, who immediately wounded him in the arm, of which he shortly expired. He had however previously stipulated, that as his wife was pregnant, the circumstances of his death should be kept secret from her, and that her life should be preserved. The widow shortly after quitted the dálam, and found an asylum with the widow of Kiái Gédé Tingkir, where she was delivered of a son, destined to perform a conspicuous part in the transactions of those days."
The Pangéran Kúdus then left alone, and after entering the dálam, he was noticed by a female attendant of the chief, who asked for his name and purpose. He replied that he would have the honor of introducing himself to her master. The attendant mentioned that the prince was unwell and mourning the death of one of his closest friends, Kiái Gédé Tingkir. Pangéran Kúdus then asked her to inform her master that he was a messenger from the Almighty, bringing good news. After gaining entry to the chief, he told him that he was tasked with demanding his immediate presence in Demák, and if he refused, he would be put to death. However, Kábu Kanigára still refused and handed over his kris to the Pangéran, who immediately wounded him in the arm, leading to his swift demise. He had previously insisted that since his wife was pregnant, the details of his death should remain hidden from her, and that she should be kept safe. Shortly after, the widow left the dálam and found refuge with the widow of Kiái Gédé Tingkir, where she gave birth to a son, who was destined to play a significant role in the events of that time.
Panambáhan Jimbua reigned according to some twelve, and according to others nine years after the fall of Majapáhit. He had several children, one of whom, named Pangéran Sábrang Lor, succeeded him as sultan of Demák: another, named Niái Bintára, was married to Mulána Ibrahim of Chéribon, who was in consequence honoured with the title of Panambáhan Makdum Játi.
Panambáhan Jimbua ruled for about twelve years according to some sources, and for nine years according to others, after the fall of Majapáhit. He had several children, one of whom, named Pangéran Sábrang Lor, became the sultan of Demák. Another child, named Niái Bintára, married Mulána Ibrahim from Chéribon, who was then honored with the title of Panambáhan Makdum Játi.
Panambáhan Jimbun is represented as having resided in a small unadorned dwelling, while the principal buildings at Demák were constructed by Pangéran Kúdus, who had married the daughter of Húsen, and being entrusted with the highest offices, was considered as the second person in the state.
Panambáhan Jimbun is depicted as living in a small, simple house, while the main buildings at Demák were built by Pangéran Kúdus, who married the daughter of Húsen. He was given the highest positions and was seen as the second most important person in the state.
Pangéran Sábrang Lor, who succeeded his father in 1409, after a reign of less than two years, died of an inflammation of the lungs, and was succeeded, in 1412, by his brother, named Pangéran Tranggána, the third sultan of Demák.
Pangéran Sábrang Lor, who took over from his father in 1409, died from lung inflammation after less than two years on the throne, and in 1412, his brother, Pangéran Tranggána, became the third sultan of Demák.
On the inauguration of Pangéran Tranggána, he received the benediction of Panambáhan Mákdum Játi, and Pangéran Kúdus was appointed high priest. Two krises and a bádi bádi were made by the celebrated smith named Súra, from the iron wand which was supposed to have wrought miracles in the Majapáhit war. One of them was presented to the new sultan, and became a royal pusáka; the other was delivered to the Pangéran of Kúdus, with the appointment of Susúnan Pangúhu, or high priest. The bádi bádi was sent to Súnan Bónang.
On the inauguration of Pangéran Tranggána, he received the blessing of Panambáhan Mákdum Játi, and Pangéran Kúdus was named high priest. Two krises and a bádi bádi were crafted by the famous blacksmith named Súra, using the iron wand that was believed to have performed miracles during the Majapáhit war. One of them was given to the new sultan and became a royal pusáka; the other was handed over to the Pangéran of Kúdus, along with the appointment of Susúnan Pangúhu, or high priest. The bádi bádi was sent to Súnan Bónang.
Before the year 1421, the whole island of Java had submitted to the authority of Pangéran Tranggána, the chiefs of the several provinces, from Bantam to Balambángan, presenting themselves at his court, and universal tranquillity was[Vol II Pg 149] restored. The Mahomedan religion was now firmly established throughout the island: the mosque was completed, and treaties of amity and peace were concluded with the princes of Borneo, Palémbang, Báli, Singapúra, Indragírí, and other states of the Archipelago, which had become independent of Javan authority after the fall of Majapáhit.
Before 1421, the entire island of Java had come under the rule of Pangéran Tranggána. The leaders from various provinces, ranging from Bantam to Balambángan, gathered at his court, and peace was[Vol II Pg 149] restored across the land. The Islamic faith was now firmly established throughout the island; the mosque was completed, and agreements of friendship and peace were made with the princes of Borneo, Palémbang, Báli, Singapúra, Indragírí, and other states in the Archipelago that had gained independence from Javan rule after the collapse of Majapáhit.
This prince is represented to have been an intelligent, good, and virtuous man, and to have enforced the strictest obedience to the laws. Under his superintendence was composed a work, entitled Jáya Langkára, in which the principles of the Mahomedan law and precepts were blended with the ancient instructions of the country, and thus rendered agreeable to the people.
This prince is described as an intelligent, good, and virtuous man who enforced strict obedience to the laws. Under his supervision, a work titled Jáya Langkára was created, which combined the principles of Islamic law and teachings with the ancient guidelines of the country, making it appealing to the people.
It is related, that on the occasion of the assemblage of the different chiefs at the funeral of the deceased Sultan, and the inauguration of Bangéran Tranggánaa, a dreadful storm arose, with much thunder and lightning, when a youth, named Jáka Siséla (the son of Browijáya by Búdan Kajáwan, who had been delivered over to the superintendent of his sáwah or rice fields) going out of the mosque to observe the weather, saw a meteoric stone fall on the ground beside him, without doing him harm. This stone he carried to the Súnan Kali Jága, who declared it to be an omen prophetic of much good to the youth. After thanks were returned to the Almighty for having averted the danger from the mosque, a sketch was made of the stone, which is still exhibited on the door facing the north. This youth Siséla failing in an endeavour to become chief of the sultan's guards, and afterwards in an attempt upon the prince's life, was obliged to fly from the capital.
It is said that during the gathering of the various chiefs at the funeral of the late Sultan and the inauguration of Bangéran Tranggánaa, a terrible storm hit, with lots of thunder and lightning. A young man named Jáka Siséla (the son of Browijáya and Búdan Kajáwan, who had been put under the care of the overseer of his sáwah or rice fields) stepped out of the mosque to check the weather and saw a meteorite fall to the ground next to him, without harming him. He took this stone to Súnan Kali Jága, who claimed it was a sign of great fortune for the young man. After expressing gratitude to God for protecting them from danger at the mosque, a sketch of the stone was made, which is still displayed on the door facing north. This young man, Siséla, failed in his attempt to become chief of the Sultan's guards and later in an attempt on the prince's life, which forced him to flee the capital.
It is necessary here to advert to Jáka Tingkír, the offspring of Kábu Kanigára, a chief who had been put to death by order of the first sultan of Demák. It having been foretold that he would one day become sovereign of Java, he was taken by his mother to Demák in his eleventh year, where he soon found means to ingratiate himself with the Sultan, who gave him the name of Pánji Mas, and caused him to be instructed in the Mahomedan religion and in the precepts of Jáya Langkára, appointed him to the command of the body guard consisting of eight hundred men, and afterwards, in the[Vol II Pg 150] year 1449, gave him his daughter in marriage, with the administration of the province of Pájang, where, with the permission of the Sultan, he built a kráton; but afterwards having put to death a person who had arrived from the Kedú, applying for an appointment in the body guard, he was banished to the forests. During his exile he visited a village named Bányu-bíru, near the Solo river, where he was instructed by a Pandíta how to conduct himself for the future, the holy man predicting, at the same time, that he would become sovereign of Java and hold his court at Pájang.
It’s important to mention Jáka Tingkír, the child of Kábu Kanigára, a chief who was executed on the orders of the first sultan of Demák. It was predicted that he would one day become the ruler of Java, so his mother took him to Demák when he was eleven. There, he quickly found a way to win the Sultan's favor, who named him Pánji Mas. The Sultan instructed him in the Muslim faith and the teachings of Jáya Langkára, appointed him to lead a bodyguard of eight hundred men, and later, in the [Vol II Pg 150] year 1449, gave him his daughter in marriage along with control of the province of Pájang. With the Sultan’s approval, he built a kráton there, but after he killed someone who had come from Kedú seeking a position in the bodyguard, he was exiled to the forests. During his exile, he visited a village called Bányu-bíru near the Solo river, where a Pandíta taught him how to behave in the future, predicting that he would become the ruler of Java and set up his court at Pájang.
Several exploits against alligators are recorded of him; and the opinion that no descendant of the princes of Pájang need fear injury from these animals is so prevalent, that it is not unusual for a Javan of the present day, seeing himself in danger from one of them, to exclaim aloud that he belongs to that family.
Several adventures involving alligators are documented about him; and the belief that no descendant of the princes of Pájang has to worry about these animals is so widespread that it's not uncommon for a modern Javanese person, finding themselves at risk from one of them, to shout out that they are part of that lineage.
Not long after the return of Pánji Mas, the island of Java was again formed into two separate and independent governments, corresponding with the former limits of Majapáhit and Pajajaran. The eastern provinces remained subject to the Sultan of Demák, and the western were ceded in perpetuity to Mulána Ibrahim, with the title of Sultan. To both sultans was reserved the right of dividing their lands on their demise among their children, as they might think proper. The Súnan Káli Jága obtained as an hereditary property, free from all kinds of requisitions, the small district of Adilángu, in the province of Demák, where he was afterwards buried.
Not long after the return of Pánji Mas, the island of Java was once again divided into two separate and independent governments, reflecting the earlier boundaries of Majapáhit and Pajajaran. The eastern provinces remained under the control of the Sultan of Demák, while the western provinces were permanently granted to Mulána Ibrahim, who held the title of Sultan. Both sultans had the right to divide their lands among their children as they saw fit upon their death. The Súnan Káli Jága inherited the small district of Adilángu in the province of Demák as a hereditary property, free from any kind of obligations, where he was later buried.
From this period until the death of the Sultan of Demák, the eastern provinces enjoyed the most undisturbed tranquillity; but the Sultan of Chéribon found some difficulty in establishing his authority over the western people, and in converting them, particularly those of Bantam, to the Mahomedan faith.
From this time until the death of the Sultan of Demák, the eastern provinces experienced the greatest peace; however, the Sultan of Chéribon struggled to assert his authority over the western people and to convert them, especially those in Bantam, to the Islamic faith.
The Sultan of Demák, besides several natural children, had two sons and four daughters. Of these daughters one was married to a Madurese prince, who resided at Lampung; another, Balíga, to a son of the Sultan of Chéribon, who was the chief of Bantám; a third to Ráden Pánji, who after the return of the Sultan from Chéribon was appointed chief of[Vol II Pg 151] Pájang péng'ging; and the fourth to the son of Pángéran Kedíri, who was chief of Japára.
The Sultan of Demák, in addition to several natural children, had two sons and four daughters. One of these daughters married a Madurese prince who lived in Lampung; another, Balíga, married the son of the Sultan of Chéribon, who was the leader of Bantám; a third married Ráden Pánji, who was appointed chief of [Vol II Pg 151] after the Sultan returned from Chéribon; and the fourth married the son of Pángéran Kedíri, who was the chief of Japára.
Pangéran Tranggána, the third Sultan of Demák, died in the year 1461, having previously made a division of his dominions among his children.
Pangéran Tranggána, the third Sultan of Demák, passed away in 1461, after dividing his territories among his children.
His eldest son, Aria Ráng'ga, was appointed Sultan of Prawáta, to which was annexed all the land to the eastward along the Solo river, as far as Surabáya, together with Demák and Semárang. His son-in-law, Pangéran Hadíri, was made Súnan of the Kali Niámat, and possessed all the districts of Japári, Páti, Rémbang, and Jawána. The Adipáti of Pájang Péng'ging (Ráden Pánji) received the title of Brébo Páti of Pajang and of Matárem, with the lands attached to it. His son, Mas Timor, was appointed Adipátí, with the lands of Kedú and Bágalen. His son-in-law, the prince of Madúra, was made chief of Madúra, Suménap, Sedáyu, Grésik, Surabáya, and Pasúruan. His youngest son, Ráden Panángsang, was appointed chief of Jípang.
His oldest son, Aria Ráng'ga, was appointed Sultan of Prawáta, which included all the land to the east along the Solo River, as far as Surabáya, along with Demák and Semárang. His son-in-law, Pangéran Hadíri, became Súnan of the Kali Niámat, with control over all the districts of Japári, Páti, Rémbang, and Jawána. The Adipáti of Pájang Péng'ging (Ráden Pánji) was given the title of Brébo Páti of Pajang and Matárem, along with the associated lands. His son, Mas Timor, was appointed Adipátí, overseeing the lands of Kedú and Bágalen. His son-in-law, the prince of Madúra, was made chief of Madúra, Suménap, Sedáyu, Grésik, Surabáya, and Pasúruan. His youngest son, Ráden Panángsang, was appointed chief of Jípang.
The Sultan of Chéribon, better known by the name of Súnan Gúnung Játi, died in 1428, at an advanced age, leaving three sons by his wife, the princess of Demák, and one son and a daughter by a concubine. His eldest son, Hásen, succeeded him as Sultan of Chéribon and of the provinces lying between the Chi-tárum river and Túgu, and stretching in a southern direction to the Kéndang hills, so as to include all the Priáng'en districts and lands lying to the east of the Chi-tárum. From this prince are descended the present Sultans of Chéribon. To his second son, Baradin, he left the kingdom of Bantam, which extended westward from the river of Táng'ran, to the south-east part of Sumátra, including all the islands in the straits of Súnda. From him are descended the present kings of Bantam. His third son, named Chenámpui, died when young, and was buried at Mándu in Chéribon. To his natural son, Káli Játan, he assigned the lands lying between the Chitárem and Tang'ran rivers, which had formerly formed part of Chéribon and Bantam. This prince assumed the title of Raja of Jokárta or Jákatra, fixing his capital near the kámpung of that name, where he and his descendants continued to reign, until they[Vol II Pg 152] were expelled, in the year 1619 of the Christian era, by the Dutch, who established on its ruins the modern Batavia, the capital of their possessions in the East Indies.
The Sultan of Chéribon, more commonly known as Súnan Gúnung Játi, passed away in 1428 at an old age, leaving behind three sons from his wife, the princess of Demák, and one son and a daughter from a concubine. His eldest son, Hásen, took over as Sultan of Chéribon and the provinces between the Chi-tárum river and Túgu, extending south to the Kéndang hills, which included all the Priáng'en districts and lands east of the Chi-tárum. The current Sultans of Chéribon are descended from him. His second son, Baradin, inherited the kingdom of Bantam, which stretched west from the Táng'ran river to the southeastern part of Sumátra, covering all the islands in the Súnda straits. The current kings of Bantam are his descendants. His third son, named Chenámpui, died young and was buried in Mándu in Chéribon. To his illegitimate son, Káli Játan, he granted the lands between the Chitárem and Tang'ran rivers, which used to be part of Chéribon and Bantam. This prince took the title of Raja of Jokárta or Jákatra, establishing his capital close to the kámpung of that name, where he and his descendants ruled until they[Vol II Pg 152] were driven out in 1619 by the Dutch, who built modern Batavia on its ruins, which became the capital of their possessions in the East Indies.
The tomb of the Susúnan Gúnung Játi, situated on the mount so called, at a short distance from the present town of Chéribon, is still an object of the highest veneration and respect.
The tomb of the Susúnan Gúnung Játi, located on the mountain of the same name, not far from the current town of Chéribon, is still highly revered and respected.
Thus was the ancient empire of Java divided under no less than eight separate and independent governments. Bantam, Jokárta, Chéribon, Prawáta, Kaliniámat, Pajang Kedú, and Madúra; the several chiefs of which, in general, either assumed the title of Kiái Gédé or Sultan, or the more religious distinction of Súnan.
Thus, the ancient empire of Java was divided into no less than eight separate and independent governments: Bantam, Jokárta, Chéribon, Prawáta, Kaliniámat, Pajang Kedú, and Madúra. The various chiefs generally either took on the title of Kiái Gédé or Sultan, or the more religious distinction of Súnan.
In about a year after the death of the Sultan Tranggána, the country of Pájang rose to considerable importance; its chief, on account of his possessing the regalia of state, being considered as the first in rank of the several princes in the eastern districts. Hatred, envy, and ambition, however, soon inflamed the breasts of the different princes of Java. The most ambitious among them, and the first who disturbed the peace of the country, was the Adipáti of Jípang, Ráden Panángang. The history proceeds thus:
In about a year after the death of Sultan Tranggána, the region of Pájang gained significant importance; its leader, due to having the state regalia, was considered the highest-ranking among the various princes in the eastern areas. However, hatred, jealousy, and ambition quickly stirred up tensions among the different princes of Java. The most ambitious of them, and the first to disrupt the peace in the region, was the Adipáti of Jípang, Ráden Panángang. The history unfolds as follows:
"The Adipáti of Jípang, by the advice of Súnan Kúdus, dispatched one of his body guard, named Rákut, to Sultan Prawáta, with orders to watch an opportunity and assassinate him. On the arrival of Rákut, it happened that the Sultan was labouring under an indisposition; but when he was sufficiently recovered, he went one evening after prayers, and sat down at the second gate of the dálam, his wife standing behind and holding his head, accompanied only by some female attendants. At that moment, Rákut went up to him, and declared his commission; to which the Sultan replied, 'I am aware that my time is come; execute your orders, but do not hurt any one but me.' Upon this, Rákut drew his kris and stabbed him; after which, retreating a few steps, it occurred to him that the chief might not be actually dead; and returning with an intention of completing his purpose, he missed his aim, and struck the wife. The prince observing this, immediately threw his kris at the assassin, which, striking him[Vol II Pg 153] in the leg, threw him on the ground, where he was soon dispatched by the people, who were assembled by the cries of the women."
The Adipáti of Jípang, following the advice of Súnan Kúdus, sent one of his bodyguards, named Rákut, to Sultan Prawáta, with orders to wait for the right moment and kill him. When Rákut arrived, the Sultan was feeling unwell; but once he recovered enough, he went one evening after prayers and sat down at the second gate of the dálam, with his wife standing behind him, holding his head, accompanied only by a few female attendants. At that moment, Rákut approached him and stated his mission; the Sultan replied, "I know my time has come; carry out your orders, but don't harm anyone except me." With that, Rákut drew his kris and stabbed him; then, retreating a few steps, he suddenly realized that the Sultan might not actually be dead. He returned with the intention of finishing the deed but missed his target and struck the wife instead. The prince, noticing this, immediately threw his kris at the assassin, hitting him in the leg and knocking him to the ground, where he was quickly dispatched by the people who had gathered in response to the women's screams.
The prince and his wife soon after died of their wounds, and left their dominions and property to their brother, the Súnan Káli Niámat, with authority to administer the same until their son, Aria Pangíri, should come of age. Both the prince and his wife were interred in the burial place of their ancestors at Demák; and the provinces of Prawáta thus became incorporated with those of Káli Niámat.
The prince and his wife soon after died from their injuries and left their lands and possessions to their brother, the Súnan Káli Niámat, granting him the authority to manage them until their son, Aria Pangíri, came of age. Both the prince and his wife were buried in their ancestral resting place at Demák; and the provinces of Prawáta were thus incorporated into those of Káli Niámat.
The Súnan Káli Niámat immediately went to Kúdus, and demanded that justice and condign punishment should be inflicted on the persons concerned in this murder; and the Súnan Kúdus, expressing great indignation at the act, promised compliance; but the Sunan, while returning to Káli Niámat, was murdered on the road by persons in the pay of the Adipáti of Jípang. This prince, having thus far succeeded in his designs, then plotted the death of the chief of Pájang, hoping by that means to remove the only obstacle to his obtaining the supreme authority in the eastern districts of Java. The assassins, however, whom he employed for this latter purpose were not equally successful. They found the prince at midnight in an inner apartment, sleeping among his wives: but while approaching him to execute their design, one of them happened to tread upon a woman, whose shriek awoke the prince. He demanded the reason of their visit, and promised them pardon, on their confessing by whom they were employed: they disclosed the whole, and obtained pardon with their dismissal. Thus disappointed in his scheme, the Súnan Kúdus invited the chief Patéh of Pájang to visit Kúdus, and assembled as many religious people as possible, in the hope that an opportunity might be afforded of assassinating him when off his guard; but a letter arriving at this period from the Sultan of Chéribon, upon whose protection the widow of the Súnan Káli Niámat had thrown herself, in which the Sultan declared that he should hold the Súnan Kúdus responsible for the discovery of the murderers, the intended assassination was deferred.
The Súnan Káli Niámat immediately went to Kúdus and demanded that justice be served and those responsible for the murder be properly punished. The Súnan Kúdus, expressing great outrage at the crime, promised to take action. However, on his way back to Káli Niámat, he was murdered on the road by individuals hired by the Adipáti of Jípang. This prince, having succeeded in his plans so far, then plotted to kill the chief of Pájang, hoping that by doing so, he could remove the only barrier to gaining total control over the eastern regions of Java. The assassins he sent for this mission, however, were not as successful. They found the prince at midnight in an inner room, sleeping among his wives. As they approached to carry out their plan, one of them accidentally stepped on a woman, whose scream woke the prince. He asked why they were there and promised to forgive them if they revealed who had sent them. They confessed everything and were granted pardon and sent away. Disheartened by this failure, the Súnan Kúdus invited the chief Patéh of Pájang to visit Kúdus and gathered as many religious leaders as possible, hoping to find a chance to assassinate him when he was unguarded. But then a letter arrived from the Sultan of Chéribon, under whose protection the widow of the Súnan Káli Niámat had taken refuge. The letter stated that the Sultan would hold the Súnan Kúdus accountable for finding the murderers, so the planned assassination was put on hold.
The chief of Pájang having communicated with his sister, the widow of Súnan Káli Niámat, who had made a vow never[Vol II Pg 154] to rest or to leave her home until the death of her husband, brother, and sister, should be avenged, informed his Panambáhan, that if they could find a suitable opportunity to take revenge on Ráden Penánsang, they had his full consent. The meeting which took place between the parties is thus described.
The leader of Pájang spoke with his sister, the widow of Súnan Káli Niámat, who had pledged to never rest or leave her home until she avenged the deaths of her husband, brother, and sister. He informed his Panambáhan that if they found a good opportunity to get revenge on Ráden Penánsang, he would fully support it. The meeting between the groups is described as follows.
"After having laid the troops in ambush, the chiefs of Pájang crossed the river, and seizing one of the grass-cutters belonging to Ráden Penánsang they cut off a piece of his right ear, and told him to go to his master with a letter, which they hung about his neck, containing a challenge from the prince of Pájang; they then returned to their own camp. In the meanwhile the grass-cutter running with a great noise to the quarters of Ráden Penánsang, who happened to be at dinner, delivered the message.
"After setting up an ambush, the leaders of Pájang crossed the river and captured one of the grass-cutters belonging to Ráden Penánsang. They cut off a piece of his right ear and told him to take a letter to his master, which they hung around his neck. The letter was a challenge from the prince of Pájang. They then returned to their own camp. Meanwhile, the grass-cutter ran noisily to the quarters of Ráden Penánsang, who was having dinner, and delivered the message."
"At this summons the Ráden came forth in a great rage, and ordering his horse and spear, galloped down to the river side, and called upon the prince to come over to him; but the chief of Pájang answered, that if he was the man of courage he pretended to be, he would himself cross to the side he occupied. The Ráden, accompanied by two Panakawans only, then crossed the river, and inquiring for his opponent, was informed that he remained in his póndok, and had sent his son to fight in his room, and would only appear in the event of his being conquered. Ráden Penánsang then said with a contemptuous smile, 'Is the Brébo Patéh afraid, that he sends me a child with whom he knows I will not fight? I will teach him something. Go, child, and call your father.' He then amused himself galloping about, until one of the chiefs of Pájang let loose a number of mares, on which his horse became unmanageable, and he was thrown, and killed on the spot. Túmung'gung Matáok, his principal chief, now crossed the river with all his followers; but they were soon overpowered, and the Tumúng'gung being slain, his head was stuck upon a pole by the river side."
"At this call, the Ráden came out in a furious rage, and after gearing up his horse and spear, he dashed down to the riverbank and challenged the prince to come over to him. But the leader of Pájang replied that if he was truly the brave man he claimed to be, he should come over to his side instead. The Ráden, with only two Panakawans accompanying him, then crossed the river. When he asked for his opponent, he was told that the chief was in his póndok and had sent his son to fight in his place, promising to show up only if he was defeated. Ráden Penánsang then said with a sneer, 'Is the Brébo Patéh scared, that he sends me a child he knows I won't fight? I'll teach him a lesson. Go, kid, and call your father.' He then entertained himself by riding around until one of the chiefs of Pájang unleashed several mares, causing his horse to rear up and throw him, resulting in his death on the spot. Túmung'gung Matáok, his main chief, then crossed the river with all his followers, but they were quickly overwhelmed, and the Tumúng'gung was killed, with his head mounted on a pole by the riverbank."
From this period the provinces of Jípang became subject to the chief of Pájang; and his sister at Kali Niamat, being informed of this success by Panambáhan expressed her readiness to fulfil a promise which she had made, of conferring upon him all her lands and property, Panambáhan declined[Vol II Pg 155] accepting this offer, alleging that he had only obeyed the orders of his sovereign. He however received from her, on this occasion, two pusáka rings, in one of which was set a large diamond, in the other a ruby, which had formerly belonged to the house of Majapáhit.
From this period, the provinces of Jípang became subjects of the chief of Pájang; and his sister at Kali Niamat, informed of this success by Panambáhan, expressed her willingness to fulfill a promise she had made to give him all her lands and property. Panambáhan declined the offer, stating that he was simply following the orders of his sovereign. However, on this occasion, he received two pusáka rings from her, one set with a large diamond and the other with a ruby, which had previously belonged to the house of Majapáhit.
The spoil taken in the war was then divided according to usage, and to Panambáhan was assigned a population of eighteen hundred working men in the district of Mentáuk, afterwards called Matárem. The lands of Káli Niámat were left in the possession of his sister, and those of Demák restored to his nephew. Aria Pangiri received the title of Sultan of Demák.
The spoils taken in the war were then divided based on usage, and Panambáhan was assigned a population of eighteen hundred working men in the district of Mentáuk, which was later called Matárem. The lands of Káli Niámat were kept by his sister, and those of Demák were returned to his nephew. Aria Pangiri was given the title of Sultan of Demák.
The province of Mentáuk or Matárem, at that period did not contain more than three hundred villages, scattered in different parts of the country. On the arrival of Panambáhan near Brambánan, he was received by the Súnan Adi Jága, who would not allow him to perform the usual ceremony of kissing his feet, thus by implication predicting the future greatness of his descendants. At Páser Gédé, then a wilderness, Panambáhan was duly installed, under the title of Kiái Gédé Matárem.
The province of Mentáuk or Matárem at that time had no more than three hundred villages spread out across the country. When Panambáhan arrived near Brambánan, he was greeted by Súnan Adi Jága, who wouldn’t let him perform the usual ceremony of kissing his feet, which implied a prediction of the future greatness of his descendants. At Páser Gédé, then just a wilderness, Panambáhan was officially installed with the title of Kiái Gédé Matárem.
When the government of Kiái Gédé Matárem was fully established, he was desirous of obtaining his son from the prince Pájang, who had retained him as an adopted child, and feared to part with him, in consequence of the prophecy of which he was aware, predicting the future greatness of the descendants of Jáka Sisíla; but on the entreaties of the Súnan Káli Jaga, he consented to part with him, under a stipulation, upon oath, from Panambáhan, that he would not undertake any thing prejudicial to him during his lifetime.
When the government of Kiái Gédé Matárem was fully established, he wanted to get his son back from the prince Pájang, who had kept him as an adopted child and was afraid to let him go because of a prophecy he knew about, which predicted the future greatness of the descendants of Jáka Sisíla; however, after being urged by the Súnan Káli Jaga, he agreed to let him go with a sworn promise from Panambáhan that he wouldn’t do anything harmful to him during his lifetime.
In the year 1490, the chief of Pájang, from religious motives, paid a visit to Súnan Gíri, accompanied by Kiái Gédé Matárem, and a numerous retinue of chiefs and priests. He was mounted on an elephant, and assumed all the pomp which had been customary with the sultans of Bintára. On this occasion he was formally installed as sultan, in the presence of the chiefs of the eastern provinces. The Súnan Gíri, at the same time, noticing Kiái Gédé Matárem, and being informed of his descent, declared that his family would one day rule all Java, and urged the Sultan of Pájang to protect and befriend him.[Vol II Pg 156] It was during this visit that the Sultan of Pájang gave orders for digging the extensive fish-ponds which are now preserved at Grésik for the Ikan Bándang.
In 1490, the leader of Pájang, motivated by religious reasons, visited Súnan Gíri, accompanied by Kiái Gédé Matárem and a large entourage of chiefs and priests. He rode on an elephant and displayed all the grandeur typical of the sultans of Bintára. During this visit, he was officially appointed as sultan in front of the chiefs from the eastern provinces. Súnan Gíri, noticing Kiái Gédé Matárem and learning about his lineage, stated that his family would one day govern all of Java and urged the Sultan of Pájang to support and befriend him.[Vol II Pg 156] It was during this visit that the Sultan of Pájang commissioned the digging of the large fish-ponds that are now maintained at Grésik for the Ikan Bándang.
On the return of Kiái Gédé Matárem to his capital, he called together his relations, and recommended to their kindness the forty friends who had accompanied him on his first coming to Matárem, and their descendants, enjoining them, on no account whatever, to shed their blood, whatever crime they might commit, but if necessary, to punish them in some other way. To this they most solemnly bound themselves; and from this period, strangling is said to have been introduced as a capital punishment among the Javans.
On returning to Kiái Gédé Matárem’s capital, he gathered his relatives and asked them to look after the forty friends who had joined him on his first arrival in Matárem, along with their descendants. He instructed them never to shed their blood, no matter the crime they committed, but to find other ways to punish them if needed. They agreed to this very solemnly; and from that time, strangling is said to have been adopted as a form of capital punishment among the Javans.
His son, now called Mas Anghebái Súta Wijáya, had an amour with the grand-daughter of Sheik Wáli ben Húsen, who was intended to become one of the concubines of Sultan Pájang. Upon her becoming pregnant, he fled first to Chéribon, where he implored protection from the Sultan, but to no purpose, and afterwards towards Luánu, where collecting the rabble of the country, he commenced hostilities against the chief. The Sultan of Pájang, however, at length offering him a pardon, on condition of his marrying the girl, he returned, and was again received into favour; but not before he had reduced the chief of Luánu to submission, and rendered that province tributary to Matárem.
His son, now known as Mas Anghebái Súta Wijáya, had a romance with the granddaughter of Sheik Wáli ben Húsen, who was meant to become one of Sultan Pájang's concubines. When she got pregnant, he first fled to Chéribon, where he sought the Sultan's protection, but it was of no use. He then went to Luánu, where he gathered a group of locals and started fighting against the chief. Eventually, the Sultan of Pájang offered him a pardon on the condition that he marry the girl, so he returned and was accepted back into favor. This happened after he had already forced the chief of Luánu to submit and made that province pay tribute to Matárem.
The chiefs of Surabáya, Grésik, Sidáyu, Túban, Wirasába, Pranarága, Kedíri, Mádion, Blóra, Jípang, and Pasurúan, declared themselves independent of the prince of Madúra, and elected Pánji Wíría Kráma, the Adipáti of Surabáya, who acted as Widána to Sultan Pájang, to be their chief. About the same time, Sánta Gúná, the chief of east Balambángan, with the assistance of auxiliaries from Báli and Celebes, again reduced the western districts of that province under his authority, subduing the principality of Panarúkan and expelling the prince and his followers.
The leaders of Surabáya, Grésik, Sidáyu, Túban, Wirasába, Pranarága, Kedíri, Mádion, Blóra, Jípang, and Pasurúan declared their independence from the prince of Madúra and chose Pánji Wíría Kráma, the Adipáti of Surabáya, who served as Widána to Sultan Pájang, as their leader. Around the same time, Sánta Gúná, the leader of east Balambángan, with help from allies in Báli and Celebes, once again brought the western districts of that region under his control, conquering the principality of Panarúkan and driving out the prince and his supporters.
Kiái Gédé Matárem died in the year 1497, after having, by his mild and equitable administration, converted the province of Matárem, from a wilderness into a fertile and populous country, and induced many of the surrounding districts voluntarily to submit to his authority.
Kiái Gédé Matárem died in 1497, after he transformed the province of Matárem from a wild area into a rich and populated land through his gentle and fair leadership, encouraging many neighboring regions to willingly accept his rule.
The relations of the deceased appearing at the court of the[Vol II Pg 157] Sultan of Pájang, he appointed his son, Anghebái Súta Wijáya, to succeed him as chief of Matárem, conferring upon him, at the same time, the command of all the troops of the empire, under the title of Kiái Gédé Agung Senapáti Ingalága, commonly distinguished by the single title of Senapáti, enjoining him annually to present himself at his court on the feast of Múlut.
The relatives of the deceased came to the court of the [Vol II Pg 157] Sultan of Pájang. He appointed his son, Anghebái Súta Wijáya, to be the new leader of Matárem, also giving him command over all the troops of the empire, with the title of Kiái Gédé Agung Senapáti Ingalága, but usually just referred to as Senapáti. He instructed him to come to court every year on the feast of Múlut.
It is noticed, that at this period the island was frequented by Portuguese and other European navigators, who had established factories at Bantam.
It was observed that during this time, the island was visited by Portuguese and other European navigators who had set up trading posts in Bantam.
The ambition of the court of Matárem being kept alive by various predictions, dreams, and enchantments, by which Senapàti was promised the assistance of Kiái Gédé Laut Kidúl the goddess of the great South Sea, who declared herself wedded to him, he was instigated to build an extensive kráton on the spot where his dálam then stood.
The ambition of the court of Matárem was fueled by various predictions, dreams, and enchantments, through which Senapàti was assured support from Kiái Gédé Laut Kidúl, the goddess of the great South Sea, who claimed to be married to him. This motivated him to construct a large kráton at the location of his current dálam.
He now placed guards at the limits of his territories, burnt some of the adjacent villages, and assumed an attitude of complete independence, subjecting by degrees many of the neighbouring districts. Ambassadors were immediately sent from Pájang to demand an explanation. They were in the first instance duped by the flattering manner in which they were received; but afterwards discovering the real state of affairs, and reporting it to the Sultan their master, he is represented as having called his son before him, and having said, "the will of Providence rules all events. Senapáti will not, during my life, commence hostilities against me, but after my death he will render you subject to him. Yield to his power, on which depends your happiness and that of your descendants." At length, however, the chiefs of Túban and Demák, apprehensive of the growing power of Matárem, prevailed upon him first to banish the Tumung'gung Pájang, as the instigator of this feud, and afterwards to send a considerable force against Matárem. The Tumung'gung, however, was rescued by forty chosen men dispatched by Senapáti, and a stratagem induced the forces of Pájang to retreat. The Pájang forces consisted of five thousand men, commanded by the Sultan's son: those of Senapáti did not exceed eight hundred. The latter seeing that it was rash to risk an engagement against such a superiority of numbers,[Vol II Pg 158] particularly as the few troops he had raised on the emergency were altogether unexperienced and undisciplined, while those of Pajáng were in the highest order, halted at a short distance from Brambánan, where the enemy's forces were encamped. During the night he burned all the villages in the vicinity, and set fire to the reeds and long grass at some distance from Brambánan, and to the rear of the enemy's camp, by which means he persuaded them that the Matárem forces had taken their departure, in order to obtain Pájang by surprize.
He now stationed guards at the edges of his territories, burned some nearby villages, and adopted a stance of complete independence, gradually taking control of many neighboring districts. Ambassadors were quickly sent from Pájang to demand an explanation. Initially, they were misled by the warm welcome they received; but after realizing the true situation and reporting it to their master, the Sultan, he is said to have summoned his son and said, "The will of Providence governs all events. Senapáti will not start hostilities against me while I’m alive, but after my death, he will put you under his control. Submit to his power, as your happiness and that of your descendants depend on it." Eventually, however, the leaders of Túban and Demák, worried about Matárem's growing power, persuaded him first to banish the Tumung'gung Pájang, who was the instigator of this conflict, and then to send a substantial force against Matárem. The Tumung'gung, however, was rescued by forty elite men sent by Senapáti, and a clever tactic caused the Pájang forces to retreat. The Pájang forces numbered five thousand, led by the Sultan's son, while Senapáti had fewer than eight hundred. Realizing it would be foolish to engage against such a large force, especially since the few troops he had gathered were inexperienced and undisciplined, while the Pájang soldiers were well-trained, he stopped a short distance from Brambánan, where the enemy was camped. That night, he burned all the nearby villages and set fire to the reeds and tall grass far from Brambánan, and to the back of the enemy's camp, which led the Pájang forces to think that the Matárem troops had left, planning to surprise Pájang.
During the succeeding night there was a heavy thunder storm, and on the following morning the mountain Merbábu burst with a dreadful explosion, throwing out ashes and large stones; the rivers overflowed their banks and inundated the low country, occasioning great confusion and destruction in the Pájang camp, and inducing the commander to retreat with his army forthwith to Pájang. Halting at the village Tumpáit, situated near Kárbu Súru, he visited the tomb of the Pangéran of that name, who was descended from Abdálah, the eldest son of Ráden Pátah. Here the sultan is said to have been informed of a prophecy which foretold the immediate downfall of Pájang, and to have fainted and fallen from his elephant in consequence.
During the next night, there was a severe thunderstorm, and the following morning the mountain Merbábu erupted with a terrifying explosion, sending out ashes and large rocks; the rivers overflowed their banks and flooded the lowlands, causing significant chaos and destruction in the Pájang camp, prompting the commander to retreat with his army immediately to Pájang. Stopping at the village Tumpáit, located near Kárbu Súru, he visited the tomb of the Pangéran of that name, who was a descendant of Abdálah, the eldest son of Ráden Pátah. Here, the sultan is said to have learned of a prophecy that predicted the imminent downfall of Pájang, causing him to faint and fall off his elephant as a result.
Senapáti immediately bent his course to Pájang, where the sultan was again willing to receive him as his adopted son, and to pardon his past conduct; but a youth in the retinue of Senapáti, after first proposing to assassinate the sultan, a proposition to which Senapáti refused to listen, at last of his own accord succeeded in administering poison to him, of which he died. This happened, however, after the return of Senapáti to Matárem.
Senapáti immediately changed his direction to Pájang, where the sultan was once again willing to welcome him as his adopted son and to forgive his past actions. However, a young man in Senapáti's group, after initially suggesting that they assassinate the sultan—a suggestion that Senapáti outright rejected—eventually took it upon himself to poison him, leading to the sultan's death. This occurred, though, after Senapáti had returned to Matárem.
Being summoned by Ráden Benáwa, son of the deceased, Senapáti immediately repaired to Pájang, where he found already assembled Pangéran Kúdus and the principal chiefs of the country, who after the funeral proceeded to the election of a new sultan. Senapáti was for investing the son of the deceased with the authority enjoyed by his father, but the Súnan Kúdus, who though he had been the cause of his son's death, still breathed vengeance against the Pájang family, for the ignominious manner in which the punishment was carried into effect, opposed this nomination, and favouring[Vol II Pg 159] the pretensions of Sultan Démak, that chief was duly proclaimed Sultan of Pájang, Ráden Benáwa being appointed chief of Jípang. From this period the different states which had acknowledged the supremacy of Pájang successively broke off from their allegiance.
Being called by Ráden Benáwa, the son of the deceased, Senapáti quickly went to Pájang, where he found Pangéran Kúdus and the main leaders of the country already gathered. After the funeral, they moved on to elect a new sultan. Senapáti believed the son of the deceased should inherit the power his father held, but Súnan Kúdus, who had played a role in his son’s death and still sought revenge against the Pájang family for the shameful way the punishment was carried out, opposed this nomination. Instead, he supported the claims of Sultan Démak, and that chief was officially proclaimed Sultan of Pájang, while Ráden Benáwa was appointed chief of Jípang. From that point on, the various states that had recognized Pájang began to break away from their allegiance.
The new Sultan of Pájang commenced his career by removing from office most of the Pájang chiefs, and replacing them by his adherents from Demák, which occasioned a general discontent. At last Ráden Benáwa, who was not inclined quietly to submit to the loss of his kingdom, succeeded in inducing Senapáti openly to adopt his cause, and join the forces which he could himself send from Jípang and the discontents of Pájang.
The new Sultan of Pájang started his reign by ousting most of the Pájang chiefs and replacing them with his supporters from Demák, which led to widespread dissatisfaction. Eventually, Ráden Benáwa, who was not willing to accept the loss of his kingdom without a fight, managed to persuade Senapáti to openly support his cause and join the forces he could rally from Jípang and the discontented people of Pájang.
Senapáti accordingly marched against Pájang, and an engagement taking place, most of the troops deserted the sultan's cause, and the remainder, who continued faithful, were soon put to flight. Ráden Benáwa, alarmed at a dream, in which he heard a voice saying, "Every thing in life has a beginning and an end, all worldly greatness is vanity, and no man can call himself happy until his death; do you always bear this in mind:" withdrew, and having followed the course of the Sólo river down to Grésik, proceeded thence to Kendál, where he attracted many followers by his irreproachable conduct. At last he settled on the mountain Parákan, where he was buried.
Senapáti marched against Pájang, and during the battle, most of the troops abandoned the sultan's cause, and the few who remained loyal were quickly routed. Ráden Benáwa, shaken by a dream where he heard a voice say, "Everything in life has a beginning and an end, all worldly greatness is meaningless, and no one can truly consider themselves happy until their death; always keep this in mind," retreated and followed the course of the Sólo river down to Grésik. From there, he went to Kendál, where he gathered many followers due to his impeccable behavior. Eventually, he settled on the mountain Parákan, where he was buried.
Senapáti, after this success, proceeded to carry the kráton by assault, and having entered the front gateway, the wife of the sultan came forth, entreating that her husband's life might be spared; but Senapáti reminding her that he was the friend of her father, and had nothing to fear, desired her instantly to produce her husband, which being complied with, he informed the sultan that the people of Pájang being displeased with him he could no longer remain sovereign, but that he and his followers might return to Demák as soon as they pleased, the sovereignty being now conferred on Ráden Benáwa.
Senapáti, after this victory, moved to take the kráton by force, and as he entered the front gate, the sultan's wife came out, pleading for her husband's life to be spared. However, Senapáti reminded her that he was a friend of her father and had nothing to fear. He then asked her to bring her husband forward, and when she complied, he told the sultan that the people of Pájang were unhappy with him and that he could no longer remain in power. He informed the sultan that he and his followers could return to Demák whenever they wished, as the leadership was now given to Ráden Benáwa.
Search was made for Ráden Benáwa without effect, but that chief was duly proclaimed as sultan, and the brother of Senapáti appointed to administer the country until his arrival. [Vol II Pg 160]
Search was conducted for Ráden Benáwa but without success. However, that chief was officially declared sultan, and Senapáti's brother was appointed to govern the country until he arrived. [Vol II Pg 160]
The retreat of Ráden Benáwa being at length discovered, and that chief declining to accept the government of Pájang, his brother, Pangéran Gája Búmi, was appointed sultan in his room. The latter shortly after died, and was succeeded by the son of Benáwa, Ráden Sidawíni, on whom the title of Pangéran Pájang was conferred.
The retreat of Ráden Benáwa was finally found out, and since that leader refused to take the position of ruler of Pájang, his brother, Pangéran Gája Búmi, was named sultan in his place. Soon after, the latter passed away and was followed by the son of Benáwa, Ráden Sidawíni, who received the title of Pangéran Pájang.
As soon as order was again restored, Senapáti returned to Matárem, carrying with him the saddle called gatáya, the head-dress called máchang gúguh, and a set of gámelan called sekar dalíma, which he had taken at the assault of Pájang, as trophies of his victory, together with the cannon called niái stómi, and all the insignia and ornaments of royalty, which had descended for the most part from the princes of Pajajáran and Majapáhit, and which are still preserved in the regalia of the princes of Java.
As soon as order was restored, Senapáti returned to Matárem, bringing with him the saddle called gatáya, the head-dress known as máchang gúguh, and a set of gámelan called sekar dalíma, which he had taken during the assault on Pájang as trophies of his victory, along with the cannon referred to as niái stómi, and all the insignia and ornaments of royalty that mostly descended from the princes of Pajajáran and Majapáhit, which are still kept in the regalia of the princes of Java.
Senapáti, in consequence of these arrangements and the possession of the regalia, transferred the seat of empire to Matárem, and lost no time in raising his family to the highest dignities. Assuming himself the title of sultan, he elevated his nephews to the rank of Pangérans.
Senapáti, as a result of these arrangements and the possession of the royal insignia, moved the center of power to Matárem and quickly promoted his family to the highest positions. Taking on the title of sultan, he raised his nephews to the rank of Pangérans.
His ambitious views being now so far realized, he consulted the Súnan Gíri, wishing to obtain his opinion, whether the time for the complete fulfilment of the prophecy was not arrived. The Súnan replied, that if the Sultan of Matárem wished to be sovereign of the whole island of Java, it was essential that he should, in the first instance, bring the eastern provinces under subjection. In consequence of this reply, the sultan immediately collected his troops, trained them to the use of arms and regular discipline, and in the month of mohárem marched eastward.
His ambitious plans were now being realized, so he consulted the Súnan Gíri, hoping to find out if the time for the complete fulfillment of the prophecy had finally come. The Súnan replied that if the Sultan of Matárem wanted to rule the entire island of Java, it was crucial for him to first bring the eastern provinces under control. As a result of this reply, the sultan quickly gathered his troops, trained them in the use of weapons and regular discipline, and in the month of mohárem, marched eastward.
The Adipáti of Surabáya, who had held the supreme authority over all the eastern districts, as Widána to the sultan of Pájang, no sooner heard of these preparations, than he directed all the subordinate chiefs with their forces to assemble at Jípang, there to await the arrival of the army from Matárem; but at the moment when a general engagement was about to take place between the two armies, an open letter was delivered to both chiefs from the Súnan Gíri, requesting them to desist, and proposing an arrangement, by which the eastern provinces were to become subject to[Vol II Pg 161] Matárem, but to continue under the immediate administration of the Adipáti. This arrangement was agreed to by both parties, but the Adipati soon repented of it, who in consequence was preparing for hostilities, when an open rapture was again averted by the interference of the Súnan Gíri; but soon after being joined by the forces of Pranarága and Madion, the Adipáti assembled his troops and marched to invade Matárem.
The Adipáti of Surabáya, who had the top authority over all the eastern districts, like Widána to the sultan of Pájang, quickly heard about these preparations and ordered all the subordinate chiefs with their forces to gather at Jípang to wait for the army from Matárem. Just as a major battle was about to happen between the two armies, an open letter was delivered to both leaders from the Súnan Gíri, asking them to stop fighting and suggesting an arrangement where the eastern provinces would be under the rule of Matárem but still managed directly by the Adipáti. Both sides agreed to this arrangement, but the Adipáti soon regretted it and started preparing for conflict. Just then, an open rift was avoided again thanks to the interference of the Súnan Gíri; but shortly after, with support from the forces of Pranarága and Madion, the Adipáti gathered his troops and marched to invade Matárem.
Senapáti no sooner heard of these hostile preparations, and that the Adipáti was levying the revenue of Pájang, than accompanied by his uncle, Kiái Gédé Páti, he marched towards Madion, and obtained possession of the dálam, the chief having previously fled with his son to Surabáya, leaving behind him a daughter whom Senapáti married. His uncle, displeased at his conduct, returned to Páti; but Senapáti prosecuted his march towards Pasúruan, with an intention to render himself master of that province.
Senapáti quickly learned about the hostile preparations and that the Adipáti was collecting taxes in Pájang. Accompanied by his uncle, Kiái Gédé Páti, he headed towards Madion and took control of the dálam. The chief had already fled to Surabáya with his son, leaving behind a daughter, whom Senapáti married. His uncle, unhappy with his actions, returned to Páti; however, Senapáti continued his march towards Pasúruan, planning to seize control of that province.
The chief of Pasúruan was inclined to surrender at discretion, but was dissuaded from doing so by his Páteh. One day when Senapáti accompanied by only forty men of his body-guard, was reconnoitering the enemy's camp, he met the Páteh, who had come out with a similar intention, when a skirmish taking place, the Páteh was wounded by a lance and fell to the ground. The sultan lifting him up and placing him on a mare, sent him back to the chief, with a letter tied round his neck. The chief no sooner saw him in this disgraceful predicament, than he repented of having taken his advice, and ordering his head to be immediately severed from his body, sent it to Senapáti in token of submission.
The chief of Pasúruan was considering surrendering, but his Páteh talked him out of it. One day, while Senapáti was scouting the enemy camp with just forty of his guards, he ran into the Páteh, who was out for the same reason. During a brief fight, the Páteh was hit with a lance and fell to the ground. The sultan picked him up, put him on a mare, and sent him back to the chief with a letter tied around his neck. When the chief saw him in such a humiliating state, he regretted following his advice, and ordered his head to be chopped off and sent to Senapáti as a sign of submission.
After this Senapáti returned to Matárem, where he married one of his daughters to the son of the late chief of Madion, and appointed him chief of Jipang.
After this Senapáti returned to Matárem, he married one of his daughters to the son of the late chief of Madion and made him the chief of Jipang.
Súra Manggála, a chief of Kedíri, was now willing to submit to the authority of Matárem, but Senapáti returned no other answer to his messenger, than that it was his intention to march at the next mohárem, when it would be the duty of Súra Manggála to surrender that province. Accordingly, in the month of mohárem, an army proceeded against Kedíri: the Matárem forces were successful, and the chief and his three brothers submitted. Senapáti was so pleased with the[Vol II Pg 162] conduct of Súra Mang'gála on this occasion, that he appointed him to the command of the Matárem troops.
Súra Manggála, a leader from Kedíri, was now ready to accept the authority of Matárem, but Senapáti replied to his messenger that he planned to march in the next mohárem, at which point it would be Súra Manggála's responsibility to turn over that province. So, in the month of mohárem, an army advanced towards Kedíri: the Matárem forces were victorious, and the chief along with his three brothers surrendered. Senapáti was so impressed with the[Vol II Pg 162] conduct of Súra Manggála during this event that he appointed him to lead the Matárem troops.
This chief, better known by the name of Senapáti Bálek, served the sultan of Matárem with great ability and fidelity. He gained numerous victories, brought all the western provinces, as far as Chéribon, to acknowledge the supremacy of Matárem, limiting the authority of that chief within the rivers of Losári and Indramáyu. He is said to have removed the mud wall which surrounded the kráton of Matárem, and built in its stead a strong wall of stone. He was at last killed in a desperate engagement with the eastern people, which took place in Pájang, in which however the Matárem troops were successful.
This leader, better known as Senapáti Bálek, served the sultan of Matárem with great skill and loyalty. He achieved many victories and brought all the western provinces, extending to Chéribon, under the authority of Matárem, limiting the power of that leader to the areas around the rivers Losári and Indramáyu. It's said that he took down the mud wall that surrounded the kráton of Matárem and built a strong stone wall in its place. Ultimately, he was killed in a fierce battle with the eastern people in Pájang, although the Matárem troops were victorious in that conflict.
Shortly after the death of this chief, Senapáti received intelligence of hostile preparations against Matárem being made by his uncle, Kiái Gédé Páti. He accordingly proceeded to meet him, accompanied by all his sons and a numerous army. After a long and a desperate action, the Matárem forces were again successful, and the sultan returned to Matárem, with the wives, children, and all the valuables of his uncle.
Shortly after the death of this chief, Senapáti learned about hostile plans being made against Matárem by his uncle, Kiái Gédé Páti. He then set out to confront him, taking all his sons and a large army with him. After a long and intense battle, the Matárem forces succeeded once again, and the sultan returned to Matárem with his uncle's wives, children, and all of his valuables.
His son, Pangéran Séda Krápiak, being wounded on this occasion, the sultan published a proclamation, declaring that prince to be his successor after his death, by the title of Panambahan Senapáti.
His son, Pangéran Séda Krápiak, was injured on this occasion, so the sultan issued a proclamation stating that the prince would be his successor after his death, with the title of Panambahan Senapáti.
The continued opposition of the eastern people, however, and the revolt of Kedíri and Pasúruan, obliged him again to take the field, when finding the numbers and strength of the enemy far superior to his own, he conducted an able but slow retreat to his capital, and during the whole course of his reign found it impracticable to subject these provinces to his authority. To the provinces, however, of Matárem, Bágelen, Bányumas, Pájang and Jípang, which descended to him from his father, he added those of Páti, Kúdus, Semáráng, Kendál, and Kaliwúng'u.
The ongoing resistance from the eastern people, along with the uprisings in Kedíri and Pasúruan, forced him to go back into battle. Realizing that the enemy's numbers and strength were far greater than his own, he skillfully but slowly retreated to his capital. Throughout his reign, he found it impossible to bring these provinces under his control. However, he did manage to hold onto the provinces of Matárem, Bágelen, Bányumas, Pájang, and Jípang, which he inherited from his father, and he also added the provinces of Páti, Kúdus, Semáráng, Kendál, and Kaliwúng'u.
The days of Sénapati, the founder of the Matárem empire, and of the dynasty which still retains a nominal rule on Java, were now brought to a close, after a reign of continued warfare. As the founder of the last native empire on Java, his memory is naturally held in high estimation; but he is also respected for the discipline he introduced into his army,[Vol II Pg 163] and the valour, ability, and noble-mindedness which he displayed throughout. With the Javans he is considered as another Alexander, and he is the first in their modern history who is considered to have understood the art of war.
The era of Sénapati, the founder of the Matárem empire, and the dynasty that still has a symbolic presence in Java, has now come to an end after a long period of conflict. As the creator of the last indigenous empire on Java, his legacy is undoubtedly held in high regard; he is also admired for the organization he established in his military,[Vol II Pg 163] as well as for the courage, skill, and integrity he demonstrated throughout his life. Among the Javanese, he is seen as another Alexander, and he is the first in their modern history recognized for his understanding of warfare.
He was succeeded, in the year 1524, by his son, since called Séda Krápiak, from the place of his interment, but who during his reign, bore the title of Panambáhan Senapáti. The succession was, however, opposed by his elder brother, Pangéran Púger, who did not attend to kiss the sovereign's feet, as customary, on the day following his installation. This chief proceeding to hostilities, was soon taken prisoner near Ungárang. He was banished to Kúdus, and his minister was put to death, which offended one of his younger brothers, Jajarága, so much, that he instantly quitted Matárem and proceeded to Pranarága, of which province he had formerly been appointed chief, with an intention of stirring up a rebellion in the distant provinces; but the sultan obtaining information of it, secured his person and banished him also. He was shortly afterwards pardoned and permitted to return.
He was succeeded in 1524 by his son, who is now known as Séda Krápiak, named after the place where he was buried, but during his reign, he held the title of Panambáhan Senapáti. However, his older brother, Pangéran Púger, opposed the succession and didn’t follow the custom of kissing the new sovereign's feet the day after his installation. This chief resorted to hostilities and was soon captured near Ungárang. He was exiled to Kúdus, and his minister was executed, which angered one of his younger brothers, Jajarága, so much that he immediately left Matárem and went to Pranarága, where he had previously been appointed chief, intending to incite a rebellion in the far provinces. However, the sultan learned of his plans, apprehended him, and exiled him as well. Shortly after, he was pardoned and allowed to return.
It was during this reign that the Dutch and English first visited Java.
It was during this time that the Dutch and English first visited Java.
This prince reduced the provinces of Madion and Pranarága, and built a palace, the walls of which are still standing at Krapiak, a place at the foot of a range of hills lying along the South Sea, a short distance from Matárem. He died after a reign of twelve years, esteemed on account of the general tranquillity which prevailed after the firm establishment of his government.
This prince conquered the provinces of Madion and Pranarága, and built a palace, the walls of which still stand at Krapiak, a location at the base of a range of hills by the South Sea, not far from Matárem. He passed away after ruling for twelve years, respected for the overall peace that followed the solid establishment of his government.
He was succeeded by his eldest son, named Panambáhan Merta Púra, in the year 1540; but this prince not being able to conduct the government, on account of his infirm state of health, or more probably removed by the intrigues of his family, who declared him to be insane, made way for his younger brother, who was raised to the throne in the following year.
He was succeeded by his eldest son, named Panambáhan Merta Púra, in 1540; but this prince was unable to lead the government due to his poor health or, more likely, because of the schemes of his family, who claimed he was insane. As a result, his younger brother was made king the following year.
This prince, distinguished by the title of Agung, or the great, commenced a flourishing reign by a signal victory over the Surabáyan and Madurese forces, by which he brought the eastern provinces of Málang, Untung, Jápan, Wirasába, Pasúruan and Surabáya, under subjection; and following up[Vol II Pg 164] his success, subdued all the eastern provinces, as far as Balambángan. Dissensions arising at this period between the people of Bantam and those of the Súnda districts, the chief of Súmedang applied to Matárem for assistance; and being invested by the sultan with the chief authority over those districts, soon brought the whole of the western chiefs, alarmed at the approach of Matárem arms, to acknowledge his supremacy. A force was now sent to Madúra, and that island being conquered was united to his dominion, which then extended through all Java and Madúra. An enemy, more powerful than any with whom he had been accustomed to contend, and destined to strip his posterity of all but the semblance of sovereignty, now appeared. The Dutch, availing themselves of the divisions and convulsions by which the empire had been previously distracted, had established themselves at Jákatra.
This prince, known as Agung, or the great, started a successful reign with a significant victory over the Surabáyan and Madurese forces, which allowed him to bring the eastern provinces of Málang, Untung, Jápan, Wirasába, Pasúruan, and Surabáya under his control. Continuing his success, he conquered all the eastern provinces up to Balambángan. During this time, conflicts arose between the people of Bantam and those in the Súnda regions, leading the chief of Súmedang to seek help from Matárem. The sultan granted him authority over these districts, which soon compelled the other western chiefs, alarmed by Matárem's forces, to accept his leadership. A military campaign was then launched against Madúra, and after conquering the island, it became part of his realm, which then spanned all of Java and Madúra. However, a more powerful enemy than any he had faced before emerged, one destined to strip his heirs of all but a semblance of power. The Dutch, taking advantage of the divisions and chaos that had previously troubled the empire, had settled in Jákatra.
On their first arrival at Bantam, the prince of that country was absent on an expedition against Palémbang, which country, as well as a great part of the north and west coast of Sumatra, was then subject to his sway. They found the influence of the Portuguese, who had previously established a factory there, on the decline, and with little difficulty entered into a treaty with the chief, on whom the administration of the country was provisionally conferred during the absence of the prince. By this treaty, the contracting parties agreed to trade honestly and fairly with each other, and to afford mutual assistance in case of being attacked by an enemy.
Upon their arrival in Bantam, the prince of that region was away on a mission against Palémbang, which, along with much of the north and west coast of Sumatra, was under his control at the time. They discovered that the influence of the Portuguese, who had previously set up a trading post there, was fading, and they easily established a treaty with the chief who was temporarily in charge while the prince was away. According to this treaty, both parties agreed to trade honestly and fairly with each other and to provide mutual support in case they were attacked by an enemy.
Complaints, however, were soon made of the high tone which the Dutch assumed, and of the insolence of their menaces. Hostilities ensued, and according to the Dutch account, upwards of a hundred of the natives were killed or wounded. The consequence was, that they were obliged to quit Bantam. Touching at Jákatra, Japára, Túban, and Sidáyu, they had an affair with the Madurese, but ill calculated to make an impression in their favour. The prince of that country, anxious to pay his respects to the Europeans, requested, through his interpreter, to be permitted to visit the principal person among them, and an arrangement was accordingly made that he should be received on board a particular ship. As the prince left the shore with his suite, accom[Vol II Pg 165]panied by their women and children, the Hollanders became alarmed at the appearance of so numerous an assemblage, and observing that they did not appear to be proceeding direct to the ship pointed out for their reception, discharged three guns. The terror occasioned by the report threw the procession into the utmost confusion, all the people in the boats falling as if killed. The crews of the other European vessels taking these guns as a signal for action, threw themselves with such impetuosity upon the native boats, that out of this numerous assemblage only twenty-one are said to have escaped. Among the slain was the prince, and his interpreter or high priest, and their bodies, as soon as discovered, were thrown with indignity into the sea.
Complaints soon arose about the arrogant attitude the Dutch took and the rudeness of their threats. Conflict broke out, and according to the Dutch account, more than a hundred locals were killed or injured. As a result, they had to leave Bantam. Stopping at Jákatra, Japára, Túban, and Sidáyu, they had an encounter with the Madurese, but it didn’t help their case. The prince of that area, eager to show respect to the Europeans, asked through his interpreter if he could visit their main leader, and they arranged for him to come onboard a specific ship. As the prince left the shore with his retinue, accompanied by their women and children, the Dutch grew anxious at such a large gathering, and noticing they weren’t heading straight to the designated ship, fired three guns. The noise caused panic, throwing the procession into chaos, with everyone in the boats falling as if they were dead. The crews of the other European ships, thinking this was a call to arms, attacked the native boats so fiercely that only twenty-one from the large group are said to have escaped. Among the dead were the prince and his interpreter or high priest, whose bodies were soon found and thrown into the sea without respect.
It is remarkable, that the leading traits which distinguish the subsequent administration of the Dutch on Java (a haughty assumption of superiority, for the purpose of overawing the credulous simplicity of the natives, and a most extraordinary timidity, which led them to suspect treachery and danger, in quarters where they were least to be apprehended) were manifested in their earliest transactions in this quarter. On their first arrival at Bantam, we find the clerks of their trading vessels styling themselves captains; and such was the state and consequence assumed by Houtman, the chief of the expedition, who took the title of Captain Major, that a Portuguese, who had known him before, asked him significantly if he had been created a duke since he last saw him. The murder of the unfortunate prince of Madúra and his followers (for it can be called by no other term) was as detestable and unjustifiable as the subsequent massacre of the unfortunate and unoffending Chinese in the streets of Batavia. In neither case was there a plea to palliate the crying guilt, but such a degree of danger, as the basest cowardice could alone be sensible of.
It’s striking that the main characteristics that marked the later administration of the Dutch in Java—an arrogant sense of superiority aimed at intimidating the naive locals, and an unusual fearfulness that led them to suspect betrayal and danger in places where they should have felt safest—were evident in their earliest dealings in this area. Upon their arrival in Bantam, we see the clerks of their trading ships calling themselves captains; and Houtman, the leader of the expedition, took on the title of Captain Major to such an extent that a Portuguese acquaintance, who had known him before, asked him pointedly if he had been made a duke since their last meeting. The murder of the unfortunate prince of Madúra and his followers (for it can’t be called anything else) was as detestable and unjustifiable as the later massacre of the innocent Chinese in the streets of Batavia. In neither instance was there any reason that could excuse their blatant wrongdoing, only a level of fear that could only stem from the most abject cowardice.
This aggression did not pass unpunished, for the Dutch Admiral having allowed some of his men to land near Arosbáya, then the capital of the island, they were seized by the Madurese, and their enlargement was not effected without the loss of many lives and the payment of a liberal ransom.
This aggression didn't go unpunished. The Dutch Admiral let some of his men land near Arosbáya, which was the capital of the island, and they were captured by the Madurese. Their release wasn't achieved without a heavy loss of life and a hefty ransom.
Bantam was already a place of considerable trade: Chinese, Arabs, Persians, Moors, Turks, Malabars, Peguans, and in a[Vol II Pg 166] word, merchants from all nations were established there. The principal produce for the European market was pepper. With this province the Dutch renewed their commerce in the year 1598 A.D., and four years afterwards they obtained permission to establish a factory there. In the following year, accordingly, they erected a permanent building, and formed a commercial establishment. At this time they had granted passes to the vessels belonging to the chief of Túban; and, in 1609, they left an agent at Grésik. A second treaty was now entered into with the king of Bantam, in which the States General stipulated to assist him against foreign invaders, particularly Spaniards and Portuguese; and the king on his side agreed to make over to the Dutch a good and strong fort, a free trade, and security for their persons and property, without paying any duties or taxes, and to allow no other European nation to trade or reside in his territories. The Dutch observing the serious differences which occurred among the chiefs of Bantam during the minority of the sovereign, made overtures, in the same year, to the prince of Jákatra, and removed to that province soon after.
Bantam was already a hub of significant trade: Chinese, Arabs, Persians, Moors, Turks, Malabars, Peguans, and, in short, merchants from all over the world were established there. The main product for the European market was pepper. The Dutch resumed their trade in this province in 1598 A.D., and four years later, they received permission to set up a factory there. The following year, they built a permanent structure and formed a commercial establishment. At that time, they had granted passes to vessels owned by the chief of Túban; and in 1609, they left an agent at Grésik. A second treaty was made with the king of Bantam, where the States General agreed to support him against foreign invaders, particularly the Spaniards and Portuguese; in return, the king promised to give the Dutch a strong fort, free trade, and protection for their people and property, without paying any duties or taxes, and to prohibit any other European nations from trading or residing in his territory. Noticing the serious conflicts among the chiefs of Bantam during the sovereign’s minority, the Dutch reached out that same year to the prince of Jákatra and soon moved to that province.
In 1612, a convention was entered into between them and the prince of Jákatra, by which a free trade was allowed to them, together with an eligible place to reside at; both parties contracting to assist each other in war on the territory of Jákatra. It was moreover stipulated, that all goods should pay duty, except such as were imported in Dutch ships, or Chinese junks; and that the prince should prohibit the Spaniards and Portuguese from trading with his dominions.
In 1612, an agreement was made between them and the prince of Jákatra, allowing them free trade and a suitable place to live. Both parties agreed to support each other in military matters on Jákatra's territory. It was also established that all goods would be taxed, except for those brought in Dutch ships or Chinese junks; and the prince would ban the Spaniards and Portuguese from trading in his lands.
On the 19th January, 1619, a further treaty was made with the same prince, confirming the former contracts, and stipulating that the fort should remain in its present state until the arrival of the Governor General, and that the English should be obliged to build their factory, and the other nations their houses, at a certain distance from the fort; but on the 1st of February following, in consequence of the success of the English, who had espoused the cause of the native chiefs, we find a convention entered into by the prince of Jákatra, the commanding officer of the English, and the commandant of the Dutch fort, by which the latter promised to deliver over[Vol II Pg 167] the fort to the English, and the treasure, merchandize, &c. to the prince: the English agreeing to furnish the Dutch garrison with a ship and a safe conduct for six months.
On January 19, 1619, another treaty was made with the same prince, confirming previous agreements and stating that the fort would stay as is until the Governor General arrived. The English were required to build their factory, and other nations their houses, at a specified distance from the fort; however, on February 1, due to the success of the English, who supported the native chiefs, we see a convention established by the prince of Jákatra, the English commanding officer, and the commandant of the Dutch fort. In this agreement, the Dutch promised to hand over the fort to the English, along with the treasure, merchandise, etc., to the prince, while the English agreed to provide the Dutch garrison with a ship and safe passage for six months.
On the 11th March, a contract was entered into between the king of Bantam and the commissioners of the Dutch Company, still in the fort of Jákatra, whereby the former promised to protect the Dutch against all hostile attempts, and to permit the re-establishment of a free trade on its former footing. The Dutch, on their part, agreed to keep the fort in good order, and to abandon the same on the arrival of their ships, when they would also deliver to the king (in return for the protection he afforded them) one-fourth of the Company's property, and one-half of the ordnance, &c.
On March 11th, a contract was signed between the king of Bantam and the commissioners of the Dutch Company, still at the fort of Jákatra. The king agreed to protect the Dutch from all hostile actions and to allow the free trade to be re-established as it was before. In return, the Dutch agreed to maintain the fort and to vacate it upon the arrival of their ships. They would also give the king, as payment for his protection, one-fourth of the Company's property and half of the ordnance, etc.
In consequence, however, of the arrival of reinforcements from Europe, under Koen, and of the political understanding which then existed between the English and Dutch nations, the Dutch still maintained their ground, and in the month of August following laid the foundation of their establishment at Jákatra on an extensive scale. They had previously, in the years 1618 and 1619, plundered and laid in ashes the town of Japára, because the chief of that province had, in the former year, taken possession of the factory, made prisoners of the Dutch, and sent them into the interior.
As a result of the arrival of reinforcements from Europe, led by Koen, and the political agreement that existed between the English and Dutch nations at that time, the Dutch held their ground. In August of the following year, they began to establish their presence at Jákatra on a large scale. Earlier, in 1618 and 1619, they had raided and burned down the town of Japára, because the leader of that province had taken over the factory the previous year, captured the Dutch, and sent them into the interior.
The Javan historians considering the Dutch in the light of other foreign nations, who were in the habit of trading to the sea coasts, do not furnish us with any information concerning the disputes which took place at Bantam, or in the first instance at Jákatra. Even in their accounts of the occasion of the first hostilities which took place with the sultan of Matárem, they convey rather a notion of what is the general impression regarding the first establishment of the Dutch, than any particulars calculated to throw light on the history of that period. "The Dutch," say they, "before they arrived at Jákatra, had formed an alliance with the sultan of Bantam. They subsequently treated with the English, and with Pangéran Jokárta; but in a short time they found the way to play off a foul stratagem on the latter. In the first place, when they wished to ascertain the strength and resources of Jákatra, they landed like máta-mátas (peons or messengers), the captain of the ship disguising himself with a[Vol II Pg 168] turban, and accompanying several Khójas (a term by which the natives of the Coromandel coast are distinguished). When he had made his observations, he entered upon trade, offering however much better terms than were just, and making more presents than were necessary. A friendship thus took place between him and the prince: when this friendship was established, the captain informed the prince that his ship wanted repair; and the prince, at his request, allowed the vessel to be brought up the river. There the captain knocked out the planks of the bottom and sunk the vessel, to obtain a pretence for farther delay, and then requested a very small piece of ground, on which he might build a shed, to store the sails and other property, while endeavours should be made to raise the vessel. This request was also complied with. The captain then made a wall or mound of mud, so that nobody could know what he was doing, and in the mean time courted the friendship of the prince. He afterwards waited on the prince, and requested as much more land as could be covered by a buffalo's hide, on which he might build a small póndok. This being complied with, he cut the hide into strips, and claimed all the land he could enclose with them. To this also the prince, after some hesitation, consented. The captain then went on with his buildings, engaging that he would pay all expenses. When the fort was finished, the mud wall was removed; batteries were unexpectedly displayed, and under their protection the Dutch refused to pay a doit. War then commenced, in which the Dutch were reduced to such an extremity, as to be obliged to use stones in lieu of balls, which were expended. Even this resource failed; and, as a last expedient, bags of the filthiest ordure were fired upon the Javans, whence the fort has ever since borne the name of Kóta tái."
The Javanese historians, when looking at the Dutch compared to other foreign nations that frequently traded along the coast, don’t provide us with any details about the conflicts that occurred in Bantam or initially in Jákatra. Even in their accounts of the first hostilities with the sultan of Matárem, they give more of a general impression of the initial arrival of the Dutch rather than specific details that would shed light on that historical period. "The Dutch," they say, "before reaching Jákatra, had allied with the sultan of Bantam. They later negotiated with the English and with Pangéran Jokárta; but soon they devised a deceitful scheme against the latter. First, when they wanted to assess the strength and resources of Jákatra, they disembarked like máta-mátas (porters or messengers), with the ship's captain disguising himself with a[Vol II Pg 168] turban and accompanied by several Khójas (a term for the natives of the Coromandel coast). After making observations, he started trading, offering much better terms than fair and gifting more than necessary. This led to a friendship between him and the prince. Once this friendship was established, the captain told the prince that his ship needed repairs, and the prince allowed the vessel to be brought up the river. There, the captain removed the bottom planks and sunk the ship to create a reason for further delays, then asked for a small piece of land to build a shed for storing sails and other belongings while efforts were made to raise the ship. This request was granted as well. The captain then built a mud wall or mound, so no one could see what he was up to, while continuing to befriend the prince. He later approached the prince again, asking for as much more land as could be covered by a buffalo's hide to build a small póndok. Once this was agreed to, he cut the hide into strips and claimed all the land he could enclose with them. The prince, after some hesitation, agreed to this too. The captain then proceeded with his constructions, promising to cover all the costs. When the fort was completed, the mud wall was taken down; batteries were unexpectedly revealed, and under their protection, the Dutch refused to pay a doit. War then broke out, during which the Dutch resorted to using stones instead of cannonballs when they ran out. Even that option ran out, and as a last resort, they fired bags of the dirtiest filth at the Javanese, from which the fort has since been known as Kóta tái."
Such is the aversion of the Javans for the Khójas, as well on account of their general character as of their conduct on this occasion, that it is a proverb among them, "If you meet a snake and a Khoja in the same road, kill the Khoja first, and afterwards the snake."
Such is the dislike of the Javans for the Khójas, both because of their overall nature and their behavior during this instance, that there’s a saying among them: "If you encounter a snake and a Khoja on the same path, kill the Khoja first, then the snake."
Another account is as follows. "The Dutch having obtained the desired spot built on it a storehouse, and formed a garden for vegetables. When Pangéran Jokárta inquired[Vol II Pg 169] why they did this, they replied, they must have their conveniences, and that it was not the custom of the Dutch to live and eat like the Javans. The Pangéran was satisfied with the reason given, and allowed the work to proceed; but they had no sooner completed several buildings, by means of the people landed from their ships, than they began to surround them with a battery. The Pangéran again was roused, and inquired the reason of this, to which they replied, that there were a great many traders about to arrive, and that it was necessary to protect their property from thieves. When the batteries were completed they planted cannon in them: the Pangéran inquired the reason of this preparation, to which they only replied, it was to keep off bad people.
Another account goes like this. "The Dutch acquired the desired location, built a storage facility, and created a vegetable garden. When Pangéran Jokárta asked[Vol II Pg 169] why they were doing this, they answered that they needed their conveniences and that it wasn't the Dutch's way to live and eat like the Javans. The Pangéran accepted their explanation and allowed the work to continue; however, as soon as they completed several buildings with the help of people who landed from their ships, they started to surround them with a fortification. The Pangéran was once again alarmed and asked why they were doing this. They responded that many traders were about to arrive and it was necessary to protect their belongings from thieves. Once the fortifications were finished, they positioned cannons in them: the Pangéran inquired about this setup, and they simply replied that it was to ward off bad people."
"In a short time, however, when the Dutch had increased in numbers, they fired one of the guns, and the ball discharged from it fell in front of the Pangéran's palace. The Pangéran inquired why they did so, to which they replied, they were only trying how far the gun would carry, in order that they might be able to assist the Pangéran, should he be attacked by an enemy. The Pangéran, however, was not satisfied with this reason, and demanded a fine of two thousand dollars for the insult, which the Dutch immediately paid. But it was not long before they fired another gun, the ball of which went over the palace, on which the Pangéran became highly incensed, and demanded a fine of four thousand dollars, threatening if it was not paid forthwith, to write to the sultan of Matárem, who would order them immediately to be driven from the island. To this menace the Dutch said nothing, but paid the money, which the Pangéran received with delight. The Dutch, at last, fired a gun, the ball of which fell within the palace, on which the Pangéran conceiving it to be their intention to attack him, immediately considered them as enemies, and collected his people, in order to fall upon them and destroy them without delay. As soon as the Dutch saw the people thus assembled, they fired from their batteries, dealing slaughter all around, and obliged the Pangéran and his people to retreat out of the reach of the shot."
"In no time, when the Dutch had increased in number, they fired one of the cannons, and the shot landed in front of the Pangéran's palace. The Pangéran asked why they did that, and they replied they were just testing how far the gun could shoot, so they could help the Pangéran if he were attacked by an enemy. However, the Pangéran was not satisfied with this answer and demanded a fine of two thousand dollars for the insult, which the Dutch paid right away. But soon after, they fired another cannon, and the shot sailed over the palace, which made the Pangéran furious. He demanded a fine of four thousand dollars, threatening that if it wasn't paid immediately, he would write to the sultan of Matárem, who would order them to be driven off the island. The Dutch said nothing in response and paid the money, which the Pangéran happily accepted. Finally, the Dutch fired a cannon again, and the shot landed inside the palace. The Pangéran, thinking this meant they intended to attack him, immediately viewed them as enemies and gathered his people to strike at them and destroy them without delay. As soon as the Dutch saw the people assembled, they opened fire from their batteries, causing chaos all around, and forced the Pangéran and his people to retreat out of range of the gunfire."
While these events were in progress in the western provinces, a serious revolt took place in the central and eastern districts, in consequence of the intrigues of Aria Mandúra, the favourite and chief minister of the sultan, who by means[Vol II Pg 170] of his treacherous conduct to the chief of Pájang, had obtained the administration of that province for himself. The chiefs of Madúra and Surabáya availing themselves of the disturbance thus occasioned at Pájang, declared their independence of Matárem, and were not reduced to subjection till two armies had been sent to the eastward against them.
While these events were happening in the western provinces, a serious uprising broke out in the central and eastern districts due to the schemes of Aria Mandúra, the favorite and chief minister of the sultan. Through his deceitful actions toward the leader of Pájang, he managed to take control of that province for himself. The leaders of Madúra and Surabáya, taking advantage of the chaos in Pájang, declared their independence from Matárem, and they weren't brought back under control until two armies were sent east to confront them.
Not long afterwards, the chief of Surabáya, Tumúnggung Sapánjang, having refused to give up two beautiful horses which the sultan demanded of him, an army was sent to compel his obedience; but the chief being reinforced from Madúra, repulsed the Matárem forces, obliging them to return to their capital.
Not long after, the leader of Surabáya, Tumúnggung Sapánjang, refused to hand over two beautiful horses that the sultan demanded from him. An army was sent to force him to comply, but the leader received support from Madúra and pushed back the Matárem forces, forcing them to retreat to their capital.
The sultan, who had hitherto shown himself anxious to maintain a good understanding with the Dutch, and consented to their enjoying a free trade to the different parts of Java, with permission to establish a factory at Japára, is represented as having acted upon their advice in the present juncture, in marching to the eastward in person with his whole forces; but they no sooner saw him undertake the expedition, than availing themselves of the opportunity, they took possession of Jákatra.
The sultan, who had previously shown a strong interest in keeping a good relationship with the Dutch and allowed them to trade freely throughout Java, giving them permission to set up a factory at Japára, is depicted as having followed their advice during this time by personally leading his entire army eastward. However, as soon as they saw him begin the mission, they seized the opportunity and took control of Jákatra.
He immediately sent two armies against them, under the command of Tumúnggung Wíra Kusúma, and a battle ensued, in which the Javan chief, with about ten thousand of his followers, were either slain or drowned in the river Chilúang. Tumúnggung Náta Jawána coming up afterwards, collected the fugitives, and joining them with his forces surrounded the town. He posted troops on all the roads towards the south and west, at the distance of cannon-shot from the town, at the same time cutting channels to lead off the streams by which the Dutch were supplied. After an unsuccessful attack made by the chiefs Mandúra Réja and Wíla Tíkta, for which they were put to death by their commander, a sally was made on the part of the besieged with so much success, that Tumúnggung Jawána determined to break up with his army, and no further attempt against the Dutch was made until the year 1629, A.D.
He immediately sent two armies against them, led by Tumúnggung Wíra Kusúma, and a battle broke out, in which the Javan chief and about ten thousand of his followers were either killed or drowned in the river Chilúang. Later, Tumúnggung Náta Jawána arrived, gathered the survivors, and with his forces surrounded the town. He stationed troops on all the roads to the south and west, within cannon range of the town, while also digging channels to divert the streams that supplied the Dutch. After an unsuccessful attack by chiefs Mandúra Réja and Wíla Tíkta, for which they were executed by their commander, the besieged launched a counterattack that was so successful that Tumúnggung Jawána decided to withdraw his army, and no further attempts against the Dutch were made until the year 1629 A.D.
"In this year a second army from Matárem, composed of Javans and Madurese, appeared before Batavia. The siege lasted for a considerable time, and the assaults on the town and fort, as well as the sallies of the besieged, were very[Vol II Pg 171] bloody. Anxious to know the fate of his army, the sultan dispatched his uncle, Pangéran Purbáya, to Batavia, to obtain information. This chief having destroyed the Dutch factory at Japára, embarked in a swift sailing práhu of the size of the trunk of the largest teak tree, which when seen at a distance looked like a serpent on the sea. On reaching the bay of Batavia, Purbáya perceived three ships at anchor. Two of them, after firing upon him, were sunk, and notwithstanding the fire from the third he brought his práhu safe up to Jákatra, when he was fired upon from the fort. On this Purbáya with three followers landed from the práhu, and passing like a shadow to the Dutch fort, which he touched with his hands, proceeded on to the Javan lines, where he informed them that he had come by order of the sultan, to give them a proof how near they might approach the Dutch fort. He then hastened back to Matárem and reported the disastrous state of the war, on which the sultan withdrew his forces to Kaliwúngu."
"In this year, a second army from Matárem, made up of Javans and Madurese, appeared before Batavia. The siege went on for a long time, and the attacks on the town and fort, along with the counterattacks from the defenders, were very[Vol II Pg 171] bloody. Eager to know the fate of his army, the sultan sent his uncle, Pangéran Purbáya, to Batavia to gather information. After destroying the Dutch factory at Japára, this leader boarded a swift sailing práhu the size of a giant teak tree, which looked like a serpent on the sea from a distance. When he reached Batavia bay, Purbáya saw three ships at anchor. Two of them sank after firing at him, and despite the fire from the third, he safely brought his práhu to Jákatra, where he was fired upon from the fort. There, Purbáya disembarked with three followers from the práhu and stealthily approached the Dutch fort, which he touched with his hands. He then moved on to the Javan lines, where he informed them that he had come by the sultan's order to show how close they could get to the Dutch fort. He quickly returned to Matárem and reported the dire situation of the war, prompting the sultan to pull back his forces to Kaliwúngu."
The Dutch sent an ambassador with rich presents, and the war ended in the Javan year 1551.
The Dutch sent an ambassador with valuable gifts, and the war ended in the Javan year 1551.
During the latter part of this prince's reign the country appears to have enjoyed tranquillity, the only two occasions in which it was disturbed being the revolt of the chiefs of Balambángan and Súmedang, which may be considered as the extreme points of the Matárem dominion, Jákatra and Bántam having been effectually separated from them.
During the later part of this prince's reign, the country seemed to experience peace, with the only two disruptions being the uprisings of the chiefs of Balambángan and Súmedang, which can be seen as the farthest reaches of the Matárem territory, as Jákatra and Bántam had been effectively separated from them.
Sultan Agung is represented, even by the Dutch, as a well informed and enlightened prince. He extended his dominion not only over all Java and Madúra, but carried his conquests to Lándak and other states on Borneo. He died in the Javan year 1568, and was succeeded by his son, Pangéran Aria Prábu, or Aria Matárem, then twenty-six years of age.
Sultan Agung is portrayed, even by the Dutch, as a knowledgeable and progressive ruler. He expanded his territory not only over all of Java and Madúra, but also extended his conquests to Lándak and other regions in Borneo. He died in the Javan year 1568 and was succeeded by his son, Pangéran Aria Prábu, or Aria Matárem, who was twenty-six years old at the time.
This prince, on account of his mother being a princess of Chéribon, succeeded, to the prejudice of his elder brother: he held his court at Pléret, and is represented as the most severe and tyrannical of Javan sovereigns. During a visit made by the chief of Chéribon to Matárem, he received the distinction of Abdul Ráchman Sakiden, in addition to the title of Susúnan Amangkúrat Senapáti Ingalága, which he had[Vol II Pg 172] assumed on his accession. On this occasion it is stated, that he again conferred on the sultan of Chéribon all the eastern districts of the island to the westward of Túgu, the supposed limit of the Majapáhit empire, that is to say the districts of Brébes, Tegál, Pamálang, Ulujámi, Wiradésa, Pakalóng'an, Bátang, Kendál, and Kaliwúngu. The Dutch had already firmly established their capital at Batavia, and secured an influence in many of the former dependencies of Java, particularly at Sukadána on Borneo and Palembang on Sumatra.
This prince, because his mother was a princess from Chéribon, took the throne, sidelining his older brother: he ruled from Pléret and is known as the most ruthless and tyrannical of Javan rulers. During a visit from the chief of Chéribon to Matárem, he was honored with the title of Abdul Ráchman Sakiden, along with the title of Susúnan Amangkúrat Senapáti Ingalága, which he had[Vol II Pg 172] taken on when he became king. On this occasion, he reportedly granted the sultan of Chéribon all the eastern territories of the island to the west of Túgu, which was thought to mark the boundary of the Majapáhit empire. This included the areas of Brébes, Tegál, Pamálang, Ulujámi, Wiradésa, Pakalóng'an, Bátang, Kendál, and Kaliwúngu. The Dutch had already firmly established their capital at Batavia and had secured influence in many of Java's former territories, especially Sukadána on Borneo and Palembang on Sumatra.
During the troubled reign of this prince, the Dutch appear first to have entered into a written agreement with the acknowledged sovereigns of Java. A treaty was ratified at Batavia in the second year after his accession, on the 24th September 1646, the conditions of which were that the Susuhúnan should be informed annually, by an ambassador, of the nature of the curiosities which had arrived from Europe; that all priests, or other persons, whom he might be desirous of sending to foreign countries, should be conveyed thither in the Company's ships; that all persons who should desert to either country, for the purpose of evading their debts, should be given up; that the Company and the Susuhúnan should assist each other against their common enemies; that the vessels of the Susuhúnan's subjects should be allowed to trade to all places under the Company's authority, except Ambon, Banda, and Ternáté, and that those bound to Malácca, or places situated to the northward of that settlement, should be obliged to touch at Batavia and to apply for passes.
During the troubled reign of this prince, the Dutch seem to have first entered into a written agreement with the recognized rulers of Java. A treaty was confirmed in Batavia in the second year after his accession, on September 24, 1646. The terms were that the Susuhúnan would be informed annually, by an ambassador, about the curiosities that had arrived from Europe; that all priests or others he wanted to send to foreign countries would be transported on the Company’s ships; that anyone who deserted to either country to escape their debts would be handed over; that the Company and the Susuhúnan would support each other against their common enemies; that the ships of the Susuhúnan's subjects would be allowed to trade in all areas under the Company's control, except for Ambon, Banda, and Ternáté; and that those heading to Malácca or areas north of that settlement would be required to stop at Batavia to request passes.
A treaty was also entered into on the 10th July 1659, between the Dutch and the sultan of Bantam, through the mediation of the ambassadors of the Pangéran of Jámbi, in which it was stipulated, that all prisoners of war and deserters should be mutually restored, with the exception, on the part of the sultan, of those who had embraced the Mahomedan faith more than three months previous to that date, those who had submitted to circumcision since that date to be sent back, or if slaves and unwilling to return, the sultan to pay the value of them to their masters: that the Dutch should, as heretofore, have a permanent residence at Bantam, for which purpose the same building was to be given which[Vol II Pg 173] they had occupied before the war, free of rent, and this building to be secured, at the sultan's expense, against any hostile attempts: that the river of Untung Jáwa should form the boundary of the Bantam territory.
A treaty was also signed on July 10, 1659, between the Dutch and the sultan of Bantam, with the help of the ambassadors of the Pangéran of Jámbi. It stated that all prisoners of war and deserters would be returned to each side, except for those who had converted to Islam more than three months before that date. Those who converted after that date were to be sent back, and if they were slaves and unwilling to return, the sultan was to pay their value to their masters. The Dutch were to continue having a permanent residence at Bantam, and they were to be given the same building they had used before the war, rent-free, with the building secured at the sultan's expense against any attacks. The river of Untung Jáwa would be the boundary of the Bantam territory.
Certain provisions were made also to prevent illicit trading.
Certain measures were also put in place to stop illegal trading.
Shortly after his accession, the chief of Balambángan, aided by forces from Báli, again revolted, and an army was sent against him. The troops, however, were no sooner set in motion, than a plot was concerted against the prince's life, with the knowledge of his younger brother, Alit; but intelligence of it being communicated to the prince, Aria Salíngsing, who had been the instigator of the plot, was with his son beheaded, on the spot where a new kráton was erecting. On the intercession of Pangerán Purbáya, the prince was disposed to be lenient to his brother, as well on account of his age as a strong affection which he bore towards him. Ascending the royal eminence, the prince ordered the heads of the parties to be brought, and summoning his brother Alit into his presence, placed the heads before him, saying, "behold the reward of those who have attempted to overthrow my authority. Bring before me without delay all your followers." The Pangéran immediately retired, and not knowing what was to be the result, immediately assembled all his adherents and attendants, and informed them of what had passed, when they unanimously agreed to amók the Susúnan's party, urging that, as soon as the Matárem people saw them commence to amók, they would join them. The Pangéran, who was quite a youth, gave into the plan, and they forthwith proceeded to the alun alun, where they were not joined by a single man of the Matárem people. They however commenced amók, and the people fled in every direction, until Pangéran Chákra Níngrat of Madúra approached Alit, kissed his feet, telling him it was the order of the prince, who was aware of this proceeding, that his person should be seized, but on no account wounded or hurt, and implored him to surrender; but Alit, disregarding his proposal, drew his kris and stabbed the Pangéran, who died on the spot. The Madurese, who witnessed this scene, immediately fell upon Alit, who was soon dispatched. The Susúnan was deeply affected at the loss of his brother,[Vol II Pg 174] and in the violence of his agitation, on receiving the account of what had passed, wounded himself in the left arm; and from this period, the Javan historians state, "that he never forgave an offence however trifling. When he was unhappy, he always put to death those who were the cause of his unhappiness, and on the slightest occasions was subject to the most violent gusts of anger."
Shortly after he became the ruler, the leader of Balambángan, with support from Báli, revolted again, prompting the prince to send an army against him. However, just as the troops were getting ready, a plot to assassinate the prince was uncovered, and his younger brother, Alit, was involved. Once the prince learned of this, Aria Salíngsing, the plot's mastermind, and his son were executed on the spot where a new kráton was being built. Thanks to Pangerán Purbáya's intercession, the prince decided to show mercy to his brother, considering his age and the deep affection he had for him. Rising to his royal platform, the prince commanded the execution of the plotters’ heads to be brought to him, and summoned his brother Alit into his presence. He placed the heads before him and said, "Look at the fate of those who tried to challenge my authority. Bring all your followers here immediately." Pangéran quickly left, unsure of what the outcome would be, and gathered all his supporters, informing them of the situation. They unanimously decided to amók the Susúnan's group, insisting that once the Matárem people saw them begin, they would join in. The young Pangéran went along with the plan, and they went to the alun alun, but not a single Matárem supporter joined them. They started to amók, causing the crowd to scatter. At that moment, Pangéran Chákra Níngrat from Madúra approached Alit, bowed to him, and said that the prince had ordered him to be captured unharmed. He urged him to surrender, but Alit ignored this and stabbed the Pangéran, who died instantly. The Madurese, witnessing this, quickly turned on Alit, who was soon killed. The Susúnan was deeply shaken by his brother's death, and in his rage upon hearing the news, he injured himself in the left arm. From that point on, the Javan historians say, "he held grudges even for the smallest offenses. When he was troubled, he would kill those responsible for his distress and frequently succumbed to violent fits of anger over minor issues."
It is related that the prince evinced great sorrow for the loss of his brother, and that when the time of mourning had expired, he wreaked his vengeance on the supposed authors of this calamity, by a massacre unparalleled in the annals of the country. A rigorous investigation was instituted to ascertain the abettors and accomplices in this attack against the prince's life, and for this purpose a commission was appointed under the direction of his favourites. The chiefs of the four quarters of the capital were directed to inscribe the names of all the priests within their respective divisions, under pretext that the prince intended to confer certain marks of distinction upon those who resided at Matárem, but in fact to prevent their escape; for no sooner were the registers made than a cannon was fired from the palace, as a signal to commence the slaughter, and within less than half an hour all the priests, whether guilty or innocent, with their wives and children, amounting to upwards of six thousand souls, were inhumanly and indiscriminately butchered.
It’s reported that the prince showed immense grief over the loss of his brother, and once the mourning period was over, he took revenge on those believed to be responsible for this tragedy, leading to a massacre unmatched in the country's history. A thorough investigation was launched to identify the supporters and accomplices involved in the attack on the prince's life, and a commission was set up, led by his favorites. The leaders of the four districts of the capital were instructed to list the names of all the priests in their areas, under the pretense that the prince wanted to honor those living in Matárem, but in reality, it was to prevent their escape. As soon as the lists were completed, a cannon fired from the palace, signaling the start of the slaughter. Within half an hour, all the priests—guilty or innocent—along with their wives and children, totaling over six thousand people, were brutally and indiscriminately killed.
On the following morning when the Susúnan appeared in public, he seemed much agitated, and remained without saluting his courtiers or uttering a word for the space of an hour. He then addressed himself to his uncle Purbáya, saying that the priests, who ought to have set an example to others, had conspired against his life; and to cover the atrocity of the massacre, he brought forward three or four priests, who had been purposely saved from the general slaughter, and from whom it was easy to obtain whatever evidence best suited his purpose.
On the next morning when the Susúnan stepped out in public, he appeared very agitated and didn’t greet his courtiers or say a word for about an hour. He then spoke to his uncle Purbáya, claiming that the priests, who should have led by example, had plotted against his life. To hide the horror of the massacre, he presented three or four priests who had been deliberately spared from the overall killing, and it was easy to get whatever testimony suited his needs from them.
In the war against Balambángan, although the Matárem forces were successful in obtaining possession of the capital, the chief and his principal adherents fled to Báli. Wíra Gúna was anxious to follow them; but a serious illness breaking out among the troops, he was obliged to withdraw them,[Vol II Pg 175] and retreat with the few who had survived, in number not exceeding a thousand. On reaching Kedíri, intelligence was sent to Matárem of the failure of the expedition, when the Susúnan immediately ordered the chief, Wíra Gúna, with all his family, to be put to death, under the pretext of punishing his want of success, but in reality to satisfy a revenge, which he had long been anxious to gratify against this chief, on account of his having, during the lifetime of his father, preferred a complaint against him for carrying off one of his concubines.
In the war against Balambángan, even though the Matárem forces successfully captured the capital, the chief and his main supporters escaped to Báli. Wíra Gúna was eager to go after them; however, a serious illness broke out among the troops, forcing him to pull them back,[Vol II Pg 175] and retreat with the few who survived, totaling no more than a thousand. Upon reaching Kedíri, word was sent to Matárem about the failed mission, prompting the Susúnan to immediately order the execution of the chief, Wíra Gúna, along with his entire family, supposedly as punishment for his lack of success, but really out of a desire for revenge he had long held due to a complaint lodged against him during his father's lifetime for taking one of his concubines.
It is said that the father of his first rátu (queen) having a pet fowl, which had been produced from a jungle hen and a domestic cock, brought it as a curiosity into the kráton and gave it to the Susúnan. The Susúnan conceiving it to be an omen, that as soon as the Pangéran Adipáti became of age he would quickly obtain the throne, assembled his pengáwa and informed them of his apprehensions. The Pangéran on hearing of it, immediately called all his family together, to the number of sixty persons, who, on the first day that the Susúnan appeared in public, sat themselves down in tears under the waríngen tree. The Susúnan inquiring their object, they called God and the Prophet to witness, that they were innocent of the bare thought of any thing which should alarm the mind of the Susúnan, and intreated that, if he anticipated sorrow or misfortune from them, he would put them to death immediately, and avert the apprehended calamity. The Susúnan desired them not to listen to people who told them such stories, and retired. Some time afterwards, the Pangéran Adipáti fell desperately in love with a young woman, who from her infancy had been brought up under an aged mántri for the royal embrace. Becoming dangerously ill on her account, he at length communicated the cause to his grandfather, Pangéran Pákik, who prevailed on the mántri to part with her for two thousand rings, one thousand dollars, and a káti of gold. The young pair were immediately married. As soon, however, as the Susúnan became apprized of the transaction, he caused his son, the Pangéran Adipáti, to appear before him with his young bride, and then directed him, in his presence, to stab her to death. He afterwards[Vol II Pg 176] banished his son, and sentenced the Pangéran Pákik, with all his family, to capital punishment; and this aged chief, with his wife, Rátu Pándan, and his relations, to the number of forty, were accordingly put to death on the alun alun.
It is said that the father of his first rátu (queen) had a pet bird, which was a mix between a jungle hen and a domestic rooster, and brought it as a curiosity into the kráton to give to the Susúnan. The Susúnan saw this as a sign that as soon as the Pangéran Adipáti came of age, he would quickly take the throne, so he gathered his pengáwa and shared his concerns with them. Upon hearing this, the Pangéran immediately called his family together, which numbered sixty people. On the first day that the Susúnan appeared in public, they sat down in tears under the waríngen tree. When the Susúnan asked why they were crying, they swore by God and the Prophet that they had no intention of causing any distress to the Susúnan and pleaded that if he feared any sadness or misfortune from them, he should end their lives right away to prevent any disaster. The Susúnan told them not to pay attention to those who spread such stories, and he left. Some time later, the Pangéran Adipáti fell deeply in love with a young woman who had been raised since childhood by an elderly mántri for royal service. He became dangerously ill over her, and eventually revealed the reason to his grandfather, Pangéran Pákik, who convinced the mántri to let her go for two thousand rings, one thousand dollars, and a káti of gold. The young couple got married right away. However, as soon as the Susúnan learned of the arrangement, he ordered his son, the Pangéran Adipáti, to bring his new bride before him, and commanded him, in front of everyone, to kill her. He later[Vol II Pg 176] banished his son and sentenced Pangéran Pákik and his entire family to death, and this elderly leader, along with his wife, Rátu Pándan, and their forty relatives, were executed on the alun alun.
It is even related, among the atrocities committed by this prince, that he violated his own daughter, Rátu Bráwa, who was affianced to the son of Panambáhan Gíri Láya of Chéribon, and that on the death of one of his wives, Rátu Pamálang, he confined sixty of her attendants in a dark room, and deprived them of food until they all died.
It is even said that among the horrors committed by this prince, he violated his own daughter, Rátu Bráwa, who was engaged to the son of Panambáhan Gíri Láya of Chéribon, and that after the death of one of his wives, Rátu Pamálang, he locked up sixty of her attendants in a dark room and starved them to death.
The injustice and severity of the Susúnan became still greater as he advanced in years. His fits of anger became more frequent, and the day and night were employed in barbarous executions. Life enjoyed no security: every one was upon his guard, and fears and apprehensions wrought among people of the highest and the lowest rank. At length the attention of the chiefs having been directed to the Pangéran Adipáti, who had evinced a kind disposition in the presents he was continually making to the poor, they implored him to assume the government; and the young prince, entering into their views, formed an agreement with the celebrated chief, Trúna Jáya, who was the nephew of the Bopáti of Madúra, Chákra Níngrat. It was by these means arranged, that while Chákra Níngrat was at Matárem, Trúna Jáya should forthwith proceed to Madúra, and there heading the Madurese and the people of the eastern provinces, first rear the standard of rebellion, while the young prince himself, to preserve appearances, should remain at the court of his father, in seeming ignorance of what was going on. No sooner had Trúna Jáya, in prosecution of this plan, declared the independence of Madúra, than there arrived at Pasúruan a considerable force from Makásar, headed by Dáin Galéngsong and Dáin Manápok. An army sent against them from Matárem was repulsed, and the provinces of Pásúruan, Probolíngo, Wirasába, and Jápan, submitted to their arms.
The injustice and severity of the Susúnan became even greater as he got older. His outbursts of anger happened more often, and both day and night were filled with brutal executions. Life was filled with uncertainty: everyone was on edge, and fear and anxiety affected people from all walks of life. Eventually, the chiefs turned their attention to the Pangéran Adipáti, who had shown kindness through the gifts he consistently gave to the poor. They urged him to take charge of the government, and the young prince aligned with their wishes, making a deal with the well-known chief, Trúna Jáya, who was the nephew of the Bopáti of Madúra, Chákra Níngrat. It was arranged that while Chákra Níngrat was at Matárem, Trúna Jáya would go to Madúra and lead the Madurese and the people from the eastern provinces, to raise the flag of rebellion, while the young prince, to keep up appearances, would stay at his father's court, pretending not to know what was happening. As soon as Trúna Jáya declared Madúra's independence, a significant force arrived at Pasúruan from Makásar, led by Dáin Galéngsong and Dáin Manápok. An army sent against them from Matárem was defeated, and the provinces of Pásúruan, Probolíngo, Wirasába, and Jápan surrendered to their power.
The first establishment of the Makásars in Java, appears to have taken place A.D. 1675, when a chief from Celebes, named Kráin Monte-maráni, with numerous followers, left his country in discontent and settled in Java, to the eastward[Vol II Pg 177] of Surabáya, near Besúki, where he collected all the vagabonds of the country, and committed great depredations by sea and land.
The first settlement of the Makásars in Java seems to have happened in 1675, when a chief from Celebes named Kráin Monte-maráni, unhappy with his homeland, brought a large group of followers to Java, east of Surabáya, near Besúki. There, he gathered all the outcasts in the area and carried out significant raids on both land and sea.
In this dilemma, and finding himself unequal either to dislodge the Makásar establishment or to reduce the Madurese to submission, the Susúnan dispatched his son, Pangérán Púgar, to the Dutch, A.D. 1676, with various presents, soliciting their aid.
In this difficult situation, and realizing he couldn't either take down the Makásar establishment or force the Madurese to submit, the Susúnan sent his son, Pangérán Púgar, to the Dutch in 1676 with various gifts, asking for their help.
A second army was immediately assembled, and directed to proceed by the route of Japára, where, according to the Javan accounts, the chiefs had instructions to ask the assistance of all the white people who had factories there, Dutch, French, and Portuguese, and in case of refusal, to drive them from the country. On this occasion the Dutch commandant at Japára is represented as having said, "that this application on the part of the Susúnan, was what the Dutch had been long anxious for, and that he was ready to obey his orders and sacrifice his life in his service."
A second army was quickly gathered and sent to go through Japára, where, according to Javanese reports, the leaders were instructed to seek the help of all the Europeans with trading posts there, including the Dutch, French, and Portuguese. If they refused, they were to be expelled from the country. During this incident, the Dutch commander at Japára reportedly said, "This request from the Susúnan is exactly what we've been hoping for, and I'm ready to follow my orders and give my life for this cause."
This army was not more successful than the former in reducing the revolted provinces to submission; but by the aid of the Dutch, who had embarked a considerable force from Japára, the Makásar chief was driven from his post: all the wounded were brought to Japára. They also saved the body of their chief, Pra Wira Trúna, who was killed on the occasion, and sent it to Matárem.
This army was no more successful than the previous one in getting the rebellious provinces to submit; however, with the help of the Dutch, who had sent a significant force from Japára, the Makásar chief was forced out of his position: all the wounded were taken to Japára. They also retrieved the body of their chief, Pra Wira Trúna, who was killed in the encounter, and sent it to Matárem.
It appears that the assistance sent by the Dutch on this occasion, consisted of four ships and several smaller vessels with troops, which were reinforced at Japára by the Susúnan's troops and vessels. "Having arrived to the northward of Madúra, they landed the troops, during the night, in the forest, and in the morning sent a present to the Makásar chief, requesting his permission to take in fresh water, of which they stood in need, alleging it to be their intention to depart immediately. This request being granted, the guns were landed, and batteries thrown up behind the water-casks. An attack was then made upon the enemy's works, and in a few days the whole were demolished, the chief, Krain Monte-maráni killed, and numerous prisoners taken."
It looks like the help sent by the Dutch this time included four ships and several smaller vessels with troops, which were reinforced at Japára by the troops and vessels of the Susúnan. "After arriving north of Madúra, they unloaded the troops in the forest during the night, and in the morning they sent a gift to the Makásar chief, asking for permission to take fresh water, which they needed, claiming they planned to leave right away. Once this request was granted, the cannons were unloaded, and defenses were built behind the water barrels. They then attacked the enemy's fortifications, and within a few days, everything was destroyed, the chief, Krain Monte-maráni was killed, and many prisoners were taken."
On this intelligence reaching Matárem, the Susúnan assembled all his family and chiefs, and directed another[Vol II Pg 178] attack to be made upon the hostile forces. A third army was soon assembled at Japára, where the Dutch were ready to join them: in the mean time, however, Trúna Jáya formed an alliance with the Makásars.
On receiving this intelligence, Matárem gathered all his family and leaders and planned another[Vol II Pg 178] attack against the enemy forces. A third army was quickly organized at Japára, where the Dutch were prepared to join them; in the meantime, Trúna Jáya formed an alliance with the Makásars.
The Pangéran Adipáti, who was appointed to a command in this army, had charge of the rear division, which he had so arranged as to be able to act as emergency might require: but he was soon released from his doubts, for Trúna Jáya forgetting the agreement which he had entered into with this prince, no sooner saw himself thus successful in the eastern provinces, than he assumed the sovereignty himself, and caused himself to be installed, under the title of Prábu Máduréta Senapáti Ingalága, and confirmed his alliance with the Makásars by giving his daughter in marriage to their chief, Dáin Galéngsong.
The Pangéran Adipáti, who was given a command in this army, was in charge of the rear division, which he had organized to respond to any emergencies. But he soon put his doubts aside, as Trúna Jáya, forgetting the agreement he had made with this prince, could not resist the temptation of success in the eastern provinces. He declared himself the ruler and took on the title of Prábu Máduréta Senapáti Ingalága. He solidified his alliance with the Makásars by marrying his daughter to their leader, Dáin Galéngsong.
The conditions of this alliance are said to have been, that Trúna Jáya should be placed on the throne of Matárem, Dain Galéngsong appointed chief of Surabáya and Pasúruan, Dain Manápok, chief of the eastern and western districts of Balambángan, and Sheik Kajúran, a crafty Arab chief of Madúra.
The terms of this alliance were that Trúna Jáya would be placed on the throne of Matárem, Dain Galéngsong would be appointed chief of Surabáya and Pasúruan, Dain Manápok would lead the eastern and western districts of Balambángan, and Sheik Kajúran, a clever Arab chief from Madúra.
After a desperate engagement, the forces of Trúna Jáya were again successful. As a last effort, therefore, the venerable Pangéran Purbáyá, uncle of the Susúnan and nearly eighty years of age, summoned all the chiefs to follow him, and going himself into the field of battle, performed extraordinary feats of valour, till his horse having been shot under him, and having himself for some time fought on foot, he was overpowered, and his scattered forces compelled to retreat towards Matárem.
After a desperate battle, the forces of Trúna Jáya achieved victory once again. As a final effort, the esteemed Pangéran Purbáyá, the uncle of the Susúnan and nearly eighty years old, gathered all the chiefs to follow him. He himself went into the battlefield and displayed remarkable bravery until his horse was shot beneath him. After fighting on foot for a while, he was overwhelmed, and his scattered troops were forced to retreat towards Matárem.
Trúna Jáya being now in full possession of Surabáya and the eastern districts, pursued his success as far as Japára. Here, however, he was effectually resisted by the chief, Angébái Wángsa-dípa and the Dutch, and obliged to retreat.
Trúna Jáya now fully in control of Surabáya and the eastern areas, continued his campaign all the way to Japára. However, there he faced strong opposition from the chief, Angébái Wángsa-dípa, along with the Dutch forces, and was forced to withdraw.
As another division of his army, under Ráden Dánang Wichána, rapidly approached Matárem, the Susúnan again applied to the Dutch, who sent one of the members of government, Admiral Speelman, to assist him with a considerable force by land and sea. The admiral left Batavia in December, 1676, A.D., and shortly appeared before Chéribon, reducing[Vol II Pg 179] to submission the coast districts from thence to Japára. The fruit of this success, on the part of the Dutch, was the contract of February 1677, of which the chief stipulations were:—that the Susúnan and Dutch should assist each other against their common enemies, on condition that the expenses of the war should be repaid by the party assisted: that the Dutch jurisdiction at Batavia should extend to the Kráwang river, and the Javans living to the westward of a line drawn from that river to the southern shore, should be considered on the Dutch territory: that the Dutch should be allowed to export and import all species of goods and merchandize duty free, and to establish a factory on any spot which they might deem convenient: that Makásars, Maláyus, and Moormen, who had not Dutch passes, should not be permitted to trade or settle in the states of the Susúnan: that the Susúnan should engage to reimburse the Dutch for the expense incurred in assisting him against the Makásars and Madurese, amounting to two hundred and fifty thousand dollars, and three thousand lasts of rice, deliverable at Batavia: that in the event of a peace being concluded between his highness and his enemies, through the mediation of the Dutch, his highness should abide by their decision; but, that if no accommodation was effected by the 30th July following, he should pay to the Dutch monthly the sum of twenty thousand reals, for the expenses of the war: that the Dutch should station an adequate force on Japára hill, in order to preserve that place for the Susúnan, which force was also to be maintained at the expense of his highness.
As another part of his army, led by Ráden Dánang Wichána, quickly drew closer to Matárem, the Susúnan once again reached out to the Dutch, who sent one of their government members, Admiral Speelman, to support him with a significant force by land and sea. The admiral departed from Batavia in December 1676 and soon appeared before Chéribon, bringing the coastal districts from there to Japára into submission. The result of this Dutch success was the contract of February 1677, which included the following main terms:—that the Susúnan and the Dutch would support each other against their shared enemies, with the understanding that the costs of the war would be reimbursed by the assisted party; that the Dutch jurisdiction at Batavia would extend to the Kráwang river, and the Javanese living to the west of a line drawn from that river to the southern shore would be considered part of Dutch territory; that the Dutch could import and export all kinds of goods and merchandise tax-free and set up a trading post wherever they saw fit; that Makásars, Maláyus, and Moormen without Dutch passes would not be allowed to trade or settle in the Susúnan's territories; that the Susúnan would agree to repay the Dutch for the costs incurred in aiding him against the Makásars and Madurese, which totaled two hundred and fifty thousand dollars and three thousand lasts of rice to be delivered in Batavia; that if peace was established between him and his enemies through Dutch mediation, he would accept their decision; however, if no agreement was reached by July 30 of the following year, he would pay the Dutch a monthly sum of twenty thousand reals for the costs of the war; and that the Dutch would place an adequate force on Japára hill to secure that location for the Susúnan, with the expenses for this force to be covered by him.
Admiral Speelman was invested by the Susúnan with full powers to act against the Madurese and Makásars, and to conclude such treaties with them as he should deem proper, without any restriction whatsoever, and all the Susúnan's subjects were commanded to join the standard of the admiral wherever he might arrive.
Admiral Speelman was given full authority by the Susúnan to take action against the Madurese and Makásars, and to negotiate any treaties with them that he saw fit, without any limitations at all. All of the Susúnan's subjects were ordered to support the admiral wherever he went.
In May following the allied forces of the Dutch and the Susúnan gained a victory over Trúna Jáya, who was obliged to fly to Kedíri, leaving behind him upwards of a hundred pieces of cannon.
In May, the allied forces of the Dutch and the Susúnan won a victory over Trúna Jáya, who had to flee to Kedíri, leaving behind more than a hundred pieces of artillery.
At length, the enemy being still in possession of all the central provinces, and the trifling force which it was in the[Vol II Pg 180] power of the Susúnan to raise being defeated in every skirmish, fear and dismay struck the remnant of the Matárem forces; and the invading army having subdued Pájang, were entering Matárem, when the Susúnan, seeing no hope for safety except in flight, assembled his family in the dead of the night, and collecting the regalia, quitted his capital with his four sons, and mounted on an elephant, took a westerly direction. This was in the Javan year 1600.
At last, as the enemy remained in control of all the central provinces and the small force that the Susúnan could muster was defeated in every skirmish, fear and panic spread among the remaining Matárem troops. With the invading army having taken Pájang, they were moving into Matárem. Seeing no chance for safety except by fleeing, the Susúnan gathered his family in the dead of night, collected the royal regalia, and left his capital with his four sons. They rode on an elephant, heading westward. This occurred in the Javan year 1600.
On the next day June 1677 the hostile troops entered Matárem, when a force was immediately detached in pursuit of the fugitive prince, who had pushed on to the Kéndang hills, and halted at Kájinar, with an intention of making a stand. Hearing of the strength of the pursuing force, however, he left his family at that place, and proceeded with only his son, the Pangéran Adípáti, to the village Pasiráman, where being seized with a mortal complaint he soon died. On his death-bed, informing his son that he felt his end approaching, he thus addressed him: "You must assume the sovereignty of Java, which has descended to you from your forefathers. Make friends with the Dutch, and by their assistance you may be enabled to reduce the eastern provinces to submission. I deliver over to you part of the sacred pusáka and regalia of the country; and now let my body be carried to a spot where the earth is fragrant, and there let it be buried."
On the next day in June 1677, the enemy troops entered Matárem, and a force was quickly sent out to chase the fleeing prince, who had moved on to the Kéndang hills and stopped at Kájinar, intending to make a stand. However, upon hearing about the size of the pursuing force, he left his family there and went on with only his son, the Pangéran Adípáti, to the village Pasiráman, where he fell seriously ill and soon died. On his deathbed, he told his son that he felt his end was near and addressed him: "You must take over the rule of Java, which has been passed down to you from our ancestors. Make allies with the Dutch, and with their help, you might be able to bring the eastern provinces into submission. I pass on to you part of the sacred pusáka and the regalia of the country; and now, let my body be taken to a place where the earth is fragrant, and there let it be buried."
In conformity with the wish of the deceased his body was carried across the country towards Tegál, in search of a spot where the earth was sweet-scented, and deposited a few miles inland from the town. The tomb is still held in high veneration; and it is from this circumstance that this prince is distinguished by the appellation of Susúnan Tegál-wáng'i, or Tegál-árum; árum and wáng'i signifying fragrant.
In line with the deceased's wishes, his body was transported across the country to Tegál, in search of a place where the earth smelled sweet, and was buried a few miles inland from the town. The tomb is still greatly respected; it is from this that this prince is known by the name Susúnan Tegál-wáng'i, or Tegál-árum; árum and wáng'i meaning fragrant.
The rebel forces had, in the mean time, taken possession of Matárem, and found among the articles of plunder the crown of Majapáhit, with several other parts of the regalia, which had been left behind in the hasty departure of the prince, together with two of his daughters, named Keletíng Wúng'u and Keletíng Kúning. The plunder was immediately dispatched to Kedíri, where the rebel chiefs had established their head quarters, and equally divided between Trúng Jáya[Vol II Pg 181] and Dain Galéngsong, with the exception of the regalia and of the daughters of the Susúnan, whom Trúna Jáya espoused.
The rebel forces had meanwhile taken control of Matárem and found among the loot the crown of Majapáhit, along with several other pieces of the royal regalia that had been left behind during the prince's hurried escape, along with his two daughters, named Keletíng Wúng'u and Keletíng Kúning. The seized items were quickly sent to Kedíri, where the rebel leaders had set up their headquarters, and were divided equally between Trúng Jáya[Vol II Pg 181] and Dain Galéngsong, except for the regalia and the daughters of the Susúnan, whom Trúna Jáya married.
The loss on the side of the Matárem people is estimated at fifteen thousand killed, and on the side of the eastern people at somewhat less.
The loss for the Matárem people is estimated at fifteen thousand killed, while the eastern people lost somewhat less.
It is said in some accounts that the late Susúnan having failed to persuade his son, Pangéran Adipáti, to assume the government, gave to another of his sons, Pangéran Púgar, the pusáka kris, máisa núlar, and the spear kiái paléret, in consequence of which Pangéran Púgar, with his brothers, returned to Bágelen, where, assuming the title of Susúnan Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchmen Sahídin Panatagáma, he assembled a considerable force, and proceeding to Matárem regained possession of it.
It is said in some accounts that the late Susúnan, having failed to convince his son, Pangéran Adipáti, to take on the leadership, handed over to another son, Pangéran Púgar, the pusáka kris, máisa núlar, and the spear kiái paléret. As a result, Pangéran Púgar, along with his brothers, returned to Bágelen, where he took on the title of Susúnan Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchmen Sahídin Panatagáma. He gathered a significant force and went to Matárem to reclaim it.
After the interment of the deceased Susúnan at Tegál, Márta Láya, the chief of that province, urged the Pangéran Adipáti to assume the government, and first to establish himself at Tegál, until he had collected a sufficient force to attack the eastern people, offering his services to collect for him as many people as would be required; but the prince still declined, not having the courage to attempt the recovery of the authority that belonged to his family, and requested Márta Láya to procure for him a vessel, in which he might proceed to Mecca, being resolved to relinquish for ever the cares of government, and to become a Háji. Márta Láya, although he had vessels at his disposal, evaded a compliance with the prince's request, in the hope that he might alter his resolution, and still be induced to assume the government. The prince retired to Bányumas, and performed a penance in one of the mosques. He is said on the seventh day to have fallen asleep, and to have dreamt, "that the roof of the mosque opened, as if it were carried up in the air, when a full and bright moon appeared, which diffused its lustre over all Java, after which it approached and entered his breast." Encouraged by this omen, the prince changed his determination, and recollecting the words of his father, bethought himself of obtaining the assistance of the Dutch. He in consequence dispatched two messengers to Batavia for aid.
After the burial of the deceased Susúnan at Tegál, Márta Láya, the leader of that region, urged the Pangéran Adipáti to take over the government and to establish himself in Tegál until he gathered enough support to confront the eastern people. He offered to help recruit as many followers as needed. However, the prince declined, lacking the courage to reclaim his family's authority, and asked Márta Láya to arrange a ship for him to go to Mecca, fully intending to abandon the burdens of leadership and become a Háji. Though Márta Láya had ships available, he avoided fulfilling the prince's request, hoping he would change his mind and decide to take on the governance. The prince retreated to Bányumas and undertook a penance in one of the mosques. On the seventh day, he reportedly fell asleep and dreamed that the roof of the mosque opened, as if lifted into the sky, revealing a full and bright moon that illuminated all of Java and then approached and entered his chest. Inspired by this vision, the prince reconsidered his decision and remembered his father's words, thinking about seeking help from the Dutch. Consequently, he sent two messengers to Batavia to request assistance.
The prince then sent orders to Márta Láya at Tegál to collect as many forces as possible; he likewise dispatched[Vol II Pg 182] trusty people to the Désa Dúnan, in search of the flower called wijáya mála, there being a superstitious notion among the Javans that if in their distress they are able to obtain this flower, whatever they undertake will prosper.
The prince then sent orders to Márta Láya at Tegál to gather as many forces as he could; he also dispatched[Vol II Pg 182] trusted people to the Désa Dúnan to look for the flower called wijáya mála, as there was a belief among the Javans that if they could get this flower during their troubles, whatever they tried would succeed.
Márta Láya immediately exerted himself with great zeal and effect to assemble his adherents, in the hope that by shewing a large force he might induce the prince to relinquish his idea of receiving succour from the Dutch. On the arrival of this succour at Tegál he addressed him publicly as follows:—"Sire, I have felt excessive shame in hearing that your highness is desirous of soliciting aid from the Hollanders, as if you were yourself in want of men. I am now ready, with numerous followers, to perform whatever you please, if you will only confer upon me the necessary authority. Give me but your orders and I will myself extirpate your enemies." The prince replied, "What signifies your shame, Márta Láya? I have requested assistance from the Dutch, because it is always agreeable to rely on one's friends; and it was foretold by my great grandfather, Sultan Agung, that the Dutch would assist his descendants." Márta Láya was silent. The messengers now returned with the wíjaya flowers, on which the prince assumed the title of Susúnan Amangkúrat Senapáti Ingalága, &c.; and soon afterwards the Dutch agreed to give him the assistance required.
Márta Láya immediately worked hard to gather support, hoping that by showing a large force, he could convince the prince to give up his idea of seeking help from the Dutch. When the aid arrived at Tegál, he publicly addressed the prince: "Sire, I feel great shame hearing that you wish to ask for help from the Dutch, as if you are in need of men yourself. I am ready, with many followers, to do whatever you want, if you would just grant me the necessary authority. Just give me your orders and I will eliminate your enemies myself." The prince replied, "What does your shame matter, Márta Láya? I have requested help from the Dutch because it's always good to depend on friends; and it was foretold by my great-grandfather, Sultan Agung, that the Dutch would assist his descendants." Márta Láya fell silent. The messengers then returned with the wíjaya flowers, after which the prince took the title of Susúnan Amangkúrat Senapáti Ingalága, etc.; and shortly after, the Dutch agreed to provide the needed assistance.
When the Dutch force was landed, the Susúnan received the visit of the admiral and officers in state. The Dutch officers being introduced, stood in a row with their hats in their hands; but Márta Láya, considering it disrespectful that any one should stand in the presence of the sovereign, ordered them immediately to sit down in the manner of the Javans, and was proceeding to compel the admiral to do so, when the Susúnan, seeing the confusion in which all were thrown, applied to his late ambassador to the Dutch for an explanation. When he learnt that they shewed respect by bowing their heads only, he was satisfied, and desired Márta Láya not to interfere with them.
When the Dutch troops landed, the Susúnan received the admiral and his officers formally. The Dutch officers were introduced and stood in a line with their hats in their hands; however, Márta Láya, seeing it as disrespectful for anyone to stand in front of the sovereign, instructed them to sit down like the Javanese do. He was about to force the admiral to comply when the Susúnan, noticing the confusion among everyone, asked his former ambassador to the Dutch for an explanation. Once he learned that they showed respect by simply bowing their heads, he was satisfied and asked Márta Láya not to interfere with them.
"The Susúnan then inquired the name of the commander, who after informing him that he had the rank of admiral, approached him, saying, that he was ordered by the government[Vol II Pg 183] of Batavia to proceed to Tegál, with a force of Europeans, Makásars, &c., and to afford him every assistance he might require in the establishment of his authority. There were landed valuable presents for the prince, among which was very splendid apparel as worn by the Hollanders, to which the prince took such a liking that he immediately clothed himself in it. The Dutch force was then divided, and the admiral embarked with one division for Japára, while the other accompanied the prince, who proceded by land to Pakalóngan, and afterwards with his followers by sea to Japára."
The Susúnan then asked the commander’s name, who, after stating that he held the rank of admiral, approached him, saying that he was sent by the government[Vol II Pg 183] of Batavia to go to Tegál with a team of Europeans, Makásars, etc., and to give him any support he needed to establish his authority. Valuable gifts were brought for the prince, including very fine clothing like that worn by the Dutch, which the prince liked so much that he immediately put it on. The Dutch force was then split up, and the admiral took one group to Japára, while the other group went with the prince, who traveled by land to Pakalóngan, and later, with his followers, by sea to Japára.
"On the arrival of the admiral at Japára, he inquired of Wángsa Dípa, the chief of that place, who had rendered assistance in repelling the rebels, at the time they attacked Japára? To which the latter replied, 'The successful resistance was principally owing to the conduct of the French, English, and Dutch factories.' The admiral then consulted with his officers, and observing that the English and French seemed to be preferred to the Dutch, or at any rate considered on the same footing, he called the chiefs of the French and English factories, and presenting them with twenty thousand dollars, said it was the gift of the Susúnan, who directed that they would quit Japára. The chiefs of the two factories took the money, but did not wish to depart, alleging that there were no vessels to convey them away; to which the admiral replied, that in that case he had the further orders of the Susúnan to provide them with a vessel. The people belonging to the two factories were then, with all their property, public and private, embarked on board a Dutch transport. The vessel sailed, but nothing more was ever heard of the English and French who were embarked in her. The Dutch then repaired their instruments of war."
"When the admiral arrived at Japára, he asked Wángsa Dípa, the local chief who had helped drive off the rebels when they attacked Japára, who played a significant role. The chief replied, 'The successful defense was mainly thanks to the efforts of the French, English, and Dutch factories.' The admiral then spoke with his officers and noticed that the English and French were favored over the Dutch, or at least treated on the same level. He called the leaders of the French and English factories, and after giving them twenty thousand dollars as a gift from the Susúnan, he instructed that they leave Japára. The leaders accepted the money but did not want to leave, claiming there were no ships available to take them. The admiral responded that he had further orders from the Susúnan to arrange a vessel for them. The employees of both factories, along with all their belongings, were then loaded onto a Dutch transport ship. The vessel set sail, but nothing more was ever heard from the English and French who were on board. The Dutch then repaired their military equipment."
Another account is as follows: "When the admiral arrived at Japára, he found there two foreign vessels, an English and a French ship, the officers of which said they had put in there in distress, and could not proceed further on account of the bad state of their ships. They also represented that they had assisted the Dutch when the rebels attacked Japára. The admiral thanked them for the service they had rendered, and presented them with ten thousand dollars, and[Vol II Pg 184] ordered them to proceed to their own country in one of his vessels."
Another account goes like this: "When the admiral arrived at Japára, he found two foreign ships there, one English and one French. The officers told him they had docked there because they were in trouble and couldn't continue due to the poor condition of their ships. They also mentioned that they had helped the Dutch when the rebels attacked Japára. The admiral thanked them for their assistance, gave them ten thousand dollars, and[Vol II Pg 184] instructed them to return to their country on one of his vessels."
"On the arrival of the Susúnan at Japára, he was joined by a considerable force from Tegál and Demák; and among those who were most active in the support of the Susúnan's authority was Márta Láya, whose aversion to the Dutch still continued. The admiral, apprized of his sentiments, applied to the Susúnan for his destruction, supporting his application by a written request to the same effect from the government of the capital, and threatening an immediate departure to Batavia in case of non-compliance.
"Upon the arrival of the Susúnan at Japára, he was joined by a significant force from Tegál and Demák; and among those who were most active in supporting the Susúnan's authority was Márta Láya, who still had a strong dislike for the Dutch. The admiral, aware of his feelings, requested the Susúnan's downfall, backing his request with a written appeal from the government of the capital, and threatening to leave for Batavia if his demands were not met."
"To accomplish this end, the Susúnan first attempted to send him to Kedíri against Trúna Jáya; but Márta Láya obtaining information of the demand made by the Dutch for his life, refused to attend the summons, on the pretence of sickness. His disobedience so enraged the Susúnan, that he ordered his instant death, which was effected in the following manner. Márta Púra having received the orders of the prince to put Márta Láya to death, went to his house, accompanied by two hundred followers. Márta Láya having been apprized of the Susúnan's anger, he collected an equal number of men.
"To achieve this goal, the Susúnan first tried to send him to Kedíri to confront Trúna Jáya; however, Márta Láya learned about the Dutch's demand for his life and refused to comply, claiming he was sick. His disobedience infuriated the Susúnan, who ordered his immediate execution, which was carried out in the following way. Márta Púra, after receiving the prince's orders to kill Márta Láya, went to his house with two hundred followers. Márta Láya, knowing about the Susúnan's rage, gathered an equal number of men."
"When Márta Púra approached him he was seated on a yellow carpet with a drawn kris in his hand, and being informed that he was to be put to death by order of the Susúnan, Márta Láya replied, 'If it is the wish of the prince that it should be so, do your duty, I am prepared.' Márta Púra then drew his kris and stabbed Márta Láya in the belly; but while he did so his neck received in return the kris of Márta Láya, which separating the throat in two, killed him on the spot. The two chiefs were no sooner wounded than the followers of both parties rushed on each other, and a most bloody and obstinate engagement ensued, which lasted till the bodies of nearly the whole lay weltering round those of the chiefs."
"When Márta Púra approached him, he was sitting on a yellow carpet with a drawn kris in his hand. When informed that he was to be executed by order of the Susúnan, Márta Láya replied, 'If it's the prince's wish, then go ahead, I’m ready.' Márta Púra then drew his kris and stabbed Márta Láya in the stomach; but as he did so, Márta Láya struck back with his own kris, cutting his throat and killing him instantly. No sooner were the two leaders wounded than their followers charged at each other, leading to a fierce and bloody battle that continued until nearly all the bodies were strewn around the two chiefs."
Measures had already been taken for the dispersion of the rebel forces in Kedíri. A Makásar chief, named Kráin Kadádrang, in the service of the Dutch, discovered his relationship to the Makásar chief Galéngsong, and offered to bring[Vol II Pg 185] him to terms. He was in consequence dispatched secretly to Kedíri, where he had an interview with the Makásar chief, who was his brother. On the part of the Dutch, he promised that they would assist him on Celebes. He hesitated to come over immediately, lest he should betray Trúna Jáya, but promised to join the allied forces when they should arrive and attack Trúna Jáya.
Measures had already been taken to disperse the rebel forces in Kedíri. A Makásar chief named Kráin Kadádrang, who was working for the Dutch, found out he was related to the Makásar chief Galéngsong and offered to negotiate with him. He was secretly sent to Kedíri, where he met with the Makásar chief, who was his brother. On behalf of the Dutch, he promised that they would support him in Celebes. He was reluctant to switch sides immediately, as he didn't want to betray Trúna Jáya, but assured that he would join the allied forces when they arrived to attack Trúna Jáya.
Having thus secured an interest with the Makásars, one division of the Dutch forces, under the admiral, embarked for Surabáya, and the other, with the Susúnan, commenced their march by land. A decisive battle took place at Kedíri; on the evening previous to which, it is asserted the Dutch had a communication with Dain Galéngsong, to know his intentions, when the latter told them, "Attack me to-morrow, and I will make arrangements for the flight of my forces." Accordingly the next morning, before the daylight, the Dutch troops marched to the hostile camp, where they found no preparations for resistance. Dain Galéngsong immediately ordered a retreat, and fled himself the first, leaving behind him all the plunder that had been taken at Matárem, and among other things the crown of Majapáhit.
Having secured an alliance with the Makásars, one group of Dutch forces, led by the admiral, set out for Surabáya, while the other, with the Susúnan, began their march on land. A decisive battle occurred at Kedíri; the evening before, it is said that the Dutch communicated with Dain Galéngsong to understand his intentions. He told them, "Attack me tomorrow, and I will arrange for my forces to escape." So, the next morning, before dawn, the Dutch troops advanced to the enemy camp, where they found no signs of resistance. Dain Galéngsong immediately ordered a retreat and was the first to flee, abandoning all the loot taken at Matárem, including the crown of Majapáhit.
The siege of Kedíri, according to the Dutch accounts, lasted fifty days, and it was at last taken by assault, Trúna Jáya making his escape. Great riches were found in the interior of the palace, and many chests of Spanish dollars, besides ingots of gold and the most valuable part of the regalia. The Susúnan claimed nothing but the crown of Majapáhit, leaving the remainder to be distributed among the troops.
The siege of Kedíri, based on Dutch accounts, lasted fifty days and was ultimately taken by assault, with Trúna Jáya managing to escape. Great wealth was discovered inside the palace, including many chests of Spanish dollars, gold ingots, and the most precious items from the regalia. The Susúnan claimed only the crown of Majapáhit, leaving the rest to be shared among the troops.
When the crown was delivered to him, it appeared that its most splendid ornament, the large centre diamond, was missing. This the Susúnan immediately noticed, and inquiries were set on foot; but to the great affliction of the Susúnan and all the Javan chiefs, the jewel was never recovered.[272]
When the crown was given to him, it seemed that its most impressive feature, the large center diamond, was gone. This was immediately noticed by the Susúnan, and investigations began; however, to the great dismay of the Susúnan and all the Javan leaders, the jewel was never found.[272]
Nine Makásar chiefs afterwards surrendered to the Dutch on the 9th December, when they received pardon, and a promise that they should be sent to Makásar.
Nine Makásar chiefs later surrendered to the Dutch on December 9th, where they were granted pardon and promised they would be sent back to Makásar.
After this Trúna Jáya collected all his forces, and marshalled[Vol II Pg 186] them upon the plain, as if to receive the enemy; but on the approach of the Dutch troops from the left and the Javans from the right, his army was panic struck and fled in various directions, he himself with his two wives escaping to Antang. The Susúnan allowed the Dutch soldiers to plunder and possess themselves of every thing left by the rebels.
After this, Trúna Jáya gathered all his forces and lined them up on the plain, as if to face the enemy. However, when the Dutch troops approached from the left and the Javans from the right, his army panicked and fled in different directions, with him and his two wives escaping to Antang. The Susúnan let the Dutch soldiers loot and take everything left by the rebels.
Chákra Níngrat having quitted his place of banishment and joined the Susúnan, was sent to urge the submission of his half-brother, Trúna Jáya. Chákra Níngrat accordingly went in search of Trúna Jáya, accompanied by a very few followers, and having found him at Antang he addressed him as follows. "Brother! what are you doing and whither would you fly? Depend upon it, if you persist in your resistance to the will of the Susúnan, he will disappoint your expectations, and if you compel him to send people to arrest you, you will excite his implacable displeasure. I have come to you as quickly as possible, for my heart yearns towards you, and I dread lest you should come to any misfortune. If you wish it, I will go and meet the Susúnan. Bring your two wives, who are both the sisters of the Susúnan, throw yourselves together at his feet, ask forgiveness for any offence you have committed, and perhaps he will be merciful towards you and grant you pardon. If you come alone in that way, the Susúnan cannot act against you, for are you not married to his sisters?" Trúna Jáya reflected upon what Chákra Níngrat said, and was inclined to follow his advice, saying, "I return abundant thanks to you for your kindness towards me. Your advice is good and I will follow it: I will follow you, accompanied by my wives." Trúna Jáya with his wives afterwards accompanied Chákra Níngrat to Kedíri.
Chákra Níngrat, after leaving his place of exile and joining the Susúnan, was sent to persuade his half-brother, Trúna Jáya, to submit. Chákra Níngrat set out to find Trúna Jáya, with only a few followers, and when he located him at Antang, he spoke to him like this: "Brother! What are you doing and where are you planning to run off to? Trust me, if you keep resisting the Susúnan, he will let you down, and if you force him to send someone to capture you, you will face his furious wrath. I've come to you as quickly as I could because I care about you, and I'm worried that something bad might happen to you. If you want, I can go meet the Susúnan myself. Bring your two wives, who are both sisters of the Susúnan, throw yourselves at his feet, apologize for any wrongs you've done, and maybe he will show you mercy and forgive you. If you go alone like this, the Susúnan can’t act against you since you’re married to his sisters." Trúna Jáya thought about what Chákra Níngrat said and was inclined to agree with his advice, replying, "I’m very grateful for your kindness. Your advice is good, and I will take it: I will go with you along with my wives." Trúna Jáya and his wives then went with Chákra Níngrat to Kedíri.
Chákra Níngrat then led Trúna Jáya with his wives to the hall of audience, where the Susúnan was seated with the admiral and numerous Dutch officers. Trúna Jáya on this occasion did not wear his kris, but rolled a chíndi cloth round his body, as if he were a prisoner.
Chákra Níngrat then took Trúna Jáya and his wives to the audience hall, where Susúnan was sitting with the admiral and several Dutch officers. On this occasion, Trúna Jáya did not wear his kris but wrapped a chíndi cloth around his body, as if he were a prisoner.
They fell at the feet of the Susúnan, imploring forgiveness for the offence of Trúna Jáya, on which the Susúnan said, 'It is well! Trúna Jáya, for this time I forgive you. Go without and clothe yourself in becoming apparel, and[Vol II Pg 187] then return to me, when I will present you with a kris, and instal you as my minister, in the presence of all assembled.' The Susúnan then gave orders that he should be served with apparel. The heart of Trúna Jáya became highly elated: he went out and received the apparel from the Susúnan's people, and then returned into the presence, but without wearing a kris, as the Susúnan had intimated his intention to present him with one.
They fell at the feet of the Susúnan, begging for forgiveness for the offense of Trúna Jáya. The Susúnan said, 'Alright! Trúna Jáya, this time I forgive you. Go and put on some suitable clothes, and[Vol II Pg 187] then return to me. I will give you a kris and appoint you as my minister in front of everyone gathered.' The Susúnan then ordered that he should be given new clothes. Trúna Jáya's heart filled with joy: he went out, received the clothes from the Susúnan's people, and returned, but without wearing a kris, since the Susúnan had mentioned he would give him one.
"As he approached, the Susúnan desired his women to bring him the kris named Kiái belábar, which was still unsheathed. As soon as it was delivered into the hands of the Susúnan, he said to Trúna Jáya, 'Know, Trúna Jáya, that I have given my word that I would never sheathe this kris except in your body: receive now your death from it in punishment of your offence.' Trúna Jáya was silent, while the Susúnan standing up approached and stabbed him with his kris in the breast. Returning then to his throne he seated himself, and ordered his people who were assembled to finish the work which he had begun, whereupon they all fell upon Trúna Jáya, the unfortunate wretch, stabbing him in a thousand places and cutting his body to pieces. They then severed the head from the trunk, rolled it in the mud, made a mat of it, and at last cast it into a ditch by the express order of the Susúnan. The admiral and all the Dutch officers and party were present at this execution; but though they appeared astonished at the conduct of the Susúnan, they remained quiet spectators of it."
"As he got closer, the Susúnan wanted his women to bring him the kris called Kiái belábar, which was still out of its sheath. Once it was handed to the Susúnan, he said to Trúna Jáya, 'Understand, Trúna Jáya, that I promised I would never put this kris back in its sheath except in your body: now receive your death from it as punishment for your offense.' Trúna Jáya said nothing, while the Susúnan, standing up, came forward and stabbed him in the chest with the kris. He then returned to his throne, sat down, and ordered the gathered assembly to finish what he had started. They all rushed at Trúna Jáya, the unfortunate soul, stabbing him countless times and tearing his body apart. They then separated the head from the torso, rolled it in the mud, made a mat out of it, and finally tossed it into a ditch at the direct order of the Susúnan. The admiral and all the Dutch officers and their entourage were present at this execution; however, although they seemed shocked by the Susúnan's actions, they remained passive witnesses."
Such is the account given by the Javans, without reference to the share which the Dutch had in the transaction; but from the Dutch accounts it appears that Trúna Jáya delivered himself up under a stipulation with the Dutch that his life should be spared. A young officer of the name of Jengker, who had been placed by the General (Cooper) in charge of the Susúnan's guard, was sent by the Susúnan to treat with Trúna Jáya, without any communication with or authority from his commanding officer. Valentyn says positively, that Jengkér promised him pardon, and assured him of his life; but Cooper, annoyed that the credit of taking this chief should thus have been wrested from him by a junior officer acting without authority, exasperated the Susúnan against Trúna[Vol II Pg 188] Jáya, and threw that unfortunate chief in his way at a moment when his passion was at its height. This catastrophe, says Valentyn, is to be ascribed to no one but the jealous Cooper, who brought it about, in order that his bad conduct, oppressions, and extortions, which were well known to Trúna Jáya, and which he had intended to complain of, should remain concealed.
This is the account given by the Javanese, without mentioning the Dutch's involvement in the situation; however, from the Dutch accounts, it seems that Trúna Jáya surrendered under an agreement that his life would be spared. A young officer named Jengker, assigned by General (Cooper) to oversee the Susúnan's guard, was sent by the Susúnan to negotiate with Trúna Jáya without any communication with or authority from his superior. Valentyn clearly states that Jengkér promised him pardon and assured him of his safety; but Cooper, frustrated that the credit for capturing this leader was taken away from him by a junior officer acting without approval, stirred up the Susúnan against Trúna Jáya and placed that unfortunate chief in danger when he was most enraged. This disaster, according to Valentyn, can only be blamed on the jealous Cooper, who orchestrated it to hide his own misdeeds, abuses, and extortions that Trúna Jáya was aware of and had planned to complain about.
Trúna Jáya, at the time of his surrender, was dressed in a Portuguese jacket, and wore on his head a black turban edged with lace. He gave short and pertinent answers to the questions put to him. On his coming before Jengker he fell at his feet, saying, that in his youth it had been predicted that, however great his fortune might be, still he should, at one time of his life, be taken prisoner, and that since this was his destiny, he rejoiced in having fallen into the hands of a person so well known for his humanity. He then presented to him his krís with a golden bow, requesting Jengker to keep them in token of his esteem. Jengker lifted him up, promised that his life should be spared, and further, that all his influence with the Dutch government and the Susúnan should be used in his behalf. It is alleged in the Dutch accounts, that the immediate cause of the Susúnan's conduct on this occasion, was the irreconcilable hatred which Trúna Jáya still evinced towards that prince, who, he said, had in his youth encouraged him to the steps he had taken, and afterwards abandoned him.
Trúna Jáya, at the time he surrendered, was wearing a Portuguese jacket and had a black turban trimmed with lace on his head. He gave brief and relevant answers to the questions asked of him. When he came before Jengker, he fell at his feet, stating that in his youth it had been foretold that no matter how fortunate he might become, he would, at some point in his life, be captured. Accepting this as his fate, he was glad to have fallen into the hands of someone widely known for his compassion. He then presented Jengker with his krís, which had a golden handle, asking Jengker to keep it as a sign of his respect. Jengker helped him up, promised that his life would be spared, and also assured him that he would use all his influence with the Dutch government and the Susúnan to support him. The Dutch accounts suggest that the reason for the Susúnan's actions on this occasion was the deep-seated animosity that Trúna Jáya still showed towards that prince, who, he claimed, had encouraged him in his youth to take the path he chose and then deserted him.
Trúna Jáya surrendered on the 25th December, 1679, A.D., and general tranquillity ensued, which however was not of long duration. The Panambáhan Gíri having in his possession the kris deposited in the tomb of the first Súnan, it was demanded of him by the Susúnan as royal property; but the Panambáhan not being inclined to part with it, and disapproving of the conduct of the Susúnan, who was guided by Dutch councils, and had even adopted their dress, replied, that he did not wish to know any thing of the Susúnan, or to be acquainted with him; that he wished to wear the kris, kálam múning, himself, and that he preferred his own dignity to that of such a chief. The Susúnan, enraged at this answer, proceeded to Gíri with his Dutch allies, where an engagement took place and the Gíri people were obliged to fly: the Panambáhan was taken and put to death. In this affair, a[Vol II Pg 189] cousin of the Súnan Káli Jága of Adilángo, who had followed the Susúnan, distinguished himself in destroying the brother of the Punambáhan Pangéran Sínga Sári, who was running amók, and doing much mischief; as a reward for which service the Súnan, in the presence of the Dutch commander, declared that, for ever after that, the descendants of that chief should be permitted to reside at Adiláng'o, and not be called upon to perform any duties of the state.
Trúna Jáya surrendered on December 25, 1679, and a general peace followed, but it didn't last long. The Panambáhan Gíri had the kris that was buried with the first Súnan, and the Susúnan demanded it back as royal property. However, the Panambáhan wasn’t willing to give it up and disapproved of the Susúnan's actions, which were influenced by the Dutch and even dressed like them. He replied that he didn’t want to have anything to do with the Susúnan and preferred to wear the kris, kálam múning, himself, valuing his own dignity over that of such a leader. Furious at this response, the Susúnan went to Gíri with his Dutch allies, where a battle occurred, and the people of Gíri had to flee. The Panambáhan was captured and executed. During this conflict, a [Vol II Pg 189] cousin of the Súnan Káli Jága of Adilángo, who had joined the Susúnan, distinguished himself by defeating the brother of the Punambáhan Pangéran Sínga Sári, who was rampaging and causing havoc. In return for this service, the Súnan, in front of the Dutch commander, declared that from then on, the descendants of that chief would be allowed to live in Adiláng'o and would not be required to serve in state duties.
The whole of the eastern provinces having now submitted, the Susúnan returned to Semárang, where when he had made acknowledgments to the Dutch for the assistance they had rendered him, the commander requested that he would give them a small piece of ground at Semárang to build a fort upon, which would not only be convenient for the protection of their trade, but would enable them to come to the assistance of the Susúnan, if necessary, at a shorter notice.
The entire eastern provinces have now surrendered, and the Susúnan returned to Semárang. After expressing his gratitude to the Dutch for their help, the commander asked him to grant them a small piece of land in Semárang to build a fort. This would not only help protect their trade but also allow them to assist the Susúnan more quickly if needed.
The admiral having promised that he would station a suitable force at Semárang, which the Susúnan might at any time employ as he thought proper, obtained the permission he applied for.
The admiral promised that he would position an appropriate force at Semárang, which the Susúnan could use whenever he deemed it necessary, and received the permission he requested.
The Javans have a superstitious belief, that when once misfortune has fallen on a place so generally as to extend to the common people (which was the case at Matárem), it will never afterwards prosper; it was therefore determined by the Susúnan to change the seat of empire, and some were for fixing it at Semárang, but at last it was determined to erect it in the wood Wána Kérta, in the district of Pájang, which was good land but uninhabited.
The Javanese have a superstitious belief that when misfortune strikes a place so thoroughly that it affects the common people (as it did in Matárem), that place will never thrive again. So, the Susúnan decided to move the capital, and some suggested Semárang, but ultimately it was agreed to establish it in the forest Wána Kérta, in the area of Pájang, which was fertile but empty.
The new capital was called Kérta-súra, the walls of which are still to be seen on the road to Súra-kérta, the present capital of the Susúnan.
The new capital was called Kérta-súra, and you can still see the walls on the road to Súra-kérta, which is the current capital of the Susúnan.
During all these transactions Pangéran Pugar remained at Matárem. The Susúnan now, for the first time, sent him information of his establishment, and required his attendance at court. The Pangéran, who having heard that the Susúnan was in the constant habit of dressing after the Dutch fashion, had been strengthening himself as much as possible, under an impression, that the Susúnan supported by the Dutch was not his brother, but a foreigner, whom they had raised to answer their own purposes, received this intimation with great[Vol II Pg 190] surprise, and sent two of his family to ascertain the truth. The messengers, who were interested in upholding the separate authority of their master, determined to encourage his mistake, and they represented the Susúnan as a foreigner from Sábrang, elevated by the Dutch. Upon this report the Pangéran informed the Susúnan that he could not proceed to Kérta Súra, as he preferred remaining at Matárem, where he was established as the legal sovereign. A force, consisting of Dutch and Javan troops, was in consequence marched against Matárem; at first the troops of Kérta-súra were defeated, but in a second attack they were more successful, and the Pangéran was obliged to take to flight.
During all these events, Pangéran Pugar stayed in Matárem. The Susúnan finally sent him word about his establishment and asked him to come to court. The Pangéran, having heard that the Susúnan often dressed in the Dutch style, had been preparing himself, thinking that the Susúnan, supported by the Dutch, was not his brother but an outsider lifted up for their own interests. He received this news with great[Vol II Pg 190] surprise and sent two family members to find out the truth. The messengers, who wanted to maintain their master's separate authority, decided to play along with his misunderstanding and claimed that the Susúnan was a foreigner from Sábrang, elevated by the Dutch. Based on this report, the Pangéran told the Susúnan that he couldn’t go to Kérta Súra because he preferred to stay in Matárem, where he was recognized as the legal ruler. As a result, a force made up of Dutch and Javanese troops marched against Matárem; initially, the troops from Kérta-súra were defeated, but in a second attack, they had better success, and the Pangéran was forced to flee.
By means of the Adipáti, the Pangéran was afterwards assured of the Susúnan being his brother, when he agreed to go to Kérta-súra, provided the Susúnan would throw off his Dutch dress and appear in his native costume. To this the sovereign consented, and publicly received his brother with the greatest demonstrations of joy and affection.
By using the Adipáti, the Pangéran was later assured that the Susúnan was his brother when he agreed to go to Kérta-súra, as long as the Susúnan would ditch his Dutch outfit and show up in his traditional attire. The sovereign agreed to this and welcomed his brother with great expressions of joy and affection.
The authority of the Susúnan was now firmly established, and general tranquillity prevailed for some years.
The authority of the Susúnan was now firmly established, and overall peace lasted for several years.
A new character now appears on the stage, under the title of Surapáti. This man, whose name was Sí Untung, had been the slave boy of a Dutchman at Batavia, of the name of Mor, who is represented to have been of low origin, but to have been advanced to the highest dignities, even a seat in the high regency, by means of the riches and influence he had acquired through the services of this slave, to whom he became, in consequence, much attached. Mor, however, discovering an improper intimacy between Untung and his natural daughter, chastised him severely, and afterwards had him confined in the public block or stocks. Untung contrived to effect his escape from them during the night, and to release his fellow prisoners. They then fell upon the guard which came to mount at daylight, and taking them unawares massacred the whole. Being thus committed, Untung bent his course to the high lands, and afterwards to Chéribon. While in the high lands he formed a connection with a formidable party from Bantam, where a civil war had been excited, in consequence of the Dutch having elevated to the throne a son of the deceased king, contrary to the express[Vol II Pg 191] directions of the father. One of the brothers, Pangéran Purbáya, was prevailed upon to join a certain Abidin, a fanatic rebel, who had raised about two thousand followers, and with him passed through Jasíngá and the Jákatra and Preángan highlands, increasing their numbers as they went.
A new character now appears on the stage, under the title of Surapáti. This man, named Sí Untung, had been the slave boy of a Dutchman in Batavia named Mor. Mor is described as having humble beginnings but rose to the highest positions, even a seat in the high regency, thanks to the wealth and influence he gained through the services of this slave, to whom he became quite attached. However, Mor found out about an inappropriate relationship between Untung and his biological daughter and punished him severely, later having him locked up in public stocks. Untung managed to escape from them at night and freed his fellow prisoners. They then ambushed the guards who came to relieve the night shift at dawn, catching them off guard and killing them all. Having done that, Untung made his way to the highlands and then to Chéribon. While in the highlands, he formed an alliance with a powerful faction from Bantam, where a civil war had erupted after the Dutch placed a son of the deceased king on the throne, against the father’s explicit instructions. One of the brothers, Pangéran Purbáya, was persuaded to join a certain Abidin, a radical rebel who had gathered about two thousand followers, and together they moved through Jasíngá and the Jákatra and Preángan highlands, increasing their numbers along the way.
Abidin having proposed to proceed by that route to Matárem, there to stir up the Susúnan against the Dutch, the Pangéran being tired of the journey surrendered to the Dutch force sent against them; but Abidin stood a severe engagement, and was only induced to surrender by means of an artifice practiced upon him. An European officer belonging to the Dutch troops disguised himself as an Arab, and being well versed in the Arabic and Malayu languages, obtained an interview with Abidin, to whom he represented, that having himself been once taken prisoner by the Dutch he had been so well treated that he would advise him to go and surrender himself. The unfortunate man took his advice, and was conveyed to the commanding officer, then at Chikálong, who immediately forwarded him to Batavia, whence he was sent to the Cape of Good Hope for the rest of his life.
Abidin suggested taking that route to Matárem to rally the Susúnan against the Dutch. However, the Pangéran, weary from the journey, surrendered to the Dutch forces sent to confront them. In contrast, Abidin engaged in a fierce battle but was ultimately tricked into surrendering. A European officer from the Dutch troops disguised himself as an Arab and, being fluent in Arabic and Malayu, managed to meet with Abidin. He told him that after being captured by the Dutch himself, he had been treated so well that he recommended Abidin surrender. Unfortunately, Abidin followed this advice and was handed over to the commanding officer at Chikálong, who then sent him on to Batavia, and from there, he was dispatched to the Cape of Good Hope for the remainder of his life.
The party of runaway slaves under Untung, who had now assumed the name of Santána being surprized by the Dutch force, were by special orders from Batavia allowed to remain undisturbed for the present. The chief appears to have been useful to the Dutch, and to have been employed, in order the better to secure the surrender of Pangéran Purbáya. When the Dutch officer went with a small party to receive the submission of this chief, he found that he had already tied his spears together (the sign of surrender) and kept no arms but his kris. Ignorant of the customs of the country, the officer demanded that the Pangéran should also deliver this weapon and his personal ornaments. The demand created the utmost astonishment in the Pangéran, who instantly asked if it was not sufficient humiliation to a prince of the royal blood that he and his people had given up their arms. Santána entreated of the Dutch officer not to urge the delivery of the kris, and to consider "that the bird, although caught, was not yet in the cage," but to no purpose: the officer persisted in his demand, and insulted Santána in presence of all who were there assembled. The Pangéran seeing that resistance[Vol II Pg 192] was now vain, promised compliance next morning; but during the night, to the inexpressible mortification of the officer, he effected his escape. The rage of the officer now fell so violently upon Santána, that a quarrel ensued. Santána and his followers fell upon the Dutch party and killed many of them; the officer however escaped. Santána then moved towards Chéribon, where he had an affair with a chief, named Ráden Surapáti, which being reported to the sultan, that chief was put to death, and his title of Surapáti conferred upon Untung. Surapáti then proceeded towards Kérta-súra to beg assistance against the Dutch, leaving several of his followers in Bányumas, under the direction of two chiefs, who soon became dreaded as noted kramans or rebels. At Kérta-súra he found protection from the prime minister, to whom he related all the particulars of the story, with the exception of that part which related to the establishment he had formed in Bányumas. This district being now declared in a state of revolt, he offered to bring it to submission, and was employed by the Susúnan for that purpose; he accordingly proceeded secretly to Bányumas, where, aided by the plan he had before laid, he caused the heads of the two krámans to be secretly cut off in the night, and the rebels to disperse; when returning to Kérta-súra and producing the heads, he was received into the highest favour by the Susúnan.
The group of escaped slaves led by Untung, who had now taken the name Santána, were caught off guard by the Dutch forces. However, due to special orders from Batavia, they were allowed to remain undisturbed for the time being. The leader seemed to have been valuable to the Dutch, as he was used to help secure the surrender of Pangéran Purbáya. When the Dutch officer arrived with a small party to accept the chief's submission, he discovered that the chief had already tied his spears together (a sign of surrender) and was only keeping his kris. Unfamiliar with local customs, the officer insisted that the Pangéran also hand over this weapon and his personal ornaments. This request shocked the Pangéran, who immediately questioned whether it wasn't enough humiliation for a royal prince to have surrendered his arms. Santána pleaded with the Dutch officer not to insist on taking the kris, arguing that "the bird, although caught, was not yet in the cage," but it was futile: the officer stuck to his demand and insulted Santána in front of everyone present. Realizing that resistance was pointless, the Pangéran promised to comply the next morning; but during the night, to the officer's utter embarrassment, he managed to escape. The officer, furious, lashed out at Santána, which led to a fight. Santána and his followers attacked the Dutch party, killing many of them, but the officer managed to escape. Santána then headed towards Chéribon, where he had an issue with a chief named Ráden Surapáti. This conflict was reported to the sultan, and as a result, that chief was executed, and his title of Surapáti was given to Untung. Surapáti then went to Kérta-súra to seek help against the Dutch, leaving some of his followers in Bányumas, under the leadership of two chiefs, who soon became feared as notorious kramans or rebels. At Kérta-súra, he found refuge with the prime minister, to whom he recounted the entire story, except for what had happened in Bányumas. This area was now declared in rebellion, and he offered to bring it back under control. The Susúnan employed him for this task, and he secretly returned to Bányumas, where, following his previous plan, he had the two krámans assassinated during the night, leading to the dispersal of the rebels. Upon returning to Kérta-súra with the severed heads, he was welcomed back into the highest favor by the Susúnan.
The Dutch hearing of his fortune, demanded from the Susúnan that his person should be given up; but the reply of the Susúnan was, "that Surapáti having thrown himself on his protection and performed a signal service to the empire, he could not give him up; but that if the Dutch wished that he should be arrested, they were at perfect liberty to arrest him in any part of his dominions."
The Dutch, upon hearing about his fortune, requested that the Susúnan surrender him. However, the Susúnan responded, "Since Surapáti has sought my protection and done a great service for the empire, I cannot hand him over; but if the Dutch want him arrested, they are free to do so anywhere within my territories."
The Dutch, accordingly sent a force, consisting of four hundred Europeans and six hundred islanders, under the orders of one Tak, an officer who had incurred the suspicion of having purloined the centre diamond from the Majapáhit crown, and on whom, according to the impression which pervades the Dutch accounts, the Susúnan had determined to be revenged.
The Dutch then sent a team made up of four hundred Europeans and six hundred islanders, led by an officer named Tak, who was suspected of stealing the central diamond from the Majapáhit crown. According to the prevailing sentiment in the Dutch accounts, the Susúnan had decided to take revenge on him.
On the approach of the Dutch troops, the Susúnan, alarmed lest they should succeed in arresting Surapáti, determined to[Vol II Pg 193] afford him every assistance, and for that purpose directed, that when they arrived, the Ráden Adipáti (prime minister), who had given his daughter in marriage to Surapáti, should openly espouse his cause, and proceed, in the first instance, to attack the lines of the Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya, who after a skirmish should retreat to the alun alun in confusion, exhibiting all the appearance of a defeat, while the united party of the Ráden Adipáti, and Sarapáti should appear to threaten the kráton. The Pangéran Púgar being strongly attached to Surapáti, received orders, that if, in the affair with the Dutch, the party of Surapáti and the minister should be worsted, he should render them assistance, by sending his people to them clothed in white, the distinction adopted by Surapáti.
As the Dutch troops approached, the Susúnan, worried they might successfully capture Surapáti, decided to[Vol II Pg 193] provide him with full support. They instructed that when the Dutch arrived, the Ráden Adipáti (prime minister), who had given his daughter to Surapáti in marriage, should openly back him. The plan was for him to first attack the forces of the Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya, who would, after a skirmish, retreat to the alun alun in disarray, looking defeated, while the combined forces of the Ráden Adipáti and Surapáti would seem to threaten the kráton. The Pangéran Púgar, who was strongly loyal to Surapáti, was ordered that if Surapáti and the minister were overpowered by the Dutch, he should help them by sending his men dressed in white, the color associated with Surapáti.
When the Dutch arrived, to cover appearances, a new prime minister was appointed. The commander requested assistance from the Susúnan, who pointed out to him the apparent state of affairs, and induced him to believe that he was himself in danger from the attack of Surapáti. Under this impression, Tak made his arrangements; and the Dutch troops appeared on the front alun alun at eight o'clock in the morning, when they were immediately attacked by Surapáti. After four hours of hard fighting, Surapáti was repulsed; but reinforcements being sent by Pangéran Púgar, and by the whole population of the city, the Dutch were completely destroyed. Tak, at his last extremity, ordered out from the fort two hundred soldiers remaining there; but as they could not join their companions, they were immediately surrounded and cut up. Of the two thousand men, eleven hundred and eighty-three lost their lives; and among them Tak, who was mortally wounded in the neck by the celebrated pusáka spear of Pangéran Púgar. The weapon was found blunted at the point by the chain jacket which Tak is said to have worn on the occasion.
When the Dutch arrived, a new prime minister was appointed to manage the situation. The commander asked for help from the Susúnan, who pointed out the current situation and made him believe that he was also in danger from Surapáti's attack. Believing this, Tak made his preparations, and the Dutch troops showed up at the front alun alun at eight in the morning, where they were immediately attacked by Surapáti. After four hours of intense fighting, Surapáti was pushed back; however, reinforcements arrived from Pangéran Púgar and the entire city population, completely overwhelming the Dutch. In a desperate move, Tak ordered two hundred soldiers from the fort to join the fight, but they were quickly surrounded and slaughtered. Out of two thousand men, one thousand one hundred and eighty-three were killed, including Tak, who was mortally wounded in the neck by the famous pusáka spear of Pangéran Púgar. The weapon was found dull at the tip due to the chainmail that Tak reportedly wore that day.
The Susúnan now directed the Ráden Adipáti and Surapáti to take refuge in the province of Pasúruan, and assume the habit of devotees; while to the Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya orders were given to follow them at a certain distance, burning the villages and laying waste the country, as if[Vol II Pg 194] in pursuit of an enemy. When Surapáti reached Pasúruan, he took the name of Adipáti Wíra Nagára.
The Susúnan now instructed the Ráden Adipáti and Surapáti to seek refuge in the province of Pasúruan and adopt the lifestyle of devotees; meanwhile, the Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya were ordered to follow them from a distance, burning villages and destroying the land, as if[Vol II Pg 194] pursuing an enemy. When Surapáti arrived in Pasúruan, he took on the name Adipáti Wíra Nagára.
The few Dutch who had survived made their escape to the fort of Japára, which was then more extensive than that at Semárang.
The few Dutch who had survived escaped to the fort of Japára, which was larger than the one at Semárang.
After this the Susúnan wrote to the commanding officer at Japára, informing him that Tak, with all the party, had been killed by the Ráden Adipáti and Surapáti, who had also attacked him, but that they had at last driven them to the eastward, by the force he had collected under the Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya. He also informed him that he had elected a new prime minister, in lieu of the one who had espoused the cause of Surapáti. The Susúnan, fearing lest this story might not be believed, and that he might be suspected of having assisted Surapáti, sent with this letter five píkuls of birds' nests, forty oxen, and other articles of value, which he entrusted to the care of a priái gándok (a messenger of distinction) named Jága Rága, with instructions to mark well the thoughts of the commander or officer who was the chief of Japára, and if he shewed the least suspicion of the part the Susúnan had taken, mainly to deny it, and firmly to insist that the Susúnan was true-hearted to the Hollanders. He moreover promised to his ambassador, that if he succeeded in averting the anger of the Dutch, he would reward him on his return.
After this, the Susúnan wrote to the commanding officer at Japára, letting him know that Tak and the entire group had been killed by the Ráden Adipáti and Surapáti, who had also attacked him. However, he managed to push them back to the east with the forces he gathered from the Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya. He also informed him that he had appointed a new prime minister, replacing the one who had supported Surapáti. The Susúnan, worried that this story might not be believed and that he might be suspected of helping Surapáti, sent five píkuls of birds' nests, forty oxen, and other valuable items along with this letter. He entrusted them to a distinguished messenger called Jága Rága, with instructions to pay close attention to the thoughts of the commander in charge of Japára. If he showed even a hint of suspicion about the Susúnan's actions, Jága Rága was to deny it and strongly insist that the Susúnan was loyal to the Dutch. He also promised his ambassador that if he succeeded in calming the Dutch's anger, he would reward him upon his return.
This messenger accordingly proceeded to Japára, when the chief officer, after reading the letter, said he had heard the Susúnan was of one heart with Surapáti; to which Jága Rága replied, that what he had heard was false, and that perhaps the story might have originated in the part taken by the Ráden Adipáti, whose attachment to Surapáti was well known. He then referred to the circumstance of the country's being laid waste by Surapáti on his flight to the eastward, in proof of his enmity. The commander heard this explanation with patience, and after receiving the presents, with which he was much pleased, returned for answer to the Susúnan, that he had first heard that he was favourable to Surapáti, but was now convinced, from the explanation afforded, that these reports were unfounded, and that he was satisfied of the lasting attachment of his highness to the Dutch. He then[Vol II Pg 195] thanked him for his present, and in return sent one thousand ducatoons, with an assortment of velvets and cloth. The messenger having thus succeeded, was raised to the rank and station of Tumúng'gung of Japára, by the name and title of Kiái Tumúng'gung Márta Púra.
This messenger then went to Japára, where the chief officer, after reading the letter, said he had heard that the Susúnan was united with Surapáti; to which Jága Rága replied that what he heard was false and that maybe the rumor came from the involvement of Ráden Adipáti, whose loyalty to Surapáti was well known. He pointed out that the country had been devastated by Surapáti during his flight to the east as proof of his hostility. The commander listened to this explanation patiently and after receiving the gifts, which pleased him greatly, responded to the Susúnan that he had initially believed he was supportive of Surapáti, but was now convinced, based on the explanation given, that these reports were false, and that he was assured of his highness's lasting loyalty to the Dutch. He then[Vol II Pg 195] thanked him for his gift and sent back one thousand ducats, along with a selection of velvets and cloth. Having succeeded in his mission, the messenger was elevated to the rank and position of Tumúng'gung of Japára, with the name and title of Kiái Tumúng'gung Márta Púra.
The next indignity offered to the Dutch was by this man, who laid hold of a half cast Dutch soldier at Japára, and insisted upon his sitting on the ground on his hams and dancing the tandák, after the fashion of the Javans, for his amusement. The Dutch, highly incensed, demanded the immediate release of the man; but the Tumúng'gung refusing, an application was sent to the Susúnan, requesting that Márta Púra might be put to death. The Susúnan immediately sent for Pangéran Púgar and his minister, and desired them to communicate with Márta Púra, and if they found he had the courage to oppose the Dutch to give him assistance under hand, or to promote his success by some stratagem, in the same manner as he had done to Surapáti; but if not, to let him be sacrificed, as a punishment for his cowardice. He then replied to the commodore, saying, that he had sent his own people to arrest Márta Púra, and to deliver him to the commander, who might act with his person as he thought proper. When the minister arrived at Japára it was agreed that Márta Púra should be invited into the Dutch fort, and there apprehended early next morning; but in the meantime the agents of the Susúnan had a secret interview with the chief, who declared himself ready to oppose the Dutch, and it was determined that their pretending to seize him should be a signal for all to join and amók the Hollanders: but in the morning the heart of Márta Púra failed him. He twice refused to quit his retreat, and when at last he came into the presence of the party, he appeared trembling and pale, and his knees tottered under him, so that he was scarcely able to stand. They then gave him a chair to sit down upon, and plied him with wine. An officer having taken his kris from behind him, he rose from his chair and attempted to escape, but was bayoneted by a soldier on his way. The agents of the Susúnan, enraged to see him so thoroughly frightened, gave him no assistance, but ordered the dogs to devour his carcase. When the Susúnan heard of the cowardly conduct of Márta[Vol II Pg 196] Púra he ordered that it should be publicly prohibited, on pain of his severest punishment, to harbour or afford assistance to his relations or children.
The next insult to the Dutch was from this man, who grabbed a mixed-race Dutch soldier at Japára, insisting that he sit on the ground with his legs bent and dance the tandák, like the Javanese, for his entertainment. The Dutch, furious, demanded the immediate release of the man; but the Tumúng'gung refused, prompting a request to the Susúnan for Márta Púra to be executed. The Susúnan quickly summoned Pangéran Púgar and his minister, asking them to communicate with Márta Púra, and if they found he had the courage to stand up to the Dutch, to provide him with secret support or help him succeed with some clever plan, just as he had done with Surapáti; but if not, to let him be sacrificed as punishment for his cowardice. He then replied to the commodore, stating that he had sent his own people to arrest Márta Púra and hand him over to the commander, who could do as he saw fit. When the minister arrived at Japára, it was agreed that Márta Púra should be invited into the Dutch fort and captured there the next morning; however, in the meantime, the agents of the Susúnan had a secret meeting with the chief, who expressed his readiness to oppose the Dutch. They decided that their pretense of capturing him would signal everyone to join in and amók the Dutch. But in the morning, Márta Púra's courage failed him. He twice refused to leave his hiding place, and when he finally appeared before the group, he looked pale and trembling, hardly able to stand. They gave him a chair and encouraged him with wine. An officer took his kris from behind him, prompting him to rise from his chair and try to escape, but he was bayoneted by a soldier during his attempt. The Susúnan's agents, furious at how terrified he was, offered him no help and ordered the dogs to eat his body. When the Susúnan learned about Márta Púra's cowardly behavior, he decreed that it would be strictly forbidden, under the threat of severe punishment, to harbor or assist his relatives or children.
Afterwards the former Tumúng'gung of Japára, Sécha Nagára, was replaced, and a communication was, through him, made to the Dutch, intimating the willingness of the Susúnan to co-operate against the Surapáti, in consequence of which orders were given for the Dutch troops to proceed from Batavia. When the Susúnan had thus drawn the Dutch into a second attack upon this chieftain, he is represented "as being most delighted at the prospect which it afforded, that on the present occasion more of the Dutch troops might be sacrificed, in the same manner as in the recent affair at Kérta Súra."
Afterward, the former Tumúng'gung of Japára, Sécha Nagára, was replaced, and he communicated to the Dutch, expressing the Susúnan’s willingness to collaborate against the Surapáti, which led to orders for Dutch troops to move from Batavia. With the Susúnan drawing the Dutch into a second attack on this chieftain, he is described as "most delighted at the opportunity it presented, that this time more Dutch troops might be sacrificed, just like in the recent incident at Kérta Súra."
The Adipáti of Surabáya and Madúra were immediately dispatched to Pasúruan to meet the Dutch, but having waited some time in vain for the arrival, a mock battle took place with Surapáti, when it was arranged that the Kérta Súra troops should take to flight, burning and laying waste the country as they retreated. A regular communication appears to have been kept up during the whole time between Surapáti and the Susúnan, who allowed him quietly to possess himself of the adjoining districts of Málang and Mádion. The Ráden Adipáti Aúrang Kasúma died about this time.
The Adipáti of Surabáya and Madúra were quickly sent to Pasúruan to meet the Dutch, but after waiting a while in vain for their arrival, a mock battle occurred with Surapáti, where it was decided that the Kérta Súra troops would retreat, burning and destroying the land as they fell back. There seems to have been regular communication the entire time between Surapáti and the Susúnan, who let him take control of the nearby regions of Málang and Mádion. The Ráden Adipáti Aúrang Kasúma passed away around this time.
The Dutch troops now arrived in the eastern districts, and the commandant of Japára applied for the assistance of the Susúnan; but the latter, alleging that his chiefs had been recently beaten and obliged to retreat from Pasúruan, urged delay, on the plea of waiting a more favourable opportunity of attack.
The Dutch troops have now arrived in the eastern districts, and the commander of Japára asked for the help of the Susúnan; however, the latter, claiming that his leaders had recently been defeated and forced to retreat from Pasúruan, suggested postponing the attack to wait for a better opportunity.
In the meantime family feuds disturbed the peace of the kráton. The hereditary prince, Pangéran Adipáti Amángku Nagára, had married the daughter of his cousin, Pangéran Púgar, but after the expiration of the forty days he disregarded her, and she returned to her father's protection. One of the most distinguished characters at the court was the son of the prime minister. The hereditary prince, jealous of the universal admiration which he enjoyed, determined to lower him by the infliction of the greatest disgrace which could be endured. Naturally of a fiery disposition, he became exces[Vol II Pg 197]sively enraged at an accident which occurred to him while hunting in the forest of Ránda Wahána, and which occasioned a lameness in his legs. As soon as he returned home he sent for this youth, whom he immediately ordered to be bound and severely flogged with a rattan: he then directed him to be tied to a tree abounding with ants, which soon covered his body; a favourite mode of inflicting cruel punishment. There the young man suffered dreadfully, but his tortures were not at an end: he was afterwards flogged till he nearly expired, and then sent to the house of his father, the prime minister, who, although much enraged, was obliged to suppress his resentment. Determined afterwards to revenge himself, he seduced the wife of the Pangéran Adipáti, who had returned to her father's house, as above stated. The connection was discovered, and all parties were put to death.
In the meantime, family conflicts disrupted the peace of the kráton. The heir, Pangéran Adipáti Amángku Nagára, had married his cousin's daughter, Pangéran Púgar, but after the forty-day ceremony, he ignored her, and she went back to her father's home. One of the most prominent figures at court was the prime minister's son. The heir, feeling jealous of the admiration this young man received, decided to humiliate him by inflicting the greatest possible disgrace. Naturally hot-tempered, he became extremely angry over an accident during a hunt in the forest of Ránda Wahána, which left him with a limp. Once he got home, he summoned the young man, ordered him to be tied up, and mercilessly whipped with a rattan. Then, he had him tied to an ant-infested tree, which quickly covered him in ants— a favored method of inflicting cruel punishment. The young man endured terrible suffering, but his ordeal wasn't over: he was whipped again until he was nearly unconscious, then sent back to his father, the prime minister, who, despite being furious, had to suppress his anger. Later, seeking revenge, he seduced the wife of the Pangéran Adipáti, who had returned to her father's home, as mentioned earlier. This affair was discovered, and all involved were executed.
The Susúnan becoming now dangerously ill, from an affection of the spleen which he had contracted at the time of the massacre of the Dutch under Tak, called into his presence his eldest son, the Pangéran Adipáti, his brother, Pangéran Púgar, and his two firm adherents, the Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya, and thus addressed them: "The time which is allotted to me in this world has nearly expired; but before I depart let me impress upon you all the necessity and advantage of your mutually supporting each other. If you hold together, then will the sovereignty of Java become pure and strong. The Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya will be as the surface of the támpa (or sifter) on which rice is cleansed from the husk; the Pangéran Púgar as the wángku (or rim of the sifter); and the Pangéran Adipáti will be as the one who sifts or fans the rice. When the Pangéran Adipáti ascends the throne, let him attach himself to the other three, by which means he will cleanse and strengthen his government, even as the rice is cleansed from the husk in the támpa. Let him study the writings Níti Prája, Níti Sastrá, Srúti, Asta Bráta and Jáya Lángkara; to abandon his vicious habits, never to ill use his wives, and to be kind and constant to his present wife (another daughter of the Pangéran Púgar.)"
The Susúnan was now seriously ill due to a spleen condition he developed during the massacre of the Dutch under Tak. He called his eldest son, the Pangéran Adipáti, his brother, Pangéran Púgar, and his two loyal supporters, the Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya, and said to them: "My time in this world is almost up; but before I go, I want to stress the importance of supporting one another. If you stick together, the unity of Java will be strong and secure. The Adipátis of Madúra and Surabáya will be like the surface of the támpa (sifter) that helps clean the rice, the Pangéran Púgar will serve as the wángku (rim of the sifter), and the Pangéran Adipáti will act as the one who sifts or fans the rice. When the Pangéran Adipáti takes the throne, he should connect with the other three, which will help him purify and strengthen his rule, just like the rice is cleaned of husk in the támpa. He should study the texts Níti Prája, Níti Sastrá, Srúti, Asta Bráta, and Jáya Lángkara; give up his bad habits, treat his wives well, and be loving and faithful to his current wife (another daughter of Pangéran Púgar.)"
In a short time the Susúnan died. The Pangéran Adipáti, who was destined to succeed him, excited much disapproba[Vol II Pg 198]tion and disgust by his ungrateful neglect of the customary rites due to the body of the deceased, and his indecent eagerness to ascend the throne before it was even vacated. The practice of the country required him to wash and purify the corpse with his own hands; but he left the task to the women, while he shut all the gates of the kráton and seated himself in front on the setíngel. The deceased was buried at Megíri, and his widow, Rátu Kanchána, attended the procession, distributing money as she past along, to the amount of one thousand dollars and more.
In a short time, the Susúnan died. The Pangéran Adipáti, who was meant to take over, earned a lot of disapproval and disgust because of his ungrateful neglect of the traditional rites for the deceased and his inappropriate eagerness to claim the throne before it was even available. The customs of the country required him to wash and purify the body himself, but he left that to the women while he locked all the gates of the kráton and sat down in front of the setíngel. The deceased was buried at Megíri, and his widow, Rátu Kanchána, attended the procession, giving out money as she went along, totaling over a thousand dollars.
As soon as the body was removed the Pangéran Adipáti assembled all his chiefs, and addressed them to the following effect: "All ye who are present bear witness, that the Pangéran Adipáti Amángku Nagára has succeeded to the sovereignty of his late father, Susúnan Mangkúrat, and as ye acknowledged and respected the father, now do the same to the son;" to which they all ejaculated assent. To this Ráden Subráta, who wished to shew his attachment to the young prince by raising him in the eyes of the people, added, "the sovereignty descends to you by the will of the Almighty; it has not been assumed by yourself;" but no one answered. All the chiefs present, however, approached the prince and kissed his feet, in proof of their acknowledgment of his authority. The new Susúnan then declared Rátu Kanchána his queen, and nominated the principal officers of state: and as soon as he returned to the dálam addressed three letters, one to the Governor General of Batavia, one to the commandant at Japára, and one to the commandant at Semárang, informing them of his having assumed the sovereignty in succession to his ancestors. He likewise entrusted a letter for Batavia, and another for the Governor General, to the care of Captain Knol at Semárang.
As soon as the body was taken away, the Pangéran Adipáti gathered all his leaders and spoke to them like this: "Everyone here, bear witness that the Pangéran Adipáti Amángku Nagára has inherited the rule from his late father, Susúnan Mangkúrat. Just as you acknowledged and respected his father, it's time to do the same for the son." Everyone agreed. Ráden Subráta, wanting to show his support for the young prince and raise his standing among the people, added, "You inherit this sovereignty by the will of the Almighty; you didn't take it for yourself." But no one replied. Still, all the chiefs came forward to the prince and kissed his feet as a sign of their recognition of his authority. The new Susúnan then declared Rátu Kanchána his queen and appointed the main officials of the state. Once he returned to the dálam, he wrote three letters—one to the Governor General of Batavia, another to the commandant at Japára, and a third to the commandant at Semárang—informing them that he had taken on the sovereignty passed down from his ancestors. He also gave a letter for Batavia and another for the Governor General to Captain Knol in Semárang.
On first granting their support to the deceased prince, the Dutch required that he should enter into a bond, dated 10th October 1677, confirming the treaty of the 25th February preceding, and acknowledging a debt to the Dutch of thirty thousand dollars, together with three thousand kóyans of rice, as a security for which he was required to mortgage to the Dutch all the sea-ports from the river Kráwang to the eastern extremity of the island. The whole revenues of these places,[Vol II Pg 199] including in particular all the rice deliverable to the state, were also to be received by the Dutch in diminution of this debt.
On initially agreeing to support the deceased prince, the Dutch insisted that he sign a bond dated October 10, 1677, reaffirming the treaty from February 25 of the same year, and acknowledging a debt of thirty thousand dollars to the Dutch, along with three thousand kóyans of rice. As security for this, he was required to mortgage all the sea ports from the river Kráwang to the eastern tip of the island to the Dutch. The entire revenue from these areas, particularly all the rice owed to the state, was also to be received by the Dutch to reduce this debt.[Vol II Pg 199]
At the same time, also, the Susúnan was called upon to execute a deed of cession, confirming the act of the 28th February preceding, and setting forth that his father, having already verbally expressed an intention to make over to the Dutch his rights on the kingdom of Jákatra (or land lying between the river of Untúng Jáwa and Kráwang and the northern and southern sea-coasts), the said grant was further confirmed, and the whole of the province of Jákatra ceded accordingly, the inhabitants who wished to remain being ordered to acknowledge the Dutch as their lawful sovereign, but all being at liberty to place themselves under the Susúnan and to leave the Dutch territory, till the expiration of twelve months after the publication of this act.
At the same time, the Susúnan was also asked to carry out a deed of transfer, confirming the action from February 28th of the previous year. It stated that his father had already verbally indicated his intention to hand over his rights to the Dutch regarding the kingdom of Jákatra (which lies between the river of Untúng Jáwa and Kráwang, and the northern and southern coastlines). This grant was further confirmed, and the entire province of Jákatra was ceded accordingly. Inhabitants who wished to stay were required to acknowledge the Dutch as their lawful rulers, but everyone had the option to place themselves under the Susúnan and leave the Dutch territory until twelve months after the publication of this act.
By this deed of cession, the Susúnan also ceded to the Dutch, in acknowledgment of the services rendered by Admiral Speelman against the rebels, the country between the Kráwang and Pamanúkan rivers, in a straight line to the South Sea, with all the immunities and privileges attached to it.
By this cession agreement, the Susúnan also granted the Dutch, in recognition of Admiral Speelman's efforts against the rebels, the land between the Kráwang and Pamanúkan rivers, extending in a straight line to the South Sea, along with all associated rights and privileges.
This document further prohibited the importation of cloths and opium by any one except the Dutch, and contained the appointment of Adipáti Mandaráka to be chief of Tegal and the western, and Aria Urawán to be chief of Jápara and the eastern sea coast.
This document also banned the import of textiles and opium by anyone other than the Dutch, and it included the appointment of Adipáti Mandaráka as the chief of Tegal and the western region, and Aria Urawán as the chief of Jápara and the eastern coastline.
On the 15th January 1678, a charter was procured from the Susúnan, placing the sugar trade of Japára entirely in the hands of the Dutch. A grant was made them of the management of the town and jurisdiction of Sámrang and the village of Kaligwái, that is to say, the right of appointing governors of their own at those places, without the least interference on the part of the Susúnan; on condition, however, that the revenues should be duly accounted for and paid to his highness's officers by those of the Dutch. But as his highness was still in debt to the Dutch, those revenues were provisionally taken in diminution of the debt.
On January 15, 1678, a charter was obtained from the Susúnan, assigning the sugar trade of Japára entirely to the Dutch. They were granted control over the town and jurisdiction of Sámrang and the village of Kaligwái, which meant they could appoint their own governors in those areas, without any interference from the Susúnan; however, they had to ensure that the revenues were properly accounted for and paid to his highness's officials by the Dutch. Since his highness was still in debt to the Dutch, those revenues were temporarily used to reduce the debt.
In Bantam the Dutch had made various treaties with the princes. [Vol II Pg 200]
In Bantam, the Dutch had established several treaties with the local princes. [Vol II Pg 200]
On the 17th April 1684 a contract was signed with the sultan of Bantam, by which it was stipulated, among other articles, that the contract of the 10th July 1659 should be renewed and confirmed; that the sultan should give no kind of assistance to the enemies of the Dutch, and undertake nothing hostile against their allies, particularly the Susúnan and the prince of Chéribon; that the Táng'ran river, from its mouth to its origin, and from thence a line drawn from south until it meets the South Sea, should be the boundaries fixed upon between the Dutch jurisdiction and the Bantam country, it being understood that the whole of the Táng'ran or Untong Jáwa river, with its mouths, should be the property of the Dutch, together with six hundred rods of land to the northward from fort Bábakan to the sea, with liberty to erect such pággars, or forts, on the western banks of the river, as should be deemed necessary for purposes of safety; the inhabitants of the Bantam side to be permitted to fish in the river, and to appropriate its waters to the purposes of cultivation, but no vessels to be allowed to enter the river from the sea without Company's passes; that the claims of the Dutch on the government of Bantam should be reduced to twelve thousand rix dollars, or one-eighth of its original amount; that his highness should give up all claims to the principality of Chéribon; that the fourth article of the contract of 1659 should remain in force, and consequently that no ground or factory rent should be paid by the Dutch, but that the sultan should give as much ground gratis, as the purposes of the factory might require; that his highness should conclude no contracts with other powers contrary to the present treaty.
On April 17, 1684, a contract was signed with the Sultan of Bantam, which specified, among other things, that the contract from July 10, 1659, should be renewed and confirmed; that the sultan would provide no assistance to the enemies of the Dutch and would take no hostile actions against their allies, especially the Susúnan and the prince of Chéribon; that the Táng'ran river, from its mouth to its source, and a line drawn south from there until it meets the South Sea, would mark the boundaries between Dutch jurisdiction and Bantam territory. It was understood that the entire Táng'ran or Untong Jáwa river, along with its mouths, would belong to the Dutch, along with six hundred rods of land north of fort Bábakan leading to the sea, with permission to build such pággars or forts on the western banks of the river as were necessary for safety. The inhabitants on the Bantam side would be allowed to fish in the river and use its waters for agriculture, but no vessels would be allowed to enter the river from the sea without the Company’s passes; that the Dutch claims on the government of Bantam should be reduced to twelve thousand rix dollars, or one-eighth of the original amount; that his highness would renounce all claims to the principality of Chéribon; that the fourth article of the 1659 contract would remain in effect, meaning that the Dutch would not have to pay any ground or factory rent, but that the sultan would provide as much land for free as the factory might need; and that his highness would make no contracts with other powers that contradicted this treaty.
On the same day, however, a bond was executed by the Sultan, in favor of the Dutch, for the payment of the expenses incurred in assisting his highness against the rebel sultan, and his friend the British resident, who it is stated in this document would have received the punishment due to his conduct but for the interference of the Dutch, to whose protection he was indebted for the moderation with which his highness had restricted his punishment to a final removal from Bantam. This obligation states the sultan's debt to be six hundred thousand rix-dollars, which he promises to pay[Vol II Pg 201] either in specie or pepper, or by remission of duties; and he also grants therein to the Dutch the sole trade in pepper and cloths, in the countries of Bantam, Lampung, and Silebar.
On the same day, however, a bond was signed by the Sultan, in favor of the Dutch, to cover the expenses incurred in helping him against the rebel sultan. His ally, the British resident, is mentioned in this document as someone who would have faced consequences for his actions if not for the Dutch's intervention, which led to the leniency with which the Sultan dealt with him, limiting his punishment to a final removal from Bantam. This obligation states that the Sultan owes a debt of six hundred thousand rix-dollars, which he promises to pay[Vol II Pg 201] either in cash, pepper, or by waiving duties; he also grants the Dutch exclusive rights to trade in pepper and textiles within the regions of Bantam, Lampung, and Silebar.
On the 28th April 1684, a deed was executed, by which the sultan of Bantam's debt of six hundred thousand rix-dollars was remitted, on condition that the Company should enjoy the privileges mentioned in the bond of the 17th instant; but whenever the above privileges were violated on the sultan's part, the Dutch held themselves justified in requiring payment of the debt in question.
On April 28, 1684, a document was signed that canceled the sultan of Bantam's debt of six hundred thousand rix-dollars, provided that the Company would benefit from the privileges outlined in the bond from the 17th. However, if the sultan violated those privileges, the Dutch felt justified in demanding payment of the debt.
On the 15th February 1686, an agreement was entered into with the sultan of Bantam, by which, among other stipulations, the Dutch engaged to assist the sultan against his rebellious subjects, with men, ammunition, and vessels, on condition that he would pay the expense; it being stipulated that they should not leave their factory during the night; that they should not be permitted to walk outside the town without the sultan's and the Resident's permission; that they should not enter the houses of the natives, much less stay there during the night; that they should not take away any articles in the bazars without duly paying for the same; that they should not enter any gardens or premises without permission from the proprietors; that they should not enter any temples without previous leave; that they should not detain any females in their houses, nor stop them in the streets; on meeting the sultan in the streets, that they should shew his highness the accustomed honours; that they should not stop whenever the sultan or sultana bathed in the river, but pass without looking at their highnesses; that they should not interfere with the disputes and judicial proceedings of the natives. By the eighteenth article it was mutually agreed, that offenders, of either party, should be punished according to their respective laws, and each by his own nation; and that the whole of the black and white pepper produced at Bantam should be sold to the Dutch at a fixed price.
On February 15, 1686, an agreement was made with the sultan of Bantam, which included several conditions. The Dutch committed to help the sultan against his rebellious subjects by providing men, ammunition, and ships, as long as he covered the costs. It was agreed that they wouldn’t leave their factory at night; they wouldn’t be allowed to walk outside the town without permission from the sultan and the Resident; they wouldn’t enter the homes of the locals, let alone stay there overnight; they wouldn’t take any items from the markets without paying for them; they wouldn’t enter any gardens or properties without the owners' permission; they wouldn’t go into any temples without prior approval; they wouldn’t keep any women in their homes or stop them in the streets; when they saw the sultan in the streets, they would show him the usual honors; they wouldn’t stop whenever the sultan or sultana bathed in the river, but would pass by without looking at them; and they wouldn’t interfere in the disputes and legal matters of the locals. According to the eighteenth article, it was mutually agreed that offenders from either side would be punished according to their own laws and by their own country, and that all the black and white pepper produced in Bantam would be sold to the Dutch at a set price.
On the 4th December 1687, on the occasion of the accession to the throne of a new sultan of Bantam, an act of renovation of all former treaties was passed, together with a renewal of the bond for six hundred thousand dollars, and of[Vol II Pg 202] the deed remitting the same, on condition that the privileges heretofore specified were granted to the Dutch at Bantam.
On December 4, 1687, during the celebration of the new sultan of Bantam taking the throne, a renewal of all previous treaties was approved, along with a new agreement for six hundred thousand dollars, and of[Vol II Pg 202] the document waiving that amount, provided that the previously mentioned privileges were granted to the Dutch in Bantam.
On the 3d March 1691, on occasion of the elevation to the throne of another sultan, an act of renewal was passed of the contracts concluded at different periods between the Dutch and the sultans of Bantam.
On March 3, 1691, following the rise to power of another sultan, a new agreement was made to renew the contracts established at various times between the Dutch and the sultans of Bantam.
On the 6th January 1681 an agreement was signed with the three chiefs of Chéribon, setting forth the gratitude of those princes for the signal services rendered them by the Dutch, and their determination to follow the Dutch Company's advice under all circumstances, and to assist the Dutch government whenever their aid might be required, on condition that they should, in like manner, be assisted by the Dutch in cases of emergency, each party bearing the expense of all armaments undertaken for his benefit. The three princes promised to live upon good terms with the Susúnan.
On January 6, 1681, an agreement was signed with the three chiefs of Chéribon, expressing their gratitude for the significant support provided by the Dutch and their commitment to follow the Dutch Company's advice under all circumstances. They also agreed to assist the Dutch government whenever their help was needed, as long as the Dutch would similarly support them in emergencies, with each party covering its own costs for any military actions taken for their benefit. The three princes pledged to maintain good relations with the Susúnan.
In the event of one of the three princes, or other persons, committing any acts prohibited by the present articles, or derogatory to his highness the Susúnan, it was agreed, that such conduct should be punished with the utmost severity.
In the event that one of the three princes or anyone else committed acts prohibited by these articles or disrespectful to His Highness the Susúnan, it was agreed that such behavior should be punished with the highest severity.
The other stipulations of importance were, that no fortifications should be erected by the princes without the consent of the Governor-General, who should have leave to build a factory at Chéribon, and to cause all species of merchandize to be imported duty free. That all pepper growing in the kingdom of Chéribon should be disposed of to the Dutch at the bazaar price; that the trade in sugar and rice should be free to all, upon payment of an export duty of two per cent. to the princes; that vessels belonging to powers at war with the Dutch should not be permitted to enter the ports of Chéribon, but be dealt with as enemies.
The other important stipulations were that no fortifications could be built by the princes without the permission of the Governor-General, who would be allowed to set up a trading post in Chéribon and have all types of goods imported duty free. All pepper produced in the kingdom of Chéribon must be sold to the Dutch at market price; the trade in sugar and rice should be open to everyone, with a two percent export duty paid to the princes; and vessels from countries at war with the Dutch would not be allowed to enter the ports of Chéribon and would be treated as enemies.
On the 7th September 1680, another contract was entered into with the princes of Chéribon, by which all former differences were declared to be forgotten, and Panambáhan, Chéribon, and sultan Anom, promised to respect and honour their elder brother, sultan Sépu, as the first-born of their Panambáhan Kiái Gíri Láyah. Sultan Sépu promised, on the other hand, not to slight his brothers in any way, but on the contrary to treat them, on every occasion, with the deference due[Vol II Pg 203] to their rank. It was agreed, that there shall be one place only for holding tournaments, where the royal brothers would appear every Saturday in their state dresses, attended by their mántris, and that, to prevent disputes, they should be seated to the right and left of sultan Sépu, and all the mántris below; but that, should indisposition prevent one of them from attending the tournament, they should send due notice thereof on the Saturday morning. At the tournament the sultan only had the right to speak; but sultan Sépú not being present, that right was to devolve on the second, and in his absence on the third chief. In the event of all the princes being prevented from attending, the eldest sons of sultan Sepu and Anom should make their appearance, and the command devolve on the Pangéran. That in consequence of frequent disputes having arisen among the princes, with reference to the appointment and super-cession of prime minister, the right of nominating to that office was vested exclusively in the governor-general of Batavia. That in the event of any difference occurring between the princes, which they could not adjust themselves, the resident of Chéribon should be requested to act as arbitrator on the part of the Dutch. That should one of the princes refuse to comply with this article, the other brothers should on no account molest him, but simply report the matter to the Batavian government, through their ambassadors. The dissenting prince should, however, in that case, voluntarily place himself in the resident's custody, who should not be permitted to convey him out of Chéribon.
On September 7, 1680, another agreement was made with the princes of Chéribon, in which all previous disagreements were declared forgotten. Panambáhan, Chéribon, and Sultan Anom promised to respect and honor their elder brother, Sultan Sépu, as the first-born of their Panambáhan Kiái Gíri Láyah. Sultan Sépu, on his part, promised not to slight his brothers in any way and to treat them with the respect appropriate to their rank on every occasion[Vol II Pg 203]. It was agreed that there would be only one place for holding tournaments, where the royal brothers would appear every Saturday in their formal attire, accompanied by their mántris. To avoid conflicts, they would be seated to the right and left of Sultan Sépu, with all the mántris below. However, if one of them couldn’t attend the tournament due to illness, they should notify everyone on Saturday morning. At the tournament, only the sultan had the right to speak; if Sultan Sépu was absent, that right would pass to the second prince, and in his absence, to the third chief. If all the princes were unable to attend, the eldest sons of Sultan Sépu and Anom would appear, and command would go to the Pangéran. Due to frequent disputes among the princes regarding the appointment of the prime minister, the right to nominate that position was given exclusively to the governor-general of Batavia. If any disagreements arose among the princes that they could not resolve themselves, the resident of Chéribon would be asked to act as an arbitrator on behalf of the Dutch. If one of the princes refused to follow this agreement, the other brothers should not disturb him but should report the issue to the Batavian government through their ambassadors. In such a case, the dissenting prince would need to voluntarily place himself in the resident's custody, who would not be allowed to take him out of Chéribon.
Mr. Middlekoop mentions, that during the reign of this prince, the principality of Madúra was conferred by the Susúnan on Chákra Diníngrat; but the inhabitants of Súmenap being discontented with this choice, they informed the Susúnan that they would rather die than submit to that authority; upon which the Susúnan thought proper to divide that country into two parts, giving to Chákra Diníngrat the western district, and the eastern, or Súmenap district, to Mas Yáng Wúlan, who took the name of Yúdha Nagára. In the year 1683, the whole island of Madúra revolted, and became subject to the Dutch government.
Mr. Middlekoop mentions that during the reign of this prince, the principality of Madúra was given by the Susúnan to Chákra Diníngrat; however, the people of Súmenap were unhappy with this decision and told the Susúnan that they would rather die than accept that authority. As a result, the Susúnan decided to split the country into two parts, assigning the western district to Chákra Diníngrat and the eastern district, or Súmenap district, to Mas Yáng Wúlan, who took on the name Yúdha Nagára. In the year 1683, the entire island of Madúra rebelled and came under Dutch control.
But to return to Pangéran Adipáti Amángku Nagára,[Vol II Pg 204] usually called Mangkúrat Más. The authority of this prince seems to have been attacked almost immediately after his accession to the throne; for Ráden Súria Kasúma, a son of the Pangéran Púgar, having accompanied the procession which attended the body of the late Susúnan to the grave, persuaded many of the party to declare him sovereign of Java, under the title of Súnun Panatagáma. The Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas no sooner heard of this, than he became highly enraged with his uncle, the Pangéran Púgar, and sent back to him his daughter, the queen Ratu Kanchána. He afterwards ordered the Pangéran with his wives and children into his presence, and commanding them to be seized, publicly exposed them on the alun alun, in a pen or railing made for that purpose, which the Javans call betek. Ráden Suria was apprehended.
But to return to Pangéran Adipáti Amángku Nagára,[Vol II Pg 204] usually called Mangkúrat Más. This prince's authority seems to have been challenged almost immediately after he took the throne; for Ráden Súria Kasúma, a son of the Pangéran Púgar, having joined the procession that accompanied the late Susúnan's body to the grave, convinced many of the group to declare him the ruler of Java, under the title of Súnun Panatagáma. As soon as Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas heard about this, he became extremely furious with his uncle, the Pangéran Púgar, and sent his daughter, Queen Ratu Kanchána, back to him. He then summoned the Pangéran along with his wives and children to his presence, commanded them to be taken, and publicly put them on display at the alun alun, in a pen or railing designed for that purpose, which the Javanese call betek. Ráden Suria was captured.
On the one hundredth day after the death of the late Susúnan, the wives of the chiefs being assembled to prepare a customary feast, intended "to give a blessing to the journey of the deceased," the Susúnan conceived a passion for Ayu Pakúwati, the wife of the Adipáti of Madúra, and availed himself of his power over her to gratify it. She, however, soon made her escape, and reported the particulars to her husband, who in revenge concurred with the Adipáti of Semárang, in urging the Pangeran Púgar to assume the sovereignty. "So large a party," said these chiefs, "being in favour of your pretensions, you can never be condemned for assuming the government; for as with men who drink a bottle of wine, if there are few of them they must necessarily become intoxicated, but if there are many, truly it is nothing at all."
On the hundredth day after the death of the late Susúnan, the chiefs' wives gathered to prepare a traditional feast meant "to bless the journey of the deceased." The Susúnan developed a desire for Ayu Pakúwati, the wife of the Adipáti of Madúra, and used his power to satisfy that desire. However, she soon managed to escape and told her husband what happened, who, seeking revenge, joined forces with the Adipáti of Semárang to encourage Pangeran Púgar to take over the leadership. "With such a large group," said these chiefs, "supporting your claim, you can never be blamed for taking control; it's like when a few people drink a bottle of wine—they get drunk easily, but when many do it, it's really nothing at all."
Being assured by the Adipáti of Semárang, that the Dutch were not cordial friends of the present Susúnan, the Pangéran was at last prevailed upon to escape with his family and a chosen band to Semárang, where the Dutch received him, and conditionally proclaimed him sovereign of Java.
Being assured by the Adipáti of Semárang that the Dutch were not friendly with the current Susúnan, the Pangéran was finally convinced to flee with his family and a selected group to Semárang, where the Dutch welcomed him and conditionally declared him the ruler of Java.
As soon as the Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas was informed of the departure of the Pangéran, he applied to the commissioners at Semárang to have him delivered up; but received for reply an intimation, that he was under the protection of the Dutch, and that if the Susúnan wanted him he must[Vol II Pg 205] come for him himself. Enraged at this evasion, he ordered that Ráden Súria Kasúma, the son of the Pangéran, should immediately be put to death. The young prince was accordingly brought into his presence for the purpose, when a great eruption suddenly took place from Merápi, the mountain emitting a sound louder than thunder, and flame which enlightened all Kérta Súra. The Susúnan, thinking that his end was approaching, sent the young king back into confinement, when the sounds immediately ceased, and the mountain emitted no more flame. The Susúnan conceiving all danger at an end, once more ordered the execution of the prince, but a more violent eruption than the first instantly rent the mountain asunder. The alarm of the Susúnan was increased, and considering this was a gáro-gáro, or sign, that the prince was favoured by the Almighty, he altered his intentions, received his intended victim into favour, and appointed him a Pangéran, under the title of Pangéran Ang'ebái Saléring Péken, with an assignment of one thousand cháchas of land.
As soon as the Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas learned about the Pangéran's departure, he asked the commissioners in Semárang to hand him over. However, he was informed that the Pangéran was under the protection of the Dutch and that if the Susúnan wanted him, he had to come and get him himself. Furious at this response, he ordered the immediate execution of Ráden Súria Kasúma, the Pangéran's son. The young prince was brought before him for this purpose when a powerful eruption suddenly occurred from Merápi, the mountain roaring like thunder and flames illuminating all of Kérta Súra. Believing that his end was near, the Susúnan sent the young king back to confinement, and then the sounds stopped, and the mountain quieted. Thinking the danger was over, he again ordered the prince's execution, but a more violent eruption than the first split the mountain apart. The Susúnan became even more alarmed and saw this as a gáro-gáro, or sign, that the prince was favored by the Almighty. He changed his mind, took the young prince under his protection, and appointed him a Pangéran with the title of Pangéran Ang'ebái Saléring Péken, along with rights to a thousand cháchas of land.
He appointed the Adipáti of Madúra, under the name of Panambáhan Chakra Níngrat, chief over all the coast districts, from Brébes to Banyuwángi, and the Tumúng'gung of Surábaya, under the name of Adipáti Jaeng Rána, to be his Páteh. To the Tumúng'gung of Semárang he also gave the title of Adipáti Súra Adimang'gála.
He appointed the Adipáti of Madúra, known as Panambáhan Chakra Níngrat, to oversee all the coastal regions from Brébes to Banyuwángi, and the Tumúng'gung of Surábaya, called Adipáti Jaeng Rána, to be his Páteh. He also granted the Tumúng'gung of Semárang the title of Adipáti Súra Adimang'gála.
Immediately after his accession he had written to the Dutch government; but it appears that the letter was not forwarded from Semárang to Batavia until after the Pangérang Púgar had taken part against him. According to the Dutch accounts, the ambassadors of both parties arrived nearly at the same time at Batavia, were admitted to audience the next day, and were received, not like ambassadors, but rather as messengers.
Immediately after he came to power, he wrote to the Dutch government; however, it seems that the letter wasn’t sent from Semárang to Batavia until after the Pangérang Púgar had opposed him. According to Dutch reports, the representatives from both sides arrived in Batavia around the same time, were granted an audience the next day, and were received not as ambassadors, but more like messengers.
The objections urged by the Dutch to the acknowledgment of the Susúnan were the following:—1st. Because he was a great tyrant, and well known to have instigated his father to a rupture with the Dutch, and to have himself menaced hostilities against them, as soon as he should have mounted the throne. 2d. Because his embassy did not consist of princes of his family, and the prime minister, as usual, but of two[Vol II Pg 206] common regents only. 3d. Because the letter which communicated his father's death, and announced his own accession, although it contained a request for protection against his enemies, did not apply for their sanction or confirmation, nor declare his readiness to renew the contracts, to acknowledge the debts, and to fulfil the engagements formerly stipulated, though he ought to have known that this was the basis upon which alone the Dutch could have recognized his title as sovereign of Java. 4th. Because letters had been intercepted, in which he invited the prince of Madúra to join him against the Dutch, calling them his mortal enemies, whom he intended to expel from the island of Java.
The objections raised by the Dutch to recognizing the Susúnan were the following: 1st. He was a harsh ruler and was known to have encouraged his father to break relations with the Dutch, and he himself threatened hostilities against them as soon as he became king. 2nd. His delegation did not include princes from his family or the prime minister, as usual, but was made up of just two[Vol II Pg 206] ordinary regents. 3rd. The letter informing them of his father's death and announcing his ascension requested protection against his enemies, but did not seek their approval or confirmation, nor did it express his willingness to renew contracts, acknowledge debts, or fulfill previous agreements. He should have realized that this was the only basis on which the Dutch would recognize his claim as the sovereign of Java. 4th. Intercepted letters showed that he invited the prince of Madúra to ally with him against the Dutch, calling them his mortal enemies whom he intended to drive from the island of Java.
These combined circumstances induced the Dutch government not to acknowledge him as successor to his father, although they, with a view to gain time until the arrival of a fleet expected from Holland with a reinforcement of troops, wrote to him, merely declining to receive his ambassadors as such, and requiring him to send others, whose family connections and rank might entitle them to more consideration, and with whom they might treat.
These combined circumstances led the Dutch government not to recognize him as his father's successor. However, in order to buy time until a fleet expected from Holland arrived with reinforcements, they wrote to him, simply refusing to accept his ambassadors as such and asking him to send others whose family connections and status might warrant more respect, and with whom they could negotiate.
After it was arranged that Pangéran Púgar should become sovereign, the three chief Dutch authorities then at Semárang waited upon him, to inform him thereof, at the same time requiring that, in return for the assistance intended to be afforded him, he should, on assuming the authority, cede to the Dutch the provinces of Demák, Japára, and Tégal, in compensation for the expenses they might incur on his account. Pangéran Púgar feeling no inclination to comply with these conditions, though anxious to avoid a rupture with the Dutch, proposed, instead of a cession of territory, that he should become generally responsible for all the expenses of the war; "for," said he, "if it is through the assistance of the Dutch that I am placed upon the throne, of course it would not be becoming in me to refuse them any thing they require: but with respect to this request, is it not better that, at present, we attend to what is necessary to secure the throne, and afterwards talk of minor matters? I am willing to pay all the expenses which it may occasion to the Dutch." With this the commissioners were satisfied; and the troops having[Vol II Pg 207] arrived from Europe, it was resolved, on the 18th of March, 1704, to place Pangéran Púgar upon the throne, and to maintain him on it.
After it was decided that Pangéran Púgar would become the ruler, the three main Dutch officials in Semárang met with him to inform him of this decision. They also requested that, in exchange for the support they planned to give him, he should hand over the provinces of Demák, Japára, and Tégal when he took power, to cover the costs they might incur on his behalf. Pangéran Púgar was reluctant to agree to these terms, but wanting to avoid a conflict with the Dutch, he suggested instead that he would take full responsibility for all war expenses. "If the Dutch are helping me to become king, it wouldn't be right for me to refuse any of their requests. However," he continued, "shouldn't we focus on securing the throne first and then discuss smaller issues later? I’m prepared to cover all the expenses that might arise for the Dutch." The commissioners agreed to this, and with the troops arriving from Europe, it was decided on March 18, 1704, to install Pangéran Púgar on the throne and support his rule.
The Dutch ships and troops having reached Semárang in April, and the part they intended to take being now for the first time manifest to Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, he dispatched three messengers to the Dutch representative at Semárang, with the sum of seventy thousand dollars in specie, and authority to renew former contracts, and comply with every requisition which the Dutch might make, provided they would acknowledge his succession to the throne; but these messengers had only reached Tínker when they fell in with the Dutch troops, and were obliged to secure their safety by flight, leaving the money behind.
The Dutch ships and troops arrived in Semárang in April, and their intentions became clear to Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas for the first time. He sent three messengers to the Dutch representative in Semárang, carrying seventy thousand dollars in cash and the authority to renew previous contracts and meet any requests the Dutch might have, as long as they recognized his claim to the throne. However, the messengers only reached Tínker when they encountered the Dutch troops and had to flee for their safety, leaving the money behind.
The Pangéran Púgar was publicly installed by the Dutch at Semárang[273] on the 19th of June.
The Pangéran Púgar was officially set up by the Dutch in Semárang[273] on June 19th.
The districts of Demák, Grobógan, Siséla, and all the lands beyond Semárang as far as Un'gárang, were immediately taken possession of by the Dutch, and the troops of the Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, which had moved towards Semárang, were forced to retreat on Kerta Súra.
The regions of Demák, Grobógan, Siséla, and all the areas beyond Semárang up to Un'gárang, were quickly seized by the Dutch, and the forces of the Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, which had advanced toward Semárang, were compelled to fall back on Kerta Súra.
Before the departure of the Pangéran, the Dutch had again pressed him to cede the provinces of Semárang, Tégal, and Japára, but by the advice of the Panumbáhan of Madúra and his principal chiefs, he still refused compliance, and they were not able to obtain any decided promise from him, beyond reimbursement for the expenses of the war. When they were arrived, however, at Ung'árang, the prince happening to be alone, unattended by any of the Bopáti, the Dutch commander seized the opportunity which he had been so long watching for, to assure him how truly and sincerely the Dutch were inclined to assist him, not only on the present occasion, but hereafter, whenever he might require their aid. "The Dutch," added he, "are in great want of rice, and request your highness will have the kindness to grant them a thousand koyans (two thousand tons) a year without payment." [Vol II Pg 208]
Before the departure of the Pangéran, the Dutch had once again pressured him to give up the provinces of Semárang, Tégal, and Japára, but following the advice of the Panumbáhan of Madúra and his main chiefs, he still refused to comply, and they could not secure any definite promise from him, aside from reimbursement for the war expenses. However, when they reached Ung'árang, the prince happened to be alone, without any of the Bopáti, and the Dutch commander seized the opportunity he had been waiting for to assure him how genuinely and sincerely the Dutch were willing to help him, not just now but in the future whenever he needed their support. "The Dutch," he added, "are in desperate need of rice, and request your highness to kindly grant them a thousand koyans (two thousand tons) a year without charge." [Vol II Pg 208]
The Pangéran made no reply: he wished for time to think upon it; but the chiefs of the Dutch came up to him, and returned him many thanks and compliments for his having thus, as they said, agreed to their request. The prince, though he wished to say he had not given his promise, yet felt ashamed, after the thanks and compliments he had received, to express what he thought. He therefore bowed his head and was silent. They then entreated him to draw out his assent in writing, and to affix his seal to it, as a proof of his voluntary surrender of the present. With this he complied.
The Pangéran didn’t respond; he needed time to think about it. But the Dutch chiefs approached him, thanking him repeatedly and giving him compliments for, as they said, agreeing to their request. The prince wanted to clarify that he hadn’t made a promise, but after the gratitude and praise he received, he felt embarrassed to voice his thoughts. So, he bowed his head and stayed quiet. They then urged him to put his agreement in writing and to seal it, as proof of his voluntary surrender of the present. He agreed to this.
The paper was no sooner obtained, than the Dutch officers again returned their thanks. They then withdrew, and the troops being under arms, a salute was fired on the occasion. When this circumstance came to the ears of the Adipáti of Semárang, he hastened to the Pangéran, and thus addressed him, "Be not offended, my prince, if I presume to open your eyes to the proceedings of these Hollanders, who are so rapacious in their demands. They had already consulted with me on the subject of this rice, and they knew the opinion of your advisers to be against it, they therefore watched for their opportunity to find you alone. I little thought you would have taken upon yourself to act thus, without consulting your chiefs. I imagined the Dutch were satisfied with the answer I had given them, and would not have thought of going to you about it." The Susúnan gave him in return the history of the grant, and promised faithfully that, if ever they made another request of the kind, he would send for his advisers immediately.
The paper was barely received when the Dutch officers expressed their gratitude again. They then left, and as the troops assembled, a salute was fired to mark the occasion. When this reached the ears of the Adipáti of Semárang, he quickly went to the Pangéran and said, "Please don’t take offense, my prince, if I take the liberty to point out the actions of these Dutch who are so greedy in their demands. They had already discussed this rice issue with me, and they knew your advisors were against it. That's why they waited for a moment to catch you alone. I never thought you would take it upon yourself to act this way without consulting your leaders. I believed the Dutch were satisfied with the response I gave them and wouldn’t think to come to you about it." The Susúnan then shared the history of the grant and promised faithfully that if they ever made a similar request again, he would call for his advisors immediately.
Before the Dutch moved towards the interior, they contrived to bribe Jága Diníngrat, the chief who commanded the Kérta-súra troops, and with his assistance possessed themselves without difficulty of the fortified stations of Pedak-páyang, Ung'árang, and Selatíga. The main force of the Kérta-súra troops, consisting of about forty thousand men, was encamped in a strong position, not far from the latter place. After making considerable resistance, they were obliged to retreat in confusion, and the combined army prosecuting its march towards the capital, carried Asem by assault, and reached Kérta-súra shortly after Susúnan Mang[Vol II Pg 209]kúrat Mas had quitted it. All the chiefs who remained submitted to the new authority, and were received under its protection, with the exception of the son of Pangéran Púgar, who was strangled. Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, called also Susúnan Pínchang, on account of his lameness, was at this time about thirty-four years of age. His reign was short, but remarkable for severity and cruelty.
Before the Dutch moved inland, they managed to bribe Jága Diníngrat, the chief who led the Kérta-súra troops, and with his help, easily took control of the fortified stations at Pedak-páyang, Ung'árang, and Selatíga. The main force of the Kérta-súra troops, which consisted of about forty thousand men, was stationed in a strong position not far from the latter location. After facing significant resistance, they were forced to retreat in chaos, and the combined army continued its march toward the capital, capturing Asem by force, and reached Kérta-súra shortly after Susúnan Mang[Vol II Pg 209]kúrat Mas had left. All the remaining chiefs submitted to the new authority and were taken under its protection, except for the son of Pangéran Púgar, who was executed. Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, also known as Susúnan Pínchang because of his lameness, was around thirty-four years old at this time. His reign was brief but notable for its severity and cruelty.
Pangéran Púgar was fifty-six years of age when he ascended the throne. He had seven legitimate children, Pangéran Matáran, Ang'ebái Léreng Páser (who had remained with the deposed Susúnan), Jága Rága, Mángku Nagára, Mángku Búmi (who was declared hereditary prince, and succeeded his father), Blítar, and Tepa Séna.
Pangéran Púgar was fifty-six years old when he became king. He had seven legitimate children: Pangéran Matáran, Ang'ebái Léreng Páser (who stayed with the ousted Susúnan), Jága Rága, Mángku Nagára, Mángku Búmi (who was named the heir and took over from his father), Blítar, and Tepa Séna.
The title assumed by Pangéran Púgar, with the concurrence of the Dutch, was Susuhúnan Pakabúana Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Panatagáma, which may be rendered "The saint who is the nail of the empire, the chief commander in war, the slave of God, and propagator of the true faith."
The title taken by Pangéran Púgar, with the agreement of the Dutch, was Susuhúnan Pakabúana Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Panatagáma, which can be translated as "The saint who is the backbone of the empire, the chief commander in war, the servant of God, and promoter of the true faith."
An occurrence which took place shortly after the assumption of the government by this prince is noticed by the Javan writers, and argued highly in favour of the justice and impartiality of this prince.
An event that happened soon after this prince took over the government is noted by Javan writers, and it's argued strongly in favor of the fairness and impartiality of this prince.
The wife of Mérta Yúdha, writer to the Susúnan, and nephew of the Adipáti of Semárang, presented herself before him, alleging that her life was endangered by the cruel treatment of her husband, and imploring that she might be divorced from him, or protected against his ill usage. The Susúnan inquiring into the particulars, ascertained from the testimony of the woman herself, that she was attached to Pangéran Adipáti, the son of the Susúnan, who had frequently visited at her house in the absence of her husband, and that the severities she had suffered were the consequence of the rage which a discovery of that fact had occasioned. He called upon the Pangéran Adipáti to say if it was correct; and the prince, being ashamed to tell a falsehood, acknowledged the fact: wherefore his father reproved him in the strongest terms, and cautioned him not to be guilty of a like transgression a second time. Then calling for Mérta Yúdha, he thus addressed him: "Mérta Yúdha, your wife has come to me requesting my interference to procure her a divorce from[Vol II Pg 210] you, or that I should prohibit you from again ill-treating her in the same severe manner you have before done, on account of her attachment to my son, the Pangéran Adipáti." To which Mérta Yúdha replied, "Respecting this affair, allow me to explain. She committed an offence towards me, and she now comes to you to complain of me, saying I had beaten her until she was nearly dead. That I did beat her is true, but that I did so until she was nearly dead is utterly false. I beat her when I was enraged; but, as my anger subsided, I quickly became kind to her again; and yet she has the audacity to request a divorce. This completes three offences; in the first place, she committed the fault; in the second, she has told a falsehood; and in the third, she has requested a divorce. These points I submit to the justice of your majesty." The Susúnan then reflected that as the Pangéran Adipáti's conduct had been the cause of this woman's offence, it would not be just to punish her, without also punishing his son; and being disinclined to be severe with him on account of his youth, he felt at a loss how to decide with justice. At length, seeing but one way to get rid of the difficulty, he thus addressed Mérta Yúdha: "Enough, Mérta Yúdha; the fault rests with my son the Pangéran Adipáti, and your wife cannot be condemned to punishment, unless my son be also condemned. Now I have not the power to condemn my son, on account of his youth; therefore, I publicly request your pardon for my son's offence. If you wish to be divorced, the permission is granted, and I will provide you with another wife. You want her immediately—it is well;—but I have no women at present except my own, none but the Rátu and my own daughters. Make your choice, and whichever you prefer of them, I will present to you in marriage. Place your confidence in what I say, and believe that I say no more than what I will do."
The wife of Mérta Yúdha, a writer for the Susúnan and nephew of the Adipáti of Semárang, came to him claiming her life was at risk due to her husband's cruel treatment. She begged for a divorce or for protection against his abuse. The Susúnan investigated the situation and learned from the woman's own testimony that she was involved with Pangéran Adipáti, the Susúnan's son, who had frequently visited her home when her husband was away. The harsh treatment she faced was a result of the anger that arose from finding this out. He called on Pangéran Adipáti to confirm the story, and the prince, embarrassed to lie, admitted the truth. As a result, his father scolded him harshly, warning him not to repeat such behavior. The Susúnan then summoned Mérta Yúdha and said, "Mérta Yúdha, your wife has come to me asking for my help to get a divorce from you or to stop you from mistreating her again because of her relationship with my son, Pangéran Adipáti." To this, Mérta Yúdha responded, "Regarding this matter, let me explain. She did something wrong to me, and now she comes to you complaining, saying I beat her nearly to death. It’s true that I did hit her, but the claim that I nearly killed her is completely false. I struck her in a fit of rage, but once I calmed down, I was kind to her again; and still, she has the nerve to ask for a divorce. This counts as three wrongs: first, she made a mistake; second, she lied; and third, she asked for a divorce. I present these points for your majesty's judgment." The Susúnan then realized that since the Pangéran Adipáti's actions had instigated the woman's offense, it wouldn’t be fair to punish her without also punishing his son. Not wanting to be harsh with him because of his youth, he struggled with how to make a fair decision. Eventually, seeing only one way to resolve the issue, he addressed Mérta Yúdha: "Enough, Mérta Yúdha; the blame lies with my son, Pangéran Adipáti, and your wife cannot be punished unless my son is as well. Since I cannot punish my son due to his age, I publicly ask for your forgiveness for his mistake. If you wish to divorce her, you have my permission, and I will arrange for you to have another wife. If you want one right away— that’s fine; however, I currently have no women available except for my own, namely the Rátu and my daughters. Choose one of them, and I will give her to you in marriage. Trust in my words, and know that I will do what I say."
Mérta Yúdha, struck with astonishment, knew not how to reply. At last, after bowing his head several times to the ground, he declared that he was overcome by this act of magnanimity; that he forgave the young prince from his heart, and would willingly receive his wife back again, and treat her with kindness. The Susúnan then dismissed the parties, giving[Vol II Pg 211] them advice as to their future conduct, and presenting them with a sum of money and several rich presents. Mérta Yúdha and his wife, say the Javan writers, afterwards lived most happily together, and never ceased to praise the justice and magnanimity of the prince.
Mérta Yúdha, filled with shock, didn’t know how to respond. Finally, after bowing his head multiple times to the ground, he stated that he was moved by this generous act; that he forgave the young prince wholeheartedly and would gladly take his wife back and treat her with kindness. The Susúnan then dismissed everyone, offering advice on their future behavior, and gave them a sum of money along with several luxurious gifts. Mérta Yúdha and his wife, according to Javanese writers, later lived very happily together and continually praised the prince’s fairness and generosity.
In the spring of 1705, the Dutch government again sent a force to Semárang, which was joined by seven thousand Madurese, under the command of Panambáhan Chákra Diníngrat.
In the spring of 1705, the Dutch government sent a force to Semárang again, joined by seven thousand Madurese, led by Panambáhan Chákra Diníngrat.
At this time Surapáti, who, after his first arrival at Matárem, had offered to surrender, again made an application to the Dutch for protection, and offered to send six thousand auxiliaries, promising at the same time to conduct himself as a faithful subject; but his offer was rejected.
At this time, Surapáti, who had suggested surrendering after his first arrival at Matárem, once again asked the Dutch for protection and offered to send six thousand auxiliaries, promising to act as a loyal subject; however, his offer was declined.
On the 5th October, 1705, a contract was entered into by the new sovereign with the Dutch, by which, 1st, the contracts of the 24th September, 1640, and 20th October, 1677, and all privileges and immunities granted by Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas to Messrs. Speelman and Cooper, were confirmed. 2d. His highness ceded to the Dutch the district of Gebáng as situated within the following boundaries; viz. "From the mouth of the Dónan, on the southern shore, in a westerly direction along its banks as far as Pasúruan, where there is an inland lake; thence along the north-eastern sea-shore to the mouth of the river Che-brom, and further on along the north-eastern side of an accessible swamp to Che-satia, near the village Madúra, thence in a north-easterly direction over the mountains of Dáyu-luhur to mount Sumána or Subáng, and then south-east over the mountains of Bonkok, where a northerly direction is taken, and continued to the river Losári, and further on along the banks of that river to its mouth on the northern coast of the island." 3d. The Susúnan acknowledged Chéribon as an independent state, in consequence of that country having, in 1680, been saved by the Dutch from the ravages of a banditti. 4th. The Susúnan resigned to the protection of the Dutch the countries of Súmenap and Pamakásan, stated to have been forced on them during the reign of Susúnan Tegál-arom, by the chief Yúdha Nagára. 5th. The Susúnan renewed and confirmed the cession of Semárang and Kaligawé, as stated in the transfer of 15th[Vol II Pg 212] January, 1678. He further ceded to the Dutch the ports of Torbáyá and Gumúlak, on condition that the tolls continued to be collected for his own benefit, as at Sámárang. The Dutch, on the other hand, agreed to restore about fifty villages which belonged to Demák and Kaligáwe.
On October 5, 1705, a contract was made by the new ruler with the Dutch, which confirmed, first, the contracts from September 24, 1640, and October 20, 1677, along with all privileges and immunities granted by Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas to Messrs. Speelman and Cooper. Second, His Highness ceded to the Dutch the district of Gebáng within the following boundaries: "From the mouth of the Dónan on the southern shore, heading west along its banks to Pasúruan, where there is a lake inland; then along the northeastern coastline to the mouth of the Che-brom river, and further along the northeastern side of a navigable swamp to Che-satia, near the village Madúra; then in a northeast direction over the mountains of Dáyu-luhur to Mount Sumána or Subáng, and then southeast over the mountains of Bonkok, where it takes a northern direction and continues to the Losári river, and further along the banks of that river to its mouth on the northern coast of the island." Third, the Susúnan recognized Chéribon as an independent state, due to the Dutch saving that country from banditry in 1680. Fourth, the Susúnan placed the regions of Súmenap and Pamakásan under Dutch protection, as they were claimed to have been forced on them during the reign of Susúnan Tegál-arom by chief Yúdha Nagára. Fifth, the Susúnan renewed and confirmed the cession of Semárang and Kaligawé, as stated in the transfer on January 15, 1678. He also ceded to the Dutch the ports of Torbáyá and Gumúlak, on the condition that the tolls would still benefit him, as they did at Sámárang. In return, the Dutch agreed to return about fifty villages that belonged to Demák and Kaligáwe.
It was agreed that the tolls on goods imported into, or exported from, the Susúnan's dominions by the Dutch, should be levied according to the above-mentioned contract of 25th February, 1677, and that the Susúnan should in future require a duty of three instead of two per cent. from individuals trading with Dutch passes, it being left to his highness to fix the duties to be levied on goods belonging to persons who were not furnished with licences from the Dutch. 7th. The Dutch obtained liberty to establish factories in every part of the Susúnan's dominions, for which sufficient lots of vacant ground were to be given them, to answer every purpose of safety and convenience, and also to establish yards for building vessels. The Javan chiefs were bound to supply the Dutch at all times, payment being made for the same, with timber, labourers, &c. but they were to pay no capitation, and only to be considered as Company's subjects, as long as they should be employed by the Company. 8th. His highness promised to supply the Dutch with as much rice as should be required, at the market price, the Dutch being also at liberty to purchase that article from his highness's subjects, who were also allowed to export rice to Batavia, and all countries at peace with the Dutch. 9th. Pursuant to the contract of 1677, the Susúnan agreed to continue to shut his ports against Makásars, Búgis, Maláyus, Bálians, and other foreigners, except such as should obtain the permission of the Dutch. 10th. It was agreed that the Dutch, and all persons authorized by them, should continue to enjoy the exclusive privilege of importing and selling opium and clothes, as granted to them by Susúnan Mangkúrat, on the 20th October, 1677: that the native chiefs should carefully prevent all encroachments on this monopoly, and that all seizures of prohibited goods made by them and by the Company's servants, should be for the profit of his highness, to whose discretion it was left to remunerate the officers making the seizure. 11th. That all seizures made at sea by the Company's cruizers should be for[Vol II Pg 213] the sole benefit of the captors, although afterwards brought into his highness's ports. 12th. The Susúnan's subjects were to be prohibited from trading otherwise than with Company's passes, and their trade eastward was restricted to Bálí and Lómbok, northward to Borneo and Banjarmásin, and westward to Bantám, Lámpung, Jámbi, Indragíri, Johór and Malácca. They were prohibited from visiting the eastern governments, or Búton, Tímor, Bíma, &c., on pain of confiscation of vessels, cargo, &c. It was declared, that whenever his highness should be desirous of sending vessels to these quarters on his own account, the Dutch should attend to his wishes, as far as might be consistent with their regulations. 13th. The balance remaining due to the Dutch of the debts of his highness, adverted to in the contracts of 25th February and 15th October, 1677, was remitted, together with the sum to be paid to Captain Jonker for the delivery of the rebel Trúna Jáya, and all other claims of the Dutch on his highness, for expenses incurred in re-establishing him on the throne, &c. on the express condition that this contract should be faithfully observed; otherwise the said claims and pretensions to retain their former validity. In consideration of this important remission, his highness promised to supply the Company during twenty-five years, commencing in 1706, with eight hundred lasts of good rice annually, deliverable at Batavia by his highness's own vessels. An article was afterwards added to this treaty, by which it was stipulated, that no other European nation than the Dutch should ever be permitted to trade or build factories on Java.
It was agreed that the tolls on goods imported into or exported from the Susúnan's territories by the Dutch would be based on the contract dated February 25, 1677. The Susúnan would now require a duty of three percent instead of two from traders with Dutch passes, while leaving it to his highness to determine the duties on goods owned by those without Dutch licenses. The Dutch were granted the right to set up trading posts throughout the Susúnan's territories, with enough vacant land provided for safety and convenience, and to build shipyards. The Javan chiefs were obligated to provide the Dutch with timber, labor, etc., for which they would be paid, but they wouldn't pay a head tax and would only be considered Company subjects while working for the Company. His highness promised to supply the Dutch with as much rice as needed at market price, and the Dutch could also buy rice from his subjects, who would be allowed to export it to Batavia and to any countries at peace with the Dutch. According to the contract from 1677, the Susúnan agreed to keep his ports closed to the Makásars, Búgis, Maláyus, Bálians, and other foreigners, unless they obtained permission from the Dutch. It was agreed that the Dutch and anyone authorized by them would maintain the exclusive right to import and sell opium and clothing, as granted by Susúnan Mangkúrat on October 20, 1677. The native chiefs were to prevent any violations of this monopoly, and all confiscated prohibited goods by them or Company servants would be for his highness's benefit, at his discretion for compensating the officers involved. All seizures at sea by the Company's cruisers would benefit the captors, even if subsequently brought into his highness's ports. The Susúnan's subjects were prohibited from trading without Company passes, with their trade limited to the east towards Bálí and Lómbok, to the north towards Borneo and Banjarmásin, and to the west towards Bantám, Lámpung, Jámbi, Indragíri, Johór, and Malácca. They were not allowed to visit the eastern governments, or Búton, Tímor, Bíma, etc., under penalty of confiscation of their vessels and cargo. It was stated that whenever his highness wished to send vessels to these areas for his own account, the Dutch would accommodate his wishes as far as their regulations allowed. The outstanding balance owed to the Dutch from his highness's debts, mentioned in the contracts from February 25 and October 15, 1677, was waived, including the amount owed to Captain Jonker for the delivery of the rebel Trúna Jáya and all other Dutch claims against his highness for expenses related to restoring him to the throne, on the condition that this contract would be honored; otherwise, those claims would remain valid. In exchange for this significant waiver, his highness committed to supplying the Company with eight hundred lasts of good rice annually for twenty-five years, starting in 1706, delivered to Batavia by his highness's own ships. An additional clause was added to the treaty, stating that no other European nation except the Dutch would be allowed to trade or establish factories in Java.
On the 11th October, 1705[274], a further agreement was entered into by his highness, by which he promised to bear the expense of keeping a detachment of two hundred men of the Dutch troops at Kérta-súra, for his highness's protection and security, amounting to thirteen hundred Spanish dollars per month.
On October 11, 1705[274], a new agreement was made by his highness, in which he agreed to cover the costs of maintaining a detachment of two hundred Dutch troops at Kérta-súra, for his highness's protection and safety, totaling thirteen hundred Spanish dollars each month.
On the 12th July, 1706, a treaty for determining the boundaries between the territories of the Susúnan and those of the Dutch was entered into. [Vol II Pg 214]
On July 12, 1706, a treaty was signed to establish the boundaries between the territories of the Susúnan and the Dutch. [Vol II Pg 214]
The deposed prince, Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, after flying from his capital, proceeded to the eastern districts, and joining Surapáti, reduced the eastern provinces under their authority, and appeared confident of success, being possessed of immense treasures in specie and jewels, which he had carried off with him.
The ousted prince, Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, after escaping from his capital, went to the eastern regions and teamed up with Surapáti. They took control of the eastern provinces and seemed sure of success since he had collected vast amounts of money and jewels, which he had brought along.
In 1706, however, the army of Surapáti was defeated by the allied Dutch and Javan forces, and Kedíri was taken. Subsequently, the large combined army of Mangkúrat Mas and Surapáti was put to the rout and dispersed. Surapáti shortly after died in the mountains of Bángil, according to some accounts, of the effect of his wounds. He was succeeded in office by his son, Pangáting, who took the name of Adipáti Wíra Nagára, and being allied by marriage to the chiefs of Kedíri, Balambáng'an, and Grésik, brought many of the eastern districts again to acknowledge the authority of Mangkúrat Mas. Additional forces were, in consequence, sent from Batavia by the Dutch, which arrived at Semárang in 1707, and immediately proceeded, first to Kérta-súra, and then to the eastward. Falling in with the enemy of Mádion, they put him to flight, and continued their march to Surabáya, where the disturbances which had broken out on the island of Madúra obliged them to halt.
In 1706, however, the army of Surapáti was defeated by the allied Dutch and Javan forces, and Kedíri was captured. After that, the large combined army of Mangkúrat Mas and Surapáti was routed and scattered. Surapáti soon died in the mountains of Bángil, reportedly from the effects of his wounds. He was succeeded by his son, Pangáting, who took the name of Adipáti Wíra Nagára, and through marriage alliances with the chiefs of Kedíri, Balambáng'an, and Grésik, he managed to bring many of the eastern districts back under the authority of Mangkúrat Mas. As a result, additional forces were sent from Batavia by the Dutch, which arrived at Semárang in 1707 and immediately moved on, first to Kérta-súra, and then eastward. They encountered the enemy of Mádion, chased him away, and continued their march to Surabáya, where unrest on the island of Madúra forced them to stop.
On the death of the native chief of Madúra his eldest natural son, Sástra Nagára, had declared himself his successor, and placed troops round the island to oppose the landing of his uncle, Ráden Súria Nagára, who had been appointed to the succession by the Dutch. The Dutch, however, found means to satisfy both parties, by conferring the separate charge of Sámpang on Sástra Nagára.
On the death of the native chief of Madúra, his eldest natural son, Sástra Nagára, proclaimed himself his successor and stationed troops around the island to prevent his uncle, Ráden Súria Nagára, who had been appointed as the successor by the Dutch, from landing. However, the Dutch managed to appease both sides by giving Sástra Nagára the independent responsibility of Sámpang.
At Súmenap they met with greater difficulty. The native chief, Nága Sidérma, had been stabbed by his secretary: the secretary was afterwards killed by the slave of the chief. A tumult was thus excited, and the Dutch commanding officer having given offence to the principal inhabitants they proceeded with a large proportion of the population to the northern part of the island. The Dutch at length succeeded in establishing the infant son of the deceased as chief of Súmenap, with the title of Ráden Tumúng'gung Príng'ga Ka[Vol II Pg 215]súma, under the guardianship of his mother, Rátu Sidáyu. With these proceedings the campaign closed for that year[275].
At Súmenap, they encountered significant challenges. The local chief, Nága Sidérma, had been stabbed by his secretary, who was later killed by the chief's slave. This caused a commotion, and the Dutch commanding officer offended the main residents, prompting many of them to move to the northern part of the island. Eventually, the Dutch managed to install the young son of the late chief as the new leader of Súmenap, giving him the title of Ráden Tumúng'gung Príng'ga Ka[Vol II Pg 215]súma, with his mother, Rátu Sidáyu, as his guardian. This concluded the campaign for that year[275].
In the following year, 1708, the Dutch sent further reinforcements to the eastward, and preparations were making for opening the campaign, when the fugitive Susúnan, hearing of the arrival of the Dutch at Surabáya, sent ambassadors to their representative (Knol,) soliciting his pardon, and an assignment of some lands, independent of any other authority than that of the Dutch government. No sooner had he been promised this than he came to Surabáya, where he was received on the 17th July by Knol, who delivered to him a letter of pardon written in the Dutch and Javan languages, promising to him the independent possession of a district as a principality, subordinate only to the Dutch government. But, alas! these concessions were soon found to be nothing more than a stratagem to get possession of the prince's person. The unfortunate Susúnan, unsuspicious of the treachery, was quietly embarked at Surabáya on the 24th August, and with his three sons, his wife, concubines, and attendants, conveyed to Batavia.
In the following year, 1708, the Dutch sent more reinforcements to the east and were getting ready to start the campaign when the fugitive Susúnan, hearing about the Dutch arriving at Surabáya, sent ambassadors to their representative (Knol), asking for his forgiveness and a grant of some lands, under the authority of the Dutch government only. As soon as he was promised this, he came to Surabáya, where he was welcomed on July 17th by Knol, who handed him a letter of pardon written in Dutch and Javanese, promising him independent control of a district as a principality, answering only to the Dutch government. But, unfortunately, these promises turned out to be just a trick to capture the prince. The unsuspecting Susúnan, not aware of the betrayal, was quietly boarded at Surabáya on August 24th, along with his three sons, wife, concubines, and attendants, and taken to Batavia.
The Dutch accounts relate, that as soon as the prince arrived at Batavia, the commissioners, who had received him on board and accompanied him to the castle, demanded that he should deliver up his kris before being admitted to an audience, which he refused to do. When, however, introduced to the high regency, who had been especially assembled for his reception, he prostrated himself at the feet of the governor-general, surrendered his kris, and implored the fulfilment of the conditions on which he surrendered. The governor-general replied, that Mr. Knol had not been authorized either[Vol II Pg 216] to grant him a pardon or to make promises, yet that government would take the matter into consideration: his krís was then returned to him. He was lodged in the castle as a prisoner of war, and soon afterwards transported to Ceylon.
The Dutch accounts say that as soon as the prince arrived in Batavia, the commissioners who welcomed him on board and accompanied him to the castle insisted he hand over his kris before he could be granted an audience, which he refused. However, when he was presented to the high regency, specially gathered for his reception, he bowed down at the governor-general's feet, surrendered his kris, and begged for the fulfillment of the conditions under which he surrendered. The governor-general responded that Mr. Knol wasn’t authorized to grant him a pardon or make promises, but the government would consider the matter: his kris was then returned to him. He was kept in the castle as a prisoner of war and was soon after taken to Ceylon.
The account of this transaction by the Javan writers is as follows:
The Javan writers describe this transaction as follows:
"The Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas and the Adipáti Wíra Nagára (son of Surapáti) had not been long at Málang before they were attacked by Pangéran Blítar, and forced to seek safety in the forests with only a few followers. There they suffered severely from disease; and most of them dying, the rest removed to the land of Blítar, whence the Susúnan sent a letter to the chief Dutch authority at Surabáya, asking him why the Dutch had thus assisted the Pangéran Púgar against him, and deprived him of the sceptre which had descended to him from his ancestors, adding that he was himself equally the friend of the Dutch, that he had never harboured a thought injurious to them, and that if they still believed that he had been guilty of a fault against them, it would be well if they would point it out that he might exert his utmost to make amends: for this they might fully depend on him; 'therefore,' said he, 'let the Dutch place confidence in me, let them consider my youth, and that it is yet but a short time that I have been a sovereign.' To this the Dutch authority replied, 'If the Susúnan wishes to act thus, and his intentions are good, let him come to Surabáya.' Susúnan Mangkúrat then requested, that if the Dutch would not again place him on the throne, they would assign him a province, in which he and his family might reside in peace. A promise being given to that effect he immediately proceeded to Surabáya, where he was received with all honours and the customary salutes, and afterwards entertained with the Dutch officers in the Passangráhan of the Adipáti of Surabáya. The Dutch authority at last said to him, with the utmost kindness and softness of speech, 'If the Susúnan has no objection, I am anxious that we should go to Semárang to see the commissary; from thence the Susúnan can at once proceed to Kérta-súra, and request the Dutch again to acknowledge him as sovereign of Java.' The Susúnan[Vol II Pg 217] immediately assented to this arrangement. He was then, with his family and followers, embarked on board a ship; but instead of being conveyed to Semárang, he was taken to Batavia, and afterwards banished to Ceylon."
"The Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas and the Adipáti Wíra Nagára (son of Surapáti) hadn’t been in Málang for long when they were attacked by Pangéran Blítar, forcing them to find safety in the forests with only a few followers. They suffered greatly from disease there; many died, and the survivors moved to Blítar, where the Susúnan sent a letter to the main Dutch authority in Surabáya. He asked why the Dutch had supported Pangéran Púgar against him and taken away the scepter that had been passed down through his ancestors, stating that he was also a friend of the Dutch and had never intended any harm towards them. He requested that if they believed he had done something wrong, they should let him know so he could make it right, assuring them they could count on him. 'Therefore,' he said, 'the Dutch should trust me; they should consider my youth and that I have only recently become a sovereign.' The Dutch authority responded, 'If the Susúnan wishes to act this way and his intentions are good, let him come to Surabáya.' The Susúnan Mangkúrat then requested that if the Dutch wouldn't restore him to the throne, they would assign him a province where he and his family could live in peace. After receiving a promise to that effect, he immediately went to Surabáya, where he was welcomed with all honors and traditional salutes, and later entertained with the Dutch officers in the Passangráhan of the Adipáti of Surabáya. The Dutch authority, speaking kindly and gently, said to him, 'If the Susúnan has no objections, I’m eager for us to go to Semárang to meet the commissary; from there, the Susúnan can directly proceed to Kérta-súra and ask the Dutch again to acknowledge him as sovereign of Java.' The Susúnan[Vol II Pg 217] immediately agreed to this plan. He was then boarded onto a ship with his family and followers; however, instead of being taken to Semárang, he was brought to Batavia and later exiled to Ceylon."
It appears, that after the arrival of Mangkúrat Mas at Ceylon he found means to dispatch letters of complaint to the prince of Orange and the Court of Directors in Holland. Two Mahomedan priests were charged with the mission, but the letters being intercepted, the messengers were subjected to severe punishment.
It seems that after Mangkúrat Mas arrived in Ceylon, he found a way to send letters of complaint to the prince of Orange and the Court of Directors in Holland. Two Muslim priests were given the task, but the letters were intercepted, and the messengers faced harsh punishment.
With Mangkúrat Mas was lost the celebrated makóta, or crown of Majapáhit. The regalia of the sovereigns of Java, with the exception of this important article, were duly delivered over, by order of the Dutch, to the acknowledged sovereign Pakabúana, but nothing more was ever heard of the crown, and since that time, the princes have worn a cap, as described in another place. As the Dutch were now become supreme on Java, a crown was perhaps but an empty pageant. It cannot, however, escape notice, that this proud ornament of state should first have been deprived of its brightest jewel, and afterwards, as there is too much room to suspect, filched by the Dutch, who probably stripped it of its remaining jewels, and melted down the gold for its value!
With Mangkúrat Mas, the famous makóta, or crown of Majapáhit, was lost. The royal items of the rulers of Java, except for this crucial piece, were handed over, as ordered by the Dutch, to the recognized ruler Pakabúana, but nothing more was ever heard about the crown. Since then, the princes have been wearing a cap, as mentioned elsewhere. Now that the Dutch had taken control of Java, a crown might have been seen as just a meaningless decoration. However, it's worth noting that this proud symbol of authority was first stripped of its most precious jewel and, as there is enough reason to suspect, was stolen by the Dutch, who likely removed its remaining jewels and melted down the gold for its worth!
The removal of Mangkúrat Mas did not, however, extinguish the flame of internal discord which still blazed forth in the eastern provinces of Java, and which increased till the year 1712-13. The Susúnan sent several embassies to Batavia, requesting assistance against the chiefs of Balambángan and of the island of Madúra, as well as against the sons of Surapáti, who had their hiding places in the mountains. On this occasion the Dutch sanctioned the nomination of the Pangéran Mángku Nagára as the hereditary prince, and promised the required succours against the rebels, but took care to point out the value which they put upon their assistance: a piece of policy which, on no occasion, they seem to have forgotten. They adverted to the immense sums they had at different times advanced, and the extent of the obligations which the Susúnan lay under to them, admonishing him to act with greater circumspection in future, and to adopt such[Vol II Pg 218] measures as might put a stop to the civil wars and commotions which desolated the country.
The removal of Mangkúrat Mas didn’t put out the fire of internal conflict that continued to rage in the eastern provinces of Java, which only grew more intense until the year 1712-13. The Susúnan sent several delegations to Batavia, asking for help against the leaders of Balambángan and the island of Madúra, as well as against the sons of Surapáti, who were hiding in the mountains. During this time, the Dutch approved the appointment of Pangéran Mángku Nagára as the hereditary prince and promised the necessary support against the rebels, but they made it clear how much they valued their assistance: a strategy they never seemed to forget. They referenced the large sums they had provided at different times and the significant obligations the Susúnan owed them, urging him to proceed with more caution in the future and to implement measures that could put an end to the civil wars and unrest that were devastating the country.
It was not long, however, before various circumstances concurred to render the rebels still more formidable. The chiefs of Surabáya, Probolíng'o, and Kédíri, as well as those of Madúra and Balambáng'an, united at the instigation of the chief of Wináng'un (whose life had been unjustly attacked,) in a league to shake off the yoke of the Susúnan, and at the same time to rid themselves of the Dutch, whose aim they conceived to have been eventually to depose the Susúnan, and to render themselves sovereigns of the whole island.
It didn’t take long, however, before various circumstances came together to make the rebels even more powerful. The leaders of Surabáya, Probolíng'o, and Kédíri, along with those from Madúra and Balambáng'an, joined forces at the urging of the leader of Wináng'un (whose life had been unjustly threatened) to form an alliance to break free from the rule of the Susúnan, while also aiming to get rid of the Dutch, whom they believed wanted to eventually overthrow the Susúnan and establish themselves as rulers of the entire island.
A circumstance is related by the native writers, which is said to have contributed essentially to the distractions which at that time existed in the country.
A situation is mentioned by local writers that is said to have significantly contributed to the troubles happening in the country at that time.
"The Dutch requested that the Susúnan would immediately put the Adipáti Jaíng Rána of Surabáya to death, alleging that he was attached to the cause of the rebels, and that if an example were made of this chief, it would strike fear into the others. On this the Susúnan became excessively grieved at heart, for he was sincerely attached to the Adipáti; and now that the Panambáhan of Madúra, who had been as his right hand, was dead, if he were to lose the Adipáti of Surabáya also, who had been as his left hand, he would in truth find that he had lost both hands. He wished, therefore, to refuse compliance with this request; but at the same time feared, that if he disappointed the Dutch, there would be an end of his friendship with them. On these two accounts he gave the subject his deepest consideration. At length he wrote a letter to the Adipáti, informing him of the request made by the Dutch; and to the Dutch at Batavia he wrote in reply, that he wished to reflect upon the affair, until the time appointed for the chief to pay his usual visit to the capital should arrive.
"The Dutch asked the Susúnan to immediately execute the Adipáti Jaíng Rána of Surabáya, claiming he was loyal to the rebels and that making an example of him would intimidate the others. This deeply saddened the Susúnan, as he genuinely cared for the Adipáti. Now that the Panambáhan of Madúra, who had been like his right hand, was dead, losing the Adipáti of Surabáya as well would mean he truly lost both hands. He wanted to refuse this request but also feared that disappointing the Dutch would ruin his relationship with them. For these reasons, he gave the matter serious thought. Eventually, he wrote a letter to the Adipáti to inform him about the Dutch's request, and wrote back to the Dutch in Batavia, stating that he needed more time to contemplate the situation until the Adipáti was due for his usual visit to the capital."
"As soon as the Adipáti of Surabáya received these tidings he assembled his brothers and his Páteh, named Wíra Tantáha, and showed them the letter. His brothers immediately advised that they should unite and oppose any one, whoever it might be, who should attempt the life of the Adipáti; for, said they, 'Is it not better to die nobly[Vol II Pg 219] 'in war, and to let one's enemies know how dearly the death of our brother is to be purchased, than to be quietly killed in one's bed? will only know of the death and not of its value.' But the Páteh replied to them, 'What you say is correct, and in the service of the state we are bound to act as you advise; but this is a request made by the general, that the Adipáti should be put to death. Is it not better that he should deliver himself up? for if he does not there will be a rupture between the general and the Susúnan, and then (which God forbid) the land of Jáwa will be destroyed, and universal misery will follow. You have now, for a long time, enjoyed happiness and a good name, and now that you have grown old in honour, it would not be fitting in you to do any thing that could bring sorrow or ruin on your sovereign, or that would disgrace your followers or descendants, which would be the case if you now got a bad name.' The Adipáti was well pleased with the advice of his Páteh, and after considering for a short time, then addressed him, 'What you say is true, oh Páteh! I am old, and have not long to live. It is indeed right that I should deliver up my life for the benefit of my sovereign and the character of my family.'"
"As soon as the Adipáti of Surabáya received this news, he gathered his brothers and his Páteh, named Wíra Tantáha, and showed them the letter. His brothers immediately suggested that they should come together and fight against anyone who tried to kill the Adipáti; for, they said, 'Isn’t it better to die honorably in battle and make our enemies understand how valuable the life of our brother is, rather than being quietly killed in our beds? They’ll only know about the death but not its worth.' But the Páteh replied to them, 'What you're saying is true, and in the service of the state, we should act as you advise; however, this is a request from the general to execute the Adipáti. Wouldn't it be better for him to surrender? If he doesn’t, there could be a conflict between the general and the Susúnan, which, God forbid, would lead to the destruction of the land of Jáwa, resulting in widespread suffering. You have enjoyed happiness and a good reputation for a long time, and now that you’ve grown old in honor, it wouldn’t be appropriate for you to do anything that could bring sorrow or ruin to your sovereign, or that would disgrace your followers or descendants, which would happen if you acquired a bad reputation now.' The Adipáti was pleased with the advice from his Páteh, and after contemplating for a moment, he addressed him, 'What you say is true, oh Páteh! I am old and don’t have much time left. It’s indeed right for me to give up my life for the benefit of my sovereign and the reputation of my family.'"
This resolution being taken, the Adipáti shortly after set out for Kértasúra, accompanied by his brother and about two thousand followers. When he arrived, the Susúnan inquired how he wished to act; to which he replied, that he preferred to die rather than to be the cause of misfortune to his sovereign or to the people of Java; that he was now old; that if his life was spared on this occasion he could not expect to live many years, and that he was already satisfied with this world. The Susúnan then said, if such was his determination and wish, he must of course follow it, but urged him to speak his mind freely, adding that he would think of it, and do what would turn out best for him: but the Adipáti replied, that he had no other wish than what he had already expressed; that it was much better that he should die, than become the cause of misfortune to others. All he requested was, that after his death the Susúnan would not be forgetful of his family and children, and that until his son was of a proper age, his brother, Ráden Jáya Puspíta, might succeed him in his public[Vol II Pg 220] administration. The Susúnan then said, "It is well. If the Dutch again make the demand you must prepare for your fate; and I promise you that, in that case, your request shall be complied with." At the expiration of about a month, during which period the Adipáti clothed himself in white and gave himself up entirely to his devotions, another letter arrived from the Governor General, making a peremptory demand that the Adipáti should be immediately executed. The Susúnan then sent for the Adipáti, and directed that he should be brought into the dálam. Dressed in white, he immediately attended the summons. When he reached the entrance sri meng'ánti, he quitted his followers, who were not allowed to come further but remained without; and the people who guarded the entrance of the kráton, having received the orders of the Susúnan to that effect, seized him, and plunging their weapons into his body, immediately dispatched him. They then carried out the corpse and gave it to his followers, charging them to give it proper burial. They were all struck with deep grief at the sight, for the Adipáti was much beloved. They interred the body at Lawéan, but immediately afterwards the brother, with about two thousand followers, assembled in the alun alun, determined upon vengeance, and the disturbance was not quelled until the Susunán entered into an explanation. He then appointed Jáya Puspíta to succeed provisionally to the administration of his deceased brother, and otherwise conciliated the parties, who were at last induced quietly to return to Surabáya; not, however, without a determination of one day being revenged on the authors of this calamity. On receiving the appointment from the Susúnan, while Jáyá Puspíta returned their grateful acknowledgments for this mark of kindness, they as openly avowed that they would never rest in peace, until they had given a due return to whoever was the cause of their brother's death.
This resolution being made, the Adipáti soon set out for Kértasúra, accompanied by his brother and around two thousand followers. Upon arriving, the Susúnan asked him how he wanted to proceed; he replied that he would rather die than bring misfortune to his sovereign or the people of Java. He noted that he was now old and, if his life were spared this time, he could not expect to live for many more years, and he was already satisfied with this life. The Susúnan then said that if this was his determination and desire, he should follow it, but encouraged him to speak his mind freely, assuring him that he would think it over and do what would be best for him. However, the Adipáti insisted that he had no other wish than what he had already stated; it was much better for him to die than to become a source of misfortune for others. All he requested was that after his death, the Susúnan would take care of his family and children, and that until his son was of the right age, his brother, Ráden Jáya Puspíta, should take over his public[Vol II Pg 220] administration. The Susúnan replied, "That’s fair. If the Dutch make their demands again, you must prepare for your fate; I promise you that your request will be honored." About a month later, during which the Adipáti wore white and devoted himself entirely to prayer, another letter arrived from the Governor General, making a firm demand for the immediate execution of the Adipáti. The Susúnan then called for the Adipáti and ordered that he be brought into the dálam. In his white attire, he promptly complied. When he reached the entrance sri meng'ánti, he left his followers behind, who were not allowed to proceed further, and the guards at the entrance of the kráton, having received the Susúnan’s orders, seized him and fatally stabbed him. They then took the body out and handed it to his followers, instructing them to give it a proper burial. Deeply grieved by the sight, as the Adipáti was much loved, they buried him at Lawéan. Shortly after, his brother, with around two thousand followers, gathered in the alun alun, seeking revenge, and the unrest did not settle until the Susúnan intervened. He then appointed Jáya Puspíta to temporarily take over the administration of his late brother and reconciled the groups, eventually persuading them to return to Surabáya peacefully; however, they were determined to take revenge on those responsible for this tragedy. Upon receiving the appointment from the Susúnan, Jáyá Puspíta expressed their heartfelt gratitude for this gesture, while they also openly declared that they would not rest until they had avenged their brother's death.
"In pursuance of this determination, Jáya Puspíta took an early occasion to league with other discontented chiefs, and soon became the most formidable enemy to the tranquillity of the country.
"In following this decision, Jáya Puspíta quickly sought to team up with other unhappy leaders and soon became the biggest threat to the peace of the country."
"The forces of the Susúnan were completely defeated in a pitched battle, and the rebels made themselves masters of[Vol II Pg 221] several important provinces to the eastward of Pasúruan, which place they also besieged until the arrival of the Dutch auxiliaries. They were then driven beyond Panarúkan; but being reinforced from Báli, soon forced the combined Dutch and Javan troops to retreat again to Pasúruan."
"The forces of the Susúnan were completely defeated in a major battle, and the rebels took control of[Vol II Pg 221] several important provinces to the east of Pasúruan, which they also surrounded until the Dutch reinforcements arrived. They were then pushed beyond Panarúkan; however, after receiving reinforcements from Báli, they quickly forced the combined Dutch and Javanese troops to pull back to Pasúruan.
The effect of this civil war was now severely felt at Batavia. The country was laid waste, cultivation was neglected, and a great scarcity of rice was felt at Batavia. This induced the Dutch to march a more considerable force in 1717, and again to take an active part in re-establishing the tranquillity of the country.
The impact of this civil war was now strongly felt in Batavia. The land was devastated, farming was ignored, and there was a significant shortage of rice in Batavia. This prompted the Dutch to send a larger military force in 1717 and to once again take an active role in restoring peace to the country.
On the arrival of this force at Madúra, it was found that the chief of that island had made two unsuccessful attacks on the troops of Pamakásan and Súmenap, and been forced at last to leave his capital with his son, brother, wives, and relations, and seek safety with the Dutch.
On the arrival of this force at Madúra, it was found that the chief of the island had made two unsuccessful attempts to attack the troops of Pamakásan and Súmenap, and was ultimately forced to leave his capital with his son, brother, wives, and relatives to seek safety with the Dutch.
"When Pangéran Chákra Deníngrat," say the Javan authors, "saw that nothing more was to be done against his enemies," he resolved to throw himself on the protection of the Dutch; and a Dutch ship arriving at Madúra he dispatched a letter, soliciting their assistance. This letter the captain forwarded to Surabáya, and received the instructions of the admiral to take the chief and his family on board, and convey them to that capital. The captain immediately sent a messenger on shore to the Pangéran, informing him of the wishes of the admiral, and inviting him to come on board with his family. Pangéran Chákra Deníngrat, who was unconscious of treachery or duplicity, and consequently void of suspicion, with a joyful heart accepted the invitation, and, accompanied by his family, immediately went off in a small fishing-boat. When arrived alongside of the ship, the followers who carried the upachára (emblems of state) were ordered to go on board: after them the Pangéran himself ascended, and then his wife, Ráden Ayu Chákra Diníngrat. When the Pangéran came upon deck, Captain Curtis took him by the hand, and delivered him over to one of his officers, who immediately led him into the cabin. The captain remained till the Ráden Ayu had ascended, and as soon as she came on deck he likewise took her by the hand, and after the European manner kissed her cheek. Not understanding the custom she became[Vol II Pg 222] alarmed, and thinking that Captain Curtis was offering an insult to her, screamed out, and called aloud upon her husband, saying, "the Captain had evil intentions." The Pangéran hearing the cries of his wife became furious, and drawing his kris rushed out, and without further inquiry stabbed the Captain. The attendants of the chief, who had come on board with the state ornaments, following the example of their master, raised the cry of amók and immediately fell on the crew of the vessel. The latter, however, were too powerful for them, and in a short time the whole of the Madurese party were killed, together with the chief and his wife.
"When Pangéran Chákra Deníngrat," say the Javan authors, "saw that there was nothing more he could do against his enemies," he decided to seek protection from the Dutch. When a Dutch ship arrived at Madúra, he sent a letter asking for their help. The captain forwarded this letter to Surabáya and received instructions from the admiral to take the chief and his family on board and take them to the capital. The captain immediately sent a messenger to the Pangéran, informing him of the admiral's wishes and inviting him to come on board with his family. Pangéran Chákra Deníngrat, unaware of any treachery or deceit and therefore not suspicious at all, happily accepted the invitation and, accompanied by his family, set off in a small fishing boat. Once they reached the ship, the attendants carrying the upachára (emblems of state) were directed to board, followed by the Pangéran himself, and then his wife, Ráden Ayu Chákra Diníngrat. When the Pangéran came on deck, Captain Curtis took his hand and handed him over to one of his officers, who immediately led him into the cabin. The captain stayed until Ráden Ayu had boarded, and as soon as she came on deck, he also took her hand and kissed her cheek in the European way. Not understanding the custom, she became alarmed, thinking Captain Curtis was insulting her, and screamed out, calling for her husband, saying, "the Captain has evil intentions." The Pangéran, hearing his wife's cries, became furious, drew his kris, rushed out, and without asking any questions, stabbed the Captain. The attendants of the chief, who had come on board with the state ornaments, following their master's example, shouted amók and immediately attacked the crew of the vessel. However, the crew was too strong for them, and soon the entire Madurese party was killed, along with the chief and his wife.
When a question arises respecting the chastity of the Javan women, this story is usually referred to.
When someone questions the purity of Javan women, this story is typically brought up.
The rebels, both in the eastern provinces of Java and on Madúra, were joined by auxiliaries from Báli. Those, however, on Madúra were soon overmatched by the Dutch troops, and obliged to fly again to Báli. Jáya Puspíta was more successful. Moving from Surabáya through the central districts towards Kérta-súra, he subjected the provinces of Jápan, Wírasába, Kedíri, Mádion Sukawáti and the neighbouring districts. While his head quarters were at Kedíri, he was joined by Pangéran Dípa Nagára one of the sons of the Susúnan, who setting himself up as sovereign of Java, under the title of Panambáhan Héru Chákra Senapáti Panatagáma appointed Jáya Púspita to be his Páteh, with the title of Ráden Adipáti Panatagáma, and commenced the establishment of a government at Mádion.
The rebels in the eastern provinces of Java and on Madúra were joined by supporters from Báli. However, those on Madúra were soon outmatched by the Dutch troops and forced to flee back to Báli. Jáya Puspíta had more success. Moving from Surabáya through the central districts towards Kérta-súra, he took control of the provinces of Jápan, Wírasába, Kedíri, Mádion Sukawáti, and the surrounding areas. While his headquarters were at Kedíri, he was joined by Pangéran Dípa Nagára, one of the sons of the Susúnan, who set himself up as the ruler of Java under the title of Panambáhan Héru Chákra Senapáti Panatagáma. He appointed Jáya Púspita as his Páteh, with the title of Ráden Adipáti Panatagáma, and began to establish a government at Mádion.
An army was sent from Kérta-súra against Mádion, under the command of Pangéran Blítar, another son of the Susúnan; but before they reached that place the Pangéran was summoned to return, in consequence of the severe indisposition of his father. This prince died in the Javan year 1648, and was buried at Megíri. He had previously written to the Dutch authorities, requesting them to select one of his three sons Pangéran Adipáti Amángku-nagára, Pangéran Purbáyá, or Pangéran Blítar, to succeed him in the government.
An army was sent from Kérta-súra to fight against Mádion, led by Pangéran Blítar, another son of the Susúnan; but before they got there, the Pangéran was ordered to come back because his father was seriously ill. This prince passed away in the Javan year 1648 and was buried at Megíri. He had previously written to the Dutch authorities, asking them to choose one of his three sons—Pangéran Adipáti Amángku-nagára, Pangéran Purbáyá, or Pangéran Blítar—to succeed him as ruler.
Thus ended the reign of a prince, which had been one constant scene of commotion and rebellion, directed perhaps not so much against the authority of the prince himself, as[Vol II Pg 223] against the Dutch, who now took so active a part in the affairs of Java, that the power of the native sovereign was merely nominal.
Thus ended the reign of a prince, which had been a constant source of turmoil and rebellion, aimed perhaps not so much at the authority of the prince himself, as[Vol II Pg 223] against the Dutch, who now played such an active role in the affairs of Java that the power of the native sovereign was just a formality.
The Javan writers, whether from a desire to exclude from the regal line a prince who thus became the mere puppet of the Europeans, or from a conviction of the truth of the circumstance, seem anxious to prove that he was not the real son of Susúnan Tegál Arom, as related, but a son of the Pangéran Kajuran, father-in-law of Trúna Jáya, and who afterwards, when he established himself in the southern hills, took the name of Panambáhan Ráma. The story runs, that the Rátu of Mangkúrat being delivered of a deformed and imperfect offspring, the Susúnan secretly sent the child to Kajúran, who was supposed to deal in witchcraft, and that the Pangéran took the opportunity of destroying it, and substituted his own child in its place. This child, however, was born of a daughter of Pangéran Purbaya, the younger brother of Sultan Agong; so that on the mother's side it was of royal extraction. "But," say the Javan writers, "as the present princes of Java are descendants from Pakubuána, this story is not talked of in public; although in private societies there are many who put faith in it."
The Javan writers, whether out of a desire to remove from the royal lineage a prince who had become just a puppet of the Europeans or from their belief in this account, seem eager to show that he was not the true son of Susúnan Tegál Arom, as claimed, but rather a son of Pangéran Kajuran, who was the father-in-law of Trúna Jáya, and later, when he settled in the southern hills, took the name of Panambáhan Ráma. The story goes that the Rátu of Mangkúrat gave birth to a deformed and imperfect child, and the Susúnan secretly sent the baby to Kajúran, who was believed to be involved in witchcraft, and that the Pangéran took this chance to dispose of it and replaced it with his own child. This child, however, was born from the daughter of Pangéran Purbaya, the younger brother of Sultan Agong, so on the mother's side, it was of royal blood. "But," the Javan writers say, "since the current princes of Java are descendants of Pakubuána, this story is not spoken about in public; though in private circles, there are many who believe in it."
On the 13th of December, 1705, articles were agreed upon with the Sultan of Bantam, to ensure the weight and quality of the pepper to be delivered.
On December 13, 1705, agreements were made with the Sultan of Bantam to guarantee the weight and quality of the pepper to be delivered.
On the 9th of October, 1708, a further contract was entered into with the sultan, with the view principally of renewing and confirming the contracts, bonds, deeds of remission, &c., entered into and concluded with his predecessors.
On October 9, 1708, another contract was made with the sultan, mainly to renew and confirm the contracts, agreements, deeds of remission, etc., that were made with his predecessors.
In August, 1731, another contract was entered into with the sultan, of which the following were the most interesting articles.
In August 1731, another agreement was made with the sultan, and here are the most interesting points.
That all Búgis, Maláyus, Javans, and other native traders, shall be allowed freely to dispose of their wares at Bantam, without any interference on the part of the Dutch Resident, provided they do not trade in articles which constitute the Company's monopoly. The subjects of Bantam shall be permitted to trade to Java on condition that they do not abuse the confidence thus placed in them by engaging in illicit commerce. The sultan promised to adopt immediate measures[Vol II Pg 224] for increasing the annual deliveries of pepper to the Company, and engaged to hold out every possible inducement to the Lámpung people to extend the cultivation of the article, instead of depressing them by unnecessary acts of severity. A deed was also executed about this time ceding Púlo Pánjang to the Dutch, for the purpose of keeping an establishment on it for assisting vessels in distress.
That all Búgis, Maláyus, Javans, and other local traders shall be allowed to freely sell their goods in Bantam without any interference from the Dutch Resident, as long as they don’t trade in items that are part of the Company’s monopoly. The people of Bantam will be allowed to trade with Java on the condition that they don’t abuse the trust given to them by engaging in illegal trade. The sultan promised to take immediate steps[Vol II Pg 224] to increase the annual deliveries of pepper to the Company and committed to encouraging the Lámpung people to grow more of this crop instead of discouraging them with unnecessary harshness. A document was also signed around this time transferring Púlo Pánjang to the Dutch so they could establish a station there to help ships in distress.
On the 9th December, 1733, a further contract was entered into with the sultan of Bantam, by which many regulations were made respecting the pepper monopoly.
On December 9, 1733, another contract was signed with the sultan of Bantam, which established several rules regarding the pepper monopoly.
Being called upon to renew the bond for the sum of six hundred thousand Spanish dollars in favour of the Dutch, the sultan, after previously stating whence this lawful debt originated, bound his kingdom and revenues for the same, and at the same time conferred on the Dutch the exclusive trade in pepper and other privileges. The deed of remission, bearing date 28th April, 1684, was further renewed, by which a conditional remission of the above-mentioned bond was granted. An act of donation from the price of ground, called kámpung báli, was at the same time granted.
Being asked to renew the bond for the amount of six hundred thousand Spanish dollars in favor of the Dutch, the sultan, after explaining the origin of this lawful debt, pledged his kingdom and revenues for it, and at the same time granted the Dutch exclusive rights to trade in pepper and other privileges. The deed of remission, dated April 28, 1684, was also renewed, granting a conditional remission of the previously mentioned bond. A donation from the proceeds of the land, called kámpung báli, was granted at the same time.
Of the three sons of the deceased Susúnan, the Dutch government made choice of the Pangéran Adipáti Amángku Nagára, as his successor; he was accordingly publicly installed, under the title of Susûhunan Prábu Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Sahídin Panatagáma.
Of the three sons of the late Susúnan, the Dutch government selected Pangéran Adipáti Amángku Nagára as his successor; he was then officially installed with the title of Susûhunan Prábu Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Sahídin Panatagáma.
The first and principal event in this reign was the rebellion of the younger brothers of the prince, Pangéran Purbáya and Blítar, occasioned principally by their being deprived of the lands and honours which they had enjoyed during the lifetime of their father. They first raised a party in the capital, and made an attempt, during the night, to enter the kráton and put the Susúnan to death, but being repulsed, they fled to Matárem, and collecting their followers, the youngest (Blítar) assumed the title of Súltan Ibni Mustápha Pakubúana Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Patagáma. His brother, Purbáya, was satisfied with a secondary authority, under the title of Panambáhan Senapáti Ingalága.
The main event during this reign was the rebellion of the prince's younger brothers, Pangéran Purbáya and Blítar, primarily because they were stripped of the lands and honors they had enjoyed while their father was alive. They initially gathered support in the capital and made a nighttime attempt to invade the kráton and kill the Susúnan. However, after being pushed back, they fled to Matárem. After gathering their followers, the youngest brother (Blítar) took on the title of Súltan Ibni Mustápha Pakubúana Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Patagáma. His brother, Purbáya, was content with a lesser title, Panambáhan Senapáti Ingalága.
In a short time the provinces of Bányumas, Matárem, and Kedú, submitted to these chiefs, and a union taking place with the party under Panambáhan Héru Chákra, the[Vol II Pg 225] authority of the newly elected Susúnan became endangered.
In a short time, the provinces of Bányumas, Matárem, and Kedú gave in to these leaders, and a union formed with the group led by Panambáhan Héru Chákra, putting the authority of the newly elected Susúnan at risk.
Pangéran Aria Matárem, uncle of the Susúnan, at the same time quitted Kérta Súra, and reared the standard of rebellion in Grobógan and Blóra. This chief was, however, soon after decoyed into the hands of the Dutch in the following manner.
Pangéran Aria Matárem, the uncle of the Susúnan, also left Kérta Súra and raised the banner of rebellion in Grobógan and Blóra. However, this leader was quickly tricked into the hands of the Dutch in the following way.
"The Pangéran was induced to go to Páti, and afterwards to Japára, on an understanding that the Dutch would raise him to the throne, where troops were immediately assembled, apparently for that object, but in reality to secure his person. On his arrival at the fort with his family, he was received with salutes of cannon and small arms, and separated from his followers, who were excluded. After he had been seated a short time, the gates of the fort were shut, and the Pangéran and his sons were disarmed, and placed in close confinement. He died in a few days. When the gates of the forts were closed, the followers of the Pangéran suspecting the treachery, would not disperse, until many were destroyed and the rest fired upon."
"The Pangéran was persuaded to travel to Páti, and later to Japára, with the understanding that the Dutch would place him on the throne. Troops were quickly gathered, seemingly for that purpose, but actually to ensure his capture. Upon arriving at the fort with his family, he was welcomed with cannon and gunfire salutes, while his followers were kept out. After a brief time seated, the fort gates were shut, and the Pangéran and his sons were disarmed and put under tight confinement. He passed away a few days later. When the fort gates were closed, the Pangéran's followers, suspecting betrayal, refused to leave until many were killed and the others were shot at."
The Dutch force uniting with those of the Susúnan, the rebels, who were now united under the sultan Ibni Mustápha, were defeated, and obliged to retreat to Kedíri. Here they were pursued, again beaten, and driven in disorder to Málang. The sultan fled to Gúnung Dampúlan with only a few followers, while Panambáhan Senapáti and Panambáhan Héru Chákra rallied their remaining forces at Lamájang. The Dutch army now returned to Kérta Súra, and the tranquillity of the country was once more for a short time restored.
The Dutch forces teamed up with the rebels from the Susúnan, now led by Sultan Ibni Mustápha, but they were defeated and forced to pull back to Kedíri. They were chased down, beaten again, and scattered in retreat to Málang. The sultan escaped to Gúnung Dampúlan with only a few supporters, while Panambáhan Senapáti and Panambáhan Héru Chákra gathered their remaining troops at Lamájang. The Dutch army then returned to Kérta Súra, and for a brief time, peace was restored to the region.
Sultan Ibni Mustápha having returned to the village of Káli Gángsa, was seized with a violent illness and died, and his family and followers, worn out with fatigue, conveyed the body to Kérta Súra, and threw themselves on the mercy of the Susúnan. Notwithstanding this unconditional submission, their chief, Jáya Bráta, was immediately put to death, and his body thrown into the river: the body of the deceased sultan, however, received honourable interment.
Sultan Ibni Mustápha returned to the village of Káli Gángsa, fell seriously ill, and died. His family and followers, exhausted from their ordeal, carried his body to Kérta Súra and sought refuge with the Susúnan. Despite their complete surrender, their leader, Jáya Bráta, was executed immediately, and his body was cast into the river. However, the deceased sultan was given a proper burial.
The rebels established at Lamájang still held out, and it was not until the arrival of a considerable Dutch force at[Vol II Pg 226] Surabáya that they were induced to submit. According to the native writers, "The Dutch commander wrote from Surabáya to the rebel chiefs at Lamájang, informing them that he had been ordered to the eastward with a formidable force purposely to destroy them, and that if they did not quietly submit, he would force them to do so, in which case no quarter should be given, adding at the same time, that if they were willing to submit quietly, they should be received with favour, treated with kindness, and want for nothing during their lives. The chiefs seeing no prospect of success from further opposition, were induced to close with these terms. Accordingly Panambákan Senápati and Héru Chákra, with Adipáti Náta Púra, attended by only a few followers, surrendered themselves at Surabáya, where they were received with great honour, the firing of cannon and musketry, and by the sound of the gámelan, which struck up on their approach. It was not long, however, before their persons were placed in confinement, and they were embarked on board a ship from Batavia, from whence Panambáhan Héru Chákra and Adipáti Náta Púra were afterwards banished to the Cape."
The rebels at Lamájang still held out, and it wasn't until a large Dutch force arrived at [Vol II Pg 226]Surabáya that they were convinced to surrender. According to local writers, "The Dutch commander sent a message from Surabáya to the rebel leaders at Lamájang, informing them that he had been ordered east with a strong force specifically to eliminate them, and that if they didn't submit peacefully, he would make them do so without mercy. He added that if they chose to surrender quietly, they would be treated well and provided for for the rest of their lives. The leaders, seeing no chance of success through further resistance, agreed to these terms. Thus, Panambákan Senápati and Héru Chákra, along with Adipáti Náta Púra, accompanied by only a few followers, surrendered at Surabáya, where they were welcomed with great honor, the firing of cannons and muskets, and the sound of the gámelan playing as they approached. However, it wasn't long before they were placed under confinement and put on a ship to Batavia, from where Panambáhan Héru Chákra and Adipáti Náta Púra were later exiled to the Cape."
The only circumstance from which the peace of the country appears to have been subsequently disturbed during the reign of this prince, was by a kráman, or rebel, named Ráden Ibráhim, who gave himself out as a descendant of Surapáti; but this movement was instantly suppressed, and all that arose out of it appears to have been an attempt on the life of the Susúnan, made by a woman, who with a small party endeavoured to force her way into the kráton, but with several of her followers was killed in the attempt. The authority of the prince was now fully established; and in return for the services rendered by the Dutch in the late war, he was required to enter into a new treaty with the Dutch, containing the following, among other less interesting stipulations.
The only situation that seems to have disrupted the peace of the country during this prince's reign was a rebel named Ráden Ibráhim, who claimed to be a descendant of Surapáti; however, this uprising was quickly put down, and the only outcome appeared to be an assassination attempt on the Susúnan by a woman who, along with a small group, tried to break into the kráton, but was killed in the process along with several of her supporters. The prince's authority was now firmly established; in return for the support the Dutch provided during the recent conflict, he was required to sign a new treaty with them, which included the following among other less significant terms.
In acknowledgment of the services lately rendered, and also to his highness's forefathers, and in consideration of the considerable quantity of rice still owing by him to the Dutch, on the deliveries stipulated by the contract of 1705, his highness now promised to deliver to the Company annually at Batavia, with his own vessels, for a period of fifty years,[Vol II Pg 227] to commence from the year 1734, a quantity of one thousand koyans of good rice, or its equivalent in money, it being at the same time understood that the Dutch are not bound to take money for any proportion of the said annual delivery, except when it was sufficiently proved that a failure of the crop of rice rendered it impossible to supply the whole quantity.
In recognition of the services recently provided, as well as to honor his highness's ancestors, and considering the significant amount of rice he still owes the Dutch from the deliveries outlined in the 1705 contract, his highness has now pledged to deliver to the Company annually at Batavia, using his own ships, for a period of fifty years,[Vol II Pg 227] starting from the year 1734, a quantity of one thousand koyans of good rice, or its monetary equivalent. It is also understood that the Dutch are not required to accept money for any part of the annual delivery unless it is clearly demonstrated that a rice crop failure made it impossible to provide the full amount.
That with the view to encourage the cultivation of pepper, the Dutch should, in future, pay five rix-dollars for each píkul of that article; while, on the other hand, the Susúnan engaged to issue an edict, directing the total annihilation of the coffee culture, with the exception of a few plantations near the houses of the regents, for their own amusement and consumption, but by no means for trade, on severe penalties. The Susúnan moreover authorized the Dutch to cause all plantations, without distinction, in the low countries, on the coast, or in the mountains, to be destroyed, and to confiscate, for their joint profit, any quantity of coffee which might be found, for purposes of trade, in the hands of any of his highness's subjects, at the expiration of six months from the date thereof. That his highness should direct the coast regents to deliver, in the year 1734, the annual quantity of timber for repairing and extending the forts of Semárang and Japára, the other materials being furnished by the Company. The seventh article stipulated for the delivering annually about ten thousand beams of teak timber (specified) at Japára, Demák, Walíri, and Brébes, the same to be duly paid for on delivery; and the Dutch engaged to assure themselves that the regulation should be complied with, by causing the residents of the timber places to transmit the receipts and other vouchers relative thereto, while, on the other hand, the Susúnan promised to take care that the timber should be of good quality and of the stipulated dimensions.
To encourage the cultivation of pepper, the Dutch will now pay five rix-dollars for each píkul of that product. In return, the Susúnan agreed to issue an order to completely eliminate coffee cultivation, except for a few plantations near the regents' homes for their personal enjoyment and use, but definitely not for trade, with serious penalties attached. The Susúnan also authorized the Dutch to destroy all plantations, regardless of location, whether in the lowlands, along the coast, or in the mountains, and to confiscate any coffee found in the hands of his highness's subjects, for trade purposes, after six months from the date of this agreement, sharing the profits. Additionally, his highness will instruct the coastal regents to supply the annual quantity of timber needed for repairing and expanding the forts of Semárang and Japára, with other materials provided by the Company. The seventh article stipulates that about ten thousand beams of teak timber (as specified) will be delivered each year at Japára, Demák, Walíri, and Brébes, with payment made upon delivery. The Dutch will ensure compliance with this regulation by requiring the residents of the timber-producing areas to send the receipts and other relevant documents, while the Susúnan promised to ensure the timber is of good quality and meets the specified dimensions.
The Dutch remitted to the Susúnan the arrears on account of the quantity of rice (the delivery of which was stipulated by the contract of October, 1705), consisting of no less than 6,537 koyans; and also the sums advanced by them in the wars and during his minority, on condition that, on the part of the Susúnan, all previous treaties, deeds, and charters, contracted and granted by his highness's predecessors, should[Vol II Pg 228] be fulfilled by him; in default whereof the above pretensions were to regain their full force and value. It was further agreed that the Dutch should remain in possession of their former commercial privileges at Java, his highness promising to render the Dutch trade still more flourishing and considerable, and to increase the deliveries of cotton thread. His highness further bound himself to supply every day two hundred and forty báturs, or Javan labourers, for the service of the fort, free of expense to the Dutch.
The Dutch paid the Susúnan the overdue amount for the rice (which was specified in the contract from October 1705), totaling no less than 6,537 koyans; and also for the sums they advanced during the wars and while he was still a minor, on the condition that the Susúnan fulfill all previous treaties, deeds, and charters made by his predecessors. If he failed to do so, the aforementioned claims would regain their full force and value. It was also agreed that the Dutch would keep their previous commercial rights in Java, with his highness promising to make Dutch trade even more prosperous and to increase the delivery of cotton thread. His highness also committed to providing two hundred and forty báturs, or Javan workers, every day for the fort's service, at no cost to the Dutch.
The act which closed the reign of this prince, and which affords good evidence of the undisturbed state of public affairs at the period, was a visit to the burial-place at Bútah, where Kiái Agong Bútuh, and sultan Pájang had been interred. The Javans have such a superstitious veneration for this spot, that they declare it is never overflowed, notwithstanding the waters rise to a considerable height round it, and that it is lower than the adjoining ground. Here the prince was taken ill, and after a long confinement died, in the Javan year 1657.
The event that marked the end of this prince's reign, and which shows how stable public affairs were at that time, was a visit to the burial ground at Bútah, where Kiái Agong Bútuh and Sultan Pájang were buried. The Javanese have such a superstitious reverence for this place that they insist it never floods, even though the water rises significantly around it, and it's lower than the surrounding land. During this visit, the prince fell ill, and after a lengthy illness, he passed away in the Javan year 1657.
He was succeeded by his son, under the title of Susúnan Pakubuána Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Sáhedin Panatagáma, who ascended the throne when he was only about fourteen years old, and was yet unmarried.
He was succeeded by his son, under the title of Susúnan Pakubuána Senapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Sáhedin Panatagáma, who became king when he was just around fourteen years old and was still unmarried.
The young prince was entirely under the superintendance of Dánu Réja, his father's prime minister, until, as he attained maturity, he by repeated acts shewed a disposition to shake off the controul of that chief. He was desirous of appointing Chákra Níngrat to be Widána of the eastern districts of Pasúruan, Bángil, and Probolíng'o; but that chief being on bad terms with the minister Dánu Réja, the Susúnan privately, and without the knowledge of the minister, wrote to the Governor-general at Batavia, requesting his sanction to the measure. Shortly after this the Susúnan made a further application to the Dutch, that they would remove from Java the person of Pangéran Ria Mángku Nagára, on a plea that he had been discovered in an improper intimacy with one of his concubines. On this occasion the minister, Dánu Réja, was dispatched to Batavia; and the interview he had with the Governor-general is thus related by the native writers:—"The General was displeased with Dánu Réja, because he had not adjusted these two affairs; and afterwards, when he[Vol II Pg 229] went to Batavia with presents from the Susúnan, the General asked him if he was willing that Chákra Níngrat should be Widána of the three districts? Dánu Réja, not aware of the application made by the Susúnan, replied, that if that chief was entrusted with so extensive an authority he should tremble, as the heart of Chákra Níngrat would thereupon become great; for he had already been married to the Susúnan's sister. The General observed, that it was easy to remove this uneasiness from his mind. 'Let,' said he,'this chief be under the authority of the Dutch only. Let him pay the money tribute to the Susúnan, but in other respects let not the Susúnan trouble himself about him. Let him look to the Dutch only for keeping him under due restraint.' To this Dánu Réja replied, 'If such is the wish of the General, I cannot follow it, because I fear that hereafter the Susúnan would object to such an arrangement, and, repenting of having followed the General's advice, would be justly enraged against me and my successors, for having in any way consented that Chákra Níngrat, or these lands, should be placed under the immediate authority of the Dutch.' A pause then ensued. At length the General resumed, and in a peremptory and angry manner demanded of the minister, why he had not prevented the Susúnan from applying for the banishment of his brother, Ria Mángku Nagára, observing that it had not yet been proved, that he was guilty of any offence against the Susúnan. Dánu Réja replied, 'The offence of the Pangéran is clear and decided; it is known to many that he had an attachment for the Susúnan's concubine.' He therefore requested he might be banished the island, adding, that he would request the Susúnan to make a proper provision for his maintenance. The General conceiving that Dánu Réja was not inclined to follow his wishes, became enraged, and desired him not to trouble himself further about the Pangéran, saying that, whether he was banished or not, was not his business; it depended entirely on the government. He then dismissed him to his póndok, where the minister was allowed to remain upwards of a year, until the death of the General, when, on the elevation of his successor, he was directed to return to Kérta-súra. While thus detained at Batavia, he was repeatedly visited by[Vol II Pg 230] some of the counsellors, urging him to accede to the wish of the General respecting the lands; but he continued to use to them the same arguments he had before used to the General."
The young prince was completely under the supervision of Dánu Réja, his father’s prime minister, until he grew older and repeatedly showed a desire to break free from that control. He wanted to appoint Chákra Níngrat as Widána of the eastern districts of Pasúruan, Bángil, and Probolíng'o; however, since that chief was on bad terms with the minister Dánu Réja, the Susúnan privately and without the minister's knowledge wrote to the Governor-General in Batavia, asking for approval of the measure. Shortly after, the Susúnan made another request to the Dutch, asking them to remove Pangéran Ria Mángku Nagára from Java, claiming he had been found inappropriately close with one of his concubines. In this instance, Minister Dánu Réja was sent to Batavia, and the local writers relate his meeting with the Governor-General as follows: “The General was annoyed with Dánu Réja because he hadn’t resolved these two matters. Later, when he went to Batavia with gifts from the Susúnan, the General asked if he was okay with Chákra Níngrat becoming Widána of the three districts. Dánu Réja, unaware of the Susúnan’s request, replied that if that chief was given such broad authority, he should be worried, as it would boost Chákra Níngrat’s ambition; after all, he was already married to the Susúnan’s sister. The General pointed out that it would be simple to ease this concern. ‘Let,’ he said, ‘this chief answer only to the Dutch. He can pay tribute to the Susúnan, but in all other matters, let the Susúnan not interfere. Let the Dutch ensure he is kept in check.’ Dánu Réja responded, ‘If that is the General's desire, I can’t agree, as I fear the Susúnan would object to this arrangement later on, and regretting having accepted the General's advice, would rightly be furious with me and my successors for having allowed Chákra Níngrat or these lands to come under the direct authority of the Dutch.’ There was a moment of silence. Eventually, the General resumed in a firm and angry tone, demanding to know why the minister hadn’t stopped the Susúnan from asking for his brother, Ria Mángku Nagára, to be exiled, noting that it hadn’t been proven he had committed any offense against the Susúnan. Dánu Réja replied, ‘The Pangéran’s offense is obvious and undeniable; many know he was involved with the Susúnan’s concubine.’ He asked to have him banished from the island, adding that he would request the Susúnan to ensure proper support for his living. The General, perceiving that Dánu Réja was unyielding, became angry and told him not to worry about the Pangéran, saying whether he was exiled or not was not his concern; it was entirely the government’s decision. He then sent him back to his póndok, where the minister stayed for over a year until the General's death, after which, with the rise of his successor, he was instructed to return to Kérta-súra. While he was stuck in Batavia, he was repeatedly visited by some counselors urging him to agree with the General's wishes regarding the lands, but he kept using the same arguments he had previously shared with the General.
After the return of Dánu Réja to Kérta-súra, he is represented as having had an interview with Wangsarána, a celebrated devotee, who resided in the first Kalángbrit, and who foretold the misfortunes which were to ensue.
After Dánu Réja got back to Kérta-súra, it’s said he had a meeting with Wangsarána, a well-known devotee living in the first Kalángbrit, who predicted the troubles that were about to come.
On demanding of this tápa what would be the future fate of Kérta-súra, he replied, "that it was destined to misfortune, destruction, and sorrow: Ráden Más Sujána and Ráden Mas Sáyed will however profit by it." This Ráden Sujána was a younger brother of the Susúnan by a concubine, and afterwards took the name of Pangéran Mangkubúmi. Ráden Mas Sáyed was a cousin to the Susúnan, son of his elder brother, Pangéran Mangku-nagára, who had been sent to Batavia with a request that he might be banished. They were both at this time youngest children (timur).
On asking this tápa what the future would hold for Kérta-súra, he replied, "It's destined for misfortune, destruction, and sorrow; however, Ráden Más Sujána and Ráden Mas Sáyed will benefit from it." This Ráden Sujána was a younger brother of the Susúnan through a concubine and later took on the name Pangéran Mangkubúmi. Ráden Mas Sáyed was a cousin to the Susúnan, the son of his older brother, Pangéran Mangku-nagára, who had been sent to Batavia with a request for his exile. At that time, they were both the youngest children (timur).
This prophecy made a deep impression on the mind of the minister; and his uneasiness became still greater, when one day a woman, named Niái Súka Wáti, came to him from her mistress, Rátu Agong, the mother of the Susúnan, saying that the Rátu had just dreamt that she beheld the moon descend from the heavens and rest on the top of the large dúku tree in the kráton; and that this had no sooner occurred, than that Ráden Mas Sujána immediately came, and seizing hold of the moon swallowed one-half of it, the other half slipping from his grasp, and resuming its place on the top of the tree: the Rátu then awoke and found it daylight. These were the first signs of what was soon to befal Kérta-súra.
This prophecy left a strong impact on the minister, and his unease grew even more when one day a woman named Niái Súka Wáti came to him from her mistress, Rátu Agong, the mother of the Susúnan. She said that the Rátu had just had a dream where she saw the moon descend from the sky and land on top of the large dúku tree in the kráton. As soon as this happened, Ráden Mas Sujána appeared, grabbed the moon, swallowed half of it, and the other half slipped from his grasp and returned to the top of the tree. The Rátu then woke up to find it was daylight. These were the first signs of what was about to happen to Kérta-súra.
The fate of the minister was, however, to be first decided; for on the occasion of the Susúnan raising a chief, named Súra-Diníngrat, to be Bopáti of Pakalúngan, with a thousand cháchas, without the knowledge of the minister, the latter refused to acknowledge him in that capacity; in consequence of which the Susúnan requested the Dutch to arrest him, and banish him from the island. As soon as the Dutch had consented to do so, the unfortunate minister was dispatched to Semárang on a special embassy from his master, where he was decoyed into the Dutch fort and confined. He was soon after embarked for Ceylon, in the same vessel which[Vol II Pg 231] conveyed Pangéran Ria Mángku Nagára, at whose feet he fell, acknowledging the justice of his own punishment, for having assisted in the banishment of that chief, who had in fact committed no fault. The Susúnan then appointed Nátu Kasúma to be his minister.
The minister's fate was about to be determined; when the Susúnan elevated a chief named Súra-Diníngrat to be Bopáti of Pakalúngan, with a thousand cháchas, without the minister's knowledge, the minister refused to recognize him in that role. As a result, the Susúnan asked the Dutch to arrest him and expel him from the island. Once the Dutch agreed to this, the unfortunate minister was sent to Semárang on a special mission from his master, where he was lured into the Dutch fort and imprisoned. He was soon put on a ship to Ceylon, the same vessel that[Vol II Pg 231] carried Pangéran Ria Mángku Nagára, at whose feet he fell, admitting the fairness of his punishment for having helped in the banishment of that chief, who was actually innocent of any wrongdoing. The Susúnan then appointed Nátu Kasúma as his minister.
Accounts were now received from Ceylon of the death of the ex-Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, and at the request of the Susúnan, the family of the deceased were permitted to return to Kérta-súra. On these were conferred distinguished titles and considerable assignments of land. To Mángku Nagára the Susúnan gave the name of Wíra Mengála, with one thousand cháchas of land; to Mángku Níngrat he gave the name of Pangéran Tépa Sána, with nine hundred cháchas; and to Ráden Jáya Kasúma he gave the title of Pangéran, with three hundred cháchas. Pangéran Purbáya, who had assumed the title of Panambáhan Senapáti Ingalága, shortly after died at Batavia, and his body was conveyed to Megíri. The eldest son of this chief married a younger sister of the Susúnan, and received the title of Pangéran Purbáya, with an assignment of sáwa. The Susúnan became much attached to him, and at length followed his counsel in all things. "What was right was declared wrong, and what was wrong, right, just as he pleased, and the Susúnan believed it."
Accounts were now coming in from Ceylon about the death of the ex-Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas, and at the Susúnan's request, the deceased's family was allowed to return to Kérta-súra. They were granted distinguished titles and significant land holdings. To Mángku Nagára, the Susúnan gave the name Wíra Mengála, with one thousand cháchas of land; to Mángku Níngrat, he assigned the name Pangéran Tépa Sána, with nine hundred cháchas; and to Ráden Jáya Kasúma, he bestowed the title of Pangéran, with three hundred cháchas. Pangéran Purbáya, who had taken on the title of Panambáhan Senapáti Ingalága, soon after died in Batavia, and his body was transported to Megíri. The eldest son of this chief married a younger sister of the Susúnan, and received the title of Pangéran Purbáya, along with an assignment of sáwa. The Susúnan grew very fond of him, and eventually took his advice in everything. "What was seen as right was declared wrong, and what was wrong was considered right, just as he wished, and the Susúnan believed it."
This increasing influence of the Pangéran Purbáya alarmed the minister, who secretly acquainted the Dutch with it, and by their interference the Pangéran Purbáya was removed from the councils of the prince, and obliged to fix his residence at a distance from the capital.
This growing influence of the Pangéran Purbáya worried the minister, who secretly informed the Dutch about it. With their involvement, the Pangéran Purbáya was taken out of the prince's councils and forced to live far from the capital.
Various signs now foreboded approaching war and misfortune, and led the people to expect that Pangéran Tépa Sána would attempt to regain the throne of his ancestors. The Susúnan and his ministers entirely disregarded these signs; but Pangéran Wíra Mengála sought the friendship of the Dutch commandant, in the hope of obtaining his assistance.
Various signs now hinted at an impending war and misfortune, leading people to expect that Pangéran Tépa Sána would try to reclaim the throne of his ancestors. The Susúnan and his ministers completely ignored these signs; however, Pangéran Wíra Mengála sought the friendship of the Dutch commandant, hoping to gain his support.
At this time occurred the rebellion of the Chinese at Batavia; and as the Dutch accounts of the transaction are far from complete or satisfactory, I shall quote two Javan records without variation. One of them is as follows:
At this time, the Chinese rebellion in Batavia took place; and since the Dutch accounts of the event are incomplete and unsatisfactory, I will quote two Javan records exactly. One of them is as follows:
"The city of Batavia was now in the highest state of prosperity: traders came from all quarters, merchandize was[Vol II Pg 232] in abundance, and the slaves were numerous. The latter becoming arrogant, in consequence of the wealth and power of their masters, committed outrages on the Chinese, in the first instance by beating them, and afterwards by attempting their lives. At first there were but few who committed these outrages, but at last they formed themselves into parties and committed more public acts of hostility. The Chinese applied to the European officers in authority, to put a stop to these outrages, or to punish those who committed them: they could, however, obtain no redress, the slaves testifying with one accord that the Chinese were the aggressors. The Chinese finding they could not obtain justice from the great people, assembled near the sugar mills at Gandária[276], to the number of more than a thousand, and chose a chief, with the determination to oppose the Dutch and the slaves; but as yet they thought it advisable not to do so openly, and therefore committed their depredations in small parties during the night. The Dutch, as soon as they heard of this, empowered several natives from Sábrany (of the opposite coasts and islands) to take up the Chinese who were at Gandária; these people succeeded in apprehending the Chinese one by one, and as soon as they gave them over to punishment they received a reward of six ducatoons for each. In this way they secured about two hundred. These were immediately embarked on a vessel to be banished to another country, but when they had got out to sea they were all thrown overboard. Many of them who could not swim perished; but a few having succeeded in reaching the shore, found their way to Gandária, and related to their companions how they had been treated. The Chinese, upon this, concluding that the Dutch had resolved to extirpate their race, now openly prepared their warlike instruments, gave notice to their countrymen at Batavia of the manner in which the Dutch had determined to destroy them, and requested that those who were willing to join them would immediately repair to Gandária. The Chinese in other quarters, equally harassed by the slaves, against whom they could gain no redress, became of one mind, when they received the intelligence of their countrymen having been thrown overboard [Vol II Pg 233]by the Dutch, and when they reflected that the destruction of their race was determined; they therefore collected quietly at Gandária, until their numbers amounted to upwards of five thousand. Here the whole placed themselves under the orders of a chief, named Sípanjang."
The city of Batavia was thriving: traders came from all over, goods were plentiful, and there were many slaves. The slaves, growing arrogant due to the wealth and power of their masters, started to attack the Chinese, first by beating them and later trying to kill them. Initially, only a few were involved in these attacks, but eventually, they organized into groups and carried out more public acts of violence. The Chinese appealed to the European officials in charge to stop these assaults or punish those responsible, but they got no help, as the slaves all insisted that the Chinese were the aggressors. Unable to find justice from the authorities, the Chinese gathered near the sugar mills at Gandária, numbering over a thousand, and elected a leader with the intent to confront the Dutch and the slaves. However, they decided it was best to act discreetly, so they carried out their raids in small groups at night. Upon learning this, the Dutch enlisted several locals from Sábrany to capture the Chinese in Gandária. They managed to apprehend the Chinese one by one, and for each captured, they were rewarded six ducatoons. In this way, they captured about two hundred. These individuals were immediately put on a ship to be sent away, but once they were at sea, they were all thrown overboard. Many who couldn’t swim drowned, but a few managed to make it to shore and returned to Gandária to tell their friends what had happened. The Chinese concluded that the Dutch intended to wipe out their race, so they openly gathered their weapons, alerted their fellow countrymen in Batavia about how the Dutch wanted to destroy them, and asked those willing to join them to come to Gandária. The Chinese in other areas, also oppressed by the slaves with no redress, united when they learned that their fellow countrymen had been thrown overboard by the Dutch. Realizing the Dutch were intent on their destruction, they quietly gathered at Gandária until their numbers swelled to over five thousand. They all placed themselves under the command of a leader named Sípanjang.
The other account is as follows:
The other account goes like this:
"It is related of Batavia, that General Valkenier was excessively liberal in his favours to the Chinese. The consequence of this was, that of all the races then resident at Batavia, with the exception of the Dutch, none were so wealthy as they. Whatever was profitable fell into their hands, while the other races, the natives of the country and the adjacent islands established there, found it difficult to discharge the duties and demands made upon them. On this account all these races became discontented with the Chinese; and as it is usual with the latter for their hearts to swell as they grow richer, quarrels ensued, and disputes continually took place between the parties. These increased, until complaints were carried before masters of slaves, where slaves were concerned, and before the regular courts, where free people were concerned. But the Chinese being always defeated in these suits, and fined for their conduct, they assembled in bands, for the purpose of revenging themselves, and began to plunder the villages in the neighbourhood of the town. This happened in the Javan year 1663 (gúna-rása-móbah jalma)[277].
"It is said that in Batavia, General Valkenier was very generous towards the Chinese. As a result, out of all the ethnic groups living in Batavia, except for the Dutch, none were as wealthy as they were. Whatever was profitable ended up in their hands, while the other ethnic groups, including the local natives and those from nearby islands, struggled to meet the demands placed on them. Because of this, all these groups became unhappy with the Chinese; and as is often the case, the Chinese became more arrogant as they got richer, leading to conflicts and ongoing disputes between them. These conflicts escalated, eventually leading to complaints being taken to slave masters when slaves were involved and to regular courts when free people were affected. However, the Chinese consistently lost these cases and were fined for their actions, prompting them to band together to seek revenge and start looting the villages surrounding the town. This occurred in the Javan year 1663 (gúna-rása-móbah jalma)[277].
"It is related that at this time there was at Batavia a certain Edel Heer, the Baron Van Imhoff, who had arrived from Ceylon. On his arrival at Jokarta, he learned from General Valkenier the particulars of the conduct of the Chinese, who were thus committing depredations in the villages; he said there were too many Chinese at Batavia, and proposed that a proportion should be sent to Ceylon. This was accordingly agreed to by the high council, and a search was in consequence made to take up the poorest of these, that they might be transported to Ceylon. The expences, in the first instance, were to be advanced by the Dutch, who were afterwards to be reimbursed when the Chinese should have acquired the means at Ceylon. The Chinese captain was accordingly directed[Vol II Pg 234] to beat the gong, and give public notice of this order; but there was not one Chinese inclined to follow it: and in order to carry the proposition of Van Imhoff into effect, it was agreed to arrest all the Poor Chinese. This order was given to the captain of the Chinese, but he declined to arrest his countrymen. Van Imhoff then inquired by what distinction of dress he might know the rich from the poor? The captain replied, "the clothing of the Chinese which may be considered a proof of their being poor, is black (blue)." Upon this the governor directed the Baillieu to arrest all Chinese so dressed; and the Baillieu again entrusting the execution of this order to his Máta Máta, who belonged to the races inimical to the Chinese, the latter, to gratify particular enmities, arrested many who did not wear blue, some of them of the most respectable families. The Chinese, in general, were much offended, when shortly the whole of those who were arrested, were embarked on board ship apparently for Ceylon; but they had been only a few days at sea, when they were amók'd. Most of them were killed, and the rest were thrown overboard. Of these some escaped to land, and arriving secretly at Batavia, communicated to their countrymen the particulars of the cruel treatment of the Company towards them. On this all the chiefs of the Chinese entered into an agreement to raise the standard of rebellion against the Dutch, and to endeavour to carry the fort of Batavia. There were, however, one or two who did not chuse to become the enemies of the Dutch.
It’s said that at this time in Batavia, there was a certain Edel Heer, Baron Van Imhoff, who had come from Ceylon. When he arrived in Jokarta, he learned from General Valkenier about the actions of the Chinese, who were causing trouble in the villages. He mentioned that there were too many Chinese in Batavia and suggested that some should be sent to Ceylon. The high council agreed to this, and a search was conducted to identify the poorest among them for transportation to Ceylon. The Dutch initially would cover the costs, but they would be reimbursed once the Chinese had the means in Ceylon. The Chinese captain was instructed[Vol II Pg 234] to beat the gong and publicly announce this order; however, none of the Chinese were willing to comply. To implement Van Imhoff’s proposal, it was decided to arrest all the poor Chinese. The captain received this order but refused to arrest his fellow countrymen. Van Imhoff then asked how he could distinguish the rich from the poor. The captain replied, "The poor Chinese wear black (blue) clothing." Following this, the governor instructed the Baillieu to arrest all Chinese dressed in that way; the Baillieu delegated the task to his Máta Máta, who belonged to groups hostile toward the Chinese, resulting in many respectable individuals being arrested, even those who weren’t wearing blue. The Chinese were generally outraged when, soon after, all those arrested were put on a ship apparently bound for Ceylon; however, they were only at sea for a few days when they were amók'd. Most were killed, and the rest were thrown overboard. Some managed to escape to land and secretly returned to Batavia, where they informed their fellow countrymen about the Company’s brutal treatment of them. In response, all the Chinese leaders decided to organize a rebellion against the Dutch and attempt to take the fort in Batavia. However, there were one or two who did not wish to become enemies of the Dutch.
"A Chinese named Liu Chu, informed the government of what was going on among his countrymen, for which he received a reward of eighty ducats, and other valuable presents, with a promise of future patronage. This man went as a spy to the Chinese at Gandária, and endeavoured to persuade the chief to submit to the Dutch, promising him free pardon; but Si-pánjang suspecting that, however fair might be the promises of the Dutch in the first instance, they would not fail to revenge themselves upon him, by seeking out some offence of which to accuse him, would not listen to these overtures. The Dutch then ordered, that of the Chinese who were at Batavia, such as wished to join their countrymen at Gandária might do so, but that such as wished to follow the Dutch, must[Vol II Pg 235] shave their mustaches as a sign, and deliver up all their sharp instruments of every description, even to the smallest knife, and neither burn a lamp nor make a fire at night. All the Chinese within the city were inclined rather to remain in their houses, and conform to the wish of the Dutch according to this order, than to quit their houses and join their companions at Gandária. The Dutch troops were now making preparations in the fort, and shut the gates of the city, hearing that the Chinese from Gandária were approaching. These came towards Batavia in three parties, burning and laying waste every thing in their way, until they arrived close under the walls, in numbers not less than ten thousand. Some of the guns being inefficient, the Chinese became bolder, and made a furious attack in which they were repulsed with great slaughter. In this affair the Chinese are estimated to have lost one thousand seven hundred and eighty-nine lives. They retreated in confusion, but assembled again at Gáding Meláti.
A Chinese man named Liu Chu informed the government about what was happening among his fellow countrymen, for which he was rewarded with eighty ducats and other valuable gifts, along with a promise of future support. This man acted as a spy among the Chinese at Gandária and tried to convince the chief to submit to the Dutch, offering him a full pardon. However, Si-pánjang suspected that, no matter how appealing the Dutch's promises sounded initially, they would eventually seek revenge by finding some way to accuse him of wrongdoing, so he refused to listen to these proposals. The Dutch then announced that any Chinese in Batavia who wanted to join their fellow countrymen at Gandária could do so, but those who wished to align with the Dutch had to[Vol II Pg 235] shave their mustaches as a sign and surrender all sharp objects, no matter how small, and could not light lamps or make fires at night. Most of the Chinese in the city preferred to stay in their homes and comply with the Dutch’s orders rather than leave and join their friends at Gandária. The Dutch troops were now preparing in the fort and closed the city gates, having heard that the Chinese from Gandária were approaching. They came toward Batavia in three groups, burning and destroying everything in their path, until they were close to the walls with numbers not less than ten thousand. As some of the guns were ineffective, the Chinese grew bolder and launched a fierce attack, but they were repelled with significant casualties. It’s estimated that the Chinese lost one thousand seven hundred and eighty-nine lives in this battle. They retreated in disarray but regrouped again at Gáding Meláti.
"The next morning the Dutch landed all the sailors from the shipping in the roads, and having confined the Chinese to their houses, according to the regulation, the Dutch government gave orders for their own people, the free black inhabitants, and the native Christians belonging to the fort, to slay all the male Chinese, old and young, who were within the city. Of these, amounting to nearly nine thousand souls, only one hundred and fifty escaped to join their countrymen at Kámpung Meláti. The property of all the Chinese was seized by those who committed the slaughter, not one of whom was killed, the Chinese having previously, as before related, delivered up their weapons to the Dutch.
The next morning, the Dutch brought all the sailors from the ships to shore, and after confining the Chinese people to their homes, as per the regulations, the Dutch government ordered their own people, the free black residents, and the native Christians from the fort to kill all the male Chinese, both old and young, who were in the city. Out of nearly nine thousand individuals, only one hundred and fifty managed to escape and join their fellow countrymen at Kámpung Meláti. The belongings of all the Chinese were taken by those who carried out the killings, none of whom were harmed, since the Chinese had previously handed over their weapons to the Dutch, as mentioned before.
"After this the Dutch troops, to the number of eight hundred Europeans and two thousand natives, under the orders of the Baron Van Imhoff, proceeded to Kámpung Gáding Meláti, where the Chinese under Si-Panjang had entrenched themselves in considerable numbers, and soon drove them from this position. The Chinese then retreated to Paning'-gáran, where also they were defeated. The loss of the latter affair was on the part of the Dutch four hundred and fifty, on that of the Chinese eight hundred."
"After this, the Dutch troops, consisting of eight hundred Europeans and two thousand locals, led by Baron Van Imhoff, moved to Kámpung Gáding Meláti, where the Chinese, commanded by Si-Panjang, had set up strong defenses. They soon pushed the Chinese out of this position. The Chinese then retreated to Paning'-gáran, where they were also defeated. In the latter battle, the Dutch lost four hundred and fifty soldiers, while the Chinese lost eight hundred."
While these transactions were going on at Batavia, many of the Bopátis of the coast provinces had arrived at Kérta[Vol II Pg 236] Súra, to present themselves at court, according to custom, at the ensuing múlud. The Bopáti of Demák informed the minister, Nála Kasúma, that before he quitted his district, the Chinese, in considerable numbers, had assembled in arms and elected a chief of their own nation, named Síngseh. The Bopáti of Grobógan also reported, that the same thing had taken place in his district, in consequence of their having heard that the Dutch at Batavia were determined to destroy every Chinese on the island. On this the minister waited upon the Susúnan, and informed him of these commotions. The Susúnan replied, that he had already heard of what was going on at Batavia, and was much surprized that the general had not sent him any intimation of the insurrection. The Ráden Adipáti observed, that perhaps it would not come to any thing, and that very probably the disturbance would subside of itself. To this the Susúnan replied: "if so, it was well; but if the war was brought into his country, what was he to do? He feared this was to be apprehended, or why should the Chinese on his lands be thus preparing to defend themselves against the Dutch. It is proper at any rate," added the Susúnan, "that we should agree with all the Bopátis who were assembled, whether it would be most advisable to assist the Dutch or the Chinese, for if the war is to be brought into my country, it appears to me that this point must soon be determined. In the mean time should this event happen, let them fight between themselves, don't let us interfere or assist: don't drive the Chinese away." On this the Ráden Adipáti observed, "that if the general requested their assistance, they were bound, according to treaty, to afford it." The Susúnan replied, "if the general requests assistance from me in men, it is an easy matter, and we can readily chuse the right course, but he must not force me to render assistance." The Ráden Adipáti then said, "as this was the wish of the prince, he would assemble the chiefs and be ready to give assistance to the Dutch, should they request it." The Susúnan replied, "very well, let them agree how to act."
While these events were happening in Batavia, many of the Bopátis from the coastal provinces had arrived at Kérta[Vol II Pg 236]Súra to present themselves at court, as was customary, for the upcoming múlud. The Bopáti of Demák informed the minister, Nála Kasúma, that before he left his area, a large number of Chinese had gathered armed and elected a leader from among them named Síngseh. The Bopáti of Grobógan also reported that the same situation had occurred in his district because they had heard that the Dutch in Batavia were set on exterminating every Chinese on the island. The minister then met with the Susúnan to share these disturbances. The Susúnan replied that he was already aware of what was happening in Batavia and was surprised that the general hadn’t sent him any notice about the uprising. The Ráden Adipáti suggested that it might not escalate into anything serious and that the unrest would likely die down on its own. To this, the Susúnan responded: "If that's the case, then great; but if war comes to my land, what should I do? I fear that's a possibility, or why would the Chinese on my territory be preparing to defend themselves against the Dutch? It’s essential," added the Susúnan, "that we come to an agreement with all the Bopátis gathered here about whether it would be better to support the Dutch or the Chinese, because if war is coming to my country, it seems this decision needs to be made soon. In the meantime, if this happens, let them fight it out among themselves; we should not interfere or help: don’t push the Chinese out." The Ráden Adipáti then noted that if the general asked for their help, they were obligated, as per treaty, to provide it. The Susúnan replied, "If the general asks me for men, that's simple enough, and we can choose the best course of action easily, but he shouldn't force me to help." The Ráden Adipáti then said that since this was the prince's wish, he would gather the chiefs and be prepared to assist the Dutch if they requested it. The Susúnan replied, "Very well, let them figure out how to proceed."
The Ráden Adipáti then proceeded to his house, where, assembling the chiefs, the point was discussed as follows. The Ráden Adipáti having informed them of the desire of[Vol II Pg 237] the Susúnan, that they should agree how to act, in the event of the war between the Chinese and Dutch being brought into the Susúnan's country, whether they should assist the Dutch or the Chinese. The Adipáti of Pakalóng'an, Jáya Níngrat, first delivered his sentiments. "I think it is best," said he, "that the Susúnan should assist the Dutch, but on condition they should release him from all the burthens which have been imposed upon his ancestors." The Ráden Adipáti said, "That is good; but I must remain of opinion, that the Chinese who are on Java do not concern our affairs as to the Dutch: they are not under my orders; they are only engaged in trade; they have done good, and brought profit to Java: why must we assist the Dutch, and destroy the Chinese?" Depáti Jáya Nígrat replied, "It is true the Chinese do not interfere with our business, and it is our own fault that we have any thing to do with the Dutch. Is it not better to take this opportunity of ridding the Susúnan of the exactions he is under to the Dutch? Let us assist them; they are strongest. The Dutch are as iron, the Chinese as tin: therefore it is better to assist the party most likely to be victorious." The Ráden Adipáti observed, "that it was on account of the Dutch being so strong that he thought it wrong to assist them; for," added he, "if we do they will only become more powerful and great, when perhaps we shall not be able to oppose them, and must remain entirely at their mercy. Is it not better, therefore, to destroy their strength while they are not too powerful for us?" The Depáti Jáya Níngrat then said, "If on this account we do not like to assist the Dutch, let us not assist the Chinese, but remain neutral, and leave them to fight it out among themselves." The Ráden Adipáti said, "That would not be according to the will of the Susúnan: he wishes to take part with one or the other, and he only asks which." The other Bopátis inclined to the advice of Jáya Níngrat; but observing the desire of the Ráden Adipáti to assist the Chinese, were silent, concluding that the part he took was in conformity with the wish of the Susúnan. The Tumúng'gung of Grobogán, Ráden Mérta Púra, then said, "We are as the people who bear two burthens: the Dutch are on the right shoulder, the Chinese on the left;[Vol II Pg 238] if we throw off one the other still remains. If we can accomplish it, why should we not get rid of both? In the first instance, let us assist the Chinese, and get rid of the Dutch; when that is done we can easily get rid of the Chinese also." Depáti Jáya Ningrat replied, "It is very well for you to wish this, but perhaps you are not sufficiently strong to effect it. In an affair of this importance we should consider the consequences. If we succeed, it is well; but if we destroy one party we commit an offence against the Almighty: what then if we destroy both parties, who have done us no harm? You must have read in history what has happened in the land of Java, and what occurred to those who injured others who did not offend them. Recollect, for instance, the case of Jaing Rána of Surabáya, who was put to death unjustly: was his death not avenged, and for this one innocent life was there not afterwards a retribution of sixteen lives?" Mérta Púra was embarrassed, and knew not what answer to make. The Ráden Adipáti laughed, and was followed by all the chiefs; he afterwards said, "This is the effect of experience. Mérta Púra is a young man, and not able to contend in argument with Adipáti Jáya Níngrat, his elder." However, Ráden Mérta Púra, taking a cup of tea, recollected himself, and prepared to reply. After drinking the tea, and replacing the cup, he immediately addressed Adipáti Jáya Níngrat: "How can you talk thus? Is it not better to finish the business at once, and not by halves? Of what use is it to talk of precedents? What was the case formerly is one thing; the present affair is altogether different: they cannot be compared together. We have now our own master, whose wishes we must follow. We must make a new example, and leave others to act up to it." The Ráden Adipáti then demanded of all the other Bopátis their opinion in this affair, to which they replied, "Let us advise the Susúnan to follow his own inclination, either to assist the Dutch according to treaty, on condition that they cancel all obligations, &c. on the part of the Susúnan to the Dutch, or to assist the Chinese in destroying the Dutch, and after that to get rid of the Chinese altogether, or allow them to remain, as the Susúnan may think proper." [Vol II Pg 239]
The Ráden Adipáti then went to his house, where he gathered the chiefs to discuss the matter at hand. He informed them of the Susúnan's desire to decide how to act in case the war between the Chinese and Dutch reached the Susúnan's territory, specifically whether they should support the Dutch or the Chinese. The Adipáti of Pakalóng’an, Jáya Níngrat, was the first to share his views. "I believe it’s best," he said, "for the Susúnan to support the Dutch, but only if they free him from all the burdens placed on his ancestors." The Ráden Adipáti responded, "That sounds reasonable; however, I still believe that the Chinese in Java are not our concern regarding the Dutch: they don’t follow my orders; they’re merely engaged in trade; they’ve done well and benefited Java: why should we help the Dutch and harm the Chinese?" Depáti Jáya Níngrat replied, "It's true the Chinese don’t interfere with our matters, and we have brought the Dutch upon ourselves. Isn’t it better to take this chance to free the Susúnan from his obligations to the Dutch? Let’s support them; they are stronger. The Dutch are like iron, the Chinese like tin: thus, it’s wiser to back the party most likely to win." The Ráden Adipáti remarked, "It's precisely because the Dutch are strong that I think it’s wrong to support them; if we do, they’ll only grow more powerful, and eventually we might not be able to oppose them, leaving us totally at their mercy. Isn’t it better to weaken them while they’re still manageable?" Depáti Jáya Níngrat then suggested, "If we’re reluctant to aid the Dutch, why not not assist the Chinese either, and simply stay neutral, letting them settle it amongst themselves?" The Ráden Adipáti said, "That wouldn’t align with the wishes of the Susúnan: he wants to take sides, and only asks which one." The other Bopátis leaned towards Jáya Níngrat's advice, but noticing the Ráden Adipáti's inclination to support the Chinese, they remained silent, assuming his stance reflected the wishes of the Susúnan. The Tumúng'gung of Grobogán, Ráden Mérta Púra, then said, "We’re like people carrying two burdens: the Dutch on one shoulder, the Chinese on the other; if we shake off one, the other still remains. If we can manage it, why not get rid of both? First, let's help the Chinese to eliminate the Dutch; once that’s done, we can easily deal with the Chinese too." Depáti Jáya Ningrat replied, "It’s great that you want this, but maybe you’re not strong enough to pull it off. In such important matters, we need to think about the consequences. If we succeed, great; but if we eliminate one party, we would be offending the Almighty: what if we were to wipe out both parties, who’ve done us no harm? You must have read historical accounts of what has happened in Java to those who harmed others unjustly. Remember, for instance, the case of Jaing Rána from Surabáya, who was executed without cause: wasn’t his death avenged, and for that one innocent life, didn’t it result in the loss of sixteen lives?" Mérta Púra was taken aback, unsure how to respond. The Ráden Adipáti laughed, followed by all the chiefs; he then added, "This reflects experience. Mérta Púra is young and can’t effectively argue with Adipáti Jáya Níngrat, who is his elder." However, Ráden Mérta Púra, taking a cup of tea, collected his thoughts and got ready to reply. After drinking the tea and setting the cup down, he immediately addressed Adipáti Jáya Níngrat: "How can you say that? Isn’t it better to resolve the issue completely, instead of in halves? What’s the point of citing precedents? The past is one thing; this current situation is entirely different: they aren’t comparable. We have a master now, whose wishes we must follow. We need to set a new example, and let others act accordingly." The Ráden Adipáti then asked all the other Bopátis for their opinions on this matter, to which they replied, "Let’s advise the Susúnan to follow his own preference, whether to assist the Dutch as per the treaty, provided they annul all obligations from the Susúnan to the Dutch, or to support the Chinese in defeating the Dutch, and afterward consider getting rid of the Chinese altogether, or allowing them to remain, as the Susúnan sees fit."
This opinion was on the next day carried to the Susúnan by the Ráden Adipáti, who further suggested, that it would be well to encourage the Chinese to act against the Dutch; that when the war took place it would be easy to perceive which was the best side to assist, and that the Susúnan should appear to remain neutral for the present. The Susúnan having listened to this advice approved of it. He in consequence directed that Mérta Púra should quietly return to his province, and should encourage the Chinese to act against the Dutch, and promise them, that in the event of their success the Susúnan would join them. He also directed that the other Bopátis should make preparations for collecting their forces.
This opinion was brought to the Susúnan the next day by the Ráden Adipáti, who further suggested that it would be wise to encourage the Chinese to oppose the Dutch. He pointed out that when the war began, it would be clear which side was best to support, and that the Susúnan should maintain a neutral stance for now. The Susúnan listened to this advice and approved it. Consequently, he instructed that Mérta Púra should quietly return to his province and encourage the Chinese to act against the Dutch, promising them that if they succeeded, the Susúnan would join their efforts. He also directed that the other Bopátis should start preparing to gather their forces.
In pursuance of these orders Mérta Púra secretly proceeded to Grobógan, and communicated with the chiefs who had been elected by the Chinese, named Inchi Máchan and Múda Tik. The Chinese of Grobógan immediately wrote to Síngseh, the chief at Tánjung Welakan, who was equally pleased with this promise of support. The Chinese from Grobógan then went and joined those at Tánjung Walákan, it being arranged that Mérta Púra should make a sham attack upon them, from which they should appear to fly.
In following these orders, Mérta Púra secretly traveled to Grobógan and spoke with the leaders chosen by the Chinese, named Inchi Máchan and Múda Tik. The Chinese in Grobógan quickly sent a message to Síngseh, the leader at Tánjung Welakan, who was also pleased with the promise of support. The Chinese from Grobógan then joined forces with those at Tánjung Walákan, arranging for Mérta Púra to stage a fake attack on them, which would make it look like they were retreating.
Mérta Púra then wrote to the Dutch commander at Semárang, telling him that he had orders from the minister to attack the Chinese, and requesting to be supplied with ammunition, which was immediately sent. The Dutch were completely deceived. They furnished Mérta Púra with twenty muskets, eight carbines and eight pistols, and eight barrels of powder: they also sent thirty Dutch soldiers. Mérta Púra commenced the attack before they came, and thus secured the retreat of the Chinese. On this occasion he shot three horses with ball, and shewed them to the Dutch as having been wounded under him.
Mérta Púra then wrote to the Dutch commander in Semárang, informing him that he had orders from the minister to attack the Chinese, and asking for ammunition, which was sent right away. The Dutch were completely tricked. They provided Mérta Púra with twenty muskets, eight carbines, eight pistols, and eight barrels of gunpowder; they also sent thirty Dutch soldiers. Mérta Púra started the attack before they arrived, allowing the Chinese to retreat. During this time, he shot three horses with bullets and showed them to the Dutch as having been injured by him.
In the mean time the commandant at Semárang, deceived by the assurances of Mérta Púra, requested the officers at Kérta Súra to call upon the Susúnan for assistance. He directed that Mértu Púra should be reinforced, but that the chief who commanded the party should receive secret instructions not to annoy the Chinese in earnest, but to act as[Vol II Pg 240] Mérta Púra had done. With respect to the Chinese at Kérta Púra, he directed that they should be informed that on the next morning the Javans would make a sham attack upon them, when they must retreat and join a party of Chinese assembled at the Désa Sarója in Kedú, to which place they would be pursued, and from whence the Javan chief was to return, saying, that on account of their numbers he could advance no further.
In the meantime, the commandant in Semárang, misled by Mérta Púra's reassurances, asked the officers at Kérta Súra to reach out to the Susúnan for help. He ordered that Mérta Púra should be reinforced, but the leader of the group was to receive secret instructions not to seriously confront the Chinese, but to act as [Vol II Pg 240] Mérta Púra had. Regarding the Chinese at Kérta Púra, he instructed that they should be told that the next morning the Javanese would stage a fake attack against them, and they were to retreat and join a group of Chinese gathered at Désa Sarója in Kedú, where they would be pursued. The Javan chief was then to return, explaining that due to their numbers, he could advance no further.
Secret orders to this effect were immediately given to all the chiefs. The Adipátis of Páti, Demák, and Kedú were at the same time directed to go and make a false attack upon the Chinese at Tánjung Waláhan, and afterwards to retreat to Semárang, as if beaten, in order that the commander might believe that the Susúnan was determined to assist the Dutch.
Secret orders to this effect were immediately given to all the leaders. The Adipátis of Páti, Demák, and Kedú were also instructed to stage a fake attack on the Chinese at Tánjung Waláhan, and then to retreat to Semárang, as if they had been defeated, so that the commander would think that the Susúnan was committed to supporting the Dutch.
The captain and lieutenant of the Chinese at Semárang having been put in confinement by the commandant, all the Chinese at that place joined their countrymen at Tánjung Waláhan. The Chinese then moved to Kárang Anyer, where they were attacked. The Javans retreated to Semárang, and were assisted by the Dutch. The chief, Síngseh, in concert with Mérta Púra, now laid siege to Semárang.
The captain and lieutenant of the Chinese in Semárang were imprisoned by the commandant, and all the Chinese there joined their fellow countrymen at Tánjung Waláhan. They then moved to Kárang Anyer, where they were attacked. The Javanese fell back to Semárang and received help from the Dutch. The chief, Síngseh, along with Mérta Púra, began to lay siege to Semárang.
The commander at Kérta Súra requested assistance against the Chinese at Ambaráwa, which was granted, with the same instruction to the chiefs as in the former instances. These marched as far as Salíatga, where they held secret communication with the Chinese; but the chief, Aria Pringaláya, caused ten Chinese to be put to death while both parties were about to meet privately, and sent the ten heads to Kérta Súra, which were delivered to the commandant. This at first exasperated the Chinese leader at Semárang, but he was soon pacified.
The commander at Kérta Súra asked for help against the Chinese at Ambaráwa, which was granted, with the same instructions to the leaders as before. They marched as far as Salíatga, where they secretly communicated with the Chinese; however, the chief, Aria Pringaláya, had ten Chinese killed just as both sides were about to meet privately and sent the ten heads to Kérta Súra, which were delivered to the commander. This initially angered the Chinese leader at Semárang, but he was soon calmed down.
At this time the Susúnan discovered that one of the sons of Mangkúrat Mas, Tépa Sána, was carrying on an intrigue with the commandant of the fort at Kérta Súra, and caused him to be bow-stringed. Wíra Méja and Ráden Garendi, the two sons of Tépa Sána, with his other relations, joined Pangéran Wíra Meng'ala, and quitted Kérta Súra: they were well received by the Chinese.
At that time, the Susúnan found out that one of Mangkúrat Mas' sons, Tépa Sána, was involved in a secret plot with the commandant of the fort at Kérta Súra, and had him executed. Wíra Méja and Ráden Garendi, the two sons of Tépa Sána, along with other relatives, joined Pangéran Wíra Meng'ala and left Kérta Súra: they were welcomed by the Chinese.
The Chinese, besides laying siege to Semárang, had also[Vol II Pg 241] by this time taken and destroyed Rémbang. Jawána and Demák were abandoned by the Dutch troops, and a want of provisions was felt through the country.
The Chinese, in addition to laying siege to Semárang, had also[Vol II Pg 241] by this time taken and destroyed Rémbang. Jawána and Demák were deserted by the Dutch troops, and there was a shortage of supplies throughout the country.
Affairs had come to this pass, when the Susúnan resolved to massacre the Dutch garrison at Kérta Súra. The Javans were collected under the fort, as by order from the Susúnan, in readiness to march against the Chinese, when one of them who had entered within the walls fired a shot. The cry of amók was given, and many lives were lost on both sides; but the plan did not succeed, and it was not till after he was reinforced by the Chinese that he could effect his object. On the renewal of the attack, the garrison was compelled to surrender. The commanding officer and some others were barbarously murdered in cold blood; the rest of the troops, with their wives and children, made prisoners, and distributed among the Javans: the greatest part of the men being circumcised and forced to adopt the Mahomedan religion.
Things had reached this point when the Susúnan decided to wipe out the Dutch garrison at Kérta Súra. The Javans had gathered outside the fort on the Susúnan's orders, ready to march against the Chinese, when one of them, who had entered the fort, fired a shot. The shout of amók rang out, and many lives were lost on both sides; but the plan failed, and it wasn't until he was reinforced by the Chinese that he could achieve his goal. When the attack restarted, the garrison was forced to surrender. The commanding officer and a few others were brutally murdered in cold blood; the remaining troops, along with their wives and children, were taken prisoner and divided among the Javans, with most of the men being circumcised and compelled to convert to the Muslim faith.
The Dutch authorities, in endeavouring to account for this act, incline to an opinion that the Susúnan was (not without an appearance of probability) immediately impelled to it by many acts of oppression and injustice exercised against his subjects, by a total disregard of all his representations for redress, by an evident intention on the part of the Dutch to become masters of the whole island, and by the harsh and uncivil conduct of the Resident towards the first men of the court, which was the more obnoxious from his being the son of a Javan woman, and for that reason, and the illegitimacy of his birth, much despised by the natives.
The Dutch authorities, while trying to explain this act, tend to believe that the Susúnan was likely pushed into it by ongoing oppression and injustice inflicted on his people, a complete disregard for all his pleas for help, a clear intention from the Dutch to take control of the entire island, and the rude and uncivil behavior of the Resident towards the key figures at the court. This was particularly offensive since he was the son of a Javan woman and was, for that reason and the fact that he was born out of wedlock, looked down upon by the locals.
When this intelligence reached Semárang, the Dutch began to open their eyes. The first step that was taken was to pass a decree, absolving the Pangéran of Madúra from his allegiance to the Susúnan. This decree was formally signed by the government of Semárang, and accepted by the Pangéran, who being married to a sister of the Susúnan, returned his wife back to her brother. No sooner had he declared himself the ally of the Dutch, than he ordered all the Chinese on the island of Madúra to be put to death, and embarking his forces immediately, took possession of Sidáyu, Tuban, Jípang, and Lamúng'an. At Grésik about four hundred Chinese were put to death. [Vol II Pg 242]
When this news reached Semárang, the Dutch started to pay attention. The first thing they did was issue a decree that freed the Pangéran of Madúra from his loyalty to the Susúnan. This decree was officially signed by the government of Semárang and accepted by the Pangéran, who, being married to a sister of the Susúnan, returned his wife to her brother. No sooner had he declared himself an ally of the Dutch than he ordered all the Chinese on the island of Madúra to be killed. He quickly mobilized his forces and took control of Sidáyu, Tuban, Jípang, and Lamúng'an. In Grésik, about four hundred Chinese were killed. [Vol II Pg 242]
The Chinese, in the meantime, finding themselves reinforced by the Javans, spread over the whole country without encountering opposition, and laid siege at the same time to nearly all the Company's settlements along the coast, from Tégál to Pasúruan.
The Chinese, meanwhile, finding support from the Javans, spread throughout the entire country without facing any resistance and simultaneously laid siege to almost all the Company's settlements along the coast, from Tégál to Pasúruan.
After many feeble and unskilful attacks on the fort of Semárang, and the loss of many lives, the united forces of the Javans and Chinese were compelled to raise the siege.
After many weak and clumsy attempts to attack the fort of Semárang, and the loss of many lives, the combined forces of the Javans and Chinese were forced to lift the siege.
A negociation was now brought about by means of the Pangéran of Madúra, who represented to the Dutch that the attack upon the fort, as well as the subsequent part taken by the Javans, was solely at the instigation of the minister, Náta Kasúma, and that the Susúnan himself was personally averse to these measures. The Susúnan, according to the Dutch accounts, regretted the precipitate steps he had taken, either as beginning to fear that the Dutch might again, as in former wars, obtain the ascendancy, and make him pay dear for his temerity; or, which appeared to him most likely, apprehending that the Chinese, who, though comparatively few and unused to arms, had hitherto taken the lead in every affair of consequence, and evinced their superiority to the Javans in ability and courage, should become too powerful, and might, in concert with some discontented chiefs, think fit to depose him. From one or other, or both of these motives, the Susúnan desired to renew his alliance with the Dutch.
A negotiation was initiated by the Pangéran of Madúra, who told the Dutch that the attack on the fort, as well as the involvement of the Javans afterward, was entirely due to the minister, Náta Kasúma, and that the Susúnan himself was against these actions. According to Dutch reports, the Susúnan regretted the hasty decisions he had made, either because he started to fear that the Dutch might regain control like in previous wars and make him pay dearly for his boldness; or, as seemed most likely to him, worried that the Chinese, although relatively few and inexperienced in battle, had consistently led important matters and demonstrated their superiority over the Javans in skill and bravery, might become too powerful and potentially, with the support of some discontented leaders, decide to remove him from power. For one or both of these reasons, the Susúnan wanted to renew his alliance with the Dutch.
The Dutch, on their part, considering the precarious state of the time and circumstances, found it advisable to enter into amicable relations, and accordingly concluded a peace, by which were ceded to them the island of Madúra, the sea-coast, and Surabáya, with all the districts to the eastward, as Balambáng'an, and Rembáng, Japára, and Semárang, with all their subordinate posts.
The Dutch, given the unstable situation of the time, decided it was best to establish friendly relations, and so they made a peace agreement, which granted them the island of Madúra, the coastline, and Surabáya, along with all the districts to the east, such as Balambáng'an, Rembáng, Japára, and Semárang, including all their subordinate posts.
According to the Javan accounts, this treaty was concluded without the knowledge of the minister, Náta Kasúma, who with the Javan and Chinese forces still lay encamped not far from Semárang: and it was agreed upon by the Susúnan, at the request of the Dutch, that the Chinese should be kept in ignorance of what was passing, in order that they might be the more easily massacred by their supposed friends the Javans. Náta Kasúma, however, no sooner heard of the con[Vol II Pg 243]ditions on which the peace had been concluded, and of the intention to massacre the Chinese, than he took part with them, and revealed the whole plot. To preserve appearances, however, he made a sham attack on the Chinese, in which the sick alone were sacrificed. The rest moved off unmolested to the eastward, meditating vengeance against the Susúnan, by whom they had been thus deserted. Their principal force was now assembled in the districts of Páti and Jawána, where they were joined by many of the chiefs who had hitherto been attached to their cause. Here they proclaimed as Susúnan Ráden Mas Garéndi, son of Pangéran Tépa Sána, who had recently been put to death by the Susúnan, and grandson of Susúnan Mangkurat Mas, who had died at Ceylon. He assumed the title of Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas Prábu Kúning, but is usually distinguished by the name of Susúnan Kúning. This prince was about ten years of age, and therefore the transactions which ensued are to be attributed to his ministers, Mangunónang and Mérta Púra, and to the Chinese chiefs, Síngsih and Pánjang.
According to Javan accounts, this treaty was made without the knowledge of the minister, Náta Kasúma, who was still camped not far from Semárang with the Javan and Chinese forces. The Susúnan agreed, at the Dutch's request, to keep the Chinese unaware of what was happening so that they could be more easily attacked by their supposed allies, the Javans. However, as soon as Náta Kasúma learned about the terms of the peace agreement and the plan to massacre the Chinese, he joined forces with them and exposed the entire plot. To maintain appearances, he staged a fake attack on the Chinese, sacrificing only the sick. The rest moved eastward unharmed, planning their revenge against the Susúnan, who had betrayed them. Their main forces gathered in the areas of Páti and Jawána, where they were joined by many chiefs who had previously supported them. Here, they proclaimed Susúnan Ráden Mas Garéndi, son of Pangéran Tépa Sána, who had recently been executed by the Susúnan, and grandson of Susúnan Mangkurat Mas, who had died in Ceylon. He took the title of Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas Prábu Kúning, but is generally referred to as Susúnan Kúning. This prince was about ten years old, so the actions that followed were directed by his ministers, Mangunónang and Mérta Púra, and the Chinese leaders, Síngsih and Pánjang.
Náta Kasúma, the minister, still feigning allegiance, returned to Kérta Súra; but the part he had taken being discovered, he was sent to Semárang on a false mission, as was customary in such cases, and there entrapped by the Dutch and conveyed to Ceylon.
Náta Kasúma, the minister, still pretending loyalty, went back to Kérta Súra; but once his involvement was uncovered, he was sent to Semárang on a fake mission, which was the usual practice in these situations, and there he was captured by the Dutch and taken to Ceylon.
The Chinese, with their emperor, now marched with great expedition to Kérta Súra, in order to attack the Susúnan, and met with but little resistance. The troops of the Susúnan, under the command of Ráden Prínga Láya, were defeated, Kérta Súra was surprised, and the Susúnan was obliged to leave his court, and treasures to the enemy. His queen, sister, and children, on horseback, together with his mother, carried by two Europeans, under the conduct of two Dutch officers, through a back gate of the dálam, were pursued and overtaken. The Susúnan and the hereditary prince only were enabled to save themselves by flight.
The Chinese, led by their emperor, quickly marched to Kérta Súra to attack the Susúnan and faced little resistance. The Susúnan’s troops, commanded by Ráden Prínga Láya, were defeated, Kérta Súra was caught off guard, and the Susúnan had to flee from his court and leave his treasures to the enemy. His queen, sister, and children were on horseback, along with his mother, who were carried by two Europeans under the guidance of two Dutch officers, and they tried to escape through a back gate of the dálam, but were pursued and caught. Only the Susúnan and the hereditary prince managed to save themselves by running away.
It was not likely that an alliance between the Chinese and Javans, people so different and hostile to each other, could be of any long duration. While the Chinese became relaxed in their discipline, and indulged in every species of irregularity, the fugitive emperor, being now joined by the Dutch and Ma[Vol II Pg 244]durese, received the submission of many of the rebel chiefs, and pardoned them; but he refused to pay attention to the offers of submission made by the Chinese. The prince of Madúra, at length, succeeded in making himself master of Kérta Súra, from whence the Susúnan Kuning was obliged to fly, after a reign of four months.
It was unlikely that an alliance between the Chinese and Javanese, who were so different and hostile to each other, could last long. While the Chinese became lax in their discipline and engaged in all kinds of irregular behavior, the fugitive emperor, now supported by the Dutch and Ma[Vol II Pg 244]durese, accepted the surrender of many of the rebel leaders and forgave them; however, he ignored the Chinese's offers to submit. Eventually, the prince of Madúra managed to take control of Kérta Súra, forcing the Susúnan Kuning to flee after just four months of rule.
The Chinese being afterwards defeated in a pitched battle at Asém, retreated to Brambánan, and the Susúnan again arrived in his capital. When, however, the prince of Madúra, who was by no means well inclined to the Susúnan, found himself in possession of Kérta Súra, he made an attempt to raise to the throne Pangéran Angebai, the Susúnan's brother. The Susúnan was once more obliged to quit his capital, and it was not until after much negociation between the Dutch and the Javans, that he was re-established. Whether this attempt on the part of the Madurese prince was serious, or only intended to render the sovereign more complying to the demands of his allies, is not known. The negociation, however, as was usual in similar cases, turned out highly advantageous to the Dutch interests, a treaty being dictated by them without the walls of the palace, and before the prince was permitted to enter it.
The Chinese were defeated in a major battle at Asém and retreated to Brambánan, allowing the Susúnan to return to his capital. However, the prince of Madúra, who was not at all favorable to the Susúnan, took over Kérta Súra and tried to put Pangéran Angebai, the Susúnan's brother, on the throne. The Susúnan had to leave his capital again, and it was only after extensive negotiations between the Dutch and the Javanese that he was reinstated. It's unclear whether the Madurese prince's attempt was genuine or simply a tactic to make the sovereign more agreeable to his allies’ demands. The negotiations, as was typical in similar situations, ended up being very beneficial for Dutch interests, with a treaty imposed by them outside the palace walls, even before the prince was allowed to enter.
The Chinese, who had meanwhile remained at Brambánan unmolested for two whole months, were now joined by Páku Nagára, a man noted among the Javans for his eminent abilities, and distinguished afterwards for the conspicuous part he acted in what is called "the war of Java," and through his means the party were enabled still to make a stand: they were at length, however, defeated by the Dutch troops, and compelled to retreat over the southern hills. A general amnesty being proclaimed, and the Chinese having availed themselves of it, the ex-emperor at length surrendered to the Dutch at Surabáya, by whom he was banished to Ceylon, where he died. This event happened in the Javan year 1667, and terminated the Chinese war.
The Chinese, who had stayed at Brambánan without any disturbances for two whole months, were now joined by Páku Nagára, a man who was well-known among the Javanese for his exceptional skills and later gained recognition for his significant role in what became known as "the war of Java." Thanks to him, the group was still able to hold their ground. However, they were eventually defeated by Dutch troops and forced to retreat over the southern hills. After a general amnesty was declared, the Chinese took advantage of it, and the ex-emperor finally surrendered to the Dutch in Surabáya, where he was exiled to Ceylon, where he died. This event took place in the Javan year 1667 and marked the end of the Chinese war.
After a few months the Susúnan, in conformity with ancient custom, removed the seat of government from Kérta Súra to the village of Solo, about six miles distant, where a palace was built. The new capital was called Súra Kérta, and is the present residence of the emperors of Java. [Vol II Pg 245]
After a few months, the Susúnan, following ancient tradition, moved the seat of government from Kérta Súra to the village of Solo, which is about six miles away, where a palace was constructed. The new capital was named Súra Kérta, and it is now the home of the emperors of Java. [Vol II Pg 245]
On the subsequent accession of Mr. Imhoff to the post of governor-general, he was of opinion that, notwithstanding the favourable terms of the treaties granted by the Susúnan, sufficient atonement had not been made to the Dutch nation for the outrage committed against the Christian religion, and the barbarous treatment of the garrison of Kérta Súra. He therefore required that the two principal ringleaders should be delivered up and punished; and to ensure compliance, measures were taken for seizing upon the Susúnan and his son, and bestowing the throne on the eldest son of Pangéran Mángku Nagára. But the Susúnan thought it prudent to comply, and delivered over two priests to the Dutch; and a new treaty was on this occasion concluded with the Susúnan.
Upon Mr. Imhoff's later appointment as governor-general, he believed that, despite the favorable terms of the treaties given by the Susúnan, the Dutch nation had not received enough restitution for the offense against the Christian faith and the brutal treatment of the garrison at Kérta Súra. Therefore, he insisted that the two main instigators be handed over and punished; to ensure this happened, plans were made to capture the Susúnan and his son, and to place the throne in the hands of the eldest son of Pangéran Mángku Nagára. However, the Susúnan wisely chose to comply and handed over two priests to the Dutch, leading to a new treaty being established with the Susúnan.
Fresh disturbances soon succeeded. The Pangéran of Madúra, Chákra Deníngrat, a man of a selfish and haughty character, considered himself, in consequence of the part he had taken, so far exalted above the other chiefs, that he neglected to make his annual appearance at court. Of this the Susúnan complained to the Dutch, who interfered, but without effect. The Pangéran, who, as before stated, had taken possession of the provinces of Sidáya, Túban, Jípang, and Lamúng'an, now refused to restore them either to the Susúnan or the Dutch, to whom they had been ceded, claiming them, as well as all the plunder he had obtained at Kérta Súra, as conquered property. Determined to keep them by force, he engaged in his service a number of men from Báli, and fortified the island Menári, so as to command the harbour of Surabáya.
Fresh disturbances soon followed. The Pangéran of Madúra, Chákra Deníngrat, a selfish and arrogant man, believed that because of his actions, he was now far above the other chiefs, so he skipped his annual visit to court. The Susúnan reported this to the Dutch, who intervened, but it didn't make a difference. The Pangéran, who had already taken control of the provinces of Sidáya, Túban, Jípang, and Lamúng'an, now refused to return them to either the Susúnan or the Dutch, to whom they had been assigned. He claimed them, along with all the loot he had taken at Kérta Súra, as spoils of war. Determined to hold on to them by force, he hired several men from Báli and fortified the island Menári to control the harbor of Surabáya.
He now commenced open hostilities by attacking a Dutch vessel, and putting to death several European seamen. Two thousand Madúrese entered the district of Surabáya, burnt some villages, and laid the country waste; and five thousand Bálians were posted on the frontiers of Pamakásan. After having been twice or thrice defeated, the Pangéran made a sudden attack upon Súmenap and Pamakásan, and gained a complete victory over the natives fighting under a Dutch commander, who lost six thousand men on the occasion, the chief being obliged to fly the country.
He began open conflict by attacking a Dutch ship and killing several European sailors. Two thousand Madúrese entered the area of Surabáya, burned some villages, and devastated the land; while five thousand Bálians were stationed at the borders of Pamakásan. After suffering defeat two or three times, the Pangéran launched a surprise assault on Súmenap and Pamakásan, achieving a decisive victory over the locals fighting under a Dutch commander, who suffered the loss of six thousand men, forcing their leader to flee the area.
It was not long before the Dutch regained possession of Súmenap and Pamakásan, on which occasion a brother-[Vol II Pg 246]in-law of the Pangéran, with two chiefs, submitted to them; but the Dutch troops were no sooner withdrawn, than those provinces again fell under the authority of the Pangéran, who laid them waste with fire and sword. The Dutch tried in vain to dislodge him. Rémbang was now besieged by an army of fire thousand Madúrese and Javans. Lásém, Pájang-kungung, and all the villages as far as Paradésa, were in possession of the Pangéran, who made himself master also of the fort of Rémbang, and of the building yard established there; but his fortune suddenly changed. The prince was, in his turn, defeated in several engagements, and at length compelled to fly from Java; and the Dutch forces landing on Madúra, took the capital Sámpang, by storm, and in a short time made themselves masters of the whole island.
It wasn’t long before the Dutch took back control of Súmenap and Pamakásan. On that occasion, a brother-in-law of the Pangéran, along with two chiefs, surrendered to them. However, as soon as the Dutch troops withdrew, those regions fell back under the authority of the Pangéran, who devastated them with fire and sword. The Dutch attempted in vain to oust him. Rémbang was now besieged by an army of five thousand Madúrese and Javanese. Lásém, Pájang-kungung, and all the villages up to Paradésa, were under the control of the Pangéran, who also took charge of the fort at Rémbang and the shipyard established there. But then, his luck suddenly changed. The prince was defeated in several battles and eventually forced to flee from Java. The Dutch forces landed on Madúra, stormed the capital Sámpang, and quickly gained control of the entire island.
In this extremity, the prince of Madúra still refused to come to terms, and went with his sons, Sásra and Rána Deníngrat, to Banjermásin on Borneo, where he engaged his passage on board an English ship bound to Bencoolen; to which place he had previously, on his affairs taking an unfavourable turn, sent his son, Ráden Tumúng'gung Wíra Deníngrat, to request assistance from the English, and procure men and warlike stores. His plan, however, of proceeding to Bencoolen was frustrated; for the sultan of Banjermásin, on application from the Dutch, sent him, with his son Sásra, to Batavia, whence the father was banished to the Cape of Good Hope, and the son to Ceylon.
In this dire situation, the prince of Madúra still refused to negotiate and went with his sons, Sásra and Rána Deníngrat, to Banjermásin on Borneo, where he booked a passage on an English ship headed to Bencoolen. He had already sent his son, Ráden Tumúng'gung Wíra Deníngrat, there to seek help from the English and to acquire men and military supplies after his affairs took a turn for the worse. However, his plan to go to Bencoolen was thwarted; the sultan of Banjermásin, in response to a request from the Dutch, sent him and his son Sásra to Batavia, where the father was exiled to the Cape of Good Hope, and the son to Ceylon.
In effecting a settlement of the country, the Dutch were compelled to appoint another son of this prince, Súra Diníngrat, to succeed as chief of Madúra, under the name of Sécha Deníngrat. In the year 1758, this chief was also appointed Widána, or chief, of several of the eastern districts.
In settling the country, the Dutch had to appoint another son of this prince, Súra Diníngrat, to take over as the leader of Madúra, using the name Sécha Deníngrat. In 1758, this leader was also made Widána, or chief, of several eastern districts.
But, however these successes on the part of the Dutch might tend to the immediate tranquillity of the country, the authority of the Susúnan had been seriously shaken. The prince possessed neither the esteem nor attachment of his subjects. To his evil star it was attributed that the empire had not only lost much of its ancient grandeur, but was brought to the brink of ruin. The chiefs no longer placed[Vol II Pg 247] any confidence in him; they despised the man who had granted such humiliating terms to the Dutch, and who, to obtain their temporary aid, had thus sacrificed the permanent integrity of the empire: they, therefore, were inclined to make an effort to regain what had been lost.
But, even though the Dutch's successes might bring immediate peace to the country, the authority of the Susúnan was seriously weakened. The prince didn’t have the respect or loyalty of his people. It was blamed on his bad luck that the empire not only lost much of its former greatness but was also brought to the edge of collapse. The chiefs no longer trusted him; they looked down on the man who had accepted such humiliating terms from the Dutch and who, to gain their temporary support, had sacrificed the lasting integrity of the empire. So, they were ready to make an effort to reclaim what had been lost.
The principal character and prime mover in this rebellion was the Pangéran Mungkubúmi, a younger brother of the Susúnan. During the Chinese war he had obtained considerable experience, and was distinguished for boldness and enterprize of character. On the Chinese being driven from Kérta Súra, he had thrown himself on the protection of the Dutch, and was now residing with his brother at Kérta Súra. Next to Mangkubúmi, the most prominent character in the war of Java was Páku Nagára, who was also called Mas Sáyed but perhaps better known as the grandfather of Práng Widóno. After the defeat of the Chinese at Brambánan, this prince had also returned to court; but being coldly received, again reared the standard of revolt, and escaping into the southern mountains assumed the title of Susúnan Adi Prakúsa.
The main character and driving force behind this rebellion was the Pangéran Mungkubúmi, a younger brother of the Susúnan. He had gained significant experience during the Chinese war and was known for his boldness and adventurous spirit. After the Chinese were pushed out of Kérta Súra, he sought refuge with the Dutch and was now living with his brother in Kérta Súra. Following Mangkubúmi, the next most notable figure in the Java war was Páku Nagára, also known as Mas Sáyed, but perhaps better recognized as the grandfather of Práng Widóno. After the Chinese were defeated at Brambánan, this prince returned to court; however, after being received coldly, he raised the banner of revolt once more and fled into the southern mountains, taking on the title of Susúnan Adi Prakúsa.
Mangunónang, the minister of Susúnan Kúning, and Mérta Púra, had established themselves in the province of Sukawáti, refusing to come into any terms. They invited Mangkabúmi to come over to them, and promised their assistance in raising him to the throne. Mangkubúmi accepted their invitation; but finding himself deceived by them, he, by his own exertions and those of the son of Mérta Púra, obtained possession of that province, and established himself under the title of Pangéran Adipáti of Sukawáti. He was, however, afterwards induced to listen to terms offered him by the Susúnan, who again received him into favour, and conferred upon him the independent government of Sukawáti. But these terms were not granted by the emperor without exciting the jealousy and apprehensions of the minister Prínga Láya, who easily availed himself of an early opportunity, when the Governor-General, Van Imhoff, was on a visit to Súra Kértá, to represent the danger arising from any subject possessing so independent and extensive authority, as that recently granted by the Susúnan to Mangkubúmi.
Mangunónang, the minister of Susúnan Kúning, and Mérta Púra, had set themselves up in the province of Sukawáti, refusing to negotiate. They invited Mangkabúmi to join them and promised to help him ascend to the throne. Mangkubúmi accepted their invitation, but after realizing he had been deceived, he, along with the son of Mérta Púra, took control of the province and established himself as Pangéran Adipáti of Sukawáti. However, he was later persuaded to consider the terms offered by the Susúnan, who welcomed him back and granted him independent governance of Sukawáti. These terms, however, raised the jealousy and concerns of the minister Prínga Láya, who took advantage of an opportunity when the Governor-General, Van Imhoff, was visiting Súra Kértá, to highlight the risk of any subject having such independent and extensive power as that recently given by the Susúnan to Mangkubúmi.
It was accordingly determined to deprive Mangkubúmi of[Vol II Pg 248] this tract of country, and the resolution was personally communicated to him in the hall of audience. The chief feigned obedience; but in the course of the night, secretly quitted the capital, and assembling his party proceeded to Sukawáti, where he again reared the standard of rebellion. From the flight of this prince is dated what is usually termed the war of Java, which took place in the Javan year 1671.
It was decided to take away Mangkubúmi’s[Vol II Pg 248] land, and this decision was personally communicated to him in the audience hall. The chief pretended to comply, but during the night, he secretly left the capital and gathered his followers to go to Sukawáti, where he raised the flag of rebellion again. The escape of this prince marks the beginning of what is commonly known as the war of Java, which occurred in the Javan year 1671.
The Dutch now took an active part in the war, but found that they had enemies to contend with who possessed considerable ability and enterprize, and who in the past disturbances of the country had gained much experience. Páku Nagára was, in the first instance, defeated, and fled for protection to Mangkubúmi, who received him kindly, gave him his daughter, Rátu Bandára, in marriage, and appointed him his Pateh, or minister. The united forces of these two chiefs resisted the attacks of the Dutch for about twelve months, when Mangkubúmi assumed the title of Susúnan Matárem; but a dispute arising between him and Páku Nagára, who demanded his own nomination as presumptive successor, Mangkubúmi took back his daughter, and the chiefs parted in enmity.
The Dutch became actively involved in the war, but they discovered they had to deal with enemies who were quite capable and resourceful, having gained significant experience from previous conflicts in the country. Páku Nagára was initially defeated and sought refuge with Mangkubúmi, who welcomed him, gave him his daughter, Rátu Bandára, in marriage, and made him his Pateh, or minister. The combined forces of these two leaders resisted the Dutch attacks for about a year, during which Mangkubúmi took on the title of Susúnan Matárem; however, a disagreement arose between him and Páku Nagára, who insisted on being named the presumptive successor. In response, Mangkubúmi took back his daughter, and the chiefs separated on bad terms.
While Mangkubúmi lay with his forces at Bunáran, a village on the south coast, and distant about ten miles from the present Yúgya Kérta, intelligence was received of the death of the Susúnan; and such was the extensive power of Mangkubúmi at the time, that the body of the deceased could not be removed to the consecrated burial place at Megíri in the southern hills, on account of his forces, and was in consequence interred near the tomb of Jáka Tíngker, sultan of Pájang, at Lawian, near Súra Kérta, whence this prince received the appellation of Susúnan Séda Lawigan.
While Mangkubúmi camped with his troops at Bunáran, a village on the south coast about ten miles from the current Yúgya Kérta, news arrived of the death of the Susúnan; and because Mangkubúmi was so powerful at that time, the body of the deceased couldn't be taken to the consecrated burial site at Megíri in the southern hills due to his forces, and was instead buried near the tomb of Jáka Tíngker, sultan of Pájang, at Lawian, close to Súra Kérta, which is how this prince got the name Susúnan Séda Lawigan.
Mangkubúmi had evinced a desire to come to terms, and gave assurances to the governor of his attachment to the Dutch, but demanded that his son should be proclaimed Pangéran Adipáti Matárem (heir apparent); a condition to which the Dutch would not listen.
Mangkubúmi showed a willingness to negotiate and assured the governor of his loyalty to the Dutch, but insisted that his son be declared Pangéran Adipáti Matárem (heir apparent); a demand the Dutch refused to consider.
The reduced state of the Susúnan's authority before his death, and the distracted condition of affairs, afforded an opportunity too favourable to be overlooked by the Dutch, of at once attaining the grand object of all their political inter[Vol II Pg 249]ference, the sovereignty of the country. A weak prince on his death-bed was, under existing circumstances, easily brought to any terms, in the hope of continuing even the nominal succession in his family. He was compelled, by a formal official deed, "to abdicate for himself and his heirs, the sovereignty of the country, conferring the same on the Dutch East India Company, and leaving it to them to dispose of it, in future, to any person they might think competent to govern it for the benefit of the Company and of Java." After recommending his children, and especially the heir apparent, to the protection of the governor, the unfortunate monarch expired. This singular and important deed was dated on the 11th December, 1749.[278]
The weakened state of the Susúnan's power before his death, along with the chaotic situation, gave the Dutch a chance that was too good to miss to achieve their ultimate goal of political control over the country. A fragile king on his deathbed was, given the circumstances, easily persuaded to reach any agreement, hoping to preserve even the symbolic succession in his family. He was forced, through a formal official document, "to abdicate for himself and his heirs, the sovereignty of the country, granting the same to the Dutch East India Company, and leaving it to them to decide in the future who might be suitable to govern it for the benefit of the Company and of Java." After urging the governor to look after his children, especially the heir apparent, the unfortunate king passed away. This unique and significant document was dated December 11, 1749.[278]
From this deed is derived the right by which the Dutch East India Company subsequently granted in fee to the[Vol II Pg 250] native princes, the administration of those provinces which still continued under native government.
From this act comes the right by which the Dutch East India Company later granted in fee to the[Vol II Pg 250] local rulers the management of those regions that were still governed by native leaders.
On the death of this unfortunate prince, Mangkubúmi caused himself to be formally proclaimed Susúnan Pakubúana Senapáti Matárem, in the presence of a more numerous assemblage of the princes and chiefs than attended the investiture of the new Susúnan raised by the Dutch. He sent ambassadors to the Dutch governor with many assurances of attachment and fidelity, requesting to be acknowledged as sovereign, and soliciting that the body of the deceased might be delivered to him, for the purpose of solemn interment.
Upon the death of this unfortunate prince, Mangkubúmi had himself officially declared Susúnan Pakubúana Senapáti Matárem, in front of a larger gathering of princes and chiefs than were present at the investiture of the new Susúnan appointed by the Dutch. He sent envoys to the Dutch governor with numerous assurances of loyalty and fidelity, asking to be recognized as sovereign and requesting the remains of the deceased to be handed over to him for a proper burial.
The son of the deceased Susúnan, however, was preferred, and at the age of nine years was raised to the throne, under the title of Pakubúana the third.
The son of the late Susúnan, however, was favored, and at the age of nine, he was elevated to the throne, taking the title of Pakubúana the third.
The enmity of the rebellious chiefs to each other soon vented itself in open hostility, and a pitched battle ensued, in which Mangkubúmi was defeated and driven to the westward. Soon, however, recruiting his forces, he returned, and had two successful engagements with the Dutch, one at Jánar, a village in Báglen, the other at Tídar, a hill in Kedú. In the battle of Jánár the Javan forces allowed the brunt of the action to fall upon the Dutch, who were completely routed: of those who had escaped the sword many were drowned in an adjoining marsh, and the rest were murdered in great numbers by the country people. The affair of Tídar was of less importance. The forces of Mangkubúmi were sometimes reduced to a few hundred, and at other times amounted to as many thousands, the chiefs and people deserting him in his distress, and flocking to him in his prosperity. After three victories obtained over the Dutch, he marched towards the northern coast, fell upon Pakalóng'an, and plundered the place.
The rivalry between the rebellious chiefs quickly escalated into open conflict, leading to a fierce battle where Mangkubúmi was defeated and pushed to the west. However, after regrouping his forces, he came back and won two significant battles against the Dutch: one in Jánar, a village in Báglen, and the other at Tídar, a hill in Kedú. In the battle of Jánár, the Javan forces allowed the Dutch to take the brunt of the fighting, resulting in a complete rout: many who managed to escape the sword drowned in a nearby marsh, while others were slaughtered in large numbers by the local people. The incident at Tídar was less significant. Mangkubúmi's troops varied greatly in size, sometimes dwindling to just a few hundred, while at other times swelling to thousands, as chiefs and people deserted him in tough times but rallied to him in more prosperous moments. After achieving three victories over the Dutch, he moved towards the northern coast, attacked Pakalóng'an, and raided the area.
Mangkubúmi now carried all before him, and was once at the gates of Sólo, which capital the Javans represent to have been saved from plunder by the superstitious veneration for the gun niái stómi, which the rebels no sooner descried on the alun-alun than they sounded a retreat. The Dutch, in the hope of allaying his displeasure, had given the Susúnan the choice of his officers of state, and prohibited the resident[Vol II Pg 251] from taking his seat on the throne with him (an indelicate assumption which had previously given the greatest disgust to the Javans); but after nine years of harassing warfare it was still found impracticable to reduce the rebellious chiefs, or to restore the country to order. The Dutch, therefore, availing himself of the abdication in their favour executed by the deceased Susúnan, listened to the proposals of Mangkubúmi, who offered peace, on condition that one half of Java should be ceded to him. A meeting took place at Gingánti, a village not far distant from Súra-kérta, at which were present the Susúnan, Mangkubúmi, and the governor of the north-east coast of Java, when a treaty was signed.
Mangkubúmi was now unstoppable and had even reached the gates of Sólo. The Javanese believe that the city was saved from being looted due to the superstitious reverence for the gun niái stómi; the rebels retreated as soon as they spotted it at the alun-alun. To calm his anger, the Dutch allowed the Susúnan to choose his own state officials and forbade the resident[Vol II Pg 251] from sitting on the throne with him (a disrespectful action that had previously upset the Javanese). However, after nine years of relentless warfare, it was still difficult to subdue the rebellious leaders or restore order in the country. Therefore, the Dutch, taking advantage of the abdication in their favor by the late Susúnan, considered the peace proposals from Mangkubúmi, who requested that half of Java be ceded to him in exchange for peace. A meeting was held in Gingánti, a village not far from Súra-kérta, where the Susúnan, Mangkubúmi, and the governor of the northeast coast of Java gathered to sign a treaty.
One of the conditions of this treaty was, that Mangkubúmi should use his utmost exertions to subdue Páku Nagára. In conformity with this condition he immediately proceeded against him; but Páku Nagára making his appearance with his whole force, obliged him to retreat and conceal himself in a cavern, while his troops, flying in every direction, allowed his camp to be burned. Mangkubúmi, however, soon collected his forces again. The Dutch offered a reward for the head of Páku Nagára, who was obliged to proceed to the eastward, being pursued and his whole force finally overthrown. He still refused to submit, and the celebrity of his name and exploits was sufficient to recruit his ranks.
One of the conditions of this treaty was that Mangkubúmi should do his best to defeat Páku Nagára. Following this condition, he immediately went after him; but Páku Nagára showed up with his full army, forcing him to retreat and hide in a cave, while his troops scattered in all directions, leaving his camp to be burned. However, Mangkubúmi soon gathered his forces again. The Dutch offered a bounty for the head of Páku Nagára, who had to move eastward, being chased down and ultimately having his entire army defeated. He still refused to surrender, and his reputation and achievements were enough to attract new followers.
In the year A.D. 1755, Mangkubúmi was solemnly proclaimed by the Dutch Governor, under the title of Súltan Amangkubuána Sénapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Sahédin Panatagáma Kulifatólah.
In the year 1755, Mangkubúmi was officially declared by the Dutch Governor, with the title Súltan Amangkubuána Sénapáti Ingalága Abdul Ráchman Sahédin Panatagáma Kulifatólah.
The united forces of the Susúnan and Sultan now resumed the attack upon Páku Nagára; several of his chiefs were forced to submit, and he himself, after having prolonged the war for upwards of two years, seeing no favourable chance or hope of ultimate success, at last sent his brother to the Susúnan, requesting that certain districts and the southern mountains might be granted to him for his support, promising on that condition to lead a quiet and peaceable life for the future. In reply to this he was informed, that the partition of the lands had already taken place; that part of these lands might, however, be granted, but that it was first necessary he should make his appearance at court. To this he assented; and it[Vol II Pg 252] being stipulated that the Susúnan should pay him the compliment of receiving him at the distance of half an hour's walk from Sura-kérta, he came in, and throwing himself at the feet of the Susúnan was kindly raised again, desired to sit on the bench, and assured that he had nothing to apprehend.
The united forces of the Susúnan and Sultan resumed their attack on Páku Nagára. Several of his chiefs were forced to surrender, and after two years of war, he realized there was no favorable chance or hope for success. He finally sent his brother to the Susúnan, asking for certain districts and the southern mountains to support him, promising that he would lead a quiet and peaceful life in return. In response, he was informed that the land had already been divided; however, some of that land could be granted, but he first needed to appear at court. He agreed to this, and it was decided that the Susúnan would honor him by receiving him half an hour's walk from Sura-kérta. When he arrived, he fell at the feet of the Susúnan, who kindly helped him up, asked him to sit, and reassured him that he had nothing to fear.
Peace was then concluded, on the conditions that Páku Nagára, commonly called Mas Sáyed, should assume the rank and title of Pangéran Adipáti Mangku Nágara, with an assignment of land to the extent of four thousand cháchas, in the districts of Kadwang, Malésa, and the southern mountains.
Peace was then established under the conditions that Páku Nagára, usually referred to as Mas Sáyed, would take on the rank and title of Pangéran Adipáti Mangku Nágara, along with an allocation of land covering four thousand cháchas in the regions of Kadwang, Malésa, and the southern mountains.
Thus ended, in the year 1758, a war which had lasted twelve years, in which the finest provinces of the island were laid waste, thousands slain on both sides, and the independence of the empire finally annihilated. The expenses incurred by the Dutch on account of the war, from the year 1746 until the peace, amounted to 4,286,006. 12. 8. florins; but, in the result, they acquired, if not the acknowledged sovereignty of the whole island, at least an effectual control over its future administration.
Thus ended, in the year 1758, a war that had lasted twelve years, during which the best provinces of the island were destroyed, thousands were killed on both sides, and the independence of the empire was ultimately wiped out. The costs incurred by the Dutch due to the war, from 1746 until the peace, totaled 4,286,006.12.8 florins; however, as a result, they gained, if not the official sovereignty of the entire island, at least effective control over its future administration.
The Susúnan, on his death, was succeeded, in the Javan year 1714, by his son, the present Susúnan, under the title of Susúnan Pakubuána the fourth.
The Susúnan died in the Javan year 1714 and was succeeded by his son, the current Susúnan, known as Susúnan Pakubuána the fourth.
The sultan established his capital a few miles distant from the ancient capital of Matárem, at Yúgya-kérta (Djocjo Carta) the present residence of his successors. He died, after a long reign, in the Javan year 1718, and was succeeded by his eldest surviving son, under the title of Amangkubuána the second. This prince was deposed by the British government in the year 1812, and succeeded by his son, Amangkubuána the third, who dying, was again succeeded, in 1815, by his son, a child of nine years of age, the present sultan, Amangkubuána the fourth.
The sultan set up his capital a few miles away from the old capital of Matárem, at Yúgya-kérta (Djocjo Carta), which is now the home of his successors. He passed away after a long reign in the Javan year 1718 and was succeeded by his eldest surviving son, known as Amangkubuána the second. This prince was removed from power by the British government in 1812, and his son, Amangkubuána the third, took over. After his death, he was succeeded in 1815 by his nine-year-old son, the current sultan, Amangkubuána the fourth.
Pangéran Prang Widóno, still residing at Súra Kérta, is the grandson of Pangéran Adipáti Mángku Nagára, and continues to enjoy the independent administration of the lands assigned to him at the settlement in 1758.
Pangéran Prang Widóno, still living in Súra Kérta, is the grandson of Pangéran Adipáti Mángku Nagára, and still oversees the independent administration of the lands assigned to him at the settlement in 1758.
By the final settlement of the country in 1758 the Dutch reserved to themselves the direct administration of all the pro[Vol II Pg 253]vinces lying on the northern sea-coast, from Chéribon to the eastern extremity of the island of Madúra; but the inland and southern provinces stretching from the islands of Chéribon to Málang, were restored to the native princes, between whom the lands were divided in nearly equal portions by cháchas, according to the population and the peculiar usage of the country, four thousand cháchas from the share of the Susúnan being set apart for Mangku Nagára.
By the final settlement of the country in 1758, the Dutch maintained direct control over all the provinces along the northern sea-coast, from Chéribon to the eastern tip of the island of Madúra; however, the inland and southern provinces stretching from the islands of Chéribon to Málang were returned to the local princes, among whom the lands were divided into nearly equal portions by cháchas, based on the population and the specific customs of the region, with four thousand cháchas from the share of the Susúnan designated for Mangku Nagára.
The terms on which the successors of these princes were permitted to exercise the sovereignty, suffered no material alteration until the year 1808, when Marshal Daendels officially declared that the clauses of the existing treaties, by which those princes held their territory in fee from the Dutch, were void, and that in future he should consider them as independent princes, having no other relation to the European government than such as must of necessity exist between a weaker and stronger state in the immediate neighbourhood of each other. At this time the court of Yúgya Kérta, sensible of owing its establishment chiefly to the military success of its founder, and the weakness of the Dutch and the Susúnan, and that it never fully submitted to the terms of the treaty of 1755 (which it is even stated were imposed upon the sovereign by a false translation in the Javan language) evinced a desire of independence and an appearance of internal strength, which called for the immediate interference of the European authority. Marshal Daendels, therefore, marched to Yúgya Kérta with a considerable force, and a negociation being opened, a treaty was entered into, by which the reigning sultan consented to resign the administration of the country into the hands of his son, who was appointed to exercise the same under the title of regent, and to cede certain provinces.
The conditions under which the successors of these princes were allowed to rule didn’t change significantly until 1808. That year, Marshal Daendels officially announced that the clauses in the existing treaties, which allowed those princes to hold their territory from the Dutch, were null and void. From then on, he would regard them as independent princes, with no relationship to the European government beyond what naturally exists between a weaker and stronger state that are neighbors. At that time, the court of Yúgya Kérta, aware that its establishment largely came from the military success of its founder and the weakness of the Dutch and the Susúnan, and recognizing that it never fully accepted the terms of the 1755 treaty (which is even said to have been imposed on the sovereign through a misleading translation into Javanese), showed a desire for independence and an appearance of internal strength, prompting the immediate intervention of European authority. Consequently, Marshal Daendels marched to Yúgya Kérta with a large force, and after negotiations were initiated, a treaty was made. This treaty stipulated that the current sultan would hand over the administration of the country to his son, who would be appointed as regent, and he would cede certain provinces.
But the stipulations of this treaty, thus entered into, had not been carried into effect, when in the month of August, 1811, the British forces arrived in Java. The sultan, it is true, had ostensibly resigned the administration to his son, but he still took his usual place on the throne, and not one of the districts ceded by treaty to the Dutch had then been actually transferred.
But the terms of this treaty, which were agreed upon, had not been implemented when British forces arrived in Java in August 1811. The sultan had apparently handed over the administration to his son, but he still occupied his usual position on the throne, and not a single district ceded by the treaty to the Dutch had actually been transferred.
FOOTNOTES:
[274] Contract with M. de Wilde.
[275] The native writers relate a strange proceeding of the Dutch commandant in this war.
[275] The local writers tell of a strange action taken by the Dutch commander during this war.
"As soon as the Dutch commander arrived at Pasúruan he assembled the people, and offered a reward of one thousand dollars to any one who would bring him the body of the deceased chief Sarapáti. The body was accordingly brought in a perfect state of preservation, on which the commandant ordered it to be placed upright in a chair, as if still living. He then approached it, took it by the hand, and made his obeisance to it as to a living person: all the officers and men followed the example. After this they burnt the body, and having mixed the ashes with gunpowder, fired a salute with it in honour of the victory."
"As soon as the Dutch commander arrived at Pasúruan, he gathered the people and offered a reward of one thousand dollars to anyone who would bring him the body of the deceased chief Sarapáti. The body was then brought in a remarkably preserved state, and the commander ordered it to be placed upright in a chair, as if still alive. He then approached it, took its hand, and paid his respects as if it were a living person: all the officers and men followed suit. After that, they burned the body, and mixed the ashes with gunpowder, firing a salute in honor of the victory."
[276] A village in the vicinity of Batavia.
A village close to Batavia.
[278] During the reign of this prince, on the 9th of September 1738, a contract was entered into between the Dutch and the sultan of Bantam, of which the following were the chief articles.
[278] During this prince's reign, on September 9, 1738, an agreement was made between the Dutch and the sultan of Bantam, with the following key points.
1st. The Dutch having deemed it necessary to send a detachment to Lampung Túlang Báwang, in order to save that province from total ruin, the sultan promised to cause a fort, or páger, to be erected at his expense, on the spot which should be deemed most eligible for that purpose, either on the Palembang river, or any where else.
1st. The Dutch decided it was necessary to send a team to Lampung Túlang Báwang to prevent the province from total destruction. The sultan promised to build a fort, or páger, at his own expense, in the best location deemed suitable for that purpose, whether by the Palembang river or elsewhere.
2d. That the sultan should keep this fort in constant repair at his own expense.
2d. The sultan should maintain this fort in good condition at his own cost.
3d. That the sultan should repay to the Dutch the expense of maintaining a small establishment, consisting of a resident, a commandant, one sergeant, two corporals, twenty-four privates, one drummer, and three artillery men.
3d. That the sultan should pay the Dutch back for the cost of maintaining a small establishment, which includes a resident, a commandant, one sergeant, two corporals, twenty-four privates, one drummer, and three artillery men.
4th. That the ground on which the fort was to be built, should be ceded to the Dutch, with an extent of one hundred roods in every direction. This ground to revert back to the sultan, in the event of the Dutch establishment breaking up, in the same manner as had taken place in regard to Lampung Samángka.
4th. That the land where the fort was to be built should be given to the Dutch, covering an area of one hundred roods in all directions. This land would be returned to the sultan if the Dutch establishment was to dissolve, just like what happened with Lampung Samángka.
6th. With a view to hold out due encouragement to the industry of the Lampung people, it was agreed that, previously to exporting their pepper to Bantam, they should state the quantity to the Company's resident, who should furnish them with a certificate, enabling them to obtain early payment, pursuant to the existing contracts.
6th. To provide proper support for the industry of the Lampung people, it was decided that before exporting their pepper to Bantam, they should inform the Company's representative of the quantity. The representative would then give them a certificate, allowing them to receive early payment according to the current contracts.
7th. The Company's servants at Bantam and Lampung Túlang Báwang, were authorized to confiscate any quantity of pepper which was exported from the latter place, unprovided with a certificate from the resident. [Vol II Pg 254]
7th. The Company’s employees at Bantam and Lampung Túlang Báwang were allowed to seize any amount of pepper exported from the latter location without a certificate from the resident. [Vol II Pg 254]
LINE OF THE MAHOMEDAN SOVEREIGNS OF JAVA,
Who have ruled subsequently to the Destruction of the Hindu
Government of Majapáhit down to the Javan Year 1742, corresponding with
the Christian Year 1815.
SEAT OF GOVERNMENT. | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Began to Reign. | |||||
A.J. | A.D. | ||||
At Demák, from A.J. 1400 to 1503. | |||||
1403 | 1477 | Ráden Pátah Adipáti Jimbun. | |||
1455 | 1519 | Pangérang Sábrang Lor. | |||
1457 | 1533 | Súltan Bintára, or Trang'gána, often called Sultan Demák. | |||
At Pájang, from 1503 to 1540. | |||||
1503 | 1577 | Jáka Tíngkir, Sultan Pajang. | |||
1532 | 1606 | Adipáti Demák. | |||
At Matárem, from 1540 to 1600. | |||||
1540 | 1614 | Panambáhan Senapáti. | |||
1550 | 1624 | Súltan Séda Krápiah. | |||
1562 | 1636 | Ráden Ránsang, also called Súltan Agung, or Súltan Kérta. | |||
1585 | 1659 | Mangkúrat, commonly called Séda Tegál-árum. | |||
At Kérta Súra, from 1603 to 1675. | |||||
1603 | 1677 | Susúnan Mangkúrat the second. | |||
1627 | 1701 | Susúnan Mangkúrat Mas. | |||
1630 | 1704 | Pangéran Púgar, usually called Susúnan Pakubúana the first. | |||
1643 | 1717 | Susúnan Prabu Amangkúrat. | |||
1672 | 1746 | Susúnan Séda Langkúnan, also called Susúnan Pakubúana the second. | |||
Susúnan Pakubúana the second removed the seat of government to Sura Kerta in 1675. | |||||
At Sura Kérta, in 1675. | |||||
Susúnan Pakubúana second (continued.) | |||||
1675 | 1742 | Susúnan Pakubúana third, in whose reign the empire was divided into the two kingdoms of Súra Kérta and Yúgya Kérta. | |||
At Súra Kérta. | At Yúgya Kérta. | ||||
A.J. | A.D. | A.J. | A.D. | ||
Susúnan Pakúbuan third (continued.) | 1612 | 1756 | Sultan Amangkubúana first. | ||
—— | —— | Sultan Amangkubúana second. | |||
1714 | 1788 | Susúnan Pakubúana the fourth and present Susúnan. | —— | —— | Sultan Amangkubúana third. |
1741 | 1815 | Sultan Amangkubúana fourth, and present sultan. |
Sovereigns | of Demák | 4 |
of Pajang | 2 | |
of Matárem | 4 | |
of Kérta Súra | 4 | |
of Súra Kérta | 4 |
The present Susúnan is consequently the eighteenth in succession from the first Mahomedan sovereign, and not perhaps less than the fortieth from the first Hindu prince. The average reign during the Mahomedan government is nineteen years. Taking the same average for the period of the Hindu government, its origin would be four hundred and eighteen years anterior to the destruction of Majapáhit, A. J. 1400, and may be referred to the close of the tenth century of the Javan era, or the middle of the eleventh century of the Christian era.[Pg 255]
The current Susúnan is therefore the eighteenth in a row since the first Muslim ruler, and likely the fortieth since the first Hindu prince. The typical reign during the Muslim rule is around nineteen years. Using that same average for the Hindu rule, it would mean its beginning was about four hundred and eighteen years before the fall of Majapáhit, A. J. 1400, which can be traced back to the end of the tenth century of the Javan era, or the middle of the eleventh century of the Christian era.[Pg 255]
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF EVENTS,
Which have occurred in Java (from the Traditions and Records of the
Javans.)
1 | Arrival of Aji Sáka in Java. | |
10 | The date of (or probable establishment at) | Núsa Bárong. |
— | Núsa Tambíni. | |
— | Bawéan.[Vol II Pg 256] | |
33 | The mountain Múria. | |
39 | The great mountain of Tegat. | |
50 | The mountain Brómo. | |
— | The mountain Semíru. | |
70 | The mountain Súmbing. | |
— | The mountain Hála Húla. | |
94 | The mountain Láwu. | |
118 | The mountain Bénkok. | |
131 | On the southern mountains. | |
152 | The mountain Wílis. | |
175 | The mountain Pendam. | |
193 | The mountain Prawáta. | |
— | The mountain Arjúna. | |
195 | The mountain Ingel. | |
211 | Building of Chándi Máling. | |
297 | The introduction of maize or Indian corn into Java. | |
308 | The date of (or probable establishment at) | The mountain Merápi. |
343 | The date of (or probable establishment at) | The mountain Anyer. |
551 | Building of Singa-sári. | |
752 | Death of Niái Súka Wáti. | |
808 | Burning of the temples at Gúnung Wédi. | |
924 | Construction of buildings in the western mountains. | |
It is related, that in former times the islands of Sumatra, Java, Báli and Sumbáwa, were united, and afterwards separated into nine different parts; and it is also said, that when three thousand rainy seasons have passed away, they will be reunited. | ||
1018 or 1188 | Building of the Chándi Séwú, or thousand temples, at Brambánan. | |
1055 | Date of Telága Páser in Banyumas. | |
1067 | Randu Kuning in ditto. | |
1114 | Separation of the lands of Palémbang and Java. | |
1124 | In the island of Báli. | |
1164 | Appearance of Pulo Mengaré (near Surabáya) above the sea. | |
1204 | Separation of the lands of Báli and Balambángan in Java. | |
1217 | Date of (or probable establishment at) Pagunúngun.[Vol II Pg 257] | |
1218 | Building of the temples at Káli Bening near Brambánan. | |
1260 | Separation of the lands of Giling Trawángan and Báli. | |
1273 | The fall of stones from a mountain. | |
1280 | Separation of the island of Séla Párang (also called Lumbok or Sasak) from Sumbáwa. | |
1300 | Establishment of the court of Pajajúran. | |
—— | Erection of a stone temple at Salatíga. | |
1308 | Construction of the tank at Peng'ging near Ambaráwa. | |
1352 | Date of Telága Mengémbel. | |
1360 | Building of the temples at Bóro Bódo in Kedú. | |
1400 | Destruction of Majapáhit. | |
1403 | Establishment of the court at Demák. | |
1419 | Establishment of Gegélang. | |
1421 | Establishment of Surabáya. | |
1423 | The fall of Bányu píndah. | |
1427 | The burning of Pálok by women. | |
1432 | Era of Kaníten. | |
1433 | Era of the Prince of Páti. | |
1439 | Destruction of Pánjer by fire. | |
1440 | Death of Kayubrálit. | |
1441 | Kajóran surrounded. | |
1443 | Death of the three princes. | |
1448 | Conquest of Kedírí by Susúnan Ingalága. | |
1449 | —— of Túban. | |
1450 | —— of Wirosári. | |
1451 | —— of Gegeláng. | |
1452 | —— of Mendáng kúngan. | |
1454 | The site of Surabáya changed. | |
1455 | Conquest of Pasúruan. | |
1462 | —— of Panarúkan. | |
1464 | Defeat of the sons of the chiefs of Lamúng'an, Blítar, and Wirasába. | |
1465 | Conquest of Panangúngan. | |
1466 | —— of Pamenáng. | |
1467 | —— of Sing'ga. | |
1468 | —— of Balambáng'an and Banyuwángi. | |
1469 | Conquest and burning of Sing'ara, a dependency of Balambáng'an. | |
1470 | Conquest of Jápan.[Vol II Pg 258] | |
1471 | Arrival of the prince of Gíri, in the district of Kedíri. | |
1494 | Foundation of the gardens of Pungkúran at the foot of the mountains. | |
1473 | Destruction by fire of Dahá, and the disappearance of the prince called Prawáta, at that place. | |
1474 | The elevation of another prince. | |
1475 | War of Surowári. | |
—— | Kiai Wírasóma proceeds to Jípang. | |
1476 | The falling down of Banyu píndah. | |
1478 | Conquest of the district of Blóra. | |
—— | —— of Baléga in Madúra. | |
1499 | Disappearance of the Adipáti of Kedíri and his princess, after embracing the Mahomedan religion. | |
1500 | Conquest of Katujan, Wírasába, and Pranarága. | |
1502 | Swords and javelins first made use of. | |
1503 | The establishment of the court at Pájang. | |
1506 | Occurrence of a great earthquake. | |
1509 | First destruction of Pájang. | |
1510 | Destruction of Demák, when the chiefs and people betook themselves to their vessels, and put to sea. | |
1512 | Dahá conquered by Senapáti. | |
1513 | The people of Jipáng carried into captivity after the battle of Kalidádung; actions in Pasúruan and Pranarága. | |
1515 | Construction of Kótah Batu Púteh (or White-walled Castle) at Matárem. | |
1517 | Battles of Jatasári, &c. fought by Senapáti. | |
1521 | Death of Panambáhan Senapáti, at Jenar (Matárem). | |
—— | The palace at Kérta being burnt, the seat of government is removed to Púra. | |
—— | The Panambáhan of Chéribon comes to Matárem. | |
1522 | The Adipáti of Pugar, son of the Senapáti, removed to Demák, where he ascended the throne. After remaining there a year, there happened an eclipse of the sun. | |
1525 | Sultan Krápeak surrounds and attacks Demák. | |
—— | While the war was carrying on at Grésik, Sultan Krápeak died at Matárem. | |
1526 | Battle of Kaliránan.[Vol II Pg 259] | |
1532 | Death of Adipáti Mérta Láya. | |
1536 | The people of Matárem attack Málang, under Sultan Kérta. | |
1540 | The election of Panambáhan Senapáti at Matárem as Sultan. | |
1541 | The age of Sínga Pádu. | |
1545 | The Madurese war. | |
1547 | A great sickness at Matárem, and the erection of the throne of Matárem. | |
1552 | The war of Páti, and the erection of the Matárem tower. | |
1553 | The first Batavian war. | |
1555 | The measuring of time, and the second Batavian war. | |
1560 | The people of the eastern districts assembled at Matárem to perform required services. | |
1561 | Conquest of Balambángan, and submission of Ráden Kámbar. | |
1562 | The Sultan removes to Tumbáyat, and a great granary of corn is destroyed by fire at Gáding. | |
1564 | The Chéribon war, and the first appearance of the Prin'gí people (Europeans) at the court of Matarem. | |
1565 | The anger of the prince towards the minister of Palémbang, and the appearance of the Bánjar (Masin) people at the court of Matárem. | |
1566 | The second great sickness appears at Matárem, and the construction of the large gun, called Kiaí Gúntur Agni. An artificial lake made at Pléret. | |
1568 | Death of Sultan Kérta, and succession of his son. | |
1569 | The march of the Matárem people to Báli and Balambángan, and the submission of those people. | |
1571 | The construction of the mosque, and the marriage of the Sultan with the princess Kránon. The Kálang move to the east of the Sólo river. | |
1572 | The establishment of the court at Pléret, and the Susúnan's desire for maidens. The chiefs of all ranks, the soldiers, the natives of the coast, and the inhabitants of the country, were each ordered to marry two wives. | |
1573 | The appearance of the Chéribon minister with a present of an elephant; also that of the minister of[Vol II Pg 260] Jámbi (on Sumatra), bringing accounts of the death of the Sultan. The first embassy from the Hollanders arrived at Matárem, bringing a present of four pieces of artillery. | |
1574 | The second embassy from the Hollanders, with various presents. | |
1575 | Great inundation at Matárem, and the appearance of a comet. | |
1576 | The subjection of the Sukadána people (on Borneo). | |
1577 | The subjection of the Siam people, and a present from the Company (the Dutch) of a horse of large size. | |
1579 | The marriage of the Pangéran Adipáti with the daughter of Mángun Jáya. | |
1580 | The Rámpok of an elephant. | |
1581 | Death of Pangéran Purbáya. | |
1582 | The introduction of copper píchis (a small coin). | |
1584 | Death of Ráden Tápa Sána. | |
1585 | Death of the Chéribon prince in Matárem, and the murder of Mérta Náta. | |
1586 | The appearance of a comet. | |
1587 | The banishment of the Pangéran Adipáti to Lipúra, to convert himself and do penance. | |
1588 | Death of the Rátu. | |
1592 | Order of the Susúnan to Aria Purbáya to kill Wíra Mang'gala. | |
—— | Explosion of the powder magazine, by which the sentries were killed in a shocking manner. | |
—— | The period when Europeans came to Matárem with a present of two horses. | |
1594 | The Susúnan's desire for maidens. | |
—— | An uncommon eruption from a volcano, throwing out a great quantity of fire with sand and stones. | |
1595 | The arrival of the Búgis people at Demóng and the march of the Matárem forces joined with those of Manchanagara and the sea-coast. | |
1596 | The return of them, with the separation of Madura, Sumenap, and Grésik from the Matárem obedience. They join the rebel Truna Jaya. | |
1600 | They join together and attack Matárem and destroy it, [Vol II Pg 261] the Susúnan leaving the court with the Rátu and family, after having burnt the same; death of the Susúnan at Tegál Wángi, and election of his son Mangkúrat. | |
1601 | Mangkúrat marches over Japára to Kediri, to exterminate the rebel Truna Jáya, with the assistance of the Company. | |
1602 | Kedíri taken and Trúna Jáya surrenders. | |
1603 | Trúna Jáya killed. The Susúnan goes to Pájang and establishes his court at Kerta Sura. Pangéran Pugar rebels against him, but is defeated and flies to Baglen. | |
1604 | Insurrection of the rebel Raju Námrúd at Salingo, and the destruction of the kráton by fire. The subjection of Pangéran Púgar to the Susúnan. | |
1605 | The arrival of ambassadors from Johór and Palémbang at Kérta Súra with a present of an elephant. | |
1606 | Marriage of the Susúnan with a princess of Gíri. | |
1607 | Age of Wána Kasúma. | |
1608 | Circumcision of the Pangéran Adipáti, and preparations made for a great chase at Kérta Súra. | |
1609 | Death of Captain Tak and other Europeans, and the rebellion of the eastern people, who join Surapátí. Several personal combats on the Paseban to divert the Susúnan. | |
1612 | The deplorable state of the court of Kérta Súra. | |
1613 | Fire in the mosque at Kérta Súra. | |
1614 | Excursion of the Susúnan to Manchíngan. | |
1610 | March of the Balambángan people coming from the south across Kedíri, where they assassinate men and women. | |
1620 | The Balambángan people march to Pasúruan, but are attacked at Pachatan and repulsed, with a loss of one thousand men. | |
—— | The court at Kérta Súra surrounded with a wall of stone. | |
1621 | The conquest of Pranarága. | |
1622 | Death of Ráden Súkra and the illness of the Susúnan. | |
1623 | Kamagetan attacked by the people of Báli. [Vol II Pg 262] | |
1624 | Personal combat between the Javans Téka and Janála, who were both killed. | |
1625 | March of the Susúnan to Matárem, and embassy sent by the Susúnan to Mecca, in order to obtain the rank of Haji. | |
1626 | Death of Susúnan Mangkúrat. | |
1628 | His son succeeds, and Ráden Súria Kasúma usurps the rank and title. The latter is defeated by the people of Kérta Súra and taken prisoner. Pangéran Púgar is arrested, and afterwards released. Being offended he proceeds to Semárang. | |
1630 | The people of the western sea-coast conquer Kérta Súra and expel the Susúnan from his dálam, who goes to the east, where he joins Surapáti with a thousand followers. | |
1630 | Arrival of the Europeans at Kérta Súra, who upon finding it deserted, appointed Pangéran Púgar as Susúnan. | |
1631 | The court of the exiled Susúnan held at Kedíri. | |
1633 | Pangéran Purbáya marches against the exiled Susúnan and conquers him. Surapáti is killed. He marches with the Admiral towards Pasúruan, where he is again victorious. The exiled Susúnan delivers himself up to the Admiral, who sends him to Surabáya, from whence he is sent with his Rátu and minister, Jaeng Rána, to Batavia. | |
1634 | Appointment of Jáya Puspíta as Adipáti of Surabáya. | |
1635 | Appointment of Tumúng'gung Chákra Jáya as minister, who is sent to Batavia in the following year. | |
1637 | Journey of the Susúnan to Matárem. | |
1641 | Journey of the Susúnan to Gáding. | |
1642 | First expedition of the Commodore to Surabáya. Conquest of Surabáya, in which the Admiral, Van der Lee, is killed. Appointment of Brinkman as Admiral. | |
1643 | Death of the Susúnan Pakubuána the first, and the succession of his eldest son. | |
1644 | Rebellion of Pangéran Blítar in Matárem, and the expedition of Admiral Brinkman against him, wherein the Admiral gained a complete victory. [Vol II Pg 263] | |
1645 | Flight of Pangéran Blítar to Kamagétan. His death, and the transport of his body to Kérta Súra. | |
1648 | Arrest of Pangéran Purbáya Aría, Dípa Nagára, and Surapáti, who were all sent to Batavia, from whence Pangéran Aría was afterwards recalled. | |
1651 | Embassy of Tumúny'gung Níti Nágara to Batavia, and the death of Pangéran Purbáya. | |
1652 | Journey of the Kiái Adipáti to Semárang, to pay the debt of the Susúnan to the Company. | |
1653 | Arrest of Pangéran Aria Mángku Nagára, and his being delivered up to the Company. | |
1655 | Death of Pangéran Mángkubúmi, and the arrival of the Commodore at Kérta Súra. | |
1656 | The Kiái Adipáti dispatched to Semárang. | |
1657 | An eruption from a volcanic mountain which emitted flame for three days. | |
1658 | The Kiái Adipáti sent to Semárang, where he is arrested in the Dutch fort. Arrival of the Commodore at Kérta Súra. | |
1659 | Raden Adipáti Nata Kasúma sent to Batavia. | |
1662 | The Raden Adipáti sent to Batavia, and arrival of the Commodore at Kérta Súra. | |
1664 | Journey of the Susúnan to Matárem. | |
1667 | Conquest of Kérta Súra. | |
1668 | Conquest of Prándu Láwang. | |
1670 | Removal of the court of Súra Kérta to Sólo, which place is since called Súra Kérta Diníngrat. | |
1671 | Arrival of General Imhoff at Súra Kérta. | |
1675 | Death of Súsunan Pakubúana the second, and the time when Pangéran Aria Mangkubmi proclaimed himself Susúnan. | |
1676 | Battle of Mangkubumi at Jenar. Conquest of Pakálongan by him. | |
1682 | Interview between the Susúnan and Pangéran Mangkubumi. Peace established. The lands divided, and the Pangéran made Sultan of Yúgya Kérta Adiníngrat. | |
1685 | Rebellion of Pangéran Aria Mánku Nagára at Súra Kérta. The Susúnan occupies his new palace.[Vol II Pg 264] | |
1686 | Arrival of Pangéran Juru at Súra Kérta, and flight of Pangéran Anom. | |
1688 | Dissolution of the marriage of the Susúnan with the Rátu of Madúra, and the death of Rátu Madúra Rétna and Ráden Radméja. The journey of the Rátu of Madúra to Madúra. Ráden Kúlon made Rátu. | |
1690 | The Susúnan assists in the erection of the triumphal pillars of the mosque. | |
1692 | The dálam is surrounded by a stone wall. |
ACCOUNT
OF
THE SEVERAL PRINCIPAL DIVISIONS
OF
JAVA AND MADURA.
In several parts of this work, and in particular when treating of agriculture and revenue, reference has been made to the changes introduced by the British government in the internal management of the country, and to the information of a statistical nature which was collected with regard to its resources.
In various sections of this work, especially when discussing agriculture and revenue, we've referenced the changes made by the British government in the country's internal management, as well as the statistical information that was gathered about its resources.
It may not be uninteresting to the reader to possess, in a compressed form, the result of the surveys and inquiries which were then set on foot, as far as the same were completed at the close of the British administration on Java. The Appendix L. contains a copy of the proclamation and of the general instructions issued by the government; the latter will sufficiently explain the principle on which the tables for the eastern districts were compiled.
It might be interesting for the reader to have a brief summary of the surveys and inquiries that were conducted, as much as they were completed by the end of the British administration in Java. Appendix L contains a copy of the proclamation and the general instructions issued by the government; the latter will clearly explain the principles used to compile the tables for the eastern districts.
BANTAM.
Bantam, once rich in its pepper plantations and the emporium of the Archipelago, had, in consequence of the restrictions of the Dutch company and the vicinity of Batavia, lost all its trade and importance, long before the arrival of the British.
Bantam, once thriving with its pepper plantations and a key trading hub of the Archipelago, had lost all its trade and significance due to the restrictions imposed by the Dutch company and its proximity to Batavia, long before the British arrived.
The succession of the throne of Bantam was generally disposed of by the influence of the Dutch government: but the administration of the country and the collection of the port duties were till very lately entirely entrusted to him. This European influence, though strongly resisted in the first instance, had been long acquiesced in, till an attempt of the Dutch government, in the year 1808, to draw additional benefit from this province, gave occasion to an insurrection. The successive measures of introducing the cultivation of coffee into that part of the island, of opening the communication by means of new roads, and of constructing a new harbour, first[Vol II Pg 266] at Mew Bay, and afterwards at Merak Bay, imposed new and unusual burthens on the people; and so many deserted from the public works that an order was issued to the Resident, requiring him to inform the sultan that his first minister should be held responsible for the due execution of the public task assigned to the sultan's subjects. The desertion still continuing, an order still more peremptory was issued to the Resident, requiring him to call upon the sultan to deliver up his first minister immediately. In carrying these orders into execution, the Resident having imprudently risked his person, was murdered. This fatal accident was the occasion of sending a considerable military force to Bantam, by which an immediate and thorough change in the native government was effected. The reigning sultan was removed from the throne and banished to Amboina, and a relative was raised to the sovereign power.
The succession of the throne of Bantam was mainly influenced by the Dutch government, but until recently, the administration of the country and the collection of port duties were entirely entrusted to him. This European influence, although strongly resisted at first, had been accepted for a long time until an attempt by the Dutch government in 1808 to extract more benefits from this province led to a rebellion. The ongoing efforts to introduce coffee cultivation, build new roads, and construct a new harbor—first at Mew Bay and then at Merak Bay—placed new and heavy burdens on the people. Many workers abandoned the public projects, prompting an order to the Resident to inform the sultan that his first minister would be held responsible for ensuring that the tasks assigned to the sultan's subjects were completed. As desertions continued, a more urgent order was given to the Resident, demanding that the sultan hand over his first minister immediately. In carrying out these orders, the Resident took a reckless risk and was murdered. This tragic event led to the deployment of a significant military force to Bantam, resulting in an immediate and complete change in the local government. The reigning sultan was removed from the throne and exiled to Amboina, and a relative was elevated to sovereign power.
This prince was placed under regulations dictated by the Dutch; for so fallen had the sovereigns of this once flourishing and powerful kingdom now become, that the form and solemnity of a treaty was not deemed necessary. The sultan ceded part of his territories to the westward, adjacent to the environs of Batavia, the bad administration of which had frequently given occasion to disturbances in the Batavian districts. The new sultan was allowed to administer the rest of his dominions under the superior rule of the Dutch government.
This prince was put under rules set by the Dutch; the rulers of this once prosperous and powerful kingdom had fallen so low that a formal treaty wasn’t considered necessary. The sultan gave up part of his land to the west, near the areas around Batavia, where poor management often led to unrest in the Batavian districts. The new sultan was allowed to govern the rest of his territories under the overarching authority of the Dutch government.
The public works to be carried on in Bantam, and the unusual burthens they imposed on the people, continued however to excite, from time to time, disturbances and insurrections. On one occasion a detachment, consisting of a lieutenant and eighteen dragoons, were surprised and murdered by the inhabitants. Several native Pangérans and chiefs fell victims to the same spirit of discontent and revenge, and another change in the person of the sultan was thought advisable; the new sultan was in consequence allured on board a vessel, and conveyed to Batavia, and in his place another chief was installed sultan of the high lands of Bantam, the Dutch reserving to themselves the direct administration of the low lands.
The public works in Bantam, along with the heavy burdens they placed on the people, continued to spark disturbances and uprisings from time to time. On one occasion, a group made up of a lieutenant and eighteen dragoons was ambushed and killed by the locals. Several native Pangérans and chiefs also became victims of this unrest and desire for revenge, leading to thoughts of replacing the sultan again. The new sultan was therefore lured aboard a ship and taken to Batavia, while another chief was installed as the sultan of the highlands of Bantam, with the Dutch keeping direct control over the lowlands.
The country, however, remaining still in a disturbed state,[Vol II Pg 267] the Pangéran Akmet united under his banner the discontented people of all descriptions, in a more regular opposition to the European authority. From this time an extraordinary military force was constantly kept in Bantam: all attempts, however, to arrest the person of Akmet failed. His influence increased so much that proposals were made to him of a cession of part of the country: these, however, not being listened to, it was determined to abandon the interior to his depredations, until the inhabitants themselves, wearied of his arbitrary proceedings, might seek refuge with the European government.
The country, however, remained in a troubled state,[Vol II Pg 267] the Pangéran Akmet rallied all the dissatisfied people under his banner, forming a more organized opposition to European rule. From then on, an enormous military force was consistently stationed in Bantam; all attempts to capture Akmet failed. His power grew so much that proposals were made to him to hand over part of the country. However, he ignored these offers, and it was decided to leave the interior to his raids until the local inhabitants, tired of his tyrannical actions, would turn to the European government for help.
The Dutch force being withdrawn from Bantam, Akmet availed himself of the presence of the British cruizers, during the blockade in 1811, to strengthen his influence by an intercourse with them, which he easily effected by furnishing them with supplies plundered by him from the inhabitants. By the cruizers he was considered as an unfortunate prince, maintaining his independence against the Dutch; and when the British troops landed, the sultan was his prisoner, and all Bantam under his controul.
The Dutch troops were being pulled out of Bantam when Akmet took advantage of the British cruisers being around during the blockade in 1811 to boost his power by connecting with them. He did this easily by providing them with supplies he had looted from the locals. The cruisers saw him as a tragic prince fighting to keep his independence from the Dutch. By the time the British troops arrived, the sultan was captured, and all of Bantam was under his control.
At the conquest of Java by the British forces the extensive tracts of this fertile province were thus in the hands of a lawless rebel, the inhabitants were in a state of revolt, and universal anarchy and distrust had prevailed for several years. All idea of raising a revenue on account of government had been abandoned; and the general settlement of the country under European controul, was the most that could be hoped for.
At the time the British forces conquered Java, the vast areas of this fertile province were controlled by a lawless rebel, the people were in revolt, and chaos and distrust had taken over for several years. Any attempt to collect revenue for the government had been given up, and all that could be hoped for was a general settlement of the country under European control.
In the year 1813 the sultan voluntarily resigned the administration of the country into the hands of the British government, in consideration of an annual pension of ten thousand Spanish dollars. With the detailed system of land revenue introduced into this province, an accurate survey was made of all the northern divisions; and a settlement having been made with each individual cultivator, the extent of population stated in the annexed table, as far as these districts are concerned, may be considered as in general correct. The population of the southern districts is estimated; and it may be observed, that the total population rather exceeds than falls short of what is stated.[Vol II Pg 268]
In 1813, the sultan willingly handed over control of the country to the British government in exchange for an annual pension of ten thousand Spanish dollars. With the new land revenue system established in this province, a thorough survey of all the northern areas was conducted. After reaching agreements with each individual farmer, the population figures listed in the attached table for these districts can generally be considered accurate. The population of the southern districts is estimated, and it's worth noting that the total population is likely higher than what is reported.[Vol II Pg 268]
Number of Principal Villages. | Number of Houses. | Householders. | Married Women. | Children. | Total Population in each District. | Number of Buffaloes. | Ploughs. | Settlement, 1815. | Computed Total Population | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Males. | Females. | Males. | Females. | Separate Leases granted for 1815. | Quantity of Land. | |||||||||
Báhus. | Changkala | |||||||||||||
Tenára | 9 | 1277 | 1221 | 226 | 983 | 1017 | 642 | 4089 | 306 | 364 | 573 | 1363 | 93 | 5452 |
Pontang | 23 | 3620 | 2618 | 1030 | 2594 | 2766 | 2326 | 11334 | 980 | 1635 | 1170 | 2334 | 402 | 14112 |
Ragas | 11 | 980 | 842 | 180 | 758 | 754 | 750 | 3235 | 764 | 610 | 490 | 848 | 398 | 3835 |
Tambakbaya | 24 | 1281 | 869 | 392 | 791 | 752 | 669 | 3473 | 796 | 758 | 939 | 1593 | 134 | 4073 |
Panénan | 25 | 1248 | 822 | 427 | 788 | 1089 | 921 | 4047 | 667 | 578 | 598 | 938 | 442 | 4547 |
Charoas | 37 | 1639 | 1323 | 497 | 1150 | 1294 | 984 | 5248 | 709 | 648 | 697 | 1206 | 198 | 6200 |
Kalodran | 14 | 1506 | 1129 | 352 | 1130 | 1123 | 918 | 4652 | 828 | 883 | 800 | 1521 | 278 | 5200 |
Chépété | 14 | 1119 | 916 | 200 | 886 | 643 | 558 | 3203 | 519 | 487 | 826 | 1194 | 3 | 3400 |
Bántam | 12 | 1818 | 1786 | 409 | 1677 | 614 | 749 | 5235 | 306 | 231 | 237 | 361 | 326 | 5699 |
Chebaning | 8 | 1073 | 842 | 230 | 839 | 788 | 579 | 3278 | 598 | 807 | 353 | 516 | 451 | 3578 |
Sirang or Siram | 42 | 5396 | 4399 | 980 | 4349 | 4826 | 4139 | 18693 | 2303 | 2787 | 2764 | 3108 | 484 | 19793 |
Pakam | 16 | 1062 | 937 | 108 | 930 | 598 | 449 | 3022 | 457 | 399 | 741 | 1094 | 2 | 3321 |
Baros | 51 | 2310 | 2888 | 384 | 2795 | 1825 | 1266 | 9158 | 1851 | 2033 | 2334 | 2723 | 146 | 9536 |
Cheomas | 41 | 2690 | 2266 | 414 | 2267 | 902 | 723 | 6572 | 522 | 1872 | 2755 | 3640 | 167 | 6972 |
Sardang | 26 | 2700 | 1990 | 731 | 1846 | 2155 | 1991 | 8713 | 944 | 804 | 1247 | 1699 | 168 | 8914 |
Jawána | 5 | 1179 | 908 | 271 | 883 | 1066 | 952 | 4080 | 555 | 515 | 673 | 959 | 464 | 4390 |
Taraté | 15 | 1842 | 1425 | 436 | 1357 | 1312 | 1102 | 5632 | 516 | 485 | 514 | 858 | 269 | 6400 |
Chelegon | 34 | 4767 | 3825 | 1010 | 3685 | 3512 | 3212 | 15244 | 2531 | 2335 | 1321 | 2724 | 403 | 15744 |
Bujenagára | 12 | 2693 | 2025 | 461 | 1964 | 2198 | 2096 | 8744 | 1009 | 1229 | 817 | 1710 | 30 | 9034 |
Anyer | 41 | 4765 | 4710 | 490 | 4746 | 4346 | 3660 | 17952 | 2375 | 1695 | 4341 | 2437 | 180 | 18151 |
Charita | 3 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 4143 | — | — | 880 | 359 | 389 | 4143 |
Chéringbin | 32 | 2667 | 2472 | 193 | 2403 | 1882 | 1454 | 8404 | 2105 | 1140 | 3846 | 1730 | 199 | 15384 |
Panimbang | 11 | 443 | 405 | 38 | 399 | 306 | 207 | 1858 | 53 | — | — | — | — | 1957 |
Minés | 15 | 563 | 544 | 29 | 525 | 379 | 289 | 1756 | 382 | 386 | 673 | 284 | 358 | 1906 |
Kanánga | 24 | 668 | 591 | 25 | 575 | 305 | 248 | 1744 | 419 | 373 | 808 | 291 | 195 | 1890 |
Chemánok | 32 | 1558 | 1389 | 148 | 1409 | 888 | 802 | 4636 | 1178 | 1060 | 1406 | 1468 | 33 | 5237 |
Kadulósong | 26 | 596 | 596 | 74 | 596 | 290 | 107 | 1663 | 941 | 772 | 2055 | 2241 | 67 | 4320 |
Chekek | 20 | 993 | 767 | 230 | 739 | 492 | 482 | 2710 | 598 | 551 | 710 | 756 | 311 | 2841 |
Pandéglang | 20 | 1020 | 794 | 234 | 780 | 611 | 489 | 2908 | 625 | 622 | 932 | 805 | 138 | 3329 |
Chadasári | 39 | 2347 | 2227 | 321 | 2165 | 1576 | 1331 | 7620 | 1323 | 1233 | 2039 | 1247 | 75 | 8154 |
Pamaryan | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2174 | — | 508 | 543 | 449 | 2174 |
Underándi | 11 | 656 | 570 | 88 | 537 | 423 | 399 | 2017 | 499 | 459 | 426 | 360 | 178 | 2217 |
Chikándi | 11 | 517 | 463 | 70 | 433 | 360 | 329 | 1655 | 374 | 324 | 332 | 598 | 271 | 1763 |
Kolelet | 18 | 624 | 586 | 128 | 569 | 359 | 341 | 1983 | 356 | 285 | 634 | 692 | 220 | 2535 |
Chrangasa | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2403 | — | — | 1025 | 601 | 382 | 2403 |
Konchang | 16 | 1017 | 910 | 109 | 853 | 470 | 400 | 2742 | 626 | 555 | 980 | 792 | 48 | 3110 |
Total | 738 | 58631 | 50055 | 10865 | 48401 | 40921 | 45624 | 193946 | 31289 | 28915 | 41444 | 42122 | 54 | 221714 |
ESTIMATED POPULATION of the SOUTHERN DISTRICTS | 9890 | |||||||||||||
Parunkujang | 1800 | Total Population | 231604 | |||||||||||
Binwangan | 2200 | |||||||||||||
Parayan | 1140 | |||||||||||||
Somang | 1305 | |||||||||||||
Sajira | 1745 | |||||||||||||
Kosik | 1700 | |||||||||||||
9890 |
BATAVIA.
Of the splendour and magnificence which procured for this capital the title of the Queen of the East, little is now to be found. Streets have been pulled down, canals half filled up, forts demolished, and palaces levelled with the dust. The state-house, where the supreme court of justice and magistracy still assemble, remains; merchants transact their business in the town during the day, and its warehouses still contain the richest productions of the island, but few Europeans of respectability sleep within its limits.
Of the splendor and grandeur that earned this city the title of the Queen of the East, little is left today. Streets have been torn down, canals have been partially filled in, forts have been destroyed, and palaces have crumbled to dust. The state house, where the supreme court of justice and magistracy still meet, survives; merchants conduct their business in the town during the day, and its warehouses still hold the island's finest products, but few respectable Europeans spend the night here.
The following table comprises all fixed residents within the city and its immediate suburbs, to the distance of about two miles. The municipal regulations of this part of the island having been continued in force, and the execution of them, for the most part, delegated to Dutch authorities, it is to be apprehended that the return of the population now given may be found deficient in accuracy. A poll-tax being levied on the Chinese, and other town duties rendering it the interest of the parties to withhold information as to the exact numbers, it is also probable that the total amount considerably exceeds that now given: certainly it does not fall short of it.
The following table includes all permanent residents in the city and its nearby suburbs, within about two miles. The local regulations for this area of the island have remained in effect, and the responsibility for enforcing them has mostly been handed over to Dutch authorities. Therefore, it's likely that the reported population figures may not be completely accurate. With a poll tax imposed on the Chinese and other local fees creating a reason for individuals to keep information about their numbers private, it’s also likely that the actual population is significantly higher than what is currently reported; it certainly isn't lower.
Males. | Females. | Total. | |
---|---|---|---|
Europeans | 367 | 176 | 543 |
Descendants of Europeans Born in the Colony | 706 | 779 | 1,485 |
Arabs | 197 | 121 | 318 |
Moormen | 71 | 48 | 119 |
Maláyus | 1,756 | 1,399 | 3,155 |
Javans | 1,782 | 1,549 | 3,331 |
Búgis | 1,032 | 831 | 1,863 |
Makásars | 1,148 | 881 | 2,029 |
Bálians | 4,063 | 3,657 | 7,720 |
Sumbáwas | 141 | 91 | 232 |
Mandharese | 112 | 111 | 223 |
Ambonese and Bandas | 57 | 25 | 82 |
Timorese and Butanese | 16 | 8 | 24 |
Pernákans or half-caste Chinese | 357 | 248 | 605 |
Chinese | 6,976 | 4,273 | 11,249 |
Slaves | 7,001 | 7,238 | 14,239 |
Grand Total | 47,217 |
ENVIRONS OF BATAVIA.
The lands comprehended under the denomination of the Batavian environs (Ommelanden), originally formed the principal part of the Jakátra dominions. The native chiefs were early deprived of the administration by the cautious policy of the Dutch, and the lands subsequently sold in property to Europeans and others. According to an official valuation in 1813, the amount of property in houses and lands, belonging to individuals, in the city of Batavia and its environs, including the private estates near Buitenzorg, exceeded eleven millions of rix-dollars silver, and the taxes were levied on that estimate. Various systems of government had been attempted in this district before the arrival of the British in 1811, but so inefficacious were they, that it was considered unsafe for Europeans to travel without arms. As a measure of police, a portion of this division, formerly comprized within the Ommelanden, was recently annexed to the regency of Buitenzorg, and formed into a separate administration. For the population of these two divisions, as they now stand, see General Table, Vol. I, page 62, Table II.
The areas known as the Batavian surroundings (Ommelanden) used to be the main part of the Jakátra territories. The native leaders were quickly stripped of their authority due to the careful strategy of the Dutch, and the land was later sold as property to Europeans and others. According to an official valuation in 1813, the total value of properties in houses and land owned by individuals in the city of Batavia and its surroundings, including the private estates near Buitenzorg, exceeded eleven million rix-dollars in silver, and taxes were based on that estimate. Several government systems were tried in this area before the British arrived in 1811, but they were so ineffective that it was deemed unsafe for Europeans to travel without weapons. As a policing measure, part of this area, which was previously included in the Ommelanden, was recently annexed to the regency of Buitenzorg and established as a separate administration. For the population of these two divisions as they currently exist, see General Table, Vol. I, page 62, Table II.
BATAVIAN OR PRIANGEN REGENCIES.
Each of these regencies was administered by a native chief, immediately dependent on government, and without any power beyond his district. The chiefs, however, were mostly allied by frequent intermarriages, and traced their descent from different chieftains of the ancient empire of Pajajáran. Separated, on the one hand, from the dominions of the Susúnan and sultan by the country of Chéribon, and on the other from Bantam by the Batavian environs, their power never became formidable to the European government. The coffee monopoly in the Western Districts having been maintained on its former principle during the period of the British administration, the inhabitants of these districts were precluded from feeling the effects of the system introduced into the more eastern districts; but as it was in contemplation,[Vol II Pg 272] eventually, to render the change general throughout the island, preparatory measures were taken, and a survey of these districts being made, the annexed statistical table was framed. The produce stated in the table is estimated according to the native returns; these districts likewise furnish an annual quantity of about seventy-five thousand hundred-weight of coffee for the European market.[Vol II Pg 273]
Each of these regions was run by a local chief, who was directly accountable to the government and had no authority beyond his own area. However, the chiefs were mostly connected through frequent intermarriages and claimed their ancestry from different leaders of the ancient empire of Pajajáran. On one side, they were separated from the lands of the Susúnan and the sultan by the Chéribon region, and on the other side they were apart from Bantam due to the Batavian surroundings, which meant their influence never became a serious threat to the European government. The coffee monopoly in the Western Districts continued under the same rules during British rule, so the people in these areas were shielded from the effects of the system implemented in the more eastern districts. However, since there was a plan to eventually make this change apply throughout the island, preparatory steps were taken, and a survey of these districts was conducted, leading to the creation of the attached statistical table. The production listed in this table is based on local reports; these areas also provide about seventy-five thousand hundred-weight of coffee annually for the European market.[Vol II Pg 273]
Names of the Regencies and Divisions. | Number of Villages. | Cultivators. | Not Cultivators. | General Population. | Buffaloes. | Cows. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Sawahs. | Tipar or Tegal. | Coffee Grounds. | Maize in Chains. | Teak Forests. | Total of Land in Cultivation. | Total Produce | Value of Total Produce | Cocoa-nut Trees. | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Men. | Women. | Boys. | Girls. | Men. | Women. | Boys. | Girls. | First Sort. | Second Sort. | Third Sort. | First Sort. | Second Sort. | Third Sort. | Pari. | Maize. | Pari. | Maize. | ||||||||||||
Jungs. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Tjains. | Tjains. | Sh. Dols. | Sh. Dols. | ||||||||||||||||||||
Chianjur | 522 | 6138 | 6196 | 7158 | 8154 | 1504 | 1543 | 2226 | 2315 | 35234 | 3493 | — | 717 | 2011 | 1006 | 3608 | 565 | 59 | 1181 | 1 | 15757 | 92 | — | 22242 | 22898 | — | 68596 | — | 19256 |
Bandung | 721 | 10804 | 10814 | 10869 | 11176 | 2597 | 2615 | 3537 | 3710 | 56122 | 10897 | 1043 | 932 | 6277 | 370 | 1818 | 956 | 512 | 448 | 90 | 24371 | — | — | 31571 | 26083 | — | 78249 | — | 12616 |
Sumedang | 650 | 8573 | 8664 | 7987 | 8932 | 97 | 104 | 97 | 140 | 34594 | 10086 | 538 | 1176 | 6738 | 338 | 3478 | 1971 | 292 | 210 | 122 | 10397 | — | 88 | 16897 | 32718 | — | 98154 | — | 9000 |
Limbang'an | 168 | 2163 | 982 | 2812 | 2916 | 571 | 588 | 595 | 647 | 12270 | 2966 | 439 | 486 | 973 | 244 | 295 | 245 | 95 | 75 | 68 | 13789 | — | — | 14821 | 6152 | — | 21258 | — | 6410 |
Sukapura | 456 | 8500 | 8082 | 4995 | 6026 | 458 | 380 | 216 | 473 | 29130 | 3783 | 48 | 953 | 1101 | 194 | 625 | 214 | 197 | 549 | 529 | 663 | 701 | 20 | 3718 | 5020 | — | 14819 | 1401 | 7446 |
Krawang | 94 | 4240 | 4340 | 1780 | 1680 | 300 | 270 | 320 | 220 | 13150 | 6073 | — | 565 | — | 1761 | 6083 | 1043 | 537 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 4260 |
Chasem and Pamanukan | 124 | 5394 | 6000 | 3651 | 2985 | 150 | 175 | 120 | 160 | 18475 | 3613 | 36 | 467 | — | 3428 | 334 | 6237 | 25 | — | 40032 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2596 |
Kandangaur and Indramayu | 59 | 4885 | 5155 | 3710 | 2575 | 500 | 470 | 360 | 300 | 17955 | 2606 | 60 | 153 | — | 482 | 381 | 537 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 7486 |
Gunung Parang | 590 | 3569 | 3600 | 2547 | 2664 | 1053 | 1203 | 918 | 849 | 16403 | 2289 | 233 | 269 | 1942 | 486 | 474 | 523 | 16 | 347 | — | — | — | — | — | 11183 | — | 33549 | — | 2662 |
Chiputri | 24 | 291 | 289 | 401 | 383 | 93 | 95 | 101 | 98 | 1751 | 452 | — | 84 | 290 | 210 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1265 | — | 3795 | — | 170 |
Chikalong | 50 | 800 | 856 | 526 | 625 | 210 | 244 | 219 | 280 | 3760 | 620 | — | 132 | 279 | 83 | 67 | 9 | 33 | 59 | — | — | — | — | — | 1804 | — | 5412 | — | 1204 |
Ujung Brum | 61 | 751 | 746 | 960 | 781 | 233 | 240 | 310 | 239 | 4260 | 793 | 557 | 179 | 113 | 75 | 73 | 79 | 28 | 13 | — | — | — | — | — | 809 | — | 2427 | — | 44 |
Totals | 3519 | 56118 | 55724 | 47396 | 48897 | 7766 | 7927 | 9019 | 9431 | 243104 | 47671 | 2954 | 6113 | 19724 | 8677 | 17236 | 12379 | 1794 | 2882 | 40842 | 64977 | 793 | 108 | 80249 | 107932 | — | 326259 | 1401 | 73150 |
CHERIBON.
Chéribon fell under the European influence in the year 1666, and has now been subject to it one hundred and fifty years. It was among the first cessions made to the Dutch by the princes of Matárem.
Chéribon came under European influence in 1666 and has been under it for one hundred and fifty years now. It was one of the first territories ceded to the Dutch by the princes of Matárem.
This province had, like Bantam, been in a state of continued insurrection for many years preceding the arrival of the English. The importance of the town of Chéribon has considerably declined, partly in consequence of these commotions, and partly of epidemic fevers which prevailed some years ago.
This province had, like Bantam, been in a state of ongoing rebellion for many years before the arrival of the English. The significance of the town of Chéribon has greatly diminished, partly due to these disturbances and partly because of the epidemic fevers that were widespread several years ago.
The extensive and fertile province of Chéribon did not, under the administration of the Dutch Company, yield those profits which were expected from its great natural resources; especially of indigo, coffee, and teak timber. The Sultans of Chéribon, descended from one of the founders of the Mahomedan religion on Java, and on that account objects of religious veneration among the more orthodox Mahomedans, were always left in the entire management of the native administration. The coffee and other produce exacted from the people, was delivered by the Sultan, and paid for to him. Under this system, the residents of Chéribon enjoyed an annual income of from eighty to one hundred thousand dollars (£23,000), while the Sultans were every year more and more impoverished. At length an insurrection broke out in 1800, the ostensible reason of which was the unjust removal of Sultan Kanóman, who had been banished by the Dutch to Amboina, and the real cause probably the great oppression of the common inhabitants, occasioned by the distress of the Sultans, and the indiscriminate admission of too many Chinese in the interior of the country. The reinstallation of Sultan Kanóman, in 1808, by Marshal Daendals, did not appease the minds of the people; and the unwillingness or inability of that prince to restore the public tranquillity, led to an entirely new organization of the country.
The large and fertile province of Chéribon didn’t, under the Dutch Company’s administration, generate the profits expected from its abundant natural resources, especially indigo, coffee, and teak wood. The Sultans of Chéribon, who were descendants of one of the founders of the Islamic religion in Java and therefore held in religious esteem by more orthodox Muslims, were always allowed to fully manage the local administration. The coffee and other goods taken from the people were supplied by the Sultan and paid for directly to him. Under this system, the people of Chéribon had an annual income ranging from eighty to one hundred thousand dollars (£23,000), while the Sultans became increasingly impoverished each year. Eventually, an uprising broke out in 1800, officially sparked by the unfair removal of Sultan Kanóman, who had been exiled by the Dutch to Amboina, but the real reason was likely the severe oppression of common people caused by the Sultans’ distress and the uncontrolled influx of too many Chinese into the interior of the country. The reinstatement of Sultan Kanóman in 1808 by Marshal Daendals did not satisfy the public; and his reluctance or inability to restore peace led to a complete reorganization of the region.
When the island was conquered by the British troops, the rebel, Bágus Rángen, still maintained himself in the eastern parts of Kráwang, in perfect defiance of the power of govern[Vol II Pg 275]ment, sternly rejecting the offers of pardon and oblivion which were on that occasion offered to him, and eluding or defeating all attempts to destroy or ensnare him. Such was the veneration in which this man was regarded by the people of these districts, and such the dread in which he was held by the native chiefs (through whose means alone his apprehension was to be accomplished), that he remained in perfect quiet and security, maintained a correspondence with the disaffected throughout the province, secured his regular supplies of ammunition and provisions from all parts, and even from the town of Chéribon, and tranquilly prepared for the ensuing rainy season, to appear again in arms and ravage the country.
When the island was taken over by the British troops, the rebel, Bágus Rángen, continued to hold his ground in the eastern parts of Kráwang, completely defying the authority of the government, firmly rejecting the offers of amnesty and forgetfulness that were presented to him, and avoiding or overcoming all attempts to capture or trap him. He was held in such high regard by the people in these areas, and instilled such fear in the local chiefs (who were the only ones that could bring him to justice), that he lived in total peace and safety, kept in touch with the discontented people across the province, ensured his steady supply of weapons and food from various locations, even from the town of Chéribon, and calmly prepared for the upcoming rainy season, planning to rise again with arms and devastate the country.
In a few months after the establishment of a British resident in the district, the person of Bágus Rángen was secured, and the country reduced to a perfect state of tranquillity, in which it remained during the whole period of the British administration.
In a few months after a British representative was set up in the area, Bágus Rángen was captured, and the country was brought to a complete state of peace, which lasted throughout the entire period of British rule.
The following extracts from the report of the gentleman[279] intrusted with the introduction of the land revenue system into Chéribon, may serve to illustrate the state of this province:—
The following excerpts from the report of the gentleman[279] entrusted with implementing the land revenue system in Chéribon may help illustrate the situation in this province:—
"There is, perhaps, with the exception of the environs of Batavia and Bantam, no part of the island of Java which has so severely felt the bad effects of mismanagement as the district of Chéribon. These effects are visible in the character of the people, who, even among the Javans, are remarkable for a careless indifference to the pursuit of gain, for indolence, for want of energy, and for a credulity and ignorance, rendering them perpetually a prey to delusion. Within the last forty years, in particular, a series of mismanagement and oppression is said to have wrought a most unfavourable change in the character of the people, to have destroyed the habits of industry, and consequently to have changed even the aspect of the country, so that it is no longer to be recognized as the fruitful district which it is once represented to have been. Within the last seven years, famine, mortality, and civil commotion, have contributed to aggravate the evils of mismanagement, and in one or other form have desolated some of the finest parts of the district. [Vol II Pg 276]
"There is, perhaps, except for the areas around Batavia and Bantam, no part of the island of Java that has felt the negative effects of mismanagement as severely as the district of Chéribon. These effects are evident in the demeanor of the people, who, even among the Javanese, stand out for their careless indifference to making money, their laziness, lack of energy, and their gullibility and ignorance, which keep them constantly deceived. Over the past forty years, especially, a pattern of mismanagement and oppression has reportedly caused a significant change in the character of the people, destroyed their work ethic, and consequently altered the landscape so much that it can no longer be recognized as the once-productive district it was said to be. In the last seven years, famine, death, and civil unrest have worsened the issues of mismanagement and have devastated some of the best areas of the district. [Vol II Pg 276]
"The history of the civil commotions alluded to afford a striking illustration of the character of the inhabitants. It certainly gives no countenance to the representation of those observers who ascribe to the Javans in general a character of the most invincible apathy, stupidity, and indolence, as if these qualities had been irrevocably engrafted upon their very natures. A better knowledge of their real character enables us to draw very different inferences, and to ascribe to them a much larger share of sensibility, than could from reasoning be expected to result from the apparently overwhelming causes which contribute to degrade their faculties and blunt their energies and exertions.
"The history of the civil unrest mentioned here offers a striking example of the nature of the residents. It certainly doesn’t support the views of those who label the Javanese as generally characterized by extreme apathy, ignorance, and laziness, as if these traits were permanently ingrained in their very nature. A better understanding of their true character allows us to draw very different conclusions and to attribute to them a much greater capacity for sensitivity than one would expect from the seemingly overwhelming factors that serve to diminish their abilities and dull their energies and efforts."
"It is an instructive fact, highly worthy of remark, that the successive commotions and insurrections which have for many years disturbed the peace of Chéribon, have uniformly had their origin in the Javan districts, where the rights of private property in the soil were almost entirely overlooked, that they have only occasionally extended from the Javan to the Súnda districts, and have never reached the Priang'en lands, where property in the soil is fully acknowledged and respected.
"It’s an interesting point worth noting that the repeated disturbances and uprisings that have disrupted the peace of Chéribon for many years have consistently started in the Javan areas, where private property rights regarding land were largely ignored. These disturbances have only sporadically spread from the Javan to the Súnda regions and have never affected the Priang’en lands, where property rights are fully recognized and respected."
"The taxes which fell upon agriculture were so various, and at the same time assumed such a variety of shapes, that it is impracticable to state in a word the actual portion which by law or custom fell to the share of the sovereign.
"The taxes imposed on agriculture were so numerous and took on so many different forms that it's impossible to clearly state in a single term the exact amount that, by law or tradition, belonged to the sovereign."
"The most material, however, are comprehended in the following catalogue, to which are added, others falling equally upon agricultural industry, though not constituting a direct source of revenue to government:
"The most important ones, however, are included in the following list, along with others that also impact agricultural industry, even though they don't directly generate revenue for the government:"
"1. The contingent, called in the language of the country, gántang. This is usually estimated at fifteen parts in one hundred of the rice crop; but it was, in truth, arbitrarily assessed, according to a rough conjecture of the capability of the country. In such of the Priang'en lands as continued to be directly administered by their own native chiefs, the amount paid to the latter was determined with some accuracy to be one tenth of the gross produce, embracing, as in the first case, the rice crop only.
"1. The share, referred to in the local language as gántang, is typically estimated at fifteen percent of the rice harvest. However, this was actually determined somewhat arbitrarily, based on a rough guess of the land's productivity. In areas of Priang'en where local chiefs still managed the land directly, the fee paid to these chiefs was more accurately set at ten percent of the total yield, which, like in the first case, only included the rice crop."
"2. A poll tax, or rather a tax on families, called by the natives of this part of the country, pagalántang. Part was[Vol II Pg 277] levied on account of government, and part on account of the chiefs.
"2. A poll tax, or more accurately a tax on families, referred to by the locals in this region as pagalántang. Some of it was[Vol II Pg 277] collected for the government, and some for the chiefs."
"3. Market duties or tolls. These were literally levied on every article vended in the markets, embracing as well the whole produce of their agriculture, as that of their petty arts and manufactures.
"3. Market duties or tolls. These were applied to every item sold in the markets, covering both the entire output of their agriculture and that of their small-scale crafts and manufacturing."
"4. A tax on the slaughter of buffaloes, necessarily affecting the price of food, and discouraging the rearing of an animal indispensable to a successful prosecution of the labours of agriculture.
"4. A tax on killing buffaloes, which inevitably impacts food prices and discourages breeding an animal essential for successful agricultural work."
"5. The charge of lodging and feeding travellers, and transporting troops, baggage, and stores of all descriptions. This is termed in the native language, súguh, or the rites of hospitality.
"5. The cost of providing lodging and meals for travelers, and transporting troops, luggage, and all kinds of supplies. This is referred to in the local language as súguh, or the customs of hospitality."
"6. The obligation to construct and repair bridges, roads, and public buildings, throughout the country.
"6. The responsibility to build and maintain bridges, roads, and public buildings across the country."
"7. The obligation to cultivate and deliver, at inadequate rates, certain foreign productions, which the actual condition of the country, the habits of the people, and still less their interests, could never have prompted them to undertake, if permitted freely to pursue their own interest. Coffee was the chief of these products.
"7. The requirement to grow and provide, at unreasonably low prices, specific foreign goods, which the current state of the country, the people's habits, and even less their interests, would never have encouraged them to take on if they were allowed to pursue their own interests freely. Coffee was the most significant of these products."
"8. In speaking of the taxes which fall upon the husbandman and the land, the Zakat must not be forgotten. This is nominally a tithe, or tenth. The payment is indeed optional, but from religious motives seldom withheld. Every tenth sheaf of the rice crop is allotted to religious purposes, but every man measures its size according to his own piety. Its amount was of course very variable, but almost always materially smaller, and generally indeed not half the size, of the ordinary sheaf. This practice gives rise to a well known distinction between the ordinary sheaf and that allotted for the clergy, when the grain is brought to market."
"8. When discussing the taxes that affect farmers and the land, we can't overlook the Zakat. This is essentially a tithe, or one-tenth. While the payment is technically optional, it's rarely skipped due to religious reasons. Every tenth bundle of the rice harvest is set aside for religious use, but each person decides its size based on their own level of faith. The amount varies widely, but it's often significantly smaller—typically not even half the size—of the usual bundle. This practice creates a well-known difference between the regular bundle and the one reserved for religious leaders when the grain is sold."
The table annexed was framed on the introduction of the detailed system; but it not being practicable, on account of the extent of the province, for the European officer to visit every part of the district, many of the particulars are stated upon estimate; particularly the quantity of cultivated land and amount of produce, which, it is to be apprehended, are rather over-rated. The return, however, of the population may be considered more accurate. [Vol II Pg 278]
The attached table was created when the detailed system was introduced; however, since it wasn't feasible for the European officer to visit every area of the province, many details are based on estimates. This is especially true for the amount of cultivated land and the total produce, which are likely exaggerated. Nevertheless, the population figures can be regarded as more accurate. [Vol II Pg 278]
DIVISIONS. | SAWAH. | VALUE OF SAWAH. | Total Sawah in Cultivation. | Total Value of Sawah. | TEGAL. | VALUE OF TEGAL. | Total Quantity of Tegal. | Total Value of Tegal. | Total Sawah and Tegal in Cultivation. | Total Value of the Crop. | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
First Sort. | Second Sort. | Third Sort. | First Sort. | Second Sort. | Third Sort. | First Sort. | Second Sort. | Third Sort. | First Sort. | Second Sort. | Third Sort. | |||||||
Jungs. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Rupees. | Rupees. | Rupees. | Jungs. | Rupees. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Rupees. | Rupees. | Rupees. | Jungs. | Rupees. | Jungs. | Rupees. | |
Bengawan | 820 | 1119 | 2587 | 87565 | 89529 | 138012 | 4527 | 315107 | 8 | 68 | 19 | 700 | 3676 | 77 | 4395 | 4605 | 319503 | |
Cheribon | 78 | 319 | 1318 | 8345 | 25544 | 70327 | 1716 | 104217 | 19 | 94 | 10 | 1543 | 5015 | 113 | 6569 | 1829 | 110786 | |
Chiamis | 231 | 352 | 24658 | 18815 | 583 | 43474 | 51 | 144 | 4089 | 7704 | 195 | 11794 | 779 | 55269 | ||||
Chikaso | 182 | 409 | 873 | 19435 | 32768 | 46607 | 1465 | 98811 | 138 | 30 | 7374 | 138 | 7404 | 1604 | 106216 | |||
Lingajati | 431 | 315 | 429 | 46012 | 25242 | 22884 | 1175 | 94140 | 49 | 34 | 42 | 5304 | 2758 | 2276 | 126 | 10339 | 1302 | 94479 |
Gebang | 70 | 140 | 567 | 7479 | 11216 | 30288 | 778 | 48984 | 20 | 27 | 1640 | 1456 | 47 | 3097 | 826 | 52082 | ||
Losari | 3 | 8 | 600 | 320 | 713 | 32024 | 612 | 33057 | 9 | 3 | 759 | 197 | 13 | 957 | 625 | 34014 | ||
Kuningan | 91 | 247 | 901 | 9718 | 19765 | 42768 | 1140 | 72252 | 15 | 341 | 1244 | 18208 | 356 | 19452 | 1497 | 91705 | ||
Telaga | 101 | 195 | 338 | 10833 | 15643 | 18066 | 635 | 44542 | 1 | 22 | 648 | 148 | 1824 | 34593 | 672 | 36565 | 1308 | 81108 |
Sindangkasi | 294 | 361 | 459 | 31440 | 28926 | 24521 | 1116 | 84888 | 19 | 302 | 1529 | 16126 | 321 | 17655 | 1437 | 102544 | ||
Raja Galu | 289 | 377 | 591 | 30921 | 30211 | 31534 | 1258 | 92667 | 98 | 5274 | 98 | 5274 | 1357 | 97941 | ||||
Panjalu | 24 | 84 | 265 | 2663 | 6754 | 14181 | 375 | 23598 | 399 | 21298 | 399 | 21298 | 774 | 44897 | ||||
Forest Districts | 156 | 500 | 831 | 16646 | 40072 | 44320 | 1487 | 101039 | — | — | — | — | — | 39 | — | 39 | 1488 | 101079 |
Total | 2770 | 4074 | 10111 | 296035 | 326383 | 534347 | 16867 | 1156776 | 50 | 197 | 2304 | 5481 | 16116 | 123236 | 2555 | 144838 | 19431 | 1291627 |
Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in other Avocation. | Total Number of Buffaloes. | Total Number of Horses. | Total Number of Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in other Avocation. | Total Number of Buffaloes. | Total Number of Horses. | Total Number of Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in other Avocation. | Total Number of Buffaloes. | Total Number of Horses. | Total Number of Ploughs. | |||||||||
Total Population | 216001 | 105421 | 110550 | 132215 | 83889 | 48866 | 6623 | 17356 | 213658 | 99837 | 113821 | 132106 | 81659 | 42846 | 6489 | 17318 | 2343 | 109 | 2234 | 1093 | 1141 | 320 | 124 | 48 |
EASTERN DISTRICTS.
The Dutch, in acquiring these extensive and valuable provinces on the sea coast, were considered to have acquired the same right as had previously been enjoyed by the native sovereigns, and deemed it advisable to continue the long-established principles and forms of native government. In the same manner, therefore, as the emperors of Java were looked upon as the ultimate proprietors of the land in their dominions, the Dutch Company were considered as possessing the same right with respect to the provinces under their immediate administration; and the princes of Java having been in the habit of entrusting the government, police, and revenue of the different provinces to inferior chiefs, the same system was adhered to under the Dutch. The native system of drawing again the revenues of government from these inferior chieftains, by means of contributions in kind, in money, and by occasional fees and presents, was also maintained; a portion of the common class of inhabitants under the native government being assigned to the performance of different sorts of public works, transports for government, the repair of the roads, the construction of public buildings, the guarding of public stores, the loading and unloading of government vessels, the cutting of grass, the cutting of fire-wood, the keeping a police guard, and other offices, the same principle was adopted under the management of the Dutch, and as under the native form of administration a reward for these feudal services was granted, by the use of an assignment of rice fields allotted either to individuals or to certain classes of workmen, but withdrawn from them as soon as the public duty ceased to be performed, the same mode of remuneration was also adopted by the Dutch.
The Dutch, when acquiring these large and valuable coastal provinces, were seen as gaining the same rights that had previously been held by the native rulers. They decided it was best to keep the long-standing principles and structures of native governance in place. Just as the emperors of Java were regarded as the ultimate owners of the land in their territories, the Dutch Company was viewed as having the same rights over the provinces they managed directly. Since the princes of Java traditionally trusted the governance, policing, and revenue collection of the various provinces to lower-level leaders, the Dutch continued this practice. The native approach of collecting government revenues from these lower chiefs through contributions in goods, money, and occasional fees and gifts was also upheld. A segment of the common population under the native government had been assigned to various public tasks—such as transportation for the government, road maintenance, public building construction, guarding public stores, loading and unloading government ships, cutting grass, gathering firewood, maintaining a police guard, and other duties. The Dutch adopted the same principle, and under the native administration, these feudal services were rewarded with allocations of rice fields given to individuals or specific groups of workers, but these rewards were taken away as soon as the public duties were no longer performed. The Dutch implemented the same method of compensation.
These principles of administration being combined with the mercantile interests of the Dutch Company, gave rise to certain contracts, which the native chiefs of the different districts (termed by the Dutch Regents) were compelled to enter into on their appointment, for the annual delivery to the Company, either without payment, which was called a contingent, or for a price far below that of the market, which[Vol II Pg 281] was termed a forced delivery at a fixed price, of such quantity of rice, pepper, cotton, indigo, and other articles, as the market and present state of trade and commerce made most desirable; while the planting of coffee and the cutting of teak timber was always considered as a feudal service, for which, besides the use of a certain portion of rice fields, allotted to the individuals or villagers employed, a certain payment was made, about equivalent to the expenses of transportation to the government yards or storehouses.
These administrative principles, combined with the business interests of the Dutch Company, led to certain contracts that the local chiefs of various districts (referred to by the Dutch as Regents) were required to sign upon their appointment. This involved an annual delivery to the Company, either at no charge, known as a contingent, or for a price well below market value, referred to as forced delivery at a fixed price. This delivery consisted of rice, pepper, cotton, indigo, and other goods that the current market conditions deemed most desirable. Meanwhile, the cultivation of coffee and the harvesting of teak timber were always regarded as a feudal obligation, for which, in addition to using a specific portion of rice fields assigned to those individuals or villagers involved, a payment was made that roughly covered the transportation costs to the government yards or storage facilities.
The administration of the Eastern Districts, including Madúra, was vested in a governor and council for the north-east coast of Java. The governor was, at the same time, director of the Company's trade, and resided at Semárang. Subordinate to this government was that called Gezaghebber and council, established at Surabáya, the chief place of the east point of Java; while in the other principal districts along the coast, as at Tegal Pekalóngan, Japára, Jawána, &c. residents were fixed: no direct correspondence from the eastern part of the island was maintained with the government of Batavia, except by the governor, usually termed the governor of Java, or by the governor and council. Even the residents at the native courts of Súra Kérta and Yúgya Kérta, only communicated with government through him. By him the succession to the throne of the Susúnan and of the sultan was generally determined; the appointments of native chiefs and regents were made on his proposal; the Company's farms and duties for the Eastern Districts were sold by him; and though he had literally no salary whatever from the treasury of government, he was supposed to draw from his situation a yearly revenue of between three and four hundred thousand dollars. At the same time the correspondence with the Eastern Districts was neither very regular nor very expeditious, and the management of the Company's affairs in those districts was as much a mystery to the chief government at Batavia, as the governor of Semárang chose to make it.
The administration of the Eastern Districts, including Madúra, was overseen by a governor and council for the northeast coast of Java. The governor also served as the director of the Company's trade and lived in Semárang. Below this government was the Gezaghebber and council, set up in Surabáya, the main town on the east coast of Java. In other key districts along the coast, such as Tegal Pekalóngan, Japára, Jawána, etc., residents were appointed. There was no direct communication from the eastern part of the island with the government in Batavia, except through the governor, commonly referred to as the governor of Java, or through the governor and council. Even the residents at the local courts of Súra Kérta and Yúgya Kérta only communicated with the government through him. He was typically the one who determined the succession to the throne of the Susúnan and the sultan; he made proposals for the appointments of local chiefs and regents; he sold the Company’s farms and duties for the Eastern Districts; and although he received no official salary from the government treasury, it was believed he earned an annual income of three to four hundred thousand dollars from his position. Meanwhile, communication with the Eastern Districts was neither very consistent nor very fast, and the management of the Company’s affairs in those areas was as much a mystery to the main government in Batavia as the governor of Semárang chose to make it.
This system continued, without any essential alteration, until after the arrival of Marshal Daendals in 1808.
This system continued on, without any significant change, until after Marshal Daendals arrived in 1808.
Some of the contingents, such as indigo, cotton yarn, pepper, &c. to which, however, the regents had not without[Vol II Pg 282] great reluctance submitted for many years, were then indeed partially abolished; but, on the other hand, all the peculations of the Dutch servants residing along the coast, who had for their own private emolument raised the deliveries, chiefly of rice, at some places to double, and at others to more than double the quantity legally assessed on the regents, at the same time paying for them at some places two-thirds, and at others only half the price assigned by the government, were at once transferred and confirmed to government, by a single decree, ordering, without previous inquiry or reserve, that all the produce which had been usually delivered to the respective residents along the coast, under whatever denomination, should, in the same quantities and with their surplus weight, be for the future delivered to government, and that no higher prices should be granted for the same than that which the residents used to pay.
Some of the obligations, like indigo, cotton yarn, pepper, etc., that the regents had reluctantly accepted for many years, were partially ended at that time. However, on the flip side, all the dishonesty from the Dutch officials living on the coast, who had inflated the deliveries of rice to double or even more than double the amount legally required from the regents while only paying two-thirds or half the government-set price in different areas, was immediately handed over to the government with one decree. This order stated, without any prior investigation or conditions, that all the produce that had typically been delivered to the local residents along the coast, regardless of its classification, should now be delivered in the same quantities and with their extra weight to the government. It also specified that no higher prices should be allowed than those that the residents had been paying.
Equally inconsistent and oppressive in its consequences was a measure by which, on the one hand, the wages of private labour and services were raised to an unusual price, while on the other, the public works, the public transports, and the plantations of coffee, were carried on either gratuitously or at the former inadequate rate. This regulation raised the price of all the first necessaries of life, and principally of rice, which the common classes of the inhabitants felt as a heavier grievance than any they had ever experienced from the former system. Till then, the colonial administration had always, as far as was consistent with their own monopoly and forced delivery of produce at fixed rates, taken particular care to keep down the price of rice and salt as much as possible.
Equally inconsistent and oppressive in its effects was a measure that, on one hand, raised the wages of private labor and services to an unusual level, while on the other hand, public works, public transport, and coffee plantations were either operated for free or at the previous insufficient rates. This regulation increased the cost of all basic necessities, especially rice, which the common people felt was a greater burden than anything they had experienced under the previous system. Until then, the colonial administration had always, as much as it aligned with their own monopoly and forced delivery of goods at fixed prices, made sure to keep the prices of rice and salt as low as possible.
But a measure, still more pernicious in its consequences, was that by which the native regents were each of them subjected to a contribution in hard cash, while at the same time the power of levying taxes on the inhabitants of these districts was left in their hands; a system which, in all cases, afforded them a pretext, and in many an apology, for the most vexatious oppression.
But a measure, even more harmful in its effects, was the one that required the local rulers to pay a cash contribution, while still allowing them to collect taxes from the residents of these areas. This system gave them a reason, and often an excuse, for the most annoying oppression.
The commendation which is due to this administration is
rather founded on those arrangements which had a tendency
to prevent peculations in the inferior European servants in[Vol II Pg 283]
every department, and on the abolition of the subordinate
governments of Semárang and Surabáya. Fixed salaries
were allowed to the residents; they were prohibited from
keeping private vessels, and from all trade in the products of
their districts. The sale of the government farms and duties
was made public, and in a great measure free from corruption,
by which means they were immediately raised to more than
three times the former amount: each branch of public expenditure
and receipt was fixed and ascertained; new and
practicable roads were established; the appointment of every
native, from the first rank as low as a Demáng, was reserved
to the government alone; the Javan custom of pawning the
person for a small sum of money was prohibited; fees and
presents were abolished. By such measures, a much more
regular, active, pure, and efficient administration was established
on Java than ever existed at any former period of the
Dutch Company.
[Vol II Pg 284]
[Vol II Pg 285]
The praise this administration deserves is based on the measures put in place to prevent corruption among the lower European staff in[Vol II Pg 283] every department, as well as the elimination of the lesser governments of Semárang and Surabáya. Residents received fixed salaries, were not allowed to own private ships, and were banned from trading local products. The sale of government farms and duties was made public and largely free from corruption, which increased their value to more than triple the previous amount. Each aspect of public spending and revenue was clearly defined; new and practical roads were built; the government took sole control over the appointment of every local official, down to the lowest rank of Demáng; the Javanese practice of pawning individuals for small amounts of money was banned; and fees and gifts were eliminated. These actions led to a much more organized, proactive, honest, and effective administration in Java than had ever existed during the Dutch Company’s rule.
[Vol II Pg 284]
[Vol II Pg 285]
JAVA.
The following tables are abstracted from the detailed reports furnished during the course of the survey made by the British government. In some particulars they may be deficient and inaccurate, as sufficient time had not been given to complete the detailed survey of the country directed by the Revenue Instructions; but the general results may, for the most part, be depended upon. [Vol II Pg 286]
The tables below are taken from the detailed reports provided during the survey conducted by the British government. They may be lacking in some areas and contain inaccuracies, as there wasn't enough time to finish the detailed survey of the country as instructed by the Revenue Instructions; however, the overall results can largely be relied upon. [Vol II Pg 286]
Names of Divisions. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Coffee Gardens. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total estimated Value. | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Coffee. | Pari. | Maize. | Coffee. | ||||||
Jungs. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Jungs. | Amats. | Amats. | Pikuls. | Rupees. | Rupees. | Rupees. | Java Rupees. | |
Tegal | 5920 | 5694 | 204 | 21 | 367198 | 16335 | 541 | 538557 | 6125 | 5198 | 549881 |
Brebes | 3924 | 3371 | 394 | 159 | 152354 | 31520 | 2740 | 223453 | 11820 | 26305 | 261578 |
Pamalang | 2817 | 2378 | 293 | 145 | 114820 | 23499 | 2551 | 168403 | 8812 | 24491 | 201707 |
Grand Total | 12661 | 11443 | 891 | 325 | 634372 | 71354 | 5832 | 930413 | 26757 | 55994 | 1013166 |
Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Cultivators. | Householders not Cultivators. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE and other FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Number of Javans. | Males. | Females. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Number of Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | |||||||||
Tegal | 123208 | 58185 | 65023 | 11693 | 7990 | 14689 | 1435 | 5685 | 121238 | 57224 | 64014 | 14663 | 1359 | 5682 | 1025 | 518 | 507 | 13 | 64 | — |
Brebes | 24833 | 9354 | 15485 | 5546 | 1143 | 5313 | 747 | 2668 | 24230 | 9118 | 15111 | 5199 | 733 | 2602 | 583 | 220 | 363 | 91 | 12 | 43 |
Pamalang | 30374 | 14000 | 16342 | 5547 | 1549 | 4172 | 491 | 1800 | 29978 | 13823 | 16123 | 4160 | 471 | 1794 | 396 | 177 | 219 | 22 | 20 | 6 |
Grand Total | 178415 | 81539 | 96850 | 22786 | 10682 | 24174 | 2673 | 10153 | 175446 | 80165 | 95248 | 24022 | 2563 | 10078 | 2004 | 915 | 1089 | 126 | 96 | 49 |
REMARKS: Average Value of a Jung of Cultivated Land, Java Rupees 79. |
No. | Names of Districts. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Amats. | G. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Pakalong'an | 1107 | 10765 | — | — | — | 5474 | — | 4974 | — | 500 | — | 1657 | — | 235 | — | 50 | — | — | 7416 | — | 235 | — | 114 | — | 3000 | — | 3114 | — | 149220 | — | 8000 | — | 238752 | — | 1600 | — | 240352 | — | |||
2 | Ulujami | 247 | 2593 | 1 | — | — | 1612 | — | 1608 | 3 | 3 | 1 | 261 | 2 | — | 3 | 3 | — | 1877 | 1 | 30 | 2 | 340 | 1 | 340 | 1 | 680 | 3 | 48025 | 12 | 43 | 5 | 116528 | 26 | 8 | 12 | 116537 | 8 | ||||
3 | Batang | 527 | 7970 | — | — | — | 2850 | — | 2750 | — | 100 | — | 1000 | — | 178 | — | 250 | — | — | 4278 | — | 700 | — | 500 | — | 2500 | — | 3000 | — | 82500 | — | 1600 | — | 165000 | — | 500 | — | 165500 | — | |||
Total | 1881 | 21328 | 1 | — | — | 9936 | — | 9332 | 3 | 603 | 1 | 2918 | 2 | 413 | — | 303 | 3 | — | 13571 | 1 | 965 | 2 | 954 | 1 | 5840 | 1 | 6794 | 3 | 279745 | 12 | 9643 | 5 | 520280 | 26 | 2108 | 12 | 522389 | 8 |
No. | Names of Districts. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in other Avocations. | Total Number of Buffaloes. | Total Number of Horses. | Total Number of Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE and other Foreigners. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in other Avocations. | Number of Buffaloes. | Number of Horses. | Number of Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in other Avocations. | Number of Buffaloes. | Number of Horses. | Number of Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Pakalong'an | 58432 | 25398 | 33034 | 14000 | 2928 | 7804 | 535 | 3000 | 57330 | 24730 | 32600 | 14600 | 2028 | 7800 | 510 | 3600 | 1102 | — | 300 | 668 | 434 | 4 | 25 | — |
2 | Ulujami | 20278 | 9947 | 10331 | 4351 | 554 | 2469 | 126 | 1058 | 19968 | 9801 | 10167 | 4351 | 554 | 2469 | 119 | 1058 | 310 | — | 310 | 146 | 164 | — | 7 | — |
3 | Batang | 36732 | 17842 | 18890 | 7810 | 423 | 6370 | 300 | 3270 | 36098 | 17476 | 18622 | 7800 | 250 | 6170 | 280 | 3220 | 634 | 10 | 73 | 366 | 268 | 200 | 20 | 50 |
Total | 115442 | 53187 | 62255 | 26161 | 3905 | 16643 | 961 | 7328 | 113396 | 52007 | 61389 | 26751 | 2832 | 16439 | 909 | 7878 | 2046 | 10 | 783 | 1180 | 866 | 204 | 52 | 50[Vol II Pg 290] [Vol II Pg 291] [Vol II Pg 292] |
|
REMARKS: Average Value of a Jung of cultivated land, 52 Rupees, 16 Stivers. |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Number of Villages. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Amats. | G. | Rupees. | St. | Rupees. | St. | Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Serondol | 75 | 2818 | 1 | 1240 | 3 | 1343 | 1 | 1083 | 1 | 260 | 0 | 357 | 3 | 81 | 3 | 105 | 2 | 42 | 3 | 1931 | 0 | 309 | 3 | 231 | 2 | 346 | 0 | 887 | 1 | 33513 | 3 | 7260178 | 0 | 67026 | 9 | 4738 | 26 | 71765 | 5 |
2 | Sing'en | 201 | 14602 | 0 | 15291 | 1 | 5936 | 1 | 5816 | 2 | 119 | 3 | 937 | 1 | — | 0 | 7038 | 1 | 28 | 1 | 13940 | 0 | 268 | 2 | 177 | 3 | 215 | 3 | 662 | 0 | 161711 | 4 | 2974400 | 0 | 304547 | 21¼ | 2127 | 21 | 306675 | 12¼ |
3 | Grogol | 52 | 682 | 0 | 692 | 0 | 607 | 2 | 606 | 2 | 1 | 0 | 70 | 1 | — | 0 | — | 0 | 2 | 2 | 680 | 1 | — | 1 | 3 | — | 1 | 3 | 18869 | 0 | 4000 | 0 | 38149 | 18 | 8 | 0 | 38157 | 18 | ||
4 | Ugarang | 87 | 1463 | 1 | 3385 | 0 | 795 | 3 | 681 | 1 | 114 | 2 | 200 | 3 | 59 | 3 | 41 | 3 | 17 | 2 | 1115 | 2 | 64 | 1 | 131 | 2 | 152 | 0 | 347 | 3 | 17040 | 10 | 2471530 | 0 | 34082 | 12 | 1680 | 1 | 35762 | 13 |
5 | Ambarawa | 131 | 5947 | 1 | 6117 | 2 | 1631 | 2 | 1395 | 3 | 235 | 3 | 391 | 3 | 107 | 3 | 2642 | 2 | 66 | 3 | 4840 | 1 | 347 | 3 | 239 | 2 | 519 | 3 | 1107 | 0 | 43691 | 15 | 5488924 | 0 | 87383 | 15 | 4236 | 17¾ | 91620 | 2¾ |
6 | Salatiga | 126 | 3497 | 0 | 5964 | 2 | 1560 | 3 | 1201 | 3 | 359 | 0 | 391 | 2 | 26 | 2 | 124 | 1 | 46 | 2 | 2149 | 2 | 451 | 2 | 159 | 0 | 737 | 0 | 1347 | 2 | 34738 | 12½ | 7757668 | 0 | 69477 | 7½ | 5776 | 24½ | 75254 | 2 |
7 | Boyalali | 61 | 3675 | 2 | 1636 | 1 | 2057 | 3 | 714 | 3 | 1343 | 0 | 270 | 2 | 14 | 0 | 5 | 0 | 7 | 2 | 2354 | 3 | 247 | 2 | 764 | 3 | 308 | 2 | 1320 | 3 | 18186 | 0 | 29389643 | 0 | 36372 | 0 | 19567 | 2 | 55939 | 2 |
8 | Wedong | 60 | 3945 | 1 | 2540 | 0 | 2344 | 3 | 2311 | 0 | 33 | 3 | 119 | 3 | — | 0 | — | 0 | 34 | 3 | 2499 | 1 | 377 | 0 | 90 | 0 | 979 | 0 | 1446 | 0 | 54683 | 7 | 540967 | 0 | 97899 | 16½ | 491 | 24½ | 98391 | 11 |
9 | Demak | 101 | 3353 | 0 | 3760 | 0 | 2354 | 3 | 2348 | 0 | 6 | 3 | 228 | 3 | — | 0 | — | 0 | 9 | 3 | 2593 | 1 | 352 | 0 | 25 | 2 | 382 | 1 | 759 | 3 | 56433 | 18 | 162000 | 0 | 87088 | 9¼ | 180 | 0 | 87268 | 9¼ |
10 | Manjer | 62 | 7661 | 0 | 7619 | 0 | 1498 | 1 | 1483 | 3 | 14 | 2 | 459 | 1 | — | 0 | 3221 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 5180 | 1 | 1321 | 2 | 103 | 2 | 1055 | 3 | 2480 | 3 | 37359 | 1 | 348870 | 0 | 45868 | 18¼ | 184 | 0½ | 46052 | 18¾ |
11 | Sambung | 87 | 2572 | 2 | 2560 | 0 | 1405 | 3 | 1394 | 3 | 11 | 0 | 201 | 3 | — | 0 | 2 | 2 | 6 | 3 | 1616 | 3 | 564 | 3 | 23 | 2 | 367 | 2 | 955 | 3 | 32894 | 15 | — | 49433 | 8¼ | 18 | 0 | 49451 | 8¼ | |
12 | Chankiran | 34 | 799 | 1 | 2486 | 1 | 334 | 2 | 332 | 0 | 2 | 2 | 64 | 2 | 61 | 1 | 91 | 0 | 6 | 3 | 558 | 0 | 37 | 2 | 40 | 1 | 163 | 2 | 241 | 1 | 9332 | 7 | 45935 | 0 | 18670 | 21 | 57 | 1 | 18727 | 22 |
13 | Limbangan | 36 | 1090 | 3 | 5770 | 0 | 359 | 3 | 343 | 1 | 16 | 2 | 59 | 2 | 51 | 3 | 61 | 0 | 6 | 1 | 538 | 1 | 69 | 2 | 21 | 0 | 462 | 0 | 552 | 2 | 10401 | 8 | 240614 | 0 | 19876 | 0 | 348 | 21 | 20224 | 21 |
14 | Kaliwungu | 125 | 3816 | 3 | 6306 | 0 | 931 | 2 | 782 | 2 | 149 | 0 | 224 | 0 | 45 | 1 | 1062 | 3 | 29 | 1 | 2292 | 3 | 205 | 2 | 429 | 3 | 888 | 3 | 1524 | 0 | 23951 | 1 | 4021817 | 0 | 47902 | 3 | 3618 | 11 | 51520 | 14 |
15 | Brebuan | 95 | 1468 | 2 | 2500 | 0 | 789 | 3 | 740 | 3 | 49 | 0 | 179 | 0 | 19 | 3 | 419 | 1 | 6 | 2 | 1414 | 1 | 24 | 2 | 17 | 2 | 12 | 1 | 54 | 1 | 22788 | 3 | 590618 | 0 | 45576 | 9 | 676 | 26 | 46253 | 5 |
16 | Kandal | 97 | 1876 | 1 | 481 | 3 | 1085 | 2 | 1065 | 3 | 19 | 3 | 173 | 1 | — | 0 | — | 0 | 25 | 1 | 1284 | 0 | — | 1 | 28 | 2 | 563 | 2 | 592 | 1 | 29839 | 3 | 165325 | 0 | 59678 | 9 | 341 | 8 | 60019 | 17 |
17 | Truko | 88 | 1754 | 0 | 2268 | 0 | 963 | 1 | 948 | 1 | 15 | 0 | 116 | 2 | 12 | 1 | 144 | 3 | 18 | 2 | 1255 | 1 | 23 | 1 | 204 | 3 | 270 | 3 | 498 | 3 | 29745 | 15 | 183240 | 0 | 58670 | 11 | 265 | 24 | 58936 | 58 |
Totals | 1518 | 61022 | 2 | 70618 | 1 | 26000 | 2 | 23249 | 3 | 3750 | 3 | 4446 | 0 | 480 | 0 | 14959 | 3 | 357 | 0 | 46243 | 1 | 4665 | 0 | 2690 | 0 | 7424 | 1 | 14779 | 1 | 635179 | 2½ | 61645729 | 0 | 44316 | 28¼ | 44316 | 28¼ | 1212019 | 6¼ |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Cultivators. | Householders not Cultivators. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Cultivators. | Householders not Cultivators. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Cultivators. | Householders not Cultivators. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Serondol | 21014 | 10417 | 10597 | 2667 | 2713 | 3909 | 31 | 1404 | 21014 | 10417 | 10597 | 2667 | 2713 | 3909 | 31 | 1404 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
2 | Sing'en | 48847 | 24871 | 23976 | 9351 | 4317 | 8839 | 164 | 4663 | 48558 | 24733 | 23825 | 9351 | 4246 | 8839 | 162 | 4663 | 289 | 138 | 151 | — | 71 | — | 2 | — |
3 | Grogol | 7478 | 3955 | 3523 | 747 | 1727 | 1138 | 23 | 490 | 7407 | 3919 | 3488 | 747 | 1704 | 1138 | 23 | 490 | 71 | 36 | 35 | — | 23 | — | — | — |
4 | Ugarang | 14942 | 7472 | 7470 | 2582 | 1406 | 2578 | 174 | 981 | 14902 | 7453 | 7449 | 2582 | 1394 | 2578 | 168 | 981 | 40 | 19 | 21 | — | 12 | — | 6 | — |
5 | Ambarawa | 26791 | 13418 | 13373 | 6798 | 1121 | 4264 | 422 | 1561 | 26769 | 13406 | 13363 | 6798 | 1116 | 4264 | 420 | 1561 | 22 | 12 | 10 | — | 5 | — | 2 | — |
6 | Salatiga | 25902 | 13063 | 12839 | 3679 | 403 | 6308 | 538 | 1942 | 25763 | 12988 | 12775 | 3679 | 379 | 6304 | 531 | 1942 | 139 | 75 | 64 | — | 24 | 4 | 7 | — |
7 | Boyalali | 21633 | 10929 | 10704 | 4995 | 407 | 7499 | 264 | 2932 | 21628 | 10928 | 10700 | 4995 | 406 | 7499 | 264 | 2932 | 5 | 1 | 4 | — | 1 | — | — | — |
8 | Wedong | 21993 | 11037 | 10956 | 3967 | 1728 | 2887 | 26 | 1538 | 21390 | 10736 | 10654 | 3922 | 1629 | 2871 | 26 | 1531 | 603 | 301 | 302 | 45 | 99 | 16 | — | 7 |
9 | Demak | 21301 | 10845 | 10456 | 2972 | 2314 | 3042 | 32 | 1532 | 21241 | 10813 | 10428 | 2972 | 2301 | 3042 | 32 | 1532 | 60 | 32 | 28 | — | 13 | — | — | — |
10 | Manjer | 8919 | 4487 | 4432 | 2121 | 864 | 2422 | 88 | 1310 | 8882 | 4468 | 4414 | 2120 | 857 | 2410 | 87 | 1304 | 37 | 19 | 18 | 1 | 7 | 12 | 1 | 6 |
11 | Sambung | 9983 | 5040 | 4943 | 2201 | 513 | 2012 | 56 | 1038 | 9846 | 4967 | 4879 | 2182 | 490 | 1994 | 55 | 1029 | 137 | 73 | 64 | 19 | 23 | 18 | 1 | 9 |
12 | Chankiran | 5532 | 2904 | 2628 | 1349 | 119 | 1036 | 102 | 361 | 5532 | 2904 | 2628 | 1349 | 119 | 1086 | 102 | 361 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
13 | Limbangan | 5775 | 2904 | 2871 | 1494 | 59 | 1162 | 66 | 445 | 5764 | 2898 | 2866 | 1494 | 56 | 1162 | 64 | 445 | 11 | 6 | 5 | — | 3 | — | 2 | — |
14 | Kaliwungu | 22856 | 11322 | 11534 | 4090 | 1893 | 2167 | 69 | 667 | 22668 | 11231 | 11437 | 4089 | 1867 | 2085 | 60 | 653 | 188 | 91 | 97 | 1 | 26 | 82 | 9 | 14 |
15 | Brebuan | 12437 | 6230 | 6207 | 2867 | 163 | 3242 | 15 | 1137 | 12437 | 6230 | 6207 | 2867 | 163 | 3242 | 15 | 1137 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
16 | Kandal | 20609 | 10269 | 10340 | 3531 | 1518 | 3439 | 53 | 1343 | 20511 | 10224 | 10287 | 3531 | 1501 | 3431 | 49 | 1342 | 98 | 45 | 53 | — | 17 | 8 | 4 | 1 |
17 | Truko | 11598 | 5846 | 5752 | 2795 | 139 | 2757 | 28 | 1075 | 11598 | 5846 | 5752 | 2795 | 139 | 2757 | 28 | 1057 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Totals | 307610 | 155009 | 152601 | 58206 | 21404 | 58751 | 2151 | 24419 | 305910 | 154161 | 151749 | 58140 | 21080 | 58611 | 2117 | 24382 | 1700 | 848 | 852 | 66 | 324 | 140 | 34 | 37 | |
Estimated Population of the Town and Suburbs | 20,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Population | 327,610 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
REMARKS: Average Value of a Jung of cultivated Land 7 Rup. 463⁄12[Vol II Pg 294] [Vol II Pg 295] [Vol II Pg 296] [Vol II Pg 297] |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Amats. | G. | Rupees. | St. | Rupees. | St. | Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Probolingo | 452 | — | | — | | — | | 2121 | 0 | 1382 | 0 | 739 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 89090 | 0 | 11736 | 0 | 149187 | 0 | 3909 | 0 | 153096 | 0 |
2 | Asinan | 496 | — | | — | | — | | 1705 | 0 | 1084 | 0 | 621 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 52650 | 0 | 9889 | 0 | 89248 | 0 | 3295 | 0 | 92543 | 0 |
3 | Bala | 354 | — | | — | | — | | 801 | 0 | 648 | 0 | 153 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 36640 | 0 | 2982 | 0 | 59400 | 0 | 994 | 0 | 60394 | 0 |
4 | Minoreh | 602 | — | | — | | — | | 1943 | 0 | 1524 | 0 | 419 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 92476 | 0 | 8097 | 0 | 154457 | 0 | 2692 | 0 | 157149 | 0 |
5 | Bandongan | 412 | — | | — | | — | | 987 | 0 | 946 | 0 | 41 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 59024 | 0 | 884 | 0 | 98373 | 0 | 328 | 0 | 98701 | 0 |
6 | Magelan | 334 | — | | — | | — | | 6225 | 0 | 658 | 0 | 5567 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 40846 | 0 | 133383 | 0 | 67409 | 0 | 43856 | 0 | 111265 | 0 |
7 | Prapag | 169 | — | | — | | — | | 476 | 0 | 442 | 0 | 34 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 21060 | 0 | 816 | 0 | 36765 | 0 | 272 | 0 | 37037 | 0 |
8 | Jetis | 557 | — | | — | | — | | 2710 | 0 | 2495 | 0 | 215 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 148864 | 0 | 3160 | 0 | 248063 | 0 | 1434 | 0 | 249497 | 0 |
9 | Lumpuyang | 254 | — | | — | | — | | 1203 | 0 | 1038 | 0 | 165 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 56204 | 0 | 3354 | 0 | 93673 | 0 | 1118 | 0 | 94791 | 0 |
10 | Somowono | 249 | — | | — | | — | | 881 | 0 | 540 | 0 | 341 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 20420 | 0 | 6219 | 0 | 34033 | 0 | 2073 | 0 | 36106 | 0 |
Totals | 3879 | — | | — | | — | | 19052 | 0 | 10757 | 0 | 8295 | 0 | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | 616274 | 0 | 180520 | 0 | 1030608 | 0 | 59971 | 0 | 1090579 | 0 |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Probolingo | 18667 | 9333 | 9334 | 8741 | 592 | 2660 | 209 | 1330 | 18642 | 9321 | 9321 | 8741 | 580 | 2652 | 202 | 1326 | 25 | 12 | 13 | — | 12 | 8 | 7 | 4 |
2 | Asinan | 16740 | 8333 | 8407 | 8019 | 314 | 1692 | 167 | 1041 | 16713 | 8318 | 8395 | 8019 | 299 | 1686 | 155 | 1039 | 27 | 15 | 12 | — | 15 | 6 | 12 | 2 |
3 | Bala | 14086 | 7043 | 7043 | 5437 | 1606 | 1762 | 992 | 1762 | 14044 | 7022 | 7022 | 5437 | 1585 | 1762 | 263 | 1762 | 42 | 21 | 21 | — | 21 | — | 3 | — |
4 | Minoreh | 45668 | 22815 | 22853 | 22201 | 614 | 5713 | 367 | 5713 | 45565 | 22767 | 22798 | 22192 | 575 | 5697 | 346 | 5704 | 103 | 48 | 55 | 9 | 39 | 16 | 21 | 9 |
5 | Bandongan | 14902 | 7415 | 7487 | 7312 | 103 | 2520 | 358 | 1240 | 14908 | 7378 | 7430 | 7312 | 66 | 2520 | 315 | 1240 | 94 | 37 | 57 | — | 37 | — | 43 | — |
6 | Magelan | 14587 | 7302 | 7285 | 7045 | 257 | 3615 | 566 | 2479 | 14447 | 7239 | 7208 | 7044 | 195 | 3610 | 652 | 2477 | 140 | 63 | 77 | 1 | 62 | 5 | 14 | 2 |
7 | Prapag | 4858 | 2420 | 2438 | 2320 | 100 | 642 | 152 | 311 | 4781 | 2383 | 2398 | 2318 | 65 | 612 | 117 | 306 | 77 | 37 | 40 | 2 | 35 | 30 | 35 | 5 |
8 | Jetis | 53090 | 25717 | 27373 | 25225 | 492 | 6835 | 1441 | 3053 | 52494 | 25392 | 27102 | 25137 | 255 | 6555 | 1288 | 2955 | 596 | 325 | 271 | 88 | 237 | 280 | 153 | 108 |
9 | Lampuyang | 9788 | 4915 | 4873 | 4709 | 206 | 5378 | 1095 | 1298 | 9778 | 4910 | 4868 | 4709 | 201 | 5378 | 1095 | 1298 | 10 | 5 | 5 | — | 5 | — | — | |
10 | Somowono | 4924 | 2451 | 2473 | 2406 | 45 | 1306 | 281 | 1133 | 4899 | 2437 | 2462 | 2406 | 31 | 1302 | 274 | 1131 | 25 | 14 | 11 | — | 14 | 4 | 7 | 2 |
Total | 197310 | 97744 | 99566 | 93415 | 4329 | 32123 | 5002 | 19370 | 196171 | 97167 | 99004 | 93315 | 3852 | 31774 | 4707 | 19238 | 1139 | 577 | 562 | 100 | 477 | 349 | 295 | 13 | |
REMARKS: Average value of a Jung of Cultivated Land, J. R. 57 7¼. |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Amats. | G. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Grobogan | 97 | 2088 | 0 | 1559 | 0 | 325 | 0 | 1271 | 2 | 1222 | 2 | 48 | 3 | 216 | 3 | — | 303 | 0 | 22 | 0 | 70 | 3 | 107 | 2 | 46 | 2 | 50 | 0 | 204 | 0 | 20634 | 0 | 288 | 0 | 10317 | 0 | 96 | 11 | 10413 | 11 | |
2 | Purwadados | 133 | 2692 | 0 | 2316 | 0 | 226 | 0 | 1935 | 1 | 1813 | 4 | 121 | 2 | 251 | 1 | — | 207 | 2 | 18 | 2 | 130 | 0 | 138 | 1 | — | 12 | 2 | 150 | 0 | 26970 | 0 | 726 | 0 | 13485 | 0 | 212 | 25 | 13127 | 25 | ||
3 | Wirosari | 149 | 2665 | 3 | 1025 | 2 | 1268 | 3 | 825 | 2 | 745 | 3 | 79 | 3 | 144 | 3 | — | 1254 | 3 | 14 | 0 | 55 | 2 | 235 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 135 | 0 | 371 | 1 | 21600 | 0 | 474 | 0 | 10800 | 0 | 158 | 3 | 10958 | 3 | |
4 | Panolan | 223 | 4722 | 0 | 921 | 3 | 2377 | 2 | 712 | 0 | 579 | 0 | 133 | 0 | 146 | 3 | — | 2372 | 2 | 5 | 0 | 63 | 0 | 200 | 0 | 275 | 3 | 947 | 0 | 1422 | 3 | 19898 | 0 | 798 | 0 | 9949 | 0 | 266 | 23 | 10215 | 23 | |
5 | Padangan | 191 | 3900 | 2 | 959 | 1 | 2458 | 1 | 795 | 0 | 661 | 0 | 134 | 0 | 119 | 0 | — | 2404 | 1 | 54 | 0 | 45 | 1 | 103 | 2 | 50 | 0 | 329 | 2 | 483 | 0 | 23478 | 0 | 798 | 0 | 11739 | 0 | 266 | 7 | 12005 | 7 | |
6 | Rajawesi | 207 | 5585 | 2 | 1403 | 3 | 2513 | 2 | 1160 | 0 | 1002 | 1 | 158 | 3 | 182 | 2 | — | 2580 | 0 | 13 | 2 | 61 | 1 | 457 | 3 | 631 | 2 | 578 | 3 | 1668 | 0 | 27066 | 0 | 948 | 0 | 13533 | 0 | 316 | 28 | 13849 | 28 | |
7 | Sekarang | 167 | 2705 | 0 | 1759 | 0 | 161 | 1 | 1461 | 0 | 1378 | 3 | 82 | 1 | 177 | 0 | — | 148 | 1 | 13 | 0 | 121 | 0 | 292 | 1 | 80 | 0 | 412 | 2 | 784 | 3 | 40890 | 0 | 492 | 0 | 20445 | 0 | 164 | 19 | 20609 | 19 | |
8 | Bowerno | 159 | 2126 | 2 | 1556 | 1 | 139 | 2 | 1223 | 3 | 1157 | 3 | 66 | 0 | 202 | 2 | — | 107 | 3 | 31 | 1 | 130 | 0 | 178 | 1 | — | 253 | 0 | 451 | 1 | 34118 | 0 | 264 | 0 | 17059 | 0 | 132 | 23 | 17191 | 23 | ||
9 | Jenawun | 30 | 466 | 3 | 278 | 0 | 53 | 3 | 164 | 1 | 130 | 1 | 34 | 0 | 40 | 0 | — | 50 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 23 | 3 | 139 | 0 | — | 46 | 0 | 185 | 0 | 7564 | 0 | 136 | 0 | 3782 | 0 | 68 | 16 | 3850 | 16 | ||
Total | 1356 | 26952 | 0 | 11728 | 2 | 9523 | 1 | 9548 | 1 | 8691 | 1 | 858 | 0 | 1480 | 2 | — | 9348 | 3 | 174 | 1 | 700 | 9 | 1851 | 2 | 1085 | 1 | 2764 | 1 | 5700 | 1 | 222218 | 0 | 4924 | 0 | 111109 | 0 | 1713 | 5 | 112822 | 8 |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Grobogan | 6783 | 3133 | 3650 | 410 | 419 | 1594 | 86 | 733 | 6713 | 3093 | 3670 | 1410 | 407 | 1582 | 80 | 727 | 70 | 40 | 30 | — | 12 | 12 | 6 | 6 |
2 | Purwadados | 6461 | 3154 | 3307 | 1860 | 421 | 2128 | 112 | 1103 | 6381 | 3094 | 3287 | 1846 | 408 | 2102 | 109 | 1090 | 80 | 60 | 20 | 14 | 14 | 26 | 3 | 13 |
3 | Wirocari | 4377 | 2071 | 2306 | 1650 | 258 | 2077 | 161 | 984 | 4347 | 2051 | 2296 | 1650 | 252 | 2063 | 144 | 977 | 90 | 20 | 10 | — | 6 | 14 | 7 | 7 |
4 | Panolan | 8128 | 3857 | 4271 | 1461 | 372 | 1796 | 131 | 704 | 8114 | 3849 | 4265 | 1461 | 367 | 1793 | 126 | 700 | 14 | 8 | 6 | — | 5 | 3 | 5 | 4 |
6 | Padangan | 1245 | 5498 | 5747 | 1774 | 179 | 2564 | 323 | 250 | 11160 | 5458 | 5722 | 1774 | 164 | 2560 | 318 | 2247 | 65 | 40 | 25 | — | 15 | 4 | 5 | 3 |
6 | Rajawesi | 10838 | 4894 | 5944 | 1607 | 194 | 3028 | 247 | 1132 | 10819 | 4884 | 5935 | 1607 | 190 | 3022 | 243 | 1130 | 19 | 10 | 9 | — | 4 | 6 | 4 | 2 |
7 | Sekarang | 8053 | 4139 | 3924 | 1630 | 107 | 2542 | 139 | 1259 | 7963 | 4069 | 3894 | 1630 | 87 | 2528 | 129 | 1254 | 30 | 70 | 20 | — | 20 | 14 | 10 | 5 |
8 | Bowerno | 8126 | 3809 | 4317 | 1555 | 146 | 1924 | 215 | 1278 | 8111 | 3799 | 4312 | 1666 | 142 | 1920 | 210 | 1276 | 15 | 10 | 5 | — | 4 | 4 | 5 | 2 |
9 | Jenawun | 2501 | 1138 | 1363 | 436 | 128 | 554 | 66 | 265 | 2481 | 1126 | 1355 | 436 | 122 | 548 | 63 | 263 | 20 | 12 | 8 | — | 6 | 6 | 3 | 2 |
Totals | 66512 | 31693 | 34829 | 13494 | 2224 | 18197 | 1470 | 9708 | 66109 | 31423 | 34736 | 13480 | 2138 | 18118 | 1422 | 9664 | 403 | 250 | 133 | 14 | 86 | 89 | 48 | 44 | |
REMARKS: Average Value of the produce of a Jung of cultivated Land, Java Rupees 11, 24 stivers. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
GENERAL REMARKS. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Under the head of "Government Lands," is given the extent of the ground attached to the house in which the Tumung'gung or chief of the district formerly lived, the alun alun, or what is commonly termed the paséban, likewise the extent of the public road. Most part of the land inserted under the head of "Jungle Land" is capable of being converted into sawah and tegal lands, and the reason for such land not being found in a state of cultivation, the soil being in general very rich, is the want of population. [Vol II Pg 302] |
No. | Names of Districts. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Amats. | G. | Rupees. | St. | Rupees. | St. | Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Japara | 146 | 2077 | 0 | 1730 | 0 | 12 | 0 | 1719 | 0 | 1421 | 0 | 309 | 0 | 420 | 0 | 120 | 0 | 35 | 0 | 4 | 0 | 1710 | 0 | 20 | 0 | 208 | 0 | 250 | 0 | — | 26999 | 0 | 2890 | 0 | 53998 | 0 | 5750 | 0 | 59778 | 0 | |
2 | Kudus | 171 | 3050 | 0 | 2968 | 0 | 12 | 0 | 2965 | 0 | 2824 | 0 | 141 | 0 | — | 53 | 0 | — | 3 | 0 | 2965 | 0 | — | 20 | 0 | 30 | 0 | — | 56400 | 0 | 1410 | 0 | 112960 | 0 | 3820 | 0 | 115780 | 0 | ||||
3 | Pati | 519 | 9935 | 0 | 9523 | 0 | 12 | 0 | 9523 | 0 | 8669 | 0 | 914 | 0 | — | 134 | 0 | 13 | 0 | 4 | 0 | 9523 | 0 | 60 | 0 | 100 | 0 | 200 | 0 | 100 | 0 | 121376 | 0 | 8540 | 0 | 242752 | 0 | 17080 | 0 | 259832 | 0 | |
4 | Jawana | 135 | 3389 | 0 | 3345 | 0 | 12 | 0 | 2833 | 0 | 3066 | 0 | 23 | 0 | — | 68 | 0 | 16 | 0 | 3 | 0 | 2830 | 0 | 256 | 0 | — | — | — | 47770 | 0 | 345 | 0 | 95540 | 0 | 690 | 0 | 96230 | 0 | ||||
Total | 971 | 18451 | 0 | 17566 | 0 | 48 | 0 | 17040 | 0 | 15980 | 0 | 1387 | 0 | 420 | 0 | 375 | 0 | 64 | 0 | 14 | 0 | 17028 | 0 | 336 | 0 | 328 | 0 | 480 | 0 | 100 | 0 | 252545 | 0 | 13185 | 0 | 505250 | 0 | 26340 | 0 | 531620 | 0 |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Japara | 48728 | 23439 | 25289 | 8917 | 3434 | 7755 | 376 | 4210 | 47925 | 23055 | 24870 | 8885 | 3082 | 7531 | 356 | 4104 | 803 | 32 | 352 | 384 | 419 | 224 | 20 | 106 |
2 | Kudus | 36634 | 17857 | 18777 | 6378 | 2711 | 5698 | 239 | 2828 | 36216 | 17647 | 18569 | 6269 | 2610 | 5521 | 222 | 2728 | 418 | 109 | 101 | 210 | 208 | 177 | 17 | 100 |
3 | Pati | 90429 | 45622 | 44807 | 19022 | 2251 | 18407 | 554 | 10514 | 89986 | 45436 | 44350 | 18992 | 2095 | 18347 | 535 | 10484 | 443 | 30 | 156 | 186 | 257 | 61 | 19 | 30 |
4 | Jawana | 40205 | 20142 | 20163 | 5614 | 5216 | 5411 | 400 | 2853 | 39300 | 19646 | 19654 | 5584 | 4750 | 5399 | 392 | 2848 | 1005 | 30 | 466 | 496 | 509 | 12 | 3 | 13 |
Total | 216096 | 107060 | 109036 | 39931 | 13612 | 37272 | 1569 | 20413 | 213427 | 105784 | 107643 | 39730 | 12537 | 36798 | 1505 | 20164 | 2669 | 201 | 1075 | 1276 | 1393 | 474 | 64 | 249 | |
GENERAL REMARKS. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
The best sawah of Japara yields from twenty-six to twenty-one amats of pari per jung; but there being a quantity of sawah of a very poor soil, it has been found, that the average will not be to each jung more than sixteen, which this calculation is made on. The tegals are calculated at ten amats per jung. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
The best sawahs of Kudus produces from thirty-one to twenty-five amats per jung at the first crop, and should the farmer sow his seed early, it will produce a second crop in the course of the year. The cultivators In this district, generally speaking, plant their lands with other cultivation, after procuring a crop of pari, such as jagon, katela, kapas, and the indigo plant. The third of this division being lands of a very inferior quality, and situated high, it has been found that the average does not exceed more than twenty amats per jung. The tegals are also rated at ten amats per jung. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
The division of Pati is much larger than the others, and the best sawah produces from thirty to twenty amats per jung, and in some few places yields a second crop; but in consequence of there being in this division a quantity of land which produces but little, and the sixth of the crops being often destroyed by the wild hogs, the average cannot be rated higher than fourteen amats per jung throughout. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
The division of Jawana has a great quantity of sawah, and the last may be rated at twenty-eight to thirty amats per jung, but a small part of this being poor, and also being subject to continual inundations from the river of Jawana, it is not calculated to produce more than seventeen amats per jung throughout. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
The rate of an amat at pari is two rupees, which is the price at the time of harvest through out the Residency. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
This statement comprehends all assignments to native chiefs and village officers, and taken from the actual measurement of the sawahs and tegals. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
The average value of the produce of a jung of cultivated land, thirty-one Rupees. [Vol II Pg 304] |
No. | Names of Districts. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Amats. | G. | Rupees. | St. | Rupees. | St. | Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Rambang | 568 | 23020 | 3 | 18890 | 0 | 4130 | 3 | 8081 | 1 | 7382 | 2 | 698 | 3 | 1076 | 3 | 30 | 3 | 9403 | 3 | 327 | 1 | 18890 | 0 | 2627 | 0 | 947 | 0 | 556 | 3 | 4130 | 3 | 156182 | 0 | 22951 | 4 | 364498 | 0 | 11020 | 4 | 375518 | 4 |
2 | Lasem | 319 | 10996 | 2 | 9570 | 1 | 1426 | 1 | 5356 | 2 | 4362 | 2 | 993 | 3 | 525 | 3 | 33 | 2 | 3631 | 1 | 53 | 2 | 9570 | 1 | 451 | 0 | 245 | 1 | 729 | 3 | 1426 | 1 | 94219 | 0 | 33844 | 19 | 235547 | 0 | 16235 | 22 | 251782 | 7 |
3 | Tuban | 441 | 15423 | 3 | 11093 | 1 | 4330 | 2 | 5239 | 3 | 4792 | 2 | 447 | 2 | 684 | 0 | 31 | 1 | 5069 | 0 | 68 | 3 | 11093 | 1 | 950 | 3 | 1440 | 3 | 1939 | 0 | 4330 | 2 | 103994 | 0 | 14908 | 8 | 259974 | 0 | 7156 | 0 | 267130 | 0 |
Total | 1328 | 49441 | 0 | 39553 | 2 | 9887 | 2 | 18677 | 2 | 16537 | 2 | 2140 | 0 | 2286 | 3 | 35 | 2 | 18104 | 0 | 449 | 2 | 39553 | 2 | 4028 | 3 | 2633 | 0 | 3225 | 2 | 9887 | 2 | 354395 | 0 | 71704 | 7 | 850019 | 0 | 34411 | 26 | 894430 | 11 |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Rembang | 70790 | 33535 | 37255 | 46223 | 24567 | 12646 | 1529 | 6542 | 69653 | 33013 | 36640 | 46223 | 23430 | 12608 | 1489 | 6542 | 1137 | 1137 | 522 | 615 | — | 38 | 40 | — |
2 | Lasem | 50972 | 24269 | 26703 | 32769 | 18203 | 10254 | 1677 | 4260 | 48993 | 23317 | 25676 | 32769 | 16224 | 10122 | 1602 | 4258 | 1979 | 1979 | 952 | 1027 | — | 132 | 75 | 2 |
3 | Tuban | 36768 | 17400 | 19368 | 24238 | 12530 | 9203 | 1211 | 3819 | 35993 | 17043 | 18050 | 24238 | 11755 | 9022 | 1127 | 3819 | 775 | 775 | 357 | 418 | — | 181 | 84 | — |
Total | 158530 | 75204 | 83326 | 103230 | 55300 | 32103 | 4417 | 14621 | 154639 | 73373 | 81266 | 103230 | 51409 | 31752 | 4218 | 14619 | 3891 | 3891 | 1831 | 2060 | — | 351 | 199 | 2 | |
REMARKS: Average value of the produce of a Jung of cultivated land, 43 Rup. |
No. | Names of Districts. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Fishpond and Nipan Land. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Number of Heads of Corn. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | |||
District of Gresik. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | Gresik | 125 | 4684 | 2 | 4684 | 2 | — | 1453 | 2 | 1093 | 2 | 360 | 0 | 99 | 2 | — | 2644 | 2 | — | 87 | 0 | 4284 | 2 | 109 | 0 | 250 | 2 | 40 | 2 | 400 | 0 | 33336 | 19 | 7509362 | 44453 | 19 | 8809 | 27 | 53263 | 16 | |||
2 | Bengawan Jeru | 147 | 2602 | 3 | 2602 | 3 | — | 1958 | 3 | 1624 | 1 | 334 | 3 | 101 | 0 | — | 247 | 2 | — | 30 | 3 | 2338 | 1 | 57 | 3 | 183 | 2 | 23 | 2 | 264 | 2 | 71092 | 3 | 7113932 | 94774 | 2 | 8783 | 12 | 103557 | 14 | |||
3 | Gunung Kendang | 222 | 5311 | 2 | 5280 | 1 | 31 | 1 | 3459 | 2 | 3380 | 1 | 79 | 2 | 153 | 3 | — | 89 | 2 | — | 39 | 1 | 3742 | 1 | 626 | 0 | 912 | 0 | — | 1538 | 0 | 82563 | 10 | 1933800 | 109334 | 2 | 1674 | 22 | 111008 | 25 | |||
District of Sidaya. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | Tambang'an | 136 | 4263 | 0 | 4263 | 0 | — | 1794 | 1 | 1363 | 1 | 431 | 0 | 156 | 3 | — | 86 | 1 | 117 | 2 | 42 | 3 | 2197 | 2 | 381 | 1 | 1258 | 3 | 425 | 2 | 2065 | 2 | 47430 | 8 | 12515750 | 63242 | 0 | 12515 | 23 | 75757 | 22 | ||
2 | Kudokan | 144 | 6631 | 3 | 6631 | 3 | — | 2140 | 0 | 1823 | 3 | 283 | 2 | 164 | 3 | 32 | 2 | — | 888 | 4 | 12 | 3 | 3206 | 2 | 1270 | 3 | 1296 | 3 | 857 | 2 | 3425 | 1 | 71941 | 10 | 8971312 | 95927 | 23 | 8971 | 7 | 104898 | 30 | ||
3 | Prijuk | 133 | 5433 | 0 | 5433 | 0 | — | 1855 | 1 | 1643 | 2 | 200 | 1 | 160 | 2 | 11 | 1 | 24 | 2 | 1315 | 1 | 19 | 1 | 3374 | 3 | 325 | 2 | 999 | 2 | 733 | 1 | 2058 | 1 | 63009 | 3 | 6344890 | 84013 | 21 | 6344 | 21 | 90358 | 12 | |
District of Lamongan. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | Tengáhan | 164 | 2931 | 2 | 2931 | 2 | — | 1721 | 2 | 1711 | 3 | 9 | 0 | 119 | 3 | 0 | 3 | — | 24 | 3 | 3 | 0 | 1868 | 3 | 374 | 3 | 504 | 1 | 183 | 3 | 1062 | 3 | 49943 | 3 | 246480 | 66595 | 7 | 205 | 12 | 66800 | 19 | ||
2 | Gunung Kendang | 195 | 3690 | 2 | 3690 | 2 | — | 1156 | 3 | 1138 | 0 | 7 | 3 | 88 | 0 | 11 | 0 | — | 851 | 1 | — | 2096 | 0 | 344 | 3 | 642 | 1 | 607 | 1 | 1594 | 2 | 28120 | 1 | 526480 | 37498 | 26 | 525 | 5 | 38024 | 2 | |||
3 | Bengawan Jeru | 130 | 2790 | 3 | 2790 | 3 | — | 1479 | 1 | 1399 | 0 | 80 | 1 | 58 | 3 | — | — | — | 1 | 2 | 1539 | 1 | 453 | 2 | 781 | 2 | 16 | 2 | 1251 | 1 | 59758 | 7 | 2161290 | 79682 | 0 | 2160 | 22 | 81842 | 21 | ||||
Total | 1396 | 38339 | 1 | 38308 | 0 | 31 | 1 | 17018 | 3 | 15177 | 1 | 1786 | 0 | 1102 | 3 | 55 | 2 | 3092 | 1 | 3197 | 2 | 236 | 1 | 24647 | 3 | 3943 | 1 | 6829 | 0 | 2887 | 3 | 13660 | 1 | 506785 | 4 | 47323296 | 675521 | 11 | 49995 | 0 | 725512 | 11 |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
District of Gresik. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | Gresik | 17555 | 9047 | 8508 | 3216 | 496 | 2001 | 103 | 1135 | 17549 | 9044 | 8505 | 3216 | 495 | 2001 | 103 | 1135 | 6 | 3 | 3 | — | 1 | — | — | — |
2 | Bengawan Jeru | 17941 | 9430 | 8511 | 3159 | 268 | 2916 | 35 | 1406 | 17907 | 9410 | 8497 | 3158 | 264 | 2916 | 35 | 1406 | 34 | 20 | 14 | — | 4 | — | — | — |
3 | Gunung Kendang | 11283 | 5882 | 8401 | 3778 | — | 4417 | 121 | 2265 | 11283 | 5882 | 5401 | 3778 | — | 4417 | 121 | 2265 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
District of Sidaya. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | Tambang'an | 14021 | 7217 | 6804 | 2843 | 208 | 3810 | 79 | 1585 | 13952 | 7188 | 6764 | 2841 | 109 | 3810 | 79 | 1585 | 69 | 29 | 40 | — | 19 | — | — | — |
2 | Kudokan | 16227 | 7863 | 6364 | 2341 | 1115 | 4116 | 194 | 1887 | 16133 | 7818 | 8315 | 2341 | 1095 | 4112 | 193 | 1887 | 94 | 45 | 49 | — | 20 | 4 | 1 | — |
3 | Prijuk | 12646 | 6335 | 6311 | 2340 | 434 | 2656 | 136 | 1421 | 12533 | 6282 | 6251 | 2340 | 403 | 2852 | 130 | 1421 | 113 | 53 | 60 | — | 31 | 4 | 6 | — |
District of Lamongan. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | Tengáhan | 10430 | 5323 | 5107 | 2020 | 14 | 2455 | 308 | 3567 | 10382 | 5299 | 5083 | 2020 | — | 2454 | 306 | 3567 | 48 | 24 | 24 | — | 14 | 1 | 2 | — |
2 | Gunung Kendang | 8434 | 4344 | 4090 | 1595 | — | 2068 | 72 | 2904 | 8434 | 4344 | 4090 | 1595 | — | 2068 | 72 | 2904 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
3 | Bengawan Jeru | 6905 | 3540 | 3365 | 1300 | — | 1357 | 50 | 2537 | 6905 | 3540 | 3365 | 1300 | — | 1375 | 58 | 2537 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Total | 115442 | 58981 | 56465 | 22592 | 2535 | 26014 | 1106 | 18707 | 115078 | 58807 | 56271 | 22591 | 2446 | 26005 | 1097 | 18707 | 364 | 174 | 190 | 1 | 89 | 9 | 9 | — | |
REMARKS: Average Value of a Jung of cultivated Land ... 42 Java Rupees. |
No. | Names of Districts. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Heads. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Jaba Kota | 202 | 2585 | 2 | 2585 | 2 | — | 2269 | 2 | 2159 | 1 | 105 | 3 | 278 | 2 | 4 | 2 | — | 0 | 1 | 2548 | 2 | 7 | 4 | 13 | 0 | 15 | 4 | 36 | 4 | 126281 | 0 | 280550 | 224148 | 23 | 6400 | 0 | 230548 | 23 | ||
2 | Semimi | 36 | 582 | 1 | 582 | 1 | — | 458 | 4 | 453 | 1 | 5 | 3 | 33 | 0 | 0 | 0 | — | 14 | 2 | 506 | 2 | — | — | 75 | 2 | 75 | 2 | 22618 | 0 | 5960 | 40146 | 28 | 340 | 0 | 40486 | 28 | ||||
3 | Jangála | 492 | 6145 | 4 | 6145 | 4 | — | 4999 | 2 | 4756 | 1 | 210 | 3 | 756 | 3 | 32 | 1 | — | — | 5756 | 2 | 286 | 0 | — | 103 | 3 | 389 | 3 | 326820 | 0 | 1530650 | 664467 | 10 | 10660 | 0 | 675107 | 10 | ||||
4 | Rawah Pulu | 319 | 4303 | 3 | 4303 | 3 | — | 3253 | 0 | 3159 | 2 | 77 | 2 | 864 | 2 | 16 | 0 | — | 20 | 1 | 4138 | 1 | 90 | 1 | 16 | 0 | 58 | 3 | 165 | 2 | 207974 | 0 | 559539 | 422880 | 14 | 3450 | 0 | 426330 | 14 | ||
5 | Gunung Kendang | 341 | 5205 | 2 | 5205 | 2 | — | 2072 | 0 | 1893 | 2 | 157 | 2 | 305 | 2 | 21 | 0 | 1550 | 3 | — | 3928 | 4 | 196 | 1 | — | 1080 | 1 | 1276 | 1 | 40681 | 15 | 400038 | 75358 | 4 | 4400 | 28 | 79759 | 2 | |||
6 | Kabu | 239 | 3386 | 3 | 3386 | 3 | — | 1158 | 1 | 1064 | 1 | 88 | 4 | 138 | 1 | 5 | 1 | 1397 | 2 | — | 2693 | 3 | 111 | 3 | — | 581 | 1 | 692 | 3 | 30028 | 9 | 265700 | 54672 | 24 | 3000 | 24 | 57673 | 17 | |||
7 | Linkir | 207 | 2399 | 2 | 2399 | 2 | — | 783 | 4 | 672 | 1 | 77 | 3 | 85 | 1 | 34 | 0 | 1242 | 3 | — | 2112 | 1 | 157 | 2 | — | 297 | 3 | 287 | 1 | 16207 | 9 | 160600 | 29550 | 58 | 2000 | 12 | 31551 | 1 | |||
8 | Japan | 454 | 4995 | 1 | 4995 | 1 | — | 2354 | 0 | 2053 | 0 | 300 | 3 | 445 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 643 | 3 | — | 3442 | 1 | 231 | 2 | — | 1552 | 4 | 1552 | 4 | 99625 | 2 | 1607813 | 133261 | 6 | 30900 | 26 | 164162 | 2 | |||
9 | Wira Sába | 480 | 5350 | 2 | 5350 | 2 | — | 1500 | 1 | 1168 | 2 | 331 | 3 | 253 | 2 | — | 1050 | 1 | — | 2803 | 4 | 121 | 1 | — | 2546 | 1 | 2546 | 1 | 45441 | 3 | 2005735 | 60754 | 14 | 40400 | 14 | 101154 | 28 | ||||
Total | 2770 | 34955 | 0 | 34955 | 0 | — | 18849 | 2 | 17379 | 3 | 1356 | 2 | 3160 | 2 | 113 | 1 | 5885 | 0 | 35 | 0 | 27931 | 0 | 1202 | 2 | 29 | 0 | 5791 | 3 | 7023 | 2 | 915675 | 19 | 6816585 | 1705240 | 12 | 101533 | 15 | 1806774 | 6 |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Jaha Kota | 21985 | 10604 | 11381 | 5308 | 281 | 2916 | 169 | 1652 | 21941 | 10590 | 11351 | 5308 | 272 | 2916 | 169 | 1652 | 44 | — | 9 | 14 | 30 | — | — | — |
2 | Sernimi | 2653 | 1285 | 1368 | 715 | 11 | 522 | 44 | 307 | 2653 | 1285 | 1368 | 715 | 11 | 522 | 44 | 307 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
3 | Jangála | 33423 | 17057 | 16366 | 8495 | 157 | 9569 | 681 | 4967 | 33255 | 16973 | 16282 | 8495 | 111 | 9568 | 680 | 4967 | 168 | — | 46 | 84 | 84 | — | 1 | — |
4 | Rawah Pulu | 26818 | 12448 | 14370 | 6276 | 140 | 6202 | 838 | 3272 | 26785 | 12432 | 14353 | 6276 | 130 | 6202 | 832 | 3272 | 33 | — | 10 | 16 | 17 | — | 6 | — |
5 | Gunung Kendang | 10523 | 5617 | 4906 | 2817 | — | 4441 | 326 | 2316 | 16523 | 5617 | 4906 | 2817 | — | 4441 | 326 | 2316 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
6 | Kabu | 5417 | 2986 | 2431 | 1491 | — | 1777 | 194 | 950 | 5417 | 2986 | 2431 | 1491 | — | 1777 | 194 | 950 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
7 | Linkir | 4507 | 2448 | 2059 | 1215 | — | 1578 | 140 | 855 | 4507 | 2448 | 6059 | 1215 | — | 1578 | 140 | 855 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
8 | Japan | 14754 | 7889 | 6865 | 4097 | 24 | 4097 | 771 | 2155 | 14622 | 7814 | 6815 | 4007 | — | 4097 | 765 | 2155 | 132 | — | 24 | 75 | 57 | — | 6 | — |
9 | Wira Sába | 7858 | 4483 | 3375 | 2293 | 21 | 2458 | 450 | 1224 | 7748 | 4450 | 3298 | 2293 | — | 2325 | 435 | 1120 | 110 | 1 | 21 | 33 | 77 | 133 | 15 | 4 |
Total | 127938 | 64817 | 63121 | 32618 | 634 | 33560 | 3613 | 17698 | 126851 | 64595 | 62856 | 32617 | 524 | 33426 | 3585 | 17594 | 487 | 1 | 110 | 222 | 265 | 133 | 28 | 4 | |
REMARKS: Average Value of the produce of a Jung of cultivated Land, 44 Rupees. |
Number of Kampongs belonging to the Town of Surabaya. | Number of Horses. | Men above Fifty Years of Age. | Women above Fifty Years of Age. | Men from Twenty to Fifty Years of Age. | Women from Twenty to Fifty Years of Age. | Men from Ten to Twenty Years of Age. | Women from Ten to Twenty Years of Age. | Male Children under the Age of Ten Years. | Female Children under the Age of Ten Years. | Total Population. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
132 | 6679 | 1745 | 2680 | 5908 | 6841 | 771 | 540 | 3019 | 3070 | 24574 |
No. | Names of Districts. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Heads. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Pasuruan | — | 11204 | 3 | — | — | 6455 | 3 | 4375 | 2 | 2080 | 1 | 1148 | 1 | 121 | 2 | 1738 | 3 | 47 | — | — | 732 | 2 | 436 | 1 | 902 | 3 | — | 170467 | 14 | 14,312,312 | 340931 | 27 | 13926 | 18 | 372858 | 15 | ||||
2 | Bang'il | — | 3829 | — | — | — | 3138 | 1 | 2888 | 2 | 249 | 2 | 654 | 2 | 17 | 2 | 203 | 2 | 24 | 3 | — | 19 | 1 | 89 | 1 | 27 | 2 | — | 113179 | ½ | 2,960,312 | 264084 | 16 | 2466 | 27 | 266551 | 13 | ||||
3 | Malang | — | 2923 | 2 | — | — | 1065 | 1 | 206 | 2 | 188 | 2 | 167 | 1 | 96 | 3 | 275 | 2 | 19 | 1 | — | 599 | 1 | — | 701 | — | — | 47534 | 28 | 2,348,500 | 63382 | 12 | 1957 | 2 | 65339 | 14 | |||||
Total | — | 17957 | 1 | — | — | 10659 | 1 | 7470 | 2 | 2518 | 1 | 1970 | — | 236 | — | 2217 | 3 | 91 | — | — | 1351 | 0 | 525 | 2 | 1631 | 1 | — | 331181 | 17½ | 19,621,124 | 668,398 | 25 | 18350 | 17 | 704749 | 12 |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Pasuruan | 62421 | 30834 | 31587 | 13380 | 2158 | 14289 | 2755 | 6428 | 61722 | 30491 | 31231 | 13380 | 2158 | 14205 | 2746 | 6428 | 699 | 5 | 157 | 343 | 356 | 84 | 9 | — |
2 | Bang'il | 34523 | 17401 | 17122 | 6026 | 824 | 7661 | 2629 | 3433 | 34152 | 17232 | 16920 | 6026 | 824 | 7661 | 2519 | 3433 | 371 | 9 | 78 | 169 | 202 | — | 10 | — |
3 | Malang | 11868 | 5942 | 5926 | 3239 | — | 3919 | 2272 | 1972 | 11868 | 5942 | 5962 | 3239 | — | 3919 | 2272 | 1972 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Total | 108812 | 54177 | 54635 | 22635 | 2982 | 25869 | 7656 | 11833 | 107752 | 53665 | 54077 | 22645 | 2982 | 25785 | 7667 | 11893 | 1060 | 14 | 235 | 512 | 558 | 84 | 19 | — | |
REMARKS: Average Value of the produce of a Jung of cultivated land, 66 Rupees. |
No. | Names of Districts. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Ears. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | Probolingo | 64 | 12227 | 0 | 592 | 0 | 11635 | 0 | 432 | 1 | 156 | 3 | 275 | 1 | 70 | 0 | — | — | 90 | 0 | 592 | 0 | 1517 | 3 | 376 | 3 | 6354 | 3 | 11635 | 0 | 7014 | 0 | 8674000 | 14028 | 0 | 8674 | 0 | 22702 | 0 | ||
2 | Tongas | 34 | 3543 | 1 | 300 | 0 | 3243 | 1 | 236 | 1 | 93 | 3 | 142 | 2 | 29 | 2 | 20 | 3 | — | 13 | 2 | 300 | 0 | 1010 | 3 | 924 | 3 | 1307 | 2 | 3243 | 1 | 4216 | 10 | 4672500 | 8433 | 0 | 4672 | 15 | 13105 | 15 | |
3 | Katapang | 39 | 21185 | 0 | 1619 | 2 | 19565 | 2 | 1564 | 3 | 223 | 1 | 1341 | 1 | 33 | 2 | — | — | 21 | 0 | 1619 | 2 | 4709 | 2 | 6262 | 1 | 8593 | 3 | 19565 | 2 | 9905 | 5 | 40860000 | 19810 | 15 | 40860 | 0 | 60670 | 15 | ||
4 | Dringo | 51 | 9868 | 2 | 793 | 0 | 9075 | 2 | 703 | 0 | 447 | 0 | 256 | 0 | 51 | 3 | 11 | 3 | — | 28 | 2 | 793 | 0 | 2452 | 3 | 2814 | 3 | 3808 | 0 | 9075 | 2 | 19694 | 3 | 7583500 | 39388 | 15 | 7583 | 15 | 46972 | 0 | |
5 | Ginding | 45 | 11871 | 2 | 2226 | 0 | 9645 | 2 | 1055 | 1 | 472 | 3 | 582 | 3 | 41 | 0 | — | 1108 | 3 | 20 | 3 | 2226 | 0 | — | 3913 | 3 | 5731 | 2 | 9645 | 2 | 22799 | 7 | 17219500 | 45598 | 21 | 17219 | 15 | 62818 | 6 | ||
6 | Pajarakan | 30 | 5689 | 3 | 1087 | 1 | 4602 | 2 | 487 | 1 | 313 | 0 | 174 | 1 | 24 | 0 | — | 564 | 0 | 12 | 0 | 1087 | 1 | — | 1964 | 3 | 2637 | 3 | 4602 | 2 | 13553 | 10 | 4905500 | 27107 | 0 | 4905 | 15 | 32012 | 15 | ||
7 | Jogopaten | 29 | 4884 | 0 | 946 | 0 | 3938 | 0 | 417 | 0 | 297 | 3 | 119 | 0 | 26 | 0 | — | 492 | 3 | 10 | 2 | 946 | 0 | — | 1672 | 1 | 2265 | 3 | 3938 | 0 | 16341 | 10 | 3435500 | 32683 | 0 | 3435 | 15 | 36118 | 15 | ||
8 | Kuraxum | 14 | 4767 | 2 | 913 | 1 | 3854 | 1 | 407 | 3 | 247 | 1 | 160 | 2 | 14 | 0 | 1 | 3 | 483 | 3 | 7 | 0 | 913 | 1 | — | 1605 | 3 | 2248 | 2 | 3854 | 1 | 10803 | 9 | 4818250 | 21605 | 22 | 4818 | 7 | 26425 | 0 | |
9 | Jabong | 12 | 5398 | 2 | 1031 | 0 | 4367 | 1 | 459 | 0 | 304 | 3 | 154 | 1 | 18 | 0 | 1 | 3 | 536 | 1 | 14 | 0 | 1031 | 0 | — | 1841 | 3 | 2525 | 2 | 4367 | 1 | 13303 | 12 | 4684750 | 26607 | 0 | 4684 | 22 | 31291 | 28 | |
10 | Panton | 33 | 11855 | 1 | 2228 | 2 | 9627 | 0 | 1017 | 1 | 594 | 2 | 423 | 0 | 27 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1164 | 0 | 18 | 0 | 2228 | 2 | — | 4066 | 1 | 5560 | 3 | 9627 | 0 | 28329 | 14 | 12537000 | 56659 | 6 | 12537 | 0 | 69196 | 7 | |
11 | Besuki | 60 | 4821 | 2 | 732 | 1 | 4089 | 1 | 486 | 1 | 309 | 1 | 176 | 3 | 115 | 0 | — | 101 | 0 | 30 | 0 | 732 | 1 | 135 | 0 | 1909 | 2 | 2044 | 3 | 4089 | 1 | 13129 | 10 | 4932064 | 26259 | 0 | 4932 | 1 | 31191 | 1 | |
12 | Binor | 12 | 5039 | 3 | 414 | 2 | 4625 | 0 | 147 | 3 | 33 | 3 | 114 | 0 | 8 | 1 | — | 252 | 0 | 6 | 2 | 414 | 2 | 80 | 0 | 2232 | 2 | 2312 | 2 | 4625 | 0 | 1358 | 11 | 3074360 | 2717 | 3 | 3074 | 12 | 5791 | 15 | |
13 | Banyukurta | 33 | 13580 | 1 | 1900 | 1 | 11680 | 0 | 340 | 1 | 91 | 1 | 249 | 0 | 18 | 1 | — | 1525 | 2 | 16 | 0 | 1900 | 1 | 520 | 0 | 5320 | 0 | 5840 | 0 | 11680 | 0 | 2874 | 0 | 6843625 | 5748 | 0 | 6543 | 16 | 12591 | 16 | |
14 | Kutu | 19 | 1488 | 3 | 400 | 3 | 1088 | 0 | 375 | 1 | 306 | 2 | 68 | 3 | 19 | 0 | — | 1 | 2 | 5 | 1 | 400 | 3 | — | 544 | 0 | 544 | 0 | 1088 | 0 | 12918 | 0 | 1827030 | 25836 | 0 | 1827 | 1 | 27663 | 1 | ||
15 | Blanuingan | 19 | 3884 | 0 | 429 | 2 | 3454 | 2 | 405 | 2 | 119 | 1 | 286 | 2 | 15 | 1 | — | 3 | 0 | 5 | 3 | 429 | 2 | — | 1727 | 1 | 1727 | 1 | 3454 | 2 | 4420 | 0 | 7857830 | 8840 | 0 | 7857 | 27 | 16697 | 27 | ||
16 | Bungatan | 20 | 5706 | 2 | 493 | 3 | 5213 | 0 | 299 | 0 | 45 | 0 | 254 | 0 | 14 | 0 | — | 175 | 0 | 5 | 3 | 493 | 3 | 23 | 3 | 2574 | 0 | 2615 | 1 | 5213 | 0 | 1902 | 5 | 5018360 | 3804 | 15 | 5018 | 12 | 8822 | 27 | |
17 | Panarukan | 11 | 4142 | 2 | 532 | 2 | 3610 | 0 | 499 | 0 | 477 | 0 | 21 | 3 | 24 | 0 | — | 6 | 0 | 4 | 0 | 532 | 2 | — | 1800 | 0 | 1810 | 0 | 3610 | 0 | 22563 | 7 | 585750 | 45126 | 22 | 585 | 23 | 45712 | 15 | ||
18 | Patokan | 10 | 4283 | 0 | 536 | 2 | 3746 | 2 | 504 | 2 | 204 | 2 | 300 | 0 | 24 | 0 | — | — | 8 | 0 | 536 | 2 | — | 1873 | 1 | 1873 | 1 | 3746 | 2 | 9380 | 5 | 8554825 | 18760 | 15 | 8554 | 19 | 27315 | 19 | |||
19 | Patokingan | 12 | 9243 | 3 | 1163 | 3 | 8080 | 0 | 1142 | 1 | 1047 | 0 | 95 | 1 | 16 | 0 | — | — | 5 | 2 | 1163 | 3 | — | 4040 | 0 | 4040 | 0 | 8080 | 0 | 48200 | 7 | 2503125 | 96400 | 22 | 2503 | 4 | 98903 | 27 | |||
20 | Kapongan | 11 | 1066 | 2 | 540 | 0 | 526 | 2 | 522 | 1 | 416 | 1 | 106 | 0 | 14 | 0 | — | — | 4 | 0 | 540 | 0 | — | 263 | 1 | 263 | 1 | 526 | 2 | 17518 | 2 | 2815500 | 35036 | 7 | 2815 | 15 | 37851 | 22 | |||
21 | Klatakan | 12 | 6890 | 2 | 248 | 2 | 6642 | 0 | 228 | 3 | 37 | 3 | 191 | 1 | 14 | 3 | — | — | 5 | 0 | 248 | 2 | 70 | 0 | 3262 | 0 | 3310 | 0 | 6642 | 0 | 1497 | 4 | 5000750 | 2994 | 11 | 5090 | 22 | 7995 | 4 | ||
22 | Kalitukus | 10 | 876 | 1 | 214 | 2 | 661 | 3 | 194 | 2 | 40 | 0 | 154 | 2 | 14 | 0 | — | — | 6 | 0 | 214 | 2 | 130 | 0 | 265 | 1 | 266 | 2 | 661 | 3 | 1614 | 0 | 4134750 | 3228 | 0 | 4134 | 23 | 7362 | 23 | ||
23 | Pugur | 52 | 287498 | 1 | 520 | 3 | 286977 | 2 | 92 | 3 | 59 | 0 | 33 | 3 | 78 | 2 | 14 | 0 | 280 | 3 | 54 | 2 | 520 | 3 | 95659 | 0 | 47832 | 0 | 143486 | 2 | 286977 | 2 | 3036 | 0 | 1212500 | 6072 | 0 | 1212 | 15 | 7284 | 15 |
24 | Bandawasa | 136 | 243298 | 1 | 1349 | 3 | 241948 | 2 | 999 | 3 | 469 | 1 | 530 | 2 | 202 | 2 | 12 | 0 | — | 136 | 0 | 1349 | 3 | 50629 | 2 | 47832 | 2 | 143486 | 2 | 241948 | 2 | 24138 | 0 | 18957812 | 48276 | 0 | 18957 | 24 | 67233 | 24 | |
25 | Lamajang | 59 | 92374 | 0 | 2185 | 0 | 90189 | 0 | 414 | 2 | 256 | 1 | 158 | 2 | 50 | 0 | 63 | 0 | 1607 | 0 | 50 | 1 | 2185 | 0 | 17737 | 1 | 27357 | 0 | 45095 | 0 | 90189 | 0 | 13176 | 0 | 5656500 | 26352 | 0 | 5656 | 15 | 32608 | 15 |
Total | 827 | 775484 | 0 | 23398 | 3 | 752085 | 1 | 13432 | 0 | 7062 | 3 | 6369 | 1 | 961 | 3 | 126 | 1 | 8301 | 1 | 577 | 3 | 23398 | 3 | 174675 | 1 | 177661 | 2 | 399748 | 2 | 752085 | 1 | 323686 | 11 | 188365281 | 647373 | 2 | 188365 | 3 | 835738 | 6 |
No. | Names of Divisions. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE AND OTHER FOREIGNERS. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in Other Avocations. | Buffaloes. | Horses. | Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | Probolingo | 6070 | 3068 | 3002 | 2235 | 759 | 1626 | 254 | 725 | 5978 | 3016 | 2962 | 2235 | 713 | 1626 | 254 | 725 | 92 | — | 46 | 52 | 40 | — | — | — |
2 | Tongas | 2362 | 1140 | 1222 | 1089 | 111 | 822 | 30 | 411 | 2362 | 1140 | 1222 | 1089 | 811 | 822 | 30 | 411 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
3 | Katapang | 5199 | 2615 | 2584 | 2118 | 187 | 2818 | 92 | 1409 | 5161 | 2597 | 2564 | 2118 | 169 | 2818 | 92 | 1409 | 38 | — | 18 | 18 | 20 | — | — | — |
4 | Dringo | 4651 | 2414 | 2237 | 2090 | 147 | 2301 | 89 | 1149 | 4640 | 2408 | 2232 | 2090 | 142 | 2301 | 80 | 1149 | 11 | — | 5 | 6 | 5 | — | — | — |
5 | Ginding | 5314 | 2505 | 2809 | 2271 | 258 | 2304 | 106 | 1152 | 5241 | 2471 | 2770 | 2253 | 236 | 2290 | 101 | 1145 | 73 | 18 | 22 | 34 | 39 | 14 | 5 | 7 |
6 | Pajarakan | 3329 | 1668 | 1661 | 1245 | 278 | 1320 | 69 | 660 | 3264 | 1640 | 1624 | 1245 | 241 | 1320 | 60 | 660 | 65 | — | 37 | 28 | 37 | — | — | — |
7 | Jogopaten | 3954 | 2033 | 1921 | 1645 | 273 | 1616 | 68 | 808 | 3898 | 2008 | 1890 | 1645 | 247 | 1616 | 68 | 808 | 56 | — | 26 | 25 | 51 | — | — | — |
8 | Kuraxun | 2960 | 1418 | 1542 | 1433 | 347 | 966 | 69 | 487 | 2808 | 1341 | 1467 | 1393 | 269 | 937 | 62 | 474 | 152 | 40 | 48 | 77 | 75 | 29 | 7 | 13 |
9 | Jabong | 3509 | 1715 | 1794 | 1188 | 600 | 1061 | 86 | 621 | 3323 | 1624 | 1699 | 1185 | 524 | 1059 | 80 | 620 | 186 | 3 | 85 | 91 | 95 | 2 | 6 | 1 |
10 | Panton | 6650 | 3290 | 3360 | 3221 | 495 | 2909 | 100 | 1361 | 6525 | 3232 | 3293 | 3206 | 345 | 2896 | 99 | 1355 | 125 | 15 | 60 | 58 | 67 | 13 | 1 | 6 |
11 | Besuki | 13330 | 6119 | 7211 | 3626 | 2436 | 1990 | 632 | 937 | 13093 | 6003 | 7090 | 3571 | 2374 | 1976 | 602 | 930 | 237 | 55 | 62 | 116 | 121 | 14 | 30 | 7 |
12 | Binor | 1172 | 585 | 587 | 231 | 69 | 517 | 48 | 318 | 1138 | 568 | 570 | 228 | 60 | 515 | 45 | 317 | 34 | 3 | 9 | 17 | 17 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
13 | Banyukurta | 4467 | 2199 | 2268 | 1519 | 708 | 730 | 534 | 685 | 4441 | 2186 | 2255 | 1500 | 702 | 724 | 532 | 682 | 26 | 10 | 6 | 18 | 13 | 6 | 2 | 3 |
14 | Kutu | 4042 | 1982 | 2060 | 1483 | 426 | 592 | 308 | 273 | 3938 | 1928 | 2010 | 1478 | 384 | 592 | 303 | 273 | 104 | 5 | 42 | 54 | 50 | — | 5 | — |
15 | Blanulngan | 3666 | 1828 | 1838 | 1153 | 434 | 1018 | 342 | 709 | 3594 | 1793 | 1801 | 1144 | 427 | 1004 | 340 | 702 | 72 | 9 | 7 | 35 | 37 | 14 | 2 | 7 |
16 | Bungatan | 2366 | 1199 | 1167 | 689 | 338 | 318 | 264 | 318 | 2334 | 1183 | 1151 | 637 | 327 | 316 | 260 | 317 | 32 | 2 | 11 | 16 | 16 | 2 | 4 | 1 |
17 | Panarukan | 4331 | 2072 | 2259 | 1643 | 586 | 1483 | 581 | 751 | 4232 | 2021 | 2211 | 1627 | 546 | 1473 | 578 | 746 | 99 | 16 | 40 | 51 | 48 | 10 | 3 | 5 |
18 | Patokan | 1998 | 1000 | 998 | 922 | 74 | 863 | 96 | 475 | 1998 | 1000 | 998 | 922 | 74 | 863 | 96 | 475 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
19 | Patokingan | 4744 | 1952 | 2792 | 2259 | 584 | 1581 | 175 | 774 | 4716 | 1937 | 2779 | 2259 | 580 | 1581 | 175 | 774 | 28 | — | 4 | 15 | 13 | — | — | — |
20 | Kapongan | 2452 | 1204 | 1248 | 1136 | 28 | 1614 | 74 | 555 | 2452 | 1204 | 1248 | 1136 | 98 | 1614 | 74 | 555 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
21 | Klatakan | 1654 | 832 | 822 | 510 | 98 | 938 | 92 | 469 | 1654 | 832 | 822 | 510 | 98 | 938 | 92 | 469 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
22 | Kalitukus | 1145 | 543 | 602 | 558 | 7 | 572 | 53 | 296 | 1145 | 543 | 602 | 558 | 7 | 572 | 53 | 286 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
23 | Pugur | 1854 | 884 | 970 | 348 | 45 | 468 | 404 | 238 | 1854 | 884 | 970 | 348 | 45 | 468 | 101 | 238 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
24 | Bandawasa | 9037 | 4126 | 4911 | 2104 | 117 | 4250 | 479 | 2651 | 9037 | 4126 | 4911 | 2164 | 117 | 4250 | 479 | 2851 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
25 | Lamajang | 4103 | 2112 | 1991 | 1863 | — | 1089 | 239 | 487 | 4103 | 2112 | 1991 | 1683 | — | 1089 | 239 | 487 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Total | 104359 | 50503 | 53856 | 38520 | 9364 | 35766 | 4963 | 18609 | 102929 | 49797 | 53132 | 38344 | 8736 | 35660 | 4895 | 18658 | 1430 | 176 | 528 | 706 | 724 | 106 | 68 | 51 | |
REMARKS: Average Value of a Jung of cultivated land, 60 rupees. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
GENERAL REMARKS. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
In the district of Probolingo the population is but scanty, when compared to the extent of land; the country is, in general, well watered, and there is abundance of land fit for cultivation, could people be procured from a neighbouring country to work it; in the divisions adjoining Besuki district there are very extensive teak forests, which run inland. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Besuki.—This district is indifferently watered, and has very little land fit for culture, that is not now under cultivation; the population is more numerous for its size than any of the adjoining districts. It was supposed, that by the introduction of the tenement tax paid by householders, that the population would be induced to emigrate to the neighbouring district of Bandawasa, which has not answered the purpose so well as was at first expected. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Penarukan.—This is an extensive district, with fine flat table land throughout, but it is badly watered; and towards that adjoining the Banyuwangi district, there is scarce a small rivulet to the same; the population of this district is extremely scanty. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bandawasa, including Pugar, a very extensive district but scantily inhabited; the soil is extremely wet and productive, and with a greater population would be one of the finest districts in the residency. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lamajang, an extensive district on the South Coast; the land is very well watered, level, and extremely well adapted to the purpose of cultivation, but the population is very scanty at present; but could it be increased, Lamajang would be a very productive district. |
No. | Names of Districts. | Number of Villages. | Total Land. | Land in Villages. | Land not included in Villages. | Cultivated Land. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Free Land. | Coffee Grounds. | Teak Forests. | Government Land. | Land in use in Villages. | Capable of being Cultivated. | Unfit Land. | Jungle Land. | Land not in use in Villages. | Estimated Produce. | Estimated Value of Produce. | Total Estimated Value. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Pari. | Maize. | Of Pari. | Of Maize. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Jungs. | B. | Amats. | G. | Amats. | G. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | J. Rupees. | St. | |||
1 | North | 47 | — | — | 527 | 3 | 360 | 2 | 109 | 3 | 57 | 2 | — | — | 2 | 3 | — | 321 | 1 | — | — | — | — | 25032 | 0 | 6486 | 0 | 29204 | 0 | 6290 | 0 | 35494 | 0 | |||||||||
2 | South | 93 | — | — | 452 | 0 | 422 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 27 | 2 | — | — | — | — | 278 | 2 | — | — | — | — | 27048 | 0 | 123 | 0 | 31556 | 0 | 120 | 0 | 31676 | 0 | ||||||||||
Total | 140 | — | — | 980 | 1 | 783 | 1 | 112 | 0 | 85 | 0 | — | — | 2 | — | 559 | 3 | — | — | — | — | 52080 | 0 | 6609 | 0 | 60760 | 0 | 6410 | 0 | 67170 | 0 |
No. | Names of Districts. | Total Population. | Males. | Females. | Attached to the Cultivation of the Soil. | Employed in other Avocations. | Total Number of Buffaloes. | Total Number of Horses. | Total Number of Ploughs. | JAVANS. | CHINESE and other Foreigners. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total Javans. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in other Avocations. | Number of Buffaloes. | Number of Horses. | Number of Ploughs. | Total Chinese. | Males. | Females. | Class of Cultivators. | Employed in other Avocations. | Number of Buffaloes. | Number of Horses. | Number of Ploughs. | ||||||||||
1 | North | 5820 | 2949 | 2871 | 4541 | 1279 | 1594 | 792 | 1035 | 5501 | 2783 | 2718 | 4541 | 960 | 1585 | 770 | 1035 | 319 | — | 319 | 166 | 153 | 9 | 22 | — |
2 | South | 3053 | 1514 | 1539 | 2564 | 489 | 1112 | 476 | 682 | 3053 | 1514 | 1539 | 2564 | 489 | 1112 | 476 | 682 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Total | 8873 | 4463 | 4410 | 7105 | 1768 | 2706 | 1268 | 1717 | 8554 | 4297 | 4257 | 7105 | 1449 | 2697 | 1246 | 1717 | 319 | — | 319 | 166 | 153 | 9 | 22 | — | |
REMARKS: Average Value of a Jung of cultivated Land, 70 J. Rupees. |
MADURA.
This island having been ceded to the Dutch, in the same manner as the other possessions on Java, the Sultan of Madúra and the chiefs of Pamakásan and Súmenap were always considered by them in nearly the same light as the other regents along the coast, with the exception only of a higher title and some more personal consideration granted especially to the Sultan of Bankálan, usually styled the Sultan of Madúra, both on account of his birth and of some important services rendered in the war of Java, from 1740 to 1748. [Vol II Pg 324]
This island was ceded to the Dutch just like the other territories on Java. The Sultan of Madúra and the leaders of Pamakásan and Súmenap were treated by them in a similar way to the other rulers along the coast, with the exception of a higher title and some extra personal regard, especially given to the Sultan of Bankálan, who is usually called the Sultan of Madúra, due to his lineage and the significant contributions he made during the Java War from 1740 to 1748. [Vol II Pg 324]
Names of Divisions. | CATTLE. | TREES. | JUNGS OF LAND. | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Horses and Mares. | Bulls and Cows. | Buffaloes. | Sheep. | Goats. | Cocoa-nut Trees bearing fruit. | Arien. | Sawayan. | Pinang. | Gabang. | Cultivated. | Cotton-fields. | Sugar-Cane. | |
Madura: | |||||||||||||
Bangkalan | 1603 | 15647 | 8410 | 94 | 722 | 56621 | 15923 | 2322 | 26631 | 2161 | — | 388 | 7 |
Balega | 44 | 1095 | 719 | 4 | 85 | 3423 | 1878 | 146 | 1304 | 323 | 3020 | 69 | — |
Sampang | 120 | 766 | 607 | — | 13 | 7371 | 517 | 548 | 428 | 240 | — | 35 | — |
Parmakasan | 487 | 5604 | 840 | 178 | 181 | 8786 | 542 | 581 | 3225 | 781 | 870 | 13½ | 2 |
Totals | 2254 | 23102 | 10576 | 276 | 1001 | 76201 | 18860 | 3597 | 31588 | 3505 | 3890 | 505½ | 9 |
Names of Divisions. | Towns and Villages. | Europeans. | Chinese. | Paranakan culture or half cast Chinese. | Malayans and other Islanders &c. | Slaves. | Madurese language. | General Population. | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Males. | Females. | Males. | Females. | Males. | Females. | Chiefs. | Priests. | Males above 50 years. | Females ditto. | Males between 20 and 50 years. | Females ditto. | Young Men. | Young Women. | Boys. | Girls. | |||||
Madura: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Bangkalan | 447 | 60 | 602 | 518 | 411 | 400 | 152 | 74 | 124 | 232 | 60 | 4722 | 5088 | 15351 | 15724 | 4112 | 4009 | 5888 | 6247 | 63714 |
Balega | 68 | — | 66 | 50 | 96 | 101 | 2 | — | — | 33 | 21 | 400 | 369 | 1863 | 1823 | 183 | 387 | 783 | 356 | 6534 |
Sampang | 55 | — | 105 | 85 | 93 | 93 | 1 | — | — | 46 | 35 | 972 | 956 | 1507 | 1006 | 281 | 377 | 1044 | 902 | 7503 |
Parmakasan | 159 | — | 212 | 189 | 239 | 277 | 260 | 220 | 23 | 115 | 29 | 1488 | 1576 | 2075 | 2297 | 1358 | 1525 | 2589 | 3012 | 17485 |
Totals | 729 | 60 | 985 | 842 | 839 | 871 | 415 | 294 | 147 | 425 | 145 | 7582 | 7989 | 20796 | 20850 | 5934 | 6298 | 10304 | 10517 | 95236 |
Names of Divisions. | CATTLE | Jungs of Land. | COCOA-NUT TREES. | Aren Trees. | Bambu Groves. | GEBANG TREES. | Jungs of Népa or Adap. | Lontar or Sewálan Trees. | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Horses. | Mares. | Bulls or Oxen. | Cows. | Buffaloes. | Sheep. | Goats. | Sawah. | Tegal. | Cotton. | Old. | Young. | Above Five Years Old. | Above Two Years Old. | Under Two Years Old. | Old. | Young. | ||||
Sumenap | 790 | 539 | 9099 | 10941 | 831 | 1030 | 1657 | 2770 | 2579 | 27 | 109983 | 124316 | 1861 | 12275 | 11876 | 13072 | 25107 | 30 | 35898 | 11329 |
Islands. | ||||||||||||||||||||
Sapodi | 67 | 24 | 507 | 786 | — | 120 | 49 | 95 | 750 | 171 | 1920 | 1020 | 89 | 457 | 4022 | 20590 | 105 | — | 665 | 105 |
Ráas | 16 | 24 | 155 | 495 | — | 10 | 54 | 63 | 98 | 5 | 578 | 300 | — | 91 | 24 | 136 | 33 | — | 55 | 42 |
Gila Ginting | 8 | 9 | 159 | 209 | 2 | 16 | 26 | 2 | 137 | — | 4380 | 4706 | 8 | 82 | 5 | 24 | — | — | 897 | 108 |
Gila Raja | 2 | — | 109 | 241 | — | 7 | 76 | 5 | 131 | — | 80 | 176 | — | 47 | 47 | 303 | 43 | — | 40 | 13 |
Gila Eyang | 2 | 1 | 203 | 225 | — | 115 | 50 | — | 43 | 7 | 235 | 477 | — | 13 | 4 | 15 | 2 | — | 62 | 58 |
Putran | 25 | 30 | 476 | 581 | — | 72 | 267 | 5 | 252 | 3 | 7065 | 4829 | — | 899 | 215 | 14 | 4 | — | 11200 | 2582 |
Kang'ean | 125 | 150 | — | — | 1144 | 35 | 60 | 648 | 26 | — | 1620 | 1204 | 2031 | 2941 | 288 | 304 | 704 | 0½ | 1000 | 163 |
Total | 1135 | 777 | 10708 | 13478 | 1977 | 1405 | 2239 | 3591 | 4019 | 215 | 125862 | 137028 | 3989 | 16805 | 16481 | 34458 | 25998 | 30½ | 49817 | 14400 |
Names of Divisions. | Towns and Villages. | Madurese. | Malayalis and other Mahometans. | Chinese. | Paranakans, or half-cast Chinese. | General Population. | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Chiefs. | Priests. | Males above Fifty years. | Females above Fifty years. | Males middle aged. | Females middle aged. | Young men. | Young women. | Boys. | Girls. | Chief. | Priest. | Males. | Females. | Males. | Females. | Males. | Females. | |||
Sumenap | 355 | 1407 | 970 | 3833 | 6135 | 25038 | 25379 | 6100 | 6713 | 6938 | 9111 | 1 | — | 739 | 734 | 575 | 494 | 1034 | 999 | 96200 |
Islands | ||||||||||||||||||||
Sapodi | 24 | 20 | 56 | 215 | 259 | 1348 | 1348 | 363 | 393 | 548 | 719 | — | — | 386 | 364 | 25 | 19 | 261 | 278 | 6602 |
Ráas | 20 | 23 | 46 | 100 | 135 | 740 | 740 | 151 | 184 | 213 | 220 | — | — | 156 | 148 | — | — | — | — | 2856 |
Gila Ginting | 10 | 24 | 46 | 92 | 119 | 421 | 421 | 125 | 134 | 170 | 301 | — | — | 2 | 1 | 3 | 4 | — | — | 1862 |
Gila Raja | 7 | 8 | 48 | 58 | 60 | 340 | 340 | 117 | 126 | 587 | 210 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 24 | 20 | 1938 |
Gila Eyang | 6 | 7 | 13 | 69 | 101 | 349 | 369 | 96 | 137 | 104 | 115 | — | — | 75 | — | — | — | 20 | 32 | 1568 |
Putran | 32 | 27 | 86 | 238 | 349 | 1305 | 1356 | 378 | 486 | 699 | 892 | — | — | 440 | 374 | 14 | 20 | 70 | 84 | 6818 |
Kang'ean | 23 | 116 | 49 | 380 | 460 | 1012 | 1012 | 253 | 268 | 5 | 478 | — | — | 470 | 454 | 24 | 21 | 46 | 37 | 5580 |
Total | 477 | 1634 | 1314 | 4985 | 7618 | 30553 | 30965 | 7583 | 8441 | 9757 | 12046 | 1 | — | 2266 | 2106 | 691 | 558 | 1455 | 1450 | 123424 |
NATIVE PROVINCES.
This extensive portion of the island was divided, agreeably to the settlement of 1754, between the Susuhúnan and Sultan. It consists of a number of separate provinces or districts. Those still belonging to the Susúnan are:
This large part of the island was divided, according to the agreement of 1754, between the Susuhúnan and Sultan. It consists of several separate provinces or districts. Those still under the Susúnan are:
In an Eastern Direction from the Capital:
In an Eastern Direction from the Capital:
- 1. Sríngat and Blítar (forming one province).
- 2. Kedíri.
- 3. Pranarága.
- 4. Paché.
- 5. Charúban.
- 6. Kadúwang, (in part).
- 7. Jagarága.
- 8. Sukawáti, (in part).
And the smaller Districts of
And the smaller districts of
- 1. Anju.
- 2. Lorog.
- 3. Pangol.
- 4. Sumbreng.
- 5. Rongkok.
In the Western Direction from the Capital:
In the West from the Capital:
- 1. Banyumas.
- 2. Dayu Lúhur.
- 3. Aya.
- 4. Matárem, (in part).
- 5. Pamarden.
- 6. Pasir.
- 7. Bag'len, (in part).
Besides several smaller districts.
In addition to several smaller districts.
The ground on which the fort of Súra Kérta is built, with a small part of the adjoining territory, has been ceded to the European government, as has been also that portion of the immediate site of the forts of Boyaláti and Klaten, which was formerly the property of the Susúnan. These dominions are divided among,
The land on which the fort of Súra Kérta stands, along with a small part of the surrounding area, has been given to the European government, as has the nearby land of the forts of Boyaláti and Klaten, which used to belong to the Susúnan. These territories are divided among,
1. The eight active Tumúng'gungs, or Regents, (the first of which is the Raden Adipáti, or prime minister), who constantly resides at court.
1. The eight active Tumúng'gungs, or Regents, (the first of which is the Raden Adipáti, or prime minister), who always lives at court.
2. The Tumung'gungs residing in the distant or Mancha Nagára districts.
2. The Tumung'gungs living in the far-off or Mancha Nagára areas.
3. The princes of the blood. [Vol II Pg 329]
The princes. [Vol II Pg 329]
4. The particular favourites of the Susúnan.
4. The specific favorites of the Susúnan.
5. (Which only respects the smaller territories) a number of Demangs and Mantris.
5. (Which only concerns the smaller territories) several Demangs and Mantris.
A considerable portion of the provinces of Matárem and the adjoining districts, towards the southern part of the island, called by the Javans Ardi Kidul, or southern hills, of the province of Kadúwang and of the district of Sukawáti containing altogether four thousand cháchas, having been ceded by the predecessors of the present Susúnan, under the settlement of 1752, to the prince Mangku Nagára, are still held and exclusively enjoyed by his successors, the Pangérang Aria Prábo Prang Wedóna.
A significant part of the provinces of Matárem and the nearby districts in the southern area of the island, known by the Javanese as Ardi Kidul or southern hills, within the province of Kadúwang and the district of Sukawáti, which together total four thousand cháchas, was ceded by the ancestors of the current Susúnan to the prince Mangku Nagára in the settlement of 1752. These areas are still held and exclusively enjoyed by his descendants, the Pangérang Aria Prábo Prang Wedóna.
The eight active Tumung'gungs, who reside constantly at court, and belong to the state and household of the Susúnan, are Tumung'gungs of the exterior (Tumung'gung Jawi), and Tumung'gungs of the interior (Tumung'gung lebat). The four former are mostly charged with external commissions or orders, or those that do not immediately concern the household of the prince; the four latter, or internal Tumung'gungs, are mostly occupied near the person of the Susúnan, and have alternately the care of the watch of the Kráton at night.
The eight active Tumung'gungs, who are always present at court and are part of the state and household of the Susúnan, are divided into Tumung'gungs of the exterior (Tumung'gung Jawi) and Tumung'gungs of the interior (Tumung'gung lebat). The four exterior Tumung'gungs are mostly responsible for external duties or tasks that don’t directly relate to the prince’s household; the four interior Tumung'gungs, on the other hand, are usually occupied close to the Susúnan and take turns overseeing the watch of the Kráton at night.
The following tables exhibit the result of a census taken during the British government in Java; but as the information they convey rests principally upon native authority, the same reliance cannot be placed upon them as upon the tables for the provinces under the immediate direction of the European government. There is no reason, however, to believe they are essentially wrong, as they were framed with great care and every attention to accuracy, on the part of the native officers employed. [Vol II Pg 330]
The following tables show the results of a census conducted during British rule in Java. However, since the information is mainly based on local sources, we can't rely on it as much as we do for the tables from provinces directly managed by the European government. That said, there's no reason to think they are fundamentally incorrect, as they were put together with great care and a strong focus on accuracy by the local officials involved. [Vol II Pg 330]
DISTRICTS. | Men. | Women. | Children. | Total. | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Males. | Females. | ||||
Banyumas | 48206 | 50140 | 39264 | 3933 | 176947 |
Mancha-nagara, Eastern or distant districts. | 21013 | 24826 | 24054 | 28432 | 99415 |
Pajang Mataram, Baglen, Jaban Ranka, Sukawati, and Southern Hills. | 106699 | 111743 | 132420 | 138544 | 489406 |
Subjects of Prangwedono in the last mentioned districts. | 26764 | 28347 | 22117 | 24625 | 101853 |
In the capital (Emperor's subjects) | 26834 | 29446 | 18111 | 20687 | 95078 |
Ditto (Prangwedono's subjects) | 1937 | 2036 | 1711 | 1909 | 7593 |
Ditto (Europeans and descendants) | 157 | 81 | 141 | 178 | 553 |
Ditto (Chinese and descendants) | 586 | 472 | 238 | 249 | 1545 |
Ditto (Slaves and descendants) | 123 | 137 | 40 | 37 | 333 |
Grand Total | 233409 | 247228 | 238096 | 253994 | 972727 |
Remarks: N.B. Banyumas includes Dayu-luhur. Manchanagara takes in Kediri, Jagaraga, and Pranaraga. |
Names of the Districts or Divisions of the Sultan's Territories | Married Men. | Married Women. | Unmarried Men. | Unmarried Women. | Young Men about 15 years of age unmarried. | Young Women about 15 years of age unmarried. | Boys under 15 years of age. | Girls under 15 years of age. | Male Children at the breast. | Female Children at the breast. | Grand Total. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Yugyakuta | 8697 | 9065 | 1595 | 2252 | 2592 | 3255 | 3225 | 3599 | 1531 | 1528 | 37339 |
Matarem | 28834 | 28935 | 5998 | 6985 | 5897 | 6695 | 19875 | 18966 | 9832 | 8708 | 140735 |
Pajang | 19382 | 19486 | 2635 | 2910 | 3237 | 4401 | 4281 | 5202 | 2297 | 2699 | 66530 |
Sima, Gagatan, and Sukawati | 9974 | 9974 | 366 | 1232 | 1748 | 1739 | 6310 | 6718 | 2028 | 2558 | 42647 |
Southern Hills | 2359 | 2447 | 426 | 483 | 769 | 628 | 517 | 1431 | 569 | 596 | 10225 |
Romo and Baglen | 28624 | 28681 | 1787 | 3691 | 6097 | 7560 | 15273 | 20330 | 4340 | 5831 | 122214 |
Ledok and Gowong | 25792 | 25447 | 1893 | 4060 | 3600 | 3685 | 11614 | 8533 | 4660 | 5142 | 94426 |
Lurung Teng'a | 7365 | 7365 | 785 | 1076 | 1360 | 1412 | 4523 | 3537 | 1729 | 1718 | 30870 |
Mancha-nagara (Eastern or distant districts) | 24862 | 25161 | 2423 | 4655 | 6050 | 6046 | 15706 | 20390 | 4491 | 4258 | 114042 |
Total | 155889 | 156561 | 17908 | 27344 | 31350 | 35421 | 81324 | 88706 | 31477 | 33038 | 659018 |
Chinese, &c. | 1309 | ||||||||||
Total | 660327 |
DIVISIONS. | Men. | Women. | Boys. | Girls. | Total. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
First Division | 1656 | 1673 | 1439 | 1306 | 6074 |
Second Division | 4134 | 4275 | 5260 | 2935 | 16604 |
Total | 22678 |
FOOTNOTES:
[279] Mr. Crawfurd.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Mr. Crawfurd.
APPENDICES.
APPENDIX.
APPENDIX.
APPENDIX, A.
The annexed documents, as far as they can be relied on, afford evidence of an extent of mortality in Batavia, as compared with the number of inhabitants, that was perhaps never exampled, for the same space of time, in any other quarter of the world.
The attached documents, as far as they can be trusted, provide evidence of a level of deaths in Batavia, compared to the population, that may never have been seen before in any other part of the world during the same period.
The Table No. I., incomplete as it is, was drawn out with as much exactness as the original lists and registers still in possession would admit of. In explanation of some inconsistencies which are exhibited in it, it is necessary to observe, that on the occasion of the capture of this island, part of the most valuable papers were lost or destroyed, and amongst them the register in which was stated the Chinese population, and the number of their deaths and marriages annually, which is the reason why no mention is made of them in this table.
The Table No. I, though incomplete, was created with as much accuracy as the original lists and records currently available would allow. To clarify some inconsistencies displayed in it, it’s important to note that during the capture of this island, some of the most valuable documents were lost or destroyed, including the registry that detailed the Chinese population and the annual statistics on deaths and marriages, which is why there’s no mention of them in this table.
The first and third columns contain only the numbers of European inhabitants.
The first and third columns have only the numbers of European inhabitants.
The last column, which shews the deaths of the Natives and Slaves, is probably a list of the deceased slaves only; because there was a separate list kept of the natives who died annually in the Batavian jurisdiction, which, however, was for a long time incorrect, and at last destroyed in 1811.
The last column, which shows the deaths of the Natives and Slaves, is probably just a list of the deceased slaves; because there was a separate list kept of the natives who died each year in the Batavian jurisdiction, which was, however, inaccurate for a long time and ultimately destroyed in 1811.
It is also probable, that the column of deaths generally does not extend farther than in the town and immediate suburbs; and the other two columns of baptisms and marriages extend over the town, suburbs, and environs together.
It’s also likely that the column of deaths usually doesn’t go beyond the town and its immediate surroundings; while the other two columns of baptisms and marriages cover the town, suburbs, and nearby areas together.
The specific lists kept in the different hospitals were likewise lost. This is to be particularly lamented, because they would have shewn how many of the European deaths were inhabitants, military persons, strangers, or sailors or marines from the ships of the different nations in Batavia Roads, who all sent their sick men into the hospitals of Batavia, who, when dead, were comprehended in the number of European deaths. This circumstance explains the incorrectness which appears to exist in the two statements of the living and deceased Europeans.
The specific lists kept in the different hospitals were also lost. This is especially unfortunate because they would have shown how many of the European deaths were residents, military personnel, visitors, or sailors and marines from the ships of various nations in Batavia Roads, all of whom sent their sick men to the hospitals in Batavia, and when they died, they were included in the total count of European deaths. This situation explains the discrepancies that seem to exist in the two reports of living and deceased Europeans.
The Table No. II. was discovered among the records of the Dutch government at Batavia, and in the absence of a more official document, may, perhaps, on that account, be entitled to some confidence. [Vol II Pg iv]
The Table No. II was found in the records of the Dutch government in Batavia, and since there isn’t a more official document available, it might, therefore, be worthy of some trust. [Vol II Pg iv]
[Vol II Pg vi]
POPULATION. | MARRIAGES. | BAPTISMS. | DEATHS. | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Within the Walls. | In the Suburbs. | Europeans. | Half Casts and Other Christians. | Europeans' Children. | Those of Half Casts and Other Christians. | Europeans, Half Casts, &c. | Natives, Slaves, &c. | |||
Europeans. | Europeans & Natives. | Europeans. | Europeans & Natives. | |||||||
1700 | 1,875 | 20,072 | 215 | 32,478 | 74 | 134 | 119 | 565 | 697 | 975 |
1701 | 1,715 | 19,084 | 321 | 48,972 | 65 | 126 | 76 | 341 | 736 | 815 |
1702 | 1,755 | 19,683 | 309 | 45,452 | 76 | 120 | 83 | 616 | 1,088 | 1,336 |
1703 | 1,835 | 18,580 | 534 | 47,123 | 72 | 133 | 190 | 443 | 856 | 931 |
1704 | 1,898 | 22,150 | 470 | 49,351 | 74 | 144 | 96 | 466 | 442 | 1,148 |
1705 | 1,771 | 19,752 | — | — | 55 | 133 | 100 | 441 | 688 | 1,800 |
1706 | 1,923 | 21,899 | 417 | 49,483 | 79 | 127 | 84 | 447 | 841 | 1,839 |
1707 | 1,826 | 21,632 | 411 | 47,026 | 60 | 116 | 88 | 471 | 655 | 1,371 |
1708 | 1,769 | 20,922 | 402 | 54,628 | 49 | 134 | 87 | 638 | 651 | 1,481 |
1709 | 1,681 | 20,600 | 412 | 55,581 | 64 | 138 | 82 | 575 | 804 | 1,828 |
1710 | 1,716 | 20,850 | 368 | 58,761 | 41 | 152 | 108 | 628 | 684 | 1,313 |
1711 | 1,723 | 21,517 | 341 | 57,843 | 63 | 154 | 110 | 555 | 766 | 1,487 |
1712 | 1,656 | 21,538 | 448 | 65,865 | 60 | 141 | 110 | 595/ | 684 | 1,278 |
1713 | 1,566 | 19,007 | 503 | 69,110 | 56 | 154 | 747[280] | 599 | 1,022 | |
1714 | 1,644 | 19,758 | 553 | 66,092 | 60 | 150 | 703 | 608 | 1,085 | |
1715 | 1,663 | 22,242 | 411 | 64,657 | 43 | 159 | 759 | 567 | 1,074 | |
1716 | 1,516 | 18,947 | 446 | 60,236 | 37 | 129 | 688 | 606 | 1,207 | |
1717 | 1,443 | 18,965 | 290 | 59,831 | 41 | 147 | 578 | 716 | 1,322 | |
1718 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 663 | — | — | |
1719 | 1,409 | 19,411 | 308 | 68,082 | 59 | 154 | 631 | 857 | 1,869 | |
1720 | 1,610 | 21,156 | 361 | 67,792 | 68 | 148 | 529 | 977 | 1,685 | |
1721 | 1,477 | 20,520 | 387 | 67,044 | 53 | 80 | 467 | 772 | 1,210 | |
1722 | 695 | 11,252 | 417 | 67,339 | 61 | 132 | 649 | 193 | 813 | |
1723 | 1,606 | 23,716 | 363 | 66,079 | 43 | 119 | 610 | 985 | 1,597 | |
1724 | 1,562 | 23,428 | 341 | 62,966 | 34 | 172 | 781 | 934 | 1,755 | |
1725 | 1,615 | 23,752 | 332 | 72,218 | 60 | 150 | 637 | 958 | 2,085 | |
Within the Walls and immediate Suburbs. | In the Vicinity and Environs. | In the Reformed Churches, and since 1746, in the Lutheran Church. | ||||||||
1726 | 1,452 | 22,814 | 304 | 76,893 | 58 | 118 | 616 | 994 | 487 | |
1727 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 740 | — | — | |
1728 | 1,538 | 15,343 | 289 | 73,141 | 50 | 155 | 648 | 768 | 590 | |
1729 | 1,389 | 20,677 | 232 | 81,977 | 52 | 135 | 736 | 754 | 500 | |
1730 | 1,330 | 20,429 | 209 | 80,756 | 45 | 167 | 763 | 857 | 1,800 | |
1731 | 1,431 | 22,658 | 241 | 82,204 | 45 | 128 | 783 | 886 | 1,066 | |
1732 | 1,445 | 22,646 | 211 | 83,602 | 55 | 142 | 625 | 1,003 | 689 | |
1733 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 554 | — | — | |
1734 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 432 | — | — | |
1735 | 1,338 | 20,587 | 224 | 74,367 | 65 | 166 | 561 | 240 | 667 | |
1736 | — | — | — | — | 48 | — | 727 | — | — | |
1737 | 1,317 | 19,612 | 266 | 67,170 | 48 | 133 | 572 | 1,966 | 705 | |
1738 | 1,350 | 11,212 | 212 | 64,090 | 49 | 133 | 448 | 2,002 | 919 | |
1739 | 1,286 | 18,502 | 272 | 68,229 | 51 | 179 | 658 | 1,068 | 668 | |
1740 | 1,420 | 14,141 | 269 | 72,506 | 47 | 90 | 518 | 1,317 | 338 | |
1741 | 1,388 | 13,977 | 287 | 47,583 | 52 | 124 | 670 | 1,278 | 406 | |
1742 | — | — | 259 | 56,882 | 47 | 118 | 602 | 1,286 | 547 | |
1743 | 1,481 | 14,609 | 321 | 55,023 | 84 | 119 | 639 | 1,526 | 682 | |
1744 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 673 | — | — | |
1745 | 1,517 | 14,926 | 278 | 67,254 | 60 | 117 | 592 | 1,965 | 1,062 | |
1746 | 1,597 | 13,852 | 242 | 68,785 | — | — | 574 | — | — | |
1747 | 1,525 | 13,854 | 240 | 73,163 | — | — | 670 | — | — | |
1748 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 627 | — | — | |
1749 | 1,541 | 14,050 | 318 | 77,008 | 39 | 115 | 705 | 1,662 | 556 | |
1750 | 1,520 | 14,278 | 313 | 80,597 | 63 | 105 | 571 | 2,229 | 569 | |
1751 | 1,439 | 13,874 | 336 | 78,259 | 38 | 84/ | 550 | 2,189 | 502 | |
1752 | 1,513 | 14,596 | 311 | 75,152 | 135[281] | 600 | 1,858 | 562 | ||
1753 | 1,651 | 15,710 | 325 | 76,611 | 132 | 457 | 1,789 | 1,542 | ||
1754 | 1,575 | 15,891 | 358 | 93,375 | 136 | 553 | 1,729 | 617 | ||
Within the Town and all the Suburbs. | ||||||||||
1755 | 1,599 | 16,466 | 369 | 95,938 | 146 | 484 | 2,532 | 630 | ||
1756 | 1,604 | 15,925 | 310 | 96,702 | 143 | 410 | 1,729 | 547 | ||
1757 | 1,629 | 16,356 | 373 | 103,443 | 137 | 465 | 1,557 | 561 | ||
1758 | 1,560 | 16,855 | 447 | 106,151 | 128 | 468 | 1,781 | 1,082 | ||
1759 | 1,572 | 16,942 | 377 | 111,273 | 97 | 437 | 1,451 | 636 | ||
1760 | 1,634 | 16,785 | 410 | 109,393 | 124 | 450 | 1,403 | 1,064 | ||
1761 | 1,499 | 16,298 | 305 | 113,280 | — | 387 | 1,110 | 980 | ||
1762 | — | — | — | — | — | 471 | — | — | ||
1763 | 1,507 | 16,282 | 447 | 113,009 | 112 | 435 | 2,001 | 1,134 | ||
1764 | — | 16,008 | 413 | 117,207 | 131 | 297 | 1,907 | 585 | ||
1765 | — | — | — | — | — | 357 | — | — | ||
1766 | — | — | — | — | — | 356 | — | — | ||
1767 | — | — | — | — | — | 306 | — | — | ||
1768 | 1,642 | 15,256 | 273 | 108,507 | 93 | 329 | 1,933 | 537 | ||
1769 | 1,271 | 15,430 | 389 | 114,750 | 124 | 369 | 1,869 | 667 | ||
1770 | 1,183 | 13,192 | 328 | 123,869 | 126 | 302 | 2,871 | 2,672 | ||
1771 | 1,105 | 12,233 | 300 | 121,380 | 93 | 245 | 2,425 | 622 | ||
1772 | 1,011 | 12,743 | 348 | 112,346 | 108 | 301 | 2,437 | 2,256 | ||
1773 | 1,061 | 13,473 | 342 | 107,500 | 98 | 284 | 2,029 | 534 | ||
1774 | 933 | 12,134 | 367 | 108,215 | 97 | 295 | 2,452 | 866 | ||
1775 | 1,165 | 13,512 | 328 | 125,635 | 214 | 307 | 2,997 | 3,007 | ||
1776 | — | — | 276 | 131,895 | 100 | 303 | 3,055 | 1,199 | ||
1777 | 896 | 10,661 | 279 | 140,332 | 98 | 277 | 1,394 | 2,031 | ||
1778 | 1,137 | 12,206 | 238 | 135,532 | 104 | 253 | 1,804 | 2,131 | ||
1779 | — | — | 302 | 160,986 | 82 | 290 | 1,524 | 1,717 | ||
1780 | 747 | 13,651 | 278 | 129,943 | 113 | 259 | 1,418 | 1,435 | ||
1781 | — | — | — | — | — | 272 | — | — | ||
1782 | 664 | 9,517 | 276 | 127,039 | 75 | 260 | 733 | 1,692 | ||
1783 | — | — | — | — | — | 292 | — | — | ||
1784 | 695 | 10,422 | 336 | 129,506 | 81 | 279 | 1,439 | 1,669 | ||
1785 | — | — | — | — | — | 243 | — | — | ||
1786 | — | — | — | — | — | 238 | — | — | ||
1787 | 574 | 9,910 | 375 | 133,151 | 58 | 230 | 1,939 | 1,278 | ||
1788 | — | — | — | — | — | 284 | — | — | ||
1789 | — | — | — | — | — | 236 | — | — | ||
1790 | — | — | — | — | 69 | 220 | 2,379 | 1,672 | ||
1791 | 325 | 6,367 | 450 | 120,352 | 48 | 216 | 2,228 | 1,590 | ||
1792 | 254 | 8,121 | 282 | 119,297 | 59 | 171 | 1,990 | 1,131 | ||
1793 | 254 | 8,121 | 282 | 119,297 | 48 | 149 | 1,805 | 1,030 | ||
1794 | — | — | — | — | — | 215 | — | — | ||
1795 | — | — | — | — | 92 | 183 | 1,121 | 953 | ||
1796 | — | — | — | — | 67 | 173 | — | — | ||
1797 | — | — | — | — | 52 | 210 | 215 | 930 | ||
1798 | — | — | — | — | 68 | 173 | 280 | 675 | ||
1799 | — | — | — | — | — | 236 | — | — | ||
1800 | — | — | — | — | 68 | 169 | 106 | 1,168 | ||
1801 | — | — | — | — | 32 | 169 | — | — | ||
1802 | — | — | — | — | — | 207 | — | — | ||
1803 | — | — | — | — | 58 | 182 | 263 | 2,356 | ||
1804 | — | — | 378 | 72,830 | — | 190 | 255 | — | ||
1805 | — | — | 500 | 73,728 | 83 | 164 | — | — | ||
1806 | — | — | — | — | 50 | 171 | — | — | ||
1807 | — | — | — | — | 86 | 186 | — | 2,549 | ||
1808 | — | — | — | — | — | 151 | — | — | ||
1809 | — | — | — | — | — | 131 | — | — | ||
1810 | — | — | — | — | — | 167 | — | — | ||
1811 | — | — | — | — | — | 136 | — | — | ||
1812 | — | — | — | — | — | 115 | — | — | ||
1813 | — | — | — | — | — | 138 | — | — |
[Vol II Pg viii]
Numb. deceased. | ||
---|---|---|
1730. | ||
January | 3,862 | |
February | 3,786 | |
March | 3,928 | |
April | 3,860 | |
May | 3,862 | |
June | 3,889 | |
July | 4,268 | |
August | 4,404 | |
September | 4,597 | |
October | 4,290 | |
November | 3,965 | |
December | 3,739 | |
| 48,450 | |
1731. | ||
January | 3,699 | |
February | 3,705 | |
March | 3,827 | |
April | 3,833 | |
May | 3,711 | |
June | 3,788 | |
July | 4,480 | |
August | 4,527 | |
September | 4,916 | |
October | 4,512 | |
November | 4,412 | |
December | 4,430 | |
| 49,840 | |
1732. | ||
January | 4,359 | |
February | 4,047 | |
March | 4,046 | |
April | 4,060 | |
May | 4,066 | |
June | 4,191 | |
July | 4,515 | |
August | 4,758 | |
September | 5,314 | |
October | 4,912 | |
November | 4,344 | |
December | 4,305 | |
| 52,917 | |
1733. | ||
January | 4,205 | |
February | 4,261 | |
March | 3,989 | |
April | 3,948 | |
May | 3,747 | |
June | 3,840 | |
July | 3,885 | |
August | 3,805 | |
September | 4,147 | |
October | 4,148 | |
November | 3,906 | |
December | 3,864 | |
| 47,745 | |
1734. | ||
January | 3,830 | |
February | 3,963 | |
March | 3,914 | |
April | 3,725 | |
May | 3,711 | |
June | 3,550 | |
July | 3,772 | |
August | 4,294 | |
September | 5,303 | |
October | 4,237 | |
November | 4,025 | |
December | 4,021 | |
| 48,145 | |
1735. | ||
January | 3,722 | |
February | 3,775 | |
March | 3,830 | |
April | 3,757 | |
May | 3,780 | |
June | 3,968 | |
July | 4,141 | |
August | 4,041 | |
September | 4,058 | |
October | 4,050 | |
November | 3,966 | |
December | 3,962 | |
| 47,050 | |
1736. | ||
January | 4,110 | |
February | 3,909 | |
March | 3,815 | |
April | 3,778 | |
May | 3,760 | |
June | 3,699 | |
July | 4,063 | |
August | 4,078 | |
September | 4,260 | |
October | 4,110 | |
November | 3,841 | |
December | 4,080 | |
| 47,503 | |
1737. | ||
January | 4,066 | |
February | 4,093 | |
March | 3,707 | |
April | 3,561 | |
May | 3,485 | |
June | 3,358 | |
July | 3,357 | |
August | 3,400 | |
September | 2,501 | |
October | 4,054 | |
November | 4,057 | |
December | 4,061 | |
| 43,709 | |
1738. | ||
January | 3,784 | |
February | 3,572 | |
March | 3,570 | |
April | 3,718 | |
May | 3,717 | |
June | 4,018 | |
July | 4,045 | |
August | 3,771 | |
September | 4,110 | |
October | 4,293 | |
November | 4,030 | |
December | 4,158 | |
| 46,786 | |
1739. | ||
January | 4,039 | |
February | 4,017 | |
March | 3,909 | |
April | 3,759 | |
May | 3,885 | |
June | 3,985 | |
July | 4,266 | |
August | 4,273 | |
September | 4,053 | |
October | 4,139 | |
November | 4,189 | |
December | 4,084 | |
| 48,598 | |
1740. | ||
January | 3,851 | |
February | 3,747 | |
March | 3,758 | |
April | 3,878 | |
May | 4,090 | |
June | 4,424 | |
July | 4,536 | |
August | 4,321 | |
September | 4,538 | |
October | 4,514 | |
November | 4,224 | |
December | 4,083 | |
| 49,964 | |
1741. | ||
January | 4,010 | |
February | 3,842 | |
March | 3,893 | |
April | 3,824 | |
May | 3,958 | |
June | 4,057 | |
July | 4,136 | |
August | 3,764 | |
September | 4,093 | |
October | 3,888 | |
November | 3,766 | |
December | 3,712 | |
| 46,943 | |
1742. | ||
January | 2,849 | |
February | 3,731 | |
March | 3,780 | |
April | 3,811 | |
May | 2,185 | |
June | 3,665 | |
July | 3,915 | |
August | 3,976 | |
September | 3,546 | |
October | 3,537 | |
November | 3,646 | |
December | 4,021 | |
| 42,662 | |
1743. | ||
January | 3,744 | |
February | 3,659 | |
March | 3,399 | |
April | 3,407 | |
May | 3,418 | |
June | 4,448 | |
July | 3,822 | |
August | 3,937 | |
September | 3,641 | |
October | 3,798 | |
November | 3,852 | |
December | 4,011 | |
| 45,136 | |
1744. | ||
January | 4,114 | |
February | 3,974 | |
March | 3,682 | |
April | 3,723 | |
May | 3,790 | |
June | 3,808 | |
July | 3,847 | |
August | 3,601 | |
September | 5,904 | |
October | 3,914 | |
November | 4,140 | |
December | 4,064 | |
| 47,661 | |
1745. | ||
January | 3,952 | |
February | 3,765 | |
March | 3,212 | |
April | 3,230 | |
May | 3,290 | |
June | 3,327 | |
July | 3,655 | |
August | 3,736 | |
September | 4,197 | |
October | 3,632 | |
November | 3,486 | |
December | 3,526 | |
| 43,008 | |
1746. | ||
January | 3,479 | |
February | 3,491 | |
March | 3,459 | |
April | 3,373 | |
May | 3,435 | |
June | 3,950 | |
July | 4,750 | |
August | 4,210 | |
September | 4,110 | |
October | 4,214 | |
November | 4,483 | |
December | 4,874 | |
| 47,828 | |
1747. | ||
January | 4,414 | |
February | 4,389 | |
March | 4,305 | |
April | 4,159 | |
May | 4,599 | |
June | 4,978 | |
July | 5,355 | |
August | 4,946 | |
September | 5,016 | |
October | 3,028 | |
November | 4,506 | |
December | 4,603 | |
| 54,298 | |
1748. | ||
January | 4,459 | |
February | 4,322 | |
March | 4,796 | |
April | 4,689 | |
May | 4,603 | |
June | 5,106 | |
July | 4,469 | |
August | 4,355 | |
September | 5,034 | |
October | 5,169 | |
November | 5,140 | |
December | 4,864 | |
| 57,006 | |
1749. | ||
January | 4,870 | |
February | 4,452 | |
March | 4,332 | |
April | 4,505 | |
May | 4,425 | |
June | 4,589 | |
July | 4,656 | |
August | 4,174 | |
September | 4,398 | |
October | 4,684 | |
November | 4,537 | |
December | 4,893 | |
| 54,515 | |
1750. | ||
January | 4,546 | |
February | 4,352 | |
March | 4,417 | |
April | 4,619 | |
May | 5,227 | |
June | 5,072 | |
July | 5,277 | |
August | 5,134 | |
September | 4,872 | |
October | 4,580 | |
November | 4,526 | |
December | 4,508 | |
| 57,130 | |
1751. | ||
January | 4,543 | |
February | 4,128 | |
March | 4,163 | |
April | 4,170 | |
May | 3,967 | |
June | 4,967 | |
July | 6,904 | |
August | 5,566 | |
September | 5,699 | |
October | 5,344 | |
November | 4,612 | |
December | 4,533 | |
| 58,605 | |
1752. | ||
January | 3,923 | |
February | 3,941 | |
March | 4,272 | |
April | 4,116 | |
May | 4,466 | |
June | 4,285 | |
July | 4,359 | |
August | 4,514 | |
| 33,876 | |
During twenty-two years and eight months, | ||
Grand Total | 1,119,375 |
The unhealthiness of the climate of Batavia is connected, in the minds of many, with the fabulous properties of the poison tree of Java, and many are so ignorant of the island as to consider the climate of Batavia as a fair example of that of Java in general. History attests that this city has been highly pernicious to the health both of Europeans and Natives, almost from its foundation, and recent experience concurs with the testimony of history. The mines of America, when they were first discovered, did not more strongly allure the Spaniards, nor urged them to sacrifice more relentlessly the lives of the unresisting natives to their burning thirst of gold, than the monopoly of Java and the Spice Islands led the Dutch Company, in the track of wealth, through danger, injustice and oppression. Though the unhealthiness of Batavia was at all times known and formidable, there were times when the mortality became extraor[Vol II Pg ix]dinary and alarming. Although not prone to any speculation, except that of merchants, or to any inquiry, except for a new market or a more lucrative channel of trade, the Company's Government in India was sometimes forced to institute inquiries into the cause of this insalubrity, and to speculate about the possibility and the means of removing it. Passing by other occasions, there exists on the records of the High Regency a reply to queries about the unhealthiness of Batavia, dated the 14th of October 1753. This paper states that between 1732 and 1738, the greatest number of casualties happened. It assigns, as a great cause of the insalubrity complained of, the situation of the town in a bay, confined on the west and east by projecting points of land, and inclosed in front by a cluster of small islands. The space between the town and the sea is chiefly mud, left by the retreating of the sea: a swamp surrounds the town. The mouths of the rivers are generally covered with underwood and a species of tree peculiar to swamps. The vegetation of these low grounds, it is added, cannot but retain impurities of the most noxious kind. The space which is formed at the mouths of the rivers Táng'ran and Ang'ki is an entire swamp, covered with shrubs which emit exhalations of an impure nature: these are interspersed with the burying grounds of the natives, and the effluvia of these places is felt at some distance. It was believed that the earthquake of 1699, by forcing mud from under the earth and blocking up the mouths of the rivers more than formerly, contributed to increase the previously existing unhealthiness. The lime kilns in the neighbourhood, the close plantations of trees that prevent a free circulation of air, the stagnation of the rivers from the bars of mud or sand which obstruct their out-course into the sea, the kind of water which the inhabitants are compelled to drink, the narrowness of their houses, and the dirt and filth accumulated in the numerous canals that intersect the town, have all their due share of pernicious efficiency assigned them in this report. The buildings, it is said, are admirably adapted to keep out the fresh air, and to retain that which is putrid or noxious. To remedy the evils felt, a new construction of houses is recommended, and a frequent pruning or entire extirpation of the trees.
The unhealthy climate of Batavia is often linked, by many, to the legendary properties of the poison tree of Java, and a lot of people are so unaware of the island that they think the climate of Batavia represents Java as a whole. History shows that this city has been harmful to the health of both Europeans and Natives almost since it was founded, and recent experiences confirm historical evidence. The discovery of the mines in America attracted the Spaniards just as strongly as the Dutch Company was drawn to the wealth of Java and the Spice Islands, leading them through danger, injustice, and oppression. Even though the unhealthiness of Batavia was always known and serious, there were times when the mortality rates became extraordinarily alarming. Although the Company’s Government in India was usually only interested in trade, they sometimes had to investigate the reasons behind this unhealthiness and consider ways to improve it. Among other instances, there is a record from the High Regency responding to questions about the unhealthiness of Batavia, dated October 14, 1753. This document states that the highest number of casualties occurred between 1732 and 1738. It points out that a major cause of the unhealthy conditions is the town's location in a bay, flanked by land projections to the west and east, and enclosed in front by a group of small islands. The area between the town and the sea is mostly mud left behind by the receding sea, creating a swamp that surrounds the town. The mouths of the rivers are usually covered with underbrush and a type of tree typical of swamps. It is noted that the vegetation in these low areas can only hold the most harmful types of impurities. The area formed at the mouths of the rivers Táng'ran and Ang'ki is a complete swamp, filled with shrubs that release foul exhalations; these areas are mixed with the burial grounds of the natives, and the odors can be detected from a distance. It was believed that the earthquake of 1699, by forcing up mud from beneath the surface and blocking the mouths of the rivers even more than before, exacerbated the existing unhealthiness. The lime kilns nearby, the dense growth of trees that hinder air circulation, stagnant rivers blocked by mud or sand preventing their flow into the sea, the type of water that residents have to drink, the cramped living spaces, and the dirt and filth that pile up in the numerous canals cutting through the town all play a part in this report. It’s mentioned that the buildings are perfectly designed to keep out fresh air and trap foul or toxic air. To address these issues, the report suggests redesigning the houses and frequently trimming or completely removing the trees.
The fever, which excited this inquiry, commenced in 1733 and lasted till 1738, and, during its continuance, two thousand of the Company's servants and free Christians annually died. In 1739 its violence abated; but it broke out again in 1744, and continued with little diminution or variation to the date of the report in 1753.
The fever that sparked this investigation started in 1733 and lasted until 1738, and during that time, two thousand of the Company's workers and free Christians died each year. In 1739, its intensity lessened; however, it resurfaced in 1744 and continued with minimal reduction or change until the report was made in 1753.
Without stopping to inquire whether it would be easier to remove disease from Batavia, or the inhabitants of Batavia from disease, I shall take the liberty of quoting an extract from a report on the climate of some parts of Java, drawn up by Mr. Robertson, the late Superintending Surgeon, which appears to me to afford a satisfactory account of the causes of the insalubrity of the capital. After giving a statement of the mortality that prevailed in an Indiaman, a part of the crew of which landed at Batavia, he thus proceeds.
Without pausing to question whether it would be easier to eliminate disease from Batavia or to remove the people of Batavia from disease, I will take the liberty of quoting an excerpt from a report on the climate of certain areas in Java, prepared by Mr. Robertson, the former Superintending Surgeon. This report seems to provide a solid explanation for the reasons behind the unhealthy conditions in the capital. After presenting data on the mortality rates that affected a ship, part of the crew of which disembarked in Batavia, he continues as follows.
"Such is the melancholy instance of the noxious climate of Batavia,[Vol II Pg x] which came within my own observation. That it was not epidemic is clearly evinced, from its not extending its influence to those who attended the sick, nor to the rest of the crew, all of whom escaped its attack and remained healthy. Among the Dutch who remain in the town, fevers are, I understand, very prevalent at all seasons, notwithstanding their being, in a manner, inured to the climate, and most of them have a sallow sickly appearance. It is not uncommon, in riding through the streets, to meet three or four funerals daily.
"Such is the sad example of the harmful climate of Batavia,[Vol II Pg x] which I personally witnessed. It was clearly not an epidemic because it didn’t affect those who cared for the sick or the rest of the crew, all of whom stayed healthy. Among the Dutch who live in the town, I hear fevers are quite common year-round, even though they’re somewhat accustomed to the climate, and most of them have a pale, unhealthy look. It’s not unusual to see three or four funerals each day while riding through the streets."
"The Chinese, however, who are very numerous, suffer more than any class of the people; perhaps, from the worse situations of their houses, the manner in which these are crowded, the closeness of their apartments, and their gross manner of living. The number of casualties among them, I am told, is incredible, especially during the dry season; and if one may judge from the extent of their burial ground, and the number of their tumuli, it cannot admit of a doubt. The preceding facts are, I conclude, sufficient to establish the truth of the noxious character the climate of Batavia has so long obtained, and I shall now proceed to the causes which have been often investigated, and seem well ascertained, though the knowledge of them has led to little exertion for their removal.
"The Chinese, who make up a large part of the population, suffer more than any other group; perhaps due to the poor conditions of their homes, how crowded they are, the small size of their living spaces, and their unhealthy way of life. The number of deaths among them is said to be astonishing, especially during the dry season; and judging by the size of their burial grounds and the number of their graves, there’s no doubt about it. The facts presented are, I believe, enough to prove the harmful nature of the climate in Batavia, which has been recognized for a long time, and now I will discuss the causes that have been frequently studied and seem well understood, even though knowing about them hasn’t led to much effort to fix the situation."
"The baneful effects of marsh miasmata on the human system is well known, engendering intermittent and remittent fevers, dysenteries, and visceral obstructions. Batavia, built almost in a swamp, surrounded by marshes in all directions, trees and jungles, which prevent the exhalations being carried off by a free circulation of air, is peculiarly obnoxious from this cause. Opposite the mouth of the river, and extending a great way to the westward, is a mud-bank, which, in many parts at low water, is uncovered by the sea, and is daily accumulating from the quantities of mud and animal and vegetable matter carried down by the river during its reflux. Again the sea, often at spring tides, overflows the adjacent country, and, on its receding, leaves the soil covered with slime and mud, which, exposed to the action of the sun, soon suffers decomposition, and impregnates the atmosphere with its noxious exhalations, which are carried by the sea breeze over Batavia, where the trees and jungles surrounding the houses prevent their being dissipated. During the heat of the day these exhalations are more diffused and comparatively innoxious, but when the sun withdraws its influence they become more condensed, and amalgamating with the descending evening dews form a morbid atmosphere around the houses of the inhabitants. This hypothesis will readily account for a fact well known, that people whose commercial concerns require their presence in Batavia during the day, and who retire during the night into the country, escape this endemic, while scarcely any who sleep in the town, even for a night, unless those who, by a long residence, are inured to it, escape. In the ingenious and sensible work formerly alluded to (Mr. Johnson's), I find this hypothesis so clearly and perspicuously expounded, that I must take the liberty of quoting it. [Vol II Pg xi]
The harmful effects of marsh miasma on the human body are well known, causing intermittent and remittent fevers, dysentery, and digestive blockages. Batavia, which is built almost in a swamp and surrounded by marshes in every direction, along with trees and jungles that prevent the free flow of air, is particularly affected by this issue. Near the river mouth, there’s a mud bank that, at low tide, is often exposed by the sea and continually accumulates mud along with animal and plant matter washed down by the river. Additionally, during spring tides, the sea frequently floods the nearby land and, as it recedes, leaves the soil covered in slime and mud, which, when heated by the sun, quickly decomposes and fills the air with toxic fumes. These fumes are carried by the sea breeze over Batavia, where the surrounding trees and jungles trap them. During the hottest part of the day, these fumes are more diffuse and relatively harmless, but when the sun sets, they become more concentrated and mix with the evening dew, creating a sickly atmosphere around the homes. This hypothesis explains a well-known fact: people who need to be in Batavia for business during the day but return to the countryside at night avoid this endemic, while very few who sleep in the town—even just for a night—escape it, unless they’ve lived there long enough to become accustomed to it. In the clever and insightful work previously mentioned (Mr. Johnson's), this hypothesis is laid out so clearly that I must quote it. [Vol II Pg xi]
"'The cause why the stench emitted by marshes and vegetable matter in a state of decomposition is more perceptible immediately after sunset, is not that the vapours are disengaged in greater quantities then than during the day, but the marshes retain their heat for some time after the sun's rays are withdrawn, and consequently continue to emit vapours through the atmosphere, as during the high temperature of the day by the sun. They therefore meet the descending dews, condensing and forming a thick fog, which hovers over the swamps, accompanied by a noxious and disagreeable odour. The miasmata exhaled during the day, in all probability, descend with the dews of the evening, which, meeting and combining with those that continue to be disengaged from their source, must form a concentration highly capable of affecting the constitution. Marsh effluvia become at a certain distance from their source innoxious. Dr. Hunter observes, 'a few feet in height gives a comparative security in the same buildings.' This will be accounted for by the supposition, that as the miasmata exhaled during the day descend in the evenings, they become more and more concentrated, till meeting the exhalations from the still reeking marshes, a dense stratum of highly impregnated atmosphere is found contiguous to the surface of the earth: hence the salubrity of sleeping in upper apartments. This leads to another practicable inference of considerable importance, that when necessity compels exposure to these marshes, we should select that point of time least likely to meet those miasmata, whether ascending or descending. This period seems to extend from three to six in the afternoon:[282] that is, after the greatest heat of the earth and air, and consequently the greatest evaporation, and before the condensation and return of such exhalations as rose during the day, and which combine with those still issuing from the heated soil for some time after sunset.'
"The reason the smell from marshes and decaying plant matter is stronger just after sunset is not that more vapors are released at that time than during the day, but rather that marshes hold onto their heat for a while after the sun goes down. As a result, they keep emitting vapors into the atmosphere, similar to how they do during the warmer parts of the day. These vapors then encounter the cool evening dew, condensing and creating a thick fog that lingers over the swamps and brings a foul and unpleasant odor. The harmful vapors released during the day likely settle with the evening dew, combining with those that continue to come from their source, forming a concentration that can seriously impact health. Marsh vapors become harmless at a certain distance from where they originate. Dr. Hunter notes that 'a few feet in height provides comparative security in the same buildings.' This can be explained by the idea that as the vapors released during the day settle in the evening, they become more concentrated until they meet the still-reeking marsh vapors, creating a dense layer of toxic atmosphere close to the ground. This is why sleeping in upper floors is healthier. This also leads to another important practical point: when you have to be near these marshes, you should choose the time least likely to encounter these harmful vapors, whether they are rising or settling. This time seems to be from three to six in the afternoon:[282] which is after the heat of the day and the highest evaporation, but before the condensation and return of the vapors that rose during the day, along with those still coming from the warm ground for a while after sunset."
"A second, and, I think, an equally powerful cause, is the stagnant water of the canals, which, in all directions, intersect the city. In the first place, they are filled with filth of every description; there is scarcely at times any perceptible current in them to carry off that filth; and lastly, the sluices are frequently kept shut, for the purpose of swelling the waters above them to irrigate the fields, while those below, which intersect the town, become almost dry, leaving an extensive surface of mud, and every kind of putrified matter, to be acted upon by the sun, raising the most pestilential vapours, with which, as before observed, the atmosphere gets thoroughly impregnated.
A second, and I think equally strong reason, is the stagnant water in the canals that crisscross the city. First of all, they're filled with all kinds of garbage; there’s hardly ever any noticeable current to wash that waste away; and finally, the gates are often kept closed to raise the water levels above so they can water the fields. Meanwhile, the canals running through the town become nearly dry, leaving a vast area of mud and all sorts of decaying matter exposed to the sun, which creates incredibly toxic fumes that, as mentioned before, fill the air.
"As a third cause, the state of the houses may be considered, and the mode of living of the Dutch. Houses that are untenanted are seldom opened, and thus collect much filth and foul, damp, pernicious vapours. Those that are inhabited are generally shut up in the day time, most of them being glazed, thus preventing a free circulation of air; and in the lower story of most of the houses, the walls are covered some feet from[Vol II Pg xii] the ground with a greenish coat, and on entering the apartments a stranger experiences a kind of chilly feel, and a damp raw kind of smell. Although it cannot be enumerated among the causes, yet I cannot help thinking the Dutch mode of medical practice, in as far as it is inefficient to counteract the diseases of this climate, must tend to increase the number of fatal terminations.
"As a third factor, we should consider the condition of the houses and the way the Dutch live. Unoccupied houses are rarely opened, leading to the accumulation of dirt and unpleasant, damp, harmful vapors. Those that are lived in are usually closed during the day, most having windows that prevent air from circulating freely; and in the lower levels of many houses, the walls are covered several feet up from the ground with a greenish coating. When entering these spaces, a visitor often feels a chill and notices a damp, musty smell. While it may not be one of the main causes, I can't help but think that the Dutch approach to medical practices, in its failure to effectively address the ailments of this climate, likely contributes to the higher rates of fatal outcomes."
"The Dutch practitioners, little in the habit of theorizing, continue the same practice in every form of disease, and they are particularly prejudiced against the use of mercury, opium, and other powerful medicines, in consequence relying solely on the most simple and inert remedies. Some few of them, of more enlarged understanding, adopt the English mode, and seem sensible of its superior efficacy.
"The Dutch practitioners, not really used to theorizing, keep using the same approach for every kind of disease, and they're especially biased against using mercury, opium, and other strong medications, so they rely entirely on the simplest and least active treatments. A few of them, who have a broader perspective, adopt the English method and recognize its greater effectiveness."
"A fourth, and, I am convinced, a very general cause, especially of the diarrhœas and dysenteries, which seldom fail to attack new comers, is the water. This most essential article is taken either from the canals or wells, and it is equally bad when passed through a filtering stone. It retains a brackish, hard, unpleasant taste, and if allowed to remain some time in vessels without previous boiling, generates small animalculæ. Such, I conceive, are the most probable and principal causes of the insalubrity of Batavia; though there are, I doubt not, others contributing, which elude observation. It is generally received, though I think an erroneous opinion, that the rainy season is the most unhealthy. The most unhealthy appears to me to be that immediately after the cessation of the rains; and the older and more experienced Dutch residents have observed, that in years when there has been a long continued drought, disease has been more than usually prevalent, and they look forward with anxiety for the accession of the rains, as the means of resisting its baneful dissemination.
A fourth, and I believe very common, cause of the diarrhea and dysentery that often affects newcomers is the water. This essential resource comes from either the canals or wells, and it’s not any better after being filtered. It has a brackish, hard, and unpleasant taste, and if it sits in containers without boiling for a while, it breeds tiny organisms. I think these are likely the main causes of Batavia’s unhealthy conditions; though I’m sure there are other contributing factors that are hard to notice. It’s a common but, in my opinion, mistaken belief that the rainy season is the unhealthiest. To me, the most unhealthy period seems to be right after the rains stop. The older and more experienced Dutch residents have noted that in years of prolonged drought, illnesses tend to be more widespread, and they anxiously anticipate the arrival of the rains to help combat this harmful spread.
"Weltevreden, at a distance of not more than three miles, being less exposed to these causes, excepting the water, is exempt, in a great measure, from its prevailing endemic fever; though diarrhœas are common, especially among those newly arriving, but they are seldom of a serious or alarming nature.
"Weltevreden, just about three miles away, is less affected by these issues, aside from the water, and largely avoids the widespread endemic fever; however, diarrhea is common, especially among newcomers, but it's usually not serious or alarming."
"Among the troops stationed at Weltevreden and Cornelis, diseases are not more frequent than in the healthiest parts of India which I have visited; though for some months since the Báli expedition, the casualties in the 78th regiment have been numerous. At Chemangis, about twenty-two miles from Batavia inland, a battalion of Sepoys is stationed, where, from the returns I have received, it appears they enjoy comparatively good health, and have very few casualties, though a much larger quantity of rain falls than in the vicinity of Weltevreden. It is on an elevated commanding situation, and open and clear of jungle for a considerable extent around."
"Among the troops stationed at Weltevreden and Cornelis, illnesses aren't any more common than in the healthiest areas of India that I've visited; however, since the Báli expedition several months ago, the 78th regiment has seen a lot of casualties. At Chemangis, about twenty-two miles inland from Batavia, a battalion of Sepoys is stationed, and according to the reports I've received, they are enjoying relatively good health and have very few casualties, even though it rains much more there than near Weltevreden. It is situated on an elevated area, open and free of jungle for a considerable distance around."
In support of the opinion which has been given of the general salubrity of the climate of Java, the abstract returns of sick, &c. among the troops serving on Java and its dependencies, for the last two years, are annexed, together with a statement of casualties, in His Majesty's 78th regiment, while serving on the continent of India and in Java. [Vol II Pg xiii]
In support of the view that Java has a generally healthy climate, the summary of illness, etc., among the troops stationed in Java and its territories over the past two years is included, along with a report of casualties in His Majesty's 78th regiment while serving on the Indian mainland and in Java. [Vol II Pg xiii]
Months. | No. of Troops. | Remained on the 1st. | Admitted. | Discharged. | Dead. | Remaining last month. | Total | Proportion of Sick. | Proportion of Deaths to Cures. | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Europeans. | Natives. | Fever. | Dysentery. | Other Diseases. | Total. | Fever. | Flux. | Hepatitis. | Rheumatism. | Syphilis and Gonorrhea. | Ulcers. | Other Diseases. | Europeans. | Natives. | ||||||
1813. | ||||||||||||||||||||
Nov. | 2,262 | 5,196 | 938 | 997 | 981 | 5 | 19 | 6 | 30 | 176 | 216 | 10 | 61 | 101 | 195 | 144 | 289 | 635 | 1 to 8 | 1 to 32.70 |
Dec. | 2,399 | 4,962 | 963 | 908 | 974 | 3 | 37 | 14 | 54 | 150 | 205 | 9 | 73 | 95 | 149 | 164 | 266 | 577 | 1 to 9.90 | 1 to 18 |
1814. | ||||||||||||||||||||
Jan. | 2,089 | 5,536 | 955 | 852 | 895 | 1 | 24 | 11 | 36 | 144 | 196 | 11 | 79 | 99 | 170 | 177 | 232 | 644 | 1 to 8.70 | 1 to 24.86 |
Feb. | 1,233 | 4,865 | 677 | 474 | 477 | 3 | 14 | 6 | 23 | 99 | 144 | 2 | 63 | 84 | 113 | 146 | 141 | 510 | 1 to 9.33 | 1 to 27.39 |
Mar. | 2,154 | 5,845 | 744 | 733 | 834 | 6 | 19 | 6 | 31 | 146 | 152 | 1 | 69 | 183 | 102 | 116 | 124 | 575 | 1 to 11.52 | 1 to 26.911 |
Apr. | 1,818 | 4,962 | 620 | 662 | 620 | 5 | 18 | 5 | 28 | 149 | 131 | 5 | 51 | 80 | 80 | 144 | 177 | 457 | 1 to 10.67 | 1 to 22.14 |
May | 1,781 | 6,509 | 848 | 876 | 805 | 8 | 35 | 4 | 47 | 169 | 201 | 7 | 87 | 107 | 131 | 160 | 195 | 667 | 1 to 9.61 | 1 to 17.12 |
June | 1,677 | 5,790 | 763 | 934 | 820 | 11 | 30 | 13 | 54 | 168 | 182 | 12 | 80 | 103 | 127 | 151 | 216 | 607 | 1 to 9 | 1 to 15.18 |
July | 1,663 | 5,560 | 839 | 1,082 | 880 | 7 | 30 | 10 | 47 | 304 | 199 | 15 | 103 | 117 | 104 | 150 | 230 | 764 | 1 to 7.28 | 1 to 18.72 |
Aug. | 1,569 | 5,735 | 947 | 945 | 772 | 21 | 17 | 4 | 42 | 440 | 189 | 11 | 89 | 117 | 111 | 121 | 263 | 815 | 1 to 6.77 | 1 to 18.38 |
Sept. | 2,309 | 5,863 | 1,157 | 915 | 916 | 31 | 38 | 8 | 77 | 395 | 172 | 15 | 107 | 135 | 97 | 159 | 355 | 725 | 1 to 7.55 | 1 to 11.89 |
Oct. | 2,306 | 5,562 | 1,079 | 876 | 1,018 | 9 | 24 | 12 | 45 | 241 | 176 | 9 | 106 | 122 | 91 | 142 | 278 | 609 | 1 to 8.87 | 1 to 22.62 |
Average of the Strength of Corps and Detachments. | Average of Sick. | Average of Cures. | Average of Deaths. | Average Proportion of Sick to Well. | Average Proportion of Deaths to Cures. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
7,470 | 862 | 832 | 42 | 1 to 8.66 | 1 to 99.80 |
Deaths during the Year. | Fevers. | Flux. | Other Diseases. | Total. |
---|---|---|---|---|
514 | 110 | 305 | 99 | 514 |
Monthly Average | 9⅙ | 255⁄12 | 8¼ | 4210⁄12 |
Months. | No. of Troops. | Remained on the 1st. | Admitted. | Discharged. | Dead. | Remaining last month. | Total | Proportion of Sick. | Proportion of Deaths to Cures. | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Europeans. | Natives. | Fever. | Dysentery. | Other Diseases. | Total. | Fever. | Flux. | Hepatitis. | Rheumatism. | Syphilis and Gonorrhea. | Ulcers. | Other Diseases. | Europeans. | Natives. | ||||||
1814. | ||||||||||||||||||||
Nov. | 2,272 | 6,283 | 906 | 820 | 784 | 11 | 21 | 7 | 39 | 211 | 154 | 5 | 104 | 132 | 112 | 185 | 229 | 674 | 1 to 9.47 | 1 to 20⅒ |
Dec. | 2,325 | 6,268 | 890 | 797 | 815 | 13 | 22 | 11 | 46 | 211 | 132 | 10 | 84 | 123 | 116 | 150 | 229 | 597 | 1 to 104⁄10 | 1 to 17 |
1815. | ||||||||||||||||||||
Jan. | 2,106 | 6,233 | 842 | 693 | 776 | 6 | 18 | 8 | 32 | 157 | 119 | 18 | 88 | 105 | 118 | 127 | 188 | 539 | 1 to 11.47 | 1 to 24¼ |
Feb. | 2,211 | 5,962 | 714 | 601 | 601 | 6 | 7 | 4 | 17 | 141 | 106 | 8 | 102 | 87 | 117 | 124 | 195 | 502 | 1 to 11.72 | 1 to 35.35 |
Mar. | 2,172 | 5,700 | 595 | 642 | 600 | 1 | 10 | 5 | 16 | 184 | 96 | 6 | 79 | 68 | 90 | 98 | 173 | 448 | 1 to 12.67 | 1 to 37½ |
Apr. | 2,050 | 5,481 | 623 | 706 | 648 | 5 | 10 | 4 | 19 | 182 | 122 | 5 | 81 | 79 | 101 | 92 | 178 | 484 | 1 to 11.37 | 1 to 34⅒ |
May | 2,082 | 5,983 | 658 | 723 | 677 | 4 | 6 | 4 | 14 | 158 | 122 | 8 | 77 | 109 | 111 | 108 | 220 | 470 | 1 to 11.68 | 1 to 48.35 |
June | 2,002 | 5,862 | 691 | 682 | 663 | 4 | 12 | 5 | 21 | 204 | 107 | 5 | 81 | 110 | 95 | 103 | 200 | 495 | 1 to 11.31 | 1 to 31.57 |
July | 1,442 | 5,227 | 609 | 540 | 551 | 4 | 6 | 3 | 13 | 177 | 109 | 4 | 64 | 72 | 83 | 76 | 149 | 436 | 1 to 114⁄10 | 1 to 42.38 |
Aug. | 1,339 | 4,836 | 584 | 545 | 554 | 5 | 5 | 4 | 14 | 139 | 102 | 3 | 64 | 74 | 82 | 97 | 152 | 409 | 1 to 111⁄140 | 1 to 39.57 |
Sept. | 1,324 | 4,595 | 497 | 444 | 467 | 2 | 1 | 5 | 8 | 101 | 91 | 4 | 49 | 60 | 73 | 88 | 123 | 343 | 1 to 127⁄10 | 1 to 58.37 |
Oct. | 1,326 | 4,770 | 420 | 384 | 387 | 2 | 6 | 5 | 13 | 88 | 58 | 4 | 59 | 64 | 88 | 63 | 77 | 327 | 1 to 1511⁄30 | 1 to 29.76 |
Nov. | 821 | 4,404 | 443 | 407 | 392 | 1 | 6 | 5 | 12 | 101 | 78 | 4 | 53 | 70 | 72 | 68 | 42 | 404 | 1 to 11½ | 1 to 32⅔ |
Dec. | 772 | 3,170 | 344 | 388 | 343 | 2 | 5 | 3 | 10 | 83 | 79 | 4 | 36 | 48 | 59 | 70 | 61 | 318 | 1 to 10⅖ | 1 to 34⅓ |
N.B.—The monthly returns from Maccassar for November and December, and of the 5th Volunteer Battalion Javan Corps, and of a Detachment of H.M. 78th for December, had not been received when this table was framed. |
Average of the Strength of Corps and Detachments. | Average of Sick. | Average of Cures. | Average of Deaths. | Average Proportion of Sick to Well. | Average Proportion of Deaths to Cures. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
7,487 | 699 | 626 | 21 | 1 to 11.17 | 1 to 29.18 |
Head Quarters of the Regiment and Dates. | Effective Strength on the under-mentioned Dates. | Casualties. | Total dead, killed, &c. &c. | PERIODS. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Serjts. | Drs. | R & F. | Dead, including those that died of wounds, &c. | Killed in Action. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fort William, 16 Feb. 1797[283] | 53 | 25 | 1,146 | — | — | 115 | 16 Feb. 1797, to 24 Dec. 1797. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Berhampore, 25 June | 52 | 22 | 1,085 | 25 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On the River, 25 Dec. | 52 | 22 | 993 | 90 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allahabad, 25 June, 1798 | 52 | 22 | 952 | 45 | — | 79 | 25 Dec. 1797, to 24 Dec. 1798. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Camp Onoopsher, 25 Dec. | 52 | 22 | 930 | 34 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cawnpore, 25 June, 1792. | 52 | 22 | 913 | 27 | — | 58 | 25 Dec. 1798, to 24 Dec. 1799. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 52 | 22 | 888 | 31 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1800 | 52 | 22 | 869 | 19 | — | 53 | 25 Dec. 1799, to 24 Dec. 1800. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fort William, 25 Dec. | 52 | 22 | 890 | 34 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1801 | 52 | 22 | 857 | 30 | — | 45 | 25 Dec. 1800, to 24 Dec. 1801. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 52 | 22 | 897 | 15 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1802 | 52 | 22 | 884 | 12 | — | 78 | 25 Dec. 1801, to 24 Dec. 1802. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 52 | 22 | 865 | 66 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Camp Rooey, 25 June, 1803 | 52 | 22 | 837 | 30 | — | 166 | 25 Dec. 1802, to 24 Dec. 1803. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---- Cuttah, 25 Dec. | 62 | 22 | 709 | 89 | 47 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---- Chiohoora, 25 June, 1804 | 52 | 22 | 657 | 61 | — | 145 | 25 Dec. 1803, to 24 Dec. 1804. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Old Women's Island, Bombay, 25 Dec. | 53 | 22 | 683 | 84 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1805 | 54 | 22 | 636 | 50 | — | 80 | 25 Dec. 1804, to 24 Dec. 1805. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Camp at Bombay, 25 Dec. | 54 | 22 | 604 | 30 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1806 | 54 | 22 | 683 | 14 | — | 38 | 25 Dec. 1805, to 24 Dec. 1806. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Butcher's Island, near Bombay, 25 Dec. | 54 | 22 | 668 | 24 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cabo Island of Goa, 25 June, 1807 | 54 | 22 | 686 | 17 | — | 24 | 25 Dec. 1806, to 24 Dec. 1807. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 54 | 22 | 520 | 7 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1808 | 56 | 22 | 706 | 9 | — | 34 | 25 Dec. 1807, to 24 Dec. 1808. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 57 | 22 | 809 | 25 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1809 | 57 | 22 | 772 | 22 | — | 54 | 25 Dec. 1808, to 24 Dec. 1809. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 57 | 22 | 740 | 32 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1810 | 55 | 22 | 989 | 22 | — | 43 | 25 Dec. 1809, to 24 Dec. 1810. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 54 | 22 | 991 | 21 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lowjee Family Transport, 25 June, 1811 | 64 | 22 | 965 | 18 | — | 212 | 25 Dec. 1810, to 24 Dec. 1811. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Surabaya, Java, 25 Dec. | 62 | 22 | 770 | 166 | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1812 | 59 | 22 | 674 | 101 | — | 200 | 25 Dec. 1811, to 24 Dec. 1812. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 54 | 21 | 684 | 93 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1813 | 54 | 20 | 625 | 59 | — | 81 | 25 Dec. 1812, to 24 Dec. 1813. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ung'arang, 25 Dec. | 53 | 21 | 625 | 22 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weltevreeden, Java, 25 June, 1814 | 54 | 21 | 597 | 28 | — | 80 | 25 Dec. 1813, to 24 Dec. 1814. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 Dec. | 52 | 20 | 623 | 52 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ditto, 25 June, 1815 | 45 | 20 | 583 | 20 | — | 33 | 25 Dec. 1814, to 24 Dec. 1815. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Serondol, 25 Dec. | 45 | 21 | 568 | 13 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,537 | 81 | 1,618 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Note by N. Currie, Esq. Surgeon of His Majesty's 78th Regiment, on the foregoing Table.
Note by N. Currie, Esq. Surgeon of His Majesty's 78th Regiment, on the foregoing Table.
When the 78th regiment first arrived at Java, the men had been long confined on board ship, living on salt provisions, and were afterwards exposed, not only to the fatigues and privations incident to actual warfare, but also to the inclemency of the weather in a tropical climate. All these causes produced a tendency to disease, and when the regiment arrived at Surabáya the quarters were bad; and being in the middle of the town, free access could at all times be had to spirituous liquors. The number of diseases and of casualties was consequently great; but it diminished gradually, as the men were successively accommodated with good barracks at De Noyo. The whole were comfortably lodged in plastered barracks in March or April, 1813, and in May and the following month a very sensible reduction of deaths took place, as may be seen by the abstracts of those months. During the preceding months of January, February, March, and April, the deaths were numerous, but the greater proportion was among the men of a detachment of about two hundred men that joined in January, and continued to be very sickly during those four months. Almost all the men of this detachment had, when attacked, violent diseases.
When the 78th regiment first arrived in Java, the soldiers had been stuck on the ship for a long time, living on preserved food. They then faced not only the challenges and hardships of actual combat but also the harsh weather of a tropical climate. All these factors led to a rise in illness, and when the regiment reached Surabáya, the living conditions were poor. Being located in the middle of the town, there was easy access to alcohol at all times. As a result, the number of illnesses and casualties was significant; however, it gradually decreased as the men were moved into better barracks at De Noyo. By March or April 1813, everyone was comfortably settled in plastered barracks, and in May and the following month, a noticeable drop in deaths occurred, as shown in the summaries of those months. In the earlier months of January, February, March, and April, deaths were high, but most of them were among a detachment of about two hundred men who joined in January and remained very ill during those four months. Nearly all the men in this detachment suffered from severe illnesses when they fell ill.
A very remarkable instance of the bad effects of exposure to night air while asleep, occurred when part of the regiment was sent, in September, 1814, from Weltevreeden to Chemangis, where the barracks were built of wattled bamboos, and the men lying with their heads to the walls, received the current of air directly in their heads. Fifty were seized with a highly inflammatory fever in the course of three days. Delirium was always the first symptom in every case, and it was necessary to bleed several of them largely before they could be sent to the hospital. By referring to the returns it will be seen that almost every increase of sickness happened after a change of quarters, as in the detachment above-mentioned, and after the removal of the regiment from Surabáya to Ung'arang and Sirondol in October, 1813, after the expedition to Bali at Weltevreeden in June, 1814, and to Chemangis in September 1814. An increase of sickness always took place after the use of spirituous liquors on particular holidays, as Christmas, &c.; and on the contrary, the good effects of not exposing the men to morning dews or wet, and of regularity in diet, may be seen in the healthiness of the regiment after the men got settled in good barracks at Surabáya and Weltevreeden.
A striking example of the negative effects of sleeping outdoors in night air occurred when part of the regiment was sent, in September 1814, from Weltevreeden to Chemangis, where the barracks were made of woven bamboo, and the men slept with their heads against the walls, directly in the path of the air flow. Fifty men developed a severe inflammatory fever within three days. Delirium was always the first symptom in every case, and it was necessary to draw significant blood from several of them before they could be taken to the hospital. According to the reports, nearly every surge in sickness followed a relocation, as seen in the mentioned detachment, and after the regiment moved from Surabáya to Ung'arang and Sirondol in October 1813, following the campaign to Bali at Weltevreeden in June 1814, and to Chemangis in September 1814. There was always an increase in sickness after drinking alcohol during certain holidays, like Christmas, etc.; conversely, the positive effects of shielding the men from morning dew or wetness and maintaining a regular diet can be seen in the health of the regiment after they settled into proper barracks at Surabáya and Weltevreeden.
Java need no longer be held up as the grave of Europeans, for except in the immediate neighbourhood of salt marshes and forests, as in the city of Batavia, and two or three other places on the north coast, it may be safely affirmed that no tropical climate is superior to it in salubrity. By its insular situation, the temperature of the atmosphere is low and equable, and from its lofty mountains it possesses this great advantage, that in a few hours' travelling a climate of any degree of cold may be found.
Java no longer has to be seen as a dangerous place for Europeans. Aside from areas near salt marshes and forests, like in the city of Batavia and a few other spots on the north coast, it can be confidently stated that no tropical climate is healthier than Java's. Due to its island location, the air temperature is mild and stable, and because of its high mountains, it has the benefit that after just a few hours of travel, you can find a colder climate.
FOOTNOTES:
[280] It appears, that subsequent to this year, no general list was kept, a list only of the number of children christened in the reformed churches being found among the registers.
[280] It seems that after this year, no overall list was maintained; only a record of the number of children baptized in the reformed churches is found among the registers.
[282] Mr. Robertson's observation and experience led him to give it a greater latitude, from eight or nine in the morning till twelve, and from three to six in the afternoon.
[282] Mr. Robertson's observations and experiences led him to extend it to a broader timeframe, from eight or nine in the morning until noon, and from three to six in the afternoon.
[283] Five days after our arrival in India. [Vol II Pg xvii]
[283] Five days after we got to India. [Vol II Pg xvii]
APPENDIX B.
JAPAN TRADE.
The empire of Japan has, for a long period, adopted and carried with effect all the exclusive maxims of Chinese policy, with a degree of rigour unknown even in China itself. Previously to the expulsion of the Portuguese and the extirpation of Christianity in the latter part of the seventeenth century, the Japanese trade was reckoned by far the most advantageous which could be pursued in the East, and very much superior to either the Indian or Chinese trade. After the expulsion of the Portuguese, a very extensive trade was for some permitted to be carried on by the Dutch, on account of the benefits which the Japanese imagined themselves to have received from that nation during the Portuguese war, and especially the detection of a formidable conspiracy of some of the Japanese princes to dethrone the emperor, the correspondence relative to which was intercepted at sea. It was for these services that the Dutch originally procured the imperial edict, by which they were permitted to trade to Japan, to the exclusion of all other European nations. This public act of their ancestors, the Japanese have repeatedly declared that they will not cancel; but they have done every thing but formally cancel it, for a more limited and less free trade never was carried on by one rich nation with another.[284] For more than half a century, the Dutch trade has been limited to two yearly ships from Batavia, the cargoes of both of which scarcely ever exceeded the value of 300,000 dollars, and their only profitable returns are Japan copper, and a small quantity of camphor. To shew themselves impartial in their restrictions, the Japanese have limited the traffic of the Chinese, the only eastern nation whom they suffer to trade with them at all, in a similar manner to that of the Dutch, and they suffer no more than ten Chinese junks to visit Nangasaki in the year. The trade of those two favoured nations is also limited to the port of Nangasaki.
The Japanese empire has long adopted and strictly enforced all the exclusive principles of Chinese policy, even more rigorously than in China itself. Before the expulsion of the Portuguese and the eradication of Christianity in the late seventeenth century, Japanese trade was considered by far the most beneficial in the East, much more so than either the Indian or Chinese trade. After the Portuguese were expelled, the Dutch were allowed to carry on a significant trade due to the perceived benefits the Japanese received from them during the Portuguese war, especially following the uncovering of a serious conspiracy involving some Japanese princes to overthrow the emperor, which was intercepted at sea. For these services, the Dutch initially obtained the imperial edict allowing them to trade in Japan, excluding all other European nations. The Japanese have repeatedly declared they will not revoke this public act from their ancestors; however, they have done everything but formally cancel it, as a more limited and less free trade has never existed between two wealthy nations. For over half a century, Dutch trade has been restricted to two annual ships from Batavia, with cargoes that rarely exceeded the value of 300,000 dollars, and their only profitable returns are Japanese copper and a small amount of camphor. To demonstrate impartiality in their restrictions, the Japanese have also limited Chinese trade—the only eastern nation they allow to trade with them—in a similar manner to the Dutch, allowing no more than ten Chinese junks to visit Nangasaki each year. The trade of these two favored nations is also restricted to the port of Nangasaki.
In pursuance of their exclusive maxims, and conformably to the terms of their agreement with the Dutch, the Japanese have, on every occasion, followed an uniform line of conduct, and rejected, in the most peremptory manner, the various overtures of different nations of Europe, refusing equally to have any intercourse, negociation or commerce, with any of them. It must also be admitted, that the whole foreign trade of Japan, compared with the riches of the country, is absolutely trifling; nor is there any rich or powerful body of them, like the Hong merchants of China, at all interested in its continuance. The yearly presents, whether offered to the governor of Nangasaki or the emperor, are of no great value, and rigidly limited by law and usage; and as the government of Japan is much stronger and more vigilant than that of China, no such abuses can be ventured on at Nangasaki as those which exist at Canton.
In line with their strict principles and as per their agreement with the Dutch, the Japanese have consistently maintained a uniform approach and have decisively turned down various proposals from different European nations, refusing to engage in any communication, negotiations, or trade with them. It's also worth noting that Japan’s entire foreign trade, compared to the country's wealth, is insignificant; there's no wealthy or influential group like the Hong merchants of China that has a stake in its continuation. The annual gifts, whether presented to the governor of Nangasaki or the emperor, hold little value and are strictly regulated by law and tradition. Additionally, since the Japanese government is much stronger and more watchful than China's, no similar abuses can occur in Nangasaki as those that take place in Canton.
The commercial intercourse of the Dutch at Japan was established by an imperial edict in their favour from the emperor Gonging Soma, in the year 1611. [Vol II Pg xviii]
The Dutch trade in Japan was set up by an imperial decree from Emperor Gonging Soma in 1611. [Vol II Pg xviii]
The first Dutch factory was established at Firando, but in the year 1641 it was removed to Nangasaki. The number of the Dutch ships, and the kind of merchandize which they imported, were then left entirely to the discretion of the parties; the merchandize was disposed of to the best advantage, and the returns consisted of such articles as were expected to yield the greatest profit. They were subject only to the municipal regulations of the country, without any further restraint or incumbrance whatever. The trade remained in this state till the year 1671. In the Dutch records of this period, the only complaints made against Japanese authority relate to restrictions laid upon them in matters of religion.
The first Dutch factory was set up in Firando, but in 1641, it moved to Nagasaki. The number of Dutch ships and the types of goods they imported were left entirely up to the parties involved; the goods were sold for the best price, and the returns consisted of items expected to bring the highest profit. They only had to follow the local regulations without any other restrictions or burdens. This trade situation lasted until 1671. In the Dutch records from this time, the only complaints about Japanese authority are related to restrictions on religious practices.
In the beginning the returns from Japan consisted of silver and copper; and the former being coined, was received according to the current value in that country, where the coins and weights went by the same name as in China, viz. katis, tahils, mas, and kandarins. Ten mas were worth a tahil, sixteen tahil a kati, and one hundred kati weighed one hundred and twenty, or one hundred and twenty-one, pounds Dutch, equal to a mark.
In the beginning, the returns from Japan were silver and copper; the silver was minted into coins and had a value based on the current rates in that country, where the coins and weights shared the same names as in China: katis, tahils, mas, and kandarins. Ten mas equaled a tahil, sixteen tahils made a kati, and one hundred kati weighed one hundred and twenty, or one hundred and twenty-one, pounds Dutch, which is equal to a mark.
There were two sorts of silver, of which the fine was called zoma, and coarser bar-silver, generally distinguished by the Dutch under the terms of heavy and light money. This was at first carried to account at the rate of sixty-two stivers and a half per tahil, no difference being made in the books of that time between the two kinds; but in the year 1635, the common or bar-silver, was fixed at fifty-seven stivers the tahil. Both kinds, according to this regulation, were considered by the Dutch as calculated too high for an article of merchandize, and consequently were not much in demand in the western parts of India, to which it was at first sent by the Company.
There were two types of silver: the fine kind called zoma and the coarser bar-silver, usually referred to by the Dutch as heavy and light money. Initially, the accounting rate was sixty-two and a half stivers per tahil, with no distinction made in the records of that time between the two types; however, in 1635, the common or bar-silver was set at fifty-seven stivers per tahil. According to this regulation, both types were viewed by the Dutch as priced too high for a trade item, which is why they weren’t very popular in the western parts of India, where it was initially shipped by the Company.
The attention of the Dutch being, however, afterwards attracted to the trade in gold from Japan, orders were issued to the factors in the year 1640, requiring gold as a return, to the amount of from ten to twelve hundred thousand florins. These orders were executed with the best success; and a wish seems, on this occasion, to have been expressed by the factory, that Japan might, as formerly, be permitted to supply from one hundred to one hundred and fifty chests of gold kobangs, ubangs, and zebos. Gold and silver were, at this time, the principal articles in the returns from Japan. Their copper was not much in demand, probably because it was so little known in India or Europe; yet the directors, in their requisition for the year 1655, state the price of Japan copper having risen from thirty-six to forty-six florins per hundred pounds weight, and an order having been sent to Japan for twenty thousand pikuls of that metal, the same rendered great profit.
The Dutch later became interested in gold trade from Japan, leading them to issue orders to their agents in 1640, requiring gold in return worth between ten to twelve hundred thousand florins. These orders were fulfilled successfully, and the factory expressed a desire for Japan to supply, as it had in the past, one hundred to one hundred and fifty chests of gold kobangs, ubangs, and zebos. At that time, gold and silver were the main items returned from Japan. Their copper wasn’t in much demand, likely because it was relatively unknown in India or Europe. However, the directors mentioned in their request for 1655 that the price of Japanese copper had increased from thirty-six to forty-six florins per hundred pounds. An order was then sent to Japan for twenty thousand pikuls of that metal, which proved to be very profitable.
In 1644, requisitions were made from Surat for two thousand pikuls, from Coromandel for one thousand pikuls, and from Batavia for four thousand pikuls of copper; and in reply it is stated, that it would not be difficult to furnish the quantity required; that the Japan copper consisted of both sheet and bar copper, of which the former was purchased at twenty tahils the pikul, or twelve stivers (inferior silver) per pound, being twenty per cent. cheaper than European copper.
In 1644, requests were made from Surat for two thousand pikuls, from Coromandel for one thousand pikuls, and from Batavia for four thousand pikuls of copper. In response, it was stated that it wouldn't be difficult to provide the required amount; that the copper from Japan consisted of both sheet and bar copper, with the sheet copper being purchased at twenty tahils per pikul, or twelve stivers (lower-quality silver) per pound, which was twenty percent cheaper than European copper.
The gold, after being coined, was found a very profitable article, being[Vol II Pg xix] purchased at a favourable rate. In the beginning the kobang was purchased for six tahil eight mas, and for six tahil seven mas; and, as appears from the books of 1669, 1670, and 1671, was within those years even purchased as low as five tahils six mas, and five tahils eight mas, from the great men of the country, or from merchants, according to circumstances. During two of these years, more than one hundred thousand kobangs were obtained, which rendered a profit of one million of florins.
The gold, once minted, proved to be a very profitable item, being[Vol II Pg xix] bought at a good price. Initially, the kobang was purchased for six tahil eight mas, and for six tahil seven mas; and, as records from 1669, 1670, and 1671 show, during those years it was even bought for as low as five tahils six mas, and five tahils eight mas, from the influential people of the country or from merchants, depending on the situation. During two of those years, over one hundred thousand kobangs were acquired, which generated a profit of one million florins.
In 1671, an edict was issued by the Japanese government, prohibiting the further exportation of silver; but the profit on the gold being so considerable, the restriction on the exportation of silver was a matter of indifference to the Dutch, who still were enabled to obtain their returns in the more profitable articles of gold and copper.
In 1671, the Japanese government issued an edict that banned the export of silver. However, since the profit from gold was so significant, the restriction on silver exports didn't bother the Dutch, who continued to receive their returns in the more lucrative gold and copper.
The exchange of the kobang was now fixed by the Japanese government at sixty-eight mas; and the free and unrestricted trade which the Dutch had hitherto enjoyed, was subjected to an arbitrary valuation of the import cargoes, and limited first with respect to the articles of merchandize, and afterwards with respect to its extent.
The Japanese government has now set the exchange rate for the kobang at sixty-eight mas; and the free and unrestricted trade that the Dutch previously enjoyed is now subject to a random valuation of the imported goods and is limited first by the types of merchandise and then by the amount.
The loss of the island of Formosa in 1661, is supposed to have given the first shock to the credit of the Dutch at Japan. Not long after that event they experienced many instances of opposition, and several prejudicial alterations in the trade.
The loss of the island of Formosa in 1661 is believed to have been the first blow to the Dutch's reputation in Japan. Shortly after that event, they faced numerous instances of resistance and several damaging changes in trade.
"They (the Japanese) were consequently," observes Mr. Imhoff, in his Memoir on the Japan Trade, "no longer under any apprehension of being annoyed by us, while, if we had remained in possession of Formosa, we were and might have continued masters of the navigation and trade between China and Japan. In that opinion I am still further confirmed, when I consider, in the first instance, that the prejudicial change with respect to our situation at Japan, although it took place only several years after the loss of Formosa, had been already in agitation some time before; and, secondly, that notwithstanding the confidence of the Japanese in their own superiority, which they always evinced, that arrogance did not conceal altogether a certain fear of us, very evident from their great precautions. This fear has, however, since decreased, and if we may trust to the records, has frequently been succeeded by brutality.[285] It is an undeniable truth, that if a nation renders itself respected and formidable it will flourish, and that otherwise it is but little esteemed."
"They (the Japanese) were no longer worried about being bothered by us," notes Mr. Imhoff in his Memoir on the Japan Trade. "If we had kept control of Formosa, we would have continued to dominate the navigation and trade between China and Japan. I believe this even more strongly when I consider, first, that the significant change in our situation in Japan, although it happened only a few years after losing Formosa, had been brewing for some time before that; and second, that despite the confidence the Japanese had in their own superiority, which they always showed, that arrogance didn’t completely hide a certain fear of us, evident from the precautions they took. However, this fear has decreased over time, and if we can believe the records, has often been replaced by brutality.[285] It's a clear fact that if a nation earns respect and becomes formidable, it will thrive; otherwise, it will hardly be valued."
The decline of the trade seems not at first to have been much attended to. "Whether the Japanese," says the same writer, "at that period obtained advice of the advantages we derived from the trade, or that the bad conduct of our servants gave occasion to further restrictions which succeeded each other, we do not know, yet it is undeniable, that first in the year 1685 our trade was limited to three hundred thousand tahils, of which two-thirds were to consist of piece goods and weighable[Vol II Pg xx] articles, and the other third of silks. This was confirmed in 1689, and we were allowed to export only twenty-five thousand pikuls of copper, whereas our exports of that article formerly had been regulated according to our requisition. In the year 1700, the number of our ships was limited to four or five, in lieu of six or seven as were formerly sent, according to circumstances."
The decline of trade didn't seem to get much attention at first. "Whether the Japanese," says the same writer, "at that time learned about the benefits we gained from the trade, or if the poor behavior of our workers led to more restrictions that followed one after another, we don't know, but it's clear that starting in 1685, our trade was capped at three hundred thousand tahils, with two-thirds being piece goods and other weighable[Vol II Pg xx] items, and the remaining third being silks. This was confirmed in 1689, and we were allowed to export only twenty-five thousand pikuls of copper, while our previous exports of that item had been based on our requests. By 1700, the number of our ships was restricted to four or five instead of the six or seven that had been sent before, depending on the situation."
The profits of the trade at this period would yet have deserved attention had not a change in the current coin rendered the year 1700 still more disadvantageous. In 1692 and 1693 and afterwards, rich cargoes were sent to Japan which returned considerable profits, and the funds were again laid out in copper, as far as thirty thousand chests or pikuls. The new stipulation of twenty-five thousand chests was of little importance with the Dutch, who knew how, as they confess, to obtain by bribes from the governors and their servants a still further quantity. In the year 1685, the system of receiving the Dutch merchandize by valuation was discontinued; and although it was introduced again in the year 1698, it was once more abolished in the following year.
The profits from trade during this time would have been noteworthy if a change in currency hadn’t made the year 1700 even more challenging. In 1692 and 1693, and later, valuable shipments were sent to Japan that brought back significant profits, and the funds were reinvested in copper, totaling up to thirty thousand chests or pikuls. The new requirement of twenty-five thousand chests didn’t matter much to the Dutch, who admitted they could still get more through bribes from the governors and their staff. In 1685, the practice of evaluating Dutch merchandise was stopped; although it was reinstated in 1698, it was once again abolished the following year.
Various causes are assigned for the change in the current coin which took place about this period; but whether, as was supposed by the Dutch, the knowledge of the Dutch profits upon the kobang opened the eyes of the Japanese, or that their long intercourse with Europeans rendered them more attentive to their own interest, or that the Chinese, who are known to be very expert in the art of coining, proposed that measure to them, or that the easy compliance of the Dutch in all former instances, and while they issued the most injurious orders against their commerce, made them believe that they might purchase their friendship at a cheaper rate than hitherto, or, as seems most probable, it was principally occasioned by other and more weighty causes not yet discovered, it is certain that in the year 1696 appeared, for the first time, a new kind of kobang, of one-third less in value than the old, although tendered to and received by the Dutch at the same rate. Here then was said to commence the iron age.
Various reasons are given for the change in currency that occurred around this time; but whether, as the Dutch believed, the Dutch profits from the kobang opened the eyes of the Japanese, or if their long interactions with Europeans made them more aware of their own interests, or if the Chinese, known for their expertise in coin-making, suggested this change, or if the Dutch’s consistent compliance in previous instances, even while giving harmful orders against their trade, led them to think they could buy Dutch friendship at a lower cost than before, or, as seems most likely, it was mainly due to other, more significant reasons yet to be uncovered, it is clear that in the year 1696, a new type of kobang was introduced for the first time, valued at one-third less than the old one, although it was still offered and accepted by the Dutch at the same rate. This is where it was said that the iron age began.
The new kobang was assayed at thirteen carats six or seven grains, while the old kobang was twenty carats eight and a half, nine, or even ten grains; yet the Dutch were obliged to receive the former at the rate of sixty-eight mas like the old, which weighed thirty-one stivers, and making a difference upon one thousand of seventy-two marks. The old kobang rendered a profit of twenty-five per cent., but the new produced a loss of fifteen or sixteen per cent. on the coast of Coromandel, where it was recoined. Some of the old kobangs being however estimated at the same rate with the new, the Dutch still continued to derive some profits from the gold, until the introduction of a third kind of kobang, denominated the small kobangs, took place.
The new kobang was measured at thirteen carats six or seven grains, while the old kobang was twenty carats eight and a half, nine, or even ten grains; yet the Dutch had to accept the former at the same rate of sixty-eight mas like the old, which weighed thirty-one stivers, resulting in a difference of seventy-two marks over one thousand. The old kobang generated a profit of twenty-five percent, but the new one caused a loss of fifteen or sixteen percent on the coast of Coromandel, where it was recoined. Some of the old kobangs were however valued at the same rate as the new, so the Dutch continued to make some profits from the gold, until the introduction of a third type of kobang, called the small kobangs, occurred.
In 1710 the Japanese resorted to this further change in the coin, by reducing the weight of the kobang nearly one half, the value being twenty-five kanderins, while that of the former was no less than forty-seven kanderins. This caused a loss of from thirty-four to thirty-six per cent., the Dutch being obliged to receive the same at the rate of sixty-eight mas;[Vol II Pg xxi] the former kobangs, of inferior alloy only, were in consequence still preferable. From 1710 to 1720, both sorts were in circulation; but the repeated complaints of the Dutch were at last, in 1720, so far attended to, that the old kobangs, of the same alloy and weight, were again introduced. The latter, however, were called double kobangs, and they were charged in the Dutch accounts at thirteen tahils six mas, which was twice as much as in former times, so that they became still less profitable than the small kobangs, of which two thousand weighed seventy-six marks, while one thousand of the old coin only weighed seventy-two marks, and would consequently, when received in lieu of two small kobangs, have produced a loss of thirty-seven seven-eights per cent.
In 1710, the Japanese made another change to the currency by cutting the weight of the kobang by nearly half, giving it a value of twenty-five kanderins, compared to the previous value of forty-seven kanderins. This resulted in a loss of about thirty-four to thirty-six percent, forcing the Dutch to accept it at a rate of sixty-eight mas;[Vol II Pg xxi] the older kobangs, made of inferior alloy, were still preferred as a result. From 1710 to 1720, both types were in circulation, but the Dutch's repeated complaints finally led to a return of the old kobangs, which were of the same alloy and weight, in 1720. However, these were called double kobangs and were charged in Dutch accounts at thirteen tahils six mas, double what they were charged before, making them even less profitable than the smaller kobangs, where two thousand weighed seventy-six marks, while one thousand of the old coin only weighed seventy-two marks, resulting in a loss of thirty-seven seven-eighths percent when exchanged for two small kobangs.
When an attempt was made, in 1714, to oblige the Dutch to receive the small kobang at the same rate as the old, the exportation of copper was limited to fifteen thousand chests, as was the number of ships to two or three, according to the quantity of copper in store.
When an attempt was made in 1714 to force the Dutch to accept the small kobang at the same rate as the old one, the export of copper was limited to fifteen thousand chests, and the number of ships was restricted to two or three, depending on how much copper was in stock.
A fourth kind of kobang was introduced in 1730, about five per cent. better than the third or small kobang, but the trade continued rapidly to decline until the year 1744.
A fourth type of kobang was introduced in 1730, about five percent better than the third or small kobang, but the trade continued to decline quickly until 1744.
The loss of many valuable ships and cargoes,[286] a reduction in the selling price of the articles of merchandize which they imported, and an increase of charges attending the visits to the Imperial Court, and the maintenance of their establishment in Japan, contributed to render this period particularly disadvantageous to the Dutch trade. Their submissive conduct at the Emperor's Court was of no avail, nor did their presents of horses, dogs, and other curiosities, produce any better effect. There was no longer any possibility of exporting kobangs, as in former times, for the balance of their accounts. The quantity of copper which they were allowed to export annually had been fixed in 1721 at ten thousand chests, yet even that quantity they were unable to obtain in 1743, so that, together with the high exchange of the tahils, their establishment in Japan now actually subjected them to a loss, and it was accordingly proposed at this period that it should be abandoned, unless some favourable change could be effected.
The loss of many valuable ships and cargoes,[286] a drop in the selling price of the goods they imported, and rising costs associated with visits to the Imperial Court and maintaining their presence in Japan made this time especially tough for Dutch trade. Their submissive behavior at the Emperor's Court didn't help, nor did their gifts of horses, dogs, and other curiosities have a better outcome. There was no longer any chance of exporting kobangs like before to balance their accounts. The amount of copper they were allowed to export each year had been set in 1721 at ten thousand chests, but by 1743, they couldn’t even get that much. Combined with the high exchange rate of the tahils, their operations in Japan were now actually causing them to lose money, leading to proposals during this time to abandon it unless some favorable changes could be made.
The charges had considerably increased during the last year. The cargoes were of less value and of an inferior quality, so that their profits were reduced to less than one quarter of what they had been: their expences on account of the Japan trade were at the same time two hundred thousand florins annually. During the last thirty years their profits amounted to five hundred thousand, and for some years to six hundred thousand, but latterly not to two hundred thousand florins per annum.
The costs had gone up significantly over the past year. The shipments were worth less and of lower quality, which brought their profits down to less than a quarter of what they used to be: their expenses for the Japan trade were also two hundred thousand florins each year. Over the last thirty years, their profits had reached five hundred thousand, and for a few years, even six hundred thousand, but recently it hasn't been more than two hundred thousand florins a year.
Thus, to sum up the disasters of this trade, after having been allowed to remain free and unrestrained for a period of sixty years, the cargoes in the year 1672 were subjected to an arbitrary valuation, and about the same time the exchange of the kobang was altered. A tax was laid upon[Vol II Pg xxii] the cargoes in 1685, and further increased in 1689. In 1698 the new kobang was introduced: in 1700 they were limited to four ships annually: in 1710 an exchange still more disadvantageous was fixed: in 1714 their exportation was reduced to fifteen thousand pikuls of copper; in 1717 an order was issued, limiting the trade to two ships only: in 1710 the third, and in 1730 the fourth sort of kobangs were introduced: and in 1743 the Dutch were limited to one ship and to one-half of the cargo.
To summarize the issues caused by this trade, after enjoying freedom for sixty years, the shipments in 1672 were given an arbitrary value, and around the same time, the exchange rate of the kobang was changed. In 1685, a tax was imposed on[Vol II Pg xxii] the shipments, which was further increased in 1689. In 1698, a new kobang was introduced; by 1700, the number of ships allowed per year was limited to four. In 1710, an even less favorable exchange rate was established; in 1714, the amount exported was cut down to fifteen thousand pikuls of copper. In 1717, a decree restricted the trade to just two ships. The third type of kobang was introduced in 1730, and by 1743, the Dutch were allowed only one ship and half the cargo.
The Dutch, in deliberating upon the measure of abandoning the trade, in the year 1744, trace all their disasters in this commerce, to their having tamely submitted, in the first instance, to take the kobang of reduced value at the same rate as the old one. It then occurred to them, that if serious remonstrances had been made in the beginning, their firmness might have prevented the subsequent losses. "In the first instance," says Mr. Imhoff, "our commerce was carried on as by a people groping in the dark, neither knowing the actual price of purchase or sale; because the kobang being the standard coin of the country, that kobang ought to have been calculated in proportion to the value of the tahil, and it would have appeared that since 1710 for forty stivers inferior silver, thirty stivers superior silver were received, and all articles of trade not disposed of with a profit of sixty-three per cent. rendered a loss. And this being the case with most of the cargoes that were sent to Japan after the period above mentioned, we ought either to have relinquished that commerce, or had recourse to such means as might have tended to re-establish the affairs of the Company. Instead, however, of so doing, fruitless remonstrances and solicitations were employed, which finally produced this effect, that the Japanese, during the latter years, granted us, by way of charity, an additional sum of six thousand tahils upon the sale of our cargoes."
The Dutch, while considering the idea of quitting the trade in 1744, linked all their troubles in this business to their initial decision to accept the kobang at a lower value without complaint. They later realized that if they had voiced strong objections at the start, their determination might have prevented the losses that followed. "At first," says Mr. Imhoff, "our trade felt like we were stumbling around in the dark, unaware of the actual buying or selling prices; because the kobang being the standard currency, it should have been evaluated based on the value of the tahil. It became evident that since 1710, for every forty stivers of inferior silver, we received thirty stivers of superior silver, and all trade items that weren’t sold for a profit of sixty-three percent resulted in a loss. Given that most of the shipments sent to Japan after that time faced similar issues, we should either have abandoned that commerce or sought effective ways to restore the Company's affairs. Instead of doing that, we wasted time on pointless complaints and pleas, eventually leading the Japanese, in later years, to grant us an extra six thousand tahils on the sale of our goods out of charity."
From the deliberations which took place at this period, it appears that the proposal then under consideration of relinquishing the trade, was rather intended as a provisional and political measure, to induce the Japanese to admit them to more favourable terms in future, than brought forward with the view of finally abandoning or relinquishing the trade altogether.
From the discussions that happened during this time, it seems that the proposal to give up the trade was more of a temporary and political strategy to persuade the Japanese to agree to better terms in the future, rather than a plan to completely end the trade.
The public opinion of the time was, that the Japanese had recourse to these measures of restriction for no other purpose, but to oblige the Dutch to depart from the country; but it occurred to the Dutch government, that a nation which treated strangers in so despotic a manner, had no need to resort to such shifts to dislodge them. Another opinion was, that the restrictions laid on the trade proceeded from political motives, of which the first and most important was their hatred against all the different persuasions of the Christian religion without exception;[287] but the government were inclined to consider these reasons as deserving of little notice. "There is no probability," observes Mr. Imhoff, "that, in the present enlightened age, it can be a consideration, even with the Japanese, of what persuasion merchants are, who neither attempt to [Vol II Pg xxiii]propagate their religion with a view to promote their interest, nor to endanger the safety of the state, of neither of which they appear ever to have been suspected." The governor-general was further of opinion, that the Japanese could derive no advantage from the expulsion of the Dutch, as they would thus be cut off from all correspondence with Europeans, and thereby become subject to greater inconveniences than at present, being exposed to the visits of others, whose great increase in those regions was not unknown to them; for, as he states, it is notorious that the Japanese government took annual information of all that passed in the world, and that the Dutch servants had orders to answer their queries faithfully, in order that contrary reports might not injure their credit, by which the Japanese were well aware that if the Dutch withdrew, others would soon settle in the country.[288] Instead, therefore, of attributing the conduct of the Japanese to either of these causes, the governor-general laid it entirely to the account of their interested desire to take every possible advantage of the weakness of the Dutch, who, by admitting the first imposition, laid themselves open to all that followed.
The public opinion at the time was that the Japanese used these restrictive measures solely to force the Dutch to leave the country. However, the Dutch government believed that a nation that treated outsiders so harshly didn’t need to resort to such tactics to expel them. Another viewpoint was that the trade restrictions were politically motivated, primarily stemming from their dislike of all Christian denominations without exception; but the government thought these reasons were not worth much attention. "There’s no chance," noted Mr. Imhoff, "that in this enlightened age, it could matter to the Japanese what religious beliefs merchants have, especially when they neither try to spread their religion for personal gain nor pose any threat to state security, of which they’ve never been suspected." The governor-general also believed that the Japanese wouldn’t benefit from expelling the Dutch, as this would cut them off from all communication with Europeans, leading to more inconveniences than they currently faced, especially with the influx of others who were becoming more prevalent in those regions. As he pointed out, it was well known that the Japanese government kept up with global affairs annually, and the Dutch were instructed to answer their questions truthfully to prevent any damaging rumors about their credibility, making it clear to the Japanese that if the Dutch left, others would quickly take their place. Instead of attributing the Japanese's actions to either of these reasons, the governor-general placed the blame entirely on their self-serving desire to exploit the Dutch's vulnerability, since by accepting the initial restrictions, the Dutch exposed themselves to everything that followed.
In his very able and interesting memoir "On the Trade of Japan and the Causes which occasioned its Decline,"—"It is by no means surprizing," says Mr. Imhoff, "that the Japanese, when they altered the kobang, likewise made a change in the delivery of the copper, observing that our exchange remained always the same, and the prices of our merchandize unalterably fixed. We cannot pass unnoticed, that this wrong calculation has been the cause that, on our part, many valuable articles of commerce, which were from time to time tendered to us by the Japanese, were declined. Among those articles was yellow copper or brass, Japan porcelain, of which musters were sent in 1736, and camphor, which we might have exported from thence, if our return cargoes had not been complete. Whether the sovereign right to regulate the trade of their country is not equally vested in the government of Japan with any other nation, I will leave undecided. Seeing us patiently submitting to all kinds of restrictions, inattentive in keeping our accounts in a regular order, they were encouraged to put us to the last shift. I am not inclined to dwell upon our surprising indifference, which was concealed at the same time under the cloak of mystery, from whence so many evil consequences resulted. I am of opinion, that it cannot be either the interest or inclination of the Japanese to oblige us to relinquish all intercourse with their country, provided our trade be carried on within narrow bounds, and they are not losing upon the articles delivered to us in payment for our cargoes. It is not possible that they can have any profit on the copper, if it is sold for less than one kobang. The mines certainly cannot be worked at a cheaper rate than formerly; and what profit do the venders of the copper derive from our merchandize, after it has fallen into the hands of the interpreters to government and others? Nothing is more natural, therefore,[Vol II Pg xxiv] than that our exportation of copper from Japan should have become a burden to that class of people, and that their complaints contributed to the restrictions to which we are now subject. There is no doubt, that if the Japanese could keep up the communication without allowing us a single chest of copper, they would willingly grant us six thousand tahils as a gratification, over and above the stipulated price for our cargo."
In his insightful memoir "On the Trade of Japan and the Causes that Led to Its Decline," Mr. Imhoff states, "It's not surprising that the Japanese changed the kobang when they also changed the way copper was delivered, noting that our exchange rates stayed the same and the prices of our goods remained fixed. We shouldn't overlook the fact that this miscalculation led to us rejecting many valuable commercial items that the Japanese offered us over time. Among these items were yellow copper or brass, Japan porcelain, which samples were sent in 1736, and camphor, which we could have exported if our incoming cargoes hadn't been full. Whether the Japanese government has the same sovereign right to regulate trade in their country as any other nation, I will leave unresolved. Seeing us patiently accepting all kinds of restrictions and not paying attention to keeping our accounts in order encouraged them to push us to our limits. I'm not inclined to dwell on our surprising indifference, which was at the same time hidden under a veil of mystery, leading to many negative outcomes. I believe it's neither in the interest nor the desire of the Japanese to force us to cut off all trade with their country, as long as our dealings stay within narrow limits, and they aren't losing on the items they sell to us for our cargoes. They can't make a profit on the copper if it's sold for less than one kobang. The mines definitely can't be worked at a lower cost than before; and what profit do the sellers of copper get from our goods after they've passed into the hands of government interpreters and others? It’s quite natural, therefore,[Vol II Pg xxiv] that our export of copper from Japan has become a burden for that group of people, and their complaints have contributed to the restrictions we face now. There's no doubt that if the Japanese could maintain communication without allowing us a single chest of copper, they would happily grant us six thousand tahils as a bonus, beyond the agreed price for our cargo."
In considering the reforms to be introduced into the management of the trade in future, the first point which attracted attention was a better calculation of the coin, with reference to the intrinsic value, and a calculation being made upon a new basis, allowed a higher price to be paid for the copper than before. It was estimated, that if the Dutch could annually procure twenty thousand pikuls of copper at twenty tahils, the Japan trade would still be lucrative, allowing the profits on the outward-bound cargoes to be merely sufficient for the support of the factory.
In looking at the reforms to be made in future trade management, the first thing that caught attention was improving the calculation of coins based on their intrinsic value. A new calculation method would allow a higher price to be paid for copper than before. It was estimated that if the Dutch could annually obtain twenty thousand pikuls of copper at twenty tahils, the trade with Japan would still be profitable, with the profits from outgoing cargoes being just enough to sustain the factory.
But in order to purchase and to pay for such a quantity of copper, the governor-general observes, "it is necessary that government should strictly comply with the requisitions from Japan, because our failures therein have brought us into such discredit with the Japanese, that they do not any longer place confidence in our promises. We have passed our word from year to year, that the quality and the quantity of our merchandize should be better assorted, without ever attending to it. Even at this moment, the supply differs so very much from the quantity required, that it will be extremely difficult to convince the Japanese that they shall be better served in future; and still it must be done, because if we wish to obtain the value of eight hundred or four hundred thousand tahils of copper annually, besides camphor and other articles, different measures must be resorted to. We are hardly able, at present, to supply one-third of that amount, and load the ships with coarse goods.
But in order to buy and pay for such a large amount of copper, the governor-general points out, "it's essential that the government strictly meet the requests from Japan, because our failures in this have damaged our reputation with the Japanese, and they no longer trust our promises. We have given our word year after year that the quality and quantity of our merchandise would be better organized, yet we've never followed through. Even right now, the supply differs so much from what's needed that it will be extremely hard to convince the Japanese that they will be better served in the future; but it has to happen, because if we want to get eight hundred or four hundred thousand tahils of copper every year, along with camphor and other products, we need to take different approaches. Currently, we're barely able to supply a third of that amount and are loading the ships with low-quality goods."
"We have no doubt but other productions of Japan might also be procured at a cheaper rate than at present. Camphor may be purchased in abundance at thirty tahils the pikul, and it is probable the same could still be obtained on more favourable terms, if we advert to what it cost formerly; in which case it would become a profitable remittance to Holland, and render one hundred per cent., or thereabouts.
"We are sure that other products from Japan could also be obtained at a lower cost than they are now. Camphor can be bought in large quantities at thirty tahils per pikul, and it's likely that we could still get it on better terms if we consider its past prices; in that case, it would become a profitable shipment to Holland, yielding around one hundred percent or so."
"The white copper (tutenague) has been tendered to us at sixteen tahils per pikul, but has not been accepted, the price being considered too high. If, however, we can dispose of it merely at the same price as the yellow copper (brass), which yields according to the price current before us 41-43 f. per 100 lb., it will not only be acceptable, but even render a reasonable profit of fifty per cent.
"The white copper (tutenague) has been offered to us at sixteen tahils per pikul, but we haven't accepted it because the price is considered too high. However, if we can sell it at the same price as the yellow copper (brass), which is currently going for 41-43 f. per 100 lb., it will not only be acceptable but will also give us a reasonable profit of fifty percent."
"Iron was formerly imported here from Japan, and might perhaps be procured at a moderate price, which for the sake of the small distance between us and that country would be very desirable.[289]
"Iron used to be imported from Japan, and it could possibly be obtained at a reasonable price, which would be very beneficial given the short distance between us and that country.[289]
"Sulphur was also declined in 1726, on account of its being charged[Vol II Pg xxv] too high; yet it might still become an article worth attention, especially if it were purified in Japan. And who knows how many other valuable productions might be drawn from that extensive country, besides those already mentioned, and which would be very acceptable, in an economical as well as a mercantile point of view?"[290]
"Sulfur was also declined in 1726 because it was priced too high; however, it could still become a product worth considering, especially if it were refined in Japan. And who knows how many other valuable goods might come from that vast country, besides those already mentioned, which would be very welcome both economically and commercially?"[290]
The following facts are collected from the considerations at this time.
The following facts are gathered from the discussions at this time.
That in former times the commerce of foreign nations at Japan amounted to ten millions of florins, and since then for many years to 3,150,000 florins, of which the Chinese share was two-thirds, and the Dutch one-third; and it was consequently presumed, that in so extensive a country as Japan, merchandize might still be disposed of to the value of one million, especially if it was paid for in the productions of the country.
That in the past, trade with foreign countries in Japan totaled ten million florins, and for many years since, it has been 3,150,000 florins, with the Chinese accounting for two-thirds and the Dutch for one-third. Therefore, it was assumed that in such a large country as Japan, goods could still be sold worth one million, especially if they were paid for with local products.
That one of the causes of the decline of the trade was the conduct of the Company's servants, and the extent to which the private trade of individuals was carried. The directors of the trade at Japan had been selected from a very inferior class of society, and the peculations on overweight of the copper, &c. formed the subject of a regular complaint made by the Japanese to the Dutch government.
That one of the reasons for the decline of trade was the behavior of the Company's employees and the degree to which individuals engaged in private trade. The directors of trade in Japan had been chosen from a much lower class of society, and the issues regarding the overcharging of copper, etc., became a regular complaint made by the Japanese to the Dutch government.
That the trade of the Chinese to Japan had been reduced from eighty to twenty junks in the year, the number then allowed.
That the trade between China and Japan had decreased from eighty to twenty junks per year, which was the number then permitted.
In concluding his valuable and interesting Memoir, the Baron Van Imhoff declares it to be his firm belief, that Japan was, in every respect, what it had been formerly; that the same quantity of merchandize might be disposed of there as in former times, and that returns of equal value might be obtained; that although the profits should be less at present, there could be no reason to relinquish that trade; that the means of the Dutch were certainly inferior at that moment to what they had been, yet that if they adhered to the measures proposed (namely, clear accounts, correctness and honesty of conduct, and a good assortment of cargoes), which were easy, and could not expose them to any risk or danger, they might hope for a favourable issue.
In concluding his valuable and interesting Memoir, Baron Van Imhoff expresses his strong belief that Japan remained the same as it had always been; that the same amount of merchandise could be sold there as in the past, and that similar returns could be achieved. He acknowledges that while the profits might be lower now, there was no reason to give up on that trade. He notes that the Dutch were definitely at a disadvantage compared to earlier times, but if they stuck to his suggested strategies (specifically, clear accounting, honesty, integrity, and a good selection of goods), which were straightforward and posed no real risk, they could expect a positive outcome.
In the course of all these deliberations, the Dutch seem to have concluded that the debasement of the coin was resorted to by the Japanese, solely with the view of affecting their trade, and never to have reflected that so important a change in the intrinsic value of the standard coin of the country, might have been occasioned by political causes, of far greater magnitude to the Japanese than the paltry gain to be obtained on the traffic of the Dutch cargoes. It is most probable that the empire of Japan, at the periods when these changes took place, wished to check the exportation of the precious metals of the country. In the first instance, we perceive a prohibition against the exportation of silver. The loss of this metal was first felt, because the principal exports were at first made in this coin; but it is never hinted that this prohibition was occasioned by any desire to take an undue advantage of the Dutch: on the contrary, this measure was not found to affect the Dutch trade at all. The same causes, however, which first led to a prohibition regarding silver, operated afterwards in an equal degree with respect to gold; and it is easy to[Vol II Pg xxvi] account for the rise in the value of this metal, and the consequent changes in the coin, by the scarcity which ensued. Let us but reflect on the enormous exportation of the precious metals, which took place from Japan at the period when the trade was unlimited, and we shall find abundant cause for these changes in the coin, without accusing the Japanese of resorting to the measure as an imposition on the foreign merchant. "The exports at one period," says Mr. Imhoff, "amounted to ten millions of florins." These were principally made in the precious metals and in the coin of the country; and when the trade fell exclusively into the hands of the Dutch, it had been usual to export at first from one hundred to one hundred and fifty chests of silver, and subsequently the trade admitted of no less than two hundred chests of gold coin being exported instead of the silver. On a moderate calculation, therefore, the exports of the former period were about one million sterling, and those continued by the Dutch could not be less than from half a million to a million sterling in each year; so that, during a period of sixty years, the total export would have amounted to from thirty to sixty millions of pounds sterling, and this does not include what found its way to China and other neighbouring countries.
During all these discussions, the Dutch seem to have concluded that the Japanese devalued their currency purely to impact their trade, without considering that such a significant change in the intrinsic value of the nation's currency might have been driven by political reasons, far more significant to the Japanese than the small profit to be gained from Dutch shipments. It’s likely that Japan, at the times these changes occurred, aimed to limit the export of its precious metals. Initially, there was a ban on exporting silver, the impact of which was felt first because most exports were conducted in that currency. However, there is no suggestion that this ban was intended to unfairly disadvantage the Dutch; in fact, this action did not seem to affect Dutch trade at all. The same factors that led to the silver ban eventually also applied to gold; thus, it’s easy to explain the increase in the value of gold and the resulting changes in currency due to the resulting scarcity. If we consider the massive export of precious metals from Japan during the time when trade was unrestricted, we can find plenty of reasons for these currency changes without accusing the Japanese of using this measure to exploit foreign merchants. "At one point," says Mr. Imhoff, "the exports reached ten million florins." These exports mainly consisted of precious metals and the nation’s currency. Once trade became solely controlled by the Dutch, it was normal to export initially one hundred to one hundred fifty chests of silver, and later, the trade allowed for exports of at least two hundred chests of gold coin instead of silver. Therefore, based on a moderate estimate, the exports during the earlier period were about one million pounds sterling, and those continued by the Dutch were at least between half a million and a million pounds sterling each year; thus, over sixty years, the total export would have reached between thirty to sixty million pounds sterling, not accounting for what went to China and other nearby countries.
The discovery of the mines of America reduced, in the sixteenth century, the value of gold and silver in Europe to about one-third of what it had before been:[291] and might not the extensive drain on Japan have produced in that country an opposite effect of the same magnitude? If the gold and silver annually imported into Spain and Portugal, which did not commonly exceed six millions pounds sterling, produced this effect on the circulating medium, and the price of the precious metals throughout all Europe, in one country of which alone the circulating gold and silver amounted, by some accounts to eighteen, and by others to thirty, millions.[292] Is it not easy to conclude, that a directly contrary and equally extensive effect must have been felt in Japan? and that this effect must have been felt in a still higher degree, while operating on the confined circulating medium of one nation, than while operating on that of the numerous nations of Europe, who again found means to dispose of large quantities by remittances to the eastern world?
The discovery of the mines in America during the sixteenth century reduced the value of gold and silver in Europe to about a third of what it had been before:[291] and could the significant outflow to Japan have caused an opposite effect of the same scale in that country? If the annual import of gold and silver into Spain and Portugal, which usually didn’t exceed six million pounds sterling, led to this impact on the circulating currency and the prices of precious metals across all of Europe, where in one country alone circulating gold and silver amounted to estimates of eighteen to thirty million.[292] Isn't it reasonable to conclude that a directly opposite and similarly extensive effect would have been felt in Japan? And that this impact would have been even more pronounced, given the limited circulating medium of a single nation, compared to that of the many nations in Europe, which managed to sell large quantities through remittances to the eastern world?
The extensive circulation of money throughout the populous and rich empire of Japan, and the facility with which the drains upon it could be supplied from the mines, was perhaps the cause that, in the first instance, the exportation of the precious metals was not sensibly felt; but afterwards, when probably the mint could not keep pace with the demand, and what is not unlikely, the demand was even too heavy for the mines, the intrinsic value of the coins increased in proportion to the scarcity; and it is not surprising that the Japanese should have entertained an apprehension lest the mines would become exhausted. Whether there were any immediate grounds for such an apprehension is uncertain; but it is generally believed that an edict was issued to discontinue working, first the silver, and afterwards the gold mines, but not until the nominal, and perhaps the real, value of both metals, and particularly of the latter, had [Vol II Pg xxvii]been nearly doubled, as in the instance of the kobang of the original value being offered to the Dutch for two kobangs.
The widespread circulation of money across the populous and wealthy empire of Japan, along with the ease of replenishing it from the mines, likely meant that the initial export of precious metals didn't have a significant impact. However, as time went on, the mint probably couldn't keep up with the demand, which may have been too much for the mines to handle. As the coins became scarcer, their intrinsic value increased, leading to concerns among the Japanese about the possibility of the mines running dry. It's unclear whether there were immediate reasons for this worry, but it is widely believed that a decree was issued to stop mining operations, first for silver and then for gold. This occurred only after the nominal and likely the actual value of both metals, especially gold, had nearly doubled, as evidenced by the case of the kobang—originally valued being offered to the Dutch for two kobangs. [Vol II Pg xxvii]
That the Dutch perhaps owe the loss of this valuable trade, in a great measure, to the incapacity and worthlessness of their own servants, cannot but be admitted; for had they, on these continued reductions in the value of the current coins, adverted to the political cause, and calculated their commercial transactions according to the intrinsic, instead of the nominal, value, they would not have subjected themselves, unknowingly, to a loss of sixty per cent. upon the proceeds of all their exports: nor would they have shewn their weakness and ignorance to the Japanese, but they would immediately have devised the advantage of other returns from Japan, in articles, the exportation of which might, at the same time, have improved the industry and prosperity of that empire; and the Japanese, finding them equally intelligent and enterprising under all circumstances, while they felt an interest in the continuance of the trade, would have respected the nation by whom it was carried on. If, however, by these means, the European character and the value of foreign trade thus declined in the estimation of the Japanese, how much lower must that of the Dutch nation have fallen, when after once dictating the prices of all articles both bought and sold, we find them obtaining at last an advance on their proceeds of the outward cargo, by way of charity, and the Japanese themselves appealing against the peculations and corruptions that were carried on! When we see the Dutch, without power and without respect, dictating in the mighty empire of Japan an arbitrary and extravagant price for their commodities, in the same manner as they did at home, is it surprising that we should find the Japanese having recourse to a fixed valuation? When we observe the illicit trade to Japan carried on by private individuals, to such an extent, that Valentyn, a Dutch author of the highest authority, says it was so interwoven with the constitution of the Company, and so extensive, that it formed the principal part of the trade, and could never be prevented, and that the Dutch ships were frequently lost by being overladen with cargoes of this kind, we cannot be astonished at the decline of the prosperity of the Company, or the degradations which were imposed upon its agents. The Dutch factory was, and is, in fact, a sink of the most disgraceful corruption and peculation which ever existed. The factor to obtain his own ends, submits to every possible degradation, and the government of Batavia knows only just as much of what is going on at Japan, as it is his interest to tell them. In this work it has become a painful duty to advert occasionally to the shameful scenes of fraud and corruption carried on under the very eyes of the government of Batavia, and in the dependencies in the more immediate vicinity of that metropolis, where their residents enjoyed such extensive powers, and were so removed from controul and responsibility, that their interests constantly interfered with their duties, and the struggle between principle and opportunity generally ended in a resolution to make fortunes, to connive at each other's peculations, and keep their own secret. If this was the case on the island of Java, the seat of government, what must it not have been in a country so remote as Japan, where the con[Vol II Pg xxviii]nection and intercourse were so peculiar? It is not surprising, that in the accounts of such a factory, the government at home should find nothing but intricacy and obscurity. It was the interest of the factor to keep every thing involved in mystery, and no where was there a better opportunity for doing so.
That the Dutch might largely be responsible for losing this valuable trade due to the incompetence and uselessness of their own employees is hard to deny; if they had focused on the political reasons for the continued drops in the value of their currency and aligned their business dealings with the actual worth rather than the nominal value, they wouldn’t have unknowingly faced a loss of sixty percent on their exports. They also wouldn’t have displayed their weakness and ignorance to the Japanese and could have quickly identified other beneficial exports from Japan, improving the industry and prosperity of that country. The Japanese, seeing them as equally savvy and resourceful in any situation while recognizing their investment in the trade, would have respected the nation that facilitated it. However, if the European reputation and the value of foreign trade fell in the eyes of the Japanese, how much lower must the Dutch status have sunk? After initially dictating prices for all goods traded, they eventually had to rely on charity to increase their earnings from outbound shipments, with the Japanese themselves raising complaints about the corruption and fraud taking place! When we see the Dutch, lacking power and respect, imposing arbitrary and excessive prices for their goods in the vast empire of Japan, similar to their practices back home, is it any wonder the Japanese turned to fixed pricing? When we observe illicit trade to Japan being conducted by private individuals to such a degree that Valentyn, a highly esteemed Dutch author, noted it was so entrenched in the Company’s operations that it became the main part of the trade and was impossible to prevent, and that Dutch ships were often lost due to being overloaded with such cargoes, we cannot be shocked by the decline in the Company’s prosperity or the degradation faced by its agents. The Dutch trading post was, and still is, a hub of the most disgraceful corruption and graft that ever existed. The traders would stoop to any level to serve their own interests, and the government in Batavia only knew as much about what was happening in Japan as it benefited them to share. In this context, it has become necessary to occasionally highlight the disgraceful acts of fraud and corruption occurring right under the government of Batavia's nose, especially in the regions nearby, where their representatives held such extensive powers and operated without oversight or accountability, often allowing their personal interests to conflict with their duties. The struggle between ethics and opportunity often led to resolutions to make fortunes, pretend not to see each other’s corrupt practices, and keep their actions secret. If this was true on the island of Java, the center of government, what must it have been like in a distant place like Japan, where connections and interactions were so peculiar? It’s no surprise that in the reports from such a trading post, the home government would find nothing but complexity and confusion. It served the trader’s interests to maintain an air of mystery; there was no better place to do so.
But had the shameful and disgraceful conduct of these people been felt only in its effects upon the past, it would be trifling, compared to what they are calculated to produce on the future. The unmanly degradation to which these factors have submitted at the caprice, and often for the amusement of the Japanese, in order to gain their own ends, seem to have established an effectual bar against the future extension of the trade by the Dutch nation, who will find it difficult, if not impracticable, ever to be again respected in Japan. Unless, therefore, the Dutch have magnanimity enough to abandon this trade, when they find it of little comparative value to them, or when they see it must be conducted on principles derogatory to the dignity of the illustrious House of Orange, it is to be feared, that the day is far distant, when the opportunity will be afforded of opening a liberal and honourable communication between Europe and this interesting and important empire. Perhaps this will not happen until, according to Humboldt, the two great oceans shall be united by means of a channel across the Isthmus of Darien, when the productions of Nootka Sound and of China will be brought more than two thousand leagues nearer to Europe and the United States, and when alone any great changes can be effected in the political state of Eastern Asia; "for this neck of land," observes that writer, "the barrier against the waves of the Atlantic Ocean, has been for many ages the bulwark of the independence of China and Japan."[293]
But if the shameful and disgraceful actions of these people only affected the past, it would be trivial compared to what they could mean for the future. The cowardly degradation that they have submitted to, often just for the enjoyment of the Japanese and to serve their own interests, seems to have created a solid barrier against the future expansion of trade by the Dutch, who will struggle, if not find it impossible, to regain respect in Japan. Unless the Dutch are generous enough to give up this trade when it proves to be of little value to them or when they realize it must be carried out in a way that undermines the dignity of the notable House of Orange, it’s likely that we are far from the day when there will be an opportunity for open and honorable communication between Europe and this fascinating and significant empire. Perhaps this won't happen until, according to Humboldt, the two great oceans are connected by a channel across the Isthmus of Darien, which would bring the resources of Nootka Sound and China over two thousand leagues closer to Europe and the United States, and only then can major changes occur in the political landscape of Eastern Asia; "for this neck of land," the writer notes, "the barrier against the waves of the Atlantic Ocean, has been for many ages the bulwark of the independence of China and Japan."[293]
From the year 1750 no essential alteration appears to have taken place in the trade: the utmost exertions of the Dutch were required to provide the cargoes, and whenever they succeeded, return cargoes were always provided, to the extent of two or three ships in the year. In order to afford a better view of the nature and extent of the restricted trade thus carried on, the accounts of two of these expeditions to Japan are annexed, from which it will appear, that in the voyage of 1804-5 the Company exported from Batavia to the Japan market commodities to the amount of 211,896 rix-dollars in value; that the charges attendant on the shipment and freight amounted to 167,500 rix-dollars (including 2,915 rix-dollars on account of customs), making the whole expenses of the voyage, with the prime cost of the articles, amount to 379,397 rix-dollars. These articles, when sold in Japan, brought 160,378 rix-dollars; but the expenses and disbursements at Japan in one year for the establishment, the loss on the weight of the sugar, and the expense of making the journey to Japan, reduced that sum to 92,426 rix-dollars. The return cargo brought to Batavia the sum of 886,554 rix-dollars, or a profit of 507,147 rix-dollars on the adventure. The cargo and return of 1806, and the expense of the establishment, cost the Company 393,582 rix-dollars, (including 2,846 for customs), and the sales and other receipts produced [Vol II Pg xxix]569,089, leaving a balance of 175,505 rix-dollars in favour of the adventure.
From the year 1750, there haven't been any significant changes in the trade. The Dutch made great efforts to secure the cargoes, and whenever they succeeded, they always managed to provide return cargoes, typically amounting to two or three ships a year. To give a clearer picture of the nature and extent of this restricted trade, two accounts of these expeditions to Japan are attached. It's shown that in the voyage of 1804-5, the Company exported commodities worth 211,896 rix-dollars from Batavia to the Japan market; the shipping and freight costs were 167,500 rix-dollars (which included 2,915 rix-dollars in customs fees), bringing the total expenses of the voyage, including the original cost of the goods, to 379,397 rix-dollars. When sold in Japan, these items generated 160,378 rix-dollars, but after deducting the establishment expenses in Japan for one year, the loss due to the weight of the sugar, and the costs of the journey, this amount was reduced to 92,426 rix-dollars. The return cargo brought in 886,554 rix-dollars back to Batavia, resulting in a profit of 507,147 rix-dollars from the venture. For the cargo and return in 1806, along with establishment expenses, the Company spent 393,582 rix-dollars (including 2,846 rix-dollars for customs), and the sales and other receipts totaled [Vol II Pg xxix]569,089, leaving a balance of 175,505 rix-dollars in favor of the venture.
A more correct judgment may perhaps be formed from the result of the adventures undertaken from Batavia during the provisional authority of the British government. The first of these was intimately connected with a political object, to which the mercantile adventure was made subservient, and both were undertaken without those previous arrangements which would have insured a better assorted and cheaper cargo. The articles were purchased on the spot and at the moment, and the vessels engaged at a very high rate of freight. In the first, in particular, the sugar being of inferior quality, there was a loss in the weight, and it was otherwise less profitable than it would have been, had the assortment been of the same quality which the Dutch company were in the habit of sending. The freight alone amounted to the enormous sum of 82,309 Spanish dollars. From the outward-bound cargoes it was necessary to pay the debts of the former government, amounting to 48,648 Spanish dollars; and this, with other disbursements and necessary provisions, rendering the proceeds of the outward-bound cargo insufficient to furnish the amount requisite for the payment of the copper; the Dutch factor availed himself of the opportunity to supply the deficiency of fourteen hundred pikuls at the rate of twenty-five dollars per 120⅞ pounds, amounting to 25,000 Spanish dollars; differing from the rate paid to the Japanese of 12.3.5 tahils, or ten rix-dollars per pikul, to an extent of fifteen rix-dollars against government. Besides this, the whole of the outward cargo was not sold: several articles of merchandize remained undisposed of at Japan, amounting to 19,688 Spanish dollars, to be accounted for in the ensuing year. All these operated essentially to reduce the profits of a voyage, which depended exclusively on the return cargo.
A more accurate judgment may be made based on the outcomes of the ventures launched from Batavia during the temporary rule of the British government. The first of these was closely tied to a political goal, which the commercial venture supported, and both were undertaken without the prior arrangements that would have ensured a better and cheaper cargo. The items were bought on the spot and at the moment, and the ships were hired at a very high freight rate. In particular, the sugar was of lower quality, leading to a loss in weight, making it less profitable than it could have been had the selection matched what the Dutch company typically shipped. The freight alone cost an incredible 82,309 Spanish dollars. From the outgoing cargo, it was necessary to cover the debts of the previous government, totaling 48,648 Spanish dollars; and this, along with other expenses and necessary supplies, meant that the proceeds from the outbound cargo were not enough to pay for the copper. The Dutch agent took the chance to fill the shortfall of fourteen hundred pikuls at the rate of twenty-five dollars per 120⅞ pounds, costing 25,000 Spanish dollars; this was significantly higher than the rate given to the Japanese of 12.3.5 tahils, or ten rix-dollars per pikul, differing by fifteen rix-dollars against the government. Additionally, not all of the outbound cargo was sold: several merchandise items remained unsold in Japan, totaling 19,688 Spanish dollars, to be addressed in the following year. All of these factors significantly lowered the profits of a voyage, which relied solely on the return cargo.
The results of these voyages, however limited as the profits were, appear fully sufficient to shew the importance of this trade to Batavia, even as it at present stands, considering that it affords a market for so large a quantity of the produce of the country, and that when the government seemed disinclined to send a further adventure on their own account, there were not wanting numerous individuals anxious to obtain a license to undertake the trade, and to run all the risks attached to it.[294] [Vol II Pg xxx]
The results of these voyages, though their profits were limited, clearly demonstrate the significance of this trade for Batavia, especially as it currently exists. It creates a market for a substantial amount of the country’s produce, and even when the government seemed hesitant to launch another venture on its own, many individuals were eager to obtain a license to engage in the trade and take on all the associated risks.[294] [Vol II Pg xxx]
In the year 1616, the English obtained a grant from the emperor, containing the privileges for a general trade with Japan, in consequence of which a commercial establishment was formed there by the Company.
In 1616, the English received a grant from the emperor that included the rights for general trade with Japan, which led to the establishment of a commercial operation there by the Company.
In obtaining those privileges, one great object with the Company appears to have been to introduce themselves to a connection with the Chinese, and to carry on a general trade between India, China, and Japan; but finding themselves disappointed in their endeavours to form connections with China, and sustaining heavy losses in consequence of their trade with Japan, they determined, in 1623, to abandon their establishment there.
In gaining those privileges, it seems that one major goal for the Company was to establish a relationship with the Chinese and conduct trade among India, China, and Japan. However, after being let down in their attempts to connect with China and experiencing significant losses from their trade with Japan, they decided in 1623 to shut down their operations there.
From that time, until the year 1673, no attempt appears to have been made by the English Company to renew their intercourse with Japan. The attempt made at that period entirely failed of success, owing, it was stated, to the king of England having married a daughter of the king of Portugal. About the same time the Company, with a view to the same object, formed an establishment on the Island of Hounan; but after struggling with great difficulties, sustaining heavy losses, and being totally disappointed in their expectations of communicating with Japan, the factory was ordered to be withdrawn in the year 1682.
From that time until 1673, it seems that the English Company didn't try to re-establish contact with Japan. The effort made during that time completely failed, allegedly because the king of England had married a daughter of the king of Portugal. Around the same period, the Company tried to achieve the same goal by setting up a base on Hounan Island, but after facing significant challenges, incurring substantial losses, and ultimately failing to connect with Japan, the factory was instructed to close down in 1682.
At a subsequent period (in the year 1699), the Company having established a regular communication with China, their supra-cargoes were instructed to use every endeavour in their power to promote an intercourse with Japan, for the purpose of introducing woollens, &c. into that country, but without any appearance of success.
At a later time (in the year 1699), the Company had set up regular communication with China, and their supercargoes were instructed to do everything possible to promote trade with Japan to introduce woolens, etc. into that country, but they achieved no apparent success.
A select committee of the East-India Company, appointed in 1792 to take into consideration the export trade of Great Britain to the East Indies, after detailing the cargo of a Dutch ship from Japan in the year 1664, which consisted principally of copper, camphor, silk-stuffs, and china-ware, conclude their report by observing, that, in their opinion, the trade with Japan never can become an object of attention for the manufactures and produce of Great Britain; for supposing, they observe, that woollens, lead, and curiosities for a cargo to Japan, could be made to £8,000, what is to be required in payment? About £30,000 or £32,000 value in copper, an article which is also the produce of Great Britain, and which must be disposed of in India, to the prejudice of their own mines. Thus Great Britain would gain, on the one hand, £8,000, whilst the loss, on the other, would be £32,000. [Vol II Pg xxxi]
A special committee of the East India Company, established in 1792 to review Great Britain's export trade to the East Indies, explained the cargo of a Dutch ship from Japan in 1664, which mainly included copper, camphor, silk goods, and china. They concluded their report by stating that they believe trade with Japan will never be significant for Britain's manufactured goods and produce. They suggested that if woolens, lead, and curiosities could be shipped to Japan worth £8,000, what would be needed in return? About £30,000 or £32,000 in copper, which is also produced in Britain and must be sold in India, harming their own mines. So, Great Britain would gain £8,000 on one side, but would lose £32,000 on the other. [Vol II Pg xxxi]
This opinion, however, would appear to have been formed on a very partial view of the subject, and with reference to the limited nature of the trade as it then existed; but it would be as unfair to judge of the value of the Japan trade to the British nation from this narrow view, as it would be to decide upon that subject merely from the result of the adventures to Japan undertaken during the recent provisional government of Batavia, which, besides other disadvantages, were, for political reasons, carried on with a scrupulous regard to the restrictions under which the trade of the Dutch had latterly laboured.
This opinion seems to be based on a very one-sided perspective of the issue, considering the limited scope of the trade at that time. However, it would be just as unreasonable to evaluate the importance of Japan trade to Britain from this narrow view as it would be to make a judgment solely based on the outcomes of the trips to Japan taken during the recent temporary government of Batavia. These ventures, among other drawbacks, were conducted with a meticulous adherence to the constraints that had recently affected Dutch trade for political reasons.
It is objected to a direct communication with Japan, and the consequent exportation of British merchandize by British ships, that, in all probability, it would entirely put a stop to the present exportation of woollens by the Chinese, and that, in proportion as the exports from Great Britain to Japan increased, those from Great Britain to China might be expected to diminish; the Japanese being, at present, almost exclusively supplied with British woollens by means of the Chinese: that, however, the demand for teas would continue the same, and therefore the defalcation in exports to China must be made up in bullion, or by drafts on Bengal.
There are concerns about direct trade with Japan and the resulting export of British goods by British ships, as it would likely completely halt the current export of woolens from China. As exports from Great Britain to Japan rise, we can expect exports from Great Britain to China to drop since the Japanese currently get almost all their British woolens through China. However, the demand for tea will remain unchanged, so any loss in exports to China would need to be compensated with bullion or drafts from Bengal.
It is admitted that the Bengal government might provide for this additional demand, by disposing of the copper brought from Japan in the Calcutta market; but this, it is stated, would prove a considerable check to the consumption of one of the most valuable articles of export from Great Britain, and therefore it has been inferred, that the final result of the trade with Japan would, in all probability, be the exchange of our woollens for copper, which we have already in abundance, instead of bartering them for teas, which, in the present state of Great Britain, will be always required.
It’s acknowledged that the Bengal government could meet this extra demand by selling the copper imported from Japan in the Calcutta market; however, it’s noted that this would significantly hinder the consumption of one of Great Britain’s most valuable export commodities. Therefore, it is concluded that the ultimate outcome of trade with Japan will likely involve exchanging our woolens for copper, which we already have plenty of, instead of trading them for tea, which will always be in demand in Great Britain as it stands now.
But this argument seems evidently to have been grounded on a supposition that copper must always form the principal, if not only, article of commerce with Japan. An inference by no means borne out by the history of the Dutch trade; in the course of which, it is expressly stated by the Baron Van Imhoff, who appears to have given the subject the most mature and deliberate consideration, and to have been aided by much local information, that the Japanese would willingly pay a sum of money to be excused from the delivery of any copper at all.
But this argument clearly seems to be based on the assumption that copper must always be the main, if not the only, product traded with Japan. This conclusion is definitely not supported by the history of Dutch trade; it is explicitly stated by Baron Van Imhoff, who seems to have thoroughly and carefully considered the matter and was supported by considerable local knowledge, that the Japanese would gladly pay a sum of money to avoid delivering any copper at all.
But admitting that a connection between Great Britain and Japan might not be attended with all the commercial profits which might be expected from a consideration of the productions of the two countries, would it not, in a political point of view, be of the most essential importance to her interests in China, which are acknowledged by all to be so important? Might we not expect from the Chinese a more respectful and correct conduct than has been customary with them, if they knew that we were in some measure independent of our connection with them? and is it not important, that in case of our actual exclusion from China, there should still be a channel open for our obtaining commodities, with which we are at present supplied by that country? [Vol II Pg xxxii]
But acknowledging that a connection between Great Britain and Japan might not bring all the commercial benefits we might expect from considering what each country produces, wouldn't it be extremely important for our political interests in China, which everyone agrees are crucial? Could we not anticipate that the Chinese would show us more respect and behave better if they knew we were somewhat independent from them? And isn't it important that if we were to be completely shut out from China, we still have a way to acquire goods that we currently get from that country? [Vol II Pg xxxii]
Dr. | Cr. | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Amount Sale at Japan of the following Articles.— | |||||||||||||
Rix-Dollars. | Rix-Dollars. | Rix-Dollars. | Rix-Dollars. | ||||||||||
1,500,000 | lbs. of | Sugar, second sort, calculated at its selling price of 8⅓ each pikul, amounting to | 100,000 | — | 1,500,000 | lbs. of | Sugar, at 7 tahils the 120⅞ lbs. (each tahil being equal to 40 Stivers) amounting to | 72,388 | 40 | ||||
Charges of one per cent | 1,000 | — | |||||||||||
| 101,000 | — | |||||||||||
37,500 | lbs. of | Tin | 7,200 | — | 37,500 | do. | Tin, at 25 tahils each pikul of 120⅞ lbs. | 6,463 | 14 | ||||
4,000 | do. | Cotton Thread, at 55 R. Drs. per pikul | 1,760 | — | 4,000 | do. | Cotton Thread, 25 do. | 689 | 20 | ||||
30,000 | do. | Black Pepper. 10⅔ do. | 3,200 | — | 30,000 | do. | Black Pepper, 15 do. | 3,102 | 18 | ||||
30,000 | do. | Cloves 60 Stivers per pikul | 37,500 | — | 30,000 | do. | Cloves 150 do. | 31,023 | 36 | ||||
2,987 | do. | Seed Cloves 60 do. | 3,733 | 36 | 2,987 | do. | Seed Cloves, 40 do. | 823 | 34 | ||||
30,000 | do. | Lead. 20 Stivers per pikul | 4,800 | — | 30,000 | do. | Lead 10 do. | 2,068 | 12 | ||||
100,000 | do. | Sappan Wood 6 do. | 4,800 | — | 100,000 | do. | Sapan Wood, 5.5 do. | 3,791 | 38 | ||||
2,000 | Pieces | Patna Chintz 50 Stivers per corgie | 5,000 | — | 2,000 | Pieces | Patna Chintz, 2 tahils each piece | 3,333 | 16 | ||||
1,651½ | do. | Cloths in sorts 6 do. | 9,909 | — | 1,651½ | do. | Cloths in sorts | 4,689 | 19 | ||||
40 | do. | of Woollens of sorts | 5,149 | 26 | 40 | do. | of Woollens of sorts, 90 tahils | 3,000 | — | ||||
82 | do. | Long ells of sorts. | 3,278 | 15 | 82 | do. of | Long Ells of sorts, 30 do. | 2,050 | — | ||||
110 | do. | Perpetuans | 2,958 | 42 | 110 | do. | Perpetuans 25 do. | 2,291 | 32 | ||||
5,137 | do. | Camlets | 7,773 | 12 | 5,137 | do. | Camlets 4 do. | 5,965 | — | ||||
3,500 | do. | Ducatoons | 5,833 | 16 | 3,500 | do. | Ducatoons 2 5.2.5. do. | 7,364 | 28 | ||||
The Presents are calculated at | 8,000 | — | The Presents are calculated at | 8,000 | — | ||||||||
R. Drs. | 211,896 | 3 | R. Drs. | 157,045 | 19 | ||||||||
The surplus of the Trade calculated | 3,333 | 16 | |||||||||||
Making together | 160,378 | 35 | |||||||||||
Add the following Charges incurred on account of the above-mentioned merchandize, viz. | Where from must be deducted: | ||||||||||||
Amount of Coolies and Prow-hire attending the purchase of articles, calculated at two per cent. on the whole amount, being R. Drs. 38,868 = Sp. D. | 777 | 18 | The Amount of Expenses and Disbursements at Japan in one year, for the Establishment, &c. and also the loss on the weight of the Sugar | 51,285 | 32 | ||||||||
For bringing and lodging the same in the stores, one per cent | 388 | 33 | The Amount of Money and Merchandizes required for making the journey to the Court of Jeddo | 16,666 | 32 | ||||||||
Custom Duties, &c. at 7½ per cent | 2,915 | 8 | 67,952 | 16 | |||||||||
Amount of Charges | 4,081 | 11 | Remaining to be employed for the purchase of Copper and Camphor | 92,426 | 19 | ||||||||
Total of the Cargo with the Charges | 215,977 | 14 | Particulars as follows: | ||||||||||
Yearly allowance to the Resident at Japan, consisting of 700 pikuls Copper, to be paid by Government, at 25 R. Drs. each | 17,500 | — | 8,475 | pieces of | Copper, at tahils 12.3.5. each | 87,221 | 32 | ||||||
200 | do. | Camphor, do. 21 do. | 3,500 | — | |||||||||
4,000 | chests for | Copper, do. 2.8.1.5.5 do. | 1,146 | 32 | |||||||||
Freight of Ships employed, 1,216 tons, at 98 Sp. D. each | 145,920 | — | 200 | bales for | Camphor | 180 | — | ||||||
2,525 | planks for | Dunnage, at tahils 18 each 100 | 378 | 3 | |||||||||
163,420 | — | Amount as above to | 92,426 | 19 | |||||||||
The above Copper, and that delivered by the Resident being stamped into lumps, amount to | 933,369 | 38 | |||||||||||
Deduct Charges of the Mint | 71,000 | — | |||||||||||
Total Expense on Account of the Adventure | 379,397 | 14 | Remain | 862,369 | 38 | ||||||||
To balance in favour of the Voyage | 507,147 | 24 | The Amount of 200 pikuls Camphor, to be sold at 36 Stivers per pound | 24,175 | — | ||||||||
Total | R. Drs. | 886,544 | 38 | Total | R. Drs. | 886,544 | 38 | ||||||
N.B. A considerable part of the profit above stated, ought properly to be credited to the Mint, the whole of the copper received from Japan being stamped into lumps, and introduced into the currency of Java at a rate above its intrinsic value.[Vol II Pg xxxiv] |
Dr. | Cr. | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
JAPAN. | |||||||||||||
Rix Dollars. | Rix Dollars. | ||||||||||||
To 1,269,679 | lbs. of | Sugar at 6½ Sp.D. per pikul | 63,483 | 60 | By sold 1,269,679 | lbs. of | Sugar, at 7 tahils per 120¼ pieces | 45,907 | 32 | ||||
25,000 | do. | Tin 18 do. | 3,600 | — | 2,500 | do. | Tin 25 do. | 3,226 | 32 | ||||
102,000 | do. | Sapan Wood, 4½. do. | 3,672 | — | 102,000 | do. | Sapan Wood, 5.5. tahils per lb. | 2,897 | 46 | ||||
12,000 | do. | Cloves, first sort, 2 Rop.per lb. | 11,250 | — | 12,000 | do. | Cloves, first sort, 150 do. | 9,297 | 32 | ||||
5,087 | do. | do. second do. 2 do. | 4,769 | 4 | 5,087 | do. | do. second do. 40 do. | 1,051 | 2 | ||||
10,000 | do. | Pepper 11⅓ Sp.D. per pikul | 906 | 48 | 10,000 | do. | Pepper 15 do. | 774 | 41 | ||||
100 | do. | Nutmegs 1⅞ per lb. | 187 | 32 | 100 | do. | Nutmegs 100 do. | 51 | 40 | ||||
6,000 | do. | Cotton Thread 41¼ per pikul | 1,980 | — | 6,000 | do. | Cotton Thread 25 do. | 774 | 50 | ||||
6,082 | Ells of | Woollens | 26,777 | 46 | 6,082 | Ells of | Woollens, 7 per 2⅞ per pikul | 9,255 | — | ||||
2,842 | do. | Kerseymeres | 7,548 | 28 | 2,842 | do. | Kerseymeres, 4.8. do. | 2,960 | — | ||||
778 | do. | Plush | 2,064 | 24 | 778 | do. | Plush 6 do. | 920 | — | ||||
59 | do. | Fustians | 963 | 48 | 59 | Pieces of | Fustians, 3.2. per piece | 118 | — | ||||
35 | do. | Roselets | 519 | 48 | 35 | do. | Roselets of 2033¾ Ells. 1.6. per 2⅞ | 677 | 32 | ||||
5 | do. | Durants | 76 | 48 | 5 | do. | Durants, 190¾ 1.2. do. | 47 | 18 | ||||
20 | do. | Carpets, English | 44 | 24 | 20 | do. | Carpets, English do. | 20 | — | ||||
1,812 | do. | Kerseys. | 2,691 | 28 | 90 | do. | Kerseys, at 18 tahils per pikul | 1,012 | 32 | ||||
61 | do. | Morin. | 996 | 24 | 6 | do. | Morin, 1.9.6 do. | 76 | — | ||||
4,900 | do. | Chintz, Bengal | 10,048 | 24 | 4,900 | do. | Chintz, Bengal, 2. do. | 6,125 | — | ||||
590 | do. | do. Guzzerat | 523 | 30 | 590 | do. | do. Guzzerat, 1.4. | 553 | 8 | ||||
179 | do. | Cabayahs, Malabar | 389 | 18 | 179 | do. | Cabayahs, Malabar, 1.9.4. | 223 | 48 | ||||
220 | do. | Palempores | 462 | 50 | 220 | do. | Palempores 4.4. | 618 | 40 | ||||
20 | do. | Salempores | 84 | 4 | 20 | do. | Salempores | 40 | — | ||||
814 | do. | Fish Skins | 540 | 10 | 814 | do. | Fish Skins, 200 tahils | 125 | — | ||||
96 | lbs. of | Saffron | 2,459 | 8 | 96 | lbs. of | Saffron | 2,731 | 22 | ||||
122 | do. | Quicksilver | 205 | 12 | 122 | do. | Quicksilver, 100 tahils per 720⅞ lb. | 62 | 32 | ||||
1,200 | do. | Spanish Liquorice | 680 | 10 | 1,200 | do. | Spanish Liquorice, 832 lb. | 600 | 35 | ||||
15,181 | do. | Catchu | 2,705 | 61 | 15,181 | do. | Catchu 30 do. | 2,351 | 56 | ||||
2,143 | do. | Elephants' teeth | 3,577 | 44 | 2,143 | do. | Elephants' Teeth, 230 do. | 2,545 | 40 | ||||
3,500 | do. | Ducatoons | 4,593 | 48 | 3,500 | Pieces of | Ducatoons, 8,836 tahils | 5,522 | 32 | ||||
Presents | 2,082 | 24 | Presents from the Emperor | 2,812 | 32 | ||||||||
House Expenses | 2,525 | — | Cash borrowed from the Imperial Treasury to complete the Cargo | 5,428 | — | ||||||||
161,008 | 62 | 108,797 | 62 | ||||||||||
CHARGES AT BATAVIA. | BATAVIA. | ||||||||||||
To Godown, Prow and Cooley hire. | 2,846 | — | |||||||||||
Customs, House Duties. | 2,846 | — | |||||||||||
Freight of two Ships employed, at the rate of 100 Spanish Dollars per ton | 99,532 | 32 | |||||||||||
To Charges, viz | JAPAN. | 105,224 | 32 | ||||||||||
Presents to the Emperor | 3,800 | — | |||||||||||
Expenses conveying the same to the Roompot | 7,000 | — | |||||||||||
Presents to the inferior Officers of the Court | 4,800 | — | |||||||||||
Annual Salary of the Company's Servants | 1,345 | — | |||||||||||
Annual Table Expenses for do. | 3,750 | — | |||||||||||
Expense landing and storing Cargo | 3,036 | — | |||||||||||
Loss on the weighable Articles of the Cargo, at five per cent | 2,045 | — | |||||||||||
Commission on Cargo, 5 per cent. | 7,143 | — | |||||||||||
Annual Rent of the Island occupied by the Company's Servants | 3,462 | — | |||||||||||
Annual Salary of the Japanese to guard the said Island | 1,480 | — | |||||||||||
Presents to the inferior Officers, to procure permission of a further exportation of Copper, 5,000 pikuls being allowed only annually | 716 | — | |||||||||||
Petty Charges | 148 | 30 | |||||||||||
39,625 | 30 | ||||||||||||
To 700 pikuls of Copper, at 18¾ Sp.D. per pikul of 120⅞ lbs | 13,125 | — | Amount Sales Copper | ||||||||||
7,820 pikuls of Copper, 12.3.5. tahils per do. | 60,360 | 40 | 8,238105⁄125 | Pikuls, | say 50 Drs. per pikul or 125 lb. | 411,942 | — | ||||||
640 do. Camphor, at 18.4. tahils per do. | 7,360 | — | Amount Sales | Camphor, at 40 Stivers per lb. | 48,350 | — | |||||||
Bales | 413 | 8 | |||||||||||
4,500 Chests for Copper | 791 | 16 | |||||||||||
2,200 Planks for Dunnage | 247 | 32 | |||||||||||
82,297 | 32 | ||||||||||||
To Amount borrowed from the Treasury | 5,428 | — | |||||||||||
To Balance in favour of the Voyage | 175,505 | 34 | |||||||||||
Total | R. Drs. | 569,089 | 62 | Total | R. Drs. | 569,089 | 62 |
[Vol II Pg xxxvi]
Dr. | Cr. | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
By Cargo brought from Japan, viz. | |||||||||||||
Spanish Dollars. | Spanish Dollars. | ||||||||||||
To 1,836,270 | lbs. of | Soft Sugar | 88,141 | — | 902,452 | lbs. of | Japan Copper, at 31 per pikul | 223,727 | — | ||||
18,750 | do. | Black Pepper | 750 | — | |||||||||
34,349 | do. | Pig Lead | 2,668 | 59 | |||||||||
26,461 | do. | Roll do. | 1,960 | 74 | |||||||||
164,000 | do. | Sapan Wood | 3,280 | — | |||||||||
87,511 | do. | Tin, or 700.0.8 pikuls, at 17 per pikul | 11,901 | 36 | |||||||||
1,553 | do. | Elephants' Teeth | 1,748 | 40 | |||||||||
50 | do. | Egyptian Mummy | 600 | — | 60,437 | do. | Camphor, at 50 Stivers | 45,785 | — | ||||
15,000 | do. | Cloves, at 100 per pikul | 12,000 | — | |||||||||
12,500 | do. | Nutmegs, at 100 per pikul | 10,000 | — | |||||||||
15,013½ | do. | Cotton Thread | 4,804 | — | |||||||||
514 | Pieces of | Thornback Skins | 276 | 80 | |||||||||
5,019 | do. | Patna Chintz | 6,348 | 51 | |||||||||
60 | do. | Coast Chintz fine | 150 | — | |||||||||
166 | do. | Printed Cottons | 2,060 | 94 | 1,208 | do. | Pitch | 600 | — | ||||
26 | do. | Cambrics | 490 | — | |||||||||
2,610 | do. | Surat Palampores | 6,210 | — | |||||||||
623 | do. | Silks in Sorts | 2,926 | 50 | |||||||||
225 | do. | Woollens in Sorts | 10,916 | 58 | |||||||||
298 | do. | Long Ells | 4,078 | 84 | |||||||||
231 | do. | Perpetuans | 2,977 | 95 | |||||||||
54 | do. | Camblets | 1,400 | 69 | |||||||||
3,500 | do. | Ducatoons | 4,342 | 42 | |||||||||
179,033 | 32 | 670,112 | — | ||||||||||
Paid the Chief of the Factory at Japan for 1,400 pikuls of Copper delivered to Government | 25,000 | — | |||||||||||
CHARGES. | |||||||||||||
Spanish Dollars. | Spanish Dollars. | ||||||||||||
Bags for the Sugar, Pepper and Cloves; Casks, &c. &c. | 6,252 | — | Debts of the former Dutch Government paid to the Emperor of Japan | 48,648 | — | ||||||||
Packing-cases | 713 | — | |||||||||||
Coolies employed on board the Vessels and in the Magazines, packing the Cargoes | 2,082 | 50 | |||||||||||
Prows employed lading the Cargoes | 1,200 | — | Woollens, &c. remaining at Japan for the next Year | 15,000 | — | ||||||||
Extra Clerks and Mandores | 165 | — | |||||||||||
Several Articles on Account of the Adventure | 168 | 8 | |||||||||||
Food for the Elephant and other Animals | 268 | 80 | Cash in the Treasury for do. | 4,688 | — | ||||||||
Camphor and packing Cloths, &c. | 109 | — | |||||||||||
Paid the Commissioners for landing the Copper, &c. at Batavia | 250 | — | |||||||||||
Prows employed landing the cargoes | 600 | — | Advanced to the Commanders of the Vessels and other Persons at Japan, to be repaid at Batavia | 3,678 | — | ||||||||
Freight of the Ship Charlotte for nine Months, at 6,600 per Month | 59,400 | — | |||||||||||
Freight of the Ship Mary for eight Months, at 6,000 Sicca Rupees per Month | 22,909 | 10 | |||||||||||
94,117 | 48 | 72,014 | — | ||||||||||
298,150 | 80 | ||||||||||||
Balance in favour of the Voyage | 43,975 | 20 | |||||||||||
Total | Sp.D. | 342,126 | — | Total | Sp.D. | 342,126 | — |
FOOTNOTES:
[285] "We were obliged to submit to many insults, and it frequently happened that the governors declined receiving our representations, hinting that we might leave Japan altogether and not return again. From the records also we perceive the despotic regulations resorted to by the Japanese respecting our nation, in consequence of our having at that time but little power in India."—Imhoff.
[285] "We had to put up with a lot of insults, and it often happened that the governors refused to listen to our complaints, suggesting that we could just leave Japan and not come back. The records also show the harsh rules imposed by the Japanese on our nation because we had very little power in India at that time."—Imhoff.
[286] It is remarkable, that when the Dutch were formerly in the habit of sending seven and eight ships to Japan, but few losses took place; whereas afterwards, when only two or three were sent and the navigation better known, many were lost. The cause assigned is their being latterly overladen with private trade.
[286] It's interesting that when the Dutch used to send seven or eight ships to Japan, they experienced very few losses. However, later on, when they sent only two or three ships and had a better understanding of navigation, many more were lost. The reason given is that these later ships were overloaded with private trade.
[287] "It is no where evident," says Mr. Imhoff, "that the Dutch ever gave cause to the Japanese to hate them for being Christians: they seem rather to have been accused of indifference towards their religion, although I suppose that the writers on that subject are not altogether correct."
[287] "It's not clear," says Mr. Imhoff, "that the Dutch ever gave the Japanese a reason to dislike them for being Christians. Instead, they seem to have been criticized for being indifferent towards their religion, although I think the authors on that topic may not be entirely accurate."
[288] "Our peaceable conduct at Japan, and the alarm given to that country by the Russians, plead greatly in our favour; and as it will be impossible for them to find other Europeans more tractable than ourselves, they can certainly have no reason to desire our departure from thence, although it may be undeniable that Japan stands in no need of foreigners."—Imhoff.
[288] "Our friendly behavior in Japan, along with the fear the Russians have caused in that country, works heavily in our favor; and since they won’t be able to find other Europeans more agreeable than us, they certainly have no reason to want us to leave, even though it's clear that Japan doesn't require any foreigners."—Imhoff.
[289] "In 1637 the Japanese Iron was purchased at two Spanish dollars, and sold at Batavia for five and a half Spanish dollars the pikul. On account of the smallness of the profit, an annual requisition was made for one thousand pikuls only."
[289] "In 1637, Japanese iron was bought for two Spanish dollars and sold in Batavia for five and a half Spanish dollars per pikul. Due to the low profit margin, an annual order was placed for only one thousand pikuls."
[291] Wealth of Nations.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Wealth of Nations.
[292] Ibid.
Ibid.
[294] "Our commercial relations with Japan are of very peculiar nature. Every one knows ours is the only European nation admitted to it, what humiliations we are obliged to suffer for it, and what expenses we incur by our embassies to the court of Jeddo. This trade was once very lucrative, but in the latter years I think it has done little more than cover the expences incidental to it, and considering the loss of ships and people, is certainly not such as to justify an exposure to so many humiliations.
[294] "Our trade relations with Japan are quite unique. Everyone knows we are the only European nation allowed in, the humiliations we have to endure for this privilege, and the costs we incur by sending ambassadors to the court of Jeddo. This trade used to be very profitable, but in recent years, I believe it has done little more than cover the related expenses, and given the loss of ships and lives, it certainly doesn't seem worth the many humiliations we face."
"Notwithstanding this, we have not been inclined to resign the trade; nor indeed is it either necessary or prudent to do so. But I am at a loss to know how the government of Batavia will be able to account for sending there, in the years 1797 and 1798, a strange ship bearing an American flag, by way of pretence, though really an English vessel, and commanded by Captain Stuart, a real Englishman, though possessed of an American pass, although he belonged to Madras or Bengal. To abandon this trade would be ridiculous, but as it is subject to such regulations in Japan as it will be hardly possible to get rid of, it may be impracticable to make it quite free and open. To pursue it on account of the state or of a company will never answer the purpose. I therefore venture to propose the sale by public auction, to the highest bidder, at Batavia, of a license or pass for one or two ships, of limited burthen, to trade there, either for one or more years, as may be preferred. The chief of Decima should be appointed and maintained by the government, and should act as a kind of consul, and proceed on the embassy to Jeddo, if it were required. But beyond this, the whole system and regulation of the trade should be left wholly to the owners of the ships, with the exception of such rules as the Japanese laws may render necessary with regard to our trade.
"Despite this, we haven't been inclined to give up the trade; nor is it either necessary or wise to do so. But I'm puzzled as to how the government of Batavia will justify sending a strange ship with an American flag in 1797 and 1798, while it was actually an English vessel, commanded by Captain Stuart, a genuine Englishman, even though he had an American pass and hailed from Madras or Bengal. Abandoning this trade would be absurd, but given that it faces such strict regulations in Japan, it may be nearly impossible to make it completely free and open. Pursuing it for the sake of the state or a company won’t serve the purpose. Therefore, I propose selling a license or pass for one or two ships, of limited capacity, through public auction at Batavia, to the highest bidder, allowing trade for one or more years, as preferred. The chief of Decima should be appointed and supported by the government, acting as a sort of consul, and should go on the embassy to Jeddo, if necessary. Beyond that, the entire system and regulation of the trade should be left entirely to the ship owners, except for any rules that Japanese laws may require concerning our trade."
"The yearly embassies, which are so very expensive, are already dispensed with by the Japanese; and as they would be useful from time to time, it might be advisable to obtain permission, for the future, to perform them only once in every ten years, or to have it fixed for each new resident or consul to undertake it once during his stay.
"The annual embassies, which are really costly, have already been eliminated by the Japanese; and since they could be helpful occasionally, it might be a good idea to get permission to conduct them only once every ten years in the future, or to have each new resident or consul do it once during their time here."
"It will not be easy to obtain any other privileges or freedom of consequence, for whatever some of our latter servants there may have wanted to make us believe on this point, it is very clear that the Japanese are very indifferent whether we go there or not, and consider their permitting us to do so merely as an indulgence on their part. It cannot be doubted, that as soon as this trade is opened to individuals, they will find means to make the profits of it worth the risk and danger; and in proportion as these profits become more valuable, the value of the licenses will increase."—Hogendorp. [Vol II Pg xxxviii]
"It won't be easy to gain any other privileges or meaningful freedoms. Despite what some of our recent representatives might have wanted us to believe, it's clear that the Japanese don't really care whether we visit or not and see their allowing us to do so as just a favor. There's no doubt that once this trade opens up to individuals, they'll find ways to make profits worth the risks involved; as these profits become more significant, the value of the licenses will also rise."—Hogendorp. [Vol II Pg xxxviii]
APPENDIX C.
TRANSLATION OF A MODERN VERSION OF THE SÚRIA ÁLEM
There was a certain raja of the west, named Sáng Prábu Súria Alem, who, being duly qualified, did, in the establishment of divine justice, frame a code of judicial regulations, consisting of fifteen hundred and seven articles, which being afterwards digested and reduced to the number of one hundred and forty-four, were by him made known and explained to all the people of the countries under his authority, thereby diffusing knowledge and righteousness where ignorance and wickedness before prevailed.
There was a certain king in the west, named Sáng Prábu Súria Alem, who, being fully qualified, created a system of divine justice. He developed a set of judicial regulations that originally consisted of fifteen hundred and seven articles. These were later condensed to one hundred and forty-four, which he shared and explained to all the people in the regions under his rule, spreading knowledge and righteousness where ignorance and wrongdoing had previously existed.
These regulations were also firmly established, and were put into practice without any respect of persons, not excepting the relations and kindred of Sáng Prábu himself; so that, if the left hand offended, satisfaction was demanded by the right, and vice versâ for such is the law of God.
These rules were clearly defined and enforced without favoritism, even towards the family and relatives of Sáng Prábu himself. If one hand caused an offense, the other hand demanded satisfaction, and vice versa, as this is the law of God.
These judicial regulations originated in no ambitious views, nor was their author, when he framed them, influenced by feelings of either regard for his friends or hatred towards his enemies; neither was he actuated by any selfish considerations: his sole object was the establishment of true justice, founded on divine principles.
These legal regulations didn’t come from any grand ambitions, nor was the author influenced by feelings of friendship or animosity; he wasn’t driven by selfish motives either. His only goal was to create genuine justice based on divine principles.
I.
Of the Duty of the Jáksa.
In the first place, he must possess a sufficient knowledge of the law, to know how to act in regard to cases which may come before him, which of the parties ought to be made to pay, what are and what are not proper subjects for a law-suit, deciding against the person who would bring forward any thing of the latter description. If the Jáksa is found ignorant of these matters, he shall have his tongue cut out.
In the first place, he must have enough knowledge of the law to understand how to handle cases that come before him, which party should be held responsible, what can and cannot be the basis for a lawsuit, and to rule against anyone who tries to bring a frivolous claim. If the Jáksa is found to be ignorant of these issues, he will have his tongue cut out.
In the second place, if the Jejénang (the next in order to the Jáksa) shall, in acting for the Jáksa, prove deficient in a knowledge of his duty, he too shall either have his tongue cut out, lose both his ears, or have red-hot pincers applied to his lips.
In the second place, if the Jejénang (next in line to the Jáksa) fails to demonstrate a good understanding of his responsibilities while acting for the Jáksa, he will also face severe punishment, which could include having his tongue cut out, losing both ears, or having red-hot pincers applied to his lips.
In the third place, any incorrect statement in writing shall be punished by the loss of both hands.
In the third place, any false statement in writing will be punished by the loss of both hands.
Should neither of these sentences be carried into effect, the Jáksa ought, at all events, to be banished the country.
Should neither of these sentences be carried out, the Jáksa should, in any case, be exiled from the country.
This punishment, however, may be mitigated by the Rája, who, having compassion on the Jáksa, may recal him after one year's exile.
This punishment, however, can be softened by the Rája, who, feeling compassion for the Jáksa, may call him back after one year's exile.
Should the Rája suffer to pass unpunished such a total dereliction of duty on the part of the Jáksa, as stated, difficulty and distress will necessarily arise in those times. [Vol II Pg xxxix]
Should the Rája allow such a complete failure of duty by the Jáksa to go unpunished, challenges and hardships will inevitably arise in those times. [Vol II Pg xxxix]
II.
The establishment fixed by Sáng Prábu for the Jáksa consisted of twelve persons, viz. two Jejénangs, two writers, six Máta Mátas, and two men whose business is to be in constant attendance on the court.
The setup established by Sáng Prábu for the Jáksa included twelve people: two Jejénangs, two writers, six Máta Mátas, and two men whose job is to be always present at the court.
The fees authorised to be taken by the Jáksa from persons who have any business to settle, are forty-four for the Jáksa himself, three thousand for the Jejénangs, eight thousand for the writers, one thousand for those in attendance in the court, and eight thousand for and on account of the state. That for the Panghúlu is left to the liberality of the party.
The fees that the Jáksa is allowed to collect from people who have any business to resolve are forty-four for the Jáksa himself, three thousand for the Jejénangs, eight thousand for the writers, one thousand for those attending the court, and eight thousand for the state. The fee for the Panghúlu is left up to the generosity of the party.
If the Jáksa shall not conform in practice to what is here laid down, it is required that he be disgraced and branded in the common market-place.
If the Jáksa does not follow what is outlined here in practice, he must be shamed and marked in the public marketplace.
If any one shall find fault with the conduct of the Jáksa, without being able to substantiate his charges against him, and shall make the same public, that person shall be fined agreeably to the rank and quality of the accused, viz. fifteen thousand (pichis).[295] The reason of so large a sum being awarded is, because the Jáksa is the chief of the Mántris.
If anyone criticizes the actions of the Jáksa without being able to back up their claims, and makes it public, that person will be fined based on the status and position of the accused, specifically fifteen thousand (pichis).[295] The reason for such a hefty fine is that the Jáksa is the head of the Mántris.
The Bopáti is, as it were, the door to the Jáksa, the Kabáyan that to the Bopáti, and the Panghúlu that to the Raja. These four form a body, through which every thing is minutely investigated.
The Bopáti is, in a way, the gateway to the Jáksa, the Kabáyan that connects to the Bopáti, and the Panghúlu that leads to the Raja. Together, these four make up a system through which everything is thoroughly examined.
Let it be understood, that the Raja, who fills so exalted and conspicuous a situation, is not without something to do. What he says is the result of observation and deliberation. His disposition and way of thinking is that which he has received at the hands of the Almighty, who dwelleth where no one knoweth, at whose hands the wicked will meet with their deserts.
Let it be clear that the Raja, who holds such a high and prominent position, has responsibilities to fulfill. What he says comes from careful observation and thought. His attitude and mindset are shaped by the Almighty, who exists in an unknown realm, where the wicked will face the consequences of their actions.
III.
The Tri-rása-upáya, as known among men, comprehend three things, which are intimately connected with each other, but which, nevertheless, must not be confounded, viz. 1. Húkum; 2. P'réntah; 3. Kasúsahan[296].
The Tri-rása-upáya, as it is known, includes three elements that are closely linked but should not be mixed up: 1. Húkum; 2. P'réntah; 3. Kasúsahan[296].
Where a sentence is very severe, or of a nature which will not admit of its being fulfilled, a mitigation or commutation thereof can only take place, by a careful consultation of what is written in the book of laws.
Where a sentence is very harsh, or one that cannot be carried out, a reduction or change can only happen after thoroughly reviewing what is stated in the book of laws.
IV.
Of the Dása Wigúna.
Dása signifies ten, and wigúna, very powerful, and under this name is comprehended: 1. Sentence of death; 2. Amputation; 3. Disgrace; 4. Confiscation of property; 5. Banishment; 6. Extorting evidence by inflicting bodily pain; 7. Getting at evidence by kind treatment and giving money; 8. Obtaining it by skilful management alone; 9. Compulsion; 10. Letting off from punishment, by receiving a consideration for the same.
Dása means ten, and wigúna means very powerful. Under this term, we understand: 1. The death penalty; 2. Amputation; 3. Disgrace; 4. Confiscation of property; 5. Exile; 6. Coercing testimony through physical pain; 7. Extracting evidence through kindness and financial incentives; 8. Gaining it through clever tactics alone; 9. Forcing compliance; 10. Reducing punishment by accepting a bribe.
There are degrees of those which are to be known and observed. [Vol II Pg xl]
There are levels of things that should be understood and followed. [Vol II Pg xl]
V.
Of the Gúntur G'ni.
Under this head is comprehended five things, viz. 1. The customs of the country; 2. The orders of the sovereign; 3. Loss by an enemy; 4. A change of the Raja and of his orders; 5. Difficult queries given by one country to another to solve.
Under this section, five things are included: 1. The customs of the country; 2. The orders of the ruler; 3. Loss caused by an enemy; 4. A change in the Raja and his orders; 5. Difficult questions posed by one country to another for resolution.
Under the head Mal come three things, viz. Water, land, and people. The water is necessary to keep alive what has been planted in the land. Mankind take all that comes, good as well as bad.
Under the head Mal come three things: water, land, and people. Water is essential for sustaining what has been planted in the land. Humans accept everything that comes their way, both good and bad.
VI.
The term mal properly means cloth, money, and gold; which three articles, above all others, are the grand and most frequent subjects of law-suits, that arise out of the various transactions which take place among men.
The term mal basically means cloth, money, and gold; these three things, more than anything else, are the main and most common subjects of lawsuits that come up from the different transactions that happen between people.
VII.
In law-suits there are seven circumstances of material consequence, viz. 1. Where the cause being good can be taken up and supported; 2. When the articles can be minutely described; 3. When the articles, as well as the persons, can be pointed out; 4. When marks can be shewn; 5. When the party suing has been an eye-witness; 6. When all those things happen to take place; 7. When confession is made of what is the subject of the law-suit.
In lawsuits, there are seven important factors to consider: 1. When the case is valid and can be pursued; 2. When the items can be described in detail; 3. When the items and the people involved can be identified; 4. When evidence can be presented; 5. When the person suing has witnessed the events; 6. When all these elements coincide; 7. When a confession is made regarding the matter in question.
VIII.
Of the Precious Stone, and that in which it is set.
To these may be compared the Raja and his people. The former is in a dependant state. Those who surround him are the Pandíta, the Bopáti, and the Jáksa: and those immediately entertained by himself are, 1. One who possesses his confidence; 2. A Jérutúlis skilled in writing; 3. An interpreter well versed in language; 4. A good messenger; 5. An intelligent doorkeeper; 6. A person who knows in what a want of manners consists; 7. An experienced general.—Then will the country flourish.
To these, we can compare the Raja and his people. The Raja is in a subordinate position. Those around him include the Pandíta, the Bopáti, and the Jáksa: and those who are directly involved with him are, 1. Someone he trusts; 2. A skilled Jérutúlis in writing; 3. An interpreter fluent in languages; 4. A reliable messenger; 5. A smart doorkeeper; 6. A person who understands basic manners; 7. An experienced general.—Then the country will thrive.
IX.
The Jáksa is, according to his character, distinguished by the following appellations, viz. Wíra páksa, when he inclines to the side whence he receives most bribes; 2. Pátra kilása, when he goes by what he is told, without duly weighing and considering the merits of the case himself; 3. Ami jáya, when he punishes the guilty with severity; 4. Permána, when he awards the just sentence of the law as it is written, without lenity or severity.
The Jáksa is, according to his character, known by the following names: 1. Wíra páksa, when he leans toward the side that gives him the most bribes; 2. Pátra kilása, when he simply follows what he’s told, without properly considering the merits of the case himself; 3. Ami jáya, when he punishes the guilty harshly; 4. Permána, when he delivers a fair sentence according to the law as it’s written, without being too lenient or too harsh.
X.
There are three things which ought not to be allowed to exist in a country, viz. 1. Witchcraft, particularly at critical junctures. The fine to be imposed in such cases is forty thousand; and if any thing is lost, it is to be laid to the charge of the persons who practise that art.
There are three things that should not be allowed to exist in a country: 1. Witchcraft, especially during critical times. The fine for such cases is forty thousand, and if anything is lost, it will be held against the individuals who practice that art.
2. Should the Adipáti be the person, he shall be treated according to the[Vol II Pg xli] Sábda suwára, i. e. he shall be dismissed from his office, and his officers and relatives will be considered as implicated in the crime.
2. If the Adipáti is the person involved, he will be dealt with according to the [Vol II Pg xli] Sábda suwára, which means he will be removed from his position, and his officials and family members will be regarded as complicit in the crime.
3. Should the Mántris be found guilty of witchcraft, they shall be fined one hundred thousand.
3. If the Mántris are found guilty of witchcraft, they will be fined one hundred thousand.
XI.
Of the boundaries or Limits of Lands named Túgu.
By which is meant landmarks, such as stones, trees or fences, or whatever else serves to form an enclosure.
By that, we mean landmarks like stones, trees, fences, or anything else that helps create an enclosure.
This may and does often become a subject of litigation, especially where any thing has been planted: 1. With respect to lands of inheritance; 2. With respect to such as have been given away; 3. With respect to those which have been purchased; 4. With respect to those in which something has been planted.
This often becomes a topic for lawsuits, especially when something has been planted: 1. Regarding inherited land; 2. Regarding land that has been given away; 3. Regarding purchased land; 4. Regarding land where something has been planted.
Disputes arising on any of those subjects are proper to be litigated; and in settling them, besides examining such witnesses as there may be, it will be necessary to consult the old men of the village, as well as the Lúra who collects the annual land revenue, before a decision can be given.
Disputes about any of those topics can be taken to court; and in resolving them, in addition to questioning any witnesses available, it will be important to talk to the village elders, as well as the Lúra who gathers the yearly land taxes, before a decision is reached.
The true proprietor of a piece of land under dispute, will be he who can prove his having enclosed it; and the true proprietor of any crop will be he who can prove his having sown or planted it.
The actual owner of a disputed piece of land is the one who can prove they have enclosed it; and the true owner of any crop is the one who can prove they have sown or planted it.
Proof is to be obtained by administering an oath, which is done by immersion in water, or by drinking it.
Proof is obtained by taking an oath, which can be done by being immersed in water or by drinking it.
XII.
He in whose hands is vested the power of administering justice, must be well acquainted with the nature of the ten following things, and know how to proceed in regard to them, viz. 1. Informations; 2. Grounds for a law-suit; 3. The proper time for trial; 4. The occupation and condition of the parties; 5. The object sought by the parties; 6. The prosecution; 7. The defence; 8. Pleading not guilty; 9. Evidence; 10. Eye-witnesses.
He who holds the power to administer justice must be well-informed about the following ten things and understand how to handle them: 1. Information; 2. Grounds for a lawsuit; 3. The right time for trial; 4. The occupation and status of the parties; 5. The aim of the parties; 6. The prosecution; 7. The defense; 8. Pleading not guilty; 9. Evidence; 10. Eyewitnesses.
XIII.
A sufficiency of evidence alone will obtain a favourable decision; and when the witnesses brought forward to prove any fact do not, upon examination do so, the party who summoned them ought to be cast and also fined.
A sufficient amount of evidence alone will lead to a favorable decision; and when the witnesses presented to support any fact fail to do so upon examination, the party who called them should be dismissed and also fined.
XIV.
With regard to the Páncha báka, which is the case of a woman accused by four men of fornication; if, on examination, these four men do not agree in their testimony, they ought to be put to death, or else fined agreeably to the Jána trésna, which leaves it to those who have charge of the woman to determine the extent of the fine.
With respect to the Páncha báka, which involves a woman being accused of fornication by four men; if, upon examination, these four men do not have a consistent testimony, they should face the death penalty or be fined according to the Jána trésna, which allows those in charge of the woman to decide the amount of the fine.
XV.
There are two descriptions of orders, viz. 1. Purúsa, or those which come from the Raja or from an enemy; 3. paparéntahan, or those of the Bopáti.
There are two types of orders: 1. Purúsa, which come from the Raja or from an enemy; 2. paparéntahan, which are those of the Bopáti.
If the Bopáti is more severe or more lenient than he ought to be, he[Vol II Pg xlii] shall be fined one hundred thousand, or else agreeably to the Sábda suwára, which is the arbitrary will of the Sovereign.
If the Bopáti is harsher or more lenient than necessary, he[Vol II Pg xlii] will be fined one hundred thousand, or in accordance with the Sábda suwára, which reflects the Sovereign's discretion.
XVI.
The following are thirty different cases of law-suits, viz.
The following are thirty different cases of lawsuits, namely.
1. Amra kádang, where one who is accused of theft, points at either another person or the accuser himself.
1. Amra kádang, where someone accused of stealing points at either another person or the accuser.
2. Kundáng chíri, where a person presents a paper to the court, with something additional written under the signature and date of it.
2. Kundáng chíri, where someone submits a document to the court, with extra notes written below the signature and date.
3. Meng'ámuk pung'gung, where a person destroys his property while he has a law-suit pending.
3. Meng'ámuk pung'gung, where someone damages their own property while they have a lawsuit pending.
4. Mutúng památang, where a person, during the course of a law-suit, leaves his master or chief and goes to another.
4. Mutúng památang, where a person, during a lawsuit, leaves their master or chief and goes to another.
5. Sána dénta, where a person concerned in a law-suit either magnifies or lessens the state of the case.
5. Sána dénta, where a person involved in a lawsuit either exaggerates or downplays the situation.
6. Ng'árika Pátra, where a person denies his own hand-writing.
6. Ng'árika Pátra, where someone denies their own handwriting.
7. Nídra permána, where a person, intending to kill another, goes and lives on terms of intimacy with him.
7. Nídra permána, where someone who plans to kill another person goes and lives closely with them.
8. Dámar kitúdah, where a person, on first making a complaint of his own accord, brings evidence in support of it.
8. Dámar kitúdah, where a person, when they first make a complaint on their own, provides evidence to support it.
9. Ngaríka wárna, where a person has a law-suit, which another than his own chief is acquainted with the merits of.
9. Ngaríka wárna, where someone has a lawsuit that someone other than their own chief understands the details of.
10. Sírna ning jáya, where a person objects to his own witnesses.
10. Surely, that won't do, where a person disagrees with his own witnesses.
11. Perlíga, where a person finds a thing and does not take it to some proper person where he lives.
11. Perlíga, where someone finds something and doesn’t take it to the appropriate person where they live.
12. Génti wátang, i. e. the case of a person who is the first to bring evidence.
12. Génti wátang, meaning the situation of someone who is the first to present evidence.
13. Sudésit kemú, i. e. a thing belonging to two persons and found by a third; the point forthwith litigated, and decided in favour of the former, each of whom hopes to get it: the thing, however, cannot be restored to either, or to any of their relations; it must be appropriated for the purpose of assisting in defraying the expenses of the state.
13. Sudésit kemú, meaning something that belongs to two people but is found by a third; the issue is quickly disputed and resolved in favor of the first two, each hoping to claim it. However, the item cannot be returned to either of them or to any of their family members; it must be used to help cover state expenses.
14. Sáksi rumémbi, where a person first of all calls upon only one person as a witness, and afterwards, when the cause is decided, wishes to adduce further evidence.
14. Sáksi rumémbi, where a person first calls on just one person as a witness, and later, once the case is decided, wants to bring in more evidence.
15. Sasástra perálara, where a person presents a written statement of his grievances without a date to it.
15. Sasástra perálara, where someone submits a written account of their complaints without a date on it.
16. Ang'ríka-rája, where a person engaged in a law-suit speaks hesitatingly, and at the same time refers to some respectable person for the truth of what he would assert.
16. Ang'ríka-rája, where a person involved in a lawsuit speaks with hesitation, while simultaneously referencing a respectable individual for confirmation of what they claim.
17. Chini ropáti, where a person acts in a compulsory manner towards the people or relations of another.
17. Chini ropáti, where someone behaves in a forced way towards other people's friends or family.
18. Kápra-lága, where a person, in reply to a question put to him, refers to one who is dead.
18. Kápra-lága, where a person, in response to a question asked of him, mentions someone who has passed away.
19. Abíndu páya, or the case of a breach of promise.
19. Abíndu páya, or the situation of breaking a promise.
20. Níleb lúra, where the object of the law-suit is for the recovery of duties, or any thing else a long time due. [Vol II Pg xliii]
20. Níleb lúra, where the goal of the lawsuit is to recover duties or anything else that's been owed for a long time. [Vol II Pg xliii]
21. Madót ráketan, when of two witnesses in favour of any litigating party, one is not forthcoming at the time of trial.
21. Madót ráketan, when there are two witnesses supporting any party in a lawsuit, and one is not available at the time of the trial.
22. Sámbung wátan téper, where a person prefers a complaint of a specific nature, and afterwards superadds other circumstances.
22. Sámbung wátan téper, where someone chooses to bring up a complaint of a specific kind, and then adds more details later.
23. Ting'gal pergán, where a person concerned in a law-suit remains quiet and keeps himself back.
23. Inaction, where someone involved in a lawsuit stays silent and holds back.
24. Páncha perkása, where those engaged in a law-suit display rage and cunning.
24. Páncha perkása, where people involved in a lawsuit show anger and cleverness.
25. Anára wichána, where before a case is decided, a constant intercourse is held with the Jáksa by one of the parties.
25. Anára wichána, where before a case is decided, one of the parties has ongoing discussions with the Jáksa.
26. Percháya-rasi, where a person prosecuted before the court points out the love and regard which some great man has for him.
26. Percháya-rasi, where a person being prosecuted in court highlights the love and respect that some notable figure has for them.
27. Katóya rasa, where a person, while his case is pending, makes presents to the Jáksa.
27. Katóya rasa, where a person, while their case is ongoing, gives gifts to the Jáksa.
28. Kasúria chándra miráda wachána, where a person refuses to abide by the sentence of the Jáksa.
28. Kasúria chándra miráda wachána, where a person refuses to follow the ruling of the Jáksa.
29. Katóya rása úpaya, where a person, before his cause is decided, makes a present of something to the Raja, the Bopáti, and Panghúlu.
29. Katóya rása úpaya, where a person, before their case is resolved, gives a gift to the Raja, the Bopáti, and Panghúlu.
30. Kasábda malícha permána, where a person denies what he has once publicly declared.
30. Kasábda malícha permána, where a person goes back on what they once publicly stated.
With respect to the thirty foregoing cases, it will be for the Jáksa to consider and determine when a law-suit can, and when it cannot, be instituted.
With regard to the thirty cases mentioned above, it will be up to the Jáksa to decide when a lawsuit can be filed and when it cannot.
XVII.
Here follow eight more cases, viz.
Here are eight more cases, namely.
1. Cupíta sábda permána, where one of four persons engaged in a law-suit, being deputed to act for the others, it appears, on examination of the witnesses, that the affair cannot be settled with this one person.
1. Cupíta sábda permána, where one of four people involved in a lawsuit, appointed to represent the others, it seems, upon reviewing the witnesses, that the issue cannot be resolved with just this one person.
2. Hanúk meng tan wíring wísa, where a witness, on re-examination, gives a different account from that which he gave when previously examined by the Jáksa. In such case the Jáksa must endeavour to discover which is the most plausible account of the two.
2. Hanúk meng tan wíring wísa, where a witness, during a second questioning, provides a different version than what they shared during the first examination by the Jáksa. In this case, the Jáksa must try to determine which of the two accounts is the most believable.
3. Kawílut tára, where opposition takes place between the witnesses, or between those whose cause it is, and others who have been eye-witnesses of what is the subject of litigation.
3. Kawílut tára, where there is a conflict between the witnesses, or between those who are involved in the case, and others who have directly observed the matter at hand in the legal dispute.
4. Bháning hanámpuh tóya, where a person is assisted by one who is in the administration of justice.
4. Bháning hanámpuh tóya, where a person is helped by someone involved in the justice system.
5. Ng'ádang tárka, where, on a trial taking place, the deposition of a party differs from the account previously taken down by the Jáksa. In this case, such party should be cast.
5. Ng'ádang tárka, where, during a trial, a witness's testimony differs from what was previously recorded by the Jáksa. In this situation, that witness should be dismissed.
6. Ng'áling'ga pandáya, when one takes for witnesses worthless persons who cannot be depended on or believed.
6. Ng'áling'ga pandáya, when someone relies on unreliable people as witnesses who can't be trusted or believed.
7. Eluádi, where a person changes, tears, or makes an erasure in any paper.
7. Eluádi, where someone alters, rips, or erases anything on paper.
8. Kahústi sábda parláya, where a person shamelessly makes free with what belongs to another, who is neither a friend nor relation. [Vol II Pg xliv]
8. Kahústi sábda parláya, where someone unashamedly takes liberties with what belongs to someone else, who is neither a friend nor a family member. [Vol II Pg xliv]
XVIII.
Of cases where a Law-Suit cannot be instituted.
These are five in number, viz. 1. Where the evidence is not clear; 2. Where an article which has been lost by one person is found in the possession of another, who cannot tell whence he got it; 3. Where the evidence of the witnesses produced by any party varies from that of the parties themselves; 4. Where no evidence exists. In this case, the party who can give the most plausible story will obtain a decision in his favour; 5. Where the agent of another in any law-suit is cast.
There are five situations: 1. When the evidence is unclear; 2. When an item that one person has lost is found with someone else, who can't explain where it came from; 3. When the testimony from the witnesses presented by one party differs from that of the parties themselves; 4. When there is no evidence at all. In this case, the party that presents the most convincing story will win; 5. When the representative of another in a legal case is defeated.
XIX.
A law-suit will be instituted with success under any of the five following circumstances, viz.
A lawsuit will be successfully filed under any of the following five circumstances, namely:
1. Táta, where the declarations of all those who support the suit are uniform and connected.
1. Táta, where the statements of everyone backing the case are consistent and linked.
2. Títi, when the time of the deed or action is known.
2. Títi, when the timing of the action is known.
3. Kárta, where the object of the suit is universally allowed to be good and just.
3. Kárta, where the subject of the lawsuit is generally accepted to be fair and just.
4. Sang'ára, where there is a readiness to swear to what is asserted.
4. Sang'ára, where people are willing to affirm what is claimed.
5. Dupára, where probability and plausibility exist.
5. Dupára, where probability and plausibility are found.
XX.
Of things sent by one person to another, and destroyed under circumstances which admit of no redress, called Páncha Sedrása, of which there are five cases, viz. 1. Where it is occasioned by lightning; 2. When by the attack of an enemy; 3. By being sunk; 4. In consequence of an order from the Raja; 5. By fire communicated from an adjoining house.
Of items sent from one person to another that are destroyed in situations where there's no way to make it right, called Páncha Sedrása, there are five scenarios: 1. When it happens due to lightning; 2. When caused by an enemy attack; 3. When it sinks; 4. As a result of an order from the King; 5. By fire spreading from a neighboring house.
XXI.
There are three things which, from their baneful nature, are universally deprecated, and considered and treated as inimical to the welfare of man, viz. 1. Theft; 2. The injury which crops are liable to sustain from the depredations of noxious animals; 3. The mischief which is to be apprehended under water, from crocodiles or the like.
There are three things that, due to their harmful nature, are universally condemned and seen as opposed to human welfare: 1. Theft; 2. The damage that crops can suffer from destructive animals; 3. The danger posed by creatures like crocodiles in the water.
XXII.
In a law-suit, the successful party obtains damages of the one that is cast. As the agitation of the leaves marks the presence of the wind, so does the stir and noise of contending parties shew the existence of a law-suit.
In a lawsuit, the winning party gets damages from the losing one. Just as the rustling of leaves indicates the presence of the wind, the commotion and noise from the opposing parties reveal the existence of a lawsuit.
XXIII.
There are two cases where it will go hard with any party, viz. 1. When a mark or proof can be given, as well as evidence produced; 2. Where in a violent dispute between two chiefs respecting the boundaries of their lands, one of them is the first to bring weapons with him: such a one must be found guilty, and will be cast. The fine to be levied, in such[Vol II Pg xlv] case, will, according to the rank of the parties, be one of the following: 1. Utáma, or that awarded to chiefs, viz. one hundred and forty thousand; 2. Díada madén, or that awarded to those of an inferior degree, viz. seventy thousand; 3. Nésta, or that awarded to the common people, viz. forty-five thousand.
There are two situations where any party will face serious consequences: 1. When there is a mark or proof that can be given, in addition to evidence presented; 2. In a heated disagreement between two chiefs over their land boundaries, if one of them is the first to bring weapons: that person must be found guilty and will be penalized. The fine imposed in such[Vol II Pg xlv] a case will depend on the rank of the parties involved, which can be one of the following: 1. Utáma, or what is given to chiefs, which is one hundred and forty thousand; 2. Díada madén, or what is given to those of lower rank, which is seventy thousand; 3. Nésta, or what is given to the common people, which is forty-five thousand.
XXIV.
Sentence of guilt will be awarded to any party under the three following circumstances.
A judgment of guilt will be given to any party under the three following circumstances.
1. Cháya rásmi, where advice has been received from the Jáksa.
1. Cháya rásmi, where advice has been given by the Jáksa.
2. Príng'ga ráksa, where the assistance of the officers of the court has been received.
2. Príng'ga ráksa, where help from the court officers has been received.
3. Andría ráksa, where a case which has been decided is revived at the instance of the party that was cast, in consequence of other people's advice. In such case, if the party which formerly gained the suit fail to appear on the day appointed for a second trial, they shall be cast; and in like manner will it be with the other party, if they fail to attend. For such proceeding, however, the Jáksa shall be fined fifty thousand.
3. Andría ráksa, where a case that has already been decided is brought back by the losing party because of advice from others. In this situation, if the party that originally won the case does not show up on the appointed day for the retrial, they will lose. The same will happen to the other party if they fail to appear. However, for this procedure, the Jáksa will be fined fifty thousand.
XXV.
1. Wilút sábda bíksa masábda upáya, where a person sues another who is connected with the business of the suit, but who is not the responsible person, and only from his being the more eligible person is attacked on account of his means. In such case the prosecutor will lose his cause.
1. A lawsuit against someone who is related to the business in question but isn't the actual responsible party, typically because they're seen as more capable, will lead to the prosecutor losing their case.
2. Sáka dípa, where a person incurs the obligation of paying for any thing he has lost or destroyed, and refuses to do so according to a proper valuation which shall be fixed thereon. In such case he shall be cast.
2. Sáka dípa, where a person is required to pay for anything they have lost or damaged and refuses to do so based on a proper valuation that should be established. In this situation, they will be ruled against.
3. Gándia páti, where the Jáksi is silenced in a discussion with one of the parties who dispute a point with him. The Jáksa, in such case, shall be found guilty, and fined forty thousand.
3. Gándia páti, where the Jáksi is quieted in a discussion with one of the parties who disagrees with him. The Jáksa, in this case, will be found guilty and fined forty thousand.
4. Bháning máya permána, i. e. if a thief, who is pursued, runs into certain premises, by a gap in what serves to enclose them, the proprietor thereof will be held responsible for one-third of the amount stolen.
4. Bháning máya permána, i.e. if a thief being chased runs into a property through an opening in what surrounds it, the owner will be liable for one-third of the stolen amount.
5. Ng'ámbága páti, i. e. a person having pursued, without effect, a thief whom he had surprised in the act of stealing, and the tools of the thief, which in his hurry to escape are left behind, are in the meantime found in the house of any one, the owner of the house shall be held guilty.
5. Ng'ámbága páti, meaning a person who has tried unsuccessfully to catch a thief caught in the act of stealing, and the thief's tools that the thief left behind in their rush to escape, if found in anyone's house, the owner of that house will be considered guilty.
6. Lukíta búkti, i. e. the person in whose possession thieves' tools shall be found, will be held guilty of any robbery which may, at the time, have been committed.
6. Lukíta búkti, meaning the person who has thieves' tools in their possession, will be considered guilty of any robbery that may have been committed at that time.
7. Síma mamángsa táta upáya, i. e. where a person pursues a thief into the premises of another, without acquainting him with the circumstance. In such case guilt will be attached to the former.
7. Síma mamángsa táta upáya, meaning where someone chases a thief onto someone else's property without informing them of the situation. In this case, the person chasing will be considered guilty.
8. Gána léna ámit mángsá tan wéring káma, i. e. when a malicious combination is formed to accuse and prove guilty one who is an object of hatred. The persons who so conspire shall be held guilty.
8. When a harmful plot is created to accuse and frame someone who is hated, i.e., when a group conspires to falsely accuse and convict an individual they dislike. Those who engage in this conspiracy shall be considered guilty.
XXVI.
Of cases where a cause will be lost, there are twenty-five in number, viz.
Of cases where a cause will be lost, there are twenty-five in total, namely.
1. Hína sáksi, where the witnesses are worthless disreputable persons. [Vol II Pg xlvi]
1. Hína sáksi, where the witnesses are worthless, disreputable people. [Vol II Pg xlvi]
2. Hína sábda, where a thing is lost, and the owner thereof does not give information thereof to his chief.
2. Hína sábda, where something is lost, and the owner doesn’t inform their chief about it.
3. Hína klína, where a person finds a thing and does not make it known.
3. Hína klína, where someone discovers something and keeps it to themselves.
4. Hína wang, where a person whom another deputes to act for him, in any law-suit, is deficient in what is required of him.
4. Hína wang, where a person who is appointed by someone else to act on their behalf in a lawsuit falls short of what is expected of them.
5. Kagúndang sáksi, where a witness produced by one party is the declared enemy of the other.
5. Kagúndang sáksi, where a witness brought by one side is the stated enemy of the other.
6. Hang'ímbu chína, where a person who has been robbed gets hold of the thieves' tools without making it known that he has done so.
6. Hang'ímbu chína, where a person who has been robbed secretly obtains the thieves' tools without revealing that they've done so.
7. Ng'edong sáksi, when a person brings false witnesses whom he has suborned.
7. Ng'edong sáksi, when someone brings in fake witnesses that they have bribed.
8. Hakúto sáksi, where the witnesses have been bribed.
8. Hakúto sáksi, where the witnesses have been paid off.
9. Hakádang sáksi, i. e. where a person instructs his witnesses what to say previous to their examination.
9. Hakádang sáksi, meaning where someone tells their witnesses what to say before they are questioned.
10. Sábda laksána, i. e. where a thing is stolen within certain premises, and a person residing therein shall refuse to concern himself about the matter. Such person shall be made to make good one-third of the property lost.
10. Sábda laksána, meaning that if something is stolen from a specific location and a person living there chooses not to get involved, that person will have to compensate for one-third of the lost property.
11. Hamátang bubúkan, i. e. where a person makes one of his enemy's people his agent. Such person shall be cast.
11. Hamátang bubúkan, meaning where someone makes one of their enemy's people their agent. That person will be cast out.
12. Sídam wárut, i. e. where persons concert in concealing an unlawful pregnancy and in producing an abortion. Such persons shall incur a fine of one hundred and fifty thousand each; the whole of the people of the village where it took place shall each be fined fifty thousand; and every person of the village opposite to it shall be fined twenty-five thousand. All persons, too, who, though living at a distance, are still under the authority of the chief of the village when the thing happened, shall be each fined four thousand. A person of great means shall be fined one million.
12. Sídam wárut, meaning where individuals collaborate to hide an illegal pregnancy and perform an abortion. Those involved will be fined one hundred and fifty thousand each; everyone in the village where this occurred will be fined fifty thousand; and each person in the neighboring village will be fined twenty-five thousand. Additionally, anyone living away but still under the authority of the village chief at the time of the incident will be fined four thousand each. A wealthy individual will face a fine of one million.
13. Tatarápan raja pepáti, i. e. if a person is found dead without its being known how he came by his death, nothing can be done; and it will rest with the Raja to cause the body to be disposed of in any way he may deem proper. If a corrupted dead body, found in a certain village, is first discovered by people of another village, the whole of the persons belonging to the former shall be each fined fifty thousand. Should those persons have endeavoured to conceal the dead body, they shall each, in that case, be fined one hundred thousand. If it is in a field where the dead body is discovered, and that by others than the proprietors of the land, the fine to be imposed upon the latter shall be one hundred thousand. If the dead body is first discovered by a person of the village, and he immediately, by sounding an alarm, summons all the people of that village to see and bear witness thereof; and if those persons afterwards, on examination, deny the fact, the whole of them shall be fined fifty thousand. The favourable testimony of thirteen women, however, will get them off from the said fine.
13. Tatarápan raja pepáti, meaning if someone is found dead and it's unclear how they died, nothing can be done; it will be up to the Raja to decide how to handle the body. If a decayed body is found in a certain village and it is first discovered by people from another village, everyone from the original village will each be fined fifty thousand. If those individuals tried to hide the body, they will each face a fine of one hundred thousand. If the body is found in a field by someone other than the landowners, the landowners will be fined one hundred thousand. If a villager discovers the body and quickly alerts everyone in the village to witness it, but then the witnesses deny it upon investigation, everyone involved will be fined fifty thousand. However, if thirteen women provide supportive testimony, they will be exempt from that fine.
14. Ngépi g'ni, i. e. a person is wounded and sounds the alarm: many people quickly repair to the spot, but see no appearance of any one by whom the wound could have been inflicted; presently is heard the sound of[Vol II Pg xlvii] another alarm, at a different place, by persons who declare they have just wounded a thief who has escaped from them, producing at the same time proof of the fact: in such case the person who first sounded the alarm shall be considered the thief. If there is found a person who has been wounded somewhere, but without its being known where or when, and without there being any thing to lead to a suspicion of his being a thief, nothing can be done to him.
14. Ngépi g'ni, meaning a person is hurt and raises an alarm: many people quickly rush to the scene, but they see no one who could have caused the injury; soon, another alarm is heard from a different location, where people claim they have just injured a thief who got away, proving their claim at the same time: in this case, the person who first raised the alarm will be considered the thief. If a person is found wounded somewhere, but with no indication of where or when it happened, and there’s nothing to suggest he is a thief, nothing can be done to him.
15. Ang'gús súra, i. e. a wound having been proved to have been inflicted by any party who has been prosecuted for the same, if the skin only is broken, the fine to be imposed shall be four thousand. If it is a flesh wound, the fine shall be eight thousand; if a bone be broken or sinews cut, forty thousand: but if the injury done to the wounded party be of such a nature as to deprive him of the means of earning a livelihood, the offending party must, in that case, provide for him.
15. Ang'gús súra, meaning a wound that has been confirmed to have been caused by someone who has been charged for it, if only the skin is broken, the fine will be four thousand. If it is a flesh wound, the fine will be eight thousand; if a bone is broken or tendons are cut, it’s forty thousand. However, if the injury prevents the victim from earning a living, the person at fault must provide for them.
16. If a person wounds a thief, and can shew marks of his having done so (as a bloody weapon), and if it has been done in the presence of many people, and it has been plainly seen whither the thief betook himself, and an alarm is presently sounded in the place to which the thief fled, and a person then declares he has just received a wound, such person shall be accounted the thief.
16. If someone injures a thief and can show evidence of the injury (like a bloody weapon), and if this happens in front of a lot of witnesses, and it's clear where the thief went, and an alarm is immediately raised in the place the thief ran to, and then someone says they’ve just been injured, that person will be considered the thief.
17. Wardáya chuménda, i. e. if a person is observed to pass through a village with thieves' tools in his possession, although nothing be stolen, that person shall be accounted the thief.
17. Wardáya chuménda, meaning if someone is seen walking through a village with tools commonly used for stealing, even if nothing has been stolen, that person will be seen as a thief.
18. Artísi wádía dan dérma dénda, i. e. the disputes of ministers with ministers, priests with priests, and pundíta with pundíta, must be decided according to the Wartárja sawung eng kerta, i. e. by taking into consideration their different dispositions and natures, as well as their proneness to falsehood.
18. Artísi wádía dan dérma dénda, meaning the arguments among ministers, priests, and pundíta, should be resolved according to the Wartárja sawung eng kerta, by considering their different personalities and tendencies, as well as their inclination to lie.
19. Tríta chándrang guira raditia, i. e. the law (in the inflexibility and unchangeableness of its nature) resembles the sun, moon, and water. Whoever acts in opposition to the law, must be found guilty and punished accordingly.
19. Tríta chándrang guira raditia, meaning the law (in its strictness and unchanging nature) is like the sun, moon, and water. Anyone who goes against the law must be found guilty and face appropriate punishment.
20. If any person be courageous enough to seize or kill a thief, he ought to receive a reward of four thousand. If the thief has a master, the latter ought to be fined twenty-four thousand.
20. If anyone is brave enough to catch or kill a thief, they should receive a reward of four thousand. If the thief has an owner, that person should be fined twenty-four thousand.
21. If a person enter a village at an improper hour, and is thrice challenged without making any reply, he shall be considered as a thief. A person skulking behind a door or fence, under similar circumstances, shall be considered in the same light.
21. If someone enters a village at an inappropriate time and is questioned three times without responding, they will be considered a thief. A person hiding behind a door or fence under the same circumstances will be viewed in the same way.
22. Nóya résmi, i. e. a respectable person who may endeavour to screen a thief, shall be fined agreeably to the untára, viz. one hundred thousand. If the delinquent is a person of the middle class, he shall be fined eighty thousand; if a person of the lower orders, forty thousand.
22. Respectable person, meaning someone who might try to protect a thief, will be fined according to the untára, specifically one hundred thousand. If the offender is from the middle class, they will be fined eighty thousand; if they are from the lower class, forty thousand.
23. Tri maláni nagára comprehends three things, which are inimical to the welfare of a country, viz. 1. Corrupt judges; 2. Breach of promise or agreement; 3. Wígu wigúna, i. e. Where the Raja, or others who are in[Vol II Pg xlviii] authority, inconsiderately decide or give hasty orders about any thing, whereby much mischief never fails to follow.
23. Tri maláni nagára includes three factors that can harm a country's well-being: 1. Corrupt judges; 2. Breaking promises or agreements; 3. Wígu wigúna, meaning when the Raja or others in authority make careless decisions or give rushed orders about something, which always leads to a lot of trouble.
24. This section is the work of the Púndita, Pagáwan Chínde Guána, and contains seven articles, viz. 1. Súria wíguna, i. e. the Raja's court is like the sun, whose refulgent rays spread in all directions and penetrate through every thing. 2. Anla súria kuntáka, i. e. the displeasure of the Raja in his court is like the heat of the sun, which causes those who are exposed to it to faint away. 3. Kasíla trésna perláya, i. e. when sentence of death is passed on any one by the Raja in his court, it must be carried into effect, as in the case of Kadúrga sangúra, where a person commits fornication or adultery with any of the Raja's household; or Kásu síla antúka, where a person forgets himself and wrangles in the court of the Raja; or Kabérna antáka, where a fight takes place, by which death or severe wounds are inflicted; or Madáwang lúma, i. e. where a person endeavours to ruin another, by endeavouring to make him appear guilty; or Ang'gu pála sábda, where a person, after receiving a distinct order from the Raja himself, incurs blame by executing it in a different manner from what he was told, in consequence of the advice of his chief; or Jaladri kaperchánda láwat dípa, i. e. the effects of the Raja's displeasure against any one cannot be transferred to another.
24. This section is the work of the Púndita, Pagáwan Chínde Guána, and includes seven articles: 1. Súria wíguna, meaning the Raja's court is like the sun, whose shining rays spread in all directions and penetrate everything. 2. Anla súria kuntáka, meaning the Raja's anger in his court is like the heat of the sun, which makes those exposed to it faint. 3. Kasíla trésna perláya, meaning when the Raja passes a death sentence on someone in his court, it must be carried out, as in the case of Kadúrga sangúra, where a person commits fornication or adultery with anyone from the Raja's household; or Kásu síla antúka, where someone acts foolishly and argues in the Raja's court; or Kabérna antáka, where a fight occurs resulting in death or serious injuries; or Madáwang lúma, meaning where one person attempts to ruin another by trying to make them seem guilty; or Ang'gu pála sábda, where someone, after receiving a clear order from the Raja himself, takes blame by doing it differently from what he was instructed due to his chief's advice; or Jaladri kaperchánda láwat dípa, meaning the consequences of the Raja's anger towards someone cannot be transferred to another person.
XXVII.
1. Díndang karúban wáng, i. e. the just and lawful revenues or duties, and no more, must be levied.
1. Just and lawful revenues, meaning the proper taxes or fees, and nothing beyond that, must be collected.
2. Gegér kapála, i. e. where a person disregards the prohibitions of the Raja.
2. Gegér kapála, meaning when someone ignores the rules set by the Raja.
3. Gurníti gandarása, i. e. several people are assembled together, and one of them happens to lose something: whoever is the first to quit the party, shall be considered guilty of having stolen it; and if there is incontestible evidence of this, he shall be made to pay two-fold.
3. Gurníti gandarása, meaning that a group of people is gathered, and if one of them loses something: the first person to leave the group will be seen as responsible for stealing it; and if there is undeniable proof of this, they will have to pay double.
4. Góra gétih ng'emúríris, i. e. where an unqualified person decides cases from his own knowledge of the manner of proceeding.
4. Góra gétih ng'emúríris, i.e. where an unqualified person makes decisions based on their personal understanding of how things should be done.
5. Waráksa tapula, i. e. no case ought to be settled but by a proper and equitable decision.
5. Waráksa tapula, meaning that no case should be resolved without a fair and just decision.
6. Yang'a ling'ga suria, i. e. when a Pundita does not shew the accustomed respect to the Raja.
6. Yang'a ling'ga suria, meaning when a Pundita doesn't show the usual respect to the Raja.
7. Líman sangúra, i. e. when a person mistakes the road he ought to be put right, and not chastised for any trespass he may have made unwittingly.
7. Líman sangúra, meaning when someone takes a wrong turn, they should be guided back on track rather than punished for any mistakes they may have made unknowingly.
8. Túnjung túmrap hing séla, i. e. whoever shall give protection in his house to fornicators or adulterers shall forfeit his property.
8. Anyone who provides shelter in his house to fornicators or adulterers will lose his property.
9. Tírta kasúrung píka, i. e. where the wise or skilled assist, with their advice, those who live by fraud, when under a prosecution.
9. Tírta kasúrung píka, meaning where the wise or skilled help, with their advice, those who rely on deception when facing prosecution.
10. Bermára máng'un líga, i. e. where a person concerned in a law-suit which has been brought forward, is in the habit of absenting himself when his presence is required. Such person must be awarded guilty. [Vol II Pg xlix]
10. Bermára máng'un líga, meaning where someone involved in a lawsuit tends to avoid showing up when they are needed. That person should be considered guilty. [Vol II Pg xlix]
11. Dándang tumráping káyon, i. e. a person from one place comes and lays claim to another: the people of the latter all testify that the claimant has no right or title to that spot or place. In such case, the said claimant will be cast.
11. Claiming a space, i.e., a person from one location comes and asserts ownership of another: the people from that location all testify that the claimant has no right or title to that spot or place. In this case, the claimant will be rejected.
12. Andáka katáwan wiása, i. e. if a person engaged in a law-suit shall abscond, from an apprehension of being cast, it will be even so with him.
12. Andáka katáwan wiása, meaning if someone involved in a lawsuit runs away, fearing they might lose, it will turn out the same for them.
13. Kídang lumáyu ating'gal suára, i. e. every person must be held responsible for crimes committed, or wrong done, by any one in their service or employ.
13. Everyone must be held accountable for crimes committed or wrongs done by anyone they employ or have in their service.
14. Hanio kána, i. e. a servant or dependant of one person having committed a fault, runs for protection to another, who, when applied to, will not give him up. The person who affords such protection, if prosecuted, will be cast.
14. Hanio kána, meaning a servant or dependent of someone who has done wrong, seeks refuge with another person who, when asked, won’t turn him in. The person providing this protection will face consequences if prosecuted.
15. Hang ling'ga praláya, i. e. a person who does not himself appear before the court in his own behalf, but leaves his case to be managed by the officers of the court, shall be cast.
15. Hang ling'ga praláya, meaning a person who does not personally appear before the court to represent themselves, but instead lets the court officers handle their case, shall be sentenced.
16. Símbar tumráping séla, i. e. where the witnesses produced in any case are persons unknown, and without any fixed place of residence, the party who brings them shall be found guilty, or cast, as the case may be.
16. Símbar tumráping séla, i.e. when the witnesses presented in a case are unknown individuals with no permanent residence, the party who brings them will be found guilty or ruled against, depending on the situation.
XXVIII.
The situation and feelings of those in favour of whom sentence is pronounced is Tírta prábu táru láta. Tírta signifies water, the qualities of which are clearness, and a disposition to proceed straight forward, which nothing will check or overcome. Those who are thus like unto water, let them be ever so humble and poor, shall not fail to be successful in any cause in which they may be engaged. The lowly, who are thus successful, shall have as much cause to rejoice as the rich (prábu), who are the reverse, shall have to be depressed. The former resemble a stately tree (táru), whose base and roots are great and spreading, with fragrant blossoms and many creepers (láta) to entwine and support it.
The situation and feelings of those in favor of whom the sentence is pronounced is Tírta prábu táru láta. Tírta means water, which is clear and flows forward without anything holding it back. Those who are like water, no matter how humble or poor, will succeed in any endeavor they take on. The humble, who achieve success, have as much reason to celebrate as the rich (prábu), who on the other hand have reason to feel down. The former are like a tall tree (táru) with a solid, expansive base and roots, blooming with fragrant flowers and surrounded by many vines (láta) that support and entwine it.
XXIX.
1. Chándra kalamókan búda, i. e. the situation or state of one against whom sentence has been pronounced, however great he may be, is like the moon when obscured by clouds: like her, his countenance is overcast and gloomy.
1. Chándra kalamókan búda, meaning the situation of someone who has been sentenced, no matter how great they are, is like the moon hidden by clouds: like the moon, their face is dark and gloomy.
2. Anámon déria, i. e. a person engaged in a law-suit, who shall change his outward appearance, shall be cast.
2. Anámon déria, meaning a person involved in a lawsuit, who changes their outward appearance, shall be cast out.
3. Pencháng'ga angudána, i. e. if one of the wise shall, for the purpose of invalidating the evidence of his adversaries, make any alteration in the disposition of his house or premises, he shall, on conviction thereof, be condemned.
3. Pencháng'ga angudána, meaning if one of the wise alters the layout of his house or property to undermine the evidence of his opponents, he will be found guilty and punished.
4. Andáka penjang'ga amóyong, i. e. one of the wise who has instituted a suit, and becoming himself sick at the time appointed for trial, shall fail to make known whether he wishes the business to be settled or postponed, shall lose his suit. [Vol II Pg l]
4. Andáka penjang'ga amóyong, meaning one of the wise who has filed a case, and if he falls ill at the time set for the trial and doesn't clearly state whether he wants the matter to be resolved or delayed, he will lose his case. [Vol II Pg l]
5. Andáka kitíran, i. e. if such party shall fail to appear when summoned, he will be cast, even should he be otherwise in the right.
5. Andáka kitíran, meaning if such a party fails to show up when summoned, they will be ruled against, even if they are actually in the right.
6. Ambáli múka amigantáka, i. e. a person who, taking the law into his own hands, shall seize the property of another, in payment of a debt due to him, shall be held responsible for the same.
6. Ambáli múka amigantáka, i.e. a person who takes the law into their own hands and seizes someone else's property to pay off a debt owed to them will be held accountable for that action.
7. Síti tínab'la, i. e. if a person, in search of any thing he has lost, shall enter a different village to that to which he belongs, without giving due notice to the chief thereof, he shall be held responsible for any misdeed which may at the time have been committed, and if any thing important, he shall be made to pay two-fold.
7. Si'ti tínab'la, meaning if someone, in search of something they lost, enters a different village from the one they belong to without properly notifying the chief there, they will be held accountable for any wrongdoing that might have occurred at that time, and if it's something significant, they will have to pay double.
8. Ang'rika máya, i. e. a person who, being in company with a thief, receives a hurt or injury from persons while in the act of apprehending him, cannot obtain redress.
8. Ang'rika máya, or a person who is with a thief and gets hurt or injured by others while trying to catch him, cannot seek compensation.
9. Kabrána páti, i. e. a person who accuses another, and is himself the more guilty of the two, shall be condemned.
9. Kabrána páti, meaning a person who blames someone else while being more at fault themselves, shall be punished.
10. Pátra laksána amáng'un satmáta, i. e. a person who, in order to get something which is not his own, shall alter what is written in any paper, must be condemned.
10. Pátra laksána amáng'un satmáta, meaning a person who, in order to obtain something that doesn’t belong to them, changes what is written in any document, must be punished.
11. Kabáli súra, i. e. a person who superadds in court something which he urges with violence, shall be condemned.
11. Kabáli súra, meaning a person who forcefully adds something in court that they insist upon, will be sentenced.
12. Kitíran múng'gen káyon, i. e. one person sends another to demand payment of a debt which is disavowed, a law-suit ensuing, if he who sent the other to demand payment has no other evidence to produce but that person, he shall be cast.
12. Kitíran múng'gen káyon, meaning one person sends another to collect payment for a debt that is denied, leading to a lawsuit. If the person who sent the other to collect payment has no other evidence to present besides that person, they will lose the case.
13. Mántra káchung táka, i. e. if a person engaged in a law-suit produces, for the second time, before the court, a paper which, on examination, appears to be written in a different hand from what it was before, although the purport, in both cases, be exactly the same, the person who produced such paper shall be cast.
13. Mántra káchung táka, meaning if someone involved in a lawsuit submits a document for the second time that, upon review, seems to be written in a different handwriting from the original, even if the content is exactly the same in both cases, the person who submitted that document will lose the case.
14. Sangnága amamángsa tanpa taláwang áng'aleákan térka, i. e. a person, such as a Mántri or Bopáti, deputes another to act for him in a law-suit: the person so deputed has no authority to produce of his having been so. If the cause is lost, the person who deputed the other cannot bring it forward again.
14. Sangnága amamángsa tanpa taláwang áng'aleákan térka, i.e., a person, like a Mántri or Bopáti, appoints someone else to represent him in a lawsuit: the appointed person has no authority to show proof of this appointment. If the case is lost, the person who appointed the other cannot bring it up again.
15. Kaputung'an pikúlan, i. e. if the witnesses of a person engaged in a law-suit shall leave him and go to his adversary, the former shall be cast.
15. Kaputung'an pikúlan, meaning if the witnesses of a person involved in a lawsuit abandon him and go to his opponent, the former will be defeated.
16. Prája kobáli múrda, i. e. when the circumstances of a case which one person brings forward are contradicted by those who have an opportunity of knowing them, the former shall be condemned.
16. Prája kobáli múrda, meaning that when someone presents a case that is contradicted by those who have the chance to know the facts, the person presenting the case will be found guilty.
17. Bermara amri sari, i. e. if a person to whom another is indebted shall, on the supposition of inability to discharge the debt, proceed to seize the property of that other, without previously demanding payment of the debt, he shall be cast.
17. Bermara amri sari, meaning if someone who is owed money believes the debtor cannot pay and decides to take the debtor's property without first asking for payment, they will be punished.
18. Síma amot amamángsa tanwir ring báya, i. e. a person in office, who exceeds his authority, ought to be condemned.
18. A person in office who goes beyond their authority should be condemned, i.e., a person in authority who exceeds their power ought to be condemned.
19. Krúwang lindúng'an perwát, i. e. if person whose cause is good, and whose evidence is complete and satisfactory, shall insist upon a severe punishment against his adversary, he shall be cast. [Vol II Pg li]
19. Krúwang lindúng'an perwát, meaning if a person has a just cause and provides clear and convincing evidence, and insists on a harsh penalty for their opponent, they will be defeated. [Vol II Pg li]
20. Gabus boten ng'lem, i. e. when stolen goods are discovered, the Raja ought to cause them to be restored to whom they belong.
20. Gabus boten ng'lem, meaning that when stolen goods are found, the Raja should make sure they are returned to their rightful owners.
21. Guwáta Samirána, i. e. those who conceal the wife or children of another, ought to be put to death by order of the Raja.
21. Guwáta Samirána, which means those who hide someone else's wife or children, should be executed by the Raja's command.
22. Súlung alebu dían, i. e. if the relations of one whose guilt is manifest, shall apply to have the punishment awarded transferred to a substitute, they shall be condemned.
22. Súlung alebu dían, meaning that if someone whose guilt is clear asks to have their punishment transferred to someone else as a substitute, they will be condemned.
23. Apátra ina percháya, i. e. a person obtains permission from the Raja to proceed against another, and afterwards, from some consideration, neglects to do so, while that other, in the meantime, appears before the Raja and declares his innocence of what is alleged against him, stating that, if he were guilty, his chief would not have failed to bring him forward: in such case, the former shall be condemned.
23. Apátra ina percháya, meaning a person gets permission from the Raja to take action against someone else, but later, for some reason, fails to do so, while the other person shows up before the Raja and claims they are innocent of the accusations against them, arguing that if they were guilty, their chief would have brought them forward: in this situation, the first person will be found at fault.
24. Perwáta brámantára, i. e. if a person is found guilty of circulating false reports, or of magnifying any piece of intelligence, so as to create a great alarm in the country, and put all the people in a ferment, he shall be fined four hundred and four thousand.
24. Perwáta brámantára, meaning if someone is found guilty of spreading false information or exaggerating any news to cause widespread panic and agitation among the people, they shall be fined four hundred and four thousand.
ABSTRACT of some of the LAWS which, according to the tradition of the Javans, were in force against the inhabitants, previous to the supposed arrival of Aji Saka.
(Collected by Mr. Middlekoop.)
(Collected by Mr. Middlekoop.)
OATHS
Were administered by repeating certain words after the Priest, accompanied by a motion of the head and body, the hands being folded.
Were given by repeating specific words after the Priest, along with a movement of the head and body, with the hands folded.
ORDINARY FINES
Were levied according to the following gradations:—
Were charged based on the following levels: —
tahil.[297] | |
---|---|
When a subordinate or petty chief, who had people under him, committed a crime, the fine was | 5 |
The eldest son of a prince | 5 |
The son of a chief | 2½ |
A Prince or Raden without employment | 1½ |
A Menak or Rang'ga holding a public office and transacting public duty | 5 |
A Menak or Rang'ga restricted from the performance of public duty | 1½ |
A Menak or Rang'ga who administered a small tract of country | 1 |
Children of a chief Rang'ga or Menak | 2½ |
An ambassador (ordinary) of a prince or principal chief | 2½ |
An ambassador extraordinary | 1½ |
Children of the above | 1 |
A male subject | 1½ |
A female subject | 1 |
Persons having forfeited their right of liberty through misdemeanors, and thus become dependant upon another, pay fifty pichis.
Persons who have lost their right to freedom due to minor offenses, and have become dependent on someone else, pay fifty pichis.
All the above fines might be paid in money, goods, gold, silver, horses, buffaloes, and other necessary articles.
All the fines mentioned above could be paid in cash, goods, gold, silver, horses, buffaloes, and other essential items.
THEFT AND ROBBERY.
A free subject having committed a robbery, he was delivered up (on detection) to the chief or tribunal of the place to which he belonged; and if unwilling to restore the stolen goods, or unable to pay the value, he was to be delivered over to the person whom he had robbed, and made to serve him as a bondsman: but no claim whatever was enforced upon the wife or children, who did not, on this account, forfeit their liberty. It was, however, lawful to deprive a thief of his life when caught in the act.
A free person who committed a robbery was handed over (upon discovery) to the chief or court of their community; if they refused to return the stolen goods or couldn’t pay for their value, they would be turned over to the victim and made to serve them as a bondsman. However, no claims could be placed on the thief’s wife or children, so they didn’t lose their freedom because of this. It was also permissible to take a thief's life if caught in the act.
When a robbery was committed by a person in a state of servitude, the proprietor of such person's services was bound to pay the value of the stolen property, or to deliver the person over to the injured party; but on being caught in the fact, and the thief being put to death, the proprietor was no further liable.
When a robbery was committed by someone who was enslaved, the owner of that person’s services was required to pay the value of the stolen property or hand the person over to the victim. However, if the thief was caught in the act and executed, the owner was no longer responsible.
Robberies having been committed in the day time, were punished by a fine or by servitude.
Robberies committed during the day were punished with a fine or forced labor.
If one or more stolen buffaloes were killed in or near a village, and sufficient proof thereof adduced by the owner, the village people were condemned to pay the value of such stolen cattle, unless they produced the thief or thieves.
If one or more stolen buffaloes were killed in or near a village, and the owner provided enough proof of this, the villagers were required to pay the value of the stolen cattle, unless they identified the thief or thieves.
HOMICIDE AND MURDER.
A free person who killed a male dependant, was punished by a fine of two and a half tahils: one who killed a female dependant was fined three and a half tahils.
A free person who killed a male dependent was fined two and a half tahils; someone who killed a female dependent was fined three and a half tahils.
If in an affray between two free persons the one killed the other, and the offender was seized in the act, he could be put to death by the relations or friends of the deceased; but if he succeeded in taking refuge with the head of a village, he was only liable to a fine of five tahils if the deceased was a male, and three and a half tahils if a female.
If two free people got into a fight and one killed the other, the family or friends of the deceased could kill the offender if they caught him in the act. However, if the offender managed to escape and seek protection from the village leader, he would only have to pay a fine of five tahils if the deceased was male, and three and a half tahils if female.
When a prince, chief, or petty chief, was murdered by one of his subjects, the party was punished by death, for having killed his superior.
When a prince, chief, or minor chief was killed by one of his subjects, the individual responsible was punished with death for killing their superior.
But a prince or head chief had the right to deprive his subjects of their lives whenever he chose, though, when one of their sons, either a Menak, Rang'ga, or other chief, put to death a free person or dependant, he was bound to pay to the friends or master of the deceased two and a half tahils, besides a fine for a male person five, and for a female three and three quarters tahils. These persons were not liable to be put to death, although caught in the fact.
But a prince or chief had the right to take the lives of his subjects whenever he wanted. However, if one of their sons, whether a Menak, Rang'ga, or another chief, killed a free person or someone dependent on them, he was required to pay the friends or master of the deceased two and a half tahils, in addition to a fine of five tahils for a male and three and three quarters tahils for a female. These individuals could not be executed, even if they were caught in the act.
In case, however, that a prince or chief caused to be put to death a dependant who was not guilty of any offence for which he deserved such punishment, the prince or chief was bound to make good half of the estimated value of the deceased's property, beside being condemned to servitude, and a fine of ten tahils. [Vol II Pg liii]
If a prince or chief had someone killed who wasn’t guilty of any crime deserving of such punishment, the prince or chief had to pay half of the estimated value of the deceased's property, and would also be sentenced to servitude, along with a fine of ten tahils. [Vol II Pg liii]
Amok being cried, it was lawful for every one to destroy such as ran amok; but in the event of its being a false alarm, and any one was killed by the crowd, the person that exclaimed amok was liable to be fined.
Amok being shouted, anyone was allowed to take down those who were running amok; however, if it turned out to be a false alarm and someone was killed by the crowd, the person who yelled amok could be fined.
In a crowd or assemblage of people, if a dispute ran so high that one party was killed in the affray, and lay dead on the ground, the offending party was exempt from fine, but punished by the prince according to the circumstances of the case.
In a crowd of people, if a fight escalated to the point where one person was killed during the altercation and lay dead on the ground, the person at fault would be free from fines but punished by the ruler based on the specifics of the situation.
ADULTERY.
A man having received information that his wife had committed adultery, was restricted from believing it, even if he was told by credible persons, unless he found her in the act; he might then deprive her of life. If she escaped, however, and concealed herself among her friends and neighbours, it was not lawful to put her to death; but on complaint being made by her husband, she was prosecuted and punished according to the circumstances of the case.
A man who learned that his wife had cheated on him was not allowed to believe it, even if reliable people told him, unless he caught her in the act; then he could kill her. However, if she managed to escape and hid among her friends and neighbors, it was illegal to kill her; instead, if her husband made a complaint, she would be prosecuted and punished based on the specifics of the situation.
A man found guilty of adultery was liable to a fine of ten tahils, and the woman to the same. Being unable to discharge the sum, they were transferred to the servitude of another, who was willing to pay the amount of the fine, which was then given to the husband of the adulteress.
A man found guilty of cheating was required to pay a fine of ten tahils, and the woman faced the same penalty. If they couldn’t pay the fine, they could be sold into servitude to someone else who was willing to cover the cost, which would then be given to the husband of the cheating wife.
An adulteress causing her husband to be put to death was also to suffer death.
An adulteress who caused her husband to be put to death would also face death.
A man having run away with the wife of another, on her being seized by her husband at their abode, both parties could be put to death; but if they were not discovered for a length of time, during which they kept themselves quiet and had begotten children, the adulterer was only liable to pay, as well for himself as for the woman, a fine of ten tahils. He was, however, bound to forfeit the half of the children so begotten for the benefit of the lawful husband, to whom they were transferred in servitude.
A man who ran away with another man's wife could be put to death if her husband caught them at their home. However, if they remained hidden for a long time and had children during that period, the man only had to pay a fine of ten tahils for both himself and the woman. Nonetheless, he had to give up half of the children they had for the benefit of the legal husband, who would then have them in servitude.
DIVORCE.
Lawfully married persons wishing to separate from each other, each retook the property brought at the marriage, and an equal division was made of what had been gained since the marriage. This included the children; the eldest was always to remain with the mother, the second with the father. After the separation on the decease of either, the whole effects were to be taken possession of by those children who, at the separation, had come to the share of the deceased; but they were also obliged to pay the debts of the deceased, whatever the same might amount to. When the number of children was unequal, the odd one was to fall to the share of the wife; but such as were imperfect or deformed were excluded from the division, and maintained by both parties.
Legally married couples who wanted to separate would each take back the property they brought into the marriage, and they would equally divide what they had gained together since the marriage. This also included the children; the oldest would always stay with the mother, and the second with the father. After the separation, if either parent passed away, the entire estate would go to the children who had inherited from the deceased at the time of separation; however, they were also responsible for paying off the deceased's debts, no matter how much they totaled. If there was an unequal number of children, the extra one would go to the wife; but any children who were imperfect or disabled would be excluded from the division and cared for by both parents.
FOOTNOTES:
[295] Pichis, a small tin coin.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pichis, a small nickel.
[297] The money here alluded to is the coin of Palembang, subsequently introduced by Raden Patah, in consequence of his connexion with Palembang. Rice appears to have been the principal medium of exchange previously to this period. The pichis is a small tin coin, of which two hundred make a wang, and twenty-eight wangs are equal in value to a Spanish dollar. [Vol II Pg liv]
[297] The money mentioned here refers to the coin from Palembang, which was introduced by Raden Patah due to his connection with Palembang. Before this period, rice seems to have been the main medium of exchange. The pichis is a small tin coin, with two hundred of them equivalent to a wang, and twenty-eight wangs equal in value to a Spanish dollar. [Vol II Pg liv]
APPENDIX, D.
PROCLAMATION.
For the satisfaction of the inhabitants and people of Java, the following provisions are made public, in testimony of the sincere disposition of the British government to promote their prosperity and welfare. The refusal of their late government to treat for their interests, although disabled by the events of war from affording them any further protection, has rendered the consequent establishment of the British authority unconditional. But an English government does not require the articles of a capitulation to impose those duties which are prompted by a sense of justice and a beneficent disposition. The people of Java are exhorted to consider their new connection with England as founded on principles of mutual advantage, and to be conducted in a spirit of kindness and affection.
For the benefit of the residents and citizens of Java, the following provisions are being made public to show the genuine intention of the British government to enhance their prosperity and well-being. The previous government's refusal to negotiate on their behalf, despite being unable to provide any further protection due to the outcomes of war, has led to the establishment of British authority without conditions. However, an English government does not need the terms of a surrender to impose responsibilities that arise from a sense of fairness and goodwill. The people of Java are encouraged to view their new relationship with England as based on mutual benefit and to approach it with kindness and warmth.
Providence has brought to them a protecting and benevolent government; they will cheerfully perform the reciprocal duties of allegiance and attachment.
Providence has provided them with a supportive and caring government; they will gladly fulfill their mutual responsibilities of loyalty and commitment.
1. His Majesty's subjects in Java will be entitled to the same general privileges as are enjoyed by the natural-born subjects of Great Britain in India, subject to such regulations as now exist, or may hereafter be provided, respecting residence in any of the Honourable Company's territories.
1. His Majesty's subjects in Java will have the same general privileges as the natural-born subjects of Great Britain in India, subject to the regulations that currently exist or may be established in the future regarding residence in any of the Honourable Company's territories.
2. They will have the same privilege and freedom of trade to and with all countries to the east of the Cape of Good Hope, and also with His Majesty's European dominions, as are possessed by natural-born subjects of Great Britain.
2. They will have the same rights and freedom to trade with all countries east of the Cape of Good Hope, as well as with His Majesty's European territories, just like the natural-born citizens of Great Britain do.
3. Dutch gentlemen will be eligible to all offices of trust, and will enjoy the confidence of government, according to their respective characters, conduct, and talents, in common with British-born subjects.
3. Dutch gentlemen will be eligible for all positions of trust and will have the confidence of the government, based on their individual character, conduct, and skills, just like British-born subjects.
4. The vexatious system of monopoly, which is understood to have heretofore prevailed, in some instances to an oppressive and inconvenient extent, will be revised, and a more beneficial and politic principle of administration win be taken into consideration as soon, and to such extent, as full information on the subject can be obtained, as established usage and habit may admit, and as may be consistent with a due regard to the health and morals of the people.
4. The annoying monopoly system, which has previously existed and in some cases has been quite oppressive and inconvenient, will be re-evaluated, and a more beneficial and sensible approach to management will be considered as soon as we can gather complete information on the subject, as established practices allow, and in a way that respects the health and morals of the people.
5. The Dutch laws will remain provisionally in force, under the modifications which will be hereinafter expressed, until the pleasure of the supreme authorities in England shall be known; and it is conceived that no material alteration therein is to be apprehended.
5. The Dutch laws will stay temporarily in effect, with the changes that will be stated here, until the supreme authorities in England make their decision known; and it is believed that no significant changes are expected.
The modifications to be now adopted are the following:
The changes we are going to implement are as follows:
First. Neither torture nor mutilation shall make part of any sentence to be pronounced against criminals.
First. Neither torture nor mutilation shall be included in any sentence given to criminals.
Secondly. When a British-born subject is convicted of any offence, no punishment shall be awarded against him, more severe than would be inflicted by the laws of England for the same crime. And in case of doubt[Vol II Pg lv] concerning the penalty by English law, reference shall be made to the Honourable the Recorder of Prince of Wales' Island, whose report shall be a sufficient warrant for awarding the penalty stated by him to be agreeable to the laws of England. No sentence against any British-born subject, for any crime or misdemeanor, shall be carried into execution, until a report shall have been made to the lieutenant-governor.
Secondly. When a British-born citizen is convicted of any offense, no punishment shall be more severe than what would be given under English law for the same crime. If there is any doubt[Vol II Pg lv] about the penalty according to English law, reference shall be made to the Honourable the Recorder of Prince of Wales' Island, whose report will be sufficient to determine the penalty that aligns with English law. No sentence against any British-born citizen, for any crime or misdemeanor, shall be carried out until a report has been made to the lieutenant-governor.
Thirdly. No sentence of death against any person whatever shall be carried into execution, until report shall have been made to the lieutenant-governor.
Thirdly. No death sentence against any person shall be carried out until a report has been made to the lieutenant-governor.
Fourthly. The lieutenant-governor will have the power of remitting, moderating, or confirming, all penalties; excepting inconsiderable fines, short imprisonment, or slight corporal punishment.
Fourthly. The lieutenant-governor will have the authority to reduce, modify, or confirm all penalties, except for minor fines, brief imprisonment, or minor physical punishment.
Fifthly. British-born subjects shall be amenable to the jurisdiction of the Dutch tribunals, and to the Dutch laws in all cases of civil complaint or demands, whether they be plaintiffs or defendants.
Fifthly. British-born subjects will be subject to the jurisdiction of the Dutch courts and to Dutch laws in all cases of civil complaints or claims, whether they are plaintiffs or defendants.
Sixthly. All British-born subjects shall be subject to the regulations of police, and to the jurisdiction of the magistrates charged with the execution thereof, and with the maintenance of the peace and of public tranquillity and security.
Sixthly. All British-born subjects shall follow the regulations of the police and be under the authority of the magistrates responsible for enforcing them, as well as for maintaining peace, public calm, and security.
Seventhly. All persons belonging to or attached to the army, who are by their condition subject to military law, shall, for the present, be tried for any crimes they may commit only by courts-martial, unless sent by the military authorities to civil courts.
Seventhly. All individuals affiliated with the army, who by their status are subject to military law, shall, for now, be tried for any crimes they may commit only by courts-martial, unless referred by the military authorities to civil courts.
Eighthly. It being necessary in all countries that a power should exist of forming regulations in the nature of legislative provisions, adapted to change of circumstances, or to meet any emergency that may arise, and the great distance of the British authorities in Europe rendering it expedient that the said power should, for the present, reside in some accessible quarter, it is declared, that the lieutenant-governor shall have full power and authority to pass such legislative regulations, as, on deliberation, and after due consultation and advice, may appear to him indispensably necessary, and that they shall have the full force of law. But the same shall be immediately reported to the governor-general in council in Bengal, together with the lieutenant-governor's reasons for passing the said regulation, and any representations that may have been submitted to him against the same; and the regulations so passed will be confirmed or disallowed by the governor-general in council with the shortest possible delay. The mode in which the lieutenant-governor shall be assisted with advice will hereafter be made known, and such regulations will hereafter be framed as may be thought more conducive to the prompt, pure, and impartial administration of justice, civil and criminal.
Eighthly. Since it is necessary in all nations to have the authority to create regulations similar to legislative provisions, which can adapt to changing circumstances or address any emergencies that arise, and given the great distance of British authorities in Europe, it is important that this power currently resides in a more accessible location. Therefore, it is declared that the lieutenant-governor shall have full power and authority to enact legislative regulations that, after careful consideration and appropriate consultation and advice, seem absolutely essential. These regulations will have the full force of law. However, they must be promptly reported to the governor-general in council in Bengal, along with the lieutenant-governor's reasons for enacting the regulation and any objections that may have been presented to him. The regulations passed will be confirmed or rejected by the governor-general in council as quickly as possible. The way in which the lieutenant-governor will receive advice will be communicated later, and future regulations will be designed to better support the swift, fair, and impartial administration of both civil and criminal justice.
Regulations respecting the paper currency, as well as the relative value of coins circulating in Java, will be published in a separate paper of this date.
Regulations regarding paper currency and the value of coins in circulation in Java will be published in a separate document dated today.
Done at Molenvliet, the 11th September, 1811.
By His Excellency the Governor-General of British India.
[Vol II Pg lvi]
Done at Molenvliet, September 11, 1811.
By His Excellency the Governor-General of British India.
[Vol II Pg lvi]
(Signed) MINTO.
(Signed) MINTO.
REGULATION, CE 1814, PASSED BY THE HON. THE LIEUTENANT-GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL, On the 11th of February, 1814, FOR THE MORE EFFECTUAL ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE IN THE PROVINCIAL COURTS OF JAVA.
The Honourable the Lieutenant Governor in Council being deeply impressed with the necessity of framing one adequate, impartial, and consistent code, for the prompt and equitable administration of justice, in the provincial courts of this island, with a view to give to all ranks of people a due knowledge of their rights and duties, and to ensure to them an enjoyment of the most perfect security of person and property, has been pleased that the following regulation be enacted; which, by assuming as its basis, rather the ancient usages and institutions of the Javans, than any new innovations founded on European systems of internal government, may confidently be expected to be, at once the most pleasing to them, and the best adapted to the existing state of their society.
The Honourable Lieutenant Governor in Council recognizes the urgent need to develop a fair and consistent code for the swift and fair administration of justice in the provincial courts of this island. This aims to provide everyone with a clear understanding of their rights and responsibilities, ensuring that they enjoy complete security regarding their person and property. Therefore, it has been decided that the following regulation will be enacted, which is based more on the traditional practices and institutions of the Javans rather than new approaches drawn from European internal governance systems, making it likely to be both agreeable to them and well-suited to the current state of their society.
1. The Resident shall be the Chief Judge and Magistrate in his districts; but the administration of police and justice, in the towns of Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, shall, as heretofore, be entrusted to the particular Magistrates and other officers appointed by government for those places.
1. The Resident will be the Chief Judge and Magistrate in their districts; however, the management of police and justice in the towns of Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, will continue to be handled by the specific Magistrates and other officials assigned by the government for those areas.
2. The Bopátis, or chiefs of districts, and all other public officers, who may be retained to carry on the duties of this department, are placed under the immediate authority and control of the Resident himself, or of his Deputy duly empowered by him. These various duties, whether relative or direct, will be clearly defined in the course of the following sections.
2. The Bopátis, or district chiefs, along with any other public officials who may be appointed to handle the responsibilities of this department, work directly under the authority and supervision of the Resident or his Deputy, who is given the proper authority by him. The specific duties, whether related or direct, will be clearly outlined in the sections that follow.
3. To render more easy the attainment of justice, and to carry on better the general police of the country, a subordinate jurisdiction shall be constituted in the following manner.
3. To make it easier to achieve justice and to improve the overall policing of the country, a subordinate jurisdiction will be established as follows.
4. The Residency shall be divided into such number of districts, as extent of land, population, former custom, or other circumstances may render necessary. Each of these shall be consigned to the care of a Bopáti, or native chief, with such an establishment, as being deemed by the Resident adequate to the purpose, and by him submitted to government, shall have received their sanction.
4. The Residency will be divided into a number of districts based on the size of the land, population, local customs, or other factors as needed. Each of these will be assigned to a Bopáti or local chief, along with a structure that the Resident considers appropriate for the task and has submitted to the government for approval.
5. These districts, again, shall be subdivided into divisions, the extent and limits of each of which will be clearly marked out and made known.[Vol II Pg lvii] Their size must, of course, entirely depend on the greater or less propinquity of the villages they contain, and on the more or less numerous population by which these are inhabited; but, generally speaking, no division shall be less than ten, or more than twenty, square miles in extent. It must also be observed, that the limits of the division follow those of the villages; it being quite contrary to a system of good police, that inhabitants of the same place should be subject to different authorities.
5. These districts will be divided into sections, with the boundaries of each clearly marked and communicated.[Vol II Pg lvii] The size of each section will depend on how close the villages are to each other and the number of people living there; however, in general, no section will be smaller than ten or larger than twenty square miles. It's also important to note that the boundaries of the sections will align with those of the villages, as it is not effective for residents of the same area to be governed by different authorities.
6. In each division there shall be fixed a station of police, to which shall be appointed a competent officer, with such number of inferior Mántris, Peons, &c. as shall be deemed necessary for the execution of the various duties allotted to his office, and the due maintenance of the tranquillity of his division.
6. In each division, there will be a police station, with a qualified officer assigned, along with the necessary number of lower-ranking staff, like Mántris and Peons, to handle the tasks assigned to his office and to ensure the safety of his division.
7. In each village there shall be a Head-man (whether recognized under the name of Penting'gi, Bakal, Lurah, Kuwu, Mandor, or otherwise, according to the custom of the country), to be freely elected by the inhabitants of the village itself from among themselves; the only requisites on the part of government being, that he actually reside and hold land in it. Should any of these be found unfit to carry on their respective duties, or other good objection arise to their being continued in the posts they hold, a representation to such effect will be made by the Resident to the villagers, who will accordingly proceed to the nomination of some other person, who, if approved of by the Resident, shall then receive his confirmation.
7. In each village, there will be a Head-man (whether known as Penting'gi, Bakal, Lurah, Kuwu, Mandor, or something else, depending on local tradition), who will be elected by the villagers themselves. The only requirements from the government are that he must actually live in the village and own land there. If any Head-man is found to be unfit for their duties or if there are any valid reasons for their removal, the Resident will inform the villagers. They will then nominate someone else, who, if approved by the Resident, will receive confirmation.
8. These Head-men shall, in every respect, be considered as the representatives of the villages, and shall be held responsible for all such acts committed within them, as fall justly under that controlling and preventive power vested in them by their fellow-inhabitants.
8. These leaders should be seen as the representatives of the villages in every way and will be held accountable for all actions that occur within them, as they have the controlling and preventive authority granted to them by their fellow residents.
9. This mode of election and consequent power, it must be observed, are no new introductions, but subsist in immemorial usage, and their nature and limits are well understood by the Javans throughout the island.
9. This way of electing leaders and the resulting authority have been around for a long time and are rooted in ancient tradition. The nature and boundaries of this process are well understood by the Javanese people across the island.
10. The Heads of villages will receive and carry into execution all such orders as government, either directly by the Resident, or through the medium of the Bopátis and officers of divisions, may be pleased to issue to them; and they will furnish, at all times, such oral or written information as may be required from them.
10. The heads of villages will receive and implement all orders that the government, either directly from the Resident or through the Bopátis and division officers, may issue to them; and they will provide, at all times, any oral or written information that may be requested from them.
11. The care of the police, in their respective villages, shall be entrusted to their charge; and for the due preservation of peace, the prevention of offences, and the discovery and arrest of offenders, they are required to be particularly careful that a sufficient night watch be regularly maintained. For this purpose they are authorized to require each of the male inhabitants to take his turn in the performance of this duty; and, at any time, to call on all to aid in the pursuit and apprehension of offenders, or to execute generally any of the other duties that may occur.
11. The responsibility of the police in their respective villages will be entrusted to them. To maintain peace, prevent crimes, and identify and arrest offenders, they must ensure that a proper night watch is consistently in place. For this, they are allowed to ask each male resident to take their turn fulfilling this duty and, at any time, to call on everyone to help in chasing and capturing offenders or to perform any other necessary tasks that may arise.
12. The Heads of villages will also be held responsible for the amount of all property belonging to travellers, which may be lost within their villages, provided, however, that the same shall have been placed under[Vol II Pg lviii] their charge; and they are required to take charge of all travellers' property which may be brought to them for that purpose.
12. The village leaders will also be responsible for any property belonging to travelers that gets lost in their villages, as long as it was given to them for safekeeping; they are expected to take care of all travelers' belongings that are brought to them for that purpose.
13. They are directed to keep a register of all persons under their authority, describing the name, age, country, occupation, size, and appearance of each individual, with any other remarks that may be deemed necessary. They will also, with the assistance of the village priest, form a register of the births, marriages, and deaths, which occur within their jurisdiction.
13. They are required to maintain a record of all individuals under their authority, noting the name, age, country, occupation, height, and appearance of each person, along with any other comments that might be relevant. They will also work with the village priest to create a register of the births, marriages, and deaths that happen within their area.
14. These will be drawn up every six months, according to forms to be furnished to them by the Resident. A copy of each will be retained in the village, and another will be forwarded to the police officer of the station, to be kept by him as records, and to furnish the grounds of such reports as he may be called on to give in.
14. These will be prepared every six months, using forms provided by the Resident. A copy of each will be kept in the village, and another will be sent to the police officer at the station, where it will be maintained as a record and to support any reports he may need to submit.
15. Whenever a stranger arrives for the purpose of settling in a village, or any one of its former inhabitants absconds, the head of it is required to furnish immediately to the officer of the division a detailed account of the particulars relative to either circumstance, who will accordingly take such measures for the apprehension or pursuit of either, or forward such intelligence to his superiors, as the case may require.
15. Whenever a stranger comes to settle in a village, or any of its previous residents leaves without notice, the village leader must promptly provide the local officer with a detailed report on the situation. The officer will then take appropriate actions to locate the individual or pass on the information to their superiors, depending on what the situation needs.
16. Any person producing the express permission of the Resident, shall be allowed to settle in a village; but without this, or unless he can procure two respectable inhabitants to become securities for his good behaviour, he shall not be permitted to do so.
16. Anyone who shows the express permission of the Resident will be allowed to settle in a village; but without this, or unless they can get two respectable residents to vouch for their good behavior, they will not be allowed to do so.
17. As well heads of villages as officers of divisions are required to keep a watchful eye upon all new settlers, to ascertain, if possible, their several characters, from their former places of abode; and to observe, most particularly, the conduct of such individuals as have no ostensible means of earning a livelihood. They will, too, follow vigilantly the motions of armed persons, preventing them, as much as they can, from travelling together in large bodies; and, as far as may be practicable, they ought to hinder individuals of every description, but most especially such as are armed with spears, swords, &c. from travelling at all after eight o'clock at night.
17. Both village leaders and division officers need to keep a close watch on all new settlers to figure out their backgrounds and characters from where they came. They should pay special attention to the behavior of individuals who seem to have no obvious way of making a living. They must also closely monitor anyone armed, trying to stop them from traveling in large groups as much as possible. Additionally, they should, as much as they can, prevent people of all kinds—especially those carrying weapons like spears and swords—from traveling at all after eight o'clock at night.
18. After this hour they are authorised to stop, and detain in their custody till the next morning, all such persons as may, by having with them more than usual property, or in any other way, justly give grounds for suspicion. But on a summary examination, should nothing further appear against them, they must, on no account, keep them detained beyond eight o'clock the next morning; nor ought detention at all to take place, if the account they first give of themselves be deemed satisfactory.
18. After this hour, they are allowed to stop and hold in custody anyone who may raise suspicion due to having more than usual belongings or for any other reason. However, if a quick check reveals no further issues, they must not keep them in custody past eight o'clock the next morning; and there shouldn't be any detention at all if the initial explanation they provide is considered satisfactory.
19. Should any thing further appear against them by complaint or otherwise, they will then be proceeded with as with other accused persons, relative to whom directions will be given in a subsequent section.
19. If anything else comes up against them through complaints or other means, they will be treated like any other accused individuals, and instructions regarding this will be provided in a later section.
20. In the above case only, it is competent to the officers of police to apprehend any person of their own authority, unless detected in the actual perpetration of crime; or to release any person once apprehended. [Vol II Pg lix]
20. In the situation mentioned above, police officers have the authority to arrest someone on their own judgment, unless they catch that person committing a crime; or to let go of anyone they have already arrested. [Vol II Pg lix]
21. It having been represented, that though when the inhabitants are settled in one place, in habitations contiguous to each other, the duty of the head of a village becomes easy of execution, yet that it is extremely difficult for him to perform it adequately, when, from caprice or other cause, any of its members are allowed to leave the main part, or désa, to go and reside in lonely and remote spots, forming thereby small settlements of two or three cottages only together, termed dukus, which being necessarily, from their distance, without the guard of night watches, &c. must frequently become liable to be attacked and plundered, or more often, perhaps, from the absence of all controul, will themselves form the resort and shelter of robbers and other abandoned characters; and, on the other hand, it not being wished to repress too much this out-settling, as by the creation of new villages (which must owe their formation to such small beginnings), a great part of the land, at present waste, may be brought into cultivation; it is ordered, that the following be the line of conduct to be observed in these cases.
21. It has been noted that while it's easy for the head of a village to manage the residents when they are all living close together, it becomes really challenging for him to do his job well when, for various reasons, some members leave the main area or désa to live in isolated and distant places, creating small settlements of just two or three cottages known as dukus. These small communities, being far away and lacking night watches and such, often become targets for attacks and theft, or more commonly, they may turn into a hideout for criminals and other unsavory characters due to the lack of oversight. On the other hand, there’s a desire not to stifle this movement towards settling away from the village, since the creation of new villages (which often start from these small beginnings) could help turn a lot of currently unused land into cultivated land. Therefore, it is ordered that the following guidelines be established for these situations.
22. The head of a village shall, in every instance, report to the officer of division when such an out-settlement takes place; who shall then proceed to the spot, and forming a committee of three heads of villages (not to include the one in which the circumstance occurred) shall judge whether or not it be expedient, for the benefit of agriculture, to permit its continuance, and measures shall be taken accordingly. If the new settlement be allowed to remain, a vigilant eye must be kept over its infant state, both by the officer of division and head of the neighbouring village; and when it shall have grown to a size that may admit of this, it ought to be separated from the authority of the mother village, and a similar constitution be bestowed on it.
22. The head of a village must report to the division officer whenever a new settlement occurs. The officer will then go to the site and form a committee with three heads of villages (excluding the one where the event happened) to determine if keeping the settlement is beneficial for agriculture. Actions will be taken based on their decision. If the new settlement is allowed to stay, both the division officer and the head of the neighboring village need to keep a close watch on its early development. Once it grows large enough for this, it should be separated from the authority of the mother village and given a similar structure.
23. It is the duty of heads of villages, generally, to preserve tranquillity, as far as their authority extends, to obey zealously the orders of their superiors, to furnish every useful information, and, in short, to contribute all in their power to the establishment and preservation of a good state of police.
23. It's the responsibility of village leaders to maintain peace, as much as their authority allows, to diligently follow the instructions of their superiors, to provide any useful information, and, overall, to do everything they can to ensure and maintain good law enforcement.
24. Their rewards for this will be a certain portion of land in each village, and the favouring eye and protection of government.
24. Their rewards for this will be a specific piece of land in each village and the support and protection of the government.
25. The police officers of divisions are to be considered as immediately under the authority of the Bopátis. They will furnish to these all such accounts, reports, &c. as may be required, and will act always on the orders received from them, or, of course, directly from the Resident himself.
25. The police officers of divisions are to be seen as directly under the authority of the Bopátis. They will provide all necessary accounts, reports, etc. as required, and will always follow the orders they receive from them, or, of course, directly from the Resident himself.
26. To the Bopátis, or chiefs of districts, they will forward every six months abstract accounts of births, marriages, and deaths which have occurred in their division, and of the general state of cultivation and population, with such remarks accompanying them as may seem requisite.
26. The Bopátis, or district chiefs, will receive every six months summary reports of the births, marriages, and deaths that have happened in their area, along with an overview of the current state of farming and population, along with any comments they find necessary.
27. Of these and other papers forms will be furnished them, and they will prepare them from the general account obtained from heads of villages, whom they will, at any time, require to supply them with such further information as may be deemed necessary. [Vol II Pg lx]
27. They will be provided with forms for these and other documents, and they will prepare them based on the general information collected from village leaders, whom they may ask at any time for any additional information that is considered necessary. [Vol II Pg lx]
28. On every Saturday they will give in to the Bopáti, or chief of the district, a detailed statement of the occurrences of the preceding week, the crimes committed, offenders apprehended, number of new settlers, their employment, from whence arrived, what individuals have emigrated, causes of emigration, and, in short, whatever has happened out of the common track of occurrences.
28. Every Saturday, they will provide the Bopáti, or district chief, with a detailed report of what happened in the past week, including any crimes committed, offenders arrested, the number of new settlers, their jobs, where they came from, who has emigrated, reasons for emigration, and, in general, anything unusual that has happened.
29. The officers of divisions shall be held responsible for the due administration of the police within their respective jurisdictions; and to enable them better to execute their assigned duties, the heads of villages are placed immediately under their authority. They shall accordingly be watchful that these vigilantly and zealously perform such services as may be allotted to their situation; and they shall report fully to the Bopáti of the district, on the conduct of any heads of villages who may prove neglectful of their charge, or in any way appear remiss in the execution of the duties entrusted to them.
29. The division officers are responsible for properly managing the police in their areas. To help them carry out their duties more effectively, village leaders are directly under their authority. They need to ensure that these leaders diligently and actively perform the tasks assigned to them. They must also report in detail to the Bopáti of the district about any village leaders who are neglectful of their responsibilities or fail to carry out their duties.
30. They shall, on no account, exert their police authority in any undue interference with the collection of the revenues, that being considered a distinct department, to which they will only render their assistance when called upon under the distinct rules laid down in another Regulation for the guidance of their conduct in it; here only it is considered that they are to lend their aid at such times, and in such manner, as may be expressly pointed out to them in orders from their superiors. But they are at all times, on a regular application being made to them by the inferior officers of revenue, to take charge of, and give effectual escort to, treasure passing from or through their divisions; and after receipt of the same, they will be held responsible for it until such treasure shall have been by them delivered to the next constituted authority.
30. They must not, under any circumstances, misuse their police authority to interfere with the collection of revenues, as that is regarded as a separate responsibility. They will only provide assistance when requested, following the specific guidelines established in another regulation that directs their actions in this regard. It is only in these situations that they are expected to assist, in the ways clearly outlined in orders from their superiors. However, they are required to take charge of and provide secure escort for any treasure moving through their area whenever inferior revenue officers make a formal request. Once they have received the treasure, they will be responsible for it until it has been handed over to the next appropriate authority.
31. The peons, and other inferior servants attached to their offices, shall, of course, be employed in the serving summonses, apprehending offenders, giving escort, and in other regular duties; but when not in any way thus engaged, they shall, as leisure admits, be sent to make the rounds of the division; acquiring, by this means, not only competent information of all that is transacted within it, but serving also, by this occasional and uncertain visitation, materially to prevent the undertaking of nefarious acts.
31. The peons and other lower-level staff assigned to their offices will obviously be responsible for serving summonses, apprehending offenders, providing escorts, and performing other regular duties. However, when they're not occupied with these tasks, they should, when time allows, patrol the division. This way, they will not only gain valuable insight into everything happening in the area but also help deter any illegal activities through their sporadic visits.
32. As before observed, the officers of divisions, and those subordinate to them, shall only, of their own authority, apprehend such persons as are taken actually in the commission of crime. They are never empowered to seize others (with the exception of those mentioned in Section 18 of this Regulation) but when a written order for that purpose has been received from their superiors, or when a regular charge of an original nature has been given in against them by any respectable individual.
32. As mentioned earlier, division officers and their subordinates can only arrest people they catch committing a crime. They are never allowed to detain others (except for those listed in Section 18 of this Regulation) unless they have received a written order from their superiors or a formal complaint has been made against them by a reputable person.
33. In these cases, they will take suitable measures for the apprehension and securing of the persons complained of; and when once apprehended, they will, on no account of their own authority, again liberate them.
33. In these situations, they will take appropriate steps to capture and secure the individuals being complained about; and once they are apprehended, they will not, under any circumstances, release them on their own authority.
34. Should the persons have been so arrested in consequence of orders received to that effect, the officers of divisions will, in forwarding them to[Vol II Pg lxi] their destinations, be careful to observe such instructions as they may have received on the subject.
34. If the individuals were arrested due to received orders, the division officers must carefully follow any instructions they have on the matter when sending them to[Vol II Pg lxi] their destinations.
35. But should the prisoners have been apprehended on complaints, or other proceedings originating in the division itself, they will, on their arrival at the police station, cause to be written a clear and summary statement of the offence alleged, and of the facts in the case which have come under their observation, whether witnessed by themselves, or borne testimony to by any persons present.
35. However, if the prisoners were arrested based on complaints or other actions from the division itself, when they arrive at the police station, a clear and concise statement about the alleged offense and the facts they've observed should be written up, whether they personally witnessed it or it was reported by others who were present.
36. They will then, with this statement accompanying, forward under a sufficient guard the prisoner or prisoners, together with the persons complaining or aggrieved, and the witnesses of the facts, towards the chief town of the district where the Bopáti resides.
36. They will then, along with this statement, securely escort the prisoner or prisoners, along with the complainants or those who are affected, and the witnesses of the events, to the main town of the district where the Bopáti lives.
37. Under no pretence whatsoever, shall any persons be detained at the police station longer than twenty-four hours after their arrest.
37. Under no circumstances should anyone be held at the police station for more than twenty-four hours after their arrest.
38. Should the division in which the arrest has taken place be not that in which the chief town of the district is situated, the officers of it shall make over the charge of persons and papers to the police officers of the division next in the way; and, in similar manner, they shall be forwarded on from station to station, to the chief town of the district, or from thence to the principal seat of the residency.
38. If the division where the arrest happened is not the one where the main town of the district is located, the officers there should hand over the custody of individuals and documents to the police officers of the next division. Similarly, these will be passed along from station to station until they reach the main town of the district, or from there to the main office of the residency.
39. In this transmission, the officers of divisions will take particular care that as little delay as possible occur; any unnecessary infringement on the personal liberty of the subject, being that of which this government will ever be most jealous.
39. In this message, division officers will ensure that there are minimal delays; any unnecessary violation of an individual's personal freedom is something this government will always be very protective of.
40. Whenever a human body is found dead, of which it is not certainly known that the death was natural, or even though such illness precede it as might be considered as possibly the cause, should any suspicious circumstances or appearances attend the death, it will become the duty of the head of the village in which this may occur, to take cognizance of the fact; and ordering it so that every thing remain in the state first found, he shall report the circumstances, without delay, to the officer of the division, who will immediately appoint a commission of three heads of villages, assisted by himself or officers, to proceed to the actual spot where the body lies, and there make due inquiry into every particular that may serve to elucidate the affair. For this purpose, such evidence will be taken as may, in any way, be thought to bear on the subject.
40. Whenever a human body is found dead, and it’s not clear that the death was due to natural causes, or even if there were signs of illness that could possibly be the cause, if there are any suspicious circumstances or signs surrounding the death, it is the responsibility of the village head in that area to acknowledge the situation. He should ensure that everything remains as it was originally found and report the details immediately to the division officer. The officer will then quickly assign a commission of three village heads, along with himself or other officers, to go to the location where the body is and thoroughly investigate every detail that could clarify the situation. For this purpose, any evidence thought to be relevant will be collected.
41. When the investigation is completed, the persons appointed for the inquest shall deliver to the officer of division a statement of what they have done, seen, or heard, and annex to it the opinion they have finally formed of the manner of death, or degree of guilt any where attaching.
41. When the investigation is finished, the people assigned to the inquest will give a report to the division officer detailing what they have done, seen, or heard, and include their final opinion on how the death occurred, or any level of guilt that may be involved.
42. The officer of division shall forward this statement, without delay, to the superior authorities; from whom, in return, he will receive instructions.
42. The division officer must send this statement to the higher authorities without delay; in return, he will receive instructions from them.
43. But should any degree of guilt be imputed, in the opinion expressed by the commissioners acting on this inquest, the officer of division shall, without loss of time, proceed to apprehend the suspected person or per[Vol II Pg lxii]sons, and take such other measures upon that opinion, as he would, had a complaint to the same effect been regularly lodged.
43. However, if any level of guilt is determined, according to the opinion given by the commissioners conducting this investigation, the division officer shall, without delay, go after the suspected person or persons, and take any other necessary actions based on that opinion, as if a complaint with the same details had been properly filed.
44. As it is most necessary that the cultivators of the soil, and other industrious inhabitants of a village, should not, on every frivolous or inconsiderable occasion, be taken away from their labours to attend a distant seat of justice, where, even though it be more equitably and impartially administered, the benefit of this is, in many cases, quite counterbalanced by the loss of time and expenses of the journey and suit,—it is ordered, that there be a subordinate jurisdiction constituted, by means of which the distribution of justice will be rendered far more easy to the governing power, and the acquisition of redress will be presented to every one aggrieved, with the greatest facility, and the least possible expense of money or time.
44. It’s very important that farmers and other hardworking people in a village aren’t pulled away from their work for every minor or trivial issue to go to a faraway court, where, even if justice is administered fairly, the benefits are often outweighed by the time lost and the costs of traveling and legal fees. Therefore, it has been decided to create a local court system that will make it much easier for the authorities to deliver justice and for anyone who is wronged to seek redress with minimal cost and time.
45. The heads of villages are required to look on themselves, and to act with regard to the persons under their controul, as fathers of families; to maintain, to the extent of their power, a spirit of harmony and tranquillity in the villages entrusted to them; to curb every approach to feud and litigation; and, with the aid of their officers, to interpose their authority in settling, with justice and impartiality, all such petty quarrels as may arise among the inhabitants.
45. Village leaders are expected to see themselves and act like fathers to the people under their care; to promote harmony and peace within the villages they oversee to the best of their ability; to prevent any form of conflict or legal disputes; and, with the support of their officers, to use their authority to fairly resolve any minor disputes that may come up among the residents.
46. Should, however, the dispute be of sufficient magnitude to entitle it to higher consideration, courts are regularly established to which it may be referred.
46. If the dispute is significant enough to deserve more attention, there are courts set up that it can be taken to.
47. The officers of division shall, at least once a week, or oftener, attend in some open place at the station of police, with their mantris, or other subordinate servants, for the purpose of inquiring into and deciding on all such complaints as may be given in to them, for petty offences committed within their divisions, as abusive language and inconsiderable assaults or affrays.
47. The division officers should meet at least once a week, or more often, in an open area at the police station, along with their mantris or other junior staff, to look into and resolve any complaints they receive about minor offenses in their divisions, like rude language or minor fights.
48. These, if satisfactorily proved, they shall be authorized to punish, by fine not exceeding ten rupees, of which fine the one-half shall be given to the individual or individuals aggrieved, the other be carried to the account of government.
48. If these are satisfactorily proven, they will be allowed to impose a fine not exceeding ten rupees, with half of that fine going to the person or people affected and the other half being deposited in the government’s account.
49. They shall also be empowered to hear and determine on all such petty civil cases as may be referred to them, provided the amount at issue exceed not the sum of twenty rupees.
49. They will also have the authority to hear and decide on all minor civil cases that are referred to them, as long as the amount in question does not exceed twenty rupees.
50. And further, they shall investigate the trifling disputes that may be brought before them about trespass, nuisance, the irregular distribution of water, encroachment on boundaries, and other such minor grievances of usual occurrence in villages.
50. They will also look into the minor disputes that are brought to them regarding trespassing, nuisances, uneven water distribution, boundary encroachments, and other common issues that often happen in villages.
51. Whether civil or criminal, they shall not, in any case, be authorized to arrest or imprison.
51. Whether it's a civil or criminal matter, they are not allowed to arrest or imprison anyone in any case.
52. But the complaint having been given in, the person complained of, if not present, shall be summoned to appear by the next day of sitting, when the cause shall be heard and decided on without delay. In failure of attendance on the part of the plaintiff, the case shall be dismissed; on[Vol II Pg lxiii] the part of the defendant, the cause shall be proceeded with ex parte. The sentence, whatever it may be, shall be carried into execution, by means of the authority vested in the heads of villages.
52. Once the complaint is filed, the person being complained about, if not present, will be summoned to appear by the next sitting day, when the issue will be heard and resolved without delay. If the plaintiff doesn’t show up, the case will be dismissed; if the defendant fails to appear, the case will continue ex parte. The decision, whatever it may be, will be enforced by the authority given to the heads of villages.
53. Should any persons refuse to obey their award, they shall be committed for trial before the Resident, who will not only cause the original sentence to be carried into execution, but, at his discretion, order a punishment suited to their contumacy.
53. If anyone refuses to follow their award, they will be brought to trial before the Resident, who will ensure that the original sentence is enforced and may, at their discretion, impose a punishment appropriate for their defiance.
54. An appeal may be made in the usual manner, in civil cases, from the officer of the Division's Court to that of the Bopáti at the chief town of the district; and any complaint for unjust or arbitrary proceeding, on the part of the subordinate police officers, will likewise be received there.
54. An appeal can be filed in the usual way, in civil cases, from the officer of the Division's Court to that of the Bopáti in the main town of the district; and any complaint about unfair or arbitrary actions by the subordinate police officers will also be accepted there.
55. Of every proceeding of this court a regular record shall be kept; one copy to remain at the police station, and another to be forwarded to the chief of the district.
55. A proper record of every proceeding in this court will be maintained; one copy will stay at the police station, and another will be sent to the district chief.
56. A fee of half a rupee from each party shall be levied prior to hearing the cause, to be divided among the officers of police; and ten per cent. on the amount of the sentence in civil cases is, according to the custom of the country, to be taken from the loser of the suit, to be carried to the account of government.
56. A fee of half a rupee from each party will be charged before the hearing starts, to be shared among the police officers; and ten percent of the amount awarded in civil cases, following local customs, will be taken from the losing side and sent to the government.
57. The officers of divisions will be held fully responsible for a zealous and conscientious discharge of the important duties entrusted to them, and shall meet with exemplary punishment, in the case of any negligence or corruption being established against them.
57. The officers of divisions will be held completely responsible for enthusiastically and diligently carrying out the important duties assigned to them, and they will face severe consequences if any negligence or corruption is proven against them.
58. To the Bopátis, or heads of districts, is consigned the general superintendance and care of their respective districts. But as these high officers must frequently be required to attend at the place where the Resident himself lives, that their districts may not suffer any inconvenience from their absence, they are empowered to delegate their full authority to their deputies, or Pátehs, who shall preside in their courts, and issue and receive orders, in every respect, like themselves.
58. The Bopátis, or heads of districts, are in charge of overseeing and managing their respective areas. However, since these high officials often need to be present where the Resident lives, to ensure their districts don't face any issues during their absence, they have the authority to delegate their full power to their deputies, or Pátehs, who will run their courts and issue and receive orders just like they do.
59. They shall, every six months, furnish to the Resident abstract accounts of the state of cultivation and population within their districts, according to forms which will be given to them, and accompanied with such remarks as may suggest themselves.
59. Every six months, they will provide the Resident with summary accounts of the cultivation and population in their districts, using the templates provided to them, along with any comments they feel are relevant.
60. On every Monday morning they shall deliver to the Resident a detailed statement of the proceedings of the foregoing week, containing an account of new settlers, persons emigrated, offences committed, offenders apprehended, and in short, of every thing remarkable.
60. Every Monday morning, they will give the Resident a detailed report of the activities from the previous week, including information about new settlers, people who emigrated, crimes committed, offenders caught, and basically everything noteworthy.
61. The heads of districts shall receive all orders directly from the Resident, and take due measures for carrying them into immediate execution. The officers of divisions, heads of villages, and all other police servants within the district, are placed immediately under their control; and they will most vigilantly watch over the conduct of them, reporting instantly to the Resident every instance of negligence or crime that may fall under their observation.
61. The district heads will receive all orders directly from the Resident and will take appropriate steps to implement them immediately. The division officers, village heads, and all other police staff within the district are directly under their authority; they will closely monitor their behavior and report any instances of negligence or crime they notice to the Resident right away.
62. They will be open to receive complaints or petitions of every de[Vol II Pg lxiv]scription; reporting and issuing the necessary orders on them without delay.
62. They will be available to accept complaints or petitions of all kinds; reporting on them and issuing the necessary orders without delay.
63. In forwarding persons apprehended within their districts to the seat of the residency, they will be particularly careful that the least practicable delay occur; no prisoner, on any account, being detained by them, of their own authority, for a longer space of time than twenty-four hours.
63. When sending people they’ve caught in their areas to the residency, they should make sure there’s as little delay as possible; no prisoner should be held by them, on their own authority, for more than twenty-four hours.
64. In forwarding persons, papers, or treasure, they will observe the mode prescribed in Section 38 of this Regulation.
64. When sending people, documents, or valuables, they will follow the method outlined in Section 38 of this Regulation.
65. On the receipt of an inquest report from the officers of divisions, it shall be submitted to the chief Jáksa and Panghulu of the district for their opinion, and on this opinion the necessary measures shall be taken.
65. Once the inquest report is received from the division officers, it will be submitted to the chief Jáksa and Panghulu of the district for their feedback, and based on this feedback, the necessary actions will be taken.
66. At the chief town of each district a regular court shall be established, in which the Bopáti or, in his absence, the Páteh, shall preside, assisted by the Jáksa, Panghulu, and other law officers appointed.
66. A regular court will be set up in the main town of each district, where the Bopáti or, if he's not available, the Páteh, will preside, with help from the Jáksa, Panghulu, and other appointed legal officers.
67. This court shall be held in some open spot in the town, at least twice a week, or oftener, if necessary.
67. This court will be held in a public space in the town, at least twice a week, or more often if needed.
68. Its authority shall, however, be confined entirely to civil matters; all cognizance of criminal cases, beyond that already allotted to the officers of divisions, being vested solely in the court where the Resident himself presides.
68. Its authority will, however, be limited entirely to civil matters; any handling of criminal cases, beyond what has already been assigned to the division officers, will be solely in the court where the Resident presides.
69. In the Bopáti's court shall be received appeals from those of the officers of divisions, on institution of which the appellants shall pay a fee of one rupee.
69. Appeals from division officers will be accepted in the Bopáti's court, for which the appellants must pay a fee of one rupee.
70. Before deciding on these causes, the record of the former trial shall be read, and such new evidence taken as may be produced.
70. Before making a decision on these reasons, the record of the previous trial will be read, and any new evidence presented will be considered.
71. If the former sentence be reversed, the costs which shall have been kept in deposit shall be refunded to the appellant, and levied from the other party.
71. If the previous sentence is overturned, the costs that have been held in deposit will be refunded to the appellant and collected from the other party.
72. And in confirming it, an enhancement of these costs is left to the discretion of the court; provided, however, the whole never exceed fifteen per cent. on the sum originally sued for.
72. In confirming it, an increase in these costs is left to the court's discretion; however, the total should not exceed fifteen percent of the original amount claimed.
73. A second appeal to any other authority shall, in no instance, be permitted.
73. A second appeal to any other authority is not allowed in any case.
74. The Bopáti's court shall be competent to receive complaints in civil cases, where the amount at issue is not less than twenty, nor exceeds fifty, rupees.
74. The Bopáti's court is authorized to handle complaints in civil cases where the amount in question is between twenty and fifty rupees.
75. This complaint being filed, a copy of it shall be sent to the person complained of, with an order to answer it at most within a week; and, on receipt of this answer, notice shall be given on what day (at farthest a week from the time of the receipt) the cause will be tried. Such witnesses as are necessary will be summoned; and, on the day prescribed, the complaint and answer being read, and evidence being taken, the court shall give its decision.
75. Once this complaint is filed, a copy will be sent to the person being complained about, with a requirement to respond within a week at the latest; and upon receiving this response, notice will be given of the date (at the latest a week after receipt) when the case will be heard. Necessary witnesses will be called; and on the specified day, after reading the complaint and the response, and gathering evidence, the court will deliver its decision.
76. In failure of the complainant's appearance, the cause shall be dismissed; and on the part of the defendant, if he give not in his answer as required, or appear not when summoned, the case shall be proceeded with, and sentence given on ex parte evidence. [Vol II Pg lxv]
76. If the complainant doesn't show up, the case will be dismissed; and for the defendant, if they don't provide their answer as required, or if they don't appear when called, the case will continue, and a decision will be made based on ex parte evidence. [Vol II Pg lxv]
77. The Bopáti, or his deputy, shall require the Jáksa and Panghulu to assist him with their advice throughout the trial, and to expound the law where it is not sufficiently clear. Should their opinions concur with that of the president of the court, he shall pass his decision, and carry it into execution without further delay; but when their opinions are at variance with his, he shall, previously to pronouncing sentence, refer the case, with the several reasons detailed which have influenced each opinion, to the Resident, who shall consult with the chief Jáksa and Panghulu of the residency, and return his orders on the subject.
77. The Bopáti, or his deputy, will ask the Jáksa and Panghulu to help him by providing advice during the trial and to explain the law where it is unclear. If their views align with that of the court president, he will make his decision and implement it without delay; however, if their views differ from his, he will refer the case, along with the specific reasons that influenced each opinion, to the Resident before announcing a sentence. The Resident will then consult with the chief Jáksa and Panghulu of the residency and provide his instructions on the matter.
78. A fee of one rupee shall be taken from each party, on giving in the complaint and answer; and ten per cent. on the amount of the sentence shall be levied from the loser of the suit. The fees to be divided among the officers of the court, and the costs to be carried to the account of government.
78. A fee of one rupee will be charged from each party when they submit their complaint and answer; and ten percent of the amount of the judgment will be collected from the losing party. The fees will be shared among the court officials, and the costs will go to the government's account.
79. All proceedings are to be carefully noted down, and preserved as records. One copy to be kept in the archives of the Bopáti, and another to be forwarded to the Resident.
79. All proceedings must be carefully documented and kept as records. One copy should be stored in the archives of the Bopáti, and another should be sent to the Resident.
80. An appeal, in causes originating in this court, shall lie to that of the Resident; provided notice of the appeal being intended to be made, be given in on the day of trial, and the appeal itself be made within a week after.
80. An appeal, in cases that start in this court, can be made to the Resident's court; however, notice of the intended appeal must be given on the day of the trial, and the appeal itself must be filed within a week afterward.
81. In this case the costs shall, nevertheless, be immediately levied, and held in deposit till the appeal be decided on. Sufficient security shall also be given for the amount of the sentence.
81. In this case, the costs will still be collected right away and kept in a deposit until the appeal is resolved. Adequate security must also be provided for the amount of the judgment.
82. Moreover, on the first institution of all civil cases, in this and every other court, good security must be taken for the amount of possible costs, both from the complainant and person complained of.
82. Also, when starting any civil case, in this court and all others, proper security must be provided for the potential costs, from both the person filing the complaint and the person being complained about.
83. The Bopáti will be held responsible for the faithful and just discharge of these his high duties. To him does government look, not only for the vigilant administration of police, and impartial distribution of justice throughout his district, but for the zealous execution of every measure that can at all conduce to the preserving that district in a flourishing and happy state.
83. The Bopáti will be held accountable for carrying out these important duties faithfully and fairly. The government relies on him not only for the careful management of police and fair administration of justice in his district but also for his enthusiastic implementation of any actions that can help keep that district thriving and content.
84. The duties attached to the office of Resident itself are fully explained in the general instructions given to that officer on his first entering into his situation. In this regulation only such parts of the charge committed to him will be dwelled on, as belong properly to the judicial department of his service, to his deliberative and executive powers as chief judge and magistrate of the province.
84. The responsibilities of the Resident office are thoroughly outlined in the general instructions provided to that officer upon starting the role. This regulation will only focus on the aspects of the duties assigned to him that relate specifically to the judicial part of his work, as well as his decision-making and executive powers as the chief judge and magistrate of the province.
85. As, however, the due exertion of these powers may require a much larger portion of time than can be possibly devoted to them by a single individual, and more particularly, as much of his attention must be directed to other objects, he is empowered to delegate their full participation to his deputy or assistant, whether in presiding in his court, or in issuing and receiving such orders and instructions as the government of his residency may render necessary.
85. However, since effectively using these powers may take up much more time than a single person can possibly give to them, and especially since a lot of their focus must be on other tasks, they are authorized to delegate full participation to their deputy or assistant, whether it’s in leading their court, or in issuing and receiving orders and instructions that the government of their residency may find necessary.
86. The several Residents, and their deputies or assistants, previously to entering upon the execution of the duties of their office, shall take and[Vol II Pg lxvi] subscribe the following oath before the Honourable the Lieutenant-governor in Council, or such person as he may appoint to administer the same.
86. The various Residents and their deputies or assistants, before starting their official duties, must take and[Vol II Pg lxvi]subscribe to the following oath before the Honourable Lieutenant-governor in Council, or someone he designates to administer it.
"I,——, solemnly swear that I will truly and faithfully execute the duties of my office; that I will administer justice to the best of my ability, knowledge, and judgment, without fear, favour, promise, or hope of reward; and that I will not receive, directly or indirectly, any present, either in money or in effects of any kind, from any party in any suit or prosecution, or from any person whomsoever, on account of any suit, prosecution, or other legal proceeding to be instituted, or which may be depending, or have been decided, in any court under my jurisdiction; nor will I, directly or indirectly, derive any profits from my station, except such as the orders of government do or may authorize me to receive.—So help me God."
"I,——, solemnly swear that I will faithfully carry out my duties; that I will administer justice to the best of my ability, knowledge, and judgment, without fear, favoritism, promises, or expectation of rewards; and that I will not accept, directly or indirectly, any gifts, in cash or kind, from any party in any lawsuit or prosecution, or from anyone else, related to any lawsuit, prosecution, or other legal process that is ongoing, has been decided, or will be initiated in any court under my jurisdiction; nor will I, directly or indirectly, gain any profits from my position, except those authorized by government regulations.—So help me God."
87. The presidents of other subordinate courts shall take and subscribe before the Resident, oaths of a similar nature and form, to be administered by the priests, according to the custom of the country.
87. The presidents of other lower courts shall take and sign similar oaths in front of the Resident, administered by the priests, in accordance with local customs.
88. The Jáksas and Panghulus shall likewise be required to take and subscribe an oath in the following form:
88. The Jáksas and Panghulus will also need to take and sign an oath in the following form:
"I, ——, Jáksa (or Panghulu), do solemnly swear, that I will faithfully execute the office entrusted to me; I will answer truly to the questions put to me in writing, or by word of mouth, by any judge of the courts to which I belong, declaring or writing down freely, without fear or partiality, what is the written acknowledged law or local long established usage; and I will declare or give in writing nothing that is not warranted by the law or custom. And I promise and swear not to accept of any consideration, in money or otherwise, for any opinion or declaration of the law or custom I may deliver, as Jáksa (or Panghulu) of any court."
"I, ——, Jáksa (or Panghulu), do solemnly swear that I will faithfully carry out the duties assigned to me. I will answer truthfully to the questions asked of me in writing or verbally by any judge of the courts I belong to, openly and without fear or bias, regarding the written acknowledged law or well-established local customs. I will not declare or write anything that is not backed by law or tradition. I also promise and swear not to accept any payment, in cash or in any other form, for any legal opinion or declaration I may provide as Jáksa (or Panghulu) of any court."
89. In the sixth clause of the Proclamation by government, dated 21st January, 1812, provision was made for the establishment of a Landrost's court; but, in the present state of circumstances, government deeming it advisable that a considerable extension of the powers vested in that court should be given, for the more prompt and effectual administration of justice, it is ordered, that the following sections be considered as an enlargement and modification of that clause, and that in lieu of the landraad therein appointed, there be constituted a court, to be in future called the Resident's.
89. In the sixth clause of the government's Proclamation, dated January 21, 1812, there was a provision for setting up a Landrost's court. However, given the current circumstances, the government believes it's necessary to significantly expand the powers of that court for a more prompt and effective administration of justice. Therefore, it is ordered that the following sections be viewed as an expansion and modification of that clause, and that instead of the landraad mentioned, a court will be established, which will henceforth be known as the Resident's court.
90. This court shall be composed in the following manner. The Resident or his assistant shall sit in it as sole judge or magistrate. The Bopátis of the several districts, or their deputies, shall attend to assist the Resident, through every stage of the proceedings, with their advice, or with such information as he may require. The head Jáksa and Panghulu shall be in waiting to expound, where necessary, the law, to state the local usage, and to take down notes of the evidence. The Jáksa of that district in which any crime has been committed, shall be the public prosecutor, where no private one appears. The other native officers shall be such as have been used heretofore to compose courts of this nature. [Vol II Pg lxvii]
90. This court will be set up as follows. The Resident or their assistant will act as the sole judge or magistrate. The Bopátis from the various districts, or their deputies, will be present to help the Resident with advice or any information needed throughout the proceedings. The head Jáksa and Panghulu will be on hand to explain the law when necessary, clarify local customs, and take notes on the evidence. The Jáksa from the district where any crime occurred will serve as the public prosecutor if there isn’t a private one. The other native officials will be those who have traditionally been part of courts like this. [Vol II Pg lxvii]
91. This court shall be held at least twice in every week, or oftener if necessary, in the Passerban, or Residency public court-room, for the purpose of hearing complaints of every description that may be brought before it, of examining into all offences reported to have been committed, and trying all causes, whether civil or criminal, that occur in the Residency; with the exception only of those that will, in a subsequent section, be pointed out, as belonging to another and higher authority, the Court of Circuit.
91. This court will meet at least twice a week, or more often if needed, in the Passerban or Residency public courtroom, to hear all kinds of complaints brought to it, investigate any reported offenses, and try all cases, whether civil or criminal, that arise in the Residency; except for those that will be specified in a later section as under the jurisdiction of a different and higher authority, the Court of Circuit.
92. The court shall be held open from the hour of ten in the fore to that of three in the afternoon.
92. The court will be open from 10 AM to 3 PM.
93. For greater precision, the court days may be fixed to the Monday and Thursday of every week. It is, however, left to the Resident to alter these days of sitting, whenever he may deem that there is sufficient reason for so doing, observing, in such cases, to give public notice of the intended change at least one court day preceding it.
93. To be more precise, court days can be set for every Monday and Thursday. However, the Resident can change these sitting days whenever they think there's a good reason to do so, provided they give public notice of the planned change at least one court day in advance.
94. The chief Jáksa, who will have the custody of all persons apprehended and brought into the town until regularly committed to gaol, shall immediately, on opening the court, present to the Resident a list of such prisoners as have been confided to his care since the last court day, stating from whence they came, what the nature of the offence alleged against them, the names of the witnesses brought to prove it, and other necessary information connected with their apprehension.
94. The chief Jáksa, responsible for overseeing all individuals who are detained and brought into the town until they are officially committed to jail, must promptly, upon opening the court, provide the Resident with a list of prisoners assigned to his care since the last court session. This list should include their origins, the nature of the alleged offense against them, the names of witnesses called to support the claims, and any other relevant information regarding their detention.
95. The Resident shall then commence on the investigation of the cases, ordering in each that the report of the officer of division, and original complaint, be first read, and proceeding afterwards to the examination of the witnesses.
95. The Resident shall then start the investigation of the cases, instructing that in each instance, the report from the divisional officer and the original complaint be read first, and then moving on to the examination of the witnesses.
96. Should it appear to the Resident that there is not sufficient evidence against the accused, and should the complainant not be able to adduce any further, the prisoner shall be immediately released out of custody.
96. If the Resident believes there isn't enough evidence against the accused, and if the complainant can't provide any more, the prisoner will be released from custody immediately.
97. But should the complainant state that he can produce more witnesses, he shall be required to enter into a penalty-bond for their appearance on a given day (that day to be as little distant as possible, nor, if practicable, to exceed a week from the time of this first examination), and the prisoner shall, in this case, be admitted to bail, provided the offence be of a bailable nature.
97. If the complainant claims they can bring in more witnesses, they must agree to a penalty bond for their appearance on a specific day (that day should be as soon as possible, and not more than a week from this initial examination, if feasible), and the prisoner will be allowed to post bail, as long as the offense is one that can be bailed.
98. If the offence charged against him be one that does not admit of bail being taken, the Resident shall sign a warrant to the gaoler, to receive and hold him in safe custody until he shall be discharged by due course of law.
98. If the offense he's charged with is one that doesn't allow for bail, the Resident will sign a warrant for the jailer to take him into custody and keep him safe until he is released through the proper legal process.
99. On the second examination, should the innocence of the prisoner appear sufficiently clear, he shall be forthwith released; but should, on either the first or second day of inquiry, such presumption of guilt be established, as to render necessary a regular trial, the prisoner shall stand fully committed for it, and be remanded to gaol, there to remain until that day of trial arrive.
99. In the second examination, if the prisoner's innocence seems clearly established, they will be released right away; however, if on either the first or second day of inquiry there is enough evidence of guilt to require a formal trial, the prisoner will be fully committed for that trial and sent back to jail to remain there until the trial date arrives.
100. If the crime imputed to him be murder, treason, gang-robbery, or any other for which the sentence may amount to death, the Resident shall[Vol II Pg lxviii] not himself proceed further in the case, but commit him to prison, to take his trial before the Court of Circuit, of which more shall be said hereafter.
100. If the crime he's accused of is murder, treason, gang robbery, or any other offense that could lead to a death sentence, the Resident shall[Vol II Pg lxviii] not handle the case any further, but instead, send him to prison to stand trial before the Circuit Court, which will be discussed more later.
101. Should the offence with which he is charged be one of any less magnitude than capital, the Resident shall, in ordering him to jail, notify to the prisoner on what day his trial shall come on before himself. That day must not, without some good and sufficient reason, to be reported to government, exceed the distance of a week from the day of his commitment to prison.
101. If the crime he’s charged with is not as serious as a capital offense, the Resident must inform the prisoner on which day his trial will be held when sending him to jail. This trial date should be no more than a week from the day he’s taken into custody, unless there’s a valid reason for an extension, which needs to be reported to the government.
102. On the day of trial, the prisoner being brought up, the former proceedings shall be read, and the witnesses again examined, and such further evidence, on the part of the prosecution, be taken as may be necessary. The prisoner shall then be called on for his defence, and the witnesses adduced by him be heard and examined.
102. On the day of the trial, the prisoner will be brought in, the previous proceedings will be read, and the witnesses will be examined again. Any additional evidence needed for the prosecution will be presented. The prisoner will then be given a chance to defend himself, and his witnesses will be heard and examined.
103. The Resident shall finally sum up the evidence, and stating the reasons that have influenced his opinion, and the law of the case, pronounce sentence accordingly.
103. The Resident will conclude by summarizing the evidence, explaining the reasons that shaped their opinion, and outlining the relevant laws, then deliver the sentence based on that.
104. In these, and all other cases, whether civil or criminal, which come, before him, the Resident shall be guided in his decisions by the existing native laws, and ancient customs of the island; provided the same be not decidedly at variance with the universal and acknowledged principles of natural justice.
104. In these, and all other cases, whether civil or criminal, that come before him, the Resident will base his decisions on the current native laws and long-standing customs of the island, as long as they are not clearly contrary to well-established principles of natural justice.
105. In every instance where the opinions of the Panghulu and Jáksa are in accord with the judgment of the Resident, and in which the punishment fixed to the crime does not amount to imprisonment or transportation for life, the sentence of the Resident shall be final, and be immediately carried into execution.
105. In every situation where the views of the Panghulu and Jáksa align with the decision of the Resident, and where the punishment for the crime does not involve imprisonment or a life sentence, the Resident's sentence shall be final and carried out immediately.
106. But whenever the opinions of the Panghulu and Jáksa shall be in opposition to that of the Resident, or in which the punishment of the crime shall amount to imprisonment or transportation for life, all the proceedings shall be immediately transmitted to government, with the Resident's statement of the reasons and regulations on which he has formed his opinion; but he shall delay the pronouncing sentence, until the approval of the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor shall have been obtained.
106. But whenever the opinions of the Panghulu and Jáksa are against the Resident's views, or when the punishment for a crime could lead to imprisonment or life transportation, all proceedings must be promptly sent to the government, along with the Resident's explanation of the reasons and guidelines behind his opinion; however, he must hold off on delivering the sentence until he has received approval from the Honourable Lieutenant-Governor.
107. In all cases whatever of trial before this court, the Resident shall transmit to government, in English, a statement of the offence charged against the prisoner, the substance of the evidence on the prosecution and defence, the law of the case as it exists in the regulations of government, or in the written or customary laws of the island, and the particular reason on which he has formed his own opinion. The Jáksa and Panghulu are required to take notes of the evidence, and to state their respective opinions on the case in the vernacular language; which document, signed by them, shall be transmitted to government by the Resident, together with his own statement of the case.
107. In all cases tried in this court, the Resident must send a statement to the government in English, detailing the charges against the prisoner, a summary of the evidence presented by both the prosecution and defense, the relevant laws based on government regulations or the written or customary laws of the island, and the specific reasons for his own conclusions. The Jáksa and Panghulu are required to take notes on the evidence and provide their opinions on the case in the local language; this document, signed by them, should be sent to the government by the Resident along with his own statement of the case.
108. The civil jurisdiction of this court shall be constituted as follows:
108. The civil jurisdiction of this court will be set up like this:
109. It shall be competent to receive original complaints of every de[Vol II Pg lxix]scription, and to try such appeals as may be made to it from the decisions of the Bopáti's court.
109. It will be authorized to accept original complaints of every kind, and to hear any appeals made to it from the decisions of the Bopáti's court.
110. On receipt of this complaint, if the amount at issue exceed not twenty rupees, the Resident, at his pleasure, may refer it to be inquired into and tried by the court of the officer of the division in which the matter complained of occurred; or should the amount be not above fifty rupees, he may make it over to the authority of the Bopáti's court of that district in which the subject at issue has originated. But all complaints which concern a sum of money exceeding this, must be tried only by the Resident's court.
110. Upon receiving this complaint, if the amount in question does not exceed twenty rupees, the Resident may choose to refer it to be investigated and tried by the court of the officer in the division where the complaint arose; or if the amount is not more than fifty rupees, he may pass it on to the authority of the Bopáti's court in the district where the issue originated. However, any complaints involving an amount greater than this must be handled exclusively by the Resident's court.
111. It is also competent to this court alone to take cognizance of any suits, however trivial the amount at issue, which may be considered as involving in them any of the rights of government.
111. This court is also the only one that can handle any lawsuits, no matter how small the amount involved, that can be seen as related to any government rights.
112. In trying appeals from the Bopáti's courts, after reading the proceedings on the former trial, and re-examining such old, or hearing such new evidence as may be adduced, the judgment which shall then be passed shall be considered as final.
112. When reviewing appeals from the Bopáti's courts, after going through the records of the previous trial and re-evaluating any old or new evidence presented, the judgment made at that time will be deemed final.
113. In reversing the former decree, the appellant shall have refunded to him the costs which have been kept in deposit, and these shall be then levied from the other party; but if confirming the former judgment, it shall be left to the discretion of the Resident to enhance those costs as he may think fit; provided, however, that the whole sum do not exceed fifteen per cent. on the amount of the sentence.
113. In reversing the earlier decision, the appellant will be refunded the costs that have been held in deposit, and these costs will then be charged to the other party; but if the earlier judgment is confirmed, it will be up to the Resident to increase those costs as they see fit; provided, however, that the total amount does not exceed fifteen percent of the judgment amount.
114. The appellant, on the institution of the suit, shall pay such fees as are customary in the institution of original suits; but the other party shall not be charged with any fees whatever.
114. The appellant, when filing the lawsuit, must pay the usual fees associated with starting original lawsuits; however, the other party will not be charged any fees at all.
115. When an original complaint is given in, it shall be filed, on a fee of one rupee being paid, and sufficient security given for the possible amount of costs.
115. When a new complaint is submitted, it will be filed after a fee of one rupee is paid, and adequate security is provided for the potential costs.
116. A copy of this shall then be sent to the person or persons complained of, who shall be required, within a certain given time, not to exceed a fortnight, to send in the answer; at which time they will also pay a fee of one rupee, and give good security for the amount of possible costs.
116. A copy of this will then be sent to the person or people being complained about, who will need to respond within a specified timeframe, not to exceed two weeks. During this time, they will also pay a fee of one rupee and provide sufficient security for any potential costs.
117. On receipt of this reply, a day shall be appointed for the trial of the cause, notice of which shall be given to each of the parties; and both they and such others, witnesses or accessaries, as may be necessary, shall be summoned to attend on that day. The cause shall then come to a regular hearing, and be decided on, according to the mode already laid down for the inferior courts.
117. Once this reply is received, a date will be set for the trial of the case, and each party will be notified. Both parties, along with any necessary witnesses or accomplices, will be summoned to appear on that day. The case will then be formally heard and decided according to the procedures previously established for lower courts.
118. On the decision of the suit, a fee of two rupees from the gainer, and of one from the loser of it, shall be received; and costs, at the rate of ten per cent. on the amount of the sentence, being the custom of the country, shall be levied from the party against whom the decision has been given.
118. For the outcome of the lawsuit, a fee of two rupees will be collected from the winner, and one rupee from the loser. Additionally, costs at a rate of ten percent on the amount of the judgment, which is the local custom, will be charged to the party who lost the case.
119. In all causes originating in the Resident's court, an appeal shall be permitted to the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor; provided that notice of such intention be given on the day of trial, that the costs be[Vol II Pg lxx] lodged in court, and sufficient security offered for the amount of the sentence, or that amount be paid in, to be kept in deposit until the appeal shall have been determined on.
119. In all cases that start in the Resident's court, an appeal is allowed to the Honourable Lieutenant-Governor; as long as notice of this intention is given on the day of the trial, the costs are[Vol II Pg lxx] filed in court, and adequate security is provided for the amount of the judgment, or that amount is paid in, to be held in deposit until the appeal has been resolved.
120. Appeals from the Resident's decisions are limited to the space of one month from the day of trial.
120. Appeals from the Resident's decisions are limited to one month from the trial date.
121. The Honourable the Lieutenant-governor will, of course, after due investigation, alter, reverse, or confirm the former sentence, with remission or enhancement of costs, as to him shall seem best.
121. The Honourable Lieutenant Governor will, of course, after proper investigation, change, overturn, or uphold the previous ruling, adjusting the costs as he sees fit.
122. Whenever the two parties in a civil suit, in any stage of it previous to the decree, shall give in to any of the courts an agreement signed by both, stating that they are willing that all further judicial proceedings in the case be dropped, as being satisfied with what has already passed, or mutually content to settle whatever further is requisite between themselves, or by the arbitration of friends, the court shall place this paper among their records, and cause the proceedings in such suit to be immediately closed.
122. Whenever the two parties in a civil lawsuit, at any point before the final judgment, submit an agreement signed by both to any court, stating that they are happy to drop all further legal proceedings in the case because they are satisfied with what has already happened, or are mutually agreeable to settle any further matters between themselves, or through the arbitration of friends, the court will keep this document in their records and will immediately close the case.
123. In these cases, half costs, or five per cent, only on the amount of the suit, shall be levied. Of this the two parties shall pay an equal share, or two and a half per cent each, with a fee also of a rupee each to the court.
123. In these situations, half of the costs, or five percent, will be charged only on the amount of the lawsuit. Both parties will pay an equal share, which is two and a half percent each, along with a fee of one rupee each to the court.
124. All fees will be divided among the officers of the court, and all costs be carried to the account of government, for the purpose of defraying the expenses to which they are put in the establishment of these courts.
124. All fees will be shared among the court officers, and all costs will be charged to the government to cover the expenses incurred in setting up these courts.
125. The same attention shall be paid to the opinions of the Jáksa and Panghulu in civil as in criminal cases; namely, that when at variance with that of the Resident, reference shall be made to the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor, accompanied by the detailed statements, and the decision only carried into execution when his instructions, in reply, shall have been received.
125. The same attention will be given to the opinions of the Jáksa and Panghulu in civil cases as in criminal cases; that is, if their views conflict with those of the Resident, the matter will be referred to the Honourable Lieutenant-Governor with detailed statements, and the decision will only be implemented once his instructions are received in response.
126. A record of each trial shall be kept in the archives of the court, consisting of the original complaint, the reply to it, a statement of the proceedings that ensued, and the judge's final decision.
126. A record of each trial will be kept in the court's archives, including the original complaint, the response to it, a summary of the proceedings that followed, and the judge's final decision.
127. Copies of any of these shall be given to any one who may apply for them, on the payment of half a rupee for each paper.
127. Copies of any of these will be provided to anyone who requests them, with a fee of half a rupee for each document.
128. Registers shall be framed from these records, one in English and one in the vernacular language (of course separate ones for civil and criminal matters), stating the charges, names of parties, of witnesses, nature of evidence, sentence passed, &c. according to forms to be furnished to the Resident; and of these, one copy shall be kept in the court, and another shall be transmitted, before the 5th of every month, to the Honourable the Lieutenant-governor.
128. Registers will be created from these records, one in English and one in the local language (separate ones for civil and criminal cases), detailing the charges, names of parties, witnesses, nature of evidence, sentence given, etc., according to the forms provided by the Resident. One copy will be kept in the court, and another will be sent to the Honourable Lieutenant-Governor before the 5th of each month.
129. A register shall also be framed, and sent at the same time, of all persons apprehended, but afterwards released, stating their names, crimes imputed to them, nature of evidence for and against, and reasons for releasing them.
129. A register must also be created and sent at the same time, listing all individuals who were apprehended but later released, including their names, the alleged crimes, the nature of evidence both for and against them, and the reasons for their release.
130. Quarterly reports shall likewise be furnished by the Resident of the general state of the districts entrusted to his care; and every six[Vol II Pg lxxi] months abstract accounts must be forwarded of the increase or decrease of population, the general condition of the cultivation, number of new settlers and persons emigrated, and generally of whatever relates to the details of his administration, with such remarks and comments as he may deem necessary.
130. The Resident will also provide quarterly reports on the overall condition of the districts they oversee; and every six[Vol II Pg lxxi] months, they must send summarized accounts detailing the population increase or decrease, the overall state of farming, the number of new settlers and emigrants, and anything else related to the specifics of their administration, along with any comments or observations they find necessary.
131. In summoning persons to attend his court, he shall have a certain regard to the loss or inconvenience those persons may sustain in being taken away from their usual employments or duties. The cultivator of the soil, in particular, is not unnecessarily to be brought from his fields; and, in many cases, a slight delay of trial may be better than causing the industrious inhabitant to lose the fruits of his labour by attendance at court, when harvest, or other rural duty, demands his presence and entire attention. This, however, is an evil that cannot always be guarded against; but it ought to be so, to the extent of the Resident's power, and as far as the satisfying the more important ends of justice will admit of.
131. When calling people to attend his court, he should consider the loss or inconvenience they might face by being pulled away from their usual work or responsibilities. In particular, farmers shouldn't be taken away from their fields unnecessarily; in many cases, it might be better to delay a trial a bit than to have a hardworking person miss out on the results of their efforts due to court attendance, especially during harvest time or other essential farming duties. However, this is a problem that can't always be avoided, but it should be managed as much as possible, considering the Resident's ability and the need to achieve the more important goals of justice.
132. As an additional check to its occurrence, a discretionary power is vested in the Resident, of punishing by fine the complainant in such suits as may, in the opinion of the Resident, be satisfactorily established to have owed its origin to grounds merely vexatious, and this fine will of course be given to the person who has suffered by the process.
132. As an extra measure, the Resident has the authority to fine the complainant in cases that the Resident believes are purely frivolous. This fine will, of course, be awarded to the person who was harmed by the process.
133. As it is most essential that access to justice and redress be rendered as easy and free as possible to the injured, the Residents are ordered to receive at all times, and to pay the utmost attention, to every petition that may be presented to them.
133. Since it's crucial for injured individuals to have easy and free access to justice and compensation, the Residents are instructed to always accept and give their full attention to every petition that is presented to them.
134. But as, in the ordinary course, the officers or servants of government, or others, may, from interested, partial, or resentful motives, find means to debar approach to the Resident in his house, he shall cause a box to be placed at the door of the court, into which petitions may be dropped; of this he shall himself keep the key, and, on going into court, open it with his own hand, and have the contents read to him. He shall, at the same time, in the open space before the court, invite the giving in to him any complaints from persons who may consider themselves as aggrieved.
134. However, since government officials or others might, out of self-interest, bias, or resentment, try to block access to the Resident in his home, he will make sure that a box is placed at the entrance of the court where petitions can be submitted. He will keep the key to this box and, when entering the court, will open it himself and have its contents read to him. At the same time, in the open area in front of the court, he will invite anyone who feels wronged to come forward with their complaints.
135. It must be observed, that in all causes which come into the courts, the respective parties in them shall plead in their own behalf. It not having been heretofore usual to employ Vakeels, or native lawyers, for this purpose; no persons of this description shall be admitted. And it is trusted that litigation will be considerably reduced and discouraged by this measure, as the trouble of it will then fall heavily and entirely on the principals themselves; that class of people not being allowed to exist, who, as deriving from litigation their sole subsistence, may fairly, and without invidiousness, be considered as having some interest in increasing the business of the courts.
135. It's important to note that in all cases that go to court, the parties involved must represent themselves. It hasn't been common to use Vakeels or local lawyers for this purpose; therefore, no one of that sort will be allowed. This is expected to significantly reduce and discourage legal disputes, as the burden of it will fall entirely on the parties involved themselves. This way, there won't be a group of people whose sole income comes from litigation, who could be seen as having a vested interest in increasing court cases.
136. The Resident is particularly enjoined to pay the greatest attention to the state of the persons in confinement by his orders.
136. The Resident is especially instructed to pay close attention to the condition of the individuals held in custody by his orders.
137. There shall be one gaol only in each Residency, and that at the place where the Resident himself resides. He shall visit it at least once a fortnight, and redress all complaints that may be preferred to him by the[Vol II Pg lxxii] prisoners of ill treatment, punishing amply every instance that shall come to his knowledge, of misconduct in the gaoler or other officers in charge of the prison.
137. There will be only one jail in each Residency, and it will be located where the Resident lives. The Resident will visit the jail at least once every two weeks and address any complaints from the[Vol II Pg lxxii] prisoners about mistreatment, ensuring that any misconduct by the jailer or other staff members in charge of the prison is properly punished.
138. He shall take, too, the necessary measures for the preservation of the health and cleanliness of the prisoners; requiring the Surgeon of the Residency to visit them at least once a day, and to administer to the sick. The Surgeon shall be further directed to deliver in a monthly report to the Resident on this subject, stating the number of sick, nature of disease, cause of it where assignable, and result of his medical operations in the several cases. To this may be added any suggestions that may be deemed beneficial.
138. He must also take the necessary steps to ensure the health and cleanliness of the prisoners, requiring the Residency's Surgeon to visit them at least once a day and to care for the sick. The Surgeon will also be required to submit a monthly report to the Resident on this topic, detailing the number of sick, the nature of their illnesses, any identifiable causes, and the outcomes of his medical treatments in each case. He may also include any recommendations that are considered helpful.
139. The internal arrangements of the gaol ought to be so ordered, that the prisoners shall not be confined together promiscuously, but different apartments be allotted, not only for persons of different sexes, but also for those in confinement for different gradations of offence. For the following descriptions of prisoners, separate wards ought to be formed. Prisoners under sentence of death. Prisoners confined under sentence of the Court of Circuit or of the Resident. Prisoners committed to take their trial before the Court of Circuit. Prisoners committed to take their trial before the Resident. And one spacious and airy apartment should be reserved for such persons as are awaiting the preliminary examination in the court.
139. The layout of the jail should be organized so that prisoners are not mixed together randomly. Instead, different rooms should be assigned not only for people of different genders but also for those held for various levels of offense. Separate areas should be created for the following types of prisoners: those sentenced to death, those sentenced by the Court of Circuit or by the Resident, those awaiting trial before the Court of Circuit, and those awaiting trial before the Resident. Additionally, a large and well-ventilated room should be set aside for individuals waiting for their preliminary court examination.
140. All prisoners or witnesses detained in criminal cases shall be maintained at the expense of government. But the subsistence of persons confined on civil accounts shall be furnished in the usual manner by the complainants in those suits.
140. All prisoners or witnesses held in criminal cases will be supported at government expense. However, the living costs for people held for civil matters will be covered in the usual way by the complainants in those cases.
141. The rate of maintenance must depend on the general price of food in the district where the confinement takes place. It ought to be sufficiently ample to secure the necessaries of life, but by no means any thing further; it ought not, in short, to be higher than the price for which the lowest description of labour could be obtained. On this principle the Residents will regulate the allowance for prisoners, and when settled and approved of by government, it shall be considered as fixed, and be publicly made known.
141. The maintenance rate should be based on the overall cost of food in the area where the confinement occurs. It should be enough to provide for basic necessities, but not anything more; in other words, it shouldn't exceed the amount that the lowest-paid labor could earn. Based on this principle, the Residents will determine the allowances for prisoners, and once approved by the government, it will be considered final and publicly announced.
142. The Residents finally shall see that the prisoners receive all the comforts compatible with their respective situations, and that the allowance granted by government, or others, for their support, be properly applied.
142. The Residents will finally see that the prisoners get all the comforts that fit their situations and that the funds provided by the government or others for their support are used properly.
143. With respect to the authority of the Resident's Court over Europeans, Chinese, or other foreigners, though it has not heretofore been ordered that they be amenable to any but the courts of justice in Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya; yet as great inconvenience may be, and has been experienced, from their being under a separate jurisdiction from their fellow-inhabitants, and as it is the wish of government that they be allowed to partake of every benefit afforded to its other subjects, of which a prompt and easy access to justice must be considered as the chief, the following orders are issued respecting them. [Vol II Pg lxxiii]
143. Regarding the authority of the Resident's Court over Europeans, Chinese, or other foreigners, although it hasn't been previously mandated that they be subject only to the courts in Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, there has been considerable inconvenience from their separate legal status compared to local residents. Since the government wishes for them to enjoy all the benefits given to other subjects, especially the right to quick and easy access to justice, the following orders are issued concerning them. [Vol II Pg lxxiii]
144. No Europeans, Chinese, or other foreigners, at present settled, or who, in future, may wish to settle in the interior, shall be allowed to reside in any part of the country without the immediate limits of the towns of Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, unless they present themselves to the Resident, to be regularly enrolled in a register to be kept for that purpose, and obtain from him a license for remaining. This license shall not be granted, unless each individual enter into a penalty-bond of five hundred rupees, that he will abide by the civil decisions of the Resident's Court to that amount; but if this be agreed to, the license shall on no account be withheld, unless the Resident can, and does, give such reasons for withholding it as the government shall approve of. No fee whatsoever shall be given for these licenses.
144. No Europeans, Chinese, or other foreigners currently living, or who may want to move into the interior in the future, are allowed to reside anywhere in the country outside the immediate areas of the towns of Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya, unless they report to the Resident, get formally registered in a designated log, and receive a permit from him to stay. This permit will only be granted if each person signs a bond for five hundred rupees, agreeing to follow the civil rulings of the Resident's Court up to that amount; however, if this is agreed to, the permit cannot be denied unless the Resident can provide valid reasons for withholding it that are approved by the government. No fees will be charged for these permits.
145. Should it, at any time, happen that a cause, in which more than five hundred rupees is at issue, should come before the Resident, wherein a foreigner living in the interior is concerned, the Resident shall call on him to execute a further bond, which may cover the amount of the suit; and in case of refusal to do so, he shall not be permitted any longer to reside within his jurisdiction.
145. If a case involving more than five hundred rupees comes before the Resident and concerns a foreigner living in the area, the Resident will require the foreigner to sign an additional bond that may cover the amount in dispute. If the foreigner refuses to do so, they will no longer be allowed to live within that jurisdiction.
146. After taking out these licenses, foreigners shall, in every respect, be considered in the same light as other inhabitants, and sue and be sued precisely in the same manner as the natives.
146. After obtaining these licenses, foreigners will be regarded in the same way as other residents and can sue and be sued just like the locals.
147. Should any foreigner, after these precautions, refuse to abide by the decision of the Resident, a report on his conduct shall be forwarded to government, and he shall instantly be made to leave the interior, and be prosecuted for the amount of the penalty he has incurred, in the established manner, in the courts of justice at Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya.
147. If any foreigner, after these precautions, refuses to follow the Resident's decision, a report about their behavior will be sent to the government, and they will immediately be expelled from the interior and prosecuted for the penalty they've incurred, according to the established procedures in the courts of justice in Batavia, Semárang, and Surabáya.
148. In criminal cases, where a foreigner is charged with any offence, the Resident shall execute the duties of a justice of the peace, issuing a warrant for his apprehension, examining into the evidence adduced, and, according to circumstances, releasing him forthwith, or committing him to take his trial before the Court of Circuit.
148. In criminal cases where a foreigner is accused of any crime, the Resident will act as a justice of the peace, issuing a warrant for their arrest, examining the evidence presented, and, depending on the situation, either releasing them immediately or committing them to stand trial in the Court of Circuit.
149. It must be understood, that the term here of "foreigners" is intended only to include Europeans, Chinese, Arabs, Mussulmen from the various parts of India, or, in short, the natives of any country that is without the limits of the Malayan Archipelago. But as there will resort to the coasts of Java, in small trading vessels, very many of the inhabitants of the neighbouring islands, to whom the entering into bonds, or being subject to other such legal forms, would prove a serious inconvenience, serving perhaps eventually to discourage them considerably from engaging in such commercial adventures, which it is rather the wish of this government in every way to promote; and as by the religion, laws, and usages of this and the various islands in the vicinity, being, both in form and substance, nearly identified (differing only in some few instances in shades slight and of little moment), it cannot be considered as repugnant to the principles of justice, that they be at once held amenable to the jurisdiction established for this island, during their continuance on it; and it is therefore ordered, that they be looked on and proceeded with in[Vol II Pg lxxiv] manner no way differing from that prescribed for the actual natives of Java.
149. It should be understood that the term "foreigners" here refers only to Europeans, Chinese, Arabs, Muslims from various parts of India, or basically, anyone from outside the Malayan Archipelago. However, many inhabitants from nearby islands will come to the coasts of Java in small trading vessels, and requiring them to enter into contracts or abide by other legal formalities would be a serious inconvenience and could discourage them from participating in commerce, which the government wants to promote. Since the religion, laws, and practices of this island and the nearby islands are very similar (differing only in minor ways), it isn't against the principles of justice that they be subject to the jurisdiction established for this island while they are here. Therefore, it is ordered that they be treated the same as the actual natives of Java.[Vol II Pg lxxiv]
150. In the event of the death of any British inhabitant or passenger within his district, it is the duty of the Resident to place the seals of office immediately on the effects of the deceased, after defraying the expense of interment; and to report the same immediately for the further orders of government; and, in the event of the death of Burghers, Chinese, Mussulmen, or others, he will be guided by the laws and regulations existing on that head. In all cases, he will be careful that no injustice be practised in this important subject, and that where arrears are due to government, no property be transferred or sold until the same have been satisfied, or until the pleasure of government is known.
150. If any British resident or passenger dies in his district, it’s the Resident’s job to immediately place official seals on the deceased’s belongings after covering the burial costs. He must also report this right away for further instructions from the government. For the deaths of Burghers, Chinese, Muslims, or others, he will follow the relevant laws and regulations. In all cases, he needs to ensure that no injustice occurs in this important matter, and that if there are any outstanding debts to the government, no property is transferred or sold until those debts are settled or until the government makes a decision.
151. The Court of Circuit has already been established by the fifth clause of the Proclamation by government, dated the 21st January, 1812. But as the taking away at once the president and one member from the courts of justice rendered those courts, in their absence, incompetent to carry on the current business of their districts, and as a more particular definition of the duties attached to this department is deemed necessary, the following sections must be considered as an enlargement and modification of that clause.
151. The Circuit Court has already been created by the fifth section of the government proclamation dated January 21, 1812. However, since the removal of both the president and one member from the courts of justice made it impossible for those courts to manage the ongoing business of their districts, and since a clearer definition of the responsibilities related to this department is needed, the following sections should be viewed as an expansion and revision of that section.
152. In order to ensure the regular, certain, and impartial administration of justice throughout the different districts of the island, one member of the Supreme Court of justice at Batavia, and of the courts of justice at Semárang and Surabáya, shall four times in the year, at stated periods, or oftener if necessary, make a circuit through the districts, under the jurisdiction of their respective courts, for the purpose of hearing and trying all such offences and criminal cases within the same, as shall have been made over to them by the magistrates appointed for that purpose.
152. To ensure the consistent, reliable, and fair administration of justice across the different districts of the island, one member of the Supreme Court of Justice in Batavia, as well as from the courts in Semárang and Surabáya, will travel through the districts under their jurisdiction four times a year, at scheduled times, or more often if needed, to hear and try all offenses and criminal cases that have been assigned to them by the designated magistrates.
153. Previously to entering upon the execution of the duties of his office, each of these judges shall take and subscribe, before the Honourable the Lieutenant-governor in Council, or any person appointed by him to administer the same, an oath in the same form as already laid down for the Residents in section 86 of this Regulation.
153. Before starting their job, each of these judges must take and sign an oath in the same format as outlined for the Residents in section 86 of this Regulation, before the Honourable Lieutenant-governor in Council, or someone appointed by him to handle this.
154. Upon the arrival of the judge of circuit, the Resident or magistrate shall have in readiness to deliver to him a list of the persons committed to prison, or held to bail, for trial, together with the copies of the charges preferred against each, their confessions, if any have been made (but these, it must be observed, must always be received with circumspection and tenderness), or if they have pleaded not guilty, the depositions of the witnesses, and all other proceedings held by him in the respective cases, previously to their commitment to prison, or being held to bail.
154. When the circuit judge arrives, the Resident or magistrate must have a list ready to give him of all the people who have been committed to prison or released on bail for trial, along with copies of the charges against each person, any confessions made (though these should always be taken with care and sensitivity), or if they pleaded not guilty, the witness statements, and all other proceedings that took place before they were committed to prison or released on bail.
155. He shall likewise submit to the judge of circuit, on his arrival at the station, a separate list of all such persons as he may, within the last three months, have apprehended and discharged for want of sufficient evidence against them; that is, of all such as would, had presumption of guilt been sufficiently established, have been made over to the court of circuit for trial. [Vol II Pg lxxv]
155. He must also present to the circuit judge, upon arriving at the station, a separate list of all the individuals he has arrested and released in the last three months due to insufficient evidence against them; specifically, those who would have been sent to the circuit court for trial if there had been enough evidence to suggest guilt. [Vol II Pg lxxv]
156. The judge of circuit shall then proceed to hold his court. Such officers shall belong to it as he may have brought with him for that purpose, and he shall be attended by all such others belonging to the Resident's establishment, as he may deem necessary.
156. The circuit judge will then go ahead and hold his court. He will include any officers he has brought with him for that purpose, and he will be accompanied by any others from the Resident's team that he thinks are necessary.
157. The court shall be held in the Paserban, or usual chief room of justice belonging to the station; and the Resident, in carrying on any judicial or magisterial proceedings, during the continuance of the judge of circuit at his station, shall use for that purpose some other convenient place.
157. The court will be held in the Paserban, or the usual main courtroom of the station; and the Resident, while conducting any judicial or magisterial proceedings during the time the circuit judge is at his station, will use another suitable location for that purpose.
158. On opening the court the head Jáksa shall present a list of persons summoned to act as jurymen; out of which five shall be taken in the usual manner, and be empanelled.
158. When the court is opened, the head Jáksa will present a list of people called to serve as jurors; from this list, five will be selected in the usual way and seated on the jury.
159. The persons composing this jury ought to be as near on an equality as to rank in life with the prisoner as possible. But no one under the rank of a head of a village shall be competent to act as a juryman, as persons below that office, or in the very lower orders of life, cannot be supposed to possess either independence or knowledge sufficient to qualify them to execute justly the duties of the situation. The person senior in dignity among them shall be appointed to act as foreman; and, for this purpose, it may be as well that one of higher rank than the other four should be always selected in the first nomination of the jury.
159. The people on this jury should be as equal in social status to the defendant as possible. However, no one below the rank of a village head should serve as a juror, since those of lower status likely lack the independence or knowledge needed to carry out the responsibilities of the role fairly. The person with the highest status among them will be appointed as the foreman; for this reason, it may be best to always select someone of higher rank than the other four during the initial jury selection.
160. A right of challenge shall belong, as in the English courts, to both the prosecutor and the prisoner.
160. Both the prosecutor and the defendant shall have the right to challenge, just like in English courts.
161. The head of the village in which the offence is alleged to have been committed, shall not be permitted to act as juryman in the trial.
161. The leader of the village where the offense is said to have occurred cannot serve as a juror in the trial.
162. No other prescribed disqualification exists against persons of that or higher rank; the right of challenge being deemed sufficient to secure the forming of a competent, unbiassed, and independent jury.
162. No other set disqualifications apply to individuals of that rank or higher; the ability to challenge is considered enough to ensure the creation of a capable, unbiased, and independent jury.
163. The cause shall then be proceeded with; and sentence being passed, it shall become the duty of the Resident to see that it be carried duly into execution, a warrant for that purpose being given to him, under the seal and signature of the judge of circuit.
163. The case will then move forward; and once a verdict is reached, it will be the responsibility of the Resident to ensure that it is properly carried out, with a warrant for that purpose issued to him, bearing the seal and signature of the circuit judge.
164. The circuit judge, throughout the conduct of the cause, in his mode of proceeding, of summing up the evidence, receiving the verdict of the jury, and passing sentence on the prisoner, shall be guided entirely by the established rules of his court, the regulations of government, and the general instructions he will receive.
164. The circuit judge, during the entire process of the case, in how he manages the proceedings, summarizes the evidence, collects the jury's verdict, and delivers the sentence to the defendant, shall follow strictly the established rules of his court, the government regulations, and the general instructions he will receive.
165. And with respect to the law which must guide him throughout, he must, in the first instance, take down the native law in the case as may be expounded by the Panghúlu and Jáksa; and modify thereon his decision, according to the provisions of the colonial law, and the acknowledged principles of substantial justice.
165. And regarding the law that should guide him throughout, he must, first of all, consider the local law as explained by the Panghúlu and Jáksa; and adjust his decision based on the rules of colonial law and the accepted principles of fair justice.
166. He shall not only try such cases as may have been made over to his court, previously to entering the district, but also any such as the Resident may make over to him while there.
166. He will not only handle cases that have been transferred to his court before he arrives in the district but also any cases the Resident decides to transfer to him while he is there.
167. He shall, on closing his court at each station, forward to the Honourable the Lieutenant-governor, a clear and full report of all his proceed[Vol II Pg lxxvi]ings, stating the names of the prisoners tried by him, the nature of the evidence adduced on behalf of both prosecution and defence, the verdict of the jury, and his consequent sentence thereon.
167. At the end of his court sessions at each location, he must send a clear and complete report to the Honourable Lieutenant Governor detailing all his proceedings, including the names of the prisoners he tried, the type of evidence presented by both the prosecution and defense, the jury's verdict, and the sentence he imposed as a result.
168. If, in any case, his opinion differ from that of the jury, he shall detail the reasons which have influenced him in that difference; and he shall always state any such circumstances as may warrant a mitigation, or even total remission of the punishment.
168. If, in any case, his opinion differs from that of the jury, he must explain the reasons that led to his different viewpoint; and he should always mention any circumstances that might justify a reduction or even complete cancellation of the punishment.
169. The approval of these proceedings, and the instructions on them from the Honourable the Lieutenant-governor, must be received prior to his issuing his warrants to the Resident.
169. The approval of these proceedings and the instructions from the Honorable Lieutenant Governor must be obtained before he issues his warrants to the Resident.
170. But as this communication, and the reply to it, may induce too great a delay, the judge of circuit must, on shutting his court, remand the prisoner to gaol, and move on himself to the next district he has to visit; from whence he will be able to send back the warrants to the Resident, when an answer to his report shall have been received.
170. However, since this communication and the response could cause too much delay, the circuit judge must, upon closing his court, send the prisoner back to jail and proceed to the next district he needs to visit. From there, he will be able to send the warrants back to the Resident once he has received a response to his report.
171. Accompanying this report, the judge of circuit shall forward to government a detailed opinion on the state of the Residency, with respect to its police, its general administration, and other circumstances connected with its actual condition; suggesting, at the same time, any such improvement as, in his opinion, would be conducive to its general prosperity.
171. Along with this report, the circuit judge will send the government a detailed opinion on the state of the Residency, regarding its law enforcement, overall management, and other factors related to its current condition; also proposing any improvements that, in his view, would benefit its overall success.
172. It remains, finally, to be observed to the Residents, that as the police of different districts must be, in some measure, adapted to various circumstances and localities, they are authorized to enlarge upon these general regulations for the administration of that department within their respective jurisdictions, reporting their suggestions of improvement to government. But it is recommended to those officers to become well acquainted with the ancient usages and institutions of the people placed under their authority; and in submitting their observations, they will be solicitous rather to improve upon the solid foundations of ancient regulations and customs, both acknowledged and understood by the people, than to invent new systems of administration, which for some time must, of necessity, be quite unintelligible to the inhabitants, and which, after the experience of a few years, may probably be found to be by no means congenial to their genius or habits.
172. Lastly, it's important for the Residents to note that since the police in different districts need to be somewhat tailored to various situations and locations, they are allowed to expand on these general regulations for how that department is run within their areas, while also reporting their suggestions for improvement to the government. However, these officers are encouraged to thoroughly understand the traditional practices and institutions of the people they govern. When providing their feedback, they should focus on enhancing the solid foundations of established regulations and customs that the community already knows and accepts, rather than trying to create entirely new systems of administration that will likely be confusing to the locals at first and may, after a few years of experience, turn out to be quite incompatible with their nature or habits.
173. Copies of this Regulation shall be forwarded to the various officers of government concerned in the carrying it into execution; and translations of it, in the Javan and Malayan languages, shall be furnished to the Bopátis and other native officers. It shall be the duty of these to explain and cause to be made known its purport throughout the country; and for the doing this the more effectually, copies shall always lie on the tables of the several courts, to be open for public reference and inspection. [Vol II Pg lxxvii]
173. Copies of this Regulation will be sent to the relevant government officials responsible for its implementation, and translations in Javanese and Malay will be provided to the Bopátis and other local officials. They will be responsible for explaining and making its meaning clear throughout the country. To do this more effectively, copies will always be available on the tables of various courts for public access and review. [Vol II Pg lxxvii]
APPENDIX E.—No. I.
A COMPARATIVE VOCABULARY OF THE MALAYU, JAVAN, MADURESE, BALI, AND LAMPUNG LANGUAGES.
ENGLISH. | MALÁYU. | JAVAN. | MADURESE. | BÁLI. | LAMPUNG. | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Jáwa. | Bása kráma. | Súnda. | Madúra. | Sumenáp. | ||||
God | túhan; álah' | yéwang wídi; pang'éran; gusti; alah | | hongyéwang; sang-yéwang; | pangéran | álah | batára | alah; gusti |
Creation | ka-jádian | ka-dádian | kadadósan | ka-jádian | ka-dádian | ka-dádian | ka-dádian | ka-jádian |
Eternity | kakálan | kaleng'gang'an | | kakálan; láng-geng'an | kaláng-gang'an | láng-gang | kúkuán; láng-gang | ka-kálan |
Angel | maláikat | maláikat | | mala-ékat | malaékat | mala-ékat | dewáta | mali-kat |
Soul | jíwa; niáwa | niówo; yétmo | | súkma; niáwa | niába | niáwa | jiwa; átma | nia-wa |
Life | idup; hidop | úrip | gesang | irup | ódi | údi | úrep | húghé |
Demon or ghost | hantu | antu | | antu | anto | antu | mamídi; antu | hántu |
World | dúnia | jágat | búwana | dúnia | dúnia | dúnia | marcha-páda | dún-nia |
Heaven | súrga | súwarga | súwarg'i | súrga | seárga | súar-ga | úarga | sáwa-ghága |
Sky | láng'it | láng'it | akása | láng'it | láng'it | láng'é | angkása; lang-it | lang'it |
Light | cháhia | cháhia | | cháhia | sadja; cháhia | cháhia | depta; cháhia | chaháya |
Star | bintang | lintang | | benteung | bintang | bintang | bintang | bintang |
Halo of the moon | pagar-búlan | kaláng'an-wúlan | kalang'an-sási | kaláng'an-búlang | | kalang'an-búlan | káng'an-búlan | kandok-búlan |
Planet | bintang-berjálan | lintang lúmáku | lintang-lúmampa | bentéung-léumpang | bintang-ájalan | bintang-ájalan | pelálintáng'an | |
Saturn | bintang zahil | lintang zohal | | bentéung-júhel | bintang-jóhal | bintang súhal | | |
Jupiter | bintang mastri | lintang mústarí | | bentéung-mustari | bintang-mustári | bintang-mustári | | |
Mars | bintang marikh | lintang marih | | bentéung-marih | bintang-maríh | bintang marih | | |
Venus | bintang zahára | lintang johra | | bentéung-júhára | bintang-johro | bintang-súhara | | |
Mercury | bintang átarad | lintang átarad | | bentéung-utára | bintang-ng'alárid | bintang álarad | | |
Sun | mata-hári | sreng'eng'é | súria | matápoék | ng'areh | áré | mata-nai; súria | mata-gháni |
Moon | búlan | wúlan; rembúlan | sási | búlan | búlan | búlan | búlan; sásih | búlan |
A comet | bintang ber-ikur | lintang-kumúkus | | bentéung-buntútan | | bintang-abúntok | bintang-kúkus | bintang-bugúndang |
The milky way | bima-sákti | bima-sákti | | bima-sákti | | preng-sadápur | láwat yih-patánu | |
Sunrise | terbet-máta-hári | plétek-sreng'éng'é | médal-súria | bijel-matápoék | kalúar-áreh | kalúar-ári; medal ári | handag-matánai | máta-gháni-chá ka |
North pole | bintang-utára | lintang-útára | | bentéung-útára | bintang-útára | bintang-kelod | | |
South pole | bintang-selátan | lintang-slátan | | sela-búmi | bintang-salátan | bintang-salátan | bintang-kája | |
Equator | gáris-sa-teng'ah-dúnia | gára-s-teng'ah-jágat | | gáres-siteng'ah-jágat | gáris-sátan-g'ah-dúnia | gáris-sátan-g'ah-dúnia | gui-tang'ah-marcha-páda | |
Ecliptic | âlan-máta-hári | dálan-sreng'éng'é | margi-súria | jàlan-máta poék | jálan-áreb | jálan-ári | margan-matánai | |
Aries | bintáng-hamel | lintáng-kámel | | bentéung-kámel | bintang-kámel | | | |
Taurus | bintáng-thur | lintáng-táred | | bentéung-sur | bintang-tor | | | |
Gemini | bintáng-júza | lintáng-jus | | bentéung-júja | bintang-jus | | | |
Cancer | bintáng-sertan | lintáng-sertan | | bentéung-sertan | bintang-sertan | | | |
Leo | bintáng-ásad | lintáng-ásad | | bentéung-ásad | bintang-ásad | | | |
Virgo | bintáng-sánbla | lintáng-sumbúla | | bentéung-sanblah | bintang-sanbla | | | |
Libra | bintáng-mírzan | lintáng-mízan | | bentéung-mérjan | bintang-mérgan | | | |
Scorpio | bintáng-kála | lintáng-kála | | bentéung-kála | bintang-kála | | | |
Sagittarius | bintáng-kos | lintáng-kos | | bentéung-kus | bintang-kos | | | |
Capricorn | bintáng-jádi | lintáng-júdi | | bentéung-jadi | bintang-júdi | | | |
Aquarius | bintáng-dálu | lintáng-dálwi | | bentéung-delu | bintang-dálui | | | |
Pisces | bintáng-hot | lintáng-khot | | bentéung-hut | bintang-khot | | | |
Rainbow | úlar-dánu | kúku-wung | | kúku-wung | kóbong | andang | yang-lálah | ghóneh |
East | timur | wítan; timur | | timur | timur | témor | témur | ka-ng'in |
South | slátan | selátan | | perna-ang'in | slátan | slátan | kája | |
West | bárat | bárat | | bárat | bárat | bárat | kao | |
North | útára | útára | | utára | témor-dáya | utára | klod | |
Earth | búmi | búmi | buntála | tánéu | tánah; búmi | búmi; tána | gúmi | búmi |
Island | púlau | púlo | núsa | núsa | póloh | púlau; gili | púlo | púlau |
Mountain | gúnung | gúnung | rédi | gúnung | gúnung | gúnung | gúnung | ghú-gok |
Stone | bátu | wátu | sela | bátu | báto | bátu | bátu | bátu |
Rain | újan | údan | jáwuh | újan | újan | újan | hujan; sábéuh | lábong |
River | súngái; káli | kali; bang'awan | lépen | wálung'an; káli | song'ai | song'ai | túkad | bátang-ághi |
Memorandum.—The above Comparative Vocabulary was formed in the following manner.—Copies of the Vocabulary, in the Malayan character, arranged by the late Dr. Leyden, were circulated in different parts of Java, and completed in the different languages and dialects by the natives. After collections of these were made, several intelligent natives were, from time to time, assembled from different parts of the island, and also from Báli, Lampung, Madura, and Sumenap, and the Vocabulary in each language was carefully revised in concert with them, at the same time that it was re-copied in the native and roman characters.[Vol II Pg lxxix] |
Extract From the Dasa Nama.[298]
1. | Madia ning mangsa | from ordinary thought comes knowledge of time or season. | |
j.b. | Mángsa | season, time. | |
j.b. | Kála | time. | |
k. | Dók | the same. | |
b. | Tak-kála | the same. | |
b. | Panjenáng'an | the time, as applied to the reign of a sovereign or governor, a dynasty, a rule. | |
j.b. | Jáman | the same. | |
k. | Titika, or kútika | the same. | |
b. | Dáweg or dáwak | present time. | |
j.b. | Láji | future time. | |
j.b. | Waktu | time. | |
j.b. | Usum | the season of any thing, as the paddy season or fruit seasons, season for breed of cattle. | |
j.b. | Mangsa ren-dang | season or time of rain. | |
j.b. | Ka-telu | (3) | commencement of the rain. |
j.b. | Ka-pat | (4) | rains. |
j.b. | Ka-lima | (5) | ditto. |
j.b. | Ka-nam | (6) | ditto, rivers full. |
j.b. | Ka-pitu | (7) | heavy rains. |
j.b. | Ka-wólu | (8) | rains commence falling off. |
j.b. | Ka-sáng'a | (9) | rains nearly over. |
Mangsa trang | dry or clear seasons. | ||
b. | Kása-dása | (10) | commencement of dry season. |
j.b. | Dasta | autumnal, or season of the falling of the leaves. | |
j.b. | Sadá | season of heavy dews. | |
j.b. | Kása | clear, dry, and cloudless season. | |
j.b. | Káro | the season in which trees commence to throw out their leaves and flowers. | |
2. | Mangsa ren-dang ing ardi | the rainy season comes from the hills or mountains. | |
k. | Parwáka | mountains from which wind comes. | |
k. | Gíri | stupendous, abrupt mountains, which create awe on looking on them. | |
k. | Purwáta | original mountains, the first or primitive mountains. | |
k. | Chála | mountain. | |
k. | Mandála | the base or foot of a mountain. | |
k. | Liwáwan, or himáwan. | distant mountains. | |
b. | Ardi | stupendous mountains. | |
j.b. | Gúnung. | mountains or hills. | |
j.b. | Kendeng | low ranges of hills. | |
j.b. | Sengkan | the acclivity of a hill. | |
j.b. | Mádik | the same. | |
j.b. | Jujúrang | the space between two hills above the valleys. | |
k. | Sárung | the valley or bottom of the space between two hills. | |
j.b. | Papéreng | the steep part of a hill which cannot be ascended. | |
j.b. | Héring or iring | the same. | |
3. | Ardi akátah séla | the hills have many stones. | |
b. | Séla | stones, large stones. | |
j.b. | Ka-rikil | small stones, pebbles. | |
j.b. | Kamlása | small fine stones, gravel. | |
j.b. | Wátu | stones. | |
k. | Mánik. | a kind of hard black stone. | |
j.b. | Párang | a sort of stone neither hard or soft. | |
k. | Redjeng | the same. | |
j.b. | Gamping | lime stone. | |
j.b. | Wádas | a kind of stone. | |
j.b. | Chúri | a particular kind of stone, rather harder than redjeng. | |
k. | Cháni | a sort of stone which when taken from the quarry is soft and easily cut, but afterwards becomes hard on exposure to air. |
APPENDIX E.—No. II.
Comparative Vocabulary of Sanskrit, Kawi, and Pali.
ENGLISH. | SÁNSCRIT. | KÁWI. | PÁLI. |
---|---|---|---|
One | eka | eka | ek-ka. |
Two | dui | dui | do. |
Three | tri | tri | tri. |
Four | chátur | chátor | chatwa. |
Five | pancha | pancha | pancha. |
Six | shash or shat | sat | cho. |
Seven | sapta | sapta | sap. |
Eight | ashta | asta | at-tha. |
Nine | náva | náwa | no-wa. |
Ten | dása | dása | thotsa. |
Man (homo) | manúshya or manúsha | manúsa | manut. |
Man (vir) | jána, purúsha | jána, purúsia | burútsa. |
Woman | strí, varángána | istri, waranggána | —— |
Father | pita or pitri | pita | bida. |
Mother | máta or mátri | máta | manda. |
Head | mastáka | mastáka | két. |
Eye | nétra, akshi, cháksu | sótia | nét. |
Nose | nása, ghrána | grána | —— |
Hair | késa | késa | késa. |
Teeth | danta | dánti | thanta. |
Belly | garbha, udára | gerba | úthon. |
Hand | hasta | asta | hat-tha. |
Foot | páda | páda | bát. |
Blood | lohita, sonita, rudhira, &c. | rah, ludira | lóhit. |
Day | dina, divása, &c. | dina, méra | —— |
Night | rátri | rátri, kúlam | rátri. |
Sleep | nidra | nindra | nitsa. |
Dead | préta, párata, mrita | parátra | muai. |
White | sita | séta | —— |
Black | kála | kála, krísna | —— |
Bad | dushkrita | dústa | —— |
Fire | agni | agni, bráma, geni | ak-khi. |
Water | jála, ápa, &c. | jalánidi | khongkha. |
Stone | sila | séla | sinla. |
Hog | varáha, sukára | wráhas, sukára | súkon. |
Bird | paksha | paksi | paksa, paksi. |
Egg | anda | endog | —— |
Fish | mín, massya | mína, matsia | min. |
Sun | súrya, prabáhkara, áditya | súria, prabang-kára, raditia | súria, áthit. |
Moon | chandra, sitángsu | chandra; sitángsu | pera-chan. |
Stars | tára | tára | dara. |
God | iswára (Lord), déva (a god) | déwa (a god) | pra, pra-chao. |
Eating | bhojanam | bója | swoi, chhan. |
APPENDIX E.—No. III.
Vocabulary of Kawi Words, along with their meanings as provided by the Panambahan of Sumenap.
ENGLISH. | KAWI. |
---|---|
God | sang yang-jágat-ke-rána, sang-yang-suksma, yang-wídi, murbeng buána, yang-táya, sang-yang-wisésa, sang-yang-jágat, ráya, sang-yang-mánon, yang'ing-jágat, mur-ba wi-sésa, hong. |
Make, do; or work | ang'dé, andé, ayása, kirtia, panéron, amáng'un. |
The work; what is made or done | wináng'un, inámer, iniket. |
Pen | tanáser. |
Paper | delánchang. |
A vessel; pot; receiver | tapéla, pranji, gáta. |
Heaven | súra láya, indra-kila, súra-lóka suréndra, kayáng'an. |
Situation, place, office | sing'ng'angsána, pa-paláng-kan, patma-sána. |
World | rat, buána, marcha-páda, jamánda, yatri. |
Place | patmánda, kahánan, sána, láya, astána, lóka, panápa. |
Hell | tambra-gomúka, ya-máni, tambra-múka, yáma, pápasána. |
Sky | gagána, diu, baráka, antariksa, ambar-tála, marútoam, marutpála, margawútma, nasúnia, sam-bára, biuma, aksa, 'ngáh. |
Atmosphere (between the sky and the earth.) | wiat, madia-gantang, táwang, láyang. |
Light | prába, kúmut-deú-jiu, tesa, téja, máya. |
Sun | baskára, raditia, pra tangga-páti, arúna, hári, karába, tála, súbandagni, angka, náku, kanúman, asúman, diankára, dáta-páti, niwása, súria, sasra-súman. |
Moon | chándra, sadára, sas-ángka, idupáti, sú-ma, sasálan-chána, nisáka, sitángsu, si-tarasmi, sási, ráti, basánta, indung. |
The first day of the month (moon) | sukla-paksa. |
The sixteenth day of the moon | krisna-paksa. |
Names of the months | tití-mása, púspita-war-si, kusúma-wichitra, puspa-darsina, dar-ma kusúma, anta warsi, rahúwandáni, warsan dáni, chakra kulána, sandáya kráma, dirga moriang, renji sári, rasmin-dran déni. |
Neither east nor west | sunia darsári. |
Day | mahira. |
Sunday | riti or dite. |
Monday | sóma. |
Tuesday | ang'gára. |
Wednesday | budha. |
Thursday | raspáti. |
Friday | sukra. |
Saturday | sanischára. |
Star | tranggána, úyut, turá-sa, tindra, úchu, tá-rang, manggárang. |
Wind | marúta, sámi-rána, prábanchána, anila, báyu, lisus, indria, pancha, waráyang, sabda-gáti, aníla, ganda-wasta, nása-mira, sarsa, práli wawálar, sindung. |
Clouds | widi-yúta, sadáli, da-wáta, ambúsun, am-báka, samíta, gána, toyáda, páyuwáha, trangga, ambu-mor-cha, ima-ima, jála-dára, jaláda, imang kamúra, imaláya. |
Rain | warsa, jáwah, truh, trah, riris, wresti. |
Dark | anda, taméra, áwuk. |
Cold | mertia, sátis, átis. |
Hot | usna, tiksna, landap. |
APPENDIX E.—No. IV.
Sample of the Spiritual Significance, attached to the Letters
of the Alphabet, &c. according to the Interpretation
of the Additional information of Sumenap.
[Vol II Pg lxxxiv]
LETTERS of the ALPHABET, &c. | MEANING ATTACHED IN | |
---|---|---|
JAVAN. | ENGLISH. | |
Ha | áh | |
Na | anáne | it is or it was. |
Cha | etcha-nána | the test of. |
Ra | wádon | woman. |
Ka | iku | that. |
Da | tatkála | when. |
Ta | sira | thou or thee. |
Sa | káya | alike or as a. |
Wa or va | wong | man. |
La | lanji | remove. |
Pa | pasti | certainly. |
Dha | ásor | low. |
Ja | kárep | wish (to). |
Ya | panedáne | request. |
Nia | —— | |
Ma | tanárep | do not want, or do not wish. |
Ga | asmára | love, or to love. |
Ba | káduk | cannot help. |
Ta | ála | bad or badness. |
Nga | sira | thee or thou. |
Ha-na | wonten | it was, there was, or were a. |
Cha-ra | satria | a nobleman. |
Ka-da-ta | aráne Aji sáka | named Aji sáka, or his name was Aji sáka. |
Sa-wa-la | wuskóchap jero túlis | was mentioned in the writing, or among the letters. |
Pa-da-ja | sáking núsa jáwa | on the Island of Jáwa, or in the city of Jáwa (hi). |
Ya-nia-ma. | dádi-bujángga | became a great writer. |
Ga-ba | ing buána | in the world or of this world. |
Ta-nga | kang kedep | who know, or whose eyes are open. |
Hang | ápa | what. |
Nang chang | tinálinan | to tie or make fast. |
Rang kang | gódong'i Pandan | leaf of the Pandan. |
Dang tang | kangginúba | which is made. |
Wang | dening wong | by the people. |
Lang | dadíne | it became. |
Pang | ápang | branches. |
Pang | muláne | because. |
Sang | tudúhe | it is pointing. |
Dang jang | kabángkit áne | his knowledge or art. |
Yang | gusti | God or the Lord. |
Yang | bágus | handsome or beautiful. |
Niang | ing álap | taken up. |
Mang | mangke | by and by, afterwards. |
Mang | kaláyan | with or with the. |
Gang | árum | sweet scent. |
Bang | kambang | flowers. |
Tang | sinéleh or sinálah | to lay upon. |
Ngang | rambut | the hair. |
Hi-ni | kaláwan | with or by. |
Chi-ri | túlis pratánda | the mark or sign of writing. |
Ki | iki | this. |
Di-ti | áji-sáka | |
Si | kang apásian | who have given. |
Wi-li | wúruk | to teach or give instruction. |
Pi-di-ji | máring rátu | to the rátu or king. |
Yi-nyi | páda hestú-kena | every one might agree to it. |
Mi-gi | niáta | clear, quite plain. |
Bi-ti-ngi | úlih kagúng'an | to have property. |
Hing | áng'ing | but. |
Ning | ána | is, was, were. |
Ching | ka-ting'al | appear. |
Ring | lámun | if or if it. |
King | lára-bránta | the pains of love. |
Ding | dadálan | in the way. |
Ting | sang'at | very much. |
Sing | bárang | any thing. |
Wing | kang wenang | suitable; proper. |
Ling | pang'úchap | word or words. |
Ping | ing'at | remember. |
Ding | suára | sound or voice, noise. |
Jing | jeng'er | see or look at. |
Ying | bániu | water. |
Nying | mánah | the mind or heart. |
Ming | ewuh | don't know what to do. |
Ging | bódo | foolish or stupid. |
Bing | gáwok | astonished or surprised. |
Ting | seng'it | hate or dislike. |
Nging | sira | you or thou, thee. |
Hu | ang'úndang | to call or bawl out. |
Nu | ing teng'ah marga | on the way or at road. |
Chu | pegel | quite tired. |
Ru | ang'uláti | seeking for. |
Ku | ingsun | me. |
Du | kanching | buttons. |
Tu | kalámbi | garment or jacket. |
Su | lu-wih | more or much more. |
Wu | ewuh | lost, confused. |
Lu | sang'et | very much. |
Pu | súsah | troublesome or tedious. |
Du | srúne | crying, or the sound of crying. |
Ju | iman or eman | pity. |
Yu | áyu | beauty. |
Niu | sira | thou or you. |
Mu | tan-árep | do not wish. |
Gu | meneng | be quiet or silent. |
Bu | lemah | the earth or ground. |
Tu | nguláti | behold or look at. |
Ngu | ngupáya | seeking. |
Hung | sembah | to make obeisance. |
Nung | langgeng | eternal or for ever. |
Chung | sánget | very. |
Rung | mádep | to give up the mind to any thing. |
Kung | asmára | thoughtful. |
Dung | panebúti | the offering. |
Tung | landep | sharp. |
Sung | pápa-ring'e | his gift or present. |
Wung | málih | more. |
Lung | lukta | always. |
Pung | karépi | desire, or his desire. |
Dung | páda | the same as, or equal to. |
Jung | prau | a boat or vessel. |
Yung | páyung | an umbrella. |
Niung | sira | thou or you. |
Mung | ang'éprih | wishes. |
Gung | águng | great or large. |
Bung | gamlan | music. |
Tung | úng'ele | sound or voice. |
Ngung | sira | thou or you. |
FOOTNOTES:
[298] j. is intended to shew that the word is used in the common or Javan dialect.
[298] j. is meant to show that the word is used in the everyday or Javan dialect.
b. —— that it is used in the Basa or Basa Krama, the polite language.
b. —— that it is used in the Basa or Basa Krama, the respectful language.
k. —— that it belongs to the Kawi language; where two initials occur it is used in both. [Vol II Pg lxxxv]
k. — that it belongs to the Kawi language; when there are two initials, it is used in both. [Vol II Pg lxxxv]
APPENDIX F.
ACCOUNT OF CELEBES.
Celebes is an island of which hitherto the public has had but very scanty accounts. The part of it best known to Europeans is Makásar, situated nearly at the southernmost extremity of the western side: it was here the first European settlement on the island was established. On the south part of Celebes there are not any ascertained volcanos, but some are said to exist in the northern division. Some of the mountains are very high. The Bontain mountain, called by the natives Lámpo Bátan (big belly), is the highest on the south part of the island, and being seen at the distance of one hundred and twenty miles, must be about eight thousand five hundred feet above the level of the sea.
Celebes is an island that the public has previously had very limited information about. The area most familiar to Europeans is Makásar, located near the southernmost tip of the western side: it was here that the first European settlement on the island was established. There are no confirmed volcanoes in the southern part of Celebes, but some are reported to exist in the northern region. Some mountains are quite high. The Bontain mountain, known locally as Lámpo Bátan (big belly), is the highest in the southern part of the island, and can be seen from a distance of one hundred and twenty miles, rising about eight thousand five hundred feet above sea level.
The largest river on the southern limb is that called Chinrána, which formerly constituted the boundary between the kingdoms of Bóni and Lúwu. It rises on the north side of the Bontain mountain, and runs northward as far as Mario, whence, inclining towards the north-east, it passes through part of Sóping, and then, turning to the east, enters Wáju, after having received a navigable stream from the Laut-Sála, or Fresh-water Lake. After passing through Wáju it follows a south-east course, and falls into the bay of Bóni, a few miles below the town of Chinrána. This river is navigable for boats as far as Mário, and admits of the passage of práhus of five or six kóyans as far as the fresh-water lake. Along the whole of the coast, at no great distance from each other, smaller streams fall into the sea, some of them being so considerable as to admit of a navigation of five or six miles, and many of them at their mouths affording shelter to trading práhus. Among the most considerable are Baróbo, Linjé, and Kájang, to the east; Duniáng, Lémbang, Halikóngkong, Pónre, and Jenepónto, on the south; and Chikoang, Tape Jára, Sándra bóni, Gúa, Télu, Mā́ros, Benáng'a, Langkára, and Pontiána, on the west.
The biggest river on the southern side is called Chinrána, which used to mark the border between the kingdoms of Bóni and Lúwu. It begins on the north side of the Bontain mountain and flows northward to Mario, then, bending northeast, it flows through part of Sóping and after that, turns east to enter Wáju, after taking in a navigable stream from the Laut-Sála, or Fresh-water Lake. After flowing through Wáju, it moves southeast and empties into the bay of Bóni, just a few miles below the town of Chinrána. This river can accommodate boats all the way to Mário and allows práhus of five or six kóyans to reach the fresh-water lake. Along the entire coast, smaller streams flow into the sea at relatively short distances from each other, with some being large enough to support navigation for five or six miles, and many of their mouths providing shelter for trading práhus. Among the most significant are Baróbo, Linjé, and Kájang to the east; Duniáng, Lémbang, Halikóngkong, Pónre, and Jenepónto to the south; and Chikoang, Tape Jára, Sándra bóni, Gúa, Télu, Mā́ros, Benáng'a, Langkára, and Pontiána to the west.
It has not been ascertained by whom, or at what particular time, the name of Celebes was conferred on this island. It is generally attributed to the Portuguese, and certainly is of foreign origin: none of the natives, except those who have intercourse with Europeans, recognize either the whole island or any part of it under this appellation; even among those who make use of the word, it is applied to Sumbáwa, an island about two hundred and fifty miles to the south-west of it, as well as to what we call Celebes.
It hasn't been determined who gave the name Celebes to this island or when it was done. It's usually credited to the Portuguese and definitely has a foreign origin: none of the locals, except for those who interact with Europeans, recognize the island or any part of it by this name; even among those who use the term, it refers to Sumbáwa, an island about two hundred and fifty miles southwest of it, as well as what we call Celebes.
In the south-western limb of the island there are two principal languages, called by Europeans the Makásar and Búgis, and by the natives Mengkása or Mengkasára, and Wági or Ugi. The former, or some dialect of it, is spoken in all the districts extending from Bálu kúmba to Segére. The petty states included in this compass are Bálu kúmba, Bontain, Tara[Vol II Pg lxxxvi]báya, Gúa, Máros, and Segére. The Búgis is much more general beyond and over the whole tract extending from Bóni to Lúwu, comprehending the four great states of Lúwu, Bóni, Wáju, and Sóping, besides their numerous dependencies.
In the southwestern part of the island, there are two main languages, known by Europeans as Makásar and Búgis, and by the locals as Mengkása or Mengkasára, and Wági or Ugi. The first one, or a dialect of it, is spoken in all the areas from Bálu kúmba to Segére. The small states in this region include Bálu kúmba, Bontain, Tara[Vol II Pg lxxxvi]báya, Gúa, Máros, and Segére. The Búgis language is much more widespread, covering the entire area from Bóni to Lúwu, which includes the four major states of Lúwu, Bóni, Wáju, and Sóping, along with their many dependencies.
In Mándhar and its vicinity is spoken the Mándhar language. The centre and body of the island to the northward is distinguished by being inhabited by the Turájas or Harafúras, who speak a more simple dialect, and are considered the aborigines of the island; and on the north-east corner of the island at Manádu and Gúnung télu, the inhabitants are distinguished by some peculiarities.
In Mándhar and the surrounding area, people speak the Mándhar language. The central part of the island to the north is known for being populated by the Turájas or Harafúras, who speak a simpler dialect and are considered the island's original inhabitants. In the northeast corner of the island, specifically at Manádu and Gúnung télu, the residents have some unique characteristics.
The following observations must be understood as principally referring to the south-western limb, the part of the island which fell under the influence of Makásar.
The following observations should mainly be understood as relating to the southwestern part, the section of the island that was influenced by Makásar.
It is impossible to ascertain, with any degree of precision, either the origin of the inhabitants or their present numbers. From the most correct accounts that could be obtained, it would appear that the southern limb contains a population of about half a million; but from the quantity of land now lying waste, which bears the appearance of having been once cultivated, from the number of decayed and half-choked water-cuts, evidently once used for the purpose of irrigation, and the multitude of spots where ranges of cocoa-nut trees mark out the sites of villages and cottages no longer in existence, we may infer that the number of inhabitants has greatly declined. At present there seem to be no serious checks to population, except the wars and the lawless violence of the people, and what often occasions, and always aggravates them, slavery and the slave trade. The people seem to procure a sufficient subsistence without much exertion. The climate is salubrious, and there is abundance of water. Marriages are early. In the history of the island the years of famine are particularly noticed. The women are held in more esteem than could be expected from the state of civilization in general, and undergo none of those severe hardships, privations, or labours, that restrict fecundity in other parts of the world. Polygamy prevails, the number of wives being limited only by the means of the husband to purchase or support them. It is more difficult to procure a wife than a husband; a female slave bears a higher price in the market than a male; and the compensation fixed for the murder of a man is only thirty dollars, while that required for the life of a woman is forty.
It’s hard to determine, precisely, where the inhabitants come from or how many live there now. Based on the most accurate information available, it seems the southern region has a population of about half a million. However, the amount of land that is currently unused, which looks like it was once cultivated, the number of old, poorly maintained irrigation channels, and the many areas where rows of coconut trees indicate former villages and homes that no longer exist, suggest that the population has significantly declined. Right now, the main obstacles to population growth seem to be wars and the rampant violence among the people, along with issues like slavery and the slave trade that often cause and always worsen these conflicts. People appear to have enough food without too much effort. The climate is healthy, and there’s plenty of water available. Marriages happen early. The island's history highlights periods of famine. Women are respected more than you might expect given the general level of civilization, and they don’t face the severe hardships, deprivations, or labor demands that limit fertility in other parts of the world. Polygamy is common, with the number of wives only limited by the husband’s ability to buy or support them. It’s more challenging to get a wife than a husband; a female slave commands a higher price in the market than a male; and the compensation for a man’s murder is only thirty dollars, while for a woman, it’s forty.
It cannot be known with certainty, whence the aboriginal inhabitants of Celebes emigrated to this island. The countenances of the natives, particularly of the women, more nearly resemble the Tartar features than any other. There are no early or generally received traditions concerning the time when the island was first peopled, or the adventures of the first race. Each state, however, has its traditionary tales, most of which relate to remote antiquity, or to a condition of society very different from that which at present exists. In the Búgis states, the earliest stories refer to a period subsequent to the Galígas of Sawéra Gáding, and in the Makásar states to the Rupáma of Ma Beséang, which will be mentioned here[Vol II Pg lxxxvii]after. The Galígas contain an account of the peopling of Lúwu or Láwat from heaven.
It isn't clear where the original inhabitants of Celebes came from before settling on this island. The faces of the locals, especially the women, look more like Tartar features than anything else. There are no old or widely accepted stories about when the island was first settled or what the early people went through. Each region does have its own traditional stories, most of which date back to ancient times or describe a society very different from what we see today. In the Búgis regions, the oldest tales go back to a time after the Galígas of Sawéra Gáding, and in the Makásar regions, they refer to the Rupáma of Ma Beséang, which will be discussed here[Vol II Pg lxxxvii]after. The Galígas include a story about the settlement of Lúwu or Láwat from heaven.
The first of the two following accounts was given by the Búgis ambassador; the other is an extract.
The first of the two accounts that follow was provided by the Búgis ambassador; the second is an excerpt.
"In the first place, there was a supernatural being of the female sex, who, being married to Taja Rasupa, a person sprung from under the earth, had issue a boy and a girl, who were named Ladiwati and Chuli-puji.
"In the beginning, there was a supernatural female being who, married to Taja Rasupa, a being from the earth, had a son and a daughter named Ladiwati and Chuli-puji."
"Chuli-puji married Lasikati, and by her had a son, called Léptau, who had two or three other names besides, viz. Matan-tika, Malati-saprang, and Pulu Datu Pamusu.
"Chuli-puji married Lasikati, and they had a son named Léptau, who also went by two or three other names: Matan-tika, Malati-saprang, and Pulu Datu Pamusu."
"Pamusu's place of residence was in the country of Teku, afterwards known by the name of Boni. At this time Pamusu and all his children dying, the country of the Bugis was left without a raja, and remained so for about seven generations; at the end of which period a raja springing up among the Bugis themselves, government was again introduced into the country.
"Pamusu's home was in the region of Teku, later known as Boni. At that time, Pamusu and all his children had died, leaving the Bugis without a raja for about seven generations. Eventually, a raja emerged among the Bugis, and governance was reestablished in the region."
"On one occasion there came a storm of thunder and lightning, so violent as to rend the earth and cause it to rock like a boat tossed by the waves of the sea. On the thunder and lightning abating, and the earth ceasing to be longer agitated, there was observed in the middle of a plain, dressed in white, one of human shape, who was generally supposed to be a supernatural being, and to whom many people went up in a body, saying to it, 'remain then here and fly not about from place to place.' To them the being replied, 'what you say is well; but you cannot take me from your raja, as I am myself but a slave. If, however, you are really desirous of having a raja, there is my master at your service.' The Boni people then observed to the being, 'how can we make a raja of him, whom having never seen, we cannot tell what he is like?' 'If,' answered the being, 'you do really desire it, he shall be shewn to you.' They said, 'we do earnestly wish it, and request thou wilt be so kind as to carry us where we may see him of whom thou speakest.'
"One time there was a fierce storm with thunder and lightning that shook the ground and made it sway like a boat tossed by ocean waves. Once the thunder and lightning calmed down and the earth stopped shaking, a figure appeared in the middle of a plain, dressed in white. This figure, resembling a human, was thought to be a supernatural being, and many people approached it, saying, 'Stay here and don’t wander off.' The being replied, 'What you say is fair, but you cannot take me from your king, as I am just a servant. However, if you truly want a king, my master is at your service.' The Boni people then said to the being, 'How can we make a king of someone we've never seen and have no idea what he looks like?' 'If you really want it,' the being answered, 'he will be shown to you.' They replied, 'We sincerely wish this and kindly ask you to take us to see the one you speak of.'"
"When these people of Boni, together with the being who led them, had reached the open plain called Matajam, there came on a violent storm, accompanied with thunder and lightning, which rent and shook the earth. There arose, at the same time, a thick fog, which totally obscured every thing.
"When these people of Boni, along with the being who was guiding them, reached the open plain known as Matajam, a fierce storm erupted, bringing thunder and lightning that shook the ground. At the same time, a dense fog rolled in, completely obscuring everything."
"As soon as the storm was over, and the earth no longer continued to be rent and shaken by the thunder and lightning, the clearness which immediately succeeded discovered to the view, seated on a stone, four supernatural beings, of whom three were separately employed in holding the umbrella, fan, and siri-box of the other, who was dressed in yellow. The being dressed in yellow then said to him in white, 'What would'st thou?' The being in white replied, 'I have conducted hither those people of Boni whom you now see before you;' and then said to the Boni people, 'Behold my master, of whom I spoke to you.'[Vol II Pg lxxxviii] Those people went up to the supernatural being in yellow, and thus addressed him: 'We, the slaves of your mightiness, have come to present ourselves before you, to solicit that you will favour and oblige us, by remaining among us as our raja, and that you will not continue to wander about from place to place.'
"As soon as the storm passed and the earth stopped trembling from the thunder and lightning, the clear sky revealed four supernatural beings sitting on a stone. Three of them were busy holding the umbrella, fan, and siribox for the one dressed in yellow. The being in yellow then said to the one in white, 'What do you want?' The being in white replied, 'I have brought those people from Boni whom you see before you;' and then spoke to the Boni people, 'Look at my master, the one I told you about.'[Vol II Pg lxxxviii] The people approached the supernatural being in yellow and said, 'We, the servants of your greatness, have come to present ourselves before you, to ask that you favor us by staying among us as our raja, and that you won't keep wandering from place to place.'"
"The being complied with the wishes of the people of Boni and settling at Matajam had issue five children, of whom the first was a son and the four succeeding ones daughters. One of the daughters was married to a man of Palaka. The son was married to a Bóni woman.
"The being complied with the wishes of the people of Boni and settled at Matajam, having five children: the first was a son, and the next four were daughters. One of the daughters married a man from Palaka. The son married a Bóni woman."
"After being forty years in Bóni, the supernatural being disappeared, and was succeeded by the son, who, in point of size and height, had not his equal in Bóni, neither could any one be compared to him for strength or valour, or for the adulation which was paid him. He was the first who introduced the manufacture of krises, which he could model out of pieces of iron, by means of his fingers alone."
"After being in Bóni for forty years, the supernatural being vanished, and his son took over. In terms of size and height, there was no one in Bóni who compared to him, nor could anyone match his strength or bravery, or the admiration he received. He was the first to start making krises, which he could shape from pieces of iron just with his fingers."
"Bitara Gúru was the eldest son of Déwata Pitutu by Déwi Paléng'i, and inhabited the seventh heaven. Déwata Pitutu had a brother, called Gúru Réslang, who held the rule of the region under the earth. Déwata Pitutu had nine children in all.
"Bitara Gúru was the oldest son of Déwata Pitutu and Déwi Paléng'i, and lived in the seventh heaven. Déwata Pitutu had a brother named Gúru Réslang, who governed the area beneath the earth. Déwata Pitutu had a total of nine children."
"When Bitara Gúru was sent down upon earth by his father, Déwata Pitutu, he was provided with the following articles, viz. Telatingpéba, Siri ataka, Telarasa, Wampung, Wanu, Chachu-bana.
"When Bitara Gúru was sent to earth by his father, Déwata Pitutu, he was given the following items: Telatingpéba, Siri ataka, Telarasa, Wampung, Wanu, Chachu-bana."
"From these, which were scattered about, every thing living and dead, in the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms, which are to be found in the country of Lawat, originated. Preparatory to this, Déwata Pitutu having compounded a medicine, of which the juice of chewed betel was an ingredient, rubbed Bitara Gúru all over with it, which immediately occasioned him to swoon. Déwata Pitutu then put his son into a hollow bambu, and, having rolled this up in a piece of cloth, and caused the gates of the sky to be opened, he hurling sent down his son to earth, amidst a tremendous storm of thunder, lightning, wind, and rain, which arose on that occasion. Having reached about half way between the earth and sky, Bitára Gúru (dreadfully alarmed at the situation he was in) threw abroad all the articles which had been given to him, agreeably to the instructions of his sire. After his arrival on the earth, Bitara Gúru remained for three days and three nights shut up in the bambu, without food or drink. By his exertions, however, the bambu at last burst, when, getting out, he wandered through the woods till he came to the side of a river, where he met with a king of the gods dressed in yellow. One night there arose a violent storm of thunder, lightning, wind, and rain. On its clearing up there was seen a fine country, with a superb palace and fort, and houses, &c. &c. of the most beautiful structure. In this beautiful country Bitara Gúru sat himself down as sovereign, with a complete establishment, and gave it the name of Lawat."
"From the scattered remnants of everything living and dead in the animal, plant, and mineral kingdoms found in the land of Lawat, everything originated. Before this, Déwata Pitutu created a medicine that included the juice of chewed betel and anointed Bitara Gúru with it, which caused him to faint immediately. Déwata Pitutu then placed his son into a hollow bamboo, wrapped it up in cloth, and opened the gates of the sky, throwing his son down to earth in the midst of a massive storm of thunder, lightning, wind, and rain. While descending halfway between earth and sky, Bitára Gúru, terrified by his situation, discarded all the items given to him as instructed by his father. After landing on earth, Bitara Gúru was trapped inside the bamboo for three days and three nights without food or drink. However, he eventually broke free, wandered through the woods, and reached the edge of a river, where he encountered a god dressed in yellow. One night, a violent storm of thunder, lightning, wind, and rain erupted. When it cleared, a beautiful land appeared, featuring a magnificent palace, stronghold, and wonderfully built houses. In this stunning land, Bitara Gúru established himself as the ruler, complete with all the necessary resources, and named it Lawat."
No account can be procured of any intercourse having subsisted be[Vol II Pg lxxxix]tween this island and Western India or China, prior to the introduction of Mahomedanism. No inscriptions or other monuments, indicating the former prevalence of the Hindu worship over Celebes, have as yet been found. There not having been found, however, is no proof that they do not exist, for the wars that have lately prevailed have prevented Europeans from exploring in search of such objects in that part of the country where they are most likely to present themselves. The best informed natives call themselves descendants of Hindus, and the names of their divinities, Batara Gúru, Baruna, &c. seem to indicate either a common origin or a former intercourse. It is also remarkable, that some of the inhabitants of Lúwu and the neighbouring state of Bontain are said to dress in the same manner as the Hindus of Western India, and that Hindu temples are reported to exist in some parts of this state. Brahma and Budha have, however, never been heard of; and though Déwas are often mentioned, their attributes are equally unknown.
No records exist about any interactions between this island and Western India or China before the arrival of Islam. There are no inscriptions or monuments indicating that Hindu worship was once common in Celebes. However, just because none have been found doesn’t mean they don’t exist, as the recent wars have stopped Europeans from exploring the areas most likely to reveal such artifacts. The most knowledgeable locals claim they are descendants of Hindus, and the names of their gods, Batara Gúru, Baruna, etc., seem to suggest either a shared origin or past interactions. It's also interesting that some people in Lúwu and the nearby region of Bontain dress similarly to Hindus from Western India, and reports say there are Hindu temples in some areas of this region. However, Brahma and Budha have never been mentioned, and although Déwas are frequently referenced, their characteristics remain unknown.
The intercourse of these islanders with the natives of Java seems to have been ancient and frequent. The earliest records of the Búgis and Mákasar states denote not only an early communication with Java, but render it highly probable that a colony from Java settled in the south-west limb of Celebes. In no other way can we account for the transfer of the names of places from the former to the latter island, such as those of Majapáhit, Grésik, Japan, and some others. In the genealogy, too, of the sovereigns of Lúwu, one of the first of their Déwa princes is said to have been married to a princess of Majapáhit on Java.
The interactions between these islanders and the natives of Java appear to have been long-standing and common. The earliest records from the Búgis and Mákasar states not only indicate early communication with Java but also suggest it's very likely that a colony from Java settled in the southwest part of Celebes. We can only explain the transfer of place names from the former to the latter island, like Majapáhit, Grésik, Japan, and others, in this way. Additionally, in the genealogy of the rulers of Lúwu, one of the earliest of their Déwa princes is said to have been married to a princess from Majapáhit in Java.
Though some of the Búgis states have a good deal of trade, they principally depend upon themselves for subsistence. The mode of husbandry is, of course, very rude, and feudal institutions stand in the way of their improvement; but private property in the soil is established, and lands are held in free tenure or by rent-hold. The amount of the rent, in the latter case, is generally one-third of the produce, paid in kind; the cultivator is entitled to one-third, and the owner of the buffaloes or bullocks which assist is entitled to the remaining third. Labourers employed to reap are paid a sixth of what they collect. No class is excluded from a proprietary right in the soil, and the proprietor can dispose of his land by sale whenever he chooses.
Although some of the Búgis states engage in quite a bit of trade, they mainly rely on themselves for their food and resources. Their farming practices are pretty basic, and feudal systems hinder their progress; however, private ownership of land is recognized, and land is held either with free tenure or through rent. In cases of rent, it is usually one-third of the harvest, paid in kind; the farmer keeps one-third, while the owner of the buffaloes or oxen used in cultivation takes the other third. Workers hired to harvest receive one-sixth of what they gather. No group is barred from owning land, and landowners can sell their property whenever they wish.
The people of Celebes are active and enterprising traders; the character of a merchant is held in esteem, and the sovereign princes reckon it no disgrace to enter into commercial speculations. Unfortunately, however, they are actuated by the narrow spirit of the trader, to the prejudice of the liberal policy of the monarch, and make their power subservient to their love of gain, by establishing in their own favour monopolies against their subjects. Monopolies are common in every state on the island, but most of them are only of a temporary nature. The sovereign of Lúwu monopolizes the trade in brass; the Raja of Sóping that of siri (betel leaf), which yields him three hundred dollars a month; and the Raja of Sedendreng that of salt and opium.
The people of Celebes are active and entrepreneurial traders; the role of a merchant is respected, and the ruling princes don’t think it shameful to engage in business ventures. Unfortunately, they are driven by the self-serving mindset of a trader, which undermines the open policies of the monarch, using their power to create monopolies that benefit themselves at the expense of their subjects. Monopolies are common throughout the island, but most are only temporary. The ruler of Lúwu has a monopoly on brass trade; the Raja of Sóping controls the trade of siri (betel leaf), bringing in three hundred dollars a month; and the Raja of Sedendreng monopolizes salt and opium.
So strong is the spirit of commercial enterprise among the inhabitants[Vol II Pg xc] of this island, that they frequently borrow sums for the purchase of commodities on which they expect profit, and stake their personal liberty, and that of their families, on the success of an adventure. In their trading voyages each person in the práhu has his own share of the cargo, and conducts business on his own account: each person likewise carries his own provisions; the latter practice, especially, is never departed from. The owner of the vessel agrees to undertake the voyage with a number of people, great or small, in proportion to its size, and apportions the vessel among them in the following manner. The two júru múdus, or steersmen, receive one pétah (or division) before the sanketan, and the whole space abaft of it; the owner is entitled to two pétahs in the broadest part of the boat; and the two júru bátus to the whole space between the masts; the remaining pétahs are divided among the crew, from whom the owner, or nakóda, receives a freight of one-tenth or one-twentieth of the price of all the commodities they sell, according as they are bulky or small, in proportion to their value. The júru múdis and júru bátus only pay one-half of the proportion of freight paid by the rest of the crew. Sometimes the owner supplies the crew with an advance of money for an adventure, and receives at its termination not only re-payment of his loan, but a third of the profits of the speculation.
The entrepreneurial spirit among the people of this island is so strong that they often borrow money to buy goods they expect to sell at a profit, putting their freedom and that of their families on the line for a chance at success. In their trading voyages, each person in the práhu has their own share of the cargo and does business independently; everyone also brings their own food, a practice that is never ignored. The owner of the vessel agrees to take a group of people, large or small, based on the boat's size, and divides the space among them like this: the two júru múdus, or steersmen, get one pétah (or section) in front of the sanketan and the whole area behind it; the owner takes two pétahs in the widest part of the boat; and the two júru bátus get all the space between the masts. The remaining pétahs are shared among the crew, from whom the owner, or nakóda, receives a freight fee of one-tenth or one-twentieth of the selling price of all the goods, depending on whether they are bulky or small in relation to their value. The júru múdis and júru bátus only pay half the freight fee that the rest of the crew pays. Sometimes the owner gives the crew an advance for an adventure, and at the end, they get not just repayment of the loan but also a third of the profits from the venture.
The principal articles of trade are cotton, which is imported from the surrounding islands, and re-exported after being manufactured into cloths, known by the name of Búgis cloths, which are in great demand throughout the Archipelago, and, in general, of a more delicate texture than those manufactured in Java; birds' nests, trípang (sea slug), shark's fins, tortoise-shell, ágar ágar, hides, and other articles calculated for the Chinese market, are collected in considerable quantities, and furnish return cargoes for the annual Chinese junks which visit Celebes. Gold is obtained on Celebes, but in much smaller quantities than on Borneo or Sumatra.
The main trade items are cotton, which is imported from nearby islands and then exported after being turned into fabrics called Búgis cloths. These cloths are highly sought after throughout the Archipelago and are generally finer than those made in Java. Other collected goods include birds' nests, trípang (sea slug), shark fins, tortoise shell, ágar ágar, hides, and other products suited for the Chinese market, which are gathered in large amounts to provide return cargo for the annual Chinese ships that come to Celebes. Gold is found in Celebes, but in much smaller amounts compared to Borneo or Sumatra.
Although the Búgis, in general, are considered as great traders, the foreign commerce seems to be almost exclusively confined to the people of Wáju. These people are settled in considerable numbers in all the trading ports, from Acheen to Manilla, and it is they who form the crew of almost all the Búgis práhus that navigate the eastern seas.
Although the Búgis are generally seen as skilled traders, foreign trade appears to be almost solely in the hands of the people from Wáju. These individuals are settled in large numbers at all the trading ports, from Acheen to Manilla, and they make up almost all the crews of the Búgis práhus that sail the eastern seas.
Several Búgis práhus from Mákasar annually visit the northern coast of New Holland and the Gulf of Carpentaria in search of trípang, and sometimes a small party is left to collect the trípang in readiness for the arrival of the práhus in the following year.
Several Búgis práhus from Mákasar visit the northern coast of New Holland and the Gulf of Carpentaria every year to search for trípang, and sometimes a small group stays behind to gather the trípang in preparation for the arrival of the práhus the following year.
The Búgis, indeed, is the great maritime and commercial state of the Archipelago. The cargoes of their vessels, particularly in opium, gold, and cloths, often amount to fifty or sixty thousand dollars each, and the people who navigate and are concerned in them are acknowledged to be fair and honourable traders.
The Búgis is truly the major maritime and commercial power in the Archipelago. The shipments of their ships, especially in opium, gold, and textiles, often total fifty or sixty thousand dollars each, and the people who operate and are involved in them are recognized as fair and honorable traders.
The natives of the southern limb of Celebes are of a light active form of body, generally well made, and rather below the middle stature. They are said to be revengeful; but during the period of the British govern[Vol II Pg xci]ment at Makásar, few, if any, examples occurred to support such an assertion. Certain it is, that in no single instance, was the death of those who fell in a recent war between the two parties of the Makásar nation, avenged by their relations, although the persons by whose hands they had fallen were perfectly well known.
The people from the southern part of Celebes are generally slim, active, and well-built, though they are usually shorter than average. They are said to hold grudges, but during the time of British rule in Makásar, there were very few, if any, cases that backed up this claim. It’s clear that in no instance did the families of those who died in a recent conflict between the two factions of the Makásar nation seek revenge, even though the identities of the individuals responsible for their deaths were clearly known.
They attach themselves to their chiefs principally for their own convenience, but, in some cases, they have evinced a devoted fidelity. They often change their chief, but scarcely any thing can induce them to betray the chief they have left. In no instance has the práhu of a Dutchman or Chinese been carried off when navigated by Makásar or Búgis people. Agreements once entered into are invariably observed, and a Búgis is never known to swerve from his bargain. "That natural politeness which characterises the various nations distinguished by wearing what is termed the Malayan kris, is no where more forcibly exhibited than among the inhabitants of Celebes. Their minor associations are held together by all the attachment and warmth which distinguished the clans of North Britain:—the same bold spirit of independence and enterprize distinguishes the lower orders, whilst the pride of ancestry and the romance of chivalry are the delight of the higher classes. Attached to the chase as an amusement, rather than as the means of subsistence, the harvest is no sooner reaped, than each feudal lord, with his associates and followers, devotes himself to its pursuits. The population being equally at the command of the feudal lord, whether in time of peace or war, agricultural pursuits, beyond a bare subsistence, are but little attended to." On the other hand, they are throughout notorious thieves, and scarcely consider murder as a crime. Instances of cold-blooded barbarous murders frequently occurred within two miles of the European fort, previously to the arrival of the British and the abolition of the slave trade. The unfortunate people who had been kidnapped and brought down to Makásar for sale, were often murdered to prevent discovery where a ready sale was not found.
They align themselves with their leaders mainly for their own benefit, but sometimes they show a loyal commitment. They frequently switch leaders, yet very little can persuade them to betray the leader they’ve left. No instance has been recorded of the práhu of a Dutch or Chinese person being taken when navigated by people from Makásar or Búgis. Agreements that are made are always honored, and a Búgis person is never known to go back on their word. "That natural politeness that characterizes the various nations recognized by wearing the Malayan kris is nowhere more vividly demonstrated than among the people of Celebes. Their smaller groups are held together by the same loyalty and warmth that characterized the clans of North Britain:—the same bold spirit of independence and entrepreneurship marks the lower classes, while the pride of lineage and the romance of chivalry are the joy of the upper classes. They enjoy hunting more as a pastime than a means of living, and as soon as the harvest is in, each feudal lord, along with his friends and followers, dedicates himself to this pursuit. The population is equally at the disposal of the feudal lord, whether in times of peace or war, so agricultural activities beyond mere survival are not greatly focused on." On the other hand, they are notorious for being thieves and hardly see murder as a crime. Instances of brutal, cold-blooded murders often occurred just two miles from the European fort before the British arrived and the slave trade was abolished. The unfortunate individuals who had been kidnapped and brought to Makásar for sale were often killed to avoid being discovered when a quick sale wasn't found.
Many of their customs are also extremely savage. The head of an enemy of rank is invariably severed from the dead body, and instances have more than once occurred of the heart being cut out and eaten by the conquerors. They are fond of the blood and raw flesh of animals. Láwar dára, which is the liver and heart of a deer, cut into slices and mixed raw with the warm blood, is esteemed their favourite dish.
Many of their customs are also quite brutal. The head of a high-ranking enemy is always removed from the deceased body, and there have been several cases where the heart is cut out and consumed by the victors. They enjoy the blood and raw flesh of animals. Láwar dára, which consists of the liver and heart of a deer, sliced and mixed raw with warm blood, is considered their favorite dish.
The present form of government in all the states, except Wáju, appears to be legal, fettered by a powerful aristocracy who elect the monarch: in Lúwu, particularly, the sovereign possesses a title, with more pomp and state attached to it than any other on the island, but with scarcely a shadow of authority. In Sedéndreng he is the most despotic, which has enabled him to become the richest and best armed prince in the island. A species of feudal system prevails throughout, but it does not extend to property in the soil. Each individual of a state considers himself the liege subject of some petty chieftain, who is himself equally bound to a more powerful one, and so on, by a regular chain, to the sovereigns of[Vol II Pg xcii] Góa, (Makásar), Bóni, Láwu, Sóping, Sedéndring, or Tanéte, or to the aristocracy of Wáju.
The current government structure in all the states, except Wáju, seems to be legitimate, constrained by a powerful aristocracy that elects the monarch. In Lúwu, in particular, the ruler holds a title that comes with more grandeur and ceremony than anyone else on the island, but has very little real power. In Sedéndreng, he is the most tyrannical, which has allowed him to become the richest and best-armed prince on the island. A kind of feudal system exists throughout, but it doesn't apply to land ownership. Each person in a state sees themselves as the loyal subject of a minor chief, who is in turn bound to a more powerful leader, and so forth, creating a chain up to the rulers of [Vol II Pg xcii] Góa, (Makásar), Bóni, Láwu, Sóping, Sedéndring, or Tanéte, or to the aristocracy of Wáju.
In each sovereignty there are two classes of nobility, called Paseajáng'an and Palélé. Paseajáng'an are the barons of the state, and may be considered in every respect as subjects, being obliged to obey all orders they receive from the sovereign, whereas the Palélé are independent petty chieftains (who have probably again under them both Paseajáng'an and Palélé), who have attached themselves to a particular sovereign, but are only obliged to do fixed feudal services, such as to assist with their followers in case of war, to attend the public feasts given by the sovereign, and to assist in building and repairing the palace of state. In Sóping each Palélé is obliged to furnish and keep up at all times one effective soldier, called jua, for the immediate protection of the sovereign.
In each kingdom, there are two classes of nobility, known as Paseajáng'an and Palélé. Paseajáng'an are the state's barons and are essentially considered subjects, required to follow all commands given by the sovereign. In contrast, the Palélé are independent minor chieftains (who likely oversee both Paseajáng'an and Palélé themselves), who have committed to a specific sovereign but are only required to fulfill fixed feudal duties. These duties include helping with their followers in times of war, attending the public feasts hosted by the sovereign, and assisting in the construction and maintenance of the state palace. In Sóping, each Palélé must provide and maintain at all times one active soldier, known as jua, for the immediate protection of the sovereign.
When the sovereign wishes to give orders to his Palélé, he summons him to his presence by a messenger who bears a bila-bila; the bila-bila is a leaf of the lóntar with a number of knots on it, specifying the number of days at the expiration of which the vassal is required to attend. The Palélé receives it seated in the midst of his head people, with his right hand on the handle of his kris, and as soon as he has got it rises, draws his kris, and swears on it to be faithful to his sovereign. To neglect this summons is a breach of allegiance.
When the ruler wants to give orders to his Palélé, he calls him to his presence through a messenger who carries a bila-bila; the bila-bila is a leaf from the lóntar tree with several knots tied into it, indicating the number of days after which the vassal must appear. The Palélé accepts it while seated among his advisors, with his right hand resting on the handle of his kris, and as soon as he receives it, he stands up, draws his kris, and swears on it to remain loyal to his ruler. Failing to respond to this summons is considered a betrayal of loyalty.
The provinces under European authority are purely feudal; the Dutch, as sovereign, considering themselves as sole proprietor of the soil, and the regents, or feudal lords, being at all times liable to immediate removal and dispossession, should they neglect to perform the feudal service required, of whatever nature it may be.
The provinces controlled by Europe are entirely feudal; the Dutch, as rulers, see themselves as the sole owners of the land, while the regents, or feudal lords, can always be removed and lose their property if they fail to fulfill the required feudal duties, whatever those may be.
The sovereign is chosen from the royal stock by a certain number of counsellors, who also possess the right of subsequently removing him; and such is their influence, that the sovereign can neither go to war or adopt any public measure, except in concert with them. They have the charge of the public treasure, and also appoint the prime minister. The prince cannot himself take the personal command of the army; but the usage of the country admits of a temporary resignation of office for this purpose, in which case a regent succeeds provisionally to the rank of chief, and carries on the affairs of government in concert with the majority of the council. Women and minors may be elected to any office of the state; and when this takes place, an additional officer, having a title which literally means a support or prop, is appointed to assist.
The ruler is selected from the royal family by a specific group of advisors, who also have the authority to remove him later; their influence is so strong that the ruler cannot go to war or implement any public policy without their agreement. They manage the national treasury and appoint the prime minister. The prince cannot personally lead the army, but the customs of the country allow for a temporary resignation from his duties for this purpose, in which case a regent temporarily takes on the role of leader and collaborates with the majority of the council to handle government affairs. Women and minors can be elected to any government position; when this happens, an additional officer, whose title means "support" or "prop," is appointed to assist.
In Bóni the prince is elected by the Orang-pítu, or seven hereditary counsellors. In Gúa (Makásar) the prince is chosen by ten counsellors, of whom the first minister, termed Bechára Búta, is one; this last officer is himself appointed by the council of nine, termed the nine standards of the country, but in the exercise of his office possesses very extraordinary powers: it is said he can remove the sovereign himself, and call upon the electors to make another choice. The inferior chiefs, or Krains, who administer the dependent provinces, are appointed by the government, and not elected by a council, although in the exercise of their office their[Vol II Pg xciii] power is in like manner limited; the number of the council varying in different states. When the prince in council has decided upon war, the assembled chiefs, after sprinkling their banners with blood, proceed to take a solemn oath, by dipping their krises into a vessel of water, and afterwards dancing around the blood-stained banner, with frantic gesture, and a strange and savage contortion of the body and limbs, so as to give the extended kris a tremulous motion, each severally imprecating the vengeance of the deity against his person, if he violates his vow to exterminate the enemy, to conquer or die.
In Bóni, the prince is chosen by the Orang-pítu, or seven hereditary advisers. In Gúa (Makásar), the prince is selected by ten advisers, with the main minister known as Bechára Búta being one of them; this minister is appointed by the council of nine, called the nine standards of the country, but he holds significant powers in his role: it's said he can dismiss the sovereign and call for new elections. The lower chiefs, or Krains, who govern the dependent provinces, are appointed by the government rather than elected by a council, though their authority is similarly limited; the number of council members varies across different states. When the prince and the council decide to go to war, the assembled chiefs sprinkle their banners with blood and then take a solemn oath by dipping their krises into a container of water. They then dance around the bloodied banner with wild movements and intense contortions, causing the extended kris to tremble, each one cursing themselves to face the wrath of the deity if they break their vow to destroy the enemy, conquer, or die.
The proportion of the crop which falls to the share of the landlord has already been stated. In some districts a sixth, and in others a tenth, belongs to the sovereign; but in general the landlord, the capitalist, and the cultivator, may be considered to share between them the whole produce of the land. The monopolies which the chiefs assume to themselves have also been noticed. Besides these there are a few imposts in bazars, which, with some other pecuniary emoluments, accrue to the chiefs, but they are, for the most part, rather to meet their personal expenses than to defray those of the state, and consequently hardly deserve the name of public revenue.
The share of the crop that goes to the landlord has already been mentioned. In some areas, a sixth, and in others a tenth, goes to the king; but generally, the landlord, the investor, and the farmer can be seen as sharing the entire output of the land. The monopolies that the leaders take for themselves have also been pointed out. Alongside these, there are a few taxes in markets, which, along with some other financial gains, go to the leaders, but for the most part, these are more about covering their personal expenses than funding the government, and therefore hardly qualify as public revenue.
The arms formerly used for offence by the inhabitants of Celebes were the súmpit, or tube through which the poisoned dart is blown, the kris, spear, kléwang (cutlass,) bádi, and párany: to them may now be added muskets, musketoons, and small cannon. Those for defence were chain armour (baju ránti) and two kinds of shields, the one long the other round, made of very tough light wood, and bound together very strongly by pieces of split rattan.
The weapons that were once used for offense by the people of Celebes included the súmpit, a tube for blowing poisoned darts, the kris, spear, kléwang (cutlass), bádi, and párany; now they also have muskets, musketoons, and small cannons. For defense, they used chain armor (baju ránti) and two types of shields, one long and the other round, made from very tough light wood and tightly bound together with pieces of split rattan.
The Mahomedan religion is professed in all those parts of Celebes which have any pretensions to civilization, and the Koran, of course, is the standard of law and worship, as far as it is known. According to the records of Makásar, the Mahomedan religion was introduced there about the year 1603, by Khateb Tungal Datu Bandang, a native of Menángkabau on Sumátra. Nearly all the inhabitants of the south-west limb are Mahomedans, but of the centre and the other limbs of the island only a very small portion have been converted. There are Mahomedan schools in all parts of the south-west limb, but the Arabic language is only learnt by those designed for the priesthood. They do not consider themselves as belonging either to the sect of Omar or Ali, but as followers of the law of the prophet, without regard to either. Circumcision is performed on both sexes; on the males at ten or twelve years of age, on the females at six or seven.
The Muslim religion is practiced in all the parts of Celebes that have any claims to civilization, and the Koran, of course, serves as the standard for law and worship, as far as it is known. According to the records of Makásar, the Muslim religion was introduced there around the year 1603 by Khateb Tungal Datu Bandang, a native of Menángkabau on Sumátra. Almost all the inhabitants of the southwestern region are Muslims, but only a very small portion of the central and other parts of the island have converted. There are Muslim schools throughout the southwestern region, but only those training for the priesthood learn Arabic. They do not identify themselves as belonging to either the sect of Omar or Ali, but as followers of the law of the prophet, regardless of either. Circumcision is performed on both genders; for males at ten or twelve years old, and for females at six or seven.
It has been related, that the change of religion on Celebes happened just after the arrival of the Portuguese, who are said to have offered Christianity at the same time that the Maláyus offered Mahomedanism. The king of Makásar is said to have been doubtful which of these systems he should adopt, till he consulted the wisest men in his dominions, who advised him to embrace the religion of the Koran in preference to that of the gospel, stating as an argument in its favour, that it had arrived first,[Vol II Pg xciv] and that God would never permit error to arrive before truth. But this does not appear on the records of Makásar.
It has been said that the change of religion in Celebes happened right after the Portuguese arrived, who reportedly introduced Christianity at the same time the Maláyus offered Islam. The king of Makásar was uncertain about which religion to choose until he consulted the wisest men in his kingdom, who advised him to adopt the religion of the Koran over the gospel. They argued in favor of this choice by stating that it had come first,[Vol II Pg xciv] and that God would never allow error to appear before truth. However, this is not documented in the records of Makásar.
The public feasts formerly held, sometimes for weeks together, appear to have been for political rather than religious purposes: at present the Mahomedan fasts and feasts are observed. Formerly the dead were generally buried, but in some instances burnt. There is still to be seen in Lamúru a burial-place belonging to the royal family, containing jars or urns with the ashes of their ancestors, which are held sacred, indeed almost worshipped, at the present day. The Búgis name for the places of burial used before they were converted to Islamism is Patúnan, or the place of burning. It is not known that any tribes of the Turájas burn their dead at present: they are said to deposit them in excavated rocks on the sides of hills, and to be so anxious to be buried among their relations, that if a man of rank dies in a distant part of the country, the body is salted to preserve it, and, in that state, carried back to his own residence. Very little is known of these people by the inhabitants of the south-western limb, but they are universally considered as the first inhabitants of the island. They are a very fine race of people: the women particularly so. It is said they will not suffer strangers or Mahomedans to reside among them, and that the custom of procuring a certain number of human heads previous to marriage is as prevalent among them as with the Dáyas of Borneo, and the Harafúras of the Eastern Archipelago in general.
The public feasts that used to last for weeks seem to have been more political than religious. Nowadays, Muslim fasts and celebrations are observed. In the past, people were mostly buried, although some were cremated. There is still a burial site in Lamúru belonging to the royal family, which contains jars or urns with the ashes of their ancestors, considered sacred and almost worshipped today. The Búgis term for burial places used before converting to Islam is Patúnan, meaning the place of burning. It is not known if any tribes of the Turájas currently practice cremation; instead, they bury their dead in excavated rocks on hillsides. They're said to be so intent on being buried among family that if a high-ranking person dies far away, the body is salted for preservation and then transported back to their home. Very little is known about these people by those in the southwestern region, but they are widely regarded as the island's original inhabitants. They are a strikingly attractive group, especially the women. It's said that they do not allow outsiders or Muslims to live among them, and the practice of collecting a certain number of human heads before marriage is as common among them as it is with the Dáyas of Borneo and the Harafúras of the Eastern Archipelago in general.
Each state has its own system of laws, but they nearly concur in the following principles. Each sovereign generally possesses the right of putting to death any of his subjects, except the members of his own family. Should any one of these commit a crime and escape into another territory, he cannot be touched, but if taken in his own country he must be brought before the bechára, who alone are capable of passing sentence on him.
Each state has its own legal system, but they mostly agree on the following principles. Each ruler generally has the right to execute any of their subjects, except for their own family members. If one of these individuals commits a crime and flees to another territory, they cannot be apprehended, but if caught in their home country, they must be brought before the bechára, who alone has the authority to pass a sentence on them.
Each petty state has its bechára, composed of the principal people, both Paseajáng'an and Palélé. All disputes between its followers are decided by it: it also judges and passes sentence in cases of theft, murder, and adultery, and decides all causes respecting the legal right to property; but an appeal may be made to the court or bechára of the principal state, the members of which are called the Kapála Bechára. The decision of any bechára is subject to the approval of the sovereign, where he is not himself a party interested: indeed he may, in general, supersede the authority of this court by deciding promptly, but it behoves him to attend strictly to the adat biása, or ancient customs of the state, in his decision, for the bechára has the power to remove the sovereign and elect a new one. The same persons at all times decide on the fact and the law.
Each small state has its bechára, made up of the main people from both Paseajáng'an and Palélé. It resolves all disputes among its members: it also judges and issues verdicts in cases of theft, murder, and adultery, and decides all issues regarding legal ownership of property; however, an appeal can be made to the court or bechára of the main state, whose members are known as the Kapála Bechára. Any decision made by a bechára must be approved by the ruler if he is not involved in the matter. In fact, he can generally override the authority of this court by making a quick decision, but it is important for him to closely follow the adat biása, or ancient customs of the state, in his ruling, because the bechára has the power to remove the ruler and elect a new one. The same individuals consistently decide on the facts and the law.
It is difficult to ascertain which of the dialects spoken on Celebes has most claim to antiquity. I have already stated, that the Makásar and Búgis are considered as the two principal languages of that part of the island known to Europeans. The Makásar, the Búgis, and Mandharese, which may be considered as dialects of the same language, use the same character with some trifling variations. The Turájas or Harafúras of[Vol II Pg xcv] Celebes have a fourth language, probably the most original, but it is not known whether they are at all acquainted with writing.
It’s hard to determine which of the dialects spoken on Celebes is the oldest. I’ve already mentioned that the Makásar and Búgis are regarded as the two main languages of the part of the island that Europeans recognize. The Makásar, the Búgis, and Mandharese, which can be seen as dialects of the same language, use the same script with only minor variations. The Turájas or Harafúras of[Vol II Pg xcv] Celebes have a fourth language, likely the most original, but it’s unclear if they have any knowledge of writing.
Each nation considers its own the most ancient character. The Makásar alphabet is less complete than the Búgis, which consists of twenty-two letters, varied by six vocal sounds. The form of the character is peculiar, and more nearly resembles that of the Bátas on Sumatra than any other we know of. It is difficult to decide whether the Búgis or Makásar language is the most ancient. Many words have the same meaning in both, and many others differ so little[299] as to be evidently of the same origin; but the Búgis has often six or seven synonymes, whereas the Makásar has never more than two, and seldom more than one. Some of the Búgis words bear strong evidence of Hindu origin, as sóda from sóna, gold; paráma from brahma, fire; which is not at all the case with the Makásar.
Each nation views its own writing system as the oldest. The Makásar alphabet is less complete than the Búgis alphabet, which has twenty-two letters and six vowel sounds. The design of the characters is unique and resembles the Bátas script from Sumatra more than any other we know of. It’s hard to determine whether the Búgis or Makásar language is older. Many words have the same meaning in both languages, and many others differ only slightly[299] suggesting they come from the same root. However, the Búgis often has six or seven synonyms, while the Makásar usually has no more than two and often just one. Some Búgis words clearly show Hindu origins, like sóda from sóna, meaning gold, and paráma from brahma, meaning fire; this is not true for the Makásar.
La Galíga, the reputed son of Sawíra Gáding, is considered the author of the history of Sawíra Gáding, which is a kind of heroic poem, and is read in a chaunting voice, with a pause at the end of every fifth syllable. The measure consists of a dactyl followed by a trochee, as Sāwĭră Gādĭng to Mălămpōă, (Sawíra Gáding the great). He is the only author whose name is commonly known; and all books, even the most modern, which are written in the same manner, are called after him Galíga, although, properly speaking, the term should only be applied to the history of the heroes who are supposed to have lived previous to the seven generations of anarchy which subsisted at Bóni. Sultána Zaenab Zakeyat Udiu, the seventeenth sovereign of Bóni subsequent to the anarchy, is said to have written an historical poem, containing the exploits of all the sovereigns of Bóni, from the reign of Máta Se Sámpo, the menúron of Matájam, down to her own time; but it is not to be procured on the western side of Celebes. It appears, however, that every Búgis family of high rank possesses a very authentic history of that period, collected from the records of the court of Bóni.
La Galíga, the well-known son of Sawíra Gáding, is regarded as the author of the history of Sawíra Gáding, which is a type of heroic poem. It is recited in a chanting style, pausing at the end of every fifth syllable. The rhythm consists of a dactyl followed by a trochee, as in Sāwĭră Gādĭng to Mălămpōă, (Sawíra Gáding the great). He is the only author whose name is widely recognized, and all books, even the most contemporary ones, written in the same style are referred to as Galíga, although technically, the term should only apply to the history of the heroes said to have lived before the seven generations of chaos that existed in Bóni. Sultána Zaenab Zakeyat Udiu, the seventeenth ruler of Bóni after the period of anarchy, is said to have written a historical poem detailing the deeds of all the rulers of Bóni, from the reign of Máta Se Sámpo, the menúron of Matájam, up until her own era; however, it is not available on the western side of Celebes. It seems that every high-ranking Búgis family holds a very authentic history of that time, gathered from the records of the court of Bóni.
The author of the Rupáma is not known, nor indeed is the name of any Makásar author known. The Rupáma is considered by the Búgis, as well as the Makásars, to be of equal antiquity with the Sawíra Gáding. Copies of both these works have been obtained.
The author of the Rupáma is unknown, and no Makásar authors are identified either. Both the Búgis and the Makásars regard the Rupáma as being just as ancient as the Sawíra Gáding. Copies of both of these works have been acquired.
In the account given by Dr. Leyden, in his valuable paper on the Hindi-Chinese nations,[300] upwards of fifty literary compositions in the language of this country are enumerated, most of which serve either to celebrate the deeds of their national heroes, or are of an amatory character. Besides these they possess codes of laws, or rather customs, said to be of considerable antiquity. The Koran has been translated into the Búgis language. The use of rhyme is much less frequent than among the Maláyus; and it has been observed by Dr. Leyden, that "the melody of the verse depends on the rhythm, and the measure of some of the historical [Vol II Pg xcvi]poems has, in this respect, considerable similarity to some of the specimens of Sanscrit verse." The Búgis songs are very numerous, and in high estimation throughout the Archipelago.
In the account provided by Dr. Leyden in his important paper on the Hindi-Chinese nations,[300] there are over fifty literary works listed in the language of this nation, most of which celebrate the achievements of their national heroes or have romantic themes. In addition to these works, they have codes of laws, or rather customs, that are said to be quite old. The Koran has been translated into the Búgis language. The use of rhyme is much less common than among the Maláyus; Dr. Leyden has noted that "the melody of the verse relies on the rhythm, and the structure of some of the historical [Vol II Pg xcvi]poems bears considerable resemblance to certain examples of Sanscrit verse." The Búgis songs are abundant and highly valued throughout the Archipelago.
They have no books on science, philosophy, or astronomy. The only stars they are acquainted with, are Jupiter (called Pelás), the Pleiades (called Wórong Pórong), Sirius and Orion (Jáng'an Jáng'an, or the Fowl), the Great Bear (Jonga Jong'aya), Navis (Belikaipon), and Antares (Lambáro). They navigate their práhus by these stars, some of which must always be in sight, if the weather be clear.
They don’t have any books on science, philosophy, or astronomy. The only stars they know are Jupiter (called Pelás), the Pleiades (called Wórong Pórong), Sirius and Orion (Jáng'an Jáng'an, or the Fowl), the Great Bear (Jonga Jong'aya), Navis (Belikaipon), and Antares (Lambáro). They navigate their práhus using these stars, some of which always need to be in sight if the weather is clear.
The Makásars use the Mahomedan names for the months. The Búgis divide their year of three hundred and sixty-five days into twelve months, beginning on our sixteenth of May. Whether this division of the year has taken place since the arrival of Europeans or not, is uncertain; but it is more than probable it has, as, with all this correctness, it does not appear they have any era; at least since the introduction of Mahomedanism, the Hegira seems to be used. The Búgis names of the months, and the number of days they contain, are as follow:—
The Makásars use Islamic names for the months. The Búgis divide their year of three hundred and sixty-five days into twelve months, starting on our sixteenth of May. It’s uncertain whether this division happened after Europeans arrived, but it’s quite likely it did, since despite this accuracy, they don’t seem to have any recognized era; at least since Mahomedanism was introduced, the Hegira appears to be in use. The Búgis names for the months, along with the number of days in each, are as follows:—
Sarowaná | 30 | days. |
Padronwáne | 30 | |
Sujewi | 30 | |
Pachekae | 31 | |
Posáe | 31 | |
Mangaseram | 32 | |
Mangasutéwe | 30 | |
Mangalompae | 31 | |
Nayae | 30 | |
Palagunae | 30 | |
Besakai | 30 | |
Jetai | 30 |
Some division of time into months and years must have taken place at a much earlier date; as some of the earliest of the present line of kings, and the length of their reigns, are particularly mentioned.
Some division of time into months and years must have happened much earlier, since some of the earliest kings in the current line and the length of their reigns are specifically noted.
I have before stated that slavery is practised on the island, and that the states not only supply slaves for domestic consumption (if I may use that phrase), but for export and commercial traffic. There are examples of whole villages becoming slaves, and there is scarcely a state or family of rank on the island that has not its assortment of these degraded beings, many of whom are reduced to this condition by the most cruel and insidious means.
I have already mentioned that slavery exists on the island, and that the states not only provide slaves for local use (if I can put it that way), but also for export and commercial trade. There are cases of entire villages being enslaved, and nearly every state or prominent family on the island has its share of these unfortunates, many of whom have been forced into this situation through the most brutal and deceitful methods.
Of the thousands exported annually from Makásar, the greatest portion consisted of persons who had been kidnapped by people acting under the authority of the European Residents, or the princes of the country.
Of the thousands shipped out each year from Makásar, the largest number consisted of people who had been abducted by individuals working under the authority of the European Residents or the local princes.
The sale of their subjects constituted one chief source of the revenue of the Rajahs; and the factors at the different Dutch residencies traded in slaves. It is reported of one factor that he exported nine hundred in a year. The payment or contribution to be made to the Dutch, was either measured in gold, silver, or slaves. In a treaty made between the people of Gúa and Admiral Speelman, we find that they promised to pay so much of the precious metals, or one thousand slaves. Those slaves that were obtained by law or descent, were called Díngen; those kidnapped, Páras.
The sale of their subjects was a major source of income for the Rajahs, and the agents at the various Dutch residencies dealt in slaves. It's reported that one agent exported nine hundred slaves in a year. Payments to the Dutch were either in gold, silver, or slaves. In a treaty made between the people of Gúa and Admiral Speelman, they agreed to pay a certain amount of precious metals or one thousand slaves. Slaves acquired through legal means or descent were called Díngen; those who were kidnapped were referred to as Páras.
The respective prices for slaves at Makásar were as follow:— [Vol II Pg xcvii]
The prices for slaves at Makásar were as follows:— [Vol II Pg xcvii]
For a grown lad, legitimately obtained | 20 | dollars. |
For a young woman, ditto | 40 | |
For a grown lad, kidnapped | 10 | |
For a young woman, ditto | 20 |
It appears from the report of a commission appointed to inquire into the abuses of the slave trade in Celebes, addressed to the council of policy, and dated Makásar, the 21st September, 1799, that the Dutch government of Batavia, from the year 1699 (the period of the first Dutch settlement at Makásar), had sent repeated orders for the prevention of abuses in the slave trade in Celebes; with what effect, the following extract from the same report will shew.
It seems from the report of a commission set up to investigate the abuses of the slave trade in Celebes, addressed to the policy council and dated Makásar, September 21, 1799, that the Dutch government in Batavia, since the year 1699 (when the first Dutch settlement was established at Makásar), had issued several orders aimed at stopping the abuses in the slave trade in Celebes; the effectiveness of these orders is demonstrated in the following excerpt from the same report.
"The abuses which have successively crept in, and the intrigues which are now practiced to obtain slaves, are so manifold and perplexing, that it would be very difficult for us to enumerate or to trace them. In attempting such a detail with all the precision and attention possible, we should still ignorantly omit some things, and depict others in too faint and indulgent a light, the grounds of our information being often superficial and precarious; for, it is to be remembered, that the enormities which are committed in this trade conceal themselves in the dark, and it is only by accident that some traces of them can occasionally be discerned. For these reasons, the undersigned request that they may be excused for confining themselves to the most common and notorious abuses, which, being faithfully recorded, may still afford sufficient evidence of the dreadful and detestable crimes which spring from avarice, and of the frightful shapes in which she perpetually displays herself, instigating and exciting the vengeful and blood-thirsty passions of the natives, and creating a fertile source of trouble and mischief.
"The abuses that have gradually crept in and the schemes currently used to acquire slaves are so numerous and confusing that it would be extremely difficult for us to list or track them all. Even if we tried to provide such a detailed account with as much accuracy and focus as possible, we would still inevitably overlook some aspects and represent others too lightly and leniently; the basis of our information is often shallow and unreliable. It's important to remember that the atrocities committed in this trade tend to hide in the shadows, and only by chance can we sometimes find evidence of them. For these reasons, we ask to be excused for focusing on the most common and well-known abuses, which, when accurately documented, can still provide sufficient proof of the terrible and abhorrent crimes driven by greed, and of the horrific ways in which it constantly manifests, provoking and fueling the vengeful and bloodthirsty instincts of the locals, and creating a constant source of trouble and chaos."
"The making of a slave transport, if properly viewed, consists in nothing more than this:—A person, calling himself an interpreter, repairs, at the desire of one who says that he has bought a slave, to the Secretary's office, and accompanied by any native, who, provided with a note from the purchaser, gives himself out as seller. For three rupees a certificate of sale, in the usual form, is immediately made out; three rupees are also paid to the notary, two rupees put into the hands of the interpreter, the whole transaction is concluded, and the purchaser has thus become the lawful owner of a free-born man, who very often is stolen with his (the purchaser's) concurrence and co-operation. He does not, however, trouble himself about that, because the stolen victim is already concealed where nobody can find him. The transaction also very seldom becomes public, because never were found more faithful receivers than the slave-traders. It is a maxim with them, never, as they call it, to betray their prison; a phrase which we shall presently have the honour more fully to explain. But what will be thought of the value of those public instruments, to which the name of Slave Transports is attached, when at times it is found that both purchaser and seller are fictitious, and that they are united in one league with the interpreter. By such means it is obvious, that the right of[Vol II Pg xcviii] property upon a stolen man may be acquired with as much ease as if he were pinioned before the door or within the yard of the pretended purchaser, and with no greater cost than the small sum of one rupee, or something more, according to circumstances, which must be put into the hands of him who gave himself out for the seller. To find a person for this purpose does not require a long search, for it is a very easy trade to pursue, and there are numbers of the most profligate of the natives continually roving about who do nothing else, and maintain themselves exclusively upon such small profits; even the slaves of the inhabitants being bribed, suffer themselves, for a small fee, to be thus employed. The victim himself, who is stolen and sold, is never examined, nor do the Dutch or native interpreters at all concern themselves about the matter; they are not much afraid of the risk of their responsibility; so that, at any time, it were possible to prepare beforehand as many transports as might be required.
"The process of creating a slave transport, if looked at properly, is really just this: A person, calling himself an interpreter, goes to the Secretary's office at the request of someone claiming to have bought a slave, accompanied by a local person who has a note from the purchaser and presents himself as the seller. For three rupees, a standard certificate of sale is quickly issued; three rupees are paid to the notary, two rupees are handed to the interpreter, the entire transaction is completed, and the purchaser becomes the legal owner of a free-born individual who is often stolen with the purchaser's acquiescence and involvement. However, the purchaser doesn't care about that because the stolen person is already hidden where no one can find him. The transaction rarely becomes public knowledge, as slave traders are extremely discreet. They have a rule, never to 'betray their prison,' a phrase we will soon explain further. But what should we think of the validity of those public documents known as Slave Transports, when sometimes both the buyer and the seller are fakes, colluding with the interpreter? It's clear that the right of property over a stolen person can be obtained as easily as if he were tied up right in front of the supposed buyer’s door or in the yard, with costs no higher than a small fee of one rupee or more, depending on the situation, paid to the person posing as the seller. Finding someone for this purpose doesn’t take long, as it's an easy business to be in, and there are plenty of the most disreputable locals wandering around who do nothing else, making a living solely on such small profits; even the inhabitants’ slaves are bribed to participate for a small fee. The victim, who is stolen and sold, is never questioned, nor do the Dutch or local interpreters care about the situation; they aren’t worried about the risks involved, which means it’s possible to have as many transports prepared in advance as needed."
"Let us further represent to ourselves this, our town of Makásar, filled with prisons, the one more dismal than the other, which are stuffed up with hundreds of wretches, the victims of avarice and tyranny, who, chained in fetters, look forward with despair towards their future destiny, and taken away from their wives, their children, their parents, their friends and comforts, languish in slavery, helpless and miserable! We may picture to ourselves the condition of one (and how often do such instances occur) who perhaps saw his aged father lose his life by his side, in attempting to rescue the pride and comfort of his declining years, whilst the survivor, incapable of further resistance, is torn from him, robbed irrecoverably of what is most precious to every human being, and carried away, in a condition more dreadful than death itself, a condition of despair and uncertainty, in which that moment only shall produce a change, when he is resigned for a trifle to the arbitrary will of a master, who has paid the stipulated price, and acquired the right of placing him amongst the number of his domestic animals, treating him at times no better than he would do those creatures.
Let’s visualize our town of Makásar, filled with grim prisons, each more dismal than the last, packed with hundreds of unfortunate souls, victims of greed and oppression, who, shackled in chains, look ahead with hopelessness at their future, separated from their wives, children, parents, friends, and comforts, suffering in slavery, powerless and miserable! We can imagine the plight of one individual (and how often does this happen) who perhaps witnessed his elderly father die beside him while trying to save the pride and comfort of his twilight years. Meanwhile, the survivor, unable to fight back anymore, is forcibly taken away, robbed of what is most precious to anyone, and carried off in a state more horrifying than death itself—a state of despair and uncertainty, where only a moment will bring about a change, when he is surrendered for a mere pittance to the arbitrary will of a master who has paid the agreed price, acquiring the right to treat him as he would one of his domestic animals, sometimes worse than he treats those creatures.
"If we would lift up another corner of the curtain, a scene no less afflicting presents itself. Here we discover wives lamenting the loss of their husbands, children missing their parents, parents missing their children, who, with hearts filled with rage and revenge, run frantic through the streets and before our doors, to do all that the filial love of children for their parents, the tenderness of parents for their offspring can inspire, in order, if possible, to discover where their dearest pledges are concealed. Often, very often, is all their labour and trouble in vain, being obliged to return back hopeless and comfortless to their afflicted friends and relations. Sometimes, indeed, the profoundest secrecy is not proof against their indefatigable scrutiny, and if they do by any chance learn where a father, mother, a son or daughter, a husband or a wife, is kept in concealment, hope revives within their bosoms, and absorbed in the prospect of becoming their deliverers and saviours, every sacrifice is considered trifling, by means of which they can regain[Vol II Pg xcix] possession of the objects of their anxious care. But, alas! these unhappy people have not as yet reached the end of their sufferings; an obdurate purchaser, deaf to all the pleadings of distress, will be prepared coolly to make his advantage of it, and proportionally to enhance the ransom of his victim, till, by extorting an exorbitant price, he may plunge the unhappy relative from a moderate property into indigence, or, which is still worse, burden him with debts, which, sooner or later, will reduce himself, and perhaps his whole family, to slavery!
"If we lift up another corner of the curtain, a scene just as devastating appears. Here we find wives mourning the loss of their husbands, children missing their parents, and parents missing their kids, who, filled with anger and a desire for revenge, run frantically through the streets and in front of our doors, trying to do everything that a child's love for their parents and a parent's tenderness for their children can inspire, in an effort to discover where their loved ones are hidden. Often, far too often, all their hard work and trouble turn out to be in vain, forcing them to return hopeless and comfortless to their grieving friends and family. Sometimes, the deepest secrecy can't withstand their tireless searching, and if by chance they find out where a father, mother, son, daughter, husband, or wife is being kept hidden, hope ignites within them, and consumed with the prospect of being their rescuers and saviors, they consider every sacrifice trivial if it means they can regain [Vol II Pg xcix] the ones they care so much about. But, alas! these unfortunate people have not yet reached the end of their suffering; a hardened buyer, indifferent to all their pleas of distress, prepares to take advantage of the situation, driving up the ransom for their loved one until, by forcing an exorbitant price, he might plunge the anguished relative from a stable life into poverty, or worse, saddle them with debts that, sooner or later, will lead to their own enslavement, and perhaps that of their entire family!"
"It must not be thought, that when these wretched people have thus carried their point, and when, to furnish the sum demanded, they have sold their houses and goods, or even pawned themselves[301], that, after the payment of the ransom agreed on, the matter is finished. No! the trader will not deliver up the pretended slave until he departs for Batavia: and if we ask, why? it is, that his prison may not be betrayed; that is to say, that it may not become generally known throughout the country, what numbers of stolen people he keeps shut up within his prison, and that the cry of vengeance against many execrable acts that are concealed in the dark, may not everywhere be heard, by which many villains would become notorious. A son is therefore only exhibited to the afflicted father: he sees him in a pitiful condition linked with fetters, and it is frequently at such a moment that the ransom is agreed on. The grief wherewith a father's heart is pierced at such a sight, the rapid succession of his emotions from grief and despair to hope and longing, when contrasted with the deliberate calmness with which a covetous purchaser knows how to take advantage of the poor man's distress; the indifference, the obstinacy, with which he persists in his bloody demand of each rix-dollar, each stiver, nay almost of each penny; in a word, every thing that can have any relation to such a striking spectacle, can be more easily conceived than described, and we have said enough to exhibit the abomination of proceedings, which cannot fail to have a most pernicious influence upon society.
It shouldn't be assumed that when these unfortunate people have managed to achieve their goal, and when, to raise the required amount, they have sold their homes and possessions, or even sold themselves[301], that after paying the agreed ransom, the situation is resolved. No! The trader won’t hand over the so-called slave until he leaves for Batavia. And if we ask why, it’s because he doesn’t want his prison to be discovered; in other words, he wants to keep hidden the many stolen people he has locked away and prevent the cries for justice against the numerous horrific acts that remain concealed, which could expose many criminals. A son is only shown to his distressed father: he sees him in a miserable state, chained up, and it’s often at this moment that the ransom is settled. The pain that pierces a father’s heart at such a sight, the rapid shift of his feelings from sorrow and despair to hope and longing, compared to the cold calmness with which a greedy buyer exploits the poor man's misery; the indifference, the stubbornness with which he clings to his bloody demand for every rix-dollar, every stiver, nearly every penny; in short, everything related to such a shocking scene is easier to imagine than to describe, and we have said enough to highlight the horror of actions that can only have a deeply harmful impact on society.
"But it may be said, the laws and regulations speak in favour of the oppressed. We have shown above, in what manner government have endeavoured, from time to time, to provide against such abuses, and to this we beg leave to refer; but where avarice is predominant, laws, reason, rights, humanity, all that is sacred, are too often compelled to yield. Besides, various obstacles conspire, which time and local circumstances have engendered, so that in spite of the most salutary statutes (which are indeed so far nominally in force) the evil cannot be effectually checked; and experience has taught us, that the most rigorous orders which government could devise, would be insufficient to make a due provision against the increase of these abuses.
"But it can be said that the laws and regulations favor the oppressed. We have shown above how the government has tried, over time, to guard against such abuses, and we would like to refer back to that; however, when greed is dominant, laws, reason, rights, humanity—everything that is sacred—are too often forced to give way. Furthermore, various obstacles come together, created by time and local circumstances, so that despite the most beneficial laws (which are nominally in effect), the harm cannot be effectively stopped; and experience has taught us that even the strictest measures the government could come up with would not be enough to properly address the rise of these abuses."
"Those, whose fate we have now hastily drawn, are not always stolen by foreign nations at distant places. No: about and near the houses of our own inhabitants, in our kampongs, within our own town, it very often happens. A numerous gang of villains, known by the name of[Vol II Pg c] bondsmen (verpandeling), with a number of whom every slave-trader is careful to provide himself according to his means, are most useful instruments in procuring slaves in the easiest and cheapest way; and being instructed in all the arts of villainy, and eager for prey, they rove about in gangs during the night and at unseasonable hours, and if successful in overpowering some one, they carry the victim to their employer, or to any purchaser, and it is very seldom that any thing more is heard of it, than that such a one has lost his slave, or that such a native is missing. The stolen man, woman, or child, is already chained and shut up within the prison of some slave-trader, which is never visited. The slaves for foreign markets are always carried on board at night; and if a stolen person were either free-born, or the slave of an inhabitant, he dares not make himself known as long as he is in his ravisher's hands, for, in that case, they would kill him immediately, even were it before the door of the person who wanted to buy him, whilst the robbers would have no difficulty in getting out of the way, and beyond the reach of justice.
"Those whose fate we've quickly decided aren't always taken by foreign nations from far away. No, right around our own communities, in our kampongs, within our own town, this often happens. A large group of criminals, known as [Vol II Pg c] bondsmen (verpandeling), whom every slave trader makes sure to have on hand according to his resources, are very effective tools for acquiring slaves easily and cheaply. Skilled in all kinds of wrongdoing and hungry for victims, they roam in groups at night and during odd hours. If they manage to overpower someone, they deliver the victim to their employer or any buyer, and it’s rare to hear anything more than that someone has lost a slave or that a local person is missing. The stolen man, woman, or child is already locked up and shackled in the prison of some slave trader, which is never visited. Slaves meant for foreign markets are always taken aboard at night; and if a kidnapped person happens to be free-born or the slave of a local, he wouldn’t dare reveal himself while he’s in the hands of his captors, as they would kill him immediately, even in front of the buyer, and the thieves would easily flee and evade justice."
"Those who are trained to this business, whether bondsmen or slaves (for even amongst this latter class of people thieves of men are often found), are very fertile in all kinds of intrigues to accomplish their ends; for except casual victims, who sometimes fall by accident into their clutches, a considerable time will often elapse before they succeed in securing the object they have marked out for their prey, because the devoted creature is frequently on his guard; and as it cannot be done openly without great precaution, for he would certainly sacrifice his own or their lives to preserve his liberty; they, therefore, lie in wait for him a long time, endeavouring by indirect means to make acquaintance with him, in order to gain his confidence, and then, we will not say always, to conduct or allure him into the house of the slave-trader, or otherwise, as is sometimes the case, to lead him to a remote spot, or at least to some distance from his house, when he immediately finds himself attacked by two or three of these ruffians, who have long previously agreed with his pretended friends, and before he has time to put himself into a posture of defence, or to take hold of his krís, it is already wrested from him, and his hands are tied behind his back. To cry for help would be immediately fatal to him, he is therefore compelled to be quiet, and to suffer himself to be sold as a slave by the ruffians who had previously arranged where to carry him.
"Those who are trained for this job, whether they are bonded workers or slaves (because even among these groups, there are often kidnappers), are very skilled at using all sorts of tricks to get what they want. Aside from random victims who sometimes fall into their hands by chance, it can take a long time for them to capture the target they have set their sights on. This is because the person they are trying to deceive is usually on high alert, and since it can't be done openly without serious caution—because he would certainly risk his own life or theirs to keep his freedom—they often wait for a long time. They try to get to know him through indirect methods to build his trust, and then, we won’t say it's always the case, but they might lead him into the house of the slave trader or, in other circumstances, take him to a quiet spot or at least a place far from his home. There, he suddenly finds himself attacked by two or three of these thugs, who have already teamed up with his supposed friends. Before he has a chance to defend himself or grab his krís, it is taken from him, and his hands are tied behind his back. Calling for help would be instantly deadly for him, so he has no choice but to stay quiet and allow himself to be sold as a slave by the thugs who had already planned where to take him."
"Why such violations are so seldom made public, and thieves of men are so rarely detected, many sufficient reasons may be assigned. For instance: the profound secrecy of the prisons; the clandestine manner in which slaves for traffic are carried on board in the dark of the night; the sinister manner in which the purchase is transacted and confirmed; the facility with which the villains are able to escape, when after some time the theft becomes notorious; the difficulty of making satisfactory inquiry about a crime, of which but a few of the perpetrators and their accomplices are generally within the reach of justice, whilst the stolen[Vol II Pg ci] person is still more rarely present, so that it generally happens, in such a case, that the most guilty get off; the still greater uncommonness of offenders of this sort being caught in the very act, so as to fall at once into the hands of justice; and, finally, the secret protection which some native petty princes, living upon plunder, afford to their subjects. All these, and many other circumstances, combine to facilitate the practice of kidnapping, which thus goes on almost undisturbed, and generally unpunished!
"Why such violations are rarely made public and why human traffickers are so rarely caught can be attributed to several reasons. For example: the deep secrecy of prisons; the hidden way in which slaves are loaded onto ships in the dead of night; the shady manner in which purchases are made and finalized; the ease with which the criminals can escape once the theft becomes widely known; the challenge of conducting a satisfactory investigation when only a few of the wrongdoers and their accomplices are typically accessible to justice, while the victim is even less likely to be present, which often leads to the most guilty going free; the even greater rarity of catching these offenders in the act so that they can be swiftly brought to justice; and finally, the covert protection that some local minor rulers, who profit from plunder, give to their subjects. All these factors, along with many others, work together to make kidnapping easy, allowing it to continue almost uninterrupted and usually unpunished!"
"A rich citizen, who has a sufficient number of emissaries called bondsmen, carries on his trade much more easily than a poor one does. The latter is often obliged to go himself to the Kámpong Búgis or elsewhere, to take a view of the stolen victim and to carry him home; whilst the former quietly smokes his pipe, being sure that his thieves will, in every corner, find out for him sufficient game, without his exerting himself otherwise than indirectly. The thief, the seller, the interpreter, are all active in his service, because they are all paid by him. In some cases the purchaser unites himself with the seller, on purpose to deceive the interpreter; whilst, in other cases, the interpreter agrees with the thief and pretended seller, to put the stolen person into the hands of the purchaser! What precautions, what scrutiny, can then avail, when we reflect, that the profound secrecy of the prisons, and the strict precautions in carrying the slaves on board, are equalled only by the licentiousness with which the transports are fabricated?
A wealthy citizen who has enough people working for him, called bondsmen, can conduct his business much easier than a poor person can. The poor person often has to go himself to the Kámpong Búgis or elsewhere to check on the stolen victim and bring him home, while the wealthy person sits back and smokes his pipe, knowing that his thieves will find plenty of victims for him, without him needing to do much else. The thief, the seller, and the interpreter are all working for him because they’re all paid by him. In some cases, the buyer teams up with the seller to trick the interpreter; meanwhile, in other cases, the interpreter colludes with the thief and the fake seller to hand over the stolen person to the buyer! What precautions or scrutiny can really help when we consider that the deep secrecy of the prisons and the strict measures taken to get the slaves on board are matched only by the reckless ways in which the transports are set up?
"A distinction ought, however, to be made between such illegal and criminal practices, and a more moderate trade in slaves, many of whom, it is true, are stolen, but not in our vicinity, nor in the districts of the Company. The remainder are generally such as, according to the separate laws and customs of the native nations of Celebes, have in some way or other forfeited their liberty, either in war, or for some misdemeanour, or on account of debts. These are likewise higher in price, so that the trader cannot have so much gain upon them; they may also appear at broad daylight, an interpreter may with security answer for them. Such slaves can be brought on board very quietly in the day time; the frequency of murder, as in other cases, is not much to be dreaded, and our town has considerably less danger to apprehend from these than from the class before mentioned."
"A distinction should be made between illegal and criminal practices and a more moderate trade in slaves. Many of these individuals, it’s true, have been stolen, but not in our area or within the Company's territories. The rest are usually those who, according to the unique laws and customs of the native nations of Celebes, have somehow lost their freedom, whether through war, minor offenses, or due to debts. These slaves are also priced higher, meaning the trader doesn’t earn as much profit from them; they can also be visible during the day, and an interpreter can safely vouch for them. Such slaves can be brought on board very discreetly during the day; the risk of violence, as in other cases, is not very high, and our town has significantly less danger from these individuals compared to the previous group mentioned."
The report concludes by recommending specific measures, and expressing an opinion, that "it would not be inexpedient, if, but for one year, the exportation of slaves from hence were suspended."
The report wraps up by suggesting specific actions and stating the opinion that "it wouldn't be unwise to suspend the export of slaves from here for just one year."
In the following year, the residents received instructions from the high regency, in which several of their predecessors were accused of having "assumed a despotic sway over the natives, plundered those over whom they had been placed to protect them, and of having even dared, with the assistance of the native chiefs, whom they have found means to debauch, to put the natives in irons, and to sell them as slaves."
In the following year, the residents got directives from the high regency, which accused several of their predecessors of having "taken a tyrannical control over the locals, exploited those they were supposed to protect, and even having the audacity, with help from the local chiefs, whom they managed to corrupt, to put the locals in chains and sell them as slaves."
Mr. Chassé, when governor of Makásar, much to his honour, attempted to put a stop to manstealing in the neighbourhood of his residency. He[Vol II Pg cii] did not, however, succeed to any extent. When the British arrived, it appeared that numbers of plunderers were roaming about for the supply of the slave market, which was still open; so that the inhabitants of the villages adjacent to Makásar, never dared to approach, except in parties of at least five or six armed men. An equal caution prevailed throughout the country.
Mr. Chassé, while he was governor of Makásar, commendably tried to stop manstealing in the area around his residence. He[Vol II Pg cii] didn't have much success, though. When the British arrived, it became clear that many thieves were wandering around, supplying the still-active slave market, so the villagers near Makásar never dared to come close unless they were in groups of at least five or six armed men. This same caution was widespread throughout the country.
To enforce the British abolition laws, there was formed at Batavia, in the beginning of the year 1816, a society called the Java Benevolent Institution, and in the course of the year this society published an account of its proceedings, containing, among other interesting matter, "Remarks upon Makásar, &c. compiled from the information of Lieutenant Owen Phillips, assistant resident there." This paper concludes as follows:
To implement the British abolition laws, a society called the Java Benevolent Institution was established in Batavia at the start of 1816. Throughout the year, this society released a report of its activities, which included, among other interesting topics, "Remarks on Makásar, & etc., compiled from the insights of Lieutenant Owen Phillips, assistant resident there." This document concludes as follows:
"The laws recognized between the Dutch Company and the states of Bóni and Gúa may be considered a fair criterion of their general spirit and tendency. They were agreed to in an early period of the Dutch establishment, when Admiral Speelman concluded a treaty with those states, and they have not since undergone any material alterations. The penalties therein prescribed were required to be paid in money or property of any description, at the arbitrary rates fixed by the same laws, and which appear on the whole to be extremely favourable to the individual; debtors or convicted felons, in default of payment, becoming bondsmen. But the temptation to corruption afforded by an open market and an increased demand for slaves for traffic, introduced a practice of condemning, first to bondage, and then fabricating for three dollars a certificate of slavery; a practice which, although not recognized in the laws subsisting between the European and native powers, was yet generally known to prevail, and if not formally sanctioned, was openly tolerated under the former system.
"The laws established between the Dutch Company and the states of Bóni and Gúa can be seen as a fair reflection of their overall spirit and intent. They were agreed upon during the early days of the Dutch presence when Admiral Speelman signed a treaty with those states, and they haven't changed significantly since then. The penalties outlined in these laws had to be paid in money or any kind of property, at the arbitrary rates set by the same laws, which seem to be quite favorable to individuals; debtors or convicted felons, if they couldn't pay, would become bondsmen. However, the opportunity for corruption created by an open market and a growing demand for slaves led to a practice of sentencing people to slavery, then issuing a certificate of slavery for just three dollars; a practice that, although not formally acknowledged in the laws governing relationships between European and native powers, was widely recognized to occur and, if not officially approved, was openly tolerated under the previous system."
"Whilst these laws are administered in the native states by their councils or becháras, the administration of justice in the Company's territories was vested in the Regent, under the superintendance of the Drost, but who has usurped the power of actually deciding, particularly in cases where he is interested in the condemnations, from the right which the judge enjoys, of a moiety of the property arising from the sale of persons condemned to slavery, or in the appropriation of a certain number of them to his own use! The abuses arising out of these unlawful usurpations appear to have attained a great height in 1799, when the commission was appointed to inquire into them; but (as in the case of restraints which had from time to time been imposed by law) that inquiry did little more than recognize the right of control over the actors and participators in such abuses; a right which could readily and profitably be compromised by men who, from habit, were actuated by little determined abhorrence of such crimes, and no steady resolution to eradicate them. To this cause alone must be attributed the difficulties stated by the commission to be opposed to the due execution of the laws, and to the suppression of the enormities that were generally practised; and although partial reforms were effected,[Vol II Pg ciii] according to the disposition and principles of the persons who presided successively in Makásar, the enormous gains to be derived from the toleration of corruption was a powerful obstacle to its removal: and it may be said of the abuses and enormities detailed by the commission in 1799, that although perpetuated with more or less aggravation, as the controuling authority was more or less conscientious and vigilant, no radical removal of them took place, nor were the suggestions of that commission carried into effect, except partially within the town of Makásar.
"While these laws are administered in the local states by their councils or becháras, the administration of justice in the Company's territories was given to the Regent, under the supervision of the Drost. However, he has taken over the power to make decisions—especially in cases involving his own interests in the condemnations—from the judge's right to receive half of the proceeds from the sale of individuals condemned to slavery, or to keep a certain number of them for himself! The abuses stemming from these unlawful takeovers seemed to reach a peak in 1799 when a commission was set up to investigate them. Yet, much like past legal restrictions, that inquiry did little more than acknowledge the authority over those involved in such abuses; a power that could easily and profitably be undermined by people who, due to habit, felt little strong disgust toward those crimes and had no solid determination to eliminate them. The challenges identified by the commission that hindered the proper enforcement of the laws, and the suppression of common atrocities, can be linked solely to this issue. Even though some partial reforms were made, according to the dispositions and principles of those who successively led in Makásar, the immense profits from tolerating corruption presented a significant barrier to its eradication. It can be said about the abuses and atrocities highlighted by the commission in 1799 that, although they continued with varying degrees of severity depending on how ethical and vigilant the controlling authority was, there was no fundamental elimination of them, nor were the commission's recommendations fully implemented, except for some partial changes within the town of Makásar."
"On the establishment of the British government, the practice and mode of kidnapping within the town of Makásar had, in some degree, been restricted and ameliorated; but this did not extend to the country. Some limitations had therefore been imposed on the connivance and direct participation of the public functionaries; but bondsmen were still generally employed as man-stealers, and the practice of concealing in secret prisons, of assassinations to prevent detection, and of midnight embarkations, were but little controlled or inquired into, as may be sufficiently inferred from the laxity of the public tribunals, and the rare instances of any infractions of these laws being punished by them.
"With the establishment of the British government, the practice of kidnapping in the town of Makásar had been somewhat restricted and improved; however, this did not apply to the surrounding areas. Some limitations had been placed on the complicity and involvement of public officials, but enslaved people were still mostly used as kidnappers, and the practices of hiding individuals in secret jails, carrying out assassinations to avoid being caught, and late-night departures were barely regulated or investigated, as can be clearly seen from the laxity of the public courts and the infrequent punishment of any violations of these laws."
"The introduction of the prohibitory laws by the establishment of the British government, naturally operated to cause a sudden and complete suspension of the open traffic; and although individuals are still clandestinely carried from Makásar, the number is so small, that the utmost vigilance has hitherto been unable to convict the perpetrators, especially as the numerous gang of bondsmen and man-stealers, though compelled at present to resort to other avocations, are yet at the call of corrupt employers, and live in the hope that occasion may again offer of freely returning to their pursuits, without apprehension of any consequences. This truth will be more generally appreciated, if we explain the course through which these people are led to engage in the desperate trade of kidnapping. The bondsmen, who are thus employed by slave-traders, are generally dissolute adventurers from the native states, who repair to Makásar, perhaps, with a little property which they lose by gambling; their next resource is to borrow from some one of the numerous Dutch or Chinese speculators (slave-traders) a sum of money, and which is only to be had at the exorbitant interest of fifty per cent, or, as expressed in the local terms, 'one wang per month on the Spanish dollar.' A debt thus dissolutely contracted is not likely to be retrieved by patient industry. But were such a disposition to prevail, the opportunity is scarcely afforded, and the obligation is generally allowed to accumulate until the debtor is about to pay the price in his captivity. To retrieve himself from this dire alternative, he has recourse to the trade of kidnapping, and the ready employment he meets with, added to the sudden gains which he hopes to acquire, stimulate him to repair his fortunes in this irregular and desperate pursuit. Such are the bondsmen who are the active agents of slave traders in Makásar; and while the abolition has had the two[Vol II Pg civ]-fold effect of diminishing their numbers and of checking their depredations, it must be obvious that this salutary reform can only endure whilst the spirit which produced it is fostered. The commission in 1799 forcibly depicted the utter incompetency of the most rigid prohibitions, in restricting the barbarities which then prevailed: but there is yet a stronger fact, which bears equally upon the traffic, on whatever footing it might be re-admitted; it is, that the resources arising from what were considered legal condemnations to slavery, would be totally inadequate to supply the market under any probable limitations. As the demand increased, the more frequent condemnations on frivolous pretences would naturally ensue, if indeed such a practice in any degree could be considered legal: but the temptations to open violence arising from the numerous accessaries, and the direct or indirect participation of public functionaries, added to the comparative cheapness of stolen men, are such strong inducements to revive ancient abuses, under an actual demand, that no hope could be entertained of controuling them. On the other hand, the maintenance of the abolition laws, as they have hitherto tended to correct in a remarkable degree the monstrous practices which obtained, must, in their ultimate operation, effectually reform, not only the habits and dispositions of the inhabitants of Makásar, but check those frequent condemnations which, in the native states, may be chiefly imputed to the advantages that were generally made of them. To illustrate, in a familiar instance, the effect of this amelioration brought about by the silent operation of the prohibitory laws; on the first arrival of the English, the inhabitants of the adjacent villages did not dare to come to Makásar in parties of less than five or six men well armed. This was equally the case throughout the country, as there was an open sale for almost any number of people that could be stolen. The case, however, is now entirely altered, at least within the influence of the British authority. Men, women, and children, are now to be seen moving singly about the country in all directions, without fear and without arms. Formerly a man going on a hunting party, or a peasant to till his ground, went armed as if going to war; at the present day numbers of people may be seen in the paddy fields without a spear amongst them. I may add, that these effects are not confined to the Company's provinces, but are felt nearly throughout the states of Gúa, Telu, and Turáta, where there can be no doubt that a few years would be sufficient to realize, under the present system, a great increase to population, and the more important introduction of commerce and civilisation.
"The introduction of the prohibitory laws by the British government led to a sudden and complete halt in open trafficking. Although some individuals are still smuggled out of Makásar, the numbers have dropped so low that despite ongoing efforts, authorities have been unable to catch those responsible. The groups engaged in this illegal trade, made up of bondsmen and human traffickers, although currently forced into other jobs, remain ready to answer the call of corrupt employers, hoping for a chance to return to their former activities without fear of consequences. This reality will be clearer if we explain how these individuals get involved in the desperate practice of kidnapping. The bondsmen working as slave traders typically come from nearby states, often arriving in Makásar with some money, which they lose through gambling. Their next step is to borrow from one of the many Dutch or Chinese slave traders, usually at an outrageous interest rate of fifty percent—or, as it's known locally, 'one wang per month on the Spanish dollar.' Such a debt is unlikely to be repaid through hard work. Even if one wished to do so, opportunities are rare, and debts tend to pile up until the borrower finds himself forced to pay the price in slavery. To escape this grim situation, he turns to kidnapping, and the lure of immediate employment and quick profits drives him to pursue this risky path. These bondsmen are the active agents of slave traders in Makásar; while the abolition of slavery has resulted in fewer kidnappers and has curbed their activities, it’s clear that this positive change can only last if the motivating spirit behind it is maintained. A commission in 1799 illustrated the complete ineffectiveness of strict prohibitions in curbing the brutal practices of the time. However, an even bigger issue arises regarding the trafficking itself, no matter how it might be reinstated; the resources from what were considered legal enslavements would never be enough to meet market demands. As demand rose, more frequent seizures on flimsy grounds would naturally occur, if such practices could even be seen as legal. But the attractions of outright violence, supported by various accomplices and the involvement of public officials, alongside the relative cheapness of stolen individuals, create strong motivations to revive old abuses, making control nearly impossible. On the flip side, maintaining the abolition laws, which have significantly corrected the horrific practices that once prevailed, will ultimately reform not only the habits of the people in Makásar but also reduce the frequent instances of condemnation back in the native states, largely due to the advantages those situations provided. To illustrate the positive effects of the prohibitory laws, consider this: when the English first arrived, residents of nearby villages were afraid to come to Makásar unless they traveled in armed groups of five or six. This was true throughout the region, as there was a blatant market for anyone who could be kidnapped. However, the situation has now changed completely, at least under British rule. Men, women, and children can now be seen moving freely around the countryside, without fear and unarmed. Previously, a man heading out to hunt or a farmer tending to his land would carry weapons as if going into battle; today, many can be found in the rice fields without any weapons at all. I should add that these changes aren't limited to the Company's territories, but are felt across the states of Gúa, Telu, and Turáta, where there is no doubt that just a few years under the current system could lead to a significant population increase and the essential introduction of trade and civilization."
"The principal pirate settlements are Káli and Túli Túli, situated on the north-west coast. The depredations of these hordes are generally carried on between Java and the Straits of Saleyer; their haunts are the islands near Seleyer, also Gúnuny Api, and the isles at the entrance of the Bay of Sembáwa, and in general the small isles included between the coasts of Java to the west, Borneo to the north, and Celebes to the east." [Vol II Pg cv]
The main pirate towns are Káli and Túli Túli, located on the northwest coast. These groups usually operate between Java and the Straits of Saleyer; their hideouts are the islands near Seleyer, as well as Gúnuny Api, and the islands at the entrance of the Bay of Sembáwa. In general, they can be found in the smaller islands situated between the coasts of Java to the west, Borneo to the north, and Celebes to the east. [Vol II Pg cv]
A COMPARATIVE VOCABULARY OF THE BUGIS, MAKASAR, MANDHAR, BÚTON, SÁSAK, BÍMA, SEMBÁWA, TEMBÓRA, AND ENDÉ LANGUAGES.
ENGLISH. | BUGIS. | MAKASAR. | MANDHAR. | BÚTON. | SÁSAK. | BÍMA. | SEMBÁWA. | TEMBÓRA. | ENDÉ. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
One | sédi | sédre | misa | sátu | sátu | sábua; icha | sátu | seena | sa. |
Two | dua | rua | dua | dua | dua | lua | dua | kálae | zua. |
Three | télu | tálu | tetálu | tálu | telu | tólu | tiga | nih | télu. |
Four | mpa | ampat | ápeh | mpat | mpat | ópat | ampat | kude-in | wútu. |
Five | lima | lima | lima | lima | lima | lima | lima | kutélin | lima. |
Six | nám | ánam | ánam | ánam | nám | íni | ánam | báta-in | limása. |
Seven | pitu | túju | túju | pitu | pitu | pidu | túju | kúmba | limazua. |
Eight | hárua | delápan | wâlu | árua | báin | wáru | delápan | koného | ruabútu. |
Nine | haséra | sambílan | amésa | asára | siwa | chéwi | sambélan | láli | trása. |
Ten | sapúlu | sampúlu | sapúlu | sapúlu | sapúlu | sampúlu | sapúlu | saróne | sabúlu. |
Twenty | dua-púlu | rua-púlu | dua-púlu | rompúlu | dua-púlu | duampúlu | dua-púlu | sisaróne | bulúzua. |
Hundred | sa-rátus | sabiláng'an | sang'átus | sibiláng'an | sátus | sa-rátus | sang'átus | simári | sang'ásu. |
Man (homo) | táwu | tau | tau | tau | kelépe | dho | tau | doh | dau. |
Man (vir.) | hóro-áni | boráni | chácho | tau | máma | dho-mó-ne-móne | láki-láki | sia-in | úli-dau. |
Woman | makónrai | bahíni | bahíni | makónrai | nina | dho-siwe | perámpuan | óna-yit | ána-dau. |
Father | ambéhna | mángge | káma | bápa | áma | áma | bápa | homóri | má. |
Mother | indóna | anróng | indo | ma | ína | ína | máma | yelai | weh. |
Head | úlu | ulúna | úl | úlu | ótah | túta | úlu | kokóre | úla. |
Eyes | máta | matána | máta | máta | máta | máda | máta | saing'óre | ána-máta. |
Nose | ing'a | ing'a | ing'a | ing'a | írung | ilu | ing'a | saing kóme | niju. |
Hair | wélua | rambut | wélua | wélu | búlu | hónggo | wélua | búlu | fu. |
Teeth | ísi | gigi | ísi | ísi | gigi | woi | ísi | sóntong | nihi. |
Belly | bábua | bátan | pórot | bábua | tian | lóko | báboa | sumóre | túka. |
Hand | lima | líman | lima | liman | íma | rima | limang | taintu | lima. |
Foot | áji | bánuge | áje | áje | nai | édi | áje | maimpo | wáhi. |
Blood | dára | dára | dára | dára | geti | ráh | dárá | kiro | ráha. |
Day | só | poi | hári | áso | kejélu; jélu | mrai | aso | kóngkong | giah. |
Night | weni | bange | bangi | weni | kelam | ai-meng'ádi | malam | tádung | kómbe. |
Sleep | matinro | átinro | pelóli | matínro | tindu | máru | maténro | kidjum | méne. |
Dead | máte | amáti | máti | matémo | máti | máde | matémo | sílam | máta. |
White | mapúte | kébok | púti | maputémo | pútih | búrah | púti | si-yang | bára. |
Black | malótong | léling | malótong | malótong | bírang | me-e | lótong | naido | láka. |
Good | madéching | bájik | mápia | baik | ónya | tátio | baik | sámar | glo. |
Bad | déna-ma-déching | kóde | andiána-mápia | enda-ma-dakégau | leng'e | séwai | nónda-króah | gonóre | báne. |
Fire | ápi | pépe | ápi | ápi | ápí | ápi | ápi | maing'aing | ápi. |
Water | wai | jéne | wai | áyer | ai | oí | jéne | naino | wai. |
Earth | tána | bútah | tána | tána | tána | dána | tána | gonong | tána. |
Stone | bátu | bátu | bátu | bátu | bátu | wádu | bátu | ilah | bátu. |
Hog | bábi | bábi | bábi | bábi | báwi | vávi | bábi | kíwu | báhe. |
Bird | mánu-mánu | jang'an-jang'an | mánu-mánu | manuk | káma-núkan | nási | mánuk-mánuk | kilaíngkong | peti. |
Egg | itéloh | báyau | ndoh | télor | télu | dólu | telor | andik | telor. |
Fish | báleh | júku | bále | bále | mpah | úta | júku | karáyi | íkan. |
Sun | matáso | sing-har | máta-hári | máta-hári | máta-jelu | liroh | sing-har | ingkong | réza. |
Moon | wúlan | búlan | wúlan | wúlah | úlan | wúrah | wúlan | máng'ong | wúlan. |
Stars | bitóing | bintóing | bintóing | bintóing | bintang | ntára | bintóing | kingkong | dála. |
God | álah ta-ála | | álah ta-ála | álah ta-ála | álah ta-álah | álah | álah ta-ála | moríhoh | ga-hémbu. |
Sit | túdang | mempu | píóro | dúduk | tókol | dóho | píóro | hok-hok | regoh. |
Eat | mánre | ang'ánre | mánde | mánre | bekhor | | mang'an | mákan | ka-a. |
A COMPARATIVE VOCABULARY OF THE GUNUNG TALU, MENADU, TERNATI, SANG'IR, SIRANG or CERAM, AND SAPARÚA LANGUAGES.
ENGLISH. | GUNUNG TALU. | MENADU. | TERNATI. | SANG'IR. | SIRANG or CERAM. | SAPARÚA. |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
One | limbóto | esah | rimoi | sembua | tekúra | isáhi. |
Two | bukáng'o | bua | rómo-didi | darúa | dua | rua. |
Three | bóne | télu | ra-ang'i | tátelu | tólu | óru. |
Four | ampat | épat | ráha | épa | pát | ha-an. |
Five | lima | lima | róma-tóha | lima | lim | rima. |
Six | ánam | ánam | rára | nóng | ónan | nóho |
Seven | túju | pitu | tómdi | pitu | fitúra | hítu. |
Eight | delápan | wálu | tof-kang'i | wálu | delapánte | wáru. |
Nine | sambilan | sioh | siyu | sioh | sabilánte | siwah. |
Ten | sapúlu | mapúlu | yági-móí | mapúru | putúsa | úhu-túhi. |
Twenty | dua-púlu | rúa-napúlu | yági-romdidi | duampúlu | dua-púlu | úhurua. |
Hundred | mai-tútu | ma-hátus | rátu-mói | marásu | útun | hutúngno. |
Thousand | notifu | ma-ribu | ribú-mói | saribu | rihúne | rihúno. |
Man (homo) | manúsia | tó | manúsia | tau-máta | káwu | túma-táwu. |
Man (vir.) | satúlal | to-áma | nónau | esé | manuáya | manáwau. |
Woman | tábua | wewóné | fohékeh | babini | mapuinára | pipináwu. |
Father | bápa | áma | bába | bápa | niba-bára | amáni. |
Mother | nána | ína | yáya | nina | ninésan | ináni. |
Head | lung-góng'o | úlu | dopólo | ulúnte | urúni. | |
Eyes | máta | warén | táko | máta | matára | ma-áni. |
Nose | uling'o | nirung | ídung | írung | idónte | iríni. |
Hair | wóho | wúhuk | rambut | úta | uhúra | rhúwon. |
Teeth | dang'éta | wáhang | gigi | ísi | gigira | nióni. |
Belly | mbong'a | po-ot | ho-ot | tiang | púmra | tehúni. |
Hand | otóho | leng'an | tang'an | tákiar | tanánte | rimáni. |
Foot | oh-áto | háhe | káki | bisi | kakíra | ahíni. |
Blood | dúhu | ráha | dára | dára | dárah | laláni. |
Day (light) | dulúho | ndoh | modiri | éloh | pagíra | kai. |
Night | hoi | weng'i | wang'i-lóbi | bása | mahónte | lamásai. |
Sleep | méte-lóho | madákal | hótu | metiki | ákifet | imutára. |
Dead | máti | máti | sóni | náti | máti; hábis | imáta. |
White | púti | kúlo | ubúan | mawira | putíra | ipúti. |
Black | itam | riram | îrang | mitung | meténa | iméte. |
Good | baik | léhos | láha | mápia | páda-lóko | imai. |
Bad | tra-baik | léwo | ási | daráki | manche-ére nága-ráta | hiáhia. |
Fire | tólu | ápi | úkut | pútung | ápira | hahúlo. |
Water | telóho | ráno | áki | áke | áyira | waélo. |
Earth | búta | tána | káha | utána | búmite | umélo. |
Stone | bátu | wátu | márih | bátu | batúra | hátuo. |
Hog | boi | wáwi | sóho | wáwi | boíra | háhuo. |
Bird | búrung | kóko | námot | mánuk-daródo | burúngte | mánuo. |
Egg | putitor | átelu | nabóro | telor | telórte | terúri. |
Fish | tóta | póngkor | neá-ot | kena | ján | iyáno. |
Sun | mútu-hári | ndoh | máta-hári | éloh | máta-hári | ria-ma-áno. |
Moon | uláno | leléhon | búlan | búlan | bulánte | huláno. |
Stars | óli-pópo | tóto-tian | úna-bintan | butúing | bentángte | humário. |
God | málai-káti | wálian | tuan-álah | máwu-álah | álah | álah. |
Sit | ulóho | rumúma | tégó | káyan | matórán | ituo. |
Eat | mong'a | kúman | óhot | kúmang | kamána | lyáni. |
FOOTNOTES:
[299] See Comparative Vocabulary annexed, including the dialects of the south-west limb of Celebes, and some of the islands in its vicinity, on which Bugis settlements have been formed.
[299] See the Comparative Vocabulary attached, which includes the dialects from the south-west part of Celebes and some nearby islands where Bugis communities have been established.
[300] Asiatic Researches.
Asiatic Researches.
[301] Meaning their services for a stipulated period or for life. [Vol II Pg cix]
[301] Referring to their services for a set time or for life. [Vol II Pg cix]
APPENDIX G.
NUMERALS ACCORDING TO THE CHANDRA SANGKALA.
ONE. | |
---|---|
Rúpa | form, shape, appearance, face of any thing. |
Chandra | moon at the 15th day, moon. |
Sási | new moon, month of the year. |
Nábi or nebe | the navel, completion of the month. |
Búmí | the earth, or piece of land. |
Búda | ancient; original. |
Rón or Gódong | leaf of a tree. |
Médi | abstraction, devotion. |
Eku | tail of any thing. |
Dára | large stars, planets. |
Jalma or Janma | mankind. |
Eka | one. |
Wák | the body. |
Súta | child. |
Siti | black earth, earth. |
Awáni | courageous, hair of the body. |
Wúlan | the moon, at the 14th day, full moon. |
Yáta | then, forthwith, thereupon. |
Tung'gal | one. |
TWO. | |
Nitra | the eye lids, the eye. |
Chaksu | the inner corner of the eye. |
Nayána | sight. |
Sikára | the palm of the hand. |
Búja | the upper part of the arm near the shoulder. |
Páksa | the jaw-bone. |
Drésti or desti | the eye-brow. |
Háma | the outer corner of the eyes. |
Lochána | the lips. |
Charána | the side of the cheek-bone. |
Kerna | the ears. |
Kerni | the inner part of the ear. |
Anámba | the act of closing the hands in obeisance. |
Talíng'an | the lobe of the ear, the ear. |
Máta | the eye, the pupil of the eye. |
Tang'an | the hands, the arms. |
Súku | the feet, or soles of the feet. |
Lár | wings. |
Dúi | two. |
Lóro | two. |
THREE. | |
Bahning | fire (of a furnace). |
Pawáka | fire (from a volcano). |
Siking | fire (struck from a flint). |
Guna | fire (from friction of wood). |
Dahána | the fire which pervades every thing that has life, extensive fire, fire that has never been extinguished. |
Tri-ningrána | fire (of the work-room). |
Uta | a leech. |
Buja-lána | alligator or crocodile. |
Húti | worm of the earth. |
Játa | flame of fire. |
Wéda | fire or heat confined in a vessel, as in a cooking vessel. |
Anála | the fire which giveth warmth to the heart, the fire of passion, the fire which giveth warmth to passion. |
Gni | fire (to a match). |
Utáwa | fire. |
Kéa | great fire. |
Léna | fire or flame of a lamp. |
Puyíka | fire and ashes, mixed. |
Tiga | three. |
Uning'a | a torch. |
FOUR. | |
Wédang | hot water. |
Segára | the sea. |
Kerti | well water. |
Súchi | water after it is used. |
Jaládri | water from a lake, or where fresh water mixes with the sea. |
Hádi | mountain water, rare or pure water.[Vol II Pg cx] |
Warna | colour. |
Wéh | water which descends from a mountain. |
Samúdra | sea water. |
Jaládi | tank or pond water. |
Ernáwa | spring water. |
Toyádi | dew water. |
Wahána | flood or quantity of water. |
Waudádi | juice from trees, as toddy,&c. |
Sindu | milk. |
Wári | cocoa nut-water, water. |
Dik | glutinous sap taken from trees, as the Indian rubber, &c. |
Tásik | sweat, applied to the sea on the coast. |
Bányu | water. |
Chatur | four. |
Pápat | four. |
FIVE. | |
Búta | a rasaksa or hobgoblin, also a lion. |
Pandáwa | the five sons of Pandu. |
Táta | breath issuing from the nostrils. |
Gáti | ditto mouth. |
Wisáya | air produced as in bellows, &c. |
Indri | air which refreshes or revives. |
Astra | the air created by the passing of a missile weapon, or by the wielding of a sword. |
Sára | the same, created near the point or edge of the weapon. |
Marúta | air which conveys scents of any kind. |
Pawána | strong wind. |
Bána | hurricane, violent wind. |
Margána | favourable wind in one's course. |
Sámi-rána | the wind that checks perspiration. |
Waráyang | the point or edge of the wind which strikes any thing. |
Pancha | five. |
Báyu | wind that circulates in the human body. |
Wisikan | whispering wind. |
Gúling'an | air circulating in a room. |
Lima | five. |
SIX. | |
Mangsa | season, the seasons, prey of a wild beast. |
Sadrása | the six tastes, (sweet, sour, salt, bitter, pungent or aromatic, hot, as pepper). |
Wináyang | to range, following in order, (which is done according to the six notions of things). |
Gána | silk worm, bee. |
Ret-tu | the feeling or taste of any thing not pleasant, as pain in the leg, mixed good and bad. |
Ang'gas | the trunk of a tree standing after its branches and leaves are decayed and fallen. |
Sáyag | an inclining tree. |
Karng'a | the sense of hearing. |
Sanda | clear, light. |
Sandi | plan, project, scheme, completed. |
Búdia | disposition, inclination, ability. |
Ka-nénam | six. |
Rása | taste. |
SEVEN. | |
Ardi | mountains near the sea, mountains. |
Parwáta | several mountains together. |
Turángga | a steed, horse. |
Giri | mountain or great hill. |
Réksi or resi | a pandita, or holy or learned man. |
Aksa | buffaloe. |
Baksu | bull or cow. |
Mandála | a mountain which is rent or split. |
Chála | a mountain which shows its shape, &c. clearly. |
Hemáwan | the summit of a mountain. |
Gúra | cow, great noise. |
Sapta | seven. |
Pandita | a holy man. |
Géngsiára | the buzzing noise of flying insects. |
Yamúni | the sound of a lover courting his mistress. |
Kúda | horse. |
Wiku | an instructor. |
Pitu | seven. |
EIGHT. | |
Nága | serpent |
Panágan | the dwelling of a snake, the skin which a snake has shed.[Vol II Pg cxi] |
Sarira | guana. |
Básu | tekké. |
Tánu | camelion. |
Múrti | lizard. |
Kunjára | place of confinement, prison. |
Gájah | elephant. |
Dipángga | an elephant fully caparisoned. |
Samádia | an elephant prepared for being mounted. |
Hasta | elephant. |
Mang'gála | an elephant with his tusks grown. |
Diráda | an enraged or savage elephant. |
Hesti | female elephant. |
Matáng'ga | a large elephant. |
Bramána | a pandita from Sabrang or opposite coast. |
Liman | a tame elephant. |
Kála | time. |
Was, áwas | a scorpion. |
Ula | a snake. |
NINE. | |
Rudra | a muddy hole. |
Trústra | the hollow of a tube, a hollow in any thing. |
Trústi | the same. |
Múka | the face, the mouth. |
Gapúra | the gate or door-way of a palace. |
Wiwára | a door-way, the opening of a case. |
Diára | the gateway of a fort. |
Drúna | door-way into a holy place, or place of misfortune. |
Yútu | the eye of a needle, or the like. |
Gátra | a small hole or cell in the earth, made by insects. |
Gua | a cave. |
Wadána | the front of a door. |
Léng | all kinds of holes or hollow places. |
Láwang | doors of every description. |
Sóng | a long passage underground. |
Babáhan | the hole made for the entrance of a thief. |
Náwa | nine. |
CYPHER. | |
Búma | decayed grass, dried grass, hay. |
Súnya | solitude, quiet. |
Gegána | endless space, as between the earth and the sky, indefinite space. |
Ng'ambára | flight. |
Widik widik | that which is seen or heard but not known, as thunder. |
Malétik | to fly off, drop off, anything small which is knocked off from what is greater. |
Sirna | gone, vanished. |
Lang'it | that of which one has an idea but cannot see clearly, as the sky. |
Kásia | the air, atmosphere. |
Maláyewa | to run off. |
Windu | the period of revolving, a cycle. |
Sakáta | a carriage. |
Ilang | gone, lost, past. |
Example.
Example.
Búma, | netra, | gni, | bányu, | marúta, | sadrása, | ardi, | nága, | láwang, | lang'it. |
Earth, | eyes, | fire, | water, | air, | taste, | hill, | snake, | doors, | sky. |
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 0 |
APPENDIX H.
TRANSLATION OF THE MÁNEK MÁYA.
CHAPTER I.
Before the heavens and earth were created, there existed Sang yang Wisésa (the all-powerful). This deity, remaining in the centre of the universe, inwardly and earnestly desired of the Almighty Ruler to grant a wish that he had. A dreadful conflict of the elements ensued, in the midst of which he heard a repetition of sounds, like the rapid striking of a bell. On looking up he saw a ball suspended over him, and on his laying hold of it, it separated into three parts: one part became the heavens and earth, another became the sun and moon, and the third was man, or mánek máya.
Before the heavens and earth were created, there existed Sang yang Wisésa (the all-powerful). This deity, positioned at the center of the universe, deeply and sincerely wished for the Almighty Ruler to grant him a desire. A fierce conflict of the elements broke out, during which he heard a series of sounds, like the rapid ringing of a bell. When he looked up, he saw a ball hanging above him, and when he reached for it, it split into three parts: one part became the heavens and earth, another became the sun and moon, and the third was man, or mánek máya.
All having made obeisance to the Sang yang Wisésa, he addressed himself to Mánek máya, and said, "Hereafter thou shalt be called Sang yang Gúru; and placing entire confidence in thee, I give up the earth and all that is attached to it, to be used and disposed of according to thy will and pleasure." Having spoken thus, Sang yang Wisésa vanished.
All having shown respect to the Sang yang Wisésa, he turned to Mánek máya and said, "From now on, you will be called Sang yang Gúru; and fully trusting you, I surrender the earth and everything associated with it, to be used and managed at your discretion." With that said, Sang yang Wisésa disappeared.
The earth being in great distress, unfixed and liable to be driven to and fro by every gust of wind, anxiously petitioned of Sang yang Wisésa that its situation and condition in the universe might be fixed. The sun, moon, and sky, deeply affected with the distress in which the earth was, all came to lend their assistance; a violent hurricane at the same time arose, and, by their united influence, the earth became still and fixed, the contending waters then receiving their saltness and disposition to turbulence. The continual presence of the sun and moon occasioned perpetual day. Sang yang Gúru, empowered by the deity, then directed that those two luminaries should show themselves alternately, relieving each other by turns; the sun dispensing light and heat during the day, and at the close thereof entering into the bosom of fire; the moon continuing to light the earth by night, for fifteen days in a month, and descending in due season into the bosom of the waters.
The earth was in great distress, unstable and vulnerable to being tossed around by every gust of wind. It urgently appealed to Sang yang Wisésa to stabilize its position and condition in the universe. The sun, moon, and sky, all affected by the earth's plight, came together to help. At that moment, a powerful hurricane arose, and with their combined effort, the earth became calm and stable, while the turbulent waters took on their saltiness and restlessness. The constant presence of the sun and moon created perpetual day. Sang yang Gúru, empowered by the deity, then commanded that these two celestial bodies should alternate in their appearances, taking turns to assist each other; the sun providing light and heat during the day and retiring into the fire at night, while the moon lit up the earth at night for fifteen days each month, eventually descending into the waters in due time.
At the request of Sang yang Gúru, the deity granted that he should have nine male and five female children born unto him, without the assistance of a mother.
At the request of Sang yang Gúru, the deity granted that he would have nine sons and five daughters born to him, without the help of a mother.
One of the sons, called Mahadéwa, being furnished with one of the daughters, called Mahadéwi, as a wife, was sent to preside in the east. He was, moreover, provided with a fort and palace of silver, a sea of cocoa-nut milk, and a white pári bird. His letters were ha, na, cha, ra, and ka, (the five first letters of the Javan alphabet), and his day, légi (which signifies sweet). [Vol II Pg cxiii]
One of the sons, named Mahadéwa, received one of the daughters, named Mahadéwi, as his wife and was sent to rule in the east. He was also given a silver fort and palace, a sea of coconut milk, and a white pári bird. His letters were ha, na, cha, ra, and ka (the first five letters of the Javanese alphabet), and his day was légi (which means sweet). [Vol II Pg cxiii]
The second son, Sang yang Sámbu, was sent to preside in the south: the daughter allotted to him for a consort was Sangyána. His kráton was of copper; his bird was a bhramána kite; his sea was of blood; his letters were da, ta, sa, wa, and la; his day páhing.
The second son, Sang yang Sámbu, was sent to rule in the south: the daughter designated for him as a partner was Sangyána. His kráton was made of copper; his bird was a bhramána kite; his sea was made of blood; his letters were da, ta, sa, wa, and la; his day was páhing.
The third son, Sang yang Kamajáya (the most beautiful), was sent to preside in the west: the daughter allotted to him for a wife was Dewi Ratéh (which signifies the most beautiful female). His kráton was of gold; his sea was of honey; his bird was a kapádong, or yellow minor; his letters were pa, da, ja, ya, and nia; his day was pon.
The third son, Sang yang Kamajáya (the most beautiful), was sent to rule in the west: the daughter chosen for him as a wife was Dewi Ratéh (which means the most beautiful woman). His kráton was made of gold; his sea was made of honey; his bird was a kapádong, or yellow minor; his letters were pa, da, ja, ya, and nia; his day was pon.
The fourth son, Sang yang Wísnu, was sent to preside in the north: the daughter allotted to him for a wife was Sri. His day was wágé; his kráton was of iron; his sea was indigo; his bird was gága, or crow; his letters were ma, ga, ba, ta, and nga.
The fourth son, Sang yang Wísnu, was sent to rule in the north: the daughter designated for him as a wife was Sri. His day was wágé; his kráton was made of iron; his sea was indigo; his bird was gága, or crow; his letters were ma, ga, ba, ta, and nga.
The fifth son, Sang yang Báyu, was appointed to preside over the centre of the earth: the daughter allotted for his wife was Dewi Súmi. His kráton was of bell-metal; his day was klíwon; his letters were ga, lang, nia, ma, ma, la, pa, ya, and a; his sea was of hot water; his bird was a gogek.
The fifth son, Sang yang Báyu, was given the responsibility to oversee the center of the earth: the daughter designated as his wife was Dewi Súmi. His kráton was made of bell-metal; his day was klíwon; his letters were ga, lang, nia, ma, ma, la, pa, ya, and a; his sea was hot water; and his bird was a gogek.
The four remaining sons were appointed to preside in the north-east, north-west, south-west, and south-east quarters, respectively.
The four remaining sons were assigned to oversee the northeast, northwest, southwest, and southeast regions, respectively.
The god of the north-east was Sang yang Pretanjála, and the letter attached to him was named b'ya.
The god of the northeast was Sang yang Pretanjála, and the letter associated with him was called b'ya.
The god of the south-east was Sang yang Kwéra, and the letter attached to him was named narasúnya.
The god of the southeast was Sang yang Kwéra, and the letter associated with him was called narasúnya.
The god of the south-west was Sang yang Mahayákti, and the letter attached to him was named gandéa.
The god of the southwest was Sang yang Mahayákti, and the letter associated with him was called gandéa.
The god of the north-west was Sang yang Séwa, and the letter attached to him was named norwíti.
The god of the northwest was Sang yang Séwa, and the letter associated with him was called norwíti.
These arrangements being made, Sang yang Gúru went under the earth to put things to rights there. The earth consisted of seven regions, one under the other, like so many folds. In the first region he appointed the goddess Déwi Pratiwi to preside; in the second region, a god named Sang yang Kusíka; in the third region, a god named Sang yang Gáng'ga; in the fourth region, a god named Sang yang Sindúla; in the fifth, Sang yang Dasampálan; in the sixth, a god named Sang yang Manihára; in the seventh region, a god named Sang yang Anta Boga, and who was head over all the others.
These arrangements made, Sang yang Gúru descended into the earth to set things right there. The earth was made up of seven layers, one beneath the other, like folds. In the first layer, he appointed the goddess Déwi Pratiwi to oversee; in the second layer, a god named Sang yang Kusíka; in the third layer, a god named Sang yang Gáng'ga; in the fourth layer, a god named Sang yang Sindúla; in the fifth, Sang yang Dasampálan; in the sixth, a god named Sang yang Manihára; and in the seventh layer, a god named Sang yang Anta Boga, who was in charge of all the others.
Then Sang yang Gúru returning from under the earth, and observing that it was depressed towards the west, and elevated towards the east, summoned all the deities to a consultation respecting what might be the cause of this inclination. The deity of the west said that it was in consequence of a large mountain that was towards the west, and whose weight bore down the earth in that quarter. Sang yang Gúru then directed that the mountain should be removed from the west and placed in the east, so as to preserve the earth in due balance. All the deities were accordingly forthwith dispatched to effect the same.
Then Sang yang Gúru returned from underground and noticed that the land was lower in the west and higher in the east. He called all the deities together to discuss what might be causing this tilt. The deity of the west explained that it was due to a large mountain located in the west, which was weighing down that section of the earth. Sang yang Gúru then ordered that the mountain be moved from the west to the east to keep the earth balanced. All the deities were immediately sent to carry out this task.
Sang yang Gúru, at the same time, got Sang yang Wisésa to create him[Vol II Pg cxiv] a Vulcan or Empu, whose name was Ramádi. Of this Vulcan, his mouth served to supply fire, his right and left hands served respectively to hold and beat his work, while his knee answered the purpose of an anvil.
Sang yang Gúru, at the same time, got Sang yang Wisésa to create him[Vol II Pg cxiv] a Vulcan or Empu, named Ramádi. This Vulcan used his mouth to blow fire, his right and left hands to shape and strike his work, and his knee served as an anvil.
CHAPTER II.
Besides Sang yang Gúru, Sang yang Wisésa created another degree of mankind, viz.: Sang yang Derma Jáka, who, having humbled himself before Wisésa, petitioned him to bestow on him a son, which was granted, and his son's name was Chátur Kanáka.
Besides Sang yang Gúru, Sang yang Wisésa created another type of humanity, namely: Sang yang Derma Jáka, who, after humbling himself before Wisésa, asked him to give him a son. This request was granted, and his son's name was Chátur Kanáka.
Chátur Kanáka having previously done penance, petitioned Wisésa to grant him a son, which he did, and his son's name was Sang yang Kanekapútra. This Kanekapútra, who was superior in abilities to all the other created beings, being grown up, was sent by his father to do penance in the ocean, who gave him at the same time a precious stone, called rétna dumíla, fraught with the wonderful power of rendering its possessor insensible to hunger, cold, thirst, &c. and which completely fortified him against the effects of water, fire, &c. Chátur Kanáka also instructed his son to remain quiet and silent during his penance.
Chátur Kanáka, having previously done penance, asked Wisésa for a son, and he granted this request. His son was named Sang yang Kanekapútra. This Kanekapútra, who was more capable than all other beings, grew up and was sent by his father to do penance in the ocean. Along with this, he gave him a precious stone called rétna dumíla, which had the incredible power to make its owner immune to hunger, cold, thirst, etc., and it also fully protected him from the effects of water, fire, etc. Chátur Kanáka also instructed his son to remain quiet and silent during his penance.
CHAPTER III.
The deities who were sent to remove the heavy mountain which weighed down the west end of the earth, were so fatigued with the labour it cost them, that they were all very thirsty. In looking out for wherewithal to quench their thirst, they discovered issuing from the side of the mountain a clear stream, of which they all drank and died shortly after, the water being impregnated with poison.
The gods sent to move the massive mountain that was pressing down on the western edge of the earth became so exhausted from the effort that they were incredibly thirsty. As they searched for something to drink, they found a clear stream flowing from the side of the mountain. They all drank from it and shortly thereafter died, as the water was tainted with poison.
Sang yang Gúru himself having come to the mountain, and being also very thirsty, drank from the poisonous stream: perceiving, however, in time that the water was not good, he immediately vomited it, and so saved his life. The only bad effects of it was a blackness which remained about his throat, and from which he received the appellation of Níla Kánta. The water was called chála kúta, which signifies the most potent poison.
Sang yang Gúru himself came to the mountain and, feeling very thirsty, drank from the poisonous stream. However, realizing in time that the water was harmful, he immediately vomited it up and thus saved his life. The only negative effect was a dark mark that remained around his throat, which earned him the nickname Níla Kánta. The water was called chála kúta, which means the most powerful poison.
On a further search, Sang yang Gúru discovered another stream issuing from the summit of the mountain, and of which the water was of an aromatic and excellent quality. The name of this water was kamandálu, and was so called from its having the property of bringing the dead to life.
On a deeper search, Sang yang Gúru found another stream coming from the top of the mountain, and the water had a pleasant aroma and was of great quality. This water was called kamandálu, named for its ability to bring the dead back to life.
Instructed by Wisésa, Sang yang Gúru drank of the life-giving water, and at the same time carried with him some of it, in order to give it to those deities who had died in consequence of their having drunk of the death-giving stream. On the water being applied to their lips they all immediately revived.
Instructed by Wisésa, Sang yang Gúru drank from the life-giving water and also took some with him to share with the deities who had died after drinking from the death-attributed stream. As soon as the water touched their lips, they all instantly came back to life.
What remained of the mountain on removing it from the west to the east formed the hill called Tempaka (at Chiríngin, in Bantam).
What was left of the mountain after moving it from the west to the east created the hill known as Tempaka (at Chiríngin, in Bantam).
In the course of the conveyance of the mountain towards the east, a piece of it dropt off, and became the large mountain in Bantam, called[Vol II Pg cxv] Gúnung Kárang. Other pieces falling off became the mountains Hala Húlu, near Pajajáran, Gúnung Géde, the mountain called Chermái (which is in Cheríbon), and the Gúnung Agung, (which is in Tegál).
As the mountain was moving east, a chunk fell off and became the big mountain in Bantam, called [Vol II Pg cxv] Gúnung Kárang. Other pieces that broke off formed the mountains Hala Húlu near Pajajáran, Gúnung Géde, the mountain known as Chermái (located in Cheríbon), and Gúnung Agung (found in Tegál).
The fragments which continued to fall all the way along, on either side of the large mountain, during its conveyance from the west to the east, formed the two ranges of hills stretching along the south and north coasts, and known by the name of Gúnung Kéndang.
The pieces that kept falling all the way along, on both sides of the big mountain, while it was being moved from the west to the east, created the two ranges of hills that run along the south and north coasts, known as Gúnung Kéndang.
Two large pieces fell off and formed the Brothers, called Sindóro and Sindári, or Súmbing. The deities employed in transporting the mountain stopped to rest themselves in that part of the country afterwards known by the name of Kedú; and the perspiration which then ran off their bodies was the cause of that country being so well supplied with water.
Two large chunks broke off and became the Brothers, named Sindóro and Sindári, or Súmbing. The gods who were moving the mountain took a break in that area, which later became known as Kedú; the sweat that dripped from their bodies was the reason that region had such an abundance of water.
These deities seeing Ramádi above in the clouds, at his ease compared with them who were working so hard, asked how he came to be there so much at his ease? He replied, that he was ordered by Sang yang Gúru to remain there and work for the gods. High words, and at last a battle, ensued, in which all the deities were defeated. So great was the power of Ramádi, whose mouth sent forth flame, and whose breath was fatal to those exposed to its baneful influence.
These deities saw Ramádi up in the clouds, relaxing while they were working so hard, and asked how he could be so at ease. He replied that he had been told by Sang yang Gúru to stay there and work for the gods. This led to high words and eventually a battle, in which all the deities were defeated. The power of Ramádi was so great that his mouth unleashed flames, and his breath was deadly to anyone caught in its harmful influence.
Sang yang Gúru interposed his authority, and having appeased the combatants, the deities returned to the work of carrying the mountain. More pieces of the mountain dropped, and formed the mountains Merápi and Merbábu, into which the volcanic fire they have ever since contained was then breathed from the nostrils of the fiery Vulcan Ramádi.
Sang yang Gúru stepped in and calmed the fighters down, allowing the deities to get back to lifting the mountain. More chunks of the mountain fell and created the mountains Merápi and Merbábu, which have since held the volcanic fire that was breathed in by the fiery Vulcan Ramádi.
Ramádi then asked Wisésa to give him a son, which was granted, and his son's name was Bráma Kadáli. Bráma Kadáli resembled his father in every respect, and was equally powerful and formidable.
Ramádi then asked Wisésa for a son, and this was granted. His son's name was Bráma Kadáli. Bráma Kadáli looked just like his father and was just as powerful and intimidating.
Other pieces of the mountain dropt, and formed the mountains Láwu, Wílis, Antang, and Klut, besides a number of small hills. What remained of the mountain when it had reached the east, was set down and formed the Gúnung Semíru (which is in the country now called Proboling'go), the height of which reached the sky.
Other parts of the mountain fell away and created the mountains Láwu, Wílis, Antang, and Klut, along with several small hills. What was left of the mountain when it got to the east was laid down and formed the Gúnung Semíru (which is now in the area called Proboling'go), reaching up to the sky.
Having removed the mountain from the west to the east end of the island, the several deities presented themselves before Sang yang Gúru, who then ordered them to take téja-grained wood, earth, and stones, for the purpose of making him a heaven of the most transcendant beauty, it being his intention to vie with the Almighty himself; and in order that he might be on an equality with the Almighty, he gave orders for the construction of a báli márchu kúnda, which should resemble the âras of the most divine; and like unto the Súrga Púrdos he made the Surga Loka. To resemble the Yamáni he formed a káwah; corresponding to the Wailul, or hell of perishing cold, he made Endut Blagdába, or the place of filth; similar to the bridge Seratal mastakim he made the bridge Ogalágil. He at the same time made himself as many jawátas as the Almighty himself had malaikat (or male angels), also 100,001 widadáris (or female angels), the odd one being Batárī Ráteh. Sang yang Gúru further provided himself with a consort, whose name was Batári Uma. [Vol II Pg cxvi]
Having moved the mountain from the west to the east end of the island, the various deities came before Sang yang Gúru, who then instructed them to gather téja-grained wood, earth, and stones to create a heaven of unparalleled beauty, with the intention of competing with the Almighty himself. To achieve equality with the Almighty, he ordered the construction of a báli márchu kúnda, which was meant to resemble the âras of the most divine; similarly to Súrga Púrdos, he created the Surga Loka. To mirror the Yamáni, he formed a káwah; corresponding to the Wailul, or hell of unbearable cold, he made Endut Blagdába, or the place of filth. In line with the bridge Seratal mastakim, he constructed the bridge Ogalágil. At the same time, he created as many jawátas as the Almighty had malaikat (male angels), alongside 100,001 widadáris (female angels), with the extra one being Batárī Ráteh. Sang yang Gúru also acquired a consort, named Batári Uma. [Vol II Pg cxvi]
All this having been accomplished, the Jawátas and Widadáris assembled under the báli márchu kúndo, and began to drink of the térta komandálu, or invigorating beverage, which soon made them quite happy.
All this done, the Jawátas and Widadáris gathered under the báli márchu kúndo and started to drink the térta komandálu, an energizing drink that quickly made them feel really happy.
While they were still quaffing, Rémbu Chúlung, one of the Rasáksa (who are the dregs of creation) having observed them, descended from above and joined the party. When one of the Jawátas, called Chándra, perceived this, he made a motion to Wísnu to apprize him of it. Before therefore the beverage, which the rasáksa had applied to his lips, had time to descend into his stomach, Wísnu shot an arrow into his throat and stopped his passage. The head only of the Rasáksa (being all that experienced the effects of its immortalizing quality) re-ascended, and became the devourer of the sun and moon (observable at eclipses); the whole of the rest of the body perished. Hence originates the great noise and clamour which is always made on an eclipse of the sun or moon, the object of those who make it being to drive away the animal which on those occasions attacks the luminaries, and thereby produces what are termed eclipses. * * *
While they were still drinking, Rémbu Chúlung, one of the Rasáksa (who are the lowest of creation), noticed them, came down from above, and joined the group. When one of the Jawátas, named Chándra, saw this, he signaled to Wísnu to alert him. Before the drink that the rasáksa had raised to his lips could reach his stomach, Wísnu shot an arrow into his throat, blocking his passage. Only the head of the Rasáksa (the part that experienced the effects of its immortalizing quality) floated back up and became the devourer of the sun and moon (which can be seen during eclipses); the rest of his body perished. This is the reason behind the loud noise and commotion that occurs during a solar or lunar eclipse, as people try to drive away the creature that attacks the celestial bodies during those times, causing what are known as eclipses. * * *
(The scene which follows is too indelicate to be inserted).
(The scene that follows is too inappropriate to be included).
Sang yang Gúru immediately dispatched all the deities to destroy it, and to prevent its growing into any thing gross or unnatural.
Sang yang Gúru immediately sent all the deities to destroy it and to stop it from becoming anything abnormal or unnatural.
The deities accordingly went forth and commenced their attack, darting all their missile weapons at it. Instead, however, of suffering from the effects of their weapons, it only increased in size, and forthwith began to assume a shape, of which the weapons called cháhra deksána formed the head, those called lampang mang'gala formed the two shoulders, and those called gáda the rest of the body. The former being now complete, and of a very terrific appearance, all the deities were greatly afraid and ran away from Sang yang Kála, the name of the monster, as it continued to pursue them. The deities fled to Sang yang Gúru for protection and assistance, informing him of what had happened, and telling him, at the same time, that the Sang yang Kála was advancing in order to inquire and find out who was his father.
The gods then went out and started their attack, throwing all their weapons at it. But instead of being harmed by their attacks, it only got bigger and began to take shape, with the weapons called cháhra deksána forming the head, those called lampang mang'gala making up the two shoulders, and those called gáda creating the rest of the body. Now that it was complete and looking very formidable, all the gods grew terrified and ran away from Sang yang Kála, the name of the monster, as it chased after them. The gods fled to Sang yang Gúru for safety and help, telling him what had happened and explaining that Sang yang Kála was approaching to find out who his father was.
The Rasáksa immediately made his appearance, having eyes like the blazing sun, hair long, lank, and clotted with filth and dirt, his body covered all over with hair like a wild beast, and large tusks sticking out of his jaws.
The Rasáksa quickly showed up, with eyes like the blazing sun, long, unkempt hair caked with grime, his body entirely hairy like a wild beast, and large tusks protruding from his jaws.
Thus disfigured, he stood before Sang yang Gúru, and asked him who he was? The latter replied, that he was a powerful being and the ruler of many deities. "If that be the case," said Sang yang Kála, "then must thou be able to tell me who my father was?" Gúru then said, "I know thy father, and will inform thee who and where he is, provided you comply with what I shall require of thee."
Thus disfigured, he stood before Sang yang Gúru and asked who he was. The latter replied that he was a powerful being and the ruler of many deities. "If that's true," said Sang yang Kála, "then you should be able to tell me who my father was." Gúru then said, "I know your father and will tell you who he is and where he is, as long as you agree to what I require of you."
Sang yang Kála assented, and then inquired what it was that Gúru wished him to do. "That," said Gúru, "I will point out to you, and if you fail to do it, I will instantly devour you. You must, in the first place, however, make obeisance to me." While the Rasáksa was in the act of prostrating himself before Gúru, the latter plucked two hairs from[Vol II Pg cxvii] his head: upon which the former opening wide his mouth, Gúru thrust his hand into it, and wrenched out his tusks and the poison which was at their roots. The poison he deposited in a small vessel, and of the tusks he formed two weapons, called limpung and neng'gála, so heavy that it required seven hundred men to lift one of them.
Sang yang Kála agreed and then asked what Gúru wanted him to do. "I'll let you know," said Gúru, "and if you don’t do it, I will immediately eat you. But first, you need to bow down to me." While the Rasáksa was bowing before Gúru, the latter pulled two hairs from his own head: then, Gúru opened his mouth wide, thrust his hand inside, and pulled out his tusks along with the poison at their roots. He put the poison in a small container and turned the tusks into two weapons, called limpung and neng'gála, so heavy that it took seven hundred men to lift just one of them.
Sang yang Gúru then confirmed to the Rasáksa the name of Sang yang Kála: after which, becoming greatly enraged with his consort, he seized and held her by the toe, upon which she began to bellow, and was immediately transformed into a female monster, receiving the name of Dúrga. He then gave her to Sang yang Kála for a consort, and allotted them for a place of residence the island called Núsa Kambángan, where they continued to live very happily.
Sang yang Gúru then told the Rasáksa the name of Sang yang Kála; after that, he became extremely angry with his partner, grabbed her by the toe, and she started to scream. Immediately, she turned into a female monster and was named Dúrga. He then gave her to Sang yang Kála as a partner and assigned them to live on the island called Núsa Kambángan, where they continued to live happily.
Sang yang Gúru then ordered the deities, Bráma and Wísnu, to go and destroy the forty children of Rémbu Chúlung, the devourer of the sun and moon. They accordingly destroyed all the children except one, named Putút Jantáka, whose severe penance alone saved him.
Sang yang Gúru then commanded the deities, Bráma and Wísnu, to go and eliminate the forty children of Rémbu Chúlung, the devourer of the sun and moon. They successfully destroyed all the children except for one, named Putút Jantáka, whose intense penance alone protected him.
After this Gúru saw in his sleep an appearance like a rainbow, and which seemed to be portentous of some great event. Sang yang Támban being sent by Gúru to make inquiries respecting the nature and meaning of this sign, which, from its being in the water, he termed súba síta, Támban went under the water, and saw there a devotee, who, notwithstanding his situation, was quite unwet from the water, and undergoing the penance of remaining perfectly still and quiet.
After this, Gúru had a dream of something that looked like a rainbow, which seemed to signify an important event. Sang yang Támban, who was sent by Gúru to find out what this sign meant, called it súba síta because it appeared in the water. Támban went underwater and saw a devotee who, despite being submerged, was completely dry and was enduring the penance of remaining completely still and quiet.
Gúru being informed of this, and feeling jealous of what the devotee might gain by his penance, became very desirous of causing him to break his vow: he accordingly sent a number of Dewátas and Widadáris to tempt the hermit. On their reaching the spot where the latter was, they were not asked to sit down, and were completely disregarded by the hermit. Bráma, who was one of those sent, then observed to the hermit, that such haughty and neglectful conduct was highly unbecoming, and that if it proceeded from ignorance, on his part, of the rank of the persons sent to him, he begged to inform him that they were the messengers of the Great Deity, and ought to be attended to.
Gúru learned of this and, feeling envious of what the devotee might achieve through his penance, became eager to make him break his vow. He sent several Dewátas and Widadáris to tempt the hermit. When they arrived where the hermit was, they were not invited to sit down and were completely ignored by him. Bráma, one of those sent, then remarked to the hermit that such arrogant and dismissive behavior was highly inappropriate, and if it was due to his ignorance of their status, he wanted to clarify that they were the messengers of the Great Deity and deserved to be acknowledged.
These words making no kind of impression on the hermit, who continued obdurately silent, the deity, Sang yang Séwa, then advanced, and addressing himself to the hermit, spoke thus: "Holy hermit, be not offended with what Bráma has just said to thee. I come not to disturb or annoy you, but merely to apply to you for the means of curing the sickness of Batári Uma, who has been taken very ill." Neither this, nor any other of the devices which the rest of the deities successively had recourse to, succeeded in making the hermit break his silence. The deities, however, being determined to do all in their power to make the hermit break his vow of uninterrupted silence, Sang yang Sámbu took a vessel of water and emptied it upon him, while others, at the same time, began to belabour him with sticks. Notwithstanding all this, the hermit persevered unshaken in his resolution of maintaining[Vol II Pg cxviii] a dead silence. Seeing this, Sang yang Báyu came up and began to batter his head with stones, which, instead of doing any injury to that usually tender part, were only broken themselves into many pieces. Bráma had then recourse to fire, which he heaped about the hermit, so that he was, for a considerable time, entirely concealed from the view, by the vast flames thereof, and supposed to be completely destroyed. When the fire had done burning, however, the hermit was observed to continue in the same situation as before, uninjured by the destructive element, and, like gold, only the more pure and beautiful.
These words didn't seem to affect the hermit, who remained stubbornly silent. The deity, Sang yang Séwa, then stepped forward and said to the hermit, "Holy hermit, please don't take offense at what Bráma just said. I'm not here to disturb or annoy you; I just need your help to cure Batári Uma, who is very ill." Neither this nor any other attempts made by the other deities to reach the hermit worked; he still wouldn't speak. However, the deities were determined to do everything they could to make him break his vow of silence. So, Sang yang Sámbu poured a vessel of water over him, while others began to hit him with sticks. Despite all of this, the hermit remained resolute, sticking to his vow of [Vol II Pg cxviii] complete silence. Seeing this, Sang yang Báyu came up and started throwing stones at his head, which, instead of hurting him, just broke into pieces. Then, Bráma used fire, surrounding the hermit with flames that hid him from view and made everyone think he was completely destroyed. However, once the fire burned out, the hermit was seen to be just as he was before, unharmed by the flames, and, like gold, even more pure and beautiful.
Astonished and exasperated at all this, the deities then began to assail the hermit with all their various weapons, viz. 1. chákra; 2. kónta; 3. hardadáli; 4. neng'gála; 5. parátu; 6. límpung; 7. pasopáti, and 8. trisúla. The body of the hermit proved invulnerable. The deities then, quite confounded and ashamed of their failure, returned to Gúru, and informed him of all that had been done.
Astonished and frustrated by all this, the gods then started attacking the hermit with all their different weapons, including: 1. chákra; 2. kónta; 3. hardadáli; 4. neng'gála; 5. parátu; 6. límpung; 7. pasopáti; and 8. trisúla. The hermit's body turned out to be invulnerable. The gods, completely baffled and embarrassed by their failure, returned to Gúru and told him everything that had happened.
Sang yang Gúru then went himself to the hermit, and asked him what it was he wished to obtain by his penance, telling him at the same time, that if he was desirous of having beautiful and accomplished virgins, he had plenty at his service. Receiving no reply, Sang yang Gúru then said to him, "I know what the object of this penance is, and I should possess very limited power if I did not know every wish of thy heart. Thou art ambitious of supplanting me in the power and rule which I hold in heaven; but thou deceivest thyself. Wert thou to do penance for one thousand years, while I should continue to enjoy myself in a series of uninterrupted pleasures, thou wouldst never be able to come near to me in power or glory; for after Téja or Cháya (which signifies light or brightness), Búmi (the earth), and Lángit (the sky), I stand the next eldest work of creation; and the power superior to these just mentioned is Sang yang Wisésa, who is the oldest and greatest of all." Upon this the hermit could contain himself no longer, but, bursting into laughter, said, "Thou art wrong, and what thou hast said of Sang yang Wisésa, is true of the Almighty himself only, whose displeasure thou hast consequently incurred by what thou hast just stated. Know that I am Sang yang Kanekapútra; and to prove to thee that I know better than to believe what thou hast said of Sang yang Wisésa, I would only ask thee who could have been the cause of those sounds which were heard by Wisésa before the heavens and earth were. Without doubt they were occasioned by a power older and greater than him."
Sang yang Gúru then went directly to the hermit and asked him what he hoped to achieve with his penance. He mentioned that if the hermit wanted beautiful and talented maidens, he had plenty available. When he received no response, Sang yang Gúru continued, "I know what you aim to accomplish through this penance, and I would have very limited power if I didn't know every desire in your heart. You are ambitious to take my place in the power and authority I hold in heaven, but you're fooling yourself. Even if you were to meditate for a thousand years while I indulged in continuous pleasures, you would never reach me in power or glory; after Téja or Cháya (which means light or brightness), Búmi (the earth), and Lángit (the sky), I am the next oldest creation; and the being more powerful than these is Sang yang Wisésa, who is the oldest and greatest of all." At this, the hermit couldn't hold back any longer and burst into laughter, saying, "You are mistaken, and what you said about Sang yang Wisésa is true only of the Almighty himself, whose anger you have now provoked with your words. Know that I am Sang yang Kanekapútra; and to prove that I understand better than to accept what you said about Sang yang Wisésa, let me ask you who could have caused the sounds heard by Wisésa before the heavens and earth existed. Without a doubt, they were caused by a power older and greater than him."
On this Gúru was silenced, and had not a word to say. He then entreated Kanekapútra to tell him who this eldest and most powerful being was, proposing, at the same time, that he should go with him, and become joint ruler over the deities in heaven. "These sounds," answered Sang yang Kanekapútra, "were the voice of the Almighty, signifying his will that there should be created things of an opposite nature to each other, as male and female, above and below, father and mother, beautiful and ugly, &c. &c.—every thing created having its opposite, except thee and me, who are one and the same." [Vol II Pg cxix]
On this, Gúru was silenced and had nothing to say. He then asked Kanekapútra to tell him who this oldest and most powerful being was, suggesting that he should go with him and become a co-ruler with the deities in heaven. "Those sounds," replied Sang yang Kanekapútra, "were the voice of the Almighty, indicating His will that there should be created things that are opposites of each other, like male and female, above and below, father and mother, beautiful and ugly, etc. — everything created has its opposite, except for you and me, who are one and the same." [Vol II Pg cxix]
Sang yang Kanekapútra and Sang yang Gúru then ascended to heaven, and seated themselves on the Báli márchu kúnda. After they had remained there for some time, Sang yang Gúru perceiving a case belonging to Sang yang Kanekapútra, to remain constantly shut, inquired of him the cause thereof, and was told by him that it contained the most precious of all precious stones, which had the wonderful power of making the possessor of it feel neither hunger, cold, nor thirst, &c. and which fortified him against the effects of water, fire, &c.
Sang yang Kanekapútra and Sang yang Gúru then ascended to heaven and sat down on the Báli márchu kúnda. After they had been there for a while, Sang yang Gúru noticed a case belonging to Sang yang Kanekapútra that was always closed. He asked him why it was sealed, and was told that it held the most valuable of all precious stones, which had the amazing ability to make its owner feel no hunger, cold, or thirst, etc., and which protected him from the effects of water, fire, etc.
When Sang yang Gúru heard this, he requested to have the stone; but Kanekapútra told him it was of so subtile a nature, that it would pass through the hands of innumerable people, and would never remain with any one but him destined to be the possessor of it. Sang yang Gúru asked Kanekapútra to part with the stone, and give all the other deities an opportunity of getting it, provided it should not remain with him. Kanekapútra then threw up the precious stone, and Gúru caught hold of it. It not only passed through his hands, but also through the hands of all the deities who successively caught and attempted to retain it. The precious stone then falling down upon the first region of the earth, where presides the deity Pratiwi, dropped successively through all the others, without the presiding deities Bagáwan Kusíka, Sang yang Gáng'ga, Sindúla, Drampólan, and Manik Kóga, being able to retain hold of it, till, coming to the last region, Anta Bógo, the presiding deity, who was in shape like a dragon, opened his mouth and swallowed it.
When Sang yang Gúru heard this, he asked to have the stone, but Kanekapútra told him it was so unique that it would slip through the hands of countless people and would only stay with the one destined to own it. Sang yang Gúru requested Kanekapútra to let go of the stone and give all the other deities a chance to get it, as long as it didn’t stay with him. Kanekapútra then tossed the precious stone into the air, and Gúru grabbed it. It not only slipped from his hands but also from the hands of all the other deities who tried to catch and keep it. The precious stone then fell to the first region of the earth, where the deity Pratiwi resides, and dropped through all the others, with the presiding deities Bagáwan Kusíka, Sang yang Gáng'ga, Sindúla, Drampólan, and Manik Kóga unable to hold onto it, until it reached the final region, Anta Bógo, where the deity, resembling a dragon, opened his mouth and swallowed it.
Sang yang Gúru then asked Sang yang Kanekapútra what he should do to become possessed of the precious stone? Kanekapútra replied, he must go and search for it as far as even the seventh region of the earth. Sang yang Gúru approved of this, but at the same time wished that Kanekapútra should go himself, accompanied by all the deities. Kanekapútra accordingly set off, and on his arrival at the different regions, was successively told by the presiding deities, that the retna dumíla had slipt through their hands, and had passed down into the seventh and lowest region. When he came there, he and all the deities who accompanied him, were kindly received by Anta Bógo. Kanekapútra then told Anta Bógo that Gúru was desirous of having the precious stone, and would be greatly obliged by his giving it up to him. Anta Bógo declined compliance, and immediately his body became extended so as to encircle the whole of his region. It is further reported that he had ninety nostrils. Kanekapútra perceiving that Anta Bógo was making a display of the power he possessed, gave orders for all the deities to enter his body by his various nostrils, and to make search for the vessel called chúpu mánek astagíni, in which the rétna dumíla was deposited.
Sang yang Gúru then asked Sang yang Kanekapútra what he should do to get the precious stone. Kanekapútra replied that he must search for it even in the seventh region of the earth. Sang yang Gúru agreed but also wished that Kanekapútra should go himself, along with all the deities. Kanekapútra then set off, and when he arrived at the various regions, the presiding deities told him that the retna dumíla had slipped through their fingers and had gone down to the seventh and lowest region. When he got there, he and all the deities who accompanied him were warmly welcomed by Anta Bógo. Kanekapútra then told Anta Bógo that Gúru wanted the precious stone and would really appreciate it if he could hand it over. Anta Bógo refused and immediately his body expanded to encompass his entire region. It's also said that he had ninety nostrils. Seeing that Anta Bógo was showcasing his power, Kanekapútra ordered all the deities to enter his body through the various nostrils and search for the vessel called chúpu mánek astagíni, where the rétna dumíla was kept.
Wisésa seeing what had taken place, reprimanded the parties concerned for their folly and mistake, and at the same time ordered that they should all forthwith depart out of the body of Anta Bógo. He next desired that the body of Anta Bógo should be carried away by the deities, in the same[Vol II Pg cxx] manner in which they had formerly carried the mountain. On their way with it to Sang yang Gúru, the body decreased gradually in size, till it vanished entirely.
Wisésa witnessing what had happened, scolded those involved for their foolishness and errors, and at the same time ordered them to immediately leave the body of Anta Bógo. He then requested that the body of Anta Bógo be taken away by the deities, in the same [Vol II Pg cxx] way they had previously transported the mountain. As they carried it towards Sang yang Gúru, the body gradually shrank in size until it completely disappeared.
Kanekapútra was highly incensed against Anta Bógo for his provoking conduct, and was just going to complain of it to Sang yang Gúru, when, to his surprise, he perceived Anta Bógo himself under the seat of Sang yang Gúru.
Kanekapútra was very angry with Anta Bógo for his annoying behavior and was about to report it to Sang yang Gúru, when, to his surprise, he saw Anta Bógo himself under the seat of Sang yang Gúru.
Sang yang Gúru seeing Kanekapútra's displeasure increase, he requested he would not be offended with Anta Bógo, as his conduct was merely intended for a little merriment. Sang yang Gúru then desired Anta Bógo to deliver up the chúpu mánek astagína, which he accordingly did.
Sang yang Gúru noticing Kanekapútra's growing displeasure, asked him not to take offense at Anta Bógo, as his behavior was just meant for some fun. Sang yang Gúru then asked Anta Bógo to hand over the chúpu mánek astagína, which he did without hesitation.
Sang yang Gúru not being able himself to open the chúpu, handed it over to Kanekapútra; but neither he nor any of the other deities, who successively attempted to open it, could succeed. Anta Bógo was then applied to: but he said, that so long as he had had the chúpu, it opened and shut of itself, without his knowing how. Holding up the chúpu, Sang yang Gúru then threw it down with great violence; upon which it broke in pieces, and vanished from the sight. The chúpu and the rétna dumíla which it contained then became, the former a Báli simarakáta, the latter a virgin, to whom Sang yang Gúru gave the name of Tesna-Wáti, and who continued to remain in the Báli símarakáta till she grew up. Sang yang Gúru afterwards taking a fancy to this virgin, wished to make her his wife. She consented, on condition of his giving her such proof as she required of his divinity and power, and that was by his supplying her with three things, viz.: 1. A suit of elegant apparel, which would last her for ever without being in the least tarnished; 2. A meal which would cause her never to feel hunger more; 3. A musical instrument called gatóplak, of the most melodious sound. All these Sang yang Gúru promised to get for her on her agreeing to prove faithful to him.
Sang yang Gúru, unable to open the chúpu himself, handed it over to Kanekapútra; however, neither he nor any of the other deities who tried to open it after him were successful. Anta Bógo was then called upon, but he remarked that as long as he possessed the chúpu, it would open and close by itself, without him knowing how. Holding up the chúpu, Sang yang Gúru then threw it down forcefully; as a result, it shattered into pieces and disappeared from view. The chúpu and the rétna dumíla it contained transformed—the first into a Báli simarakáta and the second into a virgin, whom Sang yang Gúru named Tesna-Wáti. She remained in the Báli símarakáta until she grew up. Later, Sang yang Gúru, taking a liking to this virgin, wanted to make her his wife. She agreed under the condition that he would provide her with proof of his divinity and power, which included three things: 1. A set of elegant clothes that would never wear out; 2. A meal that would ensure she would never feel hunger again; 3. A musical instrument called gatóplak that produced the most beautiful sound. Sang yang Gúru promised to provide all these if she agreed to remain faithful to him.
In furtherance of his intentions, he ordered the deity Chítra lága to go to Núsa Kambángan and call Sang yang Kála. When Sang yang Kála came, Sang yang Gúru desired him to bring his son, called Kála Gamárang, in order that he might dispatch him in search of the three things required by the virgin, Tesna Wáti.
In line with his plans, he instructed the deity Chítra lága to go to Núsa Kambángan and summon Sang yang Kála. When Sang yang Kála arrived, Sang yang Gúru asked him to bring his son, known as Kála Gamárang, so he could send him to find the three things needed by the virgin, Tesna Wáti.
To induce Kála Gamárang to exert himself in procuring them, Sang yang Gúru told him, that if he should be successful, he would be rewarded by the privilege of coming to heaven whenever he chose, without molestation from the other deities.
To motivate Kála Gamárang to put in the effort to obtain them, Sang yang Gúru
Kála Gamárang then took leave, bellowing and making a great noise, so as to alarm and bring out all the deities, whom, as they stood in his way, he insulted and disgraced by striking some, and spitting in the faces of and treading upon others. Highly indignant at such base treatment, the deities, one and all, pronounced a curse upon him, that he should never be allowed to defile heaven with his presence, and that he should be transformed into a wild beast.
Kála Gamárang then left, shouting and making a scene, trying to scare all the deities out. As they tried to confront him, he insulted and humiliated them by hitting some, spitting in the faces of others, and stepping on them. Furious about such disrespectful behavior, the deities collectively cursed him, saying he would never be allowed to pollute heaven with his presence, and that he would be turned into a wild animal.
Kála Gamárang then proceeded to a place called Táman Banjáran Sári,[Vol II Pg cxxi] where he saw Déwi Sri (the wife of Wísnu) bathing in the azure main, (or Segádra Nila). Enamoured by the enchanting display of the naked beauties of that lovely female, his whole soul was fired with such an irresistible desire, and so rivetted and attracted was he, that he unconsciously rushed forward towards her, when she, greatly terrified, and leaving all her clothes behind, ran off with all speed to her husband. Kála Gamárang pursued the lovely fugitive till she reached the abode of her husband Wisnu, and being informed on inquiry of him that she was his wife, Kála Gamárang demanded her of him. Wísnu consented to let him have her, provided she herself would consent. The question being put to her she refused to go to Kála Gamárang, who then said that her not liking to come to him was all a pretence, and nothing more than one of those tricks which the female sex are constantly in the habit of practising. On Kála Gamárang's attempting to carry her away by force, Wísnu whispered her to run off to Mendang Kamúlan, and enter and take refuge in the body of the king's wife, called Dérma Nastíta. Wísnu at the same time disappeared. Kála Gamárang followed, and continued to pursue her over hill and dale, and through jungle and forest, till becoming tired and exhausted, she was on the point of being overtaken, when Wísnu, causing his weapon to be changed into the root end of a rattan, it got entangled about the legs of Kála Gamárang, and threw him down. Notwithstanding that, however, Kála Gamárang still attempted to pursue her, when she, aware of the advantage she then had over him, cursed him, and pronounced him to be a hog, which he immediately became. Kála then attempted to stand upright, but he could not. Resolved, however, not to desist from the attempt to obtain the object of his desire, he said within himself, that he would follow and pursue her into whatever recess she might betake herself. Coming to a river, he saw the image of what he now was.
Kála Gamárang then went to a place called Táman Banjáran Sári,[Vol II Pg cxxi] where he saw Déwi Sri (the wife of Wísnu) bathing in the blue ocean (or Segádra Nila). Captivated by the stunning sight of her beauty, he was overwhelmed with desire and, unable to control himself, rushed towards her. Startled, she quickly fled, leaving her clothes behind, and ran to her husband. Kála Gamárang chased the beautiful woman until she reached her husband Wísnu's home. When he learned that she was Wísnu's wife, Kála Gamárang demanded her from him. Wísnu agreed to let him have her, as long as she also agreed. When asked, she refused to go with Kála Gamárang, who insisted that her reluctance was just an act, a trick typical of women. As Kála Gamárang tried to take her by force, Wísnu whispered for her to escape to Mendang Kamúlan and seek refuge in the body of the king's wife, Dérma Nastíta. At the same moment, Wísnu disappeared. Kála Gamárang continued to chase her over hills and through jungles until he grew tired and was close to catching her. Then, Wísnu turned his weapon into the root end of a rattan, which got tangled around Kála Gamárang's legs and knocked him down. Despite this, Kála Gamárang tried to continue his pursuit, but she, recognizing her advantage, cursed him, calling him a hog, and he instantly transformed into one. Kála attempted to stand up, but he couldn't. Determined not to give up on his desire, he resolved to follow her wherever she went. When he reached a river, he saw his reflection and realized what he had become.
When Sri reached Méndang Kamúlan she entered the body of Dérma Nastíti's wife, who was most beautiful. Wísnu at the same time went into the body of the king himself, and assuming the title of Prábu mang ngukúhan, became the first king of Java. Sang yang Gúru being informed of the fate of his messenger, Kála Gamárang, sent again to the virgin, Trésna-Wáti, to entreat her to become his. This, however, she positively refused, on any other terms than those she had already made known to him. Upon this, Sang yang Gúru began to embrace her. The resistance she made, joined to the rough and violent manner in which he proceeded, caused her to expire in his arms. He then sent for Kanekapútra to carry her body to Méndang Kamúlan, and there bury it in the wood, called Kéntring Kendayána, which he ordered to be previously put in order for its reception.
When Sri arrived at Méndang Kamúlan, she took over the body of Dérma Nastíti's wife, who was incredibly beautiful. At the same time, Wísnu entered the body of the king himself and took on the title of Prábu mang ngukúhan, becoming the first king of Java. Sang yang Gúru, learning of the fate of his messenger, Kála Gamárang, sent another message to the virgin, Trésna-Wáti, pleading with her to become his. However, she firmly refused unless he agreed to the terms she had already shared with him. In response, Sang yang Gúru began to embrace her. Her resistance, combined with the rough and forceful way he acted, caused her to die in his arms. He then called for Kanekapútra to take her body to Méndang Kamúlan and bury it in the woods known as Kéntring Kendayána, which he instructed to be prepared for her arrival.
The body being buried there, from its head sprung up a cocoa-nut tree, * * *. From the hands grew up plantain trees, from the teeth Indian corn, from other parts pari, &c. &c. The pari was guarded by * * * and over these three was placed a head called Ráden Jáka.
The body buried there sprouted a coconut tree from its head, * * *. Plantain trees grew from the hands, Indian corn from the teeth, and from other parts pari, etc. The pari was protected by * * *, and above these three was a head named Ráden Jáka.
Sang yang Pretanjála, the deity of the north-east, anxious to know[Vol II Pg cxxii] where Wísnu was, ascended into the air, and having looked down and seen some fine rice growing, he immediately descended in the shape of a bird, and began to devour it. Ráden Jáka perceiving this, threw a stone at the bird and frightened it away.
Sang yang Pretanjála, the god of the northeast, eager to know[Vol II Pg cxxii] where Wísnu was, flew up into the sky. After looking down and spotting some beautiful rice growing, he quickly came down in the form of a bird and started eating it. Ráden Jáka, noticing this, threw a stone at the bird, scaring it away.
Kála Gamárang (the hog) having ascertained where Sri was deposited, went to the wood Kéntring Kendoyána, and began to eat of what grew there. When Wísnu saw this, he changed his weapon from the root end of a bambu into that of pointed bambu stakes, which being trod upon by the hog, caused blood to issue. * * *
Kála Gamárang (the hog), having found out where Sri was kept, went to the woods of Kéntring Kendoyána and started to eat what was growing there. When Wísnu saw this, he transformed his weapon from the root end of a bamboo into sharp bamboo stakes, which, when stepped on by the hog, caused it to bleed. * * *
The birds which came to eat the pari, and which were frightened away by those who guarded it, flew up into a tree, which, from the retreat it afforded to the birds, received the name of Arén (Lirénan, signifying a place of refuge). Ráden Jáka Púring then ordered the protectors of the pári to make a flight of steps up the tree, and to lop off the branches. In doing this, the juice which issued from the tree being tasted, was found to be sweet and capable of making sugar, which was then first discovered.
The birds that came to eat the pari, and that were scared off by those watching over it, flew up into a tree that earned the name Arén (Lirénan, meaning a place of refuge) for the shelter it provided. Ráden Jáka Púring then instructed the guardians of the pári to build a set of steps up the tree and to trim its branches. While doing this, the sap that flowed from the tree was tasted and found to be sweet and suitable for making sugar, which was discovered for the first time.
Some of the juice of the tree being carried and presented to Wísnu, was ordered by him to be taken to Sang yang Gúru by Kanekapútra.
Some of the juice from the tree was brought and presented to Wísnu, who instructed Kanekapútra to take it to Sang yang Gúru.
On Kanekapútra's opening the hollow bambu in which it was contained, previously to presenting it to Sang yang Gúru, the fermented liquor flew up into his face, and caused him, when he tasted it, to put out and smack his lips with pleasure and satisfaction. Sang yang Gúru then ridiculed him for his simplicity, and pronouncing in ironical terms his opinion thereof, the words were irrevocable, and Kanekapútra then had his lips turned up, his hinder parts pointed and projected, a gruff voice and a pot-belly.
On Kanekapútra's opening of the hollow bamboo that held it, before presenting it to Sang yang Gúru, the fermented drink splashed up into his face. When he tasted it, he smacked his lips in enjoyment and satisfaction. Sang yang Gúru then teased him for his naivety, expressing his opinions in a sarcastic manner. Those words were irreversible, and Kanekapútra ended up with his lips turned up, his backside sticking out, a gruff voice, and a pot belly.
Of the children of Pútut Jantáka, the first was in form like a white rat and about the size of a dog, and was named Tíkus Jenánda: he had an innumerable host of followers. The second was in shape like a hog, and was named Demálung: he also had thousands of followers. The third was in shape like Kutíla, and had likewise many followers. The fourth was like a buffalo, and was called Maisa Dánu. The fifth and sixth were Kála Sering'gi and Kála Músti, and resembled the male and female bánténg, or wild bull and cow. The next was Ujang, and was in shape like a kídang, or small deer. The next, Kirandé, was like a stag. The next, were like sea and land tortoises.
Of the children of Pútut Jantáka, the first looked like a white rat but was about the size of a dog and was named Tíkus Jenánda: he had countless followers. The second resembled a hog and was called Demálung: he also had thousands of followers. The third looked like Kutíla and similarly had many followers. The fourth was like a buffalo and was named Maisa Dánu. The fifth and sixth were Kála Sering'gi and Kála Músti, resembling the male and female bánténg, or wild bull and cow. The next was Ujang, which took the form of a kídang, or small deer. The next, Kirandé, was like a stag. The following ones looked like sea and land tortoises.
All were greatly distressed for want of food, and annoyed their parent by constant craving for it. The father then told them to go to Méndang Kamúlan, where they would find all sorts of produce; enjoining them, however, to take nothing without first asking for it. The children, one and all, immediately answered in an assenting voice, and forthwith repaired to Méndang Kamúlan, where they arrived in the middle of the night, and being very hungry began to help themselves to what they saw before them, without leave or ceremony. The persons who guarded the pari (júru sáwah) heard the noise they made, and were at a loss to know what it was. At last one of them came out with a torch in one hand, and a[Vol II Pg cxxiii] large knife in the other. When the son that was like a hog saw him, he ran towards him to attack him, and received a cut in the head, which, as he was invulnerable did him no harm. When the júru sáwah found that he could not cut the hog, he immediately assembled all his fellows, who commenced an attack upon the hog, and whose numerous torches made the night as light as the day. Unable, however, to hurt him, they went with Ráden Jáka Púring to report to Prábu Méndang Kamúlan what had happened. The king then gave orders for all his people to go with whatever weapons they could muster, and use their utmost endeavours to kill the animals which had got amongst and were destroying the various plants. With the king at their head, all the people who could be assembled went forth to destroy the noxious animals. When the latter saw the host approaching, they made a vigorous charge and dispersed the enemy, who were unable to make any impression on their invulnerable bodies, but received themselves many wounds in various parts of the body. The king then recollecting something prophetic of the event, instantly retreated with all his people, pursued by the victorious animals to a considerable distance.
Everyone was really stressed out because they were hungry and kept bothering their parent for food. The father then told them to go to Méndang Kamúlan, where they would find all kinds of food; he insisted, though, that they should not take anything without asking first. The children all quickly agreed and immediately headed to Méndang Kamúlan, arriving in the middle of the night. Being very hungry, they started to help themselves to anything they saw, without asking or any formality. The guards of the pari (júru sáwah) heard the noise and couldn’t figure out what was happening. Eventually, one of them came out holding a torch in one hand and a[Vol II Pg cxxiii] large knife in the other. When the son resembling a hog saw him, he rushed at him to attack and ended up getting cut on the head, which, since he was invulnerable, didn’t hurt him at all. When the júru sáwah realized he couldn’t harm the hog, he quickly gathered all his companions, who launched an attack on the hog, their many torches lighting up the night as bright as day. However, they couldn’t hurt him, so they went with Ráden Jáka Púring to report to Prábu Méndang Kamúlan about what had happened. The king then ordered all his people to grab whatever weapons they could find and do their best to kill the animals that were wrecking the plants. All the people who could gather went out to get rid of the destructive animals, with the king leading them. When the animals saw the approaching crowd, they charged fiercely and scattered the enemy, who couldn’t make any impact on their invulnerable bodies and instead got hurt in various places. The king then remembered something prophetic about the situation and quickly retreated with all his people, chased for quite a distance by the victorious animals.
The king then dispatched his younger brother, the Júru Sáwah Ráden Jáka Púring, to his old friend at Méndang Agung, who was called Andong Dadápan, and also to Ké Géde Pengúkir, who was along with the former, to solicit their assistance in extirpating the wild animals, which had, as they must well know, overcome the king and all his people.
The king then sent his younger brother, the Júru Sáwah Ráden Jáka Púring, to his old friend at Méndang Agung, known as Andong Dadápan, and also to Ké Géde Pengúkir, who was with him, to ask for their help in getting rid of the wild animals that had, as they surely knew, defeated the king and all his people.
Andong Dadápan and Ké Gedé Pengúkir were found sitting. Another, named Ráden Séngkan, then came up, as also Ráden Jáka Púring himself, who kissed the feet of the two first mentioned, having his own feet kissed in turn by Ráden Séngken.
Andong Dadápan and Ké Gedé Pengúkir were sitting together. Another person, named Ráden Séngkan, approached, along with Ráden Jáka Púring himself, who kissed the feet of the first two mentioned, while Ráden Séngken in turn kissed his feet.
Ráden Jáka Púring then began to inform them of all that had taken place; but Andong Dadápan told him there was no occasion to proceed, as, from his divine power, he was perfectly acquainted with the circumstances.
Ráden Jáka Púring then started to tell them everything that had happened; however, Andong Dadápan told him there was no need to continue, as he was fully aware of the situation due to his divine power.
Andang Dadápan and Ké Gedé Pengúkir signified to their respective sons, that they wished them to call their warriors, whose names were Wáyu yang and Chándra Máwa. The first, who belonged to Andang Dadápan, was black, short, stout, round-shouldered, pot-bellied, with a short neck, large ears, whence exuded a waxy substance, red eyes, a projecting forehead, a snub nose, with long hair hanging over his forehead. The second, who belonged to Ké Gedé Pengúkir, was short, of an awkward appearance, having a long neck and a small head.
Andang Dadápan and Ké Gedé Pengúkir told their sons that they wanted them to summon their warriors, whose names were Wáyu yang and Chándra Máwa. The first, who was under Andang Dadápan, was black, short, stocky, had rounded shoulders, a potbelly, a short neck, large ears that oozed a waxy substance, red eyes, a protruding forehead, a flat nose, and long hair that hung over his forehead. The second, who belonged to Ké Gedé Pengúkir, was short and looked awkward, with a long neck and a small head.
When those two extraordinary persons made their appearance, their masters placed them under the orders of Jáka Púring, and at the same time furnished him with a short spear and a stick, instructing him, when he unsheathed the former, to keep it always pointed towards the ground. Ráden Turúnan and Séngkan, which were the names of the sons of the two warriors, also presented Jáka Púring with a bambu cane, with which they instructed him to beat violently, when he should be in need of their assistance, promising that they would immediately be with him. [Vol II Pg cxxiv]
When those two remarkable individuals showed up, their masters put them under the command of Jáka Púring, and at the same time gave him a short spear and a stick, telling him that when he took out the spear, he should always keep it pointed toward the ground. Ráden Turúnan and Séngkan, the sons of the two warriors, also gave Jáka Púring a bamboo cane, with which they instructed him to strike forcefully whenever he needed their help, promising that they would come to him right away. [Vol II Pg cxxiv]
Jáka Púring then returned to the king of Méndang Kemúlan, and presented to him the two warriors, &c. The king then ordered all his people to prepare for an attack upon the wild beasts, which was not attended with any better success than before.
Jáka Púring then came back to the king of Méndang Kemúlan and introduced the two warriors, etc. The king then commanded all his people to get ready for an assault on the wild beasts, which ended up being no more successful than before.
The two warriors, who had remained behind drinking, the one cocoa-nut water, and the other rice water, being perceived by the queen (Déwi Dérma Nastíti), were reprimanded by her for skulking, while all the others were engaged in fight, and were accordingly recommended by her, in the event of their not choosing to bestir themselves, to return whence they came.
The two warriors, who had stayed back drinking, one coconut water and the other rice water, were seen by the queen (Déwi Dérma Nastíti). She scolded them for hiding while everyone else was fighting and suggested that if they didn't want to get involved, they should go back to where they came from.
Ashamed of themselves, the two warriors began to weep, and having entreated her forgiveness, they repaired with the rapidity of lightning to the scene of action. When they reached it, Wáyu yang had himself washed with rice water, and the dirt which was scraped off his body was formed into a black dog, with a streak of white extending from the tip of his nose along the ridge of his back, to the extreme point of his tail. This dog was called B'lang Wáyung yang. Chándra Máwa having had his body cleaned with cocoa-nut water, the dirt which was got off it became a white cat, with a corresponding black streak from the tip of its nose to the end of its tail.
Ashamed of themselves, the two warriors started to cry, and after asking her for forgiveness, they rushed to the scene of action like lightning. When they arrived, Wáyu yang had already washed himself with rice water, and the dirt scraped from his body had turned into a black dog, with a white stripe running from the tip of its nose along its back to the end of its tail. This dog was named B'lang Wáyung yang. Chándra Máwa had his body cleaned with coconut water, and the dirt removed from him transformed into a white cat, featuring a matching black stripe from the tip of its nose to the end of its tail.
This wonderful dog and cat were then directed to go and attack these destructive animals. Commencing with the hog, the dog, after having dispatched him and all the more fierce and strong animals, killed the monkeys, and others which he could not follow up the trees they ascended, by the powerful sound of his voice alone; while the cat busied herself in putting an end to the rats, and such other animals as she was peculiarly calculated to destroy.
This amazing dog and cat were then told to go and chase away these destructive animals. Starting with the pig, the dog took him down and, after that, took care of all the stronger and fiercer animals. He also managed to scare the monkeys and others that escaped into the trees simply by barking loudly. Meanwhile, the cat focused on catching the rats and other small animals that she was especially good at hunting.
Kalamúkti and Kála Seréng'gi, distressed and enraged on account of the death of their brothers (the noxious animals), who had thus been exterminated, petitioned their father, Pútut Jantáka, to permit them to go and revenge themselves on the authors of such a dire calamity. This being granted, these powerful personages, whose bones were as hard as iron, their skin like copper, sinews like wire, hair like needles, eyes like balls of fire, feet like steel, &c. went forth, and in the strength of their rage made a road for themselves, by tearing up trees by the roots, and removing every other obstacle which stood in their way.
Kalamúkti and Kála Seréng'gi, upset and furious over the loss of their brothers (the harmful creatures), who had been killed, asked their father, Pútut Jantáka, for permission to seek revenge on those responsible for such a terrible misfortune. Once this was allowed, these strong beings, with bones as tough as iron, skin like copper, sinews like wire, hair like needles, eyes like fiery orbs, and feet like steel, set out, fueled by their anger, clearing a path by uprooting trees and removing any other barriers in their way.
The two Kálas attacked them with such fury, that the warriors flew up into the air, and then darting down, carried off the almost dead dog and cat, which they then put down again in a place of safety at some distance, where they washed their bodies with cocoa-nut and rice water, and rubbed them with bambu leaves. In shaking themselves to dry their skins, a number of hairs fell out of both dog and cat, and became respectively so many more animals of the same species.
The two Kálas attacked them with such intensity that the warriors flew into the air, then dove down, grabbing the nearly dead dog and cat. They set them down in a safe spot a little distance away, where they washed their bodies with coconut and rice water and rubbed them with bamboo leaves. As they shook themselves dry, a bunch of hairs fell out of both the dog and the cat, and these turned into several more animals of the same kind.
All of the dogs and cats thus produced commenced an attack upon the Kála, but without being able to make any impression on them. Compared to them, they were only like so many ants by the side of the mountain Merápi. [Vol II Pg cxxv]
All the dogs and cats that were created then launched an attack on the Kála, but they couldn’t make any impact. Compared to them, they were just like a bunch of ants next to the mountain Merápi. [Vol II Pg cxxv]
Ráden Jáka Púring perceiving that the dogs and cats were no match for the Kálas, immediately began to beat with the bámbu which was given him to use in times of distress. Ráden Séngkan and Turúnan forthwith made their appearance. Being armed each with a rattan, seven cubits in length, and of a most exquisite polish, they beat the Kálas till they were nearly dead. Wáyu yang and Chándra Máwa then secured the two Kálas with ropes, and tied them to a tree.
Ráden Jáka Púring noticed that the dogs and cats couldn't handle the Kálas, so he quickly started hitting them with the bámbu that he had been given for emergencies. Ráden Séngkan and Turúnan soon showed up. Each armed with a seven-cubit long rattan that was beautifully polished, they beat the Kálas until they were almost dead. Wáyu yang and Chándra Máwa then tied up the two Kálas with ropes and secured them to a tree.
On recovering from the miserable state into which they had been beaten, the two Kálas began to lament this unhappy fate. Their father, Pútut Jantáka, hearing their cries, determined to attack the enemy himself. Proceeding with Ujong Randi, he found on his way a large square stone, measuring ten fathoms: throwing this stone high up in the air, and placing himself under it, so as to receive it upon his head, the stone, instead of breaking his head, was itself broken into several pieces.
On recovering from the miserable state they had been beaten into, the two Kálas began to mourn their unfortunate fate. Their father, Pútut Jantáka, hearing their cries, decided to confront the enemy himself. Accompanied by Ujong Randi, he came across a large square stone, measuring ten fathoms. Throwing this stone high into the air and positioning himself beneath it to catch it on his head, the stone, instead of crushing his skull, shattered into several pieces.
At this mighty deed he became transformed into a large and frightful monster. In this new shape he attacked the enemy, who being dreadfully alarmed at this horrid appearance, betook themselves for protection to their master the king.
At this powerful act, he changed into a huge and terrifying monster. In this new form, he charged at the enemy, who, utterly terrified by his horrific look, sought refuge with their leader, the king.
Ráden Jáka Púring then coming out and pointing his unsheathed spear towards the ground, it immediately sent forth a huge snake, in size like a tall tree, and whose poisonous breath was like the smoke of a crater. This snake was a species of the sáwah kind.
Ráden Jáka Púring then stepped out and pointed his unsheathed spear at the ground, which immediately summoned a massive snake, as large as a tall tree, with a poisonous breath that resembled the smoke from a volcano. This snake belonged to the sáwah species.
On Pútut Jentáka's reaching the royal presence, he found that the king no longer appeared in his former and assumed character, but had returned to that of himself, viz. Wísnu. Jentáka was so much confounded and alarmed at this unexpected and wonderful event, that he was greatly terrified, and ran away to hide himself among the scarecrows in the rice fields. The king pursued him for a short distance, and then returned with all his people. On their way back one of the jùru sáwahs, called Kiai Túeh, began to boast of Jentáka having run away from him, and the ludicrous manner in which he spoke of Jentáka occasioned great merriment among the party. While holding forth in his own praise, and in disparagement of Jentáka, he happened to come against the scarecrow where Jentáka was, upon which Jentáka immediately shewing himself, put on such a horrible look as quite petrified Kiai Túeh, and made him drop apparently dead with fear. The king being informed of this then came up, when Kiai Túeh seeing the king, and being no longer afraid of Jentáka, got up, and walked off. This circumstance occasioned all the people to laugh very heartily.
On Pútut Jentáka's arrival in front of the king, he realized that the king no longer acted like his usual self but had returned to being just Wísnu. Jentáka was so shocked and frightened by this surprising and strange event that he ran away to hide among the scarecrows in the rice fields. The king chased him briefly but then turned back with all his people. On their way back, one of the jùru sáwahs, named Kiai Túeh, started bragging about how Jentáka had run away from him, and his ridiculous comments about Jentáka made everyone laugh. While boasting about himself and putting down Jentáka, he accidentally came upon the scarecrow where Jentáka was hiding. When Jentáka revealed himself, he made such a terrifying face that Kiai Túeh froze in fear and dropped to the ground, seemingly dead from fright. When the king heard about this and came over, Kiai Túeh saw the king and, no longer afraid of Jentáka, got up and walked away. This situation caused everyone to laugh heartily.
On the king's approaching Jentáka, the latter addressed him thus: "I beg your pardon for what has happened. I have no wish or intention to be your enemy: on the contrary, I am ready to become your humble slave, and to do whatever you command me." The king accepted his proffered friendship and services, and told Jentáka that he would dispose of him as follows, viz. that he should reside under lúmbungs (or granaries), and live upon such quantities of rice as should exceed that which the owner calculated upon having. That he, and all his family and posterity,[Vol II Pg cxxvi] should also inhabit the troughs in which rice is beaten out, and the fireplaces of kitchens, also the front courts of houses, of the highways, and dunghills, &c.
On the king's arrival, Jentáka spoke to him saying: "I am truly sorry for what has happened. I do not wish to be your enemy; in fact, I'm ready to become your loyal servant and do whatever you ask of me." The king accepted his offer of friendship and help and told Jentáka that he would treat him as follows: he would have to live under the granaries and eat the extra rice that the owner didn't plan on using. He, along with all his family and future generations, should also live in the places where rice is threshed, in the kitchen fireplaces, in the front yards of houses, by the roads, and even in the dung heaps, etc.
The king then commanded that all persons, after beating out rice, or after washing it in the river, or after boiling it, should leave a small quantity, as food for Jentáka and his family.
The king then ordered that everyone, after pounding rice, washing it in the river, or cooking it, should set aside a small amount as food for Jentáka and his family.
The snake of the sáwah species, above spoken of, having gone over all the cultivated grounds which had been destroyed by the wild and noxious animals, and caused them all to be restored to their former state, extended itself along the ridges of the rice fields and died. The king hearing this was greatly distressed, and on approaching to the place where the snake had expired, instead of its dead body he beheld a beautiful virgin, elegantly dressed out in maiden attire. The king was struck with her appearance, and going up to her spoke thus: "Lovely damsel, my only life, behold thy brother, who comes to carry you to the palace he has prepared for you, and in which he will be ever happy to guard and protect you; when there thou shall reign sovereign mistress."
The snake of the sáwah species, mentioned earlier, had slithered through all the farmlands that had been ruined by wild and harmful animals, restoring them to their original condition. It then stretched itself along the banks of the rice fields and died. The king, upon hearing this, was very upset, and when he approached the spot where the snake had died, instead of a lifeless body, he saw a beautiful young woman, exquisitely dressed in elegant attire. The king was captivated by her beauty, and as he approached her, he said, "Lovely lady, my dear life, look, it's your brother, here to take you to the palace he has prepared for you, where he will always be happy to guard and protect you; there you shall reign as the sovereign mistress."
The virgin, who was called the Lúeh Endah (or the most beautiful damsel), replied that she felt much honoured by his handsome compliments and kind intentions, and that she would be most happy and willing to meet his wishes; but as a proof of the sincerity of his protestations of love and affection, she required of him that he should come every morning and evening to the rice fields, and that on his having done so she would consent to be his wife. Having spoken to this effect, the lovely virgin disappeared. The king was at first inconsolable for the loss of her, but recovering himself, he returned to his palace with all his retinue.
The virgin, known as the Lúeh Endah (or the most beautiful maiden), replied that she was truly honored by his flattering compliments and kind intentions and that she would be very happy to meet his wishes. However, to prove the sincerity of his claims of love and affection, she asked that he come to the rice fields every morning and evening, and only after he did so would she agree to be his wife. After saying this, the beautiful virgin vanished. The king was initially heartbroken over her disappearance, but eventually he collected himself and returned to his palace with all his entourage.
The country became very rich and productive, living and provisions of all kinds being very cheap and the people all good and happy. [Vol II Pg cxxvii]
The country became very wealthy and productive, with living costs and supplies of all kinds being very affordable, and the people were all good and happy. [Vol II Pg cxxvii]
APPENDIX I.
Translation of an Inscription in the ancient Javan, or Kawi Character, on a Stone found near Surabaya, and sent from thence to Bengal, to the Right Honourable the Earl of Minto.[302]
Translation of an Engraving in the ancient Javan, or Kawi Character, on a Stone found near Surabaya, and sent from there to Bengal, to the Right Honourable the Earl of Minto.[302]
(Date) 506. Verily know all the world, that the Pandítas wrote on this object of veneration describing the greatness of the Rátu, and that the whole is inserted on a stone prepared for the purpose.
(Date) 506. Truly know everyone in the world that the Pandítas wrote about this object of reverence describing the greatness of the Rátu, and that the entire text is engraved on a stone made for this purpose.
When first this large stone was considered a place of worship, people were accustomed to swear by it: it was held in great respect, and considered a repeller of impurity. To this is added, with truth and sincerity of heart, a relation of the perfection of the monarchy, the provinces of which are flourishing. His empire is renowned for the excellence of its laws, and his knowledge most evident and undoubted: the Rátu's name Srí Wíjáya, and place of residence Lorkóro. Certainly he is firm who gives stability to virtue. His Pepáti is named Bráta Wismára, celebrated in the world: whose advice is constantly had recourse to by the Rátu, and necessary to him like the Beryl of the ring to the stone, because he assists him in the conduct of affairs, and is quickly heard by the Déwas. When at war he can increase the arms an hundred-fold to annoy the foe. And that Páti is admired by the women; but this does not withdraw him from attention to the country, and the Rátu confides in the conduct of the Páti, and the Ratu gave orders to make images. No other than archas were made, fifty in number, all erect; and they are deified, being placed to that end in order, on consecrated ground.
When this large stone was first recognized as a place of worship, people would swear by it; it was highly respected and seen as a protector against impurity. Additionally, with truth and sincerity, there is a report of the monarchy's perfection, as its provinces are thriving. His empire is well-known for the quality of its laws, and his knowledge is clear and unquestionable: the Rátu's name is Srí Wíjáya, and his residence is Lorkóro. Surely, he is strong who brings stability to virtue. His Pepáti is named Bráta Wismára, famous in the world: his advice is constantly sought by the Rátu, and it is essential to him like the Beryl in a ring, as he helps him manage affairs and is quickly heard by the Déwas. In times of war, he can amplify their strength a hundred times to trouble the enemy. Furthermore, that Páti is admired by women; however, this does not distract him from focusing on the country, and the Rátu trusts in the Páti's leadership. The Rátu ordered the creation of images. Fifty archas, all standing tall, were made, and they are worshiped, placed in an orderly fashion on consecrated ground for that purpose.
The Rátu is not sparing of his own property, and continues seeking the comfort of his chiefs. He arranges all kinds of pictures agreeable to their respective stations in the apartment of his queen. It is related of that kadáton, that figures of rhinoceroses are carved on the walls, which are railed with iron and barred across; its floor most clean and shining, a stream of water running along the foot of the wall, with a flood-gate to open or shut exactly where it should be; and the chief of the watchmen distributes the guard to their respective posts.
The Rátu is generous with his own belongings and keeps looking for ways to please his chiefs. He decorates the queen's apartment with all kinds of images that suit their various ranks. It’s said that the kadáton has rhinoceros figures carved into the walls, which are enclosed with iron railings and barred across; the floor is spotless and shiny, with a stream of water running along the base of the wall, equipped with a floodgate that can be opened or closed precisely as needed; and the chief of the watchmen assigns guards to their specific posts.
Be watchful of such knowledge as is real. The virtue of good men is like gold which is hoarded up; apparently they possess nothing, but in[Vol II Pg cxxviii] reality what they develop is sharpened by addition: they are spoken of throughout their career as blameless until their death, their ashes are then adorned and embellished, as well as held in veneration, and the virtues these possess are very great and without fail. If difficulty should arise, do you ask assistance with a heart pure and undefiled; and if you have any urgent petition to make, do it with submission. Clothe yourself entirely clean, throw off what is not so, and what you have to bring forward let it be with propriety. When it is known to the deity what your wishes are, they will be quickly complied with openly to your satisfaction, and made to correspond with the devotion manifested. And the knowledge of what is requisite in sincere supplication is this: to punish yourself; to divest yourself of hearing; to reject evil-doing of all kinds; to have your eye fixed on one; to seek the road to the bestower of benefits; to desire without delay, and not to trifle. Yea, the formed stone which is reverenced, is to be considered only a veil between you and the real divinity. Continue to supplicate for whatever are your desires that they may be known: when the blood will have stopped three times your object will be gained; verily, it will be added to, there will be no obstacle to its full completion. By one saying your solicitation is directly expressed, and correctness of life is obtained. And what you say is like the sun and moon: in proportion as reverence is paid to the deity, men know that their supplication will be listened to, and the Batára become familiar and much attached. Your existence will be as bright as the sun and its splendour, which is evident, truly beautiful. When you die you will be guarded and aggrandized, and not without companions. Such will be his lot who seeks the good of the country, for he furthers the happiness of the people.
Be mindful of knowledge that is genuine. The goodness of decent people is like gold that’s kept hidden; it may seem like they have nothing, but what they cultivate becomes more refined over time: they live their lives being considered blameless, and when they pass away, their remnants are honored and cherished, held in high regard, with their admirable qualities being truly significant and unwavering. If challenges arise, seek help with a pure and untainted heart; and if you have an urgent request, present it with humility. Dress in clean clothing, shed what is not, and ensure that what you present is appropriate. Once the divine knows your desires, they will quickly be fulfilled to your satisfaction, aligning with your shown dedication. The understanding of what is needed in sincere prayer is this: to discipline yourself; to close your ears to distractions; to reject all forms of wrongdoing; to focus intently; to pursue the path to the giver of blessings; to desire promptly, and not to waste time. Indeed, the revered stone should be seen merely as a barrier between you and the true divine. Keep asking for what you wish to be known: after your blood has stopped three times, your goal will be achieved; truly, it will be fulfilled without obstruction. With a single phrase, your request is clearly expressed, leading to a life of integrity. What you express is like the sun and moon: the more respect given to the divine, the more people understand that their prayers will be heard, and the Batára will become familiar and deeply connected. Your existence will shine like the sun in all its brilliance, which is clear and genuinely beautiful. When you die, you will be protected and uplifted, and you won’t be alone. Such will be the fate of those who seek the good of their country, as they promote the happiness of the people.
Do you observe this course until you excel in it. Make figures of stone like human beings, which may be supplicated; persons who reject them will suffer sickness and ruin until their death, which will be most bitter: on that account it is necessary to entreat and pray for the favour of the Déwas. Stones situated in places of worship are ornamented with many articles of state; they are feared by those who wish to ask forgiveness, and cannot be destroyed.
Do you follow this path until you become great at it. Create stone figures that resemble human beings, which can be prayed to; those who reject them will face illness and despair until their death, which will be very painful: for this reason, it's essential to ask for and pray for the favor of the Déwas. Stones found in places of worship are adorned with many symbols of power; they are feared by those seeking forgiveness and cannot be destroyed.
It is related, that only persons who are stedfast in the acquirement of letters, cause such as the following to be made (here follow fifteen cabalistic characters, which are totally unintelligible): those will certainly serve the purpose of your forefathers, who have been the medium of existence; they are the veil which separates you from that which is exalted, and also written on the stone. Give credit to them in a moderate degree.
It is said that only those who are dedicated to learning create things like the following (here follow fifteen mystical symbols, which are completely unreadable): these will surely fulfill the needs of your ancestors, who have been the source of life; they are the barrier that separates you from what is divine, and they’re also inscribed on the stone. Trust them to a reasonable extent.
First, let all pray to and seek the favour of the deity in this and the next world, and each require an interpreter who will obtain his pardon: but he must reject fickleness to arrive at a discriminating heart. Speak with reverence to your parents, their existence is replaced by those who[Vol II Pg cxxix] are named after them. In the place of worship, when the ornament of good works is shewn, it is mentioned in the same manner as delight, as established gratification. It is difficult to cause advantage to the workings of the heart; your faith, which you received from Sang yang Sudriya and Sang yang Táya is acknowledged by the extent of your ability, and is different from other feelings.
First, let’s all pray to and seek the favor of the deity in this world and the next. Each of us needs an interpreter who can obtain forgiveness, but we must avoid being fickle to develop a discerning heart. Speak respectfully to your parents; their legacy continues through those who[Vol II Pg cxxix] carry their names. In the place of worship, when the beauty of good deeds is displayed, it is spoken of like joy, as a source of lasting satisfaction. It’s challenging to truly benefit the workings of the heart; your faith, which you received from Sang yang Sudriya and Sang yang Táya, is recognized by the scope of your abilities and is distinct from other emotions.
Different are the rewards of those who come to heaven; happiness is bestowed on them; delightful their state; verily they have arrived in the land of silver. Whatever your reward at your death may be fixed at, when obtained it cannot be lost: all is settled, the whole is distributed, as well as the certainty of death. Truly you are directed to a place which is exalted, pointed out by Déwas, who preside at death and become your guide; because the dead are mixed in a land which is wide and level, are given occupations and quickly go, each flying to the first place until they arrive at the seventh. Verily they at length come to the extremity with those who accompany: there are none among them who have been terrified: the existence of the body is dissolved and lost. There are none acquainted with books who are terrified.
Different are the rewards of those who reach heaven; happiness is given to them; their state is delightful; truly they have arrived in a land of plenty. Whatever your reward may be fixed at when you die, once you have it, it cannot be taken away: everything is settled, everything is distributed, just like the certainty of death. You are truly guided to a high place, indicated by Déwas, who oversee death and become your guides; because the dead are mingled in a vast and flat land, given tasks and quickly moving, each rushing to their first destination until they reach the seventh. Truly, they eventually arrive at the end with those who accompany them: none among them are afraid; the physical body is dissolved and lost. There are no scholars among them who are frightened.
Translation of another Inscription in the ancient Javan, or Kawi, Character, on a Stone found in the interior of the District of Surabaya.
Translation of another Engraving in the ancient Javan, or Kawhi, Character, on a Stone found in the interior of the District of Surabaya.
On the Face of the Stone.
The year of this inscription being made on a solid stone was 467, in the season Katíga. It was made by a Pandíta skilful, and who performed wonders; to relate, explain, and make known the greatness and excellence of the Rátu (prince), in order that your actions too may speedily become clear and manifest; yes, that will be your kadáton. That Sri Rája, ever surrounded by majesty and his family, observes a correctness of conduct grateful to the pure Déwas, and by Mántris exalted by the Rátu Bráma Wijáya, celebrated in the universe for his eminence, whose empire is firm and not to be shaken. Such is the Rátu; yes, he who caused to be inscribed on a stone all these his actions, observant to the utmost of the forms of worship, moderate in his complaints of distress, whose appeals are correct and most true and without guile, and have enabled the slave to associate with the divinity, without there being a difference between them. He is my father, who is implored and who caused my existence: do not trifle; there is no one greater than he. What remains to you to solicit, mention it with humility; yes, that too is what mankind must observe. Do you watch and observe the duties of mankind, and you will certainly profit; reject entirely sayings which are improper and untrue, and avoid theft, robbery, anger, boasting of prowess and false promises, for they are despicable, and their effect, like the atmosphere, giving heavy rain which overflows, to the accomplishment of wishes, improving the cultivation, making all fresh and equally bright and sparkling; but the[Vol II Pg cxxx] wind of which is presently strong and cuts off the buds. If you ever wish to fortify your soul, go to the summit of a mountain, which is the place for earnest supplication in silence, awaken your firm and sincere heart, let there not be any dregs of your nature; but let the soul assume non-existence and pray. Be aware of the disorders of the demon of bad actions, who inimically annoys and misleads; undoubtedly, if you conduct yourself with firmness, you will approach to perfection, and seclusion will truly be there. Let there not be a mixture of discontent of mind. Cast away the veil however delicate it may be; truly it is better conversing with letters which have been written; what they convey to you will be most painful to the body, but your hopes will be accomplished. Do not give place to the evil thoughts which have occupied the minds of men and are most vexatious; fortify yourself so that you recede not; remember well the three established powers of mankind. Commune with the wise in words which are seen proceeding from the mouth; truly faith is different from what is heard of your corrupt body, which is the ornament of human life. Let the actions of superior men who seek stability be examples to you like the krangrang ant; the indication which you make cannot be disapproved, those persons certainly may be accounted near to the wishes of the country. Sometimes clear, sometimes obscure, yes, such indeed let your situation be, so that the train of your actions may become most direct and manifest, as by day the sun lights all places, so their benefit be not thrown away, and you may cast off care and sorrow. Truly the departure of life is most uncertain. Human nature, when it will not receive advice, is like a stony plain without grass, animals will not approach, all remain at a distance from it. I will teach you: pay attention and fail not to receive instruction, so that you approach most nearly; but first purify your heart which pays reverence, not reverence which is heard by the ear. Yes, that is indeed true devotion which I have taught you, and without which there is no purity, for a perfect heart is derived from the Deity. Words proceeding from the mouth are vain to the utmost, their effect not to be depended on. The devotion of a pure heart is like moonshine, not hot but cool and delightful; the beauties you see in which the stars are scattered over as though in attendance on the moon, adding to the grandeur of the scene. And also a person becoming a Rátu commands his subjects and distinguishes good people from bad, for the limits of this country are all under his orders. The Rátu selects from his subjects such as are eligible to be his associates, and they are four, who become the pillars of the state, and cause its happiness and welfare; he thereby shews a pattern for future Rátus. Further, too, as you have been given life, do not reject the precepts of the Sástra, which have been diffused through the world by the virtuous, but weigh them in your mind, for that is the duty of a slave; bad and good are from your Lord. So the wisdom of man is extended like the firmament, immeasurable even by the bird garúda, which knows how to fly in the heavens, though he should arrive at the extremity of space; such is human wisdom. Do not be surprised at people's conver[Vol II Pg cxxxi]sation, though it correspond not with the dictates of the Sastra; yes, that is most injurious to morals. Even should one become a Rátu, if he knows not this he certainly will not succeed, he will not arrive at the height of his wishes; because the action of a vicious heart is different from the inclination of a pure one, which is in attendance on its Lord. And a living man should know the advantages of these places, which are, the earth, the sky, and the space between; for to-morrow, when dead, your body and soul will be there; before it knows the road it will change its habitation into a living being; there, if you find enjoyment, you may search for a place, because you have discernment from the heart. But a man who is so while he lives, effects it by abstinence and moderation in eating and drinking. Yes, in the time of Rátu Dérma Wangsa, when he began to benefit the country, that Rátu, it is related in history of former times, would not depart from his word, and all his subjects were devoted to him. And when the Rátu sat in his kadáton, his conversation with his wives was very sweet, as well as his playfulness with them. His wives were therefore much attached to him, and by the Rátu's wisdom being so great, he was sought after by women, and was very watchful in his attentions to them: of that there is no doubt, and thus too the wisdom of the Pandíta is like that of the bird garúda, in obtaining food without trouble from the very great power and sagacity which it possesses; the same arises from the Pandíta. Yes, the reason of letters having been formed by the point of a knife is that you should recollect the way which is correct, and that is no other than reverence to the Batára; yea, devoting yourself to the Batára is the height of human excellence. While a man lives, he should day and night ask pardon from the Batára. For what was first written in letters, and they are a cause of eminence to him, was by the Pandíta Pangéran Aji Saka; yes, he who has left his mark to the Rátus of Java, for those Rátus made places of worship, named Sangga Pamalungan, and placed in them drawings of their forefathers: but when they prayed they petitioned the Batára only for their existence, that when they died they should inhabit their places, quickly changing their bodies, because their former bodies had returned to the pristine state, that is to say, earth, water, fire, air. So says the Sástra.
The year this inscription was carved into solid stone was 467, during the season Katíga. It was created by a skilled Pandíta who performed wonders, to describe, explain, and spread the greatness and excellence of the Rátu (prince), so that your actions may also quickly become clear and evident; indeed, that will be your kadáton. That Sri Rája, always surrounded by grandeur and his family, behaves in a way that pleases the pure Déwas, and is respected by Mántris elevated by Rátu Bráma Wijáya, celebrated throughout the universe for his superiority, whose empire is stable and unshakable. Such is the Rátu; yes, he who had all these actions inscribed on stone, adhering strictly to worship, moderate in his expressions of distress, whose appeals are truthful and sincere, allowing the servant to connect with the divine, with no distinction between them. He is my father, whom I beseech and who gave me life: do not take this lightly; there is no one greater than him. What do you have left to ask? Speak it with humility; yes, that is what humanity must recognize. Watch and practice the duties of mankind, and you will certainly benefit; completely reject improper and false statements, and steer clear of stealing, robbery, anger, boasting, and empty promises, for they are despicable, and like a storm, they bring heavy rain that overflows, achieving wishes, improving cultivation, making everything fresh and bright; but the[Vol II Pg cxxx] wind is strong now and destroys the buds. If you ever wish to strengthen your spirit, go to the top of a mountain, which is the place for sincere, silent prayer. Awaken your steadfast and genuine heart, eliminating any impurities; let the soul fade away and pray. Beware of the turmoil caused by the demon of bad actions, who annoys and misleads; undoubtedly, if you conduct yourself firmly, you will reach perfection, and isolation will truly follow. Keep discontent from your mind. Remove the veil, no matter how delicate; it is better to engage with written words; what they convey may hurt your body, but your hopes will be fulfilled. Do not yield to the evil thoughts that plague people and cause much distress; strengthen yourself so you do not retreat; remember well the three established powers of humanity. Converse with the wise through their spoken words; truly, faith is different from what is spoken by your flawed body, which adorns human life. Let the actions of wise men seeking stability be examples for you, like the krangrang ant; your expressions cannot be disapproved, and those people may certainly be deemed close to the wishes of the nation. Sometimes clear, sometimes obscure, yes, let your condition be so, that the course of your actions becomes direct and evident, as the sun illuminates all places in the day, so may their benefits not go to waste, and you may shed care and sorrow. Indeed, the departure from life is highly uncertain. Human nature, when it refuses guidance, resembles a barren land without grass; animals will not approach, all remain distant from it. I will teach you: pay attention and do not fail to receive instruction, so that you come closest; but first, cleanse your heart that is respectful, not the kind of reverence that is merely heard. Yes, that is true devotion I have imparted to you, and without it, there is no purity, for a perfect heart arises from the Deity. Words from the mouth are utterly vain, their impact is unreliable. The devotion of a pure heart is like moonlight, not hot but cool and soothing; the beauties you see are stars scattered around as if attending the moon, enhancing the scene's grandeur. Also, a person becoming a Rátu commands his subjects and differentiates good individuals from bad, for all the boundaries of this country are under his authority. The Rátu chooses from his subjects those eligible to be his companions, comprising four individuals who become the pillars of the state, contributing to its happiness and welfare; thus he sets a precedent for future Rátus. Furthermore, since you have been given life, do not dismiss the teachings of the Sástra, which have spread across the world through the virtuous; but contemplate them deeply, as this is a servant's duty; good and bad come from your Lord. Thus, the wisdom of man extends like the sky, immeasurable even by the bird garúda, which knows how to soar through the heavens, even reaching the farthest corners of space; such is human wisdom. Do not be surprised by people's conversations, even if they don't align with the teachings of the Sástra; yes, that is extremely harmful to morals. Even if one becomes a Rátu, without this knowledge, he will certainly fail and not achieve his aspirations; because the actions of a wicked heart differ from those of a pure one, which attends to its Lord. A living person should recognize the benefits of these realms, which are the earth, the sky, and the space between; for tomorrow, when dead, your body and soul will reside there; before it understands the path, it will transform into a living being; if you find happiness there, you may seek a place, as you are guided by your heart. But a person who lives righteously does this through restraint and moderation in eating and drinking. Yes, during the time of Rátu Dérma Wangsa, when he began to benefit the country, that Rátu, as recorded in ancient history, never broke his word, and all his subjects were devoted to him. And when the Rátu sat in his kadáton, his conversations with his wives were delightful, as well as his playful interactions with them. His wives were very attached to him, and due to the Rátu's great wisdom, he was sought after by women, and he was very attentive to them: that is unquestionable, and thus the wisdom of the Pandíta is similar to that of the bird garúda, in obtaining food effortlessly because of its great power and intelligence; the same applies to the Pandíta. Yes, the reason letters were created by the edge of a knife is that you should remember the correct path, which is none other than reverence to the Batára; indeed, devoting yourself to the Batára is the pinnacle of human excellence. While alive, a person should seek forgiveness from the Batára day and night. What was first inscribed in letters, which serve as a source of prominence for him, was by Pandíta Pangéran Aji Saka; yes, he who has left his legacy to the Rátus of Java, as those Rátus established places of worship called Sangga Pamalungan, and placed in them depictions of their ancestors: but when they prayed, they only asked the Batára for their existence, that when they died, they should reside in their places, quickly transforming their bodies, for their previous bodies had returned to their primordial state, namely, earth, water, fire, and air. Thus says the Sástra.
On the Left Side.
And the powers of letters, which are forty-seven, keep those in your mind, so that they be within you all of them. I will establish them in such a manner that they can be brought forth by your three fingers; those who are skilful may make good letters. Do not neglect the application of letters, give each its proper place, for those letters are most useful in the transactions of the people of this world during their continuance in it. Thus the use of letters to the nations of the world is to open the hearts of ignorant men, and to put in mind persons who forget; for I give directions to men who can write, in order that the whole of the knowledge I have in my breast may be known: and this I have taught you, because that knowledge is the essence of the body and illuminates it.[Vol II Pg cxxxii] And you who have wives and children to look after, do not make light of it, for a woman, if she truly do her duty to her husband, is invaluable; she is a printer of clothes, a spinner, weaver, sempstress, and embroiderer; a woman such as this do you cherish, for it will be creditable to you. If a married couple love each other, whatever they wish they can effect, that is the way by which you can attain your wishes. So too a woman towards her husband, even to death; yes, she follows to the pasétran (place of depositing the corpse) or the place of self-sacrifice; this is taught in letters which have been written on tablets; truly those writings are like histories, which explain every kind of science. But the fate of man cannot be learned or known by letters; such as a person's being able to acquire profit, knowledge, poverty or distress: of these there is no certainty. However, do not you reject the sayings of letters. It is your evil inclinations that destroy your bodies; for he who first made war, his magic was very great, because he could throw off the passions of mankind, like Arjuna, whose power in war and in mounting his chariot was celebrated, for he was guarded by all the Dewas; yes, he could become a tapa (a devotee, released from the wants, &c. incident to mankind) and pray fervently. Arjuna, when he became a tapa, annulled his body, his heart did not stray from his duty to the Dewas; his wishes were therefore complied with until his death; yes, Arjuna was indeed favoured by his Dewas. And on any one of your forefathers dying and ascending to heaven, do you immediately make a picture to personify that forefather; and do you adorn and provide it with all sorts of eatables, and respect it as your forefather who has descended to you, and will administer to all your wants: such will be the case with a person who pays respect to his forefathers. At night burn incense and many lamps: truly Sang yang Jagat (the omnipotent) and Sang yang Suria (the sun) will be favourable to you; for Sang yang Suria is the enlightener of the world, and every day gives light to darkness. A man who has arrived at the half of his term of life conceives well the separation of his soul from its covering; your existence is like that of the moon, that is to say, from the new to the full, and from that to its extreme wane on the twenty-ninth day of its age. When the moon is thus lost from the east, it will then certainly appear in the west, and recommence the first day of its age. While you live ask from those who know the setting of the soul; a person who knows that is certainly discovered by his actions. But it is best losing that covering by four causes, water, fire, air, earth; if it is lost by means of those four, the body will certainly quickly be removed, in the same manner as gold which is purified, verily, its colour will become like that which is old. Thus the Pandíta makes preparations for prayer. The best mode of praying is by familiarizing ourselves with seclusion, which is by excessively torturing the body; but if you should have been much reduced, your soul will not arrive at those three places. Should a man become a Rátu, his soul is one selected by the Dewas which has been introduced into a covering, and that covering is not a covering which has not been favoured by the Dewas, truly a covering which has been elevated by the[Vol II Pg cxxxiii] Dewas, for its good fortune has been very great. The descending of that good fortune from heaven is not like clouds dropping rain, which, if it fall, does so equally on all vegetations. Look at mankind; if you contemplate its state when living, its existence is no more than that of a herb which shoots up on the face of the earth. Concerning your soul, it is like dew, which hangs on the points of grass: such is its state.
And remember the powers of letters, which number forty-seven. Keep all of them in mind so they become a part of you. I will arrange them in such a way that you can bring them forth with just three fingers; those skilled in this can create good letters. Don’t overlook the use of letters; give each one its proper place, as they are incredibly useful in the affairs of people in this world while they are here. The purpose of letters for the nations is to open the hearts of the ignorant and remind those who forget; I give instructions to those who can write so that all the knowledge I hold can be shared: and I've taught you this because that knowledge is the essence of the body and brings it to light.[Vol II Pg cxxxii] And you who have wives and children to care for, don’t take it lightly, as a woman who truly fulfills her duty to her husband is invaluable; she is a maker of clothes, a spinner, weaver, seamstress, and embroiderer; a woman like this should be cherished, for it will bring you honor. If a married couple loves each other, they can achieve whatever they desire; this is the path to fulfilling your wishes. Likewise, a woman towards her husband remains dedicated even unto death; she follows him to the pasétran (place of burial) or the place of sacrifice; this is what is taught in writings on tablets; indeed, those texts are like histories that explain all types of knowledge. However, a man’s fate cannot be learned or known through letters; things like wealth, knowledge, poverty, or hardship are uncertain. Yet, do not dismiss the teachings of letters. It’s your negative tendencies that ruin your lives; the one who first waged war had great power because he could throw off the passions of humanity, just like Arjuna, whose prowess in battle and skill in handling his chariot was renowned, for he was protected by all the Dewas; yes, he could become a tapa (a devotee, free from worldly desires) and pray with fervor. Arjuna, as a tapa, renounced his body, keeping his heart focused on his duty to the Dewas; his wishes were fulfilled until his death; indeed, Arjuna enjoyed the favor of his Dewas. When any of your ancestors die and enter heaven, immediately create a representation of that ancestor; adorn it and provide it with all kinds of food, and show it respect as your ancestor who will look after your needs: this is how it goes for someone who honors their forebears. At night, burn incense and many lamps: truly Sang yang Jagat (the omnipotent) and Sang yang Suria (the sun) will look kindly on you; for Sang yang Suria is the light of the world, bringing light to the darkness every day. A person who has lived half their life understands the separation of their soul from its body; your existence is like the moon, from the new to the full, and then waning back to darkness over the twenty-nine days of its cycle. When the moon disappears from the east, it will certainly reappear in the west, beginning the cycle anew. While you live, seek knowledge from those who understand the journey of the soul; a person who understands this is evident through their actions. However, the best way to lose that covering is through four elements: water, fire, air, and earth; if lost in that way, the body will quickly be gone, just like purified gold which becomes like its original state. Thus, the Pandíta prepares for prayer. The best way to pray is to find solitude, which is about intensely training the body; but if you become too weak, your soul won't reach those three places. If a man becomes a Rátu, his soul is one chosen by the Dewas that has taken on a form elevated by the Dewas, for that form is truly blessed. The descent of that fortune from heaven isn’t like clouds dropping rain equally on all plants. Look at humanity; when you consider it in life, its existence is no more than that of a blade of grass growing in the world. Regarding your soul, it is like dew resting on the tips of grass: such is its state.
On the Back of the Stone.
It is further related of the three particulars of his state, which it is requisite should be the ornament of a man, as well as of a man becoming a Rátu. Those three things are a handsome woman, arms, and a house; the first, because a woman is the dispeller of grief from a heart which is sad; the second, because arms are the shield of life; the third, because a house is medicine to a fatigued body. Let not a man be at a distance from the above-mentioned, for they are the ornament of a living man. This stone is the means of facilitating the access to the Dewas of your supplications, for human nature is feeble and very faulty towards the Supreme. And moreover, if you have formed any wish in the world, then ask assistance from that stone, and adorn that stone with all kinds of perfumes and eatables which are most grateful. If you do so, certainly the Batára will be ashamed not to grant you whatever you desire, because the life and death of man are the same; but his body, to appearance, is worthless when deserted by the soul, and remains of no further use in the earth: it is better, therefore, that it should be lost, so that it return to its original. It is different when the soul is there during life. If you wish to seek for food there are many modes to adopt, so that you gain a subsistence, such as becoming a blacksmith. There are some who are goldsmiths; others who draw figures of different kinds; some practice cookery; those who understand no trade gamble; some thieve; some plunder. Yes, such as these are influenced by the passions, which are violent in their action and make the faculties morbid. Of the things forbidden by the Sástra, the first is deceit; the second, pride; the third, hypocrisy: cast these away from you. If you are a good man, do not make a habit of mixing with the bad; for those bad persons have been marked by the Dewas, because they cannot do good. You do well in associating with learned people, who have followed the sayings of the Sástra; make those your inseparable companions and attach yourself to them. But do you not despise the poor and the timorous, and do not be ashamed before the bold and the rich; do not very much elevate yourself, better you be humble amongst men: curb your passions, for your passions are an enemy within you. So, too, it is with pleasure and pain; they are like the mayang flower without fruit, truly as yet uncertain. It is the same with a living person who has not yet arrived at the end of life, he will be very much misled by his riches: there are poor who become rich. Like the state of a fool who is unconscious of his real situation, that fool suffers pain from himself, because his actions are of his own dictating. In his own mind he asks, Who is there like me? I have[Vol II Pg cxxxiv] a gada (a warlike instrument), who dares cope with me? Such a person is like a mountain which thinks, "I am large! I am high!" Afterwards it is trodden under foot and defiled by all kinds of animals, but is unconscious; so too says the fool, but no one cares for him. As to the sign by which to know such a fool, you have it from his harsh speaking and obstinate heart; he is without politeness and has confidence only in his own powers. And that fool, if he become great, uses an umbrella on a moonlight night: surely, one who does so, has no shame, no sense; a white ant seeking its food does not act in that manner. Let the wise man observe the conduct of the white ant, its caution in searching for food; even a large tree, an embrace in size, becomes consumed. So can men do who are united, whose wishes are similar, for there is no performance of living men so well executed as by unanimity. All great actions are owing to the union of many men, not to violence; for if your conduct be true and sincere, your heart, in whatever your wishes may be, will be enlightened by the Supreme. And besides, if in like manner you pray to and adore the Dewas, certainly the Batára and all the Dewas will bestow favours on you. Such as I have mentioned are the precepts held out by virtuous men of former times: different from the subject of animals being brought up by men.
It is also stated regarding the three essentials for a man's status, which should be the pride of a man, especially one worthy of being a Rátu. These three essentials are a beautiful woman, weapons, and a home; the first, because a woman lifts the sadness from a sorrowful heart; the second, because weapons protect life; the third, because a home rejuvenates a tired body. A man should not stray far from these three, as they are the pride of a living man. This stone helps connect you to the Dewas for your requests, since human nature is weak and flawed before the Supreme. Furthermore, if you have any desire in this world, ask that stone for help and honor it with all kinds of perfumes and delightful food. If you do this, the Batára will feel ashamed not to grant your wishes because life and death are the same; however, a body is worthless when it is abandoned by the soul and serves no purpose on earth: it is better to let it go back to where it came from. This changes when the soul is present during life. If you're looking for sustenance, there are many ways to live, such as becoming a blacksmith. Some become goldsmiths; others create various art forms; some cook; those without a trade gamble; some steal; and some plunder. Yes, those people are driven by their passions, which act violently and corrupt their faculties. Among the things forbidden by the Sástra, the first is deceit; the second, pride; the third, hypocrisy: rid yourself of these. If you are a good person, avoid mingling with the bad, as they have been marked by the Dewas for their inability to do good. It’s wise to associate with learned individuals who follow the Sástra; make them your close companions and stay close to them. But don't look down on the poor and timid, and don't feel ashamed in front of the bold and wealthy; stay humble among people. Control your passions, as they are an inner enemy. The same applies to pleasure and pain; they are like a mayang flower that has yet to bear fruit, still uncertain. It's the same with a living person who hasn’t completed their life journey; they can easily be misled by their wealth: there are poor who become rich. Just like a fool who is unaware of their true situation and suffers because their actions are self-directed. In their mind, they think, Who is like me? I have a gada (a weapon), who would dare challenge me? Such a person is like a mountain that thinks, "I am big! I am tall!" Yet it gets trampled and soiled by all kinds of creatures, oblivious to it; likewise, the fool speaks as if no one cares about them. You can identify such a fool by their harsh speech and stubborn heart; they lack courtesy and rely solely on their own abilities. And that fool, should they gain power, would use an umbrella on a moonlit night: surely, such a person has no sense or shame; a white ant searching for food does not behave that way. Let the wise observe how the white ant is cautious in seeking food; even a massive tree can be consumed. So too can united individuals, whose desires align, achieve great things together, as there’s no action of living beings executed as well as through unity. All significant deeds stem from the collaboration of many, not from force; for if your actions are true and sincere, your heart will be enlightened across all your desires by the Supreme. Additionally, if you similarly pray to and honor the Dewas, the Batára and all the Dewas will certainly shower you with blessings. These are the teachings handed down by virtuous individuals from the past, distinct from the subject of animals raised by humans.
In case a man in the service of a Rátu be at length advanced to dignity by that Rátu, and is given a village, if he fail to weigh how much he should with propriety be in attendance on that Rátu, and this arise from being engaged in his own pleasures, he must certainly lose his situation. It is the same with a man being a Rátu who is not provided with scales, and investigates matters too superficially to benefit his subjects; he is, in truth, like a pond without water, which of course is entirely void of fish: account him one who has received favour. And again, do you evermore obey the commands of the Pandítas, and do not deceive your guru (spiritual guide), or you will surely go to hell eternally. Better you obey your guru: your excellence will descend to your sons and grandsons, who will profit by your goodness. Oh! living man, do not fancy your life permanent, although you are great, little, rich, or poor. When you have arrived at the end of life your body will be corrupt, it cannot be otherwise: yes, all are earth. When alive, people gather together wherewithal to bury their body, so that it mix not with the earth, and that is only by paying reverence to the Batára. All that live in the world are not like mankind, who have been given wisdom and excellence by the Batára. Although the rátu (king) lion is said to be the chief of animals, yet he is held captive by man: the same with the garuda, the king of birds, which resides in the air, it is likewise subject to the commands of man. It is different with the sun, the moon, the earth, the sea, the air, the firmament, the stars; they certainly are not under the orders of man, but they are subject to be accounted good or evil in their course; like clouds which discharge rain, and that in the rainy season are delightful to the husbandman. But be it known to the cultivator, that he who superintends the implements of tillage is the son of a Dewata, named Sang yang Kalamerta;[Vol II Pg cxxxv] he is very good, for he protects all the cultivation in the country. It is that Sang yang Kalamerta who, from the first, has caused terror to all such subjects as do not obey the commands Batára Guru: because that Sang yang Kalamerta has been empowered by Batára Guru to destroy first all vicious persons; secondly, evil speakers; and thirdly, liars. These three vices do you reject; and you will do well in asking forgiveness from the Batára, so that you avoid the fury of the Sang yang Kalamerta.
If a man serving a Rátu is eventually promoted to a higher rank and is given a village, he should consider how much he needs to attend to that Rátu. If he focuses too much on his own pleasures instead, he will definitely lose his position. The same goes for a Rátu who doesn't have proper judgment and looks into matters too superficially to help his people; he is basically like a pond without water, which has no fish: consider him someone who has received favor. Also, always obey the commands of the Pandítas and don’t deceive your guru (spiritual guide), or you'll surely face eternal punishment. It's better to obey your guru: your virtues will benefit your children and grandchildren, who will gain from your goodness. Oh! living person, don’t think your life is everlasting, no matter if you are great, small, rich, or poor. When life ends, your body will decay, and that’s inevitable: everyone eventually returns to the earth. While alive, people accumulate resources to ensure their body is buried respectfully, honoring the Batára. Not everyone in the world is like humans, who have been given wisdom and excellence by the Batára. Even though the rátu (king) lion is considered the leader of animals, he is still captured by humans; likewise, the garuda, the king of birds, in the sky, is also subject to human authority. The sun, moon, earth, sea, air, sky, and stars, however, are not under human control, but they are viewed as good or evil in their actions; like clouds that bring rain, which are a blessing for farmers during the rainy season. But let it be known to the farmer that the one overseeing the farming tools is a son of a Dewata, named Sang yang Kalamerta; he is very kind, as he protects all farming in the land. It is Sang yang Kalamerta who has, from the beginning, instilled fear in all those who do not follow the commands of Batára Guru: because Sang yang Kalamerta has been given the authority by Batára Guru to first eliminate all wicked people; second, those who speak evil; and third, liars. Reject these three vices; it’s wise to ask for forgiveness from the Batára, so you can avoid the wrath of Sang yang Kalamerta.[Vol II Pg cxxxv]
On the Right Side.
And such is the case with merchants, who understand circulating money, and can calculate on the return it makes for five times; such as the profits of money laid out, and how much that will amount to which has been laid out, and how much the loss on that money will be, and how much the profit thereon, so that, by that means, they may be satisfied during life. Concerning those men who seek wealth: before they commence gaining all persons laugh at them; but when they profit, those who before laughed approach and ask their favour. Persons who profit are compared by Pandítas to flowers after a shower of rain, in appearance very beautiful, but in existence not permanent. And let not a living man discontinue supplicating his Déwa, so that the favours bestowed on him by the Déwa may not leave him during life: but whether that living man be a poor man or a Rátu, let every one seek to acquire what is permanent, that by so doing there may be no other knowledge than that which is perceived within the heart. A great man and rich man who is wise, must commence with the road to knowledge, which is undeviating. Concerning real knowledge, with all its excellencies and utilities, it is respected by the virtuous: that real knowledge is certainly sent by the Déwa to favoured men. And do you not indulge your passions, as is forbidden by the Sastra; better had you preserve your heart pure, for that pure heart will for ever be your companion. And do you not associate and communicate with bad men, but remove to a distance from them. It is best as much as possible, to curb pleasure and ill-timed laughter; putting a check to them is far removed from a bad heart: the fault of a person fond of ill-timed laughter is that he suffers pain. It is unfortunate that man forgets such information as is worthy of being remembered, and recollects such as is not worth remembering. In like manner, you eat food which should not be eaten, and do not eat that which is wholesome. A person acting thus is void of sense, and similar to a porter; although the viands are very agreeable to you, if you load yourself with them immoderately, the weight you carry will certainly distress your body. Moreover, if you meet with any thing of such estimation as to be worth imitating, do you immediately write it down, so that you thereby acquire a good name, and men may look up to you, and to the end that the Rátu may have confidence in you, because that Rátu can act well and ill; but let the Rátu not neglect the commencement, middle, and end, for there is nothing in the world of greater excellence than mankind; different from the existence of a Rasaksa, whose actions cannot be spoken of; like[Vol II Pg cxxxvi] those of a fish in the sea, which no one knows except the Omnipotent, who alone is acquainted with the truth thereof.
And this is true for merchants, who understand how money circulates and can calculate its return multiple times; such as the profits from investments, how much has been spent, how much will be lost, and how much profit will come from it, so that they can find satisfaction in life. Those who pursue wealth are often laughed at by everyone before they start making money; but when they succeed, those who once laughed seek their favor. People who profit are compared by Pandítas to flowers after a rain, looking very beautiful but not lasting. A living person should continuously pray to their Déwa, so the favors given by the Déwa don't leave them during their life: whether that person is poor or a Rátu, everyone should aim for what is lasting, so there is no other wisdom than what is felt in the heart. A great and wealthy wise person must begin on the unchanging path of knowledge. Regarding true knowledge, with all its benefits and goodness, it is respected by the virtuous: that true knowledge is indeed sent by the Déwa to those favored. And do not indulge your desires, as the Sastra forbids; it’s better to keep your heart pure, as that pure heart will always be with you. Avoid associating and communicating with bad people, and keep your distance from them. It’s best to limit pleasure and inappropriate laughter; doing so keeps you from having a troubled heart: the flaw of someone who laughs inappropriately is that they suffer pain. It’s unfortunate that people forget what should be remembered and remember what shouldn’t. Similarly, you eat foods that should not be eaten and avoid wholesome ones. A person acting this way lacks sense, like a porter; even if the food is appealing, if you overload yourself with it, the burden will surely distress your body. Furthermore, if you come across anything worth imitating, write it down immediately, so you can earn a good reputation, and people may look up to you, ensuring that the Rátu can trust you, since the Rátu can do good or bad; but the Rátu must not neglect the beginning, middle, and end, for there is nothing greater in the world than humanity; unlike the existence of a Rasaksa, whose actions cannot be spoken of; like[Vol II Pg cxxxvi] those of a fish in the sea, which no one knows except the Omnipotent, who alone knows the truth of it.
Translation of another Java Inscription of the same description.
Truly the reckoning of the year when this was composed was 1216, named Milir, written on a tablet the fifth of the moon on its wane, the mind tallying with the season, precisely in the Wukun Manda Kung'an. It is a description of the kraton and its arrangements, put into writing in the country of Mauspati, of which the chief is exalted, merciful, wise, and discerning; at this period, the greatest in the world, and adapted to the situation he fills and its duties; on that account, women say they are fond of him: powerful, skilful, a sovereign whose commands to his subjects are undisputed, unequalled in politeness, guarded by genii, and having a large army, all-skilful in their profession when at war: the arrangements of his troops superior, and they and their arms excellent; his army, too celebrated. At that time those troops guarded well his country, and the orders issued by his relations were correct. That Rátu never punished his children: he was good, and did not inflict punishment on them.
Truly, the year this was written was 1216, known as Milir, recorded on a tablet on the fifth day of the waning moon, aligning the mind with the season, specifically in the Wukun Manda Kung'an. It describes the kraton and its organization, documented in the land of Mauspati, where the leader is esteemed, compassionate, wise, and insightful; during this time, he was the greatest in the world, fitting perfectly into his role and responsibilities. For this reason, women say they admire him: he is powerful, skilled, a ruler whose commands are never challenged, unmatched in courtesy, protected by spirits, and commanding a large, highly skilled army in warfare: the organization of his troops is exceptional, and they and their weapons are top-notch; his army is also renowned. At that time, those troops effectively defended his country, and the orders given by his relatives were accurate. That Rátu never punished his children; he was good-hearted and did not impose punishment on them.
It is related of the Sri Maharája that he intended going to the high mountains: leaving his country and arriving at the declivity, the boundary of Gedung Peluk, his army soon met the enemy, and engaged. So it is related in history.
It’s said that the Sri Maharája planned to go to the high mountains: after leaving his country and reaching the slope, the border of Gedung Peluk, his army quickly encountered the enemy and fought. This is how it's recorded in history.
That army of the Sri Jaya being established, the Ratú formerly considered beneficial to the country, giving firmness to the country of Kedíri. What the Sri Jaya says is certain; all the people are glad; a large and faithful army is established there.
That army of the Sri Jaya is now set up, with the Ratú previously viewed as beneficial to the nation, providing stability to the region of Kedíri. What the Sri Jaya asserts is true; everyone is happy; a strong and loyal army is now in place.
Be cautious but firm; the Sri Maharaja cannot injure the descendants of Prabu; great their wisdom, impatient their sway, extensive their power. Young men fearless and bold; the army followed, and were taken by the enemy, because the Sri Nara Nata so intended. Sri Kerta Najura, when he died, died like a Buda man. Formerly, Sri Jaya Katong came from Gegelang, and entered like a man in desperation; sent to Kerta Niaka requesting assistance of foreigners, and desired them to advance in front. Sri Kerto Najara went into that country, and assembled the arms of the Sri Jaya Katong, with the son-in-law and brother-in-law of Ng'uda Raja and the Sri Nara Nata. Of Sri Nara Najura and Ng'uda Raja they were seated in the centre, their brightness shining in the halting place; their symmetry like Sura Denawa, majestic as well as awfully powerful, and their hearts at rest. Such was the truth. They were prevented by the magic of fire; supremely powerful the Sri Maharaja; the enemy's army was destroyed by fire. The Yewang Derma advanced and assisted in the labours of the Rátu. Kerta Jaya was beaten and fled, his power[Vol II Pg cxxxvii] destroyed, afterwards the whole army fled, and met the army of the insurgents. A Mantri rallied the good army, that the Mantri might be able to fight; the battle was commenced in Sela Sringing. The Sri Maharaja coming to his ground, was firm at the foot of the mountains, and he came to Yewang Derma to request food for his people and chiefs: he got as much as he wished with an open heart. Thus may that army continue until the end of time, until death, in the fulfilment of their wishes.
Be careful but resolute; the Sri Maharaja cannot harm the descendants of Prabu; their wisdom is great, their dominance is impatient, and their power is vast. Young men, fearless and brave; the army followed and were captured by the enemy because that was the intention of Sri Nara Nata. Sri Kerta Najura, when he died, passed away like a Buda man. Previously, Sri Jaya Katong came from Gegelang, entering like a desperate man; he sent a message to Kerta Niaka asking for help from foreigners and urged them to move to the front. Sri Kerto Najara entered that land and gathered the weapons of Sri Jaya Katong, along with the son-in-law and brother-in-law of Ng'uda Raja and Sri Nara Nata. Sri Nara Najura and Ng'uda Raja were seated in the center, their brightness illuminating the resting place; their stature was like Sura Denawa, majestic and powerfully imposing, and their hearts at ease. That was the truth. They were held back by the magic of fire; the Sri Maharaja was supremely powerful; the enemy's army was annihilated by flames. The Yewang Derma advanced to support the efforts of the Rátu. Kerta Jaya was defeated and fled, his power crushed; soon the entire army fled and confronted the insurgent forces. A Mantri rallied the loyal army so that the Mantri could engage in battle; the fight began in Sela Sringing. The Sri Maharaja, arriving on his ground, stood firm at the foot of the mountains, and approached Yewang Derma to ask for provisions for his people and chiefs: he received as much as he wanted with a generous spirit. May that army endure until the end of time, until death, fulfilling their desires.
FOOTNOTES:
[302] "I am very grateful for the great stone from the interior of your island, which you tell me, in your letter of the 5th May, was put on board the Matilda. The Matilda is not yet arrived, so that I have not received Colonel Mackenzie's account of this curiosity, which, in weight, at least, seems to rival the base of Peter the Great's statue at Petersburgh. I shall be very much tempted to mount this Javan rock upon our Minto Craigs, that it may tell eastern tales of us, long after our heads are under smoother stones."
[302] "I am very thankful for the large stone from the interior of your island, which you mentioned in your letter dated May 5th, was loaded onto the Matilda. The Matilda has not arrived yet, so I haven’t received Colonel Mackenzie’s account of this curiosity, which seems to weigh at least as much as the base of Peter the Great's statue in St. Petersburg. I am seriously considering placing this Javan rock on our Minto Craigs, so it can share eastern stories about us long after we are beneath smoother stones."
Letter from the late Earl of Minto, 23d June, 1813. [Vol II Pg cxxxviii]
Letter from the late Earl of Minto, June 23, 1813. [Vol II Pg cxxxviii]
APPENDIX K.
ACCOUNT OF BÁLI.
To the east of Java lies the island of Báli. This interesting spot exhibits the same mineralogical structure as Java, and probably at one period composed a part of the same island. Possessing the same climate and a similar soil, having mountains of a proportionate height, and streams equally fitted for the purpose of irrigation, it enjoys the same degree of fertility; but having an iron-bound coast, without harbours or good anchorage, it has been in a great measure shut out from external commerce, particularly with traders in large vessels.
To the east of Java is the island of Bali. This fascinating place shares the same mineral structure as Java and was likely once part of the same landmass. With a similar climate and soil, as well as mountains of comparable height and streams that are well-suited for irrigation, it boasts the same level of fertility. However, its rugged coastline, lacking harbors or good anchorage, has largely isolated it from international trade, especially with large ship traders.
Like Madúra, it seems naturally situated for being a tributary to Java. But the most striking features in the character and institutions of its inhabitants are owing to that long independence on the greater island and its fortunes, which has preserved to them many traces of their original condition, many of their distinctive laws and religious rites.
Like Madúra, it seems perfectly positioned to be a tributary to Java. However, the most notable aspects of its people's character and institutions are due to their long independence from the larger island and its fortunes, which has kept many signs of their original state, along with many of their unique laws and religious practices.
The natives of Báli, although of the same original stock with the Javans, exhibit several striking differences, not only in their manners and the degrees of civilization they have attained, but in their features and bodily appearance. They are above the middle size of Asiatics, and exceed, both in stature and muscular power, either the Javan or the Maláyu. Though professing a religion which in western India moulds the character of the Hindu into the most tame and implicit subserviency to rule and authority, and though living under the rod of despotism which they have put into the hands of their chiefs, they still possess much of the original boldness and self-willed hardihood of the savage state.
The people of Báli, while originally from the same roots as the Javanese, show several noticeable differences, not just in their behaviors and the level of civilization they have reached, but also in their looks and physical appearance. They are taller than the average Asians, surpassing both the Javanese and the Maláyu in height and strength. Even though they practice a religion that, in western India, humbles Hindus into a passive submission to authority, and even though they live under the strict control of their leaders, they still retain much of the original courage and stubborn resilience of their wild ancestors.
Their general indifference to the oppression which they endure, their good humour and apparent satisfaction, together with their superior animation and energy, give to their countenances, naturally fairer and more expressive than those of the Javans, a higher cast of spirit, independence, and manliness, than belongs to any of their neighbours. They are active and enterprising, and free from that listlessness and indolence which are observable in the inhabitants of Java. To a stranger their manners appear abrupt, unceremonious, coarse, and repulsive; but upon further acquaintance this becomes less perceptible, and their undisguised frankness commands reciprocal confidence and respect. Their women, in particular, who are here on a perfect equality with the men, and not required to perform many of the severe and degrading labours imposed upon them in Java, are frank and unreserved. In their domestic relations their manners are amiable, respectful, and decorous. The female character, indeed, seems to have acquired among them more relative dignity and esteem than it could have been expected to have attained where polygamy has been long established. [Vol II Pg cxxxix]
Their general indifference to the oppression they face, along with their good humor and apparent satisfaction, combined with their greater liveliness and energy, give their faces, which are naturally fairer and more expressive than those of the Javans, a stronger sense of spirit, independence, and masculinity than any of their neighbors. They are active and enterprising, and free from the lethargy and laziness seen in the people of Java. To outsiders, their behavior may seem abrupt, informal, rough, and off-putting; however, as one gets to know them, this becomes less noticeable, and their open honesty earns mutual trust and respect. Their women, in particular, who enjoy equal status with the men and are not burdened with many of the harsh and degrading tasks assigned to them in Java, are straightforward and candid. In their home lives, their behavior is kind, respectful, and proper. The status of women, in fact, seems to have gained more relative dignity and respect among them than might be expected in a culture where polygamy has been prevalent for a long time. [Vol II Pg cxxxix]
The conduct of parents to their children is mild and gentle, and it is requited by unreserved docility and obedience. To their chiefs they show a respectful deference: among themselves they stand on a footing of equality, and feeling no dependence pay little homage. The abject servitude of Asia has not proceeded further with them than necessary obedience to indispensable authority. Their prince is sacred in their eyes, and meets with unreserved obedience; but their minds are not broken down by numerous demands on their submission, nor are their manners polished by the habit of being frequently with superiors. An European or a native, therefore, who has been accustomed to the polite and elegant manners of the Javans, or with the general courtesy of the Malayus, is struck with the unceremonious, rude, and uncivilized habits of the people of Báli.
The way parents treat their children is gentle and kind, and this is met with complete willingness and obedience from the kids. They show respect to their leaders, but among themselves, they interact as equals and don't feel the need to show much respect. The extreme servitude found in Asia doesn’t go further for them than what is absolutely necessary for authority. They see their prince as sacred and obey him without question; however, they aren’t overwhelmed by constant demands for submission, nor do their manners become refined from frequently being around those in power. Therefore, any European or native person who is used to the polite and refined behavior of the Javanese, or the general courtesy of the Malays, would be taken aback by the informal, rude, and uncivilized behaviors of the people of Báli.
In the arts they are considerably behind the Javans, though they seem capable of advancing rapidly. They are happily not subjected to a frame of government so calculated to repress their energies, or to waste their resources. They are now a rising people. Neither degraded by despotism nor enervated by habits of indolence or luxury, they perhaps promise fairer for a progress in civilization and good government than any of their neighbours.
In the arts, they're quite a bit behind the Javanese, but they seem capable of catching up quickly. Fortunately, they're not stuck under a government that suppresses their energy or squanders their resources. They're emerging as a promising society. Not ruined by tyranny or weakened by laziness or luxury, they might have a better chance for progress in civilization and good governance than any of their neighbors.
They are strangers to the vices of drunkenness, libertinism, and conjugal infidelity: their predominant passions are gaming and cock fighting. In these amusements, when at peace with the neighbouring states, all the vehemence and energy of their character and spirit is called forth and exhausted. Their energy, their modes of life, and their love of independence, render them formidable to the weaker states in their neighbourhood, and secure them against all attacks from any native power in the Indian Archipelago. What they now are it is probable that the Javans once were, in national independence, as well as in religious and political institutions.
They are unfamiliar with the vices of excessive drinking, promiscuity, and marital infidelity: their main passions are gambling and cockfighting. In these activities, when there's peace with neighboring states, all their intensity and energy come to life and are spent. Their vitality, lifestyles, and desire for independence make them a threat to the weaker states nearby, keeping them safe from any attacks by local powers in the Indian Archipelago. It’s likely that the Javanese were once like them, in terms of national independence, as well as in their religious and political systems.
The island of Báli appears to be divided at present into seven different states, each independent of the other, and subject to its own chief.
The island of Báli is currently divided into seven different states, each independent from the others and governed by its own leader.
The population of these states is estimated to amount in all to above eight hundred thousand souls. This estimate is formed from the numbers of males whose teeth have been filed, which in the different states stood in round numbers as follows:
The population of these states is estimated to be over eight hundred thousand people. This estimate is based on the number of males whose teeth have been filed, which in the different states is roughly as follows:
Klongkong | 30,000 |
Karang Asem | 50,000 |
Badung | 20,000 |
Bliling | 30,000 |
Tabanan | 40,000 |
Mengui | 20,000 |
Giangar | 15,000 |
Taman Bali | 10,000 |
215,000 |
As the operation of filing the teeth immediately precedes puberty, this list of course excludes all males who have not arrived at that period, as well as all females whatever. From the early age at which marriages are contracted, those who have undergone the operation may for the most part be considered as having entered into family connections[303], and a calculation of four to a family will give the same result. This great population has doubtless increased since the abolition of the slave trade.
As the process of filing the teeth happens just before puberty, this list doesn’t include any males who haven’t reached that stage, along with all females. Given the young age at which marriages occur, most of those who have gone through the procedure can be seen as having entered family connections[303], and estimating four people per family will yield the same result. This large population has likely grown since the end of the slave trade.
Of this heptarchy, Klóngkong is admitted to be the most ancient sovereignty. Its princes are said to have originally emigrated from Java, and a period is recorded when the whole island of Báli acknowledged their authority. Even still they retain evidences of their former dignity, and traces of their former influence. Among the regalia are still preserved a kris, and other articles that belonged to Majapáhit, and the other princes of the island recognize them as the stock from whence they sprung, though they limit their fealty to general respect, and jealously maintain their own independence.
Of this heptarchy, Klóngkong is recognized as the oldest sovereignty. Its princes are said to have originally come from Java, and there was a time when the entire island of Báli accepted their rule. Even now, they still show signs of their former greatness and influence. Among the royal items, a kris and other artifacts that belonged to Majapáhit are still preserved, and other princes on the island acknowledge them as their ancestral roots, although they limit their loyalty to general respect and fiercely maintain their own independence.
Báli is generally supposed to have been originally peopled from different parts of Celebes. The first person who is said to have established the religion and government which still exist, was Déwa Agung Kátut, son of Rátu Browijáya of Majapáhit in Java. The cause of his quitting Java is related by the Balians as follows.
Báli is generally believed to have originally been settled by people from various parts of Celebes. The first person credited with establishing the religion and government that still exist today is Déwa Agung Kátut, son of Rátu Browijáya of Majapáhit in Java. The reason he left Java is explained by the Balians as follows.
"The father of Browijáya was informed by his head Bramána, that it was written in a sacred book that after the expiration of forty days the title of Rája of Majapáhit should be extinct: to which the Raja gave such implicit credit, that at the expiration of that time he caused himself to be burnt alive. His son, not daring to disobey the sentence of the book, removed to Báli with a number of followers, and established his authority at Klóngkong, taking the title of supreme sovereign, which title still continues hereditary in the Rajas of Klóngkong."
"The father of Browijáya was informed by his chief Bramána that it was written in a sacred book that after forty days, the title of Rája of Majapáhit would cease to exist. The Raja believed this so completely that when the time was up, he chose to burn himself alive. His son, not wanting to defy the book's decree, moved to Báli with several followers and established his rule in Klóngkong, claiming the title of supreme sovereign, which has remained hereditary among the Rajas of Klóngkong."
The inhabitants of Báli, like those of Java, are principally employed in agriculture. The fertility of the island may be inferred from the number of people maintained on so limited a spot. Rice is the chief produce of the soil, and of course the chief article of subsistence.
The people of Báli, just like those of Java, mostly work in farming. You can tell how fertile the island is by the large population it supports in such a small area. Rice is the main crop grown here, and it is obviously the primary food source.
From the mountainous nature of the country, advantage cannot so easily be taken of the periodical rains for the purpose of the rice irrigation, but the lands are irrigated by an abundant supply of water from streams and rivers. In some places, as in Kárang Asem, two crops of rice are obtained in one year; but over the greatest part of the island only one. In the dry season the sáwahs yield a crop of maize. The natives reckon from fifty to sixty fold of increase in the rice cultivation no extraordinary produce. The women are not employed, as in Java, to plant the pári: their assistance in the field is only required to reap it. The implements of husbandry are of the same simple construction as those on Java, and nearly similar in form.
From the mountainous nature of the country, it's not easy to take advantage of the seasonal rains for rice irrigation, but the land gets plenty of water from streams and rivers. In some areas, like Kárang Asem, two rice crops are harvested in a year; however, for most of the island, only one crop is grown. During the dry season, the sáwahs produce a crop of maize. The locals expect a yield of fifty to sixty times the amount of rice planted, which isn't considered exceptional. Unlike in Java, women are not involved in planting the pári; they only help with the harvest. The farming tools are just as simple as those in Java and are nearly identical in shape.
Bullocks of the Bánteng, or wild breed, and of very fine quality, are[Vol II Pg cxli] almost invariably used in husbandry. The price of a pair of oxen of this kind, fit for the plough, is generally about six Spanish dollars, and seldom exceeds eight. The ordinary price of a pikul (133¼ pounds English) of rice, is about three-fourths of a Spanish dollar.
Bullocks of the Bánteng, or wild breed, and of very high quality, are[Vol II Pg cxli] almost always used in farming. A pair of these oxen, suitable for plowing, usually costs around six Spanish dollars and rarely goes over eight. The typical price for a pikul (133¼ pounds) of rice is about three-quarters of a Spanish dollar.
The tenure by which land is held differs widely from that which exists at present in the native provinces of Java. The sovereign is not here considered the universal landlord; on the contrary, the soil is almost invariably considered as the private property of the subject, in whatever manner it is cultivated or divided. It may be sold, let, pledged, devised, or otherwise disposed of, at the option of the proprietor, and without any reference to the will of the superior. The divisions of this property are generally very minute, and the mode of measurement not very defined, and there are instances of great irregularity, even in the application of the same mode of measurement.
The way land is owned varies significantly from the current situation in the native provinces of Java. The ruler is not viewed as the ultimate landlord; instead, the land is almost always seen as the private property of the individual, regardless of how it’s farmed or divided. It can be sold, rented, mortgaged, willed, or otherwise managed at the owner's discretion, without needing permission from a higher authority. The divisions of this property are usually very small, and the method of measurement isn't clearly defined, leading to many inconsistencies, even when the same measurement method is used.
The measure of land is expressed by the quantity of seed required to sow it, and said to be so many tánas. Some proprietors possess fifty tánas, while others hold not more than one or two. The private estate of the elder Raja of Bliling did not exceed a few hundred tánas, nor did that of the younger much surpass it.
The size of land is measured by the amount of seed needed to plant it and is referred to as so many tánas. Some landowners have fifty tánas, while others only have one or two. The private property of the elder Raja of Bliling was only a few hundred tánas, and the younger Raja's property was not much larger.
But though the prince is not considered as actual proprietor of the land of his dominions, he receives a certain share of the produce in the way of tax. This tax is either paid in a small Chinese coin, called képeng, or in kind, at the rate of about five tánas of produce for every tána of seed sown.
But even though the prince isn't seen as the actual owner of the land in his realms, he gets a portion of the harvest as tax. This tax is either paid in a small Chinese coin called képeng, or in goods, at a rate of about five tánas of produce for every tána of seed sown.
Though in the lower districts the food of the people is universally rice, in the higher and more mountainous parts they subsist principally on sweet potatoes and Indian corn. The principal animal food that they use is swine flesh, which is found in great abundance. The price of a grown hog seldom exceeds a dollar, and scarcely ever amounts to a dollar and a half.
Though in the lower areas the main food of the people is generally rice, in the higher and more mountainous regions they mainly rely on sweet potatoes and corn. The primary meat they consume is pork, which is plentiful. A full-grown hog typically costs no more than a dollar, and rarely goes over a dollar and a half.
The habitations of the Bálians differ from those of the Javans, in being generally constructed of mud walls and surrounded by walls of baked or unbaked bricks; in consequence of which, and the peculiar formation of the entrances and doorways, the principal towns are said to resemble the Hindu towns on the continent of India.
The homes of the Bálians are different from those of the Javans, as they are typically made of mud walls and surrounded by walls of either baked or unbaked bricks. Because of this, along with the unique design of the entrances and doorways, the main towns are said to look similar to Hindu towns on the mainland of India.
The arts are little practised. Though the island produces cotton of the most excellent quality, and in great abundance, the natives have not generally learned the art of painting or printing the cloth, which they manufacture from it. The women here, as on Java, are the manufacturers of all the cloth used by their husbands or families. Their principal manufacture is in kríses and warlike instruments; they make fire-arms, and ornament the barrels, but purchase European locks.
The arts are rarely practiced. Although the island produces high-quality cotton in large quantities, the locals generally haven't learned how to paint or print the cloth they make from it. The women here, like those in Java, are responsible for all the fabric used by their husbands or families. Their main production includes kríses and weapons; they create firearms and decorate the barrels but buy European locks.
The principal exports are rice, birds'-nests, coarse cloths, cotton yarn, salted eggs, dínding, gámbir, and oil: the principal imports are opium (which the inhabitants are unfortunately much addicted to), káyu pélet, betel-nut, ivory, gold, and silver. The Bálians dislike a seafaring life, and hold the profession of a merchant in disrepute. Their fairs and[Vol II Pg cxlii] markets are few and little frequented. The trade that was at one time carried on with the greatest success was the traffic in slaves. The usual price of a male slave was from ten to thirty dollars, of a female from fifty to one hundred. This disgraceful traffic, it may be hoped, will soon be entirely annihilated. While it existed in its full vigour, all prisoners taken in war, all who attempted to evade the laws by emigration, all insolvent debtors, and a certain class of thieves, were subjected to the sad condition of slavery. These laws still subsist, and are enforced, as formerly, for the purpose of procuring the home supply; but the diminution of the foreign demand must limit exceedingly their exercise, and in a short time ameliorate the state of the unhappy individuals who had suffered by them[304].
The main exports are rice, bird's nests, coarse fabrics, cotton yarn, salted eggs, dínding, gámbir, and oil. The main imports are opium (which unfortunately many people are addicted to), káyu pélet, betel nut, ivory, gold, and silver. The Bálians dislike life at sea and look down on the profession of a merchant. Their fairs and markets are few and not very popular. The most successful trade in the past was the slave trade. A male slave usually cost between ten to thirty dollars, while a female slave cost between fifty to one hundred. It's hoped that this disgraceful trade will soon come to an end. When it was at its peak, all prisoners taken in war, anyone trying to escape the law by leaving, bankrupt debtors, and a certain group of thieves were subjected to the terrible condition of slavery. These laws still exist and are enforced, just like before, to provide a local supply; however, the drop in foreign demand should greatly limit their application, and soon improve the situation for those unfortunate individuals who have suffered because of them.[304].
But the most interesting character of the Bálians arises out of the frame of their government, the code of their laws, and the system of their religion. I have, in one part of this work, particularly described, and in others repeatedly alluded to, the traces of Hinduism on Java; and if these traces had not been decided and manifest in themselves, their interpretation would have been rendered manifest by what occurs in Báli.
But the most intriguing aspect of the Bálians comes from their system of government, their laws, and their religion. In one section of this work, I have specifically detailed, and in other sections frequently referred to, the influences of Hinduism in Java; and if these influences were not clear and obvious on their own, they would be made clear by what happens in Báli.
In Báli not more than one in two hundred, if so many, are Mahomedans, and the great body of the people profess the creed and observe the institutions of a religion which has become extinct in the rest of the [Vol II Pg cxliii]Archipelago. On Java we find Hinduism only amid the ruins of temples, images, and inscriptions; on Báli, in the laws, ideas, and worship of the people. On Java this singular and interesting system of religion is classed among the antiquities of the island. Here it is a living source of action, and a universal rule of conduct. The present state of Báli may be considered, therefore, as a kind of commentary on the ancient condition of the natives of Java. Hinduism has here severed society into casts; it has introduced its divinities; it has extended its ceremonies into most of the transactions of life; it has enjoined or recommended some of its severest sacrifices, such as the burning of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband: but yet the individual retains all the native manliness of his character and all the fire of the savage state.
In Bali, no more than one in two hundred people, if that many, are Muslims, and the majority of the population follows and practices a religion that has faded away in the rest of the [Vol II Pg cxliii]Archipelago. In Java, we only see Hinduism among the ruins of temples, statues, and inscriptions; in Bali, it lives on in the laws, beliefs, and worship of the people. In Java, this unique and fascinating religious system is considered part of the island's history. Here, it serves as a vital force of action and a guiding principle for behavior. Therefore, the current state of Bali can be seen as a reflection of the ancient lifestyle of the Javanese people. Hinduism has divided society into castes; it has introduced its gods; it has woven its rituals into most aspects of life; it has mandated or suggested some of its most intense sacrifices, like the burning of a widow on her husband's funeral pyre; yet still, the individual maintains all the innate strength of his character and the intensity of a primitive state.
By this system the Bálians are divided into four casts: 1. The Bramána, 2. Rusi or Satria, 3. Wisia, and 4. Sudra. The princes of the island are generally, but not always, of the Bramána cast: the present Raja of Bliling is of the second class. The government is despotic, there being no check on the will of the chief nor any sharer of his power[305]. He is assisted in his internal administration by a head Parbákal; and in the general affairs of his government, the management of foreign correspondence, and the superintendence of his foreign relations, by an officer called Ráden Tumúng'gung.
By this system, the Bálians are divided into four castes: 1. The Bramána, 2. Rusi or Satria, 3. Wisia, and 4. Sudra. The princes of the island are usually, but not always, from the Bramána caste; the current Raja of Bliling is from the second class. The government is absolute, with no checks on the chief’s authority or any sharing of his power[305]. He is supported in his internal administration by a head Parbákal, and in the overall management of his government, including foreign correspondence and overseeing his foreign relations, by an officer called Ráden Tumúng'gung.
The system of village government is established here as on Java. The constitution of each village is the same. The head, or chief, is termed Parbákal, and the assistant Kalían Témpek: these officers are invariably selected from among the people of the village which they are appointed to govern. The office of Parbákal is considered hereditary, if the successor is competent; and on a vacancy occurring, the Parbákal recommends the successor of a Kalían Témpek.
The village government system is set up here just like in Java. Each village has the same structure. The leader, or chief, is called Parbákal, and the assistant is Kalían Témpek: these positions are always filled by someone from the village they govern. The role of Parbákal is seen as hereditary, as long as the successor is capable; when a vacancy arises, the Parbákal recommends a new Kalían Témpek.
Under the head Parbákal, who is termed Parbákal Rája, are several inferior Parbákals, as assistants to that officer in conveying his orders to the heads of villages; and under the Ráden Tumúng'gung is placed a similar establishment, consisting of about a hundred persons, with the rank and title of Kalían Témpek.
Under the title Parbákal, known as Parbákal Rája, there are several junior Parbákals who assist this officer in delivering his orders to the village leaders. Similarly, under the Ráden Tumúng'gung, there is a comparable organization made up of around a hundred individuals, holding the rank and title of Kalían Témpek.
Many of the Parbákals of villages in Bliling have the title of Gústi, which descends in their families, and which serves to distinguish them as nobles. These probably originated in their conduct in war. The command of the military is at present vested in a chief of the Bramána cast, styled Rája Bángen Senapáti; Bángen being the district which contains the principal Braminical establishment. He seems to receive honours and respect next to the Rajah himself.
Many of the Parbákals from villages in Bliling hold the title of Gústi, which is passed down through their families and marks them as nobles. This likely stems from their actions in warfare. Currently, military command is held by a chief from the Bramána caste, known as Rája Bángen Senapáti; Bángen is the district that hosts the main Braminical institution. He appears to receive honors and respect just below the Rajah himself.
The heads of kampongs in which foreigners reside are termed Pang'gáwa; and in speaking collectively of the heads of villages, the Raja uses the term Papang'gáwa.
The leaders of kampongs where foreigners live are called Pang'gáwa; and when the Raja refers to the leaders of all the villages together, he uses the term Papang'gáwa.
The administration of justice is generally conducted by a court, composed of one Jáksa and two assistants: in addition to whom, in the determination[Vol II Pg cxliv] of any cause of importance, several Bramánas are called in. Their decisions are guided by written laws. The civil code is called Degáma, the criminal code Agáma. Before these courts three or four witnesses are required to substantiate any criminal charge. Their witnesses are examined on oath, and people of any cast are competent to take such oath and to be so examined. The form of administering the oath requires of the person who takes it to hold a bason of water in his hand, and after repeating, "may I and my whole generation perish, if what I allege is not true," to drink the water.
The justice system is usually carried out by a court made up of one Jáksa and two assistants. Additionally, for any significant case, several Bramánas are brought in. Their decisions are based on written laws. The civil code is known as Degáma, and the criminal code is called Agáma. In these courts, three or four witnesses are needed to support any criminal accusation. The witnesses are sworn in, and anyone, regardless of their caste, can take this oath and be examined. The method of taking the oath requires the person to hold a basin of water in their hand and, after saying, "may I and my whole generation perish if what I claim is not true," to drink the water.
The form of procedure requires the prosecutor or plaintiff to be heard first on oath: his witnesses are next examined, then the prisoner or defendant and his witnesses, after which the court decides on a general view of the whole of the evidence submitted to its consideration. No torture is employed to procure evidence: mutilation is unknown. The usual punishments are death, confinement, and servitude. The laws, in some instances, are severe, in others lenient. In the execution of the punishment awarded by the court there is this peculiarity, that the aggrieved party or his friends, are appointed to inflict it: for though the judge steps in between the prosecutor and person whom he pursues, so as to restrain the indiscriminate animosity of the one and to determine the criminality of the other, the Bálians have not advanced so far in the refinement of criminal justice, as to consider criminal offences in the nature of offences perpetrated against the state, and punishable by its officers.
The legal process requires the prosecutor or plaintiff to present their case first under oath. Their witnesses are examined next, followed by the defendant and their witnesses, after which the court makes a decision based on all the evidence presented. No torture or mutilation is used to obtain evidence. Common punishments include death, imprisonment, and forced labor. The laws can be harsh in some cases and lenient in others. A unique aspect of punishment is that the victim or their friends are responsible for carrying it out; while the judge mediates to keep the prosecutor's anger in check and assess the defendant's guilt, the local people haven't progressed to viewing crimes as offenses against the state that should be punished by state officials.
Theft and robbery are punished by death inflicted by a krís; murder and treason are punished in some cases by breaking the limbs of the convict with a hatchet, and leaving him to linger some days in agony till death ensues. Adultery is punished with death in the man and perpetual servitude to the prince in the woman. This severity restrains the crime; but in the small state of Bliling there occur sometimes several trials for it during the year.
Theft and robbery are punished by death carried out by a krís; murder and treason may be punished by breaking the convict's limbs with a hatchet and leaving them to suffer in agony for several days until death comes. Adultery is punished with death for the man and lifelong servitude to the prince for the woman. This harshness deters the crime, but in the small state of Bliling, there are still several trials for it each year.
The Raja must confirm every criminal sentence before it is executed, and every civil decision that involves the servitude of the party. Confiscation of the culprit's property follows capital punishment only, the amount of which is divided between the prince and judges. In other cases there is no confiscation.
The Raja has to approve every criminal sentence before it's carried out, and every civil decision that affects someone's servitude. The confiscation of the offender's property only happens after capital punishment, and the proceeds are shared between the prince and the judges. In other situations, there’s no confiscation.
The laws of Báli differ from those of Java with respect to marriages and divorces. In the former island, divorces are permitted under no circumstances whatever; in the latter, almost every caprice is sufficient to procure one. In Báli the husband generally buys his wife by paying a sum of money to her parents: thirty dollars is the common price. If unable to pay this sum, he becomes, as in the patriarchal times of scripture, the servant of the party to whom he thus becomes indebted, and resides along with his wife in the house of his father-in-law. His services are received in diminution of the dowry; and if he acts so as to please the family of his wife, the exaction of it is either in part or in whole remitted.
The laws of Báli are different from those in Java when it comes to marriages and divorces. In the former, divorces aren't allowed under any circumstances; in the latter, almost any whim is enough to get one. In Báli, the husband typically buys his wife by paying a fee to her parents: thirty dollars is the usual amount. If he can't afford this, he becomes, like in the patriarchal times of scripture, a servant to the family he's indebted to and lives with his wife in her father’s house. His work is counted towards the dowry, and if he earns the approval of his wife's family, they may waive some or all of it.
Without entering into any theory concerning the history of the religious system of Báli, or any detailed comparison of it with systems in India, the following notices may be thought interesting. [Vol II Pg cxlv]
Without getting into any theories about the history of the religious system of Báli, or making detailed comparisons with systems in India, the following notes might be considered interesting. [Vol II Pg cxlv]
The inhabitants, as before stated, are divided into casts, named Bramána, Sátria, Wísia, and Súdra. The Bramánas are of two descriptions, Bramána Séwa and Bramána Búda. The former are most respected, and refrain from eating all animal food, except that of ducks, goats, and buffaloes: hogs' flesh and that of the cow are forbidden. The Bramána Búda eat indiscriminately of animal food.
The inhabitants, as mentioned earlier, are divided into castes called Bramána, Sátria, Wísia, and Súdra. The Bramánas are further split into two groups: Bramána Séwa and Bramána Búda. The former are highly respected and avoid eating all types of meat except for duck, goat, and buffalo. Pork and beef are not allowed. The Bramána Búda eat meat without restriction.
The Bramána Séwa are said not to perform worship in the temples: this is left to the lowest orders, generally the Súdras. The worship of the lower orders, as performed in the temples, cannot be called Hindu. In these temples, which are very numerous, mud figures are placed, representing the tutelar deities of each particular country.
The Bramána Séwa are said not to worship in temples; that task is usually handled by the lower classes, typically the Súdras. The worship conducted by these lower groups in the temples can’t really be considered Hindu. In these many temples, mud figures are displayed, representing the guardian deities of each specific region.
The Bramánas of all descriptions are held in great respect, and never condescend to pay compliments to any person whatever. The respect in which they are relatively held, seems to be in proportion to the age of the person, and his supposed learning and accomplishments. A Bramána may eat from the hands of another of a similar age, but not from those of a junior.
The Bramánas of all types are greatly respected and never stoop to flatter anyone. The respect they receive seems to relate to the person's age, knowledge, and skills. A Bramána can eat from the hands of someone of the same age, but not from someone younger.
The Bramána are said not to worship idols, nor do they perform public worship in the temples, but in their private houses only.
The Bramána are said not to worship idols, nor do they hold public worship in temples, but only in their private homes.
A Bramána may marry a woman of an inferior order, but the offspring of such a marriage is called Bujánga, which forms a distinct class.
A Bramána can marry a woman from a lower social class, but the children from that marriage are referred to as Bujánga, which creates a separate category.
There is in Báli a class of outcasts, called Chandálas, who are not permitted to reside in villages; are generally potters, dyers, dealers in leather, distillers, and retailers of ardent spirits. The dancing women are of the Wisia and Sudra castes.
There is in Báli a group of outcasts, known as Chandálas, who are not allowed to live in villages; they usually work as potters, dyers, leatherworkers, distillers, and sellers of alcohol. The dancers come from the Wisia and Sudra castes.
A Bramána cannot be in any servile occupation. He cannot sit on the ground, nor perform obeisance to any other class.
A Bramána cannot be in any menial job. He cannot sit on the ground or bow to anyone from another class.
The religion of Báli has been considered as of two descriptions, that of Budh and that of Bráma. The Budhists are said to have come first to the country. Of the Bramánas of Séwa nine generations are said to have passed over since their arrival. The name of the principal Bramána of the caste of Séwa, who first settled on Báli, is said to have been Wútu Ráhu: he came from Telingána, and on his way is said to have touched at Majapáhit.
The religion of Báli is seen as having two types: that of Budh and that of Bráma. The Budhists are believed to have arrived in the country first. It is said that nine generations of Bramánas from Séwa have passed since their arrival. The name of the main Bramána from the caste of Séwa, who was the first to settle in Báli, is said to be Wútu Ráhu: he came from Telingána and is said to have stopped at Majapáhit on his way.
The Rajas of Báli are generally of the Satria caste; but this does not always hold.
The Rajas of Báli are usually from the Satria caste, but that's not always the case.
From information obtained at Bliling, it would appear that the greater part of the population of Báli follow the worship of Séwa. The Budhists are said to be rare, and the names of three districts only could be stated, where the Budhist religion is supposed to prevail.
From information gathered at Bliling, it seems that most of the population of Báli practices the worship of Séwa. Buddhists are reportedly scarce, and only three districts can be named where the Buddhist religion is believed to be prominent.
The sacrifice of the widow on the funeral pile of her husband is frequent. All classes may perform this sacrifice, but it is most common with the Satría. Force is said never to be had recourse to on these occasions. The number of women who sacrifice themselves is extraordinary:—the father of the present Raja of Bliling was followed by no less than seventy-four women. The dead body is usually preserved in these cases for many months, and even for a year. The corpse is preserved by daily fumigations with benzoin.
The sacrifice of a widow on her husband's funeral pyre is common. All social classes can participate in this sacrifice, but it is most typical among the Satría. It's said that force is never used in these situations. The number of women who take this step is remarkable: the father of the current Raja of Bliling was accompanied by no less than seventy-four women. In these cases, the deceased body is usually kept for several months, and sometimes even for a year. The body is preserved through daily fumigations with benzoin.
The bodies of the dead are burnt, except in the case of children before[Vol II Pg cxlvi] they have shed their teeth, and of all persons dying of the small pox: as in the latter case the body cannot be preserved, and it is usual, even with the lower orders, to keep the body for two months. Among some, however, it is said to be usual to throw the dead bodies into the sea.
The bodies of the deceased are cremated, except for children who haven't lost their baby teeth and for anyone who dies of smallpox, as these bodies can't be preserved. Even among the lower classes, it's common to keep the body for two months. However, in some cases, it's said to be normal to throw the dead bodies into the sea.
The flesh of the cow is eaten by all except the Bramánas who have led a life of austerity: these refrain from eating even rice, and live wholly upon roots and fruit.
The meat of the cow is consumed by everyone except the Bramánas who have chosen a life of austerity: they avoid eating even rice and rely entirely on roots and fruits.
The Budhists are said to be so little scrupulous in their diet, as to eat not only the flesh of the cow, but even that of dogs and all other animals. Milk is never used as an article of food.
The Buddhists are said to be so unconcerned about their diet that they eat not only the flesh of cows but also that of dogs and other animals. Milk is never consumed as a food item.
These particulars respecting the religious observances of the Bálians were obligingly communicated to me by Mr. Crawfurd, who visited the island in 1814. In the following year I visited Bliling myself; but my stay was too short to obtain any very detailed information on this interesting particular, further than a collection of their different manuscripts, which have been brought to this country, and already adverted to under the head of Javan literature.
These details about the religious practices of the Bálians were kindly shared with me by Mr. Crawfurd, who visited the island in 1814. The following year, I visited Bliling myself; however, my stay was too brief to gather any in-depth information on this fascinating topic, aside from a collection of their various manuscripts, which have been brought to this country and have already been mentioned under the section of Javan literature.
On inquiring into the rank of their deities, they replied at once:
On asking about the status of their gods, they answered immediately:
- The first is Batára Gúru.
- The second Batára Bráma, emblematical of fire.
- The third Batára Wísnu, emblematical of water.
- The fourth Batára Séwa, emblematical of air.
Besides these they have several other deities, not however termed Batára, as:
Besides these, they have several other deities, but they aren't referred to as Batára, such as:
Déwa Géde Segara, the deity of the sea.
Dewa Gede Segara, the god of the sea.
Déwa Géde Dálam, emblematical of death.
Dewa Gede Dalam, symbolic of death.
Déwa Géde Báli Agung, the deity in whose temple (which is near the kadaton of the Raja), the common people on particular days pay worship.
Déwa Géde Báli Agung, the deity in whose temple (which is near the kadaton of the Raja), the common people worship on certain days.
Déwa Géde Gúnung Agung, a deity still more generally worshipped, and to whom all the Rajas and people of Báli pay adoration.
Dewa Gede Gunung Agung, a deity who is still widely revered, to whom all the kings and people of Bali show their respect.
The deity Mahadéwa is known and mentioned in the religious books, but is not an object of worship.
The deity Mahadéwa is recognized and referenced in religious texts, but is not worshipped.
Batára Gúru is considered as the highest object of worship below the divinity. Sang yang Túng'gal (the Lord who is one).
Batára Gúru is regarded as the highest object of worship after the divine. Sang yang Túng'gal (the Lord who is one).
I shall close this account of the religion of Báli with the following literal translation of an account of the Hindu religion, furnished to me by an intelligent Mahomedan, a native of the island.
I will wrap up this overview of the religion of Báli with a direct translation of a description of the Hindu religion, provided to me by a knowledgeable Muslim from the island.
"The religion of Búdh, as it exists on Báli, is divided into Sakálan and Niskálan. The first regards all worldly concerns, such as the orders of the prince, the laws of the land, &c., including the common affairs and transactions of life; the second comprehends all the duties and ceremonies of religion, the conducting of which is in the hands of the Maperwíta, or learned Brahmins called Padénda.
The religion of Búdh as it is practiced in Báli is split into two parts: Sakálan and Niskálan. The first deals with all worldly matters, such as the commands of the prince, the laws of the land, and other aspects of daily life; the second includes all religious duties and ceremonies, which are overseen by the Maperwíta or educated Brahmins known as Padénda.
"The different kinds of worship attached to this division of the religion, are those of Batára Permisti Gúru, Batara Naráda, Batara Sang yang Túng'gal, and all his descendants; of all of whom images are made,[Vol II Pg cxlvii] some of gold, some of silver, some of bell-metal, and some in iron; and to whom are dedicated temples and places for the reception of their images on Gúnung Agung, Gúnug Bátu, Gúnung Baturkahu, and Gúnung Predung; but it is Gúnung Agung that is the famous place for them; and those figures are the objects of worship to all the princes of Báli.
The different types of worship related to this part of the religion are those of Batára Permisti Gúru, Batara Naráda, Batara Sang yang Túng'gal, and all of their descendants. Statues are made of each, some in gold, some in silver, some in bell-metal, and some in iron. Temples and places for housing their images are dedicated to them on Gúnung Agung, Gúnug Bátu, Gúnung Baturkahu, and Gúnung Predung; however, Gúnung Agung is the most famous site for these worship practices, and these figures are the focus of worship for all the princes of Báli.[Vol II Pg cxlvii]
"When there happens to be a mabántan, which signifies a festival on some grand occasion, all the Rajas, with their families, descendants, and subjects, repair to Gúnung Agung and invoke all the deities, the Maperwíta Bramána being summoned to attend and conduct the ceremonies.
"When there is a mabántan, which indicates a festival for a significant event, all the Rajas, along with their families, descendants, and subjects, go to Gúnung Agung to invoke all the deities, with the Maperwíta Bramána being called to attend and lead the ceremonies."
"On occasions of less importance, those images only of the deities which are behind their houses are worshipped, a Maperwíta Bramána being called to attend and officiate.
"On less important occasions, only the images of the deities located behind their houses are worshipped, with a Maperwíta Bramána being called to attend and officiate."
"At the Pembákaran, or place where the bodies of the princes are burned, there are also figures of the different deities, in places made for their reception.
"At the Pembákaran, or the place where the bodies of the princes are cremated, there are also statues of various deities, arranged in spots meant for them."
"Marriages (mabandángan) are sanctified by their being borne witness to by the Maperwíta Bramánas, as well as all the deities who are invoked on the occasion.
"Marriages (mabandángan) are made sacred by the presence of the Maperwíta Bramánas and all the deities that are called upon during the ceremony."
"On the new moon, and on the eighth and twenty-third of the month all the deities are worshipped, every one joining in the ceremonies. Should any of the Rajas attend on those days, he of the greatest rank, and power orders the attendance of the Maperwíta Bramánas. Great offerings being made to the deities, thousands of people are afterwards fed with their consecrated fragments. On these occasions the Maperwíta Bramána, called Padénda, administers to the people holy water, which they both drink and perform ablutions with.
"On the new moon, and on the eighth and twenty-third of the month, all the gods are honored, with everyone taking part in the rituals. If any of the kings are present on those days, the one with the highest rank and authority arranges for the attendance of the Maperwíta Bramánas. After great offerings are made to the gods, thousands of people are fed with the blessed leftovers. During these events, the Maperwíta Bramána known as Padénda provides the people with holy water, which they drink and use for purification.
"On the day of the new year, the deities are worshipped, ablutions performed, and offerings made. Cloths and money, &c. are offered twice a year, Bramána Padénda attending and invoking the deities.
"On New Year's Day, people worship the deities, take part in cleansing rituals, and make offerings. Cloth and money, etc., are presented twice a year, with Bramána Padénda participating and calling upon the deities."
"On the day támpak klíwon, the Bramána Padénda performs prayers, using holy water.
"On the day támpak klíwon, the Bramána Padénda prays, using holy water."
"When it is támpak wáyang, which means the new year wáyangs, offerings are made and placed at all the outer doors, but no worshipping takes place.
"When it is támpak wáyang, which means the new year wáyangs, offerings are made and placed at all the outer doors, but no worshipping takes place."
"At the annual festivals of támpuk kándang, there are offerings made on account of all the different animals.
"At the yearly festivals of támpuk kándang, offerings are made for all sorts of animals."
"There is also the fast of Nyualátu, which lasts a day and a night, during which time food and sleep must be abstained from. This fast must be held on the first or the fifteenth of the month."
"There is also the fast of Nyualátu, which lasts for a day and a night, during which time you must abstain from food and sleep. This fast should be observed on the first or the fifteenth of the month."
FOOTNOTES:
[303] In the estimate is probably included the population of those districts on the island of Sasak or Lombok, which are subject to the chiefs of Bali.
[303] The estimate likely includes the population of those areas on the island of Sasak or Lombok that are under the authority of the chiefs of Bali.
[304] Having repeatedly had occasion, in the course of this work, to advert to the slave trade, and the sources whence the supplies of slaves were obtained, it may not be uninteresting to introduce to the reader a native of Papua, or New Guinea[306], stolen from his country in the course of this traffic. The lad represented in the plate came into my service at Bali under very peculiar circumstances, and has accompanied me to England. Since his arrival he has excited some curiosity, as being the first individual of the woolly haired race of Eastern Asia who has been brought to this country. It is known, that on the Malayan Peninsula, in Luconia, Borneo, and most of the larger islands of the Eastern Seas, there are occasionally found in the mountainous tracts a scattered race of blacks entirely distinct from the rest of the population. Some have conceived them to be the aborigines of these countries; others considering them as of the African race, adduce them in proof of an early and extensive intercourse between Africa and these islands. I shall content myself with observing, that they appear at the present day to form the bulk of the population of Papua or New Guinea. The following remarks upon the individual now in England, whom we sometimes call Papua, and sometimes (more to his satisfaction) Dick, were obligingly communicated to me by Sir Everard Home, Bart.
[304] Throughout this work, I've often mentioned the slave trade and the sources of slave supplies, so it might be interesting to introduce a native of Papua, or New Guinea[306], who was taken from his homeland during this trade. The young man shown in the image came into my service at Bali under unique circumstances and has traveled with me to England. Since arriving here, he has sparked curiosity as the first person of the woolly-haired race from Eastern Asia to come to this country. It’s known that in the Malayan Peninsula, Luconia, Borneo, and many of the larger islands in the Eastern Seas, there exists a scattered group of black people in the mountainous areas who are completely different from the rest of the population. Some believe they are the original inhabitants of these lands, while others think they are of African descent, citing them as evidence of early and widespread contact between Africa and these islands. I’ll simply note that these individuals seem to make up the majority of the population in Papua or New Guinea today. The following observations about the individual currently in England, who we sometimes call Papua and sometimes (more to his liking) Dick, were kindly shared with me by Sir Everard Home, Bart.
"The Papuan differs from the African negro in the following particulars. His skin is of a lighter colour, the woolly hair grows in small tufts, and each hair has a spiral twist. The forehead rises higher, and the hind head is not so much cut off. The nose projects more from the face. The upper lip is longer and more prominent. The lower lip projects forward from the lower jaw to such an extent that the chin forms no part of the face, the lower part of which is formed by the mouth. The buttocks are so much lower than in the negro as to form a striking mark of distinction, but the calf of the leg is as high as in the negro."
The Papuan is different from the African in several ways. His skin is lighter in color, the curly hair grows in small tufts, and each hair has a spiral twist. The forehead is higher, and the back of the head is less flat. The nose sticks out more from the face. The upper lip is longer and more pronounced. The lower lip protrudes from the lower jaw to such an extent that the chin doesn’t seem to be part of the face; instead, the mouth defines the lower part. The buttocks are significantly lower than in Africans, which is a notable difference, but the calf of the leg is as high as in Africans.
[306] Couto, on the 3d chapter of the 3d book of the 4th Decada, gives an account of the discovery of Papua by Don Jorge de Meneges (about the year 1528 or 1533) who, in a calm was hurried by a strong current with extraordinary rapidity to the eastward, until he arrived at a country inhabited by a race as black as negroes, or the natives of the southern coast of Africa, from the Cape of Good Hope to Mosambique; they visited the king on shore, who was as black as the others.
[306] Couto, in the 3rd chapter of the 3rd book of the 4th Decada, describes the discovery of Papua by Don Jorge de Meneges (around the year 1528 or 1533). During a calm period, he was swept away by a strong current moving rapidly east until he reached a land inhabited by a people as dark as black Africans, similar to the natives of the southern coast of Africa, from the Cape of Good Hope to Mozambique. They visited the king onshore, who was just as dark as the others.
The monsoon detained Meneges here some months, during which time he had a friendly intercourse with the natives, who became very familiar, supplying him in barter with what he wanted; but they informed him that in the interior there were men who eat human flesh.
The monsoon kept Meneges here for several months, during which he developed a friendly relationship with the locals, who became quite familiar with him and traded him what he needed. However, they told him that deeper in the interior there were people who ate human flesh.
"Here," says he, "our people saw both men and women as white and as fair as Germans, and on asking how those people were called, they answered 'Papuas,' and on account of the little knowledge which we had at that time of the country, we concluded that they were islands. But from what we afterwards understood, this must be the country which Marco Polo, the Venetian, calls Lechac, and which he says is very rich in gold." [Vol II Pg cxlviii]
"Here," he says, "our people saw men and women as white and fair as Germans, and when we asked what those people were called, they answered 'Papuas.' Given our limited knowledge of the area at that time, we assumed they were islands. But from what we learned later, this must be the country that Marco Polo, the Venetian, refers to as Lechac, which he claims is very rich in gold." [Vol II Pg cxlviii]
APPENDIX L.
Announcement, declaring the Principles of the Intended Change of
System.
The Right Honourable Lord Minto, previous to his departure from Java, having adverted to the general system of the administration, and of the internal management established under the former government of this island, was pleased to suggest and recommend such improvements, as upon correct information, and an adequate knowledge of the state of society amongst the native inhabitants, might be deemed conducive to the advancement of individual happiness and of public prosperity.
The Right Honourable Lord Minto, before leaving Java, noted the overall administration system and the internal management set up under the previous government of the island. He kindly suggested and recommended improvements that, based on accurate information and a good understanding of the condition of society among the native people, could be seen as beneficial for both individual well-being and public prosperity.
With a view to promote so desirable an event, the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor in Council nominated a Committee, of which Lieutenant-Colonel Colin Mackenzie was president, who, with the zeal, talent, and industrious research which characterize that officer, obtained, with the aid of the members of the Committee, authentic statistical accounts of this island; while the fund of valuable information, thus acquired, has been increased from other respectable channels of communication.
To promote this highly desirable event, the Honourable Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a committee, led by Lieutenant-Colonel Colin Mackenzie, who, with his enthusiasm, expertise, and diligent research, gathered accurate statistical information about the island. The valuable data obtained was further enhanced through other reputable sources of information.
The Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor in Council has, therefore, after the most mature consideration, deemed it advisable to establish an improved system of political economy throughout this island, with the intention of ameliorating the condition of all its inhabitants, by affording that protection to individual industry, which will insure to every class of society the equitable and undisturbed enjoyment of the fruits of labour; and while it is confidently expected that private happiness and public prosperity will be advanced under this change of system, such alterations and amendments will be hereafter adopted, as experience may suggest, or the improving habits and manners of the body of the people may seem to require.
The Honourable Lieutenant-Governor in Council has, therefore, after careful consideration, decided to implement a better system of political economy across this island, aiming to improve the living conditions of all its residents by providing protection for individual efforts, ensuring that every social class can fairly and peacefully enjoy the benefits of their work. It is confidently anticipated that this change will lead to greater personal happiness and public prosperity, and future adjustments and improvements will be made as experience shows is necessary or as the evolving habits and practices of the population require.
The following principles form the basis of the new arrangements, and are made public for general information.
The following principles are the foundation of the new arrangements and are being shared for public information.
1. The undue influence and authority of the native chiefs have been restricted: but government will avail themselves of their services in the important department of the native police, which will be arranged upon[Vol II Pg cxlix] fixed principles, adapted to the habits and original institutions of the people. A competent provision in lands and in money has been allotted to such chiefs, and it therefore naturally becomes both their duty and their interest, to encourage industry and to protect the inhabitants.
1. The excessive influence and power of the local chiefs have been limited, but the government will make use of their services in the important area of the local police, which will be organized based on[Vol II Pg cxlix] established principles that fit the customs and original systems of the people. A reasonable allocation of land and money has been set aside for these chiefs, so it is both their responsibility and in their best interest to promote industry and protect the residents.
2. The government lands will be let generally to the heads of villages, who will be held responsible for the proper management of such portions of the country as may be placed under their superintendence and authority. They will re-let these lands to the cultivators, under certain restrictions, at such a rate as shall not be found oppressive; and all tenants under government will be protected in their just rights, so long as they shall continue to perform their correspondent engagements faithfully; for it is intended to promote extensive industry and consequent improvement, by giving the people an interest in the soil, and by instituting amongst them an acknowledged claim to the possession of the lands, that they may be thus induced to labour for their own profit and advantage.
2. The government lands will be leased mainly to the village leaders, who will be responsible for the proper management of the areas assigned to them. They will lease these lands to farmers with certain restrictions, ensuring that the rates are fair and not burdensome. All tenants under government oversight will be protected in their rightful claims as long as they continue to fulfill their obligations diligently. The goal is to encourage widespread industry and improvement by giving people a stake in the land and establishing a recognized right to possess it, motivating them to work for their own benefit and gain.
3. The system of vassalage and forced deliveries has been abolished generally throughout the island: but in the Batavian and Preangen Regencies such a modification of the former arrangements has been carried into execution, as it was found practicable, under existing circumstances, to introduce; and provisionally the Blandong system will be continued to a certain extent in the central Forest Districts.
3. The system of vassalage and forced deliveries has been abolished throughout the island. However, in the Batavian and Preangen Regencies, some changes to the previous arrangements have been put in place, as it was deemed feasible under the current circumstances. For the time being, the Blandong system will still be used to some extent in the central Forest Districts.
4. To encourage the cultivation of so important an article of export as coffee may become, when the trade of Europe and America may be thrown open to free competition, government have stipulated to receive any surplus quantity of that commodity from the cultivators, at a reasonable and fixed rate, when a higher price for it cannot be obtained in the market.
4. To promote the growth of such an important export like coffee, especially when the trade between Europe and America is fully open to competition, the government has agreed to buy any extra coffee from farmers at a fair and set price when they can’t get a better price in the market.
5. To extend free trade and commerce, and to promote a spirit of enterprise and speculation amongst the inhabitants, the Bhoom farms have been abolished, the duties upon the principal articles of export have been taken off, and it is intended to modify and amend the custom-house regulations before the 1st January next. The toll-gates and transport duties of the interior have been diminished as much as possible, and in the gradual progression of improvement they will be finally abolished.
5. To promote free trade and commerce and encourage a spirit of entrepreneurship and speculation among the residents, the Bhoom farms have been eliminated, the taxes on major export items have been removed, and there are plans to revise and update the customs regulations before January 1st. The tolls and transport fees within the region have been reduced as much as possible, and as improvements continue, they will ultimately be eliminated.
6. Every facility will be afforded towards obtaining teak timber for the construction of small craft, and of such additional tonnage as, upon the improved system, will be undoubtedly required.
6. Every resource will be made available for getting teak timber for building small boats, as well as any extra capacity that will definitely be needed with the improved system.
7. Government have taken upon themselves the exclusive management of the salt department. It appears, that the inhabitants in most parts of the island paid a very irregular and exorbitant price for this necessary article of consumption; while the system adopted by the farmers was radically vicious, and equally oppressive and vexatious to the people, as it was detrimental to the immediate interests of government.
7. The government has taken full control of the salt department. It seems that people in most areas of the island were paying an inconsistent and excessive price for this essential item. Meanwhile, the approach used by the farmers was fundamentally flawed, causing both hardship and frustration for the people, while also being harmful to the government's immediate interests.
Such an improved system for the supply of salt will be immediately adopted, as may appear advisable; and in this and every other arrangement, the government propose the advancement of the interests and the[Vol II Pg cl] happiness of the people at large, and the promotion of the public prosperity of this colony.
An improved system for supplying salt will be adopted right away, as needed; and in this and every other plan, the government aims to enhance the interests and[Vol II Pg cl] happiness of the general public, along with promoting the overall prosperity of this colony.
Given at Batavia, this 15th day of October, 1813.
Given at Batavia, this 15th day of October, 1813.
By me, the Lieutenant-Governor of the Island
of Java and its Dependencies,
T. S. RAFFLES.
By me, the Lieutenant Governor of the Island of Java and its Dependencies,
T. S. RAFFLES.
By order of the Honourable the
Lieutenant-Governor in Council,
By order of the Honorable the
Lieutenant Governor in Council,
C. Assey,
Secretary to Government.
C. Assey,
Government Secretary.
Council Chamber,
Oct. 15, 1813.
[Vol II Pg cli]
Council Chamber,
Oct. 15, 1813.
[Vol II Pg cli]
APPENDIX L. No. II.
REVENUE INSTRUCTIONS.
The Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor in Council having taken into mature consideration the state of the Land Revenue of this Island, and being impressed with the necessity of establishing one uniform, equitable, and adequate system for its assessment and realization, has been pleased to direct that the following instructions be sent to the Residents, Collectors, and other officers, to whom are consigned the charge of the several provinces under his authority.
The Honourable Lieutenant-Governor in Council has carefully reviewed the Land Revenue situation of this Island and recognizes the need for a uniform, fair, and sufficient system for its assessment and collection. Therefore, they have decided to send the following instructions to the Residents, Collectors, and other officials responsible for managing the various provinces under their authority.
1. It is the object of government to separate, in a great measure, the revenue from the judicial branches of the internal administration, it being deemed that a more lucid and simple arrangement of the public business will be formed thereby; and that the relieving the residents from a part of their at present too extensive and complicated duties, will ensure so much easier and better execution of the remainder, as fully to counterbalance any additional expense that may be incurred by the adoption of the measure.
1. The purpose of government is to largely separate the revenue from the judicial branches of internal administration, as it is believed that this will create a clearer and simpler organization of public affairs. Additionally, by easing some of the currently overwhelming and complex responsibilities of residents, it will lead to a much smoother and more effective execution of the remaining duties, more than offsetting any extra costs that might arise from implementing this change.
2. For this purpose it has been resolved, that collectors shall be appointed immediately to the various districts, whose office shall consist in the sole and entire superintendance of the land revenue, and to whom therefore shall be made over by the Residents the complete charge of that department, with all such papers, documents, &c. as are in any way connected with it.
2. To this end, it has been decided that collectors will be appointed right away to the different districts. Their job will be to fully oversee the land revenue, and they will receive complete responsibility for that department from the Residents, along with all relevant papers, documents, etc. that are related to it.
3. In some instances, however, from strong local, political, or other reasons, it is considered advisable, that several branches of the public duty remain still vested for a time in the Resident alone. As this necessity shall cease, care will be taken, by the introduction of separate collectors, to attain uniformity. But, in the mean time, it is particularly enjoined to such Residents as are continued in this double capacity of revenue and judicial superintendants, to take due care that these several branches be not blended in the execution, but that each part of their duty be discharged according to the department to which it belongs, and that their several proceedings be recorded in their proper departments only, distinct from all others.
3. In some cases, however, due to strong local, political, or other reasons, it is advisable that several aspects of public duty remain solely with the Resident for a while. As this necessity ends, separate collectors will be introduced to ensure consistency. In the meantime, it is especially emphasized to those Residents who continue in this dual role of revenue and judicial supervisors to ensure that these different responsibilities are not mixed in their execution. Each part of their duty should be handled according to its specific department, and their various proceedings should be documented only in their proper departments, kept separate from all others.
4. A similar line of conduct will be observed in the maintenance of the establishments necessary for carrying on the business of these several departments; these establishments being kept as much apart, and as much confined to their distinct details, when the duties of collector and judge and magistrate are exercised by the same person, as when there are different officers appointed for the superintendance of each. [Vol II Pg clii]
4. A similar approach will be followed in maintaining the necessary establishments for managing the operations of these different departments. These establishments will be kept separate and focused on their specific responsibilities, whether the roles of collector, judge, and magistrate are performed by the same person or by different officials assigned to oversee each role. [Vol II Pg clii]
5. Those Residents, therefore, to whom will still be entrusted the collection of the land revenue, will consider the following instructions to collectors as addressed to themselves in that capacity. Each collector shall forward to government a list of such establishment (with the salaries to each individual that he would recommend) as he deems adequate to carrying on the business in his head office, where the general papers, accounts, &c. will be prepared, and which will be conducted under his own immediate inspection.
5. Those Residents who will still be responsible for collecting the land revenue should view the following instructions for collectors as directed to them in that role. Each collector must send a list to the government of the staff he recommends (including the salaries for each person) that he thinks is sufficient for operating in his main office, where the general documents, accounts, etc., will be handled, and which will be managed under his direct supervision.
6. This establishment may consist of one native assistant and such number of writers (Javans and English) opasses, and other servants, as may be necessary. This native assistant ought to be a man of rank, respectability, and information, that he may be at once competent, by his knowledge of the manners, characters, and habits of the native inhabitants, to assist the collector in advising measures best suited to each occasion, and by the estimation in which he is held by the people, to lend a considerable aid in carrying those measures duly into execution.
6. This organization may include one local assistant and as many writers (Javans and English) and other staff as needed. This local assistant should be a person of status, respect, and knowledge, so he can effectively help the collector by advising on the best actions for each situation, and by his reputation among the people, he can significantly support the proper execution of those actions.
7. His salary may amount to from one to two hundred rupees per month, or a quantity of land equal to such sum may be allowed him rent free.
7. His salary can range from one to two hundred rupees a month, or he may be granted a plot of land equivalent to that amount rent-free.
8. It may be advisable to employ for this situation some of the Bopatis, Patehs, or Tumunggungs, who have been, but are not now, in the actual service of government. This, as salaries or pensions are, in many instances, already allowed in the manner of sinecures, may prove a considerable saving to government; and, at the same time, the having a duty annexed to their present receipts, which will carry with it a considerable degree of authority and consequence, may be more pleasing to many, than the idle enjoyment of a sum of money, for which they must feel that they are at present making no adequate return.
8. It might be a good idea to use some of the Bopatis, Patehs, or Tumunggungs who have previously served in government but are not currently active. Since many of them are already receiving salaries or pensions as sinecures, this could save the government a significant amount of money. At the same time, giving them a responsibility along with their current pay, which would come with a level of authority and respect, might be more satisfying for them than just receiving a salary without any real contribution.
9. For the outer establishments, those necessary for carrying on the details in each village or division, it is not intended to create any new officers; those at present entertained, and who have as yet very well executed the double duties of police and revenue, being deemed the most competent and best fitted for continuing to manage the business of these several departments.
9. For the local offices needed to handle the operations in each village or area, there’s no plan to create any new positions; the current staff, who have done an excellent job of managing both police and revenue duties, are considered the most qualified and best suited to continue overseeing the work of these departments.
10. It is not the additional expense which would arise from the appointing a new description of revenue officers, that is alone considered in this arrangement. The formation of a distinct revenue establishment throughout the interior is, on many other accounts, deemed an innovation that would be attended with considerable trouble, that would prove less pleasing to the inhabitants themselves, and that would not be nearly so adequate to the management of the collections, as the collection of the combined establishment at present existing.
10. It’s not just the extra costs from hiring a new type of revenue officers that’s being looked at in this plan. Having a separate revenue system throughout the interior is seen as an innovation that would bring a lot of issues, it would likely be less welcomed by the people living there, and it wouldn’t be nearly as effective as the current combined system for managing collections.
11. The head inhabitant of a Javan village has, from immemorial usage, been considered to have vested in him the general superintendance of the affairs relating to that village, whether in attending to the police, settling the minor disputes that occur within its limits, or of collecting its revenues, or more often its services. For this purpose, his office has been[Vol II Pg cliii] elective, and the powers he exercises entrusted to him by his fellow inhabitants.
11. The main leader of a Javan village has, from ancient times, been seen as having the overall responsibility for managing the village's affairs, whether it's overseeing security, resolving minor disputes that arise, collecting taxes, or more commonly, gathering community services. For this reason, his position has been[Vol II Pg cliii] elected, with the authority he holds granted to him by the other villagers.
12. A writer, priest, and other subordinate officers and servants, completed its regular establishment. From harassing wars, long oppression, feudal tyranny, and European innovation, it is true that, in many parts of the country, scarcely a vestige remains of that species of constitution; but it is universally acknowledged that such was once its pure form throughout the island, and such is it still existing in many places.
12. A writer, a priest, and other lower-ranking officials and staff made up its regular setup. Due to ongoing wars, long-standing oppression, feudal rule, and European changes, it's true that in many areas of the country, hardly any trace of that type of constitution is left; but it is widely accepted that this was once its true form across the island, and it still exists in many places.
13. This simple mode of village administration Government cannot but admire and entirely approve of; and deeming it at once the best suited to the genius of the people, and as promising to be the most conducive to the interest of the ruling power, they have resolved that such system shall be acknowledged and encouraged, by every means in their power, throughout the provinces under their authority.
13. The government can’t help but admire and fully support this straightforward way of village administration. They see it as the best fit for the people's character and believe it will benefit the ruling power the most. Therefore, they have decided to recognize and promote this system by every means available throughout the provinces under their control.
14. The head inhabitant therefore (whether recognized under the name of the Petingi, Bukul, Lura, Kuwu, Mandor, or otherwise), according to the custom of the country, shall have entrusted to him the management of the revenue concerns of his village; a duty which his personal influence, and minutely intimate acquaintance with the situations and concerns of the several inhabitants of it, will render him better than any other qualified to discharge. He shall furnish such accounts and statements as he may from time to time be required to do; and shall obey such orders as he may receive directly from the collector or his assistant, or from the officer of the division in which his village is situated.
14. The main resident (whether known as the Petingi, Bukul, Lura, Kuwu, Mandor, or by another title) will be responsible for managing the village’s revenue, based on local customs. His personal influence and close familiarity with the residents' situations make him better suited for this role than anyone else. He will provide any accounts and reports as needed and will follow orders from the collector, their assistant, or from the officer in charge of the division where his village is located.
15. These officers of division shall likewise be continued in the double capacity of superintending both the judicial and the revenue proceedings within the limits of their official range. This practice, indeed, is consonant with the immemorial customs of the country, and deemed most calculated to render benefit in the conduct of either department.
15. These division officers will continue to oversee both the judicial and revenue processes within their official area. This practice aligns with the long-standing traditions of the country and is considered most effective for managing either department.
16. By the judicial regulation lately enacted, the officer of division has been empowered to settle such minor disputes as may be considered as belonging to the revenue branch, such as the determining contested boundaries, trespass, irregularity in the dispositions for irrigation, &c. and by extending this authority so as to empower him to take regular cognizance of all transactions respecting revenue collections, and to inspect whenever he pleases the several village accounts, it is deemed that his office will become one of very great utility; serving, in future, by its records, to refer to on every occasion, when it may be wished to ascertain the precise nature of any permanent property or local usage within the division.
16. With the recent legal changes, the division officer has been given the authority to resolve minor disputes related to the revenue department, including issues like disputed boundaries, trespassing, and irregularities in irrigation arrangements, etc. This expanded power allows him to formally oversee all transactions related to revenue collection and to review village accounts whenever he sees fit. It is believed that his role will be very beneficial going forward; the records maintained by his office will serve as a reference whenever there is a need to clarify the exact nature of any permanent property or local practices within the division.
17. To them, therefore, shall be considered in every way subordinate the heads of villages; and it is trusted that they will prove a most useful check on them.
17. Therefore, the village leaders will be viewed as subordinate in every way to them; and it is hoped that they will be a very helpful check on them.
18. The officers of division shall furnish to the collector all such papers as may be required, and shall diligently execute any orders that they may receive, either from him or from his native assistant.
18. The division officers will provide the collector with all necessary documents and will carefully carry out any instructions they receive, whether from him or his local assistant.
19. Respecting the salaries for these inferior servants of government,[Vol II Pg cliv] they have already been in most instances fixed; certain allotments of land, rent free, or sums of money monthly, being given to them.
19. Regarding the salaries for these lower-ranking government workers,[Vol II Pg cliv] they have mostly already been determined; they receive certain amounts of land, rent-free, or monthly payments.
20. The money salaries of those servants who are connected with the Resident, shall be continued to be paid by him as they are at present.
20. The salaries of the staff connected to the Resident will continue to be paid by him as they are now.
21. The allotments of land shall fall under the collector's superintendance, and he shall set down among the charges of collection, sums of money equal to what would be the monied rent of those lands were they not free. For this purpose, they shall be assessed, and regularly entered among the other lands in the general lease of the village: but the collection of this assessed rent shall not be actually made; it shall only appear in the accounts, as that it had been realized, and paid to the several officers.
21. The plots of land will be under the supervision of the collector, who will include amounts in the collection charges that equal what the cash rent would be if those lands weren't free. For this purpose, they will be assessed and regularly recorded alongside the other lands in the general lease of the village: however, this assessed rent will not actually be collected; it will only be shown in the accounts as if it has been collected and paid to the various officers.
22. For the other officers attached to the collector, namely, those in his head office, some it is concluded will be paid by portions of land being made over to them, others by monthly sums of money. The accounts of the former will be settled as already mentioned. The salaries of the latter will be drawn for by bills on the Resident, who will continue to be the sole treasurer of the district.
22. For the other officers working with the collector, specifically those in his main office, some will be compensated with land grants, while others will receive monthly salaries. The accounts for those getting land will be settled as mentioned earlier. The salaries for those receiving cash will be paid out by invoices sent to the Resident, who will remain the only treasurer for the district.
23. The collector will accordingly forward to him the several sums of money he may receive in his collections, whenever they amount to five hundred rupees.
23. The collector will send him the various amounts of money he collects whenever they total five hundred rupees.
24. It is trusted that the placing the heads of villages and officers of divisions, in some measure, under two authorities, to whom they must separately report, will not be attended with any eventual evil or confusion. When these arrangements become well matured, and the exact limits of their several duties clearly defined, the subordinate officers will not find any difficulty in their execution. For the attainment of this desirable end, however, much must depend upon the conduct of the Resident and collector. They are placed in these districts, not as persons who are to serve in any way as checks upon each other, but who are required to act together for the general good; mutually to assist each other to the extent of their power, and by preserving between themselves a good understanding, to carry on better their respective duties.
24. It's hoped that assigning village heads and division officers under two different authorities, to whom they must report separately, won't lead to any problems or confusion. Once these arrangements are properly developed and the exact scope of their duties is clearly defined, the subordinate officers should find it easy to carry them out. However, achieving this goal largely depends on the behavior of the Resident and collector. They're placed in these districts not to serve as checks on each other, but to work together for the common good; they should support each other as much as they can and maintain a good relationship to better fulfill their respective responsibilities.
25. Should, in any case, a disagreement of opinion arise on any subject between them, a reference will be immediately made to the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor, who will without delay pass on it his decision.
25. If there’s ever a disagreement between them on any issue, they will quickly refer it to the Honourable Lieutenant-Governor, who will promptly give his decision.
26. It need hardly be observed, that the collectors will possess no magisterial authority whatsoever: application will be regularly made by him to the Resident, as judge and magistrate, whenever it becomes necessary to call on that officer for aid in either capacity, whether to punish the misconduct of servants, or to realize by civil suit any part of the dues of government. The process to be observed, in either case, will be precisely similar to what is prescribed where the two parties in the suit are private individuals: government by no means wishing to enjoy themselves any better security of right, than that which they would ensure to the meanest of their subjects, nor to possess a greater facility of redress than is provided by their regulations to be offered to any individual who shall consider himself as aggrieved. [Vol II Pg clv]
26. It’s important to note that the collectors won’t have any official authority. They will regularly approach the Resident, who acts as a judge and magistrate, whenever they need help in either role—whether to address misconduct by servants or to pursue civil claims for government dues. The procedure they follow in both situations will be exactly the same as what’s outlined for private individuals in a lawsuit. The government does not aim to have any better protection of rights than what they provide to the lowest of their subjects, nor do they seek a more convenient way to seek redress than what their regulations offer to anyone who feels wronged. [Vol II Pg clv]
27. As the first step towards the introduction of an adequate system of internal administration, it becomes positively necessary that government should be furnished with the fullest and completest view of the actual resources of the country.
27. As the first step toward establishing a proper internal administration system, it is essential for the government to have a comprehensive and complete understanding of the country's actual resources.
28. The minutest details must be collected, arranged, and considered, before any system can be properly reduced to practice, or any assessment can be justly made.
28. The smallest details need to be gathered, organized, and taken into account before any system can be effectively implemented, or any evaluation can be fairly conducted.
29. But when once this body of information is obtained, the business of the revenue settlement will become comparatively light, and will be able to be proceeded with on the clearest and most equitable principles. It will serve too, on all future occasions, as a complete collection of the most valuable data to which to refer back for any purpose, or on which to ground any measures that may, in future, be deemed advisable. The obtaining this, government are fully aware, must be a work the most laborious: but placing the fullest reliance on the zeal, industry, and talents of those officers through whom they expect to derive such information, they look forward with confidence to its accomplishment in a manner as complete, and in a period as short as is possible, where inquiries are to be made at once so minute and so extensive.
29. Once this information is gathered, the process of settling revenues will become much easier and can be done in the clearest and most fair way possible. It will also serve as a complete resource for valuable data to refer back to for any future purposes or to base any recommended actions on. The government knows that obtaining this will be a very labor-intensive task, but they are fully confident in the enthusiasm, diligence, and skills of the officers who will collect this information. They look forward to getting it done thoroughly and as quickly as possible, even with such detailed and wide-ranging inquiries.
30. It must be considered too, that however heavy, at first, this compilation may prove, it will ultimately most materially save both the time and trouble of the collectors. Daily occurrences will constantly require that information which it is now desired should be at once obtained; and by possessing such a standard for conducting the business, a simple reference to it will very often be sufficient, when otherwise there would arise a necessity for instituting inquiries of the same nature, numberless and troublesome, on every new, however trivial, occasion. Every collector, in short, who is anxious to perform well the duties entrusted to him, must wish to be in possession of such a mass of information as is now proposed to be collected.
30. It's also important to note that, while this compilation might seem overwhelming at first, it will ultimately save a lot of time and effort for the collectors. Daily events will often require information that needs to be quickly accessed; having a standard reference will often be sufficient, when otherwise one would need to make countless and bothersome inquiries for every new, even trivial, situation. In short, every collector who wants to do their job well will want to have access to this wealth of information that's being proposed for collection.
31. The best mode to be adopted will be as follows:
31. The best approach to take will be as follows:
The collector, attended by his native assistant, and such servants as are necessary, must himself proceed to the chief station in each division, where he will cause to be assembled the head inhabitants of the several villages contained in it. To these he must clearly explain the nature of the information desired; and through their means it is expected that it will be obtained without difficulty.
The collector, accompanied by his local assistant and any necessary staff, must go to the main station in each division, where he will gather the heads of the various villages in that area. He needs to clearly explain the kind of information he is looking for; it is anticipated that he will receive it easily through their assistance.
32. Whenever it may be necessary, the collector will visit the village itself, and on the spot cause such inquiries to be made as are requisite.
32. Whenever necessary, the collector will visit the village in person and conduct any required inquiries on-site.
33. The officers of survey, lately attached to the Residents, will accompany the collectors through this tour, and give such professional aid as may be desired.
33. The survey officers recently assigned to the Residents will join the collectors on this tour and provide any professional assistance needed.
34. They will make one general survey of the whole collectorship, forming therefrom a map, on an uniform scale of one English inch to an English mile: in this the limits of each village and of each division will be accurately defined, and the direction and situation of forests, rivers, roads, mountains, &c. will also be correctly delineated. [Vol II Pg clvi]
34. They will create an overall survey of the entire collection area, using that to create a map, all on a consistent scale of one English inch to one English mile. This map will clearly outline the boundaries of each village and division, as well as accurately depict the location and arrangement of forests, rivers, roads, mountains, etc. [Vol II Pg clvi]
35. By this general plan, the collector will know exactly the amount of land to be accounted for by each village; and the several lesser sums, as they will be thus brought together, will serve to prove the truth of the aggregate statement.
35. With this overall plan, the collector will clearly know how much land each village is responsible for; the smaller amounts, when combined, will help confirm the accuracy of the total report.
36. These surveyors will further take any such lesser surveys or measurements as they may be directed to do by the collectors.
36. These surveyors will also conduct any smaller surveys or measurements as directed by the collectors.
37. The papers to be furnished by each village are three; forms for which are the enclosures marked A, B, and C. Some observations are necessary in explanation of these.
37. Each village needs to provide three documents; the forms for these are enclosed as A, B, and C. A few comments are needed to explain these.
38. From the detailed papers of cultivators, and householders not cultivators, will be framed the general account of the village. The reason for separating the inhabitants into these two classes is obvious. It is wished that the exact resources of the country may be seen at one view, to know what part of the population are actually employed in the cultivation of the soil, and to learn in what way the remainder are disposed of. It is also considered but just, that to equalize in some measure the payments from all ranks of people, a tenement tax (or more properly a small rent for the ground on which their houses stand) should be levied from those who contribute nothing to the land rents.
38. From the detailed records of farmers and non-farming households, a general overview of the village will be created. The reason for organizing the residents into these two groups is clear. The aim is to get a clear picture of the country's resources, to understand how many people are actually working the land, and to find out what the rest of the population is doing. It’s also seen as fair to somewhat balance the contributions from all segments of society, so a property tax (or more accurately, a small fee for the land their homes are built on) should be charged to those who don’t contribute to land taxes.
39. But as the extension of this through all the petty villages might be deemed vexatious, and as, in reality, in those very small communities the payment by any party is virtually a payment by the whole of the inhabitants, it is resolved that such tax shall not be levied there. But there is no reason for including in this indulgence the inhabitants of towns; these, as in some places already ordered, should by means of such tax contribute their just share of the payments to government.
39. However, since applying this tax to all the small villages might be seen as annoying, and in those very small communities, any payment by one person is essentially a payment by all the residents, it has been decided that this tax won't be imposed there. But townspeople shouldn't be included in this exemption; they should, as has already been decided in some areas, contribute their fair share of taxes to the government.
40. The assessment and collection of this shall form part of the collector's duty. The principle on which it must proceed will be to divide the houses into three classes, according to their size and the general circumstances of their owners.
40. The assessment and collection of this will be part of the collector's responsibilities. The principle guiding this process will be to categorize the houses into three groups based on their size and the overall situation of their owners.
41. These will be assessed according to the class, at three, two, or one Javan rupee per annum; and where, in any instance, from the indigence of the householder, even this small payment could become a hardship, the collector shall not include him at all in the assessment. This measure will secure a considerable revenue to government, and by experience in some districts already, it is known that it will not be considered as vexatious or unjust by the inhabitants: they will deem it no hardship to pay so small a sum annually, to be secured in the unmolested possession of the ground and enclosure in which their houses stand: more especially now that they are freed from all forced deliveries and services, without adequate payment either to government or to the native chiefs, and are left at liberty to enjoy the fruit of their labour.
41. These will be assessed based on the class, at three, two, or one Javan rupee per year; and where, in any case, the household's financial situation makes even this small payment a burden, the collector shall not include them in the assessment. This approach will generate significant revenue for the government, and experience in some districts has shown that it won't be seen as annoying or unfair by the residents: they won’t find it difficult to pay such a small amount each year to securely hold on to their land and property where their homes are located. Especially now that they are free from all forced deliveries and services without fair compensation to the government or local leaders, and are free to enjoy the rewards of their hard work.
42. The paper C. requires few observations: it explains itself. Every householder shall have a number given to him; for in registering names alone, very great confusion may arise, not only by the same being possessed by numerous individuals, but by the singular practice which frequently occurs among the Javans, of persons, from the most capricious motives,[Vol II Pg clvii] assuming new appellations. The number being once fixed on each, there will be no difficulty in always identifying them.
42. The document C. requires minimal comments: it speaks for itself. Every homeowner will be assigned a number; simply registering names can lead to significant confusion, not only because many people might share the same name, but also due to the common practice among the Javans, where individuals, often for arbitrary reasons, adopt new names. Once a number is assigned to each person, it will be easy to always identify them.
43. In the paper B., for the same reason above given, a number will be added to each individual cultivator's name; that is, to each who will, in the detailed system to be carried into effect, become an actual renter of land from government.
43. In the paper B., for the same reason mentioned above, a number will be added to each individual farmer's name; that is, to each person who, in the detailed system to be implemented, will become an actual renter of land from the government.
44. With respect to the quantity of land, of produce, or of money, as it is most desirable that there should be one uniform standard for the whole island, to which every other measurement, weight, or currency may be reduced, a circular letter has been written, dated 11th February, 1814, on the subject of currency, weights, and measures, and the collectors will be in future strictly guided by that, keeping their accounts only in the terms therein authorized.
44. Regarding the amount of land, produce, or money, it’s best to have one standard across the entire island that other measurements, weights, or currencies can be converted to. A circular letter dated February 11, 1814, was written about currency, weights, and measures, and collectors will now strictly follow that, only keeping their accounts in the terms it specifies.
45. In estimating the produce, the average of several former years will be the surest criterion. All sawah lands will be considered solely as to what quantity of paddy they might produce. Where other species of cultivation occurs, it shall nevertheless be estimated only with reference to this standard, or what might have been the value of the crop had the land been sown with rice.
45. To estimate the yield, looking at the average from several previous years will be the most reliable guide. All rice paddies will be evaluated solely based on the amount of rice they could produce. If other types of crops are grown, their value will still be assessed only in relation to this standard, or what the crop might have been worth if the land had been planted with rice.
46. In similar manner, the tegal lands (under which description are comprehended all lands not subject to irrigation) shall be estimated, in their produce, at what would be the quantity of maize from them were that the sole crop.
46. Similarly, the tegal lands (which include all lands not covered by irrigation) will be evaluated based on the amount of produce they would yield if maize were the only crop grown.
47. These two kinds of cultivation are the most usual throughout the island for these descriptions of land, and will be easy to form an assessment where these two are only considered. The profit or loss, in substituting other crops, must be the sole concern of the individual cultivators.
47. These two types of farming are the most common across the island for these kinds of land, and it will be easy to make an assessment based on just these two. The profit or loss from switching to other crops should be the only focus for the individual farmers.
48. In the value of the produce, the prices for both the paddy and the maize must be taken as they exist in the cheapest season of the year, and actually procurable on the spot.
48. When calculating the value of the produce, the prices for both the paddy and the maize should be considered as they are in the cheapest season of the year and must be readily available on-site.
49. By assuming other rates than these, as for instance, the prices the articles may bear in periods of the year when a greater scarcity prevails, or at what they would sell were they disposed of in large towns, a false estimate will be taken; and depending on such contingencies, a failure in the realization of the assessed revenues might frequently occur.
49. If we consider different rates, like the prices items might have during times of greater scarcity or what they would sell for in big cities, we would end up with a misleading estimate. Relying on these uncertain situations could often lead to a shortfall in the expected revenues.
50. In the remarks that may be made opposite to each cultivator, if necessary, any circumstance may be entered that may be deemed by the collector deserving of mention;—but principally will fall under this column the statement of such reasons as entitle the individual to a remission of rent, such as the being an officer of government, a pensioner, &c. The general account A. will throw into one view the whole resources and actual state of the village.
50. In the comments that can be made next to each farmer, if needed, any relevant information that the collector thinks should be noted can be included;—but primarily, this section will include the reasons that qualify the individual for a rent reduction, such as being a government official, a pensioner, etc. The general account A. will provide an overview of all the resources and the current situation of the village.
51. Each of these villages must have a number given to it by the officer of division.
51. Each of these villages needs to be assigned a number by the division officer.
52. On the principles of complete survey, even the smallest quantity of land must be accounted for; and the general division into such as are or are not in use, naturally suggests itself. These are again subdivided into[Vol II Pg clviii] other classes. The "cultivated land" will be formed by bringing together the totals of the paper B.; "free land" will include generally all such as are at present enjoyed by the village inhabitant, free of assessment, as the area of the village itself, with its gardens, commons, &c. The "coffee grounds" still remaining in the possession of government will be next entered; but it will be the duty of the collectors to let these out, where they can, like other lands, to be converted to whatever purpose the tenants may please.
52. According to the principles of a complete survey, even the smallest piece of land must be counted; and the general distinction between land that is in use and land that is not is naturally suggested. These are then subdivided into[Vol II Pg clviii] additional categories. "Cultivated land" will be created by aggregating the totals from paper B.; "free land" will generally encompass all areas currently enjoyed by village residents without any taxes, such as the village area itself, including gardens, commons, etc. Next, the "coffee grounds" still owned by the government will be recorded; however, it will be the collectors' responsibility to lease these out, where possible, like other lands, for any purpose the tenants may desire.
53. The extent of the "teak forests" must likewise be given; and to this will follow what are termed "government lands," that is, generally, whatever is held by them for their own or the public benefit, exclusive of the two foregoing classes. In the "general remarks" it will be necessary to advert to the particular nature of this entry, specifying what lands have formed it.
53. The size of the "teak forests" should also be stated; following this, there will be what are known as "government lands," which refers to anything they hold for their own or the public good, apart from the two categories mentioned earlier. In the "general remarks," it will be important to address the specific nature of this entry by identifying the lands included in it.
54. Of "lands not in use," the most important part is that which specifies what are capable of being cultivated. The several qualities of these cannot in every instance be quite correctly defined; but as far as practicable, it is desirous to arrange them in the manner pointed out, that is, into the two general descriptions of Sawah and Tegal. Next will follow lands decidedly "unfit;"—and finally, what are termed "jungle lands;" these are such as do not produce teak. "In the general remarks," it will be necessary to take notice of this latter class, specifying, as far as possible, to what kind of land they belong, whether by clearing they might be susceptible of cultivation, or are naturally unfit for it. The remaining heads in the paper need no observation: they explain themselves, and will be at once filled up from the accounts B, and C.
54. Regarding "unused lands," the most important part is identifying which ones can be cultivated. The different qualities of these lands can't always be perfectly defined; however, as much as possible, it's desirable to categorize them into the two main types of Sawah and Tegal. After that, we'll address lands that are clearly "unfit," and finally, what are known as "jungle lands;" these are areas that do not produce teak. "In the general remarks," we will need to discuss this last category, specifying, as much as we can, what type of land they are, whether they could be made suitable for cultivation through clearing, or if they are, by nature, unfit for it. The remaining topics in the document need no further explanation: they are self-explanatory and will be completed based on accounts B and C.
55. Each officer of division shall, from these village accounts, frame one general one of the district under his authority. The form is shewn in the paper D. The only additional information to be furnished by him in it, is the quantity of lands lying waste and uninhabited, which have not been portioned out into villages; and in the "general remarks" subjoined, it will be necessary to advert to these, pointing out their nature, and the reasons for their being in such desert state.
55. Each division officer shall create a general account for the district under their authority based on these village accounts. The format is shown in document D. The only additional information he needs to include is the amount of land that is unused and uninhabited, which has not been divided into villages; and in the "general remarks" section that follows, he should address these lands, describing their nature and the reasons for their desolate condition.
56. Each division shall be regularly numbered.
56. Each section will be numbered consistently.
57. The account marked E. is intended to give to government one general view of the whole collectorship; at once showing into how many divisions it is portioned out, and in each of those how many villages there are, the general population under its several descriptions, the total amount of land, what quantity of it is cultivated, how much is capable of being so, the estimated value of the entire produce, the riches of its inhabitants, which are chiefly comprised in the number of buffaloes and horses possessed by them, &c. &c. And attached to these, any such observations may be made as may suggest themselves to the collectors.
57. The report labeled E. is meant to give the government a comprehensive overview of the entire collectorship, showing how it's broken down into divisions, how many villages are in each division, the total population categorized in different ways, the overall amount of land, how much of it is cultivated, how much can be cultivated, the estimated value of all the produce, and the wealth of its inhabitants, primarily measured by the number of buffaloes and horses they own, etc. Additionally, any observations that the collectors feel are relevant can be included.
58. The collection of papers thus framed, will, it is deemed, put government fully in possession of all the information they require.
58. The collection of papers, as arranged, is expected to provide the government with all the information it needs.
59. On the first attempt by the British power to introduce an amended system of land revenue through this island, from our paucity of informa[Vol II Pg clix]tion on the subject, and the extreme caution with which it was necessary to proceed, it was thought requisite to have recourse to an intermediate class of persons between the actual sovereign and the cultivator of the soil, or to let out the whole lands of each village to its principal inhabitant.
59. During the first effort by the British to implement a revised land revenue system across the island, due to our lack of information on the topic and the need for careful handling, it seemed necessary to rely on a middle group of people between the actual ruler and the farmer, or to lease all the land in each village to its main resident.
60. But by this mere grant of lease, it was not by any means understood that any acknowledgment was made of proprietary right to the soil existing in those heads of villages. It was simply a step, arising from the necessity of the occasion, from the impracticability of at once entering upon a more detailed plan, and which at the moment of its adoption was meant to be considered as temporary, to be no longer adhered to, if, on the acquisition of further knowledge, a more particular system of management should be deemed advisable.
60. However, just because a lease was granted, it didn’t imply that there was any recognition of ownership rights to the land held by those village leaders. It was merely a necessary action due to the situation, as it wasn’t feasible to immediately implement a more detailed plan. At the time it was adopted, it was intended to be temporary and could be changed if, with more information, a better management system was found to be appropriate.
61. The nature of landed tenure throughout the island is now thoroughly understood. Generally speaking, no proprietary right in the soil is vested in any between the actual cultivator and the sovereign; the intermediate classes, who may at any time have enjoyed the revenues of villages or districts, being deemed merely the executive officers of government, who received those revenues only from the gift of their lord, and who depended on his will alone for their tenure. Of this actual proprietary right, there can be no doubt that it originally vested solely in the sovereign; but it is equally certain, that the first clearers of the land entitled themselves, as their just reward, to such a real property in the ground they thus in a manner created, that whilst a due tribute of a certain share of its produce for the benefit of being well governed was paid to the sovereign power, that in return was equally bound not to disturb them or their heirs in its possession. The disposal of this government share was, therefore, all that could justly depend on the will of the ruling authority, and consequently the numerous gifts of lands made at various periods by the several sovereigns, have in no way affected the right of the actual cultivator:—all that any government could alienate was merely its own revenue or share of the produce. This subject has come under full discussion; and the above result, as regarding this island, has been quite satisfactorily established.
61. The way land ownership works across the island is now well understood. Generally, no one owns the soil except for the actual farmers and the sovereign; the intermediate classes, who may have enjoyed the profits from villages or districts at various times, are considered just as government officials. They receive those profits solely from their lord's generosity and rely on his will for their land tenure. It's clear that the original ownership rights belonged entirely to the sovereign. However, it's also true that the first people to clear the land rightfully claimed a real property interest in the land they effectively created. They paid a share of its produce to the sovereign for the privilege of being well governed, and in return, the sovereign was equally obligated not to disturb them or their heirs in their possession of it. Therefore, how the government used its share was all that could justly depend on the ruling authority. As a result, the many land gifts made over time by various sovereigns have in no way affected the rights of the actual cultivators: all any government could sell off was its own revenue or share of the produce. This topic has been thoroughly discussed, and the conclusions regarding this island have been firmly established.
62. The continuance, therefore, of the village system becomes only a matter of consideration, on the grounds of whether it is more beneficial than any other to government, or most likely to be conducive to the general prosperity and welfare of the mass of the population.
62. Therefore, the continuation of the village system is just a matter of considering whether it is more beneficial for governance than any other system, or whether it is more likely to support the overall prosperity and well-being of the majority of the population.
63. No doubt, however, remains on the mind of government on this question. The agency of the intermediate renters is considered as quite unnecessary to be adopted in future. It is deemed, that such a plan of settlement will leave the interest of the bulk of the people entirely at the mercy of a set of numerous petty chiefs, who, however well they may have hitherto conducted themselves, would certainly, in such case, possess an ability of injury and oppression, against which the ruling power would have left itself no adequate means of prevention or redress, and which[Vol II Pg clx] cannot therefore be permitted, consistently with the principles of good government.
63. There’s no doubt left in the government’s mind about this issue. They believe that using intermediate renters is completely unnecessary moving forward. It’s thought that this kind of settlement would put the interests of most people at the mercy of a bunch of small chiefs, who, no matter how well they’ve behaved in the past, would certainly have the power to harm and oppress. In that case, the ruling authority would have no effective means of preventing or addressing those issues, which[Vol II Pg clx] cannot be allowed if we want to adhere to the principles of good governance.
64. It has, therefore, been resolved, that this intermediate system be entirely done away, the government determining to act, in future, through its immediate officers, directly with each individual cultivator, and to stand forward, in short, the sole collector and enjoyer of its own revenues. On every view, indeed, of the subject, the tiang-halit (or as it is termed in Western India, where it is understood to have been advantageously introduced, the ryot-war settlement) is considered as that which will at once prove most satisfactory to the people, and most beneficial to the government.
64. It has been decided that this intermediate system will be completely eliminated. The government plans to deal directly with each individual farmer through its own officers and to be the sole collector and beneficiary of its own revenues. Overall, the tiang-halit (or, as it's called in Western India where it has been successfully implemented, the ryot-war settlement) is seen as the solution that will be most satisfying for the people and most advantageous for the government.
65. In the period that has elapsed since the first settlement, a sufficient knowledge has been obtained, by the most scrutinous investigation into the whole minutiæ of the revenue affairs of the country, to render government now fully competent to carry into execution that more detailed plan, which it was always in their contemplation to introduce, as early as might be practicable.
65. Since the first settlement, we have gathered enough knowledge from a thorough investigation into all the details of the country's revenue affairs to make the government fully capable of implementing the more detailed plan that they always intended to introduce as soon as possible.
66. The several collectors will therefore take suitable measures for carrying into effect the desired change, as soon as this may, from local or other circumstances, be possible.
66. The various collectors will take appropriate steps to implement the desired change as soon as it becomes possible due to local or other circumstances.
67. Of course, the expiration of the former leases must, in every instance, be awaited; but the several preliminary steps may be proceeded in without further delay. On no account must such leases be renewed.
67. Of course, we must wait for the old leases to expire in every case; however, we can start the various preliminary steps without any further delay. Under no circumstances should those leases be renewed.
68. As the term of the greater part of them will be closed by the ensuing puasa, and as the business of the assessment and survey, as above ordered, may with great advantage be carried on together, the principles on which that settlement will proceed will be briefly laid down here. Much however must be necessarily left to the discretion and judgment of the officers to whom its conduct will be entrusted, and on whose zeal, industry, and ability, this government fully relies.
68. Since most of their terms will end with the upcoming puasa, and since the assessment and survey work can be effectively conducted together, the principles for that settlement will be briefly outlined here. However, a lot will depend on the discretion and judgment of the officers in charge of this process, and this government fully trusts in their enthusiasm, hard work, and skills.
69. As a general rule for the guidance of the collector, he shall continue in possession all such persons as he finds actually holding and cultivating land, and shall receive them as the renters from government in the new settlement. Even though such cultivators shall not be able to adduce proofs of any real property in the land, yet long occupancy, improving culture, and general good conduct while in its possession, are deemed to be claims of no weak nature, and certainly constitute a right, in equity and sound policy, of being considered preferably to any others, who have no such claims; and this right government is determined to respect.
69. As a general rule for the guidance of the collector, he should allow all individuals who are currently holding and cultivating land to remain in possession and recognize them as renters from the government in the new settlement. Even if these cultivators can't provide evidence of actual ownership of the land, factors like long-term occupancy, improvements made to the land, and overall good conduct during their tenure are considered strong claims. They certainly establish a right that, in fairness and sound policy, should take precedence over any others who lack such claims; and the government is committed to upholding this right.
70. It must, however, be clearly understood, that no positive rights of any nature will be infringed by this settlement. Every claim to property in land must be freely heard, and fully inquired into, by the collectors; and it is necessary, in doubtful cases, to submit the claim for the decision of the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor.
70. However, it should be clearly understood that this settlement will not violate any positive rights of any kind. Every claim to land ownership must be openly considered and thoroughly investigated by the collectors; and in uncertain cases, the claim must be forwarded for the decision of the Honourable Lieutenant-Governor.
71. There have been, it is known, in many parts of the country,[Vol II Pg clxi] grants from the sovereign of lands in perpetuity, which are regularly inheritable, and relative to which the original documents still exist. Of these some have been made for religious purposes, others as rewards or provision for relatives or the higher nobility. These alienations, as far as it was justly in the power of the sovereign to make them, will certainly not be set aside. Equity and good faith forbid it; but they equally enjoin, that the extent of these alienations be clearly defined, and that the rights of others be not compromised by them. The government share, where granted away, will not be claimed, for this affects the government alone. But there are certain other rights, those of the cultivators, which cannot be admitted to have been in the slightest degree affected by such grants; and in the enjoyment of them, therefore, they must be duly protected by the government. Such proprietors of revenue, as they may be termed, shall in short be allowed to act, with regard to the cultivators, only as government themselves act toward theirs; that is, receiving a fixed share of the produce: but whilst that is delivered, neither exacting more, nor removing any individual from his land.
71. It is known that in many parts of the country,[Vol II Pg clxi] there have been grants from the ruler of lands forever, which can be inherited, and the original documents still exist for these. Some of these grants were made for religious reasons, while others were rewards or support for family members or high nobility. These transfers, to the extent that the ruler had the rightful power to make them, will definitely not be overturned. Fairness and good faith prevent it; however, they also require that the boundaries of these transfers be clearly defined, and that the rights of others are not compromised by them. Any government share that has been given away will not be claimed, as this only pertains to the government. But there are certain other rights, specifically those of the farmers, that cannot be seen as being affected at all by such grants; therefore, they must be properly protected by the government. These owners of revenue, as they might be called, will simply be allowed to interact with the farmers in the same way that the government does with theirs; that is, by receiving a fixed portion of the harvest: but while that is being given, they should neither demand more nor remove anyone from their land.
72. On these subjects it will become the duty of the collector to be particularly careful and circumspect; to hear all claims, but to admit none lightly, giving to each the fullest investigation prior to acknowledging their validity.
72. On these topics, the collector will need to be especially careful and cautious; to listen to all claims, but to accept none without thorough consideration, conducting a full investigation before recognizing their validity.
73. When the collector shall have thoroughly acquainted himself with the actual state and resource of each village, he shall proceed, as quickly as he can, to the assessment of the land revenue, to be realized, not from the village generally, but from each individual cultivator inhabiting it.
73. Once the collector has fully understood the current situation and resources of each village, he should move as quickly as possible to assess the land revenue, which will be collected not from the village as a whole, but from each individual farmer living there.
74. The head of the village shall be considered as the officer of government to be employed in the collection of the revenue; for which a certain portion of land shall be allowed to him. In consideration of this, and possessing, as he will, due powers for its realization, he shall be considered as responsible for its whole amount. By this means, every advantage of the general village settlement will be obtained, without any of its evils.
74. The head of the village will be viewed as a government officer responsible for collecting the revenue; he will be allocated a specific portion of land for this purpose. In return for this and having the necessary authority to carry it out, he will be held accountable for the total amount collected. This way, all the benefits of the general village settlement can be achieved without any of its drawbacks.
75. It must be observed, that all allotments of land, whether as pensions or salaries, are to be made only provisionally; and in such grants the government share will be all that is to be affected by them.
75. It should be noted that all land allocations, whether as pensions or salaries, are to be made only on a temporary basis; and in these grants, the government's share will be the only part impacted by them.
76. One lease shall be made for the whole village, according to the form laid down in the enclosure F.
76. A single lease will be created for the entire village, following the format specified in enclosure F.
77. This will give to each individual a full knowledge of his rights, and of what are the only dues to be expected from him by government. No extortion or injustice can then exist, without being liable to instant detection and punishment. To attain still further this end, it is ordered, that a copy of this lease be lodged with the officer of division, and another be kept for public inspection in the village office.
77. This will provide everyone with a complete understanding of their rights and what the government can expect from them. No extortion or injustice can occur without being quickly noticed and punished. To further achieve this goal, it is required that a copy of this lease be filed with the division officer, and another copy be available for public viewing in the village office.
78. The head of the village shall also give to each renter an exact account, according to the form in enclosure G.
78. The head of the village will also provide each renter with a detailed account, following the format in enclosure G.
79. By this the renter will know exactly the state of his affairs, and the examination of these lesser papers will at once discover any fraud on the[Vol II Pg clxii] part of the village officer; for he most, on each receipt of money or kind, mark it in their accounts.
79. This way, the renter will clearly understand the status of his business, and reviewing these smaller documents will quickly reveal any fraud by the village officer; because he must record each receipt of money or goods in their accounts.
80. The officer of division will, in like manner, acknowledge on the back of the general lease the several sums received by him from the head of any village. The receipt of kind collections will, in the same way, be acknowledged at the collector's office, when they are delivered in.
80. The division officer will also note on the back of the general lease the various amounts he received from the head of any village. Receipts for in-kind collections will similarly be acknowledged at the collector's office when they are submitted.
81. The manner of assessing the government share will proceed, as far as practicable, as follows:
81. The way to evaluate the government’s share will continue, as much as possible, like this:
82. As the inferior descriptions of land require greater labour in their cultivation, and as the actual quantity of produce left from each for the use of the renter, is wished to be nearly the same, a different rate in assessing must be observed for each.
82. Since lower-quality land requires more work to cultivate, and since the actual amount of produce available for the renter is intended to remain roughly the same, a different rate must be applied for each in the assessment.
83. The following is considered as the fairest scale for fixing the government share from each species of land, and ought to be referred to, as much as possible, as the general standard:
83. The following is seen as the most equitable way to determine the government's share from each type of land and should be used as the general standard whenever possible:
For Sawah Lands. | ||
---|---|---|
1st sort, | one-half | of the estimated produce. |
2d, | two-fifths | ditto. |
3d, | one-third | ditto. |
For Tegal Lands. | ||
1st sort, | two-fifths | of the estimated produce. |
2d, | one-third | ditto. |
3d, | one-fourth | ditto. |
84. It must be expected, that less than this will be levied in many places for some time to come. Various reasons will induce a low rental being established at first, as the energies of many impoverished and long oppressed districts are to be brought forth by every encouragement that government can give; but when cultivation has reached what may be considered as its state of perfection, and the settlement is completely matured, the above must form the general rates of assessment.
84. It's expected that for some time, a lower amount will be charged in many areas. Several reasons will lead to a low rental being set initially, as the efforts of many struggling and long-oppressed regions need to be supported by any encouragement the government can provide. However, once farming has reached what can be considered its optimal level and the settlement is fully developed, the above will become the standard assessment rates.
85. Government think it necessary also explicitly to declare, that they will be satisfied when the land revenue shall be productive to them in these proportions, determining, at no future time, to raise that scale; that the inhabitants, being thus exactly acquainted with what will form the utmost demand on them, and resting in full confidence that government will not exact any thing further, may, in that security, enjoy their possessions in undisturbed happiness, and apply their utmost industry to the improvement of their lands, assured that, while they conduct themselves well, that land will never be taken from them, and that the more productive they may be able to render it, the more beneficial will it be to themselves.
85. The government believes it’s necessary to clearly state that they will be satisfied when the land revenue meets these levels, and at no point in the future do they plan to raise that threshold; this way, the residents will know exactly what is expected of them and can trust that the government won’t demand anything more. They can, with that assurance, enjoy their property in peace and focus all their efforts on improving their land, confident that as long as they behave appropriately, their land will never be taken away from them, and the more productive they can make it, the more they will benefit from it.
86. The head of the village will deliver his money collections to the officer of division, in such instances as may be directed by the collector; but all payments in kind must be made actually into the collector's office at the head station, the expenses of bringing it falling entirely on the[Vol II Pg clxiii] renters. This is done chiefly with a view to discourage such species of payments, government wishing to receive, as far as practicable, their revenues in money alone. In ordering this, regard has also been had to former custom, the contingent under the Dutch administration having always been thus delivered in.
86. The village head will hand over his collected money to the division officer, as directed by the collector; however, all payments in goods must be delivered directly to the collector's office at the main station, with the costs of transport being fully borne by the renters. This approach is mainly intended to discourage such types of payments, as the government prefers to receive its revenues in cash whenever possible. In making this ruling, previous customs were also considered, since the contributions under the Dutch administration were always delivered this way.
87. The option of kind payment is still left to the renter on many accounts; in consideration, partly, of the present scarcity of specie throughout the country, partly as being agreeable to their ancient usages, which will always be paid the greatest attention to; but chiefly, as by leaving this double mode of payment open, the assessment, both in this and future settlements, will be able to be proceeded with on the justest and best principles. Enhancement or remissions will be equitably regulated by it; and, in short, by keeping the actual produce always in view, the shares of the government and of the cultivator must always preserve their due relation towards each other.
87. The choice for payment in kind is still available to renters for several reasons: partly due to the current shortage of cash in the country, partly because it aligns with their traditional practices, which will always be given significant importance; but mainly, by keeping this option open, assessments in both this and future agreements can be conducted based on the fairest and most effective principles. Increases or reductions will be fairly managed through this method; and, overall, by always considering the actual produce, the shares for the government and the cultivator will maintain their appropriate relationship.
88. Pari or rice, however, are the only two articles to be received. Maize is considered, in estimating the produce of the tegal lands, to produce the justest assessment; but this must be invariably commuted for a money rent on fair principles. To sawah landholders only will the option of pari or rice deliveries be given. As cultivators, in most cases, hold some of each description of land, this distinction will not be felt as a hardship.
88. Pari or rice are the only two items that can be accepted. When evaluating the yield from the tegal lands, maize is regarded as providing the most accurate assessment; however, this must always be converted into a cash rent based on fair standards. Only the sawah landholders will have the option to deliver pari or rice. Since cultivators usually manage both types of land, this distinction won’t be viewed as a hardship.
89. To guard against any failure in the estimated revenues, the value of the produce will be calculated at the sum which it commonly sells for in the village itself, immediately after the gathering in of the harvest; and the money commutation will proceed on this principle. The renters, therefore, will obviously be encouraged to pay money preferable to kind; but should they nevertheless give in the latter, the head of the village must, if he can, turn it into specie, so that the estimated value be obtained. Should, in spite of these precautions, any quantity of pari or rice arrive at the head station, the collector will deposit it in the storehouses, and report in what manner he is of opinion it can be most advantageously disposed of. Generally speaking, government wish to derive no extra profit from this branch of their revenues, and will approve of immediate sale, in every instance where the assessed price can be obtained.
89. To protect against any shortfall in the estimated revenues, the value of the produce will be calculated based on the price it typically sells for in the village right after the harvest is collected; and the money exchange will follow this guideline. As a result, renters will naturally be encouraged to pay in cash rather than in kind; however, if they still choose to pay with the latter, the village chief must, if possible, convert it into cash, so that the estimated value can be achieved. If, despite these measures, any amount of pari or rice arrives at the main station, the collector will store it in the warehouses and report on how he thinks it can be sold most advantageously. In general, the government aims to avoid making extra profit from this part of their revenues and will support immediate sales whenever the assessed price can be achieved.
90. As arrears are to be as much guarded against as possible, remissions of rent must sometimes be made. The mode of regulating these will be as follows. When such calamity of season or other cause, occurs, as may be supposed to entitle the cultivator to indulgent consideration in some deduction of rent, a report must be made by the head of the village before gathering the harvest, and the collector will then order the officer of division, or send some trusty servant from his own office, to survey the crop, and inquire into the causes of its falling short of the estimate. Such orders will afterwards be issued, whether remitting any part or the whole of the dues of government, or enforcing their strict collection, as may be deemed necessary. Whenever a real, unavoidable suffering has been sustained, a remission of rent must be granted, government deem[Vol II Pg clxiv]ing it far preferable to conciliate their subjects by every reasonable favour, and even to submit to a slight loss, than to disaffect them by the continual harassing which the strict exaction of heavy arrears must occasion. Nor will, indeed, any real gain accrue from being thus always unrelenting; for, in most cases, the liquidation of the debts they may have incurred will only be effected by the sale of buffaloes, horses, and other property, on the possession of which must entirely depend the good performance of their future engagements; so that, in fine, by resorting to this measure, the debt may be discharged, but very frequently the cultivator will be lost.
90. Since we need to minimize arrears as much as possible, rent reductions will sometimes be necessary. Here’s how this will work. If a natural disaster or another issue arises that might justify granting the farmer some relief on their rent, the village head must report this before the harvest is collected. The collector will then instruct the division officer or send a trusted staff member to assess the crop and investigate why it’s below expectations. After this, orders will be issued about whether to reduce any part or all of the government dues or to enforce strict collection, depending on what’s deemed necessary. If real and unavoidable hardship has occurred, a rent reduction must be granted. The government believes it’s better to gain the goodwill of the people through reasonable support, even if it means accepting a small loss, rather than alienating them through constant and harsh demands for large arrears. Also, being excessively harsh won’t bring any real benefit; in many cases, farmers will only be able to pay off their debts by selling their buffaloes, horses, and other property, which are essential for fulfilling future obligations. Ultimately, while this approach might clear the debt, it often results in the farmer losing everything they rely on.
91. As the first settlement, according to this amended system, cannot be expected to attain as accurate an assessment as is desirable, it is not deemed advisable that the leases to be granted should exceed the period of one year.
91. Since the first settlement, based on this updated system, can’t be expected to achieve the level of accuracy we want, it’s not considered wise for the leases granted to last longer than one year.
92. From the nature of the foregoing instructions, the collectors cannot fail to observe the importance and extent of the obligations imposed on them by the office intrusted to their charge. It is not enough that the government lay down the principles of a benevolent system intended to introduce the practical freedom which has been bestowed on all the nations subject to the honourable Company's dominions; it is with them that the application of these principles is entrusted, and to their temper, assiduity, judgment, and integrity, that the people have to look for the enjoyment of the blessings which it is intended to bestow upon them. They have, in short, the national character, as well of their own personal reputation, to support; and while the Lieutenant Governor in Council feels it unnecessary to rouse that spirit of public virtue in which it is the pride of a Briton to excel, or to advert to the shame that must follow a neglect of these important duties, he deems it proper to remark, that his most vigilant attention will be given to the progress of the great work which has been commenced, and that it will always afford him the highest gratification to bring to public notice, and reward the examples of industry, honour, and integrity, which he constantly expects to meet with.
92. Given the nature of the previous instructions, the collectors must recognize the significance and extent of the responsibilities placed on them by the office entrusted to their care. It's not enough for the government to establish the principles of a compassionate system aimed at providing the practical freedom granted to all nations under the honorable Company's rule; the responsibility for applying these principles lies with them. The community depends on their dedication, diligence, judgment, and integrity to reap the benefits intended for them. In short, they must uphold both the national character and their own personal reputation. While the Lieutenant Governor in Council sees no need to stir the public virtue that a Briton prides himself on or to mention the shame that results from neglecting these crucial duties, he believes it's important to note that he will closely monitor the progress of the significant work that has begun. It will always bring him great satisfaction to highlight and reward those examples of hard work, honor, and integrity that he continually expects to encounter.
(Signed) T. S. RAFFLES.
(Signed) T. S. RAFFLES.
Buitenzorg, Feb. 11, 1814.
[Vol II Pg clxv]
Buitenzorg, Feb. 11, 1814.
[Vol II Pg clxv]
APPENDIX M.
Memo respecting Weights, Metrics, &c.
The weights and measures not only differ, both nominally and essentially, in the several districts of Java, but are often subject to such varieties, even within the same district, that the greatest confusion in accounts, and endless peculations, are almost inevitable. The native denominations and divisions are blended with the Chinese and European, and even the latter have been made to vary so much, that it is difficult to refer them to one common standard. The uncertainty of the native measures has, however, been considerably removed, by the reference constantly had by the Chinese to the weight of the article, instead of the bulk, which is the usual measure of the Javans.
The weights and measures vary both nominally and fundamentally across different regions of Java, and they often have such variations even within the same area that confusion in accounting and endless discrepancies are almost unavoidable. The local terms and divisions mix with those from Chinese and European systems, and even the European measures have such differences that it’s hard to relate them to a single standard. However, the uncertainty of local measures has been largely addressed because the Chinese consistently refer to the weight of an item rather than its volume, which is the common method used by the Javanese.
The measure of weight which may be considered as the most general standard throughout the country, is the Chinese kati, equal to about 1¼ lb., or about 20 ounces avoirdupois; 100 katis make a pikul of 125 lbs. Dutch, or 133⅓ English, 30 pikuls or 3,000 katis, being 3,750 lbs. Dutch. The Dutch standard koyan, however, is only 3,400 lbs., and in general is considered equal to a last, or two tons; but this weight, by which the rude produce of the country is generally calculated, is subject to innumerable varieties. In order to cover the wastage, it was the rule of the government that there should be one rate for receipt of goods, and another for their delivery. This varied according as the article was perishable or otherwise, or to the degree of peculation established by usage. This applied to all measures and weights by which goods were received and issued at the government stores, and the rates were different in different districts. A koyan among private individuals at Batavia is generally considered as 27 pikuls, equal to 253 gantons, or 2,700 katis; at Semárang as 28 pikuls, but by the natives generally as 30 pikuls. The koyan, however, by which the contingent was formerly delivered to government, at Demak was no less than 4,250 lbs. Dutch.
The common weight measurement used throughout the country is the Chinese kati, which is roughly 1¼ lbs., or about 20 ounces avoirdupois. One hundred katis make a pikul of 125 lbs. Dutch, or 133⅓ English. Thirty pikuls or 3,000 katis equals 3,750 lbs. Dutch. However, the Dutch standard koyan is only 3,400 lbs. and is generally seen as equivalent to a last, or two tons. This weight, used to measure the crude produce of the country, varies widely. To address shortages, the government mandated that there should be one rate when receiving goods and another when delivering them. These rates depended on whether the item was perishable or not, or based on established practices of theft. This rule applied to all weights and measures used for receiving and issuing goods at government warehouses, and the rates could differ from one district to another. A koyan among private individuals in Batavia is typically viewed as 27 pikuls, equivalent to 253 gantons, or 2,700 katis; in Semárang, it is seen as 28 pikuls, but by the locals, it is generally regarded as 30 pikuls. However, the koyan used for delivering supplies to the government at Demak was no less than 4,250 lbs. Dutch.
Pári, or rice in the husk, is generally calculated by the amat, and in some districts by the sáng'ga. When the pári is reaped, which is invariably done by snapping or cutting each separate straw a few inches below the husk, the sheaf or bundle as it accumulates is laid in the left hand, between the thumb and middle finger: the quantity which can be thus held is termed sa agem, which is therefore equivalent to a handful. Three of these make a pochong, a quantity which can be clasped between the two hands. The sheaf is then bound. Afterwards, when the grain and straw are dry, two of these pochongs are bound together in one larger bundle, which is termed gedeng. Four gedengs make one bawon, and five[Vol II Pg clxvi] gedengs one sang'ga: three bawon make one wuwa, and two wuwa one amat; the gedeng is sometimes four, five, and even sometimes nine katis.
Pári, or rice in the husk, is usually measured by the amat, and in some areas by the sáng'ga. When the pári is harvested, it's done by snapping or cutting each straw a few inches below the husk. The sheaf or bundle that collects is held in the left hand, between the thumb and middle finger: the amount that can be held this way is called sa agem, which is equivalent to a handful. Three of these make a pochong, a quantity that can be held between both hands. The sheaf is then tied. Later, when the grain and straw are dry, two of these pochongs are tied together to form a larger bundle called gedeng. Four gedengs make one bawon, and five gedengs make one sang'ga: three bawon make one wuwa, and two wuwa make one amat; sometimes, the gedeng can be four, five, or even nine katis.
In the Semárang districts alone, the amat varied from 200 to 600 katis in weight. In the western and Sunda districts pari is measured by the chain, of which there are the common and the mountain chain, the one being equal to 4,000 lbs. Dutch, the other about 1,000 katis. The kati, however, is the usual measure.
In the Semárang districts alone, the amat ranged from 200 to 600 katis in weight. In the western and Sunda districts, pari is measured by the chain, which includes the common and the mountain chain, with the common one being equal to 4,000 lbs Dutch, and the mountain one about 1,000 katis. However, the kati is the standard measure.
Land measure is by the natives regulated in general by the bawat, a measure of length, formed of the staff stick of the payong, or umbrella, which the Bópati, or native chief of a province, receives on his investiture. The length of this stick, when drawn from the umbrella, is termed a changkal, and is from nine to twelve feet. The principal divisions of land are into the bahu and jung. Four of the former make a jung; but these not only differ in size according to the length of changkal, but the situation of the land and the nature of the soil; the jungs of rich land, and in the vicinity of the principal towns, being much smaller than the poor lands situated at a distance. The endless varieties of these measurements it would be tedious to detail. One jung in the Semarang districts is equal to three others, to five, to six, seven, and even so many as ten, in other parts. From this perplexing inequality of measurement arose formerly, in many instances, the comparative disproportion of the cultivator's contributions to the state, as each jung of every size was assessed with the payment of a fixed contingent. In many instances the jung was rather to be considered the measure, not so much of the land as of its produce.
Land measurements among the locals are generally based on the bawat, a unit of length derived from the staff of the payong, or umbrella, which the Bópati, or native chief of a province, receives during their investiture. The length of this staff, once removed from the umbrella, is called a changkal, measuring between nine to twelve feet. The main divisions of land are into bahu and jung. Four bahu make one jung; however, these vary in size depending not only on the length of the changkal, but also on the land’s location and soil quality. The jungs in fertile areas near major towns are significantly smaller than those in poorer, more remote locations. The numerous variations in these measurements would be tedious to detail. One jung in the Semarang districts can equal three, five, six, seven, or even ten in other regions. This confusing inconsistency in measurements often led to disparities in how cultivators contributed to the state, as each jung, regardless of size, was taxed at a fixed rate. In many cases, the jung was viewed more as a measure of produce than of land itself.
The advantage of reducing these vague and uncertain measures to some fixed standard, had in some degree attracted the attention of the Dutch government, during the administration of Marshal Daendels, who directed that the lands in several districts should be measured according to an average jung of two thousand square rods or changkals of twelve feet Dutch. This measurement being generally known as the government jung, although it had only been very partially introduced in one or two districts, was made the standard in the recent agricultural survey of the country; and although it was not deemed advisable to introduce at the moment an entire change in the local usages of each district, the public officers were directed to refer to it on all occasions; and in the statistical and other returns, the local measurement of the place has accordingly been invariably reduced to this standard. The government jung of two thousand square changkals of twelve feet English, is equal to 674⁄121 English acres; and the government amat, by which the produce is weighed, being fixed at two thousand katís, is equal to two pikuls, or 266⅔ lbs. English.
The benefit of simplifying these vague and uncertain measurements into a fixed standard had somewhat captured the attention of the Dutch government during Marshals Daendels' administration, who ordered that lands in several districts be measured using an average jung of two thousand square rods or changkals of twelve feet Dutch. This measurement, widely known as the government jung, although only partially implemented in one or two districts, became the standard in the recent agricultural survey of the country. While it wasn't considered wise to fully change the local practices of each district at that time, public officers were instructed to refer to this standard whenever necessary; thus, in statistical and other returns, local measurements have been consistently converted to this standard. The government jung of two thousand square changkals of twelve feet English equals 674⁄121 English acres, and the government amat used for weighing produce, set at two thousand katís, is equal to two pikuls, or 266⅔ lbs. English.
In reducing the coins circulating in Java into English money, in the course of this work, the Spanish dollar has been considered as equal to five shillings English, and the rupee to half a crown. In the local currency of Java, ten copper doits make one wang (a small silver coin), and twelve wangs one rupee. [Vol II Pg clxvii]
In converting the coins used in Java into English money for this work, the Spanish dollar is treated as equivalent to five shillings in English currency, and the rupee is valued at half a crown. In Java's local currency, ten copper doits equal one wang (a small silver coin), and twelve wangs make one rupee. [Vol II Pg clxvii]
The following Table shews the current value of the different Coins circulating in Java:
The following table shows the current value of the different coins circulating in Java:
4 | doits | make | 8 | stiver. |
10 | doits or 2 stivers and a half | 1 | dubbeltje. | |
30 | ditto or 7 stivers and a half | 1 | schelling. | |
60 | ditto or 15 stivers | Half a Batavian, Surat, or Arcot rupee. | ||
63 | ditto or 15 stivers and three quarters | Half a sicca rupee. | ||
120 | ditto or 30 stivers | 1 | Batavian, Surat, or Arcot rupee. | |
126 | ditto or 31 stivers and a half | 1 | sicca rupee. | |
132 | ditto or 33 ditto | Half a Spanish dollar. | ||
160 | ditto or 40 ditto | Half a ducatoon. | ||
190 | ditto or 48 ditto | 1 | rix dollar. | |
240 | ditto or 60 ditto | 1 | American or Austrian dollar. | |
264 | ditto or 66 ditto | 1 | Spanish dollar. | |
312 | ditto or 78 ditto | 1 | old ducatoon. | |
320 | ditto or 80 ditto | 1 | new ducatoon. | |
528 | ditto or 132 ditto, equal to 2¾ rix dollars | 1 | gold ducat. | |
960 | ditto or 240 ditto, equal to 5 rix dollars | Half a gold rupee. | ||
1920 | ditto or 480 ditto | 1 | gold rupee. | |
10 | Spanish dollars | 1 | American gold eagle. | |
16 | ditto ditto | 1 | doubloon. | |
N. B. The Java gold rupee is equal to sixteen Java silver rupees; the gold ducat fluctuates in value, but circulates in general for silver rupees. |
THE END.
THE END.
PRINTED BY GILBERT AND RIVINGTON,
ST. JOHN'S SQUARE, LONDON.
[Vol II Pg clxviii]
PRINTED BY GILBERT AND RIVINGTON,
ST. JOHN'S SQUARE, LONDON.
[Vol II Pg clxviii]
THE FOLLOWING WORK,
THIS WORK,
In one large Volume 4to., price 2l. 12s. 6d.
In one large 4to volume, priced at £2.62.
MAY BE HAD OF
CAN BE OBTAINED FROM
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.
A MEMOIR
A memoir
OF THE
OF THE
LIFE AND PUBLIC SERVICES
Life and Public Services
OF
OF
SIR THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES, F.R.S. &c.
SIR THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES, F.R.S. &c.
PARTICULARLY IN THE GOVERNMENT OF JAVA, 1811-1816,
PARTICULARLY IN THE GOVERNMENT OF JAVA, 1811-1816,
AND OF
AND OF
BENCOOLEN AND ITS DEPENDENCIES, 1817-1824;
Bencoolen and its dependencies, 1817-1824;
WITH DETAILS OF THE
WITH DETAILS OF THE
COMMERCE AND RESOURCES OF THE EASTERN ARCHIPELAGO,
COMMERCE AND RESOURCES OF THE EASTERN ARCHIPELAGO,
AND
AND
SELECTIONS FROM HIS CORRESPONDENCE.
Selections from His Correspondence.
BY HIS WIDOW. [Vol II Pg clxix]
BY HIS WIDOW.
INDEX.
- Adi Saka, ii. 71;
- his character, ii. 72.
- Admixture of European with native customs, i. 346.
- Agriculture, i. 77;
- its importance to Java, i. 117;
- principal pursuit of the people, i. 118;
- causes of its obstruction, i. 168;
- of its improvement, i. 179.
- Agricultural survey, i. 7.
- Alluvial districts, i. 25.
- Alphabet, peculiarity of the Javan, i. 400-405;
- specimens of its mystical meaning, Appendix, lxxxii.
- Ambassadors, forms relating to, i. 351.
- American trade, i. 242, 245.
- Amusing description of Javan character by the Dutch, i. 283.
- Anchar described, i. 51;
- poison prepared from, i. 53.
- Animal kingdom, i. 51;
- horses, i. 53;
- domesticated tribe, beasts of prey, i. 56;
- birds, i. 57; their habits, i. 58;
- amphibious tribe, i. 59;
- serpents, fish, i. 60;
- insect tribe, shells, i. 61.
- Ancient customs relating to births, marriages, and deaths, i. 360.
- Ancient mythology of the Javans, i. 418.
- Antiquities, i. 5;
- where found, ii. 6;
- ruins at Brambanan, ii. 7;
- temple of Kobon Dalam, ii. 8;
- temples of Loro Jongran, ii. 12;
- remains at Dinangan, ii. 24;
- temple of Kali Sari, ii. 25;
- of Kali Bening, ii. 27;
- Hall of Audience, ii. 29;
- temple of Boro Bodo, ii. 30;
- ruins at Kediri, &c. ii. 35;
- at Singa Sari, &c. ii. 44;
- temples at Suku, ii. 49;
- figures, ii. 56;
- enormous tank, ii. 57;
- images, ii. 58;
- casts, ii. 59;
- inscriptions on stone, ii. 60;
- on copper, ii. 63;
- tombs, coins, ii. 64;
- remarks on their origin and purpose, ii. 66.
- Ants used as food, i. 107.
- Arabic literature in Java, i. 445.
- Arab tract quoted, i. 2;
- settlers, i. 82;
- turban imitated by the priests, i. 99;
- missionaries, ii. 122-128;
- their exertions, ii. 143. [Vol II Pg clxx]
- Arabs, first visit to Java, i. 212;
- their hypocrisy, i. 253;
- their lunar year adopted, i. 530.
- Archipelago, islands of the, productions, i. 227;
- commerce and policy, i. 246;
- prevalence of piracy, i. 247-258;
- resources, i. 248;
- sovereignties, i. 249;
- Chinese, i. 250;
- Arabs, i. 253;
- Dutch monopoly, i. 255, 256;
- riches, i. 258;
- slavery, i. 259;
- Mahomedanism, i. 261;
- Christianity, i. 262.
- Architecture, style of, i. 93;
- remains, i. 529; ii. 6-68.
- Archives of the princes, ii. 67.
- Arithmetic, i. 529.
- Arjúna mountain, i. 13.
- Armies, native, i. 329.
- Arrack, manufacture of, i. 196;
- exported, i. 238;
- price, i. 239.
- Asiatic Researches quoted, i. 2, 63.
- Aspect of the country, i. 23.
- Astrology, ii. 69.
- Astronomy, i. 530;
- division of time, i. 531;
- signs of the zodiac, i. 534.
- Athenians, or Iones, i. 2.
- Augury, belief in, ii. 70.
- Captain George Baker, ii. 8.
- Balambangan, i. 268.
- Bali, account of, Appendix, cxxxviii. language, i. 398;
- writing, i. 406;
- literary works, i. 438;
- vestiges of antiquity, ii. 65.
- Bantam described, i. 9;
- height of mountain, i. 13;
- language, i. 400;
- arrival of the Dutch, ii. 164;
- their negotiations with the King, ii. 166, 200, 249;
- its condition under the Dutch, ii. 265;
- resigned to the British government, ii. 267;
- general account of the population, ii. 268.
- Baron Van Imhoff, ii. 233-245.
- Batavia described, i. 10; ii. 270;
- environs, ii. 271;
- harbour in the roads, i. 12;
- its unhealthiness, i. 36-38;
- supposed cause of it, Appendix, ix;
- its check to the population, i. 71-76;
- new capital of the Dutch, i. 210;
- compared, i. 213; [Vol II Pg clxxi]
- annual number of vessels arrived under the British government, i. 215;
- mercantile enterprize at, i. 233;
- price of sugar at, i. 236;
- commerce, i. 242;
- Chinese in, i. 250;
- their temple, ii. 58;
- diamonds at the court, i. 266;
- rebellion of the Chinese at, ii. 231;
- list of the population, births, marriages, and deaths, Appendix, iv.
- Batavian or Priangen regencies, ii. 271.
- 'Batavian Transactions' quoted, i. 14—26.
- Bazars, i. 220.
- Beasts of prey, i. 56.
- Beauty, picture of a Javan, i. 102.
- Bedui, account of the, i. 372; ii. 144.
- Bees, i. 61.
- Bich de mar, trade in, i. 232.
- Birds, i. 57;
- their habits, i. 58;
- held in veneration, ii. 70;
- trade in nests, i. 229;
- how collected, i. 230.
- Births, ceremonies at, i. 352;
- ancient customs at, i. 360, 368.
- Borneo, its distance from Java, i. 2;
- productions, i. 263;
- gold mines, i. 264;
- diamonds, i. 265;
- Dutch territory in, i. 267;
- English possessions, inhabitants, i. 268;
- anecdote of the king, i. 529;
- the Dayas, ii. 70.
- Boro Bodo, temple of, ii. 30;
- when completed, ii. 85;
- origin of the name, ii. 66.
- Brambanan, ruins at, ii. 7-91.
- 'Brata Yudha,' or the War of Woe;
- a Javanese classic poem, analysis, i. 465-524;
- remarks, i. 458-461;
- alluded to, ii. 80.
- Brick buildings, i. 90.
- Bricks of various sorts, i. 184.
- British government in Java, i. 170;
- allow free cultivation, i. 144;
- commerce, i. 234-241;
- at Borneo, i. 267;
- alter the civil and criminal code in Java, i. 321;
- the system of revenue, i. 339;
- establish the freedom of the subject, i. 340;
- arrival of the forces in Java, ii. 253;
- changes introduced by the government, ii. 265;
- proceedings at Cheribon, ii. 274;
- trade with Japan, Appendix, xxx.
- British troops in Java, i. 36;
- table of deaths in the seventy-eighth regiment, Appendix, xv. note xvi.
- Dr. Francis Buchanan, quoted, i. 63.
- Budhist religion, ii. 67.
- Buffaloes used for ploughing, i. 122;
- combat with the tiger, i. 386.
- Bugis settlers, i. 83.
- Bull-fighting, i. 389. [Vol II Pg clxxii]
- Cables, how made, i. 43.
- Camphor tree, i. 49;
- Chinese, i. 231.
- Cape of Good Hope compared, i. 213.
- Capitals in Java, i. 11;
- how formed, i. 42.
- Carpentry, i. 194.
- Carriage, water and land, i. 218.
- Casts in metal, ii. 59.
- Celebes, account of, Appendix, lxxxv.
- Celibacy, i. 78.
- Cessions, ii. 199-211.
- Chace, the, i. 386.
- Chance, games of, i. 391.
- Chandi Sewu, or the thousand temples, ii. 16;
- when completed, ii. 85.
- 'Chandra Sangkala,' numerals according to the, Appendix, cix.
- Character of the Chinese, i. 251;
- of the Javans, i. 274;
- by the Dutch, i. 283.
- Cheribon described, i. 10; ii. 274;
- under the British government, ii. 275;
- cultivation and population, ii. 278-9.
- Chess, game of, i. 390.
- Chetik described, i. 52;
- poison prepared from, i. 53.
- Children, chiefs have many, i. 81, 282;
- orders distinguished, i. 97.
- China, its commerce with Java, i. 228-232.
- Chinese settlers, i. 82;
- how governed, i. 83;
- first visit to Java, i. 212; ii. 98-138;
- collectors of duties, i. 221;
- coasting trade carried on by, i. 222;
- camphor, i. 231;
- oppression in Java, i. 250;
- miners in Borneo, i. 263;
- farming duties, i. 340;
- rebel at Batavia, ii. 231;
- lay siege to Semarang, ii. 240;
- attack the Susunan, ii. 243;
- trade with Japan, Appendix, xvii.
- Chronological table of events, ii. 255.
- Chronology, prophetic, ii. 73.
- Climate, i. 35.
- Coasting trade, i. 222.
- Coasts, north and south, i. 12-22.
- Cocoa-nut, i. 136.
- Code of law, i. 312-321.
- Coffee, cultivation of, i. 138;
- ground prepared, i. 139;
- various kinds, i. 140;
- crops, i. 141;
- depots, i. 142;
- quantity produced, i. 143;
- price, i. 144-242;
- quality compared, i. 145;
- exported, i. 235;
- quantity, i. 237.
- Coins, ii. 64.
- Colouring articles of food, i. 108.
- Commerce, advantageous situation of Java for, i. 210;
- appreciated by the Dutch, i. 213;
- evils of their monopoly upon, i. 214;
- extent, i. 215;
- maritime and inland, i. 225-245. [Vol II Pg clxxiii]
- Commercial speculation, opening for, i. 235.
- Commissioners, Dutch, on the landed tenure, i. 157;
- recommend the prohibition of opium, i. 114.
- Comparative vocabulary of languages, Appendix, lxxvii.-lxxx. continued, Appendix, cv.
- Cooking, manner of, i. 108.
- Copper, Japan, i. 243;
- Appendix, xvii;
- cups, ii. 60.
- Cottages described, i. 88.
- Cotton, cultivation of, i. 148;
- cloths, weaving, spinning wheel, i. 187;
- process of dyeing, i. 189;
- exported to China, i. 232; English prints imported, i. 241.
- Court or full dress described, i. 100.
- Court, ceremonies of the, i. 343.
- Courts of justice, i. 311.
- Crater described, i. 14.
- Crawfurd, Mr. quoted, ii. 275.
- Credulity, i. 273.
- Criminals, exposure of, i. 388.
- Crocodile, i. 59.
- Cruel punishment, ii. 197.
- Cultivation of substances for dyeing, i. 43;
- of the teak tree, i. 44;
- of timber, i. 46;
- of spices, the vine, i. 49;
- its importance to Java, i. 116;
- rice, i. 129; maize, i. 135;
- cocoa-nut, i. 136;
- sugar-cane, i. 137;
- coffee, i. 138;
- pepper, i. 145;
- indigo, i. 146;
- cotton, i. 148;
- tobacco, i. 148;
- wheat, potatoes, &c. i. 150.
- Customs, relating to births, marriages, and deaths, i. 360;
- of the Kalangs, i. 365.
- Customs and usages, i. 392.
- Cutlery, i. 193.
- Dance of the Javans, i. 379;
- figure, i. 381;
- posture, i. 383.
- Dancing girls, first rank of, i. 379;
- their costume, i. 380;
- common sort, i. 381;
- their dress, i. 382.
- Daniel, reference to chaps. x. and xi. vol. 1. 2.
- Day, division of the, i. 530.
- Dayas, the, ii. 70.
- Deaths, ancient customs relating to, i. 361.
- Deed, conferring the sovereignty of Java on the Dutch company, ii. 249.
- Deference to superior rank, i. 343;
- in language, i. 345.
- Diamond, cutters, i. 194;
- mines, i. 265;
- a celebrated, i. 266.
- Dinangan, remains at, ii. 24.
- Distinctions, of character, i. 276;
- between the common and the polite language, i. 345, 409. [Vol II Pg clxxiv]
- Districts, situation and division of, i. 12;
- alluvial, i. 25;
- Eastern, under the Dutch, ii. 280;
- consequences of their measures, ii. 282.
- Divisions, of Java, i. 9.
- Division, of farms among inhabitants of villages, i. 169;
- of time, i. 530.
- Divorce, i. 357.
- Dramatic entertainments, i. 374.
- Dress, i. 95;
- principal article, i. 96;
- while abroad, i. 97;
- value, i. 98;
- in war, i. 100;
- at court, ibid;
- substitute for the golden crown, i. 101;
- ornaments disused, i. 102.
- Dutch, influence, i. 71;
- rapacity of the Company, i. 168;
- sanction English proceedings, i. 180;
- estimation of teak forests, i. 205;
- select Batavia for their eastern capital, i. 210;
- withering influence of their mercantile monopoly on commerce, i. 214;
- restrictions, i. 222, 243;
- prohibitions to the native traders, i. 223;
- favourite policy, i. 249;
- Chinese agents, i. 250;
- manœuvres in spice, i. 255;
- policy compared, i. 257;
- idea of colonies, i. 258;
- territory in Borneo, i. 267;
- ludicrous description of Javan character, i. 283;
- legislation, i. 313;
- check pilgrimages to Mecca, ii. 3;
- arrive in Java, ii. 163;
- massacre the natives, ii. 165;
- contract with the native princes, ii. 166;
- capital besieged, ii. 170;
- treat with the acknowledged sovereigns of Java, ii. 172;
- oppose the Makassars, ii. 176; agree with the Susunan, ii. 179;
- interview of the officers with him, ii. 182;
- dispatch troops to arrest Surapati, ii. 192;
- obtain cessions for their services, ii. 199, 211;
- contract with the Sultan of Bantam, ii. 200;
- with the chiefs of Cheribon, ii. 202;
- defeat Surapati, ii. 214;
- perfidy to the Susunan, ii. 215;
- oppose the Chinese rebellion, ii. 232;
- garrison massacred, ii. 241;
- oppose the rebel chiefs, ii. 248;
- obtain the sovereignty of the island, ii. 249;
- trade with Japan, Appendix, xvii.
- Dwellings, of bámbus, i. 88;
- construction, i. 89;
- of brick, i. 90;
- nobles' and governors', i. 94.
- Dyeing, vegetable substances used in, i. 43;
- cotton, i. 188;
- improvement in the British mode suggested, i. 241.
- Dyes, i. 189.
- Ear, custom of distending the lobe, i. 106, 392. [Vol II Pg clxxv]
- Ear-rings, of what kind, i. 97.
- Eastern islands, productions, i. 227;
- commerce and policy, i. 246;
- prevalence of piracy, i. 247, 258;
- resources, i. 248;
- sovereignties, i. 249;
- Chinese, i. 250;
- Arabs, i. 253;
- Dutch monopoly, i. 255;
- riches, i. 258;
- slavery, i. 259;
- Mahomedanism, i. 261;
- Christianity, i. 262.
- Eggs, manner of dressing, i. 109.
- Egypt, ancient worship of, ii. 50;
- Java originally colonized by, ii. 69.
- English, arrival of the forces in Java, ii. 253;
- changes introduced by the government, ii. 265;
- proceedings at Cheribon, ii. 274;
- trade with Japan, Appendix, xxx.
- Environs of Batavia, ii. 271.
- Ethics, Javan, i. 285-295; i. 436.
- European, residencies, i. 9;
- articles required in Java, i. 240.
- Exports, i. 227;
- to China, i. 232;
- to Bengal, &c., i. 235;
- to England, Ceylon, &c., i. 216, 240;
- to the Isle of France, Cape of Good Hope, i. 242;
- excess over the imports, i. 245.
- Exposure of a criminal, i. 388.
- ---- to night air, its bad effects, Appendix, xvi.
- Extent of Java, i. 8.
- Ezekiel, chap. xxvii quoted, i. 2.
- Fecundity, i. 78.
- Fermenting liquors, i. 112.
- Festivals, i. 373.
- Fights, tiger and buffalo, i. 38;
- bull, i. 389.
- Figure dance, i. 381.
- Fisheries, i. 207.
- Flowers, i. 41.
- Food, i. 106.
- Foreign settlers, i. 82.
- Form of the island, i. 8;
- conjectures on the, i. 28;
- changed by volcanoes, i. 29.
- Frenzy, its cause, i. 279;
- in battle, i. 332.
- Furniture of houses, i. 94.
- Fur trade, i. 233.
- Games of skill, i. 390;
- of chance, i. 391.
- Garrison, massacre of the Dutch, ii. 241.
- Genesis, chap. x. quoted, i. 2.
- Geographical situation, i. 1.
- Geology, i. 25.
- Glass, process of making, unknown, i. 184.
- Gold, ornaments wrought, i. 194;
- mines, i. 263.
- Government, of Java, i. 296;
- form and principle, i. 297;
- union of authority, i. 299; [Vol II Pg clxxvi]
- departure from its original constitution, i. 300;
- remarks on its principles, i. 301-308.
- Gradations of rank, i. 88, 298.
- Gresik, ii. 122, 1128.
- Grobogan, cultivation and population of, ii. 298.
- Guntur volcano, described, i. 17.
- Hair, how worn, i. 99.
- Hall of audience, an ancient, ii. 29.
- Handicrafts, Javan names for the, i. 183.
- Harbours, i. 12, 217.
- Hats, of what form, i. 98;
- of bambu, i. 186.
- Herodotus, reference to, i. 2.
- Heroism, precept on, i. 294;
- verse, i. 331.
- Hills, i. 25.
- Hindu religion, i. 5;
- in the Teng'ger mountains, i. 367;
- subverted by Mahomedanism, ii. 1;
- declines, ii. 9.
- Hindu sovereigns who ruled in Java, ii. 85.
- Hinduism, centre of, ii. 16.
- Historical works, i. 439.
- History of Java, origin of the people, ii. 69; augury, ii. 70;
- era of Adi Saka, ii. 71;
- his character, ii. 72;
- prophetic chronology consulted, ii. 73;
- Tritresta, ii. 75;
- princes, ii. 77;
- legends, ii. 78;
- Hindu sovereigns, ii. 85;
- chronology of the princes, ii. 87;
- proofs of the establishment of Hindu worship at an early period, ii. 91;
- intercourse with India, ii. 93;
- exploits and adventures of Panji, ii. 94;
- intercourse with China, ii. 98, 1138;
- first mention of the Mahomedan religion, ii. 104;
- arrival of Arabian missionaries, ii. 122, 1128;
- their exertions, ii. 143;
- progress of that religion, ii. 131;
- origin of the kingdom of Majapahit, ii. 105;
- different account of that event, ii. 108;
- its princes, ii. 115;
- its pre-eminence, ii. 131;
- success of its arms, ii. 132;
- Mahomedan army marches against it, ii. 136;
- fall of the city, ii. 137;
- retreat of the prince, ii. 141;
- two governments again formed, ii. 150;
- arrival of the Dutch, ii. 164;
- their aggressions, ii. 165;
- contract with the princes, ii. 166;
- native account of their proceedings, ii. 167;
- another account, ii. 168;
- sultan besieges their capital, ii. 170;
- their treaties with the acknowledged sovereigns, ii. 172;
- massacre of the priests, ii. 174;
- first establishment of the Makassars, ii. 176; [Vol II Pg clxxvii]
- opposed by the Dutch, ii. 177;
- they agree with the sultan, ii. 179;
- siege of Kediri, ii. 185;
- history of Surapati, ii. 190;
- cession to the Dutch, ii. 199, 211;
- Chinese rebel, ii. 231;
- massacre of the Dutch garrison, ii. 241;
- Chinese besiege Semarang, ii. 240;
- are reinforced by the Javans, ii. 242;
- attack the Susunan, ii. 243;
- are defeated, ii. 244;
- rebellion of the chiefs, ii. 247;
- sovereignty of the island conferred on the Dutch, ii. 249;
- treaty between the Sultan and Susunan, ii. 251;
- arrival of the British forces, ii. 253;
- line of Mahomedan sovereigns, ii. 254;
- chronological table of events, ii. 255.
- Hogendorp, Mr., on the cotton of Java, i. 232;
- on coffee and pepper, i. 237;
- character of the Chinese, i. 251;
- on the feudal system, i. 301;
- on the religion of Java, ii. 1.
- Holland, imports from, i. 244;
- exports to, i. 245.
- Honesty of the Javans, i. 279.
- Horses, i. 53.
- Horsfield, Dr., on volcanos, i. 14;
- on mineral wells, i. 26;
- his acquaintance with natural history, i. 39.
- Hot wells, i. 26.
- Humanity of a chief to his slaves, i. 87.
- Humboldt's Essay on New Spain, ii. 93.
- Hunting, i. 386.
- Hypocrisy of the Arabs, i. 253.
- Implements of husbandry, i. 124.
- Imports, from adjacent islands, i. 226;
- from China, i. 228;
- from Western India, i. 234;
- from Europe, i. 240, 241;
- of precious metals, i. 244.
- Improvement in British manufacture suggested, i. 241.
- Inconsistent jealousy, i. 278.
- India, distance of Java from the Eastern Peninsula, i. 2.
- India Cloths, prohibited by the Dutch, i. 243.
- Indian rubber, preparation of, i. 48.
- ---- corn, manner of roasting, i. 108.
- Indigo, varieties of, i. 146;
- advantages of Java for its cultivation, i. 147.
- Indolence of the Javans, charge refuted, i. 280.
- Inhabitants of the Teng'ger mountains, i. 367.
- Inscriptions, ancient, i. 413; ii. 60;
- translations, Appendix, cxxvii. cxxix. cxxxvi.
- Instructions, Revenue, Appendix, cli.
- Interest, Javan rate of, i. 394. [Vol II Pg clxxviii]
- Interment, ceremonies at, i. 358, 369.
- Iron, its value, i. 191;
- imported, i. 240.
- Irrigation, i. 119;
- natural and artificial, i. 120;
- of rice, i. 132.
- Islands of the Archipelago, commerce and policy, i. 246;
- prevalence of piracy, i. 247, 258;
- resources, i. 248;
- sovereignties, i. 249;
- Chinese, i. 250;
- Arabs, i. 253;
- Dutch monopoly, i. 255;
- riches, i. 258;
- slavery, i. 259;
- Mahomedanism, i. 261;
- Christianity, i. 262.
- Japan trade, i. 270; Appendix, xvii.
- Japan copper prohibited by the Dutch, i. 243;
- Kæmpfer's History quoted, ii. 73; ii, 91.
- Japara and Jawana, cultivation and population, ii. 302.
- Jipang, cultivation and population, ii. 298.
- Javan beauty, picture of a, i. 102;
- what a youth of family should be, i. 104.
- Javanese, origin, i. 61; ii. 69;
- a distinct race, i. 63;
- compared with Malayus and Bugis, i. 64;
- comparative progress of the three races, i. 65;
- foreign influence, persons described, i. 66;
- complexion, features, i. 67;
- manners, i. 68;
- population, i. 69;
- census by the British government, i. 70;
- reduced by Dutch policy, i. 71;
- that of the capital contrasted with the cities in British India, i. 72;
- early period of marriage, i. 77;
- polygamy, i. 80;
- not general, i. 81;
- fecundity, i. 78;
- foreign settlers among them, i. 82;
- slaves, i. 84;
- titles, i. 87;
- dwellings, i. 88;
- furniture, i. 94;
- dress, i. 95;
- war dress, i. 100;
- court or full dress, i. 101;
- picture of a beauty, i. 102;
- of a young man of family, i. 104;
- custom respecting the teeth, i. 105;
- food, of what kind, i. 106;
- worms and ants eaten, i. 107;
- mode of cooking, utensils, i. 108;
- salted eggs, how dressed, i. 109;
- meals, i. 110;
- attention to servants on occasions of festivity, i. 111;
- hospitality, fermented liquors, i. 112;
- use of opium, i. 113;
- its effects on the human frame, i. 114;
- importance of agriculture to them, i. 117;
- cultivation of the soil, i. 118, 119;
- state of the peasantry, i. 120;
- subsistence, i. 121;
- agricultural stock, i. 122;
- implements of husbandry, i. 124;
- seasons, i. 126;
- rice cultivation, i. 129; [Vol II Pg clxxix]
- maize, i. 135; cocoa-nut, i. 136;
- sugar-cane, i. 137;
- coffee, i. 138;
- pepper, i. 145;
- indigo, i. 146;
- cotton, i. 148;
- tobacco, i. 149;
- wheat, potatoes, &c. i. 150;
- tenure of landed property, i. 151;
- rights of the proprietor and tenant, i. 155;
- proportion of the produce paid for rent, i. 164;
- division of farms among the inhabitants of villages, i. 169;
- under British protection, i. 170;
- leases granted, i. 176;
- diffusion of the new system, i. 177;
- beneficial effects of British administration, i. 178;
- manufactures, i. 182;
- handicrafts, i. 183;
- structures, i. 184;
- thatch, mats, i. 185;
- cotton, i. 186;
- cotton cloths, i. 187;
- coloured cloths, i. 188;
- dyes, i. 189;
- tanning, i. 191;
- metallurgy, i. 192;
- cutlery, i. 193;
- carpentry, i. 194;
- manufacture of paper, i. 195;
- sugar, arrack, i. 196;
- salt, i. 197;
- process of manufacturing it, i. 198;
- price, i. 199;
- manufacturing industry, i. 200;
- saltpetre, i. 201;
- teak timber, i. 202;
- fisheries, i. 207;
- pearls, i. 209;
- commerce, i. 210, 223;
- native trade, i. 218;
- roads and land carriage, i. 219;
- public markets, i. 220;
- coasting trade, i. 222;
- character, i. 272, 284;
- ethics, i. 285-295;
- government, i. 296-308;
- administration of justice, i. 309-327;
- military establishment, i. 328-333;
- revenue, i. 334-342;
- ceremonies of the court, i. 343;
- deference to superior rank, i. 344;
- regalia, processions, pomp, i. 346;
- rank and titles, i. 347;
- ambassadors, i. 351;
- customs at births, i. 352;
- at marriages, i. 353;
- marriage contracts, i. 354;
- divorce, i. 357;
- customs at interment, i. 358;
- ancient customs relating to births, marriages, and deaths, i. 360;
- customs of the Kalangs, i. 365;
- of the inhabitants of the Teng'ger mountains, i. 367;
- account of the Bedui or adherents to the Hindu religion, i. 372; ii. 144;
- festivals, i. 373;
- national drama, i. 374;
- the dance, i. 379;
- dress of the dancing girls, i. 380, 382;
- tilts and tournaments, i. 385;
- the chace, i. 386;
- tiger fights, i. 387;
- bull fights, i. 389;
- games of skill, i. 390;
- of chance, i. 391;
- other customs and usages, i. 392;
- languages, i. 397-416;
- literature, i. 417-446;
- poetry, i. 447;
- analysis of a celebrated poem, i. 465-524;
- music, i. 525;
- painting, i. 528;
- arithmetic, sculpture, and architecture, i. 529; [Vol II Pg clxxx]
- astronomy, division of times, i. 530;
- signs of the zodiac, i. 534;
- augury, ii. 70;
- princes, ii. 77;
- legends, ii. 78;
- Hindu sovereigns, ii. 85;
- chronology of the princes, ii. 87;
- first connection with India, ii. 93;
- first intercourse with China, ii. 98, 138;
- origin of Majapahit, ii. 105;
- its princes, ii. 112;
- its pre-eminence, ii. 131;
- success of its arms, ii. 132;
- fall of the city, ii. 137;
- retreat of the prince, ii. 141;
- two governments again formed, ii. 150;
- account of Dutch proceedings, ii. 167;
- their treaties with the acknowledged sovereigns, ii. 172;
- massacre of the priests, ii. 174;
- cessions to the Dutch, ii. 195;
- massacre of the Dutch garrison, ii. 241;
- rebellion of the chiefs, ii. 247;
- confer the sovereignty on the Dutch, ii. 249;
- chronological table of events, ii. 255.
- "Jáya Langkárá" quoted, i. 104.
- Jones, Sir William, ii. 72.
- Jourdan, Mr., quoted, i. 167.
- Justice, administration of, i. 309;
- supreme courts, i. 310;
- officers, i. 311;
- laws, i. 312;
- Dutch legislation, i. 313;
- criminal jurisdiction, i. 315;
- in villages, i. 316.
- Kæmpfer's "History of Japan," ii. 73, 91.
- Kalangs, customs of the, i. 366.
- Kali Sari temple, ii. 25.
- ---- Bening, temple, ii. 27;
- remains at, ii. 229.
- Kamtschatka, trade with, i. 234.
- Kawi, or classic language of Java, i. 411;
- remarks on the Brata Yudha, in that dialect, i. 458;
- analysis of the poem, i. 465-524;
- vocabulary, Appendix, lxxxi.;
- inscriptions translated, ii. cxxvii. cxxix. cxxxvi.
- Kediri, ruins at, ii. 37.
- Kedu, cultivation and population, ii. 294.
- Khójas, Javan aversion to, ii. 168.
- Kóbon Dálam temple, ii. 8.
- Kris, use of the, i. 392;
- remarks, i. 393;
- introduced by Panji, ii. 97.
- Lakes, i. 22;
- formed of craters, i. 23.
- Land, its different kinds, i. 128.
- Land of barley, Java so termed, i. 4.
- Lands, tenure of, i. 150-181.
- Langhorne's "Plutarch," i. 323.
- Language, distinctions between the common and polite, i. 345, 409;
- the Javan little known to Europeans, i. 397;
- compared, i. 398; [Vol II Pg clxxxi]
- alphabets, i. 400;
- characters, i. 402-405;
- parts of speech, i. 406;
- what remarkable for, i. 408;
- Kawi or classic, i. 411;
- inscriptions in ancient characters, i. 413;
- mystical, i. 414;
- general character, i. 415;
- minerals, i. 416.
- Latitude and longitude, i. 1.
- Laws, i. 312, 321.
- Legends, ii. 78.
- Liquors fermented, i. 112.
- Line of the Mahomedan Sovereigns of Java, ii. 254.
- ---- Hindu Sovereigns, ii. 85.
- Literature, divisions of Javan, i. 417;
- mythological works, i. 418-435;
- ethics, i. 436;
- historical works, i. 439;
- romance, i. 441;
- Arabian books in Java, i. 445.
- Loom described, i. 187.
- Loro Jongran temples, ii. 12.
- Mackenzie, Colonel, i. 201, ii. 8.
- Madura, peculiar appearance, extent, dependencies, i. 8;
- population, ii. 70;
- bull fighting, i. 389;
- language, i. 398;
- divisions, i. 399.
- Mahomedan sovereigns of Java, ii. 254.
- Mahomedanism, the established religion of Java, i. 261;
- when introduced, ii. 1;
- first mentioned in history, ii. 104;
- Arab missionaries to preach, ii. 122, 1128;
- its progress, ii. 131.
- Maize, cultivation, i. 135.
- Majapahit, remains of grandeur at, ii. 57;
- ruins, ii. 66;
- origin of the name, ii. 105;
- first establishment of the empire, ii. 110;
- princes, ii. 134;
- its pre-eminence, ii. 131;
- success of its arms, ii. 132;
- Mahomedan army marches against it, ii. 136;
- fall of the city, ii. 137;
- retreat of the prince, ii. 141;
- ancient faith still adhered to, ii. 144;
- articles removed from the city and preserved, ii. 145;
- artizans dispersed, ii. 146.
- Malayan, Java one of the islands, i. 1;
- depression of the tribe, i. 259;
- sources of slavery in the countries, i. 260;
- Mahomedanism, i. 261;
- progress of Christianity, i. 262;
- annals quoted, i. 277; ii. 97;
- language, i. 406.
- Malayus settlers, i. 82.
- 'Manek Maya,' translation of the, Appendix, cxii.
- Manufacture of paper, i. 43, 195.
- Manufactures, i. 182.
- Manufacturing industry of the country, i. 200. [Vol II Pg clxxxii]
- Map explained, i. 6;
- native provinces, i. 9.
- Marco Polo, application of his 'Java Minor,' i. 4;
- Introduction, xxii.
- Maritime customs, i. 224.
- Markets, public, i. 220.
- Marriage, early period of, i. 77;
- polygamy not general, i. 81;
- ceremonies, i. 353; contracts, i. 354;
- ancient customs relating to, i. 360;
- in the Teng'ger mountains, i. 368.
- Marsh, miasmata, Appendix, x.
- Massacre of the Dutch garrison, ii. 241.
- Mats, how made, i. 43;
- of various kinds, i. 185.
- Meals, mode of eating, i. 110;
- in the highlands, i. 111.
- Mecca, pilgrimages to, checked by the Dutch, ii. 3.
- Medicinal plants, i. 42.
- 'Memoir on the Japan trade,' Appendix, xix.
- Metallurgy, i. 192.
- Metals, i. 33;
- the precious imported, i. 244.
- Military establishment, i. 328.
- Mimicry, i. 383.
- Mineral wells, i. 25;
- of what composed, i. 26.
- Mineralogical constitution of the country, i. 28.
- Minerals, i. 25, 33.
- Mines, gold and diamond, i. 263, 4, 5.
- Minute of British police regulations, i. 322.
- Miscarriage, cause of, i. 78.
- Money transactions, i. 394.
- Monopoly of the Chinese, i. 252;
- of the Dutch, Introduction, i. xxxi; i. 255;
- of the Malayan chiefs, i. 262.
- Montesquieu, reference to, i. 81.
- Monthly returns of sick, Appendix, xiii. xiv.
- Months, i. 533.
- Moor settlers, who meant by, i. 83.
- Mountains, i. 13;
- general affinity, i. 24;
- secondary, i. 25.
- Muntinghe, Mr., Introduction, xxxv.
- Music, its Orphean power, i. 384;
- instruments, i. 524;
- how played, i. 525, 26;
- national airs, i. 527.
- Musk, how procured, i. 57.
- Mystical meaning attached to the alphabet, Appendix, lxxxii.
- Mythology, i. 418.
- Name of Java, European and native, i. 1;
- support of tradition, affinity to the Scripture Javan, i. 2;
- how designated by the Arabs, common to other Malayan islands, how corrupted, i. 3. [Vol II Pg clxxxiii]
- Names for the handicrafts, i. 183;
- of princes, &c. i. 462.
- Nata Kasuma, his collection of legends, ii. 78.
- National drama, i. 374;
- airs, i. 527.
- Nationality, spirit of Javan, i. 275;
- remarks, i. 281-334.
- Native provinces, i. 11;
- trade, i. 218; comparison with the Dutch, i. 332.
- Natural history of Java—Vegetable kingdom—its variety, i. 39;
- productions for food, i. 40;
- fruits, flowers, i. 41;
- fibrous bark, stalks, &c. converted into various articles, i. 42;
- substances used in dyeing, i. 43;
- teak tree, i. 44-202;
- its growth, i. 45;
- various trees described, i. 46-48;
- spices, the vine, i. 49;
- the upas, i. 50;
- the anchar, i. 51;
- the chetik, i. 52;
- rice, i. 129;
- maize, i. 135;
- cocoa-nut, i. 136;
- sugar, i. 137;
- coffee, i. 138;
- pepper, i. 145;
- indigo, i. 146;
- cotton, i. 148;
- tobacco, i. 149;
- wheat, potatoes, &c. i. 150;
- Animal kingdom, i. 51;
- horses, i. 53;
- buffalo, i. 122-124;
- ox and cow, i. 123;
- domesticated tribe, beasts of prey, i. 56;
- birds, i. 57;
- their habits, i. 58;
- amphibious tribe, i. 59;
- serpents, fish, i. 60;
- insect and shell tribes, i. 61.
- Nature's profusion to a country, paralyses the exertions of its inhabitants, i. 120.
- Navigable rivers, i. 218.
- Nets, how made, i. 207.
- New Holland, distance of Java from, i. 2.
- Night, division of the, i. 531.
- Night air, bad effects of exposure to, Appendix, xvi.
- 'Niti Sastra Kawi' quoted, ii. 76.
- Nobility, i. 298.
- Numerals, according to the Chandra Sangkala, Appendix, cix.
- Nusa Jawa, native appellation for Java, i. 1.
- Officers of the State, i. 299.
- Opium eaten and smoked, i. 113;
- mode of preparing for use, i. 114;
- its prohibition recommended by the Dutch commissioners, i. 114-117;
- Dutch restrictions on, i. 243.
- Oppression of the Chinese, i. 250;
- of the chiefs, i. 337.
- Ox of Java, i. 123.
- Painting, i. 528. [Vol II Pg clxxxiv]
- Pakalong'an, cultivation and population, ii. 288.
- Palace of the prince, i. 92;
- its compartments and architecture, i. 93.
- Panji, the hero of Javan story, his exploits and adventures, ii. 94.
- Papandayang volcano described, i. 17.
- Paper, manufacture of, i. 43, 195.
- Parts of speech, i. 406.
- Patriarchism of the Javans, i. 275.
- Pearls, i. 209.
- Peasantry, condition of the, i. 120;
- improved under the British government, i. 171;
- their subsistence, i. 121.
- Penalties, i. 243.
- Pepper, cultivation of, i. 145;
- exported, i. 235;
- remarks on, i. 237;
- restricted by the Dutch, i. 243.
- Picture of a Javan beauty, i. 102.
- Picturesque scenery, i. 91.
- Piece-goods, trade in, i. 234.
- Pilgrimages to Mecca, ii. 3.
- Piracies in the Eastern Archipelago, i. 247-259.
- Pirates, i. 222.
- Pitt, Mr. i. 259.
- Plains, i. 23.
- Plants, medicinal, i. 42.
- Plough described, i. 125.
- 'Plutarch,' Langhorne's edition, i. 333.
- Poetry, various measures of Javanese, i. 447;
- remarks on the 'Brata Yudha, or War of Woe,' i. 458;
- analysis of that celebrated poem, i. 465-524.
- Poison, how prepared, i. 53;
- its effects, i. 54.
- Police, European, unnecessary in Java, i. 397.
- Police regulations, minute of British, i. 322.
- Policy of the Dutch, i. 257.
- Political importance of Java to Great Britain, Introduction, xxiii.
- Polygamy, i. 80;
- not general, i. 81;
- its unfavourable influence, i. 282.
- Population of Java, its inequality accounted for, i. 68;
- Table No. I. i. 69;
- No. II. i. 70;
- decrease, i. 71;
- its cause, i. 72-75;
- increase explained, i. 73-79;
- checks to its increase, i. 80.
- Population of Bantam, general account of the, ii. 268;
- of Batavia and its suburbs, ii. 270;
- of the Batavian regencies, ii. 273.
- Population tables, ii. 286, &c.
- Ports of Sunda, Introduction, xvii. [Vol II Pg clxxxv]
- Posture dances, i. 383.
- Portuguese description of Java, Introduction, xix.
- Potatoes, cultivation of, i. 150.
- Potter's 'Archæologia Græca,' i. 2.
- Power of music, i. 384.
- Precepts, or Ethics of the Javans, i. 285-295, 436.
- Precious metals imported, i. 244.
- Priangen or Batavian Regencies, ii. 271;
- general account of the population and cultivation, ii. 273.
- Priests, dress of, i. 99;
- how provided for, ii. 3; gradations, ii. 4.
- Princes, Princesses, &c. names of, i. 462.
- Principles of the British government in Java, i. 170.
- Printed cottons, English imported, i. 241.
- Process of dyeing cotton, i. 188.
- Processions, i. 346.
- Proclamations, Appendix, liv. cxlviii.
- Produce paid for rent, i. 164.
- Prohibitions on trade by the Dutch, i. 222-243.
- Prophetic chronology, ii. 73.
- Proprietor, his rights, i. 159.
- Public markets, i. 220.
- Public sales at Batavia, Introduction, xxx.
- Punishments, severity of the Dutch, i. 276, 321.
- Punishment, a cruel, ii. 197.
- Rank, gradations of, i. 88, 347-50.
- Rapacity of the Dutch company, i. 168.
- Rebellion of the Chinese at Batavia, ii. 231.
- Redress of Chinese abuses by the British government, i. 340.
- Refinement in arbitrary power, i. 345.
- Regalia, i. 346.
- Regencies, Batavian or Priangen, ii. 271.
- Regulation for the administration of justice, Appendix lvi.
- Religion, Mahomedanism the established, i. 261;
- when introduced, ii. 1;
- natives attached to ancient institutions, ii. 2;
- pilgrimages, priestly influence, ii. 3;
- circumcision, ii. 4; plan for restoring the Hindu faith, ii. 5.
- Religious enthusiasm, i. 274.
- Religious precepts, or ethics of the Javans, i. 285-295, 436.
- Rent, produce paid for, i. 164.
- Residencies, European, i. 9.
- Resin, i. 49.
- Restrictions on trade by the Dutch, i. 222, 243. [Vol II Pg clxxxvi]
- Retrospect of the trade and commerce of Java, i. 242.
- Revenge, i. 278.
- Revenue, i. 334;
- its sources, i. 335;
- system altered by the British government, i. 339;
- total, i. 342;
- instructions, Appendix, cli.
- Revenue instructions, on the landed tenure, i. 155.
- Rice, the grand staple of Javan cultivation, i. 120;
- mode of dressing, i. 108;
- fermented liquors prepared from, i. 114;
- price, i. 121; crops, i. 129;
- different kinds, i. 130;
- mode of cultivation, i. 131;
- irrigation, i. 132;
- seed-time, i. 133;
- harvest, i. 134;
- exported, i. 240.
- Rings worn by the natives, i. 97.
- Rivers, numerous, i. 19;
- course, navigation, i. 20;
- inferior, i. 21;
- principal, i. 22;
- impregnated, i. 26;
- navigable in the interior, i. 217.
- River fish, methods of taking, i. 208.
- Robertson, Mr. on the climate of Batavia, Appendix, ix.
- Romance, a Javanese, i. 441.
- Ropes, how prepared, i. 42, 191.
- Sacred isles of the Hindus, i. 5.
- Saka, that term explained, ii. 72.
- Sales, public, at Batavia, Introduction xxx.
- Salt, i. 107;
- an important manufacture, i. 197;
- process of making, i. 198;
- price, consumption, i. 199;
- compared, i. 200.
- Salted eggs, i. 109.
- Sanscrit, Java derived from a term, i. 4;
- words in the language, i. 412.
- Scenery, striking, i. 13;
- rich and magnificent, i. 23;
- picturesque, i. 91,
- luxuriant, i. 119.
- Seasoning of food, i. 108.
- Seasons, i. 34;
- their mildness, i. 35;
- described, i. 126;
- the twelve, i. 533.
- Semarang, cultivation and population, ii. 290.
- Serpents, i. 60.
- Shame, Javan sense of, i. 277.
- Shells, i. 61.
- Sicily, why it resembles Java, i. 28.
- Signs of the zodiac, i. 534.
- Silk worms, i. 61.
- Silver ornaments, i. 194.
- Simile for Dutch policy, i. 257.
- Simple construction of farming implements, i. 124.
- Singa Sari, &c. ruins at, ii. 44.
- Skill, games of, i. 390.
- Slaves, whose property, i. 84;
- condition ameliorated by the English, i. 85; [Vol II Pg clxxxvii]
- different from those in the West Indies, i. 85;
- effects of the traffic on the natives, i. 87.
- Slavery, alterations in the code respecting, i. 86;
- measures adopted by the British Government, i. 87;
- in the Malay countries, i. 259;
- its sources, i. 260.
- Smith, Adam, on the advantages of Java, for commerce, i. 213;
- on the spice trade, i. 255.
- Soap-tree, i. 48.
- Soil, its excellence, i. 33;
- variety, i. 34;
- native fitness for the husbandman, i. 77;
- advantages, i. 118, 233.
- Solo River, the most considerable in Java, i. 6;
- its navigation, i. 7, 20.
- Specimen of the mystical meaning attached to the Alphabet, Appendix, lxxxii.
- Admiral Speelman, ii. 178, 179.
- Spices, Dutch restriction on, i. 243;
- exported from Java, i. 255.
- Spinning-wheel described, i. 187.
- Stag-hunt, i. 386.
- Stanzas, Javanese, i. 446.
- State of the peasantry, i. 120.
- Stic-lac, its use, i. 232.
- Sugar, how prepared, i. 107;
- quality compared, i. 196;
- exported, i. 235, 237;
- price, i. 236.
- Sugar-cane, cultivation of, i. 137;
- for molasses, i. 138.
- Suku, temples at, ii. 49.
- Sumatra, distance of Java from, i. 1;
- no traces of the ancient Hindus in, i. 5.
- Sunda, island described, introduction, i. xvii; language, i. 399;
- traditions of the people, ii. 107, 144;
- difference between them and the Javans, i. 276.
- Superstitions, i. 274.
- Surabaya, harbour, i. 12;
- river, i. 21;
- delta, i. 24.
- Surapati, exploits of, ii. 190;
- his death, ii. 214.
- Surat silks, prohibited by the Dutch, i. 243.
- Surface of the island, i. 17.
- Suria Alem, translation of a modern version of, Appendix, xxxviii.
- Susuhúnan, or sovereign, i. 297;
- his body-guard, i. 328;
- deference to, i. 344;
- at court, i. 345;
- royal seat, regalia, attendance, i. 346;
- titles, i. 349.
- Swamps, i. 23.
- Swedish iron, its price in Java, i. 240.
- Table of Chronological Events, ii. 255.
- Tables of cultivation and population, ii. 286, &c. [Vol II Pg clxxxviii]
- Tables of the population of Java and Madura, i. 69, 70.
- Tallow-tree, i. 49.
- Tana Jawa, native appellation for Jawa, i. 1.
- Tankuban Prahu volcano, i. 14; described, i. 15.
- Tanning, i. 191.
- Taprobane of the ancients, difficulty of applying that term to Ceylon, i. 4;
- derivation, claims of Java to the title, i. 5.
- Taxes, i. 335.
- Teak-tree, abundance, i. 44;
- time and manner of growth, i. 45;
- cutting and dragging the timber, i. 202;
- price, i. 204;
- important to the Dutch, i. 205;
- their monopoly in, i. 234.
- Teeth, curious custom respecting, i. 105, 392.
- Tegal, cultivation and population, ii. 286.
- Temples described, of Kobon Dalam, ii. 8;
- Loro Jongran, ii. 12;
- the Thousand, ii. 16;
- of Kali Sari, ii. 25;
- of Kali Bening, ii. 27;
- of Boro Bodo, ii. 30;
- of Suku, ii. 48.
- Tenant, rights of the, i. 160.
- Teng'ger, mountains, account of the inhabitants, i. 367.
- Tenure of landed property, i. 150-181.
- Thatch, of what composed, i. 185.
- Thief, singular mode of securing a, i. 396.
- Thousand temples, ii. 16;
- when completed, ii. 85.
- Tiger fights, i. 386.
- Tilts and Tournaments, i. 385.
- Timber, cultivation of, i. 46;
- mode of cutting and dragging, i. 206.
- Time, division of, i. 531.
- Tin, i. 227;
- restricted by the Dutch, i. 243.
- Titles, i. 347.
- Tobacco, in general cultivation, i. 149.
- Tombs, ancient, ii. 64.
- Tomboro mountain, account of the eruption from, i. 29;
- its effects at Java, i. 30;
- sufferings of the people, i. 32.
- Tonnage, average annual, cleared out from different ports in Java, i. 216.
- Towns, how formed, i. 92.
- Trade, native, i. 218;
- coasting, i. 222.
- Trade, Japan, i. 270;
- Appendix, xvii.
- Traditions, of the name of Java, i. 2;
- of its disruption, i. 28;
- on the sense of shame, i. 277;
- of the Sunda people, ii. 107, 144. [Vol II Pg clxxxix]
- Translation of the "Brata Yudha," i. 465—524; of the "Manek Maya," Appendix, cxii.
- Translations of inscriptions, Appendix, cxxvii. cxxix. cxxxvi.
- Trási, population of, i. 109.
- Tritresta, another name for Adi Saka, ii. 75.
- Upas, or poison tree, i. 50.
- Usages or customs, i. 392.
- Utensils, cooking, i. 108.
- Van Imhoff, baron, ii. 233, 245;
- his memoir on the Japan trades, Appendix, xix.
- Vessels, number entering the port of Batavia in a year under British
- government, i. 215.
- Villages, how formed, i. 90;
- their community, i. 91;
- justice administered in, i. 316.
- Vine, remarks on its cultivation, i. 49.
- Vocabulary of Kawi words, Appendix, lxxxi.
- Vocabularies, comparative, of different languages, Appendix, lxxvii—lxxx;
- continued, cv.
- Volcanos, i. 13;
- their attribute, i. 14;
- three described, i. 14, note;
- general affinity, i. 24;
- enrich the soil, i. 49. [Vol II Pg cxc]
- Voyage to Japan in account current contra, Appendix, xxxii-xxxvi.
- War-dress described, i. 100.
- Water, a principal beverage, i. 110;
- flavoured, i. 111;
- plentiful supply, i. 119.
- Water carriage, i. 218.
- Wax-tree, i. 48.
- Weapons, i. 329.
- Weaving, the operation of, i. 187.
- Weeks, division of, i. 532.
- Wells, mineral, i. 25.
- Wheat, cultivation, i. 150.
- White ants, used as food, i. 107.
- Wilford, Major, notices by, i. 2;
- on the derivation of Taprobane, i. 5;
- quoted, ii. 72.
- Women, curious office for, i. 395.
- Worms, used as food, i. 107.
- Writing, Javan mode of, i. 406.
- Yellow, colour, esteemed, i. 392.
- Youth of family, description of a, i. 104.
- "Yudha, Brata," or war of woe, a Javanese classic poem, i. 445-524;
- alluded to, ii. 80.
- Christmas, Major, on the landed tenure, i. 156.
- Zabaja, a corruption from Java, i. 3.
- Zodiac, signs of the, i. 534.
TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES
Supplied missing PREFACE heading for Vol. I p. vii.
Supplied the missing PREFACE heading for Vol. I, p. vii.
Many tables have uncorrected addition errors. Silently only corrected totals with independent verification, e.g. horizontal total correct but vertical total incorrect.
Many tables have uncorrected addition mistakes. Only the corrected totals are silently verified independently, for example, the horizontal total is correct but the vertical total is not.
Silently corrected simple spelling, grammar, and typographical errors.
Silently fixed basic spelling, grammar, and typing mistakes.
Retained anachronistic and non-standard spellings as printed.
Retained outdated and non-standard spellings as printed.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!